IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


/. 


1.0 


1^  Uk 

1^    12.2 


1.1  rrii^ 


••25      1.4   1  16 

-^ 6"     

► 

■7] 


m. 


%. 


^^S" 


>%. 


'/ 


s 


Hiotographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


23  WES'  Ma^N  street 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14S80 

(716)  873-4S03 


CIHM/ICMH 
Microfiche 


CIHM/ICMH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  Institute  for  Historical  Microreproductions  /  Institut  canadien  de  microreproductions  historiques 


Technical  and  Bibliographic  Notes/Notes  techniques  at  bibliographiques 


Tl 
tc 


The  Institute  has  attempted  to  obtain  the  best 
original  copy  available  for  filming.  Features  of  this 
copy  which  may  be  bibliographically  unique, 
which  may  alter  any  of  the  images  in  the 
reproduction,  or  which  may  significantly  change 
the  usual  method  of  filming,  are  checked  below. 


D 


/ 


D 


Coloured  covers/ 
Couverture  de  couleur 


I      I    Covers  damaged/ 


Couverture  endommag6e 

Covers  restored  and/or  laminated/ 
Couverture  restaurie  et/ou  pellicul6e 

Cover  title  missing/ 

Le  titre  de  couverture  manque 

Coloured  maps/ 

Cartes  g6ographiques  en  couleur 

Coloured  ink  (i.e.  other  than  blue  or  black)/ 
Encre  de  couleur  (i.e.  autre  que  bleue  ou  noire) 

Coloured  plates  and/or  illustrations/ 
Planches  et/ou  illustrations  en  couleur 

Bound  with  other  material/ 
Relii  avec  d'autres  documents 


Tight  binding  may  cause  shadows  or  distortion 
along  interior  miirgin/ 

La  failure  serrde  peut  causer  de  I'ombre  ou  de  la 
distortion  le  long  de  la  marge  intdrieure 

Blank  leaves  added  during  restoration  may 
appear  within  the  text.  Whenever  possible,  these 
have  been  omitted  from  filming/ 
II  se  peut  que  certaines  pages  blanches  ajoutAes 
lors  d'une  restauration  apparaissent  dans  le  texte, 
mais.  lorsque  cela  itait  possible,  ces  pages  n'ont 
pas  6t6  filmies. 


L'institut  a  microfilm^  le  meilleur  exemplaire 
qu'il  lui  a  M  possible  de  se  prcuurer.  Les  d6tails 
de  cet  exemplaire  qui  sont  peut-Atre  uniques  du 
point  de  vue  bibliographique,  qui  peuvent  modifier 
une  image  reproduite,  ou  qui  peuvent  exiger  une 
modification  dans  la  m6thode  normale  de  filmage 
sont  indiqu6s  ci-dessous. 


I      I    Coloured  pages/ 


Pages  de  couleur 

Pages  damaged/ 
Pages  endommagdes 

Pages  restored  and/o( 

Pages  restaur^es  et/ou  pellicul6es 

Pages  discoloured,  stained  or  foxe( 
Pages  dicoiories,  tachettes  ou  piquies 

Pages  detached/ 
Pages  ditachdes 

Showthrough> 
Transparence 

Quality  of  prir 

Quality  inigaie  de  I'impression 

Includes  supplementary  materii 
Comprend  du  materiel  suppi^mentaire 


I  I  Pages  damaged/ 

I  I  Pages  restored  and/or  laminated/ 

I  I  Pages  discoloured,  stained  or  foxed/ 

I  I  Pages  detached/ 

I  I  Showthrough/ 

I  I  Quality  of  print  varies/ 

I  I  Includes  supplementary  material/ 


I      I    Only  edition  available/ 


m 


Seuie  Mition  disponible 

Pages  wholly  or  partially  obscured  by  errata 
slips,  tissues,  etc.,  have  been  refilmed  to 
ensure  the  best  possible  image/ 
Les  pages  totalement  ou  partiellement 
obscurcies  par  un  feuillet  d'errata,  une  pelure, 
etc.,  ont  6t(i  filmAes  A  nouveau  de  faQon  it 
obtenir  la  meilleure  image  possible. 


Tl 

P 
o 
fi 


0 
b 
tl 

si 
o 
fi 
si 
o 


T 
si 

T 

M 
IV 

d 

61 

b 
ri 
r( 
rr 


r~7|    Additional  comments:/ 


Commentaires  supplimentaires: 


Includes  updates. 


This  item  is  fMmed  at  the  reduction  ratio  checked  below/ 

Ce  document  est  filmi  au  taux  de  reduction  indiquA  ci-dessous. 

10X  14X  18X  22X 


K7l 


26X 


30X 


12X 


16X 


20X 


24X 


28X 


32X 


The  copy  filmed  here  hat  been  reproduced  thanks 
to  the  generosity  of: 

Vancouver  Public  Library 


L'exemplaire  filmA  fut  repruduit  grAce  A  la 
giftnAro8it(§  de: 

Vancouver  Public  Library 


The  images  appearing  here  are  the  best  quality 
possible  considering  the  condition  and  legibility 
of  the  original  copy  and  in  keeping  with  the 
filming  contract  specifications. 


Les  images  suivantes  ont  AtA  raproduites  svec  le 
plus  grand  soin,  compte  tenu  de  la  condition  at 
de  la  netteti  de  l'exemplaire  filmA,  et  en 
conformity  avec  les  conditions  du  contrat  de 
filmage. 


Original  copies  in  printed  paper  covers  are  filmed 
beginning  with  the  front  cover  and  ending  on 
the  last  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  impres- 
sion, or  the  back  cover  when  appropriate.  All 
other  original  copies  are  filmed  beginning  on  the 
first  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  impres- 
sion, and  ending  on  the  last  page  with  a  printed 
or  illustrated  impression. 


Les  exemplaires  originaux  dont  la  couverture  en 
papier  est  imprimie  sont  filmis  en  commen^ant 
par  la  premier  plat  et  en  terminant  soit  par  la 
derniAre  page  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'impression  ou  d'illustration,  soit  par  le  second 
plat,  salon  le  cas.  Tous  les  eutres  exemplaires 
originaux  sont  filmAs  en  commengant  par  la 
premiere  page  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'impression  ou  d'illustration  et  en  terminant  par 
la  dernidre  page  qui  comporte  une  telle 
empreinte. 


The  last  recorded  frame  on  each  microfiche 
shall  contain  the  symbol  —^  (meaning  "CON- 
TINUED"), or  the  symbol  V  (meaning  "END"), 
whichever  applies. 


Un  des  symboles  suivants  apparaitra  sur  la 
dernidre  image  de  cheque  microfiche,  selon  le 
cas:  le  symbole  -^  signifie  "A  SUIVRE  ",  ie 
symbole  V  signifie  "FIN". 


Maps,  plates,  charts,  etc.,  may  be  filmed  at 
different  reduction  ratios.  Those  too  large  to  be 
entirely  included  in  one  exposure  are  filmed 
beginning  in  the  upper  left  hand  corner,  left  to 
right  and  top  to  bottom,  as  many  fram&s  as 
required.  The  following  diagrams  illustrate  the 
method: 


Les  cartes,  planches,  tableaux,  etc.,  peuvent  dtre 
filmis  d  des  taux  de  reduction  diff^rents. 
Lorsque  le  document  est  trop  grand  pour  dtre 
reproduit  en  un  seul  cliche,  il  est  film^  A  partir 
de  Tangle  sup^rieur  gauche,  de  gauche  &  droite, 
et  de  haut  en  bas,  en  prenant  le  nombre 
d'images  n^cessaire.  Les  diagrammes  suivants 
illustrant  la  m^thode. 


1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

i.t 


BE 


Tl 


No.   U6. 


THE  COAST 


OF 


BKITISH  COLUMBIA 


INCLUDI.NG 


THE  JUAN  DE  FUCA  STRAIT.  PUOET  aOUND,  VANCOUVER 
AND  QUEEN  CHARLOTTE  ISLANDS. 


COMPILED  BY 

R.  C.  RAY,  U.  S.  Navy, 

Untlcr  flie  direction  of 
RICHARDSON  CLOVEK,  Hydhoorapiier. 


Price   ^1.50 

WASHINGTON : 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE. 

18  0  1. 


Preface  .. 

Note 

Index  Cbii 


General  R 


Strait  of  i 
HesHion  ! 


Haro  Stra 
]i:irtiire 


Mi.l.i.le  Cli 


Rosario  St 


The  Strat 
Bute  Id] 


From  the 


West  Cons 


Inner  Cbi 
Sound  . 


Milbank  S 


■-!': 


CONTENTS. 

Preface v 

Note VI 

Index  Chart vil 

INTRODUCTORY  CHAPTER. 

General  Remarks— Climate,  Meteorology— Products— Passages 1 

CHAPTER  I. 

Strait  of  Juan  de  Fuca,  Admiralty  Inlet,  Piiget  Sound,  Hood's  Canal,  and  Pos- 
Hi'ssion  Sound 9 

CHAPTER  II 

Ilaro  Strait  and  the  Western  Channels  and  Islands  to  Nanaimo  Harbor  and  De-        75 
jijirture  Bay 

CHAPTER  III. 
Middle  Channel,  Lopez  Sound,  Orcns,  West  and  East  Sounds 115 

CHAPTER  IV. 

Rosario  Strait  and  shores  of  Qeorgia  Strait 131 

CHAPTER  V. 

The  Strait  of  Oeorgia,  Nanaimo  Harbor  and  Biirrard  Inlet  to  Cape  Mudge  and 
Bute  Inlet 158 

CHAPTER  VI. 

From  the  Strait  of  Georgia  to  Cape  Scott  and  the  Scott  Islands 189 

CHAPTER  VII. 

i  West  Coas     •  Vancouver  'sland,  from  the  Strait  of  Juan  de  Fuca  to  Cape  Scott.      248 

CHAPTER  VIII. 

Inner  Channels  of  British  Columbia,  Queen  Charlotte  Sound   to  Milbank 
Sound 309 

CHAPTER  IX. 

Milbank  Sonnd  to  Chatham  Sonnd,  Inner  and  Outer  Channels 331 

III 


IV  C0XTFXT8. 

CIIArTKH  X. 

P«(fe. 
OuUr  Coast,  Caj-eCalvprt  to  OjjilciiCli;inin-l  3ua 

CHAriKK  XI. 
CbatbnmSouDil,  Edyo  oud  Drown  rHfiai;i'«,  ami  Dixuii  EDtrauco 367 

CHAI'TEK  XII. 
Quecii  C'bai lotto  Islauda S9>i 

CIIAI'TKK  XIII. 

Portlaud  nud  Observator.v  Iiik-ts,  ami  rmtlaml  Caual 414 

AUKENDA. 

List  of  Lights 425 

Coaliug  and  Uockiug  Fatilitic! 431 


PREFACE. 


This  edition  coutaiiis  sailiiiK  (iTectious  tor  tie  Strait  of  Juan  de 
FucH,  Admiralty  Inlet,  Puget  Sound,  and  Hood's  Canal;  Haro  and 
Itosario  Straits  and  the  Western  Clianuels;  Strait  of  Georgia  and  the 
inner  waters  of  British  Colund)ia  ;  the  coast  of  Vancouver  and  Queeu 
Charlotte  Island,  together  with  Portland  Inlet  and  Canal  and  Observ- 
atory Inlet. 

In  the  compilation  of  this  volume  the  following  authorities  have  been 
consulted: 

Pacific  Coast  Pilot  of  California,  Oregon,  and  Washington,  U.  S. 
Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey. 

Pacific  Coast  Pilot,  Alaska,  Part  I,  U.  S.  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey. 

British  Columbia  Pilot,  British  Admiralty. 

Archives,  U.  S.  Ilydrographic  Office. 

Office  of  Naval  Intelligence,  Navy  Department. 

Consular  Report.s,  State  Department. 

Dock  Book,  British  Admiralty. 

Port  Charges  of  the  World,  Uunter. 

Ilydrographic  Otlice  Charts. 

Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey  Charts. 

British  Admiralty  Charts. 

The  information  has  been  junncitially  taken  from  the  Pacific  Coast 
Pilot  of  California,  Oregon,  and  Washington,  Coast  Survey,  and  the 
British  Columbia  Pilot,  Admiralty,  togeth«'r  with  such  information  as 
has  been  from  time  to  time  furnished  by  officers  of  United  States 
vessels. 

KiOHAEDsoN  Clover, 

Hydrofjrapher. 

U.  S.  Hydrooraphic  Office, 

Washington,  D.  C,  1891. 


NOTE 


The  bearings,  courses,  ami  trend  of  the  land  are  true.  Tho  direction 
of  tho  winds,  the  point  from  which  they  blow ;  of  currents,  the  point 
toward  which  they  set.  Distances  are  expressed  in  nautical  miles ; 
souudiuf,'s,  unless  otherwise  stated,  are  reduced  to  mean  low  water. 


VI 


134° 

133° 

~\ 

132° 

€ 

131° 

^  V^"?C 

(   S- 

\^. 

n  j.%- 

4 

B 

'2.^!iS\^a  ^.f'R.^ia 

b-i«'r. 

131» 


INTRODUCTORY  CHAPTER. 


GENERAL     UEMARKS.— CLIMATE,     METEOROLOGY.— PRODUCTS. 

SAGES. 


-PAS- 


British  Columbia  includes  Vancouver  Island,  also  the  numerous 
islands  and  adjacent  mainland  of  North  America  lying  between  Point 
Koberts,  in  the  Strait  of  Georgia,  and  Portland  Canal.  The  average 
breadth  of  British  Columbia  is  about  250  miles,  and  the  length  of  its 
coast  line  about  450  miles;  the  area,  iucluding  Vancouver  Island  aud 
Queen  Charlotte  Islands,  is  roughly  estimated  at  400,000  square  miles. 

Products. — British  Columbia  contains  extensive  tracts  of  arable  land 
and  a  large  auriferous  district.  Gobi  was  first  discovered  on  Thomo- 
son  River  in  1858.  Coal  is  found  on  the  mainland  and  on  Vancouver 
Island;  the  mines  at  Nanaimo  and  Departure  Bay,  which  yield  bitu- 
minous coal,  being  the  principal  places  on  the  island.  xVnthracite  coal 
is  also  found,  especially  in  Queen  Charlotte  Islands.  During  1870 
about  ;50,000  tons  were  exported;  in  1884  the  value  of  coal  exported 
nmonntcd  to  82,000,000    and  in  lH8(i  to  $Q73,000. 

Wiieat,  barley,  oats,  i)otatoes,  paas,  vegetables,  aud  fruits  tiourish  in 
British  Columbia.  The  fishenes  are  very  rich,  but  are  not  yet  devel- 
oju'd  ;  whaling  is,  however,  being  carried  on  to  a  small  extent,  and  the 
doglish  catch  is  steadily  progressing.  Salmon  is  abundant,  the  export 
of  whicli,  chiefly  in  tins,  constitutes  one  of  the  principal  sources  of  wealth 
ill  the  country;  it  is  also  an  important  part  of  the  food  of  the  Indians, 
lloulican,  somewhat  resembling  the  sardine,  cod,  herring,  halibut  (of 
enormous  size),  sardines,  anchovy,  haddock,  aiul  oysters  are  also  found. 

Among  the  numerous  fur-bearing  animals  the  principal  are  the  sea 
otter,  marten,  silver  fox,  black  fox,  ana  red  fox. 

The  forests  are  of  great  extent,  producing  valuable  timber,  of  which 
the  Oregon  pine,  white  pine,  maple,  Scotch  fir,  and  cedar  are  the  prin- 
cipal ;  the  former,  yielding  spars  100  to  150  feet  in  length,  and  from  20 
inclies  to  2  feet  in  diametei',  is  that  principally  exported  in  large  car- 
goes. Besides  the  above,  the  j'cllow  cypress,  poplar,  arbor  vitae,  yew, 
oak,  arbutus,  alder,  dogwood,  cherry,  crab  apple,  willow,  ami  cotton- 
wood  are  found.  Cattle,  horses,  sheep,  and  farm  auinuils  thrive  gen- 
erally in  all  parts 

The  manufactures  of  British  Columbia  consist  of  sawmills  aud  tlour 
mills,  breweries,  anvl  distilleries;  they  are  rapidly  increj.t»ing. 

Population.— The  population  of  British  Columbia  is  to  some  extent 
migratory  ;  in  1871  it  amounted  to  10,58(;,  exclusive  of  Indians,  aud  was 
14205— No.  06 1  1 


GENERAL    REMARKS. 


U 


classed  as  follows :  8,576  wbites,  462  negroes,  and  1,548  Chinese ;  but  id 
1885  tlie  population  of  Victoria  alone  reached  to  nearly  12,000,  and  con- 
tinues to  increase  with  rapiditj".  The  Indian  population  is  ^stiniated  at 
about  30,000  or  40,000,  17,000  being  on  Vancouver  Island,  but  they  ap- 
pear to  be  gradually  diminishing  in  numbers,  consequent  on  tribal  wars, 
feuds,  and  the  ravages  of  smallpox  and  measles,  both  of  which  disease* 
are  deadly  amongst  the  natives. 

The  Indians  along  the  coast  have  great  skill  in  the  building  and 
management  of  canoes;  they  are  a  polygamous  race,  and  subsist  chietiy 
by  hunting  and  tishing;  those  of  southern  Columbia  are  dark,  and 
wear  their  hair  long,  while  those  of  the  more  northern  districts  are  of  a 
clearer  tint.  The  coast  Indians  live  in  substantial  one-story  divelling* 
of  ax-hewn  timber,  divided  into  several  compartments,  of  which  one  is 
occupied  by  each  family.  In  ti<e  interior  the  houses,  or  wigwams,  are 
made  of  skins,  old  tent  cloths,  and  mats;  in  severe  weather  they  take 
shelter  in  underground  houses  ('-ircular  pits)  from  20  to  40  feet  in  diame- 
ter and  8  or  10  feet  deep,  covered  over  with  a  substantial  earthed  roof,, 
with  a  .'Vfoot  circular  aperture  in  the  center,  forming  the  only  outlet 
for  the  inhabitants  and  smoke. 

Railways. — The  Canadian  Pacific  Railway  is  3,054  statute  n)iles  iu 
length  between  Quebec  and  Vancouver  town,  in  Burrard  Inlet,  the 
western  terminus.  Tiie  railway  is  in  course  of  construccion  from  Van- 
couver town  to  English  Bay,  and  a  brauch  line  has  been  made  frora 
Port  Moody  to  New  Westminster.  , 

A  radway  has  also  been  constructed  on  Vancouver  Island,  between 
Victoria,  Eon'-; malt,  and  Nanaimo,  and  there  is  now  daily  communica- 
tion between  these  places. 

Telegraphs. — Esquimau  is  iu  telegraphic  communication  with  Eng- 
land thiough  Canada,  by  way  of  Nanaimo  and  Burrard  Inlet.  Also 
through  the  United  States,  by  way  of  Ser.ttle. 

Climate. — The  climate  of  British  Columbia  varies  considerably  ac- 
cording to  the  locality;  iu  the  southern  parts  and  on  Vancouver  Lslaud 
it  is  temperate  during  summer,  the  thermometer  seldom,  if  ever,  rising 
on  the  hottest  day  above  80°,  or  falling  below  20°  in  winter.  In  the 
central  part  of  the  jirovince,  however,  the  drought,  heat,  and  cold  are 
greater,  the  heat  sometimes  being  very  intense.  It  is,  however,  rennirk- 
ably  healthy  both  in  summer  and  winter,  there  being  no  malaria  or 
ague  either  during  the  hottest  weather  or  in  the  dampest  localities. 
Generally  speaking,  the  summers  are  dry  at  Vancouver  Island,  but 
with  occasional  showers;  the  winters  bring  a  good  deal  of  rain,  and 
snow  falls  more       less  ei.ch  year. 

In  the  northti.i  i)art  of  the  province,  along  the  coast,  the  atmosphere 
18  excessively  humid,  and  rains  fall  heavily. 

The  climate  of  the  mainland  coast  opposite  Vancouver  Island  differs 
somewhat  from  that  of  the  SE.  portion  of  the  i.slaud.  In  summer  the 
temperature  averages  slightly  higher,  and  in  winter  somewhat  lower, 


lese ;  but  id 
DO,  and  cou- 
istimated  at 
mt  they  ap- 
tribal  wars, 
ich  diseases- 

nildiiis'  and 
b.sist  chiedy 
e  dark,  and 
icts  are  of  a 
•y  dwellings- 
vhich  one  is 
igwains,  are 
iT  they  take 
>et  in  dianie- 
arthed  roof,, 
oidy  outlet 

nte  miles  ir> 

(1   Inlet,  the 

n  from  Van- 

uiade  from 

nd,  between 
communica- 

n  with  Eng- 
Iniet.     Also 

iiderabiy  ac-^ 
juver  Island 
'  ever,  rising 
Iter.  In  the 
and  cold  are 
iver,  reniark- 
f)  malaria  or 
'st  localities. 
Island,  but 
of  rain,  and 

i  atmosphere 

[sland  differs 

summer  the 

?what  lower, 


CLIMATE — THERMOMETER — BAROMETER. 


3 


while  the  rainfall  is  greater  immediately  along  the  coast.  The  lower 
Fraser  Valley  (New  Westminster  district)  does  not  receive  in  summer 
the  cold  breezes  from  the  01ymi)ian  Mountains  which  blow  across  Vic- 
toria, nor  does  it  receive  in  winter  so  much  of  the  genial  warmth  of 
warm  ocean  air.  As  a  general  thing  ice  forms  on  the  river  for  a  short 
time,  and  snow  begins  to  fall  in  January,  and  continues  to  do  so  inter- 
mittently until  March,  the  groir.^d  not  being  contiuously  covered  \v;itli 
it.  ObservariOns  for  seven  consecutive  years — 1874  to  1880 — at  New 
Westminster  give  the  highest  maximum  tenijierature,  92^  in  'July,  and 
tiic  lowest  7°  in  January,  the  mean  annual  rainfall  being  .')9.0<i  inches. 

Taken  as  a  whole,  the  climate,  differing  widely  as  it  does  in  places, 
is  salubrious  and  invigorating.  No  miasmatic  infection  from  ague- 
lireeding  marshes  taints  the  atmosphere,  whatever  locality  may  be  se- 
Iffted  for  a  residence,  whether  one  of  moist  air  and  equable  tempera- 
ture along  the  coast,  or  the  drier  and  more  varying  one  of  the  inteiior; 
tlie  climate  will  be  fon:id  henlthy,  invig(n"ating,  and  calculated  to  in- 
spire activity,  comparing  more  than  favorably  with  the  same  latitude 
on  the  Atlantic  slope. 

Thermometer. — At  Esquimalt  the  highest  summer  temperature 
averages  72°  (in  August),  June,  July  and  August  being  the  warmest 
months  of  the  year.  The  lowest  temperature  averages  'i.'Mo,  the  coldest 
montlis  being  December,  January  ami  February.  The  greatest  daily 
lange  occurs  in  March  and  the  smallest  in  October. 

The  temj)erature  on  Vancouver  Island  during  summer  is  lower  than 
i.n  the  mainland,  owing  to  the  prevailing  SE.  winds  blowing  from  the 
snow-capped  mountains  on  the  American  side  and  across  the  sound. 
The  waters  of  the  sound  are  peculiarly  cold  at  this  season. 

Barometer. — The  barometric  variations  are  neither  great  nor  fre- 
iiueiit,  f  lie  range  for  the  year  averaging  about  1.5  inches. 

Port  Simpson. — The  climate  at  Port  Simpson  is  uncertain,  no  two 
seasons  being  precisely  the  same  or  appearing  to  follow  any  general 
law. 

During  one  summer  fine  weather  may  be  experienced  for  six  weeks 
at  a  time,  and  on  such  occasions  a  .serene  atmosi)here,  with  magnifi- 
cent sunsets,  will  be  experienced.  Tiie  following  summer  may  i)rove 
eiie  (»f  almost  constant  rain,  with  ;;  ."••.<'r'<»s,sion  of  gales  from  the  south- 
eastward. Along  the  shores  of  Chathaui  Sound  the  rainfall  is  not  so 
trreat  as  within  the  inlets.  The  temperature  during  July  and  August, 
ISOit,  varied  from  .')7°  to  ()4o  ;  during  June,  July  and  August,  18(i8,  it 
\aiied  from  48°  to  7.}^.  The  mean  temperature  of  the  sea  was  4° 
li>wt'r  than  the  mean  temi)erature  of  the  atmospliere  at  Port  Simpson 
iliiring  these  periods,  but  at  Metlah  catlaii  and  Xass  IJays  it  was  8° 
lower  than  the  atmosphere,  ))robably  due  to  the  intiiience  of  the  cold 
water  from  the  rivers  wliich  tlnw  into  tiiose  bays. 

Birds. — During  the  month  of  May  humuiing  birds  in  great  numbers 
arrive,  and  remain  until  the  end  of  August. 


4 


GENERAL   REMARKS. 


At  tl»e  bej^iimiiij?  of  October,  large  docks  ot  wild  geese  and  ducks 
are  seen  flying  southward;  and  the  winter  season  is  then  assumed  to 
have  coinnienced. 

Temperature. — From  observations  taken  in  18(58,  during  the  four 
months  mentioned,  the  maximum  and  minimum  registrations  of  tem- 
perature were  as  follows :  June,  05^,  oO^;  July  74^,  •tSO;  August,  70o, 
54°  ;  September,  (i4o,  44°. 

Portland  CanaL — The  sun's  rays  in  August,  between  !l  a.m.  and  3 
J),  m.,  were  very  jiowerful,  and,  reflected  from  the  snow,  caused  occa- 
sionally intense  heat.  When  the  sun  was  obscured  by  the  mountains, 
the  atmosphere  at  once  conveyed  a  sensation  of  chilliness.  During 
that  month,  just  before  sunrise,  the  thermometer  Vegistered  32^,  water 
left  in  basins  within  the  tent  being  frozen  during  the  night.  The 
vapor  developed  by  the  heat  of  the  sun  during  the  early  portion  of 
the  day,  becoming  condensed  on  the  mountainous  shores  of  the  iulet, 
usually  fell  as  a  drizzling  rain  from  3  p.  m.  to  about  midnight. 

Temperature  of  the  surlace  water,  within  L*()  miles  of  the  head  of  the 
canal,  was  33°.  At  that  distance  from  the  mouth  of  the  Bear  Itiver 
the  water  on  the  surface  was  fresh. 

Queen  Charlotte  Islands.— The  climate  of  Queen  Charlotte  Islands 
and  the  ott-lying  islands  of  the  coast  of  British  Columbia  is  influenced 
by  the  warm  body  of  water  which  washes  their  shores,  and  the  winter 
is  less  severe  and  the  climate  is  milder  on  the  islands  than  within  the 
inlets.  The  vajtor  ai  ising  from  this  body  of  warm  water  is  con<len8ed 
upon  the  high  mountains  which  form  the  shores  of  the  mainland,  and 
falls  in  the  drizzling  riiin  so  prevalent  in  these  waters. 

Ice. — The  Frazer  Ui\er  is,  as  a  rule,  frozen  over  at  New;  Westmin- 
ster from  January  to  early  in  March,  during  whicih  time  sleighs  run  to 
Langley.  The  lakes  in  the  vicinity  ar.?  frozen  over,  and  ice  forms  at 
the  head  of  the  several  inlets  where  the  water  is  comparatively  fresh, 
but  on  the  coast  it  does  not  form  sntticiently  thick  to  impede  naviga- 
tion. 

Within  the  inlets  on  the  coast,  north  of  Vancouver  Island,  ice  is 
fornie<l  during  the  winter  of  from  8  to  12  inches  in  thickness,  and  occa. 
sionally  extends  as  far  as  25  miles  from  the  heads  of  the  inlets. 

The  Skeena  and  Nass  Rivers  are  frozen  over  during  the  winter,  the 
former  as  far  as  0  miles  below  port  Essington,  and  the  latter,  in  severe 
weather,  down  to  its  month. 

Rainfall — The  average  rainfall  ai)pears  to  be  About  55  inches  ;  heavy 
rains  generally  occur  in  December  and  January. 


Mav  . 

.Iniie 


!   and  ducks 
assumed  to 

ing  tlie  four 
ions  of  U'ltt- 
Aujiust,  70°, 

i>  a.  111.  and  3 
caused  occa- 
e  iiiomitains, 
ess.  During 
ed  32°,  water 
night.  The 
p!.v  i)ortion  of 
<  of  tlie  iulet, 
ight. 

le  head  of  the 
'  Bear  liiver 

rlotte  Islands 
is  iutluenced 

id  the  winter 

an  within  the 
is  condensed 

iiainland,  and 

lew  Westmin- 
sleighs  run  to 
[  ice  forms  at 
i-ativeiy  fresh, 
upede  naviga- 

Island,  ice  it* 
less,  and  oi!ca. 
inlets. 

he  winter,  the 
itter,  in  severe 

inches ;  heavy 


METEOROLOGICAL   FEATURES — SMOKE.  5 

The  following  table  shows  the  principal  meteorological  features  at 
Esquimau,  Vancouver  Island,  during  the  years  1870  and  1871 : 


Barome. 
ter  (mean 
beiKht). 

Thermometer. 

Tempera 

ture 

of  sea. 

Prevallinc  wind. 

Month. 

Maxi- 
mum. 

Mini- 
mum. 

Kemarkg. 

Jnimary 

30.021 

51.5 

23.5 

43.4 

North  and  northea»terly. 

FHoniary  — 

29. 070 

SO.O 

29.5 

43 

Easterly . 

■ 

March 

29. 921 

59 

34 

45.4 

Southeasterly  and  westerly . 

Rainy  month. 

April 

30.037 

61.5 

43.5 

48.2 

Southeasterly    and    south- 
westerly. 

Mav 

30.  009 

69.5 

46  5 

51.7 

Southeasterly  and  southerly. 
.Southeasterly   and   south- 

Jmie  

29.989 

68 

5-'.  6 

53.2 

westerly. 

Inly    

30.043- 

68.5 

M.  5 

.57.4 

Southeasterly  to  westerly. 

Aiitxnflt 

30.  039 

72 

55 

58.9 

Southeasterly  to  westerly. 

S(|iteinl)er... 

30. 018 

65 

50 

55.4 

Southwesterly,  variable 

Fogs  during  latter 
part  of  month. 

Octolii-r 

30. 037 

60.5 

45.5 

49.1 

Variable 

Foga  and  trequeut 
rains. 

November... 

30. 059 

61 

40.6 

46  7 

Easterly,   northeasterly    to 
southeasterly. 

Ii'cember  ... 

30.066 

59 

28.5 

45.1 

Easterly. 

Fogs.— Juan  de  Fuca  Strait— Although  fogs  in  this  region  are 
not  of  such  frequent  occurrence  as  on  the  neighboring  coast  of  Cali- 
turnia  (where  they  prevail  almost  uninterruptedly  during  summer  and 
a.s  late  as  the  middle  of  October),  yet  from  July  to  November  they 
occur  in  Juan  de  Fuca  Strait,  and  are  sometimes  very  dense  over  the 
entrance  for  several  days  together.  They  are  generally  accompanied 
by  calms  or  verv  light  winds  from  NW.,  which  renders  them  the  more 
dangerous  to  sailing  vessels  closing  tlie  land. 

Coast  North  of  Vancouver  Island. — Fogs  are  jirevalent  especially 
during  the  summer  months.  The  NW.  winds  which  prevail  during 
that  season  condense  the  vapor  wliich  arises  from  the  comparatively 
warm  water  surrounding  Queen  Charlotte  Islands  an&  the  coast  of 
Alaska.  During  the  prevalence  of  NW.  winds  this  vapor  is  dispersed, 
bur  during  calms  or  with  light  winds,  and  especially  with  southwesterly 
winds  succeeding  NW.  winds,  it  a])proaches  quickly  from  seaward  in 
the  form  of  dense  fog  or  drizzling  mist  and  rain. 

At  times  fog  will  be  found  at  the  entrances  to  the  sounds  during  the 
toreuoon,  dispersing  near  noon  by  the  heat  of  the  sun,  the  afternoons, 
becoming  clear  and  flue. 

Smokes  from  forest  tires  cause  much  inconvenience  during  the  dry 
season,  and  are  a  great  iiapediment  to  navigation.  In  some  seasons. 
they  have  extendetl  from  the  Gulf  of  Georgia  to  Portland  Inlet. 


©  GENERAL    REMARKS. 

Vancouver  Island  to  San  Francisco  (sailing). — Keep  between  50 
and  100  miles  ott' shore  to  obtain  the  benefit  of  the  cuirent  and  to  avoid 
the  fogs.  Take  advantage  of  either  tack  upon  whicli  the  most  latitude 
•can  be  made.  In  summer  make  the  laud  to  the  northward  of  tlie  port; 
in  winter  to  the  southward.  Use  every  opportuuitj-  to  observe  for  iat 
itude  and  hingitude,  as  fogs  prevail  near  the  land.  xVUow  generally 
for  a  soutiierly  set  of  .\  mile  per  hour  until  within  50  miU's  of  tiie  coast; 
after  which  it  is  not  ap|)reciable.  With  the  above  precaution  vessels 
iiuay  shape  a  course  for  the  south  Farallou. 

From  November  to  April  vessels  are  liable  to  iuive  head  winds  from 
SW.  as  far  south  as  the  parallel  of  Cape  Mendocino.  These  winds, 
ihowever  are  variable,  and  blow  frequently  from,  the  NW.  To  the 
southward  of  10°  N.,  the  NW.  winds  will  become  more  freijuent. 

Fnmi  April  to  November,  the  good  season,  NW.  winds  pievail,  and 
there  is  no  difficulty  in  making  the  passage. 

The  wind  often  blows  from  SW.  in  the  morning,  and  NW.  in  the 
afternoon. 

San  Francisco  to  Vancouver. — From  November  to  April,  the  bad 
reason,  the  passage  should  commence  by  putting  well  out  to  sea,  the 
wind  generally  being  from  the  NW.  When  far  enough  from  the  land  to 
have  nothing  to  fear  from  SW.  or  NW.  stpmlls,  make  as  much  to  the 
north  as  possible.  North  of  the  parallel  of  Cape  Mendocino  SW.  winds 
prevail  at  this  sea.son,  and  enable  vessels  to  finish  the  passage  without 
•difficulty. 

From  April  to  November  the  wind  almost  invariably  blows  from  tue 
northward, between  NVV\  and  NE.,  but  generally  from  the  NW.  Both 
SE.  and  SW.  winds  have  been  met  \n  this  localitj'.  After  leaving  San 
Franci.sco  run  about  100  or  1.50  miles  to  sea  and  then  make  to  the  north- 
ward, i)roliting  by  every  shift  in  the  wind,  and  always  standing  on  the 
most  lavorable  tack. 

Uniform  System  of  Buoyage. — Throughout  the  ports  of  British 
■Columbia  all  buoys  on  the  starboard  side  of  the  channel,  entering  from 
seaward,  are  painted  red,  and,  if  numbered,  marked  with  eccn  nttinhers, 
4ind  must  be  left  on  tlie  starl)oard  hand  when  passing  in. 

All  buoys  on  the  port  side,  entering  from  seaward,  are  i)ainted  black, 
■with  odd  numhern,  if  any,  and  mu.st  be  left  on  the  port  hanii  when 
passing  in. 

Buoys  ))aiuted  with  red  and  Mack  horizontal  bands  will  be  found  on 
obstructions  or  middle  grounds,  and  may  be  left  on  either  liainl. 

Buoys  painted  with  lohite  and  black  vertical  stripes  will  be  found  in 
inid-channel,  and  must  bo  passed  close  to,  to  avoid  danger. 

All  other  distinguishing  marks  to  buoys  are  in  addition  to  the  fore- 
going, and  indicate  particular  spots;  a  detailed  description  of  which  is 
giveu  when  the  mark  is  first  established. 


>  betwetM)  ">0 
iiml  to  avoid 
uost  latitude 
.  of  tile  port ; 
^erve  for  lat 
)\v  generally 
of  the  coast ; 
iitioii  vessels 

1  winds  from 

riu'se  winds, 

W.     To  the 

luent. 

i  prevail,  and 

I  >'W.  in  the 

pril,  the  bad 
It  to  sea,  tlie 
in  the  land  to 
much  to  the 

0  8VV.  winds 
isajjo  without 

)ws  Ironi  the 
•  N\V.  Both 
V  leaviuft'  San 

1  to  the  uorth- 
mding  on  the 

ts  of  British 
Miteriny'  from 
ecen  nuiuhers, 

)ainted  bhuk, 
t  hand  when 

be  found  on 
1-  hand. 
1  be  found  in 
r. 

lu  to  tlie  fore- 
Mi  of  which  is 


BUOYAGE.  7 

Perches  with  balls,  cages,  etc,  will,  when  placed  on  buoys,  be  at  turn- 
ing points,  the  color  and  number  indicating  on  which  side  they  are  to 
be  passed. 

Spar  buoys  will  in  some  cases  be  surmounted  by  a  ball,  which  will 
invariably  be  painted  red,  and  will  indicate  that  it  is  a  starboard  buoy, 
and  must  be  left  on  the  starboard  or  right  hand  when  entering  a  chan- 
nel or  harbor. 

The  rule  for  coloring  buoys  is  equally  applicable  to  beacons,  spindles, 
and  other  day  marks,  so  far  as  it  may  be  practicable  to  carry  it  out. 


STEAl 


ciflc  li 
wbicb 
bearin 
the  8t 
It  gra« 
and  Si 
miles ; 
miles, 
Kosari 
the  Gi 
at  the 
and  is 
forms 
Whidl 
water 
in  its  I 
is  clos( 
mi  rait; 
Haro, 
ing  be 
an  ave 
not  le.« 
Head  < 
with  a 
may  b 
rock,  V 
Bay  01 
On  I 
places, 
out  war 
ern  sid 
Hay,  V 
harbor 


CHAPTER  I . 


STRAIT    OF     ,rUAN     DE    FUOA,    ADMIRALTY    INLET,     PUGET 
hood's  canal,  AND   POSSESSION  SOUND. 


SOUND. 


Strait  of  Juan  de  Fuca. — The  entmiice  to  tliis  strait  fiuin  tiic  Pa- 
cific lies  between  Cajjc  Flattery  and  Cape  Bonilla,  on  Vancouver  Island, 
wbicli  forms  the  northern  shore.  Its  width  is  about  lli  miles,  and  the 
bearing  from  Tatoosh  Island  to  Cape  Bonilla  N.  5°  E.  From  this  line 
the  strait  runs  ESE.  for  40  miles,  with  a  uniform  width  of  II  miles. 
It  gradually  contracts  to  8  miles,  between  Beechey  Head  on  the  north 
and  Striped  Peak  on  the  south  ;  changes  its  direction  to  E.  i  S.  for  15 
miles;  then  expands  to  the  northward,  attaining  a  width  of  18  to  20 
miles,  and  divides  into  two  ship  channels,  the  Canal  de  Haro  and 
Rosario  Strait,  leading  through  the  Archipelago  de  Haro  northward  ta 
the  (rulf  of  Georgia.  It  is  terminated  on  the  east  by  Whidbey  Island  ; 
at  the  southeast  it  passes  into  Admiralty  Inlet  and  Puget  Scnuid, 
and  is  bounded  on  the  south  by  the  mainhmd  of  Washington,  which 
forms  the  entire  southern  shore  of  the  strait.  From  the  ocjan  to 
Whidbey  Island  the  mid-channel  distance  is  8."5  miles.  The  depth  of 
water  throughout  the  strait  is  remarkably  great,  no  bottom  being  found 
in  its  deepest  parts  with  ir>0  fathoms  of  line,  and  the  10  fathom  line 
is  close  under  the  shores.  It  is  the  main  artery  for  the  waters  of  Ad- 
miralty Inlet,  Puget  Souud,  Possession  Sound,  Hood's  Canal,  Canal  de 
Haro,  Rosario  Strait,  Bellingham  Bay.  and  the  Gulf  of  Georgia,  extend- 
ing between  Vancouver  Island  and  British  Columbia  for  120  miles,  with 
an  average  width  of  20.  The  currents  run  with  an  average  velocity  of 
not  less  thin  .?  miles  per  hour,  and  off  the  Race  Island  and  Beechey 
Head  over  0  miles  an  hour.  Its  shores  are  bold,  abrupt,  and  covered 
with  a  heavy  growth  of  varied  timber  and  dense  underbrush.  They 
iiiay  be  approached  safely  within  ^  mile;  there  ia  only  one  breaking 
rock,  which  lies  nearly  that  distance  off  the  western  point  of  Orescent 
Hay  on  the  southern  shore. 

On  both  sides  of  the  strait  there  are  several  anchorages  or  stopping 
places,  which  may  be  taken  advantage  of  by  vessels,  either  inward  or 
outward  bound,  when  meeting  with  adverse  winds ;  those  on  the  south- 
ern side  are  Ne<5ah  and  Clallam  Bays,  Port  Angeles,  New  Dungeness 
Hay,  Washington  Harbor,  and  Port  Discovery,  before  reaching  the 
liarbors  of  Admiralty  Inlet  and  Puget  Sound ;  on  the  northern  side  are 

8 


10 


STRAIT    OF    JUAN    UE    TUCA. 


Port  San  Juan,  Sooke  Inlet,  and  Hecilier  Bay,  before  rounding  the  Race 
Islands,  after  wliicli  excellent  anchorage  may  be  always  obtained  with 
westerly  winds. 

On  the  northern  or  Vancouver  Island  shore  of  the  strait  tiie  liills  rise 
gradually  and  are  densely  wooded,  but  near  the  coast  attain  to  no 
great  elevation  ;  oti  the  southern  side  the  almost  |»eri>etually  snow-dad 
mountains  known  as  the  Olympian  range  rise  more  abruptly  and  vary. 

At  the  eastern  limit  of  the  strait  the  western  face  of  Whidbey  Island 
lis  very  steep;  it  is  about  250  feet  higii.  and  appears  Hat,  as  does  the 
whole  country  eastward  to  the  sharp  cut  outline  of  the  (.^^ascade  range, 
stretching  its  serrated  ridge  northward,  where  the  snow  peak  of  Mount 
Baker  is  distinctly  seen,  and  to  the  southward,  where  the  higher  peak 
■of  Mount  liainier  attracts  the  eye. 

During  dry  summers  the  forest  (ires  envelop  the  country  in  a  vast 
«moke  that  lasts  for  two  or  three  months.  At  such  times  it  is  fre- 
•(piently  impossible  to  make  out  the  shore  at  i  mile  distance.  The  strong 
westerly  winds  coming  up  the  strait  disperse  it  for  a  while,  but  oidy  to 
fan  the  tires,  and  give  them  renewed  force  and  activity. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Cape  Flattery,  at  noon; 
the  ebl)  stream  commences  to  run  strong  at  lih.  p.  ui.  and  continues  for 
about  (i  hours. 

In  the  outer  part  of  Juan  de  Fuca  Strait  there  is  no  very  great 
strength  of  tide  ;  it  varies  from  one  to  4  knots  near  Cape  Flattery  ;  Imt 
when  a[)proaching  the  more  contracted  part  iu  the  neighborhood  of  the 
Kace  Islands,  eddies,  races,  and  irregularities  occur. 

The  result  of  observations  continued  throughout  an  entire  year  at  Es- 
■quitiialt,  and  partially  on  other  parts  of  the  coast  during  three  seasons, 
appears  to  warrant  the  following  conclusions,  viz  : 

The  Hood  tide  sets  to  the  northward  along  the  outer  coast  of  the  con- 
tinent and  Vancouver  Island.  It  enters  the  Strait  of  Fuca  at  Cape  Flat- 
tery, running  with  considerable  velocity,  sometimes  3  or  4  knots,  over 
Duncan  and  Duntze  Kocks;  it  then  turns  sharply  into  the  strait,  pass- 
ing through  the  various  channels  of  the  Haro  Archipelago  into  the 
Strait  of  Georgia,  and  within  about  from  5  to  20  miles  of  Cape  Mudge, 
where  it  is  met  by  a  Hood  from  the  northward,  which,  sweeping  the 
western  coast  of  Vancouver  Island,  enters  Goletas  Channel  and  Queen 
Charlotte  Sound  at  its  northern  extreme,  in  latitude  51°,  thence  south- 
erly down  the  narrow  waters  of  Johnstone  Strait  and  Discovery  Pas- 
sage, meeting  the  tide  which  enters  bj  Fuca  Strait,  and  reaches  about 
midway  between  the  northern  and  southern  extremes  of  Vancouver 
Island,  or  close  to  the  spot  where  the  broad  expanse  of  the  Strait  of 
Georgia  merges  into  the  narrow  channels  (adjoining  it. 

On  the  western  side  of  the  island  the  tides  were  found  to  be  regular — 
flood  and  ebb  of  six  hours'  duration,  the  times  of  high  water  on  the 
full  ami  change  at  Nootka  Sound,  and  at  the  entrance  of  Goletas  Chan- 
uel  varying  very  little,  and  occurring  near  noon,  the  greatest  range  13 


TIDKS — Cl'liRENTS. 


u 


ig  the  Race 
allied  with 

le  hills  rise 
tain  to  no 
•  snow-clail 
y  and  vary. 
Ibey  Isliind 
IS  does  the 
uade  range, 
ik  of  Mount 
liigliei'  peaiv 

•y  in  a  vast 

,es  it  is  ti-e- 

The  strong 

but  only  to 

ry,  at  noon ; 
outinnes  tor 

»  very  great 
lattery  ;  luit 
rhood  of  the 

5  year  at  Es- 
ree  seasons, 

t  of  the  cou- 
t,  Cape  Flat- 
knots,  over 
strait,  pass- 
go  into  the 
'ape  Madge, 
weeping  the 
1  and  Queen 
hence  sonth- 
icovery  Pas- 
aches  about 
Vancouver 
;he  Strait  of 

be  regular — 
vater  on  the 
oletas  Ohau- 
est  range  13 


feet;  nor  is  any  nuirked  irregularity  <»bservable  in  Johnstone  Strait, 
and  l)is(5overy  Passage,  except  tiie  not  unusual  circumstance  tiuit  the 
ebb  stream  continues  to  run  to  the  northward  for  two  iiours  after  it  ia 
low  water  by  the  shore,  tiio  water  rising  at  the  same  time;  the  ebb 
stream  being  of  seven  hours'  duration,  tlie  flood  about  live  hours. 

The  great  and  perplexing  tidal  irregularities  may  thtnefbre  be  said 
to  he  embraced  i)etween  the  Strait  of  Fuca,  near  the  Race  Islands,  and 
Cape  Mudge,  adistan(!e  of  150  miles;  and  a  careful  investigation  of  tiie 
oltscrvations  made  at  Esciuinuilt,  and  among  the  islands  of  the  ILno 
Archipelago,  shows  tiiat  during  tiie  summer  montlis,  May,  June,  and 
•Inly,  there  occurs  but  one  higii  and  one  low  water  during  the  twenty- 
four  Iiours,  liigli  water  at  the  full  and  change  of  the  moon  happening 
about,  iiiidnigiit,  and  varying  Init  slightly  from  tiiat  hour  during  any 
day  oftlie  tiiree  months;  the  siniiigs  range  from  S  to  10  feet,  tiie  neaps 
from  4  to  u  fe"t.  Tlie  tides  are  almost  stationary  for  two  iiours  on 
either  side  of  nigh  or  low  water,  unless  all'ected  by  strong  svinds  out- 
side. 

During  August,  September,  and  October,  there  are  two  iiigii  and 
low  waters  in  the  twenty-four  hours;  a  superior  and  an  inferior  tide, 
tlie  high  water  of  tiie  superior  varying  between  Ih.  and  ;Jli.  a.  m.,  the 
range  during  the.se  months  from  ;j  to  5  feet,  the  night  tide  the  highest- 

During  winter  almost  a  reversal  of  these  rules  appears  to  take  place  5 
thus,  in  November,  December,  and  .lannary,  tlie  twelve  hcnr  tides  again 
(tcciir,  hut  the  time  of  high  water  is  at  or  aliout  noon  instead  of  mid- 
iiighi. 

In  February,  March,  and  April,  there  are  two  tides,  the  superior  high 
water  occurring  from  111.  to  .'5h.  p.  m.  Thus  it  may  be  said  that  in 
snmiin'r  months  the  tides  are  low  during  the  day,  the  highest  tides 
occurring  in  the  night,  and  in  winter  the  tides  are  low  during  the  night, 
the  highest  tide  occurring  in  the  day. 

The  (U)b  stream  has  alsvays  bei-ii  found  to  run  southward  through  the 
Ilaro  Archipelago,  and  out  of  Fu(;a  Strait  for  two  and  one-half  hours 
after  it  is  low  water  by  the  shm-e,  the  water  rising  during  that  time  ; 
tlie  ebb  is  stronger  than  the  Hood,  and  generally  two  hours'  longer 
(liinition. 

The  tides  during  those  months  when  two  high  and  two  low  waters 
occur  ill  the  twenty-four  hours,  are  far  more  irregular  than  when  there 
isonly  one  twelve-hour  tide,  and  another  anomaly  exists,  viz.,  the  greatest 
range  not  infrequently  occurs  at  the  first  and  last  quarters,  i.istead  of 
at  the  full  and  change  of  the  moon. 

Currents. — A  southerly  current  has  been  found  to  prevail  on  the 
western  coast  of  Vancouver  Island  more  or  less  throughout  the  year, 
|iarticularly  from  August  to  November.  This  current  joining  the  ebb 
Mde  out  of  Fuca  Strait  has  been  known  to  set  vessels  between  4  and 
•">  milesan  hour  to  the  southward,  and  during  fogs  there  is  great  risk 
I'!'  being  drifted  on  to  Cape  Flattery,  or  some  of  its  ofl  lying  dangers ; 


, 


19 


STRAIT    OF   JUAN    DK    F(T(A. 


extreme  (iautioii  hIiouM  therefore  be  observed  in  enteriiiR  tlie  strait 
at  siicli  tiineH,  especially  near  the  full  and  (jliaiipe  of  the  moon,  when 
the  tides  are  at  their  Htroiijjt'- it.  A  northerly  set  has  been  experienced 
with  winds  from  the  southward  and  eastward. 

Winds. — Within  the  strait  of  .Inan  de  Fiica,  in  the  winter  season, 
the  winds  usually  assume  its  direction  either  up  or  down.  Durinp 
summer,  the  prevailing  winds  from  NW.  or  SW.  take  a  westerly  direc- 
tion within  the  strait;  while  the  SK.  fjales  of  winter  blow  directly  out 
and  create  a  heavy  croiis  sea  off  the  entrance  to  the  strait. 

Although  a  westerly  wind  may  be  blowinj^  within  the  strait,  it  fre- 
quently during  the  change  of  the  seasons  blows  heavily  outside  at  the 
same  time  from  SSW.,  or  sometimes  snddeidy  changes  to  that  direction, 
from  a  light  easterly  wind  on  opening  the  entrance,  which  makes  that 
l)art  of  the  coast  of  Vancouver  Island  between  Port  San  Juan  and 
Bonilla  Point  a  dangerous  lee  shore  to  a  ship  without  steam  power. 

Tlie  coast  winds  in  summer  prevail  from  UVV.  and  NW.,  the  former 
during  the  early  months,  and  the  latter  blow  fresh  and  with  great  regu- 
larity during  June,  July,  and  August.  In  September  and  the  early 
l)art  of  October  the  winds  are  very  uncertain  and  there  is  generally  a 
great  deal  of  calm,  gloomy  weather. 

The  barometer  usually  stands  above  30  inches  during  summer;  should 
it  fall  to  2y.!)0,  a  southeasterly  winil  with  thi(!k  rainy  weather  may  be 
expected,  but  of  short  duration,  clearing  up  with  a  westerly  wind  as 
soon  as  the  barometer  rises. 

The  wint<  r  winds  are  SE.  or  SW.,  more  frequently  the  former;  they 
set  in  towards  the  end  of  October,  an«l  continue  until  the  middle  of 
April.  SE.  gales  are  generally  preceded  by  a  short  interval  of  calm, 
clondy  weather  ;  they  spring  up  graduall',  -Vom  E.  or  ESE.,  veering  to 
the  southward,  accomi)anied  by  rain  'uid  tl<icl.  weather,  the  barometer 
falling  rai)idly ;  when  the  barometer  becomes  stationary  the  wind  shifts 
suddenly  to  8W.  and  blows  heavily  wuh  i'.lear  weather,  but  frequent 
8(|ualls  of  rain  ;  the  barMueter  begins  to  rise  immediately  the  wind 
veers  to  8VV,,  from  which  (piarter  it  generally  blows  from  twelve  to 
twenty  hours. 

The  violence  and  duration  of  these  SE.  gales  is  always  i)roi)ortioned 
to  the  fall  of  the  mercury  ;  with  the  barometer  at  29.50  a  strong  gale 
may  be  looked  for  from  this  quarter;  it  seldom  falls  below  29.20,  when 
very  bad  weather  is  certain  to  follow. 

A  SE.  gale  sometimes  springs  up,  though  very  seldom,  with  the  ba- 
rometer above  30  inches.  On  such  occasions  the  wind  has  always  been 
preceded  by  calm,  cloudy  weather  and  rain,  with  a  high  but  falling 
barometer ;  such  gales  are  not  violent  and  of  short  duration. 

SE.  gales  are  always  accompanied  by  thick  dirty  weather,  and  rain  ; 
they  seldom  continue  from  that  quarter  for  more  than  twelve  or  eighteen 
hours,  uidess  the  barometer  falls  very  low,  and  almost  always  shift  to 
SW. 


WINDS — K008 — I'lLOT   LAWS. 


13 


{  tho  strait 
noon,  when 
ixperieiiceil 

ittT  season, 
n.  Dnrinp 
iterly  direo- 
ilirectly  out 

trait,  it  fre- 
tside  at  the 
at  (lirection, 

makes  that 
1  Juan  and 
in  power. 
,  the  former 
1  ureal regu- 
d  the  early 

fjenerally  a 

imer;  should 
her  may  be 
Brly  wind  as 

former;  they 
le  middle  of 
val  of  calm, 
.,  veering  to 
le  barometer 
e  wind  shifts 
but  frequent 
ily  the  wind 
in  twelve  to 

proportioned 

I  strong  gale 

29.20,  when 

with  the  ba- 

I  always  been 

1  but  falling 

jn. 

er,  and  rain ; 

e  or  eighteen 

wavs  shift  to 


When  the  SVV.  gale  of  winter  is  not  preceded  by  the  southeastern, 
the  barometer  seldom  falls;  it  eitlier  remains  stationary,  wiien  tiie  gale 
may  be  expected  tocontinue  l()nger,or  risi's  shtwly,  wiien  it  will  gradu- 
ally subside  and  tine  weather  tbllow.  SVV.  gales  are  ac(!oinpanii'd  by 
heavy  banks  of  clouds,  and  passing  showers  of  rain,  sometimes  simw. 

Tiie  barometer  has  been  known  to  tall  during  winter  as  low  as  :.'!». 4"i 
and  has  been  followed  by  no  gale  or  bad  weather,  but  on  such  occasions 
there  has  been  a  heavy  fall  of  snow  on  the  hills,  and  a  sudden  tall  of 
15  de'Mees  in  the  temperature. 

A  tine  northerly  or  NF.  wind  frecpiently  occurs  at  intervals  during 
the  months  of  December,  January,  and  Kebruary  ;  it  is  always  accom- 
panied l)y  a  high  biivoineter,  al)ove  .'SO,  and  at  such  times  a  continuance 
for  several  days  together  of  clear,  cold,  Vosty  weather  may  l>e  l()(»ke<l 
for;  the  barometer  on  these  t)ccasions  will  sometimes  rise  as  high  as 
30.70,  and  the  tine  weather  will  then  probalily  last  a  fortnight  or  more. 

Fogs.  —Kogs occur  occasionally  in  Juan  de  l''iu!a  8trai(,  from  ,)iily  to 
November,  and  are  sometimes  very  dense,  over  the  entrance,  tor  several 
days  together.  They  are  generally  accompanied  by  calms  or  very  light 
winds  from  N  W.,  which  renders  them  more  «laiigeious  to  sailing  vessels 
closing  the  land. 

I'lLOr   LAWS. 

(Approved  Fcbiuiiiy  ;;,  18(iB;  toiik  vDisvl  April  1.  18H8.) 

Sva:.  11.  Tliiil  every  pilot  oa  buariliug  a  vussbI  sliiill,  iit  the  re(|iieHt  of  the  iiiastci, 
o\liil>it  Ills  licciiHf,  anil  oti  refiual  to  tlo  no  .sliall  '><■  liiililc  to  pay  a  penalty  of  fifty 
ilollarN. 

Skc.  l(i.  Tliat  it  Hliall  lu'  tlui  duty  of  t'viiiy  pilot  in  diarij;!'  of  a,  veN^tel  airiviuj;  at 
any  of  the  ports  of  Piiijet  Sound  or  its  branches  to  have  the  vessel  safely  niuoreil  or 
iineliored  in  snch  a  position  as  tlie  master  of  tho  vessel  may  direct,  when  his  respnusi- 
liility  shall  cease. 

Skc.  is.  That  no  person  except  those  licensed  liy  tho  eoininissioiuirs  shall  pilot  ves- 
-rls  in  and  ont  of  the  hays  or  harbors  of  I'nj^et  .Sound  or  .luan  de  I'uca  Strait  or  to  or 
li'oin  the  I'aeilic  Ocean  throuj^h  said  strait  for  hire,  under  penalty  of  three  hundred 
(liillars  Hue  for  each  and  every  ort'ense.  This  penalty  is  not  incurred  where  the  nucstcr 
<if  a  vessel  acts  as  his  own  pilot ;  provided,  that  the  master  or  owner  of  any  vessel 
^llall  not  be  eoiupolled  to  take  a  pilot  under  the  provisions  of  this  act. 

Skc.  'J(1.  That  pilots  taken  to  sea  against  their  wills,  when  a  boat  is  iu  atteudauee 
iiady  to  receive  them,  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  live  dollars  per  day  while  absent, 
u  hieli  sum  shall  be  paid  by  tho  master  or  owner  of  the  vessel  by  which  the  pilot  was 
taken  away. 

Skc.  '■il.  That  if  any  pilot  oilers  himself  to  any  vess(5l  requiring  his  services  as  pilot, 
(iMtsideof  a  liiu(  drawn  from  the  west  end  of  Waaddah  Island  to  Observatory  I'oiut  ou 
the  east  side  of  Port  San  Juan,  Oritish  Columbia,  if  inward  bouud,  he  shall  have  the 
prefereiice,  if  a  pilot's  services  are  required  by  the  vessel  where  bounil  to  sea,  op  a 
|idot  from  the  same  pilot-boat. 

Sec.  2;!.  That  the  hull  and  appurtenances  of  all  vessels  shall  be  held  liable  for 
inlot's  dues. 

Sku.  24.  That  the  pihits  shall  at  all  times  keep  a  boat,  iu  good  condition,  cruising 
on  the  Strait  of  Fuca  or  at  yea.  The  number  of  pilots  to  bo  on  ary  one  boat  to  be 
dotermiued  by  the  cumniissiouers. 


n 


STRAIT    OF    JUAN   DE   FUCA. 


Se(.  .  'Jii.  The  bnanl  of  pilot  coinmissiouers  shall  fix  thp  rate  of  pilotage  hetweua 
the  cipeu  m-a  and  tlie  port"  on  Piiget  Sounil ;  but  such  rate  shall  not  exceed  eight 
dollars  per  foot  draiigbt  to  vessels  who  engage  pilots  outside  of  Waaddah  Island  t<) 
port  of  entry  or  other  ports  on  PiijEet  Sound;  to  vessels  from  British  Cohinihia  to 
port  of  entry  oi  otlier  ports  on  Piiget  Sonnd  not  to  exceed  six  dollars  per  foot  draught. 
To  vessels  from  Port  Townsend  to  any  of  the  ports  on  Paget  Sound  not  to  exceed 
four  cliillars  per  foot  dranght :  I'rorUleil,  Tliat  nothing  in  this  act  shail  be  construed 
as  rei|Miring  half  pilotage  to  be  paid  wlien  services  are  not  actually  |ierfornied  :  And 
proriileil  further,  That  every  jiilot  bringing  a  vessel  fnuu  sea  shall  take  her  to  her 
port  of  <li'stinatiou  if  reiiuireil  when  that  jmrt  is  above  the  port  of  I'ntry  without 
additional  charges.  Hut  after  twenty-four  hours  of  delay  at  the  port  of  entry  the 
pilot  shall  be  entitled  to  additional  j)ay  of  five  dollars  per  day  for  every  day  so 
delayed. 

KXTUACIS  KliOM   THE   BY-I.AWS   OF  TIIK    I>II,OT  COMMISSIONERS. 

SiX',  I'-i.  Pilot  boats,  while  <Tuisiiig,  must  have  a  white  signal  lantern  di.splayed  in 
a  conspicuous  manner  during  the  night,  and  the  number  of  the  beat  displaye<l  on  the 
mainsail  as  a  day  signal. 

Skc.  i:i.  Neilherpilotsnortheir  bo.;:  I  shall  be  permitted  to  leave  their  peculiar  serv- 
ice, whether  ill  port  (U' at  sea,  unless  to  assist  vessels  in  distri^ss,  more  than  thirty 
miles  north  or  south  of  Tatoosh  light  without  first  obtaining  permission  of  this 
board,  and  any  boat  infringing  this      *     *     *     . 

.Skc.  1.").  That  rates  of  pilotage  shall  be,  as  follows :  Inward  bound,  six  dollars  per 
foot  draught  troni  any  point  on  aline  drawn  from  Cape  Ueale,  British  Columbia,  and 
Flattery  Rocks,  Washington;  tivo  dollars  per  foot  draught  from  any  point  on  a  line 
drawn  fiom  Waaddah  Island  to  the  most  westerly  point  of  San  Juan  harbor,  British 
Columbia;  four  dollars  per  foot  draught  from  any  [loint  west  of  a  line  drawn  from 
Port  .\iigeles  light,  Washington,  to  Race  Rocks,  Briti.sh  Columbia  ;  three  dollars  per 
foot  draught  fioni  PortTownsend  toan.v  port  on  Puget  Sound,  and  rice  rersa.  Any  frac- 
tion of  a  foot  over  six  inches,  a  foot;  under  six  inches,  not  counted.  Draught  to  be 
lueasnre.l  when  vessel  draws  most.  Should  vessel  bo  detained  in  Port  Towusend 
harbor  more  than  twenty-four  hours  before  proceeding  to  any  other  \>OTt  on  Puget 
Sounl,  the  pilot  to  be  paid  live  dollars  per  day  for  every  day  of  detention  above  said 
twenty-four  hours.  Outward  pilotage  to  be  live  dollars  per  foot  draught  from 
Port  rownsend  to  the  sea,  and  six  dollars  |ier  foot  draught  from  any  port  on  Puget 
Sound  to  sea.  Outward-bound  vessels  allowed  forty-eight  hours'  detention  without 
charge  lor  delay. 

It  i.s  reported  (Aiifjnst  1.3, 1881))  that  these  laws  and  refinlations  are 
a  dead  letter,  becaiuse  no  persons  have  (inalilied  under  the  law  whieh 
does  not  alh)\v  half  i)ilotaK«  when  vessels  decline  a  pilot. 

Cape  Flattery  is  a  remarkable  point  of  land,  distinctl.v  seen  at  a 
distance  ot';55  miles,  rising  gradually  from  the  sea  to  a  thiekly  woodeu 
mountain  nearly  2,000  feet  high,  with  an  irregular  shaped  summit,  and 
falling  again  at  the  distaiitie  of  .3  or  4  miles  to  the  eastward.  When 
seen  from  the  southward  or  southwest  it  has  the  apiiearance  ot  an 
island,  being  .separati'd  b.v  a  stretch  of  lowland  from  hills  of  the  same 
or  greater  elevHtion,  which  ri.so  again  immediately  southward  of  it. 

On  it  neiirer  view,  the  headland  itself,  with  its  wild  otl'lying  rocks, 
over   wiiich    the   sea  is   almo.st  consta;itly    breaking,   presents  no  in 
vltiug  appearance;  it  is  a  rugged,  sea-worn  dirt" of  no  great  elevation 
and  rising  gradually  to  its  more  promiiuiit  feature,  a  densely  wooded 
mountain.    From  the  cape  the  coast  trends  eastward  for4  miles  to  Neeah 


I 


TATOOSH    ISLAND — DIRECTIONS. 


15 


iago  botweou 
exceed  eight 
ilah  Island  tt> 

Coluiiil>itt  to 

foot  draught, 
not  to  exceed 

\m  construed 
rt'orined  :  And 
le  her  to  her 
'utry  vvitliout 
t  of  entry  the 

every  diiy   so 

BRS. 

rn  di.<phiyed  in 
splayeil  on  the 

rpeciiliiir  serv- 
re  than  thirty 
inissiou  of  thi» 

,  six  dollars  per 
Coluuil)ia,  and 
[loint  on  a   line 
harbor,  British 
lie   drawn   from 
hree  dollars  per 
I'li-Kd.  Any  frac- 
Dranght  to  be 
'ort  Townaeud 
port   on   Pugot 
tioi.  above  said 
drimght  from 
port   on  I'ugi't 
iteution  without 

fiulatioiis  are 
le   law  which 

etly  seen  at  a 
ieUly  woodeu 
.suiiuiiit,  and 
ward.     When 
iininet^  of  an 
sof  the  Hanie 
lard  t)t' it. 
tVlyinfr  rocks, 
resents  no  in- 
cat  elevation^ 
nsely  wooded 
iiiles  toNeeaii 


Bay.    There  is  frer.cr.V.lyahci'.'^y  r.wel!  with  irregular  tides,  and  vessel* 
should  not  approach  it  within  a  mile. 

Tatoosb.  Island,  lying  i  mile  oft'  Cape  Flattery,  is  a  steep,  almost 
perpendi'-iilar,  rocky  islet,  bare  of  trees,  a  ul  108  feet  high,  with  some 
reefs  extending  a  short  distance  oft"  its  western  side.  The  lighthonse, 
known  anone  seamen  as  Cai)e  Flattery  light,  stands  on  the  summit  of 
the  islam',  which,  with  its  outlying  reef  is  the  most  western  pin-tioii  of 
the  LTiiited  States.  Sailing  vessels  should  not  approacli  the  lighthouse 
inside  of  L'  miles. 

Fuca  Pii!sur,  140  feet  high  ;ind  50  feet  in  diameter,  lies  -,^',f  mile  S.  15° 
K.  of  the  lighthouse  on  Tatoosli  Island.  It  is  a  leauini^',  rocky  'iolumu, 
and  only  120  yaids  from  the  clitt's,  which  are  120  feet  high.  It  shows 
well  when  a  ve8>el  is  approaching  Tatoosli  Island  from  the  northwest- 
ward, and  is  las'^  !>2en  from  the  strait  when  the  fiice  of  the  cape  is  just 
open  hy  the  eastern  tangent  of  Tatoosh  Island. 

Duncan  T^LOCk  lies  N.  li°  W.  one  mile  from  Tatoosh  Island  light;  it 
is  it  Jew  feet  above  water,  but  the  sea  always  breaks  over  it.  There  is 
deep  water  between  it  and  the  island,  but  ve.ssels  shonld  not  use  th& 
l)nssage  unless  compelled  to  do  so. 

Duntze  Rock,  with  '.^  fathoms  water  over  it,  lies  about  {  mile  N.  1!)° 
W.  of  Duncan  Uock,  and  the  sea  fre(pieiitly  breaks  on  it.  The  cross  sea 
which  is  created  in  this  .leighborhood  during  bad  weather  strongly 
resembles  heavy  breakers,  extending  a  considerable  distance  across  the 
strait.  In  the  immediate  neighborhood  of  Cape  Flattery,  and  among 
these  rocks,  the  tides  are  strong  and  irregular. 

Directions. — Vessels  from  the  soul  h  ward  or  westward, bouml  for  Fuca 
Strait,  should  make  Cape  Flattery;  there  is  no  inducement  to  hug  the 
coast,  on  which  a  long  rolling  swell  l'i'e((uent''.  sets,  and  this  swell,  meet- 
ing the  southeasterly  gales  of  winter,  causes  a  confused  sea.  The  ca[)e 
mid  its  ort'-Iying  rocks  should  not  be  approached  within  a  distance  of 
at  least  3  miles,  as  the  tide  occasionally  sets  over  Duncan  and  l>untze 
Uock  with  great  velocity.  It  is  necessary  either  in  entering  or  leaving 
tlie  strait  to  avoid  thecoastof  Vancouver  Island  between  Port  8an  .luau 
and  Bonilla  Pointwheii  there  is  any  apiiearance  of  bad  weatiier. 

It  is  lecoiiiiuended  to  pass  at  the  distance  of  at  least  10  miles  from. 
the  coD'it,  unless  w(;rking  to  windward  against  a  fine  northerly  wind,. 
whei'  it  may  be  safely  approached  within  3  miles  or  less. 

To  vessels  making  'he  strait  in  bad  weather  it  will  be  more  desirable 
III  run  in  and  seek  sl'elterthan  to  remain  outside.  If  tkeland  has  been, 
made  either  to  the  southward  of  Cai»e  Flattery  or  on  the  ''ancouver 
Uland  shore  within  a  moderate  distance  of  the  entrance,  or  if  the  latitude 
I  Mil  be  relied  upon  within  2  or  3  miles,  it  will  be  advisable  to  run  ior  ',lie 
strait.  The  powerful  light  of  Cape  Flattery  will,  unless  in  very  thick. 
Weather  or  fog,  be  seen  at  the  distance  of  o  miles,  mid  as  .soon  ;.s  it  ves- 
sel j.s  actually  within  tin  strait  she  wili  have  comparatively  smooth 
water,  with  sulHcient  sea  room,  and  may  run  boldly  up  the  center  for  the 


16 


STRAIT   OP    JUAN   DE   FUCA. 


Bace  light,  or  by  the  assistance  of  that  ou  Gape  Flatterj'  luaiutaiu  her 
l^ositioii  ill  the  strait  if  preferred.  It  is  to  i)e  reruariied  that  wiieii  Cape 
Flattery  light  is  brought  to  bear  to  the  northward  of  west  it  becomes 
shut  in  by  the  laud  abou';  Ne^ah  Bay,  and  that  the  Race  Island  light  from 
a  similar  cause  becomeii  obscured  by  Beeciiey  Head  when  brought  to 
bear  to  the  southward  i  f  S.  83^  E. ;  therefore,  when  either  of  these 
lights  are  obscured  the  diLtauce  from  either  coast  will  be  accurately 
judged,  and  in  the  latter  case  a  ship  will  be  getting  too  close  to  the 
northern  shore. 

Coming  from  tiie  westward  with  a  heavy  westerly  or  northwest  gale, 
thick  weather,  au<l  uncertain  of  the  latitude,  it  would  l)e  prudent  to  lay 
by  iit  not  less  than  .'}()  miles  from  the  entrance  of  tiie  strait  or  on  the 
edge  of  the  baidi  of  soundings.  These  gales  seldom  last  more  than 
twelve  hours,  and  if  they  veer  towards  the  SVV.  tiie  weather  will  clear, 
and  vessels  may  immediately  bear  up  for  the  strait. 

With  a  SE.  gale  it  is  recommended  to  close  the  land,  smoother  water 
will  be  obtained,  and  the  bank  of  soundings  off  the  Vancouver  Island 
shore  will  give  vessels  pretty  accurately  their  distance  from  the  land. 
Gales  from  this  quarter  sometimes  continue  in  the  winter  season  thirty 
hours,  and  when  a  vessel  strikes  soundings  on  the  edge  of  the  bank  in 
0(1  fatlionis  and  carries  them  in  to  GO  she  may  put  her  head  to  WSW. 
and  have  plenty  of  room  for  drift. 

It  is  of  great  importance  in  making  the  strait  during  bad  weather  to 
strike  the  outer  edge  of  the  bank  of  soundings,  as  the  ship's  distance 
from  the  land  will  then  be  accurately  known. 

Should  sailing  vessels  be  overtaken  'ly  one  of  the  tleiise  fogi:  which 
sometimes  hangover  the  entrance  of  the  strait  they  should  not  close  the 
land,  but  stand  off  sulU(;iently  far  to  avoid  being  set  by  the  southerly 
<Mirrenl  too  near  Cape  Flattery.  If  a  steamer  has  made  the  laud  or 
light,  and  is  certain  of  her  position,  she  should  get  the  Vancouver  Island 
shore  aboard,  when,  with  the  assistance  of  the  chart  and  lead,  she  may 
feel  her  way  in.  When  8  or  10  miles  eastward  of  Port  San  .luaii  there 
is  anchoring  ground  in  12  fathoms  a  mile  from  the  shore,  and  if  the  fog 
is  very  dens<'  strangers  should  anchor;  it  must  be  remarked,  however, 
that  not  iinfrequently  the  weather  is  clear  a  few  miles  within  the  strait 
while  the  entrance  is  totally  obscured. 

Neeah  Bay  is  between  Ivoitlah  Point  and  Waadd.vh  Island;  which  is 
a  narrow  high  ridge,  covered  with  pine  trees.  Ivoitlah  l*ointis3.7  miles 
East  of  the  lighthouse  on  Tatootsh  Island.  The  bay  offers  a  safe  and 
convenient  anchorage  to  vessels  meeting  SVV.  or  SE.  gales  at  the  en. 
trance  of  the  strait,  and  is  sheltered  from  W.  and  N.  round  by  south  to 
ENE.  The  western  shore  is  steep  and  cliffy,  a  reef  extends  for  more 
than  :J00  yards  off  Ivoitlah  Point,  and  within  the  j>oint  a  siuid  ;  ;:i  L, 
which  <lries,  extends  off'  \  mile  at  low  water  from  abreast  he  dills.  "'" . 
head  of  the  bay  is  a  low  sandy  l)ea<ii,  on  which  there  is  generally  soim^ 
surf  rolling.    On  the  eastern  side  of  the  bay,  off' the  southwestern  side 


NEEAH    HAY — CRESCENT    IJAY. 


17 


,'  uiaiutaiu  her 
bat  when  Cape 
?8t  it  becomes 
laiitl  light  from 
leii  bioiifjlit  to 
eitlier  of  tliese 
be  accurately 
too  close  to  the 

loithwest  yjale, 
J  prudent  to  lay 
trait  or  on  the 
ast  more  thau 
tther  will  clear, 

smoother  water 
ucouver  Island 

from  the  laud. 
?,r  season  thirty 
>  of  the  bank  in 

head  to  WSW. 

bad  weather  to 
ship's  distance 

ense  fogs'  which 
Id  not  close  the 
)y  the  southerly 
lade  the  laud  or 
aucouver  Island 
d  lead,  she  may 
Sail  duan  tl\ere 
e,  and  if  thefoj; 
arked,  however, 
within  the  strait 

Island;  which  is 
Point  is  3.7  miles 
offers  a  safe  and 
.  gales  at  the  en. 
ound  by  south  to 
extends  for  riore 
)iut  a  Kiiii<I  i.;'.i  li 
ist  hev.'litts.  ''" 
is  generally  somf 
outhwesteru  side 


of  Waaddah  l8laiul,a  rocky  ledge  and  shoal  water  extends  for  600  yards, 
and  the  holding  grouinl  is  not  so  good  on  the  island  side. 

A  good  berth  will  be  found  in  Xeeah  bay,  in  (J  fathoms  sandy  bottom^ 
with  tlie  onter  point  of  Waaddah  Island  N.  .KP  I<].,and  Koitlah  Poiut  N. 
'>i'P  W. ;  ashort  distauce  withiu  tiiis  position  kelp  grows  in  large  patches 
all  over  the  bay,  and  care  is  necessary  in  selecting  a  berth.  Large  sail- 
ing vessels  may  anchor  in  7  or  8  fathoms  a.  little  outside  tlie  above  bear. 
ings,  in  the  center  of  tlie  bay,  witli  tiie  outer  point  of  the  islainl  N.  7(P  E, 

Vessels  shouhl  leave  this  i)jy  oa  any  indication  of  a  northeast  wind, 
an'  if  too  late  ami  unable  to  weather  Waaddah  Island,  tlu'y  may  run 
b^'t\>  ■•■  :c  a.ul  the  main;  tiie  passage  is  -100  yards  iii  breadth,  and  the 
r  ■•  21  feet;  they  must  be  careful  to  avoid  the  ledge  off  the  south- 

>'  est  <ad  of  Wiiaddah,  and  in  hauling  out  should  give,  tiie  eastern  side 
of  the  island  a  berth  of  at  least  \  mile.  N'essels  have  ridden  out  north- 
west gales  close  to  the  aoutheast  cad  of  \v''iaddah  in  (i  fathoms,  but  it 
is  nu)re  prudent  to  get  out  into  the  strait  at  the  coiiinieiiceineut  of  tin* 
gale.  During  strong  westerly  or  southwesterly  gales,  or  after  they 
have  been  blowing  outside,  a  (jonsiderable  swell  rolls  into  tiie  bay,  which 
renders  it  at  such  times  a  disagreeable  th(»ugh  not  unsafe  anchorage  ; 
small  vessels  may  go  close  in  and  get  smooth  water,  even  among  the 
kelp  wliieh  grows  in  -t  and  5  fathoms. 

Clallam  Bay. — From  Neeah  to  Olallam  Bay  the  coast  is  nearly 
straight,  ami  the  siiore  bold,  the  only  remarkable  feature  being  Kla- 
ImisIdIi  (rteal  Rock),  loO  feet  high,  which  lies  a  short  distaiure  off  the 
shore,  -*  miles  son theast ward  of  VV^aaddah  Islaml.  If  vessels  reach  as 
liigli  as  CJIallai:'  i' '..  ii  id  meet  an  easterly  or  southeasterly  wind,  tiiey 
:n;iy  obtain  iu\  ior\,  and  shelter  in  the  center  of  the  bay,  but  this  can 
only  be  cop  d>  .;  v-  a  stopping  place;  it  is  easily  recognized  by  Slip 
Toint,  its  ea  ''.I!,.  l>i  i.i,  which  is  the  western  termination  of  a  bold  coast 
ridge. 

The  Coast  from  i  '  lam  Hay  continues  in  the  samedirection  to  Pillar 
Point,  which  terminates  in  a  bare,  colnmuarsIiaiK'd  rock.  The  coast 
on  the  eastern  side  of  this  point  forms  a  small  bight,  in  which  there  is 
a  considerable  stream,  and  then  trends  S.  ~U^  E.  with  a  gentle  curve  to 
Stiipeil  Peak;  a  small  river,  the  Lyre,  empties  just  eastward  of  Low 
Point,  al)out  (i  miles  westward  of  the  peak. 

Stri[)ed  Peak  is  rather  remarkaltie  from  a  landslip  occurring  down  its 
l:i(H>;  this  ■  irk  is  being  rapidly  obliterated  by  the  growth  of  vegeta. 
lion. 

Cresceii.  ''.'.■;, — Toufjue  Point  lies  about  one  mile  northwestward  oi 
Stripetl  Peak,  .  sid  t'orbis  the  eastern  side  of  a  slight  indentation  of  the 
si", re  line,  extending  a  mile  to  the  westward,  where  another  low  [mint 
extends  out  ;\  mile  to  form  <Jrescent  Hay.  Tongue  Point  has  several 
visible,  rocks  exten<ling  j^  niile  to  the  westward.  Tiie  western  point  has. 
ii  sunken  rock  \  mile  northward  with  l."»  feet  water  over  it  and  upon 
whiidi  the  swell  breaks  at  low  water.  There  is  a  depth  of  8  fathoms 
U'jOo—No.  !»6 2 


18 


STRAIT    OK    .II'AX    DK    KlIOA. 


dose  outside,  iiiuHi  fatlioms  oi  Mie  e:ist  iiiiil  west.  This  is  the  only 
known  iiidden  (lan,:;ei-  o.i  the  south  side  of  the  strait.  There  is  no 
jiood  ancliorajie;  the  l)i)tl()in  is  not  s^ood,  and  the  currents  between  the 
roek  and  tiie  reet  ottTonjjue  Toint  are  treacherous. 

Fresh  Water  Bay. — About  ]r|  miles  east  of  Striped  Peak  is  the 
nHuleratel.v  low  wooded  extremity  of  the  land  stretching  from  the  peak 
and  forming'  ilie  western  point  of  Fresh  Water  iJay.  This  is  known 
as  Ob.servatory  Point,  a  '  las  several  visil)le  and  sunken  rocks  run- 
ning; nearly  i",  mile  to  the    .  J. 

The  eastern  point  of  the  v  the  low  delta  mimed  AnjjeleR  Point, 

under  the  \ve.stern  side  of  wIik  .1  emi)lies  tiie  Klwha  Hiver  by  several 
months. 

Anj-eles  Point  bears  N.  82^  10.,  3  miles  from  Observatory  Point,  and 
from  the  line  joininir  the.se  the  southern  shore  recedes  a  little  over  a 
nule,  with  an  irre;;u]ar  outline.  On  the  line  of  the  two  points  the  depth 
of  water  is  abort  l.")  fatitoms;  inside  of  it  the  depth  decreases  to  G 
fatlioms  at  about  A  mile  from  the  shore,  which  is  clean  excei»t  toward 
the  western  part,  where  there  is  a  narrow  line  of  kel])  for  1.^  miles  to 
Observatory  Point.  OH' the  delta  the  depth  increases  from  one  fathom 
to  10  fathoms  in  a  mile;  and  to  the  eastward  of  Angeles  Point  a  great 
bank,  having  from  o  to  10  fathoms  of  water  uiion  it,  stretches  north- 
ward a  mile,  and  eastward  towards  Kdiz  Hook. 

The  spit  oil  Point  Angeles  must  be  approached  with  great  care  m 
thick  weather,  l)ecause  there  are  no  treivs  on  the  extreme  point,  and 
therefore  it  e  mnot  be  seen;  the  lighthouse  near  its  extremity  serves  to 
mark  it. 

I'resh  Water  JJay  is  an  open  roadstead,  but  anclutrage  may  be  had 
in  moderate  weather.  It  att'ords  no  shelter  from  the  easterly  swell  ex- 
cept close  under  the  lee  of  the  rocks  otf  Observatory  Point,  where  a 
ves.sel  may  liiid  comparatively  smooth  anchorage  with  goo. I  holding 
ground  close  up  t(J  the  kel]).  In  the  eastern  i)art  of  the  bay  the  bottom 
is  smooth  rock,  on  which  the  anchor  will  not  hold.  The  J^lwlia  Kiver 
is  reported  to  be  one  of  the  most  convenient  places  for  obtaining  fresh 
water;  it  i.s  a  very  rapid  mountain  stream  and  brings  down  a  large 
amount  of  material  in  suspension. 

Port  Angeles. — At  (>.]  ndles  S.  SCP  H.  of  Angeles  Point  is  the  light 
house  upon  the  eastern  extremity  of  the  Ediz  Hook. 

This  hook  is  ,i  long,  low,  very  narrow  sand  spit  stretching  out  Irom 
the  clay  bliitf  .'5  iiuies  N.  TS'^  K.  with  a  regular  sweeiiing  curve  swelling 
a  little  to  the  northwest.  The  extremity  lies  U  miles  otV  the  main 
shore,  and  thus  an  excellent  anil  extensile  harbor  is  formed,  i»rotected 
from  the  north  round  by  the  west  and  south,  but  open  to  the  eastward, 
with  deep  water  from  'Jo  to  30  fathoms  over  a  sandy  bottom  close  under 
the  inside  of  the  sand  spit  almost  to  the  head  of  the  bay.  Through  the 
ceiit(  r  ol  the  bay  is  found  a  line  of  15  fathoms  over  sticky  bottom,  and 
ujtweeu  that  and  the  main  shore  it  shoals  very  regularly,  with  the  same 


I'OHT    ANGKLES XKW    DrXGENESS    BAY. 


19 


kind  of  bottom.  The  .'J  fiitliom  line  lies  as  inncli  ;i,s  j  mile  from  tlio 
>()iitli  sliore,  iiiicl  there  is  a  broad  low-water  beaidi ;  but  in  i)laees  the 
i;lay  blutt",  which  is  about  75  feet  high,  comes  abiiost  directly  to  the 
liijili-water  line,  except  in  a  few  localities.  The  blutt' and  the  flat  coun- 
try back  of  it  are  t  eusely  wooded. 

l''resh  water  is  found  at  several  i)laces  on  the  southern  shore,  but  the 
I'xiiMisive  tlats  render  it  dillicult  to  obtain. 

On  tlie  .southern  shore  is  the  town  of  Port  Angeles,  stretching  for  1^ 
miles  east  and  west;  a brea.st  Taylor's  or  J^orman's  Creek  a  wharf  ex- 
tends 700  feet  into  tlie  bay,  with  a  T,  100  feet  long.  There  is  a  depth 
(if  KiA  feet  of  water  at  the  end  of  tlie  wharf.  On  the  outside  of  the 
sjiit  very  deep  water  is  found  close  to  it,  ami  the  hook  may  be  rounded 
V  iiliin  liOO  yards  in  25  fatlioins. 

In  foggy  and  smoky  weather,  with  no  wind  and  the  current.s  unknown, 
a  vessel  on  this  side  of  the  strait  must  be  vigilant  ami  keep  the  lead 
-oing. 

Vessels  coming  up  the  strait  and  bound  for  Departure  Bay  may  go 
into  Tort  Angeles  and  '^,elegrai»h  to  Port  Townsend  for  a  tug. 

At  the  head  of  the  bay  and  connected  therewith  by  a  small  outlet 
there  is  a  large  salt-water  lagoon,  and  the  beach  affords  a  capital  place 
for  heaving  down. 

The  hook  is  covered  with  coarse  grass,  and  in  many  places  with  drift- 
wood, showing  t  ;at  the  sea  sometimes  washes  over  it.  Although  it  lies 
well  out  of  the  line  of  vessels  bound  either  in  or  out  of  the  strait,  it  has 
been  deemed  necessary  to  nuirk  it  with  a  light-house.  In  thick,  hazy 
weather  it  would  be  readily  distinguished  if  clumps  of  trees  were 
planted  ui)on  it.  From  the  middle  of  the  strait  it  can  not  be  seen,  and 
its  position  is  ascertained  by  the  light-house  building  or  the  jieculiari- 
ties  of  the  bluft'  beyond. 

New  Dungeness  Bay. — The  shoie  fiom  the  head  of  Port  Angeles 
inns  in  a  slightly  curving  line  for  0  miles  to  the  eastward,  and  at  7 
miles  from  Ediz  Hook  it  runs  nearly  straight  for  0  miles  to  tln^  new 
Dungeness  light  house. 

The  slightly  projecting  point  in  the  deepest  ])art  of  this  bight  and  4i 
miles  from  Kdiz  Hook  light-house  is  Green  Point.  It  has  5  fathoms  of 
Wiileiat  I  mile  outside.  To  the  east  of  it  there  is  no  kelp;  to  the  west- 
^vard  for  4  'niles  there  is  a  field  of  kelp  reaching  out  to  7  fathoms  of 
wiitcr. 

Northeast  ward  l\  miles  from  (ireen  Point  another  long,  low,  narrow 
suul  s|»it,  covered  with  coarse  grass  ami  very  similar  to  Ediz  Hook, 
leaves  the  high  clay  blulf  shore  and  stretches  in  a  general  northeast 
iliicction  for  ;5i  miles.  This  spit  forms  the  northwestern  shore  of  the 
roadstead  of  New  Dungeness. 

The  south  shore  is  distant  2  niilea  from  the  light-house,  and  runs  6 
miles  southeastw ard  to  Wasliington  Harbor.  This  leaves  tlie  bay  broad 
<>|ien  to  the  east. 


20 


STRAIT   OF   JUAN    DE   FUCA. 


The  depth  of  water  siloiig  the  outside  of  the  spit  is  very  grent;  at  i 
Qiile  this  deptii  is  11)  futliDins  over  hard  sand  and  gravel  Iwttom,  and 
it  drops  off  very  suddenly  to  30  fathoms  within  ^  mile.  Along  tlie  outer 
southern  part  of  the  spit  toward  tlie  bluff  tiie  lO-fatlioin  curve  stretches 
out  IJ  miles  and  tlie  20-fathoia  cirve  runs  on  nearly  a  straight  line  to 
within  2  miles  of  Ediz  Hook. 

Off  the  northeastern  extremity  of  the  spit  a  long  gravel  reef  extends 
over  :|  mile  from  the  light  to  the  northeast,  dropping  off  suddenly  from 
5  and  10  fathoms  to  50  fathoms  of  water  with  heavy  rips  at  the  change 
of  tides  and  currents.    Tlie  extremity  of  this  spit  is  marked  by  a  buoy. 

The  depth  of  thi'  bay  to  the  westward  is  much  inferior  to  that  at 
Port  Angeles,  because  on  the  inside  of  the  main  spit  and  at  IJ  miles 
from  the  extremity  a  second  spit  makes  out  SSW.  for  1.J  miles  and 
reaches  to  within  ^  mile  from  the  southern  bluff.  This  second  spit 
divides  the  bay  into  the  outer  or  eastern  harbor  pro[)er  and  the  inner 
shoal  bay,  which  is  U;\  miles  long  northeast  and  southwest  by  I  mile 
wide.  It  is  occupied  by  marsh  and  extensive  tiats.  Through  the  nar- 
row channel  (ioiiiiecting  the  two  the  water  passes  as  over  a  rapid  at 
low  tide. 

Abreast  of  this  i)oint  is  a  narrow  passage,  which  is  the  opening  of 
the  Dungeiiess  Itiver,  under  a  bluff  00  feet  high,  ui)on  which  is  a  large 
village  of  the  Clallams.  An  bundance  of  fresh  water  is  to  be  had  at 
this  stream,  but  boats  must  obtain  their  supply  at  low  tide  and  come 
out  when  the  tide  has  risen  sufficiently.  The  eastern  shore  of  the 
Duiigeness  i.iveris  low,  swampy,  and  covered  with  trees  and  brush. 
It  forms  the  main  or  southern  shore  of  the  roadstead,  and  off  it  lie  the 
extensive  mud  Hats,  which  are  bare  at  low  water  for§  mile  to  the  north- 
ward and  coiitiiineas  far  as  Washington  Harbor.  The  area  of  the  outer 
harbor  is  restricted  by  the  flats  ;\  mile  in  width  lying  under  the  east 
side  of  the  secondary  spit,  and  by  the  extensive  mud  tiats  on  the  south- 
ern shore,  where  the  ;5-fatliom  line  is  i  mile  from  the  low  (shore. 

lieyond  these  tiats  the  deptii  of  the  water  throughout  tli':  harbor 
ranges  to  10  fathoms  with  soft,  tenacious,  muddy  bottom.  The  deep- 
est water  is  under  the  extremity  of  the  spit,  where  a  de|)th  of  L'O  fath- 
oms is  found  ;\  mile  from  the  lighthouse.  The  best  anchorage  is  close 
under  the  spit  in  10  fathoms  of  water  ^  mile  from  the  beach  to  the 
northwest,  with  the  lighthouse  bearing  N.  39°  E.  distant  J  mile.  A 
steamer  may  anchor  closer  in,  to  the  northwest  of  this  location. 

A  southeast  wind  drawing  out  of  the  strait  blows  directly  into  this 
harbor,  but  the  bottom  will  hold  any  vessel  with  good  ground  tackle. 
The  only  difficulty  is  to  get  the  anchors  out  of  the  mud  after  riding  out 
a  gale  for  two  or  three  days.  In  the  position  mentioned  for  anchorage, 
a  vessel  can  readily  get  under  way  when  the  southeast  wind  comes  up 
and  clear  the  iioint  and  the  danger  off  it. 

Eastward  of  Xew  Dungeiiess  to  the  entrance  of  Admiralty  Inlet,  14 
miles,  there  is  a  deep  recession  of  the  general  shore-line  for  5  miles  to 


WASHINGTON    HAUBOK  — PROTECTION    ISLAND. 


21 


till'  soatlieastwiird,  witii  openings  into  Wanliington  IIail)or  and  Point 
Discovery. 

Light. — Tile  liglitiiouse  is  near  the  eastern  end  of  the  spit,  is  conical, 
and  lias  a  keeper's  dwellinji;  attaelied. 

Washington  Harbor.— I''roiii  New  Dungeness  roadstead  to  the  en- 
trance of  the  iiarbor  the  initnediate  sliore  line  is  nearly  straight  for  5J 
iiiili-s,  witii  a  sliglitly  |>rqjecting  angle  midway,  called  Knlo  Kala  Point. 
The  siiore  is  low  and  Hat  and  bordered  by  an  extensive  mud  fiat,  aver-, 
Mging  nearly  one  mile  wide.  Tlie  liar!)or  is  ot  little  importance,  the 
cMtiiiiice  being  nearly  closed  by  a  low  sand  sjjit,  stretcliing  acM-oss  from 
tiic  east  ahnosr  to  the  western  side,  wiiere  tiiere  is  a  narrow  idiannel, 
iil)oiit  L'OO  yards  in  width,  with  a  dejith  of  2  fathoms.  Inside  the  gen- 
I'lal  depth  is  from  10  to  -0  fathoms,  over  a  muddy  bottom,  and  Ci  fath- 
otiis  can  be  carried  nearly  to  tlie  iiead.  The  breadth  of  the  harbor  is  a 
little  over  a  mile  and  its  depth  3A  miles. 

Protection  Island. — This  island  is  about  I'rJ  miles  long  and  ;-;  mile 
\M(U'  aciDss  the  middle.  Its  giMieral  direction  is  IC.Xl'i.  and  WSW., 
and  it  lies  lij  miles  squarely  otf  the  entrance  to  Port  Discovery.  There 
is  a  long,  low  point  at  each  end  of  the  island.  That  at  the  west  is  rocky 
and  sandy  ;  that  at  liie  east  all  sand.  The  hig!i"sr  part  is  near  the 
western  extremity  and  reaches  an  elevation  of 'JM  tei'i  but  the  lir  irees 
which  cover  this  end  of  the  island  make  it  look  much  higher.  The 
sides  are  vei'y  steep,  and  rise  from  !Ki  to  l.'JO  feet.  The  seaward  crest 
of  till-  eastern  part  is  covered  with  a  narrow  fringe  of  stunted  inues. 
The  eastern  slope  is  steep  and  gras.sy,  and  that  toward  Port  Discovery 
is  undulating  and  covered  with  fern.  The  i)rincipal  part  of  the  eastern 
half  of  the  island  is  cultivated. 

Midway  up  the  face  of  the  cliff  toward  the  northwest  and  near  the 
angle  of  the  mu'thern  shore  there  is  a  horizontal  streak  of  gray  glacial 
el  ly  almost  3  feet  broad,  which  is  a  local  feature  easily  recognized. 

On  the  inside  of  Protection  Island  there  is  a  good  bro;id  passage 
iduml  either  end.  In  the  eastern  passage  the  width  <ti'  the  channel 
between  the  o-fathom  lines  is  l\  miles,  with  good  water  close  under 
Cajte  George  and  very  deep  water  off  the  p(t'  it  of  Protection  Island. 
There  is  a  depth  of  o.'i  fathoms  in  this  channe  .  The  width  of  the  west- 
ern itassage  l)etweeuthe  black  buoy  off  the  western  i)oint  of  Protection 
Island  and  the  nearest  bluff  to  the  S\V.  is  IjJ  miles.  The  greatest  depth 
of  this  channel  is  (>'>  fathoms. 

\'essels  bound  into  Port  Discovery  from  the  strait  with  a  southerly 
wind  enter  by  the  western  passage,  because  the  southerly  wind  draws 
out  of  Washington  Sound  and  gives  a  fair  working  breeze  to  reach 
I'oiut  Clallam. 

On  the  inside  shore  of  the  island  there  is  motlerately  deep  water  close 

under  the  banks,  and  anchorage  may  be  had  in  10  fathoms  about  300 

\  ards  off  the  shore.    Tliere  is  no  kelp  off  this  shore  ext^ept  in  the  middle 

f  the  summer,  when  there  is  a  little  near  the  buoy.     North  of  the  island 


22 


KTKAIT    OV    JTAN    DE    FITOA. 


an  extensive  shoal  makes  out  to  the  nortliwani  known  us  the  DaUas 
Bank.  Directly  otV  the  sliore  tli(<  .'Matiioin  line  extends  t'lilly  \  mile  our, 
and  the  outer  line  of  the  ivel|>  marks  the  4-l'athom  line.  The  limit  of 
the  10  fathom  line  of  this  hmk  is  2A  miles  to  the  northward  or  i  mile 
outside  of  the  line  between  New  Dun-ieness  li};hthonse  and  Point  Wil- 
son lighthouse;  the  breadth  is  about  lA  miles.  This  lOfathoui  Hue 
runs  shar[)ly  to  the  east  point,  but  it  swinjjs  ;|  mile  off  the  west  point 
and  is  beyond  the  black  buoy.  This  bunk  affords  anchorage  when  a 
vessel  is  bal'tled  with  lijilit  airs  ami  stron<f  adverse  currents.  The 
T  >ttom  is  irregular,  full  of  huge  bowlders  toward  the  island,  and  sand 
and  gravel  toward  the  strait.  The  bottom  falls  oil"  suddeidy  on  the 
east  side  of  the  t)ank  (o  .10  and  40  fathoms;  and  on  the  west  side  to  -'0 
and  .'50  fat'  >ms. 

The  charts  do  not  give  a  shoal  spot  of  3  ami  t  fathoius,  foru)erly  re- 
ported, near  the  outer  nortlierii  limit  of  the  bank. 

Port  Discovery. — This  landlocked  bay  lies  in  the  eastci'U  i)art  of 
the  bight  l)etween  New  Dungeness  and  Point  Wilson.  It  is  not  readily 
made  out  by  vessels  in  tin;  sti.iit  because  the  entrance  appears  blocked 
by  Protection  island.  Clallam  Point,  the  western  point  of  the  i>ort,  is 
low,  but  rises  (puckly  to  a  moderate  height  and  slopes  to  the  .southward. 
Cape  George,  the  eastern  point,  is  a  steep  cliff  and  rises  (lire(;tly  from 
the  water  which  is  very  deei)  under  the  simthside;  under  the  north 
side  the  .'J-fathom  curve  is  not  over  200  yards  froui  shore.  The  average 
widtli  is  nearly  l','  nnles  until  near  its  head,  wlnn  it  decreases  rapidly 
to  the  Salmon  Kiver.  It  makes  four  turns  from  the  entrance  to  the 
head,  a  distance  of  about  10  miles.  The  shores  are  abrui)t  and  covered 
N^ith  wood  and  the  projecting  parts  are  all  terminated  by  low  i>oiiit.s 
stretching  out  short  distances  with  deep  w.iter  otf  them.  The  great  ' 
drawback  to  this  port  is  the  great  dei)th  of  water,  which,  in  mid-chan- 
nel, is  in)t  not  less  than  2.")  fathoms  and  in  some  places  M)  fathoms. 

AiU'horage  may  be  iiad  in  20  lathoms,  soft  b(»ttom,  on  the  western 
shore  2  miles  south  of  Clallam  Point  and  abreast  a  low  swam|)y  beajh. 
In  the  deepest  i)art  of  the  bight  between  Clallam  Point  and  this  an- 
chorage, otf  the  mouth  of  Eagle  Creek,  there  is  good  anchorage  in  10 
fathoms  about  400  yards  otfshore. 

At  the  head  of  the  bay  it  contracts  in  width,  the  water  shoals,  a  large 
mud  Hat  exists  for  the  last  mile  and  the  shores  be",oun>  higher. 

A  large  sawmill  has  been  buill  on  Puint  l)iscov(U'y,  the  bay  is  here 
scant  one  mile  wide  with  a  depth  of  22  fathoms  in  mid  channel.  There 
is  good  anchorage  in  the  bay  near  the  sawmill. 

Middle  or  Rocky  Point. — Midway  between  Cape  George  and  Point 
Wilson  is  a  sharp  point  i)rqjecting  out  nearly  ^  mile.  The  whole  shore 
line  lies  at  the  base  of  high  yellow  clay  cliffs,  which  reach  400  or  500 
feet  elevation. 

Current. — The  currents  off  the  point  are  conflicting  from  its  proximity 
to  the  entrance  of  Admiralty  Itdet,  the  Dallas  Hank,  and  the  passage  to 
Port  Discovery. 


POINT    WILSON — POINT    PARTRIDGE.  2,j 

Rock. — A  buoy  lias  beeu  placed  A  mile  iiortluast  of  the  imiiit,  mid 
marks  a  small  suidieii  rock  which  is  awash  at  the  lowest  tides.  This 
luioy  should  not  he  ai)pioa('lied  within  1(K)  yard.''. 

Point  Wilson. — Tiiis  i)oiiit  lies  at  the  entiance  to  Admiralty  Inlet,  of 
which  it  forms  the  western  ])oint.  It  is  al.so  the  northwestern  point  of 
tlie  entrance  of  Port  Townsend. 

'rh(^  hin'li  yellow  (day  clilfs  surmounted  by  heavy  forest  rnii  from  Port 
Di.si'overy  to  Port  Townsend,  and  reach  a  height  of  400  or  .^00  feet  near 
li'ocky  Point ;  fhey  aie  very  steep  and  break  down  snd<leidy  under  a 
hill  L'.jO  feet  liij;h  jj  mile  before  reachin<;  tln^  extremity  of  I'oiut  Wilson. 
This  i)oint  stretches  out  toward  Admiralty  Head  and  is  formed  of  low 
sandy  hillocks  covered  with  coarse  j;rass. 

On  the  extremity  of  the  point  are  the  liHhthonse  buildings. 

i'.etween  Rocky  Point  and  Point  VV^ilsoii  the  5-fathom  line  is  less  than 
\  mile  distant,  excejjt  within  r^  mile  of  Point  Wilson,  where  it  reaches 
tint  |l  mile  over  a  very  nmj^h,  rocky,  and  shingly  bottom,  with  a  field  nf 
kelp  to  umsk  it.  The  kelp  Held  is  well  off  the  point  on  the  north  side 
(if  the  bight  just  west  of  the  low  extremity.  The  lOfathom  lim;  lies 
about  rj  mile  from  the  shore.  Directly  ofltlie  point  towards  Admiralty 
Harbor,  a  depth  of  lib  fathoms  is  found  100  yards  from  tln^  beach,  and 
the  currents  make  by  it  with  great  velocity.  During  the  ebb  tides  a 
\  ery  strong  eddy  current  sets  to  the  eastward  along  shore  from  Middle 
or  i;o(!ky  I'oint,  ami  even  as  far  as  Port  Discovery.  Vessels  working 
out  trom  Port  Townsend,  with  the  strong  suuMuer  winds,  hold  well  uiuler 
the  southeast  shore  of  Point  Wilson,  carrying  3  fathoms  within  -.")0 
yai'ds  of  the  beach  southwest  of  the  lighthouse,  and  round  t!ie  ])()int 
close  aboard. 

Quimper  Peninsula. — P)etween  Port  Dis(!overy  ami  Port  Townsend 
lies  a  peninsula  averaging  3  miles  in  breadth  and  10  miles  long.  It  is 
reasonably  undulating  land  and  has  many  large  farms. 

Point  Partridge. — This  is  the  western  point  of  Whidbey  Island,  the 
caste;  u  bouinlary  of  the  Htrait  of  Juan  de  l''u(.'a.  It  may  be  considered 
the  northern  part  of  the  entrance  to  A<lmiralty  Iidet  ami  Piiget  Sound, 
aliliongh  Ailmiralty  Head  and  Point  Wilson  are,  strictly  considered, 
the  two  points  of  the  entrance. 

The  seaward  slope  is  very  steep  ami  shows  large  areas  of  sand  and 
sandy  soil.  TIk^  coast  line  is  level  on  the  summit,  which  is  covered 
with  spruce,  tir,  and  cedar.  Then^  are  two  noticeable  cultixated  farms 
on  the  shore  aitout  o  miles  to  the  m)rthwar(l  of  the  point.  Tiu'  point  is 
so  rounding  that  it  is  not  easily  recognized  on  coining  from  the  west- 
ward, but  from  the  south  and  north  it  is  well  marked  and  prominent. 
Its  fact'  is  comi)os('d  of  yellow  sand,  which,  being  blown  uj)  the  hill  by 
the  strong  west  winds,  has  formed  a  very  peculiar  ridge  on  the  outer  face 
i)f  rhe  toj).  This  is  s)  nariow  that  it  can  hardly  be  traveled,  and  in 
many  places  it  is  '.i't  feet  above  tlu^  ground  ii<sidc  ;  yet  l)eing  overgrown 
with  bushes  the  ridge  is  now  peruianent. 


24 


ADMIUAI/rV    INLKI — IMfiKT    SOUND. 


The  lii;>lifst  part  oftlif  jioiiit  is  alioiit  -iHi  fi-et  ahove  low  water. 

Altlioujjli  tin'  water  oil' tlii.s  |ioiiit  is  (iiiite  hold,  yet  tlie  bottom  drops 
oil' s((  suddenly  that  in  fo^'j^y  or  smoky  weather  \'essels  running'  by  the 
lead  may  be  unexpectedly  upon  a  bowlder  reel  which  extends  out  -h 
mile  I'rom  the  i»oint  and  is  marked  by  kelp  very  nearly  to  that  depth. 
The  line  of  the  shore  south  of  the  i)oint  runs  southeast  and  in  line  with 
the  ilireetion  of  Partridfie  liank,  so  that  the  1(1  fathom  lines  are  hardly 
a  mile  ajiarl,  yet  there  is  a  depth  of  .'50  fathoms  in  that  width. 

Olf  the  end  of  the  bowlder  reef  in  .1  to  10  fathoms  thc^  currents  are 
very  strong'  and  there  is  much  boilin^i'  and  overfall  at  the  (rhan;,H'S. 

Buoy. — To  mark  the  onter  end  of  the  bowlder  reef  which  lies  (dose 
under  the  shore  of  I'oint  I'artridf^e,  a  biuty  lias  been  placed  in  .'{I  feet 
of  water  just  outside  the  kelp  and  about  .^  mile  west  ol'  the  extreuu' 
outer  part  ol  the  point.  N'essels  passing  northwai'd  under  the  west^'rn 
shore  of  Whidbey  Island  must  leave  it  on  the  starboard  hand.  A  vessel 
connn<>'  from  Uosaiio  IStrait  to  Admiralty  lulet  must  have  it  on  the  port 
hand. 

ADMIRALTY    INLK'J',    rUCET    SOUKU,   ANU    llf)()l)\s   CANAL. 


G-eneral  deBcription. — IJmler  special  mimes  the  ^reat  boily  of 
water  iiow  known  to  the  commercial  world  under  the  f;eneral  designa- 
tion of  "  IMi^et  Hound  "  may  be  described  as  a  series  of  vast  interior 
canals  !.;iviiij;-  uusurjiassed  fa(;ilities  lor  navij:;ation  in  the  very  heart  of 
a  pros[)erous  section  of  the  country. 

"  Puget  Souml,"  in  the  broad  acceptation  of  the  term,  lies  between 
latitudes  47^  O.'i' and  ISo  11';  and  between  longitudes  lli'jo  10'  and 
ll,';i3  10'. 

Admiralty  Inlet,  I'ufjet  Sound  and  Hood's  Caiud,  have  an  ajifire- 
{jate  shore  line  ol  not  less  than  iMih  statute  miles,  and  I'ossession 
Sound  JOO  mile.s,  yet  the  number  of  dangers  known  to  exist  in  them  is 
remarkably  lew. 

Admiralty  Inlet,  at  the  southeastern  extremity  of  duan  de  Fuca 
Strait,  extends  in  a  ;;eneral  southeasterly  direction  for  about  GO  miles, 
to  the  southern  end  of  Vashoii  Island;  it  has  for  this  distance  an 
avera}:;e  width  (A"<^  miles,  and  numerous  broad  branches  fiom  it  on 
botli  sides  foi'ni  other  straits,  channels,  bays,  and  harbors.  At  Hi  miles 
within  the  enlrance  Hood's  Canal  opens  our,  to  the  westward,  and  0 
miles  further  Possession  Sound  opens  to  the  eastward  and  runs  to  the 
northwestwuTd  behind  Whidbey  Islaml  and  leads  into  the  strait  throuKh 
Decei)tion  Pass. 

At  the  south  end  of  Vashon  Island  the  Puget  Sound  of  V'ancouver 
commences  ;  the  chaniu'ls  are  decreased  in  width  to  one  or  2  miles,  but 
they  ramify  by  eij;iit  i)riucipal  arms  through  an  areaof  li2  miles  square. 
The  extreme  northwestern  arm,  named  Case's  Inlet,  leaches  within  2 
miles  of  the  head  of  Hood's  Canal,  and  between  tlieni  lies  cou:i)ara- 
tively  low  ground  and  a  large  }ake. 


DIKIX'TION.S ADMIUAI/IY    IIEAIJ. 


27) 


Tilt'  slioi't'S  of  tlii'sc  iiili'ts  iiif  ;;(,MU',i'iilly  liliitVs,  raiiHiiij;'  fiom  .")()  to 
)Oii  feet  ill  lu'ij^lit;  tlicir  sides  an-  kept  bri;,'iil  IVoiii  llic  wearing  action 
111'  the  water  ami  tlieir  (ops  are  rit\fi'i'il  with  trees  ami  tliick  iiiitler- 
growth  to  the  very  edi^cs.  It  is  ilillitMilt  to  recognize  the  did'ereiit 
]iiiiiits  I'loiii  the  sameness  in  tiie  appearance  in  the  shores. 

The  di^pth  of  water  is  overvwhen^  fjreat  and  aiicliornf^es  are  difHciilt 
Id  olttain  at  aii\'  distance  from  the  sliore. 

Directions  (general). — l''rom  the  entrance  a  S.  I,"*^  \l.  course  fur  <».i 
iiiih's  will  take  a  vessel  to  alireast  Marrowfstoiie  I'oinl  ;  here  change 
course  to  S.  11°  10.,  and  when  oil"  Doiihle  Mliitta  S.  nic  i.;.  <'ours(  to.  10 
miles  will  reach  the  eiitraiuje  to  I'ossessior  Sound  ;  thence  the  mid-cliaii- 
iicl  course  to  roint  N'aslioii  is  S.  (P    \V. 

Tlie  channel  on  either  side  of  Vaslioii  Island  may  be  used  ;  to  the 
eastward  of  the  inland  the  currents  are  moderately  strong.  The 
iliaiices  for  aiudioring  few,  and  it  is  sometimes  calm,  while  iii('<|lvos 
l'assag:(;  a  fiiii!  breeze  is  blowing.  When  through  the  narrows  ami  in 
I'liget  Sound,  a  mid-channel  course  is  almost  always  lice  from  danger. 
1)11  Steilacoom  there  is  a  1 1- foot  shoal,  upon  which  the  tide  lip  is  \  cry 
;;i('at  and  dangeidiis  to  small  boats.  The  navigation  of  I'lr.iM  Siuiiid 
■should  not  be  atteiiiiited  w  ithoiit  a  pilot  unless  well  a<'(piainted  with  the 
\ari(Mis  channels. 

Admiralty  Head. — A  vessel  going  inio  the  .-(uuid  Ikum  the  Stiait  ot 
I'lica.  when  oil  New  1  hingeiicss  laghtlioiise,  sees  alieail  the  lii^h.  bright 
ilills  beiween  Poll  Discovery  and  J'oit  Towiiseiid,  and  the  bioad  side 
of  ^^'llidbcy  Island  beyond.  Tlieie  islitllc  or  no  sign  ol  passage  in  that 
direction,  but  when  she  is  .S  or  l(t  miles  castwaid  ol  >'c\\  Diingeiicss  the 
eiitraiKn-  to  Admiralty  Inlet  opens;  the  high  point  'o  the  northward, 
crested  with  tr«'es,  is  l'artri<lge  I'oiiit,  the  low  point  with  a  cluster  of 
white  biiililings  to  th"  south  is  I'oinr  Wilstui;  and  direcily  ahead  is  a 
comparatively  low,  treeless  headland  standing  out  fairly  well  to  the 
westward,  with  low  laud  and  water  dirc(!tly  behind  it.  but  the  higher 
wooded  lands  beyond. 

This  headland  is  .Admiralty  Head;  it  lies  o.]  miles  southeast  of  Point 
Partridge  and  just  inside  the  entrance  to  the  inlet  or  sound  ot  the  east- 
ern shore;  and  it  is  directly  opposite  the  entrance  to  Port  Townseiid. 
li  is  a  nearly  vertical,  rocky  (did",  .SO  feet  high,  standing  well  out  at  the 
extremity  of  the  broad  triangular  point.  'J'he  area  of  tin-  summit  is 
limited  and  marked  by  the  cluster  of  white  lighthouse  biiiidiiigs;  it 
lallsawayto  the  north  t(»  low  marshy  ground  and  a  large  lagoon.  Towards 
ilie  northwest  the  shore,  alternately  clifl's  and  low,  iiiiis  nearly  straight 
for  5i  miles  to  Point  Partridge.  Inside  of  it  the  low  ptdibly  beach  at 
its  base  sweejis  to  the  northeast  for  L'  miles,  gradually  ciirvingeastward 
and  linally  southeast  to  form  Admiralty  Bay.  Behind  this  beach  for  2 
miles  from  the  head  is  a  large  lagoon  more  thau  J  mile  wide.  Behind 
that  the  land  rises  and  is  wooded. 


26 


ADMIUALTY    INIJ.T  — I'lKJKT    SOUND. 


Admiralty  Bay  is  foiini'd  liy  a  i^rcut  sweep  nttlic  shore  line,  I'oniiiiiK 
11  si'iiiiciiclt'  witli  a  (liami'tci  of  mmi'  lliaii  -i  mili's.  If  is  only  iisetl 
occasiiHially  lor  aiKflioraf^c  Just  to  ilie  east  of  tlie  lii^lit-lioiise,  wliere  the 
bottom  is  iiard  iiiitl  sandy  in  ine;;ular  ridges,  and  witli  depths  of  from 
!.■»  to  'Jo  fatlionis  of  water.  It  is  an  nnconifortahle  aneiioraye,  for  it  is 
open  to  the  fnll  sweep  of  the  sontlieasters,  and  at  all  times  the  em  rent  is 
rnnniiitj  out.  Tliis  eurrent  is  so  swony;  that  even  in  tlie  summer  wimls 
a  vessel  rides  to  it.  With  the  wind  from  the  southward  a  vessel  would 
lie  in  the  troiij^h  of  the  sea. 

Sailin;,'  vessels  should  not  iippi'oaeh  this  head  or  Admiralfv  l>ay,  he- 
ciiiiso  in  calm  weather  they  encounter  the  stronj,' and  irie},nilar  ciiirents 
near  it,  or  they  may  l»e  einliayed  nnder  the  eastern  shmc. 

Port  Townsend  isjnst  within  the  entrance  of  Admiralty  Inlet,  now 
almost  universally  known  as  Pn^et  Sound,  and  is  a  port  of  entry  for 
t|e  Tuj^et  Sound  district.  it  is  a  safe  har'ior,  hut  fi'oiii  its  extent  it 
is  sullied  to  a  disai^reeahlesea  in  hea\y  vvinds,  and  with  a  stron;;  south- 
easter lamliii;;  is  ottentimes  impracticable  and  the  sea  danjjeroiis  for 
boats. 

The  entrance  to  the  harbor  itself  lies  between  Point  Wilson  and 
Marrowstone  Point,  the  latter  distant  ',i'^  miles  from  the  former.  Inside 
of  the  line  bet"'"eii  Point  Wilson  and  .Marrowstone  Point  the  width  of 
the  i)ort  is  contracted  by  Point  Hudson,  which  lies  S.  8'^  10.  !■;  miles 
from  Point  Wilson.  From  the  eutraime  line  the  mid-channel  direction 
of  the  ports  is  nearly  8W.  for  .'5  miles,  with  an  averajje  width  of  li  miles 
to  abreast  the  most  westerly  indentation,  and  then  S.  by  K.  for;!.]  miles, 
with  an  averaj;e  width  of   1 1  miles. 

The  slnnes  of  the  i)ort  are  moderately  lliaii  bri;,'ht  clift's,  with  some 
breakdowns.  The  summits  arc  (covered  with  forest  trees,  ex(;ept  near 
the  town. 

Point  Hudson  is  a  broad,  low  gravel  spit,  stretchinj,'  out  \  mile  from 
the  hi^;h  cliffs  of  the  town  of  Port  Townsend.  Part  of  the  town  is  built 
on  this  low  i)i)int,  and  the  custom-house  is  but  a  short  distaiuM^  from  the 
wharves.  \  larjje  sawmill  is  on  the  extriMuity  of  the  point;  extensive 
wharves  project  from  the  front  of  the  town  into  dei'p  water,  ami  land- 
ing is  readily  and  safely  made.  A  (|uarter  of  a  mile  otV  these  wharves 
there  is  a  deep  channel  cari'ying  10  to  ItJ  fathoms  of  water,  throiij^h 
which  the  cm  rents  run  with  (tonsiderable  velocity.  Ot!'  the  north  side 
of  the  point  the  ^-f.tthom  line  extends  out  over  .j  mile  for  ■;  mile  to  the 
NNW. 

Within  recent  years  ;■  shoal  has  made  out  2.50  to  'M)0  i  irds  north  of 
Point  Hudson. 

To  mark  the  outer  edge  of  thi.s  shoal  a  spar  Imoy  has  been  placed  iu 
2i  feet  of  Tater.  It  is  about  '-'50  yards  NIO.  of  the  high-water  end 
of  Point  Ilud.soii. 

IJetwcen  Point  Wilson  and  Point  Hudson  there  is  a  deep  bight,  the 
blutl'  shore  receding  A  mile  westward,  and  carrying  deep  water  for 


VOU'V    TOWNHKNl) — DIRIX'TIONH. 


iiioi'i'  tliaii  I  iDilc  iii8J(lt>  tilt'  liiii;  of  tlie  poiiitH,  *-X(;(>|)t  iicar  Point  Iliul- 
sdii,  Tln^  N\V.  head  of  MarrowHtonu  Islainl,  on  tli«  4'aHtiMii  sidi'of  tlio 
i)ay,  is  a  lii;ili,  hri;;lit  day  t'-iitr.  tt'iiiiinaliiij;  at  tlm  NH.  in  the  low  Miir- 
lowstonc  I'oint,  ami  on  tin*  S\V.  in  a  low  narrow  sanil  sjtit  (mic  mile  Ion;;, 
niiisking  tlio  tMitnuico  to  Kiiisiit  Iiili't.     This  spit  runs  noarly  SW. 

Parallel  with  this  part  of  the  |)ort,  and  nnder  the  H\V.  ]»oint,  ther»> 
IS  an  o|)eiiin;;  and  a  channel  throii;;!)  shoals  into  Kdisnt  or  l>on;4:  llar- 
hor,  on  wliieli  lies  the  western  shore  of  .Marrowst(nie  Island.  At  hiy;h 
water  this  Inirhor  (Miinninniciates  by  a  crooUed  Itoat  channel,  <i  miles 
Ion;,',  with  Onk  ('ove,  at  the  sonthward. 

Kala  Point,  on  the  west  side  of  the  bay,  and  within  1,'  miles  ot  the 
head,  is  a  low  point,  projeetiny:  .^  mile  from  the  steep  hi;{h  hillside  out 
into  very  deep  water;  ii  lies  S.  11'^  W.'.i'^  miles  fioni  I'oint  Ilmlsoii. 
I!  df  a  n)ile  Nuiith  of  Kala  Point  a  small  sti'iMm,  called  tin- Cliiniikun 
i'lfi-^k,  open.4  between  two  hi;;li  and  steep  elilfs;  the  shoid  waier  lies  \ 
mile  on       'e  this  nnnith. 

Wi  ^oint  is  a  very   low  and  miu>hy  projeittion  on  the  easti'in 

side  (  ./ay,  and  stretches  .|  mile  out  into  very  deep  water.     It  lies 

south  L'l  miles  from  Point  Ihidsoii.  IJetwecn  it  and  Kala  Point,  cm  the 
western  side,  tlii'  bay  is  a  mile  wide,  and  the  di'pth  of  water  i-i  ami 
15  fathoms,  over  soft  sticky  bottom. 

The  IkM'I  of  llieiiiy  is  visible  from  Point  Ilnds(Mi  ovei'  Walan  Point, 
and  is  distant  .").|  miles  in  astrai^iiit  line.  It  is -J  mile  bctAccn  the  iii^^li 
cliffs  on  the  east  and  west,  and  deep  water  cmitinncs  lo  tlie  head.  In 
the  HW.  aii^jle  there  is  a.  shoal  ])oi:ket,  foi'ined  by  a,  low  and  very  narrow 
spit  i\  ndle  loiiy,  with  a  rocky  islet  at  tln^  entrance  In  the  .SIO.  an;;le 
there  is  a  narrow  channel  opening;  into  a  lai;;e  llal,  inosily  I>aie  at 
low  water,  and  boiindi'd  by  a  l)e  udi  nearly  100  yards  across  and  .]  mile 
li'iiy:,  which  separates  Pore  Townsend  (mm  Oak  Cove.  Across  this 
rri'i'k  there  is  a  portai;e  frecpiently  nsetl  by  the  Indians. 

Directions. — Ve.ssels  bound  into  Port  Townsend  from  the  Stiait  of 
f'nca  must  kee|>  clear  of  the  rocdcy  shoal  off  the  northern  side  of  Point 
\Vils()n,  but  as  soon  as  Point  Hudson  is  opened  by  I'oint  Wilson  the 
latter  may  be  passed  within  Pio  yards  with  a  depth  of  I'O  fathoms,  hard 
bottom;  throii,yh  this  deep  channel  a  stmn;^-  (aiircnt  runs.  When 
abreast  of  Point  Wilson  a  steamer  should  steer  S.  V2°  K.  to  clear  I  he 
shoal  ju'rouiid  to  the  XW.  of  Point  Flndson;  lata  sailinji' vessel  may 
l-c»p  ii  little  inside  this  course  until  within  .]  mile  of  Point  Hudson,  and 
then  ^rradnally  keep  away  about  .-^  mile  from  the  shore  in  Ironi  ."i  to  10 
l'athom.s  of  water  over  hard  bottom,  and  as  the  point  opens  run  ipiite 
close,  with  the  summer  wind  directly  otfshore,  to  save  makinii'  a  tack. 
There  is  a  depth  of  10  to  !.">  fathoms  a  littli'  more  than  i  mile  olfshore. 
Keep  alon^j  about  .i  mile  to  the  SW'.,  parallel  with  the  city  front,  and 
anchor  anywhere  otf  the  wharves  in  from  10  to  12  fathoms,  and  \  mile 
distant.  In  winter  anchor  farther  out,  to  clear  I'oint  Hudson,  in  ;ict-^ 
ting  under  way  with  a  southeaster. 


28 


ADMIRALTY    INLET PUGET    SOUND. 


WIk'ii  sailing  vessels  are  coining  down  the  sound  Jjound  into  tliis  port 
witii  the  ebb  current,  they  should  pass  Marrowstone  Point  nearly  ^  mile 
before  iu  ulin;;'  in  for  tin;  town,  and  .so  avoid  a  very  strong  eddy  whicli 
comes  out  of  tlie  bay  along  and  uniici'  the  high  shore  west  of  this  point. 
Jf  the  wind  be  light  and  the  ebb  enrreut  strong,  pass  the  ])oint  quite 
dose  to;  run  along  the  outside  of  the  cnrrent  rip,  and  try  to  net  upon 
the  mid-channel  bank  .is  soon  as  practicable,  to  avoid  being  set  up  the 
sound  by  the  next  food. 

In  summer,  sailing  vessels  not  employing  tugs  will  frequently  drift 
about  the  entrance  for  days  withoiir  a  breath  of  wind  and  with  very 
strong  currents.  In  winter,  the  SE.  storms  blow  with  great  violence 
in  this  high  latitude,  ar  a  vessel  must  move  to  an  ancdioragc^  under 
the  clitVs  of  the  old  military  i)ost  to  get  a  comfortable  berth,  in  10 
f'athoins  of  watei-,  soir  botlum. 

The  mid-channel  bank  lies  upon  ami  even  outside  of  the  line  joining 
I'oint  Wilson  and  Marrowstone  Point.  Within  the  10  fathom  (-urve  it 
stretches  halfway  from  the  base  on  Marrowstone  Island  towards  I'oint 
Wilson,  and  the  least  water  found  ui)on  it  is  5'{  fathoms.  The  bottom 
is  (rleai'.  hard  sand. 

Marrovrstone  Point  is  a  low  sainly  point,  extending  out  .500  yards 
from  the  binlf  and  forms  an  indentation  on  its  southern  face,  where 
aiu-i;i);agi'  may  be  hail  in  IL'  fathoms,  with  a  current  or  eddy  invariably 
rnnning  ebb. 

Craven  Rock  lies  close  to  shore,  about  1.^  nnles  south  of  Marrow- 
stone I'oint. 

Bush  Point  lies  on  the  eastern  shore.  It  is  low  an<l  i)rqje<!ts  A 
mile  from  the  general  direction  of  the  shore,  and  has  one  or  two 
clumps  of  trees  ami  bushes,  with  low  ground  behiiul,  and  the  ground 
rising  therefrom  and  densely  wooded.  There  is  very  deep  water  close 
to  the  point,  and  anchorage  may  be  ha<l  on  the  north  side  in  1.")  fath- 
oms, saiuly  bottom,  but  the  currents  are  strong  and  irregular. 

Nodule  Point,  abreast  Rush  Point,  on  theopjiosite  shore,  is  a  round- 
ing Itlnll' itoint,(!overed  with  trees,  l^  nnles  north  of  the  southern  end 
of  the  island  which  forms  the  NE.  shore  of  Oak  Bay.  Directly  oft'  this 
poini  there  is  good  anclnnage  in  12  to  \~)  fathoms  of  water. 

Oak  Bay  opt-'UH  to  the  northwestward  and  extends  nearly  to  Port 
Town.send.  It  has  blnlf  shores;  nearly  all  around,  the  S\V.  face  being 
limestone.  In  beating  out  of  the  inlet  with  a  favorable  current  do  not 
work  into  the  bay  lor  the  sake  of  a  long  tack. 

Basalt  Point,   the  south  entrance  point  of  Oak  Bay,  is  a  rounding 
jagged  |)oint,  covered  with  trees  to  the  shore  line  and  rising  to  a  mod 
erate  hillock  covereil  with  wood. 

Klas  Rock  lies  j  mile  N.  'MP  E.  of  Basalt  Point  and  the  same  dis 
tance  oll'shore.  It  is  a  patch  of  rocks  175  yards  in  extent  ami  marked 
with  keljt.  There  is  deep  water  all  aroniul  this  danger  and  1(1  fathoms 
may  be  carried  inside  of  it. 


long,  1. 


DOUBLE    BLUFF— POSSKSSION    POINT. 


29 


Mutiny  Bay,  i>ii  the  eastern  side  of  the  inlet,  in  the  deep  indentation 
between  Bush  Point  and  Double  Blull',  lias  a  narrow  hank  of  11  fath- 
oms in  its  nortlieni  part,  wliich  altords  good  tisliinjj. 

Double  Bluff. — Tliis  is  a  mesa  promontory  one  mile  wi(U'  and  lA  miles 
Ion;;,  lying  between  Mutiny  Bay  on  the  west  and  Useless  Bay  on  the 
east.  Theeldls  are  300  to  iOO  feet  in  Insight,  and  the  greater  itart  of 
the  surface  back  from  the  facie  is  covered  with  trees,  but  near  the  water 
it  is  destitute  of  trees,  except  one  large  clump  which  marks  it  con- 
spicuously in  going  up  the  sound.  The  NVV.  point  of  tiiis  spur  is  tho 
liigher. 

Useless  Bay. — On  the  east  side  of  tiie  point  of  Double  Blutl'  th& 
.-.liore  runs  to  the  northeastward  for  2^  miles,  and  then  swings  roMud  in 
a  long  curve  to  the  east  and  to  the  southeastward  to  Indian  Point,  one 
Miili'  N\V.  of  Scatcliet  Head.  This  forms  a  bay  nearly  .>  miles  broad 
at  the  mouth  and  2A  miles  deep  to  the  northeastward.  It  lies  broad 
open  to  tiic  SSW.,  and  looks  directly  upon  Point  Xo  Point.  The 
shores  of  this  bay  are  in  part  bluff  and  in  ])art  low,  with  a  fringe  of 
marsh  nearly  around  the  whole  bay.  There  is  deep  water  in  Ihis  buy, 
tlie  40  fathom  curve  reaching  into  it  and  the  20-fathoiii  curve  running 
nearly  to  the  deei)est  {)art  of  the  shore.  The  shoalest  water  is  under 
tiie  east  shore,  where  the  10-fathoni  curve  stretches  out  one  mile,  with  a 
l)ottom  of  sand.  At  the  head  of  the  bay  there  are  two  long  narrow 
sand  s|)its,  behind  which  lies  Deer  Lagoon,  a  large  shallow  sheet  of 
water,  full  of  marsh  islets  aiid  having  a  shoal  outlet  between  the  sand 
spits.     At  the  eastern  part  of  this  lagoon  is  the.  settlement  of  Useless. 

Scatcliet  Head. — This  is  the  southwestern  jxtint  of  the  long  and 
irregular  Whidbey  Island  and  is  visible  for  '2r>  miles  from  the  south- 
waiil;  it  stretches  as  a  i)romontory  into  a  broad  part  of  Admiralty 
Inlet;  it  is  direcrly  abreast  of  Point  No  Point.  The  southern  entrance 
of  I'ossession  Sound  is  on  its  eastern  side  and  ITseless  Bay  on  the  west- 
ern. It  is  a  double  headed  promontoy  with  a  length  of  <>  miles  and  an 
extreme  breadth  of  li-J  miles  between  Useless  Bay  and  Possession  Sound. 

The  two  heads  have  each  a  face  of  about  'f  mile  in  breadth  exposed 
tr)  the  south;  they  lire  bold  yellow  cilay  dill's;  the  eastern  one  rises 
about  .500  feet  above  the  water,  and  is  covered  with  wood,  and  the 
western  one  rises  140  feet  or  more.  The  western  head  has  become 
locally  kiu)wn  as  the  False  Scatcliet.  Uff  the  base  of  the  bright  cliffs 
tiiere  are  seen  great  erratic  granite  bowlders. 

Possession  Point. — The  lower  [lart  is  a  nearly  v«'rti(!al  white  clay 
iliif;  the  bank  slopes  at  an  angleof  4."»°,  with  a  partially  broken  whitish 
tVont,  until  it  reaches  140  feet  elevation.  There  are  a  few  scattered 
trees  on  the  lower  part  of  the  slope,  and  the  summit  level  is  covered 
with  them. 

Tin*  shore  under  the  eastern  side  of  the  head  is  bordered  by  a  low 
narrow  beach. 

The  eastern  shore  of  the  entrance  to  Possession  Soc.ud  abreast  this 


50 


AUMIIULTY    INLKF PUGKT    SOIIN'D. 


lifiul  rises  from  ^  low  iiiirrow  beaoli  witli  (liM-iduous  trees  on  the  lower 
slope  ami  Oregon  pim'  »>ii  the  suinuiit.  Yellow  i)lutl's  show  in  patches 
tliroiig'h  the  frees. 

ISetweeii  the  two  heads  there  is  a  shallow  |)o<,!'et  niniiin<;'  hack  li 
miles,  called  Ciiltus  Hay.  [t  is  in  pint  overflowed  at  high  tide,  and 
then  presents  the  apjiearance  of  a  bay.  An  c.vrensive  sand  bank  and 
shoal  makes  out  nearly  3  miles  to  the  southward,  with  the  breadth  of 
the  heads  as  a  base.  From  the  eastern  head  round  the  western,  and  a 
mile  toward  Tseless  Hay,  the  low-water  line  makes  out  h  ndle,  the  shore 
beinjj;  bare,  where  older  maps  have  deep  water.  For  over  a  mile  south 
of  the  western  head  a  de|)th  of  8  and  10  fathoms  of  water  and  smooth 
sandy  bottom  can  be  found;  while  the  L'O-fathom  line  runs  out  S  miles 
directly  tor  Ai)ple  Tree  (love,  with  a  l)ottom  of  sand,  gravel,  and 
shells.  Oft'  the  eastern  head  a  strong  nmlereurrent  runs  into  I'o.sses- 
sion  Hound,  and  an  upward  current  setting  to  the  westward  at  all  tides. 

Off  the  south  side  of  Pos.session  Point  on  the  line  of  3  fathoms,  is  a 
rock  awash  at  the  lowest  tides.  It  is  about  lioO  yards  otr  the  front  of 
the  cliffs. 

Possession  Sound.~(See  i>age  5(5.) 

Port  Ludlov(r. — South  at  liasalt  Point  ami  2  miles  directly  west  of 
Foulweather  Bluff  is  the  broad  opening  to  Port  Ludlow  on  the  west 
side  of  the  entrance  to  Hood's  Canal.  This  bay  has  a  broad  entrance 
oiteii  towards  the  NNE.  Tiie  two  points  of  the  entrance  are  Basalt 
Point  to  the  north  and  Tala  Point  to  the  south,  the  former  lying  IJ  miles 
exactly  SSE.  of  the  latter. 

The  general  direction  of  the  western  shore  ol  the  bay  from  Basalt 
Point  is,  south  for  L'g  miles  to  the  sawmill. 

It  is  in  part  low,  brolien  bliift',  with  a  gently  rising  country  behind, 
»;overe<l  with  Oregon  pine.  The  low-water  beacli  is  about  50  yards 
wide,  and  the  .1  fathom  line  is  from  100  to  -00  yards  from  the  shore, 
except  near  Snake  Itoc'-',  which  it  nearly  reaiihes.  The  general  direc- 
tion of  the  eastern  side  of  the  bay  from  Tiila  Point  is  SVV.  by  S.  for  IJ 
miles;  the  shore  is  liigh  under  Tala  Point  and  decreases  to  the  south- 
ward in  the  bay.  Abreast  the  Sawmill  .'oint  the  width  of  the  bay  is 
)}  mile,  but  the  channel  is  narrowed  by  a  shoal  frouj  the  southpusterii 
shore,  stret«!hing  fully  !,  mile  toward  Sawmill  Point.  Inside  the  Sawmill 
Print  the  bay  affords  a  good  anchorage  in  (i  to  8  fathoms  of  water  over 
soft  mud  for  .^  mile  to  the  south waid  and  westward.  This  small  basin 
is  comi)letely  landlocked,  and  is  proti'ete<i  from  gales  from  every  <|uar- 
ter  by  the  high  land,  and  high  trees  about  it, 

Tala  Point  is  a  bright  blutT  head  less  than  |  mile  broatl,  covered  on 
top  with  Oregon  pine. 

From  Tala  Point  there  i.s  a  bar  of  hard  sand  nearly  J  mile  wide 
■\vitliin]the5-(athom  line,stk'etchingin  ait  outward  curve  toColvi  s  Uocks, 
whieh  lie  one-third  the  distance  from  Basalt  Point  to  Tahi  Point. 

The  3fathoiu  curve  stretches  nearly  jj  mile,  with  a  width  of  ^  mile, 


(VOLVOS  KOCKs — foulwp:ather  uluff. 


81 


I  till'  l(twor 
ill  patches 

ii;-  l)ack  li 
I  tiilf,  and 
haiiU  atid 
breadth  of 
erii,  and  a 
,  tlie  shore 
mill'  south 
nd  smooth 
»ut  3  miles 
•avi'l,  and 
to  I'ossos- 
t  all  tides, 
lionis,  is  a 
le  front  of 


ly  west  of 
the  west 
I  entrance 
ire  Basalt 
]i  ]J  miles 

m   Basalt 

y  behind, 
r»0  yards 
11)  shore, 
ral  dirt'c- 
S,  for  1\ 
he  Koiith- 
he  bay  is 
hoii.sterii 
Sawmill 
Iter  over 
all  basin 
'ly  iiuar- 

vere;l  on 

ile   wide 
■*  llocks, 
It. 
t"  t  "'ilt', 


iioiii  Tala  I'oiiit  to  the  nortiiward,  reachiiiir  to  the  biaek  buoy;  liie 
:i(ittoiii  is  hard  sand.  The  low-water  line  is  tilMt  yards  from  the  cape, 
and  kelp  lies  for  \  mile  to  the  northwartl. 

Abreast  Tahi  Point  the  width  of  the  l>ay  is  '^  mile,  with  <xihh\  water 
and  j^ood  holdiii;.;  liioniid. 

The  approaches  to  this  liarboi'  are  marked  bv  Ivlas  Buck  and  Colvos 

Iv'iK'liS. 

Colvos  Rocks  area  cluster  of  three  rocks;  the  luarest  one  to  the 
shoie  lies  nearly  A  mile  S.  2(P  K.  of  Basalt  Point.  It  is  •_'.">  feet  iii-li 
and  of  small  extent;  the  lar<;est  nxik  is  \  mile  larther  on  in  the  sime 
cdurse.  I'hc  third  one  is  I'dlt  yards  iioithwards  of  the  outer  one. 
There  is  deep  water  around  the  north^vest  rock,  but  a  Ion;;  shoal 
stretiihes  to  the  southeast  Irom  the  laif^est.  The  bottom  aioniid  these 
rocks  is  rocky  and  hard  sand.  Kroai  these  rocks  there  is  a  bar  nearly 
1  mile  wide,  of  less  than  o  fathoms,  reaching  in  an  outward  curve 
toward  Tala  i'oint. 

There  is  dtep  water  on  the  north,  went,  and  east  sides  of  the  north- 
eastern  rock  o!  the  v^olvos  gtoiip. 

fiieie  is  \'eiy  shoal  {ground  lor  l.'."»ll  yards  SSW.  (rom  the  southeast 
("olvos  Mock,  and  Irom  this  there  is  .i  lo.is'  tail  of  hard  sandy  bottom 
stietcliiiiy  over  j^  of  a  mile,  nearly  tSii.  towards  the  red  biioy. 

Abreast  the  Colvos  Rocks,  and  nearly  \  mile  fioni  the  shore,  tliereis 
a  \;\vtn'  rock.  This  is  the  Snake  Ivock  l.'iO  yards  in  extent  and  Just 
awiisli  at  lii^ii  tide.  There  is  a  narrow  line  of  ."i  fathoms  of  water  just 
in.side  of  it. 

Directions. — The  deepest  channel  linto  this  bay  lies  outside  the 
Klas  liock,  and  between  the  inner  (Jolvos  lioek  and  8i!ake  Bock, 
wiiere  the  channel  is  (JOO  yards  wide  between  the  .Ifathom  lines,  and 
I'arries  H»  fathoms  of  water  over  stiiiky  bottom.  Thence  everythiiiji'  is 
clear  to  the  head  of  the  bay,  gradually  reducin;;  the  depth  to  8  and  7 
iathoms  inside  the  Saw  Mill  Spit,  and  having  ^ood  water  under  each 
diore,  but  the  better  water  is  under  the  western  sliore.  There  is  a  broad 
;  ireshore,  or  low  water  beach,  under  the  easteru  shore. 

The  usual  channel  is  between  the  Colvos  IJocks  and  lala  Point,  cross- 
ing the  bar  iu -If  fathoms  of  wafer,  o^v.  hard  sandy  bottom,  between 
the  red  ami  bhiek  buoys. 

This  i»assage  is  -^  mile  wide,  and  the  buoys  lie  N.  l.'P  K.  and  S. 
i;{0  W.  of  each  other. 

If  the  wind  and  currents  do  not  suit  foreidering  by  this  buoyed  cliaii 
iiel,  a  vessel  must  run  inside  of  (he  ('olvos  Boiiks,  cariying  gooil  water 
<!\er  a  sofr  muddy  bottom.    The  approaches  to  both  channels  are  good. 

Hood's  Canal. —  Sec  page  .11). 

Foulweather  Bluff. — This  is  one  of  the  most  noticeable  of  fiie  many 
<lilfsin  Pnget  Sound.  U  is  the  northern  eitremity  ofa  7-niile  peninsula 
which  separates  A  Imiralty  Inlet  from  the  entrance  to  Hood's  Canal. 
It  is  the  landmark  for  nnddng  Tort  Ludlow  at  the  entrance  to  that  canal. 


32 


ADMIRALTY    INLKT PUGKT    SOUiND. 


iiiul  Port  (jiimble,  5  miles  inside.  The  northern  face  is  about  a  mile 
broiiil,  witii  nearly  verti(!al  sandy  clay  clitt's  about  '225  feet  high,  and 
covered  on  the  summit  with  heavy  firs  and  a  very  dense  undergrcwth. 
It,  slopes  toward  tiie  east  to  a  blulV  40  feet  high,  but  on  the  side  next 
to  Flood's  Canal  the  elilf  is  steep.  Hood's  Canal  is  here  almost  I'fj  miles 
wide,  and  tiie  inlet  across  to  Double  HliilVis  barely  ,'5  miles  across. 

On  the  southwestern  side  of  the  bluff  two  small  points  make  out,  with 
a  little  recession  between  them.    The  northern  one  is  low. 

Rock. — A  rock  awasii  at  the  lowest  tides  lies  off  the  face  of  the  blufl", 
a  little  to  the  east  of  the  middle  of  the  face,aml3  fathoms  water  is  found 
outside  this  danger.  It  is  intended  to  place  a  buoy  outside  of  tlie  rock 
in  r>  fathoms  of  water. 

Point  No  Point. — This  is  one  of  the  turning  points  in  the  broad 
waters  of  the  sound.  The  point  itself  is  low  and  just  above  high  water, 
with  a  guily  and  small  stream  open  just  at  the  western  part.  To  the 
westward  the  broken  clitfsrnn  in  a  concave  curving  line  to  Foulweather 
BIntf.  To  the. southward  tiie  shore  is  nearly  straigiit  for  10  miles,  "with 
increasing  licight  to  theclilis,  ami  a  low  narrow  marshy  line  under  them 
to  Pilot  Point,  2.\  miles  distant.  The  land  behind  it  is  200  or  .'500  feet 
high  and  moderately  wooded.  I^eep  water  runs  close  to  the  point,  aud 
one  third  of  the  way  across  the  channel  abreast  it  there  is  a  depth  of 
1 14  fathoms.  Under  the  south  side  of  the  point  tlnnv,  is  good  anchorage 
in  10  fathoms. 

Apple  Tree  Cove  liesOi^  miles  S.  18°  E.  of  Point  No  Point,  and  is  a 
low  point  rising  behind  to  liigher  grouml,  which  i.->  wooded.  Prom  this 
point  there  is  a  soft  iniuldy  tlat  extending  sevdal  hundred  yards  up 
the  sonntl,  witii  good  water  ov(!r  it.  From  .">  to  12  fathoms  of  water 
and  sticky  mud  bottom  are  found  fully  A  mile  from  the  sliore,  and  a 
de]>thofO  fathoms  i.s  carried  well  into  the  cove,  whicli  is  formed  i)y  a  broad 
receding  of  the  shore  for  neaily  one  mile  to  tiie  westward.  The  head  of 
the  cove  is  1.]  miles  from  the  point,  and  vessels  may  avoid  adverse  cur- 
rents by  anchoring  on  the  muddy  banic.  The  head  of  tiie  bay  is  marshy; 
no  fresh  water  is  obtainable  here.  The  .south  shore  of  the  cove  runs 
almost  southeast  for  a  mile  and  then  trends  more  to  the  southward  for 
President  I'oiiit.  Tliere  is  very  deep  water  (ilose  under  the  soulhern 
shore  of  this  cove. 

Edmund  Point. — Piiectly  abioast  of  Apple  Tree  ('ove,  (ui  the  east 
side  of  ti.e  iiil.'t  or  .-oiind,  is  Edmund  Point.  It  is  a  low,  roiiinling 
point  with  a  lagoon  i  iside  its  shores  and  it  makes  out  from  the  low  nar- 
n»w  valley  beliind  it.  There  is  a  blnlf  to  the  southward.  Thence  to 
lOlliot  Point,  on  the  east  side  of  the  entrance  of  Possession  Sound,  the 
direction  is  almost  NNH.  for  Qfi  miles.  The  shore  north  of  it  is  low  and 
the  water  deep  ;  off  the  point  itself  the  water  is  very  deep.  The  inlet 
is  here  :Vl  miles  wide. 

Point  Wells,  south  of  Hdmund  Point,  is  low  and  makes  out  from  the 
high  bluff  behind  it.    There  is  a  slight  recession  of  the  shore  between  the 


PRESIDENT    POINT I'OKT    MADISON. 


33 


l)oints,  and  the  lO-fatliom  line  is  outside  of  tlie  line  joiniii;^  tlieiu,  but 
rliere  is  ancliornfie  in  the  bight,  although  contracted.  The  .3()-fathoni 
\hw  is  close  under  the  point. 

President  Point  and  Point  Jefferson. — On  tlui  west  side  of  the 
sound  and  on  the  north  side  of  the  entrance  to  I'ort  Madison,  there  is  a 
line  of  moderately  high,  straight  bluff  shore,  with  the  land  rising  beiiind  it 
;ind  covered  with  trees;  itcornnieiices  at  President  Point  and  continues 
( me  mile  south  to  Point  .Iclferson.  wlicii  tlii'  shore  inakesashai'p  turn  and 
runs  to  the  west  I'or  more  ihau  .5  miles.  This  soutlieru  face  of  Point 
Jefferson  is  a  low,  bright  ditf  in  i)la(;es.  Wlienabreast  Point  .Jefferson 
It  shows  broken  white  dill's  de(a'easing  to  the  northward  and  to  the 
south  westward,  and  then  from  the  latter  rising  again.  Stretcliingbroad 
(itf  the  shore  between  Presi<lent  Point  and  Point  Jelferson  for  more  than 
A  mile  there  is  a  D-fathom  bank  wliich  affords  excellent  ancliorag(^  for 
vessels  when  drifting  with  light  airs  and  adverse  currents.  (]lose  nn<ler 
the  south  side  ;!nd  extending  out  to  l.\  and  '>  fathoms  of  w.iter,  there  is  a 
compact  massof  kel|)  \  mile  long  |)arallel  with  tlie  shore  southwest  and 
iiortlieast. 

Port  Madison. — This  is  a  broad  and  deep  recession  of  the  western 
sliore  of  the  inlet.  Under  the  north  shore  it  stretches  in  3  miles  west, 
,ind  the  entrance  toward  the  inlet  is  U  nideswide.  There  is  deep  water 
throughout  this  large  bay,  ranging  from  80  fathoms  at  the  SE.  part 
to  U(»  fatiioms  at  the  X \V.  part,  but  there  is  a  narrow  bank  stretching 
one  mile  south  of  Point  Jetl'erson  with  li")  fathoms  of  water,  sandy  bot- 
tom. 

Tlie  northern  shores  of  thi^  bay  are  broken  white  cliffs  and  interven- 
ing low  beaches.  The  western  face  is  moderately  low  bright  cliffs, 
with  the  white  buildings  of  the  Indian  reservation  in  tiie  8\V.  angle  at 
the  entrance  to  Ag;ite  Passage.  The  south  shores  are  broken  cliffs,  cx- 
icpr  at  the  entrance  to  the  Port  Madison  (locks.  The  mills  ate  S  mile 
insider  the  Nli.  point  of  the  entrance,  with  very  ami)le  wharf  facilities  and 
II  ooring  dolphins  for  vessels  to  haul  out  to.  The  channel  is  nari'ow  and 
■arries  l.'J  feet  of  water.  Outside  the  entrance  to  this  inner  i)ort  the 
water  deepens  to  15  fathoms  in  less  than  4  mile,  except  to  the  west, 
where  there  is  along  s[)it  with  only  1.'.  to  IS  feet  of  water  u|ion  it  for  ^ 
mill'  from  th  '  shore. 

Point  Monroe. — The  SE.  point  is  a  low,  narrow  sainl  spit,  curving  in- 
ward from  the  outer  shore  to  the  westward  and  merely  outlying  the 
cliffs  I  ndle. 

Buoy. — A.  biioy  is  i>laced  just  outside  tiie  .'{fathom  bank,  wliich 
makes  out  northward  /^  of  a  mile  from  the  low  saiuly  hook  of  Point 
Monroe.  Very  shoal  water  is  crarrieil  out  very  nearly  to  the  ;i-fatlioin 
liiH',  and  then  the  depth  increases  to  10  fathoms  in  .10  yards  and  to  liO 
tathoms  in  I2il0  yaids. 

Bainbridge  Island.— Tiiis  ishind  lies  in  a  deep  bight  of  the  Great 
I'einnsiila,  and  its  eastern  shore  forms  the  western  side  of  the  inlet  or 
1420o— No.  !»(] 3 


34 


ADMIRALTY    INLKT Pf(.KT    ISOI'NU. 


Kouiid  (liit'ctl.N  iihicast  ^Vt•^it  Pointaiid  Diiwaiiiisli  IJu.v.  Tlii' iioitli  .slioru 
foiiis  tlic  soiitli  .side  of  I'ort  Madison.  It  is  a  iitric  over  !>  niiios  long  >\ 
hy  W.  and  .iJ,  nnlcs  wide.  It  is  niodcratt'ly  iiijjli,  lias  sonic  high  hluH's 
along  the  castcin  shoio,  hat  tiiis  is  IjioUen  by  several  indentations,  {'orni- 
ing  anehoiagis  and  harbors.  To  t!ie  westward  of  the  island  is  a  long 
sonnd,  wiiieh,  with  its  arms,  is  iieaily  .'50  niiies  long  and  one  mile  wide 
with  a  good  depth  ol'  water  elo.se  to  the  shores. 

Port  Orchard  has  its  entrance  in  the  sonthwestern  part  of  Port! 
Madist)n.  This  entrance  is  very  narrowand  somewhat  crooked,  but  has 
trom  ;5  to  4  fatiionis  of  water  in  it.  \'cssels  mnst  enter  nnder  easy  sail 
and  lieep  the  lead  going  on  eacli  side  to  find  the  deepest  water.  When 
tluongh,  give  Point  JJolin  a  berth  ol'  nearly  .{  mile,  to  avoid  the  shoal 
making  ont  eastward  tVom  it.  ArouTid  Point  Holin,  Dogfish  I>ay  opens 
to  the  N\V.  and  near  the  head  of  the  port,  Dye's  Inlet  opens  to  the  north- 
ward and  westward. 

Rich's  Passage,  thesontliern  entrance  to  Port  Orchard,  isobstrncted 
by  rocksainl  isditlienlt  ot navigation.  The  winds  are  lightand  variable, 
and  at  Its  narrowest  part,  where  it  makes  a  sharp  turn,  the  current  is 
swift. 

Skiff  Point. — This  is  the  first  point,  .ij  miles  south  of  Point  Monroe, 
on  the  west  side  of  the  sound.  It  is  directly  abreast  of  West  I'oint 
light-honse,  where  the  channel  isl'-,'  miles  wide.  The  i)oint  is  moderately 
liroad  and  rounding,  ami  projects  fully  .]  mile  into  the  channel  Jt  is 
low  at  the  water  line,  and  rkses  regulaily  to  a  ridge  to  the  westward; 
the  blufi'  to  the  northward  is  moderately  high.  The  water  oft'  the  point 
is  quite  bold. 

Murden's  Cove. — This  is  a  wide  recession  of  the  western  shore  ot 
the  s(nind,  just  under  Skilf  Point;  the  shore  sweeping  to  the  westwaid 
for  nearly  a  mile  and  then  southeastward  for  H  nides  to  Yenioalt  Point. 
The  northwestern  shore  is  low  ;  the  southern  shore  has  steep  clay  cliffs. 
The  inner  part  of  the  cove  has  shoal  water,  but  inside  of  the  line  of  the 
two  i»()ints  tln-re  is  aiudiorage  in  10  to  1.5  fathoms. 

'Y'eiuoalt  Point  is  the  southern  point  of  Murden's  Cove.  It  is  a  low 
point,  with  gently  rising  land  behind  it.  The  (;liil's  to  the  northward 
and  southward  aic  nnxleiately  high  and  broken.  There  is  ileep  water 
ntf  the  point. 

Eagle  Harbor. — This  is  a  narrow,  deep  iinlentation  in  the  eastern 
shore  of  Maiubridge  Island.  At  the  mouth  the  entrance  is  barely  .1 
mile  wide,  and  the.'J-lathoin  curve  extends  nearly  a  mile  into  the  harooi. 
A  (lei)th  f  8  fathoms  is  4  mile  inside  from  the  north  junnt.  The  north 
side  of  the  entrance  is  Wing  Point;  it  overlap;;  the  south  side  ^  mile 
and  is  a  very  narrow,  low  point.  It  is  nearly  in  the  line  of  the  latter 
jioint,  Vemoalt  Point,  and  Skiff  Point. 

A  long,  pebbly  beach  makes  out  'Mi)  or  41)0  yards  fc'E.  from  Wing 
Point,  ami  late  surveys  have  deveIo{)ed  a  direct  conneciion  from  this 
ledge  to  the  Jilakely  Itock,  running  parallel  with  the  sbon.      For  ^  mile 


PORT  ni.AKELY — I.'KSTOKATION  I'OINT. 


:m 


iroiii  the,  poiiiC  on  ii  linn  to  IMakt^ly  R()(!k  tlicn*  is  IoiiimI  us  littii*.  iis  2i 
I]      liitlionisor  water.    Outside  of  tlii«  leii;^!',  tiie  bottom  drops  very  suddenly 


to  ")(»  Catlionis. 


W'ssi'l.s  hound  into  I'ort  ISlakelv  niustnot  liiiul  tooe.lose 


lo  the  shore  until  they  are,  witliin  .',  mil""*' 
^I'ls  are  Iw."-''  =•  * 


es- 
ho 
ep 


of 
il 


h 

8 

S 
.,  ...lie  iiisKic  tlie  north 

.n-arer  the  southern  sliore  than  the  northern,  in  !>i 

fatlioniH  of  water,  over  hard  hottoni.  Here  the  width,  under  the  north- 
ern and  southern  Kliores,  is  only  .'{DO  yards,  and  that  width  decreases 
liirtlier  in. 

Blakely  Rock. — In  the  outer  road  tliere  is  a  ledf;;e  of  rock  nearly 
i  mile  in  extent,  and  a  large  part  of  it  is  above  water.  The  middle 
and  hi<;he8t  pait  is  !."»  feet  above  water.  TiKre  is  shoal  water  and  foul 
ground  for  200  yards  to  the  northward  of  the  roek,  with  a  bank  of  kelp 
I'xtendiufj  out  to  7  fathou's  of  water  all  around  it.  On  the  south  side 
I  here  is  deep  water  close  under  it,  with  a  passage  between  it  and  the 
norihern  shore  of  Restoration  Point,  |  mile  wide;  this  passage  has  25 
lathoms  of  water  with  sticky  bottom.  The  passage  between  the  north 
liomt  and  Blakely  Uock  is  i  mile  wide  between  the  lO-fatho-m  curves 
and  has  20  fathoms  of  water  over  sticky  bottom,  so  that  vessels  from 
tlic  noi'th  always  ]tass  between  the  rock  and  tiie  north  point.  The 
approach  from  the  north  is  over  the  long  ledge  which  runs  from  Wing 
Point  ro  Blakely  Hock.  A  little  U  .s  than  i  mile  north  of  Blakely  Itock 
this  ledge  can  be  crossed  in  M  fathoii.s  water,  sandy  bottom  ;  but  thence 
111  Wing  I'oint  tlie  depth  of  water  on  the  ledge  decreases,  and  as  little 
us  2A  fathoms  is  fc  ...i,  with  deep  water  inside.  Outside  of  the  ledge 
tlie  dejith  increase,^  rapi<lly  to  TiO  fathoms. 

Restoiration  Point  is  in  some  resiiects  very  iiecnliar;  no  other  point 
Ml  I  liese  w  iters,  except  Battery  I'oint,  [tresents  the  same  formation.  For 
.{<>(»  yards  it  is  Hat,  about  10  feet  above  high  water,  and  has  a  foot  depth 
of  soil  covered  with  grass,  over  a  limestone  rock  upheaved  nearly  on 
edge,  the  direction  of  the  strata  pointing  toward  Battery  Point,  ov  a 
little  southwestward  of  it.  Inshore  the  land  rises  8har|)ly  about  100 
teet,  its  sides  covered  with  grass  and  its  summit  with  tir  trees.  Around 
tlie  whole  southeastern  face  of  the  point  these  peculiarities  exist.  Oiv 
the  upper  levels  of  the  high  land  adjacent  are  small  lakes  of  water. 

Decatur  Reef. — From  the  extremity  of  the  point,  a  ledge,  bare  at  low 


34 


ADMIRALTY    IM.Kl — IMHiKT    SOI'NU. 


sound  (Itrcctly  iihrciist  West  Pointaiid  Diiwaiiiisli  Bii.v.  Tlic  iioilli  shoiv 
tbni's  tlie  soiitli  side  of  I'oit:  .Madison,  li  is  a  little  over  !>  miles  Ions;  >.'. 
Uy  W.  and  .1.^  miles  wide.  It  is  nicideiately  liisii,  lias  some  liifjli  IdiifVs 
al(in;L;  the  eastern  shore,  hut  this  is  liroken  by  .several  indentations,  lofni- 
iny  aiieiioiages  and  liarhors.     To  the  westward  of  the  island  is  a  Ion;; 

(1728)  WASHINGTON— Fuget  sound-Fort  Orchard— Brbmerton 
naval  station  —  Hydrographic  information.  —  Conunander  V.  L. 
Cottniau,  U.  S.  Navy,  Puget  Sound  naval  station,  leports  under  date 
of  October  18,  1905,  that  the  piers  at  the  naval  station  are  numbered 
as  follows: 

jjiThe  first  pier  eastward  of  the  eoalin^f  wharf  is  pier  No.  1.  The 
pier  wliere  the  receiving  ship  lies  is  No.  2.  The  pier  forming  the 
western  side  of  the  entrance  to  the  dry  docli  is  No.  5.  The  eastern 
side  of  the  entrance  to  the  dry  dock  is  pier  No.  6.  About  50  yards 
eastward  of  No.  0  is  pier  No.  7. 

T)«e  mooring  buoy  on  the  ciistein  side  of  the  dock  entrauce  is  No.  1 ; 

oil  the  western  side  is  No.  2.     The  stern  buoy,  ^50  yards  to  the  south. 

ward,  is  No.  3.  (N.  M.  43, 1906.) 

oy  ropivsand  isditlunitt  ol  navigation,     llie  winds  are  iignr  ami  variaDlo, 

and  at  its  narrowest  part,  where  it  makes  a  sharp  turn,  the  current  is 

hwilt. 

Skiff  Point. — This  is  the  first  ])oint,  :>.[  miles  south  of  Point  Monroe, 
on  the  west  side  of  the  -sound.  It  is  directly  abreast  of  West  I'oint 
lifjht-house,  where  theidianiiel  is2-j'  miles  wide.  The  jioiiit  is  moderately 
broad  and  roiindiiiy,  and  i)rojects  fully  .\  mile  into  the  channel  It  is 
lr)w  at  the  water  line,  and  rises  regularly  to  a  ridge  to  the  westward; 
the  bluff  to  the  northward  is  moderately  high.  The  water  off  the  point 
is  (inite  bold. 

Murden's  Cove. — This  is  a  wide  recession  of  the  western  shore  of 
the  sound,  just  under  Skiff  Point;  the  shore  swee|)ing  to  the  westward 
for  nearly  a  mile  and  then  .soulheastwaid  for  1.^  nines  to  Yemoalt  Point. 
The  northwestern  shore  is  low;  the  southern  shore  lias  steep  clay  cliffs. 
The  inner  part  of  the  cove  has  shoal  water,  but  inside  of  the  line  of  the 
two  ])!»iiits  there  is  anchoiage  in  10  to  1.5  fathoms. 

Yemoalt  Pcint  is  the  southern  point  of  Murden's  Cove.  It  is  a  low 
point,  with  gently  rising  land  behind  it.  The  cliffs  to  the  northwaiil 
and  southward  are  moderately  high  and  broken.  There  is  deep  water 
eff  the  point. 

Eagle  Harbor. — This  is  a  narrow,  deep  indentation  in  the  eastern 
.slioie  of  Haiiibiidge  Island.  At  the  mouth  the  entrance  is  barely  J, 
mile  wide,  and  the-l-falhom  (iiirve  extends  nearly  a  mile  into  the  iiarooi. 
A  depth  of  8  fathoms  is  -i  mile  inside  from  the  north  jioint.  The  north 
side  of  the  entraiuie  is  Wing  Point;  it  overlaps  the  south  side  ^  mile- 
and  is  a  very  narrow,  low  point.  It  is  nearly  in  the  line  of  the  latter 
jioint,  Yemoalt  Point,  and  Skiff  Point. 

A  long,  pebbly  beach  makes  out  •'500  or  400  yards  SE.  from  Wing 
Point,  and  late  surveys  have  developed  a  direct  connection  from  this 
ledge  to  the  lilakely  KocU,  running  parallel  with  the  shore.     For  if  mile 


I'OIM'    HLAKKLY — l.'KSTOKAI'ION    POINT. 


Mf) 


a  luirrt'iit  is 


11(1111  tilt'  puiiit,  on  II  line  to  IJIakfly  Rock  tliciHi  is  roimd  us  littiti  us  '2^ 
r.itiiotiisof  wiittT.  OiUsidi'  of  tliis  ii'(lj,n>  tim  bottom  drops  very  siiddi'idy 
to  "((»  fatlioins.  Vessels  bound  into  Port  IMakely  niustiiot  lianl  tooclo^e 
to  the  sliore  until  they  are  within  ^  mile  of  IJhikidy  K'oek.  If  laiffe  ves- 
sels are  bound  into  ICajile  Harbor,  they  would  have  to  enter  from  the 
southward,  close  uiuler  sluu'c,  and  pass  throuj^h  the  narrow  but  deep 
I  liannel  between  the  ledjje  and  the  shore. 
Port  Blakely  i«  a  moderately  deep  indentation  on  the  north  side  of 


U'Htoration   I'oint,    whitdi  is  the  mark  fiu"  the  entraii 


The  acttual 


length  of  the  port  is  Jj  mile,  and  it  (tarries  ;{  fathoms  fully  ;■  mik-  inside 
the  openiufj,  whieh  is  jj  mile  wide. 

l"iu^  usual  outer  antihora^e  of  Port  HIakely  is  8.  IP  10,  of  th«'  noitli 
point  of  the  entraneo,  a  little  nearer  the  southern  shore,  in  l.'J  fathoms 
of  water,  over  sticky  bottom.  The  deepest  water  in  the  entranee  is  18 
fathoms.  Tho  inner  anelu)ra;;e  is  from  \  to  .\  mile  inside  the  north 
point  and  rather  lu'arer  the  southern  shore  than  the  northern,  in  !>.J 
tathoms  of  water,  over  hard  bottom.  Here  tlie  width,  under  the  north- 
ern and  southern  shores,  is  only  ;500  yards,  and  that  width  decreases 
farther  in. 

Blakely  Rock. — In  the  outc^r  road  there  is  a  ledge  of  rock  nearly 
i  mile  in  extent,  and  a  large  part  of  it  is  above  water.  The  middle 
and  highest  ])art  is  1.1  feet  above  water.  There  is  shoal  water  ami  foul 
ijround  for  2(10  yards  to  the  northward  of  the  rock,  with  a  bank  of  kelp 
I'Xtemling  out  to  7  fathoms  of  water  all  around  it.  On  the  south  side 
there  is  deep  water  close  under  it,  with  a  pa.saage  between  it  and  the 
norihern  shore  of  Restoration  Point,  jj  mile  wide;  this  i)assage  has  lio 
fathoms  of  water  with  sticky  bottom.  The  passage  between  the  north 
point  and  HIakely  Itock  is  A  mile  wide  between  the  lO-fathoni  curves 
and  has  2(5  fathoms  of  water  over  sticky  bottom,  so  that  vessels  from 
the  north  always  ])as8  between  the  rock  and  the  nortli  point.  The 
approach  from  the  north  is  over  the  long  ledge  whi(!h  runs  from  Wing 
Point  ro  HIakely  Hock.  A  little  less  than  J  mile  north  of  IJlakely  liock 
this  ledge  (;an  be  crosseil  in  !)  fathoms  water,  sandy  bottom  ;  but  thence 
to  Wing  Point  the  deitth  cf  water  (Ui  the  ledge  decreases,  ami  as  little 
:is  LM  fathoms  is  found,  with  deep  water  inside.  Outside  of  the  ledge 
the  depth  in('reas(',<  rajiidly  to  ."»0  fathoms. 

Restoration  Point  is  in  some  respects  very  iieculiar;  no  other  point 
in  t  hese  waters,  e.\cei»t  Battery  Point,  presents  the  same  formation.  For 
■  iiMI  yards  it  is  tiat,  about  10  feet  above  high  water,  and  has  a  foot  dei»th 
1)1  soil  (!overed  with  grass,  over  a  limestone  rock  upheaved  nearly  on 
edge,  the  direction  of  the  strata  pointing  toward  Battery  Point,  or  a 
little  southwestward  of  it.  Inshore  the  land  rises  sharfdy  about  100 
liet,  its  sides  covered  with  grass  and  its  summit  with  tir  trees.  Around 
the  whole  southeastern  face  of  the  point  these  peculiarities  exist.  On 
the  upi»er  levels  of  the  high  laud  adjacent  are  small  lakes  of  water. 

Decatur  Reef. — From  the  extremity  of  the  point,  a  ledge,  bare  at  low 


3« 


ADXIIIULIT    INLKT iniGi:T    SOUND 


tides,  inaUcs  out  l)r()ii(l  into  tiio  sound  for  .iOO  yards,  tiic  <U'i)tli  of  the 
WiittT  is  fi  t'atlioins  100  yards  oil  its  extremity,  and  1(!  latlioiiis  at  ^ 
mile.  Sontli  oi  ili"  jioint,  aiiclioiage  may  be  had  in  15  fathoms  of  water 
over  stieky  bottom,  \  iiiiie  from  siiore,  or,  as  a  rule  foi'  (indiiij;  aiieiiora};!', 
brinn  tlie  IMakely  Uoei'  nortli  of  tlie  point  to  ran;;e  just  o\  er  and  inside 
of  it.     Kelp  exists  idoiif"-  tlie  sontiiern  faue. 

Point  Orchard. — Tliis  is  tlie  low  I'oc^ky  i)oint  at  llie  south  side  of  tin; 
entrance  to  liicli's  I'assii;;c  into  I'ort  Orchard.  iJehind  it  the  land  rises 
into  a  moderate  hillock  with  a  low  neck  to  the  southward,  and  (rove 
inside  the  i»ass;i!,M'  to  i\n'  W'NW.     Off  this  point  the  water  is  deep. 

Meadow  Point,  nearly  opposite  Point  .Monroe  on  the  western  shore 
of  the  sound,  is  a  small  low  jjiassy  point,  with  a  marshy  la<j<'<>'i  inside 
and  hiuher  i:;roiind  risiin;-  bciiind 

West  Point  is  a  shaip  low  <;iassy  iioint  projecrtinj;  nearly  a  mile  into 
the  chaniu'l.     It  has  a  li^ihthouse  on  its  (extremity. 

Shilshole  Bay  and  Creek. — Between  the  two  latter  points  is  yiiils- 
bole  Hay,  and  iit  the  bottom  of  the  bay  .Shilshole  (Jre  dv  empties,  .rain- 
infj  Union  Lake  .'!  miles  to  the  eastward. 

Tnder  the  broken  clift's  between  the  Shilshole  Creek  and  West  I'oint 
the  low-water  be.ich  is  shiufjle,  l)ut  outside  of  the  .'{fathoms  the  l)ott()iii 
is  sticky.  (Jn  the  line  between  the  two  points  the  depth  midway  is  L'a 
fathoms  directly  abreast  the  opening  of  the  creek.  One  third  of  a  mile 
inside  this  line  is  the  .'{-fivthom  <!urve.  The  shoal  water  makes  out 
farthest  at  lIk^  mouth  of  the  creek.  Two  feet  can  be  carried  into  the 
month  of  this  small  stream  at  low  water. 

Anchoraf^e  may  l>e  had  in  Shilshole  Bay  in  1.1  fathoms  of  water  over 
sandy  bottom,  with  the  lij;ht  house  bearinj"'  S.  21°  \\.  di.stant  if  of  a  mile. 

There  is  a  aoad  anchorajje  in  7  to  10  fathoms  about  liou  yards  from 
the  siiore  lietween  \Vest  Point  aud  Shilshole  Creek,  and  good  j)rotec- 
tion  Irom  soulheasters. 

It  has  been  proposed  to  excavate  a  channel  from  tln^  sound  to  Union 
Lake,  and  thus  have  a  safe  port  in  I'resli  water.  Locally,  this  bay  is 
knowr  as  Sjilmon  IJiiy. 

DuTvamish  Bay. — On  the  eastern  side  of  the  sound  and  on  the  south 
sale  of  West  Point,  Duwiimish  Pay  opens  with  a  width  of  ^tf^  miles,  con- 
tracts rapidly  to  2)^  miles  both  from  the  northern  and  southern  shores, 
and  then  continues  with  that  width  for  2  mdes  to  the  edge  of  the  ex- 
tensive rials  at  the  mouth  of  the  Duwamish  River. 

On  the  south  side  of  the  high  wooded  blutf  (touunemang  just  east  of 
West  Point  there  is  a  long  bright  horizontal  out,  which  is  halfway  be- 
tween the  water  and  the  toj);  it  is  a  good  landmark.  This  blutt"  is 
named  Magnolia  Plnlfand  it  makes  a  long  rounding  sweeji  for  1.^  miles 
to  the  southeastward  from  the  light-house.  It  reaches  nearly  400  feet 
elevation  and  continues  with  decreasing  height  for  1'^  ndles  nearly 
KSE.  to  a  sliarp  recression  of  the  shore  which  makes  in  to  the  northward 
for  ■{  mile.    This  recession  forms  a  moilerately  wide  cove,  bare  at  low 


SKATTLK DIUKCTIONS. 


37 


>'ii  inilo  iiito 


wiitrr,  ouIIlmI  Smith's  Cove.  UikIlt  tlic  foot  of  Ma},'iu)liii  lUuB'  and 
nearly  jj  iiiil«  SSIC.  of  its  liigliest  break,  there  is  a  large  granite  erratic 
liowlder  inside  the  low-water  line,  and  loeally  known  as  Four  Mile  Roek. 
Tiie  hntken  blntV  abreast  tiiis  rocik  is  2l'0  feet  liigh  and  the  land  behind 
il  rises  to  nearly  M)0  feet.  From  the  eastern  side,  of  Smith's  (Jove  the 
shore  for  3  miles  to  Seattle,  is  nearly  straight  and  runs  southeast.  It 
is  comparatively  low  l)ut  the  lanil  behind  rises  rapidly  to  the  top  of  the 
riilge  between  this  bay  and  Union  Lake,  the  extreme  height  being  IM 
feet.  After  rounding  West  Point  a  vessel  keeps  about  i  mile  off  the 
iiiirthern  shore,  and  the  general  course  to  Seattle  is  S.  r»7°  K.,  and  the 
distance  is  51  miles  from  the  light  on  West  Point. 

Duwamish  River. — This  is  a  moderately  large  stream  in  the  (Cascade 
iMiige  of  mountains,  and  rnniiing  a  general  course  to  the  northwest  to 
Duwamish  Bay.  A  tributary  from  tlici  north  drains  the  extensive  lakes, 
Washington  and  Sammamish  ;  and  in  its  valleys  and  at  the  lak.'s  there 
lin\e  been  developed  extensive  de|)osits  of  <;oal  and  ir  )ii.  Tlie  whole 
I'oiintry  is  well  wooded.  The  great  mud  Hats  at  I  lie  head  of  Duwamish 
l)iiy  are  formeil  from  the  sediments  brougiit  down  by  this  river. 

Seattle. — In  the  northeastern  part  of  the  bay  is  an  extensive  town. 
Vessels  (!an  obtain  all  kinds  of  supi)lies.  It  is  the  shipping  port  for  the 
roal  mines  in  the  vicinity  and  large  cpiantities  are  ex|)orted.  Vessels 
are  rapidly  coaled  at  the  wharves  by  cliutes,  price  -Sfi.oO  per  ton.  Wheat 
is  liiigeiy  exported  and  the  lumber  Vmsiness  extensive. 

There  is  an  extensive  .system  of  wharves  in  the  extended  frontage,  of 
Seattle,  and  steamboats  and  vessels  go  directly  there  to  discharge  and 
load.  These  wharves  reach  out  to  3  and  4  fathoms  of  water.  \e8seKs 
anchoring  oH'  the  town  find  the  best  ground  near  the  .southern  part  of 
the  town,  where  a  depth  of  15  to  20  fathoms  over  muddy  bottom  is  found, 
4(10  yards  outside  the  wharves.     It  drops  off  suddenly  from  lo  fathoms. 

Directions. — When  a  sailing  vessel  is  getting  under  way  from  her 
.iiichorago  off  Seattle,  the  usual  summer  winds  compel  the  first  tack 
to  be  to  the  southward  towards  the  edge  of  the  great  inud  Hat.  If  it 
he  high  water  this  Hat  can  not  be  distingui.shed,  and  the  lead  must  bo 
kept  going.  Wiien  a  dejjth  of  1.5  fathoms  is  striK^k  a  vessel  must  go 
about,  for  the  water  .shoals  to  3-fatlioms  very  sudilenly,  and  keeping 
(in  would  soon  bring  her  up  on  the  Hat.  If  the  luirrent  be  =ibb,  vessels 
liiinnd  out  of  the  .souinl  should  stand  well  into  the  inlet;  and  if  bound 
11))  the  .sound  should  work  clo.se  uinler  and  arouml  Duwamish  Head 
to  Uattery  Point.  If  the  current  be  Hood,  vessels  bou'"d  out  of  the  inlet 
should  work  under  the  north  shore  and  close  to  West  Point;  if  bound 
lip  the  sound,  they  should  work  under  the  north  shore  about  3i  miles 
1"  Magnolia  Point,  or  to  tin?  Four  Mile  Rock,  or  until  they  (!an  fetcii  well 
I'lear  of  Battery  Point.  If  (taliiis  prevail,  the  tug  is  employed  to  tow 
ve.s.sels  in  or  out.     The  tug  service  throughout  the  sound  is  good. 

DuT^amish  Head  is  steep,  about  320  feet  high,  and  the  sninniit  is 
spar.sely  covered  with  the  Oregon  pine.     Tlie  western  side  of  the  head  i.s 


38 


ADMIlJAl/rV    INI^KI — IMIOKT    SOUNO. 


broken  to  tlif  lit'iKliI  of  lidd  \Wt  at  tlic  lii;;lic,st  point  iiinl  U(ll>  IVct  iit 
tln' t'XtroMK*  point.  On  tli<'  inside  it  is  very  steep  but  not  broken  tor 
^  mile.  Tilt'  'leucli  at  low  \>aler  streliilies  out  ^  mile  to  tin-  nortliuani, 
when  the  shoal  water  is  continued  to  the  .'5  fathom  line,  whi(!li  is  (»(>(► 
yards  Ironi  the  hlntl',  the  dro])  to  L'O  fatlioniH  is  within  250  yards. 
Aloiiii'  the  east  lace  of  the  hhill'  the  water  is  very  deep  close  inshore. 
L'ner  the  eastern  side  of  the  head  is  the  town  of  VV^est  Seattle,  with  an 
extensive  sawmill  ami  wharfa>ie  fatiilities.  Seveiieijjhtiis  of  a  mile  in 
side  the  head  is  a  small  settUmient  (;alled  ()'('onnOr,  within  tiieonlei 
edjre  of  the  yreat  Hats. 

Battery  Point. — 'liie  .south  point  of  the  entrance  to  Diiwamish  Hay  is 
Uattery  Point,  which  isAj^  miles  nearly  south  of  West  I'oint  liKlit-hoiise. 
From  the  northwestward  just  before  reachiiiji'  West  Point,  IJattery 
Point  is  seen  as  a  moderately  low,  liar*-,  nearly  llattopped  mound,  with 
a  steej)  clilf  nearly  <»((  feet  lii;;li  to\\ar(ls  the  watei',  and  a  short,  low 
])oint  ontside  of  it,  wiiich  is  the  leal  point.  Inside  oi'  the  curiously 
shaped  mound  theic  is  a  low  neck  with  lar.uc  strati^liii;;  pine  trees,  and 
behind  this  the  land  ajjain  rises.  I'rimi  the  .soiilheaalward  beyouil 
Bra(;e  Point,  tlie  same  characteristics  are  seen  with  one  lone  pine  trunk 
standinji'  in  tlie  middle  of  the  j;ently  slo[)in{'  surface  of  llie  mound. 
Tliis  tree  shows  m)w  only  the  bare  trunk  ;  tbrmerly  it  was  a  yood  nuirk. 
On  the  north  side  of  Hattery  Point  a  vessel  aiKihorinn'  in  -<•  fathoms 
of  water  <iver  sandy  bottom  can  not  liave  a  greater  scope  of  chain  than 
^0  fathoms,  without  lieiiifj  too  close  to  the  shore.  The  beach  is  smooth 
and  \('ry  re;;iilar,  beiny  composed  of  sand  and  f;ravel. 

Point  Williams. — This  point,  on  the  east  side  of  the  .sound,  is 
the  first  small  low  sindy  and  ;jrravel  i>i)int,  -i,  miles  from  Hattery 
I'oinl.  The  land  rises  rai)idly  behind  it  and  it  is  pine  covered.  IJe. 
tweeii  it  and  liattery  Point  the  shore  rtitieats  .\  mile  to  the  eastward 
and  is  nearly  str.iif;lit.  It  is  not  a  notable  jtoint  to  vessels  fjoiu};'  up  or 
down  the  sound  becausi-  it  retreats  inside  the  line  of  Brace  Point.  It  is 
the  north  point  nt  Paunlleroy  Cove. 

Brace  Point  forms  the  .south  side  of  Kauiitleroy  (.'ove.  It  is  a  small 
low  sandy  jiravelly  point,  backed  by  rapidly  rising-  k''<>"ii<1-  covered 
with  Oreijon  pine.  In  rnnnin;^;  north,  betbre  a  vessel  reaches  Point 
J'ully,  IbiKH-  Point  is  seen  as  a  modeiately  hifih  wooded  iiointjnst  to 
the  eastward  of  Hattery  Point;  the  land  behind  the  lirst  rise  falliuf;  a 
little  aiMl  then  rising  to  the  eastward. 

Fauntleroy  Cove. — This  slight  indentation  is  between  I'oiut 
Williams  and  Hrace  point;  the  distance  ajiart  of  these  jioints  is  a 
bttle  over  •,'  mile,  and  the  shore  recedes  [  mile  to  the  eastward.  The 
imiiiedialo  shore  is  low  except  under  Point  Williams,  where  the  blutt 
reaches  the  water.  (Joixl  anchorajje  may  be  had  here  in  10  and  11* 
fatlionis  of  water ;  but  when  on  a  raiifje  of  the  two  jtoints  tlic^  depth  in- 
creases and  the  bottom  drops  away  very  suddenly  ontside.  Fresh 
water  is  easilv  obtained  in  the  vicinity. 


POINT    VVijLY VASIION    I.SLANI). 


39 


Point  PuUy  li<>s  l}  miles  IVoiii  Uran-  I'oint.  I'.cHvim'ii  ISr.ni'  I'oiiit 
mil  Point  I'lilly  liic  sliorc  rctrciits  niort'  tliiiii  a  mile  to  tlic  eastwarti, 
with  low  shores  bonlerin;,'  tli«  hiffhor  piiie-tiovereil  land.  Two  or  threw 
Miiali  sti'eaiiis  enter  tills  hi^iht,  anil  tlie  (ieptli  of  the  water  is  very  ^'reat. 
I'oint  I'lilly  |ir(iie(;ts  more  than  \  mile  into  tiie  sound;  it  is  sharp  and 

llllll'OW. 

Ir  is  a  low  |».)inr  with  a  Hat  r  iiiMilin;,'  hilloiric  hehiiid  it,  iinil  upon  wliicli 
>i,iii(ls  (MIC  lar;;'e  li.Ji  tree  in  the  miildle  and  two  or  threi-  smaller  ones 
stra'4Kliii;i  on  eiudi  side.  The  extremity  of  Mie  point  is  sand  and  ;,'riiv(d 
mil  it  pitches  sharply  ofV  itito  very  deep  water,  the.'iKf'athoiii  (Mii've  lyiii.t; 
l)iit  a  short  (listanee  outside  with  IJi)  f.ithums  in  mid-channel.  There 
Is  deep  water  on  the  north  and  south  sides;  stronj;  eurrents  sweep 
iiv  ii.  IJiiiler  Point  INdly  to  the  t>astward  the  hliill"  l)i'e,ilvS  down  to 
lirowii  slopes  without  trees,  and  iit  one  mile  from  the  point  a  stream 
I'niii's  in  from  a  moilerately  Itroid  valley.  Oil' this  v.illey  a  ll  il  makes 
I'lii  some  distance,  with  deej)  water  at  its  edge. 

Blake  Island. — 'J  ..is  island  is  at  the  nnrtliern  entrance  toCn'vos  Pas- 
sive. It  is  altoiii  '>ti"  aile  in  extenl,  not  lii^li,  but  covered  witli  wooil, 
i\ii  pt  at  the  eastern  point,  which  is  low  and  pehltly.  Tin-  eastern  side 
III  the  island  is  low,  with  straij^lin^j  trees,  and  the  land  rises  to  near 
till'  western  side.  There  is  deep  watei'  fi'eiieraHy  around  the  island,  the 
I'li-ratliom  (iiirve  Wein;;  (dose  under  the  smitli  and  west  sides  and  olV  the 
east  point.  Oil  tiie  north  side  tlit^  Kll'athoin  ciiivc  makes  out  ;i,  mile 
towards  the  hroad  shore  of  Ucstoratioii  Point,  and  lliei'i-  is  aiicliora};e 
In  17  to  l.S  fathoms  close  ninler  the  east  point,  wiili  bottom  of  soft  mud. 

Allen  Bank. —Stretirhin^  from  the  SIO.  f,ic(M)f  iJlake  Island  there  isa 
ll  ink  with  less  tiian  L'O  fathoms  of  water  reachiii;,'  all  the  way  across  to 
Point  V^ashon  at  the  NI<].  part  of  the  entraiKje  toColvos  Passaj^e.  The 
liiitlom  is  variable:  in  some  places  mini  and  in  others  hard  sand.  The 
ilejith  is  jrreater  near  the  island  and  decre.isi^s  to  as  little  as. Si  fathoms 
one  mile  X.  17'^  10.  of  Point  Vashon.  This  bank  has  i)roven  of  gr(?at 
service  to  ve-ssels  losiiij;'  the  wind  and  having  adverse  currents:  the 
more  especially  when  the  Oolvos   l*assaue  was  the  (iliannel  used  by  all 

\  i'SS(ds. 

Vashon  Island. — This  is  the  largest  island  in  the  waters  of  Admiralty 

Inlet  and  Pdiiet  .Sound  It  is  hi^li,  with  steep  sliori's,  e,  )vert'il  with 
wood  and  underjjrowLli.  Its  surfa(!e  is  marshy,  In  iimiiv  parts  (piite 
elevated.  It  is  1 1  miles  in  lenjith,  north  and  south,  and  raii,'"s  from  one 
to  tJjV' miles  in  breadth.  It  mav  be  considered  aslyinjxin  a  j^reir  exi)an- 
sioii  of  the  sound  I'J  (ir  14  miles  lonii'  and  10  mlhvs  wide.  IJetween  the 
cast  and  SK.  sides  of  the  island  and  the  nriinland  is  the  li  inile-wide 
channel  of  the  main  inlet,  reacliiiiif  as  far  as  (joinmencement  iiay.  The 
shore  line  of  the  island  is  47  miles,  and  around  the  .shores  of  the  island 
there  is  a  belt  of  kelp  in  the  latter  part  of  the  sutnnier  ami  aiitninn, 
bu'.  it  is  torn  away  by  the  storms  of  the  winter  and  spriii};'. 
The  easternmost  projection  of  the  shore  of  N'ashon  Island  is  a  ciiri- 


40 


ADMIRALTY    INLET PUGKT    SOUND. 


oiisly  aliiipi'd  peiiiiisiila,  walled  Maury  Island,  li  miles  loii^f  and  li  miles 
wide,  lyiiiy  uudenieath  tlie  9E.  part  of  VasUoii  Island.  This  peninsula 
is  liif^li,  wooded,  and  hascompaet,  bold  shores. 

Tiie  N  W.  [lart  is  eonnt'eted  with  Vashon  Island  by  a  low  sandy  neck  ol" 
land  only  100  yards  wide.  The  bight  at  the  north  side  of  this  neck  is 
Tramp  Harbor,  broad  open  to  the  XW.  The  deep  bay  on  the  south  side 
of  the  neek  and  between  Vashon  Island  and  Maury  Island  is  .'U  miles 
long  and  over  ^  mile  wide,  with  r>  to  10  fathoms  of  water  over  sray  sand 
and  mud  at  the  north  extremity.  Tliis  bay  is  an  excellent  shelter  at  2 
miles  inside  the  entrance,  with  good  water  and  good  holding  grouinl. 
It  is  named  (Quartermaster's  Iliubor. 

In  the  earlier  years  of  the  navigation  of  these  waters  by  large  sailing 
vessels,  the  <'olvos  Passag.'.  was  universally  used,  but  in  recent  years 
the  develoi»inent  of  Taconia  an;l  the  use  of  tugs  have  changed  the  whole 
traftic  to  the  main  channel  between  Vashon  Island  and  the  main  shore 
to  the  eastward.  In  thiscliaimel  tliecnrreuls  are  iu)t  strong,  the  chances 
for  anchoring  are  tew,  and  It  is  sometimes  calm  wliile  there  is  a  tine 
breeze  blowing  through  Colvos  Passage. 

The  ui-.i'm  clinnnel  on  t':>'-  east  side  of  this  island  is  the  best  to  work 
in  with  a  head  wind. 

Point  Vashon. — Tlie  northern  point  of  Vashon  IsUiiid  is  named  Point 
A'ashoM  ;  it  is  a  higli  rounding  bluff,  covered  with  Oregon  i)ine,  forming 
the  NK.  point  of  the  entraucn*  to  Colvos  passage. 

Anchorage. — Broad  off  the  north  face  of  Vashon  Island  there  is  good 
anchorage  from  \  to  i  mile  offshore,  with  protection  from   southeasters. 

Dolphin  Point  is  the  eastern  jwint  of  the  north  end  of  Vashon  Island. 
It  is  a  higii,  sharply  rising  bluff,  covered  with  Oregon  ]iine  to  the  base, 
where  there  is  a  clump  of  trees  to  the  water's  edge,  forming  a  little 
projection.  L'nder  Uolphin  Point  tlie  shore  lino  runs  a  mile  to  the 
SSW.,  and  then  li  miles  to  the  SE.  by  S.  to  P(»int  Beals ;  the  deiith 
of  water  is  very  great,  and  in  the  bight  to  the  southward  the  depth  is 
still  greater.  Tlie  I'O  fathom  curve  is  close  to  the  ])oint,  and  the  mid- 
channel  deptii  is  lOS  fathoms. 

Good  anchorage  is  reported,  however,  in  from  7  to  II  fathoms. 

In  the  bight  betv/een  this  point  and  Point  Heals  there  are  three  rocks 
above  water  closti  under  till' shore.  The  southernmost  is  on  the  NW. 
side  of  Point  Heals,  and  is  14  feet  above  the  water;  the  other  two  in 
the  bight  ar<>  7  ami  (I  leet  high. 

Point  Beals  is  l';;  miles  from  Dolphin  Point.  It  is  a  wooded  jioint, 
rising  gradinillv  to  several  hundred  feet,  but  it  does  not  prqjt^ct  far  into 
the  channel.  There  is  deei)  water  clo.se  off  i I  and  deep  water  under 
the  slightly  rn  cding  shore  to  the  n<»rth  and  to  the  south. 

Point  Robinson  is  the  prominent  ami  noticeable  point  forming  the 
easternmosl  iirojection  of  Maury  Island.  It  stretches  well  over  toward 
the  eastern  short*  ;)!  the  channel,  whicli  it  rediu;es  in  width  to  U  miles- 
The  extremity  of  the  spit  is  a  low  point  150  yards  outside  the  trees,  with 


COMMENCKMENT    BAY. 


41 


:iitt'rv(Miinff  niiirsliy  Kn^mul,  ami  tlioii  a  bliitf'.  wliicli  is  almiit  Mi  fret 
liisli,  and  bii^lit  on  the  soutli  side,  but  covered  on  the  top  witli  trees. 
The  l)lnf1'  rises  to  about  7!t  fL"-'.  hehin;). 

Upon  the  point  are  three  ineonspieuous  houses,  beiiiy;  parr  of  tiie  f'ojj;- 
sii,nial  I)uildiny:s.  To  tlie  northwest  of  tlie  point  the  siiore  runs  nearly 
\vest  for  -i  miles,  then  with  a  sweeinn};  curve  to  the  north  for  one  mile 
to  I'oint  Hejer,  tlience  N.  by  \V.  for  nearly  .'3  miles  to  Point  Heals.  On 
the  south  of  the  point  the  blullf  shore  runs  l>f  miles  sonthuesicrly,  in  a 
receding  curve  to  I'oint  I'iner. 

.  I'nderthe  south  side  of  Pdiiit  Meyer  is  a  broad  open  biy;ht  (tailed 
Tramp  Harbor,  with  a  very  low  shore  on  tlm  southern  paTt  and  neaily 
roimected  with  the  head  of  (Juarte.rmaster's  Harbor.  In  lliisbiyjlit  tliere 
is  am  hoiajft'.  in  1.1  to  bS  fathoms  of  water  over  line  K'^'.v  ><and,  with  tleep 
water  of  more  than  (JO  fatiioms  on  tiie  line  between  Poini  lleyerand 
Point  Robiusou.     This  is  a  <.;c)i)il  aiichoiMije  and  tlnwe  is  fresh  water. 

(Ml"  Robinson  Point  the  water  is  very  deep  ;  and  between  tiiis  and 
Point  lirown  it  is  saiil  that,  when  the  weather  is  calm,  there  is  always  a 
lot  of  old  seaweed  and  stutf  atloat,  as  if  theic  was  \cry  little  current 
ninvemeiit. 

Point  Brown. — This  forms  the  norlli  i)oint  of  the  entrance  to  Ooni- 
nuMKienu'iit  IJay.  On  the  outermost  point  to  the  nortli  it  is  lr)w  and 
L;ravelly  with  jrenlly  risiu;?  wooded  jiroiind  behind  a  marshy  sjVot  inside 
the  low  i>oint.  On  the  south  face  of  the  point  the  shore  rises  .iiiadually 
and  irrcfjulariy  in  exposed  white  clay  dills  from  LM  to  L'lMl  feet  iiif;li 
within  ^  mile  from  the  point.  There  is  very  deep  watei'  1(M»  yanls  otf 
the  point. 

Dash  Point. — The  low  po'at  1^  miles  N.  .'}(i^  K.  of  i'oint  lirown  is 
Dash  Point,  sli^ihtly  breakin<r  the  yeiuu-al  line  of  the  shore  to  the  north- 
eastward.    T'here  is  a  siiniit  bi-jht  with  tlei  p  water  l)etween  them. 

Commencement  Bay. — .South  of  Point  Robinson  the  width  of  tlie 
ink't  or  sound  e.vpands  to  .S,^  n»iles,  with  iiii;h  blulV  wniided  siiorcs  on 
botii  sides;  on  the  northwestern  sh(»re  the  bliifls  aieunluokcn  ;  on  the 
southeast  they  are  l)roken  by  small  streams  entcrin;;  the  sound.  In 
this  expansion  of  the  .sound  the  water  i-;  deep  to  either  shore,  and  in 
till'  center  it  is  about  100  fathoms.  A^  the  sontiierii  jiar;  of  this  basin 
(UmnnencenuMit  Pay  opens  from  the  southeast  with  an  entrance  of  2^ 
miles  between  Point  lirown  on  the  north  .side  and  the  main  shore  east 
of  Point  Deliance  to  the  southward.  The  head  of  the  bay  is  .'$  miles  in- 
side of  Point  lirown  and  somewhat  increases  its  width,  but  al  its  liead 
there  is  a  broatl  and  extensive  mud  tl.it  and  low  marsh  land  lormed  by 
the  deposits  broujjlit  down  by  the  Puyallup  Ri\cr.  Tiiis  is  a  larj,'e 
sti'cam  eominji' in  frcun  the  ItanUs  of  the  (Cascade  ran;;e  ami  nearl.\  par- 
iillel  with  the  Duwamish  ot   White  I'ivi'r. 

Thr.'UK'houl  the  bay  the  depth  of  the  water  is  very  i^rcat.  ranuiu}' 
from  SS  fathoms  in  the  middle  of  the  entrance  to  .'50  fathoms  close  under 
either  shore,  and  carrying;  'Jt»  fatli<nus  dose  u|i  to  the  ed^ti  of  the  mml 


42 


ADMlRAT/rv    IN'LKT — I'UCKl'    SOUND. 


Hats,  wlilcli  iuv  haivat  low  water.  No  spiM-ial  directions  a^c  iiccdoil  t(t 
(.'iiti'i«»r  Icavo  tills  bay.  Tin-  anciiora^'.eott'Tacoiiia  i.s  not  ^ood,  because 
tile  (le|ttli  of  wattii'  is  too  j^reat  and  increases  very  rapidly  otVslioic. 
There  is  },'ooil  anchorage  under  tlie  uortii  slioie  in  the  slijiht  recession 
be^inninji:  ;J  of  a  mile  eastward  of  Toinl  lirown.  Half  a  mile  otVsliore 
aiid  .i  mile  i'lSK.  of  the  hi^iliest  brii;lit  blulTof  I'oint  Urown  there  is  a 
dejith  of  LMl  fathoms  over  brown  mml.  andtiie.'S  fathom  line  is  1(M>  yards 
offshore,  'i'iiis  anehorafte  is  well  sheltered  from  all  but  tlie  sontlieasters 
o(  winter. 

The  eildy  currents  are  so  vei'y  irrej;iilar  in  (yommencemeut  ll.iy  that 
courses  to  steer  by  in  thick  weather  are  almost  iisi'lcss.  There  is  a  pe- 
(!idiar  film  of  whitish  water  on  the  snrfac.'  of  the  Itay  (lurini.r  tin'  ebb 
titles  and  lirst  (juarter  of  the  Hood  tides;  tiiis  raiclv  leaves  the  bay  ami 
is  said  to  come  from  the  f;lacial  waters  brou,uht  down  b\-  the  I'uyalb/p 
Iti\er.  Whi'ii  in  or  oifthe  entrantte  to  this  bay  the  snow-covered  sum- 
mit of  the  massive  Mount  K'ainier  shows  wondeifidly  distinct  over  the 
low  inidfUe  jxrotind  at  the  head  of  thi'  Iciy. 

Tacoma.  on  the  southwestein  sid(^  of  the  ttay,  is  the  terminus  of  the 
Northern  I'acilic,  Itailroad.  Its  juiucipal  trade  is  in  wheal,  coal,  and 
bind)er.  Supplies  of  all  kinds  may  be  obtained.  Vessels  (!oal  from 
aloujiside  ot  wiiarves. 

ColvoS  Passage. — ISefore  the  ,t;eiieral  use  of  steam  tu^s  oii  these 
waters  aiid  Itefore  the  development  of  Tacoma  as  the  terminus  of  a 
transcontiiientai  railroad,  this  passage  was  the  almost  invariably  used 
ship  (!haiim']  Ibr  vessels  to  and  from  Tujict  Sound.  It  is  formed  by  the 
western  siM)re  of  Vaslion  isiami  and  the  eastern  shore  of  the  (ireat 
Peinnsula.  It  is  11 A  mih's  \in\ix  and  nearly  strai.ulit  on  a  course 
S.  by  W.,  and  has  a  very  rejiular  width  of  oiu'  mile,  with  hi!;li  blurt 
shores,  \aried  by  nutnerotis  small  low  sand  points  makinj;'  ont  a  sinu't 
distam-e  (rom  the  face  of  ihe  blnlf  ami  all  ha\in,u'  \  ery  deei)  watei'  olV 
then).  The  mid-cliannel  depths  are  from  "•(•  to  <>(>  talhoms  over  tim' 
;;ray  sand  and  {ifravel.  A  vessel  may  anchor  anywiiere  umler  either 
slior*'  if  she  iuis  room  to  swin,;,'.  The  l)est  amdnjiatic  is  under  the  (fast- 
ern  sluue,  near  the  north  «'ntraiice,  about  \.\  miles  ii:"-;Ie  of  I'oint 
\'aslion.  There  is  here  a  slight  reeediny  and  breakinj;'  down  of  tln^ 
blutfanda  \cssel  will  fiml  excellent  anchoraui'  in  o  ro  10  fathoms  <if 
water.  This  aiichorajje  is  km)wu  as  Fern  (3ove,  and  the  low  point  form- 
inj.^  the  southern  shore  is  Point  Peter. 

There  is  usmdiy  moie  wind  in  this  i)assa<je  tiiiin  in  the  broad  passajjo 
to  the  eastward  of  Vashou  Island,  and  nuudi  stroaner  currents,  while 
at  Ihe  north  I'litrauce,  between  Point  Vashou  and  li'ake  Island,  is  the 
anchorinj;-  ^^ronnd  of  Allen  liaiik,  already  des(;ribed.  There  are  no 
known  dan^i'ers  in  this  jiassaf;*'. 

Point  Southworth. — The  northwest  entrance  of  the  ('(d\os  Passajje 
is  om-  mile  wide  between  Point  N'ashon  and  Point  S(Mithw(uth,  tlii^ 
latter  bcariiif;-  nearly  west  from  tlie  former.     It  is  low  near  the  water 


THE    NAKUOWS. 


4» 


liiit  list's  to  ii  liigii  w()()(U'(l  blii.'l'.     It  lias  deep  water  elo.sii  midei'  its 
siiiitlieast  side,  but  aiiohorase  may  be,  had  off  the  north  face  with  strong 

CUllCIltS. 

Oalco  Point. — Tliis  is  tiie  southwestern  point  of  Vasiion  Island, 
wliere  t!ie  Colvos  Passage  ojn'.ns  to  the  sonthward.  The  southernmost 
juint  of  tiie  ishiiid  is  Ninll  Point,  whieli  is  nearly  a  mile  to  the  eastward 
ol'  Dalco  Point.  The  former  ^joint  is  a  moderately  liiijii  wooded  bluff 
with  no  definite  i)oint,  beinjj:  a  rounsliiif;-  shore. 

Neill  Point,  as  seen  when  oCt  Point  Defianee,  is  a  hi,i>li  slo))inf;-  bluff 
covered  with  trees  to  the  beaeii  without  any  bright  exposed  part. 
There  is  a  very  narrow  beaeh  at  hi,i;h  water. 

Dalco  Passage. — The  passajj^e  between  Xeill  Point  and  i'oint  Deti- 
iince  is  known  as  Dalco  Passa.i,^'.     The  currents  in  it  are  \ery  vaiial)le. 

The  NarroAVS. — There  is  a  relatively  narrow  passu^c  leadini;  from 
tlic  more  expaiisi\('  channels  of  the  Admiralty  Inlet  propi-r  to  tlie  n;ir- 
rower  l)ut  <;reiirly  rainili'Nl  inlets  of  Pnjjet  Sound.  Tiiron<;h  it  piss  all 
the  waters  of  I'ujict  S(  and.  Tliis  passaj;:e  is  calleil  The  Nariows,  at 
tile  enti-ance  it  is  one  mile  wide;  for  '2  miles  llie  coui'se  is  8.  L'T'J  K., 
curving:  gradually  with  a  slijjhtly  decieased  width  to  S.  L'.S'^  W.  for 
•>  ndles,  when  the  wati'rs  of  the  sound  open  to  the  si)ulliward  and  west- 
Wiird.  The  aveiaj^e  width  of  The  Narrows  is  .ibout  ■]  mile;  the  shores 
are  hifih,  bold,  and  in  some  phuies  roiUy.  The  sununitof  the  clilfs  is 
wooded.  Tile  deplh  of  water  through  the  mid-channel  ranji'es  from 
.')U  to  -40  fathoms,  with  deep  water  close  under  the  slnaes.  I'he  eastern 
shore  is  the  bohler,  having  'iO  falhoinsol  water  within  L'Od  yards  of 
file  clilfs;  the  .'Malliom  line  is  close  under  the  sliorc.  Midway  thr«mgli 
The  Narrows  the  hiyh  lon^j  ronndinu  point  on  the  west  side  is  Point 
ICvans,  and  close  under  it  is  a  sunken  rock  with  kelp  around  ii  and 
in  other  jiatirlies  alonj;-  the  shore.  This  danger  is  called  {'Ivans  l\o(!k. 
and  lies  about  I.JO  yards  olf  the  shore,  and  is  Just  a  litlle  VNlvof 
Point  I'lvans.  It  has  about  iS  feel  of  water  up(m  it  at  extreme  low 
tidef,  and  the  pilots  of  (he  steamboats  have  spec-ial  marks  and  laii^jes 
for  i,s  location  'vlicn  passin;;'  close  to  il.  It  is  locall\  known  as  the 
"  llowlder.''  At  the  exireme  low  tides  of  the  year,  about  dune,  this 
ro(rk  sliov.s  just  above  the  water  for  a  tew  minnies  at  the  .stand. 

The  Currents  in  The  Narrows.  —  In  mid-cliaimel  the  reniilar  llood 
and  eb!»  cikii  iits  are  always  Ibund  to  run  from  \  to  one  Imnr  atler  the 
rise  or  1  ill  of  the  iide.  There  are  <;(Mierally  considerable  cuiTcnt  rip-i, 
especially  at  (he  spring- tides,  with  strong  swirls,  whuih  make  the  water 
very  ronj;li  and  danjjerous  for  small  Ixiats,  more  particularly  when  the 
winds  are  contrary  to  tlie^auients. 

On  the  east  side  of  The  Nariows  and  smith  of  I'oint  Delianee  a  strong 
eddy  ciirrenl  is  Ibund  on  the  tlnod  tide  from  about  abreast  of  Point 
l"iVans  to  Point  I)eliaiic(\  This  eddy  is  much  used  by  small  steamers, 
but  ^reateare  must  be  exercised  wiien  close  to  I'oiut  Defiaiuic,  if  boiiml 
tlirouiih  the  Dalco   Passage  to  Tac'oma,  to  haul  mit  gr.uliially  to  meet 


44 


PUOET   SOUND. 


the  stroiiji  Hood  nt  the  point  either  bow  on  or  (]iiiirteriiiij  on  tiio  .star- 
board bow,  instead  of  rnnnin;ij  into  it  almost  at  ri^^ht  angles.  The  line 
bet'.vet'ii  tlie  th)od  and  the  o(hly  i.s  well  marked  by  the  rip,  and  as  l>oth 
<!urrents  are  strong  care  is  demanded. 

On  the  west  side  of  Tiie  Narrows,  between  Point  Evans  and  (lijj: 
Harbor,  there  is  ii  strong  eddy  current  on  the  ebb  tide.  This  eddy  is 
always  taken  advantage  of  by  steamboats  and  small  craft,  but  the 
pilots  of  boats  using  this  eddy  mast  be  earefid  to  keej)  ch'ar  of  the 
"Bowlder,"'  or  Evans  Rock.  On  the  west  side  of  The  Narrows,  be- 
tween Point  Evans  and  Point  Fosdiek,  there  is  slaekwater  very  close 
iinder  the  sliore  during  the  tiood,  but  only  the  smallest  craft  can  take 
advantage  of  it.  in  densely  smoky  weather  the  steaml)oats  UJ-e  the 
echo  of  the  steam  wliistle  to  learn  their  distance  Ironi  shore  and  when 
they  make  Point  Defiance. 

Point  Defiance. — This  head  is  the  NE.  poir.t  of  the  northern  en- 
trance to  The  Narrows.  It  li 'es  by  several  stei)s.  Between  high 
and  h)w  watermark  there  is  a  narrow  ledge  or  shelf  of  ro(!k  bare  at- 
low  water.  The  face  of  this  rock  is  almost  perpendicular,  witii  .">  fatli- 
oms  of  water  alongside,  and  at  70  yards  otf  10  fathoms  over  rocky  bot- 
tom. A\)ove  this  rocky  ledge  there  is  a  rise  of  40  feet,  a  slope  reaching 
.lO  feet  iiigher,  and  a  third  rise  of  100  feet,  above  whicl.  the  head  is 
denseiy  woodt'd,  and  the  ground  rises  gradually  inland.  The  lace  of 
the  clitf  is  too  steep  for  trees,  and  is  a  bright  yellow  color.  The  north 
face  of  the  point  looks  directly  into  Colvos  Passage.  On  the  east  side 
of  the  point  the  trees  come  down  to  the  beach,  which  is  very  tnirntw 
and  covered  at  high  water.  Tliere  is  very  bohl  water  close  under  the 
point,  and  the  currents  and  strong  eddies  exist  around  the  point  on  the 
flood. 

Gig  Harbor.~On  the  western  side  of  The  Narrow.s,  at  the  north 
entrance,  and  dire<!tly  o[»[)osile  Point  I)e(iani;e,  there  is  a  small  boat 
liarbor,  with  a  depth  of  10  feet  of  water  in  the  entrance  and  ."»  fathoms 
inside.     The  entrance  is  very  narrow. 

Day  Island  Anchorage.— At  the  south  entrance  to  The  Narrows,  on 
the  eastern  side,  tliere  is  a  small  narrow  jirojecting  jxjint  from  the  east- 
ern shore,  whicli  forms  a  little  (mpvc  or  indentation  on  the  north  side. 
The  nniin  shoi'e  itselt  is  low  and  recedes  slightly,  thus  adding  to  the 
si/e  ol  this  little  cove.  Ancliorage  is  had  in  lo  fathoms  of  water,  but 
then^  are  .strong  swirling  currents  which  nnike  it  an  uncomfortable 
berth.  On  the  south  side  of  this  little  peninsula  ami  outside  the  kelp, 
anchorage  may  also  be  had  bu!  tlie  currents  are  strou;;.  There  is  a 
small  pat(^h  of  kelp,  with  b'  •.Jders,  (^l()se  olf  \)%\   Island. 

Puget  Sound. — This  nanu>  is  applieil  in  its  origiind  meaidngfor  the 
sake  of  snlxlividing  these  waters.  Up  tt)  the  Nai'rows  the  channel  had 
been  broad,  ojien,  imd  nearly  straight;  south  of  the  Narrows  the  shore 
line  of  the  sound  and  of  the  islands  in  it  amounts  to  li80  miles,  with 
<leep  water  along  almost  every  niih'.     Tiic  main  body  of  the  inlet   lies 


1 


KOX    ISLAND — TOLIVA    SHOAL. 


45 


i 


to  tlic  south \vni(l  iinil  westward.  Tlui  geiiiM-iil  width  of  the  main  ihau- 
iiels  is  one,  niih',  and  tho  deptli  of  tht^  water  is  snilieient  for  the  lirj^est 
ves.sels  tlirouKhout,  and  reaches  KM)  fathoms.  The  (hinders  in  all  this© 
channels  are  few,  and  only  two  are  in  the  main  cliiinnels  mnl  reciiiire 
marking. 

The  navigation  is  very  himple  in  sf>"«l  weather,  hut  in  tliick  and 
fojr^'y  weather  it  re(iuiies  a  full  lotial  knowledife  of  the  curreiils  and  tlie 
l)eculiaiities  of  the  t'clioes  from  all  points  jjjissed  by  the  stcand»oats. 
With  a  knowlei'oe  of  the  tides  and  currents  the  (•a])tain.s  am!  jtilots  run 
in  fofif^y  or  thick  smoky  weatht>r  by  (ionrses  and  lime-dishuutes,  and 
when  approacliinn'  any  point  tiu-y  ascertain  its  distance  and  bcarin;;'  by 
the  eclio  of  their  steai'i  whistle  si<jnal  froni  the  shores,  Xo  minute 
sailinji' dii'eclions  conld  be  diawn  up  to  take  tiie  phi(H>  of  the  local 
kiH)wl<'djjc  and  experience  of  the  pilots,  and  senoral  directions  are  only 
su^'uestive  in  ii'oinl  weather,  for  the  chart  is  the  best  ;.'iiide. 

Fox  Island  is  1;^  miles  lonj;  NW.  by  X.  and  SB.  Ity  S.,  with  an  av- 
erage width  of  one  mile.  The  ])i'.S8aKe  l)etween  it  and  the  mainhnnl  to 
the  north  is  over  a  mile  wide  at  the  eastern  entrance,  abreast  of  Day 
Island,  and  i  mile  wide  at  the  western  entrance,  where  it  is  known  ii.h 
Hale's  rassa;;e.  Tiiere  is  deep  water  and  m)  known  datujers  throufjh 
the  wlioh^  of  this  passay;e.  The  noitlieasternmost  part  of  the  island  is 
a  brif^'iif,  yellow  clitf,  estimated  to  be  70  feet  hi{j;h,  and  covered  with 
()re^(  n  I'lne  to  the  edfj'e. 

WhoUochet  Bay. — This  is  a  moderately  wide  buy,  openiiiR  into  the 
north  side  of  llnle's  Passage,  opjiosite  the  middle  of  the  north  shore  ot 
Vi)\  Island,  ami  one  mile  west  of  Point  Fosdick,  at  the  south  entiaiice 
oi  the  Nari'ows.  The  immediate  shores  of  this  bay  are  low,  risin;;'  to 
wooded  hi.u'li  land.  It  (tarries  deep  water  for  lA  miles,  wlien  S  fathoms 
is  found.  The  .">  fathom  cnrv(!  is  inner  more  than  'JhO  yards  from  the 
sln)n's.  for  ^  mile  tht^  bay  runs  to  the  northward,  and  then  curves 
{iradimlly  to  the  X\V.,  ami  affords  a  yood  and  sheltered  anchorage. 

Toliva  Shoal. — This  danjicr  lies  directly  in  line  of  the  southern 
entrance  to  tlie  Xarrows.  it  is  om-  mile  (rom  (libson  I'oint  at  the  south- 
east i»att  of  Fox  Island,  one  mile  from  tlm  eastern  nmin  shore,  and  14 
miles  trom  Hteilacoom. 

N'essels  hound  up  the  souiul  to  Hteilacoom  or  direct  to  or  from 
Olympia  by  Halch's  Passage  must  beware  of  this  shoal.  Tiit>  extent 
within  the  .'J  fathom  curve  is  about  loit  yards,  and  there  are  two  spot.s 
on  it  (•<>  yards  apart  in  lini^  with  the  point  of  Fox  Islainl,  wlii(;ii  have 
14  feet  of  water  upon  them.  OiU'  of  these  shoai  i)at(tlies  is  (!()  yards 
in  extent  to  the  .'{-fathom  limit,  fhe  bottom  of  the  sin)al  ami  around  it 
is  foul  and  marked  by  a  i)atch  of  kelp.  (,)ntsi(h>  of  it  the  water  is  very 
deep,  the  li((  fathom  curve  coming  clo.se  up  to  and  around  it.  Fn  ni  the 
west  side  of  the  shoal  this  20-fathom  curve  reaches  nearly  to  Point 
(libsiMi,  on  I''ox  Islainl.  The  (turrent  ri|)  upon  the  shoal  is  very  gieat, 
and  with  a  little  wind  it  raises  a  confused  short  swell  sulhcient  to 
swamp  a  smaii  boat. 


46 


in;OKT    SOUND. 


This  (laiificris  now  iiiarkcil  l»y  a  hiioy;  it  is  pliUiod  in  1^7  loct  of  water 
at  tlie  ci'i'tor  of  tiic  shoal  ami  may  Ite  jtiissiMl  on  eitlicr  hand  by  jfivinj;' 
it  a  <;()o<l  bcrlli. 

Steilacooni — On  the  eastern  shoiv  of  IMi^'et  S.)iin(l,!>  miles  south 
from  I'oint  Deliance,  is  the  town  of  Steilacooni,  sifiatetl  upon  a  risinj^ 
blnllf.  The  gronnd  rises  to  l.")!!  f«^et  antl  is  patcjiied  with  trees;  behind 
the  ciest,  on  the  level  land,  is  the  Orej^on  pine.  There  is  a  wharf  for 
the  steandtoat  landing,  and  in  approaehinj;'  in  tliiek  weather  the  eeho 
■of  the  \essers  steam  whistle  is  very  ;;'ood. 

Vessels  approachinj;-  this  trom  the  northward  keep  alonj;  under  the 
eastern  shoie;  when  abreast  the  south  entianee  to  the  Narrows  a  broad 
pa.ssage  opens  to  the  west,  with  the  southeastern  end  of  Fox  Island 
fornduff  tlie  western  shore  of  the  main  eliannel  into  the  sound.  This 
main  (dianuel  is  here  about  I  mile  wide.  The  shores  of  the  mainland 
mid  of  the  island  are  bold,  high,  and  of  nearly  uniform  elevation, 
and  (;overed  with  trees.  A  vessel  keejis  the  eastern  shore  close  aboanl 
to  avoid  Toliva  Shoal,  and  if  liound  for  Steilacooni,  anchors  ot!'  the  town 
ill  15  fathoms  of  water  over  hard  bottom  about  4(M(  yards  oft'  the  shore. 
The  eurrent  rip  in  the  eliannel  abreast  of  the  town  is  frequently  sufli- 
<:ient,  with  a  little  wind,  to  swami)  a  small  boat. 

Steilacooni  River  is  a  small  stream  enii)tyin};'  into  the  sound  one 
mile  north  of  the  town,  but  is  now  locally  known  as  ('hanibers  (Jreek. 

Ketron  Island. — This  is  a  narrow  island  1|  miles  loiijj,  lyinjn'  paral- 
k»l  with  the  main  shore,  a  mile  south  of  Steihieoom,  with  \  mile  wide 
pa.s.sage  on  the  east  side  called  the  (Jorinorant  I'ass,  carryiiiR'  2o  fathoms 
of  water  over  muddy  bottom,  and  the  .sound  on  the  west  side,  1.^  miles 
wide  towards  Anderson  Island.  This  main  passage  has  7.j  fathoms  o 
water  over  tine  gray  sand  and  mud.  The  island  is  from  CO  to  100  feet 
high,  with  steep  sides,  and  is  covered  with  tall  Oregon  pine. 

Oil  the  south  end  of  the  island  the  3-fatlioin  curve  reaches  out  I'lO 
yards;()ff  the  north  end  of  the  island  there  is  kelp  for  \  mile,  but  the 
;Matlioni  (Miivc  i-<  only  L'OO  yards  from  the  point.  There  is  a  narrow 
beach  around  the  island  at  low  water. 

McNeil  Island. — The  island  is  about  ^  miles  in  its  lonijer  diameler 
east  ami  west  and  L",  miles  north  and  south,  lietween  its  north  side 
ami  the  south  side  of  Fox  Island  there  is  a  channel  IS  miles  wide  run- 
ning for  some  miles  into  (Jarr  Inlet.  Between  the  south  side  of  the 
island  and  the  north  side  of  Anderson  Island  there  is  a  comparatively 
narrow  channel,  known  as  Malch's  I*assage.  McNeil  Island  is  high  and 
wooded,  with  high  blutl  shores  broken  at  the  east  end. 

Anderson  Island  is  moderately  high  and  wooded,  with  deep  water 
around  the  shores  and  no  known  dangers.  It  is  a  little  over  .'i  miles 
from  Steihujoom  and  is  1  miles  long,  north  and  south,  and  about  LM  miles 
broatl.  The  southern  end  reaches  well  down  into  the  .southern  part  of 
the  sound  opposite  the  mouth  of  the  Nisiiually  Uiver,  only  '{  iidlefrom 
the  Nis(iually  Flats.  There  are  good  passages  all  around  the  island,  with 


Nl.SCil'ALLY    KKACll  —  UKVILS    ilKAD. 


47 


llic  bi'oiiiU'sf  loujiids  Ni;(|iiiilly,  turiniiiu  llif  Nis(|ii;illy  Kcacli.  mid  llio 
iiiiirowest  towiiids  AI(;Ncil  l.sliiiid,  lliis  hittci'  loniiiDji  I'alcirs  I'asf^iifje. 

Id  till' soiitlit'iist  .side  of  Aiidfrsoii  Isliind  tlniv  is  a  dt'i'|)  iiidciitatiini 
1)1  i'  mill', and  nearly  mic  iiiil*^  wide  hctwi'cii  tlic  jioiiit.s  ot  ciitiaiict'.  Tlii' 
line  of . sounding's  aci'oss  tliH  t'iitraiic(^  is  '2')  latlionis,  with  jjjood  water 
close,  to  eitlier  point,  but  deeper  under  tlie  sonfli  point.  The  .'i  fathom 
line  reaches  nearly  .\  mile  into  the  hay,  with  nin(ld,\'  hotloin. 

Caution. — In  ronndinjjr  the  sonth  [loiiit  of  Anderson  Island,  jiixeita 
v:iHHl  berth,  as  fonl  bottom  exists  tlieie. 

Nisqually  Reach.  —  Metweeii  the  south  end  (d'  Anderson  Island  and 
Nis(]iially  l''lats  the  jiassaf"!'  is  known  as  the  Nis(|nally  Keach.  It  is  one 
Hide  wide,  with  a  depth  of  IL'  fathoms  \  mile  off  the  eilp'  of  tiie  bank, 
where  HI  fathoms  is  found.  The  south  end  of  Anderson  Island  opposite 
the  bank  i^s  called  Tui kn  I'oint,  or  Lyle  Point;  a  lonji,  rounding;,  moder- 
ately low  point,  with  trees  eominj;;  down  to  the  liijjth water  mark.  There 
is  a  depth  of  10  fathoms  ot  watei'  for  U.IO  yards  to  the  SSIO.  of  the 
jioint;  and  ninU'r  the  west  side  tlieie  is  a  sli;;lit  indentation  called 
Thompson  Ooxc,  with  ani^hora^c  in  't  and  (J  fathoms  of  water.  OH'  furkii 
Point  there  aie  stion;;'  current  rips  on  the  Hood. 

Nisqually  Flats. — These  extensive  tiats  lie  in  the  broad  southern  bend 
of  till'  siMind  smith  of  Anderson  Islanil.  They  are  ;>.]  miles  in  extent 
NVSW.  and  HXI-].,  and  about  -f  mile  wide.  They  lie  off  the  broad,  low, 
marshy  valley  throu-ili  which  the  Nisipially  Hiver  and  its  ramifications 
reach  tln^  sound.  There  is  very  deep  water  alonjj  the  nortliern  edf;e  of 
the  tiats,  but  especially  towards  the  eastern  limit. 

Nisqually. — This  place  is  o  miles  soutli  of  Steilacoom,  on  the  same 
side  ol  tlii^  sound.  It  is  at  the  month  of  a  small  stream  and  at  the 
eastern  edjje  of  the  extensive  Inskip  Paiik  or  Xis<iually  Flats. 

Nisqually  Landing. — It  is  one  mile  north  of  the  ^'istjually  Kiver. 
wliere  the  Sisnalilchew  Oreek  empties.  There  is  one  sawmill  on  the 
<'reek.  This  <!reek  is  the  natural  outlet  of  the  (thain  of  lakes  on  the 
prairies;  one  of  these  lakes,  American  Lakt',  is  several  miles  hniji'. 

Devil's  Head. — This  is  a  blull'  alioiit  SP  feet  above  the  water  and 
riiveied  with  trees  that  reach  a  heijihl  of  KM)  feet.  There  are  trees 
under  the  bliilVtlown  to  the  \t'iy  narrow  sand  beach.  It  is  tiic  sontliei  n 
point  of  the  uniiaiiied  peninsula  la'tween  t'arr's  Inh't.  on  the  east,  and 
Case's  Inlet  on  the  west.  AVreast  of  it  the  channel  is  I  |  miles  wide  with 
bold  water  under  either  shoie,  and  reaiihiUfirtO  fathoms  close  under  the 
head.  The  .'{fathom  curve  is  wilhiii  "JOOyards  of  the  shoic,  except  at  a 
small  jioint  aliont  one  mile  I^I'M'rom  the  head,  where  the  otathom  curve 
is|  mile  out  and  at  the  edj;e  of  the  low-water  line.  This  part  of  the  sound 
is  the  entrance  to  Case's  Inlet  and  stictidies  NNW,  7  miles  from  Devil's 
Mead  and  then  nearly  north  for  S  inili's  farther,  with  an  averaf^e  width  of 
\\  miles,  and  depths  raiiftinjj  from  •'{")  fathoms  to  5  at  the  head.  To  the 
SK.  of  the  Devil's  Head  this  broad  arm  reaches  to  the  Nisqually  Narrows. 

As  the  Devil's  Head  is  approached  from  the  west  Mount  h'ainier  is 
opened  just  clear  of  it,  showing  three  nearly  equally  high  summits. 


48 


PUGET    SOUND. 


Moody  Point. — This  is  the  extremity  of  the  [troinontory  between  tlie 
broad  waters  towards  Drayton  Passaj^e  and  Nis(|ually  Ueacii,  and  the 
narrow  arm  of  tiie  sound  on  the  west  eallcd  Henderson's  Inlet.  It 
points  directly  towaids  the  middle  of  Case's  Inlet.  It  is  a  low,  sandy 
point  of  almost  100  or  UOO  yards  extent,  with  some  nnpainted  shanties 
nndt'i'  the  trees  and  bliitl',  which  are  inside  ami  behind  the  low  siiore. 
Tlicif  is  ;4()()(1  water  oil'  I  he  point,  tiie  -O-fathom  (uirve  being  less  than 
\  miii^  out.  Across  Case's  Inlet  to  the  SK.  the  breadth  of  the  channel 
is  IjJ  miles  wide.  Aeioss  Dana's  l'assai;e  to  the  west  the  width  is  the 
same,  with  the  Itsami  iShoal  in  the  middle.  Moody's  Toint  is  locally 
known  as  Johnson's  I'oint. 

Itsami  Shoal. — This  ilanger  lies  one  mile  from  the  northern  most  ex- 
tremity of  Moody  or  Jolmson's  Point  and  .^  mile  from  the  nearest  shore 
of  Haitstene  Island  to  tiie  west.  Between  it  and  Ilartsteiie  Island  the 
main  ehamiel  rniis  with  L'U  fathoms  of  water  and  good  water  cl<)se  nnder 
the  western  short'.  It  is  a  rocky  patch  having  as  little  as  it  feet  of  water 
on  it  with  keli)  spreading  out  to  'Ah  fathoms  of  water.  There  is  10  fath- 
oms of  water  between  the  siioal  and  the  west  shore  of  Moody  I'oint  and 
(i;^  fathoms  lu'tween  it  and  Dickerson's  double  point,  -]  mile  to  the  south. 
This  danger  is  marked  b_\  a  buoy.  It  is  placed  in  24  feet  of  water  over 
rocky  bottom  on  the  north  side  of  the  kelp  patch.  Vessels  bound  to 
Olympia  should  leave  it  on  the  port  hand. 

Dana  Passage. — From  the  Itsaini  Shoal  the  passage  is  contracted  to 
al)our  S  mile  wide  with  mid-channel  dei)tlis  of  20  to  lo  fathoiusof  water 
over  coarse  gray  sand,  shells,  and  gravel,  and  good  water  clos-  to  the 
shores.  Its  general  direction  is  t>  W.  by  \V.  and  NE.  by  E.  for  2  miles. 
The  eastern  shore  is  indented  and  moderately  low,  but  covered  with  Ore- 
gon lir;  the  western  shore  is  formed  by  the  south  side  of  Ilartstene  island 
and  is  higher  than  the  eastern  shore.  There  are  very  strong  (mrrents 
during  si)riiig  tides  in  this  passage.  'J'here  is  foul  bottom  close  to  Brisco 
Point  and  liii!  cdgt'  of  the  channel  is  steei)to. 

Brisco  Point  is  a  sharp  narrow  point  (iO  feet  higli  o;i  the  westward 
side  of  Dana's  Passage, and  nearly  2  miles  W.SW.  of  Itsaini  Shoal.  It 
is  wooded  and  has  good  water  close  to  it  (mi  the  east  side,  but  the  3- 
f.ithom  line  extends  .'500  yards  smitli  Irom  the  point,  with  a  fringe  of 
kelp  in  -1  faliioms  of  wati-r  and  witli  a  narrow,  htw  neck  on  the  north. 
The  cliannel  immediately  on  the  west  side  of  the  point  is  Peale's  Pass 
age,  h  mile  wide,  and  with  12  to  1.'!  fathoms  in  it;  it  leads  to  the  N\V" 
eoiiiplctely  aiMUiid  Ilartstene  Island. 

Dofilemyer  Point  is  low  and  (.leared  on  the  north  witii  clids  80  feet 
higli  to  tlu'  soutlnvard.  The  .'i-fathom  curve  is  close  to  it,  but  lies  300 
yaids  outside  of  deal's  Point,  J  mile  to  the  NE. 

Point  Cooper,  at  the  western  side  of  the  entrance  to  Budd's  Inlet, 
projects  to  the  northward;  it  is  low  and  sharp  and  rises  to  SO  feet  in  ^ 
mile  towards  the  south.  It  «livides  liudd's  Inlet  from  Eld  Inlet  and  the 
.'{  tathom  curve  spreads  out  300  yards  from  the  point  and  narrows  the 
entrance  to  Eld  Inlet. 


BUDD'S    INLKT — OLYMPIA. 


49 


Budd's  Inlet — This  long  arm  at  the  head  of  the  sound  is  '^  mile  wide 
;it  tlie  entrance,  one  mile  wide  inside,  and  then  gradually  narrows  to  f 
mile  at  the  head.  It  is  G  miles  long,  and  its  general  direction  is  south. 
For  1^  miles  before  reaching  Olympia  the  bay  or  inlet  is  occupied  by 
an  enormous  mud  dat,  of  which  one-fourth  is  bare  at  low  water,  and  this 
shoal  within  the  3-fathom  line  extends  from  the  head  of  the  bay  for  1^ 
miles  to  the  northward,  and  then  continues  under  the  east  shore  for  2 
miles  towards  Wepusec  Inlet.  Tlu'  hhitts  on  the  west  shore  average 
about  GO  feet  higli,  are  steep,  and  generally  covered  with  Oregon  j)ine. 
The  bluffs  on  the  east  shore  are  higher  for  the  first  mile,  and  then  de- 
crease towards  tlie  iiead. 

The  average  depth  of  the  water  is  6  fatiioms,  and  is  quite  uniform 
over  a  l)ottom  of  mud.  There  is  only  one  danger  inside  the  inlet, 
and  that  is  3^  miles  south  of  Cooper  Point,  under  the  western  shore. 
It  is  a  stony  patch,  in  part  bare  at  low  water,  and  surrounded  by  hard 
bottom  in  one  to  3  fathoms  of  water.  The  total  area  of  this  shoal  spot  is 
100  yards  north  and  south  and  300  east  and  west,  and  it  lies  a  little 
over  i  mile  from  the  western  shore,  abreast  the  GO-foot  bluff  '^  mile 
north  of  Butler's  Cove.  There  is  a  good  channel  carrying  8  and  9 
fathoms  on  the  west  side  of  it,  and  a  broader  channel  on  the  east  carry- 
ing 8  to  4  (iithoms  of  water.  This  shoal  is  marked  by  a  buoy.  There 
is  good  water  on  either  side  of  the  buoy,  but  less  than  halfway  from  it, 
towards  the  eastern  shore,  the  3  fathom  lino  is  reached.  A  depth  of  3 
fathoms  can  be  carried  one  mile  farther  u})  the  inlet  than  the  buoy  by 
keeping  close  under  the  western  shore.  Large  vessels  pass  this  shoal 
and  anchor  nearly  a  mile  8.  by  E.  of  it  in  3^  fathoms  of  water.  Many 
vessels  go  to  the  wharf  at  Olympia  at  high  water  and  lie  there  in  the 
soft  mud  at  low  water.  Steamboats  run  up  to  the  wharves  at  high 
water,  but  if  intending  to  move  during  the  time  of  low  water  they  must 
lie  nearly  a  mile  to  the  NNW.,  under  the  west  shore,  where  there  is  a 
wiiarf,  and  whence  there  is  a  good  road  along  the  shore  to  Olympia. 

Olympia  is  the  county  seat  and  also  the  capital  of  Washington. 
The  United  States  land  otlices  and  the  oflice  of  the  United  States 
collector  of  internal  revenue  are  located  here.  It  has  large  private 
educational  institutions,  manufacturing  establishments,  sawmills,  etc. 
The  lumber  output  of  the  country  is  large.  Extensive  deposits  of  coal 
have  been  discovered  and  located. 

Olympia  Wharf. — A  new  wharf  has  been  projected  northward  from 
the  town  of  Olympia,  through  the  middle  of  the  great  Hats,  §  mile  be- 
yond the  old  wharf.   It  reacihes  3  or  4  feet  of  water  at  the  lowest  tides, 

Tumwater  is  a  village  about  one  mile  south  of  Olympia,  on  the  Des 
('hutes  River,  where  the  water-power  of  the  falls  is  utilized  by  mills 
tor  various  products  of  manufacture. 

Olympia — Directions. — It  would  be  almost  useless  to  attempt  to 
describe  the  route  between  Olympia  and  Steilacoom,  because  a  pilot 
or  a  chart  is  absolutely  necessary  to  make  the  passage.  The  mid-chau- 
1420G— No.  9G 4 


50 


PUGKT    SOUND. 


uel  coiirso  from  wliiirf  to  wliiirf  is  21  miles  in  leiifjtli,  and  the  width  of 
the  passivf^e  from  4  to  lA  miles.  In  tine  clear  weather  a  stranger 
would  see  nothinf^  but  land  close  around  him,  as  if'  he  were  in  au 
irregularly  shai)ed  lake  wish  arms  leading  in  every  direction.  lu 
foggy  weather,  or  in  the  dense  smoUy  weather  of  a  dry  summer,  it 
is  impossible  to  see  a  ship's  length  ahead,  with  irregular  currents  to 
add  to  the  difliculty.  The  chart  is  tiien  almost  useless,  and  a  thorough 
local  knowledge  of  every  mark  on  the  beaches  and  of  the  peculiarities 
of  the  echo  of  the  steam-whistle  I'rom  every  clitf  and  point  are  nec- 
essary to  enable  the  i)ilot  to  make  his  trii)s.  Steamboats  and  tows 
do  not  take  the  luoader  channel  from  Steilacoom  between  Jvetron 
and  Anderson  Islands  through  the  Nis()nally  Reach,  but  the  first 
course  is  through  IJalch's  J'assage.  The  entrance  to  this  passage  is 
nearly  -i  miles  from  SteilacoiTm,  and  the  passage  itself  L'  miles  long 
and  A  mile  wide  for  the  middle  jiart  of  the  pass.  There  is  plenty  of 
water  in  this  iiassage  and  tlie  shores  are  steep  too.  Midway  in  the 
liass  is  a  Kiiiall  rocky  islet  known  as  Hagle  Island;  it  is  nearer  the 
south  shore,  but  tliere  is  good  water  on  either  side  of  it. 

The  island  is  only  L'SO  yards  long  north  and  south  and  l()(t  yards  wide. 
It  is  about  10  feet  above  high  water  and  covered  with  Oregon  pine 
70  feet  high.  The  ;5  fathom  curve  is  100  yards  off  the  eastern  side, 
where  kelp  is  found  out  to  1  and  ')  fathoms.  The  Eagle  Island  shoal, 
withir.  tho  3-fafhom  line,  extends  J-  mile  to  the  NVV,  parallel  to  the  shore 
of  the  passage,  It  is  marked  by  plenty  of  kelp.  A  «leptli  of  5  to 
6  fathoms  can  be  cariiod  tiirough  the  southern  channel  between  Eagle 
Island  and  Anderson  Island,  ke<M)ing  rather  closer  to  tlie  latter,  and 
this  channel  is  preferred  by  the  large  steamboats,  because  at  night  and 
in  thick  weather  they  can  much  better  keep  the  courses  and  distances 
which  they  run  in  clear  weather.  Ten  fathoms  can  be  carried  through 
the  northern  and  wider  channel  between  Eagle  Island  and  McNeil  Isl- 
and by  keeping  rather  close  to  the  shore  under  the  latter. 

After  i)assing  through  Halch's  Passage  there  is  a  narrow  channel 
called  Pitt  Passage,  ^  mile  wide,  on  the  west  side  of  McNeil  island,  to 
the  northward ;  a  bay  named  Titusi  Bay,  one  mile  deep,  witli  an  entrance 
nearly  i  mile  wide  with  good  water,  directly  ahead  ;  and  to  the  south 
opens  the  broad  Drayton  Passage,  li  miles  wide,  decreasing  to  one  mile 
in  width  in  14  miles,  and  then  opening  into  the  broader  waters  of  the 
sound.  This  ])assage  is  3  miles  long,  and  at  the  southern  entrance  there 
is  Point  Treble  on  the  east  on  Anderson  Island,  and  Park  Point  or  the 
Devil's  Head  on  the  west.  There  in  a  depth  of  18  to  .'JO  fatiioms  in  it, 
with  good  water  up  to  either  shore.  The  direction  of  the  channel  is 
north  and  south. 

Remarks. — It  would  require  an  immenseamountof  detail  to  describe 
the  intricacy  of  all  the  inlets,  jiassages,  and  islets  throughout  Paget 
Sound  south  of  the  Narrows.  The  principal  navigation  is  from  Olympiii 
by  the  route  just  described  to  Steilacoom,  and  thence  to  Tacoma  and 


IIO'JIJS    (      \AL. 


51 


Seattle.  There  are  now  small  towns  and  st'ttlcnu'iitsfjrowins  upon  tlie 
.■slioics  oC  tiu'Ke  inlets,  also  small  sawmills.  'I'iierc  is  yood  water  through 
the  narrower  inlets,  whieh  have  bold  shores  and  i»ine-(!overfd  country. 
Case's  Inlet  and  Cano  Inlet  aie  tlietwo  printtiiial  arms,  tach  beiiifjaltout 
12  miles  long  and  IVom  one  to  li  mili-s  wide,  with  .'{()  to  ."iK  fathoms  in 
them  and  no  dangers  ;  tiie  peninsula  between  iiiei.<  has  no  lakes  through 
it.  The  chart  gives  all  that  is  at  present  needed  f  ir  the  navigation  of 
these  waters. 

Hood's  Canal. — This  great  arm  of  Admiralty  Iidet  commence.N  141^ 
miicM  inside  tlie  entrance  to  the  inlet  o,.  Point  Wilson  ;  opening  on  the 
west  side  of  the  great  channel,  lietvM m  tiu'  Fonlweather  ISlnlf  on  the 
east  of  the  entrance  and  Basalt  Point  on  tiie  west.  At.'J'f  miles  from  the 
entrance  there  is  i)assed  on  the  starlioartl  hati'!  a  liigli  round  wooded 
peninsida  .'f  mile  long  north  and  south,  and  S  mile  witle  east  and  west. 
It  is  connected  witli  the  mainlanil  by  a  narrow  neck  of  low  sand  Iteach. 
This  j)eninsnla  is  frcfjuently  ntistaken  for  an  island,  and  is  named  Hood's 
Head.  Metween  this  head  and  I'ort  Gamble  the  canal  changes  its 
course  and  runs  in  nearly  a  straight  line  S\V.  l>y  S.  for  4((  miles,  with 
an  average  width  of  lA  miles.  In  latitude  47'^  lil'  N.  the  cainil  makes 
an  abrupt  turn  ami  runs  12  miles  nearly  NM,  where  it  heads  within  2 
miles  of  the  head  of  Case's  Inlet,  in  Puget  SouikI. 

At  15  miles  from  Port  Gamble  there  is  a  slight  crook  in  the  line  of 
the  canal,  and  at  17  miles  another  broad  arm  stretches  to  the  N.  by  \V. 
for  10  miles,  with  a  peninsula  IS  miles  in  width  between  it  and  the 
canal.  This  is  the  Toandos  Peninsula.  The  shore  line  of  the  canal 
amounts  to  l!t2  miles. 

The  shores  of  the  canal  are  bold,  high,  and  wooded,  rising  to  much 
greater  heights  than  anywhere  el.se  on  the  inlet  or  sound.  This  is  i)ar- 
ticularly  so  on  the  western  shore,  where  the  west  shore  of  the  Dabop 
Bay  attains  an  elevation  of  2,GU0  feet  in  less  than  2  miles  from  the 
water.  The.se  high  flanking  mountains  of  the  Olympus  Kange  are  called 
Jupiter  UilLs. 

Southward  from  Point  Mi.sery,  at  Seabeck  Harbor,  the  canal  runs  in 
nearly  a  straight  line  S.  31°  \V.  for  21  miles,  with  a  nearly  uniform  and 
average  width  of  1]  mile.s.  It  has  bold,  rocky  shores  on  either  side, 
the  eastern  land  of  the  Great  Peninsula  being  of  moderate  height ;  the 
western  land  rising  boldly  and  rapidly  to  7,(IU()feet  at  the  eastern  jjcaks 
of  the  Olymi>ns  Kange.  "The  Brothers"  aud  Mount  Ellinor,  witli 
elevations  over  (;,((()()  feet,  lying  only  7  or  8  miles  to  the  westward, 
and  Mount  Constance  10.^  miles,  but  reaching  7,777  feet  elevation. 
The  water  is  very  «leep  close  under  the  shores,  except  where  streams 
make  out,  and  through  mid-channel  the  depths  range  from  more  than 
i>(>  to  50  fathoms.     The  bottom  is  mud  throughout. 

Hood's  Head. — This  is  the  islandlike  mass  on  the  western  side  of 
Hood's  Canal,  3  miles  in.side  of  Fonlweather  Bluft".  It  is  about  ^  of  a 
mile  long  N.  by  E.  and  S.  by  W.,  and  ^  of  a  mile  wide.     It  is  Joined  to 


62 


I100D8    CANAL. 


the  western  iiiaiii  .shore  by  a  low  narrow  strip  of  Hand)'  i)each  ^  a  mile 
loiifj.  wliicli  lias  iiioderately  deep  water  on  the  north  side  and  a  eon- 
traeted  shallow  eove  on  tiie  south.  A  vessel  may  anchor  to  the  north- 
westward of  the  iicad  in  !"»  tathonis  of  water  over  muddy  bottom  at  ^ 
of  a  mile  from  the  shore. 

The  north  facie  of  the  head  is  a  very  steep  bare  clill",  nearly  9  mile 
fronta{;e  east  and  west,  and  the  soutli  face  is  a  rouinliuH,  high,  bare  clitt". 
All  behind  the  ciilfs  is  covered  with  pine.  At  the  N  K.  point  of  the  head, 
a  low  sandy  point  makes  out  .'500  yards  and  terminates  in  a  very  sharp 
point;  towards  the  hit;lier  jioint  tlu' };round  is  marshy.  This  is  I'oint 
Ilannon,  and  otl  it  deep  water  is  found  with  stronj;  swirliiifj  currents. 

Port  Gamble  is  a  laiuMocki'd  bay  -\  miles  lonj;  north  and  south,  with 
a  lu'arly  uniform  width  of  ;^'  mile.  It  narrows  at  the  entrance  between 
two  low  lirassy  sand  spits  only  .{00  yards  apart,  an<l  with  a  cliannel  way 
of  I'JO  yards  width  between  the  .'{fathom  lines.  The  deejtest  water  in 
the  bay  is  !)  fathoms,  and  it  may  be  said  to  have  a  nearly  uniform 
depth  of  5  fathoms.  On  the  western  point  of  the  eutrantie  is  a  saw- 
mill, and  the  buildinjfs  reach  to  tiie  rise  of  the  blulV  to  the  westward. 
The  wharves  on  the  western  point  are  built  out  so  that  vessels  have 
deep  water  between  them  and  Kast  I'oint. 

Outside  of  the  entrance  to  the  bay  there  is  a  hard  sand  flat  on  either 
side;  that  from  the  east  shore  reaches  westward  .'{00  yards,  that  on  the 
west  stretches  out  to  the  N.  by  VV.  from  tlie  mill  parallel  with  the  east 
shore.  Between  these  two  flats  is  the  channel  way,  90  yards  wide  be- 
tween the  .'{-fathom  curves.  Westward  of  the  entrance  for  li  miles 
there  is  a  renuirkably  straight  shore  line,  partly  clilf  and  partly  low 
grouiul,  towards  the  west,  where  Salsbury  Point  nnirks  the  turn  of  the 
shore  liiu^  to  the  southward. 

Directions. — Vessels  fron>,  the  northward  after  leaving  Marrowstone 
Point  pass  Nodule  Point,*)  miles  from  Koulweather  Bluff,  on  a  S.  59° 
W.  course,  steering  for  Hood's  Head  if  it  is  recognized.  This  cour.se 
passes  more  than  a  mile  to  the  westward  of  Foulweather  Hlutt'  and 
nearly  haUway  between  l-'onlweather  Blurt'  buoy  and  Colvos  Kock  buoy. 
After  passing  Foulweather  Bluff  keep  closer  to  the  eastern  shore  than 
the  western  to  avoid  the  strong  ami  irregular  current  passing  arouiul 
the  low  point  which  makes  out  27o  yards  eastward  from  Hood's  Head. 
Then  run  for  the  sawmill  plainly  in  sight  on  the  west  side  of  the  en- 
trance, and  when  within  a  mile  of  it,  approach  the  eastern  shore  within 
if  mile.  When  it  is  foggj^  or  smoky  steamboats  get  their  distance  froii'. 
the  shore  by  the  echo  of  their  whistles.  Outside  of  this  entrance  the 
bottom  is  sticky  out  to  l~)  fathoms ;  beyond  that  it  falls  off  rapidly.  A 
vessel  may  anchor  in  8  fathoms  with  the  mill  bearing  south,  distant  '^ 
mile  and  the  eastern  shore  distant  |  mile.  When  a  vessel  is  going  in 
she  must  have  either  good  local  knowledge  of  the  chenuel  and  natural 
ranges,  or  must  keep  the  lead  going  smartly.  In  s  .uar  the  wind  gen- 
erally blows  into  the  harbor  lightly ;  in  the  winter  l      8E.  gales  prevail 


niRECTIONH    PORT    OAMHLK SQUAMISH    HAUIIOR. 


r,3 


ami  draw  directly  out.  When  i',iiteiit\K  niidcr  sail  tlu*  \ x'shi'I  must  drop 
in  witli  llu^  (^arly  Hood.  Loaded  vt'sscls  arc,  towed  in  and  out  l>,v  tlio 
tu}{;  when  witlionr  tlie  tujj;  tlu'.v  must  warp  out  in  summer  with  llie  last 
of  the  «bl)  or  trust  to  a  lij,dit  soutliorly  air  in  the  moruinjf,  with  au  ebb 
cnrreut.  None  but  small,  smartly  workirif;  vessels  can  beat  out,  aiul 
very  few  of  them  have  done  so  within  channel  limits.  Wiicuu  small 
ve.ssel  is  beatiii^j^  out  she  should  no  out  on  the  ebb. 

Inside  the  sawmill  and  Indian  Viilafje  points  there  is  ;;i)od  water  in 
mid-channel  lor  ancihorap;.  On  the  western  side  there  was  formerly 
a  <  lib  ill  '6\  fathoms  of  water,  around  wiiich  a  siioal  has  formed  with 
only  10  to  l.")  feet ;  between  this  crib  an<l  the  limiber  wharf  there  is  from 
17  to  l.'li  feet  of  wat»!r;  if  a  vessel  has  to  aiK'lior,  she  can  do  so  just 
beyond  this  crib  iii  5  fathoms  over  soft  muddy  bottom.  On  the  east 
side  of  the  steamboat  wharf  there  is  a  d(!pth  of.")  to  li2  feet,  the  shoaler 
water  beinjj  at  the  northern  end.  On  the  south  side  of  tiie  wharf, 
where  the  liimlier  vessels  lit^  to  receive  their  carj^oes,  there  is  a  dei)th  of 
from  21  to  24  feet  at  20  feet  from  the  wharf.  Inside  of  the  steamboat 
wharf,  with  an  opeiiin;;  to  the  northward,  there  is  a  "  j^ridiroii,"  upon 
wiiieli  .small  vessels  are  taken  out  at  hifih  water  for  repair  or  «'.\amiiia- 
tioii.  It  has  12  feet  of  water  on  it  at  lii}j;h  tide.  I'iie  siiores  of  the  bay 
are  steep  but  not  lii};h  and  are  bordere<l  by  a  pebbly  head,  olleriii;^  (capi- 
tal cli.iiices  tor  heaving;  down  a  vessel. 

Squamish  Harbor. — The  point  on  the  western  shore,  nearly  one  mile 
S.SW.  of  Mood's  Head,  is  Termination  Point,  with  liiKli  wooded  land 
behind  it  and  a  low  narrow  beach  in  front.  At  Termination  Toint  the 
shore  continues  WSW.  for  nearly  one  luile  and  then  sweeps  west  for  2 
miles  to  the  head  of  Sipiamish  15ay.  From  this  head  of  the  bay  the 
west  shore  runs  SSI'],  for  2  miles,  thus  formiiif;  a  larjie  triaii<jular  oi)eu 
bay  with  moderately  low  shores, a  low  valley  and  stream  at  the  head, and 
marshy  land  under  the  shore,  with  a  broa<l  low  water  beach.  A  large 
sand  bank  parallel  with  the  west  side  one  mile  hni<^  and  nearly  A  mile 
wide  lies  within  i\  mile  of  the  west  shore.  There  is  a  (il'athom  channel 
inside  of  this  shoal  and  around  the  north  end..  On  the  east  side  of  this 
shoal,  and  under  the  north  shore  and  across  the  month  of  the  bay  there 
is  ;;()od  water.  In  thick  weather  the  approaches  to  the  -lioal,  which  is 
in  part  bare,  a'-e  detected  by  the  lead;  the  soundings  decrease  with  fair 
regularity;  from  20  fathoms  the  bottom  is  nidddy. 

The  Sisters. — From  Termination  Point  tiie  10-fatliom  curve  runs 
nearly  SSW.  for  ^  mile  to  the  rocks  called  The  Sisters,  which  lie  north 
and  south  of  each  other.  These  ro(!ks  are  420  yards  broad  off  the  south 
face  of  Termination  Point,  and  are,  therefore,  nearly  one-(piarter  the 
width  of  the  channel  from  the  western  shore.  Ivicli  is  about  loO  yards 
in  extent,  and  they  are  covered  at  half  tide;  the  tide  ranges  from  10  to 
12  feet.  They  lie  N  F.  and  S\V.  from  each  other,  and  are  SO  yards  apart. 
There  is  a  depth  of  7  fathoms  between  them,  and  good  water  all  around. 
The  walls  are  bold,  and  tlr\v  are  marked  by  a  i)atcli  of  kelp  laround 


54 


ilOOD  S    CAXAL. 


tlieiii.  Tlio  sdiitlii'iii  rock  lies  ^  miles  tVom  Salsbr.ry  Point  and  i  mile 
from  TeriiiiiiiitioM  Point.  These  roeks  are  also  known  as  the  Sqiianiish 
Kocks.  The  north  shore  of  the  harbor  is  called  Yulkat  Blulf.  The 
shoal  in  the  nest  part  of  the  harbor  is  known  as  (base's  IJank. 

Seabeck  Bay. — Sonthward  fro  n  Termination  and  oalsbiiry  Points 
the  canal  rurts  for  12  miles  in  a  SW.  by  S.  direction,  with  a  general 
width  of  1^  miles,  gradnally  decreasin<f  to  the  point  of  the  Toandos 
Peninsula  on  the  west  side  of  the  canal.  The  shores  are  bold,  and  there 
is  pood  water  close  under  them  and  no  known  daiijfer.  The  bottom 
ranges  from  .'?()  fathoms  in  depth,  to  72  at  the  narrowest  point;  the 
cnrrents  are  stronjj. 

The  eastern  point  of  the  Toandos  Peninsnla  is  Hazel  Point,  and  here 
the  canal  takes  a  di'-e(!tioii  nearly  W,  by  S.  for  5  miles.  Under  the 
eastern  shore  of  tliis  reach  and  directly  abreast  Oak  llead  lies  the  Har- 
bor of  Seabeck.  This  bay  is  an  indentation  of  one  mile  in  a  southerly 
direction  and  is  therefore  open  to  the  N.  by  E.  At  its  narrow  head 
there  is  the  month  of  a  small  stream.  On  the  east  side  of  the  . -ly  the 
shore  is  moderately  low  ;  on  the  west  there  is  a  long  point  which  forms 
the  protection  to  the  bay.  On  the  old  charts  this  projection  was  called 
Seabeck  Point;  on  the  recent  ones  it  is  named  Point  Miseiy.  At  the 
entrance  the  harbor  is  more  than  'I  mile  wide  with  15  fathoms  over 
sandy  bottom  in  the  middle;  near  the  head  it  is  contracted,  but  a  depth 
of  5  fathoms  of  water  is  carried  well  up  to  the  mill  which  is  on  the 
eastern  side. 

Oak  Head  is  the  southernmost  projection  of  Toandos  Penin^'ula. 
It  is  high  and  abrupt  with  deep  water  close  under  the  ;  hore.  It  is 
almost  2  miles  noith  I'rom  Point  Misery,  with  (iO  fathoms  of  water  in 
mid-c'liannel. 

Fisherman's  Bay. — -Just  on  the  east  side  of  Oak  Head  there  is  a  long 
narrow  cove  making  in  to  the  XVV.  by  W.  for  ■}  mile.  There  is  a  little 
spit  at  the  west  side  of  tlie  entraiKte  and  the  water  is  not  deei). 

Dabop  Bay. — From  Oak  Head  the  shore  runs  XVV,  for  a  mile,  and 
then  nearly  N.  by  1'].  for  '.)  miles,  witl:  a  broad  arm  of  Hood's  Canal 
extending  that  I'ar  in  and  ending  in  two  smaller  arms.  This  bay  has 
very  bold  shores,  deep  water,  and  Vi'vy  high  iiills  on  the  west  side.  The 
western  arm  at  the  nortii  is  named  <^nilceiu!  Hay  and  is  shallow  and 
marshy  at  the  head,  where  there  is  a  small  si'ttlcmeiit  called  <,)uilcene 
on  the  left  bank  of  Big  Itiver.  Tin;  large  mountain  stream  entering 
Quilcene  I'ay  has  its  rise  in  th(>  northeast  Hank  of  Mount  <'nnstain'e  by 
tw(j  tributaries,  and  a  tnird  tributary  comes  from  a  large  lake  midway 
to  Port  DiH(;overy  and  nearly  reaches  (Jrocker  Lake,  whirh  empties  into 
Por*  I)is(i)v<'rv. 

Dusewallips  River. — Al)reast  of  Oak  llead,  on  the  west  side  of 
Daiiop  l>ay,  the  river  empties  and  has  formed  a  Ha!  delta  and  a 
broad  shoal  in  front.  This  shoal  is  2  miles  long  ami  .4  mile  wulo 
with  deep  water  close  uji  to  it.       Between  this  shoal    and  Tskids'   > 


QUATSAl"    POINT (.LU'TON. 


55 


I'oint,  tlie  nearest  i)art  of  the  Toaiuloa  Feniiisiila.  the  width  of  tho 
liay  is  IJ  miles  and  tho  dei»th  of  tiie  water  is  80  fathoms  over  muddy 
bottom.  On  either  side  of  this  river  the  mountains  rise  to  540  feet 
,111(1  to  2,:500  feet  within  U  miles. 

Quatsap  Point — Four  miles  WSW.  of  Oak  Head  and  on  m-  west 
side  of  the  canal  is  a  moderately  low  head,  under  the  south  side  of 
which  is  a  broad  open  hay  one  mile  wide  with  an  extensive  flat  extend. 
injj  out  of  the  line  of  the  northeast  and  southwest  iwints.  This  bay 
receives  the  Du-^kabus  River,  which  brings  down  much  detritus. 

Hamahama  River. — This  stream  empties  on  the  west  side  of  the 
oanal  12  miles  S.  48-  \V.  of  Oak  Head.  Ic  is  marked  by  a  broad  tlat  one 
mile  long  and  ^  mile  wide  in  front  of  it  with  15  fathoms  of  water  close 
outside;  but  the  20  fathom  curve  reaches  out  to  mid-channel  to  the 
southeastward.  This  river  drains  a  large  lake  4  or  5  miles  behind  the 
liigli  mouTitains  over  the  shore  and  into  this  lake  a  large  stream  comes 
trom  the  Olympus  range. 

The  Q-reat  Bend  of  Hood's  Canal  is  22i  miles  by  the  mid-chauu?! 
course  from  I'oint  Misery.  Here  the  breadth  of  the  oanal  expands  to 
2  miles  for  the  same  distance  and  thence  runs  nearly  15  miles  to 
tlie  head  in  a  general  northeast  directiou,  decreasing  in  width  to  ^  mile 
at  Sister's  I'Dint  on  the  north  side.  The  shores  are  bohler  on  the  port 
hand  going  up;  the  depth  of  water  continues  large  to  within  2.J  miles 
of  the  head  where  there  is  a  depth  of ;{  fathoms  only.  The  head  has 
mud  flats  and  the  width  decreases  to  ^  mile. 

Annas  Bay. — This  is  the  southernmost  part  of  Hood's  Oanal  at  tho 
(ireaf  Hend  ami  it  I'eceives  the  vaterof  ihc  iSkokomish  River,  which  has 
l>iought  down  so  much  sediiinat  tliat  a  sipiare  mile  of  the  bay  is  a 
great  sand  Jiud  mud  flat  with  <leep  water  around  the  outer  edge  to  the 
west  and  north.  There  is  deep  water  between  tiie  western  edgt^  of  this 
bank  and  the  western  main  shore  one  mile  distant.  On  the  point  at 
the  south  side  of  the  shore  of  the  inlet  and  forming  the  east  side  of 
Annas  Hay  is  the  village  of  Union  City,  wjiicli  has  a  road  through  to 
Oakland  on  Hammersly's  Inlet.  The  Skokomish  is  a  large  mountain 
stream  <!oming  around  the  southeast  tlardc  of  the  ()lyini)us  .Mountains. 
It  drains  a  large  lake  named  (Jiisiiman.  high  up  the  Hanks  of  Mount 
Kliinor. 

Ayers'  Point  is  the  head  which  forms  tlie  farthest  projeeiiou  of  the 
Great  I'eninsiila  fntm  llie  nortliwird  into  the  canal  at  .\nnas  Hay.  It 
is  a  high  loundin;^-  point  .lud  lias  deep  water  closi"  under  it. 

Sister's  Point  is  a  high  rounding  hlntf  on  tlii^  north  shore  of  the 
canal  4  miles  east  of  Ayers'  Point  at  the  (rreat  Bend.  It  projects  from 
the  northward  and  nearly  shuts  the  eaiial.  leaving  a  chaiiuel  only 
^  mile,  w  ide  with  dei'|)  water  over  gravelly  bottom. 

Clifton — This  village  is  at  the  extreme  head  of  Hood's  canal,  with 
a  long  sand  and  mud  Hal  for  2.1  miles  down  the  (lanal.  There  is  a  road 
thence  to  Oakland,  anotl.'er  to  Lightville,  at  the  head  of  Case's  Inlet, 
and  a  third  to  Weabeck  Harboi'. 


56 


POSSESSK^N    SOUND. 


Possession  Sound. — Tlu>  southcin  cntriinco  to  this  now  iini)ortaut 
and  extensive  series  of  broad  deep  ciiannels  lie  between  Possession 
Point,  the  southernmost  point  of  Whidbey  Ishind,  and  the  main  shore 
op])osite,  uninarived  by  any  special  projection  or  object.  Scatchet  Jlead 
and  I'ossession  Point  liave  already  been  desenlted.  The  northern  en- 
trance to  this  sound  is  the  intricate,  narrow,  and  deep  l)ecei)tion  Pass. 
The  sound  is  formed  by  the  irrej^Milarly  shaped  Whidbey  Island  on  the 
west  and  the  main  shore  on  the  east,  with  (iedney  and  Camano  Ishinds 
between  them.  The  sound  receives  sever.il  important  water  courses, 
the  Snohomish  River  in  the  southeast,  the  Stillaf,niamisli  Kiver  .'bout 
the  middle,  with  the  iSicajjit  River  in  the  northeast.  It  also  conueets  at 
the  north  by  the  Swinomish  Slough  with  I'adiila  Bay,  and  thence  with 
Guemes  Channel  and  Bellin^iham  Bay.  The  depth  of  water  throuf;hoHt 
the  sound  is  great,  e.vcejtt  at  the  deltas  of  the  rivers,  wlii(,'li  bringdown 
an  immense  amount  of  alluvial  material  whicii  forms  mud  flats.  That 
from  the  S(pu)namisl)  Rivei  has  nearly  (llled  m  across  the  sound  and 
reduced  the  ciiannel  to  \  mile  wide  with  only  4  to  (i  fathoms  of  water. 
Tliere  are  numerous  villagt'S  and  towns  on  the  livei's  and  shores  and 
sound,  and  beside  the  traflic  in  sailinj;'  \essels,  regular  communication 
is  ke))t  up  by  steamer  fioin  Seattle  with  all  the  towns  and  settlements. 
The  shores  present  the  general  features  of  Piiget  Sound,  but  the  chan- 
nels are  narrower,  averaging  about  2  miles  in  width,  and  the  depth  of 
water  inside  the  soutliern  entrant^e,  teaches  (i.*  fathoms.  There*  aie  no 
known  dangers  iu  the  chanmds.  The  shores  of  the  deltas  of  the  rivers 
are  low  and  muddy,  and  behind  them  there  is  a  dense  forest  and  under 
growth. 

Fort  Q-ardner. —  The  southern  part  of  the  sound  runs  almost  north 
from  Possession  Point  for  '.iS  miles  to  abreast  Point  Elliot  on  the  east, 
when  it  widens  out  into  a  nearly  circiihir  basin  ~>\  miles  in  diameter, 
with  'Jedney  Island  in  the  middle;  this  basin  is  locally  known  as  Port 
firmrAwr,  although  the  chart  restricts  that  nanu^  to  the  southeast  part. 
The  *bores  are  high  and  liold  and  wooded  on  the  summit  of  the  tiat 
mesaJjike  lamls.  ThiM'e  is  dee|)  water  ami  no  dangers  close  umler 
*Jtlier  «il»«»«>.  This  port  receives  the  Snohomish  River  in  the  northeast 
ytipt.  TIk"  Hver  in  its  lower  course  comes  throu;;h  a  marshy  valley  2 
miles  wide.  Keliind  Point  ICllioi  is  the  town  of  Mnckilteo;  and  1  miles 
farther  along  t'le  shore  to  the  northeast  is  the  town  of  Port  (lardner. 

In  the  NW.  part  of  the  |»ort  the  high  SK.  point  of  Camano  Island, 
(■alWil  Po'.ut  Allen,  divides  PortCiardnei  into  two  clianm-ls,  leading  to 
tin*  VW  ho  one  to  the  east,  U  miles  wide,  leads  to  Port  Susan  and 
StillagiiaiHi»«li  River;  the  one  to  tiie  west  is  the  Saratoga  Pa.s.sage,  and 
leadi<  by  ,i  lln<'  deep  bioad  rhannel  !•")  or  1(>  miles  l(»iig,  between  the  west 
side  ot' Camaini  Island  and  the  east  side  of  WliidJ.ey  Island,  to  tiie  north 
end  of  tt^''  toniM'r.  Point  Allen,  at  the  south  end  of  Oamano  Island, 
and  y^iMi,  point  on  Whidbey  Islaml,  I'r!  miles  scnilli  of  the  former, 
are  the  entranre  points  to  Saratoga  I'assage. 


at 

long 
of  Si 
a  lo\ 
Ther 
show 
ward 
level 
the 
Oil 


(IKDNEV    ISLAND .SARATOGA    PASSAGE. 


57 


O-sdney  Island,  l,viii<r  in  the  niiddle  of  Port  (ranlner,  i,s  li  miles 
Ion;;  SE.  bv  E.  ami  N\V.  by  VV.  Wlieii  .seen  from  tire  N  W.,  cominjront 
ol  .Sanitofja  Ta.s.sage,  it  .^liow.s  a  mixloi'atcly  .sleeji  bintt'  to  the  we.st  and 
a  low  slowly  ri-siii;;  bluff  to  tlie  ea.st,  both  covered  with  Orojiou  jMiie. 
Tlit'ie  is  one  i^roniiiicnt  tree  on  this  ca.st  jioint  .there  a  low  sand  R\)\t 
sliow.s  out  about  50  yards  as  it  is  approacheil.  As  seen  from  the  north- 
ward, broadside  on,  the  ridjje  line  of.Gedney  Island  looks  moderately 
level,  about  80  feet  hij^li.  and  covered  with  Ore;;on  pine.  The  trees  are 
the  hi{;her  on  the  M  \V.  end. 

Off  the  SE.  end  of  the  i.sland  there  is  a  great  erratic  bowlder 
visible  at  low  water.  TluMe  is  moderately  deep  \vat<'r  around  the 
ifland.  A  banli  with  1.1  fathoms  is  ieport<'d  by  th-^  sleauibuat  cai)tains 
to  lie  more  t;*;)!  -t  mile  off  the  NW.  p<)i;>t  of  the  island  towanls  Allen 
Toint  or  Ca..';^!'/  i-Iead.  Around  the  so, Hi  sliori^  there  is  a  lejith  of  10 
latliouis  nearly  ^  mile  off;  and  on  the  pro  on;j:ation  of  the  a'ds  to  the 
SI'],  of  the  SE.  point  there  is  a  ahoal,  wh  eh  exte!ids<>ut  a  little  more 
than  A  mile,  with  adeptli  of  only  ;5i  fathomsi  t  liie  eml.  Outside  of  those 
tJM'  depths  iiKirease  to  as  much  as  (i.">  fatlioi  is. 

Tulalip  lies  on  tlu'  main  shore  nearly  ab.cast  of  Allen  I'oint,  at  the 
entrance  to  Port  Susan.  The  west  poi'.i  of  the  entrance  has  a  lui^iht 
])alch  of  Idnlf  with  pim's  n])on  it:  the  bluff  is  about  40  feet  hiyh  and  00 
yauls  Ion;;.  The  810.  point  has  a  bbilf  with  trees,  an  '  a  low  ne<;k 
of  land  towardvs  the  luiildinjis  of  the  Sisters  of  Charity.  The  li.iy  is 
protected  li.\  two  points,  and  sominviiat  restricted  by  a  siioal  making 
out  from  the  X\V.  point  to  tlie  middle  of  the  opeidng.  The  entiance 
IS  i>|icii  to  the  S\N'.,  and  the  two  points  aic  abont  :\   mile  apart. 

Tulalip  Bay  Buoys. —  Two  buoys  have  been  phteed  to  mark  the 
entr.mce  to  this  ancliyrage.  Tlie  one  is  a  bl.ick  spar  bno.v  and  the  ot'ior 
is  a  red  spai'  buoy. 

Stillaguamish  Slough  Buoy. — Two  sjiai'  buoys  have  been  placed 
otf  the  MO.  shore  of  Camano  Island  to  mark  the  (ihannel  into  Stilla- 
guamish Slonuli,  at  the  north  end  of  Port  Susan. 

Davis  Slough  Buoys. — Six  spar  buoys  have  iieen  placed  to  mark 
the  channel  leading  into  I>avis  Shuigh,  one  of  the  iiKUitlis  of  the  Sno- 
IkmimsIi  Kiver. 

Saratoga  Passage. — This  is  the  line,  broad, deep  strait,  leading  from 
I'ort  (iardnei'  to  I  he  northwestward  between  Caiiiano  isl.nid  on  the  east 
ind  Wliidbey  I.sland  on  the  west.  This  strait,  from  <"aniaiio  Head  to 
he  Mills  of  LU'valaily  is  fS  miles  lonu.  The  eastern  slmre  i>  continuous, 
whereas  into  the  weslcin  shore  penetrate  Holmes  llaibor,  Penn"s<'ove, 
Oak  Harbor,  and  Duncan's  I'ay.  'I'hc  strait  a\eragcs  •_'  miles  in  width: 
•  lie  shores  are  l)lutfs  c(»\<'re.i  witii  Oicgon  pine,  luit  not  so  denselv  .is 
Ixlbre  the  sawmills  depleted  the  forests.  'I'liere  are  pr.iirie  openings 
on  either  side.  The  channel  is  from  'J't  to  .'»0  fathoms  deep,  with  good 
water  clo.se  under  the  shores.  No  steamboat  navigation  could  be  bet- 
ter in  good  weather.     Ill  smoky  and  in  fogg.v  weather  the  steamboats 


r)8 


POSSESSION    SOUND. 


.mil  by  courses  and  time,  iic('or(liiif>'  to  tlic,  currents,  ami  use  the  echo  of 
the  steani-wliistle  to  deterinino  their  i»roxiinit,v  to  tlie  land. 

Allen  Point. — This  is  the  south  end  of  ("aiiiano  Ishiiid,  and  forms 
the  north  point  of  the  entrance  to  Saratojja  Tassa^^e.  It  rises  inland 
to  the  toi)s  of  the  trees,  whieli  are,  esiinuited  at  KiO  feet  above  the  water. 
A  fjreat  landslide  has  taken  place  here,  and  3  or  4  acres  of  the  point 
have  slid  away,  leaving  a  low  outer  white  cliff  with  a  few  trees  upon  it; 
then  the  surface  falls  back  to  the  base  of  the  second  or  inner  white-clay 
clitt',  which  rises  to  about  100  feet  above  the  water,  and  is  covered  on 
the  suuimit  with  high  pine  trees.  There  is  deep  water  ott"  Point  Allen. 
This  point  is  known  to  steamboat  caiitains  as  Oainano  Head. 

Sandy  Point,  on  VVhidbey  Island,  abreast  of  Allen  Point,  and  form- 
ing the  south  i)art  of  the  entrance  to  Saratoga  Passage,  is  moderately 
long,  low,  and  has  no  bushes.  The  blutl'  liehind  it  rises  by  three  steps, 
with  straggling  trees.  There  is  a  house  at  the  inner  or  western  end  of 
the  low  beach  of  the  point,  with  a  cleared  sjiace  on  the  sloping,  rising 
ground,  and  a  wliite  house  in  the  upper  part  of  the  clearing.  There  is 
bold  water  close  under  this  point.  It  is  locally  known  as  Joe  Brown's 
Point. 

East  Point  is  on  the  west  side  of  Saratoga  Passage,  0  miles  from 
Sandy  Point.  The  jioint  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  channel,  distant 
IJ  miles,  is  Point  Ijowell,  on  Camano  Island.  Kast  Point  is  a  short, 
low,  grassy  spit,  backed  by  a  high  liluif  well  wooded.  The  tops  of  the 
trees  are  estimated  to  be  loO  feet  above  the  water.  There  is  very  deep 
water  off  the  point.  Point  Lowell  has  very  deep  water  oil'  it.  One  and 
one-third  miles  west  of  East  I'oiiit  is  Rocky  Point,  the  turning  point 
into  Holmes  Harbor,  which  runs  south  for4i  miles;  it  is  U  miles  wide, 
and  has  L'O  fathoms  of  water  to  the  head,  which  is  only  one  mile  from 
Mutiny  Hay. 

Rocky  Point  is  low  at  the  water's  edge  and  rises  gradually  to  80 
feet.  The  trees  have  been  cut  away  and  scrub  now  covers  it.  About 
100  yards  olVthe  jioint  is  a  rocky  islet  covered  with  s(;rul>.  It  is  about 
50  yards  in  extent  at  low  water,  and  is  then  conne(!ced  with  the  point. 

Watsak  Point  lies  on  the  west  side  of  the  Saratoga  Passage,  and 
9i  miles  N.  .'J.T^  vV.  of  East  INiint,  wliere  the  passage  widens  to  t  or  ."> 
miles.  Towards  the  west,  around  point  Watsak,  is  the  beautiful  harbor 
of  Penn's  Cove,3iJ|  miles  long  and  one  mile  wide,  with  l.j  to  ~  fathoms  of 
water,  and  heading  within  U  miles  of  Point  Partridge;  towards  tise 
north  are  the  i>roa<l  bays  of  Oak  Harbor  and  Duniian's  Hay;  to  the 
nortliwestward,.ji!.>t  bejond  point  Demock,  is  Utsalady.  There  is  deep 
water  along  all  these  shores  except  oil'  Point  Watsak,  where  a  narrow 
shoal  runs  io  the  northwurd  for  fully  A  mile,  with  fully  '2\  fathoms  of 
water  on  tiie  east  side  and  l(i  fathonis  on  tlie  west  side.  . 

Watfak  Point  Buoy. — At  the  extremity  of  Point  Watsak  there  is  a 
buoy  [)!,iced  in  4  fathoms  of  water  aliont  .'>0  yards  oil  the  end  of  the 
spit,  whu-h  has  only  one  fathom  upon  it  at  low  water.  This  point  is 
locallv  known  as  Snakeland  Point. 


POINT    POLNELL — VANCOUVER    ISLAND. 


59 


Point  Polneli  is  on  Wliidbey  Island,  and  (ornis  tl»e eastern  boundary 
of  Duncan's  Bivy ;  it  lies  4  miles  N.  39°  E.  of  Watsak  Point.  Between 
it  and  Utsalady  the  broad  Saratoga  Passage  maybe  said  to  end  attbe 
turn  around  point  Demool ,  the  NW.  point  of  Camano  Island.  Point 
I'jinell  is  a  long  narrow  point  Jutting  out  to  the  soufaward  from  the 
rounding  shore  behind  it.  When  seen  from  the  southward  it  looks  like 
;i  blurt-faced  islet.     Locally  this  point  is  known  as  Miller  Point. 

Utsalady. — This  is  the  most,  important  place  on  Possession  Sound. 
It  lies  on  the  north  side  of  Caniaiu>  Island,  27  miles  i)y  midchannel 
course  from  the  southern  entrance  of  Possession  Sound.  The  channel 
to  it  through  Saratoga  Passage  averages  lunirly  2  miles  wide;  the  water 
is  deep,  the  shores  are  bold,  and  tl.ere  are  no  known  dangers.  The 
ohart  is  a  good  guide  for  a  vessel,  but  vessels  are  usually  towed  either 
way. 

Oak  Harbor  and  Duncan  Bay  are  two  bays  on  Whulbey  Island,  in 
the  NW.  part  of  Saratoga  Passage.  There  is  the  town  of  Oak  Harbor 
at  the  head  of  the  former.  Forbes  Poiiit  is  a  broad  ptninsula  l.^  miles 
long,  lying  between  the  two  bays.  Around  this  broad  point  is  shoal 
water,  and  buoys  have  been  placed  to  enable  the  steamboats  to  avoid  it 
in  foggy  ami  smoky  weather. 

Skagit  Bay. — The  entrance  to  Skagit  Uiver  is  marked  by  buoys  as  is 
also  La  Conner,  at  the  south  entrance  of  Swinomish  Slough. 

VANCOUVER   ISLAND. 

North  Shore  of  Juan  de  Fuca  Stiait. — Prom  Point  Honilla  to  Owen 

Point  the  shore  luns  10  nules  S.  l'J.°  E,     It  is  nearly  straight,  rocky, 

and  bluff,  with  high  mountains  rising  immediately  behind  it,  all  heavily 
...,.„. 1,,, J 

,ii.nr,»f.     San  Juan  ^Whistling  buoy  established.-  The  Oana 
d  an  Go  ern  nent  lusgnen  nothv  that  an  automatic  whistling  buov 

poirhan  Juan,  Vancouver  island. 
The  buoy  is  painted  ,xm\  wd  is  moorwi  in  14  fathoms  of  water 
Approx.  position:  Lat.  48°  .'H'  4(i"  A.,    Long.  124°  2!)'  W  W. 
than  '-!<>((  yards  from  it  a  low  flat  rock,  named  Uwi,.       „  „        la^  ^ 
high  water. 

Observatory  Rocks,  off  the  <*ast»'rn  eutiance  point,  are  high  pin- 
nacles, with  two  )r  three  tre«'s  growing  on  them  and  some  smaller  rocks 
011,  the  outermost  of  which  lit»s30(>  yanls  from  the  shore.  At  800  yards 
within  these  rocks  and  3n<)  yards  frotm  the  shore  is  another  reef,  i)artly 
out  of  water,  name«l  Ilatmnond  Uo<ii.>. 

The  port  rnus  nearly  straight  ff«  3.J  miles,  aiul  carries  its  breadth 

almost   io   its  head,  which  tei -  in  a  round   beach,  eoini>osed  of 

muddy  sand.  (I  >rdon  River  t  ■.  the  iwit  through  thi>  north  eml  of 
this  beach,  aud  Cooper  Inlet  (ieuetrates  its  southern  ;  very  small  coast- 
ers may  enter  them  towards  high  water,  and  t'nd  depth  and  shelter 
withio. 


58 


POSSESSION    SOUND. 


mil  by  courses  and  time,  accsordiuf;?  to  tlu^  currents,  and  use  the  eclioof 
tlie  steain-wliistlc  to  detonnino  their  proximity  to  tlie  land. 

Allen  Point. — This  is  the  south  end  of  (Jamano  Ishmd,  and  forms 
tlie  nortii  point  of  the  entrance  to  Sarato^'a  I'ns.sajije.  It  rises  iidand 
to  tiie  tops  of  tlie  trees,  \vhi(!h  an;  esi  imated  at  lOO  feet  above  tlie  water. 
A  great  landslide  has  taken  place  here,  and  .'3  or  4  acres  ol  the  point 
have  slid  away,  leavinj,'  a  low  outer  white  cliU"  with  a  few  trees  upon  it; 
then  the  surface  falls  back  to  the  base  of  the  second  or  inner  white-clay 
clitt',  which  rises  to  about  100  feet  above  the  water,  and  is  covered  on 
the  summit  with  hijjli  pine  trees.  There  is  deep  wattir  off  Point  Allen. 
This  point  is  known  to  steamboat  ca[)taiiis  as  Camano  Head. 

Sandy  Point,  on  VVhidbey  Island,  abreast  of  Allen  Point,  and  form- 
ing the  south  i)art  of  the  entrance  to  Saratoga  I'assage,  is  moderately 
long,  low,  and  has  no  bushes.  Tlie  bluff  behind  it  rises  by  three  steps, 
with  straggling  trees.  There  is  a  house  at  the  innev  or  western  end  of 
the  low  beach  of  the  point,  with  a  cleared  space  on  the  sloping,  rising 
ground,  and  a  white  hou-se  in  the  ui>per  part  of  the  clearing.  There  is 
bold  water  close  under  this  point.  It  is  locally  known  as  Joe  Brown's 
Point. 

East  Point  is  on  the  west  side  of  Saratoga  Passage,  fi  miles  from 
Sandy  Point.  The  jioint  on  :he  opposite  side  of  the  channel,  distant 
Ifs  miles,  is  Point  Lowell,  on  Camano  Island.  Kast  Point  is  a  short, 
low,  grassy  spit,  backed  by  a  high  bluff  well  wooded.  The  tops  of  the 
trees  are  estimated  to  be  ir»()  feet  above  the  water.  There  is  very  deep 
water  off  the  point.  Point  Lowell  has  very  deep  water  off  it.  One  and 
one-third  miles  west  of  Kast  Point  is  Kocky  Point,  the  turning  point 
into  Holmes  Harbor,  which  runs  south  for4A  miles;  it  is  l.;V  miles  wide, 

jjmj    '  "     ■'  **    —  -fc^«   *-„     t-l,rt    I,, A*.. I      .1.1. ^ol.      :..    rtt.IiT    rvtiti    inilfi    fl'OIii 

-Muti 

R( 
feet. 
100; 
o(»  y 

V 
!)iV  miles  ^\.  .>.)^  vv.  of  Kast  Point,  where  the  passage  widens  to  i  or  r> 
miles.  Towards  the  west,  around  point  Watsak,  is  the  beautiful  harbor 
of  Peiin's  ('ove,;iA  miles  long  and  one  ini!e  wide,  with  l.">  to  7  fathoms  of 
water,  and  heading  within  l.i  miles  of  Point  Partridge;  towards  the 
north  are  the  broad  bays  of  Oak  I[ari)i)i'  and  Duncian's  Bay;  to  the 
northwestward,  ju.it  beyond  point  l)(miock,  is  Utsalady.  There  is  deep 
water  along  all  these  shores  except  off  Point  Watsek,  where  a  narrow 
shoal  runs  to  the  northward  ftir  full>  A  mile,  with  fully  '2\  fathoms  of 
wait'i'  lin  tilt'  t'Mst  side  and  10  fathoms  on  the  west  side.  • 

Watsak  Point  Buoy. — At  the  extremity  of  Point  Watsak  there  is  a 
buoy  [diieed  in  4  fathoms  of  water  aliout  50  yards  off  the  end  of  the 
spit,  which  has  onh  one  fathoni  upon  it  at  low  water.  This  point  is 
locally  known  as  i^uakelaiid  Point. 


POINT    POLNELL — VANCOUVER    ISLAND. 


59 


Point  Poluell  is  on  VVliidluiy  Island,  and  fornis  tliecasterii  boundary 
(if  DuiKian's  Bay;  it  lies  4  miles  N.  39°  E.  of  Watsak  Point,  lietweeu 
it  and  Utsalady  tUe  broad  Saratoga  Passage  may  be  said  to  end  at  the 
turn  around  point  Deinock,  the  NW.  point  of  Oamano  Island.  Point 
I'ulnell  is  a  long  narrow  point  Jutting  out  to  the  southward  from  the 
rounding sliore  behind  it.  When  seen  from  the  southward  it  looks  like 
II  blutf-faced  islet.     Locally  this  point  is  known  as  Miller  Point. 

Utsalady. — This  is  the  most  important  |)laceon  Possession  Sound, 
it  lies  on  the  north  side  of  Camano  Island,  li7  miles  i>y  mid  channel 
course  from  the  southern  entrance  of  Possession  Sound.  The  channel 
to  it  through  Saratoga  Passage  averages  nearly  2  miles  wide;  the  water 
is  deep,  the  shores  are  bold,  and  there  are  no  known  dangers.  The 
jliart  is  a  good  guide  for  a  vessel,  but  vessels  are  usually  towed  either 
way. 

Oak  Harbor  and  Duncan  Bay  are  two  bays  on  Whidbey  Island,  in 
the  N \V.  part  of  Saratoga  Passage.  There  is  the  town  of  Oak  Harbor 
at  the  heatl  of  th«'  former.  Forbes  Point  is  a  broad  |)eninsula  l.J  miles 
long,  lying  between  the  two  bays.  Arouii<l  this  broad  point  is  shoal 
watei",  and  buoys  have  been  [)laced  to  en*i,iXe  the  steatnboats  to  avoid  it 
in  foggy  and  smok.>  we^ither. 

Skagit  Bay. — The  entrance  to  Skagit  Rivtr  is  marked  by  buoys  as  is 
also  La  Conner,  at  the  south  entrance  of  Swinomish  Slough. 


VANCOUVEK   rsl.AND. 

North  Shore  of  Juan  de  Fuca  Strait. — From  Point  Bonilla  to  Owen 
Point  the  shore  runs  10  nnles  S.  I'J."  E.  It  iis  nearly  straight,  rocky, 
and  blutT',  with  high  mountains  lising  immetliately  behind  it.  all  heavily 
wooded. 

Vessels  are  apt  to  lose  much  of  their  wind  close  to  the  shore. 

Port  San  Juan  is  the  lirsi  inichorage  on  the  northern  shore  within 
the  entran(;e  ot  Fuea  Strait.  The  opening,  which  i.  remarkable  from 
seawai'd,  is  seen  for  a  considera-ble  distance,  and  makes  as  a  det'i»  tf^P 
between  two  mountain  ranges. 

O^ven  Point,  at  the  western  entrance  to  the  pwl,  has  at  alitth-  more 
than  'i(K)  yards  from  it  a  low  Hat  rock,  named  Owwn  island,  aw.-jsh  at 
high  water. 

Observatory  Rocks,  oil'  the  eastern  entranr-t  point,  are  high  jtiu- 
naeles,  wiili  two  oi  iliree  trees  growing  on  tliem  and  some  smaller  rocks 
olt',  the  outermost  of  which  lies3tM)  yards  frmii  the  shore.  At  800  yards 
within  these  rocks  and  .'?0()  yams  from  the  shore  is  another  reef,  jiartly 
out  of  watei',  n:imed  llammond  Kocks. 

The  port  runs  nearly  straiglit  for  .'5J  miles,  and  carries  its  breadth 
almost  to  its  head,  which  terrnimites  in  a  round  bi>ach,  (Minpo.sed  of 
minldy  sand,  (lordon  Kiverenlers  the  port  through  ihe  north  end  of 
this  beach,  and  Cooper  Inlet  penetrates  its  southern  ;  very  small  coast- 
ers may  enter  them  lowanls  high  water,  and  find  depth  and  IShelter 
within. 


(io 


STRAIT    OF    JUAN    DK    VVV\. 


Oil  tlie  iiortli  side  of  tlio  port  .soiiit'  nicks  and  broken  {ground  extiiid 
for  one  mile  witliin  Owiu  I'oiiit  iiiid  nearly  ■lOO  yurds  I'roin  the  shore; 
one  roek,  awash,  lies  SOO  yards  N.  7(P  H.  of  Owen  Island,  and  is  distant 
550  yards  from  the  shore. 

Anchorage. — The  i)ort  is  entirely  open  to  SW,  winds,  and  a  lieavy 
sea  rolls  in  when  a  moderate  gale  is  blowing  from  that  direction ; 
and  though  it  is  possible  that  a  vessel  with  good  ground  tackle  would 
ride  out  a  gale  if  anchored  in  the  most  sheltered  i)art,  it  is  l)y  no  means 
recommended  to  remain  with  any  iiidJ(!ation  of  such  weather,  but  to 
weigh  immediately,  and  if  outward  bmuid  seek  shelter  in  Neeah  bay. 
There  is  a  convenient  depth  of  water  all  over  I'ort  San  Juan,  from  (J  to 
It  fathoms,  the  bottom  fine  muddy  sand;  when  witliin  :l  mile  of  tie 
head  it  shoals  to  4  fathoms,  and  here  in  heavy  gales  the  sea  breaks; 
u  Hat  luys  off  (KM)  yards  from  the  head.  Jii  the  outer  part  of  the  i)ort 
there  is  generally  a  swell.  Good  anchorage  will  be  found  about  1^ 
miles  from  the  head,  Nvitli  Owen  Island  bearing  S.  1)7'^  W.,  anil  Adze 
Head  S.  1.")^  K.,  in  7  fathoms. 

The  hill  named  I'andora  Peak  does  not  show  as  a  [leak  within  the 
l)ort. 

The  Coast. — From  Poit  ISau  Juan  the  shore  is  thickly  wooded,  and 
the  laud  rises  to  a  considerable  elevation.  Providence  Oove,  fit  for 
boats,  lies  .1  mileseastwardof  San  Juan  ;  at  the  distance  of  altoutlmiles 
farther  east,  in  a  small  bight,  is  a  stream  named  Sombrio  Kiver.  Tlie 
Eiver  Jordan,  a  considerable  stream,  is  5A  miles  wi^stward  of  Sherring- 
ham  Point. 

Eastward  of  Sherriugham  Point  the  shore  makes  a  bight,  and  at  the 
distance  of  4A  n)iles  is  Otter  Point.  Tlie  points  on  this  side  the  strait 
are  not  remarkable  nor  easily  distinguished  unless  close  in  shore. 
Vessels  running  or  working  up  the  strait  at  night  should  be  careful  not 
to  get  so  near  the  northern  shore  as  to  shut  in  itace  Island  light  by 
Beechey  IJea<l.  From  Otter  Point  to  the  entrance  to  Sooke  Inlet,  the 
intervening  coast  forms  rather  a  deep  indentation,  named  Sooke  Bay, 
in  wlii(!h  vessels  may  anchor  in  fiiie  weather  a  little  mon^  than  h  mile 
Irom  the  shore  in  8  fathoms. 

Sooke  Inlet  is  little  over  ^  mile  in  breadth,  and  the  Itar  has  only  a 
«le])tli  of  M  feet  on  it  at  low  watei'.  Within  the  bar,  the  entrance  jiroper, 
between  Whillin  Spit  and  Fntry  Ledge,  has  7  fathoms  water,  but  is 
only  70  yards  across,  with  a  sharp  tin  ii  and  strong  tide.  Thence  a  nar- 
row and  tortuous  (;lianiiel  '2^  miles  in  length,  with  ageneral  north  direc- 
tion, leads  to  a  beautiful  landlocked  basin,  nearly  2  miles  iu  extent  east 
.111(1  west  and  one  mile  iiortii  and  south,  with  a  depth  of  from  8  to  16 
fathoms  all  over  it.  Independently,  however,  of  strong  tides  and 
several  sliarp  turns,  which  xcssels  would  have  to  nake  in  entt^ring, 
the  breadth  of  the  deep  channel  seldom  exceeds  lOII  yard.i,  ami  is  con- 
sequently only  adapted  for  coasting  vessels  or  small  steamers. 


SOOKK    INLET    ANCHORAGE RACE    PASSAGE. 


61 


Anchorf«p;A. — V<^s8selH  may  .anchor  outside  iti  10  t'atlioms  i  mile  oft" 
ilie  eiitraiu.i);  or,  if  iiooessary,  run  ii'sido  VVliitflii  Spit,  wiiere  tliere 
is  siilUcieut  spiuH'-  to  aiioiior;  eare  must,  liowever,  l)e  taiieii  as  to  the 
(li'[ttiis  on  tiie  bar,  ami  to  thi?  state  of  the  tide  in  tiie  entrance  proper, 
wiiere  the  ebb  at  s|)rinfj8  runs  about  3  or  4  knots. 

Whiffin  Spit  is  low,  gravelly,  and  connected  with  the  western 
(Mitran<!e;  it  must  be  rounded  close,  as  a  reef  (Kntry  ljed},'e)  lies  only 
!(»(( yards  eastward  fiom  it.  On  roundiuj;  the  point  dro|)  the  anchor  at 
L'OO  yards  within,  ill  8  fathoms  water ;  here  there  is  a  space  of  deep 
water  401)  yaids  in  e.xtent. 

Secretary  Island,  small  and  wooded,  lies  350  yards  oil'  L'ossession 
I'oint,  a  mile  to  the  southward  of  Sooke  Inlet.  T'.ere  is  a  depth  of  16 
fathoms  l)etween  it  and  the  main  shore,  and  from  it  Heechy  Head  bears 
S.  01^3  K.,  2i  miles,  with  a  bold  stee|)  shore  between  and  deep  water 
dose-to. 

Becher  Bay. — Beeehey  Head  is  a  bold  wooded  elitf,  forminf;  the 
western  iMitraiice  point  of  Heclier  Hay,  cape  (JIuirch  beinfjf  the  eastern 
(Hie.  Oil'  the  eastern  side  are  several  small  wooded  islands,  named  Red- 
ford.  At  '^  mile  within  in  a  northerly  direction  are  Wolf  and  Frazer 
islands,  with  some  small  islets  oil'  them.  Between  these  two  islands, 
Krazer  being  on  the  eastern  side,  is  the  channel,  800  yards  wide,  to  the 
Miieliorage ;  anchor  with  the  center  of  Frazer  Island  bearing  S.  J6^  W., 
distant  ^  mile. 

Becher  Bay  can  not  be  recommended  as  a  j^ood  anchorage,  as  it  adbrds 
110  great  shelter  with  southerly  or  westerly  winds.  Vessels  outward 
l)ound  had  better  wait  a  fair  wind  in  Parry  Bay,  to  the  northward  of  Race 
Islands. 

Vessels  bound  up  the  strait  should  pass  the  laud  about  Beeehey  Head 
at  the  distaiKieof  'J  miles,  if  intending  to  go  outside  the  Race  Islands. 

Race  Islands  are  a  cluster  of  low  bare  rocks,  the  outermost  of  which 
lies  a  mile  S.  23'^  E.  of  Bentinck  Island,  at  the  SE.  point  of  Vancouver 
Island;  but  SE,  for  h  mile  from  this  rock  tlie  bottom  is  very  irregular, 
with  two  points  of  sunken  rocka.  They  occupy  more  than  A  mile  in  ex- 
tent north  and  south,  and  the  samt  east  and  west.  The  outermost  and 
largest,  or  Great  Race,  is  300  yards  in  extent  and  25  feet  high ;  the 
others  are  smaller,  a  few  feet  above  high  water  or  awash.  The  tides 
among  them  run  from  3  to  0  knots,  and  during  bad  weather  heavy  and 
dangerous  races  occur.  The  outer  rock  shonhl  be  given  a  berth  of  a 
mile. 

The  farthest  oftlying  danger  is  the  Kosedale  Koek,  with  5  feet  on  it, 
lying  S.  34°  E.  of  the  Crreat  Race,  distant  800  yards.  In  light  winds 
sailing  vessels  should  give  these  islands  a  good  berth,  especially  when 
eastward  of  them,  as  the  ebb  sets  strongly  towards  them. 

Race  Passage  is  a  clear  channel  between  the  Race  Rocks  and  Ben- 
tinck Island.  This  passage  may  be  taken  by  steamers;  but  it  is  not 
recommended  for  sailing  vessels  on  account  of  the  strength  of  the  tides, 


(12 


.STRAIT    OK    .irAN    DK    KTCA. 


and  races  caused  by  llie  iire{>ular  rocUy  nature  ot  the  bottom.  A  case 
may  arise,  however,  when  veasels  overtak-iii  by  a  strong  SK.  wind 
■would  do  better  to  run  tiirouf,'ii  than  risk  w(  itlieriuK  the  (ireat  Race, 
'.)y  less  tlian  a  mile;  it'  so  the  Hentinck  Island  shore  siiould  be  kei)t 
aboard  at  a  distance  of  400  yards,  or  Just  outside  the  kelp;  for  the 
northernmost  rock,  wiiicti  forms  tlu^  southern  side  ol  the  passajje,  is 
covered  at  hijih  wati-r,  and  the  strony'est  tides  and  eddies  are  found  in 
its  neighborhood. 

Tlie  i)assa^e  inside  nentin(!k  Island  is  clioked  with  rocks  and  should 
iie\'er  be  taken. 

Bentinck  Island,  lyinijj  close  off  the  southeastern  point  of  Vancou- 
ver Ishiiid,  is  irregularly  shaped,  beiii},' almost  divided  in  the  center  by 
anarrowneck.  It  is  about  100  feet  liiKh.  and,  lik(' the  adja(!ent  land, 
covered  with  pine  trees;  .ts  southern  and  eastern  sides  are  frinjjed 
with  kelp,  outside  which  there  are  no  daufjers  beyonil  those  described 
in  the  Iface  ("Imimel.  lictween  it  and  the  maiidand  is  a  boat  channel, 
and  coasters  accpiainied  with  the  lo(!ality  lind  shelter  at  its  eastern  en- 
trance; there  are  some  settlers'  houses  in  the  neij;iil)orhood. 

Between  lientinck  Islam!  and  Ks<inimalt  Harbor  the  coast  is  indented 
by  seveial  bays,  and  anchorajje  may  be  obtained  in  8  to  10  fathoms 
anywhere  within  a  mile  of  the  shore,  excei)t  immediately  ofl  William 
and  Albert  Heads;  the  only  dangers  area  reef  lyiiifj  about  LM)0  yards 
off  Albert  Head,  and  Cojjhlan  Kock  in  Itoyal  Bay,  lying  700  yards 
north  of  the  same  head. 

Pedder  Bay,  the  first  ot  these  indentations,  has  its  entrance  imme- 
diately northward  of  Bentinck  Island,  between  Cape  Oalver  and  William 
Head,  where  its  breadth  is  'l  mile.  The  bay,  .j  mile  within,  is  only  tit  for 
small  craft,  which  may  find  good  shelter  at  its  head.  Vessels  of  any 
size  may  anchor  in  the  entrance,  but  though  the  holding  ground  is  good, 
it  is  open  to  all  winds  from  NH.  round  east  to  south,  and  with  a  SE. 
gale  would  neither  be  a  desirable  nor  safe  anchorage.  The  tides  are 
irregular. 

Parry  Bay,  immediately  northward  of  William  Head,  attbrds  good 
anchorage  with  all  westerly  winds.  Vessels  bound  to  sea  and  meeting 
with  a  strong  wind  from  this  (juarter  are  re(!ominended  to  return  here. 
With  a  southeast  wind  there  is  ample  room  to  weigh,  which  vessels 
should  immediately  do,  and  if  not  able  to  round  the  Race  Islands  and 
jirocced  to  sea,  run  for  JCsiiuimalt  Harbor. 

Albert  Head,  ihe  northern  point  of  the  bay,  is  moderately  high, 
sloping  to  the  sea,  bare  of  trees  at  its  extreme,  but  wooded  immedi. 
ately  behind;  a  reef  lies  L'OO  yards  oti"  it.  William  Head  somewhat 
resembles  it,  but  is  lower.  The  water  is  too  deep  for  anchorage  imme- 
diately off  tiiese  heads. 

Royal  Bay  oi'  Roads,  of  which  Albert  Head  is  the  southorn  jmint, 
and  the  entrance  of  Esijuimalt  Harbor  the  northern  limit,  is  a  fine  sheet 
cif  water,  3  miles  in  extent  and  afi'ords  good  anchorage  with  all  winds 


coHtly  n^pairs. 

caSr'"  "'■'  '""""'"''  "^"""•'^*  anchoring  i„  tl.e  vicinity  of  this 
in;;  vessels  unless  with  a  eoiniiiaiKlmn  \miui  imm..i...  ^.,.  *T.:.^: '^.l' A?9^.-A 
ol'nKire  liian  a  niii«.  Tiu'llood  sets  to  the  NH.,  and  witii  ligiit  winds 
vesHels  are  liable  to  be  carried  to  the  eastward,  ii|i  Ilaro  (Jhannel, 
where  the  water  is  ^(Mierally  too  deep  I'or  an(!iioraj,'e  ;  therefore,  with 
the  Hood,  the  (!oast  of  I'arry  J>;iy  should  he  kept  aboaid,  if  possible, 
where  f^ood  anehonifje  may  be  had  in  moderate  weatluM'  and  witli  all 
westerly  winds,  less  than  a  mile  from  tlie  shore  in  10  fatiioms. 

By  night,  when  Fisj;ard  lifjht  bears  N.  lli^  K.,  a  vessel  may  steer 
for  it.  Kemeniber  to  keep  thi' irhitc  light  in  full  view;  should  it  be- 
come dim  or  shade<l  tlu^  shore  is  bein^i'  too  closely  ajtiu'oached,  and  the 
vessel  should  immediately  haul  out  to  the  eastward  until  it  is  again 
distinctly  seen. 

Kntering  Esfpiimalt  Harbor  the  Fisgard  light  should  be  left  about 
MM  or  400  yards  to  port.  When  it  bears  N.  ;57o  \V.  the  light  changes 
from  white  to  »*erf.  and  shows  red  within  the  harbor.  Anchor  when  the 
light  bears  S.  34°  W.,  at  a  convenient  distance,  or  stand  into  Constance 
Cove.  The  Scrogg  Kocks  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  entrance  must  be 
avoided.  Itoyal  J5ay  has  good  anchorage  in  9  fathoms  at  4  a  mile  from 
the  light,  bearing  K.  12^  K. 

The  entrance  to  Victoria  Harbor  is  2  miles  eastward  of  I'jsquiinalt 
Harbor,  and  the  same  jjrecautions  are  necessary  in  running  for  it. 
The  course  from  one  mile  otf  the  liace  Islands  is  N.  31^  .'iO'  E.  At  night 
or  in  bad  weather  Victoria  Harbor  should  not  be  attempted.  It  can 
only  be  entered  at  certain  stages  of  the  tide,  and  the  anchorage  outside 
is  exposed  and  unsafe  in  dirty  weather;  but  if  it  is  decided  to  run  for 
the  harbor,  remember  that  when  Fisgard  light  changes  from  ivhitf  to 
ic'l  a  vessel  is  very  neai'  the  shore. 

Fisgard  Light. — The  white  light  is  intended  to  guide  a  vessel  in 
from  seaward,  and  while  visible  clears  the  western  coast  between  Kace 
Islands  and  Es(|uimall  and  ticrogg  ilocks  olf  the  southern  shore. 

The  red  light  will  be  found  useful  in  coming  from  the  eastward,  if 
bound  to  Victoria  or  Ksquimalt.  After  rounding  Trial  Island  it  will 
indicate  a  vessel's  distance  from  the  shore.     If  bound  to  Esquimau,  a 


<>. 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-S) 


1.0 


I.I 


in    12.5 


1^  1^ 


i 


22 

1.8 


1.25 

\M.    JA 

■* 6"     

► 

V] 


71 


7. 


y 


w 


Photographic 

Sciences 
Corporation 


33  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER, NY.  I4S80 

(716)  S72-4503 


>>• 


w^ 


Viy 


gJJ  "'•'RAIT    nv     iiTAXT    t,,i     ,-.T.«. 

aud  1 
may 
woul 
by  Ic 
aboa 
iiortl 
cove: 
its  u 

TL 
nevt 

B( 
ver  '. 
H  uai 
cove  .  .,    .-  .......u^in  aim  eastern  sides  are  friugi 

with  kelp,  outside  which  there  are  no  dangers  beyond  those  described 
ill  the  Race  Cliaiinel.  Between  it  and  the  inainhmd  is  a  boat  channel, 
and  coasters  acijuainted  witli  the  locality  find  shelter  at  its  eastern  en- 
trance; there  are  some  settlers'  houses  in  the  nei}j;hborhood. 

Between  Beiitinck  Island  and  Esqninialt  Harbor  tiie  coast  is  indented 
by  several  bays,  and  anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  8  to  10  fathoms 
anyv"here  within  a  .niic  of  the  shore,  excei»t  immediately  oft' William 
and  Albert  Heads  ;  the  unl.v  dangers  are  a  reef  lying  about  200  yards 
ott"  Albert  Head,  and  Ooghlan  Hock  in  Royal  Bay,  lying  700  yards 
north  of  the  same  head. 

Fodder  Bay,  the  first  ot  these  indentations,  has  its  entrance  imme- 
diately northward  of  Bentinck  Island,  between  Cape  Calver  and  William 
Head,  where  its  breadth  is  5  mile.  The  bay,  ^  mile  within,  is  only  fit  for 
small  craft,  which  may  find  good  shelter  at  its  head.  Vessels  of  any 
size  may  anchor  in  the  entrance,  but  though  the  holding  ground  is  good, 
it  is  open  to  all  winds  from  NE.  round  east  to  south,  and  with  a  SE. 
gale  would  neither  be  a  desirable  nor  safe  anchorage.  The  tides  are 
irregular. 

Parry  Bay,  immediately  northward  of  William  Head,  attbrds  good 
anchoruge  with  all  westerly  winds.  Vessels  bound  to  sea  and  meeting 
with  a  strong  wind  from  this  quarter  are  recommended  to  return  here. 
With  a  southeast  wind  there  is  ample  room  to  weigh,  which  vessels 
shouhl  immediately  do,  and  if  not  able  to  round  the  Race  Islands  and 
proceed  to  sea,  r  in  for  Esiiuimalt  Harbor. 

Albert  Head,  the  northern  point  of  the  bay,  is  moderately  high, 
slojiiiig  to  the  sea,  bare  of  trees  at  its  extreme,  but  wooded  iminel'. 
ately  behind;  a  reef  lies  200  yards  off  it.  William  Head  somewhat 
resembles  it,  but  is  lower.  The  water  is  too  deep  for  anchorage  imme- 
diately off  these  heads. 

Royal  Bay  or  Roads,  of  which  Albert  Head  is  the  southern  point, 
and  rhe  entrance  of  Es<iuimalt  Harbor  the  northern  limit,  is  a  flue  sheet 
(if  water,  '6  miles  in  extent  and  affords  good  anchorage  with  all  winds 


RACE    ISLANDS    TO    KSt^UlMALT    HARBOR — DIRKCTrOXS. 


63 


which  woiihl  ]»reveiit  vessels  from  entering  that  harbor;  they  may  anchor 
anywhere  within  ij  mile  from  the  western  shore.  A  good  bertlj  is  a 
mile  S.  22°  W.  of  Dnntze  Head  witli  the  entrance  open,  or  llie  beacon 
on  Dyke  Point  just  open  of  Inskip  Uock;  the  latter  is  also  a  leading 
mark  for  clearing  Scrogg  Rocks. 

Caution. — Heavy  tide  races  occur  along  the  north  shore  of  the  strait 
from  Es(|uiinalt  to  IJeechey  Head. 

Race  Islands  to  Esquimalt  Harbor. — The  lighthouse  on  Fisgard 
Ishind,  at  the  we.stern  entrance  point  of  Esquimalt  Harbor,  is  very  con- 
spicuous, and  will  be  seen  imme<liately  on  rounding  the  IJace  Islands; 
a  course  direct  for  it  will  clear  all  dangers,  but  attention  must  V'e 
l)aid  to  the  set  of  the  tides.  Tlu'  el»b  runs  almost  directly  from  tiie 
ilaro  and  neighboring  straits  towards  the  IJace  Islands,  and  sail- 
ing vessels  unless  with  a  commanding  wiml  should  give  them  a  berth 
of  more  than  a  mile.  The  flood  sets  to  the  NE.,  and  with  light  winds 
vessels  are  liable  to  be  carried  to  the  eastward,  uit  Haro  Channel, 
where  the  water  is  geiuMally  too  deep  for  anchorage  ;  therefore,  with 
the  Hood,  the  coa.st  of  I'arry  J5ay  should  be  kept  aboard,  if  possible, 
where  good  anchorage  may  be  had  in  moderate  weather  and  with  all 
westerly  wiiuKs,  less  than  a  mile  from  the  shore  in  10  fathoms. 

By  night,  when  Fisgard  light  bears  N.  12°  E.,  a  ves.sel  may  steer 
for  it.  Remember  to  keep  the  white  liglit  in  full  view ;  should  it  be- 
come dim  or  shaded  the  shore  is  being  too  closely  approached,  and  the 
vessel  should  immediately  haul  out  to  the  eastward  until  it  is  again 
distinctly  seen. 

Entering  Esquimalt  Harbor  the  Fisgard  light  should  be  lell  about 
l}<)0  or  400  yards  to  port.  When  it  bears  X.  37°  W.  the  light  changes 
from  white  to  red,  aud  shows  re<l  within  the  harbor.  Anchor  when  the 
light  bears  S.  34°  W.,  at  a  convenient  distance,  or  stand  into  Constance 
Cove.  The  Scrogg  Rocks  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  entrance  must  be 
avoided.  Royal  Ray  has  good  anchorage  in  !)  fathoms  at  ^  a  mile  from 
the  light,  bearing  N.  12^  E. 

The  entrance  to  Victoria  Harbor  is  2  miles  eastward  of  Esquimalt 
Harbor,  and  the  same  precautions  are  necessary  in  running  for  it. 
The  course  from  one  mile  ofV  the  Race  Islands  is  N.  31°  30'  E.  At  night 
or  in  bad  weather  Victoria  Harbor  should  not  be  attempted,  it  can 
only  be  entered  at  certain  stages  of  the  tide,  and  the  anchorage  outside 
is  exposed  and  unsafe  in  dirty  weather;  but  if  it  is  decided  to  run  for 
the  harbor,  remember  that  when  Fisgard  light  changes  from  ichite  to 
red  a  vessel  is  very  near  the  shore. 

Fisgard  Light. — The  white  light  is  intended  to  guide  a  vessel  in 
fi'om  seaward,  aud  while  visible  clears  the  w  estern  coast  between  Race 
Islands  and  Esipiimall  and  Scrogg  Rocks  off  the  southern  shore. 

The  red  light  will  be  found  useful  in  coming  from  the  eastward,  if 
bound  to  Victoria  or  Hsquimalt.  After  rounding  Trial  Island  it  will 
indicate  a  vessel's  distance  from  the  shore.    If  bound  to  Esquimalt,  a 


G4 


STRAIT   OF   JUAN    DE    FUCA. 


west  course  will  lead  a  safe  distance  outside  Brotcby  Ledge,  until  the 
ligiit  changes  from  red  to  white,  when  the  light  may  be  steered  for,  and 
not  before. 

Esquimalt  Harbor  is  a  safe  and  excellent  anchorage  for  ships  of 
any  size,  and  with  the  aid  of  the  light  on  Fisgard  Island  may  bo  entered 
at  all  times  with  great  facility.  The  entrance  is  (iOO  yards  in  breadth, 
opening  (Mit  immediately  within  to  an  extensive  harbor  having  a  gen- 
eral depth  of  (5  fathoms  over  it.  and  extending  l[  miles  to  the  northwest. 
( )ii  the  eastern  side  are  'Jonstanco  Cove  ami  I'lnmper  Bay,  in  the  former 
of  which,  built  on  Diintze  Uead,  are  the  Government  naval  ostablish- 
nieiits. 

Tiiere  is  daily  communication  with  Nanaimo  bj'  rail.  The  railway 
terminus  is  situated  in  Thetis  Cove,  from  which  there  is  an  extension 
to  ^'i<'to^ia;  and  a  short  branch  runs  down  to  a  pier,  which  has  been 
built  out  from  the  south  point  of  Thetis  Cove,  into  a  depth  of  15  feet  at 
low  water. 

Above  Dykt^  Point,  200  yanb,,  the  water  shoals  to  .'}  fathoms,  and 
from  thence  to  the  head  of  the  harbor  is  a  Hat  with  only  a  few  feet  on 
it  at  low  water. 

Dock. — A  dock  450  feet  long,  and  05  feet  wide  at  the  entrance,  with 
a  depth  of  liOi  feet  over  the  sill  at  high  water  ordinary  spring  tides, 
has  been  constructed  west  of  Thetis  Island.  This  dock  is  closed  by  a 
caisson,  which,  if  necessary,  can  be  placed  on  the  outer  side  of  the  outer 
invert,  giving  an  additional  length  to  the  dock  of  30  feet. 

Winds. — The  strongest  and  most  frequent  gales  blow  from  SW.  and 
SE.,  which  are  leading  winds  in,  but  rarely  from  NW.  The  SW.  is  a 
summer  wind,  generally  fresh,  and  brings  tine  weather,  unless  it  blows  a 
gale.  SE.  winds  may  be  looked  for  during  the  winter  months,  or  be- 
tween November  and  March,  and  generally  a  strong  gale  once  a  mouth 
with  rain  and  thick  weather.  The  NE.  wind  rarely  blows  with  much 
strength,  ami  always  brings  tine,  clear  weather;  a  direct  south  wind, 
to  which  some  parts  of  the  harbor  are  open,  seldom  blows,  and  there 
is  never  suHicient  swell  to  render  the  anchorage  inconvenieut. 

Supplies,  with  the  exception  of  fresh  beef  and  bread,  must  be  ob- 
tained from  Victoria. 

CoaL — liKlependent  of  the  supply  kept  at  the  naval  establishment 
on  Thetis  Island  a  stock  of  5,000  tons  of  coal  is  maintained  at  Esqui- 
nialt.  Vessels  of  about  15  feet  draft  can  coal  alongside  Thetis  Island 
wharf;  regard  should,  however,  be  paid  to  the  15  foot  shoal,  which  lies 
(50  yards  from  the  high-water  mark  of  the  island,  in  the  direction  of 
the  pier.  Vessels  can  also  coal  along.side  a  wharf;  on  the  east  side  of 
which  there  is  a  depth  of  25  feet  at  low  water.  Or  coal  can  be  taken  on 
board  at  all  times  from  colliers  or  boats  alongside. 

Water  may  be  obtained  during  the  winter  mouths  without  difficulty 
from  the  many  streams  that  How  into  the  different  bays;  but  in  sum- 
mer, watering  is  a  tedious  process,  and  boats  must  be  sent  either  to 


KSQUIMALT    IIARBOU — ANCIIORAOK. 


(;5 


Rowe  strejim,  at  the  lieii'l  of  tlio  harbor,  or  to  tli«  salt  lagoon  just  out- 
side the  iMitraiKie.     Botii  offer  (lilliciiltit's,  miU's.s  at  or  near  liifjli  water. 

Pilotage  and  Dues. — Sailing  vessels  8$  per  t'oni.  Vessels  in  tow 
^•*..  Steamers  $1.50,  Half  these  rates  when  tiie  services  of  a  pilot  aro 
offered  bnt  not  aceei»te«l. 

Harbor  dnes  on  vessels  under .'iOO  tons,  ^i;  over  ")()()  tons,  $5. 

Population.— The  population  of  Escpiinialt  in  '"'SI  was  (514. 

Beacon. — A  white  iiyraniidal  wooden  beacon  -'3  feet  above  high 
water,  is  erected  on  Dyke  Point  (at  tLe  head  of  the  harbor). 

Scrogg  Rocks. — The  only  dangers  lie  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  en- 
trance GOO  yards  south  Duutze  Head,  and  cover  at  three  (jnarters  Hood. 
Iiiskip  Islands  kept  well  open  of  the  head  leads  clear  to  the  westward 
of  them  ;  but  the  best  mark  for  entering  with  a  leading  wind  is  the 
beacon  on  Dyke  Point,  just  open  of  the  rocks  off' the  western  end  of  In- 
ski])  Islands,  bearing  N.  8°  !•].,  which  leads  in  mid  channel. 

Fisgard  Island  should  not  be  passed  within  less  than  liOO  yards  keep- 
ing just  outside  the  kelp,  which  extends  about  100  yards  eastward  from 
It,  as  a  rock  with  only  7  fVet  water  over  it  lies  150  yards  X.  08°  E.  of 
the  light-house. 

Buoy. — The  shoal  with  only  4  feet  on  it  at  low  water,  lying  .south  of 
Village  Kocks,  is  marked  b^'  a  red  nun  buoy. 

Wliale  Rock,  with  only  7  feet  on  it  at  low  water,  lies  400  yards  N. 
di'^  W.  of  the  outer  Inskip  Island,  or  nearly  midway  between  it  and 
the  western  shore  of  the  harbor.  This  rock  is  of  small  extent,  and  not 
marked  by  kelp;  it  has  a  clear  passage  on  either  side,  that  to  the  east- 
ward being  the  wider.  Yew  and  Kodd  Points  Just  touching,  point  to 
the  rock;  Yew  Point  Just  touching  the  light-house  on  Fisgard  Island, 
leads  nearly  200  yards  westward;  and  when  Ashe  IIea<l  is  well  shut  in 
by  Inskip  Islands,  a  vessel  will  be  clear  to  the  northward.  The  nxtk  is 
marked  by  a  buoy  colored  red  and  black  in  vertical  strii»es,  moored  off' 
its  south  side. 

Anchorage. — The  most  convenient  anchorage  is  in  Constance  ('ove. 
on  the  eastern  side  of  the  harbor,  immediately  round  Dnntze  Head,  the 
general  depth  being  0  fathoms,  and  the  holding  ground  good  ;  vessels 
of  war  anchoring  between  Dockyard  -Jetty  and  Foster's  Pier,  oi  Village 
Rocks.  There  is,  however,  safe  anchorage  in  any  i)art  of  the  harbor, 
in  not  less  than  4.i  fathoms,  as  far  northward  as  Dyke  Point. 

Thetis  Cove,  in  Plumper  Bay,  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  harbor  im- 
meadiately  north  of  Constance  Cove,  is  a  snug  anchorage  in  IS  fathoms, 
with  the  harbor  entrance  Just  shut  in  by  Inskip  Kocks;  bnt  vessels  pro- 
ceeding above  these  rocks  must  take  care  to  avoi«l  the  Whale  Hock. 

Directions. — Vessels  entering  the  harbor  at  night  with  a  strong 
wind  after  them,  should  take  care  to  shorten  sail  in  time,  as  the  space 
for  rounding  to  is  somewhat  limited;  and  it  is  desirable  to  moor  if  any 
stay  is  intended,  as  the  winds  are  changeable. 

The  bc't  time  for  sailing  vessels  to  leave  the  harbor  is  early  iu  the 
14-05— No.  90 5 


66 


STRAIT    OK    JUAN    1)K    FL'CA. 


uioruiiig,  when  eitliera  calm  orli<;lit  land  wind  urnybe  e.\'|)eclu(I;  there 
is  little  stienj^th  of  tide  in  the  harbor,  or  for  some  dititaiiKe  outside,  aud 
it  sets  fairly  in  iin<l  out. 

Victoria  Harbor  has  its  entrance  between  Ojjden  and  McLan.Thlin 
Points.  .Maeanliiy  Point,  a  remarkable  projection  nearly  midway  be- 
tween the  two  harbors,  is  a  bare  Hat  point  about  30  feet  hif"!'!  showiiijj 
as  a  yellow  clay  dirt,  worn  by  the  action  of  the  sea  and  weather  into  a 
rouiiiec  knob  at  the  extreme.  The  coast  for  one  mile  (»n  either  side  of 
this  point  is  frinjied  with  sunken  rocks,  and  is  dangerous  for  boats  in 
bad  weather,  many  fatal  a(!ci«lerits  havin^'decurred. 

The  entrance  to  the  '.larbor  is  shoal,  narrow,  arul  intricate,  and  with 
SW.  or  SK.  L'ales  a  heavy  roUiiifj  swell  sets  on  the  coast,  wiiich  renders 
the  anchorajic  outside  unsafe,  while  vessels  of  draft  can  not  run  in  for 
sheltemnlessator  near  high  water.  Vessels  drawing  11  or  \ii  feet  water 
nmy,  under  ordinary  circumstances,  enter  at  such  times  of  tide;  and 
ships  drawiiiy  17  feet  have  entered,  though  only  at  the  top  of  spring 
tides. 

Victoria,  the  seat  of  the  government,  is  the  largest  and  most  im- 
l)ortant  town  in  Hritish  Columbia,  and  has  a  considerable  foreign  and 
coasting  trade,  wliich  is  annually  increasing.  The  resident  population 
according  to  the  census  taken  in  1881  was  0,(j87,  exclusive  of  Indians, 
but  is  now  said  to  be  nearly  12,000.  Victoria  has  excellent  educational 
institutions,  hosjiitals,  and  library,  and  the  streets  are  lighted  by  the 
electric  light. 

Harbor  and  i>ilot  dues  are  cliarged  ;  and  tnere  are  sick  mariners'  dues 
of  2  cents  a  ton  register  three  times  a  year  on  vessels  of  100  tons  and 
upwards,  ami  once  a  year  on  vessels  under  100  tons.  There  is  a  quar- 
antine station  for  persons  att'ected  with  infectious  diseases;  and  a  hos- 
])ital  for  seamen  wiio  are  recommended  for  admission  by  masters  of 
ves.sels  that  have  paid  sick  mariners'  dues. 

At  tiie  entrance  of  the  harbor,  on  the  south  side  of  Shoal  I'oint,  there 
is  a  wharf  which  is  used  by  the  ISan  Francisco  steamers,  The  pier  is 
GOO  feet  in  length  and  has  a  depth  of  2{  at  low  water.  Along  the  east- 
ern side  of  the  harbor  in  front  of  the  town  there  are  about  400  yards  of 
fair  wharfage,  with  a  depth  of  from  10  to  1(5  feet  at  low-water  spring  tides. 
Between  Songhies  and  Limit  Toiuts,  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  harbor, 
is  a  small  slip  capable  of  receiving  vessels  of  about  200  tons  burden; 
larger  vessels,  however,  may  hi  ave  down  alongside  the  wharves. 

A  submarine  telegraph  cable  crosses  the  Htrait  of  Georgia  at  Nanaimo 
and  connects  the  city  with  the  mainland  of  British  Columbia,  and  an- 
other crosses  Juan  de  Fuca  Strait  to  Washington. 

There  is  direct  mail  communication  with  San  Francisco  every  week, 
a  triweekly  service  to  the  east  coast  of  Vancouver  Island,  aiul  a  daily 
service  to  Port  Moody,  except  o»  Mondays;  and  steamers  run  daily, 
except  on  Sundays,  to  the  ports  in  Paget  Sound.  There  is  daily  com- 
muuicatiou  with  Nauaimo  by  rail. 


f 


VICTOiUA ANCHORAGE PILOTS. 


67 


( 


Buoys. — The  channel  is  marked  by  black  buoys  with  otUl  numbers 
on  the  northern  side,  and  red  buoys  with  even  numbers  on  the  southern 
side. 

The  buoys  marking;  the  northeiii  odf,'o  of  the  shoal  extending  from 
Siioal  Point,  as  al.soCiiannel  Uock  (iyinfj  100  yar.is  southwest  of  Pelly 
Island),  are  of  ]>yraniidal  sha]>e,  surmounted  by  a  bail. 

Supplies. — I'rovisions  of  all  kinds,  and  of  an  exwllent  quality,  may 
be  procured,  and  water  is  to  be  had  from  a  (ioatin;;  tank  cajtable  of 
<i(»in<!;  outside  the  harbor.     Supplies  for  rclittiufr  mid  repairinj;'  vessels, 
excrept  timber,  are  scarce  ami  expensive,  but  of  fair  (jiiality.     Ordinary 
repairs  to  machinery  of  steamers  can  be  ettecte«l. 
"    ■'  f^nJ.'i  '««;—;«-:■ '-LuilUil'"  "''**« o^r  ton.lmt  alarifiMniantitv  is 
(1754)  BRITISH  OOLUIBBIA-Vaiiconver  Island- Victoria  har- 
bor— Laurel  point-Light  establlahed.— The  Canadian  Government 
has  given  notice  that  on  October  l(i,  1}>05,  a  fixed  ml  electric  litrht 
consisting  of   two  16-candlepower  incandescent  electric  lamps  sus- 
pended in  a.  red  globe,  will  be  exhibited  at  a  height  of  25  feet  above 
high  water  from  a  pole  standing  on  the  bare  rock  at  high  watermark 
on  the  extremity  of  Laurel  point,  southern  side  of  Victoria  harbor! 
Vancouver  island.     The  light  should  lje  visible  1  mile  from  all  points 
of  approach  by  water.  ^ 

Approx.  position:  Lat.  48°  2W  22"  N..  Long.  123°  23'  02"  W 
wiien  Dad  wearner  nuiy  ue  lowufu  lui  »ii/ii  iiii.«^  ...i.in. 

Pilots. — There  are  pilots  attaclied  to  the  port,  who  kee)>  af-uun'iuuB. 
out  for  vessels  ott'  the  entrance.  IMiotajxe  is  compidsorv  to  all  merchant 
vessels,  except  coasters.  The  rates  same  as  at  Ksiiuimalt.  Pilots  are 
seldom  met  witii  below  the  Hace  Uocks  ;  but  between  .January  and  .lulj', 
in  moderate  weather,  vessels  approaching  the  Strait  of  Juan  de  Fuca 
and  requiring  a  pilot,  may  obtain  a  nmn  con.petent  to  take  them  to 
Royal  Koads  or  Port  Townsend  from  the  schooners  en;,Mged  in  the 
seal  tishery  oft'  the  coast,  between  Cape  Heaie  and  Clayoquot  Sound,  at 
a  distance  of  from  5  to  20  miles  from  the  land.  Sometimes  in  Ne6ah 
Hay  a  pilot  may  be  had  if  a  gun  is  tired  twice  in  (juick  succession. 
Guns  are  used  by  the  sealing  schooners  in  foggy  weather,  but  only 
once  in  10  or  15  minutes,  so  that  a  gun  tired  twice  in  quick  succession 
would  not  be  mistaken. 

Harbor  dues  on  vessels  under  500  tons,  $4 ;  over  500  tons,  85.     Tug- 

secondJi.  ^  ^^^  weather,  one  stroke  every  ten 

.       bell  it«  operation  «u,  be  temSl v  resLSl  '"^^^'"""^  ^°  '"^ 

Whenever  the  electricity  is  shut  oflfor  any  cause  it  will  Im,  imnn« 

sible  to  opemle  either  alarm.  ,  J  '   "®  ""?«**• 

(N.  M.84.1906.) 


■»  ii 


66 


STRAIT   OF    JUAN    1)K    FUCA. 


Miornin^r,  when  either  a  calm  orlij^ht  hind  wind  may  be  expected;  there 
is  little  strength  of  tide  in  the  harbor,  or  for  some  distanee  outside,  and 
it  sets  fairly  in  and  out. 

Victoria  Harbor  has  its  entrance  between  Ogden  ami  McLaughlin 
Points.  Macanlay  I'oint,  a  remarkable  projection  nearly  midway  be- 
tween the  two  harbors,  is  a  bare  Hat  point  about  30  feet  his;h,  showing 
as  a  yellow  clay  dirt,  worn  by  the  action  of  the  sea  aiul  weather  into  a 
rounded  knob  at  the  exti'eme.  The  coast  for  one  mile  on  either  side  of 
this  ])oint  is  fringed  with  suidien  rocks,  and  is  dangerous  for  boats  iu 
bad  weather,  many  fatal  accidents  having  occurred. 

The  entrance  to  the  harbor  is  shoal,  narrow,  and  intricate,  and  with 
yW.  or  SK.  irah's  a  heavy  rolling  swell  sets  on  the  coast,  which  rendew 
the  anchorage  oulsidn  iiiiu-*""  "•'■=• 
shelter 
may,  n 
shi])s  d 
tides. 

Victt 
portant 
coasting 

accord in  

but  is  IK  .,  iu,()(K>.     Victoria  has  excellent  educational 

iustitutii,.!.-.,  iiosi)itals,  and  library,  and  the  streets  are  lighted  by  the 
electric  light. 

Harbor  and  pilot  dues  are  charged  ;  and  there  are  sick  mariners'  dues 
of  2  cents  a  ton  register  three  times  a  year  on  vessels  of  100  tons  and 
upwards,  and  (»nce  a  year  on  vessels  under  100  tons.  There  is  a  (piar- 
antine  station  for  i>ersoiis  affected  with  infectious  diseases;  and  a  hos- 
pital for  seamen  who  are  recommended  for  admission  by  masters  of 
vessels  that  have  paid  sick  mariners'  dues. 

At  th'!  entrance  of  the  harbor,  on  the  south  side  of  Shoal  Point,  there 
is  a  wharf  which  is  used  by  the  San  Franciisco  steamers.  The  pier  is 
GOO  feet  in  length  and  has  a  depth  of  2i  at  low  water.  Along  the  east- 
ern side  of  the  harbor  in  front  of  the  town  there  are  about  400  yards  of 
fair"  ■      '     '^'-  '••»'•■—«  iof,i  ir'.fwphnt  low-water  spring  tides. 

is  a 
larg 
A 
and 
otht 

t; 

a  tri  ,« 

ser\ 

exc( 

muuicatiou  with  JNanaimo  uy  ran.  ____ 


VICTORIA — ANCHORAGE — PILOTS. 


67 


dues 


Buoys. — The  channel  it*  msirked  by  blacU  biio,v.s  with  otbl  iiuinber.s 
on  the  nortiiiMn  Hide,  and  red  biio,v8  with  even  nuiuberson  the8uutiiern 
side. 

The  buoyH  marking  the  northern  edffe  of  the  shoal  extending  from 
iSiioal  I'oint,  as  also  (^iiannel  Hock  (l.vinK  100  yanis  southwest  of  Pelly 
Island),  arc  of  pyramidal  Hha])c,  sunnountod  by  a  ball. 

Supplies. — Provisions  <  "all  kinds,  and  of  an  excellent  ([uality,  may 
be  procured,  and  water  is  lo  be  had  from  a  lloatin^'  tank  capable  of 
{roiiifj  outside  the  harbor.  Supjilics  for  rclittiiifr  and  rejiairin;,'  vessels, 
except  timber,  are  scante  and  expensive,  but  of  fair  (juality.  Ordinary 
repairs  to  machinery  of  steamers  can  Uo  eHVcfed. 

r'oal  can  be  obtained  at  tli"  jnice  of  #0 per  ton,  but  a  hn}ie«inantity  is 
not  kept  in  store.  Vessels  can  coal  alon^'side  the  wharves  in  the  luir- 
bor,  and  iUho  from  the  wharf  on  the  south  side  of  Shoal  Point. 

Anchorage. — Vessels  auchoriuf?  outside  the  harbor  to  wait  for  the 
tide,  or  from  other  causes,  should  not  come  witiiiu  a  line  between  0}j;den 
and  MacLauf,ddiu  Points,  the  former  bearing  8.  t>2'3  E.,  the  latter  X. 
(i^o  W.,  midway  between,  or  \  mile  from  either;  this  is  a  good  stopping 
l)lace  with  otVsliore  winds  or  line  weather,  but  is  by  no  means  recom- 
mended as  a. safe  aiuihorage  for  sailing  vessels  during  the  winter  nu)nth8, 
when  ba<l  weather  may  be  looke«l  for  with  little  warning. 

Pilots. — There  are  pilots  attached  to  the  port,  who  keep  a  good  look 
out  for  vessels  oil'  the  entrance.  Pilotage  is  compulsory  to  all  merchant 
vessels,  except  coasters.  The  rates  same  as  at  Ksquinuilt.  Pilots  are 
seldom  met  witii  below  the  Hace  Rocks  ;  but  between  January  amlJuly, 
in  moderate  weather,  vessels  api)roaching  the  Strait  of  Juan  de  Fuca 
aud  requiring  a  pilot,  may  obtain  a  man  competent  to  take  them  to 
Royal  Roads  or  Port  Townsend  from  the  schooners  engage<l  in  the 
seal  tishery  oil' the  coast,  between  Cape  Heale  and  Clayoquot  Sound,  at 
a  distance  of  from  5  to  20  miles  from  the  land.  Sometimes  in  Ne6ab 
Bay  a  i)ilot  nniy  be  had  if  a  gun  is  fired  twice  in  q>iick  succession. 
Guns  are  used  by  the  sealing  schooners  in  foggy  weather,  but  only 
once  in  10  or  15  miiiHtes,  so  that  a  gun  fired  twice  in  quick  succession 
would  not  be  mistaken. 

Harbor  dues  on  vessels  under  500  tons,  $4;  over  500  tons,  $5.  Tug- 
boat charges  from  Royal  Roads,  $50.  Discharging  cargo  or  ballast,  50 
cents  per  ton.  Labor  per  day,  $J.50.  The  average  price  of  stores  is, 
for  fresh  beef  7  cents  per  pound  :  salted  in  barrels  of  200  pounds,  $10 
per  barrel.  Pork,  S18  to  $24  per  barrel.  Ship  bread,  5  cents  per  pound. 
Vegetables  are  always  obtainable  at  from  cme  to  2  cents  i)er  pound. 

The  Unitkd  States  is  represented  by  consul  and  vice-consul. 

Brotchy  Ledge  is  in  the  fair  way  of  vessels  entering  Victoria  Harbor 
from  the  eastward ;  it  has  only  5  feet  water  on  its  shoalest  part,  is 
covered  with  kelp,  and  about  200  yards  in  extent  within  the  5-fathom 
line.    There  are  0  fathoms  water  between  the  ledge  and  the  shore. 

Buoy. — Tills  shoal  is  marked  by  a  pyramidal  buoy,  colored  red  and 


68 


.STRAIT    OF   JUAN    I)E    KUCA. 


black  in  hoiixontal  Htripi's  and  .siitiiioiintiMl  by  a  ca^c,  moored  300 
yards  S.  (»7^  \V.  of  the  slioal  of  o  I'l-t't.  The  buoy  is  occaHionally 
washed  away  diiriiifj;  tlie  heavy  winter  ^ales. 

Fi^^ai'd  Ishind  li};'lit-iioiise,  iiortli  part  of  Brothers  Ishmd,  and  Macau- 
lay  I'oint  in  line  bearinj;  N.  o!)^,  W.,  leads  20(>  yards  nortliward  of  the 
ledjjie  in  !)  fathoms,  between  it  and  the  shore  ;  and  Fisgard  Island  light- 
lionse,  just  open  southward  of  Hrothers  Island  bearing  N.  53°  VV.,  leads 
400  yards  southward  of  tiu-  ledge  in  2\  fatlioms  water. 

Directions. — Tlie  channel  is  buoyed,  but  it  is  necessary  for  a  stranger 
to  take  a  pilot,  and  the  s)>ace  is  .so  conlined  and  tortuous  that  a  long 
ship  has  considerable  dilliculty  in  making  the  necessary  turn  ;  u  largo 
percentage  of  vessels  entering  tiie  port,  .small  as  well  as  large,  con- 
stantly run  aground  frctm  these  causes,  or  from  trying  to  enter  at  an 
improi»er  time  of  lide.  or  negle(!tiiig  to  takt^  a  pilot.  Such  accidents, 
however,  are  seldom  attended  with  more  than  delay  and  inconvenience, 
as  the  shoalest  an<l  must  intricate  part  of  the  pa.s,sage  is  sheltered; 
when  within,  the  port  is  peifecitly  landlocked,  antl  ve.s,sels  nuiy  lie  in 
from  14  to  18  feet  at  low  water,  but  tlie  harbor  accommodation  is  lim- 
ited. 

Victoria  to  Vancouver. — With  liood  tide  and  clear  weather  the 
following  route  is  recommended,  the  distance  being  shortest,  water 
smoothest,  ami  tide  of  the  most  assistance  : 

Enterprise,  iMayor,  and  liaynes  Channels,  Sydney  Channel  (passing 
to  westward  of  Moresby  Island  and  the  islands  to  the  .southward  of 
it);  thence  through  Swan.son  Channel  and  Active  i'ass,  and  acioss  to 
13urrard  Inlet. 

With  the  elih  tide  the  usual  route  is  outside  of  Trial  Island  to  the 
main  channel  of  Uaro  Strait,  following  the  latter  to  the  (iulf  of  Georgia. 
This  route  is  recommended  in  thick  weather,  and  also,  at  all  times,  to 
uavigators  not  familiar  with  the  tides  and  dangers  of  the  narrower 
channels. 

Some  of  the  fastest  steamers,  after  pa.s.sing  outside  Trial  Island  and 
part  way  through  llaro  Strait,  tide  ebb,  stand  up  Swanson  Channel 
and  through  Active  Pass. 

Victoria  to  Nanaimo  and  Departure  Bay. — With  flood  tide  and 
clear  weather  i)ass  through  Enter])rise,  Mayor,  Baynes,  Swanson,  and 
Trincomalie  Channels,  and  Dodd  Narrows.  l>y  this  route  the  smooth 
water  and  strong  tide  will  be  of  great  assistance.  On  the  southward 
trip  this  route  should  also  be  followed  when  the  tide  is  ebb. 

With  adverse  tides  the  usual  route  is  through  the  main  channel  of 
Haro  Strait  and  the  Gulf  of  Georgia. 

The  Coast  from  Victoria  Harbor  trends  in  a  southeasterly  direction  to 
Clover  Point,  and  isfor  the  nu)st  part  failed  by  whitesandycliffs,  varying 
iu  height  from  10  to  80  feet ;  a  sandy  beach  extends  along  the  whole  way, 
and  at  200  yards'  distance  oil'  in  many  phuics  are  rocks  ami  foul  ground. 
Four  hundred  yards  east  of  UoUand  Point,  and  200  yards  off  shore,  are 
the  Glimpse  reefs,  which  cover  at  three-quarters  flood. 


TRIAL    ISLANDS — KNTEIII'HISK    CHANNKL. 


69 


Beacon  Hill,  »  geiitlu  vine  of  iIh;  laiitl,  400  yar<!8  from  tlio  wator'H 
etlpc,  rtiid  a  mil«  east  of  tli«  liarl)or,  is  (jrasay  and  Itare  of  treos;  its 
iKMgiit  is  140  feet,  aii*l  tlieru  is  a  staiVor  beacon  on  tliu  siiniinit. 

Clover  Point,  2  miles  eastward  of  tlie  entrance  to  Victoria  Harbor, 
is  low,  bare  of  trees,  and  |)rojectinjj;  it  is  steep-to,  and  off  it  are  some 
strong  tide  rips,  dangerous  to  boats  in  heavy  weatlier.  Ross  Hay  to 
tlie  eastward  of  it  is  open,  bat  sometimes  used  b}'  small  cu>ft  if  waiting 
lor  the  tide. 

Foul  Bay,  nearly  one  mile  to  the  eastward  of  CIovt  Point,  is  of  small 
extent  and  tilled  with  rocka.  Otl'its  entnince  are  the  'lemplar  Uocks, 
about  4  feet  under  water,  and  marked  by  kelp. 

Foul  Point,  on  tlu^  eastern  side  of  the  i)ay,  is  rocky,  but  has  not  less 
than  I  fathoms  at  200  yards  distance  ;  the  lanil  at  the  back  of  the  i)oint 
rises  to  a  height  of  'SM  feet,  forming,' a  rocky  ridge  or  summit,  known  as 
(ionzales  Hill. 

Trial  Islands,  nearly  1-J  miles  eastward  of  Clover  Point,  on  the  .south- 
ern side  of  Enterprise  Channel,  are  two  in  number,  bare  and  rocky,  but 
generally  appear  as  one.  The  southern  or  largest  island  is  .so  feet  high, 
and  steepto  at  ''s  outer  end  ;  the  northern  one  is  low,  and  from  it  foul 
ground  extends  some  distance.  Strong  tide  rips  prevail  oil  the.soiitheru 
islaiul,  especially  during  the  Hood,  wiiich  runs  nearly  6  knots  at  springs 
Just  outside  it. 

Inner  Channels. — The  inner  channels  leading  from  Juan  de  Fnca 
Strait  into  the  llaro  Strait  are  the  Knterprise,  Mouatt,  INIayoi',  and 
llaynes  Channels,  and  Hecate  and  Plum]>er  Passages. 

Enterprise  Channel,  bi-tween  Trial  lslan<isand  the  Vancouver  shore, 
is  a  narrow,  tortuous,  but  deep  ciiannel,  much  u.sed  by  steamers  and 
coasters  trading  to  Victoria  Harbor,  as  a  .slight  saving  of  distance  is 
effected,  and  less  tide  experienced  than  by  going  south  of  the  Trial 
Islands.  Hs  length  is  about  a  mile,  its  width  in  the  narrowest  place  100 
yards,  ami  there  are  not  less  than  24  feet  in  the  shoalest  part. 

McNeil  Bay,  on  the  northern  side  of  the  channel  to  the  eastward  of 
Foul  Point,  18  (iOO  yards  in  extent,  with  from  2  to  0  falhoms  water;  it  is 
open  to  the  southwanl,  and  foul  grouiul  exists  in  its  eastern  part,  but  the 
bay  is  much  used  by  small  vessels  waiting  for  the  tide. 

Mouatt  Reef,  in  the  eastern  i)arr  of  tlie  channel,  000  yards  from 
North  Trial  island  and  nearly  400  yards  olV  shore,  is  about  200  yards 
in  extent,  and  covers  at  oue<piarter  tlood ;  this  reef  is  dangerous  for 
ves.sels  using  the  linterpri-se  Channel,  as  it  lies  just  north  of  the 
fairway. 

Directions. — Hound  through  the  Enterprise  Channel  to  the  east- 
ward, when  past  l'\)ul  15ay,  give  Foul  Point  a  berth  of  from  400  to 
600  yards,  and  steer  for  the  west  side  of  McNeil  Bay  on  a  northerly 
course;  approach  it  close  to,  after  which  steer  direct  for  Kitty  Islet, 
and  when  within  100  yards  of  the  latter,  haul  quickly  to  the  eastward, 
keeping  McNeil  farm  just  open  west  of  Kitty  Islet,  bearing  N.  64°  W, ; 


70 


8TKA1T    OF   JUAN    UK    KUCA. 


tliiH  will  lead  saft'ly  tliroiiuli  tlic  narrowest  pait  of  tim  clinniicl  ami 
soiitli  of  IMoiiiitt  Ki'd'.  When  Cliaiiiit'l  Point  and  tli«  west  siilw  of 
(Jreat  Ciiiiin  l.sU't  coino  in  line  l)t'arin>f  N.  IJ7^  K.  tliu  vossi'l  will  be 
well  east  of  tli(>  reef,  ami  should  alter  eonrso  to  tlie  nortliward  to  avoid 
the  Hrodie  Kocrk,  proceeding;  np  tliroii<;li  any  of  tliu  inner  uliannels. 

Brodie  Rock,  a  |>ateli  of  .1  fatlioms  least  water,  marked  by  kelp, 
lies  nearly  one  mile  N.  (Jo^  K.  of  tli»'  summit  of  the  south  Trial  Island. 

The  north  ]K>int  of  small  Trial  Island  in  line  with  Foul  Point  bear- 
ing west,  lends  north  of  Hntdie  Koi^k. 

Poul  Point  seen  between  the  Trial  Islands  bearing  N.  70°  W.  leads 
south  of  the  rock. 

Cadboro  Point  in  liiu' with  the  east  extreme  of  Great  Chain  Island 
bearing  N.  lli^  K,  leads  eastward  of  the  iock. 

Qonzales  Point  forms  the  sonth.iastern  extremity  of  Vancouver 
Island.  It  is  a  low  salient  ]u)int,  r(>cky,  bare  of  troe.s,  and  steep-to  on 
the  east  side. 

Oak  Bay. — From  (Jonzales  Point,  the  Vancouver  shore  trends  to  the 
northward,  and  at  (die  iniie  from  the  jxiiiit  forms  a  f-audy  bay  which  is 
somewhat  le.ss  than  oiu^  mile  in  extent,  and  atlords  fair  anchorage  near 
its  north  part  in  trom  '^  to  I  fathoms. 

The  best  anchorage  is  to  tlie  northward  of  Mary  Todd  Islet  in  the 
south  i)arr  of  the  bay.  This  islet  is  hare,  and  about  .'50  feet  high  ;  east 
of  it,  is  Kmily  Islet,  4  feet  above  high  water,  and  south  of  Kuiily  Islet 
lies  the  Itobson  Heef,  which  uncovers  at  low  water. 

Cadboro  Bay,  to  the  northward  of  Oak  Itay,  is  about  i  mile  in  ex- 
tent, ami  oi)eii  to  the  s<  utherist ;  no  sea  rises  within  it,  and  there  is 
good  anchorage  in  from  3  to  4  fathoms  near  the  entrance. 

The  Vancouver  shore  from  Gonzales  Point  to  this  bay  is  low  and 
lightly  timbered  with  tlwarf  oak  and  pine  trees;  to  the  northward  of 
Oak  Bay  it  is  clear  of  danger  at  20i»  yards  distance. 

Mayor  Channel  is  to  the  eastward  of  Gonzales  Point,  and  west  of 
Chain  Islets.  The  channel  is  bounded  on  the  western  side  by  Thames 
Shoal,  Harris  Island,  and  Fiddle  Reef,  and  abreast  the  latter  on  its  op- 
l)08ite  side  lies  the  Lewis  Heef.  The  tide  seldom  runs  more  than  3 
knots  through  this  channel,  and  it  is  the  one  generally  used. 

Thames  Shoal  has  2  fathonis  water  over  it,  is  of  small  extent,  and 
marked  by  kelp;  it  lies  nearly  i  mile  N.  4.P  E.  of  Gonzales  Point,  at 
the  southwestern  jiart  of  the  Mayor  Uhaiuiel.  Channel  Point  in  line 
with  west  side  of  Great  Chain  Islet  bearing  N.  .'J(P  E.  leads  east  of  the 
shoal  and  the  highest  ))art  of  Trial  Island  in  line  with  Gonzales  Point 
bearing  S.  JJP  W.  leads  west  of  it. 

Mouatt  Channel— Lee  Rock,  which  only  uncovers  at  low  water 
springs,  lies  300  yards  northwestward  ')f  Thames  Shoal;  it  is  marked 
by  kelp  and  steep-to  on  the  eastern  side.  Hetween  this  rock  and 
Thames  Shoal  is  Mouatt  Channel,  L'OO  yards  wide. 

The  highest  pait  of  Trial  Island  in  line  with  Gonzales  Point,  8.  31° 


I'lUULK    KKKF — TIIK    CHATHAM    ISLANDS 


n 


W.,  Inuls  iiiitiway  butween  TliaiiicH  Slioal  »iul  LeK  Uock  ;  also  tliroii^li 
tlie  t'liirvviiy  of  the  iiortliuni  part  of  Mayor  Cliaiiiiel,  between  Fiddle  and 
LewJH  HofCs. 

Fiddle  Reef,  at  the  nortlierii  extreme  of  Mayor  Clianiiul,  and  up- 
wards of  a  mile  from  OonzaleH  Point,  is  of  Hmall  extent,  and  awash 
at  iii^h  water  Hpring  tides ;  it  may  be  approaulied  elose  to  on  tii*^  east- 
ern side. 

Beacon. — A  beacon,  consisting,'  of  a  wliife  conical  strnctiire  41  feet 
hijiU,  Hurinonnted  by  a  black  pole  and  cage  10  feet  lii);h,  lia.s  i  on 
erected  on  Kiddle  Ueef. 

Todd  Rock,  at  ■'{(>()  yards  NW.  of  Fiddle  Ueef,  in  the  entrance  fo 
Oak  I5ay,  covers  at  two  thirds  Hood,  and  is  marked  by  kelp. 

Lewis  Reef,  at  tiie  northeastern  ]inrt  of  Mayor  (Jhanne)  '  ^m  SOU 
yanis  8.  M'^  B.  of  T  ildle  liaet',  covers  at  high  water,  an<l  may  be 
approached  irlose-io  on  the  western  side. 

Tlie  pa;  ;;e  between  it  and  Chain  Islets  is  tilled  with  kelp,  bat  has 
not  less  than  2  fathoms  water. 

Beacon,  consisting;  of  a  round  stone  tower,  colored  black,  10  feet  in 
height,  surmonnted  by  a  cross  10  feet  above  higii  water,  is  sitnated  on 
Lewis  Keef. 

Chain  Islets,  niiilway  between  Discovery  Island  and  the  Vancouver 
shore,  are  a  l)ar»'  rocky  ^rronp.  The  largest,  called  (ircat  ('liain  Islet, 
is  about -'00  yards  in  extent  and  ;{0  feet  above  high  water;  it  is  the 
southwestern  one  of  the  group. 

Spencer  Ledge,  ott'  their  eastern  side  at  a  <listance  of  300  yards 
from  the  easternmost  high-water  rock,  is  marked  by  kelp,  and  has  9 
feet  water  on  its  shoalest  |»art;  if  going  through  Hecate  Passage  it 
recpiires  to  be  guarded  against.  Oadboro  Point,  open  west  of  Channel 
Point  bearing  N.  7^  W.,  leiuls  east  of  this  ledge  through  Hecate 
Passage. 

Caroline  Reef,  at  the  northern  part  of  the  group,  ami  connected  to 
it  by  a  rocky  le<lge,  is  "f  small  extent,  and  covers  at  one  quarter  tlood, 
but  is  well  out  of  the  track  of  vessels  using  any  of  the  channels.  Foul 
ground  with  dej)tlis  of  from  3  to  4  fathoms,  marked  by  kelp,  extends 
upwanls  of  -'00  yards  westward  from  it. 

Discovery  Island  is  at  tlH>  junction  of  the  Ilaro  and  Fuca  Straits. 
It  is  wooded,  about  '^  mile  in  extent,  and  its  shores  on  all  sides  are 
bordered  by  rocks,  extending  in  some  places  move  than  tOO  yards. 
Kudlin  I5ay,  on  its  southeastern  side,  is  lilled  witi.  rocks,  and  should 
not  be  used  by  any  vessel. 

The  Chatham  Islands,  to  tiie  northwest  of  Discovery  I.sia  :d,  and 
separated  from  it  by  a  narrow  boat  i)ass,  are  of  small  extent,  forming 
an  irregular  groui),  low,  wooded,  ami  almost  connected  with  each  other 
at  low  water.  Their  western  side  is  steep-to,  and  the  tide  ruslies  with 
great  strength  through  the  passages  between  them. 


72 


STRAIT  OP  SAN  JUAN  DE  FUCA 


Leading  Point,  at  the  soutli western  extreme,  ia  a  bare  rocky  isle*^  at 
high  water.  To  the  eastward  of  it  is  a  small  boat  cove.  Channel 
Point,  their  western  extreme,  is  also  bare  and  steep  to.  The  tide  runs 
Ptrongly  past  it. 

Strong  Tide  Islet,  the  northwestern  of  these  islands,  is  rocky,  about 
60  feet  hijjli,  and  woodeil.  Its  uorthwesteni  side  is  steep  to.  The  ebb 
tide  runs  very  strongly  past  it,  nearly  li  knots  at  springs. 

Refuge  Cove,  on  the  nortiicastern  side  of  the  Chatham  Islands,  is 
small,  and  has  H  fathoms  in  the  center;  coasters  or  small  craft  en- 
tangled among  these  islets  may  find  shelter  in  it.  Alpha  Islet,  the 
easternmost  of  the  group,  is  bare,  10  feet  above  high  water,  and  steep- 
to  on  the  eastern  side.     Hoats  only  ought  to  go  westward,  or  inside  it. 

Fulford  Reef,  (iOO  yards  northward  of  the  Chatham  Islands,  is  about 
200  yards  in  extent,  and  covers  at  three-quarters  tlood.  Vessels  using 
the  Baynes  Ciiannel  should  keep  well  to  the  westward  to  avoid  this 
reef,  as  the  tide  sets  iiivguhirly  in  its  vicinity. 

Hecate  and  Plumper  Passages. — Discovery  Island  is  separated 
from  the  Chain  Islets  liy  a  i)assage  A  mile  wide  in  the  narrowest  part, 
forming  an  ap|>arently  clear  and  wide  channel.  Near  the  middle  of  the 
southern  part  lies  Center  Ko(!k,  which  has  only ;}  feet  over  it,  and  though 
marked  by  kelp,  this  from  the  strength  of  the  tides  is  often  run  under 
and  sehloni  seen.  There  is  deep  passage  on  either  siile  of  tiiis  dan- 
ger, the  one  to  the  westward  being  called  Hecate,  and  the  eastern  one 
Plumper  Passage.  The  latter  is  wider  and  better  adapted  for  large 
steamers,  but  the  tide  sets  very  strongly  through  both  of  them. 

Cadboro  Point,  open  west  of  Channel  Point  N.  7^  \V'.,  leads  through 
Hecate  Passage  in  mid-channel,  west  of  Center  Rock. 

Cadboro  Point,  well  shut  in,  north  of  Leading  Point,  N.  15°  \V.,  leads 
through  Pliimi)er  Passage  in  midchannel,  east  of  Center  Hock. 

Baynes  Channel,  between  Cadboro  Point  an<l  the  Chatham  Islands, 
connecting  these  inner  channels  with  llaro  Strait,  is  upwards  of  one  mile 
long  and  A  mile  wide;  the  depths  in  it  are  irregular,  varying  from  2^ 
to  .'JO  fatiioms,  aiul  the  tide  at  spring  sets  through  it  with  a  velocity  of 
4  to  0  knots,  strongest  along  the  eastern  side. 

Five  Fathom  Shoal,  wiiich  lies  in  tiu'  center  of  the  channel,  is  not 
marked  by  Ueli).  Nearly  liOO  yards  N.  li.'P  \V.  of  it  is  another  shoal 
■with  only  1G4  feet  water  on  it,  and  extending  about  83  yards  north  and 
south  and  oO  yards  east  and  west.  To  avoid  it  a  vessel  should  keep  a 
little  over  on  either  side  of  mid  channel. 

Cadboro  Point,  on  the  Vancouver  shore,  at  the  terminati(»n  of  the 
inner  channels,  is  nearly  .'5  miles  NNH.  of  (lonzales  Point,  and  'l  mile 
N.  23^  W.,  of  the  Chatham  Islands.  It  is  about  ">0  feet  high,  rocky  itud 
bare  of  trees.  A  small  islet  lies  just  off  It,  also  a  reef  which  covers; 
when  i)assing  do  not  approacih  the  islet  within  400  yards. 

The  coast  west  from  Cadboro  Point  to  Cadlmro  Hay  is  low,  very  much 
broken,  aiul  there  are  some  off-lying  rocks. 


JEMMY   JONES    ISLET — CONSTANCE    BANK. 


w 


fcs  "  i^enuny  Jones  Islet,  which  is  bare  and  15  feet  above  high  water,  lies 

"   -"  '^-lunrn  Point;  foul 

md 
lall 


not 

less 

ble. 

iier- 

fter 

line 

ilet, 

)rth 

oal, 

'rial 

that 

ddle 

tak- 

"ive- 

itch. 

and 

rong 

Idom 

?  the 

lead 

)etter 
using 
el,  or 
them 
el  be- 
Iboro 


Tides. —  me  mjin  i»,mi  .^v .,  iniicU 

iniliienced  by  i)revailing  win  la;  the  greatest  rise  and  fall  of  tide  at 
Dist'overy  Islrnid  is  li'  feet.  During  snnitner  tnontlis  in  tliesc  cliannel.s 
the  Hood  stream  couiii'.euce.s  at  11. i")  a.  ni.,  running  with  great  .strength 
till  nearly  .'J  p.  ni.,  after  wiiicli  but  little  tide  i.s  felt  till  4  a.  ni.  on  the 
following  day,  when  the  ebb  coininences  and  runs  strong  till  nearly  11 
a.  ni.,  the  tinn^  of  low  water  by  the  .shoie. 

ConstanueBank,  lying  in  the  Fnea  Strait,  nearly  0  inile.s  8.  ;5P  E. 
of  Fisgard  Lightlionse.  is  upwards  of  one  jnile  in  extent  with  depth.s  of 
from  y  to  14  tathonis,  but  a  ves.sel  should  not  anchor  on  it,  a«  tlie  bot- 
tom is  rooky. 


72 


STRAIT    OF    SAN    JUAN    DE    FUCA 


(253)  BRITISH  OOLUnBIA-WASHINQTON  -  Submarine  tele- 
phone cable  laid  between  Vancouver  island  and  the  mainland.— 

Through  the  courtesy  of  Mr.  William  P.  Anderson,  Chief  Engineer, 
Department  of  Marine  anil  Fisheries,  Ottawa,  Canada,  the  following 
advance  proof  of  Canadian  Notice  to  Mariners  No.  7  of  1905  is  pub- 
lished for  the  benefit  of  mariners: 

A  submarine  telephone  cable  has  recently  been  laid  across  the 
several  channels  between  Vancouver  island,  British  Columbia,  and 
the  mainland  ii^  Wiishington,  United  States  of  America.     The  parts 
cross  the  channels  follows: 

From  a  point  in  Telegraph  cove  near  the  southeast  extreme  of  Van- 
couver island,  in  latitude  48°  27'  55"  N.,  longitude  123°  17'  U"  W., 
across  Haro  stiait  on  a  course  N.  45°  E.  true  (NNE.  mag. ),  8.45  miles, 
to  a  point  in  Andrews  bay,  in  latitude  48°  32'  30"  N.,  longitude  123° 
10'  00"  W.,  on  the  west  shore  of  San  Juan  island. 

From  a  point  on  the  east  shore  of  San  Juan  island,  north  of  Friday 
harbor,  in  latitude  48°  33'  03"  N.,  longitude  123°  01'  00"  W.,  across 
San  Juan  channel  on  a  course  N.  77°  E.  true  (NE.  |  E.  E'ly  mag.), 
1.21  miles,  to  a  point  on  the  southwest  shore  of  Shaw  island,  in  lati- 
tude 48°  33'  15"  N.,  longitude  122°  59'  28"  W. 

From  a  point  on  the  northeast  shore  of  Shaw  island,  in  latitude 
48°  35'  03"  N.,  longitude  122°  55'  23"  W.,  across  Harney  channel  on 
a  course  N.  1°  W.  true  (NNW.  j^W.  mag.),  0.542  mile,  to  a  point  on 
the  south  shore  of  Orcas  island,  in  latitude  48°  35'  31"  N.,  long'tude 
122°  55'  23"  W. 

From  Lawrence  point  the  easternmost  point  of  Orcas  island,  in 
latitude  48°  .39' 40"  N.,  longitude  122°  45'  00"  W.,  across  Kosario 
strait  on  a  course  N.  48°  E.  true  (NNE.  |  E.  mag.),  3.62  miles,  to  a 
point  on  the  west  shore  of  Lummi  island,  in  latitude  48°  41'  43"  N., 
longitude  122°  41'  28"  W. 

From  a  point  on  the  east  shore  of  Lummi  island,  in  latitude  48°  42' 
17"N.,  longitude  122°  40' 30"  W.  across  Hale  passsige  on  a  course  N.  57° 
B.  true  (NE.  byN.  mag.),  0.915  mile,  to  a  point  on  the  mainland,  in 
latitude  48°  42'  47"  N.,  longitude  122°  39'  28"  W.,  in  Lummi  Indian 
Reservation,  Washington,  and  7  miles  from  Whatcom. 

The  geographical  positions  and  bearings  given  are  approximate. 

Each  landing  is  designated  by  a  white  monument  sign  12  inches 
wide  by  66  inches  long,  with  the  word  "Cable"  in  black  painted 
+''ereon.     Mariners  are  instructed  not  to  anchor  in  the  vicinity  of 

I aese  cables. (N.  M.  7, 1905.) 

marked  by  keli).  Nearly  200  yards  N.  23°  \V.  of  it  is  another  .slioal 
•with  only  104  feet  water  on  it,  and  extendinj,'  about  83  yards  north  and 
south  and  .")(>  yards  east  and  west.  To  avi  id  it  a  vessel  sliould  keep  a 
little  over  on  eitiier  side  of  inideliannel. 

Cadboro  Point,  on  the  Vancouver  shore,  at  tiie  termination  of  tlio 
inner  cliaiincls,  is  nearly  3  miles  NNE.  of  (Jonzales  Point,  and 'f  mile 
N.  23^3  W.,  of  tlie  Chatliam  Islands.  It  is  about  50  feetiiiKh,  rocky  anil 
bare  of  trees.  A  small  islet  lies  Just  oil'  it,  also  a  reef  which  covers; 
when  |>assing  do  not  approach  the  islel  witlim  4(tO  yards. 

The  coast  west  from  Cadboro  Point  to  (iadboro  IJay  is  low,  very  much 
broken,  and  there  are  some  ort'-lyiny:  rocks. 


JEMMY    JONES    ISLET — CONSTANCE    UANK. 


73 


Jemmy  Jones  Islet,  which  is  bare  and  15  feet  above  high  water,  lies 
GOO  yards  off  shore,  and  000  yards  B,  33^  VV.  of  Cadboro  Point ;  foul 
ground  extends  around  it  (or  upwards  of  200  yards  in  some  parts,  and 
though  there  is  deep  water  between  it  and  the  shore,  none  except  small 
craft  should  go  through  that  passage. 

Directions. — Though  these  inner  channels  are  deep,  they  should  not 
be  used  except  by  steamers  of  moderate  size  or  by  small  craft,  unless 
in  cases  of  necessity,  and  a  knowledge  of  the  tide  i^  indispensable. 
Coasters  and  small  steamers,  when  taking  advantage  of  them,  gener- 
ally proceed  through  the  Mayor  Channel.  If  using  this  channel,  after 
passing  Gonzales  Point  keep  the  west  side  of  (Ireat  Chain  Islet  in  line 
with  Channel  Point  bearing  N.  37'^  E.  till  within  400  yards  of  the  islet, 
when  the  north  end  of  "Shwy  Todil  Island  will  be  in  line  with  the  north 
point  of  Harris  Island  and  the  vessel  will  be  clear  of  the  Thames  Shoal, 
after  which  steer  to  the  northwest,  bringing  the  higliest  part  of  Trial 
Island  in  line  with  Gonzales  Point  bearing  S.  3P  W.,  and  with  that 
mark  on  astern,  steer  N.  31^  E.,  which  will  lead  between  the  Fiddle 
and  Lewis  lleefs,  and  on  through  Haynes  Channel,  to  Ilaro  Strait,  tak- 
ing care,  however,  to  avoid  the  patch  of  Ifi.^  feet  lying  close  to  the  Five- 
latliom  Shoal,  as  this  mark  leads  only  100  yards  westward  of  the  i>atch. 
When  past  Lewis  and  Fiddle  lleefs,  a  vessel  may  steer  N.  iS*^  E.  and 
pass  out  of  Baynes  Channel  between  Five-fathom  Shoal  and  Strong 
Tide  Islet,  but  the  tides  are  much  stronger  this  side  of  the  channel, 

Going  through  Mouatt  Channel,  which  is  very  narrow  and  seldom 
used,  after  rounding  Gonzales  Point  at  liOO  yards  distance,  bring  the 
highest  part  of  Trial  Island  in  line  ivith  the  point  bearing  S.  3P  \V., 
and  keeping  this  mark  on  astern,  and  steering  N.  31°  E.,  will  lead 
through  clear  of  danger. 

The  Hecate  and  Plumper  Passages  are  nearly  straight,  and  better 
adapted  for  large  steamers  than  those  west  of  the  Chain  Islets.  If  using 
either  of  them,  after  passing  eitiier  through  Enteri)rise  Channel,  or 
southward  of  Trial  Islamls,  bring  the  leading  marks  on,  and  keep  them 
so  till  northward  of  the  Center  Kock,  when  steer  u|)  in  mid-channel  be- 
tween Chain  Islets  and  Chatham  Islands,  X.  34'^  VV^.,  towards  Cadboro 
Bay.  and  through  Haynes  Channel  into  Ilaro  Strait. 

Tides. — Tlie  high  water  at  full  and  change  is  Irregular  and  much 
inlliieniied  by  prevailing  winls;  the  greatest  rise  and  fail  of  tide  at 
Discovery  Island  is  12  leet.  During  summer  months  in  these  clnuinels 
the  flood  stream  commences  at  11.1.")  a.  m.,  running  with  great  strength 
till  nearly  3  p.  n).,  after  which  but  little  tide  is  felt  till  4  a.  m.  on  the 
following  <lay,  when  the  ebb  commences  and  runs  strong  till  nearly  11 
a.  m.,  the  tinu'  of  low  water  by  the  shoie. 

ConstanceBank,  lying  in  the  Fuca  Strait,  nearly  (J  miles  S.  3P  E. 
of  Fisgard  Lighthouse,  is  upwards  of  one  mile  in  extent  with  depths  of 
from  0  to  14  fathoms,  but  a  vessel  should  not  anchor  on  it,  as  the  bot- 
tom is  rocky. 


74 


STRAIT  OK  SAN  JUAN  DE  FUCA. 


Middle  Bank,  l.vinj;  in  tlie  southern  entrance  of  Elaro  Strait,  4  miles 
S.  79^  E,  of  Discovery  Island,  and  almost  in  mid-cliannol,  is  a  rocky 
patch  about  2  miles  in  extent  each  way,  and  the  least  water  found  on 
it  is  10  fathoms.  In  bad  weather  tliere  are  heavy  tide  rips  on  and  in 
the  vicinity  of  this  bank,  which  are  danjjerous  to  boats  or  small  craft. 

Hein  (Fonte)  Bank,  within  the  depths  of  10  fathoms,  is  about  1^ 
miles  in  extent;  it  has  depths  of  from  3i  to  5  fathoms  on  it  and  is 
marked  by  kelp.  It  lies  nearly  in  the  middle  of  Fuca  Strait,  G|  miles 
S.  27°  W.  of  Cattle  Point  (San  Juan  Island),  and  8  miles  8.  57^  E.  of 
Discovery  Island.  This  bank  should  be  avoided,  as  there  may  be  less 
water  on  it  than  shown  on  the  chart. 

Smith  Island  lies  almost  in  the  center  of  the  eastern  end  of  Fuca 
Strait.  It  is  about  i  mile  in  length,  cliffy  at  its  western  end  and  50  feet 
high.  A  large  kelp  patch  extends  for  nearly  lA  miles  from  the  west- 
ern extreme,  and  should  be  avoided.  From  the  eastern  end  a  saud  spit 
"xtends  for  :f  mile  and  is  partially  covered  at  high  water.  On  the  north 
side  of  the  spit  anchorage  may  be  had  in  ."5  fathoms,  about  ^  mile  from 
shore,  but  no  vessel  should  lie  li   i  e  with  any  appearance  of  bad  weather. 

Beacon. — A  beacon  has  been  erected  on  Minor  Island  a  I  die  extremity 
of  the  spit  extending  from  the  eastern  end  of  Smith  or  IJiunt  island. 

Partridge  Bank,  3  miles  S.  31°  W.  of  the  light-house  on  Smith's 
Island  is  the  northwestern  point  of  thisbank  within  l(t  fathoms  of  water. 
Inside  this  depth  the  bank  is  3  miles  long  and  1^  in  width.  The  bottom 
is  generally  sand,  gravel,  and  bowlders,  excei)t  near  the  shoalest  spot, 
where  it  is  rocky  and  thickly  covered  with  kelp.  This  dangerous  rock 
is  covered  by  14  feet  water  at  lowest  tides,  and  lies  on  the  northern  side 
of  the  bank,  3,^  miles  from  the  nearest  shore  of  Whidbey  Island.  A 
considerable  part  of  the  bank  is  covered  with  kelp,  which  is  much 
uuderrun  bj-  strong  currents.  The  currents  over  the  bank  are  irregular, 
except  under  the  eastern  extremity,  when  they  set  strongly  from  the 
north  and  XW.  at  Hood  and  ebb  tides.  There  are  curient  rips  on  all  the 
banks  in  the  straits,  which  split  the  moving  volumes  of  water,  and  these 
rips  are  heavier  in  westerly  wijids. 

Hausler  Bank  lies  N.  38^  W.  of  J^ew  Dungeness  lighthouse,  on  a 
line  nearly  midway  to  Victoria.  This  is  a  20-fathom  bank,  2  miles  long 
and  i  mile  wide,  with  as  little  as  lo  fathoms  of  water  over  it. 


ao 


Fiica  strait  into  the  straii  oi  vTeui»...,  v.^_  for 

18  miles;  it  then  turns  sharply  to  the  ENE.  round  Turn  I'oint  oi  otu- 
art  Island,  for  a  farther  distanee  of  12  miles,  leaving  Satunia  Island  to 
the  westward,  and  Waldron  and  Patos  Islands  to  the  eastward,  wiien  it 
enters  the  Str.ait  of  Georgia  between  Saturna  and  Patos  Islands. 

It  is  for  the  most  part  a  broad,  and  for  its  whole  extent  a  deep  navi- 
j,Mble  ship  clmnnei;  but  on  account  of  the  reefs  which  exist  in  certain 
parts,  iiie  general  absence  of  stoixly  winds,  tlie  scarcity  of  anchorages, 
and  ove  all,  the  strengtii  and  varying  direction  of  the  tides,  much 
care  d  vigilance  is  necessary  in  its  navigation,  and  it  is  far  more 
adapted  to  steam  tlnin  to  sailing  vessels. 

Besides  the  maiu  channel  of  the  Ilaro  Strait  thus  described,  there  are 
several  smaller  channels  and  passages  branching  from  it  by  whicii  ves- 
sels may  enter  the  Strait  of  Georgia;  tiius  the  Swanson  Channel  leads 
into  the  strait  by  Active  Pass,  and  the  Trincoinalie  and  Stuart  (Jhan- 
Dels  by  the  Portier  Pass,  or  the  Dodd  Narrows. 

These  channels  may  be  again  entered  by  smaller  ones;  thus  Sidney 
and  Cordov  ^'lannels,  on  the  western  side  of  Haro  Strait,  lead  by 
Moresby,  Colbourne,  and  Shute  Passages  into  the  Swanson,  Satellite, 
and  Stuart  Channels,  and  finally  into  the  Strait  of  Georgia,  These 
channels  are  essentially  adapted  to  steam  navigation,  or  to  coasting 
vessels;  they  afford  smooth  water,  and  many  of  them  anchorages. 

Zero  Rock,  one  of  the  principal  dangers  in  the  southern  part  of  Haro 
Strait,  lies  on  the  western  side  of  the  strait,  is  about  100  yards  in  ex- 
tent, covers  at  three  quarters  Hood,  and  its  vicinity  is  iniirked  by  kelp; 
it  lies  (tfr  miles  N.  -'J^  VV.  of  the  east  point  of  ]>:  .covery  Island. 

Beacon. — A  whitewashed  beacon,  |)yrami(lal  in  shape,  ; 50  feet  high, 
surmounted  by  a  pole  and  frame,  resembling  an  obelisk,  20  feet  iiigli, 
also  colored  white,  has  been  erected  on  Zero  Hock. 

A  Rocky  Patch,  part  of  which  nearly  uncovers  at  low  water  springs, 
lies  700  yards  N.  5°  \V.  of  Zero  Uo(!k. 

Discovery  Island  Light  Is  obscuretl  in  the  direction  of  Zero  Rock,  and 
westward  of  it. 

75 


74 


STRAIT  OK  SAN  JUAN  DE  FUCA. 


Middle  Bank,  l.vinjj  in  the  southern  entrance  of  Ilaro  Strait,  4  miles 
S.  Ty^  E.  of  Discovery  Island,  and  almost  in  mid-ciiannel,  ia  a  rocky 

(1063)  WASHINGTON— Juan  de  Puca  stralt-Hein  bank -Buoy 
changed  In  position.— Keferrin{>;  to  Notice  to  Mariners  No.  25  (923) 
of  1904,  further  notice  is  given  by  the  lighthouse  inspector  that  Hein 
Bank  buoy,  a  red  and  black  horizontally  striped  nun,  was  moved  on 
June  10,  1904,  about  1,300  feet  to  the  southward  in  35  feet  of  water, 
and  is  now  (approximately)  50  feet  N.  16°  E.  true  (N.  f  W.  mag.) 
from  a  pinnacle  rock  or  bowlder  having  but  14^  feet  over  it  at  mean 
low  water,  on  the  following  bearings: 

Smith  Island  lighthouse,  8.  75°  E.  true  (E.  f  N.  N'ly  mag.). 

New  Dungeneas  liglithouse,  S.  14°  W.  true  (S.  i  E.  mag.). 

Discovery  Island  lighthouse  (Canadian),  N.  60°  W.  tr-e  (W.  |  N. 

L/Jkhl.       ji  lo  ciuunL  IT  III  lie  111  icii^i.11,  viiitj    ,..,  .v..       J;?!  •.  ^J  *?J  A  "*''*• ) 

high.  A  large  kelp  patch  extends  for  nearly  l.i  miles  from  the  west- 
ern extreme,  and  should  be  avoided.  From  the  eastern  end  a  sand  spit 
extends  for  'l  mile  and  is  partially  covered  at  high  water.  On  the  north 
side  of  the  spit  andiorage  may  be  had  in  5  fathoms,  about  i  mile  from 
shore,  but  no  vessel  should  lie  here  with  any  aiipearance  of  bad  weather- 
Beacon. — A  bcaon  has  been  erected  on  Minor  Island  at  the  extremity 
of  the  spit  extending  from  the  eastern  end  of  Smith  or  lilunt  island. 

Partridge  Bank,  3  miles  S.  31°  W.  of  the  light-house  on  Smith's 
Island  istlie  northwestern  jioint  of  this  bank  within  1(»  fatlu)ms  of  water. 
Inside  this  depth  the  bank  is  3  miles  long  and  lA  in  idth.  The  bottom 
is  generally  sand,  gravel,  and  bowlders,  except  near  the  shoalest  spot, 
where  it  is  rocky  and  thickly  covered  with  kelp.  This  dangerous  rock 
is  covered  by  14  feet  water  at  lowest  tides,  and  lies  on  the  mirthern  side 
of  the  bank,  3;^  miles  from  the  nearest  shore  of  Whidbey  Island.  A 
considerable  part  of  the  bank  is  covered  with  kelp,  which  ic  much 
underrun  by  strong  currents.  The  currents  over  the  bank  are  irregular, 
except  under  the  eastern  extremity,  when  they  set  strongly  from  the 
north  and  NW.  at  flood  and  ebb  tides.  Tliere  are  curient  rips  on  all  the 
banks  in  the  straits,  which  split  the  moving  volumes  of  water,  and  these 
rips  are  heavier  in  westerly  winds. 

Hassler  Bank  lies  N.  38^  W.  of  New  Dungeness  light-house,  on  a 
line  nearly  mitlway  to  Victoria.  This  is  a  20-fathoni  bank,  2  miles  long 
and  jV  mile  wide,  with  as  little  as  1.5  fatlioms  of  w;,;er  over  it. 


IFABO   STRAIT,  THE  WESTERN   CHANNELS  AND   ISLANDS   TO    NANAIMO 
UARBOR   AND  DEPARTURE   DAY. 

Haro  Strait,  the  wcstermnost  of  tlic  three  channels  leading  from 
Fiica  strait  into  the  strait  of  Georgia,  trends  in  a  N.  by  W.  direction  for 
IS  miles;  it  then  tarns  sharply  to  the  ENE.  round  Turn  Point  of  Stu- 
art Island,  for  a  farther  distance  of  12  miles,  leaving  Saturna  Island  to 
the  westward,  and  Waldron  and  Patos  Islands  to  the  eastward,  wiieu  it 
enters  the  Strait  of  Georgia  between  Saturna  and  Patos  islands. 

It  is  for  the  most  part  a  broad,  and  for  its  whole  extent  a  deep  navi- 
gable ship  clmnnel,  but  on  account  of  the  reefs  which  exist  in  certain 
parts,  the  general  absence  of  steady  winds,  tli<^  scarcity  of  anchorages, 
and  above  all,  the  strength  and  varying  direction  of  the  tides,  much 
care  and  vigilance  is  necessary  in  its  navigation,  and  it  is  far  more 
adapted  to  steam  than  to  sailing  vessels. 

Besides  the  main  channel  of  the  Ilaro  Strait  thus  described,  there  are 
several  snmller  channels  and  passages  branching  froni  it  by  which  ves- 
sels may  enter  the  Strait  of  Georgia;  thus  the  Swanson  Channel  leads 
into  the  strait  by  Active  Pass,  and  the  Triucoinalie  and  Stuart  Chan- 
nels by  the  Portier  Pass,  or  the  Dodd  Narrows. 

These  channels  may  be  again  entered  by  smaller  ones:  thus  Sidney 
and  Cordova  Channels,  on  the  western  side  of  Haro  Strait,  lead  by 
Moresby,  Colbourne,  and  Shate  Passages  into  the  Swanson,  Satellite, 
and  Stuart  Channels,  and  finally  into  the  Strait  of  Georgia.  These 
channels  are  essentially  adapted  to  steam  navigation,  or  to  coasting 
vessels;  they  afford  smooth  water,  atul  many  of  them  anchorages. 

Zero  Rock,  one  of  the  principiil  dangers  in  the  southern  part  of  Ilaro 
Strait,  lies  on  the  western  side  of  the  strait,  is  about  KK)  yards  in  ex- 
tent, covers  at  three  quarters  flood,  and  its  vicinity  is  nnirkcd  by  kelp; 
it  lies  OA  miles  N.  L'2^  W.  of  the  east  point  of  Discovery  Island. 

Beacon. — A  whitewashed  beacon,  jiyramidal  in  shape,  iSOfeet  high, 
surmounted  by  a  pole  and  frame,  resembling  an  obelisk,  20  feet  high, 
also  colored  white,  has  been  .uected  on  Zero  Ilock. 

A  Rocky  Patch,  part  of  which  nearly  uncovers  at  low  water  springs, 
lies  7«M»  yards  N.  5°  W.  of  Zero  Kock. 

Discovery  Island  Light  is  obscured  in  the  direction  of  Zero  Rock,  and 
westward  of  it. 


74 


STRAIT    OK    SAN    JUAN    I)K    FUCA. 


Middle  Bank,  l.vin<;  in  tlio  soiitliera  entrance  of  Ilaro  Strait,  4  miles 
S.  79°  B.  of  Discovery  Island,  and  almost  in  niidcliannol,  is  a  rocky 

(lor>3)  WASHINGTON— Juan  de  Fuca  stralt-Hein  bank-Baoy 
changed  In  position.— Referring  to  Notice  to  Mariners  No.  25  (923) 
of  1904,  further  notice  is  given  by  the  lighthouse  inspector  that  Hein 
Bank  buov.  a  red  and  blnck  liorlzontsillv  Kfrinpd  mm  woo  nio-nri  «« 
(790)  WASHINaTON— Juan  de  Fuca  strait— Hein  bank— Buoy 
established.— May  lO,  1904,  a  lir.st  chuss  nun  buoy,  painted  black  and 
red  in  horizontal  strii)es,  wsis  established  on  Hein  liaiik,  .Inan  de  Fuca 
strait,  to  mark  the  bank.  (N.  M.  21, 1904.; 

Smith  Island  lighthouse,  .S.  75°  E.  true  (E.  f  N.  N'ly  mag.). 
New  Dungeness  lighthouse,  S.  14°  W.  true  (8.  i  E.  mag.). 
Discovery  Island  lighthouse  (Canadian),  N.  60°  W.  true  (W.  ^  N. 

'"*«;^.-. .,...2""-'"— »-M— -v (N.  M,  29, 1904.) 

high.  A  large  kelp  patch  extends  for  nearly  li  miles  from  the  west- 
ern extreme,  and  should  be  avoided.  From  the  eastern  end  a  sand  spit 
extends  for  -^  mile  and  is  partially  covered  at  high  water.  On  the  north 
side  of  the  spit  anchorage  m.iy  be  had  in  5  fathoms,  about  ^  mile  from 
shore,  but  no  vessel  should  lie  here  with  any  ai)j)earance  of  bad  weather. 
Beacon. — A  beacon  hiis  been  erected  on  Minor  Island  at  the  extremity 
of  the  spit  extending  from  the  eastern  end  of  Smith  or  Blunt  island. 

Partridge  Bank,  3  miles  S.  31°  W.  of  the  light-house  on  Smith's 
Island  is  the  northwestern  point  of  tliis  bank  within  10  fathoms  of  water. 
Inside  this  depth  the  bank  is  3  miles  long  and  1^  in  width.  The  bottom 
is  generally  sand,  gravel,  and  bowlders,  excejit  near  tlic  shoalest  spot, 
where  it  is  rocky  and  thickly  covered  with  kelp.  This  dangerous  rock 
is  covered  by  14  feet  water  at  lowest  tides,  and  lies  on  the  northern  side 
of  the  bank,  3.^  miles  from  the  nearest  shore  of  Whidbey  Island.  A 
considerable  part  of  the  bank  is  covered  with  kelp,  which  is  much 
underrun  by  strong  currents.  The  currents  over  the  bank  are  irregular, 
except  under  the  eastern  extremity,  when  they  set  strongly  from  the 
north  and  NW.  at  flood  and  eb'>  tides.  There  are  curi  ent  rips  on  all  the 
banks  in  the  straits,  which  split  the  moving  volumes  of  water,  and  these 
rips  are  heavier  in  westerly  winds. 

Hassler  Bank  lies  N.  38°  W.  of  New  Dungeness  lighthouse,  on  a 
line  nearly  midway  to  Victoria.  This  is  a20-fathom  bank,  2  miles  long 
and  i  mile  wide,  with  as  little  as  15  fathoms  of  water  over  it. 


CPI  AFTER  II. 


IIABO  STRAIT,  THE  WESTERN   CHANNELS  AND    ISLANDS    TO   NANAIMO 
HARBOR   AND  DEPARTURE  RAY. 

Haro  Strait,  the  westermnost  of  tlio  three  cbamiels  leading:  from 
Fuca  strait  into  the  strait  ol'  (leorgia,  trends  in  a  N.  by  W.  direction  for 
18  miles;  it  then  turns  sharply  to  the  ENE.  round  Turn  Point  of  Stu- 
art Island,  for  a  farther  distance  of  12  miles,  leaving  Saturna  Island  to 
the  westward,  and  Waldron  and  Patos  Islands  to  the  eastward,  wiien  it 
eiiteru  the  Strait  of  Georgia  between  Saturna  and  Patos  Islands. 

It  is  for  the  most  part  a  broad,  and  for  its  whole  extent  a  deep  navi- 
gable ship  clmnnel;  but  on  account  of  the  reefs  which  exist  in  certain 
parts,  the  general  absence  of  steady  winds,  the  scarcity  of  anchorages, 
and  above  all,  the  strength  and  varying  direction  of  the  tides,  much 
care  and  vigilance  is  necessary  in  its  navigation,  and  it  is  far  more 
adapted  to  steam  than  to  sailing  vessels. 

Besides  the  main  channel  of  the  Haro  Strait  thus  described,  there  are 
several  smaller  channels  and  passages  branching  from  it  by  which  ves- 
sels may  enter  the  Strait  of  Georgia;  thus  the  Swanson  Channel  leads 
into  the  strait  by  Active  Pass,  and  the  Trincomalie  and  Stuart  Chan- 
nels by  the  Portier  Pass,  or  the  Dodd  Narrows. 

These  channels  may  be  again  entered  by  smaller  ones ;  thus  Sidney 
and  Cordova  Channels,  on  the  western  side  of  Haro  Strait,  load  by 
Moresby,  Colbourne,  and  Shute  Passages  into  the  Swanson,  Satellite, 
and  Stuart  Channels,  and  finally  into  the  Strait  of  Georgia.  These 
channels  are  essentially  adapted  to  steam  navigation,  or  to  coasting 
vessels;  they  afford  smooth  water,  and  many  of  them  anchorages. 

Zero  Rock,  one  of  the  principal  dangers  in  the  southern  part  of  Ilaro 
Strait,  lies  on  the  western  side  of  the  strait,  is  about  100  yards  in  ex- 
tent, covers  at  three  quarters  flood,  and  its  vicinity  is  mai-ked  by  kelp; 
it  lies  <>i  miles  N.  Ii2^  W.  of  the  east  point  of  Discovery  Island. 

Beacon. — A  whitewashed  beacon,  pyramidal  in  siiape,  30  feet  high, 
surmounted  by  a  i>ole  and  frame,  resembling  an  obelisk,  20  feet  higl', 
also  colored  white,  has  been  erected  on  Zero  Hock. 

A  Rocky  Patch,  part  of  which  nearly  uncovers  at  low  water  springs, 
lies  700  yards  N.  5°  W.  of  Zero  Hock. 

Discovery  Island  Light  is  obscured  in  the  direction  of  Zero  Rock,  and 
westward  of  it. 


76 


HARO    8TKA1T. 


The  Kelp  Reefs,  i^  mile  in  extent,  lie  alino-st  in  the  center  of  Haro 
Strait,  7  miles  north  from  the  east  point  of  Discovery  Island.  They 
uncover  at  low  8i>rings,  and  are  well  marked  by  kelp,  which  extends 
in  detached  patches  to  Darcy  Island. 

A  black  spur  buoy  is  moored  in  G  fathoms  water  otl"  the  easternmost 
patch  of  the  Kelj)  Reefs.    The  buoy  is  liable  to  drift. 

The  Unit  Rock  lies  i|  mile  eastward  of  the  south  point  of  Darcy 
Island,  and  uncovers  3  feet  at  low  tides. 

Bare  Island  well  open  north  of  Sidney  Island,  bearing  N.  ^jo  W,, 
leads  east  of  Kelp  Ueefs  and  Unit  Hocks. 

Directions. — Vessels  passinjj  u[)  Haro  Strait  to  avoid  the  above 
dangers,  after  rounding  Discovery  Island  at  the  distance  of  one  mile, 
should  steer  north,  or  for  Kellett  Blurt'  of  Henry  Island,  a  remarkable 
steep  rocky  headland.  This  course  will  lead  clear  to  the  eastward  of 
Kelp  Reefs.  In  working  up,  >vhen  standing  westward,  a  vessel  should 
tack  when  the  X W.  extreme  of  Low  Island  comes  in  line  with  the 
SE.  point  of  Sidney  Island,  wiiich  will  give  the  ZtTo  Rock  a  good 
berth;  but  when  approaching  the  Kelp  Reefs,  Bare  Island  must  be 
kept  well  open  to  the  eastward  of  the  same  point  to  avoid  them.  The 
eastern  or  San  Juan  shore  is  steep  dose-to. 

When  abreast  Kellett  Blurt,  at  from  i  to  one  mile  distant,  a  N.  11^  W. 
course  will  pass  the  same  distance  from  Turn  Point  of  Stuart  Island. 
There  are  no  dangers  olf  tiiis  point;  but  whirling  eddies  and  tide 
rips,  caused  by  tiie  meetings  of  the  streams  from  so  many  channels, 
are  generally  met  witii,  particularly  on  the  ebb.  A  vessel  may  reach 
this  point  with  a  fresh  southerly  wind,  but  will  almost  invariably  lose 
it  here,  until  having  opened  out  the  middle  channel  eastward  of  San 
Juan. 

After  rounding  Turn  I'oiiit,  a  N.  02^  E.  course  for  10  miles  will  lead 
to  the  northern  entrance  of  Haro  Strait,  between  the  east  point  of  Sa- 
turna  and  Patos  Islands.  Tiiis  passage  is  2i  miles  in  breadth,  but  is 
subject  to  heavy  tide  rips  and  eddies;  vessels  when  possible  should 
pass  through  the  center  of  it,  steering  for  the  white  cliffs  of  Point  Rob- 
erts (Orcas  Xob,  Orcas  Island,  well  open  east  of  Waldron  Island  bear- 
ing S.  3°  E.  leads  through  in  inid-channel),  and  should  not  bear  away  to 
the  westward  until  the  .south  end  of  Sucia  is  shut  in  with  south  end  of 
I'atos  Island.  At  night,  after  passing  between  Saturna  and  Patos 
Islands,  they  should  maintain  a  northerly  course  for  about  2  or  3  miles, 
and  then  if  the  light  on  (ieorgina  Point,  at  the  entrance  to  Active  Pass, 
is  not  visible,  steer  N.  ioo  \\\  until  it  is  sighted ;  remembering  that 
\'iis  light  becomes  obscured  when  it  bears  to  the  westward  of  N.  72° 
\v''.,  and  as  whilst  it  is  in  view  all  dangers  on  the  southern  shores  of 
the  strait  will  be  avoidcJ,  they  should  be  careful  to  keep  it  in  sight  and 
by  no  means  stand  to  the  southward  of  the  above  line  of  bearing. 

The  rtood  from  the  Bosario  Strait,  which  is  met  with  as  soon  as  the 
passage  between  Orcas  and  Sucia  Island  is  open,  is  apt  to  set  a  vessel 


HARO    STRAIT DIRKCTIONS — TIDES. 


77 


IdWiirds  the  east  point  of  3ati»riia,  oil'  wliicli  mid  Tiiiiibo  Island  tlioieis 
inimli  luiovon  and  broken  Rionnd,  witli  In-avy  tide  races.  Tliis  jjoint 
slionld  bo  (jiven  a  bertli  of  IS  miles;  talking  care  to  avoid  a  danyerons 
nuik  l.viii;:  ^  mile  N.  4")°  K.  of  Kaee  I'oint. 

The  ebb  sets  to  tiie  eastwanl  even  Itefore  the  Strait  of  Georjjia  is  well 
(i|)en,  and  a  vessel  flndinfj  herself  not  likely  to  weather  I'atos  should 
pass  between  it  and  Sneia,  where  there  is  a  tjood  clear  passage  of  above 
one  mile  in  breadth ;  if  tliis  passage  is  taken,  the  I'atos  Island  shore 
siionld  be  kept  ratlier  aboard.  iJeware  of  the  IMiirnper  and  Clements 
Keefs  ;  the  former  lies  l\  miles  S.  alP  W.  of  the  northwest  blulf  of  Sncia 
Island,  and  has  1(»  feet  water  on  it;  the  latter  the  same  distance  N.  02° 
H.  of  the  same  bluff,  and  has  !t  feet  water  over  it. 

Entering  the  strait  and  having  passed  to  the  northward  of  Patos 
Island,  if  the  ebb  is  running  a  vessel  is  extremely  liable,  unless  with  a 
commanding  breeze,  to  be  set  to  the  eastward  and  down  the  Uosario 
(Channel. 

The  northern  shore  of  Sucia  Island  should  by  all  means  be  avoided. 
If  Alden  Hank  can  be  fetched  it  offers  a  good  anchorage  while  waiting 
for  a  tide.  Alden  I'oint,  the  western  j)oiiit  of  I'atos  Island,  in  one  with 
Monarch  head,  a  bold  cliffy  bluff'  bearing  S.  74^  \V.,  leads  over  the 
northern  edge  of  this  bank  in  from  (5  to  9  fathoms.  When  Mount Con- 
•''titution  is  in  line  with  the  center  of  Matia  Island,  bearing  S.  3^  B.,  9 
fathoms  may  be  expected,  and  vessels  should  not  anchor  in  much  less 
than  this  depth,  as  in  the  shoaler  i)arts  rocky  ground  is  found.  The 
least  water  on  the  bank  is  2^  fathoms. 

With  a  foul  wind  and  ebb  tide  vessels  should  always  work  up  on  the 
eastern  shore;  there  are  no  dangers,  little  tide  when  eastward  of  a  line 
between  Roberts  Point  and  Alden  Hank,  and  anchorage  maj' always  be 
had  within  a  mile  of  the  shore  if  necessary.  Hirch  and  Semiahmoo  Hays 
otter  good  anchorage,  and  are  easy  of  access.  In  working  ui>  the  Strait 
of  Georgia  the  western  slvore  should  never  be  approached  within  a  mile, 
for  the  tides  sweep  strongly  along  this  shore,  and  there  arc  several 
outlying  reefs  between  East  I'oint  and  Active  Pass. 

As  soon  as  the  strait  is  entered  from  the  southward,  lloberts  Point 
will  show  its  eastern  part  as  a  bold  white-taced  clitf,  its  western  as  a 
low  shingle  ])oint.  Its  summit  is  covered  with  trees,  and  it  wcmld  at 
first  sight  be  taken  for  an  island  in  consequerce  of  the  land  on  its 
northern  side  falling  rapidly  in  elevation.  After  passing  northward  of 
this  point,  its  low  water  extreme,  or  the  trees  just  within  it,  must  not 
be  brought  to  bear  southward  of  S.  (52^  E.  to  avoid  lloberts  Hank,  which 
extends  Ci  miles  off"  the  Eraser  River  entrance,  is  steep-to,  and  shoals 
sudtlenly  from  25  to  2  fathoms. 

Tides. — The  stream  of  tide  runs  fairly  through  the  main  channel  of 
Ilaro  Strait,  outside  the  Kelp  Reefs,  from  3  to  0  knots,  and  inside  them 
through  the  Cordova  and  Sidney  Channels.  Passing  outside  the  Kelp 
Reefs,  and  eastward  of  Sidney  Island  a  part  of  the  flood  stream  will  be 


78 


HARO    STRAIT. 


foiind  to  branch  ott"  to  tliu  castwurd,  between  Sail  Jiiaii  ami  Stuart 
IslaiiiKs,  and  tlierc,  inei>tiii>(  tlio  Hood  from  tlie  Middle  Cliaiinel,  cause 
.  heavy  races  ami  eddies,  .so  that  althoiijjh  there  are  deep  water  channels 
between  tlieso  islands,  they  are  not  recoinniended  for  sailing  vessels. 
In  like  niaiiiicr  the  Ihtod  runs  to  the  NW.  between  the  group  of  islands, 
northward  of  Sidney  Island,  and  through  Shuteand  Moresby  Passages, 
though  the  main  stream  will  be  found  to  run  fairly  between  Stuart  and 
Moresby  Islands. 

Johnstone  Reef  midway  between  Cadboro  Point  and  Gordon  Head, 
is  marked  by  kelp,  and  is  of  small  extent. 

Three  Shoal  Patches,  witli  from  0  to  12  feet  on  them,  lie  one  to  1^ 
miles  distiint  from  Zero  KoeU. 

There  is  but  little  stream  of  tide  in  Cormorant  Hay  when  within  the 
Zero  Rock,  and  the  holding  ground  is  good. 

Cormorant  Bay,  i>etween  (iordon  and  C'owitcliin  Heads,  on  the  we- 
ern  side  of  Haro  Strait,  is  a  good  stopping  place,  easy  of  acces.s  un     r 
most  cireumstanees. 

Mount  Douglas,  a  remarkable  hill  000  feet  high,  with  its  Bummit  bare 
of  trees,  rises  immediately  over  the  coast  at  the  head  of  the  bay. 

Directions. — To  enter  Cormorant  Hay  southward  of  Zero  Rock,  com- 
ing from  the  northward,  bring  Mount  Dough.s  to  bear  S.  (»2°  W.  and 
steer  for  it;  when  the  western  points  of  Discovery  and  Chatham  Islands 
are  well  shut  in  by  Cadboro  Point,  a  vessel  will  be  westward  of  Zero 
Rock  and  can  take  up  a  berth  in  5)  or  10  fathoms  water,  at  one  mile  ott' 
shore,  with  Mount  Douglas  bearing  S.  ;{P  \V. 

To  enter  this  bay  northward  of  Zero  Rock,  the  Kelj)  Reefs  must  be 
avoided.  The  positions  of  both  rock  and  reefs  will  generally  be  easily 
distinguished  from  a  vessel's  deck  one  mile  off.  By  steering  for  Cow- 
itchiu  Head  (a  very  remarkable  high  white  cliff  at  the  northern  end  of 
Cormorant  l>ay),  on  a  N.  T.'V^  \V.  bearing,  will  lead  in  mid-channel,  and  a 
good  anchorage  wdl  be  found  in  8  to  10  fathoms  water,  at  from  one  to 
2  miles  off  shore  with  the  head  on  that  bearing. 

This  anchorage  is  more  exposed  to  SK.  winds  than  the  one  last  men- 
tioned, but  a  vessel  with  good  ground  tackle  will  always  be  perfectly 
sak'. 

Anchorages. — Although  there  are  many  harbors  among  the  archi- 
pelago which  form  the  Haro  Strait  and  its  tributary  channels,  yet  the 
number  eligible  for  sailing  vessels  overtaken  by  darkness  or  an  adverse 
tide  is  comparatively  small. 

Between  Cormorant  Bay  and  the  northern  entrance  of  Haro  Strait, 
Plumper  Sound  and  Cowlitz  Bay  are  i-he  only  eligible  stopping  places 
for  a  sailing  vessel  seeking  shelter. 

Stuart  Island  has  two  fair  l-arbors,  and  Ilocho  Harbor  at  the  north- 
west eiul  of  San  Juan  Island  is  a  suitable  anchorage  for  steamers  or 
small  coasters,  but  no  sailing  vessel  of  moderate  tonnage  could  enter 
either  under  ordinary  circumstances  without  great  loss  of  time,  as  well 
as  risk. 


SAN   JUAN    ISLAND — ItOCHi:    HARMOU. 


79 


San  Juan  Island,  tlio  wcHturn  coast  of  wliicli  foriiiH  for  hoiik;  <listtuu'c 
tliiM-astcrn  l)oiiii(liiiy  ofllaro  Strait,  is  ot'coiiHiderable  size.  Its  wt'sterii 
slioH's  art'  sti'i'p  antl  ro(!lvy,  and  atl'onl  no  aiiclioragt' ;  depths  of  from 
100  to  150  fa!i)oiiis  beiiijr  found  witliiu  i  niiln  of  the  voast.  Mount 
Dallas  rises  abruptly  to  a  liei^jht  of  1,(>.S()  feet.  The  eastern  side  of  the 
island  falls  in  a  more  (gentle  shtpe.  Towards  the  southern  end,  and  vis- 
il)le  from  seaward,  are  some  white  bnililin;;s,  the  farming' establishment 
(if  the  lliulson  Itay  (.'ompanj  ;  the  southeastern  extrcMiie,  whit-h  forms 
one  of  the  entrance  points  of  the  middle  channel,  terminates  in  a  white 
(lay  clilV,  over  which  rises  .Mount  Finlayson  to  a  heijih*  of  .ViO  feet,  re- 
markable as  bein^j  entirely  clear  of  trees  on  itssontheiii  side,  while  it  is 
thickly  wooiled  on  the  northern.  Tlien^  is  a  clean  ^jravel  beach  under 
Mount  Kinlaysou  where  boats  can  {generally  land. 

Henry  Island  lies  off  the  NW.  eiul  of  San  .Juan,  beiiifj  only  separated 
from  it  by  a  narrow  (ihannel  called  Mosquito  l'as.sa},'e.  The  island  would 
lie  taken  as  a  part  ot  San  .loan,  the  passajj;e  appearinj-'  merely  as  an  'ii- 
deuta'ion  in  the  latter.  Kellett  blulf,  the  southwestern  j)oint  of  lleniy 
Island,  makes  as  tlif  most  |)romineiit  headland  on  the  eastern  side  of 
llaro  Strait,  when  fcii  from  the  southward.  Immediately  eastward  of 
it  is  Open  Hay,  which  has  more  the  appearance  of  a  channel  than  the 
true  one,  Mosquito  l'assa<(e.  There  is  no  shelter  either  in  the  bay,  or 
anchora;-"  in  the  i»assa;;e,  tor  anything  beyond  coasters. 

Mosquito  Passage  is  studded  with  numerous  reefs,  which  are  marked 
by  kelj).  When  a  nule  within  the  passage,  Westcott  Ccicek,  an  indent- 
ation in  San  Juan  branches  olf  to  the  KNE.,  and  allords  a  haven  for 
coasters.  There  is  a  L'-fathom  channel  through  the  i)assage  and  into 
this  creek.  The  oidy  directions  necessary  are  to  avoid  the  kelp  patches. 
The  tide  runs  strongly  through  it. 

Roche  Harbor. — At  the  northern  entrance  of  Mosquito  Passage,  the 
space  betweeu  San  Juan  and  Ilenry  Islands  opens  out  considerably, 
and  the  depth  of  water  increases.  This  space  forms  Koche  Harbor, 
which  must  be  entered  from  the  northward  by  vessels  of  burden.  Its 
entrance  is  somewhat  confined  but  not  difficult  of  access,  and  it  affords 
good  shelter  when  within. 

Roche  Harbor  to  Port  Townsend.— With  strong /ood  tide  the  fol- 
lowing route  is  recommended  : 

S|)ieden  Channel,  President  Channel,  leave  Barnes  Island  to  the  east- 
ward, Kosario  Straits.  With  ebb  tide  and  clear  weather  use  Spieden 
and  San  Juan  Channels. 

Morse  Island,  a  small,  tlat,  cliffy  island,  about  .30  feet  high,  lies  J 
mile  westward  of  the  north  point  of  Henry  Island  ;  and  the  entrance  of 
Koche  Harbor  is  h  mile  eastward  of  the  former. 

Directions. — To  enter,  pass  as  near  as  couvenient  northward  of  Morse 
Island,  as  there  are  no  dangers  outside  it.  The  entrance  will  then  open 
out  between  Henry  Island  and  the  western  point  of  Pearl  Island,  which 
is  wooded  and  lies  in  the  center  of  the  passage.    Off  the  northern  side 


80 


HARO    STRAIT. 


of  Pearl  is  iv  small  island  conuecfced  with  it  at  low  water.  The  breadth 
of  the  entrance  is  400  yards,  but  the  navigable  chan'',el  is  contracted  to 
litile  over  100  yards  by  shoal  water,  which  extends  off  both  shores- 
Scout  Patch,  a  danfcerous  siiit  projecting'  from  the  western  shore 
just  south  of  Iiimau  Point,  has  only  a  depth  of  17  feet  on  it  at  low  water; 
and  althouf'h  there  is  a  depth  of  5  fathoms  in  mid  (ibannel,  jjreat  care 
must  be  exercised  to  avoid  this  i)atch  by  vessels  drawing  over  14  feet. 
Vessels  of  less  draft  may  approach  the  shores  on  either  side  to  within 
150  yards;  immediately  within  Pearl  Island  the  harbor  opens  out  to  a 
considerable  breadth. 

Anchorage. — A  good  ancliorage  is  in  0  fathons,  with  the  west  end 
of  Pearl  Island  bearing  N.  22°  W.,  distant  abont  J  mile,  and  the  north 
part  of  Heniy  Islmd  just  open  of  it..  If  working  in,  remember  that  a 
shoal  of  1'>  fee.  lies  .'?00  yards  northward  of  Bare  Islet,  and  that  fair 
anchorage  may  l)e  had  in  9  fathoms  off  the  entrance  ;  but  a  vessel  should 
get  in  far  cnougii  to  be  out  of  the  tides  of  Spieden  Channel.  Small 
vessels  leaving  iiociie  Harbor,  and  bound  southward,  may  take  the 
Mosquito  Passage. 

Stuart  Island,  lying  3  miles  northwestward  of  the  northern  i)art 
of  the  island  of  San  Juan,  is  of  an  irregular  shape  ami  042  feet  high, 
the  summits  of  the  hills  i»artially  bare  of  trees;  Turn  Point,  it.*-:  noith- 
western  extreme,  a  bold  cliffy  bluff,  forms  the  salient  angle  of  the  Llaro 
Strait,  where  it  changes  its  direction  suddenly  from  N.  12^  W.  to  N.  08° 
E.  before  entering  the  Strait  of  Georgia.  There  are  two  anchorages  in 
Stuart  Island,  Peid  Harbor  on  its  southern  side  and  Prevost  Harbor 
on  its  northern,  but  both  are  small  and  intricate  for  sailing  vessels 
above  the  .size  of  coasters. 

Reid  Harbor. — To  enter  l?eiil  Harbor  from  the  southward,  beware 
of  being  drawn  l)y  the  Hood  into  the  channel  between  San  Juan  and 
Stuart  Islands,  where  there  are  several  dangers,  and  the  tides  most  ir- 
regular in  their  direction.  The  southwestern  side  of  Stur.rt  Island 
should  therefore  be  iirst  closed;  it  is  hold  and  free  from  danger. 

The  harbor  bears  X.  22°  W.  one  mile  from  Sjtieden  Bluff,  a  remarkable 
bare  grassy  point,  geneially  of  a  yellow  color,  the  western  extreme  of 
the  island  of  the  same  name,  (iossip  Island,  from  which  a  shoal  extends 
."{00  yards  N.  oC^  W.,  lies  in  the  entrance;  leave  it  on  the  right  hand  in 
entering.     The  breadth  of  the  channel  is  .'500  yards,  the  depth  from  4  to 

5  fathoms,  and  no  daiigers  !)ut  whiit  are  visible.     The  best  anchorage  is 
.J  mile  withi'!  the  entrance. 

Prevost  Harbor,  on  the  northern  side  of  Stuart  Island,  1^  miles 
east  ,trd  from  'I'nrn  P'.int,  has  James  Islainl  lying  in  the  center  of  it. 
The  entrance  is  to  the  westward  of  this  island,  bi-tween  it  and  Charles 
Point,  aiitl  is  ai)out400  yards  in  breadth,  the  harbor  extending  south 
for  a  short  distamie,  and  then  taking  an  easterly  direction.     Anchor  in 

6  fathoms  as  soon  as  the  eastern  arm  opens  out,  or  if  desired  run  up  the 
arm  into  4^  fathoms;  here  it  is  narrow,  but  perfectly  sheltered.    The 


JOHNS   ISLAND — SPIKDEN    CHANXKL. 


81 


passage  to  tlie  eastward  of  James  Island  is  a  blind  one,  but  a  vessel 
may  anchor,  if  necessary,  at  its  entrance  in  10  or  12  fathoms  water. 

Johns  Island,  with  its  nnmorous  oft'-lying  reefs,  lies  to  the  south- 
eastward of  Stuart  Tsland,  and  is  sei)arated  from  it  by  a  navigable 
chaunel  of  10  fathoms,  but  it  is  narrow  and  not  recommended  except 
for  coasters  acquainted  with  the  locality. 

Several  islets  and  rocks,  all  above  water,  extend  :|  mile  southward  and 
eastward  of  the  southeastern  end  of  Johns  Island  ;  the  most  southern  of 
these  are  called  Cactus  Islands,  between  which  and  Spieden  Island  is  the 
east  entrance  to  New  Channel. 

G-uU  Reef,  2  feet  above  high  water,  lies  ^  mile  N.  59^  W.  of  Cactus 
Islands  ;  rocks  extend  from  it  in  a  southeasterly  direction  for  more  than 
200  yards. 

Spieden  Island,  lying  between  Sun  Juan  and  Stuart  Islands,  is  2^ 
miles  long  and  very  narrow;  its  soutnern  side  grassy  and  bare  of  trees, 
its  summit  and  northern  side  thickly  wooded  ;  Green  Point,  its  eastern 
extreme,  is  a  sloping  grassy  point. 

There  is  a  channel  on  both  sides  of  Spieden  Island  ;  New  Channel  to 
the  northward,  and  Spieden  Chaunel  to  the  southward.  It  may  some- 
times beconvenient  tO  take  either  of  these  channels  when  passing  from 
the  Middle  Channei  to  llaro  Strait,  or  vice  versa,  as  the  distance  round 
Stuart  Islaiul  will  be  saved.  IJut  from  the  strength  and  irregularity  of 
the  tides,  and  the  number  of  hidden  dangers  which  exist  in  certain  parts 
of  them,  tluy  can  not  be  recommended  for  sailii-.g  vessels,  nor  indeed 
to  any  vessel  without  a  pilot. 

Ne^w  Channel,  to  the  northward  of  Spieden  Island,  though  narrower 
than  Spiedc  i,  is  deep,  more  free  from  danger,  and  the  navigation  of  it 
more  simple.  'l"he  northern  shore  of  Spieden  Island  is  bold  and  steep, 
and  should  be  kept  aboard;  the  narrowest  part  of  the  channel  is  .^  miie 
wide  between  Spieden  and  C;";tus  Islands,  and  care  should  be  taken 
not  to  get  entangled  among  the  reefs  to  the  northward  of  the  latter. 
The  flood  tide  sets  to  the  northeastward  among  them;  but  it  also  sets 
fiiirly  through  New  Channel,  anff  by  keeping  the  S|)ieden  Island  shore 
aboard  there  will  be  no  danger  .)f  being  set  to  Hie  northward ;  the  ebb 
tide  runs  to  the  soiithwestward  between   Johns  and  Spieden  Islands. 

Spieden  Channel,  between  the  island  of  that  inimo  and  San  Juan, 
has  a  general  east  and  west  direction.  Its  eastern  entrance,  between 
Green  Point  and  the  iiorMieastern  point  of  San  Juan,  is  jj  mile  wide, 
and  for  2  miles  the  water  is  deep  and  clear  of  dangers.  The  meeting  of 
the  flood  tide,  however,  from  llaro  Strait,  with  that  from  the  Middle 
Channel,  causes  heavy  rips  and  irregular  eddies.  These,  together  with 
the  general  absence  of  steady  winds,  render  the  navigation  always 
tedious  and  dangerous  fo."  sailing  vessels.  Its  western  entrance  iaencum- 
bered  with  numerous  reefs  and  shoals  with  irregilar  soundings. 

Sentinel  Island  stands  in  the  western  eiitranee  of  this  chaunel.    It 
is  small,  bare  ou  its  southern  side,  and  about  loO  feet  high.    The  pas- 
14205— No.  00 (I 


82 


HARO    STRAIT. 


sage  between  it  and  Spiedi'n  Island  is  more  than  200  /ards  wide.  Ves- 
sels iisiiiji  (lie  Sjtieden  Channel  are  recommended  to  keep  uio  Spiedeu 
Island  shore  aboard,  and  to  pass  between  it  and  Sentinel  Island.  There 
is  much  less  tide  here  than  in  the  center  of  the  chaniiel  or  on  the  Ban 
Juan  shore.  Sentinel  Kock  lies  iOO  yards  west  of  the  island,  the  pas- 
sage between  being  foul. 

Center  Reef  is  a  dangerous  i)atch,  awash  at  low  water,  and  almost 
in  the  center  of  the  channel.  It  bears  from  Sentinel  Island  S.  62^  W. 
nearly  4  mile.  Kelp  will  geiieridly  be  seen  around  the  reef,  but  it  is 
sometimes  run  under.  Both  the  dood  from  Haro  Strait  and  the  ebb 
through  Spieden  Channel  set  on  to  the  reef.  When  Hearing  it  the  Sau 
Juan  shore  should  be  kept  aboard,  avoiding  the  shoal  300  yards  north 
of  Bare  Islet. 

Danger  Shoal  is  also  at  the  western  entrance.  It  is  marked  by 
kelp,  though  not  always  to  be  distinguished.  It  lies  about  a  mile  from 
Morse  Island,  N.  12o  H. 

Bare  Islet  is  a  rock  about  15  feet  high,  lying  in  the  southern  part  of 
the  channel  S.  SJ'^  E.  one  mile  from  Morse  Island.  There  is  a  shoal  ))atch 
of  15  feet  nearly  300  yards  north  of  it.  This  patch  is  always  covered 
with  kelp,  and  is  the  last  danger  known  in  the  channel. 

Directions. — Vessels  bound  from  Uaro  Strait  to  the  eastward  through 
the  Spiedeu  Cliannel  should  pass  about  J  mile  to  the  northward  of 
Morse  Island  and  then  steer  N.  85°  E.  for  Green  Point  until  Sentinel 
Island  bears  north ;  the  dangers  in  the  western  entrance  will  then  be 
passed  and  a  straight  course  may  be  steered  through,  bearing  in  mind 
that  less  tide  will  be  found  near  Spieden  Island  shore. 

Bound  westward  through  this  channel,  if  the  passage  between  Spie- 
deu and  Sentinel  Islands  is  not  taken,  the  shore  of  Spiedeu  Island 
should  be  kept  aboard  to  avoid  the  tide  races.  If  Center  Reef  is  awash, 
or  the  kelp  on  it  is  seen,  pass  {  mile  south  of  it  and  steer  to  pass  the 
same  distance  northward  of  Morse  Island.  If  Center  Reef  is  not  seen, 
take  care  not  to  bring  Morse  Island  to  bear  to  the  southward  of  S. 
680  w.  nntil  Bare  Islet  bears  S.  22°  E. 

Waldron  Island  lies  in  the  northern  entrance  of  the  Middle  Chan- 
nel, and  its  anchorages  are  frequently  availa  ble  for  vessels  passing  to 
or  from  Haro  Strait. 

The  island  is  thickly  wooded,  moderately  high,  and  clifty  on  its  south- 
ern and  eastern  sides,  but  falling  to  the  northward,  where  it  terminates 
in  low  sandy  jjoints.  Disney  Point,  its  southern  extreme,  is  a  remark- 
ably high  stratified  blutt". 

Cowlitz  Bay  m  the  western  side  of  Waldron,  between  Disney  and 
Sandy  Points,  ..  ords  good  anchorage  with  all  winds,  the  depth  of  water 
from  5  to  8  fathoms,  and  the  holding  ground  stiff  mud  ;  it  may  be  some- 
times more  desirable  for  sailing  vessels  to  anchor  here  than  to  work  up 
into  Plumper  Sound,  particularly  for  those  coming  up  Middle  Channel. 
If  entering  from  the  northward  or  westward,  Sandy  Point  may  be  passed 


NORTH    HAY FLUMPEtt    SOUND. 


83 


at  a  distance  of  |r  of  a  mile,  and  standing  into  the  bay  anchor  on  the 
line  between  it  and  Disney  Point  in  5  or  6  fathoms.  If  a  southeaster 
is  blowing,  a  vessel  may  stand  far  enough  in  to  get  smooth  water  under 
shelter  of  Disney  Point ;  no  sea,  however,  to  aft'ect  a  vessel's  safety  gets 
up  in  this  bay  witii  any  wind.  Tiie  only  danger  in  the  bay  is  Mouatt 
Reef  with  a  depth  of  only  3  feet  on  it;  it  lies  J  mile  X.  17^  W.  of  Dis- 
ney Point  witii  deei)  water  between  it  and  the  shore. 

If  entering  from  the  southward,  Disney  Point  should  be  kept  within 
less  than  ^  mile,  particularly  with  the  ebb,  for  as  soon  as  Douglas  Glian- 
nel  is  opened  out,  which  is  the  continuation  of  Middle  Channel  and 
through  which  the  tide  runs  sometimes  5  knots,  vessels  are  apt  to  be 
set  down  on  Danger  Rock. 

North  Bay,  on  the  northwestern  side  of  the  isiland,  affords  anchorage 


about  ^ 


mile  oft'shore,  but  it  is  not  by  any  means  such  a  desirable 


place  as  Cowlitz  Bay,  the  bank  being  rather  steep  and  the  tide  felt 
more  strongly. 

White  Rock  is  35  feet  above  high  water  and  lies  S.  60°  W.,  1|  miles 
from  Disney  Point.  There  is  a  reef  extending  500  yards  N.  39°  W. 
I'rom  it. 

Danger  Rock,  a  dangerous  reef  with  only  u  feet  on  it,  and  on  which 
kelp  is  rarely  seen,  lies  S.  40^  E.,  ff  mile  from  White  Rock. 

Caution. — It  is  particularly  recommended  to  give  these  rocks  a  wide 
berth,  as  with  strong  tides  the  water  is  too  deep  for  anchorage  in  case 
of  getting  entangled  amongst  them  in  light  winds. 

Plumper  Sound. — If  from  any  cause  it  should  be  found  necessary 
to  auchor  in  that  bend  of  the  Haro  Strait  between  Stuart  Island  and  the 
east  point  of  Saturna  Island,  this  sound  is  recommended  as  a  safe  and 
convenient  harbor,  easy  of  access  with  the  wind  from  any  quarter.  It 
is  formed  between  Pender  and  Saturna  Islands.  Blunden  Island,  about 
400  yards  in  length,  and  close  to  the  shore,  forms  the  western  entrance 
point,  and  Monarch  Head,  a  high,  bold,  rocky  headland,  the  eastern. 
There  is  anchorage  in  a  moderate  depth  of  water  in  most  parts  of  it,  as 
well  as  several  bays  or  harbors  if  preferred. 

There  are  no  dangers  at  the  entrance,  and  but  little  tide  is  felt.  A 
rocky  patch  lies  about  N.  56°  W.,  distant  550  yards  from  Croker  Point, 
in  a  spot  whe-e  the  charts  indics^e  13  fathoms.  It  is  of  small  extent 
and  steep-to,  except  on  its  northern  edge,  where  it  shoals  gradually 
from  3  fathoms.  Between  this  patch  and  Saturna  Island  the  soundings 
are  irregular,  varying  from  8  to  20  fathoms. 

In  coming  from  the  southward,  the  western  extremity  of  Fane  Island 
in  line  with  the  northeastern  extreme  of  Pender  Island  clears  this  patch, 
and  Lizard  Islet  open  of  Elliott  Bluff  clears  its  western  edge. 

The  most  convenient  anchorage  is  off  the  entrance  of  Port  Browning, 
on  the  western  side  of  the  sound,  in  8  fatiioms,  J  mile  from  the  shore. 
Above  Port  Browning  tiie  oidy  danger  is  I'erry  Rock,  witii  (>  feet  on  it, 
marked  by  kelp.  It  is  401)  yards  from  the  shore  and  N.  11°  W.,  J  mile 
from  Razor  Point,  the  northern  point  of  the  port. 


84 


HARO    STKAIT. 


Port  Browning  is  on  the  western  side  of  Plumper  Sound.  Tlie  best 
anchorii<;:c  is  in  the  center,  Just  above  Shark  Cove,  which  is  a  conven- 
ient creek  witli  4  fathoms  in  it,  on  the  sontliern  side  of  tlie  harbor,  ^ 
mile  within  the  entrance;  here  a  ship  might  beach  and  repair  on  a 
sandy  spit.  The  cove  is  separateil  by  a  narrow  neck  of  land  loO  yards 
wide  from  Bedwell  Harbor,  on  the  south  coast  of  Pender  Island. 

Lyall  Harbor  lies  on  the  eastern  side  of  Plumper  Sound,  and  is  an 
indentation  in  the  northwestern  end  of  Saturna  Island.  The  King 
Islets,  two  low,  rugged  islets,  with  a  reef  extending  nearly  200  yards 
oft"  their  western  end,  form  the  northern  entr.Mice.  The  harbor  termi- 
nates in  a  sandy  beach,  with  a  good  stream  of  fresh  water  at  its  head. 
Crispin  Rock,  with  G  feet  on  it  at  low  water,  decreases  its  value  as  a 
harbor  for  sailing  vessels.  This  rock  is  a  mere  pinnacle,  nearly  ^  mile 
within  the  entrance  ;  there  is  no  kelp  to  give  warning  of  its  position, 
and  it  lies  exactly  in  the  middle  of  the  harbor.  There  is  a  clear  pas- 
sage on  either  side  of  it  300  yards  wide,  and  vessels  anchoring  witiiin 
it  should  drop  their  anchor  in  5  fathoms,  i  mile  from  the  beach  at  the 
head  of  the  harbor.  Boot  Cove,  on  the  southern  side  of  the  harbor, 
J  mile  within  the  soutiiern  point,  has  3  fathoms  water,  and  is  a  con- 
venient spot  for  rei»airing  a  vessel.  A  small  islet  lies  oft'  its  western 
entrance  jmint. 

Samuel  Island,  between  Saturna  and  Mayne  Islands,  is  almost  con- 
nected with  both,  but  leaving  two  passages  by  which  boats  or  even 
small  coasters  may  pass  into  the  Strait  of  (loorgia  at  proi)er  times  of 
tide.     This  island  is  indented  on  its  southern  side  by  several  bays. 

Winter  Cove  is  formed  between  the  southern  side  of  Samuel  Island 
and  the  northwestern  point  of  Saturna,  and  is  only  i  mile  northward  of 
Lyall  Harbor.  The  dei)th  of  water  in  the  cove  being  only  frotn  2  to  3 
fathoms,  is  only  lit  for  small  vessels.  The  outlet  to  the  Strait  of  Georgia 
is  not  over  90  feet  in  brendth  and  the  tides  rush  through  with  great 
rapidity. 

Water  is  easily  obtainable,  during  the  winter  or  rainy  months, 
from  streams  in  almost  any  part  of  Plumper  Sound.  At  the  head  of 
Lyall  Harbor  or  Port  Drowning,  constantly  in  the  former,  a  certain 
quantity  may  be  procured  during  the  driest  manths  of  summer,  from 
June  to  August. 

Navy  Channel  is  a  c(Mitinuation  of  the  western  part  of  Plumper 
Sound,  and  leads,  between  Pender  and  Mayne  Islands,  into  the  Triu- 
comalie  Channel. 

Independently  therefore  of  its  value  as  an  anchorage.  Plumper  Sound 
becomes  a  high  road  for  vessels  bound  into  tho  Strait  of  Georgia  or 
Prazer  River,  by  the  Active  Pass,  or  to  Naualmo,  or  any  of  the  north- 
western i)orts  of  Vancouver  Island. 

Conconi  and  Enterprise  Reefs. — Conconi  Reef  lies  about  midway 
through  Navy  Channel,  l'{  miles  from  Fane  Island,  ami  nearly  400  yards 
oS'  the  northern  shore,  and  narrows  the  strait  at  that  part  to  i  mile. 


NAVY    CHANNKL    DIRECTION'S— liKDWELL    HAHbOR. 


85 


It  is  a  ledge  of  rocks  exten<liiig  in  the  direction  of  tlie  cliamiel  for  more 
tliau  200  yards,  and  ooveriuy  at  half  tide;  its  vicihity  is  marked  by  kelp, 
and  a  patch  of  2  fathoms  extends  nearly  400  yards  westward  from  it. 

The  Enterprise  Reefs  are  two  rocky  patches,  the  westernmost  of  w  hich 
is  covered  at  oneqiiarter  flood,  and  both  are  marked  by  kelp.  The  out- 
ermost of  these  reefs  lies  ^  of  a  mile  S.  11°  W.  of  Helen  Point,  the 
south  point  of  Active  Pa.ss.  A  patch  of  2  fathoms  lies  400  yards  S.  45'^ 
E.  of  the  westernmost  rocky  patch. 

Beacons. — A  beacon  22  feet  above  high  water  has  been  erected  on 
Enterprise  Keef,  near  its  western  extremity;  to  the  pyramidal  frame- 
work of  the  beacon  are  tixed  two  disks  at  right  angles  to  i-ach  other, 
liaving  the  appearance  at  a  distance  of  upper  and  lower  balls.  The 
whole  is  colored  white. 

On  Helen  Point  (nailed  on  a  dead  fir  tree)  is  a  diagonal  white  board, 
with  a  corresponding  one  on  the  opitosite  bight.  These  marks  when 
in  line,  bearing  X.  14^  E.,  lead  over  northwestern  extreme  of  Enterprise 
Reef;  and  when  they  come  well  open  a  vessel  can  steer  for  Active 
Pass. 

Directions. — Vessels  using  Xavy  Channel  should  keep  rather  south- 
ward of  mid-channel.  The  shores  of  Pender  Island  are  bold.  When  pass- 
ing out  of  the  western  entrance,  if  bound  through  Trincomalie  Chan- 
nel or  Active  Pass,  steer  over  towards  Prevost  Island  until  Pelorus 
Point  (the  east  point  of  Moresby  Island)  is  open  of  Mouatt  Point  (the 
west  point  of  Pender  Island)  bearing  S.  19^  E. ;  then  haul  up  N.  19^ 
W.,  keeping  the  marks  just  open,  which  will  lead  over  ff  mile  to  the 
westward  of  Enterprise  Reefs. 

When  Helen  Point,  which  is  a  low  bare  yellow  point,  bears N.3to  E., 
or  the  northern  beacon  comes  well  open  west  of  the  southern  one,  a 
vessel  may  steer  for  the  entrance  of  Active  Pass,  or  shape  her  course 
up  the  Trincomalie  Channel. 

Tides. — The  flood  tide  from  the  Swanson  Channel  runs  through  Navy 
Channel  to  the  eastward  and  meets  the  tiood  in  Plumper  Sound,  caus- 
ing a  slight  ripple  at  the  east  entrance;  its  strength  is  upwards  of  3 
knots. 

Bndwell  Harbor,  the  entrance  to  which  bears  X.  23°  E.  3  miles 
from  Turn  Point  of  Stuart  Island,  is,  on  account  of  its  narrower  en- 
trance, not  so  eligible  a  stopping  place  for  vessels  waiting  the  tide, 
but  for  stoanrers  it  is  a  good  harbor.  The  only  danger  which  does  not 
show  is  the  Drew  Rock,  with  10  feet  on  it,  in  the  center  of  the  harbor 
)f  mile  from  its  head;  there  is,  however,  no  necessity  for  vessels  to  go 
as  high  as  this,  the  most  convenient  anchorage  being  in  a  bay  on  the 
eastern  shore  jj  mile  within  the  entrance,  in  8  fathoms,  midway  between 
Hay  Point  and  the  Skull  Reef,  which  always  shows  some  feet  above 
high  water. 

Camp  Bay,  between  Bedwell  Harbor  and  Plumper  Sound,  otters 
shelter  as  a  stopping  place  to  small  craft,  when  not  convenient  to  wor'; 
into  either  of  these  ports. 


8G 


HARO    STRAIT — WESTERN    CHANNELS. 


The  Western  Channels  of  Haro  Strait  maybe  uscm]  witli  ndvanta^e 
by  steatnera  or  coasters*  boiiiul  from  the  soiitliorii  ports  of  Vaiieoiiver 
Island  to  the  Strait  of  Georgia,  or  to  tlie  districtsof  Saaiiicli,Co\vitcliiii, 
Naiiaimo,  and  the  numerous  intermediate  liarbors.  Their  advantage 
over  tlie  Haro  Strait  consists  in  the  strength  of  tide  being  loss,  besides 
sheltered  anchorage  being  obtainable  in  almost  all  parts;  while  in  the 
latter  strait  the  depth  of  water  is  so  great  that  it  is  impossible  to  anchor, 
and  sailing  vessels  may  frequently  be  set  back  into  Fuca  Strait,  thus 
entailing  great  tlelay  as  well  as  risk'.  On  the  other  hand  the  western 
channels  are  not  free  from  danger;  yet,  with  the  assistance  of  the  chart, 
and  a  good  lookout  from  aloft  for  keli),  a  precaution  which  siiould 
never  be  neglected,  they  may  be  navigated  during  daylight  with  ease 
and  safety. 

To  vessels  passing  from  the  southward,  and  intending  to  take  the 
western  channels,  the  dangers  to  bo  avoided  after  passing  Discovery  and 
Chatha  i  Islands  are:  Johnstone  Keef,  lying  nearly'  one  mile  from  the 
shore,  midway  between  Oadboro  I'oint  and  Gordon  Jlead;  Zero  Kock, 
which  lies  in  the  f.iirway;  and  the  shoals  which  extend  off  Darcy,  Sid- 
ney, and  James  Islands, 

Sidney  Channel,  between  James  ami  Sidney  Islands,  is  the  best;  it 
is  nearly  one  mile  wide,  and  deep  until  near  its  northern  end,  where 
ahoal  patches  with  only  0  to  9  feet  water  on  them,  marked  by  kelj),  lie 
from  GOO  to  1.000  yards  off  the  western  point  of  Sidney  Island.  Whale 
Islet,  a  small  rook  only  G  feet  above  high  water,  lies  at  the  southern 
entrance  to  Sidney  Channel,  and  is  joined  to  Sidney  Island  by  a  sand- 
spit.  Sidney  Spit,  the  northwestern  extreme,  is  a  low  sandy  tongue  with 
a  few  trees  on  its  extreme.  A  beacon  40  feet  high,  surmounted  by  a  polo 
and  cage,  has  been  erected  on  the  spit.  There  is  good  anchorage  off" 
the  spit  in  8  fathoms. 

Cordova  Channel,  betvyeeu  James  Island  and  the  main  island  of 
Vancouver,  is  a  fair  passage  with  little  tide;  it  is  not,  however,  to  be 
preferred  to  Sidney  Channel,  neither  is  any  saving  in  distance  gained 
bj'  taking  it,  and  it  can  not  be  recommended  for  vessels  drawing  over 
14  feet.  Ithasa  sand  bank  over  L'Ol)  yards  in  extent  with  1-5  feet  water 
on  it  lying  in  the  center  of  the  passage.  A  little  northward  of  Cowitchin 
Head  a  low  flat  of  swamjiy  land  extends  for  2  miles  in  a  northerly 
directior),  and  from  ^  to  i  mile  off' the  high  land  ;  shoal  water  extends 
from  l-'OO  to  401)  yards  outside  ;  this  Hat  forms  the  western  side  of  the 
.southern  entrance  of  the  channel. 

The  southern  face  of  James  Island  is  a  moder.itely  high  and  steep 
whiteday  cliff,  its  summit  covered  with  trees;  towards  the  eastern  part 
of  this  cliff' are  two  remarkable  notches  on  its  summit.  A  bank,  hav- 
ing from  one  to  3  fathoms  water  on  it,  extends  one  mile  to  the  eastward, 
and  nearly  \  mile  to  the  southward,  and  westward  from  the  S\V. 
bluff' of  James  Island.  A  shoal  'j  mile  in  extent,  having  depths  of  from 
IJ  to  ^  fathoms  on  it,  lies  southeastward  of  the  island;  the  center  of  it 


DIRECTIONS — SHUTK    TASSAGE, 


87 


tage 


bears  8.  39°  E.,  distant  1^  miles  from  the  soutlnvestern  bluff  of  James 
Island. 

Directions. — If  the  passage  inside  Discovery  and  Cliatbatn  Islands 
has  been  taken,  and  intending  to  take  the  Sidney  Channel;  when 
al)reast  Cadboro  Point,  steer  north,  keeping  the  i)assage  between  that 
point  and  Chatham  Islands  open  astern  until  Mount  Tuam  (on  the 
southern  point  of  Admiral  Island)  is  in  line  over  the  center  between  the 
two  remarkable  notches  on  James  Island  bearing  N.  31^  \V.;  this  mark 
will  lead  nearly  one  mile  eastward  of  Zero  Uock,  (iO(t  ysirds  westward 
of  the  3-fatiiom  patches  off  Darcy  Island,  and  between  them  and  the 
shoal  of  n  feet  extending  southeastward  from  James  Island. 

When  Morse  Island  is  in  line  with  the  southeastern  jmint  of  Sidney 
Island,  bearing  N.  G(P  E.,  alter  course  to  north  to  avoid  the  shoal  which 
extends  one  mdeS,  84^  E.  from  S\V.  blutlof  James  Island  ;  pass  about 
GOO  yards  westward  of  Whale  Islet,  and  then  steer  up  mid  channel,  and 
avoid  the  shoal  patches  off  the  northwestern  end  of  Sidney  Island,  by 
not  shutting  Whale  Islet  in  with  Darcy  Island,  until  the  end  of  Sidney 
Spit  bears  N.  23°  E. 

If  passing  outside  the  Discovery  and  Chatham  Islands,  at  about  one 
mile  off,  steer  N.  UP  W.  until  the  leading  marks  (Mount  Tuam,  in  line 
between  the  two  remarkable  notches  on  James  Islands),  bearing  N.  34° 
W.,  are  on,  when  proceed  as  before  directed. 

Miners  ChanneL — Low  and  Bare  Islands  are  two  small  islands  lying 
off  the  ea-^tern  side  of  Sidney  Island,  and  between  them  ami  the  latter 
there  is  a  good  passage.  The  eastern  side  of  Sidney  Island  is  bold,  and 
affords  good  anchorage  in  8  fathoms,  out  of  thetidn,  in  a  bay  S.  45°  W. 
of  the  north  end  of  Bare  Island.  A  3  fathom  shoal  lies  500  yards  off  the 
eastern  point  of  Sidney  Island,  and  a  similar  shoal  lies  about  the  same 
distance  S.  iio'^  E.  of  Low  Island. 

Midway  between  Low  and  Bare  Islands,  and  on  the  line  between 
their  northwestern  points,  is  a  reef  which,  uncovers,  and  about  ^  mile 
to  the  eastward  of  this  reef  is  a  rock  marked  by  kelp.  There  is  a  rock 
3  feet  above  high  water  X.  50°  W.,  distant  >f  mile  from  the  north  western 
end  of  B:ire  Island.  After  passing  this  island  a  course  shonld  be 
steered  between  Sidney  Si)itand  Jonos  Island. 

Having  passed  to  the  northward  of  .Sidney  Island,  either  by  Cordova, 
Sidney,  or  Miners  Channels,  the  Shute  or  Moresby  Passages  may  be 
taken  as  ciiMveiiient;  if  bound  for  Saanich,  Cowirchin,  or  through  Stuart 
Channel,  the  former  is  ]>referable,  while  the  latter  offers  a  more  direct 
course  through  the  Swansoii  or  Trincomalie  Channels,  or  to  Eraser 
River  by  Active  Pass. 

Shute  Passage. — To  enter  this  passage,  after  leaving  Sidney  S|>it 
pass  between  Jones  Island  and  the  Little  Group,  then  eastward  of  Coal 
and  Pym  Islands,  and  bi'tween  Piers  and  Portland  Islands,  when  the 
Satellite  Channel  will  be  enteied,  which  leads  directly  to  Saanich, 
Cowitchin,  and  the  western  ports  of  Vancouver  Islan  '.    This  is  a  good 


88 


HAI?<)    STKAIT — WESTKRN    CHANNELS. 


clear  cliiiiiiiol,  iiiul  with  the  assistance  of  the  chart  may  be  used  with 
much  facility. 

Jones  Island  lies  N.  22^  E. of  Sidney  Si)it,!-;  mile,  with  a  dear  passage 
between  ;  shoal  rocky  ground  extemlsL'OO  yards  westward  of  the  north- 
western i)oint  of  Jones  Island,  and  the  tides  set  with  considerable 
strength,  from  -'  too  knots  round  this  point;  dettiihed  rocks  extend 
40U  yards  off  the  southeastern  end  of  the  island  and  '.AY  the  northeastern 
side. 

Tree,  Hill,  Domville,  Comet,  and  Qooch  Islands,  which  lie  in  the 
fairway  between  Sidney  and  iMoresby  Islands,  are  moderately  low  and 
wooded.    The  passages  between  them  are  not  recommended. 

Reefs. — North  Cod  Reef  covers  at  one-quarter  Hood,  and  lies  800 
yards  S.  17^  W.  of  the  western  <'ndof  (loocli  Island. 

South  Cod  Keef  has  only  0  feet  on  it  at  low  water;  it  lies  1,400  yards 
S.  17°  W.  of  the  western  end  of  Gooch  Island.  Both  reefs  are  marked 
bj-  kelp. 

A  patch  of  2  fathoms,  marked  by  kelj),  lies  nearly  midway  between 
the  southern  end  of  Jones  and  Domville  Islands;  the  passage  between 
Gooeii  and  Comet  Islands  is  lilled  with  kelp. 

The  Little  Group  lie  'i  mile  N.  r,6^  W.  of  Jones  Island.  They 
consist  of  four  rocky  islets,  ;V  mile  in  extent  east  and  west,  bare  of  trees» 
and  connected  by  reefs;  there  is  a  good  i)assage  between  them  and 
Jones  Island,  and  their  eastern  side  may  be  jtassed  at  200  yards. 

Birdlslet,  lyingou  the  eastern  side  of  Shu  te  Pas.sage,  and  5  niile  nurth 
of  the  north  point  of  Jones  Island,  is  about  0  feet  above  high  water; 
and  has  a  cluster  of  reefs  around  it  almost  200  yards  iu  extent,  mar'od 
bj'  kelp;  between  it  and  Coal  Island  there  is  a  clear  passage  one  luile 
wide. 

Coal  Island,  which  heli)s  to  form  the  western  side  of  Shute  Passage, 
lies  immediately  at  the  entrance  of  Shoal  Harbor;  it  is  one  mile  in  extent 
and  thickly  wooded,  and  its  eastern  and  northern  shores  are  free  from 
danger. 

When  working  up  the  passage  between  Bird  Islet  and  Coal  Island, 
a  vessel  should  not  stand  to  the  westward  of  a  line  joining  the  east  end 
of  Little  Group  to  the  east  point  of  Coal  Islanll,  as  a  rock  which  covers 
atonequarter  Hood  lies  nearly  ij  mile  south  of  the  east  pointof  the  island. 

Reefs. — A  small  patch  with  4  fathoms  water  over  it,  and  probably 
less,  and  marked  by  kelp,  lies  one  mile  X.  70°  E.  of  the  east  point  of 
Coal  Island.  When  abreast  the  east  point  of  Coal  Lsland,  and  distant 
^  mile,  a  X.  45^  W,  course  will  lead  through  Shute  Passage  iu  mid-chau- 
uel,  passing  eastward  of  Pym  Island,  off  the  eastern  side  of  which  a 
reef,  which  uncovers,  extends  a  little  more  than  200  yards  length. 
Patches  of  kelp  have  been  seen  extending  some  distance  off  the  south 
end  of  Pym  Lsland. 

Celia  Reef  has  .S  feet  of  water  on  it.  It  is  marked  by  kelp  and  lies 
N.  22°  E.,  §  mile  from  the  northern  point  of  Pym  Island. 


KNAPP    ANIJ    PYM    ISLANDS — CANOE    ROCKS. 


89 


Knapp  and  Fym  Islands  are  .small  and  wooded,  lying  between  Piers 
and  Coal  Islands.  The  passajjo  between  Piers  and  Portland  Lslands  is 
above  a  mile  in  breadth,  with  no  danj^ers  which  are  not  vLsible  ;  oil"  the 
eastern  .side  of  the  former,  abont  liOD  yards,  is  a  rock  always  nncovered. 
flavinp  passed  westward  between  the.se  i.slands  a  vessel  is  fairly  in 
Satellite  Channel. 

Moresby  Passage. — After  leaving  the  northern  end  of  Sidney  Island, 
the  directions  for  Moresby  Passage  are  the  .same  as  those  already  given 
for  Shute  Passage,  until  abreast  the  eastern  point  of  Coal  Island.  From 
abont  iV  mile  off  this  point,  the  direct  course  throiigii  the  passage  is 
N.  17°  E.  for  L'.^  miles,  or  until  near  its  northern  entrance,  which  lies 
between  Portland  and  Moresby  Island.s.  TurnbuU  lieef  and  Canoe 
Eoek.s,  which  extend  off  both  these  i.slands,  narrow  the  channel  at  its 
northern  entrance  to  little  over  j\  mile. 

The  Sisters. — Otf  the  eastern  point  of  Portland  Island  are  three  rocky 
islets,  the  Sisters,  wliicli  extend  to  a  distance  of  nearly  4b(l  yards.  They 
are  abont  25  feet  high,  have  a  i\j\v  stnnttd  cedar  trees  on  their  sum- 
mits, are  joined  by  reefs,  and  will  be  immediately  recognized  either  from 
the  northward  or  southward. 

Turnbull  Reef. — Eastward  from  the  Sisters,  at  a  distance  of  more 
than  ;\  mile,  extends  the  Turnbull  Reef  in  a  semicircular  direction  to- 
wards the  NW.  point  of  Portland  Islaml,  and  almost  joining  it  ;  2  fath- 
oms is  the  least  water  found  on  its  outer  edge,  and  it  is^narked  by  a 
heavy  bank  of  kelp,  which,  however,  is  not  always  visible  until  close  to 
it,  on  account  of  the  tide. 

Canoe  Rocks  form  a  dangerous  ledge,  extending  N.  (15^  W.  nearly 
J  mile  from  Keef  Point,  the  northwestern  point  of  Moresby  Island.  The 
outer  rock  of  this  ledge  covers  a  little  after  half  flood,  and  is  not  marked 
bj'  kelp,  though  kelp  grows  between  the  point  and  the  rock. 

Beacon. — A  stone  beacon  25  feet  high,  surmounted  by  a  cross,  is 
erected  on  Canoe  llocks.  A  buoy  has  been  bolted  to  the  rock  at  the 
western  extremity  of  the  reef  otf  Reef  Point.  Between  the  buoy  and 
the  point  there  is  a  rock  with  only  1.^  feet  over  it.  The  channel  between 
this  rock  and  the  point  is  75  feet  wide.  Vessels  using  this  channel 
should  keep  close  alongside  the  point. 

Directions. — When  the  beacon  is  visible,  the  passage  is  very  ea.sy, 
as  the  dangers  maybe  jias.sed  as  close  as  convenient;  but  when  not 
seen,  it  is  desirable  in  coming  from  the  southward  to  borrow  on  th*^ 
Moresby  Island  shore.  i)a.ssing  Seymour  Point,  the  western  cliffy  point 
of  the  i.sland,  at  the  distance  of  4(K)  yards. 

From  this  jtoint  the  Canoe  Rocks  bear  N.  22°  W.,  nearly  a  mile,  and 
from  a  berth  400  yards  oft'  it,  a  X.  17°  W.  course  direct  for  Beaver  Point, 
the  sloping  bare  southeastern  point  of  Admiral  Island,  will  lead  almost 
in  mid-cliannel.  When  Chads  Island,  just  off'  the  northwestern  point  of 
Portland  Island,  comes  open  of  that  point,  then  vessels  will  be  well  to 
the  northward  of  both  rock  and  reef. 


90 


HAKO    STRAIT WKSTERN    (.'HAN'NELS, 


If  coining  from  the  nortliwanl,  iiiidiiitoiidiiitj  to  take  .More-iUy  Passiige, 
by  keeping'  Meaver  I'oiiit  astern  witli  the  easternmost  (3haiiiiel  Islaiul 
in  (lan<,'es  Harbor  toneliin;;  it,  or  Just  shut  in  by  it,  tiie  Canoe  Hooks  will 
be  cleared.  The  western  Ciiannel  Island  Just  tonehin^  Beaver  point 
leads  on  to  the  rock. 

Prevost  Passage  lies  l)etween  Moresby  Island  and  the  firoiip  of 
smaller  islands  to  the  southward  ot  it,  and  leads  by  theShuteor  .Moresby 
Passajjesinto  Satellite  Channel. 

To  vessels  passin^^-  up  the  main  stream  of  ITaro  Strait  and  bound  for 
the  Swaiison  Channel,  the  easiest  and  most  direct  r^iute  is  between 
Stuiirt  and  Moresby  Islands;  but  circiimstaneos  of  wind  or  tide  may 
render  it  convenient  to  take  the  Prevost  Passajje  ;  for  instance,  with 
light  winds  they  may  bo  set  into  the  passajje  by  the  Hood,  or,  if  near 
to  Moresby  Island,  by  the  ebb  tide  from  the  ui>per  part  of  Ilaro  Strait, 
which  runs  here,  as  it  does  in  all  other  i)arts  of  the  channel,  from  two 
and  one-half  to  three  hours  after  low  water  by  the  shore,  and  sets  to 
the  westward  among  the  small  islaiuls,  and  down  the  ^liners  and 
Sidney  Channels. 

Arachne  Reef. — The  dangers  to  be  avoided  in  Prevost  Passage  are 
Ara«jhne  and  Cooi»er  Reefs.  Arachne  Heef  lies  nearly  in  the  center  of 
the  passage,  in  a  direct  line  between  Fairfax  Point  and  the  east  point  of 
Gooch  Island.  This  reef  covers  at  one-ciuarter  Hood,  and  has  a  good 
deal  of  kelp  ion  its  northwestern  edge,  which,  however,  is  frequently 
run  under  by  the  tide. 

Cooper  Reef,  lying  ^  mile  N.  13°  W.  of  Tom  Point,  is  marked  by 
kelp,  ami  uncovers  at  half  ebb ;  there  is  a  passage  one  mile  wide  between 
it  and  Arachne  Reef,  the  channel  being  about  the  same  width  between 
the  latter  and  Moresby  Island,  with  deep  water.  There  are  no  dangers 
ott"  the  southern  or  western  sides  of  Moresby  Island. 

Tom  Point,  in  line  with  the  southeast  point  of  Sidney  Island,  bear- 
ing S.  '6'^  E.,  leads  only  just  clear  to  the  eastward  of  Cooper  Heef. 

North  part  of  Portland  Island,  in  line  with  south  aide  of  Moresby 
Island,  bearing  N.  47^  W.,  leads  to  the  northward  of  Cooper  and 
Arachne  Reefs. 

Yellow  Islet,  a  snnill  bare  islet  8  feet  high,  lies  1;\  miles  S.  7iP  W. 
of  Fairfax  Point,  and  should  be  passed  on  the  north  side  to  clear  the 
shoal  of  ,'i  fathoms  which  extends  nearly  400  yards  westward  from  the 
islet,  and  to  avoid  the  small  i)atch  of  4  fathoms  (probably  shoaler) 
marked  with  kel|(  lying  .\  mile  S.  08^  W.  of  it;  having  passed  west- 
ward of  this  island  either  the  Sliute  or  Moresby  Passage  may  be  taken 
as  convenit'Mt. 

Satellite  Channel  is  formed  by  Admiral  Island  on  the  north,  and 
Moresby,  Poitlaii'l,  an<l  Piers  Islands,  and  the  northern  siiore  of  Saanich 
Peninsula  on  the  south.  It  leads  to  8aani(;h  Inlet,  Cowitchin  Harbor, 
and  l>y  the  Sansnm  Narrows  to  Stuart  Channel.  It  is  a  good,  deep 
passage  with  but  fewdaugers,  which  are  not  always  visible;  among  these 


SIIUTE    RKEF — COLE    BAY. 


91 


iiri'  Sliiite  l{et't'  ami  I'atey  Rode.  The  yoiieral  breiultli  of  the  cliniinel  is 
oni'  mile,  with  (Icptlis  of  from  .'{(>  to  10  fiitlioms,  ami  the  strength  of  tide 
from  line  to  '2  Uiiots,  ami  somt>timt's  ,'i  knots. 

Shute  Reef  is  a  ii-dfie  i«'ss  than  10((  vanlsin  extent,  witli  two  rockH, 
onoofwhicli  is  »!overe<l  at  .S  feet  Hood,  its  vicinity  bein^;  marked  hykelp. 
It  lies  ij  mihi  west  of  Harry  I'oint,  and  nearly  liOlt  yards  X.  ;}7^  H.  of 
Arbutus,  a  small  islet  with  two  or  three  of  the  rod  stemmed  arbutus 
jfrowin;:  on  it,  and  lyinfjfAmile  westward  of  Piers  Island. 

Patey  Rock,  at  the  western  end  of  Satellite  Channel,  is  a  sinj,'lo 
ro(!k,  covered  at  (i  feet  rise  with  kelp  around  it,  and  is  in  the  way  of  ves- 
sels workiiifi  into  Saainch  Inlet  or  Cowiteliiu  Harbor.  It  lies  nearly  2 
miles  N.  .5!)^  \V.  of  Coal  I'oint,  a  remarkable  nob  point,  the  southern 
extreme  of  Deep  Cove. 

Clearing  marks. — Harry  I'oint,  open  northward  of  Arbutus  Islet, 
beai.a},'  N.  7!P  E.,  leads  (!0()  yards  southward  of  I'atey  Rock;  and 
the  lii^jli  rouml  summit  of  Moresby  Island,  well  open  northward  of 
Arbutus  Islet,  bearing  east  leads  701)  yards  to  the  northward  of  it. 

Boatswain  Bank,  on  the  western  side  of  the  channel,  affords  jjood 
anchorajje  in  from  4  to  0  fathoms,  sandy  bottom.  It  extends  :f  mile  from 
the  Van(H)uver  shore,  between  Cherry  and  Hatch  Points.  The  edge  of 
the  bank  is  steep. 

Saanich  Inlet  is  a  deep  indentation  running  in  a  nearly  south  direc- 
tion for  14  miles,  carrying  deep  water  to  its  head,  which  terminates  in 
a  narrow  creek  within  4  miles  of  Esquinialt  Harbor.  The  inlet  formsa 
peninsula  of  the  southeastern  portion  of  Vancouver  island.  The  coast 
line  is  fringed  with  pine  forests,  but  in  the  center  it  is  clear  prairie  or 
oak  land,  and  much  of  it  under  cultivation;  seams  of  coal  have  also 
been  found. 

Off  the  eastern  or  peninsula  side  of  the  inlet  there  are  some  good 
anchorages,  the  center  being  for  the  most  part  deep.  Immediately 
southward  of  James  Point,  the  northwestern  point  of  the  peninsula,  is 
Deep  Cove,  but  no  convenient  anchorage. 

Norris  Rock,  awash  at  half  tide,  lies  S.  57°  W.  400  yards  from 
James  Point,  with  12  fathoms  between  it  and  the  point.  Vessels  round- 
ing this  point  should  give  it  a  berth  of  i  mile. 

Uilion  Bay,  2  miles  southward  of  James  Point,  affords  good  anchor- 
age in  8  or  0  fathoms  i  mile  from  the  beach.  There  is  a  stream  of  fresh 
water  in  the  southeastern  corner  of  the  bay. 

Cole  Bay,  immediately  under  Mount  Newton,  is  small,  but  capable 
of  atfording  shelter  to  a  few  vessels  of  mo  lerate  size;  oil"  its  northern 
point  are  two  small  bare  islets,  the  White  Rocks. 

These  bays  are  somewhat  open  to  S\V.  winds,  but  a  gale  rarely 
blows  from  this  ipiarter ;  nor,  from  the  proximity  of  the  opposite  shore, 
distant  s(!arcely  .'i  miles,  could  much  sea  get  up. 

Tod  Creek  is  2  miles  southward  of  Cole  Hay.  Senanus  Island,  a 
small  wooded  islet,  150  feet  high,  lies  off  its  entrance;  foul  ground  ex- 


92 


HARO    STKAIT — WESTKKN    CIIANNKL8. 


tends  nearly  200  yards  off  the  nortl»  western  side  of  the  island  ;  on  the 
other  sides  tiie  water  is  deep.  A  small  islet,  and  a  roek  lyinj;  liOd  yards 
north  of  it,  lies  in  tiie  entrance  to  the  southeastern  part  of  the  creek. 
A  short  distan(!o  inside  it  narrows  rapidly  and  winds  to  the  sonthward 
ami  sontheastward  for  '^  mile,  with  a  breadth  of  less  than  200  yards, 
carrying  0  fathoms  nearly  to  its  head. 

There  is  anchoraife  in  tin  outer  part  of  the  creek  in  15  fathoms. 

Squally  Reach. —  Krom  Willis  I'oint,  the  western  point  of  Tod  Creek, 
the  inlet  known  as  S(inally  Reach  trends  to  the  8NV.  for  2^  miles,  the 
breadth  of  the  arm  here  beinj;  ^  mile,  with  no  bottom  at  100  fathoms. 
Finlayson  Arm,  its  continuation,  terminates  Saanich  Inlet.  Heacon 
Rock,  which  covers  at  three-quarters  Hood,  lies  200  yards  S.  02'^  \V.  of 
Elbow  Point,  Finlayson  Arm.  A  small  islet  named  Dinner,  with  deep 
water  on  either  side,  lies  near  the  head  of  this  arm.  At  (iOO  yards  south 
of  the  islet  the  arm  terminates  in  a  llat,  which  dries  at  low  water. 

Mill  Creek  Bay  is  a  fair  anchorafic  and  the  only  one  on  the  western 
side  of  .Saanich  I  idet;  a  bank  of  sand  and  rock,  which  has  only  from  one 
to  .3  fathoms  water  on  it,  exteiuls  from  the  western  shore  across  the  bay  ; 
a  larfje  stream  Hows  into  the  NW.  corner  of  the  bay.  A  rock  with 
only  <)  to  9  feet  lies  almost  in  the  center  of  the  bay. 

Cowitchin  Harbor  is  westward  of  Cape  Keppel,  the  southern  ex- 
treme of  Admiral  I.sland.  Separation  Point,  its  northern  entrance 
point,  is  somewhat  remarkable,  being  the  termination  of  a  high,  stony 
ridge,  dropping  suddenly,  and  running  off  as  a  low,  sharp  point  to  the 
southward.  The  harbor  extends  to  the  westward  from'this  point  for  2 
miles,  and  the  general  depth  of  water  in  it  is  30  fathoms,  which  shoals 
suddenly  as  the  Hat  is  approached ;  this  dries  off  for  more  than  ^  mile 
from  the  head  of  the  harbor. 

In  its  NW,  end  is  a  considerable  riv^d,  the  Quamitcbau,  which 
flows  through  the  fertile  valley  and  i.s  ii  ivigablo  for  small  boats  or 
canoes  for  several  miles.  There  is  a  .scti  I  jment  here,  off  which  is  a  long 
pier  (on  the  south  side  of  the  harbor).  Coming  from  the  southeastward 
the  entrance  is  easily  distinguished  by  the  pier  and  lumber  yard,  just 
inside  the  point  on  the  west  side.     Mail  steamers  call  here  twice  a  week. 

Anchorage. — Snug  Creek. — The  only  convenient  anchorage  to  be 
obtained  is  in  Snug  Cieek,  on  the  northern  side  of  Cowitchin  Harbor, 
or  off  the  outer  village  on  the  south  side,  1.^  miles  within  the  entrance  ; 
in  the  latter  ca.se  a  vessel  must  approach  the  shore  within  little  more 
than  200  yards,  and  anchor  cautiously,  when  12  fathoms  are  obtained. 

Snug  Creek  is  a  convenient  anchorage  for  small  craft  or  coasters,  and 
one  or  two  vessels  of  moderate  size  might  obtain  anchorage  and  shelter 
in  it;  it  extends  in  a  northerly  direction  for  nearly  one  mile,  and  is  J  mile 
in  breadth.  Nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  entrance  is  a  rock  which  un- 
covers at  low  water  in  the  center  of  the  kelp  ;  it  is  about  20  feet  in  ex- 
tent, and  has  li  fathoms  water  around  it.  The  western  point  of  entrance 
can  be  passed  close  as  it  is  bold,  and  has  10  fathoms  water  within  100 


HAXSOM    NAKIIOWS — STIJAKT    ClIANNKL. 


93 


yards  of  it ;  wIumi  \  mile,  or  less,  inside  tlio  point,  anclior  in  the  iTiiier 
of  till-  (Mi't'k  in  (i  I'atliotns. 

Sansum  Narrows  take  a  ficncral  northciiy  dirt'ctiitn  Ix'twi'un  \  au- 
(•onviT  and  Admiral  Islands  for  a  distance  of  (i  niilos,  wlien  they  lead 
into  Stuart  ('lianncl;  the  averaj;e  hreadtii  of  the  narrows  is  about  ^ 
mile,  hut  Ht  their  narrowest  jmrt,  abreast  Hold  IJlnlt,  they  are  contracted 
to  Jy  mile.  The  hiffh  land  on  both  sides  renders  the  wind  generally  very 
unsteady  ;  from  this  cause  as  well  as  from  the  somewhat  contiiied  nature 
of  tiie  chamn'l,  and  tlu^  depth  of  water  which  prevents  ancliorin^,  the 
narrows  can  n(tt  be  recommended  except  for  steamers  or  coasting  vec- 
sels.  There  are  but  few  dangers  to  be  avoided,  and  the  strength  of  the 
tides  has  seldom  been  found  to  exceed  3  knots,  generally  much  less. 

Entering  .Sansum  Narrowc  Irom  the  southward  a  kelp  patch,  with  9 
feet  on  it,  lies  on  the  Admiral  Island  shore,  100  yards  S.  i5°  W.  of  a 
small  islet  close  to  the  coast,  nearly  a  nule  S.  79'^  E.  of  Separation 
Point ;  there  are  liO  fathoms  between  it  and  the  small  islet. 

Another  rocky  i)atch  extends  nearly  200  yards  off  shore  from  the 
eastern  side  of  the  Xarrows,  ■{  mile  northwestward  of  Entrance   Point. 

Burial  Islet  lies  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  narrows,  1.^  miles  above 
.Sei)aiatioii  Point;  pass  outside  of  it  as  close  as  convenient  to  the  kelp. 

Bold  Blutr,  H  smooth  headland  of  bare  rock,  is  steep-to.  itocky 
iTonnd  marked  by  kelp  extends  200  yards  oHf  Kelp  Point  on  the  west- 

(1001)  BRITISH  OOLUMBIA-Vancouver Island -Southeast 
coast  — Stuart  channel  —  Oyster  harbor-Dangers. —During  the 
lesurvey  of  Oyster  harbor  by  H.  15.  31.  S.  J-Ji/nio,  ("onimander  J.  V. 
Parry,  Jt.  N.,  the  following  dangers  were  found: 

A  rock,  with  «  feet  over  it  at  low  water  onlinary  springs,  was 
found  to  the  eastward  of  Colli n  island.  From  this  rock  Colli n'  Island 
lighthouse  bears  S.  8.^°  W.  true  (SVV.  by  W.  3  W.  W'ly  nnig  )  dis- 
tant 200  yards. 

Anothei'  head  with  12  feel  over  it  was  also  found  120  yards  to  the 
eastward  of  the  above  position.  Fr()n\  this  danger  Collin  Island 
lighthouse  bears  S.  .S,S°  W.  true  (H\V.  by  W.  5  \V,  W'ly  mag.),  dis- 
tant l}SO  yai'ds. 

The  ":{}  fathoms"  refcircd  to  in  Notice  to  ^Mariners  No.  22  (1101) 
of  lOO.'l,  was  found  on  examination  to  be  the  outer  extreme  of  a  nar- 
row ridge  extending  from  the  reef  oil"  the  ])oint  in  FiV<'niiigeove  lying 
000  yards  northwestward  of  Hhar])  point,  'fhis  ridge  has  depths  of  from 
2  to  .'5  fathoms  over  it  and  tVom  it.s  extreme  jioiiit  Collin  Island  light- 
lunise  bears  N.  .")0°  K.  true  (NNE.  \  E.  E'ly  mag.),  distant  .520  yards. 

Oil'  the  wt'st  end  of  the  western  Twin  island  the  .'J-fathom  line  was 

found  to  extend  into  the  anchorage  200  yards  to  the  southwestward 

in  the  direction  of  the  head  of  the  coaling  wharf  on   the  opposite 

shore,  the  .")-t'athom  line  extending   120  yards  farther  in  a  similar 

direction.     This  extension  is  in  the  nature  of  a  spit  running  oil'  the 

above  point.     Vessels  are  cautioned  against  anchoring  in  this  vicinity 

_,       .    •  "  fN.  M.  48,  IfK)4.) 

of  Thetis  Island. 

Oaborn  Bay,  the  southernmost  anchorage  ou  the  western  side  may 

be  known  by  the  Shoal  Islands,  a  low  wooded  group,  connected  at  low 


92 


HARO    STRAIT — WESTERN    CHANNELS. 


tends  nearly  200  yards  olf  tha  nortli western  side  of  the  island;  on  the 
other  sides  the  water  is  deep.  A  small  islet,  and  a  rock  lying  200  yards 
north  of  it,  lies  in  the  entrance  to  the  southeastern  part  of  the  ci-eek. 
A  short  distance  inside  it  narrows  rapidly  and  winds  to  the  southward 
and  southeastward  for  ^  mile,  with  a  breadtli  of  less  than  200  yards, 
carrying  G  fathoms  nearly  to  its  head. 

There  is  anchorage  in  the  outer  part  of  the  creek  in  15  fathoms. 

Squally  Reach. — From  Willi.s  Point,  the  western  point  of  Tod  Creek, 
the  inlet  known  as  Squally  Reach  trends  to  the  S\V.  for  2^  miles,  the 
breadth  of  the  arm  here  being  if  mile,  with  no  bottom  at  100  fathoms. 
Finlayson  Arm,  its  continuation,  terminates  Saanicii  Inlet.  Bencou 
Rock,  which  covers  at  tiireequarters  flood,  lies  200  yards  S.  02^  \\  .  of 
Elbow  Point,  Finlayson  zVrm.  A  small  islet  named  Dinner,  with  deep 
water  on  either  siue,  lies  near  the  head  of  this  arm.  At  000  yards  south 
of  the  islet  the  arm  terminates  in  a  Hat,  which  dries  at  low  water. 

Mill  Creak  Bay  is  a  fair  anchorage  aiul  tlie  only  one  on  the  western 
side  of  Saanicii  Inlet;  a  bank  of  sand  and  rock,  wliich  has  only  from  one 
to  3  fathoms  water  on  it,  extends  from  tlu^  western  shore  across  the  bay  ; 
a  large  stream  Jlows  into  the  N\V.  corner  of  the  bay.  A  rock  with 
only  6  to  9  feet  lies  almost  in  the  center  of  the  bay. 

Cowitchin  Harbor  is  westward  of  Cape  Keppel,  the  southern  ex- 
treme of  Admiral  Island.      Separation   Ponit,  its  northern  entrance 
point,  is 
ridge,  dr^ 
south  wai 
miles,  an 
suddenly 
from  the 

In  its 
flows  thi 
canoes  fc 
pier  (on 
the  ertra 
inside  th 

Ancli( 
obtained 
or  otf  th( 
in  the  k 
than  20( 

Snug 
one  or  t 
in  it;  it( 

in  bread  .o  middle  ot  tue  euiraiiutj  m  .i  luv^.v  ., .. 

covers  at  low  water  in  the  center  of  the  kelp :  it  is  about  20  feet  in  ^jx- 
tent,  and  has  I.J  fathoms  water  around  it.  The  w  estern  point  of  entni  nee 
can  be  passed  close  as  it  is  bold,  and  has  10  fathoms  water  withir.  100 


— — tjjj  •> 


SAXSOM    NARROWS — STUART    CIIANXEL. 


98 


yar<iH  of  ••: ;  when  ^  mile,  or  less, inside  the  point,  anchor  in  the  center 
yf  tht!  creek  in  6  fathoms. 

Sansum  Narrovrs  take  a  general  northerly  direction  between  Van- 
couver and  Admiral  Islands  for  a  distance  of  (i  miles,  when  they  lead 
into  Stuart  Channel;  the  ave.age  breadth  of  the  narrows  is  about ^ 
mile,  but  at  their  narrowest  part,  abreast  Bold  Blnii,  they  are  contracted 
to  if  mile.  The  high  land  on  both  sides  renders  the  wind  generally  very 
unsteady  ;  from  this  cause  as  well  as  from  the  somewhat  confined  nature 
of  the  channel,  and  the  depth  of  water  which  prevents  anchoring,  the 
narrows  can  not  be  recommended  except  for  steamers  or  coasting  ves- 
seij.  There  are  but  few  dangers  to  be  avoided,  and  the  strength  of  the 
tlvleti  has  seldom  been  found  to  exceed  3  knots,  geuerallj'  much  less. 

Entering  Sansum  Narrows  from  the  southward  a  kelp  patch,  with  9 
feet  on  it,  lies  on  the  Admiral  Island  shore,  400  yards  S.  45°  W.  of  a 
smaii  islet  close  to  the  coast,  nearly  a  mile  S.  79^  E.  of  Separation 
i'oint;  there  are  20  fathoms  between  it  and  the  small  islet. 

Another  rocky  patch  extends  nearly  200  yards  ott'  shore  from  the 
eastern  side  of  the  Narrows,  -J  mile  northwestward  of  Entrance  Point. 

Burial  Islet  lies  on  the  eastern  side  of  tlie  narrows,  IJ  miles  above 
Separation  Point;  pass  outside  of  it  as  close  as  convenient  to  the  kelp. 

Bold  Bluff.  <i  smooth  headland  of  bare  rock,  is  steep-to.  Uocky 
ground  markec'  by  kelp  extends  'i(H)  yards  oft'  Kelp  Point  on  the  west- 
ern side  alriiosl  oi)posite  to  Hold  IJhift'. 

Burgoyne  Bay,  the  entrance  to  which  is  A  mile  eastward  of  Bold 
BluH,  is  a  narrow  and  rather  deep  indentation,  terminating  in  a  sandy 
head.     Anchorage  may  be  had  it  necessary. 

Maple  Bay. — From  Urave  Point  the  narrows  take  a  northwesterly 
direction,  ar.d  on  the  Vancouver  Island  shore  is  Maple  Bay.  Bowlder, 
the  southern  entrance  point,  is  remarkable  from  a  large  bowlder  stone 
standing  at  its  low-water  extreme.  Although  an  inviting  looking  bay, 
the  water  is  t<»o  deep  for  comfortable  anchorage. 

Bird's-eye  Cove,  which  runs  in  a  southerly  <lirection  for  nearly  a 
mile  from  Bowhb-r  Point,  affords  fair  anchorage,  with  the  bowlder 
bearing  X.  02^  K.;  the  cove  at  this  point  is  not  above  j\  mile  across. 

Stuart  Channel. — Sansum  Narrows  extend  lA  miles  northward  of 
Maple  Bay.  when  they  lead  into  Stuart  Channel,  tlie  westernmost  of  the 
ship  [>i'.ssages  which  wasli  die  eastern  side  of  Vancouver  Island.  The 
princii)i(l  dangers  are  the  Nortii  and  Escape  Reefs,  White  Bock,  and 
Dange*  Keef. 

On  the  western  or  Vancouver  Island  siiore  tliere  are  some  good  har. 
bors,  viz,  Osborn  Buy,  Horseshoe  Bay,  Oyster  Harbor,  and  Chemainos 
Bay;  on  the  eastern  side  there  are  also  some  aiichoi:iges  ;  Telegraph 
and  Preedy  Harbors  on  the  western,  n:id  01am  Bay  ou  the  eastern  side 
of  Tiietis  L-,iand. 

Oaborn  Bay,  the  southernmost  anchorage  on  <!ie  westeini  side  niaj* 
be  known  by  the  Shoal  Islands,  a  low  wooded  group,  connected  at  low 


94 


HARO    STRAIT — WESTERN    CHANNELS. 


'f* 


:m 


water  by  r  lefs  and  imul  banks,  aud  which  form  the  northern  side  of  the 
baj';  tiie  southeasterninost  of  these  ishuids  lies  N.  3.'}°  W.,  a  little  over 
2  miles  from  the  northwestern  entrance  jmint  of  Sansum  Narrows. 
The  bay  affords  Rcod  anchorage,  sheltered  from  the  prevailing  winds 
from  the  westward  and  sontheast.  The  best  anchorage  is  with  the 
southeasternmost  Sl.oal  Island,  in  one  with  iSonthey  Point,  and  the 
southern  trend  of  the  voast  S.  5()3  E. 

The  coast  northwestward  of  Osborn  Bay,  between  it  and  Horse-shoe 
Bay,  is  shoal  for  some  distance  off,  deepening  suddenly  when  ^  mile  from 
the  shore,  and  vessels  siiould  not  approach  it  withiu  that  distance. 
The  northern  point  of  the  North  Shoal  Island  has  a  remarkable  Hat 
sandy  spit,  on  which  is  built  an  Indian  village;  tliere  are  no  passages 
between  the  small  islands  northward  of  this,  and  the  bank  dries  400 
yards  at  low  water.  A  rock  awash  at  high  water  lies  nearly  J  mile 
north  of  the  sontheasternmost  Shoal  Island. 

Horse-shoe  Bay  will  be  known  by  a  rather  remarkable  sharp  i)uint 
(Bare  Point)  bare  at  its  extreme,  which  forms  its  eastern  entrance. 
There  is  convenient  anchorage  for  small  vessels  off  the  sawmill  on  the 
west  side  of  the  bay  or  within  \  mile  of  its  head  in  8  fathoms,  and 
within  tliis  distance  it  shoals  suddenly  from  o  to  2  fathoms. 

Bird  Rsef,  a  rocky  ledge  uncovering  at  half  tide,  extends  200  yards 
from  the  si  ore,  northwestward  of  the  western  point  of  entrance,  and 
bears  from  Bare  Point  N.  79^  W.,  i  mile. 

Oyster  Harbor  is  4  miles  from  Horse-shoe  Bay,  the  intervening 
coast  being  free  from  danger;  the  harbor  is  nearly  one  mile  wide  at  the 
entrance,  narrowing  gradually  with!'-..  Entering  from  the  uorthward. 
Coffin  Islet  should  be  given  a  berth  of  400  yards;  there  are  uo  other 
dangers  which  are  not  visible;  at  low  water  the  oyster  beds  dry  for 
400  yards  off  the  western  shore. 

A  Reef  which  covers  at  half  flood  extends  200  yards  southward  from 
the  Twin  Islands;  J  mile  above  this  the  harbor  narrows  to  ^  mile  in 
width ;  the  deepest  water,  from  5  to  3  fiitlioms,  will  be  found  at  200 
yards  off  the  western  side  of  Long  Island  on  the  northern  shore;  on 
the  western  side  are  the  oyster  beds ;  small  vessels  may  go  as  far  up  as 
the  NW.  end  of  Long  Island,  where  3  fathoms  will  be  found  at  low 
water. 

Anchorage. — A  good  anchorage  for  a  large  vessel  is  one  mile  inside 
the  entrance  in  0  fathoms,  mud  bottom,  with  the  SE.  end  of  Long 
Island  bearing  N.  37°  W.,  and  eastern  extreme  of  Twin  Islands  bearing 
N.  22°  E.;  good  anchorage  may  also  bo  had  in  0  fatlioms,  mud  bottom, 
nearly  '^  mile  farther  up  the  harbor,  with  the  SE.  end  of  Long  Island 
bearing  N.  28°  \V.,  and  west  end  of  Twin  Islands  bearin).'  N,  i'*:*'^  ii. 

ChemainoB  Bay  is  2^  miles  northward  of  the  cnti  i  u  »>  of  Oyster 
Harbor,  and  about  the  same  distance  westward  of  Ileef  ?oint,  the  ?:\ '','  . 
point  of  Tlietis  Island. 

Anchorage  may  be  had  in  8  fathoms  at  ^  mile  from  its  head,  on  a 


YELLOW   POINT — ALARM    ROCK. 


96 


side  of  the 
1  little  over 
i  Narrows, 
iiug  winds 
s  with  the 
It,  and  the 

Uorse-shoe 
^  mile  from 

distance, 
rkable  Hat 

passages 

dries  400 

arly  J  mile 

harp  puint 

entrance. 

uill  on  the 

horns,  and 

200  yards 
ranee,  and 

iiterveuing 
vide  at  the 
lorthward, 
e  no  other 
ds  dry  for 

ward  from 
)  i  mile  iu 
md  at  200 
shore;  ou 
» far  up  as 
nd  at  low 

nile  inside 
[  of  Long 
Is  bearing 
d  bottom, 
iig  Island 
t>'*'^  li. 
of  Cht,ter 
,  the  ::s  '^  • . 

lead,  on  a 


bank  which  projects  from  the  southern  shore,  with  Deer  Point  at  the 
northern  entrance  of  the  bay  bearing  N.  OS'^  E.,  and  the  southern  trend 
of  the  coast  bearing  S.  33°  E.  It  is  open  and  can  not  be  recommended, 
unless  in  fine  weather,  or  with  ortshore  winds.  There  are  no  dangers 
in  working  into  it. 

Yellow  Point,  bare  and  grassy  at  its  extreme,  is  the  northern  jioiut 
of  Cheaiainos  Bay;  theuce  to  Kouud  Island,  at  the  southern  eiitrauce 
of  Dodd  Narrows,  the  coast  is  moderately  bold  and  free  from  diuiger. 
At  li  miles  southward  of  Round  Island  is  a  boat  harbor,  at  the  en- 
trance of  which  a  vessel  may  drop  an  anchor  in  8  to  10  fathoms  if  wait- 
ing for  the  tide,  though  there  is  equally  good  anchorage  nearer  to  the 
narrows. 

North  Reef. — From  the  northern  entrance  of  Sansum  Narrows,  on 
the  eastern  side,  to  No''tu  iloef,  there  are  no  dangers,  and  both  shores 
ma^-  be  api)roached  boldly  in  wcr'-l"a'  up,  except,  as  before  observed, 
the  coast  of  Vancouver  Island  from  the  S'loal  Islands  to  Bare  Point  of 
Horseshoe  Bay,  which  should  be  given  a  berth  of  ^  mile. 

North  Reef  is  a  sandstone  ledge  running  in  a  iiorthwesterlj  and 
southeasterly  direction,  as  all  the  reefs  in  this  channel  do.  It  bears 
from  the  SB.  point  of  Tent  Island  S.  0°  W.,  i  mile.  It  is  just  awash 
at  high  water,  and  therefore  easily  avoided ;  its  shoal  part  extends  in  a 
NW.,  direction  for  i  mile,  steep  on  its  northern  and  southern  sides. 

Tent  Island  lies  off  the  southern  extreme  of  Kuper  Island;  200 
yards  oiic'  its  southeastern  end  are  two  remarkable  worn  sandstone  rocks 
8  t»-  ;<'  fact  above  water ;  the  breadth  of  the  passage  between  them  and 
N  n,ii  (.'ief  is  ff  mile.  Eastward  nearly  400  yards  from  the  southeast- 
M^  •)    i ;'  jf  Tent,  is  a  rock  which  uncovers  2  feet.     In  passing  eastward 

o.'-.S)  BRITISH  COLUMBIA— Vancouver  Island-East  coast— 
^tiuavt  channel -Escape  reef— Beacon  established.— A  pynunidal 
)0<!  n  beacon,  12  fct't  sciuarc  at  the  biL««>,  surmounted  by  a  staff 
canving  a  latticework  drum  8  feet  ligh  and  8  feet  in  diameter,  the 
whole  i)ainte(l  wliite,  and  slu.win,'  20  feet  above  high  wat<^rmark, 
has  been  erected  by  the  Goveinmciit  of  Canad  i  on  Escape  reef,  Stuart 

channel. 

Api>rox.  position:  Lat.  18    ,^(»'  Iti'  N.,  Lo  ig.  123°  39'  40"  W. 

The  reef  covers  4  fe«,'t  at  high  ^.lUn:     The  beacon  stands  on  a  bed 
of  concrete  2  feet  deep.  (N.  M.  44, 1904.) 

Xioading  mark. — Yellow  Point,  just  open  westward  of  Scott  Island, 
jS  Preedy  Harbor,  bearing  N.  25"^  VV.,  leads  COO  yards  westward  of  the 

Alwvti,  Rock  is  scarcely  in  the  track  of  vessels  working  up  Stuart 
Channel.  It  lies  200  yards  S.  34^  W.  of  the  SE,  point  of  Hudson  Island, 
tiic  southeasternmost  ol  the  group  of  islands,  which  lie  off  the  western 
sides  of  Kuper  and  Thetis  Islands,  facing  Preedy  and  Telegraph  Har- 
bors. It  just  covers  at  high  water,  and  is  connected  by  a  ledge  with 
Hudson  Island. 


94 


HARO    STRAIT — WESTERN    CHANNELS. 


water  by  reefs  and  uiud  banks,  aud  which  form  the  northern  side  of  the 
bay;  the  soiithei,  stern  most  of  these  ishiuds  lies  N.  33^  W.,  a  little  over 
2  miles  from  the  northwestern  entrance  jmint  of  Sansnm  Narrows. 
The  bay  affords  good  anchorage,  sheltered  from  the  prevailing  winds 
from  the  westward  and  southeast.  The  best  anchorage  is  with  the 
southeasternniost  Shoal  Island,  in  one  with  Sonthey  Point,  and  the 
southern  trend  of  the  coast  S.  oO^  E. 

The  coast  m  'p*' -stward  of  Osborn  Bay,  between  it  aud  Horse-shoe 
Bay,  is  shoal  for  »»)  vance  off,  deepening  suddenly  when  ^  mile  from 

the  shore,  and  vess:  jiiouUl  not  approach  it  within  that  distance. 
The  north  ;rn  point  of  the  Xorth  Shoal  Island  has  a  remarkable  Hat 
sandy  spit,  on  which  is  built  an  Indian  village;  there  are  no  passages 
between  the  small  islands  northward  of  this,  ami  the  bank  dries  400 
yards  at  low  water.  A  rock  awash  at  high  water  lies  nearly  J  mile 
north  of  the  southeasternmost  Shoal  Island. 

Hors6-Bhoe  Bay  will  be  known  by  a  rather  remarkable  sharp  point 
(Bare  Point)  bare  at  its  extreme,  which  forms  its  eastern  entrance. 
There  is  convenient  anchorage  for  small  vessels  off  the  sawmill  on  the 
west  side  of  tlie  bay  or  within  J  mile  of  its  head  in  8  fathoms,  and 
within  this  distance  it  shoals  suddenly  from  5  to  li  fathoms. 

Bird  R^ef,  a  rooky  ledge  uncovering  at  half  tide,  extends  200  yards 
from  the  shore,  northwestward  of  the  western  point  of  entrance,  and 
bears  from  Bare  Point  N.  79°  W.,  ^  mile. 

Oyster  Harbor  is  4  miles  from  Horse  shoe  Bay,  the  intervening 
coast  being  free  from  danger ;  the  harbor  is  nearly  one  mile  wide  at  the 
entrance,  narrowing  gradually  within.  Entering  from  the  northward. 
Coffin  Islet  should  be  given  a  berth  of  400  yards ;  there  are  no  other 
danger 
400  yar 

AR( 
the  Twi 
width ; 
yards  o 
the  wes 
the  NV 
water. 

Anchorage. — A  good  anchorage  for  a  large  vessel  is  one  mile  inside 
the  entrance  in  9  fathoms,  mud  bottom,  with  the  SE.  end  of  Long 
Island  bearing  N.  37°  W.,  and  eastern  extreme  of  Twin  Islands  bearing 
N.  22°  E. ;  good  anchorage  may  also  be  had  in  G  fathoms,  mud  bottom, 
nearly  '^  mile  farther  up  the  harbor,  with  the  Sl'^.  end  of  Long  Island 
bearing  N.  28°  W.,  and  west  end  of  Twin  Islands  bearing  N.  02°  E. 

Chemainos  Bay  's  2i  miles  northward  of  the  entrance  of  Oyster 
Harbor,  and  about  the  same  distance  westward  of  Ileef  Point,  the  NW. 
point  of  Thetis  Island. 

Anchorage  may  be  had  in  8  fathoms  at  ^  mile  from  its  head,  on  a 


YELLOW    POINT — ALARM    ROCK. 


95 


bank  which  projects  from  the  southern  shore,  with  l^eer  Point  at  the 
northern  entrance  of  the  baj-  bearing  N.  U8°  E.,  and  the  southern  trend 
of  the  coast  bearing  8.  33°  E.  It  is  open  and  can  not  be  recommended, 
unless  in  line  weatlier,  or  with  ott'shore  winds.  Tliere  are  no  dangers 
in  1  orking  into  it. 

Yello'w  Point,  bare  and  grassy  at  its  extreme,  is  the  northern  point 
of  Ciiemainos  Bay,  thence  to  Round  Island,  at  the  southern  entrance 
of  Dodd  Narrows,  the  coast  is  moucrately  bold  and  free  from  danger. 
At  li  miles  southward  of  Round  Island  is  a  boat  harbor,  at  the  en- 
trance of  which  a  vessel  may  drop  an  anchor  in  8  to  10  fathoms  if  wait- 
ing for  the  tide,  though  tliere  is  equally  good  anchorage  nearer  to  the 
narrows. 

North  Reef. — From  the  northern  entrance  of  Sansum  Narrows,  on 
the  eastern  side,  to  North  Reef,  there  are  no  dangers,  and  both  shores 
may  be  ap[)roached  boldly  in  working  up,  except,  as  before  observed, 
the  coast  of  Vancouver  Island  from  the  Shoal  Islands  to  Bare  Poi;it  ol 
Horseshoe  Bay,  which  should  be  given  a  berth  of  i  mile. 

North  Reef  is  a  sandstone  ledge  running  in  a  northwesterly  and 
80utheast*^rly  direction,  as  all  the  reefs  in  this  channel  do.  Il  bears 
from  the  SK.  point  of  Tent  Island  S.  0°  W.,  i  mile.  It  is  just  awash 
at  high  water,  and  therefore  easily  avoided ;  its  shoal  part  extends  in  a 
NW.,  direction  for  ^  mile,  steep  on  its  northern  and  southern  sides. 

Tent  Island  lies  off  the  southern  extreme  of  Kuper  Island;  200 
yards  off  its  southeastern  end  are  two  remarkable  worn  sandstone  rocks 
8  or  10  feet  above  water ;  the  breadth  of  the  passage  between  them  and 
North  Reef  is  ^  mile.  Eastward  nearly  400  yards  from  the  southeast- 
ern end  of  Tent,  is  a  rock  which  uncovers  2  feet.  lu  passing  eastward 
of  Tent,  its  eastern  shore  should  be  given  a  berth  ol  ^  mile,  as  some 
rocky  ledges  extend  off  it.  There  is  no  ship  passage  between  Tent  and 
Kuper  Islands,  being  only  one  fathom  deep  at  low  water. 

Escape  Reef  at  2  miles  N.  36°  W.  of  North  Reef,  is  a  dangerous 
patch,  which  covers  at  quarter  Hood,  and  has  uo  kelp  to  mark  its  posi- 
tion. It  lies  nearly  ^  mile  from  the  western  shore  of  Kuper  Island,  with 
Josling  Point,  its  southern  point,  bearing  S.  70°  E.,  1^  miles.  There 
is  a  deep  channel  J  mile  wide  between  it  and  Kuper  Island.  The  two 
entrance  points  of  Sansum  Narrows,  just  touching  lead  on  to  the  reef. 

Leading  mark. — Yellow  Point,  just  opeu  westward  of  Scott  Island, 
oft"  Preedy  Harbor,  bearing  N.  25°  W.,  leads  OOO  y  ^rds  westward  of  the 
reef. 

Alarm  Rock  is  scarcely  in  the  track  of  vessels  working  up  Stuart 
Channel.  It  lies  200  yards  S.  34°  W.  of  the  SE.  point  of  Hudson  Island, 
the  southeasternmost  ot  the  group  of  islands,  which  lie  off  the  western 
sides  of  Kuper  and  Thetis  Islands,  facing  Preedy  and  Telegraph  Har- 
bors. It  just  covers  at  high  water,  and  is  connected  by  a  ledge  with 
Hudson  Island. 


96 


HARO    STRAIT WESTERN    CHANNELS. 


False  Reef  lies  700  yards  X.  50°  W.  of  Scott  Islaiul,  the  norlliwest- 
ward  of  the  {iToiip  Just  nieiitioiicd,  and  a  loiiji;  ^  mile  S.  02'^  W.  of  Cres- 
cent Point,  the  NE.  point  of  Treedy  Harbor;  it  covers  at  half  tiood. 

White  Rock,  about  30  yards  long',  and  15  feet  above  hi{i;h  water,  lies 
one  mile  north  of  Reef  Poin*^,  tiie  nortli  western  extreme  of  Thetis  Island ; 
a  bank  having  from  2  to  5  fathoms  water  on  it  extends  400  yards  north- 
westward from  the  rock.  This  rock  lias  a  whitish  ajipearance,  and  is 
readily  distinguished  from  a  vessel's  deck  at  a  distance  of  2  or  3  miles. 
It  should  not  be  passed  within  400  yards,  and  there  is  a  good  jiassago 
between  it  and  Thetis  Island,  giving  Reef  Point  a  berth  of  4  mile  to  avoid 
a  rocky  ledge  extending  nearly  that  distance  northwestward  from  it. 

Ragged  Island,  a  low  rocky  islet,  with  a  few  trees  on  it,  lies  J  mile  N. 
45°  W.  of  Pilkey  Point,  the  north  end  of  Thetis  Island,  with  a  passage  of 
12  fathoms  water  between  them.  There  are  no  dangers  200  yards  from 
the  islet. 

Danger  Reef,  lying  one  mile  N.  17°  \Y.  of  White  Rock,  and  li  miles 
N.  56°  E.  of  Yellow  Point,  covers  a  space  of  i  uiile  almost  in  the  center 
of  the  channel.  A  small  portion  of  it  is  generally  awash  at  high  water, 
at  wiiich  time  it  is  difticult  to  make  out  until  within  ashort  distance  of  it. 

Directions. — Wlien  i)assing  through  8tuart  Channel  there  is  a  dear 
])assage  one  iiiilt'  in  breadth  between  Danger  Keef  and  tlie  Vancouver 
Island  shore,  and  going  itlier  up  or  down  the  channel.  White  Rock  kept 
in  line  witli  the  NE.  extreme  of  Thetis  Island,  bearing  S.  45°  E.,  leads 
to  the  westwartl  of  the  reef.  Bound  southward  tlirougli  Stuart  Chan- 
nel from  Dodd  Narrows,  pass  at  from  200  to  400  yards  eastward  of  Round 
Island,  and  steer  for  the  westernmost  ragged  tree  summit  of  Thetis 
Island,  S.  30^  E.;  this  course  leads  in  mid  channel  and  over  4  mile  west- 
ward of  Danger  Reef  and  Wiiite  Itock  ;  when  the  latter  bears  S.  07°  E., 
alter  course  to  south  for  iStuart  Channel,  avoiding  shoal  water  north  of 
Keef  Point. 

Vesuvius  Bay,  on  the  western  side  of  Admiral  Island,  immediately 
opposite  Osborii  Bay,  has  deep  water,  but  shoals  suddenly  at  its  head. 

There  is  anchorage  inside  Idol  Islet,  in  Houston  Passage.  This  islat 
is  S.  80°  E.  about  one  mile  from  the  southern  end  of  Tent  Island,  and  is 
600  yards  from  Admiral  island;  with  the  islet  bearing  N.  56°  W.  mid- 
way between  it  and  the  shore,  there  is  anchorage  in  0  fathoms.  , 

Grappler  Reef,  on  the  eastern  side  of  Houston  Passage,  is  200  yards 
in  extent  and  uncovers  at  very  low  water.  It  lies  \  mile  olf  the  north- 
western end  of  Admiral  Island.  Passing  through  Houston  Passage, 
the  eastern  jxiiiit  of  Sansuiii  Narrows  kept  well  open  of  the  points  of 
Admiral  Island  to  the  northward  of  it,  leads  westward  of  the  reef,  and 
wlien  the  southern  ])()int  of  Secretary  Island  is  open  of  Southey  Point, 
it  is  cleared  to  the  northward. 

Telegraph  Harbor,  on  the  west  side  of  Knper  Island,  is  a  siuig  anchor- 
age, and  its  entrance  is  between  Hudson  Island  and  Active  Point,  which 
are  ^  mile  apart.    Entering  from  the  southward,  if  passing  inside  Escape 


PREEDY    IIARnOR — CECIL    ROCK. 


97 


Reef,  the  shore  of  the  island  should  be  kept  aboard  withiu  J  mile ;  if 
outside  or  westward,  keep  Yellow  Point  just  open  westward  of  Scott 
Island  until  Upright  Clifl'of  Kuper  Island  bears  N.  68°  E.,  when  a  vessel 
will  be  well  to  the  northward  of  it,  and  may  steer  for  the  entrance  of 
the  liarbor,  which  is  free  from  danger,  with  the  exception  of  Alarm 
Kock,  extending  from  the  southeastern  point  of  Hudson  Island. 

There  is  good  anchorage  in  8  fathoms  with  the  NW.  end  of  Hudson 
Island  bearing  west  and  distant  about  ^  mile. 

Freedy  Harbor  is  separated  from  the  one  just  described  by  a  group 
of  small  islands  and  reefs;  iis  entrance  is  to  the  northward  of  them  be- 
tween Scott  Island  and  Crescent  Point  of  Thetis  Islaiul,  and  is  ^  mile  in 
breadth.  When  entering,  the  Thetis  Island  sliore  should  be  kept  aboard 

tn  Qirf.iM  IJinK-."  W""P   "  «-*--i.  — 1----»  -     -■ 

tt  and 

3aring 
Island 

tward 
)  east, 
tween 
lorgia. 

iinsoQ 
;h  and 
them, 
anges 
uarbor  on  Its  eastern  side. 

Over  Burgoyne  Bay,  on  the  western  side.  Mount  Baynes  rises  to  an 
elevation  of  1,953  feet,  and  is  very  remarkable,  its  southern  face  being 
a  perpendicular  precipice,  visible  a  long  distance  from  the  southward 
or  eastward.  Tiie  Otter  range,  of  somewhat  less  elevation,  rises 
northward  of  Mount  Baynes,  from  whence  the  island  slopes  away  in  a 
wedge-shape,  its  northern  termiiation,  Southey  Point,  being  a  sharp 
extreme.  The  ishuul  is  for  the  .nost  part  thickly  wooded,  but  there  is 
a  considerable  extent  of  partia.ly  clear  laud  both  in  the  valley  at  the 
head  of  Fulford  Harbor  and  at  the  northern  end. 

Fulford  Harbor  penetrates  the  southeastern  side  of  Admiral  Island 
in  a  northwesterly  direction  for  li4  miles.  At  its  entrance  is  Russell 
Island,  between  which  and  Isabella  Point,  the  western  point  of  the  har- 
bor, is  the  best  passage  in. 

Cecil  Rock,  with  one  fathom  on  it,  lies  S.42o  E.,^  mile  from  the  south- 
ern point  of  Russell  Island.  The  breadth  of  the  southern  eatrance  is 
g  mile,  with  a  depth  of  20  fathoms  until  abreast  North  Rock ;  here  the 
harbor  narrows,  and  carries  a  general  breadth  almost  to  its  head  of  some- 
thing less  than  ^  mile. 

14205— No.  9G 7 


96 


HARO    STRAIT WESTi:RN    CHANNELS. 


False  Reef  lies  700  yards  X.  50°  W.  of  ScDtt  Isliind,  the  norlliwest- 
wai'd  of  the  {^roiH)  Just  ineiitioned,  iiiid  a  lonjr  A  mile  S.  (52^  W.  of  Cres- 
cent Point,  the  Xl'i.  point  of  I'reedy  Barbor ;  it  covers  at  half  Hood. 

White  Rock,  about  30  yards  loiij;-,  and  15  feet  above  high  water,  lies 
one  mile  north  of  Reef  Point,  the  northwestern  extreme  of  Thetis  Island  ; 
a  bank  having  from  2  to  5  fatiioms  water  on  it  extends  400  yards  north- 
westward from  the  rock.  This  rock  has  a  whitish  appearance,  and  is 
readily  distinguished  from  a  vessel's  deck  at  a  distance  of  2  or  3  miles. 
It  should  not  be  passed  within  400  yards,  and  there  is  a  good  i>as8ago 
between  it  and  Thetis  Island,  giving  Keef  Point  a  berth  of  ^  mile  to  avoid 
a  rocky  ledge  extending  nearly  that  distance  northwestward  from  it. 

Ragged  Island,  a  low  rocky  islet,  with  a  few  trees  on  it,  lies  ^  mile  N. 
4"    \V.  of  Pilkev  Point,  the  north  end  of  Thetis  Island,  with  a  uassaee  of 

(1559)  BRITISH  COLUMBIA— Vancouver  island -East  coast- 
Stuart  channel— Danger  reef-Light  on  beacon.  -  Referring  to 
Notice  to  Mariners  No.  22  (1100)  of  190.3,  the  Canadian  (Jovernraent 
hasgiven  further  notice  that  in  consetpience  of  the  threatened  collapse 
of  the  wreck  of  the  steamer  Miomi,  the  light  shown  therefrom  wiis, 
on  October  1,  1904,  discontinued,  and  has  been  replaced  by  a  similar 
light  shown  from  the  summit  of  a  small  wooden  tower,  painted  white, 
standing  on  a  wooden  framework  foundation,  painted  black. 

The  light  is  shown  from  a  .31-day  Wighara  lamp  fixed  inside  the 
framework  of  the  wooden  beacon. 

Approx.  position:  Lat.  49°  03'  42"  N.,  Long.  123°  42'  43"  W. 

The  light  is  a  fixed  white  light,  elevated  about  24  feet  above  high 
watermark  and  should  be  vi-sible  9  miles  from  all  points  of  approach 

by  water. 

The  illuminating  apparatus  consists  of  a  pressed  glass  lens. 

The  light  is  uuwatched.     When  passing  to  southward,  it  should  be 
eiven  a  berth  of  at-  least  600  yards.  (N.  M.  44, 1904.) 

alter  course  to  south  for  Stuart  Channel,  avoiding  shoal  water  north  of 
Reef  Point. 

Vesuvius  Bay,  on  the  western  side  of  Admiral  Island,  immediately 
opposite  Oshorn  Bay,  has  deep  water,  but  shoals  suddenly  'it  its  head. 

There  is  anchorage  inside  Idol  Islet,  in  IIou.ston  Pa.ssage,  This  islet 
is  S.  80^  E.  about  one  mile  from  the  .southern  end  of  Tent  Island,  and  is 
600  yards  from  Admiral  Island;  with  the  islet  bearing  N.  56°  W.  mid- 
way between  it  and  the  shore,  there  is  anchorage  in  0  fathoms.  , 

Grappler  Reef,  on  the  eastern  side  of  Houston  Passage,  is  200  yards 
in  extent  and  uncovers  at  very  low  water.  It  lies  \  mile  otf  the  north- 
western end  of  Admiral  Island.  Passing  through  Ilouston  Passage, 
the  eastern  i)oint  of  Sansum  Narrow.s  kept  well  open  of  the  points  of 
Admiral  Island  to  the  northward  of  it,  leads  westward  of  the  reef,  and 
when  the  soutliern  point  of  Secretary  Island  is  open  of  Southey  Point, 
it  is  cleared  to  the  northward. 

Telegraph  HarLor,  on  the  west  side  of  Kuper  Island,  is  a  snug  anchor- 
age, and  its  entrance  is  between  Hudson  Island  and  Active  Point,  which 
are  ^  mile  apart.    Entering  from  th.  southward,  if  passing  inside  Escape 


PREEDY  HAUnOR — CECIL  ROCK. 


97 


lleef,  the  shore  of  the  island  should  be  kept  aboard  within  J  mile ;  if 
outside  or  westward,  keep  Yellow  Point  just  open  westward  of  Scott 
Island  until  Upright  Clittof  Kuper  Islaud  bears  N.  08°  13.,  when  a  vessel 
will  be  well  to  the  northward  of  it,  and  may  steer  for  the  entrance  of 
the  harbor,  which  is  free  from  danger,  with  the  exception  of  Alarm 
Kock,  extending  from  the  southeastern  point  of  Hudson  Island. 

There  is  good  anchorage  in  8  fathoms  with  the  NW.  end  of  Hudson 
Island  bearing  west  and  distant  about  ^  mile. 

Preedy  Harbor  is  separated  from  the  one  just  described  by  a  group 
of  small  islands  and  reefs;  its  entrance  is  to  the  northward  of  thom  be- 
tween Scott  Islaud  and  Crescent  Point  of  Thetis  Island,  and  is  j^  mile  in 
breadth.  When  entering,  the  Thetis  Islaud  shore  should  be  kept  aboard 
to  avoid  False  Reef,  a  patch  which  cover.s  at  half  tide. 

Shoal  water  extends  for  300  yards  oflf  the  northern  sides  of  Scott  and 
Dayman  Islands. 

Anchorage  will  be  found  in  7  fathoms,  with  Crescent  Point  bearing 
N.  46°  W.,  distant  nearly  J  mile,  and  east  point  of  Dayman  Island 
bearing  8.  34°  W. 

Swanson  Channel  leads  from  the  Haro  Strait  to  tho  northwestward 
between  Admiral  Island  on  the  west  and  Pender  Island  on  the  east. 
Passing  eastward  of  Prevost  Island  it  enters  the  Active  Pass  between 
Galiano  and  Alayue  Islands  and  thence  into  the  Strait  of  Georgia. 
Northward  of  Active  Pass  it  connects  with  Triucomalie  Channel. 

Admiral  Island,  separating  Stuart  from  Trincomalie  and  Swanson 
Channels,  is  of  considerable  extent,  being  nearly  15  miles  in  length  and 
varying  in  breadth  from  2  miles  at  its  northern  end  to  6  at  its  southern. 
It  has  two  good  ports — Fulford  Harbor  on  its  southeastern  and  Ganges 
Harbor  on  its  eastern  side. 

Over  Burgoyue  Bay,  on  the  western  side.  Mount  Baynes  rises  to  an 
elevation  of  1,953  feet,  and  is  verj'  remarkable,  its  southern  face  being 
a  perpendicular  [)recipice,  visible  a  long  distance  from  the  southward 
or  eastward.  The  Otter  range,  of  somewhat  less  elevation,  rises 
northward  of  ]\Iount  Baynes,  from  whence  the  island  slopes  away  in  a 
wedge-shape,  its  nortiiern  termination,  Southey  Point,  being  a  sharp 
extreme.  The  island  is  for  the  most  part  thickly  wooded,  but  there  is 
a  considerable  extent  of  partially  clear  laud  both  in  the  valley  at  the 
head  of  Fulford  Harbor  and  at  the  northern  end. 

Fulford  Harbor  i)i'uetrates  the  southeastern  side  of  Admiral  Island 
in  a  northwesterly  direction  for  lii  miles.  At  its  entrance  is  Kussell 
Islaud,  between  which  and  Isabella  Point,  the  western  point  of  the  har- 
bor, is  the  best  passage  in. 

Cecil  Rock,  with  one  fathom  on  it,  lies  8.42°  E,,;^  mile  from  the  south- 
ern point  of  llussell  Island.  The  breadth  of  the  southern  entrance  is 
§  mile,  with  a  dei)th  of  20  fathoms  until  abreast  North  Rock;  here  the 
harbor  narrows,  and  carries  a  general  breadth  almost  to  its  head  of  some- 
thing less  than  |  mile. 

14205— No.  9G 7 


98 


IIAUO    STRAIT — WKSTKRN    CHANNKLH. 


North  Rock  is  ii  «iiiiill  rooky  islet  lying  close  off  the  nortlicrn  side  of 
the  hailior;  ;i  lock  which  covers  at  ([iiarter  llooil  lies  westward  of  it, 
aiul  more  tiiaii  3W)  yards  offshore,  so  tliat  strangers  entering  should 
keep  rather  to  the  westward  of  niidelninnel  until  past  it.  Mount  I'.aynes 
appears  very  remarkable  from  the  harltor,  rising  immediately  over  its 
head  almost  as  uperpeiidienlar  crliff.  Immediately  ovt^r  the  northern  side 
of  the  harbor  is  Iteginald  liill,  a  stony  elevation  between  700  and  800 
feet  high  ;  with  this  hill  bearing  oast  there  is  good  anchorage  in  10 
fathoms  in  tiie  center  of  the  harbor;  at  the  head  of  the  harbor  is  a  con- 
siderable fresh-water  stream,  from  which  siioal  water  extends  for  (iOt> 
yards. 

The  northern  passage  into  the  harbor  between  llussell  Island  and 
Eleanor  Point,  though  in  places  not  more  than  i  mile  in  breadth,  is  a 
safe  channel. 

Louisa  Rock,  with  only  one  fathom  on  it,  is  the  oidy  danger ;  it  lies 
400  yards  from  the  northern  or  Admiral  Island  shore,  with  the  western 
end  of  Kussell  Island  bearing  S.  17°  E.,  800  yards,  and  North  Kock  west 
the  same  distance ;  with  a  leading  wind  the  Kussell  Island  shore  should 
be  kei)t  rather  aboard. 

Ganges  Harbor  is  a  safe  and  commodious  port  for  vessels  of  any 
descri])tion  or  size.  Its  southern  entrance  in  the  Swausoji  Channel  lies 
between  Admiral  and  Prevost  Islands,  and  has  no  dangers  which  are 
not  visible.  TiieChannel  Islets  may  be  passed  on  either  side,  but  to  the 
northward  is  by  far  the  widest  passage ;  they  are  two  small  wooded 
islands,  l.J  miles  within  Beaver  Point. 

Liddell  Point,  the  southeastern  extreme  of  Prevost  Island,  and  the 
northern  entrance  point  of  the  harbor,  has  a  reef  which  '.s  covered  at 
half  rtood  extending  100  yards  southeastward  from  it. 

The  Acland  Islands,  two  in  number,  lie  to  the  iu)rthwestward  of 
Liddell  Point  along  the  shore  of  Prevost  Island,  between  which  and 
them  there  is  no  ship  eiiannel. 

Directions. — The  fair  eiiannel  into  tlie  harbor,  between  tiie  Channel 
and  Acland  Islands,  is  nearly  A  mile  wide;  having  pa^;sed  these  islands, 
th<'  harbor  is  nearly  li  miles  wide,  and  tiie  general  depth  for  1'  miles  is 
from  20  to  I'.i  fathoms. 

There  are  but  few  dangers  in  working  into  the  harbor,  and  they  are 
easily  avoided.  A  rocky  i)atch  with  one  fathom  water  on  it  lies  550 
yards  N.  05°  W.  of  the  west  point  of  the  westernmost  Acland  Island, 
and  the  same  distance  off"  shore.  There  is  another  one  fathom  patch 
which  is  more  in  the  track  of  vessels  .  it  lies  nearly  2  miles  N.  50^  W. 
of  the  southernmost  Channel  Islet,  and  is  S  mile  from  the  Admiral  Island 
side  of  the  harbor;  there  is  a  clear  passage  GOO  yards  wide,  the  depth 
being  14  fathoms,  southward  of  the  patch;  to  the  northward  of  it  the 
jiassage  is  =f  mile  wide,  with  dei)ths  of  from  13  to  21  fathoms. 

The  Chain  Islands  are  a  group  of  0  or  7  low  narrow  islets  connected 
by  reefs,  extending  from  the  head  of  the  harbor  in  a  SE.  direction  for 


CHAIN    ISLAND    ANCIIORAOK — KLLKN    HAY, 


on 


U  miloH.  To  tlie  soutliwanl  of  tliese  islands  tlie  ground  is  clear,  but 
to  tlio  iiortliward  of  tlioin  aro  scattered  reefs,  and  vessels  are  not  recom- 
mended to  iUKilior  on  that  side  above  tlie  outermost  island. 

Anchorage. — A  vessel  may  anchor  as  soon  as  a  dei)tli  of  10  or  12 
fathoms  is  found  ;  a  good  berth  is  in  U  fatlioins  water  with  I'eile  Point, 
and  the  two  entrance  points  of  Long  Harbor  nearly  in  line  bearing  N. 
noo  I'j.,  and  the  easternmost  (Jhiiiu  Island  \.  45°  W.  if  desirable,  an- 
chorage may  be  had  in  (i  fathoms,  mud,  midway  between  the  Chain 
Islands  and  the  south  shore,  the  easternmost  island  bearing  east,  or  in  a 
still  snugger  berth  one  mile  above,  off  the  sandy  spit  on  Admiral  Island, 
in  4  or  '>  fathoms.  This  latter  berth  is  recommended  for  vessels  of  mod- 
erate size  intending  to  make  any  stay. 

Captain  Passage  also  leads  into  Ganges  Ilarlmr,  to  the  northward 
of  Prevost  Island.  It  is  a  clear  deej)  passage,  ^  mile  wide  ;  vessels  from 
the  northward  intending  to  enter  the  harbor  should  always  use  it- 
There  is  only  one  danger,  which  is  well  inside  Ganges  Harbor,  and  which 
is  almost  equally  in  the  track  of  vessels  working  up  by  the  southern 
liassage ;  it  is  a  small  patch  of  2  fathoms  lying  700  yards  S.  79°  W.  of  the 
western  entrance  point  of  Long  Harbor.  Entering  by  Captain  Passage, 
Peile  Point  should  not  be  shut  in  by  the  entrance  points  of  Long  Har- 
bor until  the  opening  between  Prevost  and  Acland  Islands  is  shut  in, 
when  this  reef  will  be  well  cleared.  When  working  up  by  the  southern 
channel,  a  vessel  should  not  stand  so  far  to  the  eastward,  when  in  the 
neighborhood  of  this  patch,  as  to  open  out  the  passage  between  Acland 
and  Prevost  Islands. 

Long  Harbor  may  be  almost  consi<lered  as  i)art  of  Ganges  Harbor. 
Its  entrance  is  between  two  sloping,  rocky  points,  similar  to  each  other, 
on  the  northern  side  of  Captain  Passage.  At  \  mile  within  the  en- 
trance i;!  a  high,  bare  islet,  which  must  be  passetl  on  its  southern  side  ; 
one  nnle  witliin  is  another  island,  sonunvhat  simihir,  which  nniy  be  passed 
on  either  side.  At  the  head  is  a  snug  place  for  a  ship  to  repair,  etc., 
but  as  a  liarbca-,  it  is  oidy  adapted  to  steamers  or  coasters. 

Prevost  Island,  lying  in  the  center  of  Swanson  Channel,  is  mod- 
erately high,  thickly  wooded,  and  of  an  irregular  shape.  On  its  .South- 
ern !ind  western  sides  it  is  indented  by  several  bays  and  creeks;  its 
northern  side  is  almost  a  straight  clill'y  shore. 

Ellen  Bay,  on  the  southeastern  side  of  Prevost,  between  Lidilell  and 
Red  Island  Points,  affords  fair  anchorage  with  all  but  southeasterly 
winds  in  10  fathoms,  mud.  The  head  of  this  bay  is  a  grassy,  swampy 
liat,  the  distance  between  which  and  the  creeks  on  the  western  shore 
is  only  200  yards. 

There  are  two  bays  northward  of  Ellen  Bay,  but  too  small  to  att'ord 
any  shelter. 

Annette  and  Glenthorne  Creeks,  on  the  western  or  Ganges  harboi 
side,  are  curious,  narrow  indentations  running  into  the  island  for  a  mile 
in  a  S.  56°  E.  direction,  and  only  separated  from  each  other  by  a  uar- 


100 


IIABO    STRAIT — WESTP^RN    CHANNKL8. 


row,  stouy  ridge.  In  tbo  westorii  one,  Gleiithonie,  there  are  3  fatboius, 
the  other  has  1 J  fathoms ;  tliey  are  snug  places  for  small  c.  i^ft  or  for  a 
vessel  to  repair. 

James  Bay,  iu  the  northwestern  side  of  the  island,  and  on  the  south- 
ern side  of  Ca|)tain  Passage,  otters  fair  but  conllued  anchorage  iu  10 
fathoms  for  a  vessel  of  moderate  size  sheltered  from  southerly  wiuds. 
There  are  IS  to  20  fathoms  in  the  outer  part  of  the  bay. 

Hawkins  Island  is  a  small  rocky  islet  with  a  few  bushes  on  it  lying 
close  olf  a  remarkable  white  shell-beach,  on  the  northeastern  side  of  l*re- 
vost  Island.  From  400  to  700  yards  N.  (W^  VV.  of  its  uorthwestern  point 
are  the  Charles  Kocks,  three  smooth-topped  rocks,  not  marked  by  kelp, 
and  uncovering  towards  low  water. 

Active  Pass. — From  Discovery  Island,  in  the  southern  entrance  of 
Haro  Channel,  to  the  sand  heads  of  Fraser  River,  by  the  Active  Pass, 
is  just  to  miles,  and  the  line  is  almost  a  straight  one.  By  adopting 
this  route,  not  only  the  most  dangerous  and  inconvenient  i)art  of  the 
Haro  Strait  is  avoided,  viz.,  its  northern  entrance  abreast  the  east  point 
of  Saturna  Island  and  Patos  Islatid,  where  the  tides  are  strong  and  apt 
to  set  vessels  down  Uosario  Strait  or  over  on  the  eastern  shore,  but  a 
distance  of  nearly  10  miles  is  saved. 

Tae  southern  i)oint  of  entrance  to  Active  Pass,  llelen  Point,  is  low, 
bare,  and  of  a  yellowish  color ;  over  its  northern  side  rise  the  high,  stouy 
hills  on  the  southern  side  of  Galiano  Island ;  the  entrance  itself  does 
not  become  very  apparent  until  it  is  approached  within  a  mile. 

Active  Pass  takes  an  easterly  direction  for  IJ  miles,  and  then  turns 
north  for  the  same  distance,  fairly  into  the  Strait  of  Georgia.  The 
average  breadth  of  the  channel  is  about  )f  mile,  and  its  general  depth 
about  20  fathoms;  there  are  no  hidden  dangers  with  the  exception  of  a 
small  rock  off  Laura  Point,  on  which  there  is  said  to  be  a  depth  of 
only  a  few  feet,  and  which  should  therefore  not  be  closely  approachel 
and  at  ^  mite  within  the  western  entrance,  and  very  close  off  the  norvh 
ern  shore,  a  rock  which  uncovers  at  half  tide.  The  great  strength  of 
the  tides,  together  with  the  absence  of  steady  winds,  renders  the  pi\ss 
unfit  for  sailing  vessels,  unless  small  coasters.  It  is  an  excellent  chai- 
iiel  for  steamers,  but  it  is  advisable  for  larg;^  ships  aiK\  those  deep  y 
laden  to  i»ass  through  at  or  near  slack  water. 

Otter  Bay,  on  the  western  side  of  Pender  Island,  would  serve  ai  a 
good  stopping  place  if  overtaken  by  night  or  waiting  for  the  tide.  A  fair 
anchorage  in  8  fathoms  may  be  had  iu  the  center  of  the  bay.  Ellen  Bay 
might  also  bo  used  lor  this  i>urpo.se. 

Miners  Bay,  on  the  southern  side  of  Active  Pass,  affords  anchorage 
if  necessary,  but  vessels  must  go  close  in  to  get  12  fathoms,  and  then 
are  barely  out  of  the  whirl  of  the  tide. 

Directions. — After  entering  Swanson  Channel,  between  Admiral  and 
Pender  Islands,  steer  to  pass  to  the  eastward  of  Prevost  Island,  and 
keep  Pelorus  Point  (eastern  extreme  of  Moresby  Island)  open  of  Mouatt 


■ 


ACTIVE    PASS    DIBKCTIONS — TRINCOMALIE    CHANNP:L. 


101 


Point  (the,  westtirn  extreme  of  Pender  Islanil)  bearing,'  S.  19^  IC,  which 
will  lead  westward  of  Unterpriso  \lw,(,  and  wIkmi  Helen  Point  tbears  N. 
34'^  I'i.,  or  the  nortiiern  lii!a(!on  (iorne.s  wt^ll  open  west  of  the  southern 
one,  the  reef  will  be  (bleared,  and  the  entrance  of  the  pass  may  be  steered 
for.  There  i«  a  passaj^e  inside  lOnterpriso  Reef  which  may  be  taken 
when  both  kelj)  patches  can  be  seen.  If  cotuinj^  out  of  Navy  (Jiiannel, 
betwe(Mi  Pentler  and  Miivne  Islaiiils,  a  vessel  should  keep  over  for  Pre- 
vost  Island  until  Pelorus  Point  is  open  of  Mouatt  Point;  these  two 
points  in  line,  or  Just  touehinfj,  lead  very  close  on  Kiiterprise  Ueef.  On 
the  western  side  of  Swanson  Ohannel,  the  reef  which   lies  400  yards 

-•••'• 1     " riji.ii     II, :..^   ^     1,.     ,.„,.;.i..,i     i     |>,..|     ,,,,,i    1^,.}^,],^ 

berth 

tlood, 

•   18  tlje 

;h  nn- 

Pass, 
int  on 
ctions 
hence 
The 

lened 
t  time 
essels 

ihould 
ide  of 

'  from 
in  the 


tides, 
y  tide 
le  tide 
r  less 
kelp 


Trincomalie  Channel  commences  at  Active  Pass,  from  the  southern 
entrance  of  which  its  general  direction  is  NVV.  for  24  miles,  when  it 
enters  tlie  Dodd  Narrows. 

This  channel  must  be  classeil  as  a  channel  for  steamers  or  coasters; 
it  can  only  be  used  with  advantage  by  vessels  bound  to  the  eastern 
ports  of  Vancouver  Island  below  Nanaimo,  or  by  such  as  choose  to  enter 
Nanaimo  itself  by  the  Dodd  Narrows. 


100 


HARO    STRAIT — WESTERN    CHANNELS. 


row,  stony  ridge.  lu  the  western  one,  Gleuthonie.  there  are  3  fathoms, 
the  other  has  IJ  fathoms;  they  are  snug  places  lov  small  craft  or  for  a 
vessel  to  repair. 

James  Bay,  in  the  northwestern  side  of  the  island,  and  on  the  south- 
ern side  of  Captain  Passage,  otters  fair  but  couflued  anchorage  in  10 
fathoms  for  a  vessel  of  moderate  size  sheltered  from  southerly  winds. 
There  are  18  to  20  fathoms  in  the  outer  part  of  the  bay. 

Hawkins  Island  is  a  small  rocky  islet  with  a  few  bushes  on  it  lying 
close  off  a  remarkable  white  shell-beach,  on  the  northeastern  side  of  Pre- 
vost  Island.    From  400  to  700  yardj  X.  G2<3  W.  of  its  northwestern  point 
,,     l^■, — !„..  w„„i,„  fi,,.oo  cMxnnt-ii.fnnnpil  roo.ks.  not  marked  bv  kelD. 
(17(51)  BRITISHOOLUEIBIA-Strait  of  Georgia— Active  pass— 
Hydrographic  not«3.  —  Commander  J.  F.  Parry,  R.  N.,  H.  B.  M.  sur- 
veying ship  Ef/cria,  reports  the  following  notes  consequent  upon  the 
resurvey  lately  by  iiim  of  Active  pass: 

A  rocky  patch  having  several  heads  with  .5  feet  over  them  at  low 
water  was  found  2(i0  yards  offshore  in  the  bay  on  the  Galiano  Island 
side  of  the  soutliern  entrance  to  the  i>ass.  from  which  pass  Helen  point 
bears  S.  9°  W.  true  (S.  by  E.  f  E.  mag.'),  900  yards.  This  shoal  lies 
(approximately)  in  the  ])()Hition  of  Ihe  17  fathoms  shown  in  the  cen- 
ter of  the  bay  "on  H.  O.  chart  No.  17«9. 

This  danger  is  well  marked  by  kelp  in  summer  and  autumn. 
A  rocky  head  having  a  depth  of  18  feet  over  it  at  low  water  was 
found  lying  140  yards  from  the  shore  to  the  north  of  Helen  point. 
From  this  head "^  Helen  point  bears  B.  44°  W.  trae  (S.  by  W.  f  W. 
mag.),  260  yards.  There  is  deep  water  close-to  on  tlie  outer  side  of 
this  danger.     This  is  not  marked  by  kelp. 

An  examination  of  the  shoals  lying  to  the  northward  of  Georgina 
point,  a  rocky  head  with  5  feet  over  it  at  low  water,  was  found  in  the 
position  of  the  1^  fathoms  shown  on  H.  O.  chart  No.  1769. 

The  7-fatliom  shoal  .shown  in  the  center  of  the  northern  entrance  to 
the  pass  was  found  to  lie  about  200  yards  farther  to  the  westward,  and 
has  a  least  depth  of  30  feet  ovei"  it  at  low  water. 

Fiom  tliis  30-foot  head  Active  I'ass  lighthouse  bears  S.  64°  E.  true 
(E.  ^  S.  S'ly  mag. ),  1,040  yards.  This  shoal  is  usually  plainly  marked 
by  heavy  tide  rips. 

IMaiy  Anne  point,  the  eiistern  extreme  of  Galiano  island  and  opposite 
Miners  bay,  bi  aring  8.  33°  W.  true  (S.  J  W.  W'ly  mag.),  is  a  good 
line  f(.>r  entti  ii  g  or  leaving  the  northern  end  of  the  piiss. 

The  rock  in!m(<1iately  to  the  northward  oi  and  close  under  Helen 
point,  shown  on  It.  O.  charts  Nos.  1769  and  1815  as  drj'ing  2  feet, 
diies  6  feet  at  \o\y  water,  and  the  rock  on  the  opposite  shore  at  Galiano  , 
island,  shown  as  bimiiig  N.  12°  W.  true  (NW.  ;|  N.  N'ly  mag.),  700 
yards  from  Helen  p()int,  dries  8  feet  at  low  water.       (N.  M.  CO,  1904.) 
might  also  bo  used  for  this  i)nrpose. 

Miners  Bay,  on  the  southern  side  of  Active  Pass,  affords  anchorage 
if  necessary,  but  vessels  must  go  close  in  to  get  12  fathoms,  and  then 
are  barely  out  of  the  whirl  of  the  tide. 

Directions.— After  entering  Swansou  Channel,  between  Admiral  and 
Pender  Islands,  steer  to  pass  to  the  eastward  of  Prevost  Islaiul,  and 
keep  Pelorus  Point  (eastern  extreme  of  Moresby  Island)  open  of  Mcuatt 


ACTIVE    PASS   DIRECTIONS — TRINCOMALIE    CHANNEL. 


101 


:boui8, 
for  a 


lying 

f  I're- 

point 

kelo. 


Point  (tli«  western  extreme  of  Pender  Island)  bearing.?  S.  10'^  E,,  which 
will  lead  westward  of  Enterprise  licef,  and  when  Helen  Point  ibears  N. 
Sl*^  E.,  or  the  northern  beacon  (jornes  well  open  west  of  the  southern 
one,  the  reef  will  be  cleared,  and  the  entrance  of  the  pass  may  be  steered 
ibr.  There  is  a  passa<?e  inside  Enterprise  Keef  which  may  be  taken 
when  both  kelp  patches  c^in  be  seen.  If  coiuin*,'  out  of  Navy  ('h'annel, 
i)etween  Pender  and  Mav.ie  Islands,  a  vessel  should  keep  over  fo'-  Pre- 
vost  Island  until  Pelorns  Point  is  open  of  Mouatt  Point;  these  two 
points  in  line,  or  Just  touching,  lead  very  close  on  Enterprise  IJeef.  On 
the  western  side  of  Swanson  Channel,  the  reef  which  lies  400  yards 
eastward  from  Liddell  Point  must  b  •  avoided.  ;ind  lied  and  Bright 
Islands,  off  the  points  to  the  northward  of  it,  should  be  given  a  berth 
of  -'OOyiirds. 

When  passing  through  Active  Pass  to  the  westward  against  the  tlood, 
a  vessel  should  keep  rather  on  the  southern  shore  of  the  pass,  as  the 
tide  nets  over  towards  the  rock  near  the  western  entrance,  which  un- 
covers at  half  tide. 

When  entering  or  passing  out  of  the  eastern  entrance  of  Active  Pass, 
the  point  of  Gossip  Island  on  the  west,  and  also  (Jeorgina  Point  on 
the  east,  should  be  given  a  good  be -th ;  indeed,  the  best  directions 
which  can  be  given  are  to  pass  through  in  mid  channel.  Pi"oni  thence 
the  sand  heads  of  Fraser  Itiver  bear  N.  3^  E.,  distant  1).  miles.  The 
sand-head  buoys  are  visible  from  a  distiince  of  '2  or  3  miles. 

Caution. — It  is  dangerous  for  vessids  of  heavy  draft  or  deeply  ladened 
to  attempt  the  passage  at  flic  full  strength  of  the  tide,  as  at  that  time 
an  unihM'iMirreiit  has,  in  several  instances,  been  felt  and  caused  vessels 
to  run  ashore  from  refusing  to  answer  their  helms. 

The  Crossip  Island  buoys  at  the  northern  entrance  of  the  pass  should 
not  be  approached  within  (JOl)  yards,  as  there  is  foul  ground  outside  of 
them. 

Tides. — The  tlood  tide  in  Active  Pass  sets  from  west  to  .^ast,  or  from 
the  Swanson  Channel  into  the  Strait  of  Georgia;  and  tae  ebb  in  the 
contrary  direction. 

The  velocity  during  springs  is  sometimes  7  knots;  ai  onlinary  tides, 
from  3  to  'j.  In  the  northern  entrance  there  is  .sometimes  a  heavj-  tide 
rip,  caused  by  a  patch  of  Tniid  !•  fathoms,  and  by  the  meeting  of  tiie  tide 
through  the  pa.ss  with  that  in  thti  strait;  no  favorable  eddy,  or  less 
strength  of  tide,  will  be  found  on  either  side,  unless  within  the  kelp 
wliicii  lines  the  shores. 

Trincomalie  Channel  connnences  at  Active  Pass,  from  the  southern 
entrance  of  wliicdi  its  general  direction  is  NW.  for  24  miles,  wheii  it 
enters  the  Dodd  Narrows. 

This  channel  must  be  classed  as  a  channel  toi  steamers  or  coasters; 
it  (!an  only  be  used  with  advantage  by  vessels  bound  to  the  eastern 
ports  of  Va.icoua;r  Island  below  Namiimo,  or  by  such  as  choose  to  enter 
Nanaimo  itself  by  the  Uodd  Narrows. 


102 


HARO    STRAIT WESTERN    CHANNELS. 


Til."  eastern  side  of  tlie  dinnnel  is  formed  by  the  long  narrow  islands 
of  Galiauo  and  Valdes,  iiiid  tiie  western  l)y  Adiiiirjil,  Kuper,  andTlietis 
Islands;  some  sn)aller  islands  are  scattered  over  it,  and  there  are  also 
several  rocks  which  require  to  be  known.  Montague  Harbor,  on  the 
western  side  of  Galiano  Island,  is  a  good  stopping  place,  also  Clam  Bay 
on  the  eastern  side  of  Thetis  Island. 

Trinconialie  Channel  contracts  in  breadth  when  abreast  Narrow  Island, 
but  the  shores  are  bold  ou  either  side.  On  the  shore  of  Caliano  Island, 
N.  6S"  E.,  one  mile  from  the  southeastern  point  of  Narrow  Island,  is  Ke- 
treat  Cove,  otferiiig  shelter  for  boats  or  anchorage  for  coasters ;  an  island 
lies  in  the  center  of  it. 

Portier  and  Gabriola  Passes  lead  into  the  Strait  of  Georgia; 
both  are  intricate  and  dangerous,  and  the  tides  are  so  strong,  and  vary- 
ing in  their  set,  that  vessels  would  not  be  justified  in  using  the  passes 
unless  in  cases  of  emergency. 

Montague  Harbor  is  formetl  between  the  southwestern  side  of  Ga- 
liano Island  and  Parker  Island,  and  its  entrance,  between  I'hillimore 
Point  and  the  small  island  of  Julia,  is  I'J  miles  N.  45°  W.  from  the  west- 
ern entrance  of  Active  I'ass.  The  entrance  is  but  little  ()ver  L'OO  yards 
in  breadth,  but  has  deep  water,  and  is  free  from  danger;  immediately 
within  tliei)oints  it  widens  out  to  ^  nnle,  and  anchorage  may  be  ob- 
tained in  the  arm  wliich  leads  to  the  harbor,  which  though  small  is  a 
snug  and  secure  anchorage,  with  good  holding  ground.  There  is  a  nar- 
row passage  to  the  northwestward  from  this  harbor  into  the  Trincomalie 
channel. 

Sevcial  smaller  islands  extend  N^\  .  of  I'arker  Island,  ^  iz,  Sphinx, 
Charles,  Wise,  and  Twin  Islands,  the  latter  two  iiither  remaikable 
rockj' islets  about  .'iO  feet  high.  A  rock  which  uncovers  al  low  water 
springs  is  said  to  be  W>  yards  N.  51^  W.  of  the  Twin  Islands, 

Atkins  Reef  lies  on  the  westevn  side  of  Trinconialie  Chaimel.  ,\  mile 
from  the  shore  of  Admiral  Islanl,  and  in  the  track  of  vessels  working 
ui»  or  down.  It  is  'i()0>ards  in  extent,  and  covers  at  4  feet  tloo<l,  its 
neighborhood  being  marked  by  kelp,  which  is  rarely  seen  when  tlieie  is 
any  rii>i)le  ou  the  water.  The  reef  beais  from  I'eile  I'oiut  N.  r>{\°  W.,  li^ 
miles:  from  the  Twin  Islands  S.  17°  W.,  li  miles.  The  SW.  abrupt 
tangent  of  (iaiiano  Island  in  oiu  with  Mount  I'aike,  ii  remarkable 
bare  topped  conical  hill  on  the  southern  side  of  Active  I'ass,  bearing  S. 
(il"  K.,  lends  well  outside  Atkins  Heef. 

Walker  Hook  is  fdiincd  by  a  lu'ninsula  or  tongue  (d  land  project- 
ing from  Adunral  Island,  4  nntes  northwestward  of  the  Captain  Pass- 
age. On  its  SE.  side  is  fair  anchorage  tor  small  vessels  in  i>  fath- 
oms, but  a  shoal  patch  marked  by  kelp,  ;\  mile  in  extent,  lies  100  yards 
eastward  of  the  southeastern  point  ol'  the  peninsula ;  small  vessels  may 
pass  between  the  shoal  and  the  point  in  5  fathowis,  or  between  it  and 
Atkins  Heel',  which  is  Itetter,  and  anchor  in  (J  fathoms,  400  yards  south, 
ward  of  the  neck  of  the  peninsula.    There  is  also  anchorage  in  10  fath- 


1 


"''*'<lf 


ano 


TUINCOMALIE    CHANNEL UIKECTIONS, 


103 


island 


01118  northward  of  the  [leuiasula,  but  vessels  must  not  go  within  the 
noi'thern  point  of  the  tongue  of  laud  fonniug  the  hook,  as  it  dries  a  long 
way  out. 

Governor  Rock,  a  dangerous  rocky  patch  lying  almost  in  the  center 
of  Trinconialie  Channel,  has  4  feet  on  it  at  low  water,  is  about  100  yards 
in  extent,  and  though  kelp  grows  on  it,  yet  it  is  very  difljcult  to  make 
out  until  quite  close  to.  It  lies  Ir,  miles  X.  7(P  W,  of  Twin  Lslands  and 
1\  miles  X.  11°  W.  of  the  SK.  point  of  Walker  Hook.  Quadra  Hill 
rises  from  the  center  of  Galiano  Island  to  the  height  of  750  feet,  and  a 
remarkable  white  basaltic  clitt'  will  be  se'Mi  on  the  coast  immediately 
(1193)  BRITISH    COLUMBIA  —  Trlacomali    channel  -  Walker 

rock— Change  in  color  of  beacon. — The  Canadian  Government  has 

given  notice  that  the  concrete  lower  iiortion  of  Walker  Kock  beacon, 

Trincomali  channel,  will   be  changed  in  color  from  black  to  ichitc, 

without  further  notice,  so  that  in  future  both   the  beacon  and  the 

tow«ir  surmounting  it  will  be  white. 

A^pprox.  position:  lijit.  48"  55'  28"  N.,  Long.  12.3°  29'  40'f  W. 
and  while  on  north  and  south,  is  erected  on  the  Walke.    (N.  M  3i,  1905.) 

These  two  rociks  are  the  principal  dangers  to  be  avoided  in  the  south- 
ern [lart  of  Trinconialie  Channel;  they  are  both  steep-to,  antl  maybe 
passed  if  necessary  at  100  yards. 

Directions. — In  jiassing  up  or  down  Trincomalie  Cjiannel,  vessels 
may  either  take  the  i>asrijige  westward  of  (lovernoi  nek  or  that  be- 
tween it  and  Walker  Kock,  or  eastward  of  the  latter,  ii  taking  the  west- 
ern pa.ssage,  after  having  cleared  Atkins  Reef  and  the  shoal  off  Walker 
Ilook,  the  ."hore  of  Admiral  Island,  which  is  bold,  should  b<  kept 
aboard  within  i  mile,  until  Qua<lra  Hill  bears  N.  08^  K.,  when  they  will 
be  to  westward  of  both  rocks,  and  may  steer  north  over  towards  Gali- 
ano Island,  giving  the  southeastern  end  of  Narrow  Island  a  berth  of 'it 
least  J  mile,  as  a  reef  extends  oil  it. 

If  passing  betwtien  tlie  two  rocks,  the  marks  for  a  mid  channel  course 

* '•'•*  "<■  'I'lietis  Island  kejtt  well  open  of  the  east- 

with  these 

lot  to  open 

I  sland  as  to 

it  on  to  the 
uld  be  kept 
just  halfway  between  the  eastern  sideoi  i>a»iu«  .m.i  t..^  ^tern  sideof 
Hall  Islands;  these  marks  are  very  clear  and  well  defined,  and  are  gen- 
erally seen  from  a  long  distance.  In  passing  to  the  southward,  when 
the  HE.  point  of  Walker  Hook  bears  8.  23^  W.  vessels  will  bo  well 
sonthwanl  of  the  rocks. 

If  passing  eastward  of  Walker  Kock,  when  bound  up  the  channel, 
keep  Parker  and  ^Vise  Islands  aboard  witliii;  ^  mile ;  there  are  no  dan. 
gers  off  them.  When  abveast  Twin  Inhinii,  which  may  bt  passed  with- 
in (500  yar((s,  li'in'  in  t(»  the  northward  until  Mount  Sutil  on  the  southern 
end  of  Galiano  Island  is  in  line  with  Charles  Island  bearing  S.  iiS'^  E.; 


102 


HARO    STRAIT WESTKRN    CHANNKLS. 


Tlie  eastern  side  of  the  channel  is  I'ornied  by  the  long  narrow  islands 
of  Galiauo  and  Valdes,  and  the  western  by  Admiral,  Kiiper,  and  Thetis 
Islands;  some  smaller  islands  are  scattered  over  it,  and  there  are  also 
several  rocks  which  require  to  be  known.  .Montague  Harbor,  on  the 
western  side  of  Galiano  Island,  is  a  good  stoi)i)ing  place,  also  Clam  Bay 
on  the  eastern  side  of  Thetis  Island. 

Trincomalio  Channel  contracts  in  breadth  when  abreast  Narrow  Island, 
but  the  shores  are  bold  on  either  side.  On  the  shore  of  Galiano  Island, 
N.  68®  E,,  one  mile  from  the  southeastern  i)oint  of  Narrow  Island,  is  lie- 
treat  Cove, ottering  shelter  for  boats  or  anchorage  for  coasters  ;  an  island 
lies  in  the  center  of  it. 

Portier  and  Gabriola  Passes  lead  into  the  Strait  of  Georgia; 
both  are  intricate  and  dangerous,  and  the  tides  are  so  strong,  and  vary- 
ing in  their  set,  that  vessels  would  not  be  Justilied  in  using  the  passes 
unless  in  cases  of  emergency. 

Montague  Harbor  is  formed  between  the  southwestern  side  of  Ga- 
liano Island  and  I'arker  Island,  and  its  entrance,  between  riiillimore 
Point  and  the  small  island  of  Julia,  is  1^  miles  N.  4.5°  W,  from  the  west- 
ern entrance  of  Active  Pass.  The  entrance  is  but  little  over  liOO  yards 
in  breadth,  but  has  deep  water,  and  is  free  from  danger ;  immediately 
within  the  i)oints  it  widens  out  to  ^  mile,  and  anchorage  may  be  ob- 
tained in  the  arm  which  leads  to  the  harbor,  wliicli  though  small  is  a 
snug  and  secure  anchorage,  with  good  holding  ground.  There  is  a  nar- 
row passage  to  the  northwestward  from  this  harbor  into  the  Trinconialie 
channel. 

Several  smaller  islands  extend  NW.  of  I'arker  Island,  viz,  Si)liinx, 
Charles,  Wi.se,  and  Twin  Islands,  the  latter  two  rather  remarkable 
rocky  islets  about  .">(»  feet  high.  A  rock  which  uiu;overs  at  low  water 
sjirings  is  said  to  be  100  yards  N.  SI''  W.  of  the  Twin  Islands. 

Atkins  Reef  lies  on  the  western  side  of  Trinconuilie  CJliauncl.  .'.  miln 

(UM)  BRITISH  COLUMBIA  —  Trincomall  channel  —  Atkins 
reef-Ohanee  In  color  of  beacon —Referring  to  Notice  to  Marinera 
No  84  (817)  of  1899,  the  Canadian  Government  hsis  given  further 
notice  that  vVtkins  Reef  beacon,  including  the  staff  and  ball,  will  be 
changed  in  color  from  black  to  white  without  further  uotiee. 
Approx.  position:  Lat.  48°  58'  N.,  Long.  r2Sy2H'W 

»<_'iL    ..1    -  .iji.iiiv.    i.Maiiii  111  one  Willi   jiomiL   a  .i.  (.•'?',•  ?!i°*"  *■'""•' 

bare-toppfd  conical  hill  on  the  southern  side  of  Active  Pass,  bearing  S. 
(14^  i;.,  Uads  well  outside  Atkins  Keef. 

Walkijr  Hook  is  formed  by  a  iicninsula  or  tongiu  of  land  iiroject- 
ing  from  Admiral  Island,  4  miles  northwestward  of  the  Captain  Pass- 
age. On  its  SE.  side  is  fair  anchoiage  for  small  vessels  in  (i  fath- 
oms, but  a  shoal  ]>at('ii  marked  by  kelp,  ;\  mile  in  rxtent,  lies  400  yards 
eastward  "f  the  southeastern  point  of  the  peninsula  ;  small  vessels  may 
pass  betwei-n  the  shoal  and  the  point  in  5  fathoms,  or  between  it  and 
Atkins  Reef,  which  is  better,  and  anchor  in  0  fathoms,  4(tO  yards  south, 
ward  of  the  neck  of  the  peninsula.    There  is  also  anchorage  in  10  fath- 


TUINCOMALIE    CHANNEL DIKECTIONS. 


103 


oius  northward  oF  the  peninsula,  but  vessels  must  not  go  within  the 
northern  point  of  the  tongue  of  land  forming  the  hook,  as  it  dries  a  long 
way  out. 

Governor  Rock,  a  dangerous  rocky  patch  lying  almost  in  the  center 
of  Triucomalie  Channel,  has  4  feet  on  it  at  low  water,  is  about  100  yards 
in  extent,  and  though  kelp  grows  on  it,  yet  it  is  very  difficult  to  make 
out  until  quite  close  to.  It  lies  I'rJ  miles  X.  7G°  W.  of  Twin  Islands  and 
li  miles  N.  11°  W.  of  the  SK.  point  of  Walker  Ilook.  Quadra  Hill 
rises  from  the  center  of  Gsiliano  Island  to  the  height  of  750  feet,  and  a 
remarkable  white  basaltic  cliff  will  be  seen  on  the  coast  immediately 
(1193)  BRITISH    OOLUmBIA  — Trincomall    channel  -  Walker 

rock— Change  in  color  of  beacon,— The  Canadian  Government  biis 

given  notice  that  the  concrete  lower  portion  of  Walker  liock  beacon, 

Trinconiali  channel,  will   be  changed  in  color  from  black  to  whiti', 

without  further  notice,  so  that  in  future  both  the  beacon  and  the 

tower  surmounting  it  will  be  white. 

Approx.  position:  Lat.  48°  55'  28"  N.,  Long.  123°  29'  40'«  W. 
and  white  on  north  and  south,  is  erected  on  the  VValki .    (N.  M  31, 1905.) 

These  two  rocks  are  the  principal  dangers  to  be  avoided  in  the  south- 
ern part  of  Triucomalie  Cliannel ;  they  are  both  steep-to,  and  may  be 
passed  if  necessary  at  100  yards. 

Directions. — In  passing  up  or  down  Triucomalie  Channel,  vessels 
may  either  take  the  ])assage  westward  of  (lovurnor  Rock  or  that  be- 
tween it  and  Walker  Kock,  or  eastward  of  the  latter.  If  taking  the  west- 
ern passage,  after  having  cleared  Atkins  Reef  and  the  shoal  off  Walker 
Hook,  the  shore  of  Admiral  Island,  which  is  bold,  should  be  kept 
aboard  within  4  mile,  until  Quadra  Hill  bears  N.  08^  E.,  when  they  will 
be  to  westward  of  both  rocks,  and  may  steer  north  over  towards  Cali- 
auo  Island,  giving  the  southeastern  end  of  Narrow  Island  a  berth  of  at 
least  ^  mile,  as  a  reef  extends  off  it. 

If  passing  between  the  two  rocks,  the  marl.s  for  a  mid  channel  course 
are,  the  northeastern  point  of  Thetis  Island  kept  well  oi)en  of  the  east- 
ern side  of  Xarrow  Island,  the  latter  bearing  N.  50°  W. ;  steer  with  these 
marks  on  until  Quadra  Hill  bears  X.  08°  !<],,  taking  care  not  to  open 
the  northeastern  poiut  of  Thetis  Island  so  much  of  Narrow  Island  as  to 
bring  the  former  on  with  Hall  Island,  as  this  would  lead  right  on  to  the 
Wji!!:er  Kock.  The  northeastern  pointof  Thetis  Island  should  be  kept 
just  halfway  between  the  eastern  side  of  Narrow  and  the  western  side  of 
Hall  Islands;  these  marks  are  very  clear  and  well  detined,  and  are  gen- 
erally seen  from  a  long  distance.  In  i)assing  to  the  southward,  when 
the  SE.  point  of  Walker  Hook  bears  S.  23-^  W.  vessels  will  be  well 
southward  of  the  rocks. 

If  i)assing  eastward  of  Walker  Kock,  when  bound  up  the  channel, 
keep  Parker  and  Wise  Islands  aboard  within  i  mile  ;  there  are  no  dau. 
gers  oft"  them.  When  abieast  Twin  Island,  which  may  be  passed  with- 
in 000  yards,  haul  in  to  the  northward  until  Mount  Sutil  on  the  southern 
end  of  Ualiano  Island  is  in  line  with  Charles  Island  bearing  S.  53^  E.; 


102 


HAKO  STRAIT WESTKRN  CHANNELS. 


Tlie  eastern  side  of  the  clianriel  is  formed  by  the  long  narrow  isiands 
of  Galiauo  and  Vahles,  and  the  western  bj'  Admiral,  Kuper,  and  Ihetis 
Islands;  some  smaller  islands  are  scattered  over  it,  and  there  ar.  also 
several  rocks  which  require  to  be  known.  Montagne  Harbor,  on  the 
western  side  of  Galiano  l«laiid,  is  a  good  stopping  place,  also  Clam  Bay 
on  the  eastern  side  of  Thetis  Island. 

Trincomalic  Channel  contracts  in  breadth  when  abreast  Narrow  Island, 
but  the  shores  are  bold  on  either  side.  On  the  shore  of  Galiano  Island, 
N.  6tS®  E.,  one  mile  from  the  southeastern  i>oiiit  of  Narrow  Island,  is  Re- 
treat Cove,  offering  shelter  for  boats  or  anchorage  for  coasters  ;  an  island 
lies  in  the  center  of  it. 

Po 
both 
ing  ii 
unles! 

Mo 
liano  i  ^  .„..^..,  ..uLHeen   I'oillimorS* 

Point  ..a  of  Julia,  is  ].|  miles  N.  45°  W.  from  the  west- 

ern eiiuance  of  Active  Pass.  The  entriuice  is  but  little  over  liOO  yards 
in  breadth,  but  has  deej)  water,  and  is  free  from  danger;  immediately 
within  the  j)oints  it  widens  out  to  ^  mile,  and  anchorage  may  be  ob- 
tained in  the  arm  which  leads  to  the  harbor,  which  though  small  is  a 
snug  and  secure  anchorage,  with  good  holding  ground.  There  is  a  nar- 
row passage  to  the  northwestward  from  this  harbor  into  the  Trincoinalie 
channel. 

Several  smaller  islands  extend  NW.  of  I'arker  Island,  viz,  Sphinx, 
Charles,  Wise,  and  Twin  Islands,  the  latter  two  rather  remarkable 
rocky  islets  about .'{()  feet  high.  A  rocik  which  uncovers  at  low  water 
springs  is  said  to  be  400  yards  N.  5P  W.  of  the  Twin  Islands. 

Atkins  Reef  lies  on  the  western  side  of  Trincomalie  Channel.  .'.  i>iil« 

("1194^    BRITISH   OOLUHBIA  —  Trincomall   channel  —  Atkins  j 
reef-Ohange  in  color  of  beacon— Keferriug  to  Notice  to  Manners 
No   34  (817)  of  1899,  tlie  Canadian  Government  hiis  given  further 
notice  that  Atkins  Reef  beacon,  includin(;  the  staff  and  ball,  will  be 
changed  in  color  from  black  to  white  without  further  uohce. 

^    Addi-ox.  position:  Lat.  48°  53'  N.,  Long,  l'-^^"!^;^^-  j^^g  . 


Approx.  position: 

iniMiiu   111  uiie 


V«  (tlKllllf 


Willi    moiiiii, 

bare-topped  conical  hill  on  the  southern  side  of  Acitive  I'ass,  bearing  S. 
04"^  I'].,  leads  well  outside  Atkins  Ri^(it'. 

Walker  Hook  is  formed  by  a  iieninsula  or  tongue  of  land  project- 
ing from  Ailmiral  Island,  4  miles  northwestward  of  the  Captain  Pass- 
age. On  Its  SE.  side  is  fair  anclionige  for  small  vessels  in  0  fath- 
oms, but  a  shoal  i)at(!li  marked  by  l;elp,  ;\  mile  in  extent,  lies  400  yards 
eastward  of  the  southeastern  point  oftii'.  peiiMisula  ;  small  vessels  may 
pass  between  the  shoal  and  the  point  in  5  fahoms,  or  between  it  and 
Atkins  Reef,  which  is  better,  and  anchor  in  0  fathoms,  4iK)  yards  south, 
ward  of  the  neck  of  the  peninsula.    There  is  also  anchorage  in  10  fath- 


TUINCOMALIE    CHANNEL DliiEC'TIONS. 


103 


oins  northward  of  the  peninsula,  but  vessels  must  not  go  within  the 
noi'theru  point  of  the  tonyne  of  land  Corniing  the  hook,  as  it  dries  a  long 
way  out. 

G-overnor  Rock,  a  dangerous  rocky  patch  lying  almost  in  the  center 
of  Triucomalie  Channel,  has  4  feet  on  it  at  low  water,  is  about  100  yards 
in  extent,  and  though  kelp  grows  on  it,  yet  it  is  very  ditticult  to  nuike 
out  until  quite  close  to.  It  lies  IrJ  miles  N.  IVP  W.  of  Twin  Islands  and 
li  miles  -X.  11°  W.  of  the  SE.  point  of  Walker  Hook.  Quadra  Hill 
rises  from  the  center  of  Galiano  Island  to  the  height  of  750  feet,  and  a 
remarkable  white  basaltic  clirf  will  be  seen  on  the  coast  immediately 
southward  of  it.     Governor  liock  lies  I'f  miles  S.  45°  W.  of  it. 

Walker  Rock  lies  ;j  mile  N.  2li°  E.  of  Governor  Rock,  and  covers  at 
4  feet  rise.  It  lies  1,\  miles  S.  5CP  W.  of  (Quadra  Llill,  and  'j  mile  from 
the  shore  of  Galiano  Island. 

A  Beacon  of  stone,  8  feet  high,  surmounted  by  a  staff  18  feet  high, 
with  cross  pieces  at  right  angles,  painted  l)lack  on  east  and  west  sides 
and  white  on  north  and  south,  is  erected  on  the  Walker  Rook. 

These  two  rocks  are  the  princMpal  dangers  to  be  avoided  in  the  south- 
ern part  of  Triucomalie  Channel;  they  are  both  steei>-to,  and  maybe 
passed  if  necessary  at  100  yards. 

Directions. — In  passing  up  or  down  Triucomalie  Channel,  vessels 
may  either  take  tlu!  i»assag'i  westward  of  Governor  Iio;!k  or  that  be 
tween  it  and  Walker  Kock,  or  eastward  of  the  latter.  If  taking  the  west- 
ern i)assage,  after  having  cleared  A-tkins  Reef  and  the  shoal  off  Walker 
Hook,  the  shore  of  Admiral  Island,  wliich  is  bold,  should  be  kept 
aboard  within  i  mile,  until  Quadra  Hill  bears  X.  08^  E.,  when  they  will 
be  to  westward  of  both  rocks,  and  may  steer  north  over  towards  Gali- 
ano Island,  giving  the  southe:istern  end  of  Narrow  Island  a  berth  of  at 
least  I  mile,  as  a  reef  extends  off'  it. 

If  passing  between  the  two  rociks,  the  marks  for  a  mid-channel  course 
are,  the  northeastern  point  of  Thetis  Island  kept  well  ojten  of  the  east- 
ern side  of  Nai  .ow  Island,  the  latter  bearing  N.  aO^  W. ;  steer  with  these 
marks  on  until  (t'ladra  Hill  bears  X.  08^  E.,  taking  care  not  to  open 
the  northeastern  point  of  Thetis  Island  so  much  of  Narrow  Island  as  to 
b-'  .^  the  former  on  with  Hall  Island,  as  this  would  lead  right  on  to  the 
Walker  Kock.  The  northeastern  pointof  Thetis  Island  should  be  kept 
just  halfway  between  the  eastern  side  of  Narrow  and  the  western  side  of 
Hall  Islands;  these  marks  are  very  clear  and  well  defiiu'd,  and  are  gen- 
erally seen  from  a  long  distance.  In  passing  to  the  southward,  when 
the  SE.  point  of  Walker  Hook  bears  S.  23°  W.  vessels  will  be  well 
southward  of  the  rocks. 

If  passing  eastward  of  W^alker  Kock,  when  bound  up  the  channel, 
keep  Parker  and  Wise  Islands  aboard  within  h  mile  ;  there  are  no  dan- 
gers off'  them.  When  abreast  Twin  Island,  which  may  be  passed  with- 
iu  600  yards,  haul  in  to  tlu'  northward  until  Mount  Sulil  on  the  southern 
end  of  Galiano  Island  is  in  line  with  Charles  Island  bearing  IS.  53°  E.; 


104 


HARO    STRAIT — WESTERN    CHANNELS. 


run  up  with  these  marks  on  astern  (wliich  will  lead  well  inside  Walker 
Rock)  until  Quadra  Hill  bears  N.  08°  E.,  when  a  mid-channel  course 
maj'  be  steered  between  Galiano  Island  und  the  islands  forming  the 
western  side  of  the  channel. 

Coming  down  Trincon)alie  Channel,  and  desiring  to  pass  eastward  of 
Walker  Kock,  keep  over  on  the  Galiano  Island  shore  until  the  northeast- 
ern point  of  Thetis  Island  is  well  shut  in  bj'  the  south  point  of  Hall 
Island;  as  long  as  those  points  are  not  ojjened  vessels  will  be  east- 
ward of  the  rock,  and  when  Quadra  Hill  bears  N.  22°  E.  they  will  be 
well  eastward  of  both  it  and  the  Governor  l{o(!k. 

Houston  Passage. — Vessels  intending  to  take  it  had  better  pass  up 
westward  or  inside  the  Governor  Rock.  The  entrance  is  between  the 
northern  point  of  Admiral  Island  and  Narrow  and  Secretary  Islands; 
the  western  side  of  Narrow  Island  is  foul,  several  small  islets  and  rocks 
extend  from  2(M»  to  600 yards  otV  it;  at  ^  miles  S.  56°  E.  of  Southey 
Point,  a  l»ank  having  from  2  to  3  fathoms  water  on  it  extends  j^  mile 
off  the  shore  of  Admiral  Island,  narrowing  the  navigable  channel  be- 
tween that  island  and  Narrow  Island  to  i\  mile;  the  general  depth  of 
water  in  mid-channel  is  20  fatiioms,  and  anchorage  within  a  moderate 
distance  of  the  shore  of  Admiral  Island  may  be  obtained  in  10  or  12 
fathoms  water,  oft'  Saltspring  Settlement,  at  2;^  miles  3.  50°  E.  of 
Sonthey  Point. 

Southey  Point,  the  sharp  northern  extreme  of  Admiral  Island,  may 
be  approached  to  within  200  yards.  At  ^  mile  S.  4.")°  W.  of  it,  is  the 
Grai)i)!er  Eeef;  round  it  Houston  Passage  turns  abruptly  to  the  south- 
ward, and  Stnart  Channel  may  be  entered  either  by  the  main  passage 
between  North  Poef  and  Admiral  Island,  or  if  necessary,  between 
North  Roef  and  Tent  Island.  Give  North  Reef  a  moderate  berth,  as 
a  shoal  ridge  of  rocks  extends  ^  mile  oft'  its  NW.  and  S\V.  ends. 

Foitier  Pass,  between  Galiano  and  Valdes  Islands,  is  the  first  out- 
let into  the  Strait  of  Georgia  northward  of  Active  Pass;  the  pass, 
though  short  (not  exceeding  one  mile  from  its  southern  entrance  until 
fairly  in  the  strait)  is  narrow,  and  is  rendered  still  more  so  by  sunken 
rocks  on  its  wc^stern  side;  the  tides  are  very  strong,  running  from  4  to 
7  knots,  and  overfalls  and  whirling  eddies  are  always  to  be  mot  in  the 
northern  entrance.  No  vessel  but  a  steamer  commanding  a  speed  of  8 
knots  should  take  it. 

Black  Rock,  the  first  danger  in  the  southern  entrance,  isjust  awash 
at  high  water ;  it  is  on  the  western  side  of  the  pass,  200  yards  S.  45°  E. 
of  Native  Point,  the  northwestern  entrance  point,  and  is  easily  avoided. 

"Virago  Rock,  the  principal  danger,  is  almost  in  the  center  of  the 
channel,  but  rather  on  the  western  side ;  it  only  uncovers  at  low  tides, 
and  lies  400  yards  S.  84'^  E.  of  Native  Point,  and  a  little  over  400 
yards  N.  84°  W.  of  Race  Point;  the  center  projecting  i)oint  on  the  east 
side  of  the  pass ;  here  is  the  narrowest  part  of  the  passage. 


PORTIER    PASS — DIRECTIONS, 


105 


Two-fathom  Patch. — The  third  danger  is  a  2fathoin  roelcy  patch, 
extendiiift  from  one  of  the  outer  east  poirts  of  the  pass  ;  it  lies  If  mile 
N.  480  K.  of  Race  Point,  and  0(M)  yards  N.  48^  W.  of  Tongue  Point,  the 
onter  east  point ;  this  [tatch  is  covered  with  kelp,  whicli  is  generally 
visible. 

Directions. — At  any  stage  of  the  flood  stream,  steam  vessels  ac- 
(juaiiited  with  the  channel  might  pass  out  into  the  Strait  of  Georgia 
with  facility  ;  tlie  eastern  shore  siioiild  be  always  kept  aboard  within 
200  yards  iiiitil  bryond  Race  Point,  whicli  slioidd  be  passed  close,  after 
which  vessfis  with  the  Hood  stream  should  make  for  O.uioe Islet,  a  bare 
yellow  rock  north  rj  mile  distant,  in  order  to  clear  the  lifathom  patch; 
Cauoe  Islet  on  its  eastern  aide  should  not  be  approached  within  ^iOO 
yards. 

In  passing  out  of  the  channel  with  the  ebb  tide,  the  great  danger  to 
be  avoided  is  the  violence  of  the  stream  setting  against  and  round  Race 
Point,  whicli,  if  vessels  have  not  sutlicient  i)ower  to  stem,  will  either 
take  them  on  the  port  l)ow  and  set  them  on  the  point,  or,  which  is  still 
more  probable,  on  the  starboard,  and  set  them  on  Virago  Rock. 

Entering  Trincomalie  Channel  iVom  the  Strait  of  Georgia  by  this  pass, 
vessels  should  keep  .^  mile  eastward  of  Canoe  Islet,  and  then  steer  for 
Race  Point,  due  allowance  being  made  with  the  flood  for  the  -'fathom 
patch  ;  if  with  the  ebb,  Race  Point  should  be  kept  close  aboard  to 
avoid  being  sot  on  Virago  Rock,  and  having  passed  the  point,  hug  the 
Galiano  Island  shore,  which  is  clear  of  danger;  the  rule  on  all  occasions 
should  be  to  avoid  the  Valdes  Island  shore  ;  the  great  strength  of  the  tide 
ceases  immediately  on  clearnig  the  entrance  points  either  way.  From 
the  Strain  of  Georgia  the  pass  is  always  easily  recognized  at  the  dis- 
tance of  several  miles,  by  the  gap  formed  by  its  sloping  wooded  en- 
trance points  terminating  in  two  low  extremes,  from  most  points  of 
view  overlapping  each  other. 

Tides. — The  flood  tide  runs  from  Trincomalie  Channel  to  the  north- 
ward into  the  Strait  of  Georgia,  and  the  ebb  in  the  contrary  direc- 
tion. The  ebl>  stream  commences  from  one  hour  to  one  and  ouehalf 
hours  before  it  .s  high  water  by  the  shore,  and  runs  for  one  hour  after 
IonV  water,  or  from  seven  to  eight  hours;  the  high  water  at  the  full 
and  change  of  the  moon  occurs  about  4  j).  m.,  but  is  not  very  regular. 
At  springs  the  tides  run  with  a  velocity  of  4  to  7  knots  with  dangerous 
whirls  ami  eddies. 

Clam  Bay  is  on  the  eastern  sides  of  Thetis  and  Kui)er  Islands,  oppo- 
site Reid  Island.  The  continuation  of  the  bay  separates  these  twa 
islands  at  high  water,  when  there  is  a  boat  channel  into  Telegraph  Har- 
bor on  their  western  side. 

White  Spit,  a  remarkable  point  of  broken  clam  shells  which  can  be 
seen  from  a  long  distance,  forms  the  southern  entrance  point  of  the  bay ; 
immediately  southward  of  it  is  a  considerable  native  lodge;  a  reef, 
having  less  than  one  fathom  water  on  it  in  some  places,  extends  over 


106 


HAKO    STRAIT — WEHTKUN    CHANNELS. 


COO  yarks  in  a  S.  45'^  E.  diroction  iroiii  Wliito  Spit  Point;  Leecli  Island 
oir  the  iioitiii'rn  i)()iiit  of  tlic  bay  is  a  small  wooded  islet. 

GflnterReef,  witii  (i  feet  water  on  it,  and  marked  by  kelp,  should 
not  be  aitproached  nearer  tlian  li.jO  yards  ;  it  lies  almost  in  the  center  of 
the  entranee,   learly  000  yards  N.  28°  W.  of  White  Spit. 

Rockot  Shoal,  on  which  there  is  only  a  dejitli  of  0  feet  at  low  water 
spring  tides,  lies  nearly  in  the  center  of  the  bay,  with  White  Spit  ex- 
treme in  line  with  the  highest  pa:t  of  Indian  Island,  bearing  S.  OjO  E.; 
it  is  100 yards  in  extent,  with  depths  of  from  2  to  4  tatl">nis  aronnd  it. 

Directions. — The  best  passage  into  Clam  liay  fVoin  the  eastward  is 
eastward  of  Narrow,  Secretary,  and  Indian  Islands,  between  tl.em  and 
Hall  Island  ;  after  passing  Indian  Island,  steer  in  for  White  Spit  on  a 
S.  08°  W.  bearing,  giving  it  a  berth  of  HOO  yards. 

If  desired,  vessels  may  enter  westward  of  Narrow  ami  Secretary 
Islands,  between  them  and  Knper  Island,  and  there  is  fair  anchorage 
in  a  moderate  depth  of  water  in  this))assage;  there  are,  however,  sev- 
eral dangers  in  this  channel,  previously  escribed,  a' ^o  two  rocks 
marked  by  kelp  with  less  than  one  fathom  water  on  them  ott' the  south- 
western side  of  Indian  Island;  the  southern  lies  800  yards  S.  730W.,  of 
the  south  end  of  Indian  Island,  and  the  northern  300  yards  S.  67^  W.,  of 
the  north  end  of  the  same  island  ;  therefore  the  west  side  of  Indian 
Island  should  be  kei)t  aboard,  and  a  vessel  shonld  not  bear  up  round 
AYhite  Spit  until  its  extreme  bears  S.  07^  W,,  as  rocks  extend  otf  more 
than  000  yards  S.  45°  E.  of  it.     This  channel  is  not  recommended. 

Entering  from  the  northward  there  is  a  clear,  deep  passage  of  !} 
mile  in  breadth  between  Thetis  and  lieid  Islands, 

Anchorage  may  be  had  in  Clam  bay  in  G  fathoms  water,  between 
Eocket  Shoal  and  tlie  shore. 

Rose  Islets,  live  small  rocky  islets,  the  northeriiiost  about  20  feet 
high  with  a  few  bushes  on  it,  lie  i  mile  northwestward  of  the  north 
end  of  Keid  iNland,  but  witli  no  ship  passage  between.  Vessels  bound 
to  Clam  Bay  from  the  northward  siiould  ])ass  westward  of  these  islets. 

Yellow  Cliff  Anchorage. — There  is  fair  anchorage  on  the  western 
«ide  of  Valdes  Island, 2  miles  above  Portiei  Pass,  immediately  off  a  yel- 
low clitf ;  8  fathoms,  sandy  bottom,  will  be  found  with  the  cliff  bearing 
N.  10°  W.  distant  ^  mile. 

It  will  also  be  known  by  Shingle  Point,  a  low  projection  with  a  native 
village  on  its  extreme. 

Fylades  Channel. — The  De  Courcy  Islanda  are  a  group  extending 
4J  miles  in  a  southeasterly  direction  from  Mudge  Island,  and  on  their 
eastern  side,  between  ihem  and  Valdes  Islaiul,  is  Pylades  Channel, 
which  leads  by  the  Gabriola  Pass  into  the  Strait  of  Georgia,  as  well  as 
to  the  entrance  of  the  False  Narrows. 

False  Narrows  are  full  of  kelp,  and  shoal  at  low  water,  affording  only 
a  boat  passage  into  Northumberland  Channel.  The  passages  between 
the  De  Courcy  Islands  are  deep  and  navigable ;  Ituxtoa  Passage  be- 


twe 


GAHHK)I.A    PASS TMHASMKU    KOC'K. 


107 


tween  tlu^  northern  and  middle  island,  is  .\  niiic  wide  and  IVce  (roni  dan- 
"IT:  tlm  narrow  itass  l)et  wihui  tiit;  middle  and  aoutlieni  island  ia  soarcoly 

(112(;)  BRITISH  COLUMBIA  -  Strait  of  Georgia  -  Gabriola 
pass— Uncharted  rocks. —The  Canadian  Government  liaH^iven  notiee 
that  Commander  J.  F.  Parry,  R.  N.,  reports  tiie  existenee  of  tlie  fol- 
lowing roeks  in  tlie  appioaeh  to  fiabiiolu  pass: 

On  close  examination  of  Gabriola  reef,  the  soiithernmoHt  danger  wiis 
found  to  be  a  depth  of  l.S  feet  at  low  water,  with  (iabriola  beacon 
bearing  N.  25°  E.  true  (North  mag.  ),  distant  I..'}  miles. 

A  rock,  with  4  feet  over  it  at  low  water,  was  found  off  the  eastei'n 
entrance  to  Gabriola  pans,  lying  410  yards  S.  4.S°  K.  truc^  (ESI-:.  E'ly 
mag. )  from  the  southea.st  extreme  of  the  long  island  abrea.st  of  the 
pass.  This  places  tlu^  danger  about  midway  between  Urn  extreme  of 
the  island  and  the  .S|  fathoms  .shown  on  the  chart.  (N  M  80  1905  ) 
siioal  water  extends  \  nine  o.  •!•>     i">.  irom    me  (sonineasieni  mVi  t>i  I'ii^    "' 

island;  the  channel  from  the  jiass  info  the  Strait  of  Georgia  is  l)etweeu 
the  southwestern  side  of  this  island,  and  a  narrow  ridge  of  low  wooded 
islands  on  the  west  sid''.  off  which  a  chain  of  covtuing  locks  ma.ked 
by  kelp  extends  nearly  400  yards  to  the  eastward. 

Directions. — I'roceeding  through  the  jm.ss  into  the  Strait  of  Georgia, 
when  nearly  {  mile  east  of  the  narrows,  "steer  !S.  .'5!P  E.  for  if  mile,  when 
alter  coiinse  to  the  eastwanl. 

There  is  also  a  jiassage  in  a  northerly  direction,  from  the  pass  into 
the  strait,  between  the  east  extreme  of  Gabriola  and  the  islands  off  it, 
but  it  is  not  recommended. 

Telegraph. — Overhead  telegrajih  wires  are  stretched  acro.ss  Gabriola 
Pass;  vessels  having  masts  over  150  feet  high  should  not  attempt  to  pass 
under  the  wires. 

The  sliore  end  of  the  telegraph  cable  laid  from  Point  Grey  (connecting 
Vancouver  Island  with  the  mainland)  is  landed  at  Valdes  Island,  2^ 
miles  SE.  of  Gabriola  Pass.  Wires  ire  thence  carried  to  Xauaimo  and 
Vi(!toria. 

Tides. — The  tides  in  Gabriola  Pass  run  from  5  toG  knots. 

Gabriola  Reefs,  a  dangerous  duster  of  rocks,  covering  a  space  of 
I^  miles,  some  of  which  cover  at  half  flood,  and  others  having  only  a 
few  feet  water  over  them,  lie  2  miles  off  the  eastern  itoint  of  Gabriola 
Island.  There  is  a  passage  inside  the  reel.s,  V)nt  it  is  not  recommended. 
When  the  north  extreme  of  the  northeriMiiost  Flattop  Island  bears  8. 
SC  W.,  a  vessel  will  be  one  mile  to  the  northward  of  the  reefs.     Nanoose 

"  ,    "  of  Gab- 

ward  of 

ameter 


^j.  fvuun.. — ivi  iii.-ciii,>  ijjuo  yards  JN.  3»^  I'j.  ot  tne  aOove  bea- 
con, and  about  400  yards  seaward  of  the  end  of  the  Gabriola  lleefs,  is 
a  detfiched  rock  which  dries  li  feet  at  low-water  spring  tides,  in  the 
kelp  which  marks  the  neighborhood.    There  is  11  fathoms  within  200 


10() 


HAliO    STRAI'I' WKSTKUN    ClIANNKLS. 


<»»)(>  .varks  ill  a  S.  45o  E.  direction  i'loni  W'liito  Spit  Point;  Leecli  Islaiul 
oil'  tlie  nortiierii  point  of  tli«  bay  is  a  small  wooded  islet. 

Center  Reef,  wilii  (5  feet  water  on  it,  and  marked  by  kolp,  should 
not  be,  appioaclu'd  lu-aivr  than  lijO  yards  ;  it  lies  almost  in  the  center  of 
tlie  entrance,  nearly  (iOO  yards  N.  L'.so  W.  of  White  Spit. 

Rocket  Shoal,  on  whicli  there  is  only  a  depth  of  (i  leet  at  low  water 
spring  tides,  lies  nearly  in  the  center  of  the  bay,  with  White  Spit  ex- 
treme in  line  with  the  highest  pait  of  Indian  Island,  bearing  S.  05°  E.; 
it  is  100 yards  in  extent,  with  deittiis  of  from  2  to  1  taliioms  around  it. 

Directions. — The  best  pa.ssage  into  Clam  l?ay  from  the  dastward  is 
eastward  of  Narrow,  Secretary,  ami  Indian  Islands,  between  them  and 
Hall  Island  ;  after  passing  Indian  Island,  steer  in  for  White  S])it  on  a 
S.  (iS°  W.  bearing,  giving  it  a  berth  of  L'OO  yards. 

If  desired,  vessels  may  enter  westward  of  Narrow  and  Secretary 
Islands,  between  them  and  Knper  Island,  and  there  is  lair  anchorage 
in  a  moderate  depth  of  water  in  tliis])assage;  there  are,  iiowever,  sev- 
eral dangers  in  this  channel,  previously  described,  also  two  rocks 
marked  by  kelp  with  less  than  one  fathom  water  on  them  oil'  the  south- 
western side  of  Indian  Island;  the  southern  lies  800  yards  S.  730W.,  of 
the  south  end  (tf  Indian  Island,  and  the  northern  300  yards  8.  H7-'  W.,  of 
the  north  end  of  the  same  island;  therefore  the  west  side  of  Indian 
Island  should  be  kej)!  aboard,  and  a  vessel  should  not  bear  up  roninl 
White  Spit  until  its  extreme  bears  S.  07^  W,,  as  rocks  extend  oil'  more 
than  (iOO  yards  S.  45°  E.  of  it.    This  channel  is  not  recommended. 

Entering  from  the  northward  there  is  a  clear,  deep  i>asaage  oi  ^ 
mile  in  breadth  between  Thetis  and  Keid  Islands, 

Anchorage  niay  be  had  in  Clam  bay  in  G  fathoms  water,  between 
Eocket  Shoal  and  the  shorn. 

Rose  Islets,  live  small  rocky  islets,  the  uortliermost  about  20  feet 
high  with  a  few  bushes  on  it,  lie  i  mile  northwestward  of  the  north 
end  of  lioi<l  I.-laiul,  but  with  no  ship  passage  between.  Vessels  bound 
to  Clam  Hay  from  t!ie  northward  should  pass  westward  of  the.se  islets. 

Yellow  Cliff  Anchorage. — There  is  fair  anchorage  on  the  western 
side  of  Valdes  Island,  2  miles  above  Portiei  Pass,  immediately  off  a  yel- 
low cliff';  8  fathoms,  sandy  bottom,  will  be  found  with  the  cliff  bearing 
N.  10°  W.  distant  i  mile. 

It  will  also  be  known  by  Shingle  Point,  a  low  projection  with  a  native 

( lii^")  BRITISH  COLUmBIA-  Vancouver  island— Pylades  chan- 
nel—Uncharted rock. — The  Canadian  (iovernment  has  given  notice 
that  Commander  .1.  F.  Parry,  K.  N.,  reports  the  existence  of  a  rock, 
awash  at  low  water,  lying  at  a  distance  of  220  yards  off"  the  eastern 
extreme  of  the  easternmost  island  of  the  De  Cotircey  group,  approxi- 
mately ju.st  outside  of  the  2  fathoms  shown  on  the  chart. 

■„  ,      ,, ^-  „    ii    I  11       1.1       rN.M.80, 1906.) 

False  Narrows  are  full  of  kelp,  and  shoal  at  low  \\Hit;i,  imuiumt;  umj 

a  boat  passage  into  Northumberland  Channel.    The  passages  between 

the  De  Courcy  Islands  are  deep  and  navigable;  lluxton  Passage  be- 


twe 
«»er 


gauuioi.a  pass — tiikasiikk  rock. 


107 


twecn  tlu'  nortlu-rii  and  iniddli'  island,  is  .1  iiiilf  wii.i' and  Irt'c  Croni  dan- 
flft^r:  rim  narrow  pass  Wet  wtuui  tin;  nnddlc  and  sontlit'rn  island  is  scarcely 

(ii2<i)  BRITISH  OOLUUBIA  -  Strait  of  Georgia  Oabriola 
pass— Uncharted  rocks.  —Tin-  Canadian  (ioveninicnt  ha.sKivcn  notice 
llial Coniniandcr  J.  V.  I'arry,  K.  N.,  reports  the  existence  oniie  fol- 
lowing rocks  in  tlie  a|»i>roacli  to  (;al)riola  pass: 

On  close  examination  ol'Gahriola  reef,  th.i  8ontliernmoHt  danger  wa.s 
found  to  be  a  dei)th  of  l.H  feet  at  low  water,  witli  (Jahriola  beacon 
bearing  N.  25°  K.  trne  (North  mag.),  distant  \.:i  mile.s. 

A  rock,  witli  4  feet  over  it  at  low  water,  wa,s  found  off  the  eastern 
entrance  to  Gabriola  pans,  lying  UO  yards  8.  4.S°  E.  trne  (ESK.  E'ly 
mag. )  from  the  soutnea.st  extieme  of  the  long  island  abreast  of  the 
pjiss.  This  |)liice8  the  danger  about  midway  between  tiie  extreme  of 
the  island  and  the  .'5,^  fatlioms  shown  on  tlie  chart.  (N  M  80  1905  i 
shoal  water  extends  j\  mile  o.  •!•>    i'..  iroin    me  .souiMea..Mci  n  «ii"u  in   c,.^    '' 

islaii  1;  the  channel  from  the  i)ass  into  the  Htrait  of  Georgia  is  between 
the  soutliwestern  side  of  this  island,  iiud  a  narrow  lidge  of  low  wooded 
islands  on  the  west  side,  off  winch  a  chain  of  covering  rocks  maiked 
by  Ki'Ip  extends  nearly  4(10  yards  to  the  eastward. 

Directions. — I'roceeding  through  the  pass  into  the  Strait  of  Georgia, 
when  nearly  j  mile  east  of  tlie  narrows,  "steer  S.  31P  E.  for  :^  mile,  when 
alter  (ionise  to  the  eastward. 

There  is  also  a  |)assage  in  a  northerly  direction,  from  the  pass  into 
the  strait,  between  the  east  extreme  of  Galiriola  and  the  islands  off  it, 
but  it  is  not  recommended. 

Telegraph. — Overhead  telegrajih  wires  are  stretched  across  Gabriola 
Pass;  vessels  having  masts  over .'{()  feet  high  should  not  attempt  to  pass 
under  the  wires. 

The  shore  end  of  the  telegraph  cable  laid  from  Point  Grey  (coniiectiug 
Vancouver  Island  with  the  mainland)  is  landed  at  Valdes  Island,  2^ 
miles  SE.  of  Gabriola  I'a.ss.  Wires  are  thence  carried  to  Nanaimo  and 
Victoria. 

Tides. — The  tides  in  Gaiiriohi  I'ass  run  from  ."»  to  fi  knots. 

Gabriola  Reefs,  a  dangerous  duster  of  rocks,  covering  a  sj^ace  of 
1^  miles,  some  of  which  cover  at  half  Hood,  and  others  having  only  a 
few  feet  water  over  them,  lie  2  miles  off  the  eastern  point  of  Gabriola 
Island.  There  is  a  passage  inside  the  rei-ls,  but  it  is  not  recommended. 
When  the  north  extreme  of  the  northernmost  Flattoj)  Island  bears  S. 
iJO°  W..  a  vessel  will  be  one  mile  to  tiie  northward  of  the  reefs.  Nanoose 
or  Notch  Ililljust  open  of  Herry  Point  (the  northeastern  point  of  Gab- 
riola Island),  bearing  N.  72-^  W.,  also  leads  one  mile  to  the  northwaril  of 
them. 

A  Beacon,  20  feet  higl  ,  surmounted  by  a  cage  8  li  et  in  diameter 
.stands  on  the  largest  ledge,  wliiidi  covers  at  0  feet  rise  of  tide. 

Thrasher  Rock.— At  nearly  1,200  yards  N.  38°  K.  of  the  above  bea- 
con, and  about  400  yards  seaward  of  the  end  of  the  Gabriola  lieefs,  is 
a  detached  rook  which  dries  li  feet  at  low-water  spring  tides,  in  the 
kelp  which  marks  the  neighborhood.    There  is  11  fathoms  within  200 


lOG 

()()()  ya- 
ofV  tlu 


HARO    STRAIT WE.STKKN    CHANNELS. 


s  -irio  K.  direction  I'roiu  Wliite  Si)it  Poiut;  Leech  Island 


iiitv; 


not  b(. 
tlio  ei 

Rot 
spi'inj 
tieme 
it  is  1 

Dii 
eastfl 
Hall  IsUind 


after  i)a.s8ing  Indian  isianti,  aicci 


S.  08°  W.  bearing,  giving  it  a  berth  of  iJOO  yards. 

If  desired,  vessels  may  enter  westward  of  Narrow  and  Secretary 
Islands,  between  them  and  Knper  Island,  and  there  is  fair  anchorage 
in  a  moderate  depth  of  water  in  tliis})assage;  there  are,  however,  sev- 
<.'ral  dangers  in  this  channel,  previously  described,  also  two  rocks 
niaiked  by  kelp  with  less  tlian  one  fathom  water  on  them  off  the  south- 
westeiii  .side  of  Indian  Island;  the  .southern  lies  800  yards  S.  73oW.,  of 
the  soul  h  eu'."'  .A'  Indian  Island,  and  the  nortliern  300  yards  S.  67='  W.,  of 
the  north  eiid  of  the  same  island  ;  thereibre  the  west  side  of  Indian 
Islaiul  should  be  kejit  aboard,  and  a  vessel  should  not  bear  up  round 
"Wiiite  Spit  until  its  extreme  bears  S.  G7=>  W.,  as  rocks  extend  off  more 
than  (JOO  yards  S.  i'P  E.  of  it.    This  channel  is  not  recommended. 

Entering  from  the  northward  there  is  a  clear,  deep  passage  of  '^ 
mile  in  bieadtli  between  Thetis  and  Iteid  Islan<ls. 

Anchorage  may  be  had  in  Clam  bay  in  G  fathoms  water,  between 
Itocket  Shoal  and  tlie  sliore. 

Rose  Islets,  live  small  rocky  islets,  the  northermost  sibout  20  feet 
high  witii  a  few  busiies  on  it,  lie  i  mile  northwestward  of  the  north 
tMid  of  Ivcid  Irlaud,  but  witii  no  ship  passage  between.  Ves-sels  bouiul 
to  Clam  IJay  from  the  northward  should  ])ass  westward  of  these  islets. 

Yellow  ens' Anchorage. — There  is  lair  anchorage  on  the  western 
side  of  Valdes  Island, 2  miles  above  I'ortiei  Pass,  immediately  off  a  yel- 
low cliff;  8  fathom.s,  sandy  bottom,  will  be  found  with  the  cliff  bearing 
^^  HP  W.  distant  h  mile. 

It  will  also  be  known  by  Shingle  I'oint,  a  low  projection  with  a  native 

( 1T2.5)  BRITISH  dOLUBIBI A  Vancouver  island  -  Pylades  chan- 
nel— Uncharted  rock. — The  Canadian  (ii)vernment  has  given  notice 
that  Coninninder  .1.  F.  Parry,  H.  X..  re])o!t.s  the  existence  of  a  rock, 
awash  at  low  water,  lying  at  a  distance  of  220  yards  off  the  eastern 
extrenu'  of  the  eiwterumost  island  of  lln^  I)c  Conreey  group,  approxi- 
matelv  just  ont-side  of  tlie  2  fathoms  .shown  on  the  chart. 

■„  ,      -,  r  11    <i    1  11       I     .  1       fN.M.80, 1906.) 

False  Narrows  are  tulloi  kelj),  and  shoal  at  low  wuun,  iimnuiuf;  v»ni^ 

a  l)oat  passage  into  Northumberland  Channel.     The  passages  between 

the  Do  Courcy  Islands  are  deep  and  navigable;  Kuxton  Passage  bu- 


GAHKIOl.A    PASS THKASHKli    KOCK. 


107 


tween  the  iiortliern  and  middle  island,  is  A  mile  wide  and  free  from  dan- 
ger; the  iiiiiTOW  pass  between  the  middle  and  southern  island  is  scarcely 
200  yards  ".Tide,  bui  !;as  a  dejUli  of  .">  fathoms. 

Gabriola  Pass,  l)et\vfeu  tiie  suuth  end  of  Gabriola  Island  and  the 
north  end  of  Vaides  island,  is  not  recommended,  unless  for  eoastinj^ 
vessels  knowinj;-  the  locality,  or  steamers,  if  ncfiossary,  for  it  is  a  narrow 
and  intri(;ate  channel,  sometliin^olthe  samecharatjteras  Dodd  Narrows, 
except  that  it  is  a  nuuili  lonj^er  reach.  Its  direction  is  east  for  little  over 
one  mile,  its  narrowest  part  is  not  over  250  yards  in  breadth,  and  the 
shoalest  water  is  0  fathoms. 

An  island  nearly  one  mile  long  in  a  northern  and  southern  direction, 
lies  over  i  mile  eastward  of  the  narrow  eastern  entrance  of  the  pass; 
shoal  water  extends  .\  mile  S.  4"}"  E.  from  the  southeastern  end  of  the 
island  :  the  channel  from  the  pass  into  tlic*  Strait  of  Georgia  is  between 
the  southwestern  side  of  this  island,  and  a  narrow  ridge  of  low  wooded 
islands  on  the  west  side,  off  which  a  (;hain  of  covering  rocks  marked 
by  kelp  extends  nearly  40((  yards  to  the  eastward. 

Directions. — I'roceeding  through  the  j)ass  into  the  Strait  of  Georgia, 
when  nearly  ',  mile  eastof  liie  narrows,  steer  S.  30-  E.  for  ;|  mile,  when 
alter  course  to  the  eastward. 

There  is  also  a  passage  in  a  northerly  direction,  from  the  pass  into 
the  strait,  between  the  east  extreme  of  ihil)riola  and  the  islands  oft' it, 
but  it  is  not  recommended. 

Telegraph. — Overhead  telegra|)h  wires  are  stretched  across  Gabriola 
Pass;  vessels  having  masts  over  .'50  feet  high  should  not  attempt  to  pass 
under  the  wires. 

The  slior  .  end  of  the  telegraph  cable  laid  from  Point  Giey  (connecting 
Vancouver  Island  with  the  mainland)  is  landed  at  Vaides  Island,  :i^ 
miles  SE.  ot  (iabriola  Par.s.  Wires  are  thence  carrieil  to  Xanaimo  and 
Victoria. 

Tides. — The  tides  in  Gabriola  Pass  run  from  5  toO  kiutts. 

Gabriola  Reefs,  a  dangerous  cluster  of  rocks,  c()veiing  a  sjrace  of 
3^  miles,  some  of  which  cover  at  half  Hood,  and  others  having  only  a 
few  feet  water  over  them,  lie  -'  miles  off  the  eastern  point  of  Gabriola 
Island,  riiere  is  a  passa.ge  inside  the  reels,  but  it  is  not  K-commended. 
When  the  north  extreme  of  the  northernmosr  Flattop  Island  bears  S. 
80°  \V.,  a  vessel  will  be  one  mile  to  the  northward  of  the  reefs.  Nanoo.se 
or  Notch  Hill  Just  open  of  Heny  Point  (the  northeaslei  ii  point  of  Gab 
riola  Island),  bearing  N,  T'-'o  \V.,also  leads  (jue  mile  to  the  iiorthwanlof 
them. 

A  Beacon,  !.'<)  feet  high,  suriiu)unted  by  a  cage  8  feet  in  diameter 
stands  on  the  lar.;.;'est  ledge,  which  covers  at  6  feet  rise  of  title. 

Thrasher  Rock.— At  nearly  1,L'00  yards  N,  :iS^  E.  of  the  above  bea- 
con, and  about  100  yards  seaward  of  the  end  of  the  Gabriola  IJeefs,  is 
a  detached  rock  which  dries  U  feet  at  low-water  spring  tides,  in  the 
kelp  which  mark.s  the  neighborhood.    There  is  11  fathoms  within  liO<> 


108 


HARO    STRAIT — WESTERN    CHANNELS. 


yards  of  Mie  rock  on  its  seaward  side,  ami  between  ic  mid  the  Gabriola 
Reef's  tliere  appeared  to  be  a  depth  of  about  5  fatiioins  over  a  rocky 
bottom. 

Berry  Point,  bearing  X.  72-  W.  (well  open  of  Flattoj)  Point),  leads 
about  one  mile  northward  of  (labrioia  Heefs  and  Thrasher  Uock.  The 
entrance  points  of  Portier  Pass,  just  touchinfct  on  a  S.  i'^  E.  bearing, 
leads  more  than  ii  miles  eastward  of  the  reefs. 

Buoy. — A  black  conical  iron  bnoy,  marked  with  the  letters  G  llfs.  in 
white,  is  moored  in  11  i  fathoins,  20i(  yards  N".  (18-  K.  of  Thrasher  Itock. 

Caution. — Westward  of  Flattop  Island  the  shore  of  (labrioia  is  bold 
until  near  Berry  Point  and  Entrance  Island,  when  it  should  not  be 
approached  within  a  long  A  mile;  foul  ground  extends  for  some  distance 
eastward  from  the  point  of  the  island. 

Dodd  Narro'ws  may  be  said  to  commence  above  Koiind  Islan''.,  al 
though  the  narrowest  part  is  a  mile  distant  from  it.  To  small  vessels 
or  steamers  of  sullicient  i>ower  that  obey  their  helm  (piickly,  this  nar- 
row pass  otVers  no  dangers.  The  strength  oi'  the  tide  at  its  greatest 
rush  is  above  8  knots,  the  least  (U^[)th  of  water  7  fathoms,  and  tiie  nar- 
rowest part  of  the  channel  is  80  yards  wide;  but  this  is  for  a  short  dis- 
tance, and  the  pass  being  nearly  straight,  a  vessel  is  (tarried  tlirough 
in  a  few  moments.  Vessels  siiould,  however,  oidy  pass  througii  at  or 
near  the  time  of  slack  water.  The  ebb  stream  sets  across  the  north- 
ern entrance  of  tin;  narrows. 

Anchorage.— If  bound  through  Dodd  Xarrows,  and  having  to  wait 
for  tide,  there  is  fair  anchorage  with  but  little  tide  westward  of  Itound 
Island  in  (5  fathoms,  midway  between  it  and  the  shore. 

Percy  Anchorage  is  a  convenient  stojjping  place  to  wait  for  the  tide. 
It  is  immediately  on  the  north  side  of  the  narrows  between  (labrioia 
and  Mudge  Islands. 

Mudge  Island  separates  Dodd  Narrows  from  the  False  Narrows. 

Directions. —  \Vhen  jjroceeding  for  Dodd  Narrows  from  abreast  Por- 
tier Pass,  the  midchannel  course  is  N.  45^  W.  for  about  3  miles,  or 
until  Ragged  Island  and  Reef  Point  of  Thetis  Island  are  in  line  liearing 
S.  mo  W. 

The  most  direct  course  is  northward  of  Danger  Reef,  between  it  and 
Tree  Islaml ;  the  latter  is  a  small  round  wo(»ded  islet  lying  olf  the  south 
end  of  De  (Jourcy  Islands;  this  passage  is  '^  mile  wide,  with  depths  of 
from  -'5  to  'M)  fathoms. 

Danger  Reef  eousists  of  two  rocky  patches  'iOO  yards  apart,  the  east- 
ern of  which  is  generally  awash,  and  it  should  not  be  approached  within 
j^  mile ;  if  the  reef  should  not  be  seen  it  is  recommended  to  pass  { 
mile  to  the  southward  of  Tree  Island. 

The  passage  between  White  Rock  and  Danger  Mvef  is  likewise  a  very 
good  one;  it  is  .V  mile  wide,  with  depths  of  from  20  to  30  fathoms. 
White  Rock  is  15  feet  high,  and  may  be  passed  if  necessary  on  either 
side  at  the  distance  of  500  yards.     When  the  i)assage  between  Tree 


Isla 
bear 
nel 
be  s 

^\ 

veni 
mid 


d 
1 

y 

s 
» 
e 


DODU    NARROWS    DIRECTIONS — NANAIMO    HARBOR. 


109 


l8laud  and  the  south  point  of  De  Courcy  Island  is  open,  the  former 
bearing  east  vessels  will  be  northward  of  Danger  Reef,  when  a  nnd-chan- 
nel  course  for  Dodd  Narrows  and  Kouud  Island,  at  the  entrance,  should 

be  seen  ahead. 

When  passing  up,  keep  on  tlie  eastern  side  of  Round  Island  at  a  con- 
venient distance;  the  only  directions  necessary  after  this  are  to  keep  m 
raid-channel,  and  to  attend  the  steerage  quickly  and  carefully,    ^v  heu 
-     .  —  -  '•I...  cf^„,>n-ii,  nf  Hi«  tidp.  i'.eases,  and  a  vessel  wul 

only 

mis- 
they 
The 
from 
nade 
tides 
rait  of 
Shoals 
K.  N., 
British 
survey 

heads, 
ivcastle 
L  on  it, 

t  1,100 

1  uxile 

),  dis- 


JlWU  aiiuaiat   .;\/v  ^ytbiuo  (^^/ciii,    wii.u  icivnu   nc^iv.i  \ji  «»u   icc    -.fvci   them, 

surrounded  by  deep  water,  were  found  oft  Hammond  bay.     From  the 
more;  westerly  of  thestv— 

Five  Finger  Island  summit  bears  S.  76°  E.  true  (B.  by  N.  mag.), 
distant  1  mile  900  yards. 

Southern  West  rock,  >S.  40°  K.  true  (KSE.  ^  E.  E'ly  mag.),  distant 
1  mile  440  yards. 

Lag(K)n  head,  S.  1.3°  E.  true  (SE.  f  S.  mag.),  distant  1,040  yards. 

From  the  more  southerly — 

Five  Finger  Island  summit  bears  S.  81°  E.  true  (ENE.  ^  E.  mag.), 
distant  1  mile  500  yaids. 

Sotithern  West  rook,  S.  49°  E.  true  (SSE.  J  E.  E'ly  mag.),  distant 
1,940  yards. 

Lagoon  head,  S.  12°  30'  W.  true  (S.  by  E.  J  E.  mag.),  distant  700 
yards. 

Hammond  bay  is  not  recommended  a.s  an  ancihorage,  owing  to  the 
swell  usually  prevailing  there  at  all  wasons. 

Ships  should  not  pass  between  Five  Finger  island  and  the  West  rocks, 
several  18-foot  patches  having  been  found  in  this  locality. 

Ships  with  masts  over  100  feet  in  height  are  warned  of  the  exist- 
«Mi"e  of  a  telepoiie  wire  stretching  acioss  the  Newciistle  Island  passiige 
iicar  '-Stone  quarry"  nnirked  on  the  chart.  (N.  M.  44, 1904.) 


108 


HARO  STRAIT WKSTERN  CHANNELS. 


yards  of  the  ro(!k  ou  its  sftaward  side,  and  between  ic  and  tlie  Gabriola 
ilctif's  tiiere  appeared  to  be  a  depth  of  about  5  fathoms  over  a  rocky 
bott<)in. 

Berry  Point,  bearins  N.  72'^  W.  (well  open  of  Fhittop  Point),  leads 
about  one  mile  northward  of  (labriola  Ueefs  and  Thraslier  Rock.  The 
entrance  points  of  Portier  Pass,  just  touohiny;  on  a  S.  2'-^  E.  bearing, 
leads  more  than  Li  miles  eastward  of  the  reefs. 

TJ^t:  tLZlioi^>'<:  'be  a„proac„  to  Dodd,  «a,TO«  fron, 
point  of  Rouua  jf'H^.-./i,'^^™^  ':^,;;"tr;,a,e,cl,;«™u.ul 

to,,!.     Thi»  sl.o,»l  !?■'«'»''';  "TettvJ  it  lie»  140  ya,*  off  the  s..„t!. 
A„  isolate.!  i-oek  »'''     |^'i;'X^„  "„  ranee  t«  DoMs  murows. 

3i'95SS"'^«oisS 

S:,  „,V  ,!,e  »»th  side  of  M™;««;«^«'^So'1\   "of  »n>  II  eiten^ 

y  *»»i«5o  xDiciuu  separates  uoaa  in  arrows  from  the  False  Narrows. 

Directions.  —  Wlien  jiroeeedinj;'  for  Dodd  Narrows  from  atireast  Por- 
tier Pass,  the  mid-channel  course  is  N.  ■k'P  W.  I'or  about  .')  miles,  or 
until  liag,ij;ed  Island  and  Reef  Point  of  Thetis  Island  are  in  line  bearing 

s.  mo  w. 

The  most  direct  course  is  nortliward  of  Danger  Reef,  between  it  and 
Tree  Island  ;  the  latter  is  a  small  round  woiKled  islet  lying  off  the  south 
end  of  De  Courcy  tslands;  this  passage  is  '^  mile  wide,  with  depths  of 
from  \'I)  to  'M)  fathoms. 

Danger  Reef  consists  of  two  rocky  patches  'JOO  yards  apart,  the  east- 
ern of  which  is  generally  awash,  and  it  should  not  be  approached  within 
\  mile ;  if  the  reef  should  not  be  seen  it  is  recommended  to  pass  J 
mile  to  the  southward  of  Tree  Island. 

The  passage  between  White  Rock  and  Danger  lioef  is  likewise  a  vcw 
good  one;  it  is  ^  mile  wide,  with  depths  of  from  30  to  30  fathoms. 
White  Rock  is  Vi  feet  high,  and  may  be  passed  if  necessary  on  either 
side  at  the  distance  r  f  500  yards.    When  the  passage  l)etweeu  Tree 


DODl)    NARROWS    DIRECTIONS — NANAIMO    HARBOR. 


109 


Island  and  the  south  point  of  De  Coiircy  Island  Is  open,  the  former 
bearln"  east  vessels  will  be  northward  of  Danger  Re  ef,  when  a  uml-ohau- 
nel  course  for  Dodd  Narrows  and  Round  Island,  at  ibe  entrance,  should 

be  seen  ahead. 

When  passing  up,  keej)  on  the  eastern  side  of  Round  Island  at  a  con- 
venient distance;  the  oidy  directions  necessary  after  this  are  to  keep  in 
mid-channel,  and  to  attend  the  steerage  quickly  and  carefully.  ^^  hen 
through  the  narrows  the  strength  of  the  tide  ceases,  and  a  vessel  wdl 
be  in  Northumberland  Channel,  a  flue  wide  passage  leading  to,  and  only 
5  miles  from,  the  anchorage  at  Nauaimo. 

When  taking  the  narrows  from  the  northward,  be  careful  not  to  mis- 
take the  False  Narrows,  on  the  northern  side  of  Mudge  Island ;  they 
are  mucu  wider  than  the  real  pass,  but  nearly  dry  at  low  water.  The 
Dodd  Narrows  are  not  so  easy  to  pass  through  from  the  north  as  from 
the  south,  as  in  the  former  case  the  slight  bend  that  has  to  be  made 

(l.-io7)  BRITISH  COLUMBIA  Vancouver  island-Strait  of 
Georgia- Nan aimo  harbor  and  Departure  bay  approaches  -  Shoals 
located  —  Hydrographic  information.  —  Captain  .J.  F.  Pany,  R.  N., 
H.  B.  M.  survoying  sliip  J-J</fria,  engaged  in  a  resurvey  of  British 
Columbian  waters,  reports  the  following  information  from  the  resui\  ey 
of  the  approaches  to  Nanaimo  harbor  and  Departure  baj': 

A  shoal  of  about  200  yards  in  extent  and  having  several  heads, 
was  found  outside  the  lO-fathoni  line  oif  Angle  point,  Newcastle 
i.sland.  The  outeimost  and  slioalest  of  these  heads  ha«  18  feet  on  it, 
on  the  following  bearings: 

McKay  point,  N.  78°  W.  true  (WSW.  J  W.  mag.),  distant  1,100 
yards. 

Snake  I.sland  summit,  N.  35°  E.  true  (N.  |  K.  mag.),  distant  1  mile 
840  yards. 

Southeiii  West  rock,  N.  22°  W.  true  (NW.  j^  W.  W'ly  mag.),  dis- 
tant 1  mile  1,460  yards. 

Two  shoals,  "lOO  yards  apart,  with  least  water  of  .30  feet  over  them, 
surrounded  by  deep  water,  were  found  oft'  Hammond  bay.  From  the 
more  westerly  of  these — 

Five  Finger  Island  summit  bears  S.  76°  B.  true  (E.  by  N.  mag.), 
distant  1  mile  900  yards. 

Southern  West  rock,  S.  4!»°  E.  true  (ESE.  A  E.  E'ly  mag.),  distant 
1  mile  440  yaids. 

Lagoon  head,  8.  1.3°  E.  true  (SB.  f  S.  mag.),  distant  1,040  yards. 
From  the  more  .southerly  — 

Five  Finger  Island  summit  bears  S.  81°  E.  true  (ENE.  ^  E.  mag.), 
distant  1  mile  500  yards. 

Southern  West  rock,  S.  49°  E.  true  (SSE.  ^  E.  E'ly  mag.),  distant 
1,940  yards. 

Lagoon  head,  S.  12°  30'  W.  true  (S.  by  E.  ^  E.  mag.),  distant  700 
yards. 

Hammond  bay  is  not  recommended  as  an  anchorage,  owing  to  the 
swell  usually  prevailing  there  at  all  sea.sons. 

Ships  should  not  puss  between  Five  Finger  i.sland  and  the  West  rocks, 
several  IH-foot  patches  having  been  found  in  this  locality. 

Ships  with  masts  over  100  feet  in  height  are  wari:ed  of  the  exist- 
ence of  ii  telejunie  wire  stretciiing  acro.ss  the  Newcastle  Ishiiid  ])ils^^Jlge 
near  "Stone  quarry"  marked  on  the  chart.  (N.  M.44, 1904.) 


HARO    STRAIT— VVESTEUN   CHANNELS 

I'lMiiLf,  or  lottier  Pass,  jiisl  tone  i  inr  on    i  S    •»'>  T?   i. 
lea.ls  .noro  tl.an  U  .nil-s  eastsvuni  of  the  reo  s "  ''"  '"^' 

(93)  BRITISH  COLUSIBIA  —  Vancouver  island  —  East  coast — 
Stuart  channel — Approach  to  Dodds  narrows  —  Shoals  located.— 

Commander  J.  P.  Parry,  E.  N.,  H.  B.  M.  S.  Egcria,  reports  the  exist- 
euce  of  the  following  shoals  in  the  approach  to  Dodds  narrows  from 
Stuart  channel : 

A  rock  with  6  feet  over  it  was  found  180  yards  from  the  northern 
point  of  Kound  island.  This  rock  lies  in  the  position  of  4^  fathoms 
as  shown  on  H.  ().  chart  No.  1915.  There  is  deep  water  close  round 
this  shoal  except  between  it  and  Round  island,  wheie  the  ground  is 
foul.     Thii 

An  isoli 
shore  of  M 

Prom  thi 
true  (SB.  I 
the  south  s 
distant  800 
marked  by 

A  shoal, 
southeastw; 

From  th( 
bears  N.  7 
islet  off  tlu 
iN.  N'ly  I 
is  surrounc 
by  kelp. 

Directii 

tier  I'iiHs, 

an  til  Kag<. 

S.  o(Jo  w. 
The  ino.« 

Tree  Islam 
end  of  De 
from  'i.5  to 
DaMs:pr  I 
eru  of  whic 
!^  mile;  if 
mile  to  tiie 
Tlio  passi 
good  one; 
Wliite  Rod 
side  at  the 


DODD    NARROWS    DIRECTIONS — NANAIMO    HARBOR. 


109 


Island  autl  the  south  point  of  De  Courcy  Island  is  open,  the  former 
bearing  east  vessels  will  be  northward  of  Danger  Reef,  when  a  mid-chan- 
nel course  for  Dodd  Narrows  and  Round  Island,  at  the  entrance,  should 
bo  seen  ahead. 

When  passing  up,  keep  on  the  eastern  sid  e  of  Round  Island  at  a  con- 
venient distance;  the  only  directions  necessary  after  this  are  to  keep  in 
mid-channel,  and  to  attend  the  steerage  quickly  and  carefully.  When 
through  the  narrows  the  strength  of  the  tide  ceases,  and  a  vessel  will 
be  in  Northumberland  Channel,  a  flue  wide  passage  leading  to,  and  only 
5  miles  from,  the  anchorage  at  Nanaimo. 

When  taking  the  narrows  from  the  northward,  be  careful  not  to  mis- 
take the  False  Narrows,  on  the  northern  side  of  Mudge  Island ;  they 
are  much  wider  than  the  real  pass,  but  nearlj*^  dry  at  low  water.  The 
Dodd  Narrows  aie  not  so  easy  to  pass  through  from  the  north  as  from 
the  south,  as  in  the  former  case  the  slight  bend  that  has  to  be  made 
must  be  made  immediately  on  entering  the  narrow  jjart.  The  tides 
should  be  studied  in  passing  eitlier  way.  Vessels  should  not  attempt 
it  with  ihe  full  rush  of  the  stream  ;  an  hour  before  or  after  low  water 
there  is  no  difficulty  to  a  steam  vessel. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water  in  the  narrows  at  full  and  change  at  3h.  30m. 
p.  m.,  and  low  water  at  9h.  30m.  a.  m.,  and  at  that  period  the  Hood 
stream  commences  at  low  water  and  runs  about  7  hours.  The  first  of 
the  tiood  is  ihe  best  time  to  pass  the  narrows.  Vessels  leaving  Na- 
naimo and  intending  to  pass  down,  shouhl  be  at  the  narrows  an  hour 
before  high  or  low  water,  as  the  tides  are  nearly  an  hour  earlier  at  the 
narrows. 

Northumberland  Channel  runs  from  Dodd  Narrows  in  a  north- 
westerly direction  for  over  3  miles.  The  water  is  everywhere  deep.  A 
rock  which  uncovers  lieslOO  yards  oft"  the  extreme  of  Sharp  Point. 

A  submarine  cable  crosses  the  channel  'I  mile  westward  of  the  nar- 
rows. 

Nanaimo  Harbor  is  formed  by  Protection  Island  to  the  eastward  and 
Newcastle  Island  to  tlie  northward;  this  latter  island  approaching  the 
shore  of  Vancouver  to  within  a  distance  of  300  yards,  and  forming  a  nar- 
row strait  atlbrdiug  communication  with  Departure  Bay  to  the  north- 
ward. 

The  channels  leading  into  Nanaimo  Harbor  from  the  eastward  are 
marked  by  red  buoys  on  their  nortliern  sides,  and  black  buoys  on  their 
southern  sides.    These  buoys  are  iiiimbtMed. 

The  entrance  to  the  harbor  lies  between  (lallows  Point  on  the  north 
side  and  a  bank  of  mud  on  the  south  side.  A  rocky  ledge  extends  for 
300  yards  on  all  sides  of  the  point,  and  in  summer  is  marked  by  kelp; 
a  large  bowlder  stands  on  the  ledge  off  the  i)oint,  distant  150  yards,  and 
covers  before  high  water.  The  south  side  of  the  channel  is  the  northern 
edge  of  the  great  shallow  bay  to  the  southward,  which,  altliough  it  does 
not  quite  dry  in  this  part,  has  only  2  to  3  feet  on  it  at  low  water,  and  is 


110 


HARO    STRAIT WESTERN    CHANNELS. 


Steep-to.  Tlie  entrance  is  here  uiarked  by  a  red  conical  buoy  off  Gal- 
lows Point  and  a  black  bnoy  on  tlio  sontli  side,  a  little  over  200  yards 
apart.  The  harbor  thence  opens  out,  and  whtMi  tiie  banks  are  covered 
{jives  the  idea  of  being:  a  large  sheet  of  water,  but  tiie  deej)  part  is 
limited. 

Tht!  town  of  Xanaiino,  which  is  rapidly  increasinj^in  iniiwrtance,  con- 
tains about  4,000  inlnibitants,  but  it  is  being  continually  adde<l  to  by 
innnigration.  Extensive  colliery  works  are  in  full  oi)eration,  and  the 
country  around  possesses  exceptional  natural  facilities.  Steamers  call 
here  from  San  Francisco,  Portland,  and  Alaska,  as  well  as  from  Vic- 
toria and  coast  ports,  and  there  is  communication  with  Victoria  by  rail. 

Between  San  Francisco  and  Nanaimo  two  steamsliips  make  two  trips 
a  montii  eacii.  Nanaimo  is  connected  with  Victoria  and  New  West- 
minster bj'  telegraph.  The  wharf  accommodation  is  excellent.  Two  or 
more  steamers  can  be  coaled  at  the  same  time;  the  depth  alongside  the 
wharf  at  low  water  being  28  fcot. 

Shii>s  are  often  placed  on  the  beach  at  the  high  rise  of  the  tide,  aiford- 
ing  an  opportunity  for  effecting  any  repairs  to  the  hull. 

Provision  is  made  for  sick  seamen,  who  are  eitiior  admitted  to  the 
Nanaimo  hospital  or  transferred  to  the  nnirine  hospital  at  Victoria. 

A  steam  ferry  runs  between  Nanaimo  and  Departure  Bay. 

Middle  Bank  lies  in  the  center  of  the  harbor,  and  has  a  depth  of 
only  3  feet  on  it  in  places  ;  it  is  marked  by  a  black  conical  buoy  on  its 
north  end,  and  a  re(<  conical  buoy  witli  globe  on  its  south  end. 

Beacon  Rock  lies  nearly  200  yards  olfsliore  abreast  the  northern 
pier ;  a  beacon,  consisting  of  an  iron  statf  surmounted  by  a  ball,  has 
been  erected  on  this  rock. 

Nicol  Rock,  lies  300  yards  8.450  e.  of  Beacon  Rock,  and  is  marked, 
by  a  bnoy,  colored  red  and  hlacl:  in  horizontal  stripes. 

Directions. — Two  narrow  winding  cliannels,  the  North  and  South, 
lead  into  the  usual  anchorage,  whicili  is  ciiose  oft' the  town,  and  westward 
of  tiio  Middle  l>ank;  both  are  buoyed  in  the  vi(;inity  of  the  hitter,  but 
strangers  shonhl  not  enter  eitiier  channel  without  a  pilot. 

Tiie  North  Cliannellies  between  the  Middle  IJank  andtiiesouth  edge 
of  tlie  Satellite  lieef,  wliich  is  marked  by  a  rail  buoy  with  statl'and  ball; 
steer  about  VVNVV.'to  pass  between  tiie  latter  and  the  black  bnoy  off" 
tlio  north  edge  of  the  Middle  Bank,  then  iiaul  close  round  the  southern 
buoy  to  avoid  the  .3-fath(»ni  patch,  and  steer  for  the  mine  cliiinney. 
The  South  Channel,  though  of  sutlicient  depth  for  large  vessels,  has  a 
somewhat  sharp  turn  at  its  western  end,  but  is  very  convenient  for  sail- 
ing vessels  leaving  with  a  northerly  wind,  wlien  they  would  be  obliged 
to  warp  out  of  the  North  Channel. 

A  black  conical  buoy  is  moored  at  the  edge  of  the  bank,  which  extends 
more  than  400  yards  from  the  shore  at  tlie  entrance  to  Mill  Stream,  to 
the  northward  of  the  town. 


NANAIMO — ANCHOUA(iE — COAL — DKPAKTURE  HAY. 


lU 


Anchorage. — Aiiclior  close ort'  the  town  in  5  latlioin.s,miihvay  between 
the  bhick  buoy  on  north  ed^e  of  Middle  Bank  and  Beacon  Rock.  Ves- 
Ncls  can  ^o  alon;;.side  the  wharves. 

Supplies. — Hticf  and  mutton  may  be  i»rocured,  and  tiie  country 
around  abounds  in  wild  fowl  and  deer. 

Ship  stores  can  be  ol>tained  ;  but  material  necessary  for  refittinjj:  a 
vessel  must  be  i)rocured  from  Victoria.  Tiie  facilities  for  repairinj;-  a 
ship's  hull  and  machinery  are  limited,  but  small  work  connected  with 
the  latter  mi{jht  be  executed  at  the  machine  sho[»s  beloiif^ing  to  the 
Vancouver  Coal  Company  and  II.  Dnnsmuir  t!t  Sons. 

Trade.— The  chief  exports  consist  of  coal,  and  the  imports  of  gen- 
oral  merchandise. 

Coal. — The  mines  of  Xaiiaimo  produce  a  fair  bituminous  coal,  which 
answers  .veil  for  steam  in  j;'  purposes.  It  is  lighter  ()y  about  lOpercient. 
than  Welsh  coal,  and  its  consumption  proportionately  rapid.  The  mines 
are  now  in  full  working. 

The  (piantity  of  coal  usually  maintained  on  hand  is  5,000  tons,  and 
the  price  is  about  ."JS3.50  per  ton.  Vessels  can  coal  from  lighters  along- 
side at  all  timex. 

New(!astle  Island  also  produces  large  quantities,  and  the  mines  there 
are  being  rather  extensively  worked. 

A  small  creek  on  the  north  side  of  Douglas  coal  wharf  attords  excel- 
lent facilities  for  beaching  a  vessel,  and  is  frequently  resorted  to  for 
that  purpose. 

Pilots  are  necessary  and  pilotage  eomi)ulsory. 

Rates. — (1)  For  vessels  eniering  or  clearing  from  Nanaimo  (includ- 
ing Departure  Bay)  83  per  foot  under  10  feet  draft,  $4  [)er  foot  over  10 
feet  draft.  Vessels  under  steam  or  in  tow  of  a  steamer  onti-fourth  less. 
(2)  For  sailing  vessels  from  Koyal  Koads  to  Xanaimo  or  from  Xanauno 
$3  per  foot;  for  steamers  or  sailing  vessels  in  tow  of  a  steamer  the 
pilots  sliall  receive  $10  per  day. 

Then- are  no  legal  rates  for  tugboats;  tlie  charge  varies  from  $-10(> 
to  $.100  to  Race  Uock  in  Fuca  Strait  for  vessels  of  from  1,000  to  12,000 
tons.     This  charge  includes  the  service  of  the  tug  both  ways. 

Harbor  dues,  '2  cents  per  registered  ton,  i)ayable  three  times  a  year; 
wharf  (lues  ."»0  cents  i)er  ton  on  cargo  landed  or  taken  on  board.  No 
charge  at  coal  company's  wharves. 

Departure  Bay. — From  Xanaimo  the  long  narrow  chiinnel  or  arm 
between  Xewcastle  Island  and  the  nuiinleadsina  north  westerly  direction 
to  Departure  Bay.  It  is  200  yards  in  breadth,  with  12  feet  at  low  water, 
except  on  a  rock  which  has  only  2  feet  water  on  it  lying  in  mid-channel, 
and  is  nnirked  by  a  black  buoy.  Vessels  of  15  or  10  feet  draft  may 
enter  Departure  Bay  by  this  channel. 

The  northern  entrance  to  Departure  Bay  is  between  Bowlder  Point, 
the  steep  vAitfy  north  point  of  Newcastle  Island  .ind  flesse  Island.  Very 
little  less  than  20  fathoms  will  be  found  in  any  part  of  the  bay,  and  it 


112 


HARO    STRAIT — WESTERN    CHANNELS, 


18  not  tiearly  so  sheltered  as  Nanaimo  Harbor.  When  comiiiff  from  the 
northward,  care  must  be  taken  to  avoid  the  reef  wliich  extends  more 
than  300  yards  from  Ilorswell  Bhifl",  the  north  entrance  i>oint  of  tlie  bay, 
A  black  can  buoy  is  moored  off  Horswell  Bluff  in  3i  fathoms  water,  at 
the  eastern  extremity  of  the  reef. 

There  are  coaling  piers  in  the  northwestern  part  of  the  bay,  and  two 
additional  coaling  wharves  have  been  built  in  tlie  southwestern  corner. 
There  is  a  depth  of  5  to  0  fathoms  at  low  water  alongside  all  the  wliarves. 
Three  warping  buoys  have  been  placed  for  the  convenience  of  vessels 
about  to  coal.  Fresh  water  can  be  obtained  from  Messrs,  Dunsmuir's 
wharf. 

Coal. — The  coal  is  about  the  same  weight  as  the  Welsh  ;  price  $5  per 
ton. 

The  mining  village  of  AVellington  has  a  populationof  about  1,000,  and 
when  required  1,500  tons  of  coal  can  be  put  out  in  a  day. 

Buoy. — A  red  beacon  buoy  marks  the  reef  in  southeastern  corner  of 
Departure  Bay. 

Reef. — A  reef  extends  from  the  east  end  of  Jesse  Island ;  it  is  marked 
by  a  black  can  buoy,  moored  in  7^  fathoms.  A  red  can  buoy  is  also 
moored  in  3J  fathoms  westward  of  Black  Island,  northern  side  of  De- 
parture Bay.  These  buoys  are  intended  to  mark  the  channel  inside 
Jesse  Island  to  the  North  Wellington  coal  wharves,  which  is  frequently 
used  by  vessels  proceeding  to  load. 

Directions. — Vessels  intending  to  load  with  coal  should  bring  the  steep 
NW.  point  of  Newcastle  Island  to  bear  N.  54°  E.,  and  anchor  in  not 
less  than  18  fathoms  off  the  coal  mine,  400  yards  from  the  shore  (or  make 
fast  to  themooring  buoy  until  ready  to  haul  alongside  the  wliarf );  the  bank 
runs  up  steep  within  the  above  depth,  and  shoals  from  12  to  2  fathoms. 
Unless  anchored  well  out,  a  vessel  is  liable,  with  NW.  winds,  to  tail 
on  the  bank  ;  and  ships  are  not  recommended  to  lie  here  after  they  have 
got  their  cargo  in.  Strangers  should  take  a  pilot  for  the  coaling  station 
in  Departure  Bay,  either  from  outside  or  in  Nanaimo  Harbor, 

West  Rocks  lie  northeastward  of  Horswell  Bluff,  These  islets  and 
rocks  occui)y  a  space  of  .J  mile  in  a  NW,  aud  SB,  direction  ;  there  is  a 
passage  fiOO  yards  wide  between  them  and  Five  Finger  Island  with  irreg- 
ular rocky  bottom,  the  depths  varying  from  !)  to  35  fathoms  ;  the  pas- 
sage is  not  recommended,  but,  if  used,  Five  Finger  Island  should  be 
kept  aboard. 

Inner  Channel  lies  between  the  above  islets  and  the  shore  of  the 
main,  and  being  more  direct,  is  convenient  for  steamers  or  small  craft 
bound  to  or  from  the  northward.  Almost  in  the  center  of  this  channel 
are  the  Clarke  Kocks,  which  dry  i  feet  at  low  water,  A  black  can  buoy 
is  moored  on  these  rocks. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full,  and  change,  atNanairao  Harbor  about 
5  p,  m.,  and  the  range  of  tide  is  sometimes  14  feet,  which  is  as  much  as 
is  met  with  anywhere  on  the  coast,  rendering  this  a  most  eligible  s{)ot  for 


LIGHT-IK  'SE    ISLAND — ENTRANX'K    ISLAND. 


113 


the  coiiHtriiction  ot'docivs,  for  wliicli  it  oticrs  pociiliar  facilities.  This 
j.M('at  raii;,M'  ul'tiiU'  only  occMirs  at  iiiiiliii^iit  diiriiif,'  winter,  and  in  the 
daytime  in  sninnier.  Tiu'  Hiiperinr  and  infciior  tides  «!xist  here  as  they 
do  at  Ksqiiitnalt  and  ainoiia;  the  Uaro  Arohipehigo. 

Five  Finger  Island  is  a  hare  nif;}:ed  islet  4S  (eet  iii;;li,  of  aboni  the 
same  dimensions  as  Li;iht  lioiisc  Island  ;  the  live  iinmmockson  it  resem- 
ble knuckles  more  than  lin;;ers. 

Middle  Channel,  over  one  mile  \vid(>,  lies  lietweeii  Five  Fin^i'i  and 
V'j7r  \'ijii  t'iht  o  »»  "«  A"'^"«  1.  i''""  *''"'"  daML-ff.  and  lias  a  <leiiti! 
island  ^Teinor.  V.t^^f^'^r  ?*'"''  °^  Georgia -Entrance 

I   1       ■■•    *e™POra.y    Ught.       1  he    li;;htiiiK    aiipiimtiis    at   l-hitrnw,. 

bshjnd  .Khthons,.  having  been  danm,ed  by  Ji.v/.lntil  repairs  n. 
pie  ed  a  <th  order  lens  will  be  nse.l  t.-mporarily  and  the  li-dit  slu.wn 
will  be  a  ./,>,./  >rlu,r  U^Ui.      Farther  no\iee  will   be  give     when   th 

.„,...,  f::^"^:^:  i::^:!li:'i!i:  J^.^^::'^.  ^o::N.,.L,,ng,i23°  48'  45-  w. 

'Jl  feet  on  the  southern.     Tiie  ledge  is  generally  covered  w/.^-  **•  ^1>  1906.) 
kelp  and  has  a  (rlianuel  of  7  fathoms  of  water  between  it  and  the  islai   I. 

The  southern  t  xtreme  of  this  ledge  is  marked  by  a  hlack  can  buoy 
moored  in  3|  fathoms.  This  buoy  is  iiitentioually  colored  black  to  show 
better;  regarded  as  a  danger  buoy  merely. 

A  hlavl:  buoy  is  moored  liDO  yards  S.  'tG^  \V.  of  the  south  point  of  the 
island. 

Fairway  Channel,  between  the  shore  of  (labriola  and  Light  house 
Island,  is  the  most  direct  for  vessels  entering  from  the  southward  or 
eastward.  A  bell  buoy  has  been  ])laced  in  the  channel  with  the  south- 
orn  end  of  Lighthouse  Island  bearing  N.  39^  \V.,  distant  'I  mile. 

The  channel,  between  this  ledge  and  Kocky  point  of  Gabviola 
Lsland,  is  fully  '{  mile  wide;  for  a  distance  of  400  yards  off  the  latter 
point  are  depths  of  Irom  4  to  7  fathoms,  rocky  bottom,  where  kelp  occa- 
sionally grows;  this  ledge  of  uneven  rocky  ground  should  be  avoided. 
A  mid  channel  course  is  recommended,  which  from  a  ])osition  h  inileoff 
Entrance  Island  is  S.  73"^  W.  for  3  miles;  the  water  is  deep,  and  the 
bottom  irregular,  varying  from  15  to  40  fathoms;  if  to  the  southward 
of  mid cliannel  it  will  shoal  to  IT)  fathoms  and  shoitly  to  8  fathoms  off 
Kocky  Point. 

Entrance  Island,  off  P)erry  Point,  is  rocky,  SO  feet  high,  formed  of 
sandstone,  bare  oltrei's,  but  has  some  \'egetation  on  it.  Vessels  pass- 
ing up  the  strait  bound  forXanaimo  should  round  this  island  ;  there  is 
a  deep  passage  between  it  and  lU'iry  Point,  named  Forwood  Channel, 
a  little  more  than  400  yards  in  breadth,  which  steamers  or  small  craft 
may  use;  but  the  southern  and  western  sides  of  Entrance  Island  must 
be  avoided,  as  reefs  and  bioi;en  ground  extend  400  yards  off  them. 

Having  rounded  Entrance  Island  at  the  distaiuje  of  .|  mile  or  more, 
the  entrance  of  Nanaimo  Harbor  will  be  distant  5  miles.     Fairway 
<3hannel  is  the  most  convenient  for  vessels  bound  to  Nanaimo  from  the 
14205— No.  00 8 


112 


HARO    STRAIT — WESTERN   CHANNELS. 


in  not  nearly  80  sheltered  iis  Nanainio  Harbor.  When  cominfj  from  the 
northward,  care  must  be  taken  to  avoid  the  reef  which  extends  more 
than  300  yards  from  Horswell  HlnB",  the  north  entrance  jtoint  of  the  bay. 
A  black  can  buoy  is  moored  ol!'  Horswell  Blutt"  in  3^  fathoms  water,  at 
the  eastern  extremity  of  the  reef. 

There  are  coalinfj;  piers  in  the  northwestern  part  of  the  bay,  and  two 
additional  coaling  wharves  have  been  built  in  the  southwestern  corner. 
There  is  a  depth  of  5  to  0  fathoms  at  low  water  alon};;sule  all  the  wharves. 
Three  warping  buoys  have  been  placed  for  the  cm. «'""!-- 
about  *'^  ""■''      " 
wharl 

COE 

ton. 

The 
when  1 

Buo  ..^.ti-iLi  uuruer  or 

Depart 

Reel.  ^  it  ei  extends  from  the  east  end  of  Jesse  Island ;  it  is  marked 
by  a  black  can  buoy,  moored  in  7^  fathoms.  A  red  can  buoy  is  also 
moored  in  3J  fathoms  westward  of  Black  Island,  northern  side  of  De- 
parture Bay.  These  buoys  are  intended  to  mark  the  channel  inside 
Jesse  Island  to  the  North  Wellington  coal  wharves,  which  is  frequently 
used  by  vessels  proceeding  to  load. 

Directions. — Vessels  intending  to  load  with  coal  should  bring  thesteep 
NW.  point  of  Newcastle  Island  to  bear  N.  ■ii'^  E.,  and  anchor  in  not 
less  than  IS  fathoms  oft'  the  coal  mine,  400  yards  fnm  the  shore  (or  make 
fast  to  the  mooring  buoy  until  ready  to  haul  alougsid  i  the  wharf);  the  bank 
runs  up  steep  within  the  above  depth,  and  shoals  from  12  to  2  fathoms. 
Unless  aiuihored  well  out,  a  vessel  is  liable,  with  NW.  winds,  to  tiiil 
on  the  bank  ;  and  ships  are  not  recommended  to  lie  here  after  they  have 
got  their  cargo  in.  Strangers  should  take  a  ])ilot  for  the  coaling  statioTi 
in  Dejxirture  Bay,  eith.er  from  outside  or  in  Nanaiino  Harbor. 

West  Rocks  lie  northeastward  of  Horswell  Blutt".  These  islets  and 
rocks  occupy  a  si)ace  of  ft  mile  in  a  NW.  and  SE.  direction  ;  there  is  a 
passage  fiOO  yards  wide  between  them  and  Five  Finger  Island  with  irreg- 
nlar  rocky  bottom,  the  depths  varying  from  !(  to  35  fathoms ;  the  pas- 
sage is  Hot  recommended,  but,  if  used,  Five  Finger  Island  should  be 
kei)t  aboard. 

Inner  Channel  lies  between  the  above  islets  and  the  shore  of  the 
main,  and  being  more  direct,  is  convenient  for  steamers  or  small  craft 
bound  to  or  from  the  northward.  Almost  in  the  center  of  this  channel 
are  the  Clarke  Rocks,  whicli  dry  4  feet  at  low  water.  A  black  can  buoy 
is  moored  on  these  rocks. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full,  and  c'  ~e,  atNauaimo  Harbor  about 
5  ]).  m.,  and  the  range  of  tide  is  somet  "'^a  14  feet,  which  is  as  much  as 
is  met  with  anywhere  on  the  coast,  rendering  this  a  most  eligible  spot  for 


LI0HT-H0U8K    ISLAND — KNTRANCK    ISLAND. 


113 


ler  01     ^'•swi 


the  coiiHtnic-tion  ot'tlocikH,  lor  wliiiili  it  oHcrs  peculiar  facilitil^s.  Tliis 
{ji'cat  raii;j;(' of  tiilf  only  ()c(!iirs  at  niitliii^ihr  diu'liij;' winter,  and  in  tlio 
(laytinu'  in  Munmn'r.  Tlie  sniHTior  an<l  inlfrior  tides  exist  here  as  they 
do  at  KN(|uiinait  and  ainoii;;'  the  llaro  Ai'cliipelanfo. 

Five  Finger  Island  is  a  l»are  ni^itred  ish-t  4S  leet  iii^li,ol'  about  the 
same  dimension,-,  as  Iii;;htlioiise  Isiaml  ;  the  live  InnnnKxtkson  it  resein- 
iiie  knnekles  inoie  than  lin;^ci's. 

Middle  Channel,  ovei  one  mile  wide,  lies  lietwe«'M  Five  Finnei  and 
Liuhl  in)iise  Islands;  it  is  perfectly  free  fidm  dan^^er,  ami  has  a  deiith 
of  XO  fall s. 

Light  house  Island  is  a  smooth-topped  grassy  sandstoiie  island,  (iOO 
yards  in  extent  nortli  and  sontii,  and  about  .'5!l  feet  hi;,'h.  A  ledj^e  of 
rocks,  H(l((  yai'ds  lonj;'  iii  a  north  and  south  direction,  lies  to  the  south- 
eastward of  Iji;jht-liouse  Island,  with  the  north  end  40(1  yards  east  of 
the  south  point  and  the  south  end  !)()0  yards  8.  .">.'{^  E.  of  the  same 
point ;  the  least  tlepth  on  this  ledf^e  is  7  feet  on  the  northern  edfje  and 
21  feet  on  the  southern.  The  ledge  is  Rcnerally  covered  with  streanuny 
kelii  and  has  a  chaniu'l  of  7  fathoms  of  water  between  it  ami  the  island. 

The  southern  extrt'nu'  of  this  ledj^e  is  marked  by  a  hlacl:  can  buoy 
ino(ued  in  US  fatlionis.  This  buoy  is  intentionally  colored  black  to  show 
better;  rejjurded  as  a  dauftcr  buoy  merely. 

A  hlaclc  buoy  is  moored  250  yards  S.  olP  VV.  of  the  south  i>oint  of  the 
island. 

Fairway  Channel,  between  the  shore  of  (labriola  and  Li^dit-house 
Island,  is  the  most  direct  for  vessels  entering;'  from  the  southward  or 
eastward.  A  bell  bm)y  has  been  placed  in  the  channcd  with  the  south- 
ern end  of  Lijjht-liouse  Island  bearinj?  N.  39°  \V.,  distant  i  mile. 

The  (diannel,  between  this  ledfje  and  Rocky  point  of  Gabriola 
Island,  is  fully  ■{  nule  wide;  for  a  distance  of  4(»()  yards olf  the  latter 
point  are  depths  of  Irom  4  to  7  fathoms,  rocky  bottom,  where  kelp  occa- 
sionally {jrows;  this  ledjje  of  uneven  rocky  fjround  should  be  avoided. 
A  mid  channel  course  is  recommended,  which  from  a  position  i  nuleotf 
Kntrance  Island  is  S.  73'^  W.  for  3  miles;  the  water  is  deep,  and  the 
bottom  irrep:ular,  varyiuf;  from  15  to  40  fathoms;  if  to  the  southward 
of  mid-channel  it  will  shoal  to  lo  fathoms  ami  shortly  to  8  fathoms  off 
Kocky  I'oint. 

Entrance  Island,  olf  P>erry  I'oint,  is  rocky,  30  feet  hi;;h,  formed  of 
sandstone,  bare  of  trees,  but  has  sonu'  vej;etatioii  on  it.  Vessels  pass- 
ing up  the  strait  bouml  for  Xanaimo  should  round  tiiis  island  ;  there  is 
a  deep  passage  between  it  and  Berry  Point,  named  Forwood  Channel, 
a  little  more  than  400  yards  in  breadth,  which  steamers  or  small  craft 
may  use;  but  the  southern  and  western  sides  of  Entrance  Island  must 
be  avoided,  as  reefs  and  broken  ground  exteiul  400  yards  olf  them. 

Flaving  roumled  Entrance  Island  at  the  distance  of  i  mile  or  more, 
the  entrance  of  Xanaimo  Harbor  will  be  distant  o  miles.     Fairway 
Channel  is  the  most  convenient  for  vessels  bound  to  Nanaimo  from  the 
14205— Xo.  9G 8 


114 


NANAIMO    HARBOR DIRKCTI0N8. 


southward  or  eastward,  but  Middle  Ohanuol  is  certainly  tho  safest  and; 
nu.st  de«iiai>le  for  vessels  from  the  nortliward. 

Directions. — llavinj;-  entered  tlie  Strait  of  Georgia,  between  east 
point  of  Saturna  aiid  I'atos  Island,  a  N.  ■lu'^  W,  course  for  oS  miles  will 
lead  nearly  3  miles  outside  Gabriola  IJeefs,  and  abreast  Entrance  Island, 
the  latter  bearinsj  S.  (18^  W.  distant  ">  miles.  A  vessel  ])roc»'edin<?tliron;;h 
Fairway  Channel,  if  nortliward  of  mid  channel,  must  keep  a  lookout 
forthekelpon  Lifjiit-house  Island  Ledge;  when  Light-house  Island  bears 
N.  22°  W.,  steer  S.  25^  \V.,  whicli  leads  for  the  entrance  of  Nanaimo 
Harbor.  Strangers  should  be  careful  not  to  mistake  Northumberlaml 
Channel  for  it.  Olf  Siiarp  I'oint,  a  I'lMuarkable  narrow  projection  on 
the  main,  at  tiu',  distance  of  100  yards,  is  a  ro(!k  which  uimovers. 

Having  jiassed  between  Light-lionse  and  (Jabriola  Islands,  there  is  a 
gootl  woiking  space  of  l.\  miles  in  breadtli,  btitween  G"bri.ila  on  the 
east,  and  Newcastle  and  I'rotectiou  Islands  on  the  west,  but  the  water 
is  too  deei)  for  anchorage.  The  shores  of  the  latter  islainls  should  not 
be  ai)proached  within  -\  mile,  as  shoal  rocky  ledges  extend  oif  them. 
Having  brcaigiit  Oallows  I'oint  (the  southern  exirenu'  of  Protection 
Island)  to  bear  S.  7o^  U'.,  the  town  will  conu'  in  view. 

A  vessel  may  anchor  if  necessary  with  the  high-water  mark  of  Cal- 
lows Point  bearing  N.  4.5°  VV.,  distant  [  mile,  which  will  be  in  the  fair- 
way of  the  entrance,  but  it  is  difficult  for  a  sailing  vessel  to  pick  up  a 
berth  here  with  a  strong  breeze,  as  the  space  for  anchorage  is  conlined. 


C  H  A  P  'J^  l-:  U    HI. 

SAN    JUAN    (MIl)DLK)    CHANNEL. — LOl'KZ    SOUND. — (HtCAS.   WE.S!     AND 

EAST   CHANNELS. 

tSan  Juan  (Middle)  Channel  is  tlic  (usurer  of  the  tlirct'  i)as.satre8  It-ad- 
(1004)  WASHINaTON— San  Juan  channel    Salmon  Bank  bnoy 
No.  1  changed  in  position.— <Jii  ,Ju\w  lo  the  fiist  claN.s  Ki)ar  Imioj- 
No.  1,  marking  Saluioii  bank,  south  entrance  to  San  Juan  channel, 
was  moved   Ij.'iOO  feet  to  the  southward  of  its  former  i)ositiou  and 
moored  in  41  feet  of  water  on  the  following  bearings: 
Cattle  Point  post  light.  N.  24°  E.  true  (North  map.). 
Smith  Island  lighthouse,  S.  42°  E.  true  (SE.  by  E.  |  E.  mag.). 
Discovery  Island  lighthouse  (Canadian),  West  true  (.SW.  by  \V. 
f  W.  mag. ).  (N.  M.  29,  m».) 

trends  to  tlie  NW,  lor  7  miles  to  its  Junction  with  President  {lJoii;(las; 
Channel.  The  southern  entrance  lies  between  tiie  .southeastern  jtoint 
of  San  .Inan  and  the  southwestern  point  of  Lopez  l.siand;  for  1/,  miles 
its  ilirection  is  norlii,  !Ui>l  tiuj  l)readth  of  the  i>a8sage  for  this  dis- 
tance varies  from  if  mile  to  800  yards;  abreast  Goo.se  Islau'l,oii  the 
western  side,  it  does  iiot  exceed  the  latter  breadth.  When  entering, 
the  danger  to  u«  avoided  on  the  western  side  is  the  Salmon  I'.ank.  ex- 
teudiug  southerly  from  San  Jiuin,  and  on  the  easteru  the  Whale  lU)cks, 
always  out  of  water.  The  tides  in  this  entrance  set  from  .3  to  li  knot.s 
an  hour,  with  eddies  and  confu.sed  rips;  when  within  the  entrance 
there  is  far  less  tide,  an<l  (iritlin  Bay,  ottering  good  anchorage,  is  ea.si!y 
reached. 

Salmon  Bank  extends  1.^  miles  south  from  Cattle  Point,  the  south- 
eastern extreme  of  San  .Juan  Island;  a  bare  i)oiiU  about  .")<»  leet  iiigh, 
the  .sloping  termination  of  Mount  Finlayson,  and  the  least  depth  of 
water  fouud  on  it  is  10  feet,  with  rocky  patc^hes,  marked  in  suniniep  by 
kelp;  lUpths  varying  from  4  to  0  fathoms  extend  lor  a  farther  di.'^tance 
of  l  mile  in  the  same  direction. 

Whale  Rocks,  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  entrance,  are  two  lilack 
rocks,  200  yar<ls  apart,  and  .!  or  4  feet  above  iiigli  water;  a  itatch,  on 
which  kelp  grows,  with  one  fathom  on  it,  extends  400  yards  to  the 
southward  of  tiiem,  otherwise  they  are  steepto,  but  it  is  not  reconi- 
inended  to  i)a.ss  them  nearer  than  (  mile,  as  the  tides  set  .slrongl,\  over 
them. 

Directions. — Entering  San  Juan  Clianiiel  from  the  westward  orxturh- 
ward,  Cattle  Point  should  be  given  a  berth  of  at  least  I  I  miles.  .Mount 
Erie,  a  remarkable  summit  on  Fidalgo  Islainl  1,2.*)0  feet  high,  in  line  with 


114 


XANAIMO    IIAKUOR — DIRKCTI0N8. 


southward  or  eastward,  but  Middle  Channel  is  certainly  the  safest  and 
most  desiral)le  for  vessels  from  the  noithward. 

Directions. — llavin<;-  entered  the  Strait  ef  Goorfjia,  l)etween  east 
point  of  Saturna  and  Patos  Island,  a  N.  -45°  W.  course  for  38  miles  will 
lead  nearly  3  miles  outside  Gabriola  Keefs,  and  abreast  Entrance  Island, 
the  latter  beariufif  H.  *iH^  \V.  distant.")  miles.  A  vessel  proccedin^itlirou^di 
Fairway  Channel,  if  northward  of  mitl-channel,  must  keep  a  lookout 
for  the  kelp  on  Lifjht-honse  Island  Ledge ;  when  Li^'ht-houae  Island  bears 
N.  lilio  W.,  steer  S.  -.5^  W.,  which  leads  for  the  entraiu'.e  of  Nanaimo 
Harbor.  Stiausers  should  be  careful  not  m  mistake  Northumberland 
Channel  for  it.  Oil'  81iarp  I'oint,  a  remarkable  narrow  projection  on 
the  main,  at  the  distance  of  100  yards,  is  a  rock  whicli  uncovers. 

llavinf?  passi'd  lietweeii  Linlit-house  and  (labriola  Islands,  then'  i>i  ••• 
good  working  space  of    1A   mil....  ;■•  '- 
east,  and  2s 
is  too  deej) 
be  approacl 
Having  bro 
Island)  to  b( 

A  vessel 
lows  Point  b  .  .„..- 

way  of  the       -^,  ^»ui-  il  is  muicult  for  a  sailing  vessel  lo  i)ick  up  a 

berth  here  with  a  strong  breeze,  as  the  space  for  anchorage  is  conlined. 


8t  aud 


n  east 
«8  will 
islaiul, 

>()k(>ut 
I  bears 
iiaimo 
I'liaiid 
ion  on 


up  a 
lined. 


Q  H  A  P  T  E  II    r  I  I. 

HAS    JUAN    (MIDDLK)    CUANNEL. — LOl'KZ    SOUND. — ORCA«,   WEST    AND 

EAST   CHANNELS. 

San  Juan  (Middle)  Channel  is  the  center  of  tlie  tiire<*  passaj^es  lead- 
(iiit;ti()ui  tlif  Strait  ol'  Fnca  into  that  cU' (/cornia,  and  is  honnded  by  San 
•hian  Island  on  t  lie  wet-!,  and  tlie  islands  ol  L'»jiez,Sliau-,  and  (treason  the. 
east.  Alfhon<>!i  a  (b-ep  navijjable  whip  ciianiiel,  and  tdi^'ible  for  steam- 
,ers  of  the  larjiest  size,  th  '.  southern  entrance  is  somewhat  eonlined,  and 
Hubjeet  to  strong  tic'ie.s,  w  th  a  gtner,ii  altsenee  of  steady  winds;  the 
wide  straits  of  Kosirio  an  I  llaro,  on  either  side  of  it,  are  therefore  far 
to  be  preferred  for  sailinff  veHsels  above  the  size  of  eoasters. 
'  The  geiteral  direction  '•(  the  channel  is  north  for  .5  miles,  when  it 
trends  to  the  N\V.  for  7  miles  to  its  jiuu^tion  with  President  (Dcni^ilas) 
Channel.  The  southern  entrance  lies  between  the  southeastern  i)oint 
of  San  .Iiiaii  ami  the  southwestern  point  of  Lo])ez  Islainl ;  for  1.'^  miles 
its  direeti(Mi  is  north,  and  the  lireadth  of  the  passa^^e  for  this  dis- 
tance varies  from  ?,  mile  to  800  yards;  abreast  Goose  Lslat  d,  on  the 
western  side,  it  does  not  exceed  the  <atter  breadth.  When  entering, 
the  danger  to  be  avoided  on  the  west(»rn  side  is  the  Salmon  P>ank,  ex- 
tending southerly  from  San  Juan,  and  on  the  eastern  the  Whale  liocks, 
always  out  of  water.  The  titb's  in  this  entrai\ce  set  from  .3  to  ti  knots 
an  hour,  with  eddies  and  confused  rii)s;  when  within  the  entrance 
there  is  far  less  tide,  and  (Iriftiu  Bay,  oS'eving  good  anchorage,  is  easily 
reached. 

Salmon  Bank  extends  Ik  miles  south  fnun  Cattle  I'oint,  the  south- 
eastern extreme  of  San  Juan  Island  ;  a  bare  point  about  50  feet  high, 
the  sh)ping  termination  of  .Mount  Finlay.son,  and  the  least  dei>th  of 
water  fouutl  on  it  i-  10  feet,  with  nn-ky  patches,  marked  in  summer  by 
kelp;  depths  varying  from  4  to  0  lathoms  extend  for  a  farther  distance 
of  j  mile  in  the  same  direction. 

Whale  Rocks,  <>n  the  eastern  side  of  the  entrance,  are  two  black 
rocks,  L'OO  yards  apart,  and  .'>  or  4  feet  above  high  water ;  a  ]»atcli,  on 
which  kelp  grows,  with  one  fathom  on  it,  extends  400  yards  to  the 
•  'I'thward  of  them,  otherwise  they  are  stee|i-to,  but  it  is  not  recom- 
mende<l  to  pass  them  nearer  than  \  mile,  as  the  tides  set  stKUigly  over 

tlUMll. 

Directions, — Kntoing  San  .Fuan  Channel  from  the  westward  or  south- 
ward, Cattle  I'oint  should  We  given  a  berth  of  at  least  IJ  nfiles.  .Mount 
Erie,  arennirkalile  summit  on  Fidalgo  Islaml  1,2."»0  feet  high,  in  lino  with 

lir. 


116 


SAN    JUAN    CHANNI-:L. 


Jemiis  Point  beiiring  N.  82^  E.,  loiuls  1  j  iiiiU's  soutli  of  Salmon  Bank 
in  13  tatbonis  ;  wlu-n  tlie  <Miti'aiict'  to  tliecliannei  is  open,  bearing  north, 
or  when  Goose  Island,  a  small  islet  on  the  western  side  of  the  entrance, 
is  in  line  with  Orcas  nob,  bearing  X,  o^  VV.,  a  vessel  will  be  well  to 
the  eastward  of  the  bank,  and  may  steer  in  for  the  i)assage. 

The  bottom  in  the  channel  is  roeUy  ami  irregular,  (tausing  overfalls 
ami  eddies  wliicli  are  ai)t  to  turn  a  ship  olT  her  eonrse  ;  but  there  are 
no  positive  dangers  after  passing  the  Salmon  Haidi ;  between  this  bank 
and  Cattle  I'oint  there  is  a  passage  carrying  .'3.V  fathoms,  ;\  mile  in 
breadth  ;  ."i  fathoms  will  \hi  found  within  lidO  yards  of  the  point.  The 
westernmost  Whale  Kock,  si-en  in  the  eentei'  of  the  channel  between 
Charles  Island  and  the  north  side  of  Maekaye  Harbor,  leads  through 
the  mi(hlie  of  this  narrow  channel.  whi('h,  h()W(^\-er,  is  not  recom- 
mended. 

Griffin  Bay  is  an  extensive  indi-ntation  on  the  eastern  side  of  San 
Juan.  There  is  l)ut  a  limited  pi.'tion  of  the  bay  available  for  aiu'hor- 
age,  and  this  is  in  the  southern  angle,  immediately  off  the  remarkable 
prairie  land  between  two  forests  of  pine  trees. 

With  winds  from  nortli  or  >'E.  the  bay  is  considerably  exposed,  and 
landing  is  ditlicnlt  in  consequence  of  the  long  flat  which  extends  oft 
the  beach.     Tiiese  winds,  however,  are  not  of  fre(inent  occurrence. 

Half-tide  Rock,  just  awash  at  high  water,  lies  1;^  miles  N.  04^  W, 
of  Ifarbor  Iiock.  There  is  another  rock  which  covers  at  oi.e-quarter 
flood,  lying  itOO  yards  S.  ITc-  K.  of  Half-tide  Itock. 

Directions. — Filntering  by  the  southern  i)assage.  Harbor  Rociv  on  the 
western  side,  nearly  one  mile  within  Goo.se  Island,  may  be  passed  at  '-'00 
yards,  keeping  outside  the  kelp,  which  extenda  some  distance  oft"  it. 

Anchorage. — The  best  anchorage  is  in  9  fathoms,  mud  bottom,  with 
the  southernmost  of  the  white  cliffs  on  Lopez  Ishmd  kept  well  open  of 
Harbor  Kock,  bearing  S.  84^  E.,  aiul  the  black,  rocky  extreme  of  Low 
Point  just  o|ien  mirth  ward  of  Half-tide  liock,  bearing  N.  45<^  W.  From 
this  position  the  water  shoals  rapidly  towards  the  shore,  and  strangers 
should  drop  an  anchor  directly  12  fathoms  is  obtained. 

North  Bay,  immediately  under  Park  Hill,  allbrds  good  anchorage  in 
from  4  to  10  fathoms,  mud  bottom,  with  all  winds  but  those  from  SE. 
The  bottom  here  is  more  regular  than  in  Grillin  Hay,  and  it  is  a 
snugger  anchorage,  though  less  convenient,  being  ii  miles  from  the  set- 
tlement. 

Anchorage. — Anchor  in  from  0  to  9  fathotns,  mud  bottom,  witn  iii< 
east  ])oint  of  Dinm-i-  Island  bearing  S.  o     K..  distant  SOO  yards. 

Tides. — The,  greatest  rise  and  fall  at  i  lie  southern  entrance  of  San 
.luan  Channel  at  full  and  chanjjie  is  ll'  feet ;  but  little  stream  is  felt  at 
the  anchorages.  ^Vith  the  Hood  an  eddy,  of  aboiit  one  knot  an  hour, 
Lsets  to  the  southward  in  (iritlin  Hay,  ami  with  the  ebb  in  the  opposite 
(lireMiou. 


TURN    ISLAND — KOCKY    HAY. 


117 


Turn  Island. — Its  easttMii  point,  a  clilly  hliiiy,  makes  as  tlie  extreme 
of  the  peiiinsiihi  wliieli  forms  the  north  side  of  (rritiin  Bay.  The  island 
should  be  passed  at  a  distance  of  over  .i  mile,  particularly  ^'oinj,'  north- 
ward with  the  flood  ;  tlie're  is  a  channel  for  boats  or  small  craft  between 
it  and  the  peninsula. 

Turn  Rock  lies  nearly  \  milo  N.  G8°  E.  of  the  island,  and  covers  at 
hi^ii  water.  The  tide  sets  with  sreat  strcn^ith  over  this  ro{;k,  and  ves- 
sels passing;  up  or  down  the  channel  should  give  it  a  jrood  b'.'rth. 

Friday  Harbor  is  on  the  north  side  of  the  peniiisuhi,  immediately 
opposite  to  North  Hay  ;  it  is  rather  confined,  but  offers  pood  ancliorage, 
and  is  easily  accessible  to  steamers  or  small  vessels.  Brown  Island  '.ies 
in  the  entrance,  and  tliere  is  a  passaj;e  on  either  side  of  it ;  that  to  tlie 
eastward  is  narrow,  less  than  200  yards  in  width,  but  with  a  depth  of 
14  fathoms.  Vessels  entering?  by  this  piissaf^e  may  find  anchorajje  in  the 
bif^ht  immediately  south  of  it,  and  distaMtfiom  tlieisland  |  mile.  Tiiere 
is  a  clear  channel  throuf^h,  inside  the  island,  of  more  tlian  200  yards  in 
wiilth,  and  a  deptii  of  (»  or  7  fathoms. 

.  The  passaf^e  in,  westward  of  Brown  island,  is  the  widest,  beins  (iOO 
viiids  across.  In  the  center  of  the  entrance  there  is  a  rocky  patcli,  with 
a  di'|)tii  of  ;3.]  fathoms  at  low  wnter.  To  avoid  it  keep  li(M)  yanl.s  oil  the 
iSan  .Iiian  Island  shore. 

Anchorage. — Anchor  in  0  (athoms,  mud  Ixittom,  with  tlif  piissa^i' 
bcrwccii  the  islaml  and  main  open. 

Reid  Rock. — After  roun<linti  Turn  Island,  San  Juan  <  liannel  trends 
to  tlie  iioriliwestward.  and  Kiid  luxk,  the  least  water  on  which  is  12 
fete,  lies  rij-ht  in  tlu^'fairway  ;  it  is  surroundetl  by  thick  kelp,  whi(!h, 
however,  is  sometimes  run  undci  by  the  tid»-.  The  rock  bes  1 ,',,  miles 
N.  ■15'^  W.  of  the  north  poini  of  Turn  Island.  Tin-  iassajje  on  the  north 
side  of  tlie  ro(!k  is  recommended  lor  vessels  bound  up  or  down  San 
Juan  ("hannel,  as,  haviiij;  to  jiive  the  Turn  Rtjck  a  ^ood  berth,  it  is  the 
more  diiect  one. 

After  passiiiK  Ueid  U«x'k  there  are  tK»  «lanfjers  which  are  not  visible. 
From  Caution  I'oint,  one  mile  above  the  rock,  on  the  western  side,  the 
channel  {gradually  increases  in  breadth,  and  varies  but  little  from  a 
NNV.  direction,  tb«?  de|)th  of  water  increasing.'  to  00  and  70  fathoms. 

Wasp  Islands  are  mi  the  eastern  side  ol  the  channel.  Between  and 
among  tliem  are  several  passajjjes  leadin-;  between  Shaw  jmd  Orcas 
Islands,  and  communicatinj:^  with  the  magnilicent  harbor.*^  and  sounds 
wliK-h  deeply  indent  the  southern  coasts  of  Oi<'as. 

Rocky  Bay.  ori  the  westerti  side  of  San  Juan  Cliiinnel,  4  miles  from 
CanruHi  I'oint,  d-^rs  not  affonl  much  shelter,  and  vessels  are  not  recom- 
mended to  nsi'  it  unlfss  in  ease  of  necessity.  The  small  inland,  O'Neal, 
lies  in  the  c»*»it«'r  of  it.  There  is  a  depth  of  14  fathoms  between  the 
island  ami  >aii  hian,  but  the  bottom  is  rocky.  A  reef  of  rocks,  on 
which  tl»4>  sta  generall.v  breaks,  exteuils  iiOO  yanls  off  the  San  Juan 
shore,  iiettring  S.  59'^  W.  of  O'Neal  Island. 


118 


SAN    J  IAN    CHANNKL. 


Jones  Island  lies  in  tin-  iiorllicni  iMitriiiu^o  of  tlic  San  Juiiii  Clianncl, 
iieaily  A  iiiik'  iVoiii  Orcas  Island,  ln'iiis  -separateil  from  clie  latter  by 
Spriny:  Passaj^e.  Tlie  island  is  less  than  one  mile  in  extent,  mostly 
wooilcd,  but  its  wi'stern  ])oints  are  bare  and  fjrfissy. 

Spriiij  Passage  is  a  safe  deojiwater  elianiiel,  and  saves  some  dis- 
tance to  a  steamer  passing  uj)  or  tlown  San  Juan  Channel,  by  tlie  Presi- 
dent Channel. 

Some  ro(;ky  iialclies  extend  li(K)  yards  oil'  the  eastern  side  of  Jones 
Island,  and  a  rock  which  covers  at  "J,  feet  Hood  lies  the  same  distance 
north  of  a  snmll  cove  on  the  northeastern  side  of  the  island;  a  rocky 
patch,  with  5  fathoms  water  on  it,  lies  400  yards  ott  the  west  side  of 
Orcas  IsIiMid  ;  therefore  it  is  desirable  to  pass  through  in  mid-channel. 

Caution. — I'assinj;-  up  or  down  San  Juan  Ohannel,  the  NE.  ei'd  of 
San  ,hian  shonhl  be  avoided,  as  the  tides  are  stronji',  and  a  sailinj;'  :es- 
sel  is  apt  to  l)e  di'awn  into  the  stronjj  tide-rips  and  overfal'-^  in  the 
eastern  entrance  of  Si)ieden  Channel. 

Flattop  Island,  in  the  northern  entrance  of  San  Juan  Channel,  is  i^ 
mile  in  length,  wooded,  and  about  100  feet  high.  At  400  yards  oil  its 
western  side  is  a  rock  25  feet  al>ove  high  water.  Between  it  and  the 
island  is  a  deep  ])assage. 

President  (Dough's)  Channel  may  be  said  to  be  the  continuation  of 
San  Juan  Channel,  and  leads  into  llaro  Strait,  i)etween  ()rc<\s  and  W'al- 
(Iron  Islands.  There  are  other  passages  leading  into  the  llaro  Strait,  viz, 
westward  of  Flattop  Island,  between  it  ami  Spieden  and  Stuart  Islands; 
and  eastward  of  Flattop,  between  it  and  Waldron  island.  In  the  former, 
the  confused  tides  and  eddies  are  liable  to  entangle  sailing  vessels 
among  Si)ieden  and  the  neighboring  gionps  of  small  islands  and  rocks; 
in  the  laltei,  the  Wiiite  liock  with  its  olf-lying  dangers  oilers  serious 
im|)ediments  to  the  safe  navigation  of  the  same  class  of  vessels. 

The  narrowest  part  of  the  chaniml  isl:\  miles  between  Waldron  and 
Orcas  Islands;  the  depth  varies  from  00  lo  108  fathoms,  and  Itotli  shores 
are  free  from  danger.  If  necessary,  vessels  will  find  a  temporary  an- 
chorage in  I'J  fatiM)ms  water,  in  the  bay,  about  800  yards  southwaitl  of 
the  Doughty  Point  (15111  of  Orcas). 

Directions. — The  channel  westward  of  Flattop  Island  is  less  than 
one  mile  in  l)rea(lth  at  its  narrowest  part.  Oreen  i'oint  of  Spieden 
Island  is  steep-to;  a  tide-rip  is  generally  met  with  oil  it.  Aiter passing 
Flattop  Island  the  channel  course  is  N.  11^  W.  untd  Skipjack  Island 
opens  of  Sandy  Point  (Waldron  Island),  bearing  N.  37^  F.,  when  a  course 
may  be  shai)ed  either  up  or  down  llaro  Strait ;  with  the  ebb,  be  careful 
not  to  get  set  into  the  (ihannel  between  Si)ieden  and  Stuart  Islainls. 

The  channel  eastward  of  Flattop  Island,  between  it  and  White  Hock, 
is  about  the  same  breadth  as  the  one  Just  described,  but  Danger  Kock, 
with  5  feet  water  on  it,  which  lies  \  mile  S.  38^^  E.,  of  the  center  of 
White  Rock,  must  be  carefully  avoided. 

After  passing  Flattop  Island,  keep  its  eastern  side  Just  touching  the 


PRESIDENT    CHAXN'EI.    DIRECTIONS PATOS    ISLAND. 


I 'J 


-»ve.steiii  point  of  Jones  Island,  Itoaring  S.  24^  E.,  and  it  will  lead  nearly 
'J  mile  westwaid  of  Danger  I'oek  ;  wlien  Skii)Jaek  Island  oj)ens  out 
northward  of  Handy  Toint,  bearing  N.  37^  E.,  all  tlie  dangers  are 
cleared. 

If  passing  between  Wliite  liock  and  Disney  Toint,  tln^  latter  should 
be  ke|)t  well  aboard  if  the  ebb  is  running,  or  a  vessel  is  liable  to  be  set 
on  the  rock.  The  west  blutf  of  Snoia  should  b;,  no  means  be  aliut  in  by 
the  southern  part  of  AValdron  Island  until  Moirireli  Head  is  well  shut  in 
with  Sandy  Point,  the  latter  itearing  X.  17^  VV. ;  steer  through  with 
these  marks  on,  and  when  Wiiite  Koek  is  in  lino  with  the  west  si<le  of 
Flattop  Islaiul,  bearing  S.  -'0^  \V.,  u  vessel  will  be  clear  of  all  dangers, 
atid  may  steer  either  up  or  down  Ilaro  Htrait.  giving  Sandy  Point  a 
berth  of  .\  mik'. 

Tides. — Sailing  vessels  working  through  President  Channel  should 
beware  of  getting  too  (rlose  over  on  the  Waldron  Island  shore,  near 
Di.suey  Point,  as  with  calm  or  light  winds  they  would  run  the  risk  of 
being  set  by  the  el)b  onto  Danger  Uoek,  on  wliieli  tiie  ki'lp  is  seldom 
seen.  Hoth  Hood  and  e-M)  set  fairly  tlirough  San  Juan  and  Presilent 
CliaiiU)  Is,  at  tiie  rate  ii*t  2  to  ii  knots. 

Tln'  ebb  tide,  coming  down  l>etw«HM«  East  Point  and  I'atos  Island, 
strikes  the  north  ]ioint  of  Waldron  Island,  ami  one  part  of  it,  together 
with  the  stream  between  I'atos  and  Sncia  Islands,  passes  down  Presi- 
dent and  San  Juan  Cbannel!-'.  The  other  part  sets  between  the  Skip- 
jack ami  Waldron  Islands;  thence  soi.tlierly  through  the  groujis  in  the 
neighborhood  of  Stuart  Islatid  into  Ilaro  Strait,  as  well  as  down  San 
Juan  (Jhannel.  The  ebl»  stream  continues  to  run  down  through  the 
whole  of  the  jiassages  in  the  archipelago,  for  2 j  hours  after  it  is  low 
Witter  by  tin-  shore,  and  tin*  watei-  has  begun  to  lise. 

Skipjack  and  Peaguiu  Islands  are  small  islands  lying  (^lo.se  otf  the 
north  side  of  Widdron  Island:  the  former  is  considerably  the  larger, 
and  is  wooded:  the  larter  is  small,  grassy,  ami  hare  ot  trees.  A  reef 
which  c,o\  ers.  mul  is  marked  by  kelp,  lies  betwtvn  the  two,  but  between 
this  reef  iw»*l  Skipia,(!k  Lsland  thnre  is  a  narrow  passage  of  8  fathoms. 
The  tiib's.  iiowever,  set  stwngh  betwt«en  the  t>ill.ands,  and  the  i)assage 
IS  not  recommended;  neither,  tor  ''tv  same  n?tts»>n,  is  tliv  passage  be- 
tween them  and  Waldp»*«  Islaiid. 

Patos  Island  lies  east  of  Stknuma  Island,  the  passage  between  them 
being  the  widesi.and  at  pref»ent  most  fre(piented,  though  it  is  iH)t  always 
the  best  channel  from  Ilani  »r  San  Juan  Channels  into  the  Strait  of 
Cieorgia.  Patos  is  U  miles  hmg  in  an  east  and  west  dire<'tion,  nairow, 
wt'dge-shaped.  sloping  towards  its  western  end,  ami  ctovercd  with  trees. 
Active  Cove  ;it  Its  western  end  is  forme<i  by  a  small  islet  connected  at 
low  wiiter,  ami  attbrds  anchorage  for  one  (u-  two  small  vessels  in  'J  fath- 
oms, but  a  strong  tide-rip  at  the  point  renders  it  dillicult  for  a  sailing 
-vessel  to  enter. 

The  jia.ssago  into  the  Strait  of  Georgia  between  Patos  aiul  Sucia 


120 


SAN    .JUAN    CHANNEL. 


IsliUids,  altlioiiKli  narrower  than  the  one  just  mentioned,  i.s  to  be  pre- 
ferred, esiK'ciall.v  fur  ves.sel.s  passing;'  throngh  San  Juan  Channel,  or  for 
sailin"-  vessels  with  a  NW.  wind.  The  tides  are  not  .so  strong,  more 
rejfular,  and  .set  more  fairly  throuf^h;  the  passage  is  almost  free  from 
tide  rips. 

Directions. — If  intending  to  take  the  passage  between  Patos  and 
Sueia  Islands,  either  up  or  down,  an  excellent  mark  for  clearing  the 
Plumper  and  Clements  Keefs  (dangerous  i)at('.lies  lying  southward  and 
northward  from  Sucia)  is  to  keep  the  remarkable  round  summitof  Stuart 
Jslainl  just  open  westward  of  Skijyack  Island,  bearing  8.  (W^  W. ;  this 
leads  well  clear  of  both  the  reefs,  and  the  same  marks  would  lead  across 
Aldeii  l^ank  in  .")  fathoms  water. 

If  taking  the  passage  from  the  San  Juan  or  President  Channels,  keep 
the  white-laced  clitVs  of  Koberts  Point  well  open  westward  of  Patos  Isl- 
and, the  clitfs  bearing  N.  'P  \\'.,  until  the  marks  before  described  are 
on,  when  steer  through  the  passage.  If  the  ebb  stream  is  running,  it  is 
better  to  keep  the  Patos  Island  shore  aboard  ;  H!  fathoms  water  will  be 
fouiiil  on  the  Sucia  shore,  but  it  is  not  recomm(Mided  to  anchor  unless 
positively  necessary. 

Standingtothe northeastward,  when  the  northern  end  of  Clark  Island 
ia  oi)en  of  the  east  end  of  Matia,  the  ibrmer  bearing  8.  15^  M,  a  vessel 
will  1)e  eastward  of  Clements  Keef. 

Sucia  I&lBnd  is  of  a  horseshoe  shape,  rennirkably  indented  on  its 
eastern  side  by  bays  and  inlets;  the  largest  of  these,  Sucia  Harbor, 
affords  fair  anchorage.  The  island  is  from  liOO  to  .'500  feet  high,  thickly 
covered  with  pines,  and  its  western  side  a  series  of  steep  wooded  bbil'i. 

Plumper  Reef,  with  !(►  feet  water  on  it,  lies  I'i  miles  north  of  the 
Doughty  Point,  and  nearly  '2  miles  S.  IL"^  W.  of  the  east  point  of  Patos 
Island.  There  is  a  deep  passage  between  Phimper  Reef  and  Sucia 
Island,  but  it  is  not  recommended. 

Clements  Reef,  on  which  there  is  a  ilepth  ot  !)  feet,  lies  1.^  miles 
i^.  05°  E.  of  Lawsou  liluff,  and  2  miles  S.  78o  E.  of  the  east  end  of 
Patos.  Some  rocky  patches  covering  at  high  water,  and  marked  by 
kelp,  lie  between  Clements  Reef  and  Ewing  Island,  and  it  is  not  safe  to 
pass  between  them.  There  is  a  deep  channel  of  nu)re  than  one  mile  ia 
breadth  between  Sucia  and  Matia. 

Directions. — Etitering  Sucia  Harbor  from  the  northward,  steer  for  it 
with  the  N\V.  jmint  of  Clark  Island  in  line  with  Pulliu  Islet,  about 
S.  40"^  E.,  which  leads  between  Alden  Bank  and  Clements  Reef;  when 
the  SE.  end  of  Ewing  Island  bears  S.  57°  \V.,  alter  course  to  about 
S.  230  \Y_  (Jive  the  point  of  the  island  a  berth  ot  at  least  600  yards  to 
avoid  some  rocky  iiatches  which  extend  400  yards  southeastward  of  it. 
When  the  harbor  is  well  open  steer  up  the  center  j^J.  73^  W. ;  it  is  bet- 
ter to  keep  the  southern  or  Wall  Island  8hor(>  rather  aboard,  as  it  is 
quite  steep,  and  there  are  some  reefs  extending  L'OO  yjirds  off  the  north 
shore.     Wheu  the  west  point  of  Ewing  is  just  shut  in  by  the  east  poiut 


SUCIA    HARBOR    DIRECTIONS — LOPKZ    ISLANDS. 


121 


of  Siicia  bearing  N.  57°  H.,  aiiclior  in  the  center  in  7  or  8  til  lioins,  nnul 


It 


(li 


iili 


de.sirablt 


thf 


bottom. 

harbor  is  small  tor  a  larjje  ve.s.sel  ;  it  atVonKs  j,m)0(1  .shelter  from  westerly 
winds;  with  those  from  SE.  some  swell  sets  in  bnt  never  isurtieient  t» 
render  the  anchoni^'e  nnsafe. 

Ifeuteriny  from  President  Channel,  keep  Doughty  I'oint  just  touch- 
ing the  .south  blutl'of  Waldron  Island,  bearing  S.  00^  \V.;  iliis  lends  well 
.southward  of  I'arUer  Keef.  The  .SE.  points  of  Sucia  may  be  passed  at 
200  yards;  they  are  a  .series  of  iiairow  islands  the  sides  of  which  aie 
as  steep  as  a  wall,  with  narrow  deep  passages  between  them ;  steer  in, 
keeping  the  northernmost  of  these  islands  aboard,  to  av(>!d  the  nets  on 
the  north  side  of  the  harbor.  For  a  s'eaimr  it  is  recommended  to  pass 
in  between  the  north  and  middle  Wall  Islands,  as  it  gives  more  room  to 
pick  up  a  berth  ;  this  passage,  tliongli  less  than  L!ilO  yards  wide,  has  12 
and  If)  fathoms  water  in  it,  and  the  wall-like  sides  of  the  islamls  are 
steep-to. 

If  bound  to  .Sucia  Harbor  from  liosario  iStrait,  pass  on  either  side  of 
Barnes,  Clark,  and  Miitia  Islands  as  convenient;  if  nnithwaid  of  the 
latter,  as  soon  as  the  harbor  is  open  steer  for  it,  Ueciting  tiie  sontlieru 
side  auoard  as  before  directed,  or  passing  between  noitli  .mhI  .iiiddie 
Wall  Islands;  if  south  ward  of  !\Iatia  Island,  then  do  not  stiind  so  far  to 
the  westward  as  to  shut  in  the  north  part  of  .Sinclair  Island  with  Law- 
rence Point,  in  order  to  avoid  Parker  Iteef. 

Parker  Reef  is  of  considerable  e.vtenr,  lying  in  the  passage  l>et  wcen 
8ncia  and  Ureas  Islands;  at  low  water  it  uncovers  \  mile  of  rock  and 
sand,  but  its  eastern  end  always  shows  its  rocky  summit,  which  i-<  just 
awash  at  high  water.  It  lies  '2.\  miles  N.  77^  E.  of  Doughty  Point  (t)r- 
cas  Bill),  and  l\  miles  S.  17'^  W.  of  the  east  point  of  Su(!ia.  There  is 
a  i)a.ssage  on  both  sides  of  the  reef;  the  one  to  the  southward  is  .^  mile 
wide,  with  a  depth  of  from  (5  to  8  fathoms,  but  it  is  in>t  recommended 
as  the  points  of  Orcas  Island  at  this  part  run  oil  shoal.  If  the  northeru 
pa.s.sage  is  used,  the  nort!.  i)art  of  Skipjack  Island  kept  in  line  with  the 
south  extreme  of  Pender  Island  bearing  west,  lea<ls  well  clear  of  Parker 
Reef.  A  part  of  the  ebb  stream  setting  down  between  Sucia  and  Matia 
Lslands  runs  to  the  westward  strongly  over  Parker  llet't',  and  through 
the  channels  on  both  sides  of  it ;  ilie  Hood  .sets  in  the  contrary  direction. 

A  patch  of  .3  fathoms  lies  at  the  distance  of  \  mile  west  of  Parker 
lieef,  with  depths  of  from  4  to  5  fathoms  extending  for  j\  nnle  from  its 
western  side. 

Matia  Island,  a  little  more  than  one  mile  eastward  of  Sucia,  is  about 
one  mUe  in  extent,  east  and  wt  st,  and  has  no  dangers  oil'  it;  on  its  south- 
ern side  are  several  boat  coves.  CIo.se  oft"  its  eastern  extreme  is  Puffin 
Islet,  oft'  which  a  Hat  rock  extends  for  300  yards. 

Lopez  Island,  on  the  eastern  side  of  San  Juan  Channel,  is  thickly 
wooded,  but  dift'ers  from  all  the  other  islands  of  the  archipelago  in 
being  much  lower  and  alniost  flat,  except  at  its  northeru  and  soutiicrii 


122 


SAN    .II'AN    CIIANNKL,, 


extreiiius,  wlieii^  eluviitinns  (»('(!iir  of  a  few  ImiMlicd  loct.  Its  soiitliern 
si(k'  is  mncli  iiuleiittMl  l>.v  luiys  and  vTceks  wliicli  ciiii  not  bo  reckoned  as 
aiu'lioiiif'i's ;  uii  its  wostLTii  sidt',  ill  San  tJiiaii  Clianncl,  is  a  creek  ter- 
niinatiiifj  in  an  extensive  lagoon,  tiie  tonner  oHering  "freat  facilities  for 
l)ea(;liiiif,'  and  repairing'  sliips.  On  tiie  nortiiern  shore  is  Siioal  Hay, 
atfoidinj;'  aiicliorajfe;  and  on  tiie  east  is  tlie  spacious  and  excellent 
Sound  of  Lope/. 

Mackaye  Harbor,  on  tlie  soutli  coast  of  Lojiez  Island,  is  entered 
bet\v»'eii  l(!el»ery-  (Jennis)  I'oint  on  tlie  soiitli  and  Loiiji'  and  Charles 
Islands  on  the  north;  from  the  latter  it  takes  an  easterly  direction  for  one 
mile,  an<l  then  trends  to  the  SDiithward  for  a  short  distance,  terminating;' 
in  a  low,  sandy  beach.  In  tlic  entrance  there  are  depths  of  from  8  to  12 
fathoms,  muddy  bottom,  but  with  the  prevailing:  southwesterly  winds 
the  aii(!liora;ie  is  a  j^ood  deal  exposed.  Iceber;;  I'oiiit  should  be  pas.sed 
at  about  tl(K»  yards;  the  aiicliorajic  is  about  l.\  miles  from  it. 

Directions. — With  southwesterly  winds  the  coast  ami  islaniks  on  the 
eastern  side  of  the  San  .luan  Channel  entrance,  between  Whale  Kocks 
and  Iceberj;'  Point,  should  be  avoided,  as  then  a  considerable  sea  sets 
in;  a. id  when  iiassinj;'  the  (toast  Itetween  Iceber;;  I'oiiit  and  NVatmouj^h 
Head  (Cape  Colville),  it  is  desirable  to  keejt  one  mile  offshore,  as  some 
stiajif^liiifi  rocks  exist,  which  will  be  treated  of  under  the  head  of  llo- 
sario  Strait. 

Shark  Reef,  immediately  within  San  diiaii  Channel,  and  .V  mile 
nouliward  of  While  ClilV,  consists  of  two  rocks  awasli  at  low  water, 
extcndiiii;  a  little  over  lidO  yards  oll'shore.  There  are  no  dangers  on  the 
coast  of  the  island  for  li  miles  north  of  this  reef,  but  hwjH'  ves.sels  work- 
in^  up  should  not  ap])roacli  nearer  than  j  mile. 

Careen  Creek  is  on  the  west  side  of  Lope/  Island.  The  western 
entiaiiiie  i)oint  is  a  low  sandy  spit,  close  around  which  there  are  3  fath- 
oms water,  and  on  it  a  vessel  mij,dit,  in  perfect  shelter,  be  tieached  and 
reiiaired  with  iiiiich  facility;  the  creek  terminates  in  a  lar^esalt  layoon. 

Upright  Channel  is  a  deep,  steep  passaj;e,  leadiii};-  from  San  Juan 
Channel  to  the  Sounds  of  Orcas  and  Lope/,  and  by  several  passages 
into  Rosario  Strait.  The  narrowest  itart  of  the  entrance  is  between 
Flat  Point  and  Canoe  Island,  and  here  for  a  short  distance  it  is  scarcely 
400  yards  in  breadth. 

Flat  Point  is  a  low  alinifile  or  sandy  ])oint,  with  gra.ss  and  small 
bushes  on  it;  it  is  sieepto,  and  may  be  passed  at  less  than  L'OO  yards. 

Canoe  Island, — The  shore  of  ('anoe  Island  is  fringed  by  kelp,  close 
outside,  of  whicii  a  vessel  may  pass ;  a  rock  marked  by  kelp  lies  200 
yards  S.  2,3^  W.  of  its  south  point.  The  tides  in  Upright  Channel  are 
seldom  over  3  knots,  and  the  channel  in  all  resjiecta  is  safe. 

Anchorage  may  lie  had  in  (i  or  7  fathoms  in  Indian  Cove,  northwest- 
■ward  of  Canoe  Island,  with  Flat  Point  in  line  with  the  south  point  of 
Canoe  Island;  the  only  precaution  necessary  is  to  avoid  the  kelp  oft' 
the  south  point  of  the  island. 


NIIOAL    IIAV  —  KNTKANCi:    HAV. 


23 


Shoal  Bay  fxtiMidw  in  a  soiitlicily  tliit'cititui  (or  oin-  mile  t(t  itslicatl, 
\vliit!li  is  st'piiriiltMl  i'vum  Fal.-'e  I>a.v,  in  liopcz  S.iumi,  bv  a  low  iii-ek  (tf 
liiiiil.  Alllioiijili  apiiaiviitly  a  coiisideiablc  slu'ct  of  wator,  tlit;  aiiolior- 
a};ti  lor  lar;j;e  vi'sscls  is  imicli  liiiiiteil  l»y  a  slioal  \vlii(!li  extends  inoiu 
tliau  half  way  across  IVoiii  just  witiiiii  ('i)ri;;lit  I'oiiit  to  tlii' licad  of  tlie 
bay,  leaviiifj  the  jfrcatcr  lialf  on  tlif  western  nidn,  with  no  nioro  than 
from  .;  to  .'i  fathoms  at  low  water. 

Anchorage. — The  best  aiichoraj,'e  for  hiijie  vessels  is  in  S  fathoms, 
with  Uiiri^ht  I'oint  in  line  wiih  the  east  point  of  Shaw  Island  bearinj;  N, 
')\P  W.  and  the  east  point  of  Shoal  I  Jay  S,  ;j.'V-'  K.;  liOt)  yards  inside  this 
[losition  thei'e  are  1  fat  horns ;  t  he  holdin;"'  i;riinnd  is  ;;()od.  Vessels  desir- 
inj;  to  proceed  up  tin^  bay  after  roundin;;-  L'pri;;hl  I'oint,  whiidi  may  be 
passed  close  to,  must  steer  tor  the  east  point  of  the  bay,  until  within 
-(HI  yards  of  it.  and  then  l<eep  aluny  i  lie  eastern  clill'y  slioic  at  the  same 
distance,  when  not  Ic^s  liian  •>  f.ithoins  will  he  found  until  within  ]  mile 
from  the  head,  where  there  is  anehoran'e  in  t  fathoms;  the  spaee  bo- 
tween  the  eastern  side  of  the  shoal  and  the  <':isteru  siiiu'e  of  the  bay  ia 
nearly  lOll  yards. 

Lopez  Sound  extends  m  a  southerl\'  directinn  ne,nl,\  the  whole 
lenj;th  of  the  Island,  its  head  reachin;;-  within  A  mile  of  the  waters  of 
Fnca  Strait.  The  a^'eraj;e  breadth  of  the  sound  is  nearly  l.l  miles,  and 
thei'e  is  a  »!onvenient  depth  of  water  for  auchiMaj;('.  in  almost  every  part 
ot  it. 

Middle  Bank,  on  which  there  are  not  less  than  .■Jfaliiouis  allow 
water,  is  tli"  oidy  iin|)ediment  between  I'^rost  and  Houston  Islands.  It 
is  A  mile  iu  extent  north  and  soui  h,  Kill  yards  east  and  west,  and  lies 
almost  III  the  centi-r  of  the  soiim'.,  its  north  end  beinu  ',  mile  south  of 
the  south  end  of  I'^rost  Island.  IJeiween  l''rost  Island  and  iliebank  thert^ 
are  trom  '.I  to  1 1  tatiioms,  and  i)el\.'een  the  south  end  ol  iliebank  and 
tli<'  west  shine  of  Dei-atiir  Island  there  is  a  channel  ;\  mile  wide,  with  a 
de|)th  of  from  (!  to  lib  falli<iius;  close  oil' this  part  of  Decatur  Island  is 
a  ledge  of  rocks  always  awash  at  hiy;li  water.  Itetween  .Middle  Bank 
and  Houston  Island  there  is  anchoiai^c  in  any  jiart  of  thesmind  in  fi'oiii 
5  to  7  fathoms,  mud  liottom. 

Abreast  Lopez  (Maury)  I'ass  the  water  deejieus  to  l.'J  and  lo  fathoms, 
and  this  depth  is  carried  for  H  miles,  or  as  far  as  Crown  Islet,  a  small 
steep  rocky  islet  on  the  eastern  side,  within  (me  mile  of  the  head  of  the 
eouTiil. 

Tides. — There  is  but  little  stream  of  tide  felt  in  Ijoi)ez  Sound,  unless 
in  the  immediate  neifjhborhood  of  the  narrow  passages  from  Hosario 
Strait. 

Entrance  Shoal,  with' 2  fathoms  water  on  it,  and  marked  by  kelp> 
lies  U  miles  eastward  of  Upright  I'oint,  and  A  mile  from  the  shore  ot 
lilakely  Island  ;  there  is  deep  water  on  either  side  of  it. 

False  Bay,  on  the  western  side  of  the  sound,  is  separated  from  Shoal 
Bay  by  a  low  narrow   neck,  the  cliffy  extreme  of  the  peninsula  being 


^>. 


..>^.  w 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


I.I 


\^  |28     |2.5 

■^  m    |2.2 


::  ■:£ 


20 

1.8 


11.25  ■  1.4   i  1.6 


V] 


<^ 


/M 


e. 


'# 


7 


'/ 


'A 


Pboiographic 


Sciences 
Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14S80 

(716)  872-4503 


n 


f ...  w 


124 


SAN    JUAN    CHANNEL. 


Separation  Point.  A  Hlioal,  on  which  there  is  a  «leptli  of  li  fathoms^ 
extends  from  tlie center  of  False  Bay  and  (ionnects  with  tlie  small  island 
of  Arbutns,  lying  in  itsentrauce,  and  it  renders  the  bay  unlit  for  anchor- 
age, except  for  small  vessels.  Vessels  may  anchor  in  8  fathoms  south- 
ward of  Arbutus,  between  it  and  Frost  Island. 

Half-Tide  Rock,  .covering  at  half  flood,  and  not  marked  by  kelp,  is 
in  the  track  of  vessels  entering.  It  lies  800  yards  northward  of  Arbutus 
Island.  It  is  better  to  pass  eastward  of  it;  when  it  is  not  visible  the 
point  of  Upriglit  Uill  kept  just  open  of  !Se|)arati()n  I'oint,  bearing  N. 
53°  W.  until  tlie(;lay  clitf  of  Gravel  Spit  is  in  line  with  the  east  point 
of  Arbutus  Island,  bearing  S.  12^  W.,  will  lead  clear  of  it. 

Frost  Island,  ^  mile  long  north  and  south,  lies  close  otf  (iravel  Spit 
on  the  western  side  of  the  sound ;  it  is  wooded,  and  its  western  side  a 
steep  clilf,  between  which  and  tlie  s[)it  end  i here  is  a  narrow  channel 
with  a  depth  of  5  fathoms. 

Black  and  Crown  Islets. — The  Black  Islets  are  a  ridge  of  steep, 
rocky  islets,  lying  witiiiu  and  across  the  entrance  of  Loi»ez  (Maury) 
Pass;  at  400  yards  S.  31°  W.  of  the  southernmost  of  lhe.se  islets  is  a  rock 
which  covers  at  (piarter  flood.  Tliere  is  a  passage  of  .S  and  9  fathoms 
on  either  side  of  Crown  Islet,  and  aiuihorage  above  it  in  5  or  (i  fathoms^ 
but  vessels  should  not  procee<l  far  above,  as  at  a  distance  of  ,\  mile  it 
shoals  to  one  and  li  fathoms,  and  dries  lor  a  considerable  distance  from 
the  head  of  the  sound  ;  there  is  also  good  anciiorage  in  a  fathoms  m  the 
biglit  westwanl  of  Crown  Islet. 

Passing  up  the  souinl  between  Crown  Islet  and  the  western  shore  a 
rocky  ])atch  of  2  fathoms  must  be  avoided  ;  it  lies  \  mile  N.  o.'P  W.  of 
Crown  Islet,  and  800  yards  from  the  western  shore  of  the  sound  ;  there 
are  12  fathoms  close  to  it,  and  deep  water  in  the  passage  on  either  side 
of  it. 

Lopez  (Maury)  Pass  is  the  southernmost  entrance  to  the  sound 
from  Itosario  Strait.  It  is  scarcely  400  yards  wide  at  the  entrance, 
with  a  depth  of  12  fathoms;  the  Bhuik  Islets  lie  across  the  western  en- 
trance, ami  it  is  necessary  to  keep  to  the  southward,  between  thein 
and  Lopez. 

Thatcher  Pass,  between  Blakely  and  Decatur  Inlands,  is  the  widest 
and  most  convenient  passage  into  Lopez  Sound  from  Kosario  Strait;  it 
is  IJ  miles  in  length,  and  its  mirrowest  part  800  yards  wide,  with  a  gen- 
eral depth  of  from  20  to  25  fathoms. 

The  tides  in  Thatcher  Pass  run  from  2  to  4  knots. 

Lawson  Rock,  lying  almost  in  the  c'>nter  of  the  eastern  entrance,. 
is  the  only  danger,  and  covers  at  2  feet  flood.  It  lies  800  yards  N.  11° 
W.  of  Fauntleroy  Point,  the  southeastern  entrance  point.  There  is  a 
good  j)assage  on  either  side  of  the  rock,  but  that  to  the  southward  is 
the  best. 

Directions. — Entering  Thatcher  ))ass  from  the  southward,  if  the  flood 
is  running,  the  south  shore  should  be  kept  pretty  close  aboard,  as  until 
well  within  the  passage  it  sets  up  towards  Lawson  Rock. 


OnSTRirCTION    PASSKS — SIIAW    ISLAND. 


125 


Wbeii  the  passage  between  Decatur  and  James  Islands  is  sliiit  in  by 
Fauntleroy  Point,  a  vessel  will  be  shut  westward  or  inside  tlie  rock. 

Vessels  cnteriii},'  by  Tliatclier  I'ass,  and  drawiu};  over  18  led,  to 
avoid  the  MiiUlie  Hank,  keep  tiie  soiitlurn  shore  aboard  within  4()U 
yards.  White  Hock  in  line  with  the  south  point  oflilakely  Island  leads 
over  the  tail  oftiic  shoal  in  -d  feet. 

The  tlood  tide  sets  IVoin  IJosai  io  Strait  throujjh  Tliatcher  Pass  both 
up  and  down  the  sound  :  a  slight  stream  ol'  Hood  also  enters  t;;e  sound 
fV<un  tile  nortliward. 

Obstruction  Passes. — Olistrucition  Island  lies  in  the  center  of  the 
<!haiiiU'I,  between  IMnkely  and  Orcas  Islands  and  the  jtasses  <mi  eitlier 
side  of  it  are  safe.  The.se  pas.ses  are  more  adapted  to  steam  than  sail- 
ing vessels,  altlioiifih  there  would  b"  nodilliculty  with  a  leadiu};  wind 
and  fair  tides.  8mail  vessels  would  lind  no  dillieulty  if  the  tides  were 
|)roperly  taken  advant!i<::e  ot. 

North  Obstruction  Pass  IS  about  Ij  miles  loiiff,  and  its  averajre 
breadth  4(10 yards;  tliereare  no  dangers  which  are  not  visible.  In  conse- 
ijiieneo  of  the  bend  in  this  channel  it  has  more  the  appearance  of  a  deep 
bay  when  seen  from  either  i  utrance.  The  eastern  end  of  ()i)strnctiou 
Island  shonid  not  be  ap|)roached  lu^arer  tlian  'J(M)  yaids,  as  shelving; 
rocks  exleml  a  short  distance  otl"  it ;  the  best  course  for  a  .steamer  is  to 
keep  in  mill-channel.  The  eastern  entrance  bears  west  from  Cypress 
Cone,  a  remarkable  l»are  peak  on  the  north  end  of  Cy|)resa  island. 

South  Obstruction  Pass,  though  narrower  than  the  North,  is  per- 
haps the  iu'tter  chaniu'l  of  the  two,  as  it  is  not  more  than  ^  mile  in 
Jeiiytli,  ami  is  perfectly  straight  in  a  EXE.  and  WSW.  direction.  Its 
narrowest  part  is  not  much  more  than  200  yards  wide;  the  deitth  of 
water  much  tlie  same  as  in  the  northern  pa.ss.  On  the  south  side  of 
the  eistern  entrance  two  rocks  extend  otf'  Hlakely  Islaiul,  the  inner 
being  always  above  hi;;h  water;  the  outer,  a  long  black  rock,  is  nearly 
!^  mile  offshore,  and  is  just  awash  at  hi<;h  water. 

Kutering  from  Uosario  Strait  t!ie  pass  should  bo  brought  well  open, 
bearin^i  S.  (18°  \V.  behue  approacliinv:  it  nearer  than  A  mde  ;  in  like  man- 
ner when  passing  into  Hosario  Strait,  if  the  lilack  Rock  is  not  seen,  a 
N.  08°  E.  course  should  be  maiidaiued  until  at  that  distance  from  the 
eastern  entrance.  When  the  west  |)oint  of  Harrows  island  opens  out 
eastward  of  the  east  i)oint  of  Hlakely  Islaiul,  bearing  8.  22°  E.,  a  ves- 
sel will  be  .\  mile  eastward  of  any  dangers.  The  southei ;;  side  of  the  jiass 
api»ears  like  a  round  wooded  island,  in  consequence  of  the  land  falling 
abruptly  beinnd  it,  where  tliereare  two  lagoons. 

Tides. — Tlie  Hood  tide  in  botli  passes  .sets  to  the  westward  from 
Uosario  .Strait,  and  the  ebb  to  the  eastward  ;  the  latter  runs  for  nearly 
two  hours  after  it  is  low  water  by  the  shore  ;  the  strength  varies  from  2 
to  r»  knots. 

Shavr  Island  is  mncli  of  the  same  character  as  Lopez,  tlifuigii  con- 
siderably smaller.  It  is  the  continuation  of  the  eastern  side  of  the  San 
.luan  Channel,  and  between  it  and  Orcas  Island  lie  the  Wasp  group. 


12G 


8AN   JUAN    CHAXNKL. 


Wasp  Islands  and  Passages.— Tlie  Wasp  Islands  are  five  in  ninn- 
bt'r.  Ix'sidos  some  sninller  islets  and  rocks. 

Yellow  Island,  tiie  wostcrnmost  oftlie  group,  is  rather  remarkable 
from  its  color,  grassy  and  nearly  bare  of  trees,  the  remainder  of  the 
group  being  wooded;  from  its  westend  a  sandy  si)it  extends  200  yards, 
liiuing  at  its  extreme  a  rock  wliicii  dries  at  low  water,  and  around 
which  Uelp  grows. 

Brown  and  Reef  Islands  lie  northward  of  Yellow  Island;  oft"  the 
West  side  of  the  latter  a  reef  extends  for  more  than  200  yards,  and  sev- 
eral rocks,  snrromiihMl  by  kelp,  extend  over  2(K(  yards  otf  tlie  west  side 
of  Brown  Isiniid.  Wasp  Passage  leads  through  this  group  to  Orcas 
Sound  and  Kosario  Strait.  With  the  assistance  of  the  chart  steamers 
will  lind  but  little  ditliculty  in  j)assing  through  it,  though  the  passage 
by  L'i»riglit  Channel  is  to  be  prelerred. 

Crane  Island,  on  the  northern  side  of  Wasp  I'assage,  is  wooded  and 
niucli  larger  than  either  of  the  Wasp  group.  A  rocky  nn'f  extends  for 
^  mile  from  tlie  N  f'i.  point  of  tiie  isl  ind  in  a  north wtvsleily  direction. 

Knob  Islet  is  a  remarkable  round  islet,  50  feet  high,  with  two  or  three 
bushes  on  its  summit ;  it  lies  just  westward  of  Cliff  Island. 

Directions.  —  Passing  between  Urown  am  Iteet  Islands,  where  the 
channel  is  nearly  \  nule  wide,  with  a  depth  of  !)  fathoms  (a  depth  of -I 
fathoms  surrounded  by  kelp,  lying  lietween  lleef  and  IJrown  Islands, 
has  l)een  reported).  Bird  Hock  (awash  at  higii  water)  may  be  pas.sed  on 
either  side;  the  widest  passage  is  to  the  eastward  of  it,  between  it  hihI 
Crane  Island,  where  the  channel  is  {  mde  across,  and  has  a  depth  of 
15  fathoms.  The  passage  northward  of  Crane  Island  is  so  narrow  that 
it  a[)i)eafs  Joined  to  Orcas.  After  passing  Bird  liock  steer  to  the  south- 
ward ot  Crane  Island,  between  it  and  Clitf  Islainl,  and  thence  between 
Crain;  Island  and  the  north  end  of  Shaw  l.vland. 

Imu'  ii  mile  the  channel  is  of  a  good  breadth,  with  no  dangers  until 
ajjproaching  the  east  end  of  Ciane  Island,  when  it  narrows  to  little 
more  than  200  yards.  The  .steep  cliffy  shore  of  Shaw  Island  must  now 
be  kei)t  aboard  to  avoid  the  Passaj;o  Rock,  which  lies  'M)0  yards  east- 
ward of  Pas-sage  Islaml.  Knob  Islet,  just  touching  the  north  end  of 
Cliff  Island,  and  just  open  southward  of  the  south  side  of  ('raiie  Island, 
leads  200  yards  south  of  Passage  Kock,  which  is  covered  at  2  feet  rise. 

When  Orcas  Knob  is  just  over  the  narrow  jiassage  between  Double 
Islands  and  the  west  .shore  of  West  Sound, bearing  N.  8"^  W.,  vessels  are 
e.istward  of  Passage  Kock,  and  may  steer  iii)  West  Sound  or  eastward 
for  Kast  Sound  or  Kosario  Strait.  Passing  out  of  West  Sound  the 
same  marks  are  equally  good;  steer  down  just  westward  of  Broken 
Point  (a  rennirkable  ditty  peninsula  on  the  north  side  of  Shaw  Island) 
until  tlie  ishunls  above  riu'ntioned  touch,  when  steer  for  them,  giving 
tin'  south  side  of  Crane  Island  a  moderate  berth,  and  passing  out  of 
A\'asp  Channel  as  before  diretited  for  entering  it. 

If  desired,  a  vessel  maypass  into  Wasp  Channel  to  the  soutl'wardof 


NORTH    PASSAGK— ORCAS    ISLAND. 


127 


Yellow  I«liiii<l,  between  it  and  Low  iHlaiid  (a  small  islet),  tlieiice  iiortli- 
ward  of  Knob  Islaiul,  as  before  directed,  between  Crane  and  Cliff  isl- 
ands. 

Tiierc  is  anotlier  passajje  into  Wasp  Channel  southward  of  Clitf 
Island,  between  it  and  Xeck  IViint,  the  remarkable  western  extreme  of 
aiiaw  Ishiiid.  The  i)readth  between  tliem  is  a  little  over  I'OO  yards,  l)nt 
there  is  a  )>at(:ii  of  I  tatlioms,  with  iveip  on  it,  in  the  (H-iiter  of  the  pas- 
sajte.  If  takiiijr  i  is  channel  tiiere  is  a  re«^t  lyiiin  rt.  (J2^  \V.,  aiii!  ex- 
tendiiiff  more  liiaii  \  \mUi  from  the  S\V.  iMid  of  Cliff  Islaml  ;  tiiis  reef 
is  sometimes  covered,  and  is  tlie  only  dan^'er  known  that  is  not  visible. 

These  two  latter  passa<i;es  are  the  shortest  into  the  \Vas|>  Channel  for 
vessels  frotn  the  soiithwiiril.  The  eye  will  be  liiiiiid  thf  iiesf  ^(iidi>  ;  a 
}jood  lookout  is  netH'ssary  and  to  steameis  there  are  no  dilliiMilties.  To 
the  northward  of  Crane  Island,  between*  it  ami  Orcas,  there  is  a  narrow 
elianiu'I,  but  thou<i:h  deep  it  is  only  tit  for  boats. 

Tides. — 'I'he  Hood  tide  sets  to  tin-  west  in  riic  eastern  eutiance  of 
Wasp  Channel,  i)nt  in  the  western  entrance  the  liood  from  San  Jnati 
Channel  partially  sets  to  the  eastward  and  (lanses  some  rips  anion;;'  the 
islands,  which  may  be  mistaken  for  shoal  water. 

Nortli  Passage. — This  clear  deep  cliannel  leadinj;'  to  Deer  Harbor, 
the  westernin(»st  port  in  Orcas  Island,  lies  between  Steep  I'oint  and 
Keef  Island.  It  is  nearly  \  mile  wide  and  20  fathoms  deep,  and  the 
oidy  danj;er  to  avoid  is  the  reef  o(f  the  western  side  of  lleef  islaml. 
To  enter  Deer  Harbor:  After  passinjj  Jones  Islaiul  keep  Steep  Point 
ami  the  shore  of  Orcas  aboard  within  .'{(>(>  yards,  until  past  Keef  Island, 
when  haul  up  to  the  northward  and  anchor  as  coiiveuieiit. 

Orcas  Island  is  the  most  extensive  of  the  {jroiip  known  as  the  Haro 
Archipelago,  and  contains  the  tinest  harbors.  It  is  mouutainous  and 
in  most  parts  thickly  wooded.  Its  .southern  side  issiniirularly  indented 
by  deep  sound.s,  which  in  some  placrs  almost  divide  the  island.  On  the 
eastern  side  of  the  island  .Mount  Constitution  arises  to  an  elevation  of 
2,420  feet,  wooded  to  its  summit ;  on  the  west  side  is  the  Turtle  Back, 
a  long  wooiled  ranjje  1,(J00  feet  hij{h,  and  west  of  it,  risinj,'  immediately 
over  the  sea,  is  the  singular  bare  top  cone  known  as  Orcas  Knob. 

On  the  western  and  northern  sides  there  is  no  convenient  aiichoratre. 
A  vessel  inijrht  drop  an  anchor,  if  necessary,  southwanl  of  Douirhty 
Point,  where  12  fathoms  water  will  be  found  within  200  yanls  of  tli'^ 
shore;  a  small  ves.sel  might  al.so  unciior  in  1.^  fathoms,  just  insitle  a. 
small  islet  in  the  bay  g  mile  southward  of  Doughty  Point. 

The  northern  coast  is  steep  and  precii)itous,  except  between  Doughty 
Point  and  Thompson  Point,  a  distance  of  2A  miles;  here  occurs  the  low 
laiul  at  the  head  of  East  Sound,  and  the  [mints  are  shelving,  with  large 
bowlder  stones  extending  some  distance  oil". 

Thompson  Point  is  bare  and  clilly;  from  it  the  coast  forms  a  slight 
curve  southeasterly  to  Lawrence  Point,  distant  0  miles, 

Lawrence  Point,  the  sloping  terminatitm  of  the  high  range  of  Mount 
Constitution,  is  the  eastern  extreme  of  Orcas  Island  ;  on  its  northern 


128 


ORCAS,    WEST    AND    EAST    SOUNDS. 


side  it  is  ii  stoe])  iiiid  iilino8t  i»ei'i)eiKlicnlar  clitt",  and  from  it  the  coast 
turns  alnnptly  to  the-  soiitiiwaid,  Corininjjf  the  western  side  of  Hoaario 
Strait;  4  miles  soutliward  fioiu  tiie  point  is  the  entrance  to  Nortli  Ob- 
struction Pass. 

Deer  Harbor,  tiie  westernmost  of  tiie  tliree  poits  of  Orcas,  may  be  con- 
veniently entered  I'rom  the  San  iTuan  Channel  by  North  Passage,  and 
Brown  Islands.  The  harbor  is  one  mile  lon^  in  a  north  and  south  direc- 
tion, and  about  the  same  breadth  at  its  southern  end  ;  it  narrows  rapidly, 
and  terminates  in  a  shoal  creek  and  fresh- water  strcains  fed  from  a  lake. 

Fawrn  Islet  lies  oil  tiie  steep  clitfy  shore  of  the  west  side  of  the  har- 
bor; below  it  the  depth  varie.sfrom  10  to  15  fathoms  ;  abreast  and  above 
it  from  .J  to  (S  fathoms,  mud  bottom. 

Anchorage. — A  convenient  berth  is  in  7  I'athoms,  hallway  between 
Fawn  Islet  and  the  eastern  shore,  or  a  siui;^  anchorage  in  o  fathoms 
■will  be  foand  \  mile  al)ove  tiie  islet.  Between  Kawn  Islet  and  the 
western  shore  is  a  passage  tiW)  yards  wide  with  9  fathoms.  There 
are  no  dangers  in  this  harbor  except  a  reef  of  rocks  extending  from 
the  north  side  of  Crane  Island.  The  west  end  of  this  island,  in  line 
with  the  west  end  of  Clilt"  Island,  bearing  S.  IVJ'^  W.,  leads  on  to  the 
western  edge  of  this  reef,  on  which  there  is  only  one  fathom  water. 
If  working  up  the  harbor  a  vessel  should  not  stand  so  far  to  the  east- 
ward as  to  shut  in  the  east  end  of  Clift"  Island  behind  the  west  end  of 
€rane  Island;  this  will  lead  more  than  liOO  yards  clear  of  the  reef. 

West  Sound  may  be  entered  from  San  .)nan  Channel,  either  by  the 
Wasp  or  lJi)right  Passages  already  descril)ed,  or  from  Itosario  Strait 
by  either  of  the  Obstruction  Passes,  Having  entered  by  the  Wasp 
Passage,  cleared  the  Passage  Rock,  and  l»eing  ott"  Broken  Point,  West 
Sound  will  be  open,  with  Orcas  Knob  immediately  over  the  head  of  it. 
The  sound  is  about  '^  mile  broad  with  depths  of  froni  10  to  16  fathoms, 
and  no  hidden  dangers. 

Anchorage  may  be  had  in  any  part  above  Double  Islands,  which  lie 
close  oft"  its  western  shore,  but  the  snuggest  anchorage,  and  the  best 
lor  vessels  intending  to  make  any  stay,  is  either  in  White  Beach  Bay, 
ou  the  eastern  shore,  or  in  Massacre  Bay,  at  the  northwestern  head  of 
the  sound. 

TVhite  Beach  Bay,  so  named  from  the  quantities  of  white  clam 
shells  lying  on  its  sliores,  and  giving  them  the  appearance  of  white 
-sandy  beaches,  is  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  soun<l,  2  miles  above 
Broken  Point.  A  small  islet.  Sheep  Islet,  lies  in  the  middle  of  the  bay, 
nearly  connected  with  the  shore  at  low  water. 

Anchorage. — There  is  good  anchorage  in  9  fathoms  water,  with 
Sheep  Islet  bearing  N.  ii2°  E.  and  Haida  Point,  the  northern  point  of 
the  bay,  N.  34'^  W.,  distant  i  mile. 

Massacre  Bay  is  between  Haida  and  Indian  Points.  Il-.irbor  Rock, 
covering  at  one-third  Hood,  is  almost  in  the  center  of  the  bay,  between 
the  two  entrance  points  and  nearly  600  yards  east  of  Indian  Point;  it 


HAKNKY  CHANNKL STOCKADK  BAY. 


129 


with 


may  be  passi-il  on  eitlier  side  in  ii  depth  nt  5)  fathoms.  If  to  the  east- 
wanl,  llaida  Point  slioiild  l>e  i<ept  within  3(M)  yards;  if  to  tiie  west- 
ward, tlie  eastern  clitfy  part  of  I5rok<'n  Point  and  tlie  eastern  side  of 
Double  Islands  iiept  in  line  astern,  bearing  t^.  17  K.,  leads  westward 
of  the  roek.  When  Indian  Point  bears  a.  23'^  W.  <;ood  anchorage  will 
be  found  in  the  center  of  the  bay  in  8  fathoms,  nind  bottom. 

Harney  Channel  eonneots  the  West  and  East  Souiids  of  Orcas.  It 
commenees  at  IJrokeii  Point,  and  takes  an  easterly  direction  for  3  miles, 
when  it  enters  rprij;lit(!hannel  between  Fosterand  llaiikin  Points;  thb 
former  is  a  low  slopiii};  ;rreen  point,  the  southern  termination  of  the 
peninsula  which  separates  the  two  sounds;  the  latter  is  the  eastern 
blull  wooded  jiointof  Shaw  Island. 

The  north  side  of  Harney  Channel  is  a  sciies  of  small  bays  with 
shiufile  beaches,  and  there  is  a  deeji  cove  rj  mile  west  of  Foster  Point ; 
just  westward  of  this  cove  is  a  rocky  patch  which  lies  more  than  200 
yards  olfsliore,  ami  covers  at  half  Hood. 

Camp  Cove  is  immediately  northward  of  Foster  Point;  it  is  a  con- 
venient c(»ve  for  boats,  or  a  snnill  vessel  mij^ht  anchor  there  in  G 
fathoms;  there  is  a  {jood  stream  of  fresh  wafer  rniiniiifj;  into  it. 

High  Water  Rock  lies  more  than  200  yards  from  the  shore,  ^  mile 
no'theastward  of  Foster  Point;  it  is  awash  at  hifrh  water,  and  there  is 
a  depth  of  8  fathoms  between  it  and  the  shore. 

Blind  Bay  is  on  the  southern  shore,  midway  between  Broken  and 
Hankin  I'oints.  A  small  round  islet  partialiy  wooded  lies  in  the  center 
of  the  entrance,  and  a  reef  of  rocks  covering  at  high  water  extends 
from  its  western  i)oinr,  almost  cljokiig  the  entrance  on  that  side,  but 
leaving  a  narrow  passage  close  to  the  islet;  a  rock  covering  at  one- 
<juarter  tlood  also  lies  off  the  eastern  side  of  the  islet,  leaving  a  channel 
of  5  fathoms  almost  equally  narrow  on  that  side,  .so  that  the  bay  is  only 
eligible  for  coasters,  which  should  keep  the  island  close  aboard  when 
entering;  the  eastern  side  is  the  best. 

Anchorage  in  4  or  o  fathotns  ma;.'  be  had  with  the  islet  bearing  north, 
distant  400  yards. 

East  Sound. — Entering  this  sound,  remarkable  conical  hills  over 
1,000  feet  high  rise  on  both  sides  of  the  entrance,  which  is  between 
Diamond  and  Stockade  Points.  From  between  these  i)oints  the  sound 
takes  a  northwesterly  direction;  it  contracts  at  Cascade  Haj'  to  i  mile, 
and  opens  out  again  above  to  more  than  one  mile  wide;  the  head  of  the 
souml  terminates  in  two  bays,  separated  by  a  jutting  cliffy  point.  The 
depth  of  water  in  the  sound  is  1.5  fathoms. 

Stockade  Bay,  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  entrance  to  the  sound, 
nearly  one  mile  north  of  Stockade  Point  affords  anchorage  in  8  fathoms, 
at  about  000  yards  from  the  shore ;  there  is  a  good  stream  of  fresh  water 
running  into  the  bay  :  with  a  strong  S\V.  wind  some  swell  sets  into  this 
anchorage. 

14205— No.  96 9 


180 


ORCAS,    WEST   AND   E/ 8T   SOUNDS. 


Qreen  Bank,  on  the  western  side,  iintiuMliiitely  opposite  Stockade 
Bay,  is  a  bank  of  sand  extending  lialt'way  across  the  sound  ;  ou  it  there 
are  deptlis  of  from  o  to  !)  fatlioms,  with  one  patcli  of  4  fathoms,  and  a 
vessel  nii<jht  anclior  on  it  if  necessary,  as  being  more  convenient  than 
the  deep  water  immediately  oft'  it.  Tlie  best  anchorage  is  in  (5  fathoms 
at  i  mile  nortli  of  Diamond  Point,  witii  a  small  green  islet,  which  lies 
just  off  a  white  sliell  beach,  bearing  N.  07°  W.,  distant  about  SOU  yards. 

Cascade  Bay,  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  sound,  is  formed  by  a  small 
hook  of  land.  Anchorage  may  be  had  300  yards  from  the  beacii  in  10 
fathoms;  but  it  would  not  be  a  desirable  i)lace  to  lay  witii  a  south- 
easterly wind. 

Water. — A  large  stream  falls  by  a  cascade  into  the  above  bay,  and 
it  would  be  a  (ionvenient  place  at  which  to  water  a  ship. 

Fishing  and  Ship  Bays. — Fishing  Hay,  tiui  westernmost  of  the  tvvo 
bays  at  the  head  of  the  sound,  has  good  anciiorage  in  10  fathoms,  with 
Arbutus  Point,  the  ciilfy  extreme  of  the  jutting  peiinsula  before  men- 
tioned, bearing  N.  68°  E.,  midway  between  it  and  the  west  side  of  the 
sound. 

Ship  Bay,  eastward  of  Arbutus  Point,  runs  off  shoal  for  400  yards  or 
neaily  to  the  extreme  of  the  point ;  but  it  affords  good  shelter,  perhaps 
better  than  Fishing  Bay.  There  is  good  anchorage  in  9  fathoms,  mud 
bottom,  with  Arbutus  Poiut  bearing  N.  55°  W.,  distant  GOO  yards. 


c  n  APTK  \i  r  V, 


ROSAUIO   STIIAIT   ANU  SUOKKS  OF  GEORGIA   STRAIT. 


Rosario  Strait  is  tbo  easteniino.st  aiul  otic  of  the  iH'iiicipal  rbanuuLs 
leatliiig  lioiii  .Jiiaii  tie  Fucii  Strait  into  tliiit  of  (l»!orgia.  Its  .soutlicrn 
eiitraiKii'  is  between  Loiiez  ami  l"'i(lal;;i>  Islands,  and  from  tlience  its 
{general  direetion  is  north  and  northwesterly  for  li.j  miles,  wiiere  it  en- 
ters Georjfia  Strait. 

Like  Ilaro  Strait,  the  llosario  has  several  smaller  channels  whiish 
braneh  ofl'to  the  eastward,  and  lead  between  islands  to  the  settlements 
in  Bcllin{;ham  Baj-,  or  by  a  more  eirenitous  route  into  the  Strait  of 
Georjjiii  itself;  among  the  principal  of  these  channels  arcGiieines,  Bel- 
lingham,  and  Lummi. 

The  principal  dangers  are  the  Bird  and  Belle  Uocks,  which  lie  almost 
in  the  center  of  the  strait,  4  miles  within  tiie  southern  entrance.  There 
are  several  anchorages  available  for  vessels  delayed  by  the  tides  or 
other  causes.  Shoal  Bight  (Davis  Bay)  on  the  eastern  side  of  Lopez 
Island,  3  miles  within  the  southern  entrance  ;  Burrows  Bay,  immedi- 
ately oj)i)08ite  it,  under  Mount  Erie,  on  the  west  side  of  Kidalgo  Island  ; 
Ship  Bay  in  Guemes  Channel;  and  Strawberry  Bay,  on  the  western 
side  of  Cypress  Island,  are  the  principal,  Vessels  entering  Fuca  Strait, 
and  bound  to  any  of  the  ports  of  Puget  Sound,  or  up  Hosario  Strait, 
either  by  day  or  night,  should  make  New  Duiigeness  light,  and  then 
Smiih  or  Blunt  Island. 

Tides. — The  tides  in  Kosario  Strait  are  strong,  from  3  to  7  knots  in 
the  narrower  parts. 

Directions. — Having  made  Smith  Island,  which  vessels  bound  from 
sea  up  Kosario  Channel  should  do  on  about  a  N.  7.i°  E.  bearing,  it  may 
be  passed  on  either  side,  but  to  the  northward  appears  most  convenient. 
When  Dungeness  Light-house  bears  S.  34^  W.  keep  it  on  that  bearing, 
astern,  steering  N.  34°  E.,  whicii  leads  midway  between  Smith  lslan<l 
and  the  Uein  (Fonte)  Bank.  (By  day  tliis  bank  will  be  always  seen  in 
time  to  avoid  it.) 

When  the  light-house  on  Smith  Island  bears  S.  .').")0  E.  a  vessel  will  be 
to  the  eastward  of  the  bank,  and  a  course  may  bo  steered  for  the  en- 
trance of  the  strait,  which,  however,  should  not  be  entered  at  night 
until  there  is  a  light  on  Bird  or  Belle  Hocks,  unless  by  those  perfectly 
acquainted  with  the  navigation  and  the  state  of  the  tide.     If  passing  to 


182 


ROSAKIO    STKAIT. 


th«  sontliWHid  of  Smitli  iMlaiid,  riMiicMiibi'r  to  avoid  Pnrtridf^e  Bunk. 
Tlio  iiortlnvt'sttTii  edge  oJ'  tlie  bank  is  marked  by  n  buoy. 

VcshpIs  fioin  Mk' soiithciii  pints  o(  Vancouver  Islaiul,  bound  up  Uo- 
sarii)  Strait,  should  of  course  pass  uortiiwardof  Sniitii  Island,  Tliecudy 
dangers  to  bi«  avoided  are  the  Salmon  Hardi,  with  10  feet  of  water  over 
it,  olf  the  south  eiul  of  San  .luan,  and  the  Davidscui  Kock  otf  Southwest 
Islanil.  Mount  Kric  (on  Fidaluc  Island)  in  line  with  leeber;;  Point, 
bearinj;  X.  .Sii^  K.,  leads  1  j  miles  south  of  the  former,  and  it  is  not  rec- 
onnnendi'd  to  pass  the  southern  side  of  Lopez  Island  at  less  than  one 
mile,  which  will  insure  deariuj;'  the  latter;  moreover,  the  coast  is  rocky 
and  the  flood  tide  sets  o\\  to  it. 

Watmough  Head  (Cape  Colville),  the  southeastern  extreme  of 
Lopez  Island,  is  the  western  entrance  point  of  Kosarlo  Strait;  Wat- 
mough Hill,  Hat-topped,  and  about  450  feet  hij;h,  rises  immediately 
over  it. 

Southwest  iBland  (Colville  Island),  snmll,  and  bare  of  trees,  about 
40  feet  high,  lies  one  mile  S.  45^  W.  of  the  cape ;  close  to  the  cape  and 
appeariuji;  from  most  points  of  view  a  pait  of  it,  ia  Castle  Island,  a  high, 
precipitous  rock.  Enteriiifjr  the  strait,  Southwest  Island  should  be 
given  a  berth  of  oiu'  mile. 

Davidson  Rock,  on  which  is  only  a  dei)th  of  4  feet  at  low  water,  and 
occasiomilly  uncovering  at  low  springs,  lies  a  little  more  than  (500  yards 
S.  67°  E.  of  the  east  end  of  Southwest  Island,  and  nearly  one  mile  S.  23° 
W.  of  Watmough  Head ;  kelp  grows  about  the  rock,  but  the  patch  is  so 
small  that  it  is  diHicult  to  make  out.  Kellett  Island,  or  (Jape  St.  Mary, 
kept  open  of  the  extreme  of  Watmough  Head,  bearing  north,  leads  ^ 
mile  to  the  eastward  of  the  rock,  and  Kagle  Point  (San  Juan)  kept 
oi)en  of  the  south  end  of  Lopez  Island,  bearing  N.  64°  W.,  leads  one 
mile  southward  of  it. 

Kellett  Island  is  a  small  tlat-topped  islet  covered  with  grass,  lying 
immediately  northward,  and  close  ott"  the  low  extreme  of  Watmough 
llea<l. 

Cape  St.  Mary,  the  next  point  northward  of  Watmough  Head,  and 
a  little  nu)re  than  oiu)  mile  from  it,  forms  the  southeru  point  of  Davis 
Bay. 

Kellett  or  Hulah  Ledge,  with  one  fathom  water  on  it,  and  marked 
by  kelp,  lies  (500  yards  N.  58°  E.  of  Cape  St.  Mary  ;  there  is  a  deej)  pas- 
sage between  it  and  the  cape.  Vessels  i)assing  outside  it  shoulil  give 
the  cai)e  a  beith  of  ov(>r  .A  mile. 

Shoal  Bight  (Davis  Bay)  Anchorage. — Shoal  Bight  atlbrds  good 
and  convenient  anchorage  in  a  uu)derate  depth  of  water.  After  rouiul- 
ing  Hulah  Ledge,  a  vessel  nuiy  stand  to  the  westward  into  the  bay  and 
anchor  in  0  fathoms,  mud  bottom,  at  little  more  than  i  mile  from  the 
shore,  with  Cape  St.  Mary  bearing  S.  11°  E.;  inside  this  the  water 
shoals  rather  suddenly  to  tih  and  3  fathoms.  A  kelp  patch,  on  which 
there  is  shoal  water,  lies  one  mile  N.  11°  E.  of  the  cape.  There  is  auchor- 


IJECEI'TION    PASS UUKROW8    BAY 


133 


ink. 


„ 


ngu  in  from  4  to  S  fiitl'oniM  anywhere  within  ont>  mile  ut°  the  eiiHt  Hhuru  of 
Lopez  ami  Decatur  Ishmds,  from  a  little  nortiiwanl  of  Cape  8t.  Mary, 
as  far  north  as  tlie  wliite  cliff  of  Deeatur  Island,  avoiding  tiie  liclp 
patcheH  Just  mentioned,  or  while  the  Bird  Itoek  buars  anything  to  tiie 
northward  of  S.  (iT=>  B.,  hut  little  tide  will  be  felt.  With  the  Lopez 
(Matiry)  Pass  open,  bcarin;;  N.  (57^  W.,  there  is  Rood  anchorat;e  at  from 
i  mile  to  one  mile  from  tli    shore,  in  from  (i  to  8  fathoms. 

Deception  Pass  is  a  narrow  channel  separating  Fidal^o  from  Whid- 
bey  Island,  and  eomiminieatinfi  with  the  witers  of  I'uget  Sound  and 
Admiralty  Inlet;  l)Ut  it  is  only  elifjibh^  for  such  small  vess-ls  or  steam- 
ers as  are  well  acipiaii  ',etl  with  the  locality.  The  tides  set  through  it 
with  iiVi'ixt  velocity. 

Lawson  Reef,  on  which  there  is  only  a  depth  of  3  fathoms  at  low 
water,  is  a  ledfje  of  small  extent  lyinj,'  J  ,",r  miles  8.  84°  \V.  of  the  West 
l)oinr  of  Deception  Island  at  the  entrance  to  Deception  Pass. 

Allan  Island  is  '{  mile  in  extern  and  '2'Mi  feet  hi^di.  Its  southern  face 
is  l)iire. 

Burrows  Island,  separated  from  Allan  Island  by  a  channel  \  mile 
wide,  is  (»!(»  feet  lii;jii,  has  a  notably  flat  top,  is  woodcl,  and  may  l)e 
si't'w  Iron)  tiie  Strait  of  Fu(!a. 

Burrows  Bay,  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  entrance  to  Uoaario  Strait, 
is  well  marked  by  Mount  I'hie,  a  remarkalde  (Minical  hill,  rising'  1,'J5(> 
feet  immediately  over  it,  at  oiu'  mile  from  the  (toast.  The  l)ay  is  shel- 
tered from  westerly  and  southwesterly  winds  by  Burrows  and  Allan 
Islands,  and  affords  good  an('hr)ra>:e. 

Williamson's  Rocks,  a  duster  of  rocky  islets,  lie  in  the  southern 
entran(!e  of  the  bay,  S  mile  south  of  Allan  Ishuul,  with  deep  water  dose 
around  them. 

Directions. — The  best  entrarni',  wlii(!li  is  one  mile  in  breadth,  is  to 
the  sotitli  ward  of  Williatnson's  Rocks,  between  them  and  Fidaljjo  Islatid. 
On  the  eastern  side  of  Allan  Islatid  the  water  is  deep  for  j  mile  off 
shore,  ha  viiifj  depths  of  from  18  to  25  fathoms.  The  eastern  shore  of  the 
bay  is  shoal  for  CAM  yards  off  the  beach,  aiul  in  one  spot  a  bowlder, 
awash  at  low  water,  lies  nearly  800  yards  off". 

Vessels  from  the  northward  may  enter  Burrows  Bay  by  the  passage 
uortluvard  of  Burrows  Island,  or  between  the  latter  and  Allan  Island  ; 
they  are  about  an  equal  breadth,  a  little  over  400  yards  at  their  nar- 
rowest part,  free  from  danger,  and  lie  nearly  east  and  west. 

Anchorage  may  be  had  in  (5  fathoms,  with  the  passage  between  Bur- 
rows and  Allan  Islands  open  bearing'  west,  J  mile  from  Young  Island; 
but  the  most  sheltered  anchorage  is  iu  12  fathoms  at  the  uorth  head  of 
the  bay,  J  mile  from  the  eastern  shore  of  Burrows  Island,  with  the 
p.assage  shut  in,  and  Young  Island  bearing  8.  40°  W. 

Tides. — The  ebb  tide  sets  to  the  eastward  into  both  passages,  at  the 
rate  of  3  to  4  knots  during  siirings. 


184 


HOSAHIO    STRAIT. 


Denis  Rock. — T1kt«*  i.s  si  tin-p  (•liiinnt'l  ^  iiiilf  in  Itrcadtli,  l)i>t\vc«Mi 
AVillitiiiisiiirM  Itocks  and  Allan  Lsliind,  but  vcssi-Ih  taking;  it,  or  workin;; 
<i|)  westward  of  the  latt<M'  island,  must  avoid  Donis  itock,  wliicli  has  \i 
IV'tit  on  it  at  low  water  and  laivly  uncovers.  It  lies  nearly  1, '-'(>(»  yards 
N.  .JP  W,  of  Williamson's  I{oc,ks,  and  the  same  distance  west  of  the 
south  end  of  Allan  Island. 

Bird  Rocks,  lyiuf:  almost  in  the  center  of  Uosario  Strait,  nearly  I 
miles  N.  lid  '  li.  of  WatniouKh  lieail.  are  (utmposetl  of  three  detaeheil 
rocks  close  tofjether,  the  southernmost  Itein^j  the  hirjjest.  There  in  deep 
water  close  to  it,  '>iit  en  leeoant  of  the  stntU},'  tides,  sailing  vessels 
workiufi  111'  oi'  down,  jjarticularly  during  li;,'!'^  winds,  should  jjive  it  a 
berth  of  4  mile.  There  is  an  e(|ually  iiooi\  jtas-sajjc  on  either  side  of  the 
rock;  that  to  the  eastward  is  the  wider  ['2  miles  across);  to  the  west- 
ward it  is  one  mile  Vvide,  with  somewhat  less  tide,  lly  taking;  the  latter 
clninne'.  with  a  leading  wind,  straiiners  will  more  easily  avoid  the  Itelle 
IJoek;  passin;j:  IJird  i^xrk  at  a  convenient  distance,  steer  Just  oiitsM^', 
01  to  the  eastward  of  James  Island,  until  the  passaj^e  between  (luemes 
and  Fidalfio  Islands  is  open. 

Belle  Rock,  the  t!!i>st  serious  dan;ieriii  the  Kosario  Strait,  only  un- 
covers near  low  water,  and  the  tides  set  over  it  tVom  -  to  .'»  knots,  it 
lies  1, •_'(!(»  yanls  N.  tlP  K.  of  Hird  h'ock,  and  in  the  jjassa^*'  between  them 
aie  depths  of  S  to  L'O  fathoms.  N'essels  should  not  pass  lietween  them 
except  in  cases  of  necessitv.  The  IJelle  Rock  is  easily  avoided  1>.\  day; 
if  passiufj  to  the  eastward  of  it,  keep  Lawremse  I'oint  (rhe  eastern 
l>oint  of  Orcas  Island)  Just  shut  in  by  Tide  Point  ^the  western  extreme 
of  Cypress  Island),  bearinjj  north,  until  the  passaj^e  between  (iiu-mes 
and  Fidalji'o  Islautls  is  Just  open. 

If  takiuff  the  channel  westward  of  JJird  Hock,  keep  that  rock  well 
eastward  of  Watmouffh  Head  until  (luemes  ('hannel  is  open.  The 
threat  danj^'cr  of  the  IJelle  IJock  to  a  sailing  vessel  is  being  lett  with  a 
light  wind  in  the  center  of  the  strait,  as  the  water  is  too  deep  to  allow 
of  an  an<;h(»r  holding  in  so  strong  a  tideway. 

Buoy. — A  bell  buoy,  painted  black,  is  moored  in  '.>  lathoins,  with 
Hii'd  Kock  S.  4-)"  W.  and  Helle  Hock  N.  58°  W. 

James  Island,  almost  divided  in  the  center,  is  a  remarkable  saddle 
islaml  with  two  summits,  :iot(  leet  high;  l.ving  close  otf  the  east  side  of 
Decatur  Island.     There  are  no  dangers  on  its  ott  or  eastern  side. 

White  and  Black  Rocks  are  :{  mile  apart,  and  lie  off  the  south- 
eastern shore  of  Ulakely  Island.  White  Hock,  the  southernmost,  is  16 
feet  above  high  water,  and  a  little  more  than  ^  mile  from  the  shore  at 
the  easteiii  entrance  of  Thatcher  Pass.  HIack  Hock,  10  feet  high,  lies 
^  mile  N.  570  E.  of  White  Hock,  and  A  mile  from  Blakely  Island. 
There  is  a  deep  channel  between  these  rocks,  as  also  between  them  and 
Blakely  Island. 

Bellingham  Channel  between  Oiienies  and  ('yiiress  Islands,  is 
about  3^  miles  long  ann  ^  mile  wide  in  its  narrowest  part,  between 


HKLLINGIIAM    CllANNKL    AND    HAY. 


135 


VCCII 

kiug 
UN  'J 
arils 
tho 

l,v4 
Ik-iI 

C'Cp 

wis 
it  u 
tlio 

'.St- 

ttcr 
ifllu 

1.. 


Kii.st  roiiit  aiitl  (riieiiu'H  Islaiiil.  Ahn'iist  tlie  nurtluMii  t>iiil  ol'  (iiumiu'H 
I«liiMtl,  wliicli  isiiNtccp  bliilVcalletl  Clark's  I'oiiit  and  on  tlio  woHtoni 
Midi- of  tilt;  clianiM-l,  arc!  suvoral  sniall,  liigli,  \voo<li-il  JNU'ts,  callfd  tlio 
Cone  Isli'ls.  No  dan^'ins  will  Im;  nirt  with  in  iiavi^jatinj;  this  cliaiinid, 
ra.ss  north  of  Vcnilovi  and  soiitii  of  l'ili/.a  Islands,  and  l<«'llin;:iiain 
lia.v  o|)(MiH.  Slionid  the  wind  Uf  li;;ht  and  the  tide  Hood,  pass  clost*  to 
Clark's  Point  to  avoid  lu'inj,'  set  past  Sinclair  Island, 

Guemes  Channel,  south  of  <fut«ines  Island,  K-ads  into  Tadilla  Hay 
niitl  fast  ward  ol  the  island  to  lifiliii^hani  Bay.  At  the  western  entiaiiue, 
on  tin-  sonthcrn  shore,  is  Ship  liail      . 

Port  Townsend  to  Bellingham  l?ay.— With  .strong  Jlttod  tide  and 
clear  weather  vessels  pass  tlininy^!  diiernes  Channel  instead  of  tlirou{,'h 
liellinijhain  Cliannel.     The  i"  i   tl  ro<i'"  is  thron",l.  ISellin^rhiini  Clianntd 

(1065)  WASHINGTON  -  Bellingham  bay-BellinKham  -  Infor- 
mation.— Coiuiuaiider  V.  L.  Cottiiian,  11.  H.  Navy,  eoininanding  the 
U.  8.  S.  Wyomiiii/,  reportw  uiuh  diueof.runc  20,  l!»Ot,  that  the  towns 
of  Whttteoiu  and  Fairhaven  have  Itecn  united  under  the  name  of 
Bellingham.  He  also  states  that  no  coal  can  be  obtained  here  as 
stated  in  the  Sailing  Directions.  (N.  M.  29, 1904.) 

uemngham  Bay. —  the  i^eneral  direction  of  this  liay  is  norm  aiiu 

^>ouIh  ;  ii  is  I  miles  in  width  .ind  14  miles  Ion;;,  inclndiii;^  tln^  broad  llats 
at  either  end.  In  the  intrthea.stern  corner  of  the  bay  are  the  villa;,'^es  of 
Helliii;;ham,  Sciione,  and  Whatcom.  'J'here  are  coal  mines  near  these 
villa;;('s,  biU  the  amount  of  coal  is  not  yreat  iMid  the  (|iialit\  is  poor, 
ilall  a  mile  from  the  shore  there  is  ;;ooil  anchorage  in  Mallioms,  soft 
stick,\  hottoiu.  Underlying  this  soft  bottom  there  is  a  stialiim  of  sand- 
stone, which  |»reveiitN  the  anchor  Iroin  holdiiifi,  ami  vessels  dra);\vith 
sontheasters,  which  blow  strong  up  the  bay  and  raise  a  rough  sea. 

Rocks  and  Shoals. — X  single  bowlder,  with  H  feet  of  water  over  it, 
lies  aliont  midway  between  I'oint  Fiances  and  Kli/.a  Island.  Tliisrock 
bears  N.  «=  j^'  \\.  from  the  north  end  of  Eli/.a  Island  ami  S.  ."ifP  48' 
■\V.  from  Chnckanut  liock. 

Starr  liock,  a  small  ledge  about  .'<7  yards  in  length,  in  aN.  4r>-  K.  and 
S.  i'P  W.  direction,  with  a  least  depth  of  0  feet  on  it,  is  about  ;$S4yardM 
offshore,  with  from  5  to  0  fathoms  inshore  of  it,  and  lies  with  the  west 
end  of  warehouse  on  Whatcom  Wharf  bearing  N.  24^  (»<S'  ]].  and  the 
.south  smokestack  of  Hellinghaiu  sawmill  S.  8^  lU'  K. 

A  small  shoal  spot,  about  .'i28  yards  oil'  VAiza  Island,  with  a  least  depth 
of.")  feet,  is  40  to  ">0  feet  in  length,  and  there  is  1.1  fathoms  (uitside  and 
from  7  tl)  0  fat!   mum  inside  of  it;  it  lies  with  the  dead  tree  on  extreme 
west  point  of  Fliza  Island  bearing  S.  8°   12'   F.  and  south  point  of 
Lummi  Island  S.  .53^  .'50'  W. 

A  shoal  spot  on  the  east  side  of  Lununi  Island,  about  \:{  miles  from 
the  south  end,  is  about  110  yards  offshore,  and  has  a  least  depth  of  8  feet 
on  it,  with  from  4  to  (i  fathoms  inshore  ol  it;  it  lies  with  the  north  end 
of  Fliza  Island  S.  07'^  10'  E.;  tangent  to  east  side  of  I'oiut  Frances  N. 
140  18'  E. 


134 


ROSAIUO    STRAIT. 


Denis  Rock. — Tliere  is  ii  (U'cj)  cliaiiiiel  i  mile  in  lireadtli,  between 
WilliauKson's  Kocks  and  Allan  Island,  but  vessels  taking  it,  or  working 
up  westward  of  the  latter  island,  innst  avoid  Denis  Kock,  which  has  2 
feet  on  it  at  low  water  and  rarely  uncovers.  It  lies  nearly  1,'J0{>  yards 
N.  34'^  W.  ot'  Williamson's  Kocks,  and  the  same  distance  west  of  the 
south  end  of  Allan  Island. 

Bii-d  Rocks,  lying  almost  in  the  center  of  Itosario  Strait,  nearly  4 
miles  N.  -'0°  10.  of  Watmough  Head,  are  comi)osed  of  three  detached 
rocks  close  together,  the  southernmost  being  the  largest.    There  is  deep 
water  close  to  it,  but  on  account  of  the  strong  tides,  sailing  vessels 
working  up  or  down,  particularly  during  light  winds,  should  give  it  a 
berth  of  i  i  "       'riw>,„.  j^.  .,,,  ,.niiiillv  srood  i)assageon  either  .side  of  the 
rock;  that 
ward  it  is  ' 
channtl  wi 
Kock ;  pair 
oj'  to  thee 
and  Fidalgo  Islands  is  open. 

Belle  Rock,  the  most  serious  danger  in  the  Kosario  Strait,  only  un- 
covers near  low  water,  and  the  tides  h^-t  over  it  from  2  to  ~>  knots.  It 
lies  1,200  yards  X.  i'i°  E.  of  15ird  Kock,  and  in  the  passage  between  them 
are  depths  of  S  to  20  fathoms.  Vessels  should  not  pass  between  them 
exce])t  in  cases  of  necessitv.  The  Belle  Kock  is  easily  avoided  l)y  day; 
if  j)assing  to  the  eastward  of  it,  keep  Lawrence  Point  (the  eastern 
point  of  Orciis  Islantl)  just  shut  in  by  Tid(!  Point  (the  western  extreme 
of  Cypress  i.sland),  bearing  north,  until  the  passage  between  Guemes 
and  Fidalg(>  Ishrnls  is  just  o|»en. 

If  taking  the  channel  westward  of  Ilird  Kock,  keep  that  rock  well 
eastward  of  Watnumgh  Head  until  Guemes  Channel  is  open.  The 
great  danger  of  the  Belle  Hock  to  a  .sailing  vessel  is  being  left  with  a 
light  wind  in  the  center  of  the  strait,  as  the  water  is  too  deej)  to  allow 
of  an  anchor  Indding  in  .so  strong  a  tideway. 

Buoy. — A  bell  buoy,  i)aiiited  black,  is  moored  in  0  lathoms,  with 
Bird  Kock  S.  i'yo  \y.  inul  Belle  Kock  N.  58^  W. 

James  Island,  almost  divided  in  the  center,  is  a  remarkable  saddle 
island  with  two  summits.  250  leet  high,  lying  close  olf  tiie  east  side  of 
Decatur  Island.     There  are  no  dangers  on  its  oil  or  eastern  side. 

White  and  Black  Rocks  are  '■{  ?nile  ai)art,  and  lie  oft'  the  south- 
eastern shore  of  Blakely  Islaml.  White  Kock,  the  southernnKJst,  is  16 
feet  above  high  water,  and  a  little  more  than  |  mile  from  the  shore  at 
tlie  eastern  entrance  of  Thatcher  Kass.  Black  Kock,.  10  feel  high,  lies 
^  mile  N.  57°  E.  of  White  Kock,  and  A  mil;'  from  Blakely  Island. 
There  is  a  deep  channel  between  these  rocks,  as  also  between  them  a.id 
Blakely  Island. 

Bellingham  Channel,  between  Guemes  and  Cypress  Islands,  is 
about  li^  miles  long  and  ^  mile  wide  in  its  narrowest  part,  between 


. 


ween 
rkjng 
has  2 
rards 
f  the 


UELLINGHAM    CHANNEL    AND    BAY. 


135 


East  I'oiiit  and  Giiemes  Island.  Abreast  the  northern  end  of  Gneiiies 
Ishmd,  which  in  a  steep  bhilf  called  Clark's  Point  and  on  the  western 
«ide  of  the  channel,  are  several  small,  high,  wooded  islets,  called  the 
Gone  Jslets.  No  dangers  will  be  met  with  in  navigating  this  channel. 
Pass  north  of  Vendovi  and  south  of  Kliza  Islands,  and  Bellingham 
lia.v  oi»en8.  yiionld  the  wind  be  light  and  the  tide  Hood,  pass  close  to 
Clark's  Point  to  avoid  being  sot  i>ast  Sinclair  fsland. 

Quemes  Channel,  soiitli  of  (inemes  Island,  leads  into  I'adilla  I^ay 
and  eastward  of  the  islaiul  to  Bellingiiam  Bay.  At  the  western  entrance, 
on  the  sonthern  shore,  is  Shij)  Harbor. 

Port  Townsend  to  Bellingham  Bay.— With  strong  /ood  tide  and 
clear  weather  vessels  pass  througli  Guenies  Clnimiel  instead  of  through 
Bellinghan!  Channel.  The  usual  route  is  through  Bellingiiam  Channel 
and  to  the  northward  of  Vt'udovi  island. 

Bellingham  Bay  to  Roche  Harbor. — With  ebh  tide  small  vessels 
use  Hale's  Passage.  Witli.//o(«/  tide  pass  l»etween  Viti  Kocks  and  Car- 
ter Point,  then  across  to  tiie  northward  of  Oreas  Island,  passing  be- 
tween the  island  and  Parker  lieef. 

Bellingham  Bay. — The  general  direefion  of  this  bay  is  north  and 
south;  it  is  I  miles  in  widtli  and  14  miles  long,  in<'luding  the  broad  llats 
at  either  end.  In  the  northeastern  (!onier  of  the  bay  are  the  villages  of 
Jieilingham,  Hclione,  and  Wliatcom.  There  are  coal  mines  near  these 
villages,  i>ut  the  amount  of  <^oal  is  not  givaf  and  the  quality  is  poor. 
Haifa  mile  from  the  simre  there  is  good  ancliorage  in  Hatlioms,  soft 
fitieky  bottoin.  Underlying  this  soft  bottom  there  is  a  stratum  of  sand- 
stone, which  prevents  the  anchor  from  holding,  and  vessels  drag  with 
soutlieasters,  wiiicth  blow  strong  np  the  bay  and  raise  a  rough  sea. 

Rocks  and  Shoals. — A  single  bowlder,  with  8  feet  of  water  over  it, 
lies  about  midway  between  Point  Frances  and  Kliza  Island.  This  rock 
bears  N.  so  IL"  W.  from  the  north  end  of  Eliza  Island  and  S.  3(i^  48' 
W.  from  Chuckanut  Kock. 

Starr  Kock,  a  small  ledge  about  'M  yards  in  length,  in  a  N.  45^  K.  and 
S.  4J'^  W.  direction,  with  a  lensttlepth  of  U  feet  on  it,  is  about  384  yards 
offshore,  with  from  5  to  0  fathoms  inshore  of  it,  ami  lies  with  the  west 
end  of  warehouse  (Ui  Wliatcom  Wharf  bearing  N.  24^  08' E.  and  the 
.south  smokestack  of  Bellingham  sawmill  ti.  8^  12'  E. 

A  small  shoal  spot,al)out  .'{28  yards  olf  Eliza  Island,  with  a  least  depth 
of  .J  feet,  is  40  to  50  feet  in  length,  and  there  is  1~>  fathoms  (uitside  and 
from  7  to  U  fathoms  inside  of  it;  it  lies  with  the  dead  tree  on  extreme 
west  point  of  l-^iiza   Island  bearing  tS.  8°   12'   E.  and  south  point  of 
Lummi  Island  S.  53°  50'  W. 

A  shoal  spot  on  the  east  side  of  Lummi  Lsland,  al>out  ]'l  miles  from 
the  south  end,  is  about  1 10  yards  olfslutre,  and  has  a  least  depth  of  8  feet 
on  it,  with  from  4  to  0  fathoms  inshore  o!  it;  it  lies  with  the  north  end 
of  I'jliza  Island  S.  07^  1(5'  E.;  tangent  to  east  side  of  Point  Frances  N. 
14-  IS'  E. 


136 


R08ARIO    STKAIT. 


A  sboal  8i)ot  off  the  entrance  to  luati  Bay  is  about  110  yards  loiigiu 
a  NNE.  and  SSW.  direction.  Its  shoalest  part  is  Just  bare  at  low  water 
and  lies  with  tlie  nortli  end  of  Eliza  Island  S.  57°  25'  E.;  tangent  to 
Point  Frances  N.  liio  20'  E. 

Cypress  Island  t'ornis  a  portion  of  the  eastern  side  of  Uosario 
Strait.  It  is  thickly  wooded  with  pine  and  white  cedar  trees;  on  its 
northern  extreme  a  remarkable  bare,  rocky  cone  rises  immediately 
over  the  sea  to  720  feet.  A  reef  of  bowlder  stones,  some  of  which  un- 
cover, with  kelp  growing  about  them,  extends  i  mile  off  the  SW.  point 
of  the  island  ;  the  outer  bowlder  covers  at  half  Hood.  Between  Cypress 
and  Blakely  Islands  is  the  narrowest  i)art  of  Uosario  Strait,  and  here 
the  tides  during  springs  occasionally  run  between  6  and  7  knots. 

Strawberry  Bay,  on  the  western  side  of  Cypress  Island,  will  be 
known  by  the  small  iiiJand  of  the  same  name,  which  lies  immediately  off' 
it,  l\  miles  N.  22°  W.  of  Keef  Point,  the  southwestern  extreme,  and 
protects  the  bay  from  the  westward;  it  is  rather  a  contined  anchorage,^ 
and  at  certain  times  of  tide  would  be  dillicnlt  of  entrance  for  sailing 
vessels. 

The  bay  is  exposed  to  southerly  winds,  which,  however,  do  not  fre- 
quently blow;  from  SE.  it  is  sheltered,  and  there  is  no  re.tson  to  doubt 
but  that  with  good  ground  tackle  a  vessel  would  ride  out  any  gale. 
There  is  a  psissage  of  10  tathonis  water  to  the  northward  between 
Strawberry  and  Cypress  Islands;  and  in  the  event  of  parting  or  slip- 
ping, a  vessel  should  run  thnmgh  this  passage,  and  take  shelter  in 
Birch  or  Semiahmoo  Bays,  in  the  mainland. 

Directions. — A  sailing  vessel  should  not  attempt  to  enter  the  bay 
during  the  strength  of  the  tide,  unless  with  •:  coniuninding  breeze,  and 
should  remember  that  the  tides  set  with  great  strength  against  the 
points  of  Strawberry  Island  ;  it  was  remarked  that,  while  the  ebb  was 
running  strongly  in  Kosario  Strait,  which  it  continues  to  do  for  two  and 
one-half  hours  after  low  water,  a  stream  of  Hood  set  to  the  northward 
through  Strawberry  Bay,  as  soon  as  it  was  low  water  by  the  shore. 

Anchorage. — About  000  yards  from  the  sandy  bight  of  the  bay,  with 
the  north  bluff'  of  Strawberry  Island  bearing  N.  45°  VV.  and  the  south 
point  of  this  island  S.  50'^  W.,  is  the  best  berth,  in  7  fathoms,  good  hold- 
ing ground,  and  nearly  out  of  the  tide,  which  sets  with  considerable 
strength  inside  Strawberry  Island. 

Water. — There  is  a  belt  of  tlat  marsh-land  in  Strawberry  Bay, 
through  which  several  streams  of  good  water  run  from  the  mountains. 

Rock  Islet,  a  snnill  round  islet  covered  with  trees,  lying  nearly  400 
yards  northward  of  the  north  end  of  Cypress  Island,  has  its  shores 
strewn  with  large  bowlder  stones.  Tliere  is  a  passage  of  9  fathoms 
water  between  it  and  Cypress  Island  ;  but  the  ebb  tide  sets  with  great 
strength  to  the  southward,  and  close  round  the  western  points  of  the 
latter  island. 


. 


I 


CYPRESS    REEF — EASTERN    SIDE    OF    0RCA8    ISLAND. 


137 


igm 
ater 
t  to 


Cypress  Reef,  lying  ^  mile  westward  of  Rock  I  slet,  is  a  dan  gerous  rocky 
patch  with  kelp  growing  about  it,  covering  at  half  flood.  James  Island 
kept  open  of  Tide  Point,  the  west  point  of  Cypress  Island  bearing  S» 
14°  W.,  leads  to  the  westward  of  the  reef;  and  Uock  Islet  bearing  S. 
45°  E.,  or  either  of  the  Cone  Islands  open  of  it,  leads  to  the  northward. 

Sinclair  Island,  thickly  wooded  and  comparatively  low,  lies  to  the 
northeastward  of  Cypress  Island,  with  a  deep  passage  of  nearly  one 
mile  in  breadth  between  them,  leading  to  Bellinghani  Channel.  Shelving 
rocks  project  a  short  distance  oft"  its  western  shores. 

Bowlder  Reef  (Panama  Reef),  an  extensive  ami  dangerous  shoal, 
extends  nearly  ^  mile  in  a  northwestern  direction  oft'  the  2<\\".  ex- 
treme of  Sinclair  Islaiul,  soMu*  parts  of  it  uncovering  at  half  tide  ;  a  large 
bowlder  stands  on  the  inner  part  of  the  reef.  GnMit  (piantitie.-.  of  kelp^ 
grow  in  the  neighborhood,  but  it  is  sometimes  run  under  by  the  tide  or 
concealed  by  the  rips;  there  are  0  fathoms  of  water  close  to  the  edge  of 
the  kelp.  By  keepiii;/  Cypress  Com-  open  to  the  westward  of  Kock 
Islet,  or  ihe  strait  between  Cyi»ress  and  Blakely  Islands  well  o|ien, 
vessels  will  e.iear  it  in  jtassiiij;;  up  and  tlown;  and  the  centers  of  Ven- 
dovi  and  Barnes  Islands  in  line  leads  elear  to  the  northward  and  east- 
ward of  it. 

The  Peapods  are  two  small  rocky  islets,  bare  of  trees,  lying  h  mile 
from  the  western  shore  of  Kosario  Strait,  and  from  1^  to  neatly  2  mile* 
southward  from  liawrcnee  I'oiiit.  They  are  '}  miles  apart  in  a  Nli.  and 
SW.  direction,  the  northernmost  lieiiit;-  the  larger  and  higher.  A  little 
to  the  westward  of  a  line  dr-iwn  between  thtin  is  a  third  rock  which 
just  covers  at  high  water.  There  are  no  dangers  about  them  wlii<;h 
are  not  visible,  and  there  is  a  passage  lib  lathoms  deep  between  them 
and  Orcas  Island.  • 

The  Eastern  Side  of  Orcas  Island  between  the  Peapod  Islets  and 
Obstruction  Pass,  falls  back  in  a  bight,  where  there  is  considerably  less 
tide  than  in  the  main  stream  of  the  strait,  and  if  necessary  vessels  may 
anchor  within  A  mile  of  the  shore  in  about  1(5  fathoms  water. 

Lawrence  Point,  the  eastern  extreme  of  Orcas,  is  a  long  Nloi)ing 
point;  immediately  on  its  north  side  it  rises  abruptly  in  almost  per- 
pendicular clift's,  and  trends  to  the  westward,  falling  Imck  for  6  mile* 
in  a  somewhat  ileep  bight,  which  is  rocky,  has  deep  water,  and  is  un- 
sheltered. 

To  the  northward,  Kosario  Strait  lies  between  Orcas  and  Lummi 
Islands,  the  direct  channel  being  along  the  western  shore  of  the  latter^ 
Anchorage  may  be  had,  if  necesi»ary,  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  strait, 
within  one  mile  of  the  shore,  in  15  fathoms,  between  Sandy  and  White- 
horn  Points,  northward  of  Lummi  Island. 

Tides. — After  passing  northward  of  Lawrence  Point,  the  ebb  tide 
sets  to  the  eastward  between  Orcas  and  the  small  islands  to  the  north- 
ward of  it,  as  well  as  to  the  SE.  through  the  northern  entrance  of  the 
strait;  when  in  the  vicinity  of  Aldeu  Bank,  or  about  8  miles  above 


138 


ROSARIO    .STKAIT. 


Lawrence  Point,  tlie  .stren};lli  of  tlie  tide  sensibly  decreases,  and  wLile 
Tessels  are  eastward  of  a  line  between  this  bank  and  Roberts  Point 
they  will  be  entirely  out  of  the  strong  tides  of  the  archipelago  and  the 
Strait  of  Georgia.  It  is  recommended  with  the  ebb  tide  to  work  up 
on  this  shore. 

Lummi  Island  is  8  miles  long  and  very  narrow.  On  its  southwest- 
ern siile  it  is  Uigii  and  precipitous,  a  remarkable  double  mountain  rising 
about  1,5(»0  feet  abruptly  from  the  sea;  there  are  no  dangers  oil  its 
western  side;  a  small,  high,  double  rocky  islet,  Lummi  Rock,  lies  close 
oil'  the  shore,  3  miles  from  its  soutlicrn  point ;  ioul  ground  extends  from 
its  northwestern  [)oint  in  a  N  W.  direction  for  more  than  i  mile  ;  and  at 
about  1,600  yards  SW.  of  Carter  Point  lies  Viti  Rock.  A  reef  extends 
€00  yards  from  this  rock  in  a  southeasterly  direction. 

Rock. — A  rock  lies  about  i  mile  >!.  31)°  W.  of  Point  iligley,  and  is 
marked  by  a  buoy  placed  50  ieet  iSE.  of  it. 

Hale's  Passage,  east  of  Lummi  Island,  connects  with  Bellingliam 
liay.  A  ledge  extends  across  this  passage  from  about  tiie  position  of 
the  stake  light  to  the  mainland.  It  has  a  least  depth  of  from  12  to  15 
Ieet. 

Lummi  Bay  opens  northeastward  of  Lummi  Island,  and  is  a  shore 
biiy  backed  by  marshy  ground.  Into  it  by  several  mouths  the  Lummi 
River  empties.  The  main  entrance  of  the  river  in  the  nort'  part  of  the 
biix  can  only  be  reached  by  boats  at  high  tide.  Sandy  P.,.  the  north 
entrance  jwint  of  the  b  ly,  is  low  and  grassy  with  a  few  but    js  upon  it. 

Clark  and  Barnes  Islands  are  two  small  wooded  islands  2  miles 
N\V.  of  Lawrence  Point ;  two  smaller  islets,  the  Sisters,  bare  of  trees, 
ami  a  liigli  rock  lie  immediately  southward  of  Clark  Island.  There  is 
a  passage  1^  miles  in  breadth  betweeu  these  islands  and  Ureas  with  a 
<lepth  of  4.")  fathoms;  there  is  also  a  narrow  channel  with  a  depth  of  20 
fatiioms  between  Clark  and  Barnes  Islands,  which  a  vessel  may  take  if 
necessary. 

Tlie  tides  set  strong  about  the  Sisters,  ami  the  best  and  most  3t 

channel  is  between  Clark  and  Lummi  Islands.  When  taking  this  dian- 
nel  the  nortli  jtoint  of  Lummi  Island  should  not  be  approached  within 
one  mile,  as  shoal  and  broken  ground  extends  for  some  distance  oil" it; 
Sinctlair  Island  kept  just  open  westward  of  the  NW.  i)oint  of  Lummi 
leads  to  the  westward  of  this  foul  ground  in  ir>  fathoms  water. 

Matia  Island,  3  miles  NW.  of  Clark  Island,  and  oiu^  mile  eastward 
of  Sucia  Island,  is  moderately  high  ami  wooded,  and  has  some  coves 
on  its  southern  side,  alfording  shelter  for  boats  ;  close  oB'  its  east  point 
is  Putliu  Islet,  and  extending  a  short  distance  eastward  of  the  islet  is 
a  tiat  rock  which  covers.  Vessels  bound  through  Rosario  Strait  are 
recommeniii ,'.  to  pass  eastward  of  Matia. 

Alden  Bank,  3  miles  in  extent  north  and  south  and  one  mile  east  and 
west,  lies  in  the  center  of  the  northern  entrance  of  Rosario  Strait;  its 
southern  limit  is  2  miles  north  of  Matia  Island,  and  there  is  a  channel 
3  miles  in  breadth  between  it  and  the  eastern  shore. 


ALDKN    HANK JJKAYTON    HAKOK. 


liM) 


while 
Point 

1(1  t\w 
>.i'k  up 


Tbe  (leptli  of  water  on  this  ban!;  varios  from  L'}  to  7  fathoms;  the  bot- 
tom ia  in  some  parts  rocky,  witii  patches  of  kelp  growing  on  it;  in  other 
l)arts  it  is  sandy,  and  offers  a  convenient  anchorage  for  vessi  Is  be- 
calmed or  waiting  for  tide.  It  freijuently  happens  that  a  vessel  liaving 
passed  to  the  northward  between  East  Point  and  Patos  Island,  meets 
the  ebb  tide  and  is  carried  to  the  eastward;  in  such  a  case  it  would  be 
desirable  to  ainthor  in  7  or  S  (atlioms  on  Aldcii  IJank,  and  thus  prevent 
being  set  down  Kosario  Strait. 

Vessels  passing  up  or  down  are  recommended  to  pass  on  the  eastern 
side  of  the  bank  ;  Mount  Constitution  on  Orcas  Island  kept  just  open 
eastward  of  Pullin  Island,  bearing  S. '.)'  W.,  leads  over  the  eastern  edge 
of  the  bank  in  i;i  fathoms;  and  tht  low  west  point  of  J*atos  Island  in 
liiu;  with  Monarch  Ihad  (Satniiiii  Island),  bearing  S.  73'^  W.,  leads 
over  the  nortln'iii  eilge  in  7  fathoms. 

Whitehorn  Point  is  u  remaikai)ie  iiohl  bluff  about  l.'ib  feet  high, 
its  face  showing  as  a  steep  white  clay  vMi^'.  It  is  the  southern  ])oint  of 
I'ir<;li  Bay.  ami  is  0  miIe-<  NNW.  of  the  north  point  of  l.nmmi  Island. 

Birch  Bay  is  between  Whitehorn  I'oint  ;iiid  liircli  Point  (South 
Blutl') ;  the  latter,  which  is  a  moderately  high  mnniling  point,  foiiiis 
the  noi'th  eiitrame  point  of  the  bay  ;  sonn-  large  bowldei'  stones  stand 
a  short  distance  oil'  it,  ami  should  i^it  be  roiimled  at  a  less  distance  than 
h  mile,  'i'lic  ba>  is  nearly  2  miles  in  bicadth  at  a  distaiuie  of  one  mile 
inside  the  enlrance  points;  the  head  of  t'n'  bay  dries  oil  a  consiilerable 
♦listance  at  low  water,  ami  the  .'Jt'athom  lineextemls  1^  mill's  ollsliorein 
the  center  of  the  bay.  Tin*  holding  ground  is  good,  and  with  southeast 
gales  it  all'oi'ds  excellent  shelter.  A  good  berth  is  in  4  fathoms,  with 
AN'hiteliorn  Point  bearing  S.  'J.'{-'  \N.,  distant  one  mile;  the  wat"i- shoals 
gradually  from  14  fathoms  at  one  mile  off  to  (i  fathoms  between  the  en- 
trance points;  inside  this  line,  i  fathoms  only  will  be  found  tor  a  far- 
ther <listauce  of  one  mile  towards  the  head  of  the  bay.  Poth  enlrance 
points  are  buoyed. 

Semiahmoo  Bay,  between  liirch  Point  (South  lllull)  and  Kwo- 
mais  I'oint  (N<nth  lilulf),  alVords  good  anchorage  in  from  ('<  to  S  fathoms 
water,  at  about  U  to 'i  miles  distaiice(»utside  Drayton  Harbor  entrance  ; 
a  good  berth  is  in  0  fathoms,  mud  bottom,  with  Binih  Point  bearing  S. 
12°  W.  and  Tongue  Point  bearing  S.  7.S'^  K.  This  is  always  good  an- 
chorage, unless  with  a  heavy  Southwest  gale,  when  vessels  might  take 
shelter  in  Drayton  Harbor. 

Supplies.  -Wild  fowl  fiecpient  this  anchorage  in  considerable  num- 
bers during  tlie  winter  months. 

Drayton  Harbor  is  formed  by  a  remarkable  low  narrow  spit  over  one 
mile  long.  The  siiit  is  covered  with  grass  and  drift  timber,  and  a  few 
pine  trees  grow  on  it;  several  wooden  buildings  were  erected  on  it  in 
1858,  and  received  the  name  of  Semiahmoo  town. 

Directions. — Off'  the  outside  of  Tongue  Spit  a  bank  extends  for  a 
•considerable  distance,  and  vessels  should  not  approach  the  a|)it  within 


' 


140 


K08ARI0    8TKAIT. 


5  mile  until  its  extrenio  point  bears  S.  7()o  E.,  when  it  may  be  steered 
for  and  passed  close  to.  There  is  only  a  depth  of  4  fathoms  at  low- 
water  in  the  fair- way,  at  from  i  to  'i  mile  outside  the  entrance;  the 
channel  is  narrow,  and  vessels  unaccpiainted  with  the  locality  sliould 
not  enter  before  placing  boats  or  poles  on  the  edges  of  the  shoals  ;  when 
within,  it  opens  out  into  a  considerable  sheet  of  water,  but  it  is  for  the 
most  part  shoal,  drying  ott"  from  the  main  shore  from  i  to  one  mile. 

Anchorage. — The  anchorage  is  in  from  7  to  10  fathoms;  it  is  per- 
fectly siieltered,  and  attords  room  for  3  or  1  large  vessels,  as  well  as 
several  small  ones,  ami  on  the  inside  of  tlic  spit  a  vessel  might  be 
beached  for  rei)airs.  The  only  landing  at  low  water  is  at  the  spit  end, 
which  is  steep-to. 

Boundary  Bay  is  an  extensive  sheet  of  water  between  the  promon- 
tory of  Roberts  Point  on  tiie  west  and  Kwomais  I'oiiit  (North  Blnlf)  on 
the  east.  The  bay  extends  in  a  northerly  direction  for  nearly  7  miles, 
and  is  only  separated  from  the  sontii  banic  of  Fraser  Itivec  by  a  low 
delta  3  miles  across,  intersected  by  streams  and  swamjjs;  it  is  very 
shallow  and  dries  off  for  a  distance  of  3  miles  at  low  wa'er;  the  edge 
of  the  bank  in  3  fathoms  water  extends  l\  miles  off  the  wliole  of  the- 
north  snore  of  the  bay. 

Vessels  should  never  stand  so  far  to  the  northward  as  to  bring  th& 
white  bluff  of  Roberts  Point  to  bear  to  tlie  southward  of  S,  79°  VV., 
which  line  of  bearing  leads  more  than  J  miie  outside  the  shoal  edge  of 
the  bank;  the  general  .iepth  of  water  outside  this  line  is  from  7  to  15 
fathoms,  good  holding  ground,  but  this  anclioiage  is  exposed  to  all 
southerly  winds,  which  send  in  a  considerable  hea. 

Roberts  Point  is  the  termination  of  a  remarkable  promontory,  which 
stretches  southerly  from  the  delta  of  the  Fraser  iviver.  Theeastern  |)oint 
of  the  promontory  is  a  remarkable  white-faced  cliff  200  feet  high,  its 
summit  crowned  with  trees;  from  it  the  land  gradually  tails  to  the  west- 
ward and  teniinates  in  Roberts  Spit,  a  low  shingle  point,  within  which 
is  a  small  space  of  level,  clear  land,  where  a  few  wooden  buildings  were 
erected  on  the  f^rst  discovery  of  gold  in  the  Fraser  River  and  named 
Roberts  Town ;  for  a  few  months  it  served  as  a  depot  for  the  miners,  but 
it  has  been  long  deserted. 

From  most  points  of  view,  and  particularly  from  the  southward,  Rob- 
erts Point  presents  the  appearance  of  an  island  ;  shoal  water  and  rocky 
irregular  bottom,  on  which  kelp  grows  in  summer,  extends  for  more  than 
one  mile  SW.  from  the  white  face  of  the  point,  and  vessels  should  give 
it  a  good  berth. 

Boundary  Mark. — There  is  a  granite  monument  25  feet  high  erected 
on  t'  °i  summit  of  the  boundary  bluff,  which  is  only  just  visible  from  the 
anchorage  on  account  of  the  trees ;  it  marks  the  boundary  between  the 
United  States  and  British  possessions. 

Anchorage  will  be  found  on  either  side  of  the  promontory ;  to  the 
ea>stward  in  9  fathoms,  aaudy  bottom,  with  the  extreme  of  the  white  cliff 


ROIiKRTS    HANK — OKORGIA    STRAIT. 


141 


teered 
at  low 

'j  the 

!ll01ll(} 

wlien 
or  the 


bearing  west,  distant  li  mih's,  and  Itoherts  Spit,  the  western  tcnnina- 
tiou  of  the  promontory,  just  shut  in  by  tiie  white  clitt".  To  tlie  west, 
ward  of  the  si)it  lliere  is  fair  anciiora^je  in  S  fatlionis,  good  iiolding 
ground,  with  the  spit  extreme  distant  one  mile,  liearing  S.  li'J-'  E.,  and 
tin'  bare  blntf  of  tlie  4!P  parallel,  or  the  nionuinenton  itssiimmit  N.  '2'>'^ 
E.;  here  tlie  cilge  of  the  hank  is  distant  J  mile,  ami  vessels  should  not 
anchor  any  farther  to  the  northward,  as  the  Hob<'rts  Rank  tremls  rap- 
'dly  to  the  westward. 

Directions. — Vessels  should  ^'eel  their  way  by  the  lead  cautiously 
into  tiiis  anchorage;  the  hank  is  very  steep  outside,  and  shoals  sud- 
denly  within;  a  signal  staff  at  i)resent  atainls  on  the  end  of  the  spit. 

Ships  should  not  lie  at  this  anchorage  with  strong  southerly  or  west- 
erly winds,  but  should  shift  rouml  to  the  eastern  one,  or  to  Semiahmoo 
Bay,  and  give  the  southern  face  of  Roberts  Point  a  berth  of  2  miles  in 
rounding ;  neither  of  tln^  aniihorages  at  Roberts  l^oint  can  be  considered 
as  more  than  stopping  places,  and  during  winter  vessels  should  be 
prepared  to  w(>igh  at  short  warning. 

Roberts  Bank,  Ibrmed  by  the  alluvial  deposits  of  the  stream  of  the 
Fra.ser  liiver,  extends  from  the  spit  of  lioherts  Point  in  a  N.  ut'P  W. 
direction  for  !(i  miles,  to  the  Sand  Heads  or  river  entrance,  and  at  this 
point  is  '}  miles  from  the  shore;  it  then  takes  a  northerly  direction  for  a 
farther  distance  of  12  miles,  joining  Point  Grey  on  the  north,  as  it  does 
Roberts  I'oint  on  the  south.  The  portion  of  the  bank  northward  of 
the  Fraser  is  named  the  Sturgeon  Bank ;  it  is  steep-to,  there  being 
depths  of  from  70  to  GO  fathoms  at  one  mile  from  its  edge,  shoaling  sud- 
denly to  20  and  2  fathoms. 

Strait  of  Q-eorgia. — Having  passed  out  of  Fuca  Strait  by  either  of 
the  channels  now  «lescribed,  when  to  the  riOrthwestward  of  a  line 
drawn  between  east  point  of  Saturna  Island  and  VVhitt-horn  I'oint 
(^lainland^  a  vessel  nniy  be  considered  well  in  the  Strait  of  (ieorgia. 

General  Remarks. — Of  the  channels  leading  into  Georgia  Strait, 
Haro  Strait  is  the  nore  tortuous;  the  water  is  so  deej)  that  it  would  be 
impossible  for  a  vessel  to  anchor  in  the  main  stream,  and  for  its  whole 
length  the  tides,  though  not  stronger,  are  more  varying  in  their  direc- 
tion. 

Rosario  Strait  leads  by  a  very  gentle  curve  almost  a  straight  course 
into  Georgia  Strait ;  the  depth  of  water,  although  considerable,  is  such 
that  if  necessary  a  vessel  might  anchor  m  it;  in  one  i)art  it  is  some- 
what narrower  than  the  narrowest  parts  of  Haro  Strait,  and  the  tides 
run  with  equcal  strength;  it  has  its  sunken  rocks  and  dangers  in  an 
equal  degree  with  the  Haro,  and  perhaps  the  anchorages  in  point  of 
numbers  and  facilities  for  reaching  them  are  equal  in  both ;  extreme 
care  ami  vigilance  are  called  for  in  navigating  either  with  a  sailing- 
vessel  ;  to  one  with  steam  power  neither  offer  any  difliculties. 

To  a  vessel  bouml  from  sea,  or  from  any  of  the  southern  ports 
of  Vancouver  Island  to  the  Strait  of  Georgia,  the  Haro  Channel  is  pref 


■■* 


142 


GEORGIA    STRAIT. 


ertihle,  while  to  readi  the  same  destination  from  Admiralty  Inlet  or 
Pn>j;et  Sound,  Uosario  Strait  is  tlie  most  direct  and  desirable.  Having 
entered,  lunvever,  by  eitlier  cliannel,  tiie  promontory  of  Itoberts  Point 
will  be  immediately  seen  with  its  consi»icuouH  white-faced  clilf,  appearing 
us  an  island. 

Dangers. — The  dangers  to  l)e  av'oided  in  working  tiirongii  the  Strait 
of  Georgia  lire,  on  tlie  northern  sliore,  Roberts  and  Sturgeon  Banks; 
and  on  tlie  southern,  the  neighborhood  of  East  Point  and  Tund)o 
Island,  and  the  coast  of  Saturna  and  Maym^  Islaiuls,  until  beyond  the 
entrance  of  Active  Pass.  A  chain  of  reefs  and  rocky  islets  lie  i)arallel 
with  this  shore,  in  places  extending  nearly  one  mile  olf ;  and  the  bottom 
is  rocky  and  irregular,  with  strong  tides. 

Extending  one  mile  east  from  the  east  end  of  Tumbo  Island  is  a  ledge 
of  foul,  rocky  ground,  over  which  there  are  very  heavy  tide  rips  and 
dangerous  overfalls.  At  -f  mile  N.  02^  E.  of  liace  Point  is  a  rocky 
patch  of  ')  fathoms,  about  400 yards  in  extent;  and  at  about  200  yards 
to  the  north westwird  of  this  patch  there  is  a  rook  with  only  14  feet 
water  on  it,  possibly  a  shoal  head  of  the  5-fathom  patch.  This  rock 
lies  5  mile  N.  43°  E.  of  Race  J'oint.  Orcas  Knob  kept  wtll  open  to 
the  eastward  of  tl'.e  east  point  of  Waldron  Island,  bearing  S.  3'^  E., 
leads  in  the  fairway  between  Saturna  and  Patos  Islands,  l^  miles  east- 
ward of  the  rock;  and  Toe  Point  (Patos  Island),  inline  with  the  north 
extreme  of  Sucia  Island,  bearing  S.  04^  E.,  leads  nearly  if  mile  to  the 
northward  of  it. 

A  rock  lies  300  yards  S.  50^  E.  of  Edith  Point,  Mayne  Island.  The 
least  depth  on  it  is  2  feet,  with  irregular  soundings  around. 

Caution. — As  before  observed  vessels  should  when  possible  pass 
midway  between  Saturna  and  Patos  Islands  ;  they  should  on  no  account 
give  the  east  point  of  Tumbo  Island  a  berth  of  less  than  Ik  miles,  and  are 
recommemled  not  to  approach  the  northern  shores  of  the  islamls  lying 
between  Haro  Strait  and  Active  Pass,  within  a  distance  of  li  miles;  and 
the,"  are  strongly  urge<l  to  adhere  strictly  to  this  advice. 

The  light  onGeorginaPoint,  at  the  entrance  to  Active  Pass,  becomeg. 
obscured  when  bearing  to  the  southward  of  X.  73°  W. ;  and  it  should 
be  borne  in  mind  that  during  the  night  while  this  light  is  in  sight  all 
the  dangers  ott'  the  northern  shores  of  the  above  islands  will  be  avoided. 

It  should  also  be  remembered  that  the  ebb  sets  to  the  SW.,  through 
Active  Pass,  and  that  tide  races  occur  in  its  northern  entrance.  Roberta 
Bank  is  easily  avoided.  The  extreme  of  Roberts  Spit,  or  the  tangent 
of  the  high  trees  immediately  within  it,  should  not  be  brought  to  bear 
to  the  southward  of  S.  67°  E.  If  the  weather  is  thick,  when  50  fathoms 
is  struck,  vessels  will  be  getting  very  near  the  edge. 

The  Tides,  although  not  nearly  so  strong  as  among  the  Ilaro  Archi- 
pelago, yet  run  with  considerable  strength  (3  knots),  particularly  dur- 
ing the  freshets  of  summer,  when  the  Fiaser  River  discharges  an  im- 
mense volume  of  fresh  water,  which  takes  a  southerly  direction  over 


T 


OEORQIA    STRAIT    TIDKS — FKASKIi    RIVKK. 


14$ 


't  or 
ving 
oiiit 
ring 


til 
a. 

1^ 

f" 

Cll 

ts 

It 

ir 

i- 

- 
r 

• 

the  biiiik«  almost  litraight  for  the  entrance  to  Active  PasH.  This  pecul- 
iar milky  coh/red  water  is  Irequentl.v  carried  quite  across  the  strait, 
and  is  somt'times  seen  in  the  inner  channnls  aloii};;  the  shores  of  Van- 
<!ouver  Island  ;  at  other  times  it  reaches  the  center  of  the  channel  only, 
forming  a  remarkable  and  most  striking  contrast  with  the  deep  blue 
waters  of  the  Strait  of  Georgia. 

Helow  the  mouth  of  the  Fraser  the  tide  is  rather  the  stronger  on  the 
southern  shore.  On  the  northern  side,  within  tiie  line  between  Koberts 
and  Sandy  Points,  scarcely  any  tide  is  felt;  and  vessels  vill  gain  by 
working  upon  that  shore  with  the  ebb,  where  good  anchorage  can  also 
be  found,  if  necessary. 

Allowance  must  be  made  for  the  tide;  this  is  not  ditlicnlt  when  after 
having  on(!e  entereil  the  Strait  of  (reorgia  by  daylight,  and  noted  which 
tide  was  running.  In  the  center  of  the  strait  above  Satnrna  and  I'atos 
Islands,  the  strength  of  the  tide  varies  from  one  to  ',i  knots,  seldom  more,, 
unless  close  to  the  i.daml  shores.  whi(!h  are  swept  by  the  rapid  currents 
out  of  Gabriola,  Portier,  aiul  Active  Passes.  Above  the  month  of  the 
Fraser  there  is  siill  less  stream  and  plenty  of  sea  room,  the  breadth  of 
the  strait  being  nearly  15  miles. 

Fraser  River  possesses  advantages  over  any  other  river  on  the  coast ; 
a  sheltered  strait,  scarcely  15  miles  across,  receives  its  waters;  and 
Vancouver  Island  serves  as  a  natural  breakwater,  ])reveuting  the  pos- 
sibility of  any  sea  arising  which  would  prove  dangerous  to  vessels  eveu 
of  the  smallest  class,  unless  they  ground. 

The  river  is  navigable  to  Hope,  80  miles  from  the  enfri""-  -  steamer* 
of  light  draft  reach  tt.if -"'-'       '  es  above 

fdy  and 

1  stream 

it,  and 

rom  the 

gation. 

. .  ..mouth, 

..vv/irtoie  strength  of  current,  from  4  to  7  knots,  at 

-ore ;  but  at  Laugley  the  river  becomes  a  broad,  deej),  and 
placid  stream,  and  except  during  the  three  summer  months  the  influ- 
ence of  the  flood  stream  is  generally  felt,  and  vessels  of  any  draft  may 
conveniently  anchor.  The  depth  is  10  fathoms;  the  current  not  above 
3  knots. 

Midway  between  Langley  and  Hope  the  Harrison  River  th  ws  into  the 
Fraser,  and  by  it  and  a  long  chain  of  lakes  extending  in  a  general  north- 
westerly direction  a  comparatively  easy  route  has  been  establislicd,  by 
which  the  Upper  Fraser  may  be  reached  at  a  point  just  below  the 
Bridge  lliver. 

Vessels  of  14  feet  ilraft  may  enter  the  Fraser  near  high  water,  and 
proceed  as  high  as  Laugley  with  ease,  provided  they  have  or  are  assisted 
by  steam  power,  and  are  acquainted  with  the  existing  deep  water  chau 


142 


GEORGIA    STRAIT, 


erablf",  wliili*  to  reach  tl>e  same  ileatinatioii  from  Admiralty  Inlet  or 
Piiji'i't  Somul,  Uosario  Strait  is  tlio  most  tliroct  i!ii»l  (lesirable.  ilariiig 
eiitcTi'tl,  however,  by  either  chauiii'l,  the  promontory  of  Roberts  Point 
will  be  immediately  seen  with  its  conspicuous  white-faced  clitl',a]»peariiig 
as  an  island. 

Dangers. — The  danj^'ers  to  bo  avoided  in  workinff  tiiroufjh  the  Strait 
of  (;eor},na  are,  on  the  northern  sliore,  Kt)berts  and  Stur};eon  IJanks; 
and  on  the  .southern,  the  neighborhood  of  East  Point  atnl  Tundm 
Island,  and  the  coast  of  Satiirna  and  Mayne  islands,  uutil  beyond  the 
entran(!e  of  Active  Pas.s.  A  chain  of  reefs  and  rocky  islets  lie  ]>arallel 
with  this  shore,  in  jdaces  extending  nearly  one  mile  olf;  and  the  bottom 
is  rocrky  and  irregular,  with  strong  tides. 

Kxtemling  one  mile  cast  from  the  east  end  of  Tnmbo  Island  is  a  ledge 
of  foul,  rocky  ground,  over  which  there  are  very  heavy  tide  rips  and 
dan  ,'erous  overfads.  At  '{  mile  X.  02^  H.  of  itace  Point  is  a  rocky 
paten  of  .5  fathoms,  about  iOO yards  in  extent;  anil  at  about  iiUO  yards 
to  the  nortlnvestwird  of  this  patch  there  is  a  rock  with  only  14  feet 
water  on  it,  possibly  a  shoal  head  of  the  Sfathom  patch.  This  rock 
lies  jj  mile  N.  48'^  E.  of  Kace  Point.  Orcas  Ivnob  kei)t  well  open  to 
the  eastward  of  the  east  point  of  Waldron  Island,  bearing  S.  3°  E., 
leads  in  the  fairway  between  Saturna  and  Patos  Islands,  1|  miles  east- 
ward of  the  rock;  and  Toe  Point  (Patos  Island),  in  line  with  the  north 
extreme  of  Suoia  Island,  bearing  S.  <J4^  E.,  leads  nearly  ^  mile  to  the 
northward  of  it. 

A  rock  lies  300  yards  S.  5G^  E.  of  Edith  Point,  Mayne  Island.    Tho 
least  deiith  on  it  is  2  feet,  with  irregular  soundings  around. 
Caution. — As  before  observed  vessels  should  when   jwssible  naas 
;  1 1 97^  nRTTlSH  OOLUBIBIA    Strait  of  Georgia— Tumbo  island— 
illT,?SiJ™h«V^r«Br  Change  in  character  of  buoy.-The  Cana- 


„>,  >,w...o  .11  iiiinii  tnat  during  the  night  while  this  ligu'^".-,"^.-.?";..^.":'.-.. 
the  dangers  off  the  northern  shores  of  the  above  islands  will  be  avoided. 

It  should  also  be  remembered  that  the  ebb  sets  to  the  SW.,  through 
Active  Pass,  and  that  tide  races  occur  in  its  northern  entrance,  Roberts 
Bank  is  easily  avoided.  The  extreme  of  Roberts  Spit,  or  the  tangent 
of  the  high  trees  immediately  within  it,  should  not  be  brought  to  bear 
to  the  southward  of  S.  07°  E.  If  the  weather  is  thick,  when  50  fathoms 
is  stru(!k,  vessels  will  be  getting  very  near  the  edge. 

The  Tides,  although  not  nearly  so  strong  as  among  the  Ilaro  Archi- 
pelago, yet  run  with  considerable  strength  (,'}  knots),  particularly  dur- 
ing the  freshets  of  summer,  when  the  Fraser  River  discharges  an  im- 
mense volume  of  fresh  water,  which  takes  a  southerly  direction  over 


r.KOROIA    STRAIT   TIDK8 — FRASKR    RIVKR. 


145 


lot  or 

'oitit 
uriiig 

■Jtriiit 

llkn; 
111)1)0 

the 
nillel 
ttoiu 

<l<fe 

ocky 
anls 

feet 
rock 
u   to 

E., 

3ast- 

orth 

the 

Tho- 


i)as»_ 

iia- 
i)g 
12 
ihe 


&i 


"t: 


ed. 

ah 

rts 
mt 
lar 

li- 

ir- 
n- 
er 


I 


the  banks  almost  straight  for  tho  t'Dtraiioe  to  Active  Pass.  This  pecul- 
iar milky  colored  water  is  frequently  carried  quite  across  the  strait, 
and  is  soM)t'times  seen  in  the  inner  channels  along  the  shores  of  Van- 
<"ouver  Island  ;  at  oJier  times  it  reaches  the  center  of  the  cliannel  only, 
forming  a  remarkable  and  most  striking  contrast  with  the  deep  blue 
waters  of  tlie  Strait  of  (Tcorgia, 

Helow  the  monti)  of  the  Fraser  the  tide  is  rather  the  stronger  on  tho 
sonthern  shore.  On  the  northern  side,  within  tl)e  line  between  Koberts 
and  Sandy  Points,  sc'arcely  an,\  title  is  felt;  and  vessels  vill  gain  by 
working  upon  tiiat  shore  with  the  ebb,  where  good  ancl)orage  can  also 
be  fonnd,  if  necessary. 

Allowance  must  be  n)a(le  for  the  tide;  this  is  nt)t  tlillicnlt  when  after 
having  once  entered  theStiait  of  Georgia  by  daylight,  and  noted  which 
tide  was  running.  In  the  center  of  the  strait  above  Satnrna  and  Pato* 
Islands,  the  strength  of  the  tide  varies  fi'om  one  to  ',i  knots,  seldom  n)orey 
unless  close  to  the  island  shores,  which  are  swept  by  the  rapiil  curients 
out  of  Gabriola,  Portier,  and  Active  Passes.  Above  the  mouth  of  tho 
Fraser  there  is  siill  less  stream  and  plenty  of  sea  room,  the  breadth  of 
the  strait  being  nearly  15  miles. 

Fraser  River  possesses  advantages  over  any  other  river  on  the  coast; 
a  shelteretl  strait,  scarcely  15  miles  across,  receives  its  waters ;  and 
Vancouver  Island  serves  as  a  natural  breakwater,  preventing  the  pos- 
sibility of  any  sea  arising  which  wonld  i)rov»;  dangerous  to  vessels  eveti 
of  the  smallest  class,  unless  they  ground. 

The  river  is  navigable  to  Hope,  80  miles  from  the  entrance;  steamer* 
of  light  draft  reach  this  point  and  even  the  town  of  Yale,  15  miles  above 
it,  during  from  six  to  nine  months  of  the  year.  In  June,  .Fnly  and 
August,  the  melting  of  the  snow  causes  so  rapid  a  downward  stream 
that  vessels  even  of  high  steam  power  are  rarely  able  to  sten)  it,  and 
during  these  months  numbers  of  large  trees  are  brought  down  fi-om  the 
flooded  banks,  which  offer  another  serious  obstruction  to  navigation. 
Between  Hope  and  Langlej',  the  latter  30  miles  from  the  river's  month, 
there  is  always  a  considerable  strength  of  current,  tron)  4  to  7  knots,  at 
times  more ;  but  at  Langley  the  river  becomes  a  broad,  deep,  and 
placid  stream,  and  except  during  the  three  summer  n)onths  the  intin- 
ence  of  the  Hood  stream  is  generally  felt,  and  vessels  of  any  draft  may 
conveniently  ai  chor.  The  depth  is  10  fathoms;  the  current  not  above 
3  knots. 

Midway  between  Langley  and  Hope  the  Harrison  River  Hows  into  the 
Fraser,  and  by  it  and  a  long  chain  of  lakes  extending  in  a  general  north- 
westerly direction  a  comparatively  easy  route  has  been  establislied,  by 
which  the  Upper  Fraser  may  be  reached  at  a  point  Just  below  the 
Bridge  River. 

Vessels  of  l-t  feet  draft  may  enter  the  Fraser  near  l)igh  water,  and 
proceed  as  high  as  Langley  with  ease,  provided  they  have  or  are  assisted 
by  steam  power,  and  aro  acquainted  with  the  existing  deep  water  chan- 


144 


OEOIIGIA    STRAIT. 


iiol,  whioli.  it  should  ho  remeiuhered,  ia  Huhject  to  chuiif,'*'.  It  tiiiist  he 
ri'tiK'inhcrcil,  h(>\vt^V(«^,  timt  tlu'  tiiU's  uf  tho  Htniit  of  (icoifiiii  HwtM'p 
acroHstlic  chiiiiiiel  of  thuiMitraiict',  and  liirfic  ships  me  ri'coiiiiufiided  to 
«iiter  or  leave  witii  tlie  last  (iiiiirter  of  tlu'  Hood. 

Tilt'  ffreat  (|iMiint.v  of  (h^|)i>sil  l)roiiy:lit  down  l)y  tlie  ficslii'ts  of  Hum- 
mer lias  created  an  extensive  series  of  l»anl;s,  wliich  extend  5  miles  out- 
side the  entrauct'  pr  )|)er  of  the  river.  Tlie  main  stream  has  forced  a 
somewhat  narrow  (;lianMel,  in  \vhi(;ii  there  is  a  sharp  hend,  tliroU{;li  thoue 
banivs,  and  at  its  Junction  with  the  current  ol  tlie  Strait  of  (ieoryia, 
which  runs  at  ri;;lit  an;,des  to  it,  lias  caused  the  wall  ird^^ed  hanU  hefore 
alluded  to,  e.Ytetidiii}r  to  Koberts  I'oint  on  the  south  and  Grey  I't»int  on 
the  north. 

Tho  river  is  at  its  lowest  stage  diiriiifj  the  months  of  January,  Feb- 
ruary and  March,  lu  Ai>ril  it  commeiicea  to  rise  from  the  meltinj,'  of 
the  snows,  and  is  perhaps  L'  feet  above  its  lowest  h^vel;  the  Hood  stream  is 
stronj;  eiiouf-h  to  swiiifjf  a  shipiij  New  ^'  ^tiniiister  up  to  the  end  of  this 
mouth.  In  .May  the  water  rises  rapidl.>  lie  river  is  at  its  hitthest  about 
the  end  of  June,  and  remains  u|)  with  tniiiiia;  rtuetiiations  until  the  end 
of  July  or  middle  of  Auj{ust.  Dnrinjj  these  six  weeks  tho  banks 
are  overflowed  and  extensive  ]>laiu8  above  Lanpley  covered  for  a  space 
of  several  miles ;  the  8tren<(th  of  the  stream  between  Lansjley  and  Hope 
being  from  4  to  7  knots,  and  in  the  narrow  parts  even  more.  The  usual 
rise  of  the  river  at  Langley  due  to  these  floods  is  about  14  feet,  out  it 
has  been  known  to  reach  '2'}  feet. 

From  the  middle  to  the  end  of  August  the  waters  begin  to  subside, 
and  in  September  the  stream  is  not  incouvenieiitly  strong.  September, 
October  and  November  are  favorable  months  for  tho  river  uavigatiou, 
as  the  water  is  then  sutticiently  high  to  reach  Hope,  and  the  strength 
of  the  current  considerably  abated.  The  shallow  stern-wheel  steamers 
liave  got  to  Hope  a."  late  as  December;  between  this  mouth  and  April, 
owing  to  the  shoalness  of  the  water  and  the  great  quantity  of  ice  formed, 
navigation,  even  by  these  vessels  only  drawing  18  inches,  is  attended 
with  great  ditliculty,  and  rarely  practicable  at  all.  The  snags  or  drift 
trees  which  become  imbedded  in  the  river  also  form  a  serious  obstacle 
to  navigation  at  this  season. 

In  April  the  steamers  commence  again  to  run;  in  June,  July  and 
August  the  rai)idity  of  tho  cirrent  is  the  great  obstacle,  but  these  high- 
pressure  vessels,  comnmiiding  a  speed  of  11  and  12  knots,  frequently 
accomplish  the  voyage,  though  at  much  risk.  The  Harrison  Kiver  route 
ol)viates  some  but  not  all  of  those  dithciilties. 

Tides. — At  New  Westminster  the  freshets  raise  the  level  of  the  river 
about  0  feet,  l)Ut  the  banks  being  high  no  incouveuieiice  isfelt,  and  the 
strength  of  the  stream  is  rarely  5  knots,  during  the  winter  from  2  to  A; 
for  some  miles  within  the  entrance  the  low  banks  are  partially  flooded 
for  a  mouth  or  six  weeks.  Tho  rise  and  fall  due  to  tidal  causes  is  from 
8  to  10  feet  at  springs,  between  the  Sand  Heads  and  the  entrance  of 


(1192)  BRITISH  OOLUfflBIA  -  P*Tait  of  Georgia— Fraser  river 
entrance -Light  vessel  to  be  established.— A  li(,'litshi|)  willHlioitly 
bu  «-stnl>liHlu'(l  Ity  tli«-  (Mtvcriiiiioiit  of  ('aiiiidii  olV  t\u'  Uaiidlu'iulH,  to 
iiiaik  tlio  ciitriiiice  to  Fiiiwcr  river. 
Tlic  light  will  be  .ijiued  irliilc  light,  visible  nil  round  the  horixoii. 
The  fog  Higiial  will  be  a  bell. 
_      Due  iiotiee  of  the  establiHhiueiit  of  the  lightship  will  be  given. 

(2007)  BRITISH  OOLOfflBIA- Strait  of  Georg.iN.  M  a:  im  )  f 
Fraser  river -Roberts  bank  Bell  buoy  established,  A  bell  buoy 
hiw  been  entablislied  by  the  (loveinniei.t  of  Canada  on  tli.-  .'xtivnie 
western  shoulder  of  Uobert.s  bank,  1  mile  H.  1°  :U)'  W.  true(h.Sh.  mag.  ) 
from  Fraser  Kiver  lightshii).  .        ,        ,        ,   • 

The  buoy  is  moored  in  15  fatlioms;  it  is  painted  red  and   is  sur- 
mounted by  a  bell  rung  automatieally  by  the  motion  ol  the  buoy. 
Approx    position:  Lat.  49°  05'  XV'  N.,  Long.  12.r  \H'  :VJ"  W. 
riii\ii  island  withm  tlie  sound,  bearing  \.  .i '  1-:.,  leads  nln.'N.  M.  49, 1906.) 
elear  (^f  the  edge  of  the  Sturgeon  IJaiik   and  about  the  saine  distaiieo 
westwanl  of  the  light  house. 

The  South  Sand  Head  dries  at  low  waler,  and  has  fre<i-.ieiitly  a  ripple 
on  it  when  covered ;  it  is  marked  by  :;  red  buoy.  The  least  depth  in 
the  old  (south)  ehauiiel  is  5  feet  at  low  water;  as,  however,  the  channel 
shifts  fioin  time  to  time,  the  scriucen  of  a  local  pilot  are  ahsolutcli/ 
neccsKart/.  Approaching  the  entrance,  the  buoy  moored  olV  the  North 
Sand  nea<l  shouhl  liebnmglit  to  bear  N.  45°  I<L,aiid  then  steer  to  leave 
it  a'.ioiit  l-'tHt  or  .'JOO  yards  on  the  port  side,  which  will  lead  in,  nearly  in 
iiiid-ehaiinel. 

New  Channel. — In  1884  a  new  chaunel  through  the  sands  at  the 
mouth  of  the  river  had  formed  with  a  depth  of  8  feet  at  low  water, 
summer  spring  tides.  This  channel  (to  the  northward  of  the  old  oue) 
is  marked  with  black  spar  buoys  numbered  consecutively  from  1  to  9. 
Directions. — Vessels  making  tor  the  new  channel  should,  to  clear 
the  Sand  Meads,  keep  on  the  leading  marks  of  Howe  Sound  until  Garry 
Bush  (Leading  Tree)*  bears  N.  79°  E.,  when  it  should  be  steered  for; 
leav(!  the  black  buoys  50  yards  on  the  port  hand,  and  after  passing  No. 
9  buoy,  steer  for  No.  15  (fairway  buoy),  whicli  may  be  passed  on  either 
liand,  and  tiience  to  Garry  Point.  The  Sand  Heads  Light-house  bears 
S.  16°  E.  of  No.  1  buoy,  distant  l/,r  miles. 

New  Westminster  stands  ou  the  north  or  right  bank  of  the  Fraser 
liiver,  just  above  the  Junction  of  the  North  Fork,  and  15  miles  in  agen- 
tial northeasterly  direction  from  the  entrance  proper.  It  occupies  a 
commanding  position,  is  within  an  easy  distance  of  the  entrance,  and 
lias  great  facilities  for  wharfage  along  its  water  frontage,  a  good  depth 
of  water,  and  excellent  anchorage. 

The  river  bank  is  somewhat  precipitous  in  places,  and  the  country  at 
the  back  is,  like  all  the  lower  parts  of  the  Fraser,  densely  wooded ;  a 
considerable  clearing,  however,  of  the  timber  has  taken  place  in  the 
vicinity  of  the  town,  which  now  assumes  a  prominent  and  thriving 
aspect.     It  has  several  public  buildings  of  note,  including  a  very  good 

*  A  reiiinrkablo  iHolatud  tree  situated  430  yards  N.  12°  W.  of  Garry  Point,  but  it 
is  reported  as  liavlug  been  cut  down. 
14205_No.  96 10 


144 


,  >.        \Jl        il  LA  ^/       AA  Vj 


uel,  wbioli,  it 
remembered, 
across  the  clii 
«nter  or  leav< 

Tlie  gr  ■ 
iner  has  < 
side  tiie  i 
«oinewha 
banks,  ai 
wliicii  rill 
aUiided  ti 
the  nortli 

Tiie  rivci  l,^  ai.  lus  iu\M.-st  stajje  diuiiij;  the  luontiis  of  January,  Feb- 
ruary aud  Mi'.rch.  lu  April  it  commences  to  rise  from  tiie  melting  of 
the  snows,  and  is  iierliaps  2  feet  above  its  lowest  level ;  the  Hood  stream  is 
strong  enough  to  swing  a  ship  ni  New  Westminster  up  to  the  end  of  this 
month.  Ill  May  the  water  rises  rapidly;  the  river  is  at  its  highest  about 
the  end  of  June,  and  remains  up  with  tritling  Huctuations  until  the  end 
of  July  or  middle  of  August.  During  tiiese  six  weeks  the  banks 
are  overflowed  and  extensive  [)lains  above  Langley  covered  for  a  space 
of  several  miles ;  the  strength  of  the  stream  between  Langley  aud  Hope 
being  from  4  to  7  knots,  and  in  the  narrow  parts  even  more.  The  usual 
rise  of  the  river  at  Langley  due  to  these  floods  is  about  14  feet,  but  it 
has  been  known  to  reach  25  feet. 

Fiom  the  middle  to  the  end  of  August  the  waters  begiu  to  subside, 
and  in  September  the  stream  is  not  inconveniently  strong.  September, 
October  and  November  are  favorable  months  for  the  river  navigation, 
as  tiie  water  is  then  sulHciontly  high  to  reach  Elope,  and  the  strength 
of  tlie  current  consideral)ly  abated.  The  shallow  stern-wheel  steamers 
have  got  to  Hope  as  late  as  December;  between  this  mouth  and  April, 
owing  to  the  shoaliiess  of  the  water  and  the  great  quantity  of  ice  formed, 
navigation,  even  by  these  vessels  only  drawing  18  inches,  is  attended 
with  great  dilliculty,  and  rarely  practicable  at  all.  The  "nags  or  drift 
trees  which  become  imbedded  in  the  river  also  form  a  serious  obstacle 
to  Mavigation  at  this  seasoi'. 

In  April  the  steamers  commence  again  to  run;  in  .lune,  July  .and 
August  the  rapidity  of  tiie  current  is  the  great  obstacle,  but  these  high- 
pressure  vessels,  comiuan<ling  a  si)ee(l  of  11  and  12  knots,  frequently 
accomplish  the  voyage,  though  at  much  risk.  The  Harrison  lliver  route 
obviates  some  but  not  all  of  these  difticulties. 

Tides. — At  New  Westminster  the  freshets  raise  the  level  of  the  river 
nliout  <»  feet,  but  •!;•>  banks  being  liigli  no  inconvenience  is  felt,  and  the 
strength  of  the  stream  is  'iirely  f)  knots,  during  the  wiiiter  from  2  to  I'i; 
for  some  miles  within  tiie  entrance  the  low  banks  are  partially  Hooded 
for  a  month  or  six  weeks.  The  rise  and  fall  due  to  tidal  causes  is  from 
8  to  10  feet  at  springs,  between  the  Sand  Heads  and  the  entrance  of 


,. 


KRASER    RIVER    DIRECTIONS NEW    WESTMINSTER. 


145 


the  river  proper  at  Garry  Point;  at  New  VVestmirster  it  is  (5  feet,  and 
at  Langlcy  scarcely  perceptible. 

Directions. — Tbe  lijjlit-liouse  on  tlie  Xortli  Sand  Head  enables  a 
vessel  to  pick  up  tiie  narrow  entrance  between  the  Sand  Heads  with 
ac(!uracy.  A  larfie  black  buoy  is  i)laced  ofl'  the  the  outer  edjfG  of  the 
North  Sand  Head,  and  the  edj-e  of  the  ciiannel  inside  is  marked  by 
buoys,  colored  red  on  the  starboard  liainl  (south  bank),  aud  black  on 
the  port  hand  (north  bank) ;  they  are  also  numbered  consecutively  ;  the 
Sand  Head  buoy  can  be  seen  well  from  a  distiinceof  2  miles. 

Comiii<;from  the  northward.  Passage  Island, at  the  entrance  of  Howe 
Sound,  kept  in  line  or  just  open  eastward  of  a  remarkable  peak  on 
Anvil  Island  within  the  sound,  bearinjj;  N.  .'P  K.,  leads  about  one  mile 
clear  of  tiie  edfje  ol  the  Sturgeon  Bank,  and  about  the  same  distance 
westward  of  the  light  house. 

The  South  Sand  IJead  dries  at  low  water,  and  has  frequently  a  ripple 
on  it  when  covered;  it  is  marked  by  »  re?/  buoy.  The  least  depth  in 
the  old  (south)  channel  is  5  feet  at  low  water  ;  as,  however,  the  channel 
shifts  from  time  to  time,  the  services  of  a  local  pilot  are  absolutely 
necessav}/,  Appioaching  the  entrance,  the  buoy  moored  off  the  North 
Sand  Head  should  be  brought  to  bear  N.  45°  Fi.,aiid  then  steer  to  leave 
it  about  L'Ul>  or  .'iUO  yards  on  the  port  side,  which  will  lead  in,  nearly  in 
mid  channel. 

New  Channel. — In  1884  a  new  channel  through  the  sands  at  the 
mouth  of  the  river  had  formed  with  a  depth  of  8  feet  at  low  water, 
summer  spring  tides.  This  channel  (to  the  northward  of  the  old  one) 
is  nnuked  with  black  spar  buoys  numbered  consecutively  from  1  to  9. 

Directions. — Vessels  making  tor  the  new  channel  should,  to  clear 
the  San<l  Heads,  keei>  on  the  leading  marks  of  Howe  Sound  until  Garry 
Bush  (Leading  Tree)*  bears  N.  7!)°  K.,  when  it  should  be  steered  for; 
leav(^  the  black  buoys  50  yards  on  the  [)ort  hand,  ami  after  passing  No. 
1)  buoy,  steer  for  No.  15  (fairway  buoy),  which  may  be  passed  on  either 
hand,  and  tiience  to  Garrv  Point.  The  Sand  Heads  Light-house  bears 
S.  UP  E.  of  No.  1  buoy,  distant  1  ,'',r  miles. 

New  Westminster  stands  on  the  north  or  right  bank  of  the  Fraser 
liiver,  Just  al)ove  the  junction  of  the  North  Fork,  and  15  miles  in  a  gen- 
eral northeasterly  direction  from  the  entrance  proper.  It  occupies  a 
<!onnnanding  j)osition,  is  within  an  easy  distance  of  the  entrance,  and 
has  great  facilities  for  wharfage  along  its  Nvater  frontage,  a  good  depth 
of  water,  and  excellent  anchorage. 

The  river  bank  is  somewhat  i)recipitou8  in  places,  and  the  country  at 
the  back  is,  like  all  the  lower  parts  of  the  Fraser,  densely  wooded;  a 
considerable  clearing,  however,  of  the  timber  has  taken  place  in  the 
vicinity  of  the  town,  which  now  assumes  a  prominent  and  thriving 
aspect.     It  hati  several  public  buildings  of  note,  including  a  very  good 


'A  reiuai'kablii  iiolatttd  tree  Hitiiated  430  yards  N.  12°  W.  of  Garry  Point,  but  it 
is  reported  as  liavlii^  been  cut  down, 
14205 -No.  96 10 


14(i 


GEORGIA   STRAIT. 


hospital,  and  large  canneries  which  put  up  some  70,000  cases  of  salmon 
eacli  .'.eason. 

The  i)()]mlation  of  New  Wa;<tminster  in  1S81  was  about  3,000. 

Pilots. — rilora^'c  is  compulsory;  the  rates  subject  to  agreement, 
but  not  to  exceed  $ti  per  foot.  Vessels  under  steam  or  in  tow  of  a 
steamer,  one-fourlli  less.  Tugboat  charges  from  Koyal  Koails,  V^an- 
couvcr  Island,  and  return,  for  a  vessel  of  700  tons,  about  $300.  Harbor 
dues  on  vessels  over  oOO  tons,  $5 ;  under  500  tons,  .'i!4. 

Supplies  of  all  descriptions  are  readily  obtained,  and  salmon  in 
abundance  in  tlie  season.  Thc're  are  not  many  facilities  for  repairs  to 
shipping  and  iniicliinery. 

('oal  can  be  obtained  at  a  price  of  )?(>  per  ton.  About  500  tons  are 
usually  ke]it  in  stocrk,  l)nt  any  quantity  can  be  procured  at  a  short 
notice.  Vessels  can  (ioal  from  barges,  or  they  can  go  alongside  a  wharf 
wliicii  extends  into  a  deptii  of  -0  feet  at  low  water. 

Pitt  River. — At  5  mih's  eastward  of  New  WcNtminster  is  the  en- 
tra.ice  to  tiie  I'itt  Kiver,  whicii  trends  in  a  general  northeasterly  direc- 
tion for  ii.S  miles,  terminating  in  two  remarkable  lakes  inclosed  between 
almost  perpendicular  mountains,  and  navigable  to  the  hea<l  for  vessels 
of  14  feet  draft,  the  depth  in  ]»laces  being  far  too  great  (or  anchorage. 

Derby  or  New  Langley. — The  landing  place  at  Fort  Langley  is  ILf 
miles  above  New  Westminsfr  in  an  easterly  direction,  on  the  south  or 
opposite  side  ot  the  river;  tlie  channel  between  is  deep  and  there  are 
no  impediiiiciits  to  navigation.  The  depth  of  water  here  is  10  fathoms. 
Large  vessels  may  ])rocced  with  ease  7  mil(^s  beyoTid  Langley;  the  nav- 
igation then  beconu's  somewhat  intricate,  ami  the  current  too  rapid  for 
any  vessels  but  steamers  of  light  draft  and  great  i>ower. 

The  North  Fork  is  another  entrances  to  the  Fraser,  mivigable  for 
vessels  drawing  (1  or  S  feet  water,  antl  is  generally  used  by  the  natives 
proceeding  to  or  from  Hurrard  Inlet.  A  large,  low,  ])artially  wooded 
island  lies  in  its  cntram-e  and  splits  tlie  channel  into  two  arms. 

In  many  i)arts  of  the  North  Fork  the  water  is  deep,  in  holes,  .uid  the 
bottom  irregular;  it  can  only  be  considered  a  boat  channel. 

Burrard  Inlet  has  its  entrance  betv,een  (Irey  Point  on  the  south 
and  Atkinson  I'oinr  on  tiie  north.  lloweSound  immediately  adjoins  it 
on  the  north,  Atkinson  Point,  the  northern  entrance  point  of  the  inlet, 
being  the  eastern  limit  of  the  sound. 

The  entrance  to  the  inlet  is  well  marked;  Grey  Point,  a  long,  wooded 
promontory  teriiiinating  in  a  rounded  bluff,  is  very  (;onspicuous  from 
the  southward,  while  Bowen  Island,  whichliesat  the  entrance  of  Howe 
S(nind,  and  may  also  be  said  to  form  the  northern  boundary  of  the 
itdet,  is  very  remarkable;  its  high,  round,  and  almost  bare  summit, 
Mount  (lai'ilner,  reaching  an  elevation  of  I3,47i*  feet,  is  easily  recognized 
from  any  iioiiit  of  view.  Passage  Island,  small  but  prominent,  lies  lit 
the  eastern  passage  if  Howe  iSound,  midway  between  Bowen  Island 
and  Atkin.sou  Point,  and  is  an  excellent  mark  from  the  southward.    As 


UURRARD    INLET — ANCHORAGE. 


147 


1 


before  observed,  Anvil  Peak,  in  line  witli  or  just  open  westward  of  this 
i.siiind,  bearing  N.  3°  E.,  leads  1 A  miles  clear  of  the  edge  of  the  Sturgeon 
Bank,  and  at  night  the  light  on  Atkinson  Point  should  not  be  brought 
to  bear  westward  of  N.  23°  E. 

Burrard  Inlet  differs  from  most  of  the  great  sounds  of  this  coast  in 
being  I'.omparatively  easy  of  access  to  steam  vessels  of  any  size  or  class, 
and  in  the  convenient  deptli  of  water  for  anchorage  which  may  be  found 
in  almost  every  part  of  it;  its  cluse  prcxiinity  to  Eraser  Uiver,  with 
the  great  facilities  for  constructing  roads  between  the  two  phuies,  and 
its  having  become  the  terminus  of  the*  PacitU;  and  Canadian  Railway, 
likewise  add  considerably  to  its  importance.  It  is  divided  into  three 
distinct  harbors,  viz,  l'>uglish  bay  or  tlieoutcr  anchorage;  Vancouver 
(formerly  called  (Joal  Harbor),  above  the  First  Narrows;  and  Port 
Moody,  at  the  head  of  the  eastern  arm  of  tlic  iidct. 

There  is  communication  l>y  steamer  daily  an<l  bi-weekly  with  jirovin- 
cial  i)orts ;  weekly  with  8an  Fraiu'isco,  and  bi-weekly  with  ports  in 
Puget  yound  ;  and  by  railway  to  all  parts  of  Eastern  Canada  and 
throughout  the  United  Slates.  Tliere  is  also  telegraphic;  commnniea- 
tion  with  ::>aiu  points  throughout  tbe  province,  with  the  L'nited  tjtales, 
and  with  Eurojjc. 

A  submarine  cable  extends  from  Point  Grey  across  the  Strait  of  Geor- 
gia to  Valdes  Island. 

English  Bay  is  more  than  3  miles  ii  breadth  at  the  entrance,  and 
carries  the  same  breadth  for  nearly  its  t  ntire  length,  or  almost  4  miles. 

Spanish  Bank,  which  extends  in  a  northerly  direction  from  (irey 
Point  for  'j  mile,  and  then  ijurves  easterly.  Joining  the  south  shore  of  tl',3 
inlet  at  the  distance  of  2  miles' within  the  point,  contracts  the  entrance 
in  some  nu-asiire,  however.  This  bank  is  composed  of  hard  sand,  and 
is  dry  at  low  water;  its  edge  is  stee]»-to,  having  olV  it  tiom  20  to  7 
fathoms  and  then  onshore;  when  covered  its  existence  would  not  be 
susiH'cted  ;  there  is  no  ripple  on  it  uide.ss  with  strong  westerly  winds, 
and  then  oidy  near  low  water.  A  red  can  buoy  is  moored  olfits  north 
edge  in  7  fathoms.  A  red  can  buoy,  surmounted  by  a  staff  and  cage,  is 
moored  in  10  lathonis  westward  of  the  bank. 

The  head  of  English  May  on  the  southern  shore  teriinnates  in  a  shoal 
arm,  name«l  False  Creek;  on  the  northern  shore  it  leads  by  the  First 


uj  the  j)oiut,  bearing  K  ii'->  li<.,  a  \i..-.o 


"  ■■!  (i  (athoms, 

the  bay  (olf 

.  -103  E.,  and 

anchorage  is 

id  is  also  out 

ad  farther  to 

.  stan>!s  close 

sjust  shut  in 

h  in. 


146 


GEORUIA   STRAIT. 


hospital,  and  largo  canneries  wliicli  put  up  some  70,000  cases  of  salniou 
eacii  season. 

The  p(>i)nlation  of  New  Westminster  in  1881  was  about  3,000, 

Pilots. — Pilotage  is  compulsory ;  the  rates  subject  to  agreement, 
but  not  to  exceed  $(>  per  foot.  Vessels  under  steam  or  in  tow  of  a 
steamer,  one-fourlh  less.  Tug-boat  charges  from  Koyal  Uoails,  Van- 
couver Island,  and  return,  for  a  vessel  of  700  tons,  about  'j.'iOO.  Harbor 
dues  on  vessels  over  500  tons,  $5 ;  under  500  tons,  $4. 

Supplies  of  all  descriptions  are  readily  obtained,  and  sa]iiio?i  in 
abundance  in  the  season.  There  are  not  many  facilities  for  rejiairs  to 
shipi)ing  and  macliinery. 

Coal  (\aii  be  obtained  at  a  i)rice  of  .*0  per  ton.  About  500  tons  are 
usually  ko]it  in  stock,  i)nt  any  quantity  v.nn  be  luocnred  at  a  siiort 
notice.  Vessels  can  coal  from  barges,  or  tiiey  can  go  alongside^  awharf 
which  extends  into  a  depth  of  L'O  feet  at  low  water. 

Pitt  River. — At  5  nnles  eastward  of  Mt'w  Westminster  is  the  en- 
trance to  the  I'itt  Itiver,  wliich  trends  in  a  general  northeasterly  direc- 
tion for  28  iiiih^s,  terminating  in  two  remarkable  lakes  inclosed  between 
almost  periioiidicnlar  mountains,  and  navigable  to  the  head  for  vessels 
of  If  feet  draft,  tiie  de])lli  in  jtlaees  being  far  too  great  foi-  anchorage. 

Derby  or  New  Langley. — The  landing  place  at  Fort  Langley  is  ILf 
miles  above  Ntnv  Westminster  in  an  easterly  direcition,  on  tlie  sontii  or 
opposite  side  of  th(' river ;  tlie  channel  between  is  deep  and  tliere  are 
no  ini])ediiiients  to  inivigation.  Tlie  dei)th  of  water  here  is  10  fathoms. 
Large  vessels  may  proceed  with  ease  7  ndles  l)eyond  Langley;  tlie  nav- 
igation then  becomes  somewhat  intricate,  and  the  current  too  rapid  for 
any  ves.sels  but  steamers  of  light  draft  and  great  i)Ower. 

The  North  Fork  is  another  entrance  to  the  Fraser,  navigable  for 
vessels  drawing  (I  or  8  feet  water,  and  is  generally  used  by  the  natives 
proceeding  to  or  troin  Ijurrard  Inlet.  A  large,  low,  jiartially  wooded 
island  lies  in  its  entrance  and  splits  the  channel  into  two  arms. 

In  many  jiarts  of  the  North  Fork  tlie  water  is  deep,  in  holes,  ami  the 
bottom  irregular;  it  can  only  be  coiisidere<l  a  boat  channel. 

Burrard  Inlet  has  its  entrance  between  Grey  Point  on  the  south 
and  Atkinson  Point  on  tlie  north.     Howe  Sound  immediately  adjoins  it 

on   the  north     Atl>iii«i>n    Pnint    tlx.  iinrtlioni  <ii>tt>.ii..w.  •>..:..»  ..♦'  *i. .,:..'.» 

(1128)  BRITISH  OOLUUBIA— Strait  of  Georgia— Burrard  inlet- 
Grey  point— Change  in  character  of  buoy.— The  Canadian  (iover.i- 
ment  ha.s  given  notice  that  the  red  can  buoy  surmounted  by  a  cage, 
moored  off  Grey  point,  Burrard  inlet,  and  known  iis  Grey  Point  fair- 
way buoy,  has  been  replaced  by  a  bell  biu)y  of  United  Rtati's  Govern- 
ment jiattern. 

The  buoy  is  of  st«el,  paint«d  red,  and  is  surmounted  by  a  bell  rung 
by  the  motion  of  the  buoy  on  the  waves.  It  is  moored  about  1^  luiles 
N.  ;?°  VV.  true  (NNW.  g  W.  mag.)  from  fJrey  point. 

Aiiprox.  position:  Lat.  40°  17'  00"  N.,  Long.  123°  15'  50"  W. 
ine  (Msrern  jiassage  I  1    llowi;  tSouinl,  miclway  liei .     (N.  M.  80, 1905.) 
and  Atkinson  Point,  and  is  an  excellout  mark  from  the  southward.    As 


'^ 


UURRARD    IM.KT — ANCHORAGK. 


147 


'r 


.: 


before  observed,  Anvil  Peak,  in  Hue  with  or  just  open  westward  of  this 
island,  bearing  N.  3°  E.,  leads  li  niilesclear  of  theedgeof  tlieStiirgeou 
Bank,  and  at  nigiit  the  light  on  Atkinson  I'oiut  should  not  be  brought 
to  bear  westward  of  i?f.  23'=  E. 

Burrard  Inlet  diflFers  from  most  of  the  great  sounds  of  this  coast  in 
being  (!omi>aratively  easy  of  access  to  steam  vessels  of  any  size  or  class, 
and  iu  the  convenient  deptli  of  water  for  anchorage  wliiish  may  be  found 
in  almost  every  part  of  it;  its  ciise  proximity  to  Fraser  liiver,  with 
tlie  great  facilities  for  constru(!ting  roads  between  the  two  plac^es,  and 
its  having  become  the  terminus  of  the  PacMlic;  and  Canadian  Ifailwiiy, 
likewise  add  consi<lerably  to  its  importaiuje.  It  is  divided  into  three 
distinct  harbors,  viz,  Knglish  bay  or  the  outer  anciiorage ;  Vancouver 
(foritierly  called  Coal  Harbor),  above  the  First  Narrows;  and  I'ort 
Moody,  at  the  head  of  the  eastern  arm  of  the  inlet. 

Therii  is  communication  by  steamer  daily  and  bi-weekly  with  provin- 
cial i)orts ;  weekly  with  San  Fran 'isco,  and  bi-weekly  with  ports  in 
Puget  Sound ;  and  by  railway  to  all  parts  of  l^asterii  Canada  and 
tliroughout  the  United  States.  There  is  also  telegraphic  communica- 
tion with  main  points  throughout  the  [)i'Ovincc,  with  the  United  States, 
and  with  Europe. 

A  submarine  cable  extends  from  Point  Grey  across  the  Strait  of  Geor- 
gia to  Valdes  Island. 

English  Bay  is  more  than  3  miles  in  breadth  at  the  entrance,  and 
carries  the  same  breadth  for  nearly  its  entire  lengtii,  or  almost  4  miles. 

Spanish  Bank,  which  extends  in  a  northerly  dirt'ctiou  from  (Irey 
Point  for  'I  mile,  and  then  curves  easterly.  Joining  tlu^  south  shore  of  the 
inlet  at  the  distance  of  2  miles' within  the  jtoint,  contracts  the  entrance 
in  some  measure,  however.  This  bank  is  composed  of  hanl  sand,  anil 
is  dry  at  h)w  water;  its  edge  is  steep-to,  having  olV  it  from  lib  to  7 
fathoms  and  then  onshore;  when  covered  its  existence  would  not  be 
suspected  ;  there  is  no  ripple  on  it  unless  with  strong  westerly  winds, 
and  then  oidy  near  low  water.  A  red  can  buoy  is  moored  off  its  not  th 
edge  in  7  fathoms.  A  red  can  buoy,  surnu)unted  by  astalf  and  cage,  is 
moore«l  in  10  fathoms  westward  of  the  bank. 

The  head  of  English  liay  on  the  southern  shore  Terminates  in  a  shoal 
arm,  named  False  Creek;  on  the  northern  shoie  it  leads  by  the  First 
Narrows  to  Burrard  Inlet. 

Anchorage. — There  is  good  anclunngein  English  Bay  in  (>  fatlioms, 
stiff  mud  Imttom,  at  about  J  mile  fr»)m  the  south  shore  of  the  bay  (off 
Indian  huts),  with  the  extreme  of  Coal  I'eninsula  bearing  N,  41)°  E.,  and 
light-house  on  Point  Atkinson  bearing  N.  47^  W.;  this  anchorage  is 
well  protected  from  westerly  winds  by  the  Spaiush  Bank,  ami  is  also  out 
of  the  influence  of  the  current.  Anchorage  may  also  be  had  farther  to 
the  eastward  if  desired;  a  remarkable  high  Nine-jiin  IJoek  stands  close 
off  the  west  end  of  Coal  Peninsula,  and  when  this  rock  is  just  shut  in 
by  the  point,  bearing  N.  G°  E.,  a  vessel  will  be  far  enough  in. 


148 


GEORGIA    STRAIT. 


Tides. — In  English  Bay  dnriiig  tlm  winter  months  from  Septombcr  to 
Marcii  tiiere  is  wiiat  is  locally  called  a  "short  ran  ont"  during  the  day, 
and  a  "long  ran  out"  at  night.  The  tide  is  consequently  high  during  the 
day  and  low  at  night.  The  duration  of  the  short  run  out  is  from  3  to 
4  hours,  that  of  the  long  7  to  I)  hours.  Tiiis  is  entirely  reversed  during 
the  summer-months,  when  it  is  high  water  during  the  night,  and  low 
water  during  the  day.  The  tides  are  very  complicated,  and  can  not  be 
depended  on,  except  at  full  and  cliange  of  the  moon. 

Directions. — Entering  Burrard  fnlet  from  the  southward.  Grey  Point 
should  not  be  approached  within  one  mile,  when  the  extreme  of  the  blutt' 
bears  S.  KP  E.  and  the  north  end  of  (Joal  Peninsula  is  N.  7!)°  E.,  steer 
in  east,  which  will  lead  ^  mile  clear  of  the  Spanish  Bank  ;  a  good  look- 
out being  keitt  for  the  buoy. 

Vessels  intending  to  pass  above  the  narrows  must  attend  to  the  tides, 
and  strangers  will  do  well  to  ..nchor  in  I'^nglish  Bay  before  i)roceeding 
farther  up. 

The  First  Narrows  lie  between  the  bluff  of  Coal  Peninsula  and  the 
north  side  of  the  inlet,  where  the  breadth  of  the  channel  is  not  more 
than  300  yards  with  a  depth  of  from  10  to  IL*  fathoms;  to  strangers  the 
entrance  is  not  easily  made  out  until  close  in.  A  Hat  coini)osed  of 
shingle  and  bowlder  stones,  covering  with  the  early  Hood,  extends  from 
L'OOto  (JOO  yards  off  the  north  shore,  so  that  the  peninsula  bluff'  must 
bo  kept  pretty  do.se  aboard,  rather  less  than  200  yards.  From  the  en- 
trance of  the  narrows,  when  abreast  Peninsula  Blutf,  steer  for  Brockton 
Point  for  about  a  mile,  then  gradually  alter  course  to  pass  Brockton 
Point  at  the  distance  of  about  300  yards,  when  a  S.  78°  E.  course  will 
lead  to  the  Second  Narrows.  To  sailing  ships  a  knowledge  of  the  local- 
ity is  necessary,  as  well  as  acommandingbree/e,  and  the  narrows  should 
never  be  attempted  with  the  full  strength  of  the  stream;  and  vessels 
must  be  quick  and  careful  with  the  helm.  Even  for  steamers,  the 
strength  of  the  current  in  the  First  Narrows  necessitates  unusual  care. 

The  narrow  i)art  of  the  chaniud  is  ft  mile  in  length,  when  it  gradually 
opens  out  from  100  yards  to  A  mile,  whi<;h  is  the  breadth  abreast  of 
Brockton  Point,  1^  miles  within  the  Peninsula  Bluff'  on  the  southern 
shore.  When  past  the  narrowest  i)art,  the  southern  shore  should  be 
kept  aboard  within  400  yards  until  abreast  Brockton  Point. 

Shoal. — A  shoal  spot  L'40  yards  in  diameter,  depth  of  4  fathoms,  has 
been  found  almost  in  mid-channel  off  lirockton  Point.  The  center  of 
the  shoal  lies  about  700  yards  N.  2~>°  W.  of  the  eastern  extreme  of  the 
point.  Less  water  than  charted  is  fonml  north  of  the  shoal,  but  south 
of  it  the  depth  is  unaltered. 

Beacons. — Three  beacons  have  been  erected  on  the  northern  side  of 
the  First  Narrows. 

Each  beacon  consists  of  a  cluster  of  five  piles,  8  feet  in  height  above 
high  water,  painted  black  and  surmounted  by  a  triangle  10  feet  high, 
placed  base  upwards  and  painted  white. 


i 


BURNAUY  SHOAL — VANCOUVER. 


149 


»er  to 

'  <iay, 

ff  the 
3  to 

uring 
low 

ot  be 

Point 
■  blurt' 
steer 
look- 


The  outer  beacon  stands  in  6  feet  at  low-water  spruiij:  tides,  with 
Nine-pin  Rock  open  of  the  blurt",  bearing  S.  41°  27'  W.,  and  Hastings 
sawmill  open  of  Brockton  Point,  bearing  S.  47°  09'  E. 

The  middle  beacon  is  situated  3,000  yards  S.  5^1°  35'  E.  of  the  outer 
beacon.  The  inner  (easternmost)  beacon  stands  in  10  feet  of  water  at 
low-water  spring  tides,  1,000  yards  S.  04°  E.  of  the  middle  beacon. 

Tides. — The  strength  of  the  tide  in  the  narrowest  part  of  the  First 
Narrows  is  from  4  to  8  knots.  It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  6 
p.  ra. ;  and  the  rise  is  13  feet.  The  ebb  stream  commences  directly  it 
is  high  water  by  the  shore,  and  runs  out  for  two  hours  after  it  is  low  ; 
there  is  consequently  only  4  hours'  flood  stream. 

Burnaby  Shoal,  about  400  yards  in  extent,  marked  by  kelp,  with  9 
feet  water  on  it,  lies 050  yards  S.  70°  E,  of  Hrockton  Point;  the  kelp, 
however,  is  frequently  not  seen  until  close  upon  it.  The  houses  north- 
ward of  Brockton  Point  open  north  of  tiiat  point,  lead  north  of  Burnaby 
Shoal,  and  the  pier  at  Vancjouver,  bearing  S.  0°  W.,  clears  it  to  the 
eastward.  A  red  buoy  is  moored  on  this  siioal;  leave  to  the  west  in 
j)as8ing. 

Vancouver  Harbor,  tiie  first  anchorage  inside  the  First  Narrows, 
is  a  bight  formed  by  the  land  fallinu  back  from  Brockton  Point.  At 
the  northern  side  of  the  harbor  is  the  Burnaby  Slioal,  and  midway  be- 
tween Vancouver  town  ami  Hastings  mill  the  Whiting  Bank  extends 
350  yards  from  the  shore,  with  2\  fatiiums  on  its  outer  edge. 

Vancouver,  a  rapidly  increasing  town  which  had  in  18S7  about  3,500 
inhabitants,  is  on  the  east  si(le  of  Vancouver  Harbor ;  it  is  tlie  terminus 
of  the  Canadian  Pacific  Railway,  and  trains  leave  <laily  for  Montreal. 
It  is  in  telegraphic  communitiation  with  Van(!ouver  Island  ami  Mon- 
treal. There  are  excellent  facilities  for  l)eacliing  vessels.  A  small 
steam  vessel  plies  between  this  town  and  Moodyville  sawmills  on  the 
northern  side  of  Burrard  Inlet.  There  is  an  establishment  for  herring 
curing  here. 

A  pier  has  been  constructed  eastward  of  Buckland  Point,  with  a 
depth  alongs'de  it  at  low  water  of  24  feet. 

Vancouver  is  the  center  of  the  great  lumber  district  which  produces 
the  supply  for  Hastings  mill. 

At  Hastings  sawmill,  on  the  east  entrance  point  of  Vancouver  Har- 
bor, several  piers  have  been  constructed  for  the  convenience  of  vessels 
loading  lumber ;  there  is  a  depth  of  25  feet  alongside  the  largest  of 
these  piers. 

Large  quantities  of  timber  are  exported  to  Saudwich  Islands,  Aus- 
tralia, China,  and  8an  Francisco;  vessels  of  !,500  tons  ko  alongside 
the  piers  to  load.  Tht;  steamers  from  China  coal  at  Vancouver  from  a 
hulk. 

Anchorage. — The  best  anchorage  in  Vanconver  Harbor  is  in  the 
Boutheastern  corner  in  from  10  to  12  fathoms,  mud,  with  the  north  ex- 
treme of  the  x>ier8  at  Hustings  mill  bearing  3.  78°  E.,  and  the  landing 


150 


GEORGIA    81RAIT. 


stage  iit  Vancouver  Town  (ii  lonp  tloatinp  stage)  bearing  8.  23°  W. 
Tliis  position  is  out  of  the  inliuenee  of  tlie  strong  tidal  streams. 

Supplies. — Wood  for  steaming  purposes  can  be  abundantly  procured, 
and  also  ordinary  supplies.     Water  is  of  bad  fiuality. 

Coal  is  obtained  from  Nauaiino,  from  which  port  it  can  be  shipped  at 
the  rate  of  $1  pei-  ton.  A  small  quantity  can  be  procured  from  the 
retail  dealers;  price,  )f8  per  ton. 

A  powerfkd  steam  tug  is  available  for  towing  vessels  between  Juan 
de  Fu(!a  Strait  and  Burrard  Inlet. 

Directions. — From  about  SOU  yards  otT  Brockton  Point  steer  S.  73° 
E.,  keeping  the  houses  X\V.  of  Brockton  I'oint  open  north  of  that  point 
until  tiiepierat  Vancouver  Town  bears  S.  G°  W.,  when  Burn.iby  Shoal 
will  be  passed  and  the  anchorage  may  be  steered  for. 

Hastings,  a  small  village  situated  on  the  south  side  of  the  inlet,  is 
3  miles  from  Vancouver,  and  is  connected  with  New  Westminster 
by  a  stage  road  9  miles  long.  It  is  much  frequented  during  the  sum- 
mer months. 

Moodyville. — At  Moodyville,  on  the  noi  th  shore,  there  is  a  steam 
sawmill,  also  a  gridiron  180  feet  long  and  40  feet  wide,  capable  at  spring 
tides  of  taking  a  vessel  drawing  12  feet;  alongside  it  is  a  small  wharf. 
Moodyville  contained  in  1884  about  -'50  inhabitanfs,  i)rincipally  em- 
ployes of  the  sawmills.  Two  steam  ferryboats  ply  between  this  place 
and  the  several  other  settlements  in  Burrard  Inlet. 

Second  Narrovrs. — The  Second  Narrows  are  similar  to  the  First;  a 
bank  of  the  same  description,  but  more  extensive,  is  caused  by  the  de- 
posit brought  down  fiom  the  high  mor-tains  by  the  numerous  streams 
which  llowinto  the  inlet  on  the  north  side.  This  bank  is  dry  at  low  water, 
and  the  breadth  of  the  deep  channel,  at  the  n-irrowest  i)art  and  for  i 
mile  on  either  side  of  it,  varies  from  300  to  400  yards,  with  a  depth  of 
from  10  to  20  fathoms.  The  channel,  however,  is  straight,  and  the  tides, 
which  run  from  3  to  7  knots,  set  fairly  tiirough  it.  The  only  directions 
necessary  are  to  keei*  the  southern  shore  close  aboard,  and  steer  from 
point  to  point  without  going  far  into  the  bights  which  indent  the  coast 
on  either  side  of  the  narrowest  part.  The  great  strength  of  the  tide 
ceases  when  ^  mile  from  the  narrowest  part  of  the  narrows 

Telegraph. — A  submarine  telegrai)h  cable  crosses  the  Second  Nar- 
rows in  the  narrowest  part,  marked  by  three  wooden  painted  posts 
placed  on  the  mud  Hat;  and  the  outer  of  these  being  on  the  southern 
edge  of  the  Hat  is  a  good  guide  for  the  deep-water  channel. 

Port  Moody.— The  entrance  to  this  snug  harbor  is  4  miles  eastward 
from  the  Se(!Ouil  Narrows,  at  the  head  of  the  eastern  arm  of  the  inlet. 
At  its  entrance  it  is  400  yards  across ;  there  are  no  dangers,  and  there 
is  a  uniform  iK'pth  of  water,  with  good  holding  ground.  It  termi- 
nates in  a  muddy  flat  at  its  head,  which  readies  within  3  miles  of  the 
banks  of  I'itt  River.  Wharfage  accommodation  for  vessels  of  large 
tonnage  is  provided,  the  depth  alongside  of  which  is  30  feet  at  low 


■ 


POUT    MOODY    ANCllOHAOE CROKKK    ISLAND. 


151 


W. 

red, 

dat 
tho 

uati 


t 


watt^r.     A  considerable  Hottloment  is  being  formed  on  the  south  shoro 
at  the  liead  of  tiie  bay,  wliich  in  1884  contained  about  250  iniiabitants. 

The  st^a  worm  is  very  destructive  in  the  port. 

Anchorage. — Tiio  best  auciiorage,  in  from  5  to  0  fathoms,  is  in  the 
widest  part  of  the  iiarbor.  Just  before  readiiuK  the  arm  which  turns  to 
the  soiitiiward  and  eastward  at  about  ^  mile  from  the  road  which  leads 
to  New  Westminster.  Abreast  the  turning  point,  aiul  on  the  iioith 
shore,  a  bank  dries  oft'  for  nearly  400  yards  at  low  water,  on  which  good 
oysters  aie  found. 

NorthArm,  Just  before  reaching  Port  Moody,  branches  oft'  from  the 
main  inlet,  and  takes  a  general  iu)rtherly  direction.  It  is  entirely  dif- 
ferent in  its  cnaracter  from  other  portions  of  the  inlet.  The  water  la 
deep,  ami  it  is  inclosed  on  both  sides  by  rugged  mountains  rising  from 
2,000  to  0,000  feet  almost  perpendicularly,  and  down  the  steep  sides  of 
which  the  melting  snow  in  summer  forces  its  way  in  foaming  cascades, 
reudering  the  surface  water  in  the  inlet  below  nearly  fresh. 

There  is  scarcely  sufticient  level  laud  in  this  arm  to  pitch  a  teut,  nor 
is  there  any  anchorage  except  in  Bedwell  Bay,  a  narrow  (treek  2  miles 
within  the  entrance,  on  the  eastern  shore,  where  7  to  0  fathoms  are  found 
near  its  head.  North  Arm  is  nearly  one  mile  wide  at  the  entrance,  but  one 
mile  within  it  is  contracted  to  a  little  over  400  yards,  when  it  shortly 
opens  out  again,  and  maintains  an  average  breadth  of  "rj  mile  as  far  as 
Croker  Island.  There  is  a  settlement  on  North  Arm  named  Kiehmoud 
with  a  i)opulation  of  about  250,  and  there  are  two  salmon  canneries 
there. 

Croker  Island  is  one  mile  from  the  head  of  the  arm,  and  on  both  sides 
of  it  there  are  deep  but  narrow  channels;  that  to  the  eastward  is  the 
wider.  The  head  terminates  in  a  delta  of  swampy  rushes,  through 
which  some  rapid  streams  tind  their  way  into  the  inlet  from  a  deep  and 
narrow  gorge  in  a  northerly  direction. 

Water. — During  the  winter  months  fresh  water  is  to  be  obtained  in 
all  parts  of  Burrard  Inlet,  and  probably  the  whole  year  rouiul  there 
would  be  no  scarcity;  in  June  there  is  abuiulance  at  the  creek  in  Eug- 
lish  Bay,  oft"  which  is  the  anchorage. 

In  I'ort  Moody  there  is  a  fine  stream  close  to  the  oyster  bank. 


CHAPTER  V. 


^ 


nori 


THE  STRAIT    OF    CtKORGIA,   FROM  NANAIMO  HARBOR    AND    BURRARD 
INLKT  TO  CM'E   MUDGE   AND  BUTE   INLET. 

The  Strait  of  (leorgifa,  as  already  observed,  coimneiioes  at  the  north- 
ern end  of  the  Haro  Archipelago,  and  extends  in  a  general  northwest- 
erly direction  for  110  inih's.  There  are  many  harbors,  both  on  the  Van- 
couver and  continental  shores;  and  several  islands,  some  o'' consider- 
able size,  form  other  channels,  all  of  which  are  navigable. 

The  tides  are  not  strong,  iind  between  Nanainio  and  Cape  .Mudge  there 
are  few  dangers  in  the  way  of  ships  navigating  the  strait. 

The  smaller  channels  on  the  continental  shore  are  Malaspina  Strait 
and  Sabine  Channel. 

On  the  Vancouver  shore  is  Ballinac  Channel,  lying  westward  of  the 
islands  of  the  same  name;  also  Lambert  Channel  and  Baynes  Sound. 

Tides. — The  meetingof  the  tides  takes  idace  between  Cape  Mndgeand 
Cape  Lazo;  that  is  to  say,  the  flood  entering  by  Fuca  Strait  meets  that 
entering  by  the  north  end  of  Vancouver  Island  within  20  miles  of  the 
former  cape,  generally  much  nearer,  but  varying  according  to  the  pliases 
of  the  moon  and  the  state  of  the  winds  ;  and  at  the  point  of  meeting  a 
considerable  race  occurs,  which  would  be  dangerous  to  boats ;  there 
is  generally  sucii  a  race  at  the  entrance  of  Discoery  Passage.  It  is 
high  water,  full  and  ciiange,  at  Cape  Mudge  and  Cape  Lazo  at  about 
5h.  30m.,  and  the  range  during  ordinary  springs  is  from  12  to  14  feet. 
At  the  entrance  of  the  passage  during  springs  the  tidal  streams  attain  a 
velocity  of  4  to  0  knots  an  hour,  the  flood,  or  easterly  stream,  being  the 
strongest. 

Winds. — The  prevailing  summer  wind  is  from  NW.,  or  the  same  as 
on  the  outside  coast,  and  between  May  and  September  it  blows  strong 
and  steady,  commencing  about  0  a.  m.  and  dying  away  towards  sunset. 
These  winds  do  noc  generally  extend  much  below  Point  Roberts;  among 
the  Haro  Archipelago  they  become  variable  and  baffling,  while  in  the 
main  channels  of  Rosario  and  Haro,  the  westerly  wind  entering  the 
Strait  of  Fuca  is  deflected  to  SW.,  and  vessels  running  up  these  chan- 
nels with  a  fair  wind  will  almost  always  find  it  ahead  on  entering  the 
Strait  of  Georgia.  During  winter  there  is  a  good  deal  of  moderate 
calm,  and  gloomy  weather,  but  gales  from  SE.,  and  SW.,  are  frequent. 

Nanoose  Harbor,  8  miles  westward  of  Nanaimo,  is  easily  recognized 
by  Nanoose  or  Notch  Hill,  a  remarkable  hill  immediately  over  its 

168 


V 


NANOOBE    HARBOU — DIRECTIONS — ANCHCKAdE. 


153 


northern  Hide,  Hhowiiijj;  us  a  double  or  notch  peak  tVoni  the  southward; 
the  harbor  or  inlet  indents  the  coast  for  over  3  miles,  and  is  remarkably 


The  kelp  on  this  is  (.nly  visiliie  at  and  about  low 


....   ....,,  w,,  ,„,,-,  ,,.,  ,„,,v  visiuM'  ill  and  al)oiit  low  water 

.Sinai  .u.d  North     K-k,  is  the  sontliein  extreme  of  Notdi  Hill  p.-ninsula 
.n  hne  w,  h  tlu-  loot  oftheslope  from  the  northern  .shonld.M'    f  mZ 
Arrow-smith,  beaiiiiK  N.  ,s<i°  W.  tr„o  (WHW.  1  W.  mair  ) 

I  he   back  mark  of  this  leading  li.u,   is  the  .southern    part  of  the 
l».we,st  dip  m  the  farthest,  range  of  mountains  in  this  vieinity 

Mount  Arrowsmith  is  the  higduvst  mountsiin  with  sev 


mpped  sumniits,  lying  well  back  over  the  head  of  the  bav 


^veral  snow- 

,.      ,..,-,  ,,         '    -     "      over  ine  Jiead  of  the  bi 

lie  oil  the  north  point  oi  iNanoo.se  uctiuui.  7 v  m  ' 

Maude  Island,  small,  wooded,  and  about  lOOfeet  higii.  Is  I'lii- oi.,...'.; 
enimost  of  the  group.     Vessels  working  in  may  stand  pretty  close  to  it 
and  to  Blunden  Point,  but  when  inside  the  latter,  a  sand-bank  dries  for 
a  considerable  distance  olV  at  low  water,  and  the  sontliern  shore  .should 
not  be  approached  within  i  mile. 

Entrance  Rock,  'J  feet  above  higii  water,  lies  \'l  miles  west  of 
Bliiinlen  Point,  off  a  low  inai)le  flat  on  the  southern  side,  almost  into 
the  middle  of  the  harbor,  and  <!ontracting  the  width  of  the  passage  to 
GOO  yards;  within  this  tiie  harbor  opens  out  to  nearly  one  mile  in  width, 
terminating  at  a  distance  of  l'^  miles  in  a  shoal  mud  Hat,  which  dries  at 
low  water  more  than  ^  mile,  and  where  (piantities  of  oysters  are  found. 

North  Rock,  the  only  danger  on  the  northern  shore  when  entering, 
lies  nearly  400  yards  from  the  slioie,  and  has  a  de[»th  of  5  fi-et  on  the 
outer  part. 

Directions. — When  midway  between  Maude  Island  and  Blundeiv 
Point,  the  fair  course  in  is  west.  When  the  east  point  of  Southey  Is- 
land is  shut  in  by  the  north  entrance  jmiiit,  Xorth  Kock  will  be  passed^ 
ami  the  northern  shore  should  be  kei)t  rather  aboard.  Entrance  rock 
should  in  no  case  be  passed  nearer  than  200  yards,  and  if  working  in,^ 
beware  of  the  Ninth  liock,  and  the  sank-bank  already  mentioned  as  ex- 
tending off  the  southern  shore,  and  which  stretches  aKso  for  J  mile  west- 
ward from  Entrance  Rock;  when  that  distance  westward  of  the  rock 
both  shores  of  the  harbor  are  clear  of  danger. 

Anchorage. — No  convenient  anchorage  in  less  than  18  fathoms  will 
be  lound,  until  well  up  towards  the  head.  When  Nanoose  Hill  bears 
N.  23°  E.,  anchor  in  12  fathoms  in  the  center  of  the  harbor,  or  as  near 
to  either  shore  as  desired.  It  is  a  spacious  anchorage  and  well  shel- 
tered from  all  winds. 

There  is  a  convenient  nook  with  a  steep  shingle  beach,  where  a  ves- 
sel might  be  laid  for  repairs  if  necessary,  on  the  north  side  one  mile 
from  the  head. 


THE  srn 


The  St 
em  end  o 
erly  diiec 
coiiver  an 
able  size, 

The  tide;  ...muo  iiiiauape  Miidgetliere 

are  few  da.  ...,j  of  ships  navigating  the  strait. 

Tiie  smaller  channels  on  the  continental  shore  are  Malaspina  Strait 
and  Sabine  Channel. 

On  the  Vancouver  shore  is  Ballinac  Channel,  lying  westward  of  the 
islands  of  the  same  name;  also  Lambert  Channel  and  Baynes  Sonnd. 

Tides. — The  meeting  of  the  tides  takes  jdace  between  Cape  Madge  and 
Cape  Lazo;  that  is  to  say,  the  flood  entering  by  Fuca  Strait  meets  that 
entering  by  the  north  end  of  Vancouver  Island  within  20  miles  of  the 
former  cape,  generally  much  nearer,  but  varying  accordingto  the  phases 
of  the  moon  and  the  state  of  tlie  winds;  and  at  the  point  of  meeting  a 
considerable  race  occurs,  wliicii  would  be  dangerous  to  boats ;  there 
is  generiiUy  awA\  a  race  at  the  entrance  of  Discovery  Passage.  It  is 
high  water,  fuU  luid  change,  at  Cape  Mudge  and  Cape  Lazo  at^about 
6h.  30m.,  ai',1  Uie  range  during  ordinary  springs  is  from  12  to  14  feet. 
At  the  entr'nco  of  the  passage  duritig  springs  the  tidal  streams  attain  a 
velocity  of  4  to  (J  knots  an  hour,  the  Hood,  or  easterly  stream,  being  the 
strongest. 

TVinds. — The  prevailing  summer  wind  is  from  NW.,  or  the  same  as 
on  the  outside  coast,  and  between  May  and  September  it  blows  strong 
and  steady,  commencing  about  9  a.  m.  and  dying  away  towards  sunset. 
These  winds  do  not  generally  extend  much  below  Point  Roberts;  among 
the  Haro  Archipelago  they  become  variable  and  battling,  while  in  the 
main  channels  of  llosario  and  Haro,  the  westerly  wiiul  entering  the 
Strait  of  Fuca  is  deflected  to  SW.,  and  vessels  running  up  these  chan- 
nels with  a  fair  wind  will  almost  always  find  it  ahead  on  entering  the 
Strait  of  Georgia.  During  winter  there  is  a  good  deal  of  moderate 
calm,  and  gloomy  weather,  but  gales  from  SB,,  and  SW.,  are  frequent. 

Nanoose  Harbor,  8  miles  westward  of  Nanaimo,  is  easily  recognized 
by  Nauoose  or  Notch  Hill,  a  remarkable  hill  immediately  over  its 


NAN008B    HAkDOU — DIRECTIONS — ANClICIMdK. 


153 


I 


iiortlierii  Hide,  HhowingUH  a  double  or  notch  peak  fioiii  tbo  south wunl; 
the  harbor  or  iiihit  iiidwntM  theuoiist  for  over  3  uiih's,  and  i«  remarkably 
clear  of  danger.  The  cntraiuie  is  '^  mile  wide,  and  the  width  of  the 
harbor  vari«^s  between  (iOO  yards  and  over  one  mile.  There  are  depth* 
of  from  .30  to  35  fathoms  at  the  entranee,  and  deep  water  is  carried  ni> 
to  witiiin  ^  mile  of  the  head,  when  it  shoals  more  rapidly. 

The  Coast  for  Vi  miles  westward  of  Nanoose  is  frinffed  witii  numer- 
ous small  islands  and  reefs,  the  latter  generally  nnirked  by  kel]i.  The 
outermost  of  them,  Winchelsea  ami  Yeo  Islands,  extend  between  one 
and  3  miles  from  the  land,  and  beyond  these  there  are  no  hidden 
dangers. 

Small  vessels  may  lind  good  shelter  in  Schooner  Cove  at  1^  miles 
NW.  of  the  north  i)oint  of  Nanoose  Harbor.  There  is  a  rock  awash 
nearly  in  the  center  of  the  entranee,  but  nearer  to  the  north  point. 

Winchelsea  and  Ada  Islands,  a  group  of  snnill  wooded  islands^ 
lie  olf  the  Morth  point  of  Nanoose  Harbor. 

Maude  Island,  snndl,  wooded,  and  about  lUU  feet  high,  is  the  south- 
ernmost of  the  group.  Vessels  working  in  may  stand  pretty  close  to  it 
and  to  Bluiiden  Point,  but  when  inside  the  latter,  a  sand-bank  dries  for 
a  considerable  distance  olV  at  low  water,  and  the  southern  shore  should 
not  be  ai)proached  within  ^  mile. 

Entrance  Rock,  -  feet  above  high  water,  lies  1'/  miles  west  of 
Blunden  Point,  olf  a  low  majde  Hat  on  the  southern  side,  almost  into 
the  middle  of  the  harbor,  and  contracting  the  width  of  the  passage  to 
tiOO  yards;  within  this  the  harbor  opens  out  to  neatly  one  mile  in  width, 
terminating  at  a  distance  of  li^  miles  in  a  shoal  mud  flat,  which  dries  at 
low  water  more  than  J  mile,  and  where  cpiautities  of  oysters  are  found. 

North  Rock,  the  only  danger  on  the  northern  shore  when  entering, 
lies  nearly  400  yards  from  the  shore,  ami  has  a  depth  of  o  feet  en  the 
outer  part. 

Directions. — When  midway  between  Maude  Island  and  Hlumleii 
Point,  the  fair  course  in  is  west.  When  the  east  point  of  Southey  Is- 
laml  is  shut  in  by  the  north  entrance  point.  North  llock  will  be  passed,, 
and  the  northern  shore  should  be  kejtt  rather  aboard.  Entrance  rock 
should  in  no  case  be  passed  nearer  than  j'Jo  yards,  and  if  working  in,, 
beware  of  the  North  Kock,  and  the  sank-L»ank  already  mentioned  as  ex- 
tending off  the  southern  shore,  and  which  stretches  also  for  \  mile  west- 
ward from  Entrance  Kock  ;  when  that  distance  westward  of  the  rock 
both  shores  of  the  harbor  are  clear  of  danger. 

Anchorage. — No  convenient  anchorage  in  less  than  is  fathoms  will 
be  found,  until  well  up  towards  the  head.  When  Nanoose  ilill  bears 
N.  23'^  E.,  anchor  in  12  fathoms  in  the  center  of  the  harbor,  or  as  near 
to  either  shore  as  desired.  It  is  a  spacious  anchorage  ami  well  shel- 
tered from  all  winds. 

There  is  a  convenient  nook  with  a  steep  shingle  beach,  where  a  ves- 
sel might  be  laid  for  repairs  if  necessary,  on  the  north  side  one  mile 
from  the  head. 


154 


GEORGIA    STKAIT. 


Supplies. — Grronae  are  to  be  pot  here,  aiul  fresli  water  may  be  ob- 
tained Ironi  a  cove  at  the  head  on  the  nortli  side. 

The  Grey  Rock,  bare,  12  feet  above  high  water,  and  rather  remark- 
able,  lies  400  .yards  east  of  the  eastern  end  of  the  Winc!'«laea  groui). 

Rudder  Reei,  with  a  depth  of  one  fathom  on  it,  lies  |  i.iile  S.  27°  E. 
of  Giey  Itocli,  and  has  veiy  little  kelp  on  it.  The  southoastern  end  of 
the  Winchfelsea  Islands  should  be  given  a  berth  of  at  least  ^  mile. 

Yeo  and  Gerald  Islands  lie  northwestward  of  tlie  Winchelsea 
■Group,  and  are  smaller.  They  may  be  safely  passed  to  the  northward, 
at  the  distance  of  i  mile. 

Ballinac  Islands,  two  in  number,  .  e  larger  than  the  gnups  just 
described,  and  lie  L'.^  miles  offshore.  The  northernmost  has  cnly  two 
or  three  trees  on  it,  and  its  summit  terminates  in  a  sharp,  barn  nipple; 
the  southernmost  is  wooded.  They  have  the  appearance  of  I'e'.ng  one 
island  seen  from  all  points,  being  only  separated  by  a  narrov/  passage, 
which  at  the  eastern  entrance  is  less  than  li'J!)  "ards  wi'.le,  but  opens 
out  within,  and  forms  a  sheltered  cove  with  aiichon'.f^e  for  smal!  vessels 
in  8  fathoms,  close  to  its  soutiiern  sandy  beach  ;  on  the  west  side  this 
•channel  is  almost  closed,  and  there  is  no  passage  into  it.  The  islands 
are  steep  and  bold  on  all  sides,  and  are  (ionspiciious  after  ]>assing  west- 
ward of  Nanaimo  ;  vessels  bound  through  the  &rrait  of  (Jeorgia  would 
do  well  to  steer  for  them. 

Having  passed  Entiance  Island,  or  gained  an  ofling  of  one  mile  from 
Light-house  or  Five  Finger  Islands,  adirect  course  for  Ballinac  Islands 
leads  well  outside  all  the  small  islands  and  reefs  lying  off  the  coast 
westward  of  Nanoose. 

Ballinac  Channel  is  a  safe,  clear  passage,  1.^  miles  in  width  at  its 
uarrowest  j)art  (abreast  Gerald  Island) ;  the  shores  of  the  islands  on 
both  side.-*  may  be  approaclie<l  within  200  yards,  if  necessary. 

To  steamers,  coasters,  or  vessels  with  a  fair  wind,  Ballinac  Channel 
is  recommended.  Large  sailing  vessels  with  a  foul  wind  would  find  it 
an  advantage  to  make  long  boards,  anil  pass  to  the  northward  of  the 
islands  through  the  main  strait. 

Cottam  Reef,  the  only  danger  in  tin',  "hannel,  has  2A  lathoms  water 
on  it,  and  is  generally  marked  by  kelp  ;  it  \<  s  on  tiie  soutli  western  side 
of  the  channel. 

The  northernmost  of  the  Winchelsea  Islamis  kept  open  of  Yeo 
Islands,  bearing  S.  61 '^  K.,  leads  well  north  of  the  reef. 

Northwest  Bay  indents  the  coast  for  2  miles  in  a  southeasterly  di- 
rection, making  a  peninsula  of  the  lainl  which  separates  it  from  Nanoose 
Harbor.  It  is  much  expose<l  to  NW.  winds  and  the  water  mi  it  is 
very  deep ;  a  considerable  stream  Hows  into  the  bay  at  its  western  en- 
trance. 

Mistaken  Island,  low,  wooded  and  A  mile  long,  lies  close  off'  the 
entrance  to  Nortlnvest  Bay. 

The  Coast. — From   Northwest  Bay  the  land  trends,  with  a  slight 


QUALICUM    HIVEli — HAYNKS    SOUjND. 


155 


indetitiitioii,  wt'stwiird  to  Di'iiiiiaii  and  Hornby  Jsdaiids.  and  to  the 
soiitliorn  on  trances  of  ISa.vncs  Sound  and  rjaii-beit  Cliannel.  This 
stretch  of  coast  presents  no  iemarkal»h' feature;  wooded  bliifls,  of  mod- 
erate lieijiht,  tenninatinff  in  sandy  or  .siiinj-Ie  points,  off  which  for  a 
very  short  distance  tlie.  water  is  s'u. al. 

Qualicum  River  is  a  small  stream,  only  noticeable  as  affording 
shelter  to  <',anoes  or  i)oats  within  its  entrance. 

The  entrance  of  Qualicum   Itiver  has  nothinft'  to  mark  its  position 
until  within  one  mile  of  it,  when  the  bowlder  stones  which  fringe  the 

■     ■"  '     '■'•  "■•♦•••.■1  c-<->ii,oivii.it  further  ott'  shore 

rnby  Island 
of  one  mile, 
e  northward 

idiately  west 
T  10  fathoms 
^"i^f  at  '}  mile  from  tiie  shore,  with  tiie  east  imint  oi  iiorno>  island  bearing 

N.  l.'P  E. ;  the  holding  ground  is  good,  and  northerly  ii'ls,  which 
would  make  it  a  lee  shore,  seldom  blow  with  any  strengtii.  From  NW. 
winds  it  is  in  a  great  measure  slieltered  by  the  islands,  but  with  those 
from  81'].  a  considerable  sea  will  get  up,  though  there  would  be  plenty 
of  room  and  no  thmger  of  drifting  with  good  ground  tackle. 
Denman  and  Wr>vv.i —  ■»  '      -  the  coast ;  the 

)»st,  and  has  an 


i 


>n;  on  its  west- 

irkable  (lat  toj) 

east  side   and 

<ide  is  Tribune 

eis  a  consider- 

.,  ^..  ..lu  r.itier,  also  fresh  water. 

...ini  IS  separated  from  the  mainland  l)y  a  good  jtassage 

•iiled  Baynes  Sound,  and  lIornl)y  island  from  Denman  l>y  Lambert 
Chann(  1.  There  is  more  tide  felt  in  the  chaniu'I  than  in  the  sound  ;  in 
the  former  fts  rate  is  sometbnes  2  knots,  the  flood  coming  frr-m  the 
southeastward.  The  prevailing  winds  aie  northwesterly;  thereforo,  for 
sailing  vessels  from  the  southward,  the  main  strait  east  of  Hornby 
Island  is  to  be  preferred. 

Baynes  Sound  has  an  average  navigaiile  widthof  over  A  mile.  There 
are  two  very  lair  anchorages.  Fanny  Hay  on  the  south  or  main  si«le,  and 
Henry  liay  on  the  north  or  island  side. 

The  exit  into  the  Struit  of  (Jeorgia  by  the  uorthwestern  eiitrance  of  the 
sound,  between  the  north  end  of  Denman  Islaiul  and  Cape  Lazo,  is  nearly 
2  miles  in  width,  but  a  remarkable  bridge  or  bar  of  sand,  strewed  with 
large  stones,  extinds  the  whole  way  across,  and  at  low  water  there  is  as 
little  as  8  feet  on  it;  during  summer  it  is  thickly  covered  with  kelj*. 


154 


GEORdIA    STRAIT. 


Supplies. — Grouse  are  to  he  got  here,  and  fre.sh  water  may  he  oh- 
taiiied  Irotn  a  cove  at  tlie  head  on  the  nortli  side. 

The  Grey  Rock,  hare,  12  feet  ahove  liigh  water,  and  f-ather  remark- 
ahle,  lies  400  yards  east  of  the  eastern  end  of  the  Wiuchelsea  group. 

Rudder  Reef,  with  a  depth  of  one  fathom  on  it,  lies  |  mile  S.  27°  E. 
of  (hey  Kooic,  and  has  very  little  kelp  on  it.     The  southeastern  end  of 
the  Winchelsea  Islands  should  he  given  a  berth  of  at  least  ^  mile. 

Yeo  and  Gerald  Islands  lie  northwestward  of  the  Winchelsea 
^rniui.  ai)(l  sire  smaller.    Thov  mav  be  safely  pa  sod  to  tbe  northward, 
(l.nS)  BRITISH  OOLUMBIA-Strait  of  Gee  -gh     '>'^  Soath  Bal- 
linaclsland— Uncharted  shoal.— Commandt'i' ;.  11.  B.  M.S. 

J-Jf/cria,  reports  the  existence  of  a  rocky  shoa!  v     n  l;     .,-et  over  it  at 
low  water  500  yards  olf  the  southeast  extreme  of  th-.  -South  Ballinac 
island,  with  the  lighthouse  bearing  N.  (!1°  W.  true  (W.  f  N.  mag.). 
Depths  of  10  fathoms  were  found  between  the  shoal  and  tlie  Soutli 
Ballinac  island,  and  L»0  to  U)  fathoms  close-toon  its  other  sides 

^^4uy  Vi.}\H[tVmWV.i>l!.9iisj:M^   ....    .  .     (N.  M. !!«,  1904.) 

out  within,  and  forms  a  sheltered  cove  wii,ii  anchorage  for  small  ve.ssel8 
in  8  fathom.s,  close  to  its  southern  .sandy  bench  ;  on  the  west  side  this 
channel  is  almost  closed,  and  there  is  no  passage  into  it.  The  islands 
are  steep  and  bold  oi!  all  sides,  and  are  conspicuous  after  passing  west- 
ward ot"  Nanaimo  ;  vessels  bound  through  the  Strait  of  Georgia  would 
do  well  to  steer  for  them. 

Having  paissed  Entrance  Island,  or  gained  an  offing  of  one  mile  from 
liit'lit-howse  (ir  Five  FiiiL'-er  Islands,  adiract  course  for  Ballinac  L- lauds 
(1.U7)  BRITISH  OOLUHIBIA-Strait  of  Georgia— Balllnar/  ohfn- 
nel— Uncharted  rock.  — Com nnuider  .1.  F.  Parry,  H.  B.  M.  S  hi/ana, 
reports  the  existence  of  an  uncharted  rock  in  IJallinac  cLan  ,n  ;  ci  '^,o 
line  between  the  ea.st(!rn  extreme  of  the  South  Ballinac  lu  il  '^i'' 
Douglas  island,  being  distant  from  the  latter  SOO  yards. 

The  rock  has  \'y  feet  of  water  over  it  at  low  water  witJi  <i'-^  m     of 

20  to  40  fatlionis  dose-to  all  round.     No  kelp  wa.<  Svcn  on  the  loi  t. 

From  the  rock   Ballinac  lighthouse  bears  N.  1°  W.  true  (NNW. 

}\\.  W'ly  mag.),   1 ,'(,   miles,  and   the  north   extreme  of  Mistaken 

island  N.  7S°  W.  true  (WSW.  l  \V.  mag.),  2 A  mile.s. 

Ksmnusnuongn  ineinaM.  »um..  rN.M.SO.  10O4.) 

Cottam  Reef,  the  only  danger  in  the  channel,  has  z^  laniom.-t  ., ...iv., 
on  it,  and  is  generally  marked  by  kelp ;  it  lies  on  the  southwestern  side 
of  the  chamu'l. 

The  iM)rthernmost  of  the  Winchelsea  Islands  kep  )pen  of  Yeo 
Islan«Is,  bearing  S.  01°  E.,  leads  well  north  of  the  re  ' 

Northwest  Bay  indents  the  coast  for  2  miles  in  a  .m  ■    ■,  .sterly  di- 
rection, nniking  a  {teiiinsnla  of  the  land  which  separates  ii  i,   .n  ISunoose 
•     Harbor.     It  is  much  expo.sed  to  NW.  win(':i  and  the  water  in  it  is 
very  deep ;  a  considerable  f'rean-.  !'  m  .^  'wto  tbe  bay  at  its  western  en- 
trance. 

Mistaken  Island,  low  ucodc'  n./u  .^  mile  long,  lies  close  oft'  the 
entrance  to  Northwest  Bay. 

The  Coast — From  Northwest  Bay  the  land  trends,  with   a  .slight 


T 


QUALICUM    KiVER BAYNlvS    .SOUND. 


155 


iiidentatioii,  westward  to  DiMiinan  iiiul  Hornby  Islands,  and  to  tbe 
southern  entrances  of  Uaynes  Sound  and  Landiert  Channel.  This 
stretch  of  coast  i)resents  no  reinarkaUle  feature;  wooded  bluti's,  of  mod- 
erate height,  terininatin}?  in  sandy  or  shingle  points,  otf  which  for  a 
very  short  distance  the  water  is  shoal. 

Qualicum  River  is  a  small  stream,  oiily  noticeable  cs  affording 
shelter  to  <!anoes  or  boats  within  its  entrance. 

The  entrance  of  Qnalicnui  Itiver  has  nothing  to  mark  its  position 
until  within  one  mile  of  it,  when  the  bowlder  stones  which  fringe  the 
whole  of  this  coast  will  be  seen  to  extend  somewhat  farther  off  shore 
than  at  other  points.  When  the  sharp  east  j)oint  of  Hornby  Island 
bears  N.  V2°  E.,  it  will  be  easily  made  out  at  the  distance  of  one  mile. 
A  hlack  can  buoy  is  moored  in  5  fathoms  water,  about  ^  mile  northward 
of  the  river  entrance. 

Quaiicum  Bay  is  a  slight  indentation  of  the  coast,  immediately  west 
of  the  river,  wliere  very  fair  anchorage  will  be  found  in  8  or  10  fathoms 
at  ^  mile  froci  the  shore,  with  the  east  point  of  Hornby  Island  bearing 
N.  18°  E. ;  the  holdiiig  ground  is  good,  and  northerly  winds,  which 
would  make  it  a  lee  siiore,  seldom  blow  with  any  strength.  From  N\V. 
winds  it  is  in  a  great  nu^asure  sheltered  by  the  islands,  but  with  those 
from  SK.  a  consj(b'ral)le  sea  will  get  up,  though  there  would  be  i)lenty 
of  room  and  no  danger  of  drifting  with  good  ground  tackle. 

Denman  and  Hornby  Islands  lie  imuu'diately  ott'  the  coast;  the 
fornuM'  IS  !»  miles  long,  in  a  direction  parallel  with  the  coast,  and  has  an 
average  width  of  'J  nnles. 

Hornby  Island  is  about  1  miles  a(!ross  in  every  direction  ;  on  its  west- 
ern side  rises  rather  abruptly  Mount  (leolfrey,  a  remarkable  flat-top 
hill,  1.076  feet  high,  sloping  gradually  down  on  the  east  side  and 
terminating  in  a  low,  bare,  grassy  jtoinr  :  on  the  eastern  side  is  Triltuue 
Hay,  aft'onling  good  anchorage.  On  both  these  islands  there  is  a  consider- 
able (|nantity  of  good  land,  particularly  on  the  latter,  also  fresh  water. 

Denman  Island  is  sejiarated  from  the  mainland  by  a  good  ]>assage 
called  li.iynes  Sound,  and  Hornby  Island  from  Denman  by  Ijambert 
Channel.  Then!  is  more  tide  felt  in  the  channel  than  in  the  sound  ;  in 
the  former  fts  rate  is  sometimes  2  knots,  the  flood  coming  from  the 
southeastward.  The  i»revailino;  wiinls  are  northwesterly;  therefore,  for 
sailing  vessels  from  tlu^  southward,  the  main  strait  east  of  lliuiiby 
Island  is  to  be  preferred. 

Baynes  Soundhas  an  average  navigable  width  of  over  A  mile.  There 
are  two  very  fair  anchorages,  Fanny  Hay  "u  thesoutlior  main  side,  and 
Henry  Ha.v  on  the  north  or  island  side. 

The  exit  into  the  Strait  of  (Jeorgia  by  the  northwestern  entran«e  ofthe 
sound, between  the  ncuth  end  of  Denman  Island  andCaiie  Lazo,  is  nearly 
2  miles  in  width,  but  a  remarkable  bri<lge  or  bar  of  sand,  strewed  with 
large  stones,  extends  the  whole  way  acro.ss,  and  at  low  water  there  is  as 
little  as  ci  feet  oil  it;  during  summer  it  is  thickly  covered  with  kelp, 


156 


GEORGIA    STKAIT. 


which  never  altogether  disappears.  The  bar  is  very  narrow,  and  is 
always  smooth ;  towards  high  water,  vessels  of  19  feet  draugiit,  by  care- 
fully paying  attention  to  the  leading  marks  and  buoys,  may  safely  pass 
either  into  or  out  of  the  strait  by  this  channel. 

Buoys  and  Beacons. — The  northern  and  sonthern  ent  ances  to 
Baynes  Sound  ar.i  marked  by  buoys.  A  black  can  buoy  is  moored  in  4 
fathoms  on  the  NE.  side  of  Keljt  Bar,  and  a  similar  buoy  is  mooied  in 
3i  fathoms  on  the  S\V.  side  of  the  bar ;  these  buoys  bear,  approxi- 
mately, Ironi  each  other  N.  40°  E.  and  S.  40^  W.  A  course  I'roui  one 
to  the  other  leads  over  the  bar  in  2  fathoms  water. 

Maple  I'oint  beacon  :  A  beacon  consisting  of  three  piles  driven  in  a 
cluster,  surnu)unted  by  two  circular  disks  7  feet  in  diameter,  the  one 
showing  black  from  seaward,  the  other  white  when  abreast  of  the  bea- 
con. Tiie  beacon  stands  in  18  feet  on  the  extreme  end  of  Maple  Point 
bank,  and  its  summit  rises  10  feet  above  high-water  mark. 

Keef  Blutf  spar-buoy  :  A  red  spar-buoy  in  20  feet,  on  the  western  ex- 
tremity of  Keef  Bluff  Keef. 

Base  Flat  beacon  :  Exactly  similar  in  form  and  color  to  the  Maple 
Point  beacon.  This  beacon  stands  in  12  feet  on  the  outer  extremity  of 
the  flat. 

Village  Point  s|)ar-buoy :  A  red  spar-buoy  in  lil  feet  on  the  end  of 
the  reef. 

Union  Spit  beacon:  A  single  i)ile,  surmounted  by  a  circular  disk  7 
feet  in  diameter,  painted  b^ick.  The  pile  is  driven  in  18  feet  on  the  ex- 
tremity of  the  s|)it,  and  the  beacon  stands  10  feet  above  high-water 
niaik. 

Grassy  Point  beacon:  Similar  to  the  last  described.  This  beacon 
stands  in  18  feet  on  the  NE.  extremityof  the  Hat  extending  out  from 
Grassy  Point,  and  rises  14  feet  above  high  water. 

Leading  marks. — On  White  Beach,  leading  marks  consisting  of 
whitewashed  planks  attached  to  trees  have  been  erected. 

These  marks  when  in  line,  bearing  S.  40°  W.  present  the  api»earanco 
of  an  ui)per  and  lower  cross,  and  may  be  seen  frou)  a  distance  of  4 
miles;  they  lead  across  the  bar  at  the  western  entrance,  in  not  less  than 
12  feet  at  low  water. 

Yellow  Island  is  small  an<l  bare,  and  generally  of  a  yellow  color* 
It  lies  close  olf  the  SE.  i)oint  of  Denman  Island,  is  conspicuous,  may 
be  seen  for  several  miles,  aiul  is  a  good  object  to  sieer  for  coming  from 
the  enstward,  as  it  forms  the  eastern  entrance  point  of  the  sound.  A 
light  has  been  i)ut  in  operation  on  Yellow  Island.  The  light,  besides 
indi<'ating  the  entrance  to  Baynes  Sound,  is  useful  for  the  general  nav- 
igation of  the  Strait  of  (Jeorgia. 

Maple  Point,  which  forms  the  western  entrance  ])oint,  is  also  very 
coiirii-ii;u(;ui; ;  it  is  low  and  covered  with  maples,  wliich  in  form  and 
foliage  bear  a  remarkable  contrast  to  the  pine,  particularly  in  autumn 
and  winter,  when  the  leaf  assumes  a  bright  yellow  or  orange  color. 


--j^ 


BAYNES  SOUND  DIKECTIONS — DEKP  BAY. 


157 


"^ 


A  saiid-spit,  which  dries  at  low  water  and  is  ratlier  steep-to,  extends 
i  mile  north  from  Maple  Point,  and  the  3-fathom  line  is  tiie  same  dis- 
tance from  the  shore  as  far  eastward  as  Qualicnm  Bay;  therefore, 
neither  the  coast  nor  the  point  should  be  approached  within  tliat  dis* 
tance. 

Anchorage. — Tf  desire<l  there  is  good  anchorage  outside,  in  0  fathoms, 
with  Yellow  Island  in  line  with  Norris  lieef  hearing  N.  (i.'P  E.,  and 
Maj.le  Point  west. 

Directions. — Entering  Baynes  Sound  by  the  southeastern  ciiannel, 
some  care  is  necessary  to  avoid  the  shoal  sand-spit  extending  off  Maple 
Point,  as  well  as  some  rocky  jjatches  and  foul  ground  lying  off  the  Den- 
man  Jshmd  shore,  nearly  U  miles  northwestward  of  Yellow  Island. 

Immediately  opposite  on  Denman  Island,  north  west  of  Maple  Point,  is 

•  '"'"'h  clay  cliff,  with  a  bare  grassy  sIojjc  ;  otV  this  clilf,  for 

-f^olips  (Kelp  Keef),  marked  by  a  red  spar 

"    '■"'"Oil  them  and  Majjle 

s  recom- 

e  of  Reef 

earing  N. 

01°  \\ .,  until  Mapie  *  --  etou  is  in 

ine  with  or  just  shut  in  by  Bayle  I'oiuu,  k,k....  teer  west, 

keeping  these  marks  on  astern,  which  will  lead  midway  ut-i,..een  Maple 

Point  spit  and  the  i)atches  otf  the  northern  shore. 

In  coming  down  the  Sound  the  light  on J^<!«^^^tV Island  must  not  be 
brought  to  bear  to  the  eastward  of  S.  S-P  E.  to  clear  Maple  Bank. 

Mount  Tremeton,  the  summit  of  Lasqueti  Island,  is  a  very  remarkable, 
bare,  castellated  knob,  l,()r)(S  feet  high.  When  Maple  Point  bears  S.  55° 
E.  the  first  reach  of  the  sound  will  be  well  open,  and  Ba.se  Flat,  a  low 
grassy  point  on  the  west  side  of  Fanny  Bay,  will  be  .seen  open  of  Ship 
Point;  then  steer  up  mid-channel.  Ship  point,  with  the  land  one  mile 
SE.  of  it,  shows  as  two  bold  wooded  bluffs,  which  should  not  be  ap- 
proached within  tdO  yards. 

The  western  side  of  the  sound  between  Maple  Point  and  Fanny  Bay 
for  about  4  miles  is  low,  and  shoal  water  extends  for  a  considerable  dis- 
tance off  it;  it  is  recommended  not  to  stand  so  far  over  on  this  side  as 
altogether  to  shut  in  Base  Flat  by  the  bluffs  of  Ship  Point  just  men- 
tioned. 

Deep  Bay. — Maple  Point  from  the  extremity  of  the  trees  turns  sharp 
off'  at  a  right  angle  to  the  west  for  A  mile  and  forms  a  low  sandy  spit, 
in  shape  resembling  the  long  beak  of  a  bird  ;  westward  of  this  is  Deep 
Bay,  in  which  the  depth  varies  from  15  to  20  fiithoras,  irregular  bottom, 
but  sandy.  It  is  a  small,  and  not  very  desirable  anchorage,  and  as  the 
shoal  extends  off  the  back  of  the  spit  for  its  whole  length  to  the  dis- 
tance of  ff  mile;  the  extreme  of  it,  which  is  steep-to,  can  not  be  steered 
for  until  it  bears  S.  22°  E, ;  if  intending  to  anchor,  the  best  berth  is  in 
14  to  lU  fatboms,  near  the  center  of  the  bay. 


156 


GEORGIA    STRAIT. 


i 


which  never  altogether  disappears.  The  bar  is  very  narrow,  and  is 
always  smooth ;  towards  high  water,  vessels  of  19  feet  draught,  by  care- 
fully i)aying  attention  to  the  leading  marks  and  buoys,  may  safely  pass 
either  into  or  out  of  the  strait  by  this  channel. 

Buoys  and  Beacons. — The  northern  and  southern  entrances  to 
Baynes  Sound  arn  marked  by  buoys.  A  black  can  buoy  is  moored  in  4 
fathoms  on  the  NE.  side  of  Kelp  Bar,  and  a  similar  buoy  is  mooted  in 
3^  fathoms  on  the  SW,  side  of  the  bar ;  tliese  buoys  bear,  approxi- 
mately, Irom  each  other  N.  40°  E.  and  S.  40°  W.  A  course  from  one 
to  the  other  leads  over  the  bar  in  2  fathoms  water. 

Maple  Point  beacon  :  A  beacon  consisting  of  three  piles  driven  in  a 
pliiutov  unrinoiiiitTxi  i»v  txvn  pirpiiljip  disks  7  feet  ill  diameter,  the  one 
(324)  BRITISH  GOLUBIBIA— Vancouver  Island— East  coast— 
Baynes  sound— Reef  point— Dlstingnilshins  mark  on  buoy.— A 
wooden  triangle  painted  red  luis  been  placed  on  the  top  of  the  steel 
conical  buoy  moored  off  Keef  point,  Baynes  sound,  to  serve  as  a  dis- 
tinguishing mark  in  foggy  weathei-. 

Approx.  position:  Lat.  49°  28'  40"  N.,  Long.  124°  43'  24"  W. 

Base  Flat  beacon  :  Exactly  similar  in    torm  ai.     (N.  M.  10, 1904.) 
Point  beacon.     This  beacon  stands  in  12  feet  on  the  outer  extremity  of 
the  tlat. 

Village  Point  spar-buoy  :  A  red  spar-buoy  in  21  feet  on  the  end  of 
the  reef. 

Union  Spit  beacon:  A  single  jiile,  surmounted  by  a  circular  disk  7 
feet  in  diameter,  painted  b^ick.  The  pile  is  driven  in  18  feet  on  the  ex- 
tremity of  the  spit,  and  the  beacon  stands  10  feet  above  high-water 
maik. 

Grassy  Point  beacon:  Similar  to  the  last  described.  This  beacon 
stands  in  18  feet  on  the  IN'E.  extremity 'of  the  flat  extending  out  irom 
Grassy  Point,  and  rises  14  feet  above  high  water. 

Leading  marks. — On  White  Beach,  leading  marks  consisting  of 
white- washed  planks  '\ttached  to  trees  have  been  erected. 

These  marks  when  in  line,  bearing  S.  40°  W.  present  the  appearance 
of  an  upiier  and  lower  cross,  and  may  be  seen  from  a  distance  of  4 
miles;  they  lea<l  across  the  bar  at  the  western  entrance,  in  not  less  than 
12  feet  at  low  water. 

Yellovr  Island  is  small  and  bare,  and  generally  of  a  yellow  color- 
It  lies  close  off  the  SE.  jmint  of  Denman  Island,  is  conspicuous,  may 
be  seen  for  several  miles,  and  is  a  good  object  to  steer  for  coining  from 
the  eastward,  as  it  forms  the  eastern  entrance  point  of  the  sound.  A 
light  has  been  put  in  operation  on  Yellow  Island.  The  light,  besides 
indicating  the  entrance  to  Baynes  Sound,  is  useful  for  the  general  nav- 
igation of  the  Strait  of  Georgia. 

Maple  Point,  which  foi-ms  the  western  entrance  jioint,  is  also  very 
conspicuous ;  it  is  low  and  covered  with  maples,  which  in  form  and 
foliage  bear  a  remarkable  contrast  to  the  jiino,  jiarticularly  in  autumn 
and  winter,  when  the  leaf  assumes  a  brigl  t  yellow  or  orange  color. 


i 


BAYNE8  SOUND    DIRECTIONS — DEEP    BAY. 


157 


A  saiid-spit,  which  dries  iit  low  water  and  is  ratiier  steep-to,  extends 
!^  mile  north  from  Maple  Point,  and  the  3-fathom  line  is  tlie  same  dis- 
tance from  the  shore  as  far  eastward  as  Qualicum  Bay;  therelbre, 
neither  the  coast  nor  the  point  shonld  be  approached  witiiiii  that  dis- 
tance. 

Anchorage. — If  ilesired  there  is  pood  anchorage  ont.side,  in  0  fathoms, 
with  Yellow  Island  in  line  with  \orris  Reef  liearinf*  N.  (i.'P  E.,  and 
Maple  Point  west. 

Directions. — Entering  Baynes  Sound  by  the  southeixstern  channel, 
some  care  is  necessaiy  to  avoid  the  shoal  sand-s|)it  extendinf;;  oif  Maple 
Point,  as  well  as  some  rocky  patches  and  fonl  ground  lying  off  the  Den- 
man  Island  shore,  nearly  2  miles  northsvestward  of  Yellow  Island. 

Immediately  opposite  on  Deninan  Island,  northwest  of  .Maple  I'oint,  is 
Reef  Bluff,  a  high  clay  cliff,  with  a  bare  grassy  slope;  off  this  cliff,  for 
400  yards,  extend  some  rocUy  patches  (lulj)  Reef),  marked  by  a  red  spar 
buoy,  which  narrow  the  width  of  the  entrance  between  them  and  Maple 
Point  spit  to  something  over  OOU  yards.  Wiien  entering,  it  is  recom- 
mended to  steer  in  ni'arly  mid-channel,  or  with  the  low  extreme  of  Reef 
Bluff  in  line  with  tiu'  low  part  of  Ship  Point  of  Fanny  Bay  bearing  N. 
({1°  \Y.,  until  .Maple  Point  bears  S.  L'iJ^  W.,  or  Mount  Tremeton  is  in 
iue  with  or  just  shut  in  by  Bi)yle  Point,  bearing  east ;  then  steer  west, 
keejjing  tliese  marks  on  astern,  whicih  will  lead  midway  between  Maple 
Point  si»it  and  the  patches  olf  the  northern  shore. 

In  coming  down  the  Sound  the  light  onji^^^^^lsland  must  not  be 
brought  to  bear  to  the  eastward  of  S.  84°  E.  to  clear  Maple  Bank, 

Mount  Tremeton,  the  summit  of  Lasqueti  Island,  is  a  very  remarkable, 
bare,  castellated  knob,  1,05(J  feet  high.  When  Maple  Point  bears  S.  55^ 
E.  the  first  reach  of  the  sound  will  be  well  open,  and  Base  Flat,  a  low 
grassy  point  on  the  west  side  of  Fanny  Bay,  will  be  seen  open  of  Ship 
Point;  then  steer  up  mid-channel.  Shii»  point,  with  the  land  one  mile 
SB.  of  it,  shows  as  two  bold  wooded  bluffs,  which  should  not  be  ap- 
proached within  400  yards. 

The  western  .side  of  the  sound  between  Maple  Point  and  Fanny  Bay 
for  about  4  miles  is  low,  and  shoal  water  extends  for  a  considerable  dis- 
tance off  it;  it  is  recomnuinded  not  to  stand  so  far  over  on  this  side  as 
altogether  to  shut  in  Ba.se  Flat  by  the  bluffs  of  Ship  Point  just  men- 
tioned. 

Deep  Bay. — Maple  Point  from  the  extremity  of  the  trees  turns  sharp 
oft'  at  a  right  angle  to  the  west  for  i  mile  and  forms  a  low  sandy  spit, 
in  shape  re.sembling  the  long  beak  of  a  bird  ;  westward  of  this  is  Deep 
Bay,  in  which  the  depth  varies  from  15  to  20  fathoms,  irregular  bottom, 
but  sandy.  It  is  a  small,  and  not  very  desirable  anchorage,  and  as  the 
shoal  extends  oft"  the  back  of  the  spit  for  its  whole  length  to  the  dis- 
tance of  t^  mile;  the  extreme  of  it,  which  is  steep-to,  can  not  be  steered 
for  until  it  bears  S.  22°  E. ;  if  intending  to  anchor,  the  best  berth  is  in 
14  to  10  fathon  s,  near  the  center  of  the  bay. 


158 


GEORGIA    STUAIT. 


Fanny  Bay  att'ords  a  gfood  though  somewhat  limited  aucliorage. 
Base  Fhit,  the  delta  of  a  considerable  stream,  liaviug  its  rise  iu  the 
Beaufort  niiigo  of  mountains,  forms  its  western  point ;  and  Ship  Point, 
a  bold  wooded  bluff,  its  eastern.  Entering  from  the  eastward,  give  Ship 
Point,  and  the  coast  of  the  peninsula  immediatelysouth  of  it,  a  berth  of 
J  mile. 

Anchorage. — Anclior  in  12  or  1.'}  fathoms  in  the  middle  of  the  hay, 
with  Ship  Point  distant  a  short  i  mile  and  in  line  with  the  Ree)?  Bluff, 
bearing  S.  (11^  E.;  the  latter  will  api)ear  as  the  SE.  extreme  of  Deuman 
Island. 

The  southern  part  of  the  bay  dries  entirely  at  low  water,  and  a  sandy 
llat  extends  a  considerable  distance  off  all  around  the  shores.  Small 
vessels  may  stand  in  to  8  I'atlioins,  from  which  depth  it  shoals  very  sud- 
denly off  IJase  Flat;  a  sandbank  dries  for  more  than  000  yards  at  low 
water. 

Village  Point. — From  Fanny  Bay  the  trend  of  the  sound  alter-s 
sli;;li(iy  to  the  northward,  and  incireases  gradually  in  width  Irom  one 
mile  to  2  miles,  which  latter  it  attains  at  the  ncnth  end  of  Dennian 
Island.  IJoth  shores  are  free  from  danger,  with  the  (exception  of  some 
ro(»ky  or  bowldtir  ledges  which  extend  from  L'OO  to  -biO  yards  otl"  the 
])oints.  Village  i)oint  has  on  it  a  large  native  settlement,  and  a  sancl-.i 
spit  extends  ii  short  distance  otV  it. 

Henry  Bay. — Denman  Island,  towards  its  N\V.  end,  falls  away  into 
a  remarkable  wedge  shape,  terminating  in  a  singular  sharp  beak  shaind 
extreme  en  lied  Beak  Point;  the  hollow  of  this  beak,  on  thenorthwestera 
side  of  the  island,  forms  Henry  Bay,  and  is  a  safe  and  convenient 
anchorage,  though  it  is  somewhat  limited  in  size.  The  shores  are  mod- 
erately high  and  wooded;  its  western  extreme  is  a  low  but  steep  shingle 
spit,  with  one  or  two  trees  on  it,  and  a  clear  beach  of  the  same  charac- 
ter extends  all  arouml  the  bay. 

Anchorage. — The  holding  ground  is  very  good,  and  the  anchorage 
in  !J  or  10  fathoms  in  the  canter  of  the  bay,  with  Beak  Point  bearing  N. 
22°  \V.,  when  a  remarkable  clumi)  of  trees  on  S.indy  Island  will  be  just 
open  westward  of  it;  here  a  vessel  will  be  ^  mile  from  the  beach,  where 
a  considerable  native  village  is  built.  The  Indians  resort  to  this  bay  in 
large  numbers  during  summer  to  tish. 

Sandy  Island. — From  Beak  Point  a  series  of  sand-banks,  some  of 
them  above  water,  others  covered,  extend  in  a  northwesterly  direction 
for  a  little  more  than  2  miles.  Sandy  Island,  the  largest  of  them,  is  § 
mile  from  the  point,  and  C  feet  above  high  water,  with  large  bowlder 
stones  dispersed  over  it;  there  is  a  good  boat  passage  through  at  half 
tide. 

White  Spit. — Two-thirds  of  a  mile  N\V.  of  Sandy  Island  ia  White 
Spit,  which  almost  covers,  and  is  very  remarkable  from  the  number  of 
clam  shells  collected  on  it.  giving  it  an  appearance  of  a  white  sandy 
beach  :  it  is  connected  with  Sandy  Island  ar  verv  low  tides. 


■• 


KELP    BAR — PORT    AUGUSTA. 


161> 


Kelp  Bar. — Tlii'eiiiloftlie  shoal,  which  occiisioiially  dries  in  p!ir«!ht'8, 
extends  jj  of  a  inilc.NW.  from  Wliito  Spit,  and  from  it  commcnct's  a  ro- 
marl<abl(^  Itclp  i)ar,  wiiich  connectH  Dennian  Lsland  witli  tiic  land  ahuiit 
(Jape  Lazo,  distant  nearly  2  miles.  The  bar  is  (;omposed  of  sand,  in- 
terspersed with  larjje  bowlders,  which  can  be  seen  at  low  water;  threat 
quantities  of  kelp  tjrow  on  it  dnrinj;-  summer,  and  it  is  rarely  entirely 
without  it.  In  shape  it  resemble  an  hour  {^lass,  very  narrow  in  the  <!en- 
ter,  not  above  (iOO  yards  wide,  and  with  a  depth  of  IL'  feet  at  low  water. 
The  western  edge  of  this  bar  is  steep,  shoalinj;  suddenly,  and  vessels 
workinj;  to  the  northwestward  throujih  liaynes  Sound  shun  Id  not  stand 
so  far  to  eastward  as  to  shut  in  a  remarkable  sinjjle  tree  on  tiu-  sliinult> 
spit  of  IJeak  I'oint  behiinl  the  clump  of  tre«'s  on  Sandy  Island,  or  avoid 
briiij;in}:-  White  P>lnlT(wliich  is  2A  miles  southward  from  Cape  I-azoaiul 
very  consi)icuons)  to  the  westward  of  >.'.  TJ-  W.,  and  when  wiihin  (uie 
mile  of  it,  to  the  westward  of  north. 

To  cross  the  Kelp  Harover  its  mirrowest  part  and  in  the  deepest  water, 
a  ves.sel  should  stainl  L'4  miles  tlirou},'li  the  sound,  northwestward  from 
Henry  Hay,  until  the  lfi.<^<linj;  marks  on  the  western  shore  are  in  line 
bearing  S.  4()o  W.,  then  steer  out  boldly  N.  4(P  E.,  or  on  a  direct  course 
from  oiM'  buoy  to  the  other  ;  two  or  three  casts  of  12  feet  will  be  st  ruck, 
at  low  water,  but  it  will  immediately  deepen  to  .'5,  4,  and  shortly  15" 
fathoms;  the  same  directions  will  hold  f>ood  for  enteriiij;.  The  white 
beach  may  be  distinctly  seen  at.'i  or  4  miles  distancie,  but  when  entering, 
until  it  is  (ilearly  nuide  out  and  the  buoys  on  the  bar  are  visible,  Cai)e 
Lazo  should  not  be  broujiht  to  the  eastward  of  north,  nor  the  clump  of 
trees  on  Sandy  Island  to  the  eastward  of  south. 

Port  Augusta,  in  the  northwestern  corner  of  Baynes  Sound,  although 
Hpi)earin}i;  to  be  a  large  sheet  of  water,  at  high  water,  has  its  upper  ))art 
entirely  tilled  up  by  a  mud  flat,  which  ahnost  dries  at  low  tides,  and 
is  formed  by  the  Courtemiy  lliver,  which  flows  into  it. 

The  small  settlement  of  Coir.ox,  containing  about  350  inhabitants, 
contains  all  necessary  conveniences  for  settlers.  There  is  a  long  wooden 
pier  on  the  north  shore  with  a  depth  of  14  feet  alongside,  ami  at  about 
one  mile  off  is  a  Hudson's  Bay  store  and  Indian  village.  Some  number 
of  English  aiui  Scotch  farmers  are  settled  in  the  neighborhood. 

Oil  wells  have  recently  been  discovered  in  the  vicinity  of  Port  Au- 
gusta. 

Goose  Spit,  a  remarkable  elbow-shaped  tongue  of  laiul,  ])rojects  to 
the  southward  and  westward  from  AVhite  Blntf ;  it  is  grassy,  witii  one 
or  two  hillocks,  and  bare,  with  the  exception  of  two  solitary  small 
clumps  of  trees. 

Grassy  Point,  the  southern  entrance  point,  is  very  low  and  swampy, 
the  delta  of  a  considerable  stream  ;  off  it,  at  low  water,  sand  and  bowl- 
ders dry  for  400  yards,  and  the  water  shoals  suddenly  from  10  to  one 
fathom  at  the  distance  of  800  yards,  leaving  a  width  of  less  than  one 
mile  between  the  entrance  points. 


IGO 


GKORGIA    STRAIT. 


Directions. — (ioose  Spit  is  steep-to  at  its  western  end,  but  shoal 
water  extends  (}!)()  yards  oft'  its  soiitiiern  face;  and  if  worltiii}^  in,  the 
iow  western  extreri:e  mnst  not  he  broujihr  to  the  sontliward  of  N.  07° 
W.  Steer  in  N.  GT^  W.,  passiiifj  ^  mile  from  tlie  spit,  and  anchoring 
in  13  or  14  fatiioms,  mnd  l)ottom,  A  little  more  tlian  ^  mile  westward 
from  the  spit  the  water  shoals  snddenly  from  7  fathoms  to  a  few  feet. 

Ronnding  the  spit  end,  which  may  he  done  very  close,  a  deep  cove  ex- 
tends one  mile  to  the  eastward,  or  close  np  to  White  Bluif ;  its  upper 
half  dries  at  low  water,  but  there  is  snug  anclioragj-  in  its  outer  part,  in 
14:  fathoms,  witli  the  spit  end  bearing  S.  11^  K.  distant  400  yards.  This 
is  .an  excellent  place  during  a  SK.  gale,  though  no  sea  to  speak  of  conhl 
get  up  in  any  i)iirt  of  Pin-t  Augusta. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  I'ort  Au^^-ista,  at  5h.  Om.; 
springs  lise  12  feet. 

Supplies. — Fish  and  wild  duck  are  ])lentiful. 

Courtenay  River  is  a  deep  and  rapid  mountain  stream,  but,  on  ac- 
count ot  fulls  and  other  obstructions,  is  only  navigable  for  a  few  miles 
for  boats  and  canoes ;  it  has  its  ri.se  in  Mount  Washington,  from  whence 
it  Hows  in  a  southeasterly  direction.  Salmon  and  <"ront,  at  the  proper 
season  are  found  in  large  quantities. 

Mount  Washington  is  remarkable,  and  rises  to  5,415  feet ;  it  is  the 
westernmost  of  a  range  10  miles  in  length,  terminatingin  Mount  Beecher 
to  the  east. 

Lambert  Channel,  a  safe  passage,  is  one  mile  wide  at  its  southern 
entrance,  gradually  increa.sing  to  th?  NW.  as  it  opens  into  the  Strait 
of  Georgia;  the  water  is  deep  but  shoals  to  10  fathoms  on  either  side 
within  400  yards  of  the  shore.  Coming  from  the  southward.  Yellow 
Island  marks  tlie  western  entrance  point,  while  Monnt  Geoft'rey  rises 
over  the  eastern  side  of  the  channel;  either  of  these  may  be  steered  for 
until  approaching  the  entrance,  when  NW.  is  a  mid  channel  course 
through.     Yellow  Island  and  the  western  shore  are  free  from  danger. 

Norris  Rock,  on  the  eastern  side,  is  of  considerable  extent  at  low 
tide,  but  at  high  a  mere  patch  6  feet  above  water.  From  Norman 
Point,  some  reefs  and  foul  ground  extend  nearly  800  yards  towards 
Norris  Rock,  leaving  a  narrow  passage  of  8  fathoms  water  pretty  close 
to  the  latter,  but  it  is  not  recommended. 

The  eastern  side  of  Lambert  Channel,  between  Norman  Point  and 
Shingle  Spit,  a  distance  of  2  miles,  has  two  groups  of  rocks  which  cover 
at  high  water,  extending  nearly  400  yards  off",  and  the  shore  should  not 
be  approached  within  J  mile  ;  on  these  rocks  the  sea  generally  breaks 
when  there  is  any  wind,  and  they  are  marked  by  kelp  in  summer. 

Shingle  Spit  is  a  remarkable  low  point  on  the  eastern  side  of  the 
channel ;  shoal  water  extends  off  its  extreme,  which  should  be  given  a 
berth  of  200  yards ;  temporary  anchorage  will  be  found  on  either  side 
of  it,  according  to  the  wind ;  to  the  northward,  in  13  fathoms,  at  less 
than  400  yards  from  the  shore ;  to  the  southward,  iu  9  or  10  fathoms. 


LAMBERT    CHANNKL TRIIIUNIC    ItAY. 


161 


One  patcli  of  tlie  rocks  wliicli  cover,  before   mentioned,  lies  8(K)  yards 
S.  450  K.  «)f  tiie  spit  (Mid. 

After  passiiifjf  Sliiii},'le  Spit  the  width  of  tiie  eliannel  increases,  and 
there  are  no  dan^jers  \viii(!ii  are  not  visible.  On  the  western  side  there 
is  anchoraf,'o  in  I'i  fathoms  off  a  low  maple  (lat,  a  little  over  li  miles 
NW.  of  Shiiifjle  Spit,  with  the  hi^h  bowlder  of  Hornby  Island  bear- 
ing N.  (JSo  K. ;  with  N\V.  winds  it  would  be  exposed. 

Two  miles  northwestward  of  this  Hat  is  Konias  Bhitf,  a  bold  wooded 
headland,  from  whence  the  coast  trend!-,  away  to  the  northwestward 
and  terminates  in  Beak  I'oint.  This  stretch  of  land  is  shelvin;,',  with 
kelp  ])atches  and  shallow  water  extending  some  distance  otV,  and  vessels 
should  give  it  a  berth  of  S  mile;  after  passing  Ivonms  Hbitt,  a  good 
limit  in  standing  to  the  westwanl  is  Shingle  Spit  of  Hornby  Island  in 
line  with  the  SH  point  of  Denman  Island  bearing  S.  25'^  E.;  it  is 
belter  not  to  stand  so  far  to  the  westward  as  to  o|)en  out  the  channel 
between  these  two  points,  in  onler  to  avoid  the  shoal  ground  in  the 
neighborhood  of  Sandy  Island  and  the  eastern  side  of  Kelp  Bar ;  these 
marks  are  very  prominent,  and  answer  ecpialiy  for  vessels  bound 
through  I/ambert  Channel  from  the  northward. 

Oil' the  north  end  of  Hornby  Island  is  a  remarkable  bowlder  rock,  7 
or  8  feet  high,  with  smaller  ones  near  it,  and  vessels  should  not  ap- 
proach the  shore  in  this  neighborhood  within  a  long  i  mile. 

Tribune  Bay,  on  the  southeastern  side  of  Hornby  Island,  atibrds  good 
anchorage  with  all  but  easterly  or  southeasterly  winds,  to  which  it  is 
exposed.  It  is  easy  to  enter  or  to  leave,  and  conveniently  situated  as 
a  stopi)ing  place  for  vessels  bound  either  way,  being  35  miles  west  of 
Nanaimo,  and  40  eastward  of  Cape  Mudge  and  the  entiance  of  Discov- 
ery Passage.  At  its  head  are  two  bays,  separated  by  a  jutting  point ; 
the  northern  has  a  clean,  white,  sandy  beach. 

The  eastern  end  of  Hcunby  Island  ternnnates  in  a  rather  remarkable 
l)oint  (St.  John),  grassy  and  bare  of  trees.  Oft'  it  are  two  or  three  small 
low  islets.  Some  reefs  on  which  the  sea  gp;,;^vally  breaks  extend  nearly 
^  mile  outside  the  islets,  and  vessels  shouM  rot  pass  nearer  than  i  mile 
to  the  northeastern  coast  of  Hornby  Island.  The  entrance  of  Tribune 
Bay  is  one  mile  west  of  St.  John  I'oint;  its  eastern  shores  are  bold  and 
clitfy,  its  western  low  and  shelving,  with  shallow  water,  and  reefs  ex- 
tending a  considerable  distance  oft"  them. 

In  passing  Hornby  Island,  the  light  on  Yellow  Island  kept  in  view 
•will  clear  the  Kelp  reefs  south  of  the  island ;  while,  if  the  light  is  ob- 
scured, it  will  indicate  that  the  vessel  is  lu  dangerous  proximity 
thereto. 

Nash  Bank,  the  outermost  of  these  dangers,  is  a  one-fathom  rocky 
patch,  which  must  be  carefully  avoided.  It  extends  nearly  one  mile 
iu  a  southeasterly  direction  from  Dunlop  Point.  There  is  a  passage  ^ 
mile  wide  between  it  and  the  eastern  side  of  the  bay,  but  no  passage 
between  it  and  Dunlop  Point.  Norris  Rock  kept  iu  line  with  Yellow 
14205— No.  96 11 


162 


GEOUGIA    STRAIT. 


Isliiiul,  bmuiiij;  S.  (53^  W.,  leads  soiitli  of  it,  in  14  fiiflioiiiH;  and  wliwn 
tho  ciMitor  of  Iho  wliito  «aii«(y  beach  at  the  head  of  the  bay  bears  N.  45° 
W., steer  ill  for  it.  Yellow  [slaiid  well  open  soiitli  of  Nonis  Uoek,  bear- 
ing; S.  (i(P  \V.,  leads  .\  mile  south  of  the  reefs  off  Ht.  .John  Point. 

Anchorage. — Witli  a  leading  wind  it  is  reeoniniended  to  pass  the 
eastern  side  of  the  bay  within  a  short  i  mile,  ami  to  steer  up  for  the 
white  sandy  beach  as  soon  as  it  is  open,  anchoring,'  with  the  eastern  bluff 
of  the  bay  bearing"  H.  M'^  K.,  about  .SOO  yards  from  the  eastern  shore,  in 
!t  fathoms,  sandy  bottom  ;  this  berth  will  be  ','  mile  from  the  white  beach 
at  th('  head,  and  will  enable  vessels  t(>  leave  conveniently  on  the  aj)- 
proacli  of  a  SE.  wind,  whicl,  they  shoidd  always  do.  There  is  anchor- 
age, if  desired,  in  4  fathoms,  much  closer  in. 

Cape  Lazo  is  a  nMnarUablc  salient  point  about  L'OO  feet  hifih,  flat 
and  grassy  on  its  summit,  but  wooded  behind,  and  tailing  abruptly  to 
the  Heain  yellow  clay  cliiVs.  Although  a  bold  looking  headland,  shoal 
water  extends  a  cousidei'ahle  distaixre  o(f.  i'  *'essels  shouhl  not 
ai)i>roach  its  eastern  and  southeastern  sides  ne  an  2  miles,  as  only 

4^  fathoms  uneven  bottom  is  <'ound  at  the  disiiu.  of  lA  miles.  Large 
bowlder  stones  dry  oil'  for  ),  mile  at  low  water.  When  the  iiilch  of  the 
cape  bears  S.  08°  W.  it  may  be  ai)i)roa(!lied  to  within  one  mile  in  11  or 
12  fathoms,  and  the  coast  to  the  westward  may  safely  lie  jiassed  at  that 
distance. 

Oyster  Bay. — From  (Jajie  Lazo  the  coast  trends  NW.  is  moderately 
high,  and  slightly  indented  with  bowlder  beaches,  which  makes  boat 
landing  attended  with  danger  unless  in  very  calm  weather.  At  the 
distance  of  l.*)  miles  is  Kuhushan  Point,  the  southern  extreme  of  a  large 
but  not  very  deep  indentation  named  Clyster  Bay;  Shelter  Point  is  its 
northern  extreme. 

A  reef,  which  affords  considerable  ,)rotection  from  NW.  winds,  ex- 
tends A  nule  eastward  from  Shelter  Point. 

Anchorage.— There  is  fair  auchoraze  in  10  or  12  fathoms  water  in 
this  bay  for  vessels  waiting  wind  or  tic  e.  A  good  berth  is  a  little  more 
than  A  mile  from  the  shore  with  Mitlenatch  Island  bearing  M.  74°  E., 
and  the  highest  part  of  Cape  Mudge  be\ring  N.  11'^  W. 

Cape  Mudge  is  one  of  those  peculiir  headlands  ao  fretpiently  met 
with  on  this  coast,  and  resembles  Kobe. ts  Point  and  Cape  Lazo,  except 
that  the  yellow  clay  cliff  which  forms  i.s  face  is  more  covered  with  vege- 
tation. The  cape  is  between  200  and  GOo  feet  high,  tiat,  and  wooded 
on  its  summit,  f  Uing  to  the  westward  as  it  enters  Discovery  Passage 
with  a  low  bowlder  point ;  the  high  land  of  Valdes  Island  appears  be- 
hind it  from  the  southeastward.  A  bowlder  beach  extends  in  a  semi- 
circular form  from  it  to  the  eastward,  and  at  the  distance  of  2  miles  in 
this  tlirection  the  depth  is  not  more  than  5  fathoms.  The  edge  of  this 
shoal  water  is  fringed  with  kelp  during  summer,  and  is  generally  well 
defined  by  a  tidal  line,  and  sometimes  heavy  tide  rips,  which  it  is 
recommeuded  not  to  stand  into.    Between  Cape  Mudge  and  Willow 


DIRECTIONS — NORTHKRN    8HORK. 


163 


ex- 


Poiiir  tlie  tide  rips  at  flood  arc  daii^'-'foii''  to  .sriiall  craft  iti  blowing 
\v«atli«r.  Tlio  westiM-ii  low  |)art  ot'('apo  MndRo  sliould  not  bo  In'onglit 
to  bear  westward  of  N.  43^  VV.  when  entering  or  leaving  Discovery 
Tassage. 

Directions  for  Georgia  Strait. — From  tlie  coast  of  <labriola  Island 
abreast  Nanaiino,  to  the  opposite  shore  of  the  continent,  abo.it  iJurrard 
Inlet,  the  width  of  the  strait  is  1  I  miles,  the  navigation  free  from  dimgcr, 
and  the  strength  ol  the  tide  between  one  and  two  knots  an  honr.  Com- 
ing from  the  sonthward,  Mt.  Shepherd,  on  the  aonth  eml  of  Texada 
Island,  is  a  vt^ry  rennirkable  ol)it^ct,  ami  shows  as  a  solitary  peaked 
island  standing  in  the  middle  of  the  strait ;  it  is  li,!'*'*'  ^cet  Ingh,  and  is 
jilainly  seen  in  clear  weat   er  more  than  .SO  miles  olV. 

Proceeding  westward,  the  long  and  comparatively  low  island  of  I/is- 
(pieti  rises  above  the  horizon,  its  singular  bare  turret-shaped  summit, 
J.b.jd  feet  high,  presentin  an  unmistakable  feature.  The  Palliiiae, 
and  sniiiiler  ishiuds  westward  of  them,  will  now  soon  be  nia(l(!  out. 
When  abreast  the  former,  the  width  of  the  channel  contracts  to  4  miles 
between  them  and  the  snndl  island  of  Sangster  orf  the  HK.  end  of 
Ijasqueti.  after  which  it  opens  out  again  to  7  miles,  and  the  rather  re- 
markable llat-toi»ped  Mt.  (Jeoflrey  on  the  west  end  of  Hornby  Island 
will  be  i)lainly  seen.  The  southern  coast  of  I/as(pieti  is  bold,  with  no 
dangers  ntf  it  which  are  not  seen,  except  Seal  IJccks,  which  (iover  at 
hidf  tide.  Off  its  west  end  are  the  small  groups  of  Flat  and  Hare 
Ulands,  but  no  hidden  dangers.  False  Itiiy,  which  indents  its  west  end, 
is  exposed,  and  not  reeonunended  as  an  anchoriige. 

The  Sisters  Islets  are  the  next  remarkable  objects;  thej- are  two 
sniidl  black  rocks  17  feet  above  high  water,  S.  67°  W.  of  the  west 
lioint  of  Lasqneti,  with  a  deep-water  channe:  over  one  mile  wide  between 
them  and  Flat  Islands.  They  are  bold  on  all  sides,  but  should  not  be 
approached  too  close  in  calms  or  light  winds,  as  the  tide  sets  straight 
piist  them. 

Q-illies  Bay,  on  the  w.-st  side  of  Texada  Island,  and  2  miles  N\V,  of 
the  Mouatt  Islets,  a  small  grouj)  which  lie  nearly  one  raile  from  the 
shore,  is  easily  reciognized  bv  a  remarkable  white  patch  on  its  northern 
point,  which  is  seen  for  many  miles,  and  shows  as  two  distinct  white 
spots.  An  anchor  may  be  dropped  at  }  mile  from  the  beach  in  Hi  fath- 
oms, but  it  is  only  a  stoi)ping  place. 

Caution. — When  standing  to  the  westward  towards  the  Denman 
Island  shore,  L  imbert  Channel  should  not  be  oi»ened  out  l)Otwecn  the 
SI'L  end  of  the  islaiul  and  Shingle  Spit,  nor  should  Cape  Lazo  be 
approached  nearer  than  2  miles. 


NOKTIIEllN   SIIOUR   (IF   THE  STRA.rr  OF   CrEOUaiA.. 


Howe  Sound,  iuimeiliately  ailjoining  Hurrard  Inlet,  is  an  extensive 
though  probably  useless  sheet  of  water,  the  general  depth  being  very 
great,  while  there  are  but  few  anchorages.     It  is  almost  entirely  luMumed 


164 


GEORGIA    STRAIT. 


in  by  rugged  and  precipitous  mountains  rising  abruptly  from  tlie  water's 
edge.  A  river  of  considerable  size,  the  Squawmislit,  navigable  for 
boats,  Hows  into  its  head ;  it  leads  by  no  useful  or  even  practicable  route 
into  the  interior  of  the  country. 

The  entrance  to  the  sound  is  between  Atkinson  Point  and  Gower 
Point.  Tlie  sound  i)enetrates  the  continent  in  a  northerly  direction  for 
20  miles,  and  althougli  of  such  considerable  width  for  nearly  1'2  miles 
of  its  length,  yet  it  is  choked  by  some  large  and  numerous  smaller 
jslands,  between  which  are  several  shi[»  passages. 

Bowen  Island,  lying  at  the  eiitnmce,  is  remnrkahle,  being  round, 
smootli.  and  ])artially  oare,  unmistakaltly  pointing  out  the  entrance 
from  any  direction ;  the  island  is  7  miles  in  length  in  a  northerly  direc- 
tion, and  more  than  .'J  in  width. 

Queen  Charlotte  Channel.  —Passage  Island,  only  J  mile  long  but  very 
])rominent  from  the  southward,  stands  in  the  center  of  the  channel,  and 
on  both  sides  of  it  is  a  deep-water  passage;  that  to  the  west,  l.i  miles 
in  width,  is  the  best,  the  shores  of  Bowen  Island  being  steep  and  bold; 
some  small  rocky  islets  lie  a  short  distance  off  the  eastern  side  of  ihe 
other  passage,  but  the  clianiiel  is  a  goid  one  and  one  mile  wide.  A 
tide-rip  is  frequently  met  with  oil  Atkinson  Point, caused  by  the  meet- 
ing of  the  ebb  streams  from  the  .sound  and  Burrard  Inlet. 

Snug  Cove. — At  lif  miles  nortiiwanl  of  Pa.ssage  Island,  and  on  the 
eastern  shore,  is  White  (Jiilf  Point,  and  opposite,  on  the  Bowen  Islaiul 
shore,  distant  1.^  miles,  is  a  double-headed  cove.  Snug  Cove,  the 
southermost  of  tlie.se,  though  narrow,  attbrds  excellent  anchorage  to 
small  craft  in  9  fathoms,  slieltered  from  all  winds. 

Deep  Cove,  the  nortiiernmost,  is  larger,  but  with  a  8E.  wind, 
when  anchorage  would  be  most  required,  a  swell  would  set  in.  After 
passing  White  Cliff  Point  the  width  of  the  channel  increases  to  2^  miles, 
and  o  miles  to  the  northward  is  Bowyer  Island,  with  a  deep  ship  pas- 
sage on  both  sides  of  it,  that  to  the  westward  being  the  widest. 

Directions. — Vessels  bound  to  Poit  (Jn'ves,  which  is  the  princi])al 
anclioiage  in  the  sound,  shou''l  pass  westward  of  Bowyer  Island  be- 
tween it  and  Ilood  Point,  the  north  point  of  Bowen  Island.  The  latter 
is  a  rather  rcMuarkable  low  fl.it  peninsula  point,  with  a  small  high  cliffy 
island  lying  off  it,  connected  at  low  vater;  both  island  and  point  are 
bold.  From  Hood  Point,  Uope  Point  boars  N.  72°  W.,  and  after  round- 
ing it  a  N.  23^^  E.  course  leads  inti>  the  harbor. 

Bound  up  the  sound  by  Queen  (Charlotte  Channel,  a  north  course 
leads  in  mid-channel;  pass  eastward  of  White  Rock,  Center  Island, 
and  Anvil  Island,  through  Montagu  Channel;  the  depth  of  water  is  140 
fathoms  ;  the  eastern  shore  quite  bold. 

White  Rock  is  a  small  but  remarkable  islet  36  feet  high ;  Home 
rocks  which  cover  at  high  water  extend  ^  mile  north  and  south  from  it. 

Center  Island  lies  midway  between  it  and  tlie  south  point  of  Anvil 
Island. 


MONTAGU    OlfANNEL BARFLEUR    PASSAGE. 


165 


Anvil  Island  is  oval  shaped;  its  summit,  Leading  Peak,  2,74G  feet 
high,  IS  very  remaikabie,  resembling  tiio  horn  of  an  auvil  pointed  up- 
wards. From  almost  all  parts  of  the  strait  of  Georgia  this  peak  appears 
as  a  most  prominent  object. 

Montagu  Channel,  between  Anvil  Island  and  the  eastern  shore,  is 
one  mile  wide  and  oyer  100  fathoms  in  depth;  passing  out  of  it  the 
sound  takes  a  northerly  (lire(!tion  for  7  nules  to  Watts  Point,  when  it 
trends  to  the  northeastward  for  a  further  distance  of  4  miles,  terminat- 
ing in  a  low  delta,  throu;j;li  which  flows  the  Squawmisht  River.  The 
sound  carries  its  depth  to  the  head  and  shoals  from  100  fathoms  sud- 
denly to  2  fathoms;  the  latter  doi)th  is  close  to  the  mud  at  the  head  of 
the  sound,  which  is  so  soft,  that  supposing  a  vessel  to  anchor,  she  would 
be  certain  to  drug  on  shore  with  any  wind  up  the  sound. 

Anchorage  may  be  obtained  off  a  waterfall  on  the  eastern  side  of  the 
souni  in  UO  fathoms  water,  about  100  yards  from  the  shore  and  (me 
mile  from  the  entrance  oftheSquawmisht  River,  with  Watts  Inner  Point 
bearing  S.  57'^  W, 

CoUingwood  Channel,  to  the  westward  of  Bowen  Islaml,  between  it 
and  Ihe  group  of  smaller  islands  which  stud  the  eei.ter  of  the  sound,  is 
the  niosf  direct  route  to  Port  Oraves.  At  the  entrance  both  shores  are 
steei>  and  bold ;  the  channel  takes  a  northerly  direction,  and  is  for  4 
miles  about  one  mile  wide,  the  general  depth  varying  from  50  to  100 
fathoms.  The  small  islands  forming  the  western  side  have  no  dangers 
that  an^  not  visible  ex;;ept  I'.issage  Rock. 

A  rock  which  uncovers  at  very  low  spring  tides  lies  l.\  miles  S,  46^ 
W.  of  llutt  Island,  and  oiii'  mile  8.  .VJo  M  of  Oottois  Point,  Keats 
[stand. 

■Wrorlcombe  Island  is  the  outermost  of  the  small  islands, .]  mile  long 
east  and  west,  and  very  narrow. 

Passage  Rock,  which  lies  almost  mill  way  between  Worlcombe  and 
Pasley  Islands,  and  covi  h  at  half  lide,  lies  700  yards  X.  \'P  W.  of  the 
eastern  point  of  WorKi.mbe  Island,  and  when  working  in  or  out,  vessels 
should  not  staml  so  f;r  to  the  westward,  between  Worlcombe  and  Pas- 
ley  Islands,  as  to  shut  in  the  western  points  of  White  and  Ragged 
Islands  behind  the  low  east  point  of  Pasley  Island. 

White  Island.  1 S  nules  northwanl  of  Worlcombe,  is  small  and  round 
with  some  white  (juartz  veins  showing  through  the  foliage. 

Ragged  Island  is  a  short  distaiu'e  farther  to  the  northward,  and 
has  four  or  live  very  remarkable  bare  white  rocks  lying  oft'  its  eastern 
end. 

Keats  Island  forms  the  western  side  of  the  channel ;  it  is  moder- 
ately high,  with  a  bare  cliffy  summit  near  its  center. 

BarHeur  Passagt  lies  to  the  westward  of  the  central  gron;»  of  small 
islands  between  them  and  Keats  Island;  it  is  a  safe  ship  iihannel,  but 
not  (piite  so  wide  as  CoUingwood  Channel. 

Working  in,  it  is  better  not  to  approach  nearer  than  \  mile  to  Pop- 


166 


GEORGIA    STliAir. 


liaiii  r.sliuitl  ami  the  two  smaller  oiicts  uortli  of  it,  whidi  form  the  enHt- 
livn  siih' oi' tUi- inisAH'^c  The  passages  lietweeii  the  small  islands  are 
not  recoiiimended. 

A  Rock,  on  which  the  sea  breaks  at  low  water,  extends  3lH)  yards 
into  tht- channel  westward  from  the  second  of  these  islands;  otherwise 
there  are  no  danglers  which  are  not  visible. 

Shoal  Channel,  the  westernmost  entrance  to  Howe  Sound,  is  be- 
tween Keats  Island  and  the  mainland  of  Gower  I'oint.  It  is  convenient 
for  vessels  cominj;' from  the  westward,  and  leads  to  I'liimper  Cove,  a 
snug  au(;h()rage  on  the  northwestern  side  of  Keats  Isla  id ;  Gower 
Point,  the  S\V.  extreme  of  the  channel,  is  not  very  remarkable,  but  when 
ai)i»roaching  it  a  huge  bowlder  rock  will  be  seen  at  its  extreme,  and  a 
similar  one  on  the  shore  \  mile  to  the  westward  of  it;  a  conspicuous 
cone  900  feet  high  also  rises  inunediately  over  the  coast,  .'>  miles  within 
the  point  on  Ihe  west  side  of  the  channel,  and  can  be  seen  a  long  dis- 
tance off. 

The  south  point  of  Keats  Island,  which  forms  the  eastern  point  of 
entrance  to  the  channel,  has,  lying  close  off  it,  Home  Island,  a  small 
but  prominent  and  thickly  wooded  island.  From  a  short  distance 
northward  from  this  island  a  bar  of  sand  and  sliin<ih;  extends  (piite 
ata'oss  the  channel  to  the  steeii  clitt's  of  the  mainland  ;  the  depth  of 
water  on  it  varies  from  7  to  18  ff.et;  the  least  water  is  on  a  spit  extend- 
ing ."iOO  yards  from  Keats  Island;  it  then  deepens  to  2\  fathoms,  l)utat 
100  yariis  failher  to  the  westward  there  is  a  shoal  spot  of  1.^  fathoms, 
and  there  is  also  a  similar  depth  at  .'iOO  yards  »S.  17°  W.  of  iStei'p  Cliff 
Point;  vessels,  therefore,  when  entering  JSIioal  (.'hantiel,  shouhl  keep 
rather  over  to  tlie  maiidand  sido,  about  fOO  yards  from  it,  which  may  be 
increased  when  llmiie  Island  bears  S.  ;3;P  I'j. 

Observation  Point,  in  line  with  the  north  end  of  South  Shelter  Island 
or  just  showing  to  the  westward  of  it,  bearing  N.  •17'^  10,,  leads  over  the 
bar  ill  'J\  fathoms  water,  which  is  here  only  LMO  y arils  across,  but  the 
nassage  with  this  depth  is  veiy  narrow.  Observation  I'oint  kii»t  just 
shut  in  with  Mouth  Toint  of  >'()ith  Shelter  Island  'tearing  X.  ."».'P  lC.,and 
when  Home  Island  bears  S.  'Xi"-'  E.  kei)t  well  open  of  it,  leads  over  the 
bar  in  not  less  than  2  fathoms;  but  vessels  drawing  more  than  8  feet 
of  water  are  recommended  not  loalti'inpt  Shoal  (llmnnel  at  low  water. 

The  width  of  the  bar  in  the  eeiiter  is  not  over  .{  mile;  it  does  not 
shoal  veiy  suddeidy  from  outside,  ami  a  vessel  might  anchor  in  9  or  10 
fathoms,  sandy  bottom,  with  Hume  Island  beating  S.  (>2''^  10. 

Two  dangerous  rocks  which  uncover  at  very  low  water  spring  tides 
are  reported  as  lying  (JOO  yards  N.  1.5^  10.  of  Steep  (liff  I'oint. 

Phuiiper  Cove. —  Immediately  after  crossing  the  bar  of  Shoal  Chan 
nel  the  water  dc.'iu'iis  to  L'O  fathoms,  and   two  small   islets,  partially 
wooded  and   almost  joined  at  low  water,  will  be  seen  ore   mile  to  t'.ie 
NE. ;  between  fliem  and  the  shore  of  Keats  Island  is  Plumper  Covi?. 
which  is  perfectly  sheltered  from  all  winds,  as,  however  hard  it  may  be 


■'iikhi 


THORXnOUOUGH  CHAXNEL PUKT  GUAVKS. 


IG7 


st- 
ue 

•cLs 


o  e,,4.^.  — 


blowiiifr  ontaiile,  it  is  generally  a  calm  here.  Both  siiores  of  the  chan- 
nel are  steep,  and  if  wishing  to  enter,  a  vessel  should  pass  round  the 
north  end  of  the  islets. 

"••  .    There 

iiniendcd 
orth  end 
he  cove, 
arge  ves- 


m 


\ 


.  ..^..   v,„. „ nel.     Its 

uuci-ii..ii  after  i)assiiig  Plumper  Cove  is  north,  and  at  the  distance  of  6 
miles  is  VVoolridge  Island.  The  wider  cliannel  lies  westward  of  this 
island,  but  there  is  over  100  fathoms  of  water  througii  I/atona  Passage 
to  tlie  eitstward  of  it,  and  a  width  of  ',  mile.  Passing  Woolridge  Isl- 
and, the  arm  turns  to  the  northeastward,  and  northward  of  Anvil  Island 
leads  to  the  head  of  the  sound.  Tiie  depth  of  water  is  very  greii't  in 
evory  part,  and  there  is  no  anehoiage  above. 

Qatnbier  Island,  immediately  northward  of  Howen  Island,  is  almost 
square  shaped  and  (i  mik's  in  extent  eitiier  way.  On  its  western  side 
rise  two  very  remarkable  cone  shaped  mountains  over  3,000  feet  in  ele- 
vation. The  southern  fare  of  the  island  is  iiulented  by  three  very  deep 
bays  or  inlets,  bu^  'idy  in  the  easternmost  is  convenient  anchorage 
found.  Close  off  the  8\V.  point  of  the  island  are  the  Twiius,  two  small 
islets;  they  are  the  only  part  of  its  coast  which  may  not  lie  approached 
very  close. 

Port  Graves,  the  easternmost  of  the  three  bivs  on  the  .south  side  of 
Gambler  Island,  is  the  i)rincipal  anchorage  in  lluwc  Sound.  It  is  about 
8  miles  from  the  eiitraiu^e  and  amy  be  reached  with  great  facility  by 
any  of  the,  chainiels  already  described  ;  its  <  ntrance  u  ill  not,  however, 
be  very  apparent  to  strangers  until  closin  Hope  I'oint,  which  forms 
its  eastern  side. 

Tiie  direction  of  the  |)ort,  as  also  of  the  two  deep  bays  westward  of 
it,  is  SiS'i'i.  ami  it  runs  more  than  U  miles  in  that  direction  ;  the  width 
m>t  (piite  i  mile. 

Hutt  Island,  scarcely  i_  mile  long,  but  vei ;  liigh  and  reunirkalde,  lies 
close  off  the  northwestern  side  of  Bowen  Island,  and  is  a  good  guide  to 
the  port  when  entering  by  either  of  the  western  channels. 

Directions. — On  the  western  shore.   |  mile  inside  the  entrance,  a 


points  of  approach 

Whillfisff  '"^''  ""  P'"''"  "^  '^''  ^'^''•''•^"  -'"'  !"*««"*  «t'".dingon 
Approx.  position:  Lat.  49°  24'  50"  N.,  Long.  123"  42'  .32"  W. 

(N.  M.  48. 1IK)4.) 


166 


GEORGIA    STIUIT. 


ham  Isliiiul  and  the  two  smaller  ones  north  of  it,  which  form  the  east- 
ern isidi'  of  the  passajie.  The  passaj^es  between  the  small  islands  are 
not  recommended. 

(1374)  BRITISH  OOLUfflBIA  -Strait  of  Georgia— Rock  Point 
reef— Buoy  established. — The  Government  of  Canada  has  given  notice 
that  a  spar  buoy,  painted  red,  has  been  established  off  Rock  point, 
which  is  the  point  midway  between  Gower  point  and  Mission  point, 
to  show  the  extent  of  the  reef  eastward  of  Rock  point.  The  buoy  is 
moored  in  6  fathoms  of  water. 

Approx.  position:  Lat.  49°  24'  20"  N.,  Long.  123°  37'  20"  W. 

oi^iij^    •im^iiuictf^c    uil    llie    HUM  ll>vconriii    oiiic    i>-  /ji  «  go    ig()4  ) 

Point,  llieSW.  extreme  of  the  channel,  is  not  very  remarkable,  but  when 
approaching  it  a  large  bowlder  rock  will  be  seen  at  its  extreme,  and  a 
similar  one  on  the  shore  4  '"'le  to  the  westward  of  it;  a  conspicuous 
cone  !)()()  feet  high  also  rises  immediately  over  the  coast,  3  miles  within 
the  point  on  the  west  side  of  the  channel,  and  can  be  seen  a  long  dis- 
tance off. 

The  south  point  of  Keats  Island,  which  fornis  the  eastern  point  of 
entrance  to  the  channel,  has,  lying  close  ott  it,  Home  Island,  a  small 
but  prominent  ami  thickly  wooded  island.  From  a  short  distance 
northward  from  this  island  a  bar  of  sand  and  sliingle  extends  (jnite 
across  the  channel  to  the  steep  cliffs  of  the  mainland;  the  dei)th  of 
water  on  it  varies  from  7  to  l.S  feet;  the  least  water  is  :n\  a  spit  extend- 
ing ')(M  yards  from  Keats  Island;  it  then  deepens  to  2,^  fathoms,  l»ut  at 
100  yards  farther  to  the  westward  there  is  a  shoal  spot  of  l.l  fathoms, 
and  tiiere  is  also  a  similar  depth  at  .'500  yards  S.  17'^  W.  of  Steep  Cliff 
Point;  vessels,  therefore,  when  entering  Shoal  Channel,  should  keep 
rather  over  to  the  mainland  side,  about  400  yards  from  it,  which  may  be 
increased  wiieii  Home  Island  bears  !S.  3;P  E. 

Observation  Toiiit,  in  line  with  the  north  (Mid  of  South  Shelter  Island 
or  jiisf  showing  to  the  westward  of  it,  bearing  N.  47"  10.,  leads  over  the 
bar  in  '2\  fathoms  water,  which  is  here  oidy  250  yards  across,  bat  the 
passage  with  this  depth  is  very  narrow.  Observation  Point  kejtt  Just 
shut  in  with  South  Toiiit  of  North  Shelter  Island  bearing  X.  ."»3^  E.,and 
when  Home  Island  bears  S.  .i.'^  E.  kept  well  open  of  il,  leads  over  the 
bar  in  not  less  than  2  fathoms;  but  vessels  drawing  more  than  8  feet 
of  water  are  recommended  not  to  attempt  Shoal  Chanind  at  low  water. 

The  width  of  the  bar  in  the  center  is  not  over  \  mile;  it  does  not 
shoal  very  suddenly  from  outside,  and  a  vessel  ndght  tnchor  in  9  or  10 
fathoms,  saIl(l^ 

Two  dangen 
are  reported  as' 

Plumper  Ci 
nel  tll«^  water  d 
wooded  and  al 
NK, ;  between 
which  is  perfec 


ist- 
are 


THORNlJOROUGH    CHANNEL POKT    GKAVHS. 


1G7 


blowiii}!:  outside,  it  is  generally  a  calm  here.  Both  shores  of  the  chau- 
nel  are  steep,  and  if  wishing  to  enter,  a  vessel  sliould  pass  round  the 
north  end  of  the  islets. 

Anchorage. — Anchor  in  8  fathoms  in  the  center  of  the  cove.  There 
is  room  to  lie  aL  single  anchor,  but  a  vessel  of  any  size  is  recommended 
to  moor,  dropping  her  outer  anchor  in  10  fathoms  when  the  north  end 
of  the  islets  bears  N.  06°  W.,  and,  running  up  the  center  of  the  cove, 
drop  the  inner  one  in  G  fathoms.  There  is  only  room  for  one  large  ves- 
sel, but  several  small  ones  could  find  shelter. 

Thornborough  Channel  is  a  continuation  of  Shoal  Channel.  Its 
direction  after  ])assing  Plumper  Cove  is  north,  and  at  the  distance  of  6 
miles  is  VVoolridge  Island.  The  wider  channel  lies  westward  of  this 
island,  but  there  is  over  100  fathoms  of  water  through  Latona  Passage 
to  the  eastward  of  it,  and  a  width  of  \  mile.  Passing  Woolridge  Isl- 
and, the  arm  turns  to  the  northeastward,  and  northward  of  Anvil  Island 
leads  to  the  head  of  the  sound.  The  depth  of  water  is  very  grea't  in 
every  part,  and  there  is  no  anchorage  above. 

G-ambier  Island,  immediately  northward  of  Bo  wen  Island,  is  almost 
square  shai)ed  and  0  miles  in  extent  either  way.  On  its  western  side 
rise  two  very  remarkable  cone  shaped  mountains  over  3,000  feet  in  ele- 
vation. The  southern  face  of  the  island  is  indented  i)y  three  very  deep 
bays  or  inlers,  but  only  in  the  easternuiost  is  convenient  anchorage 
found.  Close  off  the  SW.  point,  of  the  island  are  the  Twins,  two  small 
islets ;  Ihoy  are  the  only  part  of  its  coast  which  may  not  be  approached 
very  close. 

Port  Graves,  the  easternmost  of  the  three  bays  on  the  south  side  of 
Gambler  Island,  is  the  i)rin('ipal  anchorage  in  Howe  Sound.  It  is  about 
8  miles  froui  the  entrance  and  amy  be  reached  with  great  facility  by 
any  of  tlic  <;lianiiels  already  described  ;  its  entrance  will  not,  however, 
be  very  apparent  to  strangers  until  closing  Hope  Point,  which  forms 
its  eastern  side. 

The  direction  of  the  port,  as  also  of  the  two  deep  bays  westward  of 
it,  is  NNE.  and  it  runs  more  than  1|  miles  in  that  direction  ;  the  width 
not  (piite  i  mile. 

Hutt  Island,  scarcely  .1  mile  long,  but  very  high  aiul  remarkable,  lies 
close  o(f  the  northwestern  side  of  Bowen  Island,  and  is  a  good  guide  to 
the  port  when  entering  by  either  of  the  western  channels. 

Directions. — On  the  western  shore,  '}  mile  inside  the  entrance,  a 
shingle  spit  extends  out  for  a  short  distance,  which  should  be  given  a 
berth,  as  shoal  water  extends  100  yards  olf  it ;  when  past  the  spit  there 
is  anchorage  anywhere  in  10  fathoms,  but  S  mile  or  more  inside  it,  in  7 
fathoms,  is  the  best  berth.  N'essels  entering  by  Shoal  Channel,  and 
bouiul  for  I'ort  Graves,  after  i)assing  Phnnper  Cove  should  steer  K  G7° 
E.  until  lu'ar  Hope  Point  and  the  harbor  opens. 

The  Coast  from  (rower  Point  to  the  entrance  of  Malaspina  Strait  is 
free  from  danger.     White  Islet,  a  bare  rock  51  feet  high,  lies  \^  miles 


168 


GEORGIA    STUAIT. 


from  the.  shore,  6  miles  westward  from  Gower  Point,  and  is  remarkable, 
always  showing  very  white ;  there  is  dee,)  water  close  to  it  and  inside  it. 

Trail  Bay. — At  4  miles  NNVV.  from  White  Islet  the  coast  recedes 
and  forms  Trail  Bay. 

Anchorage  may  be  obtained  oft'  the  village  iu  Trail  B.ay,  abreast  a 
bluff  in  the  northeastern  corner,  in  about  15  fathoms.  The  Indians 
(Sechelt)  are  under  the  care  of  the  Koman  Catholic  mission,  and  their 
chapel  is  a  conspicuous  object  from  seaward. 

Trail  Islets,  four  in  number,  lie  a  little  more  than  ^  mile  otf  the 
western  eml  of  this  bay,  and  if  necessary  small  vessels  may  drop  an 
anchor  inside  them  in  12  or  13  fathoms  water. 

Tezada  Island,  lying  parallel  with  and  on  the  eastern  side  of  the 
Strait  of  Georgia,  is  27  miles  in  length,  with  an  average  width  of  scarcely 
i  miles.  Throughout  its  whole  lengtli  strettihes  a  ridge  of  nigged  trap 
mountains,  wooded  generally  to  their  summits;  at  the  southern  end 
Mount  Shepherd  reaches  a  height  of  2,900  feet.  Its  shores  are  steep 
and  bold  on  all  sides,  and  the  land  rises  abru|ttly,  excei)C  at  the  north- 
ern extreme.  On  the  north  side,  3  miles  from  Marshall  Point,  there  is 
a  boat  cove. 

Q-illies  Bay,  the  oidy  anchorage,  and  that  merely  a  stop|)ing  place, 
is  on  the  southwestern  side. 

Upwood  Point,  the  south  extreme  of  Texada  Island,  is  rugged  and 
precipitous;  stunted  jtines  grow  between  the  crevices  of  the  b-^re  trap 
rock  ;  the  land  behind  more  thickly  wooded.  Almost  immeiliiitely  o<'er 
it  rises  Mount  Dick,  a  very  remarkable  hump-shaped  hill,  and  3  miles 
inlaiul  is  Mount  Shei)herd.  A  rock  whi(!h  covers  lies  400  yards  oif  the 
point. 

Laoqiieti  Island  is  separated  from  Texada  by  a  channel  about  one 
mile  wide.  It  is  0  miles  long,  with  an  average  width  of  over  2  miles; 
Mount  Tremeton,  a  singular  turret-shaped  summit,  rising  nearly  in  its 
center.    On  its  southern  side  are  several  boat  coves. 

Tucker  Bay,  on  the  northern  side  of  Las((ueti,  and  equidistant  from 
either  end.  is  a  very  fair  ruichorage.  Entering  from  the  westward  ifc 
will  be  readily  known  by  a  group  of  small  wooded  islands  which  form 
its  eastern  side ;  its  westei'n  point  is  slM[)ing  and  somewha'  ..^inarka- 
ble,  partially  bare  of  trees.  The  witer  shoals  rather  suddenly  from  30 
to  10  fathoms. 

Anchorage. — The  anchorage  !:■,  in  14  fathoms,  with  the  outermost 
and  westernmost  of  the  small  islands  bearing  N.  40°  E.  and  the  west 
point  of  the  bay  X.  o(P  W.,  which  will  be  within  \  mile  of  the  shore. 
With  a  stron^T  NW.  wind  ami  Hood  tide,  the  bay,  though  safe,  would 
not  be  a  <M)mforlable  anchorage;  from  the  eastward,  sailing  vessels 
wouM  find  sdhk;  iMHicu'ity  iu  reaching  it  iu  consequence  of  the  prevail- 
ing NW.  wini'a  and  the  narrowness  of  the  channel  at  that  end. 

Small  vessels  may  a:.chor  in  the  southeastern  corner,  inside  the  small 
islaiul  on  the  sout'icu  shore,  iu  G  or  7  fathoms  water,  sheltered  from 
almost  any  wind. 


: 


SANG8TER  ISLAND — BUCCANEER  HAY. 


169 


SangBter  Island,  ^  mile  long,  lies  one  mile  SW.  of  Young  Point. 
There  is  a  deej)  passage  of  70  fatiioms  between  the  two,  but  ii  rocky 
ledge  with  shoal  water  on  it  extends  off  the  western  point  of  Sangster 
Island. 

Seal  Rocks,  which  cover  at  half  tide,  lie  a  little  more  than  one  mile 
N.  01°  W.  of  the  western  point  of  Sangster  Island,  and  it  is  not  recom- 
mended to  pass  between  the  island  and  the  rocks. 

Jenkins  Island  lies  3  miles  westward  of  Sangster,  and  close  to  the 
southern  shore  of  Lasqueti. 

aaa  T'trtv-Onr.\ra  ;ilwa\s  uiicovered.  lie  ()0(t  yards  off  the  west  end  of 


l>  bight  but 
would   find 


leti,  IS  per- 
ild  be  given 

„..v. 4 ,  ..„ -  up  l.viiig  oil" 

the  nortiiwestern  end  of  Lasqueti. 

Sabine  Channel,  between  Texada  and  Lasqueti  Islands,  is  a  good 
ship  passage  witii  very  deep  water;  it  is.'i  miles  wide  at  the  W(>stern  end, 
but  several  high  conical  islands  lying  o'V  the  northeastern  side  of  Las- 
queti contract  the  width  at  the  easte; .:  end,  in  some  parts  to  ;|  mile. 
Bull  Passage,  to  the  southward   of  these  islands,  is  a  narrow  but  deep 

/  If »)   BRITISH  COLUMBIA -Strait  of  Georgia  -  Malaspina 
strait -Uncharted  rook.-Septeml)er  lO,  1)>04,  Captain  A.  .1.  Bjerre 
of  the  steamer  Actirr,  found  an  uncharted  rocky  shoal,  on  which  a 
a  depth  of  12  feet  was  obtained  at  low  water,  in  Malaspina  strait,  off 
Heechelt  peninsula,  mainland  of  British  Columbia. 

From  the  shoal,  which  is  about  200  feet  in  extent,  point  Upwood 

^^''^o'^o^;  i^"  VoiT  ^^-  ^y  ^^-   *  ^^'-    "'«g-)  '"Hi  Oovvlland  point 
S.  38°  E.  true  (SE.  by  E.  ^  E.  mag. ). 

Caution  must  be  exercised  in  navigating  deep  draft  v^jsels  in  this 
neighborhood,  as  the  shoal  is  nearly  in  the  fairway  to  Welcome  oass 

MW.  ijoint  in  a  steep  clay  clitt,  on  wmcii,  at  io«  w.ul-i,  u     ,„  ,,  ,„  .„5, 
'     -,,       .  ,    ,.  ,  .         .      .  ,  fN.  M.  47, 1904. ) 

l)oint.     Shoal  water  extends  trom  this  point  in  a  northwesterly  (iirecLion 

for  about  800  yards,  and  a  bank  with  not  more  tiian  5  tathoms  water 
on  it  borders  the  northern  side  of  the  western  island  <'or  a  distance  of 
froai  (100  yards  to  one  mile. 

From  the  north  point  of  the  eastern  island,  Tattenham  Ledge  extends 
i  mile;  this  ledge  uncovers  at  the  inner  part  and  has  4  fathom  t  water 
on  the  outer. 

Welcome  Pass  is  a  deep  but  narrow  channel,  about  oi.:»  mile  in 
length.  This  passage  has  not  been  well  sounded,  and  as  sunken  rocks 
exist  in  its  simthern  entrance,  it  should  be  used  with  great  caution. 

A  shoal  of  some  extent  is  reported  to  exist  in  the  southern  entrance, 
contracting  the  passage  to  about  600  yards. 

Buccaneer  Bay,  formed  by  the  junction   of  the  two  Thormanby 


168 


GEORGIA    STRAIT. 


from  the  shore,  6  miles  westward  from  Gower  Point,  and  is  remarkable, 
always  siiowing  very  white ;  there  is  deep  water  close  to  it  and  inside  it. 

Trail  Bay. — At  l  miles  NNVV.  from  White  Islet  the  coast  recedes 
and  forms  Trail  Bay. 

Anchorage  may  bo  obtained  off  the  village  in  Trail  Bay,  abreast  a 
bluff  in  the  northeastern  corner,  in  about  lo  fathoms.  The  Indians 
(Sechelt)  are  under  the  care  of  the  Komau  Catholic  mission,  and  their 
chapel  is  a  conspicuous  object  from  seaward. 

Trail  Islets,  four  in  number,  lie  a  litlle  more  than  ^  mile  off  the 

western  end  of  this  bay,  ami  if  necessury  small  vessels  mav  dron  an 

( 1  '\v\\  BRITISH  OOLUMBIA-Malaapina  strait -Texada  island- 
CIS?  3)  BRiiisnuuiju  «ib»*'  Q         „ie,jt  of  Canada  has 

""'^^  SSof  tli-Jt  al)u  bu";  !^^^^  has  been  established  off 

given  ^tice  that  a  sp.     buoy  _^^  ^  ^^^^^^^  ^^  ^^^^^ 

the  north  point  of  Tex.ula  'sun"-     ^i  5„  ^ 

TtfsCyCrkra"  e>t:lich  exteSis  "S^S  the  north  point  of 
Texail  iSd  for  about  400  yards.  There  is  a  rock  near  the  e^  of 
the  reef  which  dries  about  4  feet.  (N.  M.  88. 1904.) 

ern  extreme.  On  the  north  side,  3  miles  from  Marshall  Point,  there  is 
a  tiout  cove. 

Gillies  Bay,  the  only  anchorag'',  and  that  merely  a  stoijpinj;'  place, 
is  on  the  southwestern  side. 

Upwood  Point,  the  south  extreme  of  Texada  Island,  is  ru}.",sed  and 
precipitous;  stunted  i>ines  jjrow  between  the  crevices  of  the  hare  trap 
rock  ;  the  land  behind  more  thickly  wooded.  Almost  immediately  over 
it  rises  Mo"-*^  '"•"  '-  .    -  - 

inland  is  T 
point. 

Lasque 
mile  wide. 
Mount  Trt 
center.     C) 

Tucker 
either  end  ^,     —  ....v.   .. vol.. ..m  lu 

will  be  rea  „    -  group  of  small  wooded  islands  which  form 

its  eastern  side  ;  its  western  point  is  sloping  and  somewhat  remarka- 
ble, partially  bare  of  trees.  The  water  shoals  rather  suddenly  from  30 
to  IG  fathoms. 

Anchorage. — The  anchorage  is  in  14  fathoms,  with  the  outermost 
and  westernmost  of  the  small  islands  bearing  N.  40°  B.  and  the  west 
point  of  the  bay  N.  50°  \V.,  which  will  be  within  \  mile  of  the  shore. 
With  a  strong  NW.  wind  and  Hood  tide,  the  bay,  though  safe,  would 
not  be  a  ••omfortable  anchorage;  from  the  eastward,  sailing  vessels 
would  tind  some  ditliculty  in  reaching  it  in  conse<iuence  of  the  prevail- 
ing NW.  winds  and  the  narrowness  of  the  channel  at  that  end. 

Small  vessels  may  a:.chor  in  the  southeasterii  corner,  inside  the  small 
island  on  the  southern  shore,  in  6  or  7  fathoms  water,  sheltered  from 
almost  any  wind. 


8ANG8TRR    ISLAND — BUCCANKER    HAY. 


169 


1 


Sangster  Island,  ^  mile  long,  lies  one  mile  SW.  of  Young  Point. 
There  is  a  deej)  passage  of  70  fathoms  between  tiie  two,  but  a  rocicy 
ledge  with  shoal  water  on  it  extends  ottthe  western  point  of  Sangster 
Island. 

Seal  Rocks,  which  cover  at  half  tide,  lie  a  little  more  than  one  mile 
N.  01°  W.  of  the  western  point  of  Sangster  Island,  and  it  is  not  recom- 
mended to  pass  between  the  island  and  the  rocks. 

Jenkins  Island  lies  3  miles  westward  of  Sangster,  and  close  to  the 
southern  shore  of  Lasqueti. 

Sea  Egg  Rocks,  always  uncovered,  lie  (iOO  yards  oil'  the  west  end  of 
Jenkins  Island. 

False  Bay,  in  tiie  west  end  of  Lasqufti  Island,  is  a  tieep  bight  but 
is  not  rtutommended  as  an  anchorage,  though  small  vessels  would  find 
shelter  in  its  northwestern  corner  in  7  fathoms. 

Stevens  Passage,  between  the  Sisters  Islets  and  Lasqueti,  is  per- 
fectly sJife  and  dear.  Flat  Islands,  on  its  eastern  side,  should  be  given 
a  berth  of  ,{  mile,  as  should  also  Haie  Islands,  a  small  gronj)  lyiiig  ott" 
the  northwestern  end  of  Lasqueti. 

Sabine  Channel,  between  Texada  and  Las(|ueli  Islands,  is  a  good 
ship  passage  with  very  deep  water;  it  is  8  miles  wide  at  the  western  end, 
but  several  high  conical  islands  lying  oft"  the  northeastern  side  of  Las- 
queti cor.tract  the  width  at  the  eastern  end,  in  s<m)e  parts  to  'J  mile. 
Bull  Passage,  to  the  southward  of  these  islands,  is  a  narrow  but  deep 
channel. 

The  Tides  through  Sabine  Channel  set  at  the  rate  of  L*  knots  an  hour, 
the  Hood  running  to  the  westward,  the  ebb  to  the  eastwaid. 

Malaspina  Stiait  is  a  wide  navigable  channel.  Itsgeneral  direction 
is  NW.  The  Texada  shore  is  bold,  and  almost  straight  (or  its  whole 
length,  fronted  by  narrow  shingle  or  bowlder  beaches. 

Thormanby  Islands,  two  in  number,  are  almost  joined.  They  form 
the  southeastern  entrance  point  of  Ma'aspina  Strait,  Lying  close  to 
the  maiidand,  these  islands  appear  as  a  part  of  it,  ternnuating  at  their 
NW,  point  in  a  steep  clay  clitf,  olf  which,  at  low  water,  dries  a  bowlder 
point.  Shoal  water  extends  from  this  point  in  a  northwesterly  direction 
for  about  800  yards,  and  a  bank  with  not  more  than  5  lathoms  water 
on  it  borders  the  northern  side  of  the  western  island  for  a  distance  of 
from  600  yards  to  one  mile. 

From  the  north  point  of  the  eastern  island,  Tattenham  Ledge  extends 
4  mile;  this  ledge  uncovers  at  the  inner  jiart  and  has  4  fathoms  water 
on  the  outer. 

Welcome  Pass  is  a  dee])  but  narrow  channel,  about  one  mile  in 
length.  This  passage  has  not  been  well  sounded,  aiul  as  sunken  rocka 
exist  in  its  southern  entrance,  it  should  be  used  with  great  caution. 

A  shoal  of  some  extent  is  reported  to  exist  in  the  Ksouthern  entrance, 
contracting  the  passage  to  about  600  yards. 

Buccaneer  Bay,  formed  by  the  junction    of  the  two  Thormanby 


170 


CiEDROIA    8TKAIT, 


Isliiiids,  allorcLs  {jood  ami  alieltercd  ancliorage  at  its  head  in  15 
fatlioiiis. 

(Jaiition  must  l)e  observed  wiie^  eiiteriiifj,  as  siioal  water  extends  for 
fully  .\  mile  from  tlie  iiortliern  shore  of  both  ishiiids  on  both  sides  of 
the  eiitr.uice.  Tutteniiam  Ledj^je,  on  the  east  side  of  the  entrance,  will 
be  avoided  by  Jceeping'  tiie  outer  of  the  Surry  Ishinds  (lying  off  tiieeast 
shore  within  the  iiarbor)  in  line  witii  Wolf  Point  and  the  center  of  the 
beach  at  the  head  of  the  bay,  bearing  S.  ts    K. 

A  rock,  dry  at  low-watei  prings,  lies  near,  but  a  little  to  the  west- 
ward of,  the  spot  marked  2  fathoms  on  the  chart,  and  on  the  following 
bearings  :  Derby  Point  S.  3'i^  10.,  distant  about  7()((  yards;  N\V.  point 
of  Thormanby  West  Island  S.  71°  W. 

Secret  Cove. — At  one  mile  northward  of  the  entraiu'o  to  the  Bucca- 
neer Bay  is  the  entrance  to  Secret  Cove.  The  channel  in,  bet  ween  Point 
George  (the  SE.  end  of  Turnagain  Island)  and  Entr.ince  Island  to  the 
eastward,  is  100  yards  wide  with  <lepths  of  from  7  to  1 1  fathoms  in  it. 
One  hundred  .>ards  S.  57^  tV.  of  the  west  end  of  Entraniic  Island  is  a 
rocky  patch  which  covers  at  threerpiarters  flood;  it  will  be  cleared  by 
keei>ing  White  Hock  ('J  feel  high)  inside  the  harbor  on  its  west  shore, 
just  open  of  the  nortiiwestern  shore  of  Entrance  Island,  bearing  N. 
540  K. 

Anchorage. — When  past  Entrance  Island,  amihorage  may  be  taken 
Hj)  as  (M)nvenient  in  7  t<i  !•  fathoms,  midway  l)etween  that  island  and 
Echo  Island, 

Rocky  Patch. — From  Secret  Cove  the  coast,  which  trends  to  the 
uortliwestward,  is  boldto  for  4  miles,  at  whicii  distance  a  rocky  i)atch  of 
considerable  extent  lies  oiu^  mile  S.  'SS'^  10.  of  Francis  Point,  and  extends 
nearly  the  same  distance  parallel  to  the  shore.  The  least  water  found 
on  this  patch  was  7  fathoms,  but  less  may  jtrobably  exist.  Several 
small  islets  lie  north  of  the  patch,  between  it  and  the  shore. 

Bargain  Harbor. — To  the  north  want  of  these  islets  is  the  entrance 
to  tills  small  harbor,  with  dcpthsof  5an<l  (i  fathoms  iu  it.  Tin?  entrance 
lies  between  the  WHiitestone  Islands  and  the  islets  lying  oil"  the  shore 
to  the  eastward,  the  largest  of  whicli  are  Flat  (the  southern)  and  Green 
Islets.     By  keeping  in  mid  ciiannel  the  hai'bor  may  l)e  safely  entered. 

The  head  of  Bargain  Harbor  communicates  with  Pender  Harbor  by 
a  narrow  passage,  whicli  is  available  tor  boats  at  high  water. 

Jervis  Inlet. — The  entrances  of  tlni  inlet  are  between  Francis  and 
Scotch  Fir  Points.  Nelson  Island  lies  immediately  in  the  center,  and 
divides  it  into  two  channels,  the  westernmost  being  the  principal  one. 
Both  channels  can  be  made  out  from  I'pwood  Point  Neither  from  a 
commercial  [)oint  of  view,  as  a  refuge  lor  shii)ping,  or  as  a  means  of 
communication  with  the  interior  of  the  country,  does  the  inlet  ai)pear 
likely  ever  to  be  of  any  great  importance. 

Agamemnon  Channel,  the  southern  entrance  to  Jervis  Inlet,  runs 
between  Nelson  Island  and  the  main  in  a  general  northerly  direction 
for  9  miles,  then. joins  the  main  channel  of  the  inlet;  its  average  width 


15 

for 
s  of 
will 
east 

tlio 

rest- 
fing 

Dint 


AGAMKMNON    CHANNKL PKNDKR    IIAKMOK. 


171 


t 


is  little  more  tliiiii  .^  iiiiie;  the  titles  riiii  from  one  to  '.i  knots;  tiie  tleptli 
of  wiitei'  varies  from  50  to  100  fatiioms,  and  it  affords  no  anclioraKe. 
The  sontheni  entran(!e  is  eii(!n?nl»ereil  l)y  a  ^^roup  of  small  islands,  tiie 
renter  and  larj,'est  of  whicii.  I'earson  Island,  is  |  mile  in  extent,  woodedi 
and  jr>(i  feet  liif,'h.  Northwestward  of  I'earson,  a  little  more  than  ^ 
nMo   ut'o  fii..  (Mi'iKiioi  i«i<.i<    t(\M  (IV  t luce  small  islets   joined  l>\    reefs; 

(15.>6)  BRITISH  COLUMBIA  -  Strait  of  Georgia  -  Malasplna 
strait  -  Nelson  rock  -  Beacon  erected.  —A  day  beacon  inis  l.een 
erected  by  the  (Jovernment  of  Canada  on  Nelson  rock,  Malaspina 
strait,  1  niile  S.  86°  W.  true  (S\V.  by  VV.  i  W.  mag.)  from  Fearney 
l)oint.  Nelson  islan<l.  '' 

Approx.  position:  Lat.  49°  38'  50"  N.,  Long.  124°  08'  19"  W. 
The  beacon  consists  of  a  frustrum  of  a  S(|uai-e  pyramid  in  stone- 
work, 14  feet  s(iuare  at  the  bottom,  9  feet  at  the  top,  by  1(J  feet  high 
surmounted   by  a  wooden  staff  carrying  a  lattice  work   drum  fi  feet 
high  by  (i  feet  in  diameter,  the  whole  painted  black  and  showintr  26 
feet  above  high  water. 

Nelson  rock  dries  about  b  feet  at  low  water  and  extends  half  a  cable 
in  a  northeiist  and  southwest  direction  with  a  width  of  75  feet.  The 
beacon  is  on  the  northejist  end  of  the  ledge  and  can  be  approached 
on  the  northeast  within  100  yards.  i-k  m  a±  huh  . 

but  its  entrance  is  so  encumbered  by  islands  as  to  render  it  dillicult  of 
access  to  any  but  steam  or  coasting  vessels ;  it  immeiliately  adjoins  the 
Agamemnon  Channel  on  the  south,  and  lies  '^  mile  east  of  I'earson 
Island. 

The  entrance  to  Pender  Harbor  may  be  approached  by  three  passages 
between  the  islainls  lying  olf  the  southern  entiance  of  Agamemnon 
Cliaiinel.  When  coming  fiom  .lervis  Inlet  by  the  abovenained  chan- 
nel, the  i)assage  between  Channel  islets  and  Pearson  Island  to  the 
SW.  and  Noinian  Point  to  the  NIC,  is  the  most  convenient,  but  coming 
from  my  other  direction  it  would  be  better  to  use  either  the  one  be- 
tween Pearson  Island  anil  Channel  Islets  or  that  between  the  for- 
mer islaml  and  Martin  Islaml ;  the  latter  is  to  be  preferred. 

Williams  and  Charles  Islands  lie  immediately  across  the  entrance, 
forming  tiiree  cliannels;  111, it  to  the  nortiiward,  between  Williams 
Island  and  Henry  Point,  is  not  :M»()  yards  in  width,  but  it  is  the  best 
and  has  a  <leptli  of  20  fathoms.  A  shoal  extends  about  luo  yards  from 
the  north  western  side  of  Wiliiam.-;  island. 

Entering  the  harbor  between  Williams  and  Charles  Islands  the  chan- 
nel is  only  100  yards  in  width,  with  7  fathoms  water,  ami  a  rock  which 
covers  at  three  quarters  Hood  lies  a  little  more  than  100  yanls  north  of 
the  eastern  point  of  ("harles  Island. 

Skardon  Islands  are  two  in  number.  Pass  on  either  side  of  them 
and  steer  up  the  harbor.  One  mile  within  the  entrance,  a,  peninsula 
extends  to  the  -south  from  the  northern  shore:  pass  between  its  south- 
ern point  and  Mary  Island. 

Anchorage. — Anchor  in  Gerrans  Bay,  \  mile  to  the  southward  of  the 
peninsula,  in  0  or  7  fathoms;  there  is  also  good  anchorage  in  Garden 


170 


0K3UGIA    8TKA1T. 


Ishinils,   allords   ^ood    and   .slicltortMl   aiicliora^re   at   its    licad   in    15 
latlioins. 

Oaiitiiiii  iiKiHt  1(0  oUsorvod  wliefi  t'iiteriM<,',  us  slioal  water  oxtends  for 
fully  .]  mile  from  tlio  iiortlicrii  shore  of  both  islands  on  both  sides  of 
the  entrince.  Tilteniiam  Led;,'e,  on  the  east  side  of  t!ie  entrance,  will 
be  avoided  l),v  lveei)inf;  tiio  outer  of  tiie  Surry  Islands  (lying  off  tlieeast 
«hore  within  the  liiirl><>i'\  in  !!•...  —in-  "'-"^'  •»  •    ■ 

beach  at  I 

A  rock, 
ward  of,  t 
beaiings : 
of  Thorma 

Secret 
ueer  Hay  ii 
Georf^e  (th 
eastward,  i 
One  htmdr 
rocky  patci 
keepiufj  W 

just  open  ( ..w^v..  ..i^iv.111  oinue  oi    r^ntranc^e  Island,  bearing  N. 

54°  K. 

Anchorage. — When  past  Kntraiuie  Island,  anchorage  niay  be  taken 
u])  as  cDiivenient  in  7  to  !•  fathoms,  iniilway  between  that  island  and 
Echo  Island. 

Rocky  Patch. — From  Secret  (Jove  the  coast,  which  trends  to  tiie 
northwestward,  is  bold-to  for  4  miles,  at  which  distance  a  rocky  patch  of 
considerable  extent  lies  one  mile  S.  .'53°  10.  of  Francis  I'oint,  ami  extends 
nearly  the  same  distance  parallel  to  the  shore.  The  least  water  found 
on  this  patch  was  7  fathoms,  but  less  may  i)rol)ably  exist.  Several 
small  islets  lie  north  of  the  pafcli,  between  it  and  the  shore. 

Bargain  Harbor. — To  the  northward  of  these  islets  is  the  entrance 
to  tliis  small  harbor,  with  depths  of  o  and  (i  fathoms  in  it.  The  (entrance 
lies  between  die  Wliitestone  Islands  and  the  islets  lying  oil' tiie  shore 
to  the  eastward,  the  largest  of  which  are  Flat  (the  southern)  and  (rreen 
Islets.     By  kee|)ing  in  mid chaiinel  the  harbor  may  be  safely  entered. 

The  head  of  IJargain  Harbor  communicates  svith  I'ender  Harbor  by 
a  narrow  passage,  which  is  available  for  lioats  at  high  water. 

Jervis  Inlet. — The  entrances  of  the  inlet  are  between  Francis  and 
Scotch  Fir  Toints.  Nelson  Island  lies  immediately  in  the  center,  and 
<livides  it  into  two  channels,  the  westernmost  being  the  princij»al  one. 
Both  channels  can  be  made  out  from  IJpwood  Foint  Neither  from  a 
comamrcial  point  of  view,  as  a  refuge  for  shipping,  or  as  a  means  of 
comniiiiucation  with  the  interior  of  the  country,  does  the  inlet  ai)pear 
likely  ever  to  be  of  any  great  importance. 

Agamemnon  Channel,  the  southern  entrance  to  Jervis  Inlet,  runs 
between  Nelson  Island  and  the  main  in  a  general  northerly  din'ctiou 
for  1)  miles,  then  joins  the  main  channel  of  the  inlet;  its  average  width 


AOAMKMNON    CirANNKL PKNDF.R    MAKHOH. 


171 


15 

s  for 

'H  of 

will 

CilSt 


is  little  iiKiro  tliiiii  .\  iiiilc;  tlif  tidi's  run  from  one  to  .'i  knots;  tlu>  ilt'|)tli 

of  Wilt*!!'  varies  from   ")(»  to   I0((  fatlioins,  iiixl   it  atlonls  no  iincliornyc 

The  southern  entiiunte  is  encumUered  Ity  ii  ;;rou|)  ol  sniiill  ishinds,  the 

center  iiml  !iu;j;est  of  whieh,  rciirsoti  lsliiinl,is  {  mile  in  t-xterif,  wooded, 

and  '2'tii  feet  lii^'h.     Norlhwestwunl  of  I'eurson,  u  little  more  tliiui  \ 

yiile,  are  the  (Jliiuii.el  IsU-ts,  two  or  three  small  islets  joined  Ity  reefs; 

Liid  southeastward  of  it  at  the  same  distance  is   Martin   Island,  also 

•ery  small.     The  passaj^es   into  the  eininnel   are  aliout  the  same  width 

over  ^  mile),  and  have  deep  water.    There  is  also  a  passage  eastward 

»f  Martin  Island. 

Nile  (Nelson)Rock,  which  covcrsat  (piarter  Hood,  lies  one  mileH.  8.5° 
tV.  of  Kearney  Point,  and  the  same  distanee  west  of  the  largest  Chan- 
icl  Islet,  is  steep  all  round,  anil  is  situated  .\  niilc^  ti'om  the  nearest, 
>oint  of  Nelson  Islainl,  off  whieh  a  reef  extends ;  unless  the  rock  is 
isible  it  is  re(!oinmendcd  t"  pass  outsiile  or  southward  of  it.  The 
jonthern  (Jhamicl  Islet  in  line  with  the  north  end  of  I'earson  Island 
leads  <m  to  the  roi-k. 

Pender  Harbor  is  the  only  anchorage  de.serving  the  name  with  a 
noderate  depth  ot  water,  tobe  fouml  in  the  neigliliorhood  of  .lervis  Iidet, 
but  its  entrance  is  so  encuinliered  by  islands  as  to  render  it  dillicult  of 
access  to  any  but  steam  or  coasting  vessels;  it  immediately  adjitins  the 
Agamemnon  Channel  on  the  south,  ami  lies  ;^  mile  east  of  I'earson 
Island. 

The  entrance  to  Pender  Harbor  may  be  approached  by  three  passages 
between  the  islands  lying  otf  the  southern  entiance  of  Agamemnt)n 
Channel.  When  coming  from  .lervis  Inlet  by  Ihe  abo\enanieil  chan- 
nel, the,  passage  between  Channel  islets  and  I'earson  Island  to  the 
SW.  and  Norman  I'oint  to  the  NH.,  is  the  most  convenient,  but  coming 
from  any  other  direction  it  would  be  better  to  use  either  the  one  be- 
tween I'earson  Island  ami  Channel  Islds  or  that  between  the  for- 
mer island  and  Martin  Island;  the  latter  is  to  be  preferred. 

Williams  and  Charles  Islands  lie  immediately  across  the  entiance, 
forming  three  channels;  that  to  the  northward,  between  Williams 
Islaml  and  Henry  I'oint,  is  not  :'XH)  yards  in  width,  but  it  is  the  best 
and  has  a  depth  of  -'(I  fathoms.  A  shoal  extends  about  KMl  yards  trom 
the  northwestern  side  of  Williams  Island. 

Entering  the;  harl>or  between  Williams  and  Charles  Islands  the  chan- 
nel is  only  l(»b  yards  in  width,  with  7  fathoms  water,  and  a  rock  which 
covers  at  three  quarters  flood  lies  a  little  more  than  100  yards  north  of 
the  eastern  point  of  Charles  Island. 

Skardon  Islands  are  two  in  number.  Pass  on  either  side  of  them 
and  steer  up  the  harbor.  Une  mile  within  the  entrance,  a  peninsuli< 
extends  to  the  south  from  the  northern  shore;  p'ls^  betueen  its  sout'i- 
ern  point  and  Mary  Island. 

Anchorage. — Anchor  in  Gerrans  Bay,  \  mile  to  the  southward  of  the 
peninsula,  in  (i  or  7  fathoms ;  there  is  also  good  anchorage  in  Garden. 


172 


GEORGIA   STRAIT. 


Bay,  just  eastward  of  tlie  ptMiiiisula  and  abreast  an  Indian  village,  in 
5  or(i  fatliou)o.  The  latter  is  the  niore  suitable  tor  a  larjfi-  ship.  Pen- 
der Uarbor  extends  ^  mile  above  Garden  Bay  by  a  very  niirrow  pas- 
saj^e  with  only  L'  fathoms  in  it,  and  tiien  o[»eus  out  with  a  deptii  of  7 
fathoms.  To  tlie  eastward  of  this  narrow  passaj>e  is  (lunboat  Bay, 
where  small  vessels  may  anchor  in  7  fathomy.  The  space  in  this  anciior- 
ase  is  somewhat  confined,  as  is  also  the  case  with  i)oth  Gerraus  and 
Garden  Bays, 

The  Northern  Entrance  to  Jervis  Inlet  is  between  Alexander 
Point  oil  the  east  and  Scotch  Fir  Point  on  tiie  west.  Tlie  points  are  not 
remarkable,  but  the  opening  is  easily  made  out;  it  is  nearly  '2  miles  in 
width  and  takes  ffir  a  short  distance  a  iiortlierly  direction,  Scotch  Fir 
Point  is  rocky,  and  has  two  small  islets  lyin^^'  (;lose  to  the  westward  of 
it,  which,  like  the  point  itself,  are  (M)veied  with  stunted  pines.  Hardy 
Island  lies  closf  to  and  is  nearly  coiine(!ted  with  Nelson  Island  ;  Blind 
Bay  between  them  is  useless,  and  its  entrance  choked  by  small  islands. 

Thunder  Bay,  formed  on  the  western  side,  is  one  of  the  few  places  in 
Jervis  Inlet  wliere  vessels  may  anchor,  and  beiii^'  near  the  entrance  it 
is  likely  to  jirove  convenienl.  The  i)ay  is  about  i  mile  deep,  with  a 
sandy  beach  at  its  head,  off  which,  at  the  distaiu^e  of  K)0  yanls,  17 
fathoms  water  will  be  found  ;  immediately  outside  it  there  are  30  fath- 
oms, and  the  lead  then  drops  suddei  ly  to  a  groat  depth. 

One  mile  wirliiii  Scotch  Fir  Point.  Jervis  Inlet  takes  an  easterly  direc- 
tion for  Ili  miles,  when  Agameiuiion  Channel  Joins  it  at  the  northern 
end  of  Nelson  Island.  Just  before  reaching  this  point,  HothaiflSound, 
trends  to  the  north,  terminating  at  the  distance  of  7  miles  in  a  double 
headed  bay ;  the  water  in  every  part  of  it  is  too  deep  for  anchorage. 

Nelson  Island  is  in  the  middle  of  the  entrance  to  Jervis  Inlet.  Its 
shores  are  much  broken  and  indented  by  several  bays,  in  none  of  which, 
however,  can  aiuilioriige  be  obtiu'iied.  i'ii\H\  Cockbnrn,  its  southwestern 
point,  is  of  w  lit,'^  granite,  about  .SO  or  '.»(>  Ie(!t  high,  covered  with  a  few 
dwarf  pines  ;  a  rock  lies  L'OO  yards  south  of  ir. 

Captain  Island,  NF  of  Nelson  Island,  and  separated  from  it  by  a 
narrow  passage,  is  about  one  mile  in  extent,  rocky,  ami  stei^jto. 

One  Tres  Islet,  l.i  miles  east  of  Captain  Island,  is  small,  and  has  a 
single  tre(!  on  its  summit,  which  is  very  conspicuous;  its  height  is  about 
.50  feet.  A  rock  awash  at  low  water  lies  200  yards  off  its  southeastern 
side;  but  the  islet  maybe  approached  close  on  the  west  side.  Just 
within  the  islet  on  the  east  shore  of  the  inlet  is  a  bight  where  coasting 
vessels  may  anchor. 

Prince  of  Wales  Reach.— Dark  Cove  is  2  miles  northward  of  Cap- 
tain Island.  The  cove  is  only  about  100  yards  in  extent,  imt  aflords  a, 
snug  anchorage  in  15  fathoms,  and  is  the  only  place  in  the  inlet  de- 
serving of  that  name.  Vessels  of  considerable  size  could  moor  within 
it.  There  is  a  dear  deep  passage  200  yards  wide  into  this  cove  on  both 
sides  of  Sydney  Islet. 


I 


I 


VANCOUVER    BAY SECIIELT    ARM. 


173 


e,  in 
Pen- 
pas- 
of  7 
Bay^ 
lior- 
aiul 


Vancouver  Bay,  on  the  eastern  side  of  tiie  reach,  is  about  i  mihi 
in  extent,  and  of  square  sliape.  From  its  head,  Inch  is  low,  a  (ioiisid- 
erable  vaHey  extends  to  the  eastward,  but  the  shores  on  botli  sides  are 
crapgy  and  precipitous,  and  the  bay  is  too  dee|)  to  aflord  ancliorage. 

Princess  Royal  Reach.— Deserted  Bay,  on  tlie  east  sub-  at  the 
termination  of  I'rincess  Itrjyal  Keach,  and  about  37  miles  from  the  en- 
trc.ice,  is  small,  and  allbrds  an  indift'erent  anchorage  in  its  eastern  part 
i\ear  the  head  in  about  Hi  fathoms,  e.Kposed  to  west  and  southwesterly 
winds. 

Queens  Reach.— The  head  of  Jervis  Inlet  terminates  in  a  patch  of  low 
swampy  iand  through  which  tlow  some  small  streams,  and  a  bank  dries 
off  about  200  yards  ;  it  does  not  atiord  any  anchorage,  there  being  25 
fathoms  within  100  yards  of  tiie  outer  edge  of  the  bank.  A  remarkable 
peak,  Moui'.t  Victoria,  rises  2  miles  north  of  the  head  of  the  reach  to  a 
height  of  7,ir)2  feet. 

Princess  Louisa  Inlet,  on  the  east  side  of  Jervis  Inlet,  5  miles  below 
the  head,  is  narrow  and  about  4  miles  long;  it  is  connected  by  a  narrow 
gorge  to  the  main  inlet,  which  at  low  tide  becomes  almost  a  waterfall, 
rendering  it  iinpossible  for  boats  to  enter  except  at  high  water;  inside, 
like  Jervis  Iidet,  it  is  deep,  and  the  mountains  on  both  sides  ri.se  to 
7,()(M)  ;ind  S.OOO  feet. 

Sechelt  Arm,  the  entrance  to  which  is  one  mile  north  ot  Agamemnon 
Channel,  is  an  extensive  arm  of  the  sea,  penetrating;  the  land  for  17  nnles 
in  a  southeasterly  direction  and  only  separateil  from  the  8traitof(ieorgia 
by  a  low  neck  of  land,  1,100  yards  wide.  ()i\  the  east  side  of  the  arm, 
at  a  distance  of  7  and  11  miles  from  its  entrance,  are  two  smaller 
branches,  Narrows  Arm  and  Salmon  Arm,  extending  to  the  northeast- 
ward for  upwards  of  10  miles. 

Rapids. — The  arm  at  three  miles  within  its  entrance  contracts  in 
breadth  to  less  than  ff  mile,  and  is  partially  choked  up  with  rocks  and 
small  islands;  tlie.se  cause  dangerous  rapids,  the  roar  of  which  may  be 
heard  for  several  miles.  Tlie  rapids  prevent  any  vessel,  or  even  boat, 
from  entering  the  arm,  except  for  a  short  time  after  high  and  low 
water,  when  the  tide  slackens  foravc -ry  limited  period  ;  it  would,  how- 
ever, 1)6  hazardous  for  any  vessel,  except  a  very  small  one,  to  attempt 
to  ent«r  at  any  time. 

The  shores  of  the  arm,  excejit  near  its  south  pi^.rt  or  head,  are  high 
and  rocky,  and  it  is  a  useless  sheet  of  water,  except  as  regards  tishing. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water  at  full  and  change  in  Jervis  Inlet  at  0  hours, 
the  rise  and  fall  being  about  14  feet;  within  the  Seclielt  arm  the  rise 
QTiil  fnll  seldom  exceeds  G  or  7  feet. 

( mr,)  BRITISH  COLUMBIA  Strait  of  Georgia— Atrevlda  reef- 
Buoy  established.— The  (Jovernment  of  Canada  has  given  ii(»tiee  that 
a  spar  buoy,  jiainted  red,  has  been  established  to  mark  the  western 
extremity  of  an  nnsurveye<l  reef,  named  Atrevida  reef,  lying  oil'  the 
mainland  coiist  of  British  Columbia,  northward  of  Ilarwood  island. 
Approx.  position:  Lat.  40°  .^f)'  0,5"  N.,  Long.  124°  41'  48"  W. 

The  buoy  is  moored  in  5^  fathoms  of  water.     There  is  no  .safe  pius- 


sage  eastward  of  the  buoy 


(N.  M.  88.  1901.) 


172 


GEORGIA    STRAIT, 


Bay,  Just  earttward  of  the  jHMiiusula  and  abreast  an  Indian  village,  in 
')  or(j  fathoms.  The  latter  ia  the  more  snitable  for  a  lar<>v  ship.  Pen- 
der Harbor  extends  j  mile  above  Garden  Bay  by  a  very  narrow  pas- 
sage with  only  '2  fathoms  in  it,  and  tlien  opens  out  with  a  depth  of  7 
fathoms.  To  the  eastward  of  this  narrow  passajte  is  Gunboat  Bay, 
where  small  vessels  may  anchor  in  7  fathoms.  The  spjiee  in  this  anchor- 
age is  somewhat  confined,  as  is  also  the  case  with  both  Gerrans  and 
Garden  Hays. 

The  Northern  Entrance  to  Jervis  Inlet  is  between  Alexander 
Point  on  the  oast  and  Scotch  Fir  Point  on  tiie  west.  The  ])oints  are  not 
remarkable,  hut  the  opening  is  easily  made  out;  it  is  nearly  U  miles  ia 
width  and  takes  for  a  short  distance  a  uoitlierly  direction.  Scotch  Fir 
Point  is  rocky,  and  has  two  small  islets  lying  close  to  the  westward  of 
it,  which,  like  the  point  itself,  are  (!«»\ered  with  stuiit«'d  pines.  Hardy 
Island  lies  close  to  and  is  nearly  connected  with  Nelson  Island;  Blind 
Bay  between  them  is  useless,  and  its  entrance  choked  by  small  islands. 

Thunder  Bay,  formed  on  the  western  side,  i-  one  of  the  few  places  in 
Jervis  Inlet  v/here  vessels  may  anchor,  and  In  ing  near  the  entrance  it 
is  likely  to  prove  convenient.  The  ijay  is  about  ^  mile  deep,  with  a 
sandy  beach  at  its  head,  off  which,  at  the  distanc^e  of  400  yar<ls,  17 
fathon^s  water  will  be  found  ;  immediately  outside  it  there  are  30  fath- 
oms, and  tin'  lead  then  drops  suddenly  to  a  great  depth. 

One  mile  within  Scotch  Fir  Point,  Jervis  Inlet  takes  an  easterly  direc- 
tion for  lli  miles,  when  Agamemnoti  Ghannel  Joins  it  at  the  northern 
end  of  Nelson  Island.  Just  before  reaching  this  point,  HutiraniSoniid, 
trends  to  the  north,  termimiting  at  the  distance  of  7  miles  in  a  double 
headeil  bay  :  the  water  in  every  ])art  of  it  is  too  deep  for  anchorage. 

Nelson  Island  is  in  the  middle  of  the  entrance  to  Jervis  Inlet.  Its 
shores  are  much  broken  and  indented  by  several  bays,  in  none  of  which, 
however,  can  anchorage  bcolitained.  Cape  Uockbnrn,  its  southwestern 
point,  is  of  w  lite  granite,  about  SO  or  !)0  feet  ligh,  covered  with  a  few 
dwarf  pines  ;  a  rock  lies  liOO  >ards  .south  of  it. 

Captain  Ik^r.iid,  NF  of  Nelson  Island,  and  .separated  from  it  by  a 
narrow  |).issage,  is  about  one  ndle  in  extent,  ro(!ky,  and  steei)to. 

One  Tree  Islet,  I^  nules  east  of  Captain  Island,  is  small,  and  has  a 
single  tree  on  its  summit,  which  is  very  conspicuous:  its  height  is  about 
50  teet.  A  rock  awash  at  low  water  lies  200  yards  oil  its  southeastern 
side;  but  the  islet  maybe  approached  close  on  the  west  side.  Just 
within  the  islet  on  the  east  shore  of  the  inlet  is  a  bight  where  coasting 
vessels  m.uy  anchor. 

Prince  nf  ■Wal«B  Ttfar^Tn  — "n-^vU  n ;-  "       •' 

tain  ishii 
snug  anc 
serving  t 
it.  Ther 
sides  of  S 


bi 

SI 


fi 


I 


e,  III 
Pen- 

pas- 
of  7 
Bay, 
ilior- 

aiul 


I 


VANCOUVER    HAY SECHELT    ARM. 


173 


Vancouver  Bay,  ou  the  eastern  side  of  the  reach,  is  about  i  mile 
in  extent,  and  of  square  shajJB.  From  its  Iiead,  which  is  h»w,  a  coiisid- 
«ral>h>  vaUey  extends  to  the  eastward,  but  the  sliores  on  botii  sides  are 
craggy  and  precipitons,  and  tlie  bay  is  too  deep  to  afford  anchorage. 

Princess  Royal  Reach. — Deserted  Bay,  on  tlie  east  side  at  the 
termination  of  I'rincess  Itoyal  Keach,  and  about  37  miles  from  the  en- 
trance, is  small,  and  affords  an  indifferent  anchorage  in  its  eastern  i»art 
near  the  head  in  about  1(5  fathoms,  exposed  to  west  and  southwesterly 
■winds. 

Queens  Reach.  —The  head  of  Jervis  Inlet  terminates  in  a  patch  of  low 
swampy  land  throngli  which  flow  some  small  streams,  and  a  bank  dries 
off  about  UOO  yards ;  it  does  not  afford  any  anchorage,  there  being  2-5 
fathoms  witiiin  lOO  yards  of  the  outer  edge  of  the  bank.  A  remarkable 
peak,  Mount  Victoria,  rises  2  miles  north  of  the  head  of  the  reach  to  a 
lieight  of  7,4r)'J  feet. 

Princess  Louisa  Inlet,  on  the  east  side  of  Jervis  Inlet,  o  miles  below 
the  head,  is  narrow  and  about4  miles  long;  it  is  connected  by  a  narrow 
gorge  to  the  main  inlet,  which  at  low  tide  beconms  almost  a  waterfall, 
reinlering  it  impossible  for  boats  to  enter  except  at  higli  water  :  inside, 
like  Jervis  Inlet,  it  is  dee|>,  and  the  mountains  on  both  sides  rise  to 
7,(100  iind  S.OdO  feet. 

Sechelt  Arm,  the  entrance  to  which  is  one  mile  north  of  Agamemnon 
Chaniul,  is  an  extensive  arm  of  the  sea,  penetrating  the  land  fOvI7  miles 
in  a  southeasterly  direction  ami  only  separated  from  the  Strait  of  (ieorgia 
by  a  low  neck  of  land,  1,100  yards  wide.  On  the  east  side  of  the  arm, 
at  a  <listaMce  of  7  and  11  miles  from  its  entrance,  are  two  smaller 
branches.  Narrows  Arm  and  Salmon  Arm,  extending  to  the  northeast- 
ward for  Mi)vvards  of  10  miles. 

Rapids. — The  arm  at  three  miles  within  its  entrance  contracts  in 
breadth  to  less  than  ^  mile,  and  is  partially  choked  up  with  rocks  and 
small  islands;  these  cause  dangerous  rapids,  the  roar  of  which  may  be 
heard  for  several  miles.  The  rai)idH  prevent  any  vessel,  or  even  boat, 
from  entering  the  arm,  except  for  a  short  time  after  high  and  low 
water,  when  the  tide  slackens  for  a  very  limited  [)eriod ;  it  would,  how- 
ever, be  hazardous  for  any  vessel,  except  a  very  suniU  one,  to  attempt 
to  enter  at  any  time. 

Tiie  shores  of  the  arm,  excejtt  near  its  south  i»art  or  head,  are  high 
and  rocky,  and  it  is  a  useless  sheet  of  water,  except  as  I'eganls  fishing. 

Tides. — It  is  liigh  water  at  full  and  change  in  Jervis  Inlet  at  0  hours, 
the  rise  a!id  fall  being  about  14  feet ;  within  the  Sechelt  arm  the  rise 
and  fall  seldom  exceeds  G  or  7  feet. 

Th':  tidal  streams,  except  near  the  entrance  of  Sechelt  aroi,  are 
weak  and  irregular  and  intiucnced  by  winds. 

Harwood  Island,  oil  the  northern  entrance  to  Malaspina  Strait,  IJ 
miles  from  the  contiinuital  shore  and  about  3  miles  NNW.  of  Point 
Marshall,  is  from  150  to  200  feet  high,  (iat  and  thickly  wooded.     It  is 


174 


GEORGIA    STRAIT. 


bordered  by  a  sandy  beach,  and  at  its  north  point  is  a  low,  grassy  spit. 
Tlituv  is  dcei)  water  between  the  isbmd  and  tiio  shore. 

Rebscca  Islet,  lyin^;  midway  between  Point  Marshall  and  Harwood 
Ishiiid,  IS  of  small  extent  and  ">  feet  above  high  water. 

Bare  Islet,  one  mile  west  of  the  sonth  end  of  Ilarwood  Island,  is  a 
bare,  yellow,  ciill'y  roiik,  about  400  yards  in  extent,  and  oO  feet  above 
hij;h  water. 

The  Coast.  — Westward  from  Jervis  Inlet  the  north  shore  of  JNIalas- 
piiia  Strait  takes  a  westerly  direction  for  11  miles,  terminating  at  (Irief 
Point;  for  a  eonsiden'.ble  distance  inland  it  is  low,  and  bordered  by  a 
sandy  beacli  ;  there  are  no  otf-lying  dangers  that  are  not  seen. 

From  Crief  Point  Uie  north  or  continental  shore  of  the  Strait  of 
Gi  orgia  triMids  northwesN-rly  for  nearly  'JO  miles  to  Sarah  Poiiit,  the 
sontheastera  entrance  point  of  Desolation  Sound.  Throughout  tiic 
whole  distance  the  coast  is  low,  not  rising  to  more  than  TiOO  or  (iOO  feet 
and  but  slightly  indented  Ther^-  is  a  fresh  water  stream  of  coMsi(U'r- 
able  Niz<'  4  miles  north  <.f  llrief  Point  communicating,  at  about  li  miles 
from  ihe  shore,  with  a  lake  wiiicii  extends  .some  40  miles  northward 
owards  the  head  of  Toha  Inh't. 

Claamen. — At  one  mile  farther  westward  vessels  may  anchor,  in  tine 
weather  iVjr  night  or  tide,  about  ;\  mile  oil'  shore  abreast  Ilarwood  Isl- 
and in  12  to  (-'}  fathoms.  Anchorage  must  be  takon  up  with  caution  as 
fiats  extend  a  consideralile  distance  olf  shore.  V'he  i  anchoring  do  not 
shut  in  the  eastern  point  of  S.ivary  Island. 

Navigating  along  this  coast  between  (Irief  and  Sarah  Points,  vessels 
will  avoid  danger  by  keei»ing  about  i  mile  olf  shore  as  far  as  Ilurtado 
Point,  and  ])assing  northward  of  Ilarwood  and  Savary  Islands.  When 
past  Hurtado  Point,  a  vessel  ought  to  steer  more  to  the  westward,  and 
pass  southward  or  westward  of  th(>  White,  Douide,  and  Powell  islets. 

Savary  Lsland,  one  mile  from  the  eontiiuMital  shore,  is  4  miles  long 
and  less  than  one  mile  wide.  A  sainly  beach  strewn  with  huge  bowl- 
ders surrounds  it,  and  extends  a  considerable  distance  otf  its  northern 
and  western  sides.  These  bowlders  extend  a  greater  distance  from  the 
southern  side,  and  the  island  should  not  be  closed  nearer  than  ■{  mile. 

The  height  of  the  island  varies  from  80  to  PJO  feet,  and  tlu^  southern 
side  is  faced  l>y  some  remarkable  white  sandy  cliils,  veiw  conspicuous 
from  the  southeastward.  Its  east  extreme  is  a  granite  clilf,  steep-to. 
There  ate  several  c^lear  grassy  ])atches  on  the  island,  l)nt  the  sod  is 
]»oor  i'.t.d  sandv.  A  samly  bar  or  ledge  of  one  to  '-'  fathoms  water  ex- 
tends trim  its  west  point  to  Hernando  Island. 

Hurtado  Point,  on  the  main  abreast  Savary  Island,  is  about  250  feet 
high,  l)old  and  elitt'y. 

Mystery  Rock,  -ij  miles  S.  27"^  F-.  of  the  east  end  of  Savary  Island, 
is  a  i)atch  which  uncovc^rs  4  feet  at  low  water.  From  the  roclc  sho:kl 
patches  of  from  one  to  3  fathoms  extt^id  towards  the  east  end  of  Savary 
Island.     Ves.sels,  tiiereforc,  in  navigating  this  locality  should  observe 


KAGGED    ISLANDS UAKKR    PASSAGE. 


175 


spit. 

is  ii 
hove 


great  caution  when  p'oing'  between  Savary  and  Elarwood  Islands  but  by 
keepinjj  witliiii  i  mile  of  the  continental  shore,  tliese  dangers  will  be 
avoided.  Vessels  woi'.rinp  up  or  down  the  Strait  of  (leorgia,  when 
standitifi'to  the  eastward  between  Harwood  and  Savary  Ishmds,  should 
not  pass  eastward  of  a  line  forming  the  SW.  eml  of  Savary  and  the  south 
end  of  Hernando  Islands. 

Ragged  Islands,  lying  close  to  and  ])arallcl  with  tiie  <;onfinental 
shore,  are  a  rocky  group  of  small  islands  li.l  miles  long  and  (100  yaids 
wide;  their  southeastern  ])art  is  about  2.\  miles  NW.  of  Ilnrtado  Point, 
ami  some  loclis  extend  800  yards  from  their  northwestern  extreme. 

White  Islet,  one  mile  southwe^tward  of  the  Ragged  Islands,  is  a 
very  remiirka'i)ie,  liare.  wliite  granite  rock.  A  rock  v,  hich  uncovers  at 
low  wiitcr  lies  200  yards  east  of  it,  hut  in  tlie  middle  of  the  passage 
between  the  islet  and  Hagged  Islands  is  a  deplli  of  .'57  fathoms. 

Double  Islets,  ft  nnle  west  of  tlie  nortliwestern  ])art  of  the  IJagged 
gronj),  inc  small,  with  a  single  tree  on  eacli  ol  tiieir  summits. 

Po'wel!.  Islets,  one  mile  N\V.  of  Double  Islets,  are  two  in  inunber, 
(unall  and  covered  with  a  few  stunted  busiu's  and  trees;  the  western- 
most ish't  is  stee|)-lo  on  its  north  and  west  (tides. 

Sarah  Point  may  be  ('ailed  t!ie  northwestern  entraiu;e  point  of  the- 
Strait  (»f  Georgia.  It  is  a  rounded,  rocky  jMiint,  sloping  giadually  to 
sea  bom  a  heipht  of  about  ".")(»  i'eet,  at  a  short  distance  within  it.  The 
coast  here  turns  sharply  round  to  the  eastward  into  .Malaspimi  Inlet. 

Mitleaatcli  Island  lies  :',S  miles  south  of  IJeef  Point.  It  is  .}  mile 
in  extent.  IJOO  ieet  high,  l)are  and  peaked,  Between  it  and  the  Vi'.i- 
couver  Islnnd  siiure,  distant  nearly  (i  miles,  is  the  fair  channel  t"  <',ipe 
Mmlgeand  Discovery  Passage. 

Hernando  Island,  -  miles  N\V.  of  Savary,  is  about  2  mil<  s  in  ex- 
tent, flat  and  tliittkly  wooded.  A  ledge  composed  of  sand  tud  large 
bowlders  extends  ij  miles  from  its  SB.  ])oint,  and  there  is  '.nly  a  depth 
of  ]\  fathoms  in  the  channel  between  it  ami  Savary  'slaud.  From 
the  s(aith western  side  some  rocks  exteml  off  upwards  of  100  yards  in 
numy  places,  and  it  should  not  be  ajiproached  nearr  than  if  mile  in 
passing. 

Stag  Bay,  on  tiie  north  side  of  Hernando,  atfor  is  anchorage  in  12  to 
15  fathoTiis  at  a  distance  of  iibout  KK*  yards  otfs'iore,  ami  is  useful  as 
a  stopping  ])lace  for  vessels  bound  to  i?ute  Inlet  or  Desolation  Sound. 
There  is  a  small  freshwater  stream  in  the  easteili  part  of  the  bay. 

Tongue  Point,  the  nortliwestern  extrenu'  of  Hernando  and  of  Stag 
Bay,  is  a  low  sharp  sandy  ])oiut  or  spit,  <:overed  with  a  few  trees,  steep- 
to,  and  may  be,  approa(^hed  to  .^0  yards. 

Anchorage. — \'essels  should  anchor  at  about  'f  mile  from  this  point, 
with  the  east  part  of  Twins  Lslaiuls  bearing  N.  12-  M 

Baker  Passage,  to  the  northward  of  Hernando  Island  and  leading 
from  the  Strait  of  (ieorgia  to  the  entrance  of  Desolation  Sound,  is  one 
mile  wide  in  the  narrowest  part.    The  only  danger  is  at  its  north- 


176 


GEORGIA    8TKA1T. 


western  entrance  point,  off  wliicli  a  bovrUler  leilge  exteuils  upv  ards  of 
COO  yards  in  a  si)utii«asterly  direction. 

Twins  Islands,  about  lA  miles  uortli  of  Elernando,  are  two  rocky 
islands  connected  by  a  sandy  beach  at  low  water.  Their  sontiiern  shore 
is  steep  to  ami  may  be  approaciied  to  within  a  distance  of  i'.OO  yards. 
The  northernmost  Twin  is  4!>0  feet  high,  rising  to  an  almost  bare  sum- 
mit in  the  center;  the  southern  one  is  about  30!)  feet.  None  but  small 
craft  should  go  north  of  these  islands.  Some  small  islets  lie  a  short 
distance  olf  their  northwestern  side. 

Center  Rock,  which  covers  at  one-quarter  Hood,  is  in  the  middle  of 
the  passage,  between  Twins  and  Cortes  Islands. 

To  avoid  tiie  ledge  off  Reef  Point,  when  entering  Baker  Passage  from 
the  Strait  of  Georgia,  bring  Tongue  Point  on  a  N.  G'J^  E.  bearing,  and 
steer  for  it,  passing  about  200  jards  otf,  then  keep  midway  between 
Ilernando  and  the  Twins. 

Blind  Creek,  on  the  southeastern  side  of  Cortes  Island,  li  miles 
north  of  Twins  Islands,  is  a  basin  of  about  800  yards  in  extent,  with  from 
7  to  S)  fathoms  water;  there  is,  howevei',  in  the  entrance,  a  rock  which 
covers  at  one-quarter  flood,  rendering  the  place  useless  as  an  anchorage. 

Three  Islets,  lying  ^  mile  off'  the  entrance  of  Blind  Creek,  are  three 
bare  white  rocks,  almost  connected  at  low  water;  there  is  a  depth  of  27 
fathoms  at  a  distance  of  400  yards  eastward  of  them. 

Turn  Point,  the  southwestern  entrance  point  of  Lewis  Channel  and 
the  east  extreme  of  Cortes  Island,  is  about  100  feet  high,  rocky  and 
covered  with  a  few  stunted  trees ;  the  coast  turns  suddeidy  to  the  north- 
westward around  it,  and  close  inshore  to  the  northward  of  the  point 
are  two  islands  forming  a  small  boat  cove. 

Lewis  Channel,  between  Cortes  and  Uedonda  Islands,  runs  nearly 
straight  upwards  of  113  miles  in  a  northwesterly  direction,  and  varies  iu 
breadth  from  one  mile  to  GOO  yards;  its  shores  are  generally  rocky,  low 
in  the  south  part,  but  rising  gradually  to  the  NW.,  steep-to  and  every- 
where free  from  danger. 

Tides. — In  Lewis  Channel  the  tides  are  weak  and  irregular,  seldom 
exceeding  2  knots,  find  are  inlluenced  by  the  winds. 

Squirrel  Cove,  4i  miles  from  Turn  Point,  is  a  small  landlocked 
basin  of  G  to  7  fathoms  water,  with  room  for  a  vessel  of  considerable 
size  to  lie  at  single  anchor.  It  is  entered  b}'  a  narrow  passage  about 
130  feet  wide,  with  .T  fathoms  water  on  the  west  side  of  Protection  Isl- 
and in  the  entrance.  The  shores  are  moderately  high,  and  though  much 
broken  very  picturesque  and  fertile  iu  ai)pearauce.  To  the  northward 
of  aiul  connected  at  high  water  with  the  cove  is  a  long  narrow  lagoon, 
stretching  to  the  northwestward  nearly  across  Cortes  Island. 

Squirrel  Cove  can  only  be  entered  by  steamers  or  sailing  vessels  with 
a  fair  wind,  and  the  chart  is  the  best  guide.  There  are  no  dangers 
whatever  within  or  near  it. 

Bowlder  Point  is  low  and  may  be  easily  kuown  by  a  large  bowlder 


I 


on  it 
it,  bi 

Ni 
more 
tiou 
vessi 
shor( 

M 
direc 
svide 
of  w 
wide 
ern  s 
porti 

to  CO 

from 


',;<^- 


yard 

close 

Jo 

Inlet 
iiig  f 
300  y 
wide 
yard 
Cave 
wh  il- 
ea 
E.  of 
Cr 
lies  ( 
yard 
R( 
a  was 
west 
near 
Ti 
S.  10 
ea8t\ 


MALASPINA    INLET TIIOKP    ISLAND. 


177 


OH  its  west  side ;  a  rock,  wliich  covers,  lies  nearly  200  yards  south  of 
it,  but  the  i)oiut  inaj'  bo  rounded  at  a  distance  of  400  yards. 

Northward  of  Squirrel  Cove  the  west  side  of  Lewis  Channel  becomes 
more  rocky  and  gradually  increases  in  height.  At  JiA  miles  from  Junc- 
tion Point  the  depths  in  the  channel  shoal  to  27  and  30  fathoms,  and  a 
vessel  may. anchor  in  about  18  fathoms  at  200  yards  from  the  west 
shore. 

SAalaspina  Inlet  penetrates  tiie  (iontineutS  miles  in  a  southeasterly 
direction,  forming  with  the  Strait  of  Georgia  a  i)eniusula  al*out  2  miles 
whle;  it  has  one  good  harbor,  and  several  arms,  at  the  head  of  some 
of  which  there  is  anchorage.  The  inlet  at  its  entrance  is  800  yards 
wide,  which  is  its  general  width,  nntil  abreast  Scott  I'oint  on  the  east- 
ern side,  a  distance  of  2  miles,  when  it  is  contracted  to  400  yards;  this 
portion  of  the  inlet,  however,  is  so  studded  with  islands  and  rocks  as 
to  considerably  narrow  the  navigable  channel.  The  depths  in  it  vary 
from  30  fathoms  to  0  fathoms.  At  Scott  Point  the  inlet  for  J  mile  takes 
-••  "'osterlv  direction,  and  then  between  llillingdon  Point  and  the  north 

— ;-iu„m  out  to  one  mile  and  again  turns  to  the 

■"  -^t'Okeover  Arm,  con- 

■idtii 


Oke- 
.   _      ,  s400 

yards  from  the  head  of  the  arm,  ju.ii.  —  very 

dose  to  the  southwestern  shore. 

Josephine  Islands,  about  if  miles  within  the  entrance  of  IMalasiiina 
Inlet,  with  a  passage  on  both  sides,  are  two  in  number  and  almost  join- 
ing each  other;  the  northwestern  one  is  very  small,  the  other  is  about 
300  yards  long  in  the  direction  of  the  iidet,  and  not  more  than  100  yards 
wide.  The  passage  between  tlieni  and  the  southwestern  shore  is  200 
yards  in  width,  and  that  to  the  northeastward  300  yards,  but  as  the 
Cavendish  Rock  lies  nearly  in  the  center  of  the  latter,  the  tornier,  in 
which  the  dei»th  of  water  is  not  less  than  G  fathoms,  is  to  be  preferred. 

Cavendish  Ropk,  awash  and  marked  by  kelp,  lies  300  yards  S.  78° 
E.  ot  the  SE.  end  of  Josephine  Islands. 

Cross  Islet,  distant  300  yards  from  the  eastern  shore  of  the  inlet, 
lies  on  the  northern  side  of  the  channel;  it  is  small,  not  more  than  100 
yards  in  extent. 

Rosetta  Rock,  the  principal  danger  in  entering  Malaspina  Inllet,  is 
awash  and  lies  nearly  200  yards  S.  35^  \V.  of  Cross  Islet.  The  south- 
western point  of  Josephine  Islands  in  line  with  the  extreme  of  the  land 
near  /epliine  Head  leads  nearly  on  the  rock. 

Thorp  Island  lies  close  to  the  western  shore  of  the  inlet  aOO  yards 
S.  7°  W.  of  Josei)liine  Islands;  a  rock  awash  lies  about  100  j-ards  south- 
eastward of  it. 

1420.-)— No.  9(i 12 


176 


GEORGIA    STRAIT. 


westoni  eiitraiico  point,  oft'  wliicli  a  bowlder  loilgo  extcmls  upwards  of 
(JOO  yards  in  a  soiitiieasterly  direction. 

T<vins  Islands,  about  IJ  miles  north  of  Hernando,  are  two  rocky 
islands  connected  l»y  a  sandy  boacii  at  low  water.  Their  sontiiern  shore 
is  steep  to  and  may  be  approached  to  within  a  distance  of  200  yards. 
The  nortliernmost  Twin  is  400  feet  high,  rising  to  an  almost  l)are  sum- 
mit in  the  center;  tlie  southern  one  is  about  'Mi)  feet.  Xone  but  small 
craft  should  go  north  of  tiiese  islands.  Some  small  islets  lie  a  short 
ilistance  olf  their  northwestern  side. 

Center  Rock,  which  covers  at  one-quarter  tlood,  is  in  the  middle  of 
the  i)assage,  between  Twins  and  Cortes  Islands. 

To  avoid  the  ledge  oft'  lleef  Point,  when  entering  Baker  Passage  from 
the  Strait  of  Georgia,  bring  Tongue  Point  on  a  N.  60°  E.  bearing,  and 
steer  for  it,  pissing  about  200  yards  off,  then  keep  midway  between 
Hernando  and  the  Twins. 

Blind  Creek,  on  the  southeastern  side  of  Cortes  Island,  lA  miles 

uni'fli  111' TwiiK  (.jliiiila    is  ii    liiiviii  nf'•.^l>l-»n^  mill  v-ivd^  ill  ovfimt     witli  ^"•■ni<i 

(1376)  BRITISH  COLUMBIA  —  Sutil  channel  —  Oortes  island  — 
Whaleton  bay — Buoy  established.— The  Government  of  Canada  lias 
given  notice  that  a  spar  buoy,  painted  red,  has  been  established  on 
the  rock  lying  off  the  entrance  to  Whaleton  bay,  Cortes  island.  The 
buoy  is  moored  in  5h  fathoms  of  water. 

Approx.  position:  Lat.  50°  06'  18"  N.,  Long.  125°  05'  05"  VV. 
Turn  Point,  tlie  southwestern  entrance  po...  (N.  M.  88, 1904.) 
the  east  extreme  of  Cortes  Island,  is  about  100  feet  high,  rocky  and 
covered  with  a  few  stunted  trees ;  the  coast  turns  suddenly  to  the  north- 
westward around  it,  and  close  inshore  to  the  northward  of  the  point 
are  two  islands  forming  a  small  boat  cove. 
,        Lewis  Channel,  between  Cortes  and  Kedonda  Islands,  runs  nearly 
straight  upwards  of  12  miles  in  a  northwesterly  direction,  and  varies  in 
breadth  from  one  mile  to  600  yards;  its  shores  are  generally  rockj-,  low 
in  the  south  part,  but  rising  gradually  to  the  NW.,  steep-to  and  every- 
where free  from  danger. 

Tides. — In  Lewis  Channel  the  tides  are  weak  and  irregular,  seldom 
exceeding  2  knots,  and  are  inftuenced  by  the  winds. 

Squirrel  Cove,  4^  miles  from  Turn  Point,  is  a  small  landlocked 
basin  of  6  to  7  fathoms  water,  with  room  for  a  vessel  of  considerable 
size  to  lie  at  single  anchor.  It  is  entered  by  a  narrow  passage  about 
130  feet  wide,  with  5  fathoms  water  on  the  west  side  of  Protection  Isl- 
and in  the  entrance.  The  shores  are  moderatelj'  high,  and  though  much 
broken  very  picturesque  and  fertile  in  appearance.  To  the  northward 
of  and  connected  at  high  water  with  the  cove  is  a  long  narrow  lagoon, 
stretching  to  the  northwestward  nearly  across  Cortes  Island. 

Squirrel  Cove  can  only  be  entered  by  steamers  or  sailing  vessels  with 
a  fair  wind,  and  the  chart  is  the  best  guide.    There  are  no  dangers 
whatever  within  or  near  it. 
Bowlder  Point  is  low  and  may  be  easily  known  by  a  large  bowlder 


MALASPIISA    INLET TllOUi*    ISLAND 


117 


OM  its  west  side;  a  rock,  which  covers,  lies  nearly  200  yards  south  of 
it,  but  the  poiut  may  be  rounded  at  a  distance  of  401)  yards. 

Northward  of  Squirrel  Cove  the  west  side  of  Lewis  Channel  becouies 
more  rocky  and  gradually  increases  in  height.  At  .'U  miles  from  Junc- 
tion Point  the  deptiis  in  the  channel  shoal  to  '27  and  'M  fathoms,  and  a 
vessel  may, anchor  in  about  18  fathoms  at  200  yards  from  the  west 
shore. 

Malaspina  Inlet  ixMU'trates  tlie  contiiientHmiles  in  a  southeasterly 
direction,  forming  with  the  Strait  of  Georgia  a  peninsula  aUont  2  miles 
wide;  it  has  one  good  harbor,  aiul  several  arms,  at  the  head  of  some 
of  which  there  is  anchorage.  Tiu!  inlet  at  its  entrance  is  S(H)  yards 
wide,  which  is  its  general  width,  until  ai)reast  Scott  I'oint  on  the  east- 
ern side,  a  distance  of  2  miles,  when  it  is  coiitra<!ted  to  400  yards;  this 
portion  of  the  inlet,  however,  is  so  studded  with  islands  and  rocks  as 
to  considerably  narrow  the  navigable  channel.  The  deptlis  in  it  vary 
from  ;{()  fathoms  to  0  fathoms.  At  Scott  I'oint  the  inlet  for  ^  mile  takes 
an  easterly  direction,  and  then  between  nillingdon  I'oint  and  the  north 
end  ofCoode  Peninsula  widens  out  to  one  mile  and  again  turns  to  the 
southeastward  for  2.1:  miles,  and,  under  the  name  of  Okeover  Arm,  con- 
tinues in  the  same  direction  for  a  farther  distance  of  2A  miles,  the  width 
gradually  decreasing  to  700  yards. 

Freke  Anchorage,  in  12  or  14  fathoms  water,  is  at  the  head  of  Oke- 
over Ann,  about  000  yards  from  the  edge  of  the  flat  thai  extends  400 
yards  from  the  head  of  the  arm,  just  above  Lucy  Kock,  wiiich  lies  very 
close  to  the  southwestern  shore. 

Josephine  Islands,  about  :|  miles  within  the  entraiuu>  of  Malaspina 
Inlet,  with  a  passage  on  both  sides,  are  two  in  number  and  almost  join- 
ing eaiih  other;  tiie  northwestern  oiu;  is  very  small,  the  other  is  about 
^00  yards  long  in  the  direction  of  the  inlet,  and  not  more  tlian  100  yards 
wide.  The  passage  between  them  and  the  southwestern  shore  is  200 
.yards  in  width,  and  that  to  the  northeastward  300  yards,  but  as  the 
Cavendish  Hock  lies  nearly  in  the  center  of  the  latter,  the  former,  in 
which  the  deptii  of  water  is  not  less  than  0  fathoms,  is  to  be  preferred. 

Cavendish  Rogk,  awash  and  marked  by  keli),  lies  300  yards  S.  78° 
E.  of  the  SE.  end  of  Josephine  Islands. 

Cross  Islet,  distant  300  yards  from  the  eastern  shore  of  the  inlet, 
lies  on  the  northern  side  of  the  channel;  it  is  small,  not  more  tiian  100 
yards  in  extent. 

Rosetta  Rock,  the  principal  danger  in  entering  Malaspina  Inlet,  is 
awash  and  lies  nearly  200  yards  S.  35'^  W.  of  Cross  Islet.  The  south- 
western point  of  Josephine  Islands  in  line  with  the  extreme  of  the  land 
near  Zei)hine  Head  leads  nearly  on  tiie  rock. 

Thorp  Island  lies  close  to  the  western  shore  of  the  inlet  a(K)  yards 
S.  7°  W.  of  Josephine  Islands;  a  rock  awash  lies  about  100  yards  south- 
eastward of  it. 

1420r)— No.  !»() 12 


■w 


178 


OKORGIA    STRAIT. 


Neville  Islet  is  vory  small  aiul  lies  close  to  tlie  eastern  shore  nearly 
A  mile  SK.  of  Cross  Islet. 

Cochrane  Islands,  a  gioup  of  several  small  islets,  lie  400  yards  from 
the  west  shore  of  the  inlet,  and  southward  of  Neville  Islet.  These 
islands  shonld  not  i)e  ai)i)i'oaehe(l  too  elosely,  and  then?  is  a  patch  with 
3  fathoms  water  on  it  about  L'OO  yards  from  their  western  end. 

Lion  Rock,  snrroimded  by  kelp,  lies  400  yards  S.  21°  15.  of  Selina 
Point,  the  southern  extreme  of  Gilford  roninsida,  and  400  yards  east- 
ward of  Coode  Peninsula. 

Trevenon  Bay,  one  of  the  arms  of  Malaspina  lidet,  indents  the  land 
and  runs  jiarallel  to  the  Strait  of  (ieornia  for  Ij  miles,  and  at  itshead 
is  only  separated  by  a  narrow  neck  of  land  000  yards  broad  from  Pen 
rose  l!ay,  which  brancihes  off  at  the  junction  of  Malaspina  lidet  with 
Okeover  arm.  Otf  the  SE,  extremity  of  Coode  Peninsula,  distant  L'OO 
yards  is  Boninlary  Rock.  The  (>ntran(!e  to  Trevenon  Hay  is  A  mile  .Sl'^. 
of  Scott  Point;  the  averajje  width  of  the  bay  is  less  than  !^  mile,  the 
depth  of  water  varying  from  25  fathoms  to  4  fathoms  at  400  yards  from 
the  head.  Otf  the  NW.  entrance  i)oint  of  the  bay  lies  the  small  island 
of  Alton,  not  200  yards  from  the  shore. 

Lancelot  Arm  branches  olf  at  Selina  Point;  its  head  is  only  divided 
from  Portage  ('ove(I)isohition  Sound)  by  a  low  n«^ck  of  land  not  much 
more  than  100  yards  across,  forming  Gifford  Peninsula,  triangular  in 
shape,  rising  abruptly  over  Portage  Cove  to  a  height  of  1,000  feet. 

Isabel  Bay,  on  the  west  shore  of  Lancek)t  Arm,  is  about  400  yards 
in  extent  and  allbrds  anchorage  for  coasters  in  from  10  to  12  fathoms 
water.     Mary  and  Polly  islands  lie  in  the  entrance. 

Thors  Cove,  on  the  eastern  shore  of  Lancelot  Arm,  extends  in  an 
easterly  direction  for  600  yards  with  from  12  to  5  fathoms  water.  A 
coaster  might  drop  an  an<',hor  in  this  cove  in  about  10  fathoms.  Off 
Sebastian  Point,  the  north  entrance  ])oint  of  Thors  Cove,  is  Thynno 
Island. 

Theodosia  Arm  has  its  entrance  at  about  one  mile  from  the  head 
of  Lancelot  Arm,  but  the  entrance  to  it  is  so  very  narrow  and  choked 
with  rocks,  as  to  render  it  for  all  practical  purposes  useless. 

Anchorage. — Vessels  of  moderate  size  may  anchoVin  Wootten  Bay, 
about  200  yards  from  the  head  of  Lancielot  Arm,  in  12  fathoms  water. 

Grace  Harbor,  on  the  eastern  side  of  Malaspina  Inlet, about  2i  miles 
from  Zephine  Head,  has  its  entrance  between  Scott  and  Moss  Points. 
The  harbor  is  divided  at  the  head,  by  a  jutting  point,  into  Barlands  and 
Carberry  Bays.  Within  the  entrance  points  a  small  island  lies  nearly 
in  the  middle  of  the  channel;  there  is  a  pa-ssage  on  both  sides  of  it, 
but  the  western  one  is  only  suitable  for  boats. 

Directions. — Having  entered  Malaspina  Inlet  midway  between 
Georgina  Point  and  Zephine  Head,  keep  over  towards  Holland  Point 
until  the  cbannel  on  the  southern  side  of  Jo.sephine  Islands  opens  out, 
and  then  steer  boldly  through  it  with  Cochrane  Islands  nearly  ahead 


MALASPINA    INLKl'    DIKKCTIONS — DESO[„\TION    SOUND.        179 


(tlic  coiir.se  will  be,  S.  .'W^  B.).  Keep  tiie  nxtreiiuj  of  the  liu.il  near 
Zi')>hiiie  IIeii(lul>()iit  iiiithviiy  bet  ween  tlie«oiitli  .sideotMosepliiiie  Inlands 
anil  tlie  south  NJiore,  if  aiiythiiif,'  rather  nearer  the  latter,  which  will 
load  between  Ko.setta  Rcxrk  and  t!i  rock  "11  Thorp  Island;  when  Neville 
Islet  bears  S,  HP  K.  steer  towards  it  (or  a  siiort  distancH!,  to  avoid  the 
•■i-f'alhotn  patch  otl'  Cochrane  Islands,  until  the  NW.  Cochrane  Island 
bMirs  south,  when  alter  course  to  round  S(!ott  Point  at  the  distance  ot" 
2(.()  yards  and  steer  up  the  harltor  niidcliatinei,  jjaHsiny:  to  the  east- 
Mard  of  the  small  island  lyin;,^  .joo  yards  within  tlie  entrance.  A  shoal 
patch  on  which,  however,  the  least  water  is  1  t'lillioins,  lies  100  yards 
SE.  at'  Scott  I'oint. 

Anchorage. —  The  best  anchorage  is  in  ai)out  10  tat  bonis  water,  aoo 
yards  to  the  northward  of  the  small  islainl,  abreast  Kakaekae  villaf;e. 

Tides. — The  tides  at  the  entrance  of  Malaspina  Inlet  run  about  2 
knots.  It  is  lii,:^h  water  at  full  and  clianjje  atoh.  Om. ;  springs  rise  12 
feet,  and  neai)s  1)  feet. 

Kinghorn  Island,  in  the  southern  entrance  to  Desolation  Sound,  is 
about  2  miles  in  circuinterence;  it  is  ditVy  and  ^tcep  to  on  the  soutli- 
western  side. 

Station  Island,  lies  l.")*)  yards  NE.  of  the  north  point  of  Kinghorn 
Island  ;  two  small  iskts  lie  between. 

Mink  Island,  in  Desolation  Sound,  nearly  luidAay  between  Re- 
donda  Island  and  the  main,  is  -J  mile  loufj  and  .\  mile  wide;  its  shores 
are  clear  of  danyer.  A  short  distance  from  its  NE.  end  are  lirokeii 
Islands. 

The  west  side  of  Kedonda  Island  is  sterile,  rocky,  and  steepto,  rising 
in  the  northern  jiart  to  Craggy  Mountains,  upwards  of  3,000  feet  high 
At  a  distance  of  »i  miles  from  the  .south  entrance  to  Lewis  Channel  the 
Teakerne  Arm  penetrates  Kedonda  Island  in  an  eiisterly  direction,  but 
is  too  deep  to  afford  anchorage,  except  for  small  craft  near  its  head,  and 
close  to  the  south  side  of  entrance. 

Desolation  Sound  has  too  great  a  depth  for  anchorage. 

At  the  distamu'  of  A  mile  NE.  of  Mink  Island  is  Otter  Island,  only 
seiiaratc<l  (roin  the  main  by  a  very  narrow  i)assage. 

Deep  Bay. — Bold  Head,  the  western  entrance  point  of  Deep  Bay,  lies 
■one  mile  from  tiie  south  point  of  Otter  Island;  three  small  islets  lie 
SW.  of  it,  the  outer  one,  Grey  Islet,  being  distant  800  yards.  The  en- 
trance to  Deep  Bay  is  about  (500  yards  wide,  which  width  it  main- 
tains to  its  head. 

The  anchorage  space  is  confined,  and  but  small  vessels  can  anchor  in 
«  cove  at  its  northwestern  corner  in  10  fathoms.  When  entering  from 
the  northward  i)ass  between  Otter  and  Broken  Islands  and  westward 
of  (Ircy  Islet;  from  the  westward  the  channel  is  clear. 

Islands. — To  the  northward  of  Otter  Island  there  is  a  group  of  small 
islainls  lying  in  pairs,  Morgan  and  Melville  and  Mary  and  Eveleigh. 
Melville  is  the  largest  of  the  group,  and  the  Mary  the  smallest.     At  ^ 


180 


OKOKGIA    STRAIT. 


milt'  N.  54°  W.  of  flio  soiitli  end  of  Mort^iiii  Islaiitl  tlii'iT  is  a  rock  wliicli 
18  jiisl  iiwasii  at  liiyii  water. 

Frideaux  Haven, '^  miles  nortlieastwanl  of  Mink  Island,  in  the  north- 
eastein  part  of  Desolation  Sound,  affords  sjood  and  sheltered  anchorafte. 
The  entrance  lietweeii  the  east  shore  of  Kvelei<,'h  Island  and  the  Oriel 
BockH  is  oidy  ."5  yards  wide.  The  antdiorajjn  i«  in  th«  western  i)art  of 
the  haven  in  7  to  U  fatiioins.  Melanie  Cove,  the  eastern  part  of  the 
hav(Mi,  is  entered  by  a  narrow  channel  about  1(M»  yards  wide,  opening  out 
inside  to  "-'OO  yards  with  4  to  6  fathouis  water. 

Homfray  and  Waddington  Channels. — Northeastward  of  Deso- 
lation iSound  is  Homfray  Channel,  I.'»  miles  in  len};tli,  leading'  to  Tobi» 
Inlet,  and  westward  through  I'ryce  Channel  to  Bute  Inlet.  Homfray 
Channel  appears  clear  of  dangers,  with  deep  water  throii};liont.  Wad- 
dington Channel,  leadinj;  from  Desolation  Sound  northwestward  be- 
tween the  two  Uedoiida  Islands,  is  about  one  mile  wule  at  its  southern 
entrance,  '•radually  uarrowiu}^  to  about  !'(»()  yards  at  its  northern. 

At  '■}  mile  rtSW.  of  Marylebone  Point  (the  S\V.  entrance  point  of 
'\Vaddinj;toii  (channel)  thei'e  is  a  remarkable  white  patch. 

Pendril  Sound.  — At  .'5  miles  NW.  of  Horace  i'oint,  the  .southeast- 
ern entraiu;e  point  of  Waddin<it(m  Channel,  IVndril  Hound  branches  of!" 
to  the  northward  ;  it  extends  (i  miles  with  an  average  width  of  ,'  mile, 
and  nearly  divides  the  east  Kedonda  Island  iiitc  I  wo  parts;  it  has  no 
an(!hora>::e. 

Waleh  Cove,  between  the  {iorges  Islands  and  the  western  shore  of 
Waddin^'ton  Channel,  atVonls  anchoraf,'e  in  lU  to  14  fathoms  water  in 
mid-channel. 

Toba  Inlet  extends  in  a  general  northeasterly  direction  for  IS  miles 
from  the  northern  end  of  Homfray  Channel.  At  its  entrance  lie  (3hau- 
uel  and  Double  Islands,  leavinj;'  a  channel  of  over  one  mile  in  width  be- 
tween them.  A  fair  berth  is  in  about  liO  fathoms  in  the  northwestern 
corner  of  the  head  of  the  inlet  ott'thetlats.  Care  must  be  observed 
when  (!omint;r  to  an  anchor,  as  the  water  shoals  ra|)idly  alou^-side  the 
flats;  the  water  beinjj  of  anulky  color  affords  no  j^uide  as  to  its  dei)th. 
There  is  a  small  village  (('Iahoo.se  Imlians)  on  the  banks  of  the  eastern 
of  the  two  streams  which  flow  into  the  head  of  the  inlet. 

Sutil  Channel, — This  ekten.sive  channel  leads  from  the  western  part 
of  Strait  of  Georgia  to  the  entrances  of  Toba  and  Bute  Inlets.  It  is  l."» 
miles  long  in  a  northerly  direcMon,  and  at  its  entrance  to  the  Strait  of 
Georgia  is  0  miles  wide,  deertntsing  toone  mile  in  the  noi-Llicrn  part.  The 
soundings  in  raid-channel  are  deep,  though  ^!;,re  are  several  dangers 
off'  both  shores  near  the  southern  puis,  but  northward  of  Mary  Island 
it  is  quite  clear. 

There  are  sev;-;.!!  good  anchorages  on  both  shores,  two  of  which, 
Drew  Hr.ioor  fou  the  west)  and  Carrington  Bay  on  the  east  shore  of  the 
ohannel,  i    .  (.-asy  of  access  to  all  ves.sels,  and  u.sefid  as  stopping  places. 

The  Tiu.^  in  the  Sutil  Channel  are  weak,  seldom  exceeding  2  knots  ; 


COKTEH    ISLAND — GOROK    HARHOR. 


181 


miU's 

liau- 

Hi  be- 

'Stern 

rved 

the 

|)th. 

istern 

part 

is  ir> 

iiit  of 

The 

I)  ifHTH 

shiiid 


)fthe 

aces. 

liiot8 ; 


the  Hood  streiiiii  sets  to  the  northward  from  tlie  Strait  of  (leoi'^jia  ;  it  is 
hif;h  water,  full  and  (iinuifje,  at  (i  honrs,  ami  the  rise  and  fall  is  12  feet. 

Cortes  Island. — The  western  side  of  this  island  is  for  the  most  part 
low,  and  indented  by  several  buys  and  creeks,  in  many  of  which  ti^tod 
anchorajfe  may  be  fonnd. 

Reef  Point,  its  sonthern  extreme,  has  a  ledjje  composed  of  sand  and 
bowlders  extendiii}?  ^  mile  from  it  which  covers  at  three  quarters  flooJi 
olf  its  outer  edjje  are  0  fath<mis.  Tiie  north  side  of  Texadii  Island, 
well  open  south  of  8avary  and  Hernando  Islands  bearin;;-  b,  5(P  E.,  will 
lead  south  of  the  ledge,  and  also  south  of  the  bowlder  reef. 

From  lieef  I'oint  the  westeoast  of  C!ortes  Islainl  trends  in  anorth<"iy 
direction,  is  tiat,  from  Su  to  I'lO  feet  hif^h,  and  bordered  by  a sand.v  b jach 
cxtemlintj;  upwards  of  •400  yanls  olf  in  some  parts;  il  afterwards  turns 
in  a  westerly  direction,  beeominR'  rocky  and  broken,  with  a  few  islets  a 
short  distani!e  olf  it  in  some  places. 

Qorge  Harbor,  the  entrance  to  which  is  on  the  west  sif'.e  of  Cortea 
Island,  is  'J  miles  lonjf  in  a  westerly  direction,  and  one  nile  broad  at 
the  widest  jtart,  alfordinju;  good  anchorage  in  0  to  !-'  athoms.  The 
entrance  to  it  is  through  a  narrow  gorge  nearly  f,  mile  '(»ng,  bounded  on 
both  sides  by  steep  clilfs  about  200  feet  high,  and  is  less  than  40  yards 
wide  in  some  i)laces,  with  0  fathoms  in  the  shoalesV  pari ;  the  tide  sets 
through  it  at  from  3  to  4  knots.  At  the  inner  em'  of  the  (rorge  is  Tide 
Islet,  lying  nearly  iu  the  middle  of  the  channe' ;  the  passage  is  to  the 
westward  of  it.  There  are  several  small  isian  is  inside  the  harbor,  and 
the  shores  are  rocky,  varying  in  iieight  froPi  100  to  300  feet. 

Guide  Isletgjust  south  of  the  entram^o  of  the  harbor,  and  useful  in 
indicating  it,  are  two  small,  bare,  yellov  -topped  islets,  conspicuous  from 
the  southeastward,  and  are  steepto.  There  is  a  clear  passage  on  either 
side  of  them  into  (iorge  Harbor. 

Bee  Islets,  within  the  ha'bor,  are  two  small  bare  rocksabout  200  yards 
apart,  and  0  feet  abov<^  iiigh  water.  They  may  be  approached  do.se  to, 
and  the  best  an(!li;«rage  is  from  200  to  400  yards  N  W.  of  them. 

Brovrn  I^.land,  in  the  middle  of  the  harbor,  is  nearly  one  mile  in  cir- 
cumfe'vn(!e,  and  thickly  timbered.  The  shores  are  rocky,  and  it  may  be 
aj)proached  to  within  200  yards. 

Ring  Island,  at  about  201)  yards  east  of  Brown,  is  wooded.  New 
Kock,  which  covers  at  one-quarter  Hood,  lies  lu-arly  200  yards  east  of 
it.  There  are  two  small  islets,  Stove  and  Pi;!,  (iOO  yards  apart,  lying 
close  to  the  shore  iu  the  northern  part  of  the  harbor.  Neck  Islet  lies 
off  a  snnill  cove  in  the  southeastern  corner  of  the  harbor. 

Anchorage. — The  best  and  most  convenient  anchorage  in  C-orge 
Harbor  is  in  the  west  i)art,  about  .J  mile  from  the  entrance,  in  12  fathom's 
water. 

There  is  also  good  anchorage  between  King  Island  and  the  northeast- 
ern part  of  the  harbor  in  Irom  7  to  !)  fathoms. 

Directions. — Entering  Crorge  Harbor,  which  can  only  be  done  with 


1^2 


GEORGIA    STKAIt. 


a  favorable  tide,  unless  in  a  steamer,  after  passiiij;"  (Jiiide  Islets,  steer 
boldly  up  the  yor^v,  or  entrance,  and  take  care,  on  nearing  its  nortli 
part,  to  pass  between  Tide  Islet  and  the  west  shore,  the  passage  east 
of  the  islet  being  shoal,  when  haul  to  the  NW.,  pass  on  either  side 
of  the  IJee  Islets,  and  anchor  in  from  10  to  12  fathoms,  muddy  bottom, 
200  to  400  yards  to  the  westward  of  them.  Proceeding  to  the  eastern 
part,  after  passing  Tide  Islet,  keep  to  the  northward,  and  rounding  the 
west  side  of  Brown  Island  at  200  yards,  haul  to  the  eastward,  and  i)ass- 
ing  along  the  north  s-hore  of  it  and  King  Island  at  100  yards,  anchor 
midway  between  the  latter  and  the  Np].  end  of  the  harbor  in  from 
7  to  10  fathoms.  If  requiring  to  water,  this  iiiichocage  is  more  con- 
venient ;  but  to  avoid  the  New  liock  vessels  should  not  go.to  the  south- 
ward of  King  or  Brown  IshuK'.s. 

Mary  Island,  about  3  miles  from  IJecf  Point,  is  of  a  round  shape, 
and  about,  (i  miles  in  circumterence.  Its  shores  are  bordered  by  a  sandy 
beach,  strewn  with  hrge  bowlders. 

Bovrlder  Reef,  extending  upwards  ot  one  mile  in  a  snutherly 
directicui  from  its  south  point,  is  a  leilge  about  400  yanls,  which  covers 
at  high  water. 

When  passing  west  of  Mary  Island  keej*  the  north  side  of  Texada 
Island  open  south  of  Savary  and  Hernando  Islands,  bearing  S.  oOo 
E.  until  Calnp  Island  opens  west  of  Mary  Island  north,  which  will 
cUfar  the  Bowlder  reef  on  the  south  and  west  sides. 

Sharp  Spit. —  From  the  north  part  of  .Mary  Island  a  sand  s[»it  extends 
in  a  northeasterl\  direction  (o  within  200  yards  of  (Jortes  Islauil.  There 
are  S  fathoms  in  the  i)assage  between  the  spit  end  and  Cortes  Island. 

Camp  Island,  olf  the  west  extreme  of  Cortes  IslatuI  and  7  miles  from 
Eeef  Point,  is  oi  sinali  extent,  and  wooded. 

Plunger  Pass,  between  Camp  and  Cortes  Islands,  is  about  GOO  yards 
wide,  deejt,  and  clear  of  danger. 

Center  Islet,  400  yards  west  of  Camp  Island,  is  bare  and  about  12 
feet  al)ove  high  watei'. 

Carrington  Bay,  on  the  NW",  .side  of  (fortes,  is  one  mile  deep  in  an 
easteiiy  direction,  about  000  yards  wide,  and  affords  anchorage  at  a 
distance  of  (iOO  yards  from  its  head  in  from  7  to  II  fathoms  water. 
Along  its  northern  side  are  .some  small  islets,  aiul  a  rock  which  uncov- 
ers at  low  water,  but  if  intending  to  anchor  in  the  bay.  keep  at  about 
200  yards  from  the  southern  shore,  which  will  clear  nil  danger.  Vt  the 
head  of  tht;  bay  is  a  large  salt-water  lagoon. 

Von  Donop  Creek  is  long  and  narrow,  penetrating  Cortes  Island  in 
a  .stnUheaslerly  direciion.  There  is  good  anchorage  in  5  to  0  fathoms 
near  its  head,  but  the  entrance  being  only  .30  yards  wide  in  some  places, 
with  uJi  fathoms  in  one  sjiot,  vessels  shoidd  not  use  it  as  a  stopping 
place,  as  Carrington  Bay  is  nnujh  more  convenient  an<l  easy  of  access. 

One  mile  north  from  Vex  ;>onop  Creek  the  coast  of  Cortes,  which  is 
rocky  and  steep-to,  rising,  ..Mruptly  to  1,141  feet,  turns  NW.  for  3  miles 
to  Bullock  Blutt;  the  ternuiiation  of  the  Sutil  Channel. 


VALDES    ISLAND — IIOSKYN    INLET. 


183 


Valdes  Island. — Fioui  Cape  iMu(lf,'e,  tlie  soiitiierii  e-xtreriK'  of  Valdes 
Island  and  tlii'  .S\V,  t'litiaiice  iioiiit  of  Siitil  Obiiiiiiel,  a  bank  i-xtends 
in  a  sontlK'iisterly  direction  for  nearly  2  niile.s,  and  until  well  inside 
the  channel  thofi-pe  should  not  be  apitroa^'heil  within  that  di.stance. 
The  eoa'^t  of  Valil  s  turns  sharply  round  the  cape  to  the  NNW.,  and  is 
bordered  the  wliole  distance  by  a  beach  extendinj;:  ott'  u|)wartls  of  200 
yards  ill  many  parts.  The  land  is  flat,  and  heavily  tind»ered,  but  ap- 
pears very  fertile. 

Drew  Harbor,  on  the  east  side  of  Valdes  Island,  •>  miles  from  Cape 
Mudfje,  is  about  one  mile  deep,  and  rendered  jierfectly  secure  and  land- 
locked by  Rebecca  S])it,  u  narrow  strip  of  land  0  to  H  feet  liiKh  and  open 
wooded,  which  forms  its  cistern  boundary  ;  its  shores  are  low,  and 
bonlered  by  a  sandy  beach. 

Anchorage. — The  anchorage,  in  9  to  15  fathoms,  sandy  bottom,  at  a 
distance  of  }  mile  from  its  head,  is  the  best  in  Sutil  channel. 

Heriot  Islet,  lying  to  the  N\V,  of  the  entrance,  is  of  small  extent, 
and  separated  from  Valdes  by  a  narrow  boat-pass.  In  the  bay  to  the 
southward  of  it  is  fair  anchorage,  and  fresh  water  may  be  procured j 
the  depths,  however,  in  the  entrance  to  it  are  irrej^ular. 

Directions. — If  intendin<,'  to  anchor  in  Drew  liaibor  a  vessel  may 
round  the  north  |)art  of  Rebecca  Spit  at  a  distance  of  about  liOO  yards 
l)roceed  uj*  the  harbor  in  mid-(!hannel,  and  anchor  at  about  .J  mile  from 
its  liead  in  1.")  to  S)  fathoms.  The  east  side  of  Rebecca  8pit  should  not 
be  a|)pn)ached  within  iOi)  yards. 

Hyacinthe  Bay,  on  N'aldes  Island.  1.^  miles  N\V.  of  Drew  Harbor,  is 
of  small  extent  with  from  l(i  to  "JO  fathoujs  water,  but  affords  no  anchor- 
age :  a  small  rock  4  feet  above  hi.uh  water  lies  in  the  mi<l(ile  of  the 
entrance. 

Open  Bay,  i  mile  north  of  Hyacinthe  Bay,  and  sei)arated  from  it  by 
a  rocky  pninl,  is  j,  miH  in  extent,  with  from  10  to  U  fathoms  water,  but 
as  the  bottom  is  rocky,  and  the  bay  open  to  the  SE.,  ave.s.sci  should 
not  anchor  there. 

Breton  Islets,  extending  upwards  of  one  mile  in  a  southeasterly 
direction  from  the  north  part  of  Open  Hay,  ar',  small,  and  from  the  outer 
one,  which  is  wooded,  a  reef  extends  for  (lOO  yar<ls,  covering  at  one- 
quarter  flood.  The  i)assage  between  these  islets  and  Rebecca  Spit  is 
deep  and  clear  of  danger. 

Hoskyn  Inlet,  formed  between  Read  and  Valdes  Islands,  has  an 
average  breailth  of  jj  mile;  the  shores  are  broken  and  rocky,  with 
souu'  small  islands  off  the  south  entrance  and  along  the  eastern  side; 
then-  is  no  an(!horage  within  it  except  for  small  craft.  This  iidet  con- 
tracts at  its  northern  end  to  a  very  narrow  passage  lea<ling  into  Drew 
Pa.ss,  l>ut  as  it  is  choked  with  rocks  and  dries  at  low  water,  connecting 
Read  and  N'aldes  Islainls,  the  oidy  exit  is  by  the  southern  entrance. 

Village  Bay,  on  the  western  side  of  this  iidet,  just  within  the 
entrance,  is  about  one  mile  deep  and  ^   mile  wide,  with  from  l!i  to  24 


IK 


GEORGIA    STRAIT. 


fatlioms  water,  but  attonls  no  good  aiichoraKe;  them  is  a  larjje  village 
at  its  lioad. 

Read  Island  honliM's  tlic  western  side  of  tlu*  X\V.  jtart  of  Sntil 
Ciiaiini'l.  Its  sontliern  part  is  lov,  but  rises  ji;radiially  to  the  north- 
ward to  1,008  feet ;  thf»  shores  are  rocky,  steep-to,  and  much  indented 
especially  on  the  eastern  side  near  tlie  middle.  Viner  Point,its  south- 
ern extreme,  is  bare  and  about  40  feet  above  liijjh  water. 

BurdAvood  Bay,  on  the  eastern  side  of  Kead  Island,  2  miiesfroni  Viner 
Point,  is  alioiit  one  mile  wide  and  contains  several  small  is'ets.  There 
are  IL'  Cathoms  water  at  a  short  ilistance  olf  shore  in  its  north  and  south 
parts,  where  vessels  may  anchor  in  fine  weather,  hut  the  biiy  is  open  to 
the  south  and  east. 

Bvans  Bay,  the  next  inlet  on  the  eastern  side  ot  Kead  Island  to  the 
northward  of  Bunlwood  J5ay,  is  1.^  nnles  wide  a  •  r.  entrance,  and 
branches  ott"  in  two  narrow  arms  near  its  Iiead ;  its  sii'ires  are  rocky  and 
much  broken  and  tin  re  is  no  anchorage  except  in  Bird  (Jove,  on  the 
western  shore,  where  small  craft  may  find  shelter.  Frederic  Point,  the 
NE,  point  of  entrance  to  the  bay,  is  bold  and  may  be  a])proached  to 
within  L'OO  yards. 

Hill  Island,  just  outside  the  entrance  to  Evans  Bay,  is  of  small  ex- 
tent but  conspicuous.  The  shores  are  rocky,  and  may  be  approached 
to  within  \  mile. 

Fenn  Islands,  four  in  number,  near  the  middle  of  the  Sutil  Chan- 
nel, are  rocky,  covered  with  stunted  trees,  and  their  greatest  elevation 
is  about  270  feet.  N'essels  .should  not  venture  among  them,  but  there 
is  a  clear  i»assa<;e  on  their  east  and  west  sides. 

A  Rock  awash  lies  so  yards  >T.  7!)°  E.  of  the  north  point  of  tiie 
eastern  islainl. 

The  ea.st  side  ol  Iiead  Island,  to  the  northward  of  the  Penii  islaixl.s, 
is  rocky  but  may  be  approached  anywhere  to  within  ]  mile. 

Directions. — Entering  the  8'itil  Channel  from  the  Strait  of  Georgia, 
pass  within  .}  mile  on  either  side  ,'>f  Mitlenatch  Isliiml  and  steer  fortI"> 
entrance,  taking  care  to  keep  the  north  side  of  Texada  Isiaml  open 
south  of  Ilernando  and  Savary  Islands  bearing  S.  5<»o  E,,  until  Camp 
Isiaml  opens  west  (if  Mary  Island  bearing  north  toelear  tin'  reefs  extend- 
ing otl  the  south  points  of  (Jortes  and  Mary  Islands  ;  when  clear  of  the 
latter  ilanger  haul  more  to  the  northward,  and  .steer  to  pa.ss  about  \ 
mile  westward  of  Center  Islet,  then  steer  u|)  mid  channel,  eastward  of 
the  reiiii  Islands. 

If  eidering  this  channel  in  thi(!k  \\eather  and  the  above  marks  be  not 
seen,  when  past  Mitlenatch  Island  kee]i  it  on  a  S,  ;?3'^  E.  bearing,  and 
steer  N..{;5''  W.  till  the  south  part  of  Mary  Island  bears  .S.  57=  E. ;  ves- 
sels will  then  be  clear  of  the  Uowlder  heef. 

Vessel  may  l)eat  tlirough  this  channel,  but  till  past  the  dangers  in 
the  south  iiart  it  wouhl  m>t  be  prudeiit  to  approacit  the  western  sides 
of  Cortes  and  Mary  Islands  within  !.J  miles  when  standing  to  tlie  east 


CALM    CHANNEL 15UTK    INLET. 


185 


ward ;  ami  w  lien  .stand iiiir  towards  Cape  Miidffo  (Jo  not  approacli  it 
within  2  miles,  or  briny  .Mitlenatcli  to  tiu'  eastwurd  of  8.  49"  E.,  nntil 
the  ca|)e  bears  8.  09'^  VV.,  when  vessels  may  stand  to  witiiin  A  mile  of 
the  N'aldes  shore.  Jf  intending-  to  ai.olior,  iJrew  Harbor  and  Carriiig- 
ton  Bay  are  easy  ofaece.ss  for  any  class  of  Ve.s.sel,  and  are  bnt  little  out 
of  the  rejjnlar  traek. 

Calm  Channel,  to  the  north  of  Lewi.s  Piid  8ntil  Channel.-,  leading 
from  them  to  Bute  Inlet,  is  about  one  mile  broad;  its  shores  ri.se  ab- 
ruptly to  a  great  height,  are  everywhere  clear  of  danger,  and  the  tides 
weak,  excejit  in  the  iiorthwesteni  i)art. 

Rendezvous  Islands,  three  in  nnmher,  which  lie  on  the  western  side 
of  Calm  Channel,  cover  an  extent  3  miles  ioug  in  a  northwesterly 
dire(rtion. 

Drew  Pass  is  a  ile('i>  pa.ssage  between  the  Rendezvous  Islands  and 
the  north  pj.rt  of  Read  Island  ;  and  between  the  middle  au<l  soutbern- 
uirst  islamks  is  a  small  .si)or,  with  from  7  to  15  fathoms  water,  where  a 
.small  craft  tnay  anchor. 

Calm  Channel  is  not  well  adapted  for  any  ve.s.sela  except  steamer.s,  ai* 
there  is  gein'ially  but  little  wind  and  no  anchorage. 

Raza  Island,  lying  at  the  northern  entrance  to  Sutil  Channel,  is  of  a 
rectangular  shape  ;  a  poitioi;  of  its  south  side,  which  forms  the  north- 
ern .side  of  Calm  Channel,  ia  cliffy. 

North  Passage. — On  the  western  side  of  Kaza  Island  is  North  Pas- 
sage, communicating  with  liainsay  Ann,  which  indents  the  continent  iu 
a  northerly  direction  for  7  iiahis  and  has  deep  watsv  throughout. 

Deei  Passage,  ix'tween  Ita/a  and  Kedoinla  Islands,  connects  I'ryce 
Clianii  '1  with  Sutil  Channel.  Both  North  and  Deer  Passage.-^  are  clear 
of  danger. 

Stuart  Island,  at  the  northern  ter.nination  of  Calm  Channel,  and  in 
the  entrance  of  Bute  Inlet,  is  of  an  undulating  surface,  rising  in  sume 
parts  to  80(1  and  1,(KK»  feet.  Its  shores  are  rocky  and  clear  of  danger  ; 
the  tides  set  strongly  round  its  north  and  west  sides,  but  there  is  a  clear 
l)as.sage  into  Bute  inlet  to  the  eastward  of  it,  nearly  one  mile  wide,  in 
which  very  little  tidal  stream  is  felt. 

Bute  Inlet  i»eitetrates  the  continent  for  nearly  40  nnles  in  a  winding 
course  to  the  inu'thward,  the  general  bie;idlh  varying  from  one  to  2 
mjlrfs  and  the  shores  on  both  sides  rising  alunptly  and  almost  precipi- 
tously in  iiiiiny  places  to  liigli  mountains  from  r),()00  to  8,(KIU  feet  high, 
•whose  snminits  are  geiier.illy  *  n\ered  with  snow  all  the  year  round. 
At  the  head  an-  two  extensive  valleys,  one  penetrating  to  the  northwest- 
ward and  the  (itlier  to  the  southeastward,  from  which  tiow  streams;  the 
one  to  the  northwestward  i;.'  navigable  for  a  long  flistance  by  boats  and 
stern  wleel  steamers  of  light  dratt.  OtV  these  rivers  .some  sand  banks 
•extend  a  short  distance,  allording  indillerent  anchorages  near  their 
outer  e('ges;  but  the  soundings  everywhere  el,se  in  the  inlet  aie  very 
deep.     The  water  for  souje  distance  from  the  head  is  tu'arly  fresh  and 


18G 


GEORGIA    STRAIT. 


of  a  iiiilky-wliite  appenrauce;  iti  tlu;  muninor  inoiitlis  tliure  is  a  cou- 
staiit  outset,  varying  in  stron<,'tli  from  ono  to  2  knots. 

Arran  Rapids,  at  the  entrance  to  I'.ute  Inlet,  betwee:i  Stuart  Islanil 
and  the  eontinent,  are  '2(W  yjinls  wide  in  the  narrowest  part.  Tiie  tides 
rush  through  with  great  streiigtli  (the  tjood  from  the  westward),  and  it 
is  very  hazardous  for  a  vessel  to  go  through. 

Orford  Bay,  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  inlet,  1!)  miles  from  the  en- 
trance, is  of  small  extent,  with  ;5.~»  fathoms  water  close  to  the  edge  of 
the  bank,  which  extends  from  the  head.  Small  vessels  may  use  it  as  a 
stoi)ping  phuie. 

Waddington  Harbor,  at  the  head  of  the  inlet,  is  aljout  U  miles  in 
extent  and  alVords  very  inditt'erent  anchorage  off  the  edge  of  the  hanks 
(wiiich  are  constantly  changing),  and  they  extend  from  the  Ilomalko 
and  Southgate  Rivers  andolf  the  eastern  shore.  Except  in  the  vicinity 
of  the  rivers  the  land  rises  almost  precipitously,  is  most  sterile,  rocky, 
and  (;overe<l  witii  stunted  pines.  The  best  anchorage  is  near  the  north 
part,  about  .^  mile  offshore,  in  l")  fatiioms,  but  it  is  exposed  to  the  south- 
vrestward,  and  strong  winds  from  this  <|uarter  would  make  the  anchor- 
age uni>Ieasant  if  not  unsafe. 

Hoinalko  River  is  a  .<tri  im  of  considerable  extent,  winding  to  the 
northwestward  through  a  i.uge  valley.  At  the  entrance  is  a  bar  with 
only  one  to  2  feet  water  over  it  at  low  tide  but  within  the  water  deepens 
to  one  iiiid  -S  fathoms;  the  breatitii  varies  from  .")()  to  tiOO  yards  anil  Jie 
r'veris  navigable  for  boats  anil  sinall  steamers  several  miles.  In  sum- 
mer months  the  current  runs  upwards  of.")  knots. 

Directions.— ^ In  navigating  Hute  liMet  iiiit  fewdiiectious  are  required, 
as  the  points  may  be  everywhere  approached  to  within  100  yards,  and 
if  intending  to  anchor  in  Waddinton  Flarbor,  when  nearinp;  it  steer 
for  its  north  ])art.  Anchor  at  about  '■{  mile  off  the  head  in  1.")  lathoms 
and  about  (idO  yards  from  tlu^  high  noithern  shore;  the  anchor  should 
be  dropped  immediately  15  fathoms  are  o])tained,  as  the  l)Ottom  shoaLs 
rapiilly. 

.Sailing  vessels  entering  or  leaving  the  inlet  should  kec^p  close  to  the 
eastern  shore  or  the  ebb  tide  may  take  them  through  the  Arran  Rapids 
to  the  westward. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  (change,  in  (Jalni  Channel  at  Tii.On.; 
springs  ri.se  14  feel.  In  Huli  Inlet  it  is  high  water  at  <ih.  Om.,  and  tho 
ri.se  and  fall  varies  from  12  to  14  fect^. 

Cardero  Channel  communicates  by  ood.iii »  Channel  with  Disi'ovevy 
Passage  and  .Tohnstoim  Strait;  it  has  an  average  width  of  on«'  mil*  at 
the  eastern  part  but  only  J  mile  in  the  western  The  shores,  wh'ch  we 
much  indenteii,  are  generally  rociky  and  mountaim)us  and  thi-  channel 
is  studded  with  numerous  snnill  islands,  and  it  is  not  without  ilangers, 
the  water  in  most  parts,  however,  being  very  deep. 

Stuart  Island  lies  across  the  eastern  entrance  of  <ja"dero  C^hannel. 
almost  blocking  it,  but  lea\ing  narrow  pa.ssages  both  to  the  northward 


STUAKT    ISLAND FREDKRICK    ARM. 


187 


and  southward;  the  former,  Arraii  Ilai)id8,  is  not  navigable;  the  latter, 
J  mile  wide,  is  not  recommended,  as  at  its  nortlieiii  end  tiie  tide  run* 
directly  at  rijiht  angles  to  a  vessel's  coui'se  at  tlie  rate  of  from  0  to  7 
knots.  A  L'^  miles  within  the  entrance  Dent  Island  causes  further  ob- 
struction oy  contracting  the  channel  to  GOO  yards,  which  narrow  pas- 
sage is  full  of  dangerous  rai)ids,  overfalls  and  whirlpools,  with  the 
probability  of  the  existence  of  sniiken  rocks. 

Anchorages. — Oar<lero  Channel  has  but  few  phices  that  afford  an- 
chorage. Bickley  Bay,  on  the  north  side  of  Thurlow  Island,  and  nearly 
opposite  to  riiilipps  Arm,  is  about  (iOO  yards  in  extent,  with  fiom  1(J  to 
21  fathoms  water,  and  near  its  head  0  fathoms.  Mayiic  Passage,  3i 
miles  eastward  of  Loughborough  Iidet,  and  also  on  the  nortiiern  side 
of  Thurlow  Island,  affords  shelter  in  from  i)  to  If)  fathonis  water.  This 
passage  branches  off'  to  the  southward  ami  westward,  probably  com- 
municating with  .folmstonc  Htrait,  but  it  has  only  been  i)artiaily  exam- 
ined. Vessels  may  also  bring  up  in  1.1  fathoms  in  Crawford  Anchorage 
inside  the  Frasiuus  Islands  on  the  north  shore  of  Thurlow  Island. 

Tides. — The  tides  in  Cardero  Chunnel  run  at  the  rate  of  from  om;  to 
2  kiiotN  in  the  western  i)art,  increasing  to  3  and  I  knots  to  the  eastward 
of  Nodales  Channel.  Between  Dent  Island  and  the  eastern  entrance 
to  the  iidet  they  run  with  great  rai)idity,  especially  in  the  narrow  pas- 
sage between  Dent  and  Valdes  Islands,  v  hich,  as  before  observeil,  i.** 
full  of  whirlpools  and  overfalls. 

Caution.  —  When  hound  from  ISule  Inlet  to  the  northwestward,  ves- 
sels sliouid  proceed  to  the  eastward  of  Valdes  and  Head  Islands  by  the 
Calm  ,111(1  Sutil  Channels,  round  Cape  Mndge  and  through  Discovery 
Passage,  and  not  atti^tupt  to  shorten  the  distance  by  using  Cardero 
Chiinnel. 

Frederick  Arm  branches  off  to  the  northward  from  Cardero  Chan- 
nel opposite  ilall  Point  (the  north  i)oint  of  Valdes  Island)  and  extends 
about  .}  miles  ht  that  direction,  shoaling  gradually  at  its  head  towards 
a  stream  wlneh  here  enters  the  inlet,  llowing  Ironi  a  sheet  »f  water  ex- 
tending some  distance  to  the  north  ward  and  known  as  the  £stero  Basin. 
The  fiats  usually  found  extending  a  coiisideral)le  distance  from  the 
shore  at  the  head  of  most  of  these  numerous  inlets,  and  which  are 
invariably  steep-to,  otdy  extend  a  very  short  distance  oft"  the  shore  at 
the  head  of  Frederick  Arm.  They  are  not  so  steep  to,  and  the  arm 
aliords  a  better  anchorage  than  any  of  the  other  inlets  on  the  mainland, 
being  only  exposed  to  the  southward.  Anchorage  may  be  ha<l  at  a 
reasonable  distance  from  the  shore. 

Philipps  Arm,  lying  immediately  westward  ot  Frederick  Arm,  ex- 
tends about  5  miles  in  a  northerly  direction,  shoaling  graduaily  off  the 
flats  at  its  head. 

Loughborough  Inlet  penetrates  the  continent  for  17  miles  in  a 
northerly  (iiie(!tion  ,  it  has  much  the  same  characteristics  as  most  of 
tkb  arms  that  indent  the  NVV.  coast.     At  the  entrance  between  Styles 


188 


GEOUGIA    STRAIT. 


and  Urismoiid  Points  the  inlet  is  about  3  iiiil«i  wide,  which  i>s  the  average 
width  to  within  about  one  mile  from  the  head,  when  it  opens  out  to  V^ 
miles.  Jt  terminates  in  Fraser  and  McBride  IJays,  which  are  separated 
by  Pan  Point  juttinj;-  out  in  the  center.  The  latter  bay  ali'ords  anchor- 
age in  about  -5  fatlioms  at  (500  yards  from  the  shore;  in  the  former  the 
water  is  very  deej)  until  close  in. 

Sidney  Bay,  2A  miles  soutli  of  Cosby  Point  on  the  western  shore, 
extends  about  i|  mile  to  the  westward  and  is  about  200  yards  wide, 
attbrding  anchorage  for  coasters  near  its  head  in  10  fatlioms  water. 

Beaver  Creek,  on  the  western  shore  of  Loughborough  Inlet,  4  miles 
within  the  entrance,  shoals  gradually  towards  its  h^ad,  where  good  and 
sheltered  ancliorage  nniy  be  obtained  in  7  fathoms  ;  mchorage  may  also 
be  obtained  in  about  15  fathoms  in  mid  channel  westward  of  Goat 
Islands.  Vessels  must  not  pass  northward  of  the  Goat  Islands  (lying 
i  mile  within  the  entrance),  as  they  are  connected  to  the  north  shore  by 
a  flat  which  dries  at  low  water.  Good  water  may  be  obtained  from  a 
stream  at  the  head  of  the  creek,  and  firewood  ^cedar)  may  be  cut  for 
steaming  purposes. 

Tides. — The  tides  in  Loughb()ri,ugh  Inlet  are  not  strong,  seldom  ex- 
ceeding a  rate  of  from  one  to  2  knots  an  liour. 


CHAP  T  E  R     V  I. 


FROM    TIIK    STRAIT    OF    GEORGIA    To    CAPE    SCOTT    ANIJ    THE    SCOTT 

ISLANDS. 

Discovery  Passage,  formed  between  Valdos  Iwlaiid  and  tlie  \'au- 
coiiver  aliore,  is  the  only  safe  niivitjahk'  outlet  from  tlie  northern  part 
of  the  Strait  of  (ieor^iato  the  northwestward.  Its  lenf^tli  in  a  direction 
from  Cape  Miidge  to  Chatham  Point  is'j;j.V  miles,  ;nid  itsavfraj;e  breadth 
a  little  more  than  one  mile;  but  at  Seymour  Narrows  it  contracts  to  less 
than  A  uiile.  Its  shores  southwan?  of  the  narrows  are  moderately  high, 
but  iioitliwami  of  them  steep,  rugged,  and  mountainous. 

Tides. — Southward  of  Seymour  I^arrows  tlie  streams  run  with  great 
strength,  iVoni  4  to  '5  knots  at  springs,  and  turn  at  high  iind  low  water 
by  the  shoi-*'.  At  the  southern  entrance,  near  Cape  Mudge  and  between 
it  and  Willow  Point,  heavy  races  or  tide-rips  rage  during  the  tlood, 
which  wiiuh!  be  (bingerous  to  sn;all  vessels  in  bl(>\\ing  weather. 

Northward  of  Sc_\mour  Narrows  the  tidal  streams  are  com])aratively 
sla<'U  ;  they  run  from  1.V  to  2i  hours  after  high  and  low  water.  At  the 
narrows  it  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  .'5  hours,  ami  the  rise  and 
tail  is  about  l.'J  feet. 

Soundings. — In  Discovery  Passage,  when  to  the  southward  of  Sey- 
mour Narrows,  the  depths  in  inidchannel  vary  from  30  to  (Jb  fathoms, 
ixcept  at  one  mile  X.  .'i3^  \V.  of  Cape  Mudge,  where  a  shoal  patch  of 
>  fathoms  exists.  In  Seynu)ur  Narrows  the  least  water  in  inidchan- 
nel is  2\  tatlioms  on  Itipple  Koek  ;  but  northward  of  them  the  depth 
increases  to  10b  and  I4t>  fathoms. 

QuathiasJci  Cove,  mu  the  west  side  of  V'aldes  Islaiul,  is  a  small  in- 
•  ii  .  ion  iKjrderecl  by  «  sandy  beach.  The  cove  is  only  fit  for  steamers 
or  smal.'.  .raft,  and  .kffords  room  lor  one  vessel  to  moor  in  its  southeastern 
and  M,.;^»t,lier  in  its  northern  part ;  tiie  fornu'r  is  recommended  ami  is 
il'i.ii  too  yards  SK.  of  Grouse  Islaml,  in  10  fathoms,  well  sheltered 
•'nu  ill  winds.  The  tide  sets  slightly  through  the  cove,  but  sweeps 
-ti'>iii;il,\  past  the  entrance. 

Grouse  Island,  in  the  center  of  the  cove,  is  small  and  moderately 
high;  a  shoal  extends  for  150  yards  olV  its  Sli.  point.  If  intending  to 
anchor  in  tiuathiaski  Cove,  a  vessel  should  enter  south  of  (Jrouse  Island 
(paying  careful  attention  to  the  tides)  ami  keeii  well  over  towards  the 
southern  shore  until  inside.  In  the  middle  of  the  channel  north  of 
Grouse  Island  is  a  shoal  with  oidy  a  depth  of  3  feet  on  it. 


190 


FKOM    GEORGIA    STRAIT    TO    CAPE    SCOTT. 


Anchorage. — Moor  midway  between  the  HH.  point  ()rGrt)use  Island 
and  the  cMpo.siti'  .shore,  in  from  7  to  10  fatlioms.  It' noce.ssarv  a  vessel 
may  protved  to  the  nortli  part  of  tlie  cove  inside  (lionse  Island,  and 
anchor  in  .Vom  7  to  U  fathoms.  (Jaiefiil  attentioa  to  tiie  helm  is  im- 
portant. 

Gowlland  Harbor,  about .'»  miles  NW.  of  Cape  Mudge,  is  of  con- 
siderable extent,  beinfj  upwards  of  2),  miles  lonjr  in  a  XNVV.  and  SSE. 
direction,  and  from  j  to  rj  mile  broad.  The  shores  are  ruj^ged,  and  there 
are  several  rocks  and  islands  within  it. 

Steep  Island  is  otf  the  entrance;  its  western  sid»i  is  (rlilfy. 

Growlland  Island,  which  protects  the  southeastern  part  of  the  har- 
bor, is  about  one  mile  long  and  \  mile  wide,  high  and  rugged,  with  a 
summit  a(  both  ends. 

Entrance  Bank  lies  nearly  across  tiio  entrance  to  the  harbor  and 
partly  iliies  at  low  water;  it  is  composed  of  sand,  being  800  yards  in 
length  and  -'(M)  yards  broad;  there  is  a  clear  i)assage  on  both  sides  of 
it,  with  not  less  than  4  fathoms  water;  its  southern  end,  in  3  fathoms, 
is  200  yards  north  of  Vigilant  Point. 

Directions. — If  entering  Oowlland  IIarl)or  from  the  south  ward,  ronnd 
Steej)  Island  at  a  distance  of  about  200  yards  and  steer  for  Vigilant 
Point,  wliicili  is  ste,e]»  to,  and  ought  to  be  rounded  at  less  than  100  yards 
to  avoid  Kntrance  Bank.  Having  i)assed  the  point,  anchor  in  5  to  7 
fatlioms,  muddy  bottom,  at  about  400  yards  east  of  it,  or  proceed  farther 
to  the  iSE.,  where  more  extended  anchorage  will  be  lound.  The  pas- 
sage south  of  Gowlland  is  choked  up  with  rocks. 

If  coming  from  the  NW.,  when  Vigilant  Point  bears  S.  06°  E.,  steer 
for  it,  passing  it  as  before  directed. 

Anchorage. — The  best  bertli,  if  stopi)ing  for  a  short  time,  is  iu  6  or 
7  fathoms  at  about  400  yanls  east  of  Vigilant  Point;  in  the  southern 
part  of  the  harbor  the  water  is  deeper  and  the  anchorage  more  extended. 

Maud  Island. — From  Gowlland  Harbor  to  Seymour  Narrows  the 
<joast  take.-i  a  northwesterly  direction,  being  steep-t  >,  high  and  rugged. 
Maud  Island,  the  SE.  point  of  the  narrows,  is  small,  about  .'iOO  feet  high, 
and  there  is  a  boat  jtassage  between  it  and  Valdes  Island.  A  small 
i.slet  (Yellow  Islet)  lies  800  yards  east  of  it. 

Willow  Point  (Vancouver  Island),  the  SW  .  point  of  Discovery  Pass- 
age, is  low,  covered  with  willow  bushes,  and  otf  it  a  sandstone  ledge 
extends  to  the  northeastward  for  nearly  000  yards.  When  passing  the 
point  do  not  approach  it  within  i  mile.  From  Willow  Point  a  low  coast 
trends  NW.,  and  is  bordered  the  whole  distance  by  a  sandy  beach. 

Orange  Point  is  bare  and  round,  of  a  reddish  color,  not  unlike  the 
top  of  an  orange.  A  bowlder  spit  extends  .'500  yards  N.  10"^  W.  from 
Orange  Point,  its  outer  limit  being  marked  by  kelp  in  4  fatlioms. 

Campbell  River. — About  1^  miles  SE.  of  Orange  Point  is  the  eu- 
trance  of  the  Campbell  River,  a  large  stream  of  fresh  water,  navigable 
for  some  distance  by  boats  or  canoes. 


DUNCAN    HAY SKYMOIIK    NARROWS. 


U'l 


Duncan  Bay,  of  wliicli  Orange  I'oiiit  is  the  east  extreme,  iittorcls  ^ood 
ancliorafjfe  in  14  to  7  fatlioins,  sand,  wt'll  out  of  tlie  tide,  and  slicltered 
from  all  except  N\V.  winds.  There  is  a  broatl  sandy  hcatilt  at  tlie  liead 
of  tlie  bay,  through  whicli  a  stream  of  water  tlows.  This  hay  is  easy 
of  a(!cess,  and  is  the  liest  aiMilioiaf^e  southward  of  .Seymour  Narrows. 

Anchorage. — A  f;()od  position  to  atiehor  is  at  from  tJOO  to  I,()(»(»yards 
N.  72°  W,  of  Uraii^je  Point,  in  from  7  to  14  fathoms. 

Race  Point,  roeivy  and  Ijare  of  tree;;,  is  i)ohl  and  steep  to.  Tlie  tide 
runs  past  it  witii  great  velocity,  and,  during  the  Hood  stream,  tlic  over- 
fails  oil' it  are  very  dangerous  for  luiats, 

Menzies  Bay,  of  which  Wilfred  Point  lilulf,  rocky  and  .{12  feet  l.igli, 
forms  the  eastern  headland,  and  imiiM'diately  SW.  of  Seymour  Narrows, 
is  of  considerahle  extent,  rfinning  in  a  northwesterly  direction  for  1.^ 
miles,  and  ':{  mile  broad,  but  the  center  is  tilled  up  by  a  large  sand  bank, 
wliicli  partly  dries  at  low  water;  there  is,  however,  a  narrow  but  clear 
pa.ssageoii  either  sid  •,  and  good,  well  sheltered  anchorage  in  o  to(i  fath- 
oms may  be  had  between  this  bank  and  the  head  of  the  bay. 

The  eastern  shore  of  the  buy  is  high  and  rugged,  the  western  shore 
low;  both  are  steeji,  and  from  the  head  an  exKMisive  valley  runs  to  the 
northwestward,  and  a  bank  e.:tends  off  for  40(»  yards. 

If  intending  to  aiuihor  in  the  bay,  it  is  recommended  to  Uee|>  within 
L'Ob  yards  of  the  ea>teru  shore  for  ^  mile;  when  steer  to  the  westward 
t,6wards  the  center  of  the  bay,  and  anchor  in  about  6  fathoms,  muddy 
bottom,  at  h  mile  from  the  head  and  4<Kt  yards  from  the  eastern   shore. 

With  the  tide  running  to  the  southward  an  eddy  sweeps  strong  into 
Menzies  Bay  north  from  Race  Point,  but  at  the  head  of  the  bay  it  is 
still. 

Seymour  Narrovrs  is  a  narrow  strait  about  l.J  miles  long,  and  only 
from  (JOO  to  1,000  yards  wide,  the  shores  on  both  sides  being  high, 
rugged  and  steeii-to. 

The  southern  entrance  to  the  narrows  lies  between  Maud  Islet  to  the 
east  and  Wilfred  Point  to  the  west. 

Ripple  Rock,  a  dangerous  rock  about  300  yards  in  extent  in  a  north 
and  south  direction,  with  only  a  depth  of  L'|  fatlioms  on  it,  lies  nearly 
in  the  (lenter  of  Seymour  Narrows,  but  rather  on  the  western  side,  be- 
tween Mand  Island  and  Wilfred  Point.  Its  .shoalest  part  lies  GOO  yards 
S.  "i."]^  W.  of  the  NW.  ])()int  of  the  island,  and  nearly  400  yards  from  the 
nearest  land  of  Wilfred  Point;  it  is  near  the  position  of  the  heaviest 
tide  race.  When  the  tide  runs  strong  the  rock  is  marked  by  the  whirl 
of  water  over  it. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Seymour  Narrows  at 
about  .'ill.  Om. ;  springs  rise  13  feet.  The  Hood  stream  (from  the  north- 
ward) (iommences  (at  F.  and  (J.)  about  10  a.  m.  ;  the  velocity  at  springs 
is  from  10  to  12  knots,  and  at  neaps  G  to  <S  knots.  The  Hood  and  ebb 
streams  run  for  nearly  equal  intervals  of  six  hours.  The  average  dura- 
tion of  slack  water  is  about  10  minutes. 


192 


I'KOM    OKOKOIA    STRAIT    TO    CAPE    SCOTT. 


It  is  rocoiiiiiiciuU'il  ti)  only  enter  at  or  near  slack  water,  and  to  keep 
tlie  ei, stern  sliore  aboard  in  order  to  avoid  IJipple  Uoek.  The  strictest 
attentinn  to  the  steerage  is  essential. 

It  is  .stated  on  good  authority  tiiat  a  vessel  steaming  at  the  rate  of  13 
knots  has  been  unable  to  make  headway,  and  (!Ven  to  be  set  back,  while 
arteiiipting  the  narrows  during  spring  tides. 

<  (iming  from  the  .southward,  Duncan  Hay  is  a  convenient  anchorage 
for  awaiting  slack  water  at  Seymour  Narrows. 

Northward  of  the  narrows,  l)is(!ov(!ry  I'assago  takes  a  northwesterly 
dire(!ti()n  to  Chatiiain  Point,  the  shores  beeonung  more  high  and  rugged 
tlian  btdbre.  On  the  eastern  shore  are  several  bays  or  openings,  i)ut, 
with  the  exception  of  IMuiiiper  IJay,  too  deep  to  att'ord  aniihorage.  The 
western  shore  is  nearly  straight,  and  near  Chatham  I'oint  are  Otter 
Cove  and  I'".lk  l>ay,  both  alVording  anchorage. 

Plumper  Bay,  on  the  Valdes  Island  shore,  ),  mile  north  of  8eymour 
l^arrows,  affords  anchorage  in  from  14  toD  fathoms,  near  its  southeast- 
ern part,  I  asy  of  access,  well  sheltered,  and  out  of  the  tide.  If  unable 
to  proi;eed  through  the  narrows  in  conseciuence  of  tlu^  tiile,  l'lunii)er 
Bay  becomes  a  very  convenient  stoi»i)iiig  place,  and  no  directions  are 
necessary  for  entering  it. 

The  eddies  and  tides  in  I'lumper  IJay,  if  aiudiored  far  out,  are  some- 
times strong,  causing  a  vessel  to  surge  heavily  on  her  cables. 

Deep  Water  Bay,  separated  from  l'hi:nper  Bay  by  the  peninsula  of 
Separation  Ihsad,  is  about  one  mile  deep  and  A  mile  broad,  but  too  deep 
for  anchorage. 

G-ranite  Point  is  a  high  white  granite  bluff  on  the  eastern  shore  of 
Discovery  Passage,  8  miles  'Yom  Seymour  Narrows.  On  both  sides  of 
the  i)oint  is  an  opening,  the  soutliern  one  extending  east  for  nearly  3 
miles,  and  containing  several  islands:  the  northern  one  is  smaller,  but 
both  are  too  deep  to  allbrd  anchorage.  At  400  yards  N.  liio  \V.  of 
Granit'i  Point  is  a  rock  with  oidy  !)  feet  water  on  it. 

The  coast  on  the  Vancouver  side  trends  nearly  straight  from  Wilfred 
Point  for  9  miles  to  Otter  Point,  the  SK.  point  of  Klk  Bay. 

Elk  Bay,  on  the  western  side  of  Discovery  Passage,  affords  indill'er- 
ent  anchorage,  in  14  to  15  fathoms,  about  ;\  mile  from  the  head,  and  is 
expo.sed  to  northerly  wiiuls;.  Otter  Point,  its  southern  extreme,  slopes 
gradually  to  the  sea,  with  a  small  shingle  beach  running  off. 

A  Rock  which  covers  at  half  tlood  lies  ott'the  shore  '■{  mile  northward 
of  101  k  Bay, 

Otter  Cove,  .'U  miles  from  Otter  Point  and  just  south  of  Chatham 
Point,  is  a  small  but  snuganchonige,  sheltered  from  all  winds  by  liime- 
stoue  Island,  in  thecenter  of  the  entrance.  Snag  Kock,  with  only  2  feet 
water  on  it,  lies  200  yards  east  of  liiinestone  Island. 

If  inter. 'lug  to  anchor  in  Otter  Cove,  [»ass  north  of  Limestone  Island, 
and  anchor  midway  between  it  and  the  head  of  the  cove,  in  from  10  to  (> 
fathoms;  a  large  vessel  slioidd  moor.  The  passage  south  of  the  island 
is  choked  with  kelp,  and  there  is  4  fathoms  of  water  or  less  in  it. 


DIHCOVKRY    PASSAOli    DIRKCTIONS NODALES    CMANNKL.      11)3 

Chatham  Point,  a  low  rocky  i»oiiit,  is  the  N \V.  extreme  of  DiHCOvery 

l'as.sa;;i'  and  sepa rates  it  from  .lohnstoiie  Strait 

Btiaver  Rock,  awasli  at  low  wa'.er,  lies  4(»()  yards  N.  09'^  E.  of  the 
uortherii  extreme  of  Ciiatliam  jtoiiit;  in  rounding'  the  point,  the  Nbore 
Hhoiiid  not  1)e  iipproaclied  nearer  than  '|  mile,  lietweeii  tlie  point  and 
Nodales  (,'luinnel  aic  several  stronj;'  e(ldi"s  (»r  tide  ri])s. 

Uo(!ks  extend  in  a  scattered  way  GOO  yards  >'E.  of  lieaver  Kock. 
The  point  on  \'ald«'s  Island,  o|>))()site  (yhatham  i'oint,  has  a  nearly  bare, 
steep  rixtUy  face,  not  much  hijilier  than  Ciiatham  Point. 

Directions  for  Discovery  Passage. — Proceeding  throufih  Discovery 
i'assai;e  from  the  sonthwanl,  if  the  tide  he  favorable  vessels  have  only 
to  kee|>  in  midchannel  till  pasi  Seymour  Narrows ;  but,  if  the  tide  be 
unfavorable,  after  i>assiu;;  Cape  Mudffe  keep  about  \  mile  off  the  east- 
ern or  Valdes  Island  shore,  which  is  steepto,  and  where  thiMide  <loe8 
not  run  so  strong.  If  unable  to  get  through  the  narrows,  .Menzies  and 
Duncan  Hays  alford  good  anchorages.  The  latter  is  preferable,  being 
quite  easy  of  access. 

North  of  Seymour  Narrows,  the  tides  being  weaker  (.'5  to  .T  knots), 
vessels  may  proceed  either  in  mid  channel  or  close  to  either  shore,  ex- 
cept in  rounding  Gliathani  Point,  which  should  uot  be  approached 
nearer  than  '{  mile.  Plumper  Bay,  as  before  mentioned,  affords  good 
anchorage  to  a  vessel  waiting  for  the  tide  to  proceed  through  Seymour 
Narrows  from  the  northward. 


re  of 
of 
ily  ;j 

l)Ut 

of 


iflV'r- 

lld  i!;. 

opes 


(159.)  BRITISH  COLUMBIA.  —  Vancouver  island.— Johnstone 
strait. — Chatham  poiut.  —  Sunken  rock  reported  northward  of 
Beaver  rock. — Information  has  been  received  from  Mr.  J.  T.  Walbran, 
Commanding  the  Canadian  Pacific  Navigation  Company's  S.  S.  Damibe, 
that,  on  December  7,  1890,  when  rounding  Chatham  point,  south  shore 
of  John.stone  strait,  at  the  distance  of  about  800  yards  and  at  low  tide, 
Beaver  rock  and  the  kelp  pat(!h  outside  it  showing  above  water,  a  small 
patch  of  kelp  was  seen  farther  northward,  and  the  shij)  pas.sed  close 
outside  a  rock,  visible  in  clear  water,  and  on  which  the  depth  was 
estimated  to  be  15  feet.  This  rock  is  stated  to  lie  with  Beaver  rock 
S.  63°  W.  true,  (SW.  J  S.  may.),  distant  about  400  yards,  and  the  east 
extreme  of  Chatham  point  S.  16°  W.  true,  (S.  |  E.  viag.),  or  close  south- 
eastward of  the  18  fathoms  heretofore  shown  on  the  Admiralty  chart. 

Approx.  position:  Lat.,  50^  20'  40"  N. ;  Long.,  125°  28'  25"  W. 

Consequent  on  the  foregoing,  the  danger  line  has  been  drawn  around 

Chatham  point  on  the  Admiralty  chart  in  a  northeasterly  direction  at  the 

distance  of  about  800  yards, 
liince  toint  ui  or(U'r  (o  avoid  me  i^ougias  iiocK,  lying  luo  yarus  on  ii. 

It  is  advisable  to  keep  well  outside  the  kelp  when  entering. 

Anchorage  sheltered  from  all  winds,  in  from  8  to  10  fathoms,  may 

bo  obtained  at  400  yards  from  the  head  of  the  harbor.    The  lead  should 

I4L'0o— No.  90 Vd 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


a 


// 


{/ 


,% 


% 


V. 


,.v 


fe 


^^, 


V] 


<^ 


/2 


/: 


^^ 


-(S 


y 


1.0   iirBsi 


125 


12.2 


I.I 


£^  144   "^ 
2.0 


1.25 


1.8 


U    11.6 


Photograptiic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


33  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  872-4S03 


'.•^* 


iV 


192 


KP( 


GKORGIA    STRAIT    TO    CAPE    SCOTT. 


It  isit'uoiiimciHk'l  to  only  enter  at  or  near  slack  \rater,  and  to  keep 
till'  eastern  sliore  aboard  in  order  to  avoid  Kipple  Kock.  The  strictest 
attention  to  the  steerage  is  essential. 

It  is  stated  on  good  authorifj-  that  a  vessel  steaming  at  the  rate  of  13 
knots  lias  been  unable  to  make  headway,  and  even  to  be  set  back,  while 
arteniptiiig  tiie  narrows  during  spring  tides. 

("oniing  from  the  southward,  Duncan  Bay  is  a  convenient  anchorage 
for  !i  waiting  slack  water  at  Seymour  Narrows. 

Northward  of  tiie  narrows.  Discovery  Passage  takes  a  northwesterly 
direction  to  Ohatham  Point,  the  shores  becoming  more,  high  and  rugged 
than  l)efore.  On  the  eastern  shore  are  several  bays  or  openings,  but, 
witli  the  exception  of  Plumper  Bay,  too  deep  to  aliord  anchorage.  The 
western  shore  is  nearly  straigiit,  and  near  Chatham  Point  arc  Otter 
(Jove  and  HIU  Bay,  both  alHording  anchorage. 

Plumper  Bay,  on  the  Valdes  Island  shore,  A  mile  north  of  Seymour 
Narrows,  affords  anchorage  in  from  14  to!)  fathoms,  near  its  soutiieast- 
erii  part,  easy  of  access,  well  siieltered,  and  out  of  the  tide.  If  unable 
to  proiieed  through  the  narrows  in  consecpicnce  of  the  tide,  Plum|)er 
Bay  becomes  a  very  convenient  stopping  place,  ami  no  directions  are 
necessary  for  entering  it. 

The  eddies  a,id  tides  in  Plumper  Bay,  if  anchored  far  out,  are  some- 
times strong,  causing  a  vessel  to  surge  heavily  on  her  cables. 

Deep  Water  Bay,  separated  from  Phi;niier  n.w  hv  ii...  .i..iiiiw.ni..  of 


waier  on  ic,  lies  '-'00  yards  east  of  iiimestone  Island. 

If  intending  to  anchor  in  Otter  (Jove,  pass  north  of  Limestone  Island, 
and  anchor  midway  between  it  and  the  iiead  of  the  cove,  in  from  1(»  to  0 
fathoms;  a  large  vessel  should  moor.  The  passage  sonth  of  the  island 
is  choked  with  kelp,  and  there  is  4  fathoms  of  water  or  less  in  it. 


UISCOVERV    FASSAOt;    UIKECTIONS — NOUALES    CHANNEL.      l'J3 


il..  «P 


Chatham  Point,  a  low  rocky  point,  is  the  NW.  extreme  of  Discovery 
Passage  and  Heparates  it  from  Johnstone  Strait 

Beaver  Rock,  awash  at  low  water,  lies  400  yards  N.  09^  E,  of  the 
northern  extreme  of  Chatham  point;  in  roundinj;  the  point,  the  shore 
shonld  not  bo  approaciied  nearer  than  ^J  mile.  Hetween  the  point  and 
Nodales  Channel  are  several  stnni}?  eddies  or  tide  rips. 

liocks  extend  in  a  scattered  way  GOO  yards  NE.  of  IJeaver  Kock. 
The  point  on  Valdes  I.sland,  opiwsite  Chatham  J'oint,  has  a  nearly  bare, 
steep  rocky  face,  not  much  hifiher  than  Chatham  Point. 

Directions  for  Discovery  Passage. — Proceeding  tinoufrh  Di.scovery 
Passage  from  the  southward,  if  the  tide  be  favorable  vessels  have  only 
to  keep  in  mid-channel  till  past  Seymour  Narrows  ;  but  if  the  tide  be 
unfavorable,  after  i);i,ssing  ('ape  Mudge  keep  about  \  mile  off  the  east- 
ern or  Viildes  I.sland  shore,  which  is  .steep  to,  and  wheie  the  tide  does 
not  run  so  strong.  If  unable  to  get  through  the  narrow.s,  Men/Jes  and 
Duncan  Hays  afford  good  anchorages.  The  latter  is  i)referable,  being 
quite  easy  of  access. 

North  of  Seymour  Narrows,  the  tides  being  weaker  ('.\  to  5  knots), 
vessels  may  proceed  either  in  mid  ''hannel  or  clo.se  to  either  shore,  ex- 
cept in  rounding  Chatham  Point,  which  should  not  be  approached 
nearer  than  1  mile.  Plumper  Bay,  as  before  mentioned,  affords  good 
anchorage  to  a  vessel  waiting  for  the  tide  to  proceed  through  Seymour 
Narrows  from  the  northward. 

Nodales  Channel  exteiuls  8  miles  in  a  northeasterly  direction  be- 
tween Tliurlow  and  Valdes  Islands,  and  leads  into  Cardero  Channel;  its 
western  entrance  is  ui>wards  of  one  mile  wide,  with  deep  water;  there 
are  some  tiile  rips  off  it.  No  soundings  at  40  fathoms  could  be  ob- 
tained throughout  the  channel,  a:'.d  in  the  fairway  of  the  western  en- 
tratu'e  the  depth  was  70  fathoms,  sand. 

Hardinge  Islands,  about  '^  mile  long  and  ^  mile  wide,  is  1^  miles 
from  the  entrance  to  Cameleon  Harbor,  with  a  passage  on  both  sides. 
Young  Passage  to  the  .southward  is  \  mile  wide,  and  Burgess  Passage 
to  the  northward  S  mile;  there  is  deep  water  in  both. 

Maycock  Rock. — Threeciuartersofa  mile  N.  08^  W.  of  the  south  en- 
trance point  of  Cameleon  llarbor,aiid  1,L*00  yards  N.  70^  W.  of  Bruce 
.Point  is  .Maycock  Kock,  with  one  lalhoin  on  it.  The  shore  to  the  east- 
ward of  this  rock  lor  A  mile  has  foul  ground  nuirked  with  kelp  extending 
fi'Diii  it  for  nearly  the  distance  of  I'OO  yards. 

Cameleon  Harbor  is  about  one  mile  dee))  in  a  southeasterly  direc- 
tion, and  has  an  average  width  of  000  yard.s.  The  entrance,  between 
MriH-e  Point  on  the  north  shore  and  a  small  islet  off  the  south  shore, 
is  less  than  400  yards  wide,  and  caution  must  be  ob.served  in  rounding 
Bruce  Point  in  order  to  avoid  the  Douglas  Kock,  lying  100  yards  off  it. 
It  is  advisable  to  kee})  well  outside  the  kelp  when  entering. 

Anchorage  sheltered  from  all  winds,  in  from  8  to  JO  fathoms,  may 
be  obtained  at  400  yards  from  the  head  of  the  harbor.  The  lead  should 
14L'05— No.  90 1;{ 


194 


FROM    GEORGIA    STRAIT    TO    CAPE    SCOTT. 


be  kept  going  (iiiickly  in  appruncliing  the  betad,  as  the  Hat,  which  ex- 
tends nearly  -'0(1  yards  froni  it,  is  steep-to. 

Johnstone  Strait,  wliicli  separates  the  NE,  side  of  Vancouver  Island 
from  the  mainhtnd,  is  comprised  between  Chatham  Point  and  Beaver 
Cove,  being  about  55  miles  in  length  in  a  WNW.  ami  P]SE.  direction, 
with  a  varying  breadth  of  one  to  2  miles.  The  shore  on  bjih  sides  is 
high  and  rugged,  more  especially  the  southern,  wiiich  v.,  •„  continuous 
mountain  range,  rising  almost  abruptly  from  the  sea. 

The  shores  of  the  strait  are  nearly  every  where  steep-to,  except  a  few 
places  along  the  northern  side.  There  are  no  anchoi^ages  whatever 
along  the  southern  shore,  but  there  are  several  on  the  ncrthern,  viz, 
Knox,  Blinkinsoi>,  and  Forward  Bays,  as  well  as  Torts  Harvey  and 
Neville,  all  of  which,  except  the  latter,  are  easily  accessible  to  sailing 
vessels. 

At  Beaver  (Jove  the  high  land  suddenly  terminates,  and  the  siiore 
is  indented  with  a  few  slight  bays,  which  are  too  deep  toatl'ord  anchor- 
age. Bauza  Cove,  one  mile  east  of  Beaver  Cove,  is  a  small  deej)  bight, 
and  aflbrds  no  anchorage;  some  small  islets  lie  in  its  entrance. 

Ripple  Shoal,  on  which  the  least  known  depth  is  7  to  0  fathoms,  lies 
about  li  miles  west  of  the  west  poiut  of  Thurlow  Island,  and  J  mileofi 
the  southern  shore  of  the  strait. 

Tides. — Everywhere  in  Johnstone  Strait  it  is  high  water,  fnll  and 
change,  at  oh.  30m.,  ami  the  rise  and  fall  of  tide  is  from  15  to  17  feet. 
The  streams  run  from  2  to  2J  hours  after  high  ami  low  water  by  the 
shore,  and  except  in  the  vicinity  of  Llelmcken  Island  and  to  the  east- 
ward of  Knox  Bay  they  are  not  strong,  in  the  former  place  they  run 
from  3  to  tf  knots,  and  in  the  latter  2  to  4  knots ;  but  in  other  parts  of 
the  strait  they  seldom  exceed  one  to  3  knots  per  hour.  Near  Helmckon 
Island  are  several  heavy  tide  rips,  which  in  blowing  weather  would  be 
dangerous  to  boats  or  small  craft;  and  just  west  of  Chatham  Point  is 
an  overfall  producing  a  considerable  swell  at  times. 

Thurlow  Islands. — Tiie  southern  side,  which  bortiers  the  strait,  is 
rocky  and  about  13  miles  long  in  a  westerly  direction;  the  eastern  naif 
is  indented  by  several  bays,  ofi"  which  lie  some  small  islands. 

The  islands  are  mountainous;  Mount  Eldon,  near  the  center  of  the 
islands,  is  wooded,  square  topped  and  quite  isolated. 

Fender  Islands,  between  Knox  Bay  and  Nodales  Channel,  are  very 
rugged  and  barren ;  foul  ground  exists  to  the  east  and  west  of  them  for 
nearly  A  mile,  and  their  southern  side  should  not  be  api>roaclied  nearer 
than  400  yards.    The  tide  seta  strongly  between  them. 

Knox  Bay,  on  the  south  side  of  Thurlow,  is  jj  niile  deep  and  about 
the  same  in  width,  and  affords  anchorage  in  from  15  to  17  fathoms  at 
400  yards  from  the  head,  oft"  the  edge  of  the  bank,  which  is  steep  to. 
The  anchorage  is  well  protected  from  east  or  westerly  winds,  but  it 
ought  only  to  be  used  as  a  stopping  j)lace  for  the  night  or  tide,  as  from 
the  steepness  of  the  bank  a  vessel  would  touch  if  a  southerly  wind 


RIPPLK    POINT — WELLnORE    CHANNEL. 


195 


ox- 


spraiiR  u|).  Of!"  its  SW.  point  foul  grouud  extends  for  nearly  200  yards. 
If  intendin^^  to  anchor,  steer  for  tlio  head  of  the  bay,  and  anchor 
iuiinediately  10  fathoms  are  obtained. 

Westward  of  Knox  Hay  the  shores  of  Thnrlow  are  high,  rugged,  and 
steep-to,  and  may  be  approached  to  within  a  distance  of  200  yards. 

Eden  Point,  the  southern  entrance  ])oint  of  Chancellor  Channel  and 
the  NW.  extreme  of  Thnrlow,  is  bold  and  cliffy;  A  mile  SB.  of  it  is  a 
small  bay,  too  deej)  to  afford  anclioiag'^  axcept  for  small  craft. 

A  Rock,  covered  at  high  WiUer,  lies  on  a  line  from  Eden  Point  to 
Camp  Point  Peak  and  close  to  the  Vancouver  shore. 

Ripple  Point,  on  the  Vancouver  shore  of  the  strait,  6  miles  west 
from  Chatham  Point,  is  steei»-to,  and  between  it  and  Knox  P>ay  are 
some  heavy  tid«;  rips  in  blowing  weather.  Th^  coast  between  Hippie 
and  Chatham  Points  is  indented  by  two  slight  bays,  but  the  water  in 
them  is  too  dee[»  to  afford  anchorage. 

Camp  Point  slopes  gradually  to  the  sea;  a  rocky  beach  extends  a 
short  distance  off  it;  and  ^  mile  to  the  NE.  of  it  is  the  Ripi»Ie  Shoal, 
marked  by  kelp,  about  000  yards  in  extent,  with  deep  water  around  it. 

Salmon  Bay  at  high  water  appears  of  considerable  extent,  but  affords 
no  anchorage,  the  bank,  which  runs  off  A  mile  from  its  head,  being  too 
steep.  A  river  of  considerable  extent  flows  into  this  bay,  and  is  said  to 
be  navigable  for  canoes  several  miles  inland.  At  this  place,  is  the  only 
break  in  the  mountain  range  on  the  southern  shore,  and  a  vallej"  of  con- 
siderable extent  stretches  away  to  the  SB.,  in  the  r;'nter  of  which  ap- 
pears a  remarkable  bare  summit. 

Helmcken  Island,  in  the  center  of  the  strait,  is  H  miles  long  cast 
and  west,  and  about  ^  mile  wide,  with  a  clear  channel  of  the  same  width 
on  l>oth  sides  of  it.  The  island  has  a  rugged  coast  line,  and  several 
amali  islets  lie  close  off  its  NB.  shore. 

Speaker  Rock,  which  covers  at  otie  quarter  Hood,  lies  500  yarda 
N.  60°  E.  of  its  eastern  point,  and  is  in  the  track  of  vessels  using  Cur- 
rent Passage. 

Race  Passage,  to  the  southward  of  Helmcken  Island,  is  ^  mile  wide,, 
but  det-i»  and  clear  of  danger ;  the  tide  sets  strongly  throngh  it  (as  much 
as  (J  knots  at  springs),  and  there  are  so;.ie  heavy  tide  rips  in  its  eastern 
part.    This  is  the  passage  generally  used. 

Current  Passage,  to  the  northward  of  Ilelmcken,  is  about  ^  mile 
wide,  and  deep,  the  tide  being  as  strong  as  in  Race  Passage. 

Chancellor  Channel  connects  with  Cardero  Channel ;  it  lies  along 
the  north  sliore  of  Thnrlow  Island,  and  has  ifs  entrance  abreast 
Helmcken  Island,  at  Bden  Point;  it  is  h  mile  wide  and  clear  of  danger. 

Wellbore  Channel,  along  the  NB.  side  of  llardwicke  Island,  com- 
municates  with  Forward  Harbor,  Topaze  Harbor  and  Sunderhiiid 
Channel.  At  its  entrance  is  Bulkeley  Island,  and  vessels  using  ilie 
channel  should  pass  east  of  it,  and  keep  the  eastern  shore  aboard  to 
avoid  some  rocks  which  lie  oft' the  shore  of  Hardwicke  Islanil, 


»"T'l»p'«i^nr'^rT-T 


196 


FROM    GEORGIA    STRAIT    TO    CAPE    SCOTT. 


Tides. — The  tidal  streams  in  Wellboii;  Cliannel  run  with  great  ve- 
locity, often  attaining  at  Hi)ring.s  a  rate  of  over  7  knots  an  hoar. 

Forward  Harbor,  tlie  entrance  to  wliicli  between  Louisa  and  Horace 
"oints  is  only  a  little  over  200  yards  wide,  extends  nearly  3  miles  in  an 
easterly  direction,  and  though  the  entrance  is  narrow,  its  friedoni  from 
obstruction  renders  it  easily  aciiessible  to  vessels  of  moderate  size.  Its 
shores  are  steep-to,  but  the  water  being  of  n)oderate  dej)th  over  its 
whole  extent,  anchorage  may  be  taken  up  in  any  part  of  it,  if  requisite. 
At  its  head  a  tiat  dries  out  500  yards  at  low  water,  and  two  small  streams 
How  into  it. 

For  h  mile  within  (he  entrance  the  passage  in  is  from  200  to  400  yards 
wide,  but  at  that  distance  the  harbor  opens.  Off  Mills  I'oint,  where 
the  harbor  commeiicps  to  widen,  tiiere  is  a  deej)  spot  of  20  fatiioms. 

Anchorage  niaj,  as  already  mentioned,  be  t.iken  up  anywhere,  bnt 
the  best  position  is  in  Douglas  Hay,  on  the  north  shore,  just  round 
Mills  Point,  in  from  (5  to  10  fathoms. 

Bessborough  Bay,  an  open  indentation  on  the  north  shore  of  Well- 
bore  Cliannel,  affords  no  anchorage,  owing  to  the  great  depth  of  water 
in  it. 

Sunderland  Channel. — The  entrance,  which  is  subject  to  heavy 
tide  rips,  lies  between  F"anny  Keef  and  the  shore  near  Hlinkinsop  Bay; 
the  (channel  is  a  clear  navigable  cliannel  extending  in  a  northeasterly 
direction  to  the  entrance  to  Topaze  Harbor.  Seymour  and  Poyntz 
Islands  lie  in  midchani'.el.  The  depths  shoal  gradually  from  50  fath- 
oms at  the  entrance,  to  22  fathoms  north  of  Poyntz  Island  ;  but  there 
is  a  deep  run  of  water  in  that  locality  and  along  the  shore  south  of  the 
two  islands  above  mentioned. 

Tides. — The  tidal  streams  in  Sunderland  Channel  are  not  strong, 
attaining  a  velocity  of  only  from  i  to  1^  knots  an  hour. 

Topaze  Harbor  is  the  continuation  of  Sunderland  Channel.  Over 
the  whole  of  this  harbor  there  is  an  uniform  depth  until  within  ^  mile  of 
its  head.  On  the  north  side,  lA  miles  within  the  entrance,  is  Jackson 
Bay,  a  narrow  bight  extending  U  miles  in  a  northwesterly  direction, 
but  shoal  at  nearly  a  mile  from  its  head. 

At  the  head  of  Topaze  Harbor  arc  Mounts  Drummond  and  Uorkeley. 

Anchorage  may  be  obtained,  well  sheltered,  in  either  Jackson  Bay 
or  at  tlie  head  of  the  harbor. 

Hardwicke  Island  is  high  and  rugged,  and  the  southern  shore 
steep-to,  except  near  its  S\V.  extremity,  where  Earl  Ledge  runs  oft'  for 
000  yartls,  only  uncovering  at  low  water. 

York  Island,  high,  round  and  about  ^  mile  in  diameter,  and  .another 
small  low  islet  A  mile  westward  of  it,  lie  otf  the  west  i)oint  of  Hard- 
wicke; and  outside  them,  at  the  distance  of  ^  mile,  is  the  Fanny  Ueef, 
which  covers  or  is  awash  at  high  water;  between  the  reef  and  northern 
shore  there  are  some  heavy  tide  rips.  .,  ,,,,„ 


ItLINKlNSOP    BAY PORT    NKVILLE. 


197 


Blinkinsop  Bay,  on  the  shore  of  British  Cohiiiibia,  is  about  1^  miles 
deep  and  <J  niih;  wide;  its  sliores  are  higli,  and  from  the  liead  a  bank 
dries  out  at  low  water  for  nearly  one  mile. 

A  Shoal  marked  by  kelp,  on  which  there  is  a  depth  of  4  fathoms, 
lies  200  yards  N.  S'i'^  W.  of  Tuna  I'oint,  the  east  entrance  point  of  this 
bay. 

Anchorage. — This  i)ay  affords  yood  anchorage,  in  10  to  12  fathoms, 
about  li  mile  N.  G7^  K.  of  its  S\V.  point,  well  sheltered  and  easy  of 
access.  The  only  direction  recpiired  is  to  keep  in  mid-channel,  avoiding 
the  above-mentioned  rock,  and  anchor  on  obtainiufj  12  fathoms,  as  the 
bank  is  rather  steep. 

Jesse  Island,  lying  about  too  yards  otfshore,  nearly  A  mile  to  the 
SW.  of  Hlinkinso[)  IJay,  is  small  and  steep-to. 

Port  Neville  is  of  considerable  extent,  running  in  a  northeasterly 
direction  for  7  miles,  and  varying  from  ^  to  one  mile  in  breadth.  It  af- 
fords a  si)acious  and  secure  anchorage,  luit  in  consequence  of  Channel 
Rock,  lying  near  the  middle  of  its  entrance  chaiiiiei,  great  caution  is 
required  in  entering.  Its  sliores,  ex<H'pt  near  the  easteru  side  of  en- 
trance and  head,  are  high,  sloping  gradually  to  the  water's  edge. 

The  entrance  is  between  Milly  Island  and  Ransom  Point  ((»tt"  which 
is  a  small  rocsk),  thence  the  channel  into  Port  Xeville  is  l\  miles  long 
and  about  01(0  yards  wide,  running  in  a  northerly  direction;  the  depths 
in  it  vary  from  ;"i  fath'  lus,  slioaliiig  to  2-)*  fathoms  in  the  north  part. 
The  best  passage  is  on  the  western  side  of  Channel  Hock,  there  being 
about  17  feet  at  low  wnter;  the  passage  eastward  of  it  has  o  ily  12  feet. 

The  depth  of  water  when  in  the  port  varies  from  0  to  0  fathoms  ;  the 
bottom  is  muddy. 

Channel  Rock,  of  small  extent  and  very  dangerous,  having  only  I 
feet  over  it,  lies  in  the  middle  of  the  channel,  700  yards  S.  HP  W.  of 
IJowlder  Point,  so  that,  unless  vessels  specially  re(piire  to  enter  tins 
port,  the  anchorage  of  Port  Harvey  and  Blinkinsop  Bays,  which  are  at 
no  great  distance  from  its  vicinity,  ought  to  l)e  preferred,  being  both 
se(!ure  and  easy  of  access. 

Bowlder  Point,  the  northeastern  point  of  the  channel,  is  low,  with  a 
stony  l)each  rouiul  it.  A  shoal  (extends  off  it  to  the  northward  and 
eastward  for  A  mile,  with  lA  fathoms  in  some  parts. 

Robbers'  Knob  is  a  rennirkable  low  grassy  point  on  the  north  side 
of  the  i)ort,  about  one  mile  from  Bowlder  Point. 

Anchorage. — To  the  westward  of  it  is  a  shoal  bay,  into  which  tlow 
some  huge  streams  ;  the  best  anchorage  is  about  i  mile  SW.  of  the  Knob 
in  ()  or  7  fathoms.  Temporary  anchorage  for  a  night  may  also  be  had 
at  the  outer  part  of  the  entrance,  but  the  soundings  decrease  very  sud- 
denly when  abreast  Milly  Island. 

Shoal  Creek,  at  the  head  cf  Port  Neville,  is  aoout  2  miles  long, 
luiVrow,  and  not  recommended,  as  its  entrance  is  only  200  yards  wide, 
with  a  n-ck  in  the  middle ;  from  its  head  a  mud  tiat  extends  off  nearly 
one  mile. 


108 


FROM    GKORfllA    STUAIT    TO    CAI'K    SCOTT, 


Directions. — Kntcriii};  I'ort  Xcvillo  alter  roiiiidiiif,'  Milly  Island, 
M  liicli  may  \)q  appiuaulied  close  to,  |)roeee(l  up  inidciuiiiiiel  until  liob- 
l)ers'  Ksiob  comes  in  line  with  Bowlder  Point  l)earint;  N.  5-'^  K.,  when 
keep  well  over  to  the  western  side  of  the  channel  to  avoid  Channel 
Koc.k.  When  Howlder  I'oint  bears  N.  80o  K.,  vessels  will  bo  clear  to 
the  wivst  of  the  roek,  and  may  then  steer  for  Itobbers'  Knob,  avoiding  a 
patch  of  .i  teet  which  skirts  the  western  shore  abreast  Howlder  Point, 
after  passing  which,  steer  into  the  port  and  anchor  in  7  fathoms,  about 
i  mile  S.  7!t^  \V.  of  Robbers'  Knob.  If  necessary,  vessels  may  anchor  in 
the  entrance  about  S  mile  north  of  Milly  Island,  in  iS  and  .l  fathoms. 

Sliinpson  Reef. — The  coast  between  Ports  Neville  and  Harvey 
trends  in  a  westerly  direction  and  is  slightly  indented.  Four  miles 
westward  of  the  entriince  of  Port  Neville,  and  \  mile  otlsliore,  lies  the 
Sliinpson  Reef,  which  covers  at  half  Hood. 

Port  Harvey,  the  next  inlet  westward  of  I'ort  Neville  on  the  north- 
ern siile,  indents  the  coast  in  a  northerly  di''ection  for  1  miles,  with  a 
breadth  varying  from  j  to  J  mile,  and  allbrds  good  and  well  sheltered 
anchorage  in  7  t(»  it  fathoms,  n)ndily  bottom,  at  .i  mile  from  its  head. 
There  nw  several  small  ish^ts  (Mist)  within  it,  and  the  shores  are  rug- 
ged; from  its  hciul  swampy  gionnd  extends  to  the  NH.,  and  to  the 
iiW,  is  a  narrow  gorge  which  partly  fills  at  high  water  and  joins  Knight 
Inlet.     The  deptlis  slioal  lapiilly  towards  the  head. 

Broken  Islands,  oil  the  east  side  of  the  entrance,  are  low,  rugged 
and  of  sinall  extent;  foul  ground  extends  from  them  in  a  northerly 
dii'e(;tion  for -f  mile ;  they  may  be  approached,  however,  to  within  ^ 
mde  on  tiie  west  side,  but  only  a  boat  passage  exists  to  the  eastward 
of  them. 

Havannah  Channel  runs  in  a  northeasterly  direction  from  the  east 
side  of  Port  llarvey,  connecting  it  with  Call  Creek.  The  shores  are 
high  and  much  broken,  and  the  depths  in  mid-(!haniu'l  vary  fro  .  9  to 
50  fathoms.  There  are  .several  islands  within  it  which  lie  mostly  in 
mid  (dianmd. 

Hull  Island,  the  largest,  is  '{  mile  long  and  ^  mile  broad. 

Boughey  Bay,  in  the  SK.  part  of  Havannah  Channel,  is  about  one 
mile  deep  in  a  southerly  direction,  and  ^  mile  broad;  a  vessel  may 
anchor  vu  this  l»ay  at  i  mile  from  the  head,  in  from  lb  to  14  (atlioms, 
but  the  passage  to  it  has  not  been  sullicieutly  examineil  to  recommend 
its  being  used  as  an  anchorage. 

Broivning  Rock,  altout  |\  mile  north  of  Hull  Island,  has  only  12  feet 
over  it,  and  lies  nearly  in  the  fairway  of  the  (jhannel  to  Call  Creek  ; 
there  is  an  apparently  clear  i»assage  to  the  westward  of  it. 

Caution. — As  the  soundings  are  uneven  and  the  bottom  rocky  to  the 
west  and  NW.  of  Hull  Island,  great  care  should  be  used  in  luivigating 
this  channel  near  that  neighborhood. 

Call  Creek  is  an  inlet  of  considerable  extent,  its  length  in  a  north- 
easterly direction  being  12  miles,  and  its  breadth  varying  from  ^  to  IJ 


CHATHAM    CHANMCl. FORWAKI*    UAV. 


199 


luilcs  ;  tlie  shores  on  either  side  urchigh  and  |)recii)itous,  rising  abruptly 
to  nioiiiitains,  Tii«  liead  terminates  in  a  low  swamp,  and  a  valley 
extends  to  the  NE.  from  it. 

Anchorage.— Tiie  depths  in  the  entrance  of  Call  Creek  are  about  40 
fathoms,  but  inerease  to  upwards  of  IL'O  fatiioms  towards  tlie  head; 
there  is  no  anchorage  wliatever  oxcei)t  near  its  entrance,  on  tlio  north 
side  ainonj^st  tlu'  Warren  Islands,  where  from  0  to  11  fatiioms  will  be 
found.  Tlieso  isli  nds,  four  in  number  and  small,  are  h  mile  from  the 
entrance ;  tliey  run  jtaraliel  to  the  shore  from  200  to  100  yards  off  it.  A 
vessel  may  anclior  between  tiie  two  soutliern  islands  in  from  0  to  10 
fatiioms. 

Chatham  Channel,  tlie  east  jiart  of  wliicli  (!ommence.s  at  Hoot  Point 
and  trends  to  tlie  northwestward,  connects  these  waters  with  Knight 
Inlet;  its  breadth  as  far  as  surveyed  varies  from  400  to  000  yards;  the 
depth  in  iiiid-cliamiel  is  1  fatiioms  at  a  distance  of  'f  mile  we.^t  of  Koot 
Point.     It  is  not  re<;omiiieiided  to  use  this  channel  until  farther  explored. 

Directions. — If  intending  to  anchor  in  Port  flarvey,  keep  in  mid- 
channel  till  within  the  Mist  Islands,  when  the  anchorage  opens  out,  and 
anchor  in  7  fathoms  in  the  middle  ol'  the  harbor, at  about  k  mile  fioin  the 
head. 

Hailing  vessels  of  coiisidcu'able  size  can  beat  in  as  Car  as  .Mist  Islands, 
and  may  stand  anywhere  to  within  L'OO  yards  of  tlie  we.stern  shore;  in 
making  the  eastein  board,  keep  outside  the  liiieof  the  Mroken  Islands, 
and  out  of  the  bight  betwt'eii  Transit  Point  and  the  Mist  islands. 

The  aiichoragi's  in  Bougliey  Hay,  Ilavaiinah  Clia:Mel,and  among  the 
Warren  Islands  on  the  shore  of  Call  Creek,  are  secure;  but  the  pas- 
sages to  tliem,  though  probably  deep,  have  not  been  sulliciently  exam- . 
ini'd  to  give  directions  tor  entering  them. 

Escape  Reef,  lying  li  miles  west  of  the  Broken  Islands,  and  ^  mile 
ott'  the  north  shore  of  Joliu.stoue  Strait,  is  about  L'OO  yards  in  extent,  has 
4  feet  least  water  on  it,  and  is  marked  by  kelp  in  the  summer.  This 
reef,  which  has  deep  water  around  it,  is  in  the  track  of  vessels  entering 
Port  Harvey  from  the  westward;  to  avoid  it  keep  in  the  middle  of  the 
strait  till  the  entrance  of  the  port  comes  well  open,  bearing  N.  40°  E., 
when  steer  in  for  it. 

Forward  Bay,  3  miles  west  of  Port  Harvey,  is  a  slight  bond  in  the 
coast,  about  1 1  miles  broad,  and  -J  mile  deep,  with  a  small  islet  30  leet 
high  ott'  its  southwestern  point;  its  shores  are  moderately  high,  and  a 
bank  extends  nearly  fiOO  yards  from  its  head. 

Anchorage. — This  bay  affords  good  anchorage,  in  14  to  10  fathoms, 
ott'  the  edge  of  the  bank,  at  about  n  "die  N.  09°  E.  of  its  SW.  point, 
well  sheltered  from  all  except  southeasterly  winds,  and  even  those  send 
in  no  sea;  it  is  ea.sy  of  access  for  any  class  of  vessels,  and  a  very  good 
stopping  place. 

Caution. — Entering  it  from  the  eastward  guard  against  the  Escai)e 
Reef.  " 


200 


FROM    CiKOKOIA    STRAIT    TO    VM'K    .SCOTT. 


Boat  Harbor,  a  sniall  covo  iitVonliiiK  slieltoi-  to  iumts,  is  <i  iniU'i} 
westward  of  KoiWiinl  Hay,  tlio  coast  botwiM'ii  tlio  two  plact's  Itciiig 
nearly  Ktrai^lit,  aiul  may  be  approarlied  to  witliiii  |  mile. 

Cracroft  and  Hanson  Islands. — Ik'twocii  Boat  Harbor  and  \Vf.>ii- 
ton  I'assap)  the  shores  of  (Jracroft  lahind  are  low  and  rocky.  The  island 
is  about  15  miles  lonjj,  and  olV  its  southwestern  part,  at  the  distance  of 
^  mile  from  the  shore,  are  the  Sophia  Islets,  of  small  extent.  Hanson 
Island  is  separated  from  Cracroft  by  HIakeney  Passage,  one  mile  wiile, 
and  oil"  the  SW.  point  of  the  island  are  sonu!  rocks  «'xten<liii}j;  400  or  ()()() 
yards  to  the  westward. 

Growler  Cove  indeids  tin*  western  end  of  Cr.icroft  Island  in  an  east- 
erly direction  for  •/  mile,  with  a  width  of  about  .'500  yards,  ami  from  JO 
to  5  fathoms  water.  At  the  hea<l  a  Hat  runs  out  for  a  short  distaiKie. 
The  Sophia  Islets  lie  otf  the  southern  entrance  point. 

Directions. — For  steamers  or  sailing  vessels  with  a  fair  wind,  the 
navigation  of  Johnstone  Strait  is  perfectly  easy,  it  i)eing  only  reipiisite 
to  kee|)  in  mitlchannel,  except  when  nearing  Ilelnicken  Island  from  the 
eastward,  when  a  vessel- ought,  after  passing  Thurlow  Island,  to  keep 
within  (inO  yards  of  the  .southern  shore,  or  Camp  Point,  till  past  the 
Ripple  Shoal,  which,  from  being  marked  with  kelp,  is  likely  to  have 
less  water  over  it  than  has  been  found.  In  the  vicinity  of  llelmckeu 
the  tides  are  strong,  but  not  enough  to  stop  a  steam  ve.ssel  of  moderate 
power;  to  the  westward  of  it  they  have  no  great  strength. 

If  wishing  to  anchor  for  the  night,  Knox,  Hlinkinsop  ami  Forward 
Bays  and  Port  Harvey  on  the  northern  side,  alVoid  good  anclujrage,  and 
are,  with  the  present  charts,  easy  of  access. 

If  beating  through  the  strait,  when  to  the  eastward  of  llelmckeu 
Island  the  shores  on  both  sides  may  be  ai)proached  to  JOO  yards,  except 
for  i  mile  on  either  side  of  Pender  Islands,  the  southern  side  of  which 
latter  ought  not  to  be  approached  nearer  than  100  yards,  as  the  tide 
runs  strong  in  their  vicinity.  Between  Thurlow  and  the  west  end  of 
Hardwicke  Island,  it  is  not  advisable  to  beat,  as  the  tide  thereabouts 
runs  strong  and  irregularly,  there  being  also  several  dangers  in  the 
track,  viz,  liipple  Shoal,  Si)eaker  Rock,  and  Earl  Ledge.  From  Hard- 
wicke Island  to  Beaver  Cove,  the  southern  shore  may  be  approached  to 
200  yards;  and  the  only  dangers  along  the  northern  shore  are  the 
Slimpson  and  Escape  lieefs,  which  can  be  easily  avoided  by  tacking 
short  of  them,  and  keeping  more  than  i  mile  out  when  near  the  latter; 
elsewhere  the  northern  shore  may  be  approached  to  within  a  distance 
of  \  mile. 

Broughton  Strait  is  upwards  of  14  miles  in  length,  east  and  west, 
the  breadth  varying  from  4  miles  at  the  eastern  to  one  mile  at  the  western 
entrance.  Both  shores,  except  near  Beaver  Cove,  are  low.  There  are 
several  islands,  rocks,  and  shoals  in  the  eastern  part ;  but  there  is  a 
clear  navigable  passage  along  the  southern  side  A  mile  wide  in  the  nar- 
rowest place  (abreast  Alert  Bay  in  Cormorant  Island).    There  are  sev- 


DROUGHTOX    STRAIT — PORT    M(;NEII>I.. 


201 


i!i-al  aiicliorii^os  iiloiit;  Itotli  mIiIuh  of  tliu  Htrail.,  avuilahlo  as  Htopiiin^ 
places — Alort  Hiiy,  on  tlio  .sontliern  hIioi'o  oi  Coriiiorant  [slaiKl;  I'oit 
iMuNeill  on  tli<^  Vaiiuouvur  sliorv ;  and  Mitoholl  iind  Itongli  Hays  on  tlio 
soutlicrn  Hide  of  Malcolm  iHland.  Tlie  Nini|)kisli  |{ivor,  on  thuNoutli- 
ern  sliore  of  tim  stniif,  is  a  stioani  of  considtualtlu  sizo,  and  mtid  to  be 
navifrahio  hy  canoes  for  a  two  days' jonrney. 

Tides. — In  tlio  navi^ahht  clianntl  tlic  streams  riii  one  to  4  knots,  bnt 
in  tlic  l{a(!e,  and  Weynton  l*assii>;es  .{  to  (»  knots,  turning  everywliere 
about  two  hours  after  lii;;li  ami  low  wafer  by  the  :<hore. 

Beaver  Cove  is  at  the  SK.  extreme  of  Hrouniiton  Strait  ;  its  shores 
are  high,  and  the  depth  is  too  great  for  <-onvenie<  t  aiichurage.  .Mount 
lloldsworth,  a  remarkable  conical  peak,  and  very  eonspicnous  Irom  the 
eastward,  rises  ."J  miles  to  the  SW.  of  the  cove. 

Nimpkish  River,  which  Hows  into  a  shallow  bay  on  the  .southern 
shore.  ~>  miles  westward  of  Heaver  Cove,  is  upwards  of  •_'('(»  yards  wide 
at  entrance,  with  -\\  fathoms,  bnt  is  only  navi;;able  by  canoes;  a  bank 
dries  otf  it  for  nearly  one  nule,  leaving  a  inirrow  winding  channel  with 
about  .")  feet  water  info  the  river. 

Green  Iclet,  olf  the  outer  edge  of  this  bank,  is  about  H>  feet  above 
low  water  and  is  snmll  ami  bare,  a  rocky  ledge  which  uncovers  at  low 
water  extends  a  distance  of  .1  mile  MHIO.  from  (ireeii  I.sler,anii  there 
is  aI.so  an  uncovering  rock  at  the  same  distan(U'  west  of  it.  In  navi- 
gating the  strait,  this  islet  should  not  be  approached  within  a  distance 
of  tiOO  yards. 

On  the  northern  bank  of  the  Nimpkish,  at  the  entrance,  is  a  small 
plateau  of  grassy  land,  on  which  are  the  ruins  of  the  large  native  vil- 
lage of  Cheslakee. 

Port  McNeill,  about  10  miles  west  of  Heaver  Cove,  is  ■/  mile  broad, 
ami  affords  a  good,  well  sheltered  anchorage  in  (i  to  !»  fathoms.  Its 
shores  are  low,  and  bordered  by  a  sandy  beach,  which  extends  off  '{ 
mile  from  the  head.  From  Ledge  Point,  the  mnih  i)oint  of  entrance, 
a  mirrow  ledge,  with  from  ;{  to  5  fathoms  on  it,  exteiuls  IJ  miles  east 
towards  Haddington  Island  ;  kelp  grows  over  this  ledge  in  summer. 

Eel  Reef,  lying  1,M)0  yards  S,  4(1°  W.  of  Ledge  Point,  and  about  400 
yards  ott' the  south  shore  of  the  port,  covers  at  three  tpnirters  Hood. 

Directions. — If  intending  to  anchor  in  Port  AlcXeill  keej)  A  n)ile  from 
the  southern  shore  when  entering  to  avoid  the  ledge  off  Ledge  Point, 
and  anchor  when  the  point  bears  N.  G9^  E,,  about  J  mile  distant,  in 
from  5  to  6  fathoms,  sandy  bottom. 

When  leaving  and  bound  to  the  westward,  vessels  should  staiul  to  the 
eastward  until  within  J  mile  of  Haddington  Islaml  l)efore  hauling  to 
the  northward  round  Ledge  Point. 

The  coast  from  Port  McNeill  trends  about  west  4  miles  to  the  entrance 
of  (iueen  Charlotte  Soninl.  It  is  bordered  by  a  sainly  beach,  and  may 
be  approached  to  within  400  yards. 


202 


FHOM    OEOKOIA    8TUAIT    TO    CAPK    SCOTT. 


Blakeney  Passage,  bctwooii   iliiiison   Isluiiil  on  the  wcHt  iiiul  tlio 

west  t'XtrtMiifs  ori.'riurt'oi't  and  llai'lilfdowri  Isltiiids  on  tlic  cast,  \  aricH 
ill  width  IVoni  one  mile  to  .^  niilf.  It  coniiects  .lolinstoiu'  8(rail  with 
lilackilsli  Hound.    Tlit*  strcn^tli  of  the  tide  in  it  1h  from  2  to  5  knotH. 

Weynton  Passage,  Iti'twccn  Hanson  and  l'«>ar.s(>  IslandH,  Ih  about 
1  j  mill's  \\  jd(\  Tiii'sliorcson  l)olli  .sidosarc  vor.v  nmcii  broken  ;  llic  tide 
ruHlit's  tliron(;li  at  tli»  rate  of  from  .'>  to  0  knots,  and  nnli'ss  wislun^  to 
uiudior  in  Mitclieil  Hay  tin-  passa^'c  slionld  not  bo  used. 

Race  Passage,  between  I'earse  an  '  Cormorant  Islands,  is  rj  nulo 
M  Jde,  liut  a  rock  Mes  in  niideiiannel  at  its  soiitli  jiart.  Tliu  tides  set  at 
tiie  rate  of  from  .'J  to  (i  knots  tlironijli  tiie  passable,  and  it  is  danfierous. 

Fearse  Islands,  in  tiie  center  of  ISron<;liton  Htrait,  arc  a  (;ronp  of 
small  low  islands,  with  some  rock.s  ;>inl  reels  (extending  A  mile  N\V.  and 
nearly  one  mile  810  from  them. 

Cormorant  Island  is  ab.tut  l.'iO  feet  hi;;li,  '2\  miles  loni>:,  cast  and 
we.-t.  ]  mile  wide,  and  bordered  by  a  sandy  beach,  (ioidon  I'oint,  its 
southeastern  extreme,  is  2J  miles  N.  55^  W.  of  Heaver  Cove.  A  small 
patch  of  I  fathoms  marked  by  kelp  lies  1  (  n  iles  X.  77^  W.  of  Leonard 
I'oini,  I  lie  N\V.  point  of  Cormorant  Island. 

Alert  Bay,  on  the  sontli  sideof  Cornxu'ant  Island,  is  nearly  on*;  milo 
wide  ami  h  nnle  deep,  aiVordinj:  a  ^ood  and  well-sheltered  ancliora{;ein 
Irom  (I  to  i)  fathoms,  muddy  bottom:  it  is  easy  of  access,  the  shores 
beinj;  everywhere  clear  of  danjier.  There  is  an  estaltlishnient  here  for 
tinnii;;  salmon  canfjbt  in  the  Nimpkish  IMver.  and  a  i>ier,  at  the  ex- 
tremiiy  of  which  there  is  a  depth  of  about  ll.'  feet,  extends  from  the 
ncuthcastern  sl)'»re  of  this  bay. 

There  is  also  a  mission  established  and  cpiite  a  larfie  Indian  villajje, 
<'omprisin{j  nntst  of  the  former  iidiabitauts  of  Cheslakee.  The  house 
nmrkcd  on  the  chart  is  a  small  one-storied  house,  with  thiee  windows 
towards  the  water.     Near  it  is  a  very  8nndl  chapel. 

A  supply  of  wood  for  steamiujj  pur|)oses  may  be  obtained  at  Alert 
JSay. 

Yellowr  Bluff,  the  southwestern  iioint  of  the  bay,  may  be  recojfiiized 
by  a  remarkable  yellow  elilf  at  the  extrenu'  of  the  jioint. 

Haddington  Island  is  snuill;  its  southern  ami  western  sides  are 
«teep  to,  but  from  the  northern  siiore  a  bar,  with  as  little  as  G  feet  water 
in  soiiH!  parts,  connects  it  with  Malcolm  Island. 

JJetweeu  lliuldington  Island  ami  the  Icdtfc  running  otf  from  the  north 
point  of  port  McXeill  is  a  passajje  '^  mile  wide,  with  not  less  than  7 
fathoms  water  in  mid-channel. 

Malcolm  Island,  which  forms  the  northern  sideof  IJrou}j;hton  Strait, 
is  i;i|  uules  long  east  and  west;  the  shores  are  geiu'rally  low,  a  sandy 
beach  extendinjc  ofl'a  short  distance  from  them.  On  its  southern  side 
are  .Mitchell  and  Rough  Hays,  in  which  vessels  may  anchor  in  6  or  8 
fathoms.  Donegal  Head,  its  east  point,  is  high,  cliffy,  bordered  by  a 
beach,  and  the  tide  runs  strong  in  its  vicinity.  Dickenson  I'oint,  ou 
the  southern  side  of  the  island,  7  miles  westward  of  Donegal  Head,  is 


TltlNirV    HAY — QUKF.N    ClIAKLOTTK    SOlTNM). 


203 


(I  .r,r,)  BRITISH  OOLUMBIA  Queen  Charlotte  sound  Broughton 
strait— fflalcolm  island  Graeme  point  -Light  established.  Kd.i 
riiiK  U,  N()fic(.  to  Miirincis  N...  ;U  (ii!»r,;  of  liton,  tlu>  (h.vci  nriuMit  of 
(  iimula  hius  givfii  notice  tlial  on  Scptcnil.tT  12.  litOf.,  ji  fund  while 
(lioptnc  hjrlil  ofll,,.  7th  onl,.,.,  olevat.Ml  ;t,s  fc't  al.ove  l.iKli'wiit.T  un<l 
vihU)!.'  11  niih's,  wasestahlishcd  in  IIm'  linlitlionsc  rcwntly  erected  on 
(Ji-acine  point,  Malcolm  islan.l,  (^leen  Charlotte  houihI.  The  li-'ht  is 
viHihle  over  an  arc,  of  2:M°  from  N.  .S()°  \\.  trne  (W'HW  6  W  W'lv 
inaK.)  t(.  H.  .'{O^  K.  trne  (HK.  I  10.  nuiK- ).  the  liKl.t  hein?  olwcured 
over  the  remainder  of  the  horizon  hylliehJKli  land  of  ^f;  '  i)lm  i.siand 
Ihe  hfihthoiiw  sland.s  on  the  extremity  of  the  low  Kfx ^  '  spit  It 
iH  a  .s(|miie  woDden  Imildiii},' with  a  square  wooden  lantern  iusihk  from 
the  middle  of  a  cottage  roof.  It  is  painted  white,  with  r(  .1  roof,  and 
IS  .in  feet  hi;,'h  from  Itase  to  vane. 

Aj)pro.i{.  position:  Lat.  .50°  .S7'  50"  N..  Long.       ,  °  09'  50"  W,        ; 
is  a  shoal  patent  of  4|^  fathoms,  also  marked  i>y  Keip.         (K.  M  44,  liH)6.)     I 

Directiui*)!.  -Passin;;  tlirony;h  Mroiijililoii  S'liiit  from  tlic  c  i  tward, 
wIk'i  aUreiist  ISeaver  Cove,  in  mid  cliiiniiel,  a  N.  1'2  W.  course,  to  pass 
not  more  than  400  yards  south  of  Corihorant  Island,  will  keep  vessels 
(iiearlo  the  northward  of  Nimpl<ish  l>ank,  and  when  the  west  p.>iiit  of 
Corinoraiit  Islanil  li.-irs  N.  .'i.')^  10.  they  will  lie  wcstwanl  of  it  ;  then 
steer  to  round  tiie  SW.  point  of  llaildin^fton  Island  within  \  mile,  to 
avoid  the  jcdyi-  olV  licii^c  Point,  iiiid  when  the  noitliern  shore  of  ('or- 
moriint  Ishind  opens  olf  Haddington  Island  lieariii;;  S.  80  10..  vessels 
may  steer  out  of  the  strait  in  mid<!liannel.  None,  except  small  craft, 
shouiil  <^()  to  tiie  northward  of  Haddington  Isliiiid. 

Sailin;;-  vesse's  of  any  size  would  liud  it  tedious  to  l»eat  iiii'ou;,'h  this 
strait,  and  as  there  are  several  daiifiers  it  is  not  re(!ommended  to  do  so. 
Queen  Charlotte  Sound  is  an  extensive  arm  of  the  sea,  conncctiup: 
the  inner  waters  north  oi  N'ancouver  Island  with  Ihe  Pacific,  in  the 
uortli  and  northeastern  parts  are  innunieral)Ie  rocks  and  islands;  hut 
alonj; its  soutlH>rn  sides  are  two  broad  and  navif;al>le  (jhannels  to  the 
racilic. 

liroughtoii  Strait  enters  this  sound  at  its  southeastern  i)art.  From 
thence  to  Thoiiiaa  Point  the  coast  of  Vancouver  is  low  and  is  bordered 
the  whole  distance  by  a  beach  coinjioscd  of  sand  and  bowlders,  and  foul 
ground  marked  by  kelp  extends  oil' it,  from  \  to  .1  mile. 

If  inteiidiim  to  enter  IJeaver  Harbor  from  the  eastward,  do  not  ap- 
proach this  shore  within  a  mile  til!  near  Thomas  Point;  and  iis  but 

(8.38)  BRITISH  OOLUnBIA-BroPghton  stralt-Mitclieirbay- 
Kelp  patch  reported.-(;aptain  F.  T.  l..  nnders,  imuster  of  th.>  st«-amer 
CotfttiY/rtm,  reports  the  existence  of  a  ])atch  of  kelp,  suspected  of  indi- 

M&il  ty  '        ^'""*''"  ^''''^'  ^"'•'"""  '""'"'"'"  "'«  app,-oaei;t 
Approx.  position:  Lat.  50°  .36'  58"  N.,  Long.  12(5°  51'  00"  W 

t  71!rvi.^  r*i')'  ***^  ^"*^^  '^''"^^"^  "f  l^OHegalhead  bears  N.  57»  E 
tiue  (NNK  I  K  mag.)  and  Htubbs  island  S.  50"  R  trne  (K  \  H 
mag.),  distant  2,200  yards.  ,^_  M^ai  19o!.) 

abont. 
There  is  a  coal  mine  here  and  a  pier. 


202 


FROM    GKORGIA    STRAIT    TO    CAPE    SCOTT. 


Blakeney  Passage,  between  Hiinson  Island  on  the  west  and  »'■" 
west  extremes  of  Cracroft  and  Ilarbledowi  LslaiwU  '•■■  " 
in  widtli  from  one  mile  to  i  mil"      " 
Blackti-i-'' 

We5 
31  mile: 
rushes  t 
anchor  i 

Race 
vide,  bu 
the  rate 

Pearst 
small  low- 
nearly  oni 

Cormoi  ....^a  ion}f,  east  and 

Ave.-t,  ;/  mi,  ..,,  a  sandy  beach.     Gordon  Point,  its 

eoutlieaste,  ,  ..,  jj  miles  X.  55^  W.  of  Heaver  Co^e.     A  small 

patch  ol  i  fathoms  marked  by  kelp  lies  1\  miles  N.  77°  W,  of  Leonard 
I'oint,  the  NW.  jmiiit  of  Cormorant  Island. 

Alert  Bay,  on  the  soiuh  side  of  Cormorant  Island,  is  iieiiHv  one  mile 
wide  and  ^  mile  deep,  atVordinj?  a  good  and  well-sheltered  anchorage  in 
from  (i  to  9  fathoms,  muddy  bottom;  it  is  easy  of  a(!eess,  the  shores 
bein<jf  everywhere  clear  of  tlanger.  There  is  an  establishment  here  for 
tinning  salmon  canght  in  the  Ximpkish  Uiver,  and  a  pier,  at  the  ex- 
tremity of  which  there  is  a  de[)th  of  about  12  feet,  extends  from  the 
northeastern  shore  of  this  bay. 

There  is  also  a  mission  established  and  quite  a  large  Indian  village, 
<!oni|irising  most  of  the  former  inhabitants  of  (Jheslakee.  The  house 
niark('<i  on  the  chart  is  a  small  one-storied  iionse,  with  three  windows 
towards  the  water.     Near  it  is  a  very  small  chapel. 

A  supplv  of  wood  for  steaming  purposes  may  be  obtained  at  Alert 
JJay. 

Yellowr  Bluff,  the  southwestern  point  of  the  bay,  may  be  recognized 
by  a  remarkable  yellow  cliff  at  the  extreme  of  the  point. 

Haddington  Island  is  small;  its  southern  and  we-,tern  sides  are 
steep  to,  but  from  the  noi  thein  siiore  a  bar,  with  as  little  as  0  feet  water 
in  some  i»""*'"  /•■mni.ctw  it  with  Malcolm  Island. 

IJetwee 
point  of 
fathoms 

Malcc 
is  l.j]  m 
beach  ex 
are  Mite 

i'athoms.     Donegal  liead,  its  east  punii,  ■>■.  .».„^, ., , 

beach,  and  the  tide  runs  strong  in  its  vicinity.    Dickenson  Point,  on 
the  southern  side  of  the  islanil,  7  miles  westward  of  Donegal  Head,  is 


TUINITV    HAY — QUKKN    CIIAULOTTK    SOUND. 


203 


€oniiectc(l  to  IJiuhliiigtoii  Island  by  a  bar,  witli  onlj'  6  feet  on  it  in  some 
parts. 

Trinity  Bay,  on  the  northern  side  of  Mahiolni  I.«liind,  iK'tween  Lizard 
and  JJowlder  i'oints,  i.s  an  open  bay  U.l  niile.s  wide  and  one  mile  deep. 
Betweeri  the  points  of  the  bay  the  water  shoals  steeply  from  10  fathoms 
to  a  ledfje  having  10  fathoms  on  its  outer  edpe,  but  which  ayaiu  shoals 
rajjidly,  and  is  covered  with  kelp. 

Anchorage  may,  with  care,  be  picked  up  on  the  outer  edge  of  this 
ledge  in  7  fathoms,  with  Lizard  I'oint  bearing  8.  77^  K.,  and  151ael< 
BlnlV  H.  80'^  W.,  400  yards  outside  the  kelp  ;  but  it  is  expo.sed  to  winds 
from  the  westward,  between  north  and  SW. 

Kelp  Patch.  —  l''oul  ground  marked  by  kelp  extends  I  mile  off  the 
western  side  of  Malcolm  Island,  and  L',  miles  N\V.  of  I'ulteney  Point 
is  a  shoal  i)atch  of  4ji  fathoms,  also  maiked  by  kelp. 

Directions — Passing  through  liroughton  Strait  from  the  eastward, 
when  abreast  Iteaver  (Jove.  in  mid  channel,  a  X.  712"'  W.  course,  to  pass 
not  more  than  tOOyanls  south  of  Cormorant  Island,  will  keep  vessels 
clear  to  the  iiortliwaid  of  Niinpkish  IJank,  and  when  the  west  jxjiiit  of 
Cormorant  Lsland  lti';irs  X.  .'5.")^  Vj.  they  will  be  westward  of  it;  then 
steer  to  round  the  S\V.  point  oC  Haddington  Island  within  .|  mile,  to 
avoid  the  leilge  off  Li'dge  Point,  ami  when  the  northern  shore  of  Cor- 
morant Fsliind  opens  (ilV  Haddington  Island  hearing  S.  80^  M.  vessels 
may  steer  out  of  the  strait  in  mid channfl.  None,  exi;ept  small  craft, 
should  go  to  the  northward  of  Haddington  Island. 

Sailing  vesse's  of  an\  size  would  liiid  it  tedious  to  lieat  through  this 
strait,  and  as  there  are  several  dangers  it  is  not  re(!omineuded  to  do  so. 

Queen  Charlotte  Sound  is  an  extensive  arm  of  the  sea,  eonneeting 
the  iniu'r  waters  north  of  Vancouver  Island  with  the  Pacifh;.  In  the 
north  and  northeastern  parts  are  iunuim'rable  rocks  and  islainls;  but 
along  its  southern  sides  are  two  broad  ami  navigable  channels  to  the 
Pacific. 

Proughton  Strait  enters  this  sound  at  its  soutlu-astern  i)art.  From 
thence  to  Tin. mas  Point  the  (toast  of  Vancouver  is  low  ami  is  bordered 
the  whole  distance  by  a  beach  composed  of  saml  ami  bowlders,  ami  Ibul 
ground  markd  by  kel])  extends  off  it,  from  \  to  \  mile. 

If  intemlini'  to  enter  Peaver  Harbor  from  the  eastward,  do  not  ap- 
proach this  (ihore  within  a  mile  till  near  Thomas  Point;  and  as  but 
very  few  soundings  have  been  oljtained  in  this  part  of  (Juccn  ilharlotte 
Souml,  if  beating  to  wimlward,  great  (tantion  ought  to  Ite  observed  when 
standing  to  toe  northward. 

Su  Quash  Anchorage,  at  7  miles  west  of  Pulteiu'y  Point,  on  the 
southern  shore  of  (j)ueen  Chailotte  Sound,  is  bordered  by  shoal  ground 
exi">nding  800  yards  off,  and  on  which  anchorage  may  be  had  in  from 
2A  to  4  fathoms.  Care,  however,  must  be  observed  when  anchoring 
here,  as  reefs,  which  ('ry  at  low  water,  and  shoal  i»atches  lie  scattered 
about. 

There  is  a  coal  mine  liere  and  a  i)ier. 


204 


FROM  GEORGIA  STRAIT  TO  CAPE  SCOTT. 


Anchorage. — Tbe  best  berth  is  with  the  pier  head  bearing  S,  77°  W., 
(listiiiit  r)(}0  yards,  in  2A  fatlioms  water;  i  mile  from  the  pier  oa  the 
same  bcariiif*'  tlie  deptii  is  7  fathoms. 

Beaver  Harbor,  9  miles  westward  of  Broughtoii  Strait,  is  3  miles 
wide  at  entrance  and  2  miles  dee[).  Tiie  harbor  is  protected  l)y  several 
islands  lying  across  and  within  the  entrance.  Its  shores  are  low,  and 
from  tiie  sonthern  shore  a  b'lniv  extends  ott'  nearly  A  mile.  A  short 
distance  inland  from  its  western  side  are  seven  remarkable  hills,  vary- 
ing in  height  from  400  to  (iiO  feet.  Tiiere  is  good  anchorage  in  the 
southern  and  western  parts  of  the  harbor,  l)iit  nortiieasterly  winds 
send  in  a  heavj'  sea,  rendering  it  impossible  to  land  in  ships'  boats  on 
the  southern  shore  for  days  together. 

On  the  southern  shore  is  Fort  Rupert,  formerij'  a  Hudson  Hay  Com- 
pany's trading  post.  In  the  vicinity  of  the  fort  is  a  large  native  village. 
Landing  liere  is  bad,  owing  to  tiie  beach  extending  out  shoal  for  some 
distance,  and  the  bottom  is  very  foul.  A  strong  earthfpiake  shock  oc- 
curre<l  here  on  August  25,  1805. 

In  the  vicinity  of  Heaver  Harbor  the  yellow  cypress  abounds;  it  is 
also  found  on  all  ])arts  of  tiio  north  coast  of  Vancouver's  Island,  and 
at  intervals  on  the  main  land  from  Knight  Iidet  westward. 

This  tree  yields  lumber  of  the  flnest  texture,  very  hard  and  durable 
(good  for  boats),  it  is  possessed  of  a  peculiarly  ideasantouor,  ami  repels 
the  attack  or  presence  of  the  teredo  naralis ;  on  this  account  it  is  highly 
prized  by  the  cabinet-makers,  and  the  sliipbuilder. 

Thomas  Point,  the  soutlieastern  extreme  of  the  harbor,  is  low  and 
rocky  ;  some  rocks  lie  u|)wards  of  400  yards  ott  it  to  the  westward.  The 
channel  between  it  and  Deer  Island  is  about  800  yards  wide,  with  !'roin 
!.'{  to  (i  fathoms,  and  clear  of  danger. 

Moffat  Rock,  1,00(>  yards  to  the  westward  of  Thomas  Point,  is  ()00 
yards  olf  shore,  just  at  the  outer  edge  of  the  bank,  and  uncovers  at  low 
water. 

Deer  Island,  is  about  U  miles  in  circumference  and  wooded;  its 
shores  are  rocky,  and  extending  nearly  800  yards  oft"  ita  nortliwestern 
part  is  a  reef  marked  by  kelp,  with  only  0  feet  water  over  it.  Eagle 
Island  lies  close  off  its  southeastern  point,  with  a  small  rock,  15  feet 
high,  not  more  than  50  yards  from  its  southern  extremity. 

Twin  Rock  iies  midway  between  Round  and  Peel  Islands;  a  reef 
extends  for  more  than  200  yards  from  its  east  and  south  ends,  the  latter 
being  nearly  connected  with  the  shoal  extending  from  the  north  end  of 
Deer  Island. 

Round  Island,  is  small,  but  high, and  conspicuous  from  the  eastward. 

Peel  Island  is  in  the  northern  i)art  of  Beaver  Harbor.  Between  it 
and  the  western  shore  of  the  harbor  is  a  passage  400  yards  wide  in  the 
narrowest  part,  with  17  fathoms  water.  North  of  Peel  are  the  Charlie 
Islets,  small,  and  two  in  number.  There  is  a  good  channel  into  the 
harbor  close  along  the  east  side  of  Peel  Islaiul,  which  is  steep-to,  with 
the  exception  of  a  rock  and  Sfathom  patch  close  off  the  NE.  end. 


BEAVER    IIAllBOK — DIKECTIONS — ANCHOUAOE. 


205 


its 
iistern 
Baglo 
")  feet 


^waril. 
reen  it 
ill  llie 
!harlio 
to  the 
»,  with 


Cattle  Islands,  which  lie  in  the  ini(hlh^  ot°  the  harbor,  arc  sniali  and 
coiineotetl  with  each  otlitr  at  low  water,  and  at  350  yards  nortii  of  the 
islands,  there  is  a  shoal  of  3  fathoms. 

Shell  Islet  — At  350  yards  sonth  of  them  is  Shell  Islet;  the  observa- 
tion spot  on  its  toi)  is  in  lat.  50^  12'  3(J"  N.,  long.  127°  25'  07"  \V. ;  a 
reef  awash  at  high  water  lies  200  yards  sonth  of  it. 

Cormorant  Rock,  lying  ;\  mile  off  the  western  shore  of  the  harbor, 
covers  at  high  water,  and  has  from -1  to  0  fathoms  close-to;  midway 
between  this  rock  and  Cattle  Islands  is  a  shoal  patch  of  3|  fathoms 

Daedalus  Passage,  leading  from  the  west  part  of  Heaver  llarlmr  to 
the  northward,  is  400  yards  wide  in  its  narrowest  i)art,  and  has  not  less 
than  17  fatiiouis  in  mid-channel.  The  midciiannel  course  slionld  eare- 
fnlly  be  [(reserved,  es])eoialIy  in  tiie  narrruwest  i)art  west  of  Teel 
Island  where  the  deep  channel  is  only  about  300  yaids  wide. 

Dillon  Point,  the  N \V.  extreme  of  the  harbor,  and  sei»arating  it  from 
Hardy  IJay,  is  Imld  and  rocky;  some  small  islets  lie  to  the  Sli.  of  it  close 
inshore. 

Directions. — Beaver  Harbor  is  easy  of  access  to  sailing  vessels  as 
well  as  steamers.  There  are  three  passages  into  it,  but  the  sonthern 
between  Thomas  Point  and  Di'er  Island  is  the  best,  and  generally  used. 
This  channel  is  wide  enough  for  a  vessel  to  beat  through  ;  and  the  only 
caution  re<iuired  in  entering  it,  is  not  to  round  Tlionias  I'oint  nearer 
than  40  J  yar<ls  in  order  to  avoid  the  rocks  off  its  NW.  part,  after  pass- 
ing which  steer  for  Shell  Islet. 

If  entering  the  harbor  by  the  DaMlalus  Passage,  steer  in  tnid-chaiinel : 
passing  between  (Jormorant  Rock  and  the  3^fathom  shoal  300  yards 
eastward  of  it.  A  sailing  vessel  could  not  easily  work  through  it.  how- 
ever, as  the  breadth  abreast  Peel  Island  contra«!ts  to  about  300  yards. 

Anchorage. — Anchor  in  10  to  12  fathoms  al)out  400  yards  .SK.  of 
.Shell  Islet,  with  Fort  Rupert  bearing  south,  and  Thomas  Point  S. 
7(P  li.  Good  anchorage  in  from  (5  to  0  fathoms,  and  better  sheltered 
from  all  winds,  may  be  obtaineil  westward  of  the  Cattle  Islands;  but  in 
rounding  Shell  Islet  give  it  a  berth  of  about  400  yards  to  avoid  the  reef 
south  of  it. 

(323)  BRinSH  COLUMBIA-  Vancouver  island -North  coast- 
Hardy  Day— Wharf— A  wharf  Inis  been  erected  by  the  Governineiit 
of  Canada  at  tlie  upi)er  end  of  Hardy  bay,  Vancouver  island,  GOO 
yards  to  the  northeiistward  of  the  entrance  to  the  small  inner  harbor 
or  bight  at  the  extreme  bottom  lA'  the  bay. 

Approx.  position:  Lat.  50°  43'  10"  N.,  Long.  127°  29'  20"  W. 

The  wharf,  built  of  piles,  consists  of  an  approach  120  feet  long 
with  a  tee  100  feet  long  by  40  feet  wide  at  its  outer  end.  Its  deck  is 
5  feet  above  high  watermark.  There  is  a  small  warehouse  on  the 
wharl.  The  depth  along  the  front  of  the  wharf  is  27  feet,  deepeniue 
rapidly  outwards  («  40  and  GO  feet. 

The  wliarf  is  easy  of  approach  at  all  stages  of  tlie  tide  and  can  be 
seen  m  ordinary  weather  on  entering  the  bay.  ( n.  m  lo.  i W4.) 


204 


FROM    GEORGIA    STRAIT   TO    CAPE    SCOTT. 


Anchorage. — The  best  berth  is  with  tlie  pier  head  bearing?  S.  77°  W., 
(listiiiit  aOO  yartls,  in  2f,  tathoms  water;  A  inilo  from  the  pier  on  the 
same  bearing  the  deptli  is  7  fathoms. 

Beaver  Harbor,  9  miles  westward  of  Hronglitoii  Strait,  is  3  miles 
wide  at  entrance  and  2  miles  deep.  The  harbor  is  protected  by  several 
islands  lying  across  and  within  the  entrance.  Its  shores  are  low,  and 
from  thii  sonthern  shore  a  bnik  extends  off  nearly  i  mile.  A  short 
distance  iidand  from  its  western  side  are  seven  remarkable  hills,  vary- 
ing in  heigiit  from  400  to  tiW  feet.  There  is  good  anchorage  in  the 
southern  and  western  parts  of  the  harbor,  but  nortiieasterly  winds 
send  in  a  heavy  sea,  rendering  it  impossible  to  land  in  ships'  boats  on 
the  southern  shore  for  days  togetlier. 

On  the  sonthern  shore  is  Fort  Rupert,  formerly  a  Hudson  Hay  Com- 
pany's trading  post.  In  the  vicinity  of  the  fort  is  a  large  native  village. 
Landing  here  is  bad,  owing  to  the  beadi  extending  out  shoal  for  some 
distance,  and  the  bottom  is  very  foul.  A  strong  earthquake  shock  oc- 
curred here  on  August  25,  1805. 

In  the  vicinity  of  Beav'  Harbor  the  yellow  cypress  abounds ;  it  is 
also  found  on  all  parts  of  ibe  north  coast  of  Vancopver's  Island,  and 
at  intervals  on  the  main  land  from  Knight  Iidet  westward. 

This  tree  yields  lund)er  of  the  finest  texture,  very  hard  and  durable 
(good  for  boats),  it  is  possessed  of  a  i)ecidiarly  pleasant  odor,  and  repels 
the  attack  or  presence  of  the  teredo  )iaralis ;  on  this  account  it  is  highly 
prized  by  the  cabinet-makers,  and  the  shipbuilder. 

Thomas  Point,  the  southeastern  extreme  of  the  harbor,  is  low  and 
rocky  ;  some  rocks  lie  upwards  of  400  yards  oft  it  to  the  westward.  The 
channel  between  it  and  Deer  Island  is  about  800  yards  wide,  with  fron) 
33  to  (>  fathoms,  aiul  clear  of  danger. 

Mofifat  Rock,  1,000  yards  to  the  westward  of  Thomas  Point,  is  (>0Q 

yards  olf  shore.  Just  at  the  outer  edge  of  the  baidc,  and  uncovers  at  low 

water. 

Deer  Island,  is  about  lA  miles  in  circumference  and  wooded ;  its 
shores  .       .      ,.        ..  ._i..  o,>,>  i..uf:i.-  — n.,„..„f,>.„, 

part  if 
Island 
liigb, 

Tw. 
exten( 
being 
Deer 

Roi 

Pe< 
and  tl 
narro 

Islets,  snuiU,  and  two  in  number.  There  is  a  good  channel  into  the 
harbor  close-  along  the  east  side  of  Peel  Island,  which  is  steep-to,  with 
the  exception  of  a  rock  and  3fathom  patch  close  off  the  NE.  end. 


con 


roi 

—.iAtati^  sou 

I  t  In- 
tra I 


BEAVEK    IIAUBOK — DIRECTIONS — ANCIIOKAOE. 


205 


Cattle  Islands,  wliicli  lie  in  the  iniildle  of  the  harbor,  are  small  and 
coiiiieetetl  with  each  other  at  low  water,  and  at  350  yards  north  of  the 
islands,  there  is  a  shoal  of  3  fathoms. 

Shell  Islet  — At  350  yards  south  of  them  is  Shell  Islet;  the  observa- 
tion spot  on  its  top  is  in  hit.  50^  42'  3()"  X.,  long.  127^  25'  07"  W, ;  a 
reef  awasli  at  hij,Mi  water  lies  200  yards  south  of  it. 

Cormorant  Rock,  lyinj,'  ;\  mile  olf  the  western  shore  of  the  harbor. 
Clivers  at  liif;h  water,  and  has  from  4  to  0  fathoms  close-to;  midway 
between  this  rock  and  Cattle  Islands  is  a  shoal  i)atch  of  3]  fathoms 

Daedalus  Passage,  leading  from  the  west  i)art  of  Beaver  Ilari»or  to 
the  northward,  is  400  yards  wide  in  its  narrowest  part,  and  has  not  less 
than  17  fathoms  in  mid-channel.  The  mid-channel  course  should  care- 
fully !».•  preserved,  especially  in  the  narrrowest  part  west  of  I'eel 
Island  where  the  deep  channel  is  only  about  300  yards  wide. 

Dillon  Point,  the  N \V.  extreme  of  the  harbor,  and  separating  it  from 
Hardy  Hay,  is  bold  and  rocky;  some  small  islets  lie  to  the  iSE.  of  it  close 
inshore. 

Directions. — Beaver  Harbor  is  easy  of  access  to  sailing  vessels  as 
well  as  steamers.  There  are  thiee  passages  into  it,  but  the  southern 
between  Thimas  Boinr  and  Deer  Island  is  the  best,  and  generally  used. 
This  channel  is  wide  enough  for  a  vessel  to  beat  through  ;  and  the  <udy 
caution  recpiired  in  enttuing  it,  is  not  to  round  Thomas  Point  nearer 
than  40  J  yanls  in  order  to  avoid  the  rocks  oft' its  NVV.  part,  after  pass- 
ing wliie,h  steer  (or  Shell  Islet. 

If  enti-ring  the  harltor  by  the  Da'dalus  Passage,  steer  in  mid-channel ; 
passing  between  Cormorant  Hock  and  the  3:J-fathoni  shoal  300  yards 
eastwaril  of  it.  A  sailing  vessel  could  not  easily  work  through  it.  how- 
ever, as  the  breadth  abieast  Peel  island  contra(!ts  to  about  300  yards. 

Anchorage. — Anchor  in  10  to  12  fathoms  about  400  yards  SK.  of 
.Shell  Islet,  with  Fort  Uupert  bearing  south,  and  Thomas  Point  S. 
70^  K.  Good  anchorage  in  from  0  to  0  fathoms,  and  better  sheltered 
from  all  winds,  may  be  obtinetl  westward  of  the  Cattle  Islands;  but  in 
roi  ig  Shell  Islet  give  it  a  berth  of  about  400  yards  to  avoid  the  reef 
south  of  it. 

Hardy  Bay,  separated  trom  Beaver  Harbor  by  Dillon  Point,  indents 
the  (loast  in  a  southerly  direction  for  4  miles;  its  breadth  at  the  en- 
trance w  2  miles,  narrowing  to  the  head,  where  it  terminates  in  a  nar- 
row creek  1^  miles  long,  and  about  i  mile  broad,  with  a  sand-ltank 
extending  oft"  its  head  for  ■{  mile.  The  shores  of  the  bay  are  rugged, 
and  oil'  the  west  side,  near  the  head,  ai  '  some  outlying  rocks.  There 
!•<  no  anchorage,  except  in  the  small  creek  at  the  head,  which  is  ditli- 
cult  of  access,  and  should  not  l>e  used  by  a  stranger. 

Masterman  Islands,  otVthe  northeastern  point  of  the  bay,  are  small, 
iiiodt'rately  high,  wooded,  and  four  in  number;  foul  ground  exists  l)c- 
tweeu  then  and  the  shore. 


^w?^ 


206 


FKOM    GKOKGIA    STRAIT    TO    CAPE    SCOTT. 


The  Eastern  Shores  of  Queen  Charlotte  Sound  coiisiflt  of  an 
arc  hi  pel  a  {?o  12  miles  in  length,  extending  from  Uauson  Island  on  the 
south  to  the  entrance  to  Fife  Sound  on  the  north.  Between  the  numer- 
ous inlands,  islets,  and  rocks  which  form  tiiis  archipelago,  are  many 
narrow  channels  leading  to  the  entrances  of  extensive  chasm  like  inlets, 
in  which  the  water  is  of  great  depth,  and  whose  shores  rise  in  almost 
sheer  precipices. 

Baronet  Passage. — From  Blakeney  Passage  along  the  north  shore 
of  Cracroft  Island,  between  it  and  llarbledown  Island,  is  a  narrow  chan- 
nel G  miles  long,  known  as  Baronet  Passage.  At  this  distance  it  splits 
into  several  small  passages,  lying  between  many  small  islands,  islets, 
and  rocks,  the  navigation  of  which  must  be  undertaken  with  consider- 
able caution. 

Kelp  Rocks  lie  Just  within  the  entrance  to  Baronet  Passage,  on  tbe 
northern  shon^  and  extend  over  400  yards  ott'shore  in  some  places, 
two  of  them  uncovering  at  low  water  8  and  3  feet  respectively ;  they 
leave  a  channel  .300  yards  wide  along  the  southern  shore,  in  which  is  a 
depth  of  10  fathoms.  From  here  the  jjassage  is  clear  as  far  as  Channel 
Island,  4  miles  from  the  entrance.  The  channel  on  either  side  of  Chan- 
nel Island  is  less  than  200  yards  wide,  that  to  the  northward  bping  the 
deepest.  Shoal  spots  extend  both  off  the  east  and  west  ends  of  the 
island. 

Steamer  Passage,  between  the  islands  above  mentioned  as  lying  6 
miles  from  the  entrance  to  Baronet  Passage,  is  200  yards  wide,  with 
depths  of  10  to  15  fathoms  in  it.  Great  care  must  be  ob.served  when 
passing  through  Steamer  Passage,  as  a  dangerous  rock,  awash  at  low 
water,  lies  a  little  over  400  yards  north  of  it. 

Clio  Channel,  the  continuation  of  Baronet  Passage  and  communi- 
cating with  Knight  Inlet,  is  clear  of  danger  throughout,  vith  theoxcep- 
tion  of  the  Negro  Rock  (awash  at  low  water),  lying  in  the  fairway  ^ 
mile  S.  80°  VV.  of  Sambo  Head,  and  to  avoid  which  the  SI'],  shore  of 
Turnour  Island  should  be  kept  aboard  at  about  oOO  yards  distant. 
Thence  the  passage  out  into  Knight  Inlet  is  clear  and  .safe. 

Iiagoon  Cove,  a  small  sheltered  nook  on  the  NIC.  side  of  Double 
Islands,  2  miles  to  the  SE.  of  tlie  Junction  of  Clio  Channel  with 
Knight  Inlet,  affords  anchorage  for  a  small  vessel  in  10  fathoms.  When 
entering,  pass  in  mid-channel  between  the  north  shore  of  Double  Is- 
lands and  a  small  round  island  northward  of  them,  but  do  so  with 
caution. 

Harbledown  Island  forms  the  northern  shore  of  Baronet  Passnge. 

Parson  Bay,  on  the  western  side  of  Haibledown  Island,  is  a  spacious 
bay  lA  miles  deep  in  an  easterly  direction  and  '•{  mile  wide,  slncil'ng 
graduc''iy  from  .'JO  fathoms  just  inside  the  entrance  to  12  fathoms  at  its 
head, 

Anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  14  fathoms,  mud,  at  the  head  i>r  Par- 
son Bay,  in  the  SK.  corner,  well  sheltered  from  all  but  westerly  winds 
blowing  down  Blacktish  Sound,  in  which  direction  it  it,  open. 


COMPTON    ISLAND — FAREWELL    HARBOR. 


207 


Compton  Island,  '^  mile  long  east  and  west,  is  triangular  in  shape. 
It  is  se[)arateil  from  llurUleclowii  Island  by  White  Beach  Passage.  lu 
a  bay  on  tiio  south  sidj?  is  an  old  village. 

Berry  Island,  to  the  NK.  of  Compton  Island,  is  nearly  one  mile  long 
and  forms  the  east  side  of  Farewell  Harbor. 

Lewis  Island  is  separated  from  Berry  Lslaml  by  Village  Passage;  it 
forms  the  north  side  of  Farewell  Harbor,  and  the  entrance  to  Knight 
inlet  lies  along  its  northern  shore. 

Blackfish  Sound,  between  the  north  shore  of  Hanson  Island  and 
Swanson  Island,  has  an  average  wi<ltii  of  1^  miles,  and  leads  into  Par- 
son  Bay  ami  Blakeney  Passage  to  the  8E.  and  to  Farewell  Harbor  and 
White  Beach  Passage  to  the  northward.  There  is  deej)  water  all  over 
the  sound,  and  it  is  entirely  free  from  dangers. 

Stvanson  Island,  forming  the  northern  shore  of  Blackfish  Sound, 
has  regular  bold  sliores  and  only  one  or  two  small  indentations.  Nu- 
merous small  islets  and  reefs  lie  ott'  the  northern  shore  of  the  island  for 
the  distance  of  nearly  one  mile. 

Freshwater  Bay,  on  the  south  side  of  Swanson  Island,  about  SOU 
yards  to  the  westward  of  the  southern  entrance  into  Farewell  Harbor, 
atlbrds  anchorage  for  small  vessels  in  6  fathoms,  but  it  is  exposed  to 
southerly  winds. 

Farewell  Harbor,  formed  between  Swanson  Island,  Lewis  Island, 
Berry  Island  and  Compton  Island,  is  a  snug  anchorage  for  a  small 
vessel,  i  mile  "oross  in  every  direction.  Its  ap[)roaches,  however,  both 
from  the  northward  antl  southward,  are  only  100  yards  wide,  that  to  the 
northward  from  the  main  entrance  to  Knight  Inlet  (between  Swansoii 
and  Lewis  Islamls)  being  obstructed  by  the  Twilight  Reefs  ami  several 
islets  lying  A  mile  outside  it.  Entering  through  North  Passage,  Charles 
Point  (the  west  entrance  point),  kept  touching  Maggy  Point  (the  south- 
ern point  of  North  Passage  on  the  eastern  shore),  bearing  south,  clears 
the  Twilight  Reefs,  passing  eastwan^  of  them. 

The  southern  entrance,  named  West  Passage,  between  Punt  Rock  and 
Apples  Island  (lying  close  to  the  shore  of  Swanson  Islan<l),  and  the 
Star  Islands  lying  ott  the  NW.  shore  of  Compton  Islands,  leads  out  of 
Blacktlsh  Sound  and  must  be  approached  with  caution,  as  shoal  ground 
extends  400  yards  in  a  SW.  direction  from  the  latter  islands,  having  on 
its  extreme  a  depth  of -t  fathoms,  leaving  a  passage  to  the  east  of  Punt 
Rock  only  100  yards  wide. 

Tivilight  Rock,  awash  at  high  water,  lies  1,400  yards  N.  10°  W.  of 
Charles  Point,  and  400  yards  N.  00°  W.  of  it,  is  Chick  Reef,  L'dO  yards  in 
extent  and  drying  4  feet.  To  the  westward  of  the  above  dangers  is  a 
group  of  small  islets  and  reefs  extending  along  the  whole  of  the  nortli- 
ern  shore  of  Swanson  Island  for  a  distance  of  nearly  a  mile. 

Directions. — Th^  southern  entrance,  which  shouhl  only  be  taken  by 
a  small  vessel,  should  bo  approached  on  a  N.  OP  K.  bearlnu',  passing 
50  yards  from  Bare  Rock  (10  feet  high)  at  the  east  side  of  Freshwater 


208 


FUOM    GKOKGIA    8THAIT    TO    CAPE    SCOTT. 


Bay  i  oil  th's  beariiij?  Stripe  Island,  a  small  ishiiid  in  the  harbor,  should 
be  seen  midway  botween  Apples  and  Star  Islands.  Wiieii  abreast  of 
Apples  Island  haul  gradually  to  the  eastward  and  anchor  in  18  fathoms 
in  the  middle  of  the  harbor. 

If  it  can  be  clearly  made  out,  the  north  extreme  of  Kamnx  Island, 
open  a  little  inuth  of  the  N\V.  Star  Island,  beariii}>  N.  (ilP  E.,  will  clear 
the  shoal  ground  extending  SVV.  of  the  Star  Islands. 

Village  Passage,  between  Lewis  and  Berry  Islands,  is  a  narrow  but 
apparently  clear  channel  250  yards  wide,  leading  out  from  the  NB.  part 
of  Farewell  ITarbor,  north  of  the  Carey  group,  to  Native  anchorage. 

White  Beach  Passage,  between  Conipton  Island  and  the  N  W.  point 
of  Harbledown  Island,  is  in  its  narrowest  jiart  only  80  yards  across,  and 
must  be  used  with  great  caution.  This  passage  also  leads  up  through 
Indian  Pussage,  south  of  the  Carey  group,  to  Native  anchorage. 

Village  Island  is  2  miles  to  the  eastward  of  Lewis  Island,  and  is 
separated  from  Tournour  Island  on  the  SK.  by  Canoe  Passage.  The 
space  between  L.'wis  Island  and  Village  Island  is  occupied  by  the 
Indian  Islands.  A  narrow  i)ass,  Elliot  Passage,  leads  into  Knight  In- 
let, between  the  easternmost  of  these  islands  and  Village  Island. 

Carey  G-roup  are  a  chain  of  several  small  islands  lying  to  the  south- 
ward of  the  Indian  Islands,  and  stretch  across  from  Berry  Island  to 
Tumour  Island. 

Tumour  Island  is  9  miles  long  east  and  west,  and  at  its  center  3  miles 
wide,  narrowing  towards  its  extremities.  It  is  sejiarated  from  Harble- 
down Island  on  the  south  by  Beware  Passage,  Clio  Channel  running 
along  its  southeastern  side,  and  Kuiglit  Inlet  along  its  northern  side. 

Native  Anchorage. — At  tiie  SW  end  of  Village  Island  is  Mama- 
lilaculla  village,  and  at  the  mouth  of  a  small  bay  to  the  southeast- 
ward of  it,  at  the  entrance  to  Canoe  Passage,  is  Native  Anchorage, 
with  from  7  to  S  fathoms  water.  Hail  Islands,  two  small  islets,  lie  to 
the  southward  of  it,  and  Chart  and  Cecil  Islets  to  the  westward. 

Beware  Passage,  lying  between  the  northeastern  shore  of  Ilaible- 
down  Island  and  the  southwestern  shore  of  Tumour  Island,  leads  from 
Native  Anchorage  eastward  into  Clio  Channel.  Though  the  greater  part 
of  it  is  clear,  vessels  can  uot  pass  through  it  into  Clio  Channel,  owing  to 
a  barrier  of  islets  and  rocks  which  stretch  right  across  it,  at  one  mile 
from  itsjuiicti(m  with  that  channel.  An  Indian  village  (Karlukwees) 
is  situated  on  Tumour  Island  at  the  eastern  entrance  to  Beware  Passage. 

Canoe  Passage  is  a  narrow'  pass  leading  from  Native  Anchorage 
along  the  southeastern  shore  of  Village  Island,  between  it  and  Turnour 
Island.  At  2  miles  up  it  is  completely  closed  at  low  water  by  a  stony 
barrier  which  dries  right  across,  and  it  is  only  available  for  canoes  at 
high  water. 

Knight  Inlet — The  Main  Entrance  to  this  inlet,  which  is  one  of 
the  most  extensive  of  the  sea  canals  of  British  Columbia,  lies  north- 
ward of  Swanson,  Lewis,  and  Village  Islands,  between  them  and  Mid- 
summer Island  and  several  smaller  islands  and  rocks. 


KNIGHT    INLET — WHITK    CLIFF    ISLANDS. 


209 


The  oiitraiice  lies  3*  miles  east  of  Doiieyal  Head,  and  may  be  easily 
rocojiiiized  by  Wiiite  Clitf  Islands,  a  cliaiii  of  small  islets  of  a  whitish 
coW  on  the  northern  side  of  the  passage  into  tiie  inlet.  The  entrance 
between  Wedge  Island  on  the  north  and  the  northwestern  shore  of 
Swanson  Island  on  the  sonth  is  700  yards  wide  and  clear  of  danger, 
bnt  farther  east  Twilight  Keefs  and  C3Iock  Hock  are  dangerous ;  the 
former  is  1:^  ">iles  and  the  latter  5  miles  from  Wedge  Island.  These 
^dancers  should  ix.  •>•■'■'— '  •^- "  ••  lying 

;oarse 

of  the 

;rance 

Slope 

sterly 

'd  for 

of  1^ 

high 

ter  is 

?aunt 

:,  and 

homs 

Port 

gthe 

Jlope 

icing 

'Inch 

lotte 


trait 
ham 

te  of 

irof 
ecu 
ison 

ets, 
rec- 
iter 

?he 

be 

uel 


rth 


208 


FROM    OKOKOIA    HTUAIT    TO    CAI'E    SCOTT. 


Bay  ;  on  this  bcariii);  Stripe  [.sliiiid,  si  small  isliiiid  in  tho  liarWor,  kIiouUI 
be  .seen  midway  between  Apples  and  ytar  Islands.  Wiu-n  abreast  of 
Apples  lslai:d  haul  fjradually  to  the  eastward  and  anclior  in  18  I'atlioms 
in  the  middle  of  the  harbor. 

ir  it  can  be  clearly  made  out,  the  north  extreme  of  Kamnx  Island, 
open  a  little  north  of  the  NW.  Star  Island,  beariii};  N.  (i!P  IC,  will  clear 
the  shoal  gronnd  extendinjj  SW.  of  the  Star  IslandfS. 

Village  Passage,  between  Lewis  and  Berry  Islands,  is  a  narrow  but 

(840)  BRITISH  COLUNBIA— Queen  Charlotte  sound  ~  Knight 
and  Klngcome  Inlets  approaches  -Uncharted  rocks  Hydrographlc 
notes. — Captain  F.  T.  Saunders,  master  of  the  Ht(!anier  Cixiiiitlain, 
reports  the  existence  of  the  followinfit  uneliart^Ml  rooks  and  snsiiicious 
patclies  of  kelp  in  the  vicinity  of  the  approaches  to  Knight  inlet  and 
Kinjjcomc  inlet  from  (^ueen  Charlotte  sound.  The  i>ositions  have  not 
been  accurately  fixed  and  a-e  to  be  considered  as  approxinnite  only: 

Kelp,  between  the  14  ai  d  20-fathom  soundings  soutlieast  of  Merry 
island,  (iOO  yards  S.  !»°  K.  true  (SE.  by  S.  mag.)  from  the  east  tangent 
of  that  island.     A  boat  is  reported  to  have  struck  a  lock  here. 
Latitude  50°  :J5'  55"  N.,  Longitude  126°  3!)'  10"  W. 

Kelp,  where  14  fathoms  are  marked  on  the  chart,  bearing  from 
Cecil  islet  S.  80°  W.  true  (SW.  |  W.  nuig.),  700  yards,  also  off  the 
nintheast  end  of  Cecil  islet. 

K(dp,  where  l.'J  fathoms  are  marked  on  the  chait,  between  tlie  two 
southernmost  islets  off  Mamalilaculla,  A  mile  S.  1.'}°  W.  true  (S.  byE. 
E'ly  mag.)  from  the  (;enter  of  the  more:  easleily  Indian  island. 

Kelp,  on  the  west  side  of  Elliott  passage  olf  the  southesust  extremity 
of  the  moie  esusterly  Indian  island,  northeast  of  the  24-fathom 
sounding. 

The  rock  shown  1,200  yards  S.  83°  E.  true  (ENE.  |  E  mag.)  from 
the  easternmost  Kidge  islet  and  that  shown  off  Bare  hill  cover  at  high 
wat«r. 

Kelp,  wlicre  19  fathoms  are  shown,  between  the  islets  off  Baie  hill. 

Kock  off  Sail  island.  Retreat  passage,  uncovei's  at  low  water.  Dis- 
tant 400  yards  S.  15°  W.  true  (S.  |  E.  niag. )  from  the  rock  shown  ofl" 
the  northwest  end  of  Sail  island. 

Kelp  patch  off  Saddle  hill,  imnu^diately  south  of  the  rocks  west  of 
the  27-fathom  sounding. 

Kelp  close  northward  of  the  20-fathom  sounding  shown  off  False 
cove,  northwai'd  of  Saddle  hill. 

Kock  on  which  the  steamer  ('(xjuHlam  struck  off  Islet  point,  Itetreat 
passage,  in  the  entrance  to  Cramer  passage,  clo.se  southeastward  of  the 
40  fathom  .sounding  shown  on  the  chart. 

Latitude  50°  44'  02"  N.,  Longitude  126°  34'  20"  W. 

Rock,  uncovering  at  low  wat«r,  in  Penphra.se  psussiige,  300  yards  off 
Sii'  Edmund  head  bearing  from  Vigis  point  South  true  (SSE.  |-  E. 
mag. ). 

Shoal  ground  extending  200  yards  olf  the  bluff  nearly  midway 
between  Steep  point  and  Vigis  point,  Wishart  peninsula. 

Rock  marked  with  kelp  with  less  than  6  feet  over  it  in  the  middle 
of  Moore  bay,  Kingcome  inlet,  where  55  fathoms  are  marked  on  the 
chart. 

Keef  reported  by  ('aptain  IVIonk  of  the  steamer  Coiitli  in  tlie  middle 
of  Sharp  pa8.sage  from  which  the  north  tjingent  of  Moore  point  bears 
N.  73°  E.  true  (NE.  \  E.  nuig.)  and  the  east  tangent  of  Stack  house 
island  N.  15°  E.  trne  (N.  |  W.  nmg.). 

Bock  avash  at  high  wat«r  off  Cardale  point,  Sutlej  channel. 

(N.  M.  32,  1906.) 


KNIGHT    IXLKT — WIIITK    CLIFF    ISLANDS. 


209 


Tlio  t'liti'fiiice  lies  3A  miles  east  of  Donegal  Head,  anil  may  l>e  easily 
recnijnized  by  Wiiite  Clitl'  IslandH,  a  chain  of  small  islets  of  a  whitish 
color  on  the  iiortiiern  side  of  the  passage  into  the  inlet.  The  entrance 
between  Wedge  Island  on  the  north  and  the  northwestern  shore  of 
Swaiison  Island  on  the  south  is  700  yards  wide  and  clear  of  danger, 
but  farther  east  Twilight  lleefs  and  Clock  HocU  are  dangerous ;  the 
former  is  1\  nnles  and  the  latter  o  nnles  from  Wedge  Island.  These 
dangers  should  be  passed  to  the  northward,  and  ilnmble  Island,  lying 
lu'tween  them,  to  the  southward,  after  which  a  midc^hannel  course 
should  be  incserved  until  east  of  I/.idy  Islands,  when  the  shores  of  the 
inlet  may  be  approached  to  within  a  moderate  distance.  The  entrance 
proper  to  Knight  Inlet  is  between  Warr  IJlutf  on  tlie  south  and  Slope 
I'pint  on  the  north.  From  hence  the  iidet  trends  in  a  general  easterly 
direction  for  ;W  miles,  and  then  turns  suddenly  to  the  northward  for 
L'fii  miles  to  its  termination,  with  an  average  width  throughout  of  H 
inih's.  The  shores  of  the  inlet  are  generally  Itold  and  formed  by  high 
mountains  rising  precipitously  from  the  water's  edge.  The  water  is 
everywhere  deep,  except  at  a  sjmt  about  7  miles  eastward  of  Hergeauut 
Passage,  where  a  rocky  ridge  was  found  to  extend  across  the  inlet,  and 
on  which  there  are  heavy  overfalls,  but  no  less  depth  than  23  fathoujs 
was  obtained.  There  are  but  few  places  that  aiford  .anchorage  ;  Port 
Elizabeth  on  the  nortli  shore  and  (Ueudale  Cove  on  the  south  being  the 
only  two  that  may  be  (tonsidered  available.  At  Hi  nnles  east  of  Slope 
Point,  Tribune  Channel  branches  ott'  to  the  northward  and  embiacing 
Gilford  Island,  connects  with  Fife  Sound  and  Sutlej  Channel,  wliich 
diverging  on  either  side  of  Broughton  Lsland  lead  into  (^ueen  Charlotte 
Sound. 

On  the  southern  side.  Knight  Inlet  is  connected  with  Johnstone  Strait 
by  two  pass'^iges,  viz,  Clio  Channel  and  Baronet  Passage  and  Chatham 
and  Havaunah  Channels. 

Tides. — The  tides  at  the  entrance  to  Knight  Inlet  run  at  the  rate  of 
from  one  to  3  knots. 

Wedge  Island,  a  small,  round  island  400  yards  in  extent,  is  clear  of 
<liniger  and  may  l)e  boldly  steered  for,  i)assing  in  nudchannel  between 
Wedge  Island  and  the  small  islets  lying  close  to  the  shore  of  Swanson 
islaiui. 

White  Cliff  Islands. — From  AVedj-e  Island  a  line  of  small  islets, 
naiiieil  White  Clilf  Islands,  extends  fo.over  a  mile  inaN.  13^  W.  direc- 
tion with  patches  of  shoal  water  between.  A  rock  awash  at  high  water 
lies  nearly  L'OO  yards  northwestward  of  the  northern  islet. 

White  Clitf  Islands  are  the  key  to  the  entrance  to  Knight  Iidet.  The 
islands,  by  their  color,  form  a  very  conspicuous  object,  and  would  be 
most  useful  for  strangers  to  identify  the  entrance  to  the  main  channel 
ol  the  inlet. 

Surge  Rocks  are  a  small  group  of  rocky  islets  lying  600  yards  north 
of  Wedge  Island. 

14205— No.  1)0 14 


210 


FHOM  GEORGIA  STRAIT  TO  OAPK  SCOTT. 


Midsummer  Island,  Hi>i*iii''it<»K  Kiii{;lit  Inlet  tVnin  SpriDfif  PiiMsaee, 
is  3  iiiilt'H  loii^',  aixl  one  mile  wide. 

Owl  Island,  une  iiiilo  in  leii^rtli,  and  about  A  mile  broad,  lies  otV  the 
west  end  of  MidHutnnier  iHlund,  with  a  narrow  paH.sajje  (Providence  Pas- 
sage) between  them. 

Passage  Islet  in  a  Kmall,  nnind  islet,  about  midway  between  the 
Surge  Koeks  and  the  Hhore  of  Owl  Island.  From  the  nortliern  islet  of 
the  White  Clitf  Islandsanother  channel  leads  into  Knight  Inlet  on  either 
side  of  Passage  Islet. 

Twilight  Reefs,  which  uncover  only  4  feet  at  low-water  springs,  lie 
about  li  miles  east  of  the  main  entrance  to  Knight  Inlet,  at  from  200 
to  250  yards  northward  of  a  group  of  small  islets  on  the  south  side  of 
channel.  To  clear  tlieui  keep  Coast  Cone  (a  conical  hill  on  the  NVV. 
shore  of  Village  Island)  in  line  with  the  southern  shore  of  Jumble  Islaud, 
bearing  east. 

Jumble  Island  lies  2  miles  east  of  Weilge  Island.  On  its  .-st  side 
is  Night  Islet,  and  oil"  its  east  point  lie  the  three  small   1!  Islets. 

When  within  400  yards  of  Night  Islet  haul  to  the  eastward  lu  pass  at 
that  distance  southward  of  it,  Jumble  Island,  and  the  Bush  Islets. 

Indian  Islands  lie  on  the  aoiUh  side  of  Knight  Inlet,  between  Lewis 
and  Village  Islands.  Between  them  are  several  small  channels  leading 
to  Native  Anchorage,  but  only  the  ea8ternnu)st,  Elliot  Passage,  is  navi- 
gable, aud  that  only  by  suuiU  vessels. 

Clock  Rock,  which  covers  at  half  flood,  lies  500  yards  north  of  the 
easternmost  of  the  Indian  Islands,  and  is  especially  dangerous  to  ves- 
sels going  through  Elliot  Passage.  To  clear  it  keep  the  coast  of  Village 
Island  aboard  at  400  yards  distance. 

Leading  Mark. —Passing  up  or  down  Knight  Inlet,  the  Clock  Uock 
may  be  safely  passed  by  keeping  Leading  Point  (on  the  north  shore)  in 
line  with  Hippie  Bluff  (the  north  extreme  of  Village  Island)  bearing 
N,  880  ]•:. 

Ridge  Islands  lie  on  the  northern  side  of  Knight  Inlet,  between  the 
east  end  of  Midsummer  Island  and  the  SW.  shore  of  Gilford  Islaiul,  at 
the  entrance  of  Spring  Passage. 

A  Rock,  which  dries  8  feet  at  low  water,  lies  600  yards  from  the 
shore  of  Gilford  Island ;  it  is,  however,  out  of  the  fairway  of  vessels 
passing  up  and  down  Knight  Inlet,  but  is  dangerous  for  those  |)assing 
through  Spring  I'assage. 

Chop  Bay  is  a  small  bight  on  the  north  side  of  Knight  Inlet  opposite 
Ripple  Bluff. 

Tide  Rip. — Heavy  tide  rips  occur  off'  Kipple  Bluff',  and  between  it 
aud  Leading  Point,  on  the  opposite  shore,  the  tidal  stream  runs  at  a 
rate  of  from  2  to  3  kiu)t8  an  hour. 

Lady  Islands  consist  of  two  islands  with  deep  water  on  both  sides 
of  them,  and  are  3  miles  eastward  of  Leading  Point ;  the  largest  is  one 
mile  long,  but  narrow,  with  several  small  islets  lying  off'  its  west  ex- 
treme. 


,1 


PORT    KLJZAHETH — HOKYA    SOITND. 


211 


Port  Elizabeth. — Northwestward  of  tlio  Lady  InlaiidH  a  larKc  l)if;lit 
braiHilit'H  otl'  to  tlin  NW.,  (Mirviiifj  round  to  tli«  8VV,,  and  oi)oniiij,'  out 
at  its  lioad,  t'oi-niin(;a.slioltore<l  auc.lioragu  nuinud  i'ort  Hli/,abetli, about 
one  niilo  in  extent;  hut  wiiicli  is,  iiowevor,  somewhat  contracted  by  two 
Hmnll  ishuids  lyin*;  in  tlie  middle. 

Dueit  (Jove,  to  tlie  HW.  of  tiiese  Hinail  inlands,  forms  the  termination 
of  the  port,  a  Mat  dries  off  its  head  nearly  A  mile. 

Anchorage  may  be  tal<en  uj)  as  convenient  in  tiie  soutiiern  [tart  of 
tlie  port  in  trom  !>  to  4  faliioms,  tiie  ialter  deptlis  beinfjf  found  south  of 
the  eastern  island,  midway  between  it  and  the  shore. 

Minstrel  Island  lies  to  the  eastward  of  Turnour  Island,  at  the  junc- 
tion of  ('lio  and  Chatliai>i  Channels  with  Kni^^iit  Inlet.  Hetw -en  the 
south  side  of  Minstrel  Island  and  the  opposite  shore  of  Cracroft  Island 
a  deep  bijjht  is  formed,  in  the  center  of  wiii(di  is  Double  Island,  two 
small  islets  connected  at  low  water  with  each  other,  and  also  witii  the 
shore  to  the  eastwanl,  forminjj  to  the  northward  Lagoon  <'ove. 

Chatham  Channel  has  its  entrance  between  White  Knob  Point 
(Minstrel  Island)  and  Littleton  I'oint,  where  it  is  over  f,  mile  wide. 
Thence  .e  channel  takes  a  southeasterly  direction,  and  gradually  con- 
tracting in  width  and  shoaling,  it,  at  4  miles  from  the  entrance,  joins 
the  head  of  Havannah  CMniunel. 

Cutter  Cre  sk,  a  narrow  bight  on  the  east  shore  of  Chatham  Channel, 
L-^  miles  deep,  terminating  in  marshy  laud  bordered  by  a  sandtlat, 
would  att'ord  anchorage  to  a  small  vessel  in  G  fathoms,  but  caution  must 
be  observed  when  entering,  as  a  small  islet  (Block  Islet)  lies  in  mid- 
channel  at  entrance,  leaving  a  passage  less  than  200  yards  wide  on  each 
side  of  it,  that  to  the  south  being  the  best. 

Shewell  Island,  on  the  north  side  of  Knight  lidet,  lies  at  the  south- 
ern entrance  to  Tribune  Channel,  which  it  divides  into  Clapp  and  Nickoll 
Passages,  both  being  clear  of  danger. 

Tribune  Channel,  see  page  218. 

Viscount  Island,  forming  the  eastern  side  of  the  southern  entrance 
to  Tribune  Channel,  is3  miles  long  north  and  south,  and  one  niilewide. 

Sergeaunt  Passage:  (Pumish)  is  a  narrow  pass  on  the  east  side  of 
Viscount  Island,  2'"^  miles  long,  and  communicates  with  Tribune  Channel. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Sergeaunt  Passage  at 
Ih.  Om.;  springs  rise  15A  feet,  neai)s  12  feet. 

Anchorage. — Fair  anchorage  may  be  obtained  on  either  side  of  the 
passage.  It  is  contracted  to  220  yards,  where  the  depth  is  11  fathoms 
at  low  water.    The  least  water  in  the  kelp  patch  is  3i  fathoms. 

Tsakonu  Cove,  on  the  south  side  of  the  inlet  round  Proti  ction 
Point,  is  probably  too  deep  for  anchorage. 

Hoeya  Sound,  on  the  north  shore  of  the  inlet,  7  miles  from  Protec- 
tion Point,  is  a  bight  .J  mile  wide,  indenting  the  coast  in  an  easterly  di- 
rection. There  are  depths  of  over  40  fathoms  over  the  greater  part  of 
the  sound,  but  it  shoals  suddenly  to  .1  fathoms  at  300  yards  from  its 
head. 


212 


FROM  GKORGIA  STUAIT  TO  CAPE  SCOTT. 


Prominent  Point,  on  the  south  sliore  of  Kniglit  Inlet,  opposite  the 
entrance  to  lioeya  Sound,  has  a  rocky  ridge  of  less  water  tlian  in  the 
center  of  the  inlet,  extending  northward  from  it,  on  which  (here  are 
heavy  overfalls;  the  least  deptii  obtained  during  the  survey  was  23 
fathoms. 

Qlendale  Cove  (Kiokh),  on  the  south  shore  of  the  inlet,  immediately 
eastward  of  Macdonald  Point,  is  :^  mile  wide  at  its  i'ltrance.  It  dries 
about  half  its  length,  and  the  water  in  the  rernaininf;  part  is  deep. 

A  river  flows  into  the  head  of  Glendale  (Jove  from  a  sheet  of  wat«'r  one 
mile  distant,  named  Tom  lirowneLake,  about  5  miles  long,  which  ex- 
tends nearly  to  the  head  '>f  Tojtaze  Harbor. 

Anchorage  may,  with  care,  be  taken  up  in  the  southeastern  corner 
in  '2'A  fatho.'is,  with  the  right  extreme  of  ()bservatioI^  Point  in  line  witii 
liai)id  Mil ;,  and  a  large  bowlder  on  the  west  side  inline  with  thejunction 
of  Flora  and  Macdonald  Kidgt'S,  but  the  bank  is  very  steep-to. 

Q-lacier. — On  the  east  shore,  at  14  miles  from  the  head,  over  a  gully, 
under  Glacier  Peak,  there  is  a  remarkable  glacier  a  short  distance  from 
the  sea.  Anchorage  was  tried  for,  l)ut  no  bottom  was  obtained  at  L'OO 
yards  from  the  shore  witli  40  fathoms  of  line. 

From  Axe  Point  the  inlet  trends  nearly  straight  for  a  further  dis- 
tance of  8  miles.  At  its  head  it  somewhat  widens,  but  maintains  its 
great  depth  close  up  to  ihe  mud  Hat,  wliich  exteud.s  about  .^  mile  from 
the  shore  of  the  marshy  ground  at  tiie  foot  of  the  valley  in  which  Knight 
Inlet  terminates.  In  the  valley  near  a  stream  is  Tsauwati  village,  fre- 
quented during  the  summer  months  by  large  numbers  of  Indians  for 
the  i)urpose  of  uuikiug  (isii  <»il.  Mount  Blair,  immediately  over  the 
head  of  the  iidet,  attains  an  altitude  of  0, .")"»()  feet. 

Wahshihlas  Bay,  at  4i  miles  from  the  head  of  Knight  Inlet  on 
the  westcuii  shore,  affords  the  only  i)lace  where  an  anchor  could  be 
dropped — securing  to  the  trees  by  a  hawser,  in  a  depth  of  30  fathoms 
close  to  the  south  shore,  on  west  side  of  the  bay. 

Fire  Islands,  at  the  entrance  of  the  inlet,  consisting  of  one  large  and 
four  small  islets,  lie  close  to  the  west  end  of  Owl  Island. 

Escape,  Canoe,  and  House  Islands. — From  the  west  end  of  Mid- 
summer Island  .several  ,  :nail  islands  extend  in  a  northwesterly  direction 
for  l\  miles,  with  rocks  between  some  of  them.  The  largest,  Escape 
Island,  lies  close  off  the  shore  of  Midsummer  Lslaiid.  Mouse  Islaiul,  the 
iS'W.  of  the  grouj),  is  merely  a  round  rock,  but  reefs  extend  over  4U0 
yards  east  and  west  from  it. 

Sedge,  Start,  and  High  Islands  are  the  .southern  and  largest  of 
numerous  small  islands,  and  rocks  1_\  lug  otl  the  S\V.  end  of  IJonwick 
Island.  Several  patches  of  rock  lie  off  and  between  them,  but  a  clear 
l)assage,  .\  mile  wide,  exists  between  Sedge  Lslauds  and  House  Island, 
leading  into  Retreat  Passage. 

Green  Rock,  -.5  feet  high,  lies  l,',,  miles  east  of  House  Island, 
another  small  rock  lying  300  yards  westward  of  it. 


SPRING    PASSAGE — CRAMKR    PASSAGE. 


213 


Spring  Passage,  leailiiifj  from  Retreat  Passage  into  Kiiiglit  Inlet, 
is  about  .\  mile  wide,  but  at  tiie  eastern  euil  the  cLannel  is  contracted 
by  Broken  Islands  to  a  width  of  GOO  yards,  the  passage  bein^  to  the 
north  of  these  islands,  llidge  Islands  lie  across  the  eastern  entrance 
of  the  i)assage. 

Retreat  Passage,  an  entrance  to  which  lies  between  House  and 
Bedge  Islands,  extends  in  a  northeasterly  direction,  between  Bonwick 
and  (Jrilford  Islaiuls.  Along  the  shore  of  Bonwick  Island,  which  is 
bold-to,  it  is  a  clear  navigable  passage;  but  the  eastern  shore  is  skirted 
by  several  small  islands,  islets,  and  rocks,  between  which  a  vessel 
should  not  pass. 

Seabreeze  Island  is  the  largest  and  most  southern  of  the  islands  on 
the  eastern  shore  of  Itetreat  Passage.  Whal<>  llock,  :i  feet  high,  lies 
800  yards  NE.  of  Seabreeze  Island,  nearly  midway  between  it  and  Yel- 
low Rock  at  the  entrance  to  Health  Bay. 

Health  Bay,  a  bight  one  mile  deep  in  a  SR.  direction,  may  be  safely 
entered  by  passing  in  mid-channel  between  the  south  end  of  Sail  Island 
(which  lies  otV  the  entrance)  and  Yellow  Rock,  oOO  yards  south  of  it,  or 
midway  between  the  latter  and  the  shore,  when  convenient  anchorage 
in  K  to  10  fathoms  may  be  obtained.  A  narrow  passage  in  the  NE. 
corner  of  the  bay  cominuint^ates  with  a  lagoon. 

Q-rebe  Cove,  a  narrow  bight  on  the  west  shore,  extends  one  mile  in 
a  westerly  direction,  shoaling  gradually  from  bS  fathoms  ott' its  entrance 
to  (5  fathoms  at  its  head. 

Cam;i  Bay,  opjwsitc  Grebe  Cove,  is  too  small,  and  has  too  great  a 
de]»th  of  waiei  in  It,  for  anchoring  in. 

Fox  Islands. — The  north  end  of  Retre  it  Passage  opens  o\it  into  a 
space  al)oiit  li  iiuIm  across.  In  the  middle  of  this  space,  extending 
right  across  fronj  the  north  end  of  Bonwick  Ishind  to  the  south  shore  of 
Baker  Islands,  are  the  Fox  Islands.  There  is  a  clear  channel  east  of 
the  Fox  Islands  u|>  to  :he  entran(!e  of  drainer  Passage,  jtassing  mid- 
way between  the  eastern  islet  of  the  chain  and  Solitary  Island. 

Cramer  Passage,  between  the  southeastern  shore  of  Baker  Island  and 
north  wes'ern  slioie.if  (Jilfonl  Island,  is  a  clear  navigable  channel,  400 
yards  wide  at  its  southern  entrance,  between  Steei)  Island  and  Islet 
Point:  from  thence  it  extends  2  miles  N.  iii)°  E.,  and  then  turns  sud- 
denly to  the  N.  lli^  E.  for  one  mile  to  its  junction  with  Fife  Sound.  A 
sunken  rock  lies  l!50  yards  west  of  Powell  Point,  the  NE.eiitrainie  point 
of  the  passage. 

At  the  northern  entrance,  at  the  distance  of.'JOO  yards  from  the  west- 
ern shore  is  a  sand  i)atch,  about  400  yards  in  extent,  with  from  0  to  10 
fathoms  water  on  it.  By  preserving  a  mid-channel  (sourse  the  passage 
may  be  boldly  t;>ken. 

Shoal  Harbor,  on  the  east  shore  of  Crimer  passage,  is  a  narrow  in- 
let l^  utiles  long  (east  and  west),  to  whic.i  access  is  gained  byachannel 
150  yards  across  from  shore  to  shore,  in  hotno  parts  less  than  40  yard-s 


214 


FROM  GEORGIA  STRAIT  TO  CAPK  SCOTT. 


wide  between  the  3-fii thorn  lines,  and  in  which  tb'^re  is  a  depth  of  only 
3:1  fiitliOins.  This  channel  is  TOO  yards  lonji'  in  a  southerly  direction, 
Mink  I'oiiit  beinj;  its  southern  termination  on  the  eastern  side.  The 
western  half  of  the  harbor  has  only  from  one  to  2  fathoms  water  over  it, 
but  over  the  ^I'^'ater  j)art  of  the  eastern  i)ortion  there  is  a  depth  of 
4  fathoms.  A  bank  which  dries,  and  through  which  flows  a  small 
stream,  extends  more  than  \  mile  from  the  head  of  the  eastern  arm. 
Shoal  Flarbor  is  only  safely  available  for  small  coasting  vessels  with 
local  knowledge,  but  in  the  event  of  its  being  necessary  to  enter,  a 
small  vessel  may,  with  care,  do  so  by  keeping  at  50  to  60  yards  from 
the  eastern  shore  of  the  passage  in,  and  aneliorage  may  be  taken  up  in 
4  fathoms  abreast  Mouse  Island  (on  the  northern  shore)  about  .500  yards 
eastward  of  .Mink  Point. 

Tides.— It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Shoal  Harbor  at  1  hr. ; 
s]»rings  rise  l.">  feet,  neaps  10  feet. 

Bonwick  Island  forms  the  western  shore  of  lletreat  Passage  and 
the  eastern  shore  of  Arro\,  Pas.sage.  Off  its  southwestern  end,  north  of 
Sedge,  Start,  and  High  Islands  it  is  skirted  by  numerous  small  islets 
and  rocks,  between  which,  near  the  shore  of  lionwick  Island  shelter 
may  be  found. 

Dusky  Cove  aflbnls  anchorage  in  (5  to  8  fatiioms,  about  liOO  yards 
oastvard  of  (Jove  Island,  the  largest  of  the  islets.  It  is  entered  by  a 
pa-s.sage  200  yards  wide  between  the  ledges  of  rock  (which  extend  in 
patches  ^  mile  west  from  Cove  Island)  and  a  chain  of  islets  to  tiie  south- 
ward. Care  must  be  ob.served  when  entering  to  avoid  the  reefs,  which 
may  be  cleared  by  keeping  the  north  i)oint  of  tlie  small  Leading  Island 
at  the  iieail  of  the  cove  in  line  with  the  north  extreme  of  South  Island, 
be:iring  S.  S^"^  E. 

The  westernmost  of  the  reefs  aljove  mentioned  ( Evening  Koeks)  covers 
at  0  feet  rise,  ami  Ijedge  h'ock.  the  outer  of  the  islets  on  the  sonth  side 
of  the  channel,  is  only  ;{  feet  above  high  water.  Traj)  and  South  Islands 
lie  to  the  eastward  of  Ledge  liock,  the  former  being  li.j  feet  high. 

Fog  Islands  are  a  small  group  lying  olf  the  shore  of  IJonwick  Island 
on  the  south  sidtMif  the  entrance  to  Arrow  Passage.  lOvening  llocks 
and  the  ledges  extending  west  from  Cove  Island,  lie  A  mile  southward 
of  them. 

Horse  Rock,  awash  at  low  water,  is  a  dangerous  rock  lying  otV  the 
north  side  of  the  entrance  to  Arrow  Passage,  1,000  yards  N.,  T.'P  W.  of 
the  westernmost  Fog  Island. 

Arro'W  Passage,  Ix'tween  lionwick  Island  to  the  SK.  and  Hud- 
son and  Mars  Islands  on  the  N\V.,  is  a  clear  iui\  igable  channel,  in 
every  pu  >f  which  is  deep  water.  Having  i)a.s8ed  the  Hor.se  Itock, 
the  passage  may  b»^  boldly  i)assed  through  in  mid-channel,  and  a 
vessel  may,  if  necessary,  pa.ss  westward  of  the  Fox  Islands,  and  round- 
ing tlie  northern  islet  of  that  group  at  300  yards,  pass  between  it  and 
Steep  Island  and  enter  Cramer  Passage. 


,i 


. 


SUNDAY    HARBOR TRACEY    ISLAND. 


'215 


The  Coach  Islands  are  a  group  of  several  .small  i.slaiul.s  lyinfr  on 
the  north  side  of  the  entrance  to  Arrow  Pa.s.sage  ;  they  extend  over  a 
distance  of  'f  mile  from  the  SW.  end  of  Hudson  Island. 

Hudson  Island,  on  the  north  side  of  Arrow  Passage,  is  one  mile 
long. 

Mars  Island,  -i  miles  long,  and  f  mile  wide,  lies  close  to  and  north- 
eastward of  Hudson  Island.  Spiller  Passage,  between  it  and  Hudson 
Island,  leads  out  to  the  N\V.  ainong.st  the  islets  on  the  SW.  side  of 
Etleii  Isliuid,  and  into  Trainer  and  Philii)s  i)assage.s. 

Scrub,  Kate,  and  Triangle  Islands,  with  some  other  small  islets, 
exten<l  1.^  miles  from  the  west  end  of  lludsoii  Island;  Scrub  Island 
being  the  smaller  and  westernmost  of  the  group. 

Sunday  Harbor. — lietween  the  above-mentioned  islands  and  Crib 
Island,  to  the  NVV.,  a  small  but  sheltered  anchorage  is  formed, 
affording  refuge  for  small  vessels.  The  western  entrance  is  between 
Scrub  Island  and  Huston  Island  (a  small  islet  lying  400  yards  north  of 
it)  and  is  ch'ar  of  danger.  Half  a  mile  in,  the  channel  tronrracts  to  le.sa 
than  lilto  yards  in  width  between  Narrows  Island  and  Island  Point, 
between  which  is  a  ridge  with  only  -i.V  fathoins  «u  it,  deepening  again 
to  7  tatiiiims.  There  is  a  passage  out  to  the  eastward  leading  into 
Si>ilU'r  I'assiige. 

Anchorage  slionld  be  taken  up  in  mid-channel  as  convenient,  '.)Ut 
at  not  more  than  OtX)  yards  from  the  Narrows,  in  .">  fathom.s,  with  lUish 
Point  bearing  N.  L'lP  E.,  and  north  point  of  Kate  Islaml  shut  ii  with 
Island  Point. 

Crib  Island,  forming  the  N\V.  shore  of  Sunday  Ilarl)or,  is  1|  miles 
long,  and  .\  mile  wide  at  its  broadest  i)art. 

Eden  Island,  forming  tlie  southeastern  shore  of  the  entrance  to  Fife 
Sound,  is  aoout4  miles  long  and  l.J  miles  broad,  ami  has  some  smaller 
islands  and  rocks  off  its  western  end.  Its  southwestern  shore  is  a  little 
more  than  h  mile  northward  of  Crib  Island,  and  the  i»assage  between 
them  is  divided  by  a  grou])  of  islets  lying  in  the  center  into  two  pas- 
sages, that  to  the  northward  named  Trainer,  and  that  to  the  southward 
Philips  Passage. 

Marsden  Islands  are  a  group  of  five  islet)-',  lying  to  the  eastward  of 
the  two  passages;  southward  of  them,  towards  Si)iller  Passage,  are 
several  other  islets  and  rocks;  but  to  the  N\V.  ami  in)rth  of  thera 
(along  the  shore  of  Eden  Island)  there  is  a  clear  channel  to  the  XE. 
leading  into  Joe  (Jove  (Eden  Island)  and  Misty  Passage,  and  thence 
northward  through  IJlunden  and  Old  Passages,  on  either  side  of  Insect 
Island,  into  Fife  Sound,  south  of  the  Benjamin  group.  The.se  passages 
are,  however,  very  narrow  ami  shoal  in  jtlaces,  and  are  not  navigable 
excei)t  by  small  (toasters. 

Tracey  Island,  lA  miles  long  and'/  mile  wide  in  its  broadest  i>art,  lies 
between  the  east  ends  of  Eden  and  Mara  Islands.  Detween  it  and  Eden 
Island  is  Misty  I'assage. 


216 


FROM    GEORGIA   STRAIT    TO    CAPE    SCOTT. 


Monday  Anchorage. — Between  Tracey  Island  aiul  Mars  Island  is 
Monday  Anchorage,  a  sheltered  position  attbrding  secnre  anchorage 
midway  between  the  shores  of  the  above  islands  in  about  8  fathoms. 

Baker  Island,  forming  part  of  the  southern  shore  of  Fife  Sound,  is 
eastward  of  Eden  Island,  the  triangular-shaped  island  named  Insect 
lying  between  them.  It  is  i\  miles  long  east  and  west  and  l:j;  miles 
broad. 

Fife  Sound  leads  from  (Jueen  Charlotte  Sound  to  Sutlej  and  Tribune 
Channels  and  Kingcoine  Inlet,  and  extends  in  a  general  KNE.  and  east 
direction  for  S  miles,  when  the  Burdwood  group  divides  it  into  two 
channels  (Raleigh  and  Hornet  Passages)  leading  into  Tribune  Chan- 
nel;  it  is  a  clear  navigable  channel,  with  deep  water  throughout. 
Fife  Sound,  between  Pearse  I'eninsnlaaud  the  Burdwood  group,  turns 
suddenly  to  the  westward  and  joins  l'(!n{)Iirase  Passage,  which  con- 
nects it  with  Sutlej  Channel  and  Ivingcome  Inlet. 

The  entrance  Iroui  Queen  Charlotte  Sound,  between  Duff  Island  and 
the  entrance  to  CuUen  Harbor,  nniy  be  boldly  steered  for,  passing  at 
about  i  mile  SE.  of  Gore  Kock  (4  feet  high),  which  lies  about  one 
mile  westward  of  the  entrance. 

Foster  Island,  the  summit  of  which  forms  a  remarkable  cone  about 
270  feet  iiigh,  lies  about ;"»  miles  S.  .17^  W.  of  the  entrancie  of  Fife  Souuil. 
Ott"  its  south  side  are  the  Twin  Islets,  and  off  the  north  side  is  a  patch 
of  kelp,  which  may  possibly  overlie  a  rocky  danger.  The  channel  be- 
tween Foster  and  Malcolm  Islands  is  called  George  Passage,  and  is 
apparently  free  from  danger. 

Penfold  Island,  covered  with  trees,  and  small,  lies  U  miles  south- 
eastward of  Foster  Island.  The  channel  between  Foster  and  Penfold 
has  not  been  examined. 

Holford  Islands,  lying  2  miles  N.  .'35^  E.  of  Poster  Islaiul,  consist 
of  two  small  islands,  covered  with  trees.  From  the  west"rn  island,  a 
reef  which  nnciovers  3  feet  at  low  water,  extends  .}^  mile  to  the  mnth- 
ward  and  westward,  and  the  islands  in  this  direction  should  be 
given  a  berth  of  one  mile.  The  passage  between  Foster  Island  and 
Holford  Islands,  known  as  the  Salmon  Channel,  is  clear  of  danger  ;  a 
mid-channel  course  should,  however,  be  kept. 

CuUen  Harbor  is  on  the  south  side  of  Broiighton  Island,  at  the  en- 
trance to  Fife  Sound.  Its  entrain;e  between  Nelly  Islandand  the  shore 
westward  of  Gordon  Point  is  less  than  200  yards  wide,  and,  when  en- 
tering, care  shoidd  be  taken  to  keep  exactly  in  mid  channel.  Inside, 
the  harbor  oiiens  out  to  fiOO  yards  in  width,  with  depths  of  from  4  to  8 
fathoms. 

At  the  head  of  the  harbor,  on  the  west  side,  a  narrow  boat  passage, 
through  which  the  tide  runs  with  great  strength,  leads  into  Booker  La- 
goon, an  extensive  sheet  of  water  about  1^  miles  in  extent,  with  depths 
varying  from  12  to  more  than  45  fathoms.  This  lagoon  has  an  outlet 
ihto  (Jneen  Charlotte  Sound  to  the  westward  of  Long  Island,  which  forms 
the  western  side  of  CuUeu  Harbor. 


DEEP  HARBOR — RALEIGH  PASSAGE. 


217 


Anchorage  may  be  luul,  well  sheltered,  in  5  fathoms,  sandy  bottom 
at  300  yards  S.  12=  W.  of  Davidson  Island  at  the  liead  of  the  harbor. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  fnll  and  change,  in  Cnllen  Harbor  at  121i.; 
springs  rise  IG  feet,  neaps,  7  feet. 

Deep  Harbor,  on  the  north  side  of  Fife  Sonnd,  7  miles  within  the 
entrance,  is  formed  by  a  narrow  inlet  which  indents  the  coast  in  an 
easterly  direction,  forming  on  its  south  side  Pearse  Peninsula.  At  it* 
entrance  is  Jumper  Island,  400  yards  eastward  of  wiiich,  and  lust  north 
of  two  small  islets,  is  a  reef,  leaving  a  clear  passage  in  along  the  north 
shore  tOO  yards  wide.  The  depths  in  the  harbor  vary  from  11  to  37 
fathoms;  but  anchorage  may  be  found  off  a  small  biglit  on  the  south 
shore,  in  18  fathoms,  at  UOO  yards  south  westward  of  the  narrow  entrance 
to  the  bight  which  forms  the  head  of  the  harbor. 

Benjamin  G-roup,  consisting  of  three  islands  and  several  smaller 
islets  and  rocks,  lie  oi  posite  Deej)  Harbor.  Indian  Passage,  the  narrow 
channel  lying  between  them  and  the  south  shore,  has  a  shoal  patch  of 
li  fathoms  in  it,  and  though  otherwise  apparently  clear  of  danger, 
should  not  be  attempted. 

Ragged  Island,  lying  I.l  miles  eastward  of  (lull  Rock  (at  eastern 
extreme  of  the  Benjannn  Group),  has  a  rocky  patch  extending  300  yards 
from  its  NW.  side. 

Pym  Rock,  which  uncovers  2  feet  at  low  water,  and  is  steep  to,  is  a 
dangenms  patch  lying  in  the  way  of  vessels  entering  Cramer  Passage. 

Viner  Sound,  on  the  southeastern  shore  of  Fife  8ouiid,  about  3Miile8 
NE,  ot  Kagged  Island,  gradually  iiaiiows  from  one  mile  at  the  entrance 
to  400  yards  in  width  at  the  head,  Irorn  which  a  bank,  drying  at  h)w 
water,  exends  i  mile.  Anchorage  may  be  had  in  10  fathoms  at  about 
^  mile  from  its  head,  abreast  an  old  Indian  village. 

Burdwood  Group.  con.sisting  of  six  huge  and  several  small  islands, 
lies  off  the  entrance  to  Viner  Sound.  The  largest,  which  is  the  north- 
western one,  is  TOO  feet  high.     Vessels  should  not  pass  between  them. 

Simoom  Sound,  the  entrance  to  which  is  1^  miles  from  the  Burd- 
wood Groui),  between  Dee])  Sea  Bluff  on  the  east,  and  Pollard  Point  on 
the  west,  extends  1.^  miles  NNF,  and  then  turns  suddenly  to  west, 
which  direction  it  inaiiitains  for  nearly  2  miles  as  far  as  Curtis  Point, 
where  the  width  decreases  from  i  mile  to  400  yards,  and  the  inlet  bends 
to  the  SW.,  and  is  separated  by  a  narrow  neck  of  land  from  Shawl  Bay, 
an  indentation  on  the  east  side  of  Sutlej  Channel,  and  forming  Wishart 
Peninsula.  Tiie  width  of  Simoom  Sound  at  the  entrance  is  i\  mile,  and 
on  the  eastern  side,  one  mile  from  Deep  Sea  Ulutf,  is  the  small  islet  of 
Louisa.  The  water  is  deep,  but  where  the  souml  turns  to  the  westward 
it  shoals  to  40  and  gradually  to  20  fathoms,  atid  to  the  southwestward 
of  ('nrtis  Point  in  O'Brien  Bay,  decreases  to  II  fathoms. 

Raleigh  Passage,  to  the  northward  of  the  Burdwoctd  Group,  con- 
nects Tribune  Channel  with  Fife  Sound  and  Sutlej  Channel;  there  is 
also  a  passage  to  the  southward  of  the  group  called  Hornet  Pr  sage. 


218 


FROM    GEORGIA    STRAIT    TO    CAPE    SCOTT. 


There  is  deej*  water  in  both  these  passages,  but  the  former  is  the  wider 
and  tlic  more  direct. 

Directions  for  Fife  Soiind. — Entering  from  Queen  Charlotte  Sound, 
steer  to  give  Foster  Lshind  and  tlie  Ilolford  Islands  a  berth  of  at  least 
one  mile,  iindi)ass  A  mile  SE.  of  Gore  Kock,  which  at  high-water  sjmng 
tides  is  only  4  feet  above  water,  whence  steer  boldly  for  the  entrance, 
keeping  as  nearly  as  i)ossible  in  midciiannel.  From  abreast  the  Benja- 
min (Iroup  the  nortiiern  shore  should  be  kei)t  at  about  A  mile  distant, 
gradually  iiauling  to  the  northward,  and  passing  between  Nickless  Is- 
land and  Village  Point,  the  west  extreme  of  the  southern  Burdwood 
Island.  If  bound  through  HutleJ  Channel, haul  to  the  northwestward; 
if  through  Tribune  (Jhaimel,  steer  to  round  the  NW.  island  of  the 
Burdwood  (Jroup  at  A  mile  distant,  and  then  to  the  eastward. 

Tribune  Channel,  tlirougliout  its  greater  jjart,  maintains  an  average 
width  of  one  mile,  but  near  Kwatsi  Bay,  where  the  channel  turns  to 
tl  T  SK.,  and  again  at  2  miles  within  the  southern  entrance,  it  nar- 
rows to  A  mile  in  width.  The  water  is  deep  tlirougliout,  the  only  danger 
being  Ilumphicy  IJock,  on  which  is  a  dei)th  of  H  fathoms,  lying  in  mid- 
channel  just  south  of  the  southern  narrows.  Tribune  Channel  has  the 
same,  cluuacteristics  as  most  of  the  other  deep  inlets  on  this  coast. 

Kwatsi  Bay,  on  the  north  shorts  of  Tribune  Chainiel,  abniit  8  miles 
eastward  nf  the  Burdwood  (iroup,  indents  the  coasts  lor  about  "J  miles. 
The  water  in  the  southern  part  is  very  deep,  but  slioals  at  A  a  mile 
from  the  head  of  the   bay  to  liS  fathoms,  and  grailually  to  l.'i  fathoms. 

Wahkana  Bay,  <)]>i>osite  to  Kwatsi  Bay,  indents  the  shore  of  Gilford 
Island  in  a  southwesterly  direction  for  nea-l-  '->  miles;  the  depth  at 
nbout  one  mile  within  the  entrance  being  i'l'lii.thoms,  and  near  the  head 
IS  fathoms. 

Bond  Sound,  which  indents  the  north  shore  of  Tribune  Channel, 
<ixteu(ls  ;j  miles  in  a  northerly  direction,  and  has  an  averaged  width  of 
nearly  one  mile;  Bond  Sound,  owing  to  the  greai  depth  of  water, 
atfords  no  aiuihorage. 

Thompson  Sound  has  its  entrance  on  tiie  east  shore  opposite  Traf- 
fonl  I'oint.  At  the  head  of  the  sound  is  iSackville  Island,  and  the  Kale- 
weiken  Kivertlows  into  the  sound  northward  of  it.  Between  Satikville 
Island  and  the  mud  Hat  olf  the  river,  the  depths  shoal,  but  rather 
steeply  ;  anchorage,  however,  might  with  ease  be;  picked  up  in  the 
northeastern  coiiier,  in  V2  fathoms. 

Humphrey  Rock,  with  3  fathoms  water  on  it,  lies  nearly  in  the 
center  of  the  southern  part  <jf  Tribune  ('hannel,  abreast  Bainber  Point, 
the  west  salient  point  of  Viscount  Island,  and  2  miles  to  the  northward 
of  the  NK.  ))oint  of  Shewell  Island. 

Q-ilford  Island,  the  largest  of  the  islands  forming  the  archii)elago 
on  tlie  eastern  shore  of  Queen  Charlotte  Sound,  is  ISA  miles  long  in 
a  MiO.  and  SW.  direction,  and  11  miles  wide  at  its  NK.  end,  grad- 
ually decreasing  to  2  miles  near  its  SW.  extreme  (Bare  Hill).     The 


liROUGMTON    ISLAND — WELL:^    PASS. 


210 


west  (side  of  tlie  isliuul  is  inucli  indented,  and  some  of  tlie  bights  thus 
formed  allbrd  anchorage,  artioiifjst  whicli  are  Hcaltli  Bay  and  Hlioal 
Harbor,  (lilford  Island  is  considerably  elevated,  the  highest  parts 
being  near  the  NE.  end,  where  Mount  Uead  xises  to  aheight  of  4,8'20 
feet.  The  SVV.  i)art  of  tiie  itJand,  however,  is  Hot  so  lofty,  tlie  hills 
over  Bare  Hill  I'oint  not  being  more  than  i)!*.")  feet  high,  but  round  its 
eastern,  southern,  and  northern  sdiores  mountains  rise  almost  precipi- 
tously from  tlie  water's  edge. 

Broughton  Island,  which  forms  the  NW.  shore  of  Fife  Sound, 
and  the  southern  and  western  shore  of  Sutlej  Channel,  is  la  miles  long 
in  an  east  ami  west  dire<!tion,  and  (>  miles  wide  at  its  western  end, 
gradually  tapering  to  one  mile  wide  at  its  eastern  extreiiu?.  The  island 
is  much  indented,  the  largest  inlet,  (ireenway  Souiul,  nearly  separat- 
ing the  island  into  two  part.s;  and  a  canoe  jiassage  also  leads  from 
Greenwuy  Sound  to  (carter  Bay,  at  the  west  point  of  the  Island,  thus 
deta(;hing  the  north-rti  part  of  Broughton  Island.  The  hills  on 
Broughton  Inland  are  not  so  lofty  as  those  of  the  mainland  contiguous 
to  it. 

From  the  ei.traiure  to  Cullen  harbor,  the  south  shore  of  Broughton 
Island  trends  to  the  westward  for  about  8  miles  to  the  entrance  to 
Wells  pass;  it  is  steep  to  and  clear  of  danger  at  A  milt  disiant.  Dob- 
bin Bay  and  (Ockatricu^  Bay  allbrd  no  anchorage. 

Folkinghonie  Islands,  a  group  consisting  of  one  hr.ge  and  several 
smaller  islets  and  rocks,  lie  oil'  the  (;oast  at  the  entrance  to  Wells  pass  ; 
the  largest  island,  100  feet  high,  is  distant  from  Broughton  Island  l.i 
miles.  Foul  ground  extends  for  some  distance  from  the  east  side  of 
this  group,  and  it  shoidd  not  be  approached  within  a  distance  of  A 
mile. 

Vincent  Island  lies  i  mile  north  of  the  west  extreme  of  the  largest 
of  the  Polkinghorne  Islands,  some  snmllor  islands  King  between 
them. 

Percy  Island  lies  ]  mile  NW.  of  Vincent  Island,  and  lias  several 
islets  and  rock.s  skirting  its  NW.  shore  and  boniering  on  Wells  Pass. 

Dickson  Island,  at  the  western  extreme  of  Broughton  Island,  is  A 
mile  NM  of  Percy  Island  and  forms  the  south  shore  of  Carter  P>ay ; 
its  southern  shore  is  skirted  by  islets  and  rocks,  some  of  whictii  ex- 
tend across  to  Percy  Island. 

Caution.  — N'essels  passing  between  the  Polkinghorne  Islands,  V^in- 
ceiit,  and  Percy  Islands,  should  do  t-o  with  great  caution,  and  should 
not  attem])t  to  ps.ss  between  the  latter  island  and  Dickson  Island. 

Carter  Bay  is  formed  between  Dickson  and  Broughton  islands,  on 
the  eastern  shore  of  Wells  Pass  ;  the  water  in  it  is  deej). 

Wells  Pass  is  the  entrance  to  SiitleJ  Channel  from  (k)ueeii  Charlotte 
Sound,  Prom  the  entrance  between  Boyles  Point  and  Percy  Island, 
the  i>as8  extends  5  miles  in  a  NF.  direction  to  its  Junction  nith  Patrick 
Passage,  Grappler  Sound,  atid  Drury  Inlet.    The  width  at  the  south- 


220 


FROM    GEORGIA    STRAIT    TO    CAPE    SCOTT. 


ern  piirt,  between  Dickson  Island  and  I'opplewell  Point,  is  only  ^  mile, 
widening  yradnally  to  one  mile  at  the  nortiieiii  en<l. 

The  eastern  shore  is  much  broken  by  bays,  inchulinjf  Tracey  Harbor, 
but  the  west  shore  is  straight  and  compact. 

Ommaney  Islet  is  the  westernmost  of  the  islets  lying  in  Wells  Pass 
between  Percy  and  Dickson  Islands;  its  soutii  and  81'j.  snles  are 
surrounded  by  kelp  to  a  distance  of  about  400  yards,  amongst  which 
are  rocks  drying  at  low  water.  The  [x'ssage  ii.to  Wells  I'ass  is  to  the 
westward  of  Ommaney  Islet,  wliieii  narrows  the  navigablo  (dianiiel  to  a 
width  of  800  yards.  Vessels  entering  Wells  Pass  should,  when  ap- 
proaching Ommaney  Islet,  keep  the  higiiest  i)eak  of  Numas  Islands 
(1;,  ing  otf  the  entrance)  just  open  ofi'Hoyles  Point  until  Ommaney  Islet 
is  well  shut  in  under  Dickson  Island;  whence  steer  to  pass  in  mid- 
channel  between  the  islet  and  James  Point,  and  hence  keep  the  west- 
ern shore  on  board. 

Sutlej  Channel  from  its  entrance  (Wells  Pass)  takes  a  NK.  diiec- 
tion  for  nearly  o  miles,  varying  from  ^  to  one  mile  in  breadth,  and  is 
clear  of  dangei'.  At  that  distance  it  turns  to  the  eastward  through  Pat- 
rick Passage  between  Atkinson  and  Kinnaird  lslands,and thence  south- 
eastward to  the  entrance  toGreenway  Sound,  whence  it  takes  a  general 
SK.  direction  through  Pasley  and  Sharp  Passages  (on  either  side  of  the 
Stackhouse  Island),  to  its  junction  with  Penphrase  I'assage  and  King- 
come.  Inlet.  It  is  a  dear,  deep  ciiannel  throughout,  and  there  is  no 
imiMMJinieiit  to  sale  na\'igation  by  maintaining  a  mid-ciiannel  course. 

Tracey  Harbor,  on  the  western  shore  of  IJroughton  Island,  is  at  its 
entrance  between  Lambert  Island  and  Mauve  Islet,  800  yards  wide,  but 
it  soon  narrows  from  500  to  .'<00  yards,  maintaining  tiiat  width  ^'t a  little 
over  one  mile  in  an  east  direction  ;  tiie  harbor  then  opens  out  and  forms 
two  biglirs  at  its  head,  Napier  Bay,  tiie  northern,  being  500  yards  broad. 
The  only  diingeris  tiie  reef  skirting  Star  Rock  (which  lies  on  the  north 
shore  about  halfway  through  thi^  narrow  portion  of  the  harbor),  and 
vessels  entering  slu)uld  keep  the  southern  shore  aboard  at  100  yards 
distance. 

Anchorage,  completely  sheltered,  may  be  obtained  in  from  6  to  7 
fatlioms  in  Napier  15ay,  or  abreast  Freshwater  Cove,  at  about  400  yards 
S.  4(P  E.  of  the  Star  Kock,  in  10  fathoms,  mud  bottom. 

Lambert  Island  is  on  the  north  sideof  the  entrance  to  Tracey  Har- 
bor. Imiiu'diately  to  the  eastward  of  it  is  Wolf  Cove,  exteinling  800 
yards  in  a  northeasterly  direction,  with  a  width  of  400  yards  at  the  en- 
trance, gradually  narrowing  to  200  yards;  it  affords  no  anchorage. 

Atkinson  Island  lies  close  off  the  northwestern  shore  of  Broughton 
Island ;  some  islets  extend  off  its  southwestern  i)oiiit,  and  vessels  should 
not  attempt  to  pass  between  it  and  the  shore  of  Broughton  Island. 

Surgeon  Islands,  a  group  of  snuill  islets  close  together,  lie  J  mile 
west  of  Atkinson  Islainl,  at  the  entrance  of  Patrick  Passage. 

Kinnaird  Island,  IJ  miles  long,  lies  with  Dunsany  Passage  on  the 
east  and  Patrick  Passage  on  the  south. 


]■« 


OREENVVAY   SOUND — KINOCOME    INLET. 


221 


r:!^ 


Greenway  Sound,  on  the  sontli  sliore  of  Sutlqj  Chiimicl,  is  a  deep 
inlet  neiirly  one  mile  wide  at  its  entrance,  extendinj,'  (!  miles  in  a 
westerly  and  southerly  direction,  and  gradually  narrowinji;  towards  its 
head,  wiiich  approaches  within  j  mile  of  the  head  of  Dobbin  May.  It 
has  deep  water  throughout  its  entire  extent,  and  att'ords  no  anchorage; 
inside  its  entrance  are  Cecil  and  Maude  Islets. 

Cypress  Harbor,in  Sharj)  Passage,  li.i  miles  eastward  of  the  entrance 
to  (Ireenway  Sound,  iiulcnts  th(^  coast  cabout  one  mile  in  a  southerly 
direction  ;  the  upper  iialf,  however,  is  both  narrow  and  siiallow,  and  the 
an(!horage  is  limited  to  only  a  small  portion  of  the  remainder,  owing  to 
the  depth  of  water  being  too  great.  The  entrance  between  Donahl 
Head  5\nd  Woods  Toint  is  400  yards  wi<le,  but  the  navigable  channel  is 
only  a  little  over  200  yards  wide;  the  harbor  then  opens,  and  is  from 
400  to  800  yards  across,  the  deptii  varying  from  19  fathoms  in  mid-chan- 
nel to  a  fathoms  abreast  Herry  Cove. 

Fox  Rock,  1(»  feet  above  low  water,  lies  in  the  entraniie,  and  is  the 
outer  part  of  a  reef  which  extends  L'OO  yards  east  from  Woods  Point. 
Vessels  entering  the  harbor  sliouhl,  to  avoid  it,  keep  Donald  Mead 
aboard  at  a  distance  of  100  yards. 

Anchorage. — (lood  ancthorage  may  be  oittamed  on  tiu'  western  side 
in  (i  fathoMis,  mud  bottom,  off  Uerry  Cove,  at  200  yards  N.  oS^  E.  of 
Tree  Islet.  Tlu)  laud  to  tlu^  southward  of  the  ancshorage,  l»etween  the 
head  of  Berry  Cove  autl  Koll'ey  Point,  is  fringed  with  large  cy|»re.ss 
trees. 

Water. — A  stream  of  fresh  water  Hows  into  Herry  Cove. 

Stackhouse  Island  is  about  ^  mile  in  extent,  ami  lies  in  the  middle 
ofSutlcj  Channel  aUreast  the  entrance  to  Cypress  Harbor.  SliarpPas- 
sagi',  to  the  sontiiwardof  it,  and  Pasley  Passage,  to  the  northward,  are 
botli  I  mile  wide. 

Magin  Islands,  three  small  islands  from  P20  to  180  feet  high,  lie  one 
mile  to  the  northward  of  Htackiiouse  Island,  and  ^  mile  from  the  west 
shore,  a  snnill  rock,  awash  at  high  water,  lying  l)etween. 

Tides. — Tlie  tides  in  yutlej  Channel  run  at  the  rate  of  from  one  to  3 
knots. 

vf  Kingcome  Inlet  takes  a  northeasterly  direction  tor  (>  miles  to  the 
entrance  to  Waketnan  Hound  (on  the  nortli  shore),  whence  it  trends  east- 
erly for  a  further  distance  of  V2  miles  to  its  head,  maintaining  an  aver- 
age width  of  one  mile.  Its  termination  on  the  northern  shore  is  a  low, 
marshy  plain  dotted  with  patches  of  scrub  and  stunted  trees,  and  bor- 
dered !)>'  a  Hat  of  solt  mud  and  sand  1^  miles  wide,  which  extends  ^ 
mile  from  the  shore.     This  is  tlat  steepto. 

The  northern  shores  of  this  inlet  are  bordered  by  snow-clad  peaks, 
which  are  coiis])iciioiis  from  Queen  Charlotte  Sound;  the  southern 
.sliore  is  not  (piite  »o  lofty.  Kingcome  Mountains  rise  over  the  head  of 
this  inlet,  being  2  miles  inland  iu  an  easterly  direction. 


222 


FROM    GKOROIA    STRAIT    TO    CAPK    SCOTT. 


Anchorage. — Kingcomc  Inlet,  in  loganl  to  the  ffroat  depth  of  water, 
presents  the  same  leatnres  as  most  of  the  inlets  on  this  coast.  Anchor- 
age, however,  may  be  obtained  in  18  fathoms,  ott'a  small  cove,  neiir  two 
small  bights,  at  lA  miles  sontli  of  the  head  of  the  inlet. 

Wakeman  Sound  extends  for  a  distance  of  5  miles  in  a  northerly 
direction,  terminating  in  a  low  marshy  plain  dotted  with  patches  of 
scrnb  and  stunted  trees,  through  which  several  streams  How,  bringing 
down  from  the  high  ranges  inland  the  melting  snow,  and  causing  the 
water  for  one  mile  from  the  head  of  the  sound  to  be  perfectly  fresh  at 
low  water,  and  of  a  didl  milky  color.  At  its  head  is  an  Indian  village. 
The  water  is  too  deep  for  anchorage. 

Belleisle  Sound,  on  the  south  shore  of  Kingcome  Inlet,  has  its  en- 
trance through  a  narrow  pass  which  lies  south  of  the  small  Edmond 
Islands.     Tlie  iidet,  from  its  great  depth  of  water,  atVords  noanchorage. 

Fenphrase  Passage  connects  Hutlej  Channel  with  Fife  Bound  and 
Tribune  Channel.  The  west  entrance  between  Hayes  and  Vigis  points 
is  one  mile  wide,  but  the  width  of  the  passage  decreases  to  oOO  yards 
abreast  of  Trivett  Island.  About  200  yards  east  of  Trivett  Island  is  a 
shoal  patch  of  .S  fathoms  ;  with  this  exception  the  passage  appears  to 
be  clear  from  dangers.  Nicholls  Island  lies  just  inside  the  west  entrance 
on  the  southern  side  of  the  channel. 

A  rock  awash  at  low  water  lies  250  yards  to  the  northwestward  of  the 
west  point  of  Nicholls  Island,  but  being  inside  a  line  joining  Hayes 
Point  with  the  east  end  of  the  island,  is  out  of  the  fairway  of  the  chan- 
nel. 

Drury  Inlet  at  its  entrance  is  only  200  yards  wide,  with  a  depth  of 
15  fathoms;  just  outside  the  entrance  is  Morris  Island,  which  should 
be  passed  on  the  north  side,  and  the  northern  shore  should  be  closed 
to  avoid  a  reef  (marked  by  kelj)  in  the  season)  lying  on  the  southern 
shore  half  way  between  Morris  Island  and  the  narrowest  part  of  the 
entrance  chsinnel.  Drury  Inlet  extemls  in  a  westerly  direction  for  12 
miles  to  its  head,  where  another  narrower  arm  (Acta'on  Sound)  branches 
otf  on  the  northern  shore  for  a  distance  of  4  miles  to  the  northeastward. 

Over  the  greater  part  of  Drury  Inlet  the  depth  is  less  than  25  fath- 
oms, and  it  is  nowhere  so  deep  as  most  of  these  iidand  channels;  in 
width  it  varies  from  200  yards  to  one  mile,  the  latter  being  its  width 
throughout  the  greater  part  of  the  inlet;  but  at  one  place,  iStuart  Nar- 
rows, 1^  miles  within  the  entrance,  two  islets  (each  connected  to  the 
shore  by  reefs)  leave  a  \)assage  of  (udy  .500  yards  between  them,  and 
this  is  further  obstructed  by  a  dangerous  rock,  which  only  uncovers  at 
low  water  (5  feet),  lying  directly  in  the  fairway  between  the  two  islets. 
Through  these  narrows  the  tidal  streams  during  springs  attain  a  veloc- 
ity of  5  knots  an  hour. 

Passing  up  Drury  Iidet,  at  one  mile  from  Stuart  Narrows,  Lecho 
Island  is  seen  lying  in  mid-channel,  and  may  be  i)assed  on  e  ther  side; 
here  the  inlet  opens  out  to  the  southward,  forming  Uichmond   liay,  in 


DRURY    INLET — rSRAPPLEH    SOUND. 


223 


side; 
fnv,  i" 


wliicli  arc  several  islets.  At  a  little  over  one  mile  westwaid  cf  IjCcIio 
Island  is  Li^ar  Island,  l.^O  feet  iiigh,  luiviiifj  at  'JOO  yards  SIO.  of  its 
south  i>oiMt  a  danfjerous  sunken  rock,  uncovering  only  5  feet  at  low- 
water  sprinjis. 

Voak  Rock,  another  dan{,'erons  rock,  awash  only  at  low-water  spring 
tides,  lies  OOO  yards  N.  10"^  W.  of  Ligar  Island,  with  deep  water  be- 
tween. 

Sir  Evarard  Islands,  on  the  southern  shore,  1.1  miles  westward  of 
Ligar  Island,  tbrni  u  ihain  extending  in  a  NW.  direetioii,  with  rocks 
between  them,  a  clear  chauiiel  lying  between  them  and  Hooper  island 
to  the  northward. 

Blount  Rock,  ■>  feet  above  high  water,  lies  close  to  the  southeru 
shore  .J  mile  to  the  westward  of  Sir  Everard  Islands. 

Jennis  Bay,  on  the  north  shore,  abreast  lIooi)er  Island,  would  af- 
ford anchorage  for  a  small  vessel,  which  when  entering,  should  pass 
eastward  of  the  island  and  anchor  in  the  center  of  the  bay  in  7  to  10 
fathoms. 

Center  Rock,  a  dangerous  sunken  rock,  uncovering  only  8  feet  at 
low-water  s[)ring  tides,  lies  in  the  middle  of  Drury  Iidet  1  ,'„  miles  N. 
05°  W.  of  the  northern  of  the  Sir  Everard  Islands;  it  is  steep-to  all 
round,  itnd  vessels  will  clear  it  by  keeping  at  400  yards  oil'  either  shore. 

Muirhead Islands.  —At  2:^  miles  westward  of  ('enter  Kock  the  inlet 
becomes  studded  with  small  islands  having  deep  channels  between 
tbem,  and  extending  over  a  distance  of  2  miles.  The  easternmost  of 
these  is  Wilson  Island,  120  feet  high;  Keith  Island,  also  120  feet  high^ 
lies  400  yards  to  the  westward  of  it,  and  the  Muirhead  Islands,  three 
in  number,  extending  one  mile  in  an  east  and  west  direction,  are  200 
yards  westward  of  the  latter.  The  west  iM airhead  Island  is  the  largest 
and  255  feet  high,  the  next  in  size,  the  eastern,  being  180  feet  high. 
Between  this  group  and  the  southern  shore  the  space  is  occupied  by 
numerous  small  islands,  but  there  is  a  clear  channel  along  the  north 
side  of  the  group ;  westward  of  these,  however,  the  water  shoals  rai)idly^ 
there  being  only  2  to  3  fathoms  in  Sutherland  Bay  at  the  head  of  Drury 
Inlet. 

Acteeon  Sound,  which  branches  off  from  the  north  side  of  Drury 
Inlet  abreast  the  west  Muirhead  Island,  is  so  blocked  at  its  entrance 
by  islets  and  rocks  as  to  render  it  oidy  available  to  boats. 

Grappler  Sound. — West  of  Patrick  Passage,  between  Kiniiaird  Is- 
land and  Pandora  Head,  is  the  entrance  to  another  inlet  which  con- 
tinues iu  a  northerly  direction  for  4  miles,  and  is  known  as  (Jnippler 
Sound.  From  it,  several  smaller  bights  branch  off  on  both  sides,  those 
on  the  east  communicating  with  llopetown  and  Kenneth  Passages, 
north  and  south  of  Watson  Island.  The  depths  iu  the  Sound  range 
from  20  to  30  fathoms,  but  shoal  in  Claydon  and  Carriden  Iki  vs  on  the 
western  shore.  At  the  entrance  to  the  former  a  reef  lies  neai  ly  in  mid- 
channel,  and  a  reef  also  extends  300  yards  from  Linlithgow  Point,  on 
the  uortheru  shore  of  the  entrance  to  the  latter. 


224 


FROM    OKOR(HA    STRAIT    TO    CAPK    HCOTT. 


Buckingham,  Hammersley,  and  Hanbury  Islands  lit*  on  tlio  north 
8i(l<!  (if  Kiiiiiiiird  Isliiiul  at  tlu'  t'litraiic-t'  to  llopetowii  l'ns.s;i}.'(',  the  tlrst 
iH'iiij;-  the  liii'tft'st. 

Dunsany  Passage,  U'lidliig  Irom  (rriii»i)hu'  8ouiid  to  tlu',  cntriiiice  to 
llopctowii  Piissii^'c  itnd  soiitlii'iistward  into  Siith'j  ('liiinncl,  is  appar- 
ciitl.v  (ilearofdanjicr.s,  with  tiio  exception  of  a  reef,  which  (rovers  at  iiiyh 
water  .springs,  lying  ofT  the  nortliorn  sliore  at  the  entrance  to  Ilopetown 
I'assaj^c 

Hopetown  Passage  can  only  ho  used  l)y  Itoats  which  can  pass  the 
barrier  oi'  rocks  that  extend  riglit  across  tlie  passage  at  1.^  miles  from 
the  entrance. 

Kenneth  Passage,  leading  from  the  head  of  Grapi)ler  Sonnd 
round  the  iu)rth  side  of  Watson  Island,  communicates  with  .Mackenzie 
Sound.  About  om-  mile  from  its  entrance  from  (Irappler  Hound  it 
widens  (tonsiderahly,  a  bight,  nanu'd  Turnl)ull  Cove,  extending  one  mile 
in  a  NNV.  direction;  but  S  a  mile  farther  eastward  the  passage  contracts 
to  (100  yards,  and  theiuie  .several  islands,  islets,  and  rocks  obstruct  the 
passage,  rendering  its  navigation  dangerous, 

Mackenzie  Sound,  from  the  east  point  of  \Vat.son  Island,  extends  3 
miles  in  an  easterly  direction,  gradually  narrowing  towards  its  head  at 
the  foot  of  iMonnt  Stephens,  where  it  beconu's  a  mere  chasm,  and  shoals 
in  the  same  direction  from  lio  to  10  fathoms. 

Boyles  Point,  the  western  entrance  point  of  Wells  Pass  and  the 
.southern  point  of  the  peninsula  formed  l)yDrury  fidet,  has  three  small 
islets  lying  closeotf  it,  the  outer  of  which  is  only  1  feet  above  high  water. 
Over  Ojiid  on  each  side  of  the  i)oint  are  undulating  hills  of  about  500 
feet  high,  risiiig  grailually  inland  to  .Mount  Wynard. 

Lewis  Rocks,  a  small  cluster,  lie  oiieniile  west  of  Boyles  Point,  with 
rocks  awash  and  foul  ground  exlem'iug  ;|  mile  to  the  southward  and 
westward. 

Numas  Islands,  the  largest  of'  w'licli  is  l.\  miles  long  in  an  east  and 
west  direction,  lie  in  Queen  Clt:iilo„te  Sound,  olf  the  entrance  to  Wells 
Pass,  and  olf  the  western  extrcnu;  of  the  largest  is  Staples  Islet,  24  feet 
high.     These  form  an  excellent  landmark. 

Labouchere  Channel,  between  Numas  Islands  iind  the  Lewis  llocks 
is  over  '2  miles  wide.  The  tidal  streams  run  at  the  rate  of  from  one  to  3 
knots  through  this  channel. 

The  Coast  of  the  mainland  from  Hoyh's  Point  trends  nearly  WNW. 
for  'JO  miles,  and  to  the  Rayucr  Groui),  a  distanceof  8  miles,  it  is  steep  to. 

Rayner  Group  consists  of  four  or  live  small  islatids,  lying  close 
to  the  shore  eastward  of  Bliinden  Harbor.  The  southern  edge  of  the 
groii))  is  fringed  with  sunken  rocks,  and  they  should  not  be  api)roached 
in  that  direction  nearer  than  A  mile.  Masses  of  kelp  surround  these 
islands  in  the  season,  and  skirt  the  shore  towards  Blundeu  Harbor. 

Gillot  Rock,  2  feet  above  high  water,  is  the  easternmost  of  the 
clangers  lying  to  the  .southward  of  the  Kayuer  Group. 


ULUNDKN    HAUnOU — niRK*  TIONS — ROUND    ISLAND. 


225 


with 
ami 


Black  Rock,  only  7  feet  abovi!  IiIkIi  water  si»rin{,'  tides,  i."  Ihe  west- 
eriiiiiost  of  tlu>  (liiiifjftM's  in  tini  vicniiity  oi'  Uayiier  (.iioiip. 

Blunden  Harbor,  on  tlic  nortiii'in  slioro  of  (^neen  Cliarlctto  Sonnd, 
a  little  mom  than  om^  mile  IVom  IMack  Kock,  is  torim,Ml  hctween  several 
islands  wliioh  lie  elose  oil'  an  indentation  in  thn  coast.  Tlie  entrance 
between  Hlielf  I'oint,  the  east  extreme  of  IJooinson  Island  and  IJarrcn 
Uock,  ii  small  rock  lli  feet  his'li,  is  oOO  yards  wide;  but  a  reef  (marked 
by  kelp)  extends  .'{")()  yanls  S8\V.  frmii  the  latter,  an<l  another  reef 
extends  the  same  distance  i-ast  from  linryess  Island,  a  small  island 
lying  close  to  the  shore  700 yards  SW.  of  Hhelf  Point,  thus  rendering 
the  channel  somewhat  tortuous. 

Inside  the  harbor,  amongst  the  small  islands  in  its  northern  part,the 
dentils  are  shoal  and  covered  with  kelp. 

Anchorage  may  be  jlitaiiied  in  i  fathoms,  mml  bottom,  in  the  west- 
ern part  of  the  harbor,  at  KM)  yards  S,  GU^  \\'.  of  the  southern  of  the 
two  Bouwick  Islands,  which  are  joined  to  the  shore  and  to  each  other 
at  low  water. 

Directions. — Vessels  entering  lilunden  Harbor,  rthich  is  oidy  avail- 
al)le  for  vessels  of  moderate  size,  .should  bring  Slielf  I'oint  to  bear  N. 
i;P  \V.,  when  it  will  be  Just  ojien  of  Charles  I'oint  (on  the  east  shore), 
and  steer  in  on  these  marks  until  Barren  Rock  Itears  X.  0!)^  E.,  when 
haul  to  tlie  northward  to  pass  midway  between  the  rock  and  .Shelf 
I'oint.  When  the  (diannel  opens,  haul  to  the  westward,  keeping  in 
inid-cliaiinel  and  steering  X.  .jS^  W.  with  Barren  I'ock  astern,  until  the 
passage  betw(>en  the  southern  Bonwi(!k  Island  and  Bartlett  I'oint  bears 
.S.  iS(]^  \V.,  when  alter  course  in  that  directio:;.  As  the  channel  here  is 
iinly  KM)  yards  wide,  very  great  caution  must  be  observed. 

Browning  Islands,  UA  nules  west  of  the  entrance  to  IJluuden  Har- 
bor, are  a  small  group,  the  largest  being  oOi)  yards  long.  A  dangerous 
rock,  whicii  dries  only  .'$  feet  at  low-water  s[)ring  tides,  lies  CAW  yards 
S.  45^  E.  of  the  east  extreme  of  the  largest  of  the  Browning  Islands, 
and  vessels  should  tiierefore  give  those  islands  a  berth  of  from  i  to  one 
mile  when  passing. 

Stuart  Point,  1]  miles  N.  55^  \V,  of  the  Browning  Islands,  has  some 
rocky  islets  oft"  it ;  and  (500  yards  S.  (iO^  E.  of  Stuart  Point,  in  the  cen- 
ter of  a  bay  between  the  i)oint  and  Browning  Islands,  is  a  patch  oi  U 
fathoms. 

Leading  Hill,  570  feet  high,  is  close  over  the  coast  IjV  miles  N.  50°  \V. 
of  Stuart  Point. 

Robertson  and  Jeanette  Islands  lie  close  oft'  the  shore  under  Lead- 
ing Hill. 

Round  Island,  a  little  over  100  yards  in  extent,  the  tops  of  the  trees 
being  loO  feet  above  the  water,  lies  1,200  yards  S.  :\5^  W.  of  Jeanette 
Island;  the  channel  between  is  clear,  there  being  depths  of  over  40 
fathoms  in  it. 

14205— Xo.  90 15 


226 


FROM    GEORGIA    STRAIT    TO    CAPE    SCOTT. 


The  Millar  Group  consists  of  a  chain  of  small  islands  extending 
over  a  distance  of  2  miles  in  a  NW.  and  SE.  direction  at  800  yards 
southward  of  liound  Island,  between  which  and  the  group  vessels 
should  uot  pass.  The  tops  of  the  trees  ou  the  highest  island  of  the 
groui)  are  from  150  to  200  feet  above  the  sea.  At  000  yards  N.  r»0^  W, 
of  the  western  island  of  the  group  is  David  Itock,  with  12  feet  water 
on  it. 

Mary  Rock,  a  dangerous  rock  lying  1,000  yards  S.  38°  E.  of  the  south 
end  of  the  Millar  (ironp,  is  generally  visible,  it  being  awash  at  high 
water.  Vessels  passing  through  the  North  Channel  from  the  south- 
eastward should  approach  it  with  Kouud  Island  bearing  N.  55°  \V.,  and 
not  bring  the  i:,land  to  bear  northward  of  that  bearing  un  1  the  east 
end  of  the  Millar  Group  bears  west,  when  alter  course  for  mid-channel 
between  Round  Island  and  Jeanette  Island. 

The  Deserters  Islands  are  a  group  of  islands,  islets,  and  rocks,  the 
largest  of  which  is  nearly  2  miles  in  lenijth,  lying  1^  miles  southward 
of  the  Millar  Grouj).  The  Walker  Group  lies  to  the  westward  of  Ibj 
Deserters,  separated  from  them  by  Shelter  I'ass. 

Ripple  Passage,  between  the  Millar  Group  and  the  Deserters  Islands, 
has  several  dangerous  rocks  iu  it,  and  should  therefore  not  be  used 
except  in  an  emergency,  and  then  only  at  low  water  (when  nearly  all 
the  (Lingers  show)  and  with  the  greatest  caution. 

Sun  Rock,  the  most  dangerous  of  the.se  rocks,  owing  to  its  locality 
only  being  known  during  bad  weather,  when  the  sea  breaks  on  it,  lies 
l,GOrt  yards  S.  7t°  W.  of  the  westernmost  islet  of  the  Millar  Group. 

Twin  Rocks,  10  feet  above  high  water,  are  two  small  rocks  lying 
1,200  yards  N.  00^  E.  of  McLi'od  Island.  Heavy  overfalls  are  met  with 
northward  and  westward  of  the  Twins. 

Richard  Islet,  25  feet  above  high  water,  and  bare,  lies  1,400  yards 
N.  093  K.  of  the  Twins;  it  should  not  be  approached  within  200  yards. 

Barry  Islet  lies  one  mile  S.  35°  E.  of  Richard  Islet;  it  is  bare,  and 
45  feet  above  high  water. 

Echo  Islets,  a  small  group  lying  1,600  yards  to  the  .southward  of 
liairy  Islet,  extend  over  A  mile  in  a  NW.  and  SE.  direction.  At  000 
yards  oil'  their  NW.  end  is  the  George  reef;  it  lies  .'^  mile  S  09"  W. 
of  linrry  J  slot. 

The  North  Channel  into  (^ueen  Charlotte  Sound  extends  close  alonsr 
the  shore  of  tiie  inainlaiid  from  Hremner  Island  off  IVaccleuch  Point  to 
between  Jeanette  Island  and  the  Millar  Group,  passing  between  White 
and  Mayor  Islands  on  the  north,  and  Xorth  Rock  on  the  .south,  and 
at  ^  mile  southward  of  Rogers,  Dickenson,  and  Ilarris  Islets ;  thence 
past  Bold  Rlulf,  and  midway  between  Wentworth  Rock  and  Wallace 
Islands.  To  clear  the  North  Rock,  i)ussing  northward  of  it,  keep  Ilarris 
Islet  Just  oi)en  south  of  the  south  extreme  of  .Teanette  Island  bearing  S. 
50O  E. 


o''El 


SHELTKR    BAY HRANHAM    ISLAND. 


227 


e  aloiuT 
oint  to 
White 
til,  aiu\ 
tlienci) 
^Vallace 
Harris 
\ring  S. 


I 


Wallace  Islands  lie  elose  to  the  *ibore  of  the  inaiiilaiul  and  at  the 
eutrance  to  Shelter  Bay ;  they  are  steep-to  at  |  mile  from  their  south- 
ern olio^e. 

Shelter  Bay  ii/'ents  the  coast  iu  an  easterly  direction  for  nearly  2 
miles,  forminjj  two  bijlits  at  its  head.  The  entrance  between  the  Wal- 
lace Islands  and  the  sliore  to  the  northward  is  890  yards  wide,  but  the 
bay  is  incumbered  with  rocks  in  its  most  sheltered  part,  and  could  only 
be  made  use  of  as  an  anchorage  by  those  possessing  local  Ivuowledge. 
In  a  small  bay  north  of  Wallace  Islands  there  is  good  landing  for  boats, 
and  there  is  also  good  landing  for  boats,  in  southeasterly  winds,  in  a 
bight  000  yards  west  of  the  point  forming  the  X  W.  entrance  to  Shelter 
Bay. 

Wentworth  Rock.  10  feet  above  high  water,  lies  li  miles  S.  77°  W. 
of  tlie  Wallace  Islands ;  it  should  be  given  a  berth  of  ^  mile  in  all  di- 
rections. 

Annie  Rocks,  10  feet  above  high  water,  are  bare  rocks,  lying  at 
000  yards  off  the  coast,  1  ^  miles  west  of  the  entrance  to  Shelter  Bay. 

Southgate  Group,  consisting  of  four  larger  and  several  smaller 
islets,  lie  close  off  the  coast  3  miles  westward  of  Shelter  Bay.  Bold 
Bluff,  the  SE.  island  of  the  group,  has  rocky  patches  oft"  its  east  end. 
The  shore  of  the  mainland  abreast  Bold  Blutf  falls  back  to  the  north- 
ward for  a  distance  of  0  miles,  the  southern  i)art  being  skirted  by  several 
several  small  oft'lying  islets  and  rocks. 

Harris  Islet,  30  feet  above  high  water,  is  a  small  bare  islet  lying  one 
mile  westward  of  the  Southgate  Group. 

Dickenson  Islet,  10  feet  above  liigh  water,  is  a  small  bare  islet 
1,400  yards  N.  o'2^  W.  of  Harris  Islet. 

Rogers  Islet,  a  similar  small  bare  islet,  40  feet  liigh,  lies  1,200  yards 
N.  27°  W.  of  Dickensoi'  Islet.  Foul  ground  extends  for  400  yards  from 
its  north  and  .south  end.-^. 

Elizabeth  Rocks  are  a  small  patch  lying  000  yards  northwestward 
of  the  Southgate  Grouj). 

Emily  G-roup,  consi^-ting  of  four  small  islets,  the  tops  of  the  trees 
on  whii'ii  are  90  fe'.«t  above  the  sea,  lie  a  mile  northward  of  Kogers 
Islet. 

Eliza  Island  lies  000  yards  from  the  Emily  Group;  the  tops  of  the 
trees  oi.  the  island  are  about  -40  feet  abuve  the  sea,  and  there  are  some 
conspicuous  white  ditfs  on  its  south  .side. 

Frederick  Islet  is  a  small  islet  00  feet  high,  lying  A  mile  eastward 
o''  Eliza  Islantl.  From  Frederick  Islet,  towards  Elizabeth  Kock,  there 
are  several  rocky  iiatches. 

Murray  Labyrinth  is  the  name  given  to  the  many  channels  which 
lie  between  a  group  of  several  islands,  islets  aru  rocks  lying  oft'  the 
.south  coast  of  Branhain  Island. 

Brauham  Island  lies  off  the  coast  of  t'.ii  mainland,  and  together 
with  the  Fox  Islands  forms  the  soathern  shore  of  Sling8l)v  Channel. 


228 


FROM    GKORGIA    STRAIT   TO   CAPE    SCOTT. 


Skull  Cove,  iuileuting  the  island  to  the  eastward  of  Nina  Hill  on  the 
southern  side,  att'ords  good  shelter  for  boats. 

Schooner  Passage,  between  the  east  shore  of  Branhara  Island  and 
the  mainland,  is  a  narrow  pass  having  an  average  width  of  200  yards , 
in  a  northerlj'  vlireetion  for  a  distance  of  L'i  miles.  It  is,  however,  at 
one  place  obsti  icted  by  a  rock  lying  in  mid-clianiiel,  which  leaves  a 
passage  only  80  j  irds  wide  between  it  and  the  shore  of  Braidiara  Island. 
Schooner  Passage  communicates  with  Slingsby  Channel,  at  one  mile 
southward  of  the  Nakwakto  Kapids. 

The  tides  in  Schooner  Passage  run  at  rate  of  from  2  to  5  knots. 

Mayor  Island,  a  small  wooded  island,  lies  If,^  miles  NW.  of  h< 
Emily  Grouj).     A  rock  awash  at  low  water  lies  ■iOO  yards  eastward  <,>. 

White  Island,  small  and  bare,  lies  U  unles  N.  52°  W.  of  Major 
Island. 

Morphy  Rock,  which  covers  at  three-quarters  Hood,  lies  1,200  yards 
N.  SOo  E.  of  White  Island. 

Fox  Islands,  the  western  of  which  is  li  miles  long  and  the  eastern 
^  mile  long,  lie  off  the  western  end  of  Braidiam  Island,  and  form  the 
southern  shore  of  the  outer  part  of  Slingsby  Channel. 

Slingsby  Channel,  on  the  northern  shore  of  Queen  Charlotte  Sound, 
leading  to  Seymour  and  P.elize  Inlets,  is  5  unles  in  lengtii  in  an  easterly 
direction,  with  an  average  breadth  of  GOO  yards  between  Outer  Nar- 
rows and  Nakwakto  Kapids. 

Outer  Narrows. — At ;,'  mile  within  the  entrance  (between  T>alkeilb 
and  Lascelles  Points)  the  channel  contracts  to  only  200  yards  in  width, 
with  no  bottom  at  U)  fathoms.  In  these  narrows  the  flood  tide  runs 
2.}  hours  after  high  water  by  t'le  shore;  at  springs  the  velocity  is  from 
5  to  9  knots,  at  neaps  from  i  to  0  knots,  the  change  of  stream  occurring 
after  only  about  15  minutes  slack  water.  The  ebb  tide  runs  2A  hours 
after  low  water  by  the  sliore,  attaining  at  springs  a  velocity  of  10  knots, 
and  at  neaps  from  '>  to  7  knots.  With  the  wind  blowing  in,  /.  e.,  be- 
tween west  and  south,  the  sea  breaks  across  the  entrance,  and  in  the 
narrowest  part,  even  during  caltns,  the  water  is  mucih  agitated. 

Nakwakto  Rapids  (Kahtsisilla),  at  the  eastern  end  of  Slingsby 
Channel,  are  JOO  yards  wide,  but  in  the  center  of  the  rapids  is  Turret 
Island,  80  feet  high,  against  which  the  tide  rushes  with  great  fury. 
The  channel  westward  of  Turret  Islet  has  a  rock  in  it  with  oidy  2  fath- 
oms water  on  it;  that  to  the  eastward  has  depths  o*"  from  (»  to  11  fath- 
oms. 

The  flood  tide  commences  2i  hours  after  low  water  by  the  shore  in 
Slingsl»y  Channel,  and  runs  (with  a  velocity  atspringsof  12  to  15  knots) 
from  2  to  2^  hours  after  high  water,  or  until  it  is  high  water  at  Seymour 
Inlet;  after  an  interval  of  10  minutes  slack  water  the  el'b  \:oiiiiuences 
and  runs  untd  2  to  y  hours  after  low  water  in  olin;.'  ■;  ^v  Chai.nei.  attended 
by  very  heavy  and  dangerous  overfall  j,  and  ittninini,  .,  c  iocity  at 
springs  of  20  knots. 


I 


NAKVVAKTO    KAPIDS    DIUECTIONS SCHOONER    PASSAGE.      229 


Hill  on  the 

Islaiul  and 
if  200  yards . 
however,  at 
icli  leaves  a 
ham  Island, 
at  one  mile 

)  knots. 
NW.  of    li'> 
vstwaril  I.'. 
VV.  of  Major 

■s  1,200  yards 

d  the  eastern 
ind  form  the 

irlotte  Sound, 
ill  an  easterly 
u  Outer  Nar- 

^een  Dalkeith 
ii'ds  ill  svidth, 
ood  tide  runs 
locity  is  from 
am  occurring- 
runs  2.V  hours 
yof  10  knots, 
<I  in,  I.  e.,  be- 
L',  and  in  the 
tated. 
of  Slinf,'sby 
pids  is  Turret 
th  trreat  fury, 
th  only  2  fatl>- 
11  {]  to  11  tatl»- 

y  the  shore  in 
I'J!  to  1")  knots) 
teratHeymour 
M*  V  omiuonces 
Hai.nel.  attended 
,  ,■  iocity  at 


It  is  hifrh  water,  full  and  change,  in  Sliugsby  Channel  at  2h.  20ui.; 
springs  rise  11  feet,  neaps  a  feet. 

Directions. — Steam  vessels  may  enter  Sliugsby  Channel  from  the 
westward  through  the  Outer  Narrows  in  tine  weather,  at  or  near  slack 
water,  and  jiroceed  to  Treadwell  Bay,  4  miles  within  the  entrance  ou 
the  north  shore,  where  anchorage  will  be  found  in  from  9  to  15  fathoms, 
avoiding  the  shoal  of  2^  fatlioms  situated  southwards  f.i  the  center  of 
the  bay. 

If  it  be  necessary  to  proceed  through  Nakwakto  itapids,  the  turn  of 
tiie  tide  should  be  most  carefully  watched,  so  that  the  vessel  may  with 
certainty  make  the  passage  during  the  oidy  10  minutes  of  slack  water, 
for  at  no  other  time  would  it  be  possible  to  do  so  with  any  degree  of 
safety. 

These  nirrows,  however,  should  only  be  used  by  a  vessel  on  emer- 
gency and  aftc  acqnirih.T  some  practical  knowledge,  by  passing  through 
at  slack  water  in  a  boat.  It  is  also  imperative  that  the  tides  should  be 
previously  watched  from  Treadwell  i->ay. 

Small  canoes  pass  from  Sliugsby  Cliannel  into  Seymour  Inlet  at  half 
tide  through  a  very  narrow  passage  on  the  north  shore  inside  the  small 
island  fo.  iiiiiig  the  north  point  of  the  narrows. 

Treadwell  Bay,  on  the  north  slioreof  Sliugsby  Channel,  is  formed 
by  the  eh;iniiel  widening  to  1,700  yards  and  forming  a  bight  in  which 
lie  the  Anchor  Islands  (a  group  consisting  of  one  large  and  several  small 
islands),  leaving  a  sheltered  s|)ace  .~)0(i  yards  in  extent  between  the  north 
.snore  of  the  large  island  and  the  shore.  The  largest  Anchor  Island  is 
^  ti  lie  long  east  and  west,  and  2L'0  feet  high.  The  depth  of  water  in 
'■'•t  bay  varies  from  7  to  12  fathoms,  but  near  tluMjenter,  rather  over  to 
ie  south  si<le,  there  is  a  shoal  spot  with  from  1  to  2.1  fathoms  on  it. 
T  e  bay  all'ords  slielttn'  perfectly  free  from  tide  for  vessels  of  anj'  size, 
i.argi'  ships  should  moor. 

'  ^AUtion  Rock,  which  uncovers  (0  leet)  only  at  low-water  spring 
tides,  is  a  dangerous  rock  lying  in  the  fairway  channel  .southeastward 
of  the  Anchor  Islamls  atid  .'iOOyinds  from  the  southern  shore  of  Sliugs- 
by Channel.  To  avoid  it,  keep  the  southern  sliore  aboard  at  less  than 
200  yards. 

Directions- — I'Jntering  Treadwell  Bay,  give  the  southeastern  Anchor 
Lslands  (Current  Point)  a  berth  of  3(t0  yards,  and  having  rounded  them 
keep  the  shoie  of  the  mainland  aboard. 

Anchorage. — Anchor  as  convenient  in  1(»  to  12  fathoms  northward 
of  the  2.^  fathoms  patch. 

'iide. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Treadwell  Bay  at  oh. 
.'{Om. ;  springs  ri.se  11  feet,  neaps  r»  feet. 

Schooner  Passage,  North  Entrance.— One  mile  .southward  of  the 
iS'akwakto  rapids  is  the  north  entraiiee  to  Schooner  Passage;  it  may 
be  approached  on  either  side  of  Buttress  Island  (210  feet  high),  which 
lies  on  the  south  shore  of  dling.sby  Channel,  fronting  the  passage. 


230 


PROM  GEORGIA  STRAIT  TO  CAPE  SCOTT. 


:: 


Nugent  Sound. — From  the  Nakwakto  rapids  a  branch  .}  mile  wide 
takes  a  SE.  direction  for  about  one  mile;  here  it  divides  into  two, 
one  brancli  continuing  in  aSE.  direction  and  the  other  (Nugent  Sound) 
an  easterlj-  direction  for  11  miles.  Nugent  Sound  in  some  places  is  only 
•iOO  yards  across,  but  it  has  deep  water  throughout  and  is  navigable, 
though  there  is  no  anchorage  in  it.  A  very  narrow  passage  leads  from 
the  head  of  ''^ugent  Sound  into  a  sheet  of  water  taking  an  easterly  di- 
rection for  I  '■■•.  *"roin  which  there  is  communication  overland  by 
Schwartzeubbr  e  with  Seymour  Inlet. 

Seymour  InL.  The  other  branch,  from  Margaret  Point  at  the 
entnuioe  to  Nugent  Sound,  takes  a  SE.  direction  for  0  miles,  with 
deep  water  in  mid-channel.  On  the  northern  shore  is  Charlotte 
Bay  and  on  the  southern  Ellis  Bay,  both,  however,  unavailable  as  au 
anchorage.  At  the  above  distance,  on  the  north  shore,  is  the  entrance 
to  Seymour  Inlet,  several  islets  lying  just  within  it.  A  narrow  pass  of 
shallower  water,  with  depths  of  4  and  10  fathoms,  continues  for  3  miles 
to  the  SE.,  communicating  with  a  large  sheet  of  water  extending 
to  the  foot  of  Mount  Adams,  and  only  one  mile  from  Activon  Sound. 
Wawattle  Bay  lies  between  the  entrances  to  these  two  arms,  and  ex- 
tends one  mile  in  an  easterly  direction. 

Seymour  Inlet  maintains  a  depth  of  over  40  fathoms  tliroughout  to 
within  ^  Uiile  of  the  shore  at  its  head.  There  are  several  indentations 
on  both  shores,  the  largest  being  Maunsell  Bay  on  the  northern  shore  j 
none,  however,  afford  an  anchorage.  At  3  miles  eastward  of  Maunsell 
Bay  are  the  Eclipse  Narrows,  where  the  tides  run  with  great  strength, 
and  no  bottom  could  be  obtained  at  12  fathoms ;  these  narrows  lead  to 
Salmon  Arm  and  Frederick  Sound.  Frederick  sound  terminates  at  the 
foot  of  Mount  Stephens,  a  conspicuous  mountain  with  a  pointed  over- 
hanging peak  close  to  it,  overlooking  Mackenzie  Sound. 

Salmon  Arm  terminates  at  the  foot  of  rerpeudicular  Mountain,  5,000 
feet  high.    Taaltz,  a  winter  Indian  village,  is  on  the  shore  at  its  head. 

The  continuation  of  Sej'mour  Inlet  nortiiward  of  Eclipse  Narrows 
terminates  at  G  miles,  a  river  Howing  into  it  at  its  head,  on  which  is 
situated  a  winter  village  of  the  Wawatl  Indians. 

Belize  Inlet. — From  the  Nakwakto  rapids  another  branch  takes  a 
westerly  direction  for  ,'3  miles  to  .^lignon  I'oint,  where  it  suddenly  turns 
oack  to  the  eastward,  continuing  in  that  direction  almost  in  a  straight 
line  f.)r  24  miles,  with  an  average  width  of  .]  mile  and  with  dee|)  water 
throughout.  From  the  head  of  Belize  Inlet  to  Maunsell  Bay,  on  the 
northern  side  of  Seymour  Inlet,  there  is,  according  to  Indian  reports,  a 
portage  about  2^  mik'S  long. 

Lassiter  Bay,  at  the  head  of  the  continuation  of  the  inlet,  between 
Harvell  ami  Mignon  Points  in  a  westerly  direction,  forms  two  small 
bights  with  some  few  islets  and  rocks  in  it,  but  the  water  is  inconven- 
ientlj'  deep  for  anchorage. 

Mereworth  Sound. — At  5  miles  to  the  eastward  of  IMignon  Point, 
on  the  north  shore,  is  the  entrance  to  Mereworth  Sound,  another  similar 


ALLISON  SOUND — G0LETA8  CHANNEL. 


231 


inlet  brtiiicbinp  off  to  the  northwarcl,  in  which  direction  it  coutinuos  for 
-t  miles  and  then  suddenly  turning"  to  the  eastward  for  0  n)iles,  main- 
taining deep  water  throughout. 

Flat  Rock,  Square  and  Round  Islands  lie  on  the  western  shore 
at  the  entrance  to  Mereworth  Sound,  with  deep  water  around. 

Strachan  Bay,  at  li  miles  from  the  entrance  to  Mereworth  Sound, 
is  tiie  entrance  to  a  small  inlet,  wiiich  takes  a  westerly  direction  for  li 
miles  and  has  depths  of  40  to  10  fathoms. 

Village  Bay,  on  the  opposite  shore  abreast  Strachan  Bay,  is  a  small 
bay  with  two  islets  off  its  north  point,  and  depths  of  19  to  '22  fathoms 
in  it. 

Westenuan  Bay  is  a  small  bight  li  miles  long  in  a  northerly  direc- 
tion with  from  JJO  to  20  fathoms  water,  except  at  its  liead,  where  it  sud- 
denly shoals  to  3i  fathoms  at  800  yards  from  the  shore.  The  entrance 
to  Westerman  Bay  is  2  miles  westward  of  the  entrance  to  Mereworth 
Sound. 

Allison  Sound. — At  about  10  miles  from  the  entrance  to  Mereworth 
Sound,  on  the  northern  shore  of  Belize  Inlet, is  the  entrance  to  Allison 
Sound,  another  narrow  branch  which,  like  Mereworth  Sound,  first  takes 
a  i.oitherly  direction  (for  3  miles)  and  tiien  suddeidy  turns  to  the  east- 
ward for  3  miles,  finally  turning  again  to  the  northward  for  a  further 
distance  of  2  miles,  to  its  head.  At  about  2  miles  from  the  entrance 
Allison  Sound  is  onlj-  about  350  yards  wide;  here,  in  the  middle  of  the 
passage,  is  a  small  islei  (Obstruction  Islet)  having  a  passage  on  either 
side  of  it  1.50  yards  wide,  with  a  depth  of  10  fathoms  in  it. 

The  Coast  from  Lascelies  Point,  the  north  entrance  point  to  Slingsby 
Channel,  trends  7  miles  N\V.  to  Gape  Caution,  and  is  clear  of  danger. 

Bremner  Islet,  covered  with  grass,  lies  li  miles  N.  00'^  W.  of  Las- 
celies Point,  and  ^  mile  distant  from  the  shore. 

Goletas  Channel  runs  along  the  northern  shore  of  Vancouver  Island 
to  the  Pacific.  Its  shores  are  higii,  rugged,  and  steep-to,  except  in  the 
western  part,  and  may  be  generally  approaclied  to  within  \  mile;  the 
northern  side  is  composed  of  a  group  of  islands  (the  principal  of  which 
are  Ctalianoand  Hope  Islands),  mostly  small,  through  which  are  several 
navigable  passages.  There  are  four  anchorages  in  the  channel,  viz, 
Shushartie  Bay  on  the  southern  side  ;  Port  Alexander,  Shadwell  Pas- 
sage, and  Bull  Harbor  on  the  northern  side;  and  all,  with  the  exception 
of  the  latter,  are  easily  accessible  to  sailing  vessels. 

The  depths  throughout  the  channel  up  llie  western  entrance  are  very 
deep,  but  there  tlie  bottom  suddenly  rises  from  40  to  7  and  0,  and  in 
one  part  to  less  than  3  fathoms,  forming  Nahwhitti  Bar,  stretching  com- 
pletely across  the  channel,  and  in  a  great  measure  preventing  any 
lieavy  sea  rising  inside  it  during  westerly  gales. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  the  Cioletas  Channel 
at  Oh.  and  30m.,  and  the  rise  and  fall  varies  from  12  to  14  feet.  The 
tidal  streams  in  the  eastern  ))art  of  the  channel  run  from  one  to  3  knots. 


232 


FROM    GKORGIA    STRAIT    TO    CAPE    SCOTT. 


but  near  the  west  entrance,  iu  the  vicinity  of  the  Nahwhitti  Bar,  they 
are  niiicb  stronger  (2  to  5  knots),  turning  shortly  after  higli  and  low 
water  by  the  shore. 

Shushartie  Bay. — From  Duval  Point  the  southern  shore  of  Goletas 
Channel  runs  in  a  W\W.  direction  to  Shushartie  liay  ;  it  is  every- 
where sleep-to.  Shushartie  13ay  isabout  ^  mile  in  extent,  and  its  shores 
are  high,  except  at  the  head,  from  which  a  sand-bank  extends  off  more 
than  400  yards.  There  is  a  very  limited  but  fairly  sheltered  anchorage 
just  inside  the  NE.  point  of  the  bay  in  about  13  fathoms,  at  the 
distance  of  200  yards  olfshore,  but  from  the  steepness  of  the  bank  it 
should  only  be  cousi<lered  as  a  stopping  place.  Less  water  than  charted 
was  found  in  this  bay  in  1.S81  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survej'  Steamer  Patter- 
son, the  bank  at  the  head  of  the  bay  having  extended. 

Dillon  Rock,  which  covers  at  one-quarter  Hood,  lies  300  yards  X.G(P 
W.  of  llalstead  Island,  which  lies  close  off  the  eastern  point  of  bay,  and 
is  in  the  way  of  vessels  entering  from  the  eastward. 

Directions. — If  entering  Shushartie  Hay  from  the  eastward,  and  the 
Dillon  Kock  t)e  covered,  do  not  steer  in  for  the  an(;horage  till  the  east- 
ernmost peak  of  the  Shusliartie  saddle  is  seen  in  the  center  of  the  bay 
bearing  S.  15^  \V.,  when  i)roceed  in  with  that  mark  on,  which  leads  west 
of  Dillon  IJock;  wlien  the  NK.  point  of  the  bav  bears  S.  8;p  E.,  the 
vessel  w  ill  \h\  cle;'    south  of  it,  and  should  steer  for  the  eastern  shore. 

Entering  from  the  westward  keep  the  westward  shore  aboard  till 
llalstead  Island  bears  S.  S,'3°  10.,  when  steer  in  as  before  directed. 

Anchorage. — Anchor  immediately  M  I'athoms  are  obtained,  as  the 
bank  is  steep,  which  will  he  atabont  200  yards  off  it,  with  the  extremes 
of  the  bay  bearing  N.  (iO^  10.  and  N.  320  w. 

Shingle  Point,  2  miles  west  of  Shushartie  Bay,  is  loW;  a  beach  runs 
olf  it  a  short  distance;  westward  of  this  point  it  is  dillicnlt  to  land, 
exceiit  in  lair  weather. 

Cape  Commerell  is  the  northernmost  ])oiiit  of  Vaiutonver  Islaiul. 
The  cai)e  is  low,  and  some  rocks  extend  oil  it  for  nearly  400  yards  ;  to 
the  eastward  of  it  the  (toast  forms  a  large  bay  3  miles  wide  and  altout 
one  mile  deep,  with  troin  2.1  to  0  fathoms  rocky  bottom,  and  not  in  any 
way  adapted  for  anchoring.  The  shoal  jiart  of  Nahwiiitti  Bar,  on  which 
there  is  as  little  as  2h  fathoms,  extends  to  the  northwestward  from  the 
east  ]ioint  of  this  bay;  it  is  marked  by  kelp  ami  luxmed  Tatnall  Keefs. 
M'eser  Islet,  ^  feet  high,  lies  in  the  western  i»art  of  the  bay,  distant  ^ 
mile  from  the  shore.  There  is  an  Indian  village  on  the  east  side  of  the 
cape. 

Gordon  Group  consists  of  a  number  of  small  islands,  and  border  the 
north  part  of  the  eastentrance  of  Goletas  Channel.  They  are  highand 
Rteej)  to,  and  on  the  eastern  or  Doyle  Island  is  Miles  Cone,  a  remarka- 
ble summit  3.S0  feet  high. 

Duncan  Island,  one  mile  south  of  the  Gordon  Group,  is  about  one 
mile  in  circumference. 


CHRISTIE    PASSAGE — BROWNING    PASSAGE. 


233 


New 


Noble  Islets  lie  lA  miles  \ve«t  of  Duncan  Lsliuiil,  between  which 
and  the  fiioiii)  it  is  nol  ailvi.sable  lor  a  hir;;('  ve>ssul  to  jjo. 

Blyth  Island  lies  -J  niik'  S.  7'.>  -  K.  of  the  tiV).  of  the  Noble  Islets, 
and  (K)0  yards  north  of  it  is  Monat  Rock,  witli  1  \  fathoms  of  water 

over  it. 

(94)  BRITISH  0  OLU  SIB  I  A— Queen  Charlotte  soand- New 
channel  —  Christie  passage  —  Balaklava  Island— Scarlett  point- 
Temporary  light.— Pending  the  completion  of  a  lighthouse  on  Scar- 
lett point,  Balaklava  island,  northwest  point  of  entrance  to  Christie 
passage,  a  temporary  fixed  white  light  will  be  shown  near  the  site  of 
the  uew  lighthouse. 

Approx.  position:  Lat.  50°  51'  50"  N.,  Long.  127°  37'  30"  W. 
Balaklava    Island,  has  a  ledse  extendiny  from  it  for  ■*.XN-M.8,1905.)  ^ 

,.,;i„   XT    111'-.   \\r     „i'  *i ,:..t  .1.,,    <  \.,„,i;,„...   i)„„i,.,     1:    4„,>f   I.i^I, 

(841)  BRITISH  COLUmBIA  —  Queen  Charlotte  sound 
channel  —  Christie  passage  —  Balaklava  Island— Scarlett  point- 
Lighthouse  established.  —  A  lighthouse  has  been  erected  by  the 
Goveinment  of  Canada  on  Scarlett  point,  Balaklava  island,  northwest 
point  of  the  entrance  to  ('hristie  piussage,  and  the  light  wius  put  in 
operation  on  April  12,  1005,  when  the  temporary  light  described  in 
Notice  to  Mariners  No.  3  (94)  of  1905,  wiis  discontinued. 

Approx.  position:  Lat.  50°  51'  .50"  N.,  Long.  127°  37'  .30"  W. 
The  lighthouse  stands  l(tO  feet  back  from  the  watei's  edge  at  the 
small  depression  in  the  eastern  extremity  of  the  point.  It  is  a 
rectangular  wooden  building  with  a  hip  roof,  surmounted  by  a  s(iuare 
wooden  lantern  rising  frouv  the  middle  of  the  roof.  The  sides  of  the 
building  and  lantern  are  painted  white  and  the  roofs  red.  The  light- 
house is  37  feet  high  from  its  base  to  the  ventilator  on  the  lantern. 

The  light  is  a  /I'jYv/  red  light,  elevated  90  feet  above  high  water- 
mark and  should  be  visible  10  miles  from  all  ])ointa  of  approach  by 
water.     The  illuminating  apparatus  is  dioptric  of  iho.  7tli  order, 
from  the  SW.  entrance  jioiiit  of  the  channel.     A  reefot  ■  (N.  M  22, 1905.) 
ground  marked  by  kelp  extends  .'JJ.)  yards  from  I'.alaklava  Island,  just 
oi)posite  the  above-mentioned  roiik,  and  this  is  the  juirrowest  part  of 
the  channel,  which  is  deep;  a  inid-(!liannel  course  through  is  free  from 
<langer.     The  tide  is  very  weak  in  this  channel. 

Galiano  Island,  tlie  hui^est  of  the  islands  on  the  northern  side  of 
(ioletas  Channel,  is  of  trii-iigular  shape,  the  base  fronting  to  tlie  south- 
ward. The  shores  are  v  -ry  much  broken  along  the  noithern  and  east- 
ern sides.     I'ort  Alexander  is  formed  at  its  southeastern  extreme. 

The  southern  side  of  (ialiano  Island  is  high,  steeii  to,  and  cliffy, 
trending  in  a  straight  direction  to  the  westward;  at  iS  miles  west  of 
Boxer  point  is  a  small  cove,  which  would  alford  shelter  to  small  craft 
from  westerly  winds. 

Port  Alexander  indents  the  coast  of  Galiano  Island  for  Ih  miles, 
with  a  general  breadth  of  about  800  yards;  there  is  a  small  islet  in  the 
middle  of  it,  ^  mile  from  the  entrance,  and  another  close  otF  Boxer  Point, 
on  the  west  side  of  entrance.  This  port  is  e.lsy  of  access  to  Hteaiuors 
and  sailing  vessels  with  a  fair  wind,  ami  affords  good  anchorage  in  12 
to  13  fathoms  at  A  mile  from  its  head,  well  sheltered  from  aJ!  except 
southeasterlv  winds. 


232 


PROM    f 


•-^AiT    TO    C\PK    SCOTT. 


~  Xaliwhitti  Bar.  they 
'•'"h  anil  low 


but  uear  the  west  gi 
are  much  stroiifjcr 
water  by  the  shorr 

Shushartie  Ba 
Chauiii'I  runs  in  a   . 
where steepto.     Shushartie jjr..,  .^u^k.-. 
are  high,  except  at  the  head,  from  whi«',h  a  s.... 
than  40(1  yards.    Tliere  is  a  very  bmited  but  fairly  siic. 
just   inside  the  NE.   i)oint  of  the   bay  in   about  I'd  fathonio, 
distance  of  200  yards  oiVshore,  but  from  the  steepness  of  the  bank  il 
should  only  be  considered  as  a  stopping  place.    Less  water  than  charted 
was  found  in  *■"'"'  '»•"•  '•<  ISS")  bv  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  Steamer  Patter- 
son, the  haul 

Dillon  Ro 
W.  of  Halstt 
is  in  the  waj 

Direction 
Dillon  K'ock 
eriimost  pea 
bearing  S.  ] 
of  Dillon  R 
vessel  will  1 

Kntering 
llalsttad  h 

Ancliorc 
bank  is  ste 
of  the  bay  .tnci  in.  .>^-  m  . 

Shingle  Point,  -i  miles  west  of  Shushartie  Hay,  is  loW;  a  beach  runs 
oti' it  a  short  distance;  westward  of  this  point  it  is  dillicult  to  land, 
exeei)t  in  iair  weather. 

Cape  Commerell  is  the  northernmost  point  of  Vancouver  Island. 
The  cape  is  low,  and  souu'.  rocks  extend  oil  it  for  nearly  400  yards  ;  to 
the  eastward  of  it  the  coast  forms  a  large  bay  ■'}  miles  wide  and  about 
one  mile  deep,  with  from  L'.l  to  0  fathoms  rocky  bottom,  and  not  in  any 
way  adapted  for  anchoring.  The  shoal  i)art  of  Nahwhitti  Har,  on  which 
there  is  as  little  as  2A  fathoms,  extends  to  the  northwestward  from  the 
east  point  of  this  bay  ;  it  is  marked  by  kelp  and  named  Tatnall  Keefs. 
Weser  Islet,  .^  feet  high,  lies  in  the  western  i)art  of  the  bay,  distant  ^ 
mile  from  the  shore.  There  is  an  Indian  village  on  the  east  side  of  the 
cape. 

G-ordon  Group  consists  of  a  number  of  sir  ill  islands,  and  border  the 
north  part  of  the  eastentrance  of  Goletas  Channel.  They  are  highand 
Rteep  to,  and  on  the  eastern  or  Doyle  Island  is  Miles  Cone,  a  remarka- 
ble summit  380  feet  high. 

Duncan  Island,  one  mile  south  of  the  Gordon  Group,  is  about  one 
mile  in  circumference. 


CHRISTIE    PASSAGE — BROWNING    PASSAGE. 


233 


they 
low 


Noble  Islets  lie  lA  miles  west  of  Diiuciui  Ishiiid,  between  wliicli 
iiiul  the  tjroiiii  it  is  iioi  ndvisiiWle  lor  ii  lar;;e  vessel  to  no. 

Blyth  Island  lies  •{  mile  S.  Tir^  I],  ot  the  HK.  of  tiie  Noble  islets, 
and  ()()(»  yiirds  nortli  of  it  is  Moinit  Hock,  with  11  fathoms  of  wiiter 
over  it. 

Balaklava  Island,  rammed  and   irrejrnlar,  with  three  i)eaks,  lies  be- 

een  tiie  (iordon  ;;ron|>  and  Galiano  Inland,  forming   (Jhrislie  and 

rowninp:  I'iissapes.  A  small  roek  4  feet  iiiffh,  snrronnded  by  kelj), 
les  L'OO  yards  south  of  the  sontheap'ern  Lncan  Islands,  a  {^ronp  of  time 
aniU  islets  lying  i)arallel  with  the  southwestern  shore  of  Balaklava 
(Island  at  tlie  distance  ot  2j(>  yards.  Haf-lan  Point,  tiie  N\V.  point  of 
Balaklava  Island,  has  a  led^je  extendini;'  from  it  for  450  yards,  and  .i 
mile  N.  L'P  W.  of  the  point  are  the  Cardigan  Kecks,  0  feet  high,  with 
Croker  Kock  31)0  yards  X.  00°  K.  of  them.  These  rocks  are  surrounded 
by  kelp. 

Christie  Passage  is  ^  mile  wide;  sonu'  shoal  i)at<;hes,  with  froni  one 
to  3  fathoms  water  on  them,  lie  ."ijO  yards  from  the  eastern  shore  of 
Balaklava  Island,  and  l.'JOO  to  1,40;)  yards  S.  10''  l).  of  Scarlett  P<nnt; 
between  them  and  the  island  i^  George  Lslanil.  With  tliese  exceptions, 
the  shores  of  the  passage  are  free  from  danger.  The  tide  raiis  from 
one  to  .'{  km)is  tlironiih  it,  tlie  lluod  to  the  south waid. 

If  intendin.ir  to  tro  flii'ou<;h  this  jiassagi'  from  (ioletas  (Jhannel,  a 
large  vessel  should  enter  it  west  of  the  Noble  Islets. 

Browning  Passage  is  to  the  west  of  lialaldava  Island.  Tlaie  arc 
some  small  rocks  and  islets  olf  its  southeastern  and  northeastern  i>oints; 
and  a  rock  which  covers  at  three-quarters  Hood  lies  r)ii  the  western  side 
of  the  channel  about  1  HO  yards  from  (laliano  Island,  and  l.GOO  yards 
from  the  SW.  entrance  \Hni\t  of  the  channel.  A  reef  of  rocks  and  foul 
ground  marked  by  kelj)  extends  3.).»  yards  from  Balaklava  Island,  just 
oi>posite  the  above-nu'ritioned  roi'k.  and  this  is  the  narrowest  i)art  of 
the  channel,  which  is  deep;  a  mid-channel  course  through  is  free  from 
danger.     The  tide  is  very  weak  in  this  channel. 

Gl-aliano  Island,  the  largest  of  the  islands  on  the  northern  side  of 
Goletas  Channel,  is  of  triangular  shape,  the  base  fronting  to  the  south- 
ward. The  shores  are  very  much  broken  along  the  northern  and  east- 
ern sides.     Bort  Alexander  is  formed  at  its  southeastern  extreme. 

The  southern  side  of  (Jaliano  Island  is  high,  steep  to,  and  cliffy, 
tremling  in  a  straight  direction  to  the  westward;  at  4.j  miles  west  of 
Boxer  point  is  a  small  cove,  which  would  alford  shelter  to  small  craft 
from  westerly  winds. 

Port  Alexander  indents  the  coast  of  Galiano  Island  for  li  miles, 
with  a  general  breadth  of  about  800  yards;  there  is  a  small  islet  in  the 
middle  of  it,  J  mile  from  the  entrance,  and  another  clo.se  otf  Boxer  Point, 
on  the  west  side  of  entrance.  This  port  is  easy  of  access  to  steamers 
and  sailing  vessels  with  a  fair  wind,  and  aflbrds  good  anchorage  in  12 
to  13  fathoms  at  i  mile  from  its  head,  well  sheltered  from  all  except 
southeasterly  winds. 


-f"-- 


• ^T::t:i^7r7T>  ■" 


234 


FUOM  GEORGIA  STRAIT  TO  CAPE  SCOTT. 


Shadwell  Passage  is  between  Galiaiio  and  Hope  Islands ;  tlie  east- 
ern shore  is  straigiit,  in  a  northeasterly  direction,  bnt  the  western  is 
indented  into  several  small  bays,  with  some  rocks  and  islets  ofl'  them, 
and  foul  gronnd  extendinp  nearly  h  mile  from  the  shore  between  Tnrn 
Point  and  Cape  James. 

The  depths  in  the  sonthern  part  of  this  passage  are  I'rom  80  to  100 
fathoms,  decreasing  rapidly  to  9  and  13  fathoms  to  the  northward  ;  a 
vessel  may  anchor  about  400  to  000  yards  XVV.  of  Center  Island,  shel- 
tered from  all  except  northerly  winds.    The  tidal  streams  set  witii  con- 
siderable strength  (I  knots)  between  Center  Ishind  and  Turn  Point. 

Vansittart  Island  is  one  mile  long  and  'J  mile  wide;  west  of  it  are 
some  rocks  and  small  islets  extending  I,L'0()  yards  off  it;  and  A  mile 
from  the  north  point  are  two  wooded  islets  called  Nicolas  Islands. 

Willes  Island,  in  the  southeastern  i)art  of  the  passage,  close  to  (la- 
liano  Island,  is  steep  to,  and  may  be  approached  to  within  a  distance  of 
200  yards;  \  mile  to  the  SE.  of  it  is  a  small  low  islet  named  Slave 
Island. 

Center  Island,  in  the  middle  of  the  passage,  and  h  mile  from  Van- 
sittart Island,  is  small ;  west  of  it  some  kelp  extends  a  short  distance^ 
but  there  is  a  passage  on  either  side  of  it;  that  to  the  westward,  how- 
ever, is  much  obstructed  by  Huwanee  Kock,  and  it  should  therefore  not 
be  used. 

Suvranee  Rock,  which  dries  1  feet  at  low-water  spring  tides,  lies 
200  yards  west  of  the  high- water  mark  of  Center  Island,  rendering  the 
passage  west  of  that  island  unsafe. 

One  Tree  Islet,  800  yards  west  of  Vansittart,  is  small,  und  has  a, 
single  tree  on  its  summit,  which  is  very  conspicuous  wiien  seen  from 
the  northward,  and  of  great  use  in  identifying  the  passage ;  this  islet 
may  bo  approached  close  to  on  the  western  side,  but  between  it  and 
Vansittart  are  rocks  and  foul  ground.  A  dry  rock  lies  about  100  yards 
west  of  the  islet. 

Breaker  Reef,  the  outer  of  the  dangers  extending  to  the  NW.  from 
Vansittart  Island,  lies  A  mile  X.  4^  E.  of  One  Tree  Islet. 

Turn  Point. — The  southwestern  headland  of  the  passage,  IJeath 
Point,  is  rocky,  fringed  with  kelp,  and  presents  a  cliffy  appearance. 
Turn  Point  lies  2  miles  NE.  of  IJeath  Point,  about  midway  betweea 
it  and  Cape  James;  it  is  backed  by  a  summit  300  feet  high.  Half- 
way between  Heath  and  Turn  Points  is  (Juoin  Islet,  about  300  yards 
offshore. 

Cape  James  is  a  rocky  bluff"  90  feet  high  ;  some  rocks  extend  o^tt'  it 
to  the  southward  for  a  short  distance,  and  foul  ground,  nuvrked  by  kelp, 
exists  between  it  and  Turn  Point.  The  cape  should  at  all  times  be 
given  a  berth  of  at  least  A  mile. 

Tides. — The  flood  tide  runs  to  the  southward  through  Shadwell  Pas- 
sage at  the  rate  of  about  4J  knots,  whilst  the  ebb,  in  the  northern  part, 
sets  2  knots  in  the  contrary  direction  ;    to  the  southward  of  Center 


., 


SIIADWELL    PASSAGE   DIRECTIONS — NAHWIIITTI    BAB.      235 


Islivutl,  however,  it  runs  as  strong  iis  tlie  Hood.  Tide  rips  exist  between 
Center  and  Vansittart  Islands. 

Directions. — Bound  tlirougii  Shadwcll  Passage  to  the  northward, 
round  Willes  Ishind  at  about  100  or  400  yards  distance,  when  abreast 
Turn  Point,  steer  to  pass  about  200  yards  oil"  the  east  side;  of  Center 
Island  and  400  yards  west  of  One  Tree  Islet,  keeping  the  south  peak 
of  Magin  Saddle  (on  the  west  end  of  Galiano  Island)  in  line  with  the 
east  end  of  Center  Island  bearing  south,  which  leads  through  the  north- 
ern entrance  of  Shadwell  Passage. 

Shadwell  Passage  may  be  used  by  steamers  or  sailing  vessels  with  a 
fair  wind ;  it  would  hardly  bo  prudent  to  beat  a  large  vessel  through 
it,  as  there  is  generally  a  heavy  swell  and  strong  tide  in  the  northern 
part. 

Bate  Passage,  to  the  eastward  of  Vansittart  Island,  is  deeper  and 
nearly  straight ;  if  proceeding  through  it,  keep  in  mid-channel.  Ves- 
sels that  do  not  steer  well  arc  recommended  to  use  IJate  Passage  in- 
stead of  Shadwell  Passage. 

Anchorage. — The  best  anchorage  in  Shadwell  Passage  is  near  the 
middle,  with  One  Tree  Islet  bearing  N.  58^  E,,  and  Center  Island  south. 

Hope  Island  is  moderately  high,  and  its  shores  are  very  much 
broken  ;  the  sea  breaks  heavily  along  its  northern  and  western  sides, 
and  off  Mexicana  Point,  the  western  extreme,  a  reef  extends  GOO  yards; 
the  southern  shore  is  steep,  and  may  be  approached  to  \  mile. 

Bull  Harbor  has  its  entrance  2  miles  from  the  western  entrance  of 
Goletas  Channel.  Though  small,  this  harbor  affords  a  very  secure 
landlocked  anchorage.  It  runs  in  a  northerly  direction  for  H  miles 
across  Hope  Island.  The  harbor  A  mile  wide  at  the  entrance,  is  con- 
tracted to  L'OO  yards  at  half  the  distance  from  the  head,  after  which 
it  increases  to  nearly  400  yards. 

Indian  Island,  .'iOO  yards  north  of  the  narrowest  part  of  the  entrance, 
is  small,  but  coujpletelj'  shuts  in  the  harbor  to  the  southward,  leaving 
a  passage  to  it  on  the  eastern  side  200  yards  wide  ;  between  the  islam' 
and  the  west  shore  there  is  only  a  depth  of  11  feet. 

Directions. — If  intending  to  enter  Bull  Harbor,  steer  up  in  mid- 
channel,  passing  east  of  Indian  Island,  and  moor  immediately  the  vessel 
is  north  of  it,  anchors  north  and  south.  Only  steamers  or  small  sail- 
ing vessels  should  use  this  anchorage,  as  from  its  narrow  and  tortuous 
entrance  it  is  rather  difficult  of  access  to  long  vessels. 

Anchorage. — The  anchorage  is  to  the  northward  of  Indian  Island,  in 
about  1  fathoms  water,  but  there  is  only  room  for  one  or  two  vessels  of 
moderate  size  to  lie  moored. 

Westward  of  Bull  Harbor  the  coast  of  Hope  Island  is  rocky  and  edged 
by  kelp;  the  sea  in  westerly  winds  breaks  heaviiy  along  it. 

Nahwhitti  Bar,  or  ledge,  stretching  across  the  west  entrance  of  the 
Goletas  Channel,  is  of  sandstone  formation,  and  on  the  eastern  edge 
rises  suddenly  from  40  to  9  fathoms,  the  depth  increasing  very  grad- 


2;J6 


FUOM    OKORGIA    STKAIT    TO    CAI'IC    SCOTT. 


i 


imlly  to  the  wostwanl.  Its  brciultli  witliiii  the  10  liitlioin  line  is  Iroin 
Olio  to  nearly  3  miles,  it  beirij;  broadest  at  the  south  part,  where  aio 
several  slioal  spots.  On  the  western  cdfje  of  the  bar  the  tide  inns  from 
2  to  r»  knots. 

Tatnall  Reefs,  with  2A  and  .'U  Cathoins  on  tlii'in,  lie  on  the  bar  1^ 
miles  from  tiie  south  shore;  northward  of  these  patches  the  depths  vary 
from  a  to  9  fathoms.  In  iieavy  westerly  yales  the  sea  breaks  right 
across  the  Cloletas  Channel  at  this  bar. 

Leading  Mark. — Hoxer  Point  (the  SH.  point  of  Galiano  Island),  oiien 
north  of  Shingle  Toint  (Vancouver  Ishind),  bearing  8.  74'^  K.  leads  over 
the  Nah\vhi>.ti  Bar  in  the  deepest  water  well  to  the  northward  of  Tat- 
nall ifeefs. 

Directions. — IJouiid  to  the  westward  through  (ioletas  Channel,  steer 
111  mid-channel,  or  within  .h  mile  of  eitiier  shore,  until  west  of  IJiill  Har- 
bor, alter  which  keep  Boxer  I'oint  open  north  of  yiiingle  I'oint  bearing 
S.  74"^  E.,  until  Mexicana  Point  bears  >T.  24°  E.,  when  a  vessel  will  be 
to  the  westward  of  the  Nahwhitti  Bar.  A  sailing  sliip,  if  beatiiif 
through  the  channel,  should  keep  s  )iith  of  Duncan  and  Noble  Islands 
elsewhere,  until  west  of  Bull  Harbor,  the  shores  on  both  sides  may  be 
apitroaciu'd  to  within  ]  mile;  when  standing  to  the  southward,  west  of 
Bull  Harbor,  tack  wiien  Shingle  and  Ijcmon  i'oints  are  in  line,  and  do 
not  api)r()ach  nearer  than  h  mile  towards  Mexicana  Point,  as  there  is 
generally  a  heavy  swell  setting  in  on  it,  and  the  ground  is  uneven. 

When  crossing  the  bar  in  the  deepest  water,  if  the  weather  be  clear, 
Mount  Jiemou,  a  high  conical  peak,  should  appear  nearly  midway  be- 
tween Shingle  Point  and  Heath  Pointon  the  opposite  shoie,  or  nothing 
to  the  southward  of  midway  between  them. 

If  obliged  to  anchor  for  the  night  or  tide,  Sluishartie  Bay,  though 
small,  is  eajy  of  access,  the  only  danger  being  the  Dillon  liock  off  its 
east  i)oint.  J^ort  ^Vlexandcr  and  Shadwell  Passage  are  also,  w'th  a  fair 
wind,  easy  of  access  to  sailing  vessels,  and  the  latter  is  preferalle, being 
more  roomy  with  better  holding  ground. 

New  Channel  is.an  extensive  clear  passage  to  the  Pacific  (Jcean. 
Its  ib'iith  in  the  slutalest  part  is  55  fathoms,  near  the  eastern  entrance, 
and  its  shores,  except  near  the  western  part  of  the  Gordon  GroL'p,  may 
be  approached  to  within  nearly  A  mile;  the  northern  limit  of  the  chan- 
nel is  formed  by  Walker  Group  to  the  eastward,  and  a  few  I'av  rocks 
and  islets  to  the  N\V. 

Generally  a  heavy  swell  sets  through  Xew  Channel  from  the  west- 
ward, and  with  the  exception  thattherei'  more  room  for  a  large  vessel  to 
work  in  or  out  than  in  Goletas  Channel,  there  is  no  reason  to  use  it  iu 
preference  to  the  latter,  unless,  if  running  in  before  a  heavy  westerly 
gale,  the  sea  were  breaking  across  the  west  entrance  of  Goletas  Chan- 
nel at  the  I^abwhitti  Bar. 

Doyle  Island,  the  soatheasternmost  of  the  Gordon  Group  and  at  the 
SB.  point  of  New  Channel,  is  ^  mile  long.    There  are  some  small  islets 


(iREY    ROCK — HEDLKY    ISLANDS. 


237 


•ort'  it.s  eiVHt  p(»iiu.  Tlie  iiorthorn  sido  of  tlio  (roidon  (i roup  to  Crane 
Islets  is  stt't'p-to,  ami  miiy  lu'  ii|)pr.iii(!lio(l  to  :\  milf. 

Crane  Islets  an*  .small  and  sti>('[)to,  tUcrc  Ikmii;;  lUl)  I'titlioms  water 
nt  liOO  yards'  dLstaiico.  They  lie  about  (50(»  yards  north  of  Ciordoii 
Orodp. 

Boyle  Island,  A  mile  north  of  Hurst  Island,  is  small. 

Grey  Rock,  which  eovers  at  onetiuartor Hood,  lie.s  i  mile  NW.  of 
UoyUf  Island,  and  is  danjjerons  to  vessels  beatin;?  tliroii;!:!!  this  chan- 
nel. The  best  mark  to  clear  this  roclc,  is  to  keep  the  Crane  Islets  just 
touching;  the  north  side  of  (Gordon  fjroup  bearin},'  8.  4(i^  K.  which  leads 
nearly  A  mile  north  of  it;  when  Ilityle  Island  bears  S.  2P  W.  a  vessel 
will  be  <;lear  east  of  it,  and  wiion  the  SW.  and  NH.  loints  of  Christie 
pa8saf;e  come  open  bearing,'  8.  27^  W.,  she  will  l>e  clear  to  the  NW. 
of  it. 

The  Coast — Tl;e  north  shore  of  BalaUlava  Islaml  s  ruf?Kc<l)  ''uid  4 
mile  N.  lil^  W.  from  its  NW.  point  are  three  low  islets  (Cardigan 
Kocks),  «J  feet  above  high  water,  at  the  north  entrance  to  Browning 
channel. 

The  north  shore  of  (taliano  Island  is  also  rugged  ;  .some  outlying  rock» 
lie  a  short  distance  oil'  it,  but  it  may  bo  approached  to  ;V  mile. 

Westward  of  Cape  James,  the  NIC.  point  of  Hope  Lsland,  the  shore 
is  generally  rocky,  and  the  sea  breaks  heavily  along  it ;  do  not  approach 
it  within  A  mile. 

Walker  Group  is  composed  of  two  large  islaiuls  and  several  small 
islets  and  rocks ;  among  them  are  several  small  creeks  and  bights, 
which  would  atford  shelter  to  boats,  or  even  small  craft;  along  their 
■south  side  some  rocks  extend  a  short  distance  ort". 

Castle  Point,  at  the  east  extreme  of  the  groui),  is  bold,  clilfy,  and 
steep-to, 

White  Rock  lies  2  miles  west  of  Castle  Point ;  it  is  i  feet  above  higb 
water,  antt  there  are  40  fathoms  100  yards  south  of  it.  Between  White 
liock  and  Boyle  Island  a  strong  tide  race  usually  pr:vails. 

Ragged  Reef,  a  cluster  of  rocks  4  feet  high,  lies  1,200  yards  to  the 
northward  of  the  west  end  of  Kent  Island. 

Nye  Rock,  olf  the  south  end  of  Schooner  Passage,  at  the  west  part 
of  the  group,  covers  at  high  water;  it  lies  2^  miles  N.  GiP  W.  of  White 
Rock,  and  may  be  approa  ^hed  to  within  a  distance  of  400  yanls  on  the 
south  side ;  but  large  vessels  should  not  stand  inside  it  to  the  north- 
ward. 

Redfern  Island,  is  the  southwestern  of  the  Walker  group;  .A  mile 
SE.  of  it  are  some  rocks  just  above  high  water,  as  also  to  the  NW. 

Hedley  Islands  are  a  group  of  small  rocks  lying  in  mid-channel 
between  Kent  and  Staples  Islands  and  Eedferu  Island;  a  reef  whicii 
covers  at  high  water  lies  800  yards  to  the  eastward  of  them,  and  1,200 
yards  from  the  south  side  of  Kent  Island.  Schooner  Passage,  not 
recommended,  lies  between  Hedley  and  Kent  Islands. 


-y^" ")>fw^-'.%''^r^'i  ^'7- 


238 


FROM    GEOKOIA    .STRAIT    TO    CAPE    SC~>TT. 


Prosser  Rock,  two  miles  X,  "AQo  ^.  of  Iledfeni  IslaiKl,  is  small, 
about  two  feet  above  high  water,  and  may  be  approached  to  wltbiu  a 
distance  of  4(Hl  yards. 

Bright  Islet,  nearly  one  mile  farther  in  the  same  direction,  is  100 
feet  high  ;  h  mile  N.  58^  E,  of  it  is  a  reef  which  covers  at  high  water, 
and  one  mile  S.  83°  E.  lies  Herbert  Island,  with  a  reef  lying  between. 

Pine  Island,  at  the  NW.  part  of  New  Channel,  about  one  mile  iu 
circumference,  bold,  wooded,  and  about  250  feet  high,  is  conspicuous 
from  the  westward. 

Tree  Islets,  some  small  islets,  which  are  also  wooded,  lie  i  mile  N.  69° 
E.  of  Pine  Island. 

Storm  Islands,  in  the  center  of  Queen  Cuarlotte  Sound,  2^  miles 
northward  of  Pine  Island,  are  a  narrow  chain  of  islets,  and  form  a  most 
u.sei'ul  landmark  when  crossing  Queen  Charlotte  Sound.  The  tops  of 
the  trees  are  about  150  to  200  I'eet  above  high  water,  and  on  the  west- 
ern part  is  a  single  tree  which  is  conspicuous.  There  are  no  off-lying 
dangers  beyond  GOO  yards.  An  Indian  fishing  village  is  sitnated  on 
one  of  the  grou[),  near  the  east  end.  Water  may  be  obtained  bei'e. 

Reid  Island,  the  easternmost  of  the  Storm  Islands,  on  the  north  side 
of  Sealed  Passage,  is  al>out  300  yards  long  cast  and  west,  150  yards 
broad,  having  a  rock  .above  water  100  yards  off  its  west  end. 

Naiad  Islet  is  bare  ;  it  lies  A  mile  northward  of  Keid  Island. 

Sunken  Rock,  on  v.hich  the  sea  breaks  iu  bad  weather,  lies  about 
o  miles  X.  0!)'-'  E.  of  Shad  well  Passage;  from  the  center  of  the  Rock, 
Bright  Island  bears  S.  32"^  E.,  l.J  miles,  and  Pine  Island  X.  WP  W.,  1^ 
miles. 

Sealed  Passage,  5  miles  to  the  northward  of  Shadwell  Passage,  be 
tween  Pine  Island  and  tiie  Storm  l.slands,  is  about  2J  miles  wide.  This 
pa.ssage  should  not  be  attempted. 

Blind  Reef,  on  which  the  sea  breaks  in  heavy  weather,  extends 
nearly  across  Sealed  Passage,  and  clo.ses  it  to  navigation;  clpse  to  the 
western  edge  of  Blind  Reef  there  are  17  to  40  fathoms,  rocky  bottom. 

South  Rock,  awash  at  low  water,  lies  about  1^  miles  northeas'-vard 
of  Blind  heef ;  from  the  center  of  this  rock  Pine  Island  bears  S.  58°  W., 
3.^  miles  nearly,  and  Reid  Island  X.  03°  W.,  IJ  miles. 

Middle  Rock,  on  which  the  sc  i  nearly  always  breaks,  is  covered  at 
tliree  i|"ii''t"!'s  Hood,  and  lies  one  mile  X.  13°  E.  of  South  Ro'^k. 

North  Rock,  on  which  the  sea  nearly  always  l)reaks,  is  awash  at 
high  water,  and  lies  N.  0!)''  E.,  ^^  mile  nearly  from  Middle  Rock.  Harris 
l.slet,  a  little  open  .south  of  .leanette  Island,  bearing  S.  49°  E.,  leads  J 
mile  to  the  northward  of  Xorth  Hock. 

Directions. — If  using  the  new  channel,  and  the  wind  bo  fair,  n  mid- 
channel  course  about  X.  55°  W.  will  take  ves.sels  clear.  If  wr  rking 
through,  when  between  the  Walker  and  Gordon  Group,  keep  i\  to  i 
mile  south  of  the  southern  shores  of  the  former,  and  on  neanng  the 
Grey  Rock,  when  standing  towards  the  southern  shore,  avoid  o))eniug 


ini 


NEW   CHANNKL    DIRECTIONS — SCOTT   ISLANDS. 


'239 


iiiid- 
ikiiig 
^  to  i 
!{•■  the 
Piling 


the  soutberu  part  of  Crane  Islets  north  of  the  Gordon  grou|)  S.  40°  E., 
until  the  eastern  and  western  points  of  Christie  Passage  come  oi>eu 
bearing  S.  27°  W,,  or  the  eastern  edge  of  Kedfern  hears  N.  4"  W., 
when  a  vessel  will  be  clear  to  the  westward  of  the  rock  ;  and  if  going 
east,  when  Boyle  Islet  bears  S,  24°  W.,  she  will  be  east  of  it.  In  the 
vicinity  of  the  Galiano  and  Hope  Islands,  tack  about  J  mile  oft'  shore, 
and  keep  outside  Siiadwel!  Passage  and  Itoller  Bay ;  whe'i  west  of  Pine 
Island,  do  not  bring  it  to  bear  east  of  S.  77°  E. 

Tke  Coast  from  Cape  Commerell  takes  a  southwesterly  direction  for 
IG  niiios  to  Cape  Scott.  It  is  rather  low,  but  rises  at  a  distance  inland 
to  hills  800  and  1,000  feet  high;  it  is  indented  by  several  bays,  wliich, 
however,  are  too  oi>en  to  alford  any  shelter,  except  in  southerly  winds; 
foul  ground  extend.s  off  in  some  places  more  than  one  mile. 

Hesate  Ro:k,  lying  U  miles  N.  77°  W.  of  Cape  Commerell,  and  .^ 
of  a  mile  oil'  shore,  covers  at  three-quarters  flood,  and  the  sea  breaks 
heavily  over  it.  Lemon  Point  (Galiano  Island),  just  open  of  or  touch- 
ing Shingle  Point  (Vancouver  Island),  bearitig  S.  77  ^  E.,  leads  north 
of  it. 

Cape  Scott,  the  extreme  N\V.  point  of  Vancouver  Island,  is  a 
small  ]tromontory  about  500  feet  high,  connected  to  the  island  by  a 
low  sandy  neck  about  200  yards  wide:  some  rocks  extend  west  from  it 
lor  more  than  i  mile. 

Shelter. — There  is  a  bay  on  both  sides  of  the  neck,  which  would  aflbrd 
anchorage  to  boats  or  small  craft  in  line  weather  only;  close  to  its 
SW.  extreme  is  a  small  creek  among  the  rocks,  difficult  of  access,  but, 
once  within  it,  boats  may  obtain  shelter  in  southerly  gales ;  unless 
acquainted  with  the  locality, it  would  not  be  prudent  to  make  for  it  in 
bad  weather, 

At  Cape  :3cott  the  Hood  comes  from  the  soutliward,  and  rounding  the 
(!ape  sets  into  the  Goletas  Channel,  its  strength  varying  from  one  to  3 
knots. 

When  navigating  between  Cape  Commerell  and  >  ape  Scott,  do  not 
approach  the  shore  within  l.\  miles,  at  whicii  dist;mce  there  are  depths 
of  from  1(5  to  L'O  fathoms. 

Scott  Channel,  l)etween  Cape  Scott  ami  Cox  Island,  is  a  safe  na\i- 
gable  channel  for  any  class  of  vessel,  the  only  known  dangers  in  it  be- 
ing the  rocks  extending  nearly  one  mile  west  from  Cane  Scott ;  the  tide 
runs  through  from  one  to  3  knots,  the  tlood  from  the  southward.  There 
are  some  heavy  tide  rips  near  its  east  an<l  west  sides,  but  a  large  vessel 
m;iy  beat  through  with  safety,  tacking  when  upwards  of  one  mile  otV 
Cape  Scolt,  or  .J  mile  of  Cox  Island. 

Scott  Islands,  .">  in  luUiibev,  with  sonu>  adjacent  smaller  islets,  ex- 
tend nearly  20  miles  in  a  westerly  direo'ion  from  Cape  Scott.  There 
are  wide  jiassages  between  the  western  i.slands,  but  as  no  sou  idings 
have  been  obtained  in  them,  and  strong  tide  rips  find  overlalls  have  in- 
variably  been  observed  raging  there,  no  vessel  should  venture  among 
or  through  them,  unless  compelled  to  do  so. 


240 


FROM    GEORGIA    STRAIT    TO   CAPF.    SCOTT. 


Westward  of  Cape  Scott  tlie  titles  set  with  considerable  strength  to 
'.;lie  nortii  and  south  across  the  entrance  to  Goletas  Channel,  and  a  ves- 
sel passing'  out  northward  of  the  Scott  Islands  must  beware  that  she  is 
not  set  down  too  near  them  with  the  ebb  stream. 

Cox  Island,  the  easternmost  and  largest  of  the  group,  has  iron-bound 
rocky  hhores  and  several  oil-lying  dangers. 

Lanz  Island  is  separated  IVoiu  Cox  Island  by  a  passage  i  mile  wide ; 
its  shores,  like  Cox  Island,  art  rocky,  and  it  rises  near  the  center  to  a 
snniinit  1,177  feet  above  the  sea;  both  the  islands  are  wooded. 

There  are  17  fathoms  in  the  passage  between  Cox  and  Lanz  Islands, 
and  in  line  weather  with  southerly  winds  a  vessel  may  drop  an  anchor 
northward  of  the  former  island  in  14  fatlioms,  but  at  all  times  it  is  a 
neiivhborhooil  to  be  avoided. 

East  Haycock,  a  small  islet,  has  a  rugged  outline,  and  is  covered 
with  a  few  stunted  trees.  Some  small  islets  extend  a  short  distance 
>.\V.  of  it. 

West  Haycock,  is  small  and  rocky.  Some  small  islets  extend  up- 
wards of  one  mile  southwestward  of  it ;  foul  ground  existing  around 
them  fori  a  mile. 

Triangle  Island,  tiio  westernmost  of  the  group,  25  miles  N.  77'^  W,  of 
cape  Scoft,  is  .vbout  one  mile  in  extent,  and  dill'ers  from  the  other  islands 
in  being  very  precii)itous  and  bare  of  trees,  and  has  a  remarkable  gap 
in  its  summit;  a  ledge  or  reef  extends  one  mile  N\V.  from  it;  to  the 
eastward  are  three  low  ish'ts,  the  outermost  of  which,  40  feet  high, 
is  i'l  miles  from  Triangle  Island. 

When  navigating  near  the  Scott  islands,  it  is  recommended  to  give 
them  a  good  oiling,  especiall}'  in  a  sailing  vessel,  as  the  tides  set  very 
strongly  through  the  passages  between  them. 

Navigation. —  For  steamers,  the  navigation  of  the  inner  waters  be. 
tween  Cape  Mudge  and  the  Pacilie  is  very  simple,  the  only  caution  re- 
quired being  to  steer  mid-clianiuil ;  if  the  woatiier  he  tiiu',  except  in  the 
viciniuyof  the  Nimpki.'di  River,  Ilehncken  Island, and  Soymoir  Nar- 
rows, these  waters  may  be  navigated  as  well  by  night  asduring  the  d.ay, 
the  shores  being  so  high  on  either  side  as  to  be  easily  defined. 

If  in  a  sailing  vessel,  unless  the  wind  be  fair  and  likely  to  remain  so, 
it  would  be  i)refenilile  to  anchor  lorihe  night,  as  the  wind  usually  falls 
afrt'r  sunset,  especially  during  summer  months. 

Inner  passage  to  Alaska.-7-Hleamers  running  on  summer  excur- 
sions through  tlie  inland  wateir.^of  Ahiska  as  far  as  (iliKMcr  Hay  always 
use  the  main  channel  of  Haro  Strait  to  reach  the  Gulf  of  Georgia.  Sey- 
mour Narrows,  in  Discovery  I'assage,  should  n(»t  be  attempted  exce|)t 
at  slack  water.  Broughton  Strait  is  generally  used,  and  is  recommended 
as  the  safest.  After  passing  through  this  strait  keep  the  Vancjouver 
shore  aboard,  follow  Goletas  Cliannel,  andenter  Queen  Charlotte  Sound 
by  way  of  Christie  Pass,  which  is  said  to  bi  safe  at  .ill  times  and  at  all 
stages  of  the  tide.     Issuing  from  Christie  Pass  a  straight  course  is  laid 


INNER   PASSAGK   TO    ALASKA. 


241 


tlU! 


so, 


for  Pine  Island,  which  is  h^ft  to  the  eastward;  thence  for  Egg  Island, 
which  is  also  left  to  the  eastward,  and  thence  the  course  is  laid  for  Cape 
Calvert. 

The  inner  passage  is  always  to  be  preferred,  for  the  reason  that  in 
winter  there  is  less  inconvenience  from  SB.  and  SW.  gales,  and  in  sum- 
mer the  fogs  and  high  NW.  winds  are  partly  avoided. 

Water  is  generally  so  plentiful  that  at  every  valley  or  beach  a  stream 
will  be  found. 

Supplies. — The  natives  will  generally  bring  alongside  deer,  grouse, 
salmon,  rock,  cod  and  other  fish  in  moderate  quantities,  selling  them  at 
reasonable  prices.  Blankets,  shirts  of  the  most  common  description, 
knives,  beads,  powder,  shot,  tobacco  and  red  paint  are  very  useful  to 
barter  with.  To  men  of- war  tiiey  are  usually  very  civil,  but  crews  of 
coasters  and  merchant  vessels  f^hoald  watch  them  vigilantly,  as  they 
are  cunning  and  treacherous  (especially  near  the  northern  parts  of  Van- 
couver Island),  and  have  captured  several  small  coasters. 
U2C5— No.  % IG 


scur- 
ivays 

ISey- 

fCl'pt 

(U'd 
[liver 
Lund 
It  all 

laid 


CHAPTER  VII 


WEST  COAST  OF  VANCOUVER  ISLAND,  FKOM  THE  STRAIT  OF  JUAN  DE 

FUOA  TO  CAPE  SCOTT. 

G-eneral  description  of  the  outer  or  western  coast. — The  general 
direction  is  NVV,  and  SE.,  but  the  const  is  broicen  into  deep  inlets,  the 
principal  of  wliicli,  Biirclay,  CIayoquot,'Nootka,  Kyuquot  and  Quatsino 
Sounds,  are  large  sheets  of  water,  with  features  similar  to  the  other 
great  inlets  on  this  part  of  the  American  continent. 

Making  the  land. — When  lirst  making  the  land  an  unbroken  range 
of  mountains  will  be  seen ;  on  a  nearer  approach  it  appears  thickly 
wooded  and  app.ireutly  fertile,  iutersected  with  many  deep  oi^enings 
and  valleys.  The  coast  is  mostly  low  and  rocky,  but  rises  immediately 
to  mountains  of  considerable  height.  It  is  fringed  by  numerous  rocks 
and  hidden  dangers,  esjiecially  near  the  entrances  of  the  sounds,  and 
the  exercise  of  great  caution  and  vigilance  will  be  necessary  on  the  part 
of  the  navigator  to  avoid  them.  Strangers  should  not  attempt  to  enter 
any  of  the  harbors  or  anchorages  during  night  or  thick  weather,  but 
rather  keep  a  good  oiling  until  circumstances  are  favorable  ;  and  when 
about  to  make  the  coast,  it  can  not  be  too  strongly  impressed  ou  the 
mariner  to  take  every  op])ortunity  of  ascertaining  his  vessel's  position 
by  astronomical  observations,  as  fogs  and  tiiick  weather  come  ou  very 
suddenly  at  all  times  of  the  year,  more  esi)ecially  in  summer  and  autumn 
months.  The  curn/nt  generally  .sets  to  the  SK.  across  the  entrance 
to  .Tuan  de  Fuca  Strait.    The  use  of  the  lead  is  strictly  enjoined. 

Tides. — All  along  the  outer  or  west  coast  of  Vancouver  Island  it  may 
be  said  to  be  high  water  at  full  and  change  when  the  moon  crosses  the 
nieri'!!an,  viz,  at  noon  and  midnight,  the  tide  showing  considerable  reg- 
i.iarity  as  compared  with  the  inner  waters,  the  greatest  rise  and  fall  be- 
ing everywhere  about  12  leet.  There  are  two  higli  and  low  waters  in 
theL'l  Iionrsal!  the  year  round,  fn  summer  tnontiis  the  superior  high 
water  is  at  midnight,  and  in  winter  months  at  noon. 

The  Hood  stream  api)ears  to  set  along  the  (!0<a8t  to  the  NW.,  and  the 
ebb  to  the  SE.;  iieitlier  are  of  great  strength,  except  in  the  vicinity  of 
Fuca  Strait  and  the  Scott  Islands.  In  summer  months  a  set  is  gen- 
erally found  to  the  southward  and  in  winter  in  the  opposite  direction, 
but  as  a  rule  the  currents  are  irregular,  and  apparently  influenced  by 
prevailing  winds. 


Used  at 

''t'lreiiei 

Suppi 

^•"ixli,  sal 
what  resl 


SOUNDINGS — CLIMATE — WINDS — SUPPLIES. 


248 


Soundings. — At  the  entrance  of  Fuca  Strait  the  100-fatbom  eilge  of 
the  bank  extends  40  miles  oflshore;  it  then  runs  in  nearly  a  straight 
direction,  gradually  nearing  the  coast,  and  abreast  Cape  Cook  or  Woody  » 
Point  the  depth  of  100  fathoms  will  be  obtained  within  4  miles  of  the 
shore;  to  the  NW,  of  Woody  Point  the  100-fathom  edge  does  not  ex- 
tend more  than  10  miles  oftshore,  and  to  the  southward  and  westward 
of  the  Scott  Islands  even  less. 

The  nature  of  the  bottom,  when  under  100  fathoms,  appears  to  be 
generally  composed  of  sand  and  gravel,  and  does  not  dift'er  in  one  part 
from  another  sufficiently  to  afford  any  guide  for  ascertaining  a  vessel's 
exact  position  on  the  coast;  the  bank,  however,  extends  far  enough  off- 
shore to  the  SE.  of  Cape  Cook  to  enable  the  mariner  making  the  coast 
in  thick  weather,  by  sounding  in  time,  to  get  due  notice  of  his  appoach 
to  the  land,  as  the  edge  of  100  fathoms  does  not  come  within  18  miles 
of  it,  and  the  bank  shoals  very  gradually. 

Climate  and  Winds.— The  seasons,  wet  and  dry,  generally  take  the 
following  course  :  After  the  gales  with  rain,  which  usually  occur  about 
the  time  of  the  equinox,  line  clear  weather  sets  in,  and  continues  until 
about  the  middle  of  November.  At  this  period  rain  begins  to  fall  con- 
tinuously for  days,  and  gales  of  wind  are  frequent  on  the  coast. 

The  barometer  ranges  from  'JD.50  to  30.10  and  falls  rapidly  on  the 
approach  of  a  southerly  gale.  Uising  gradually  to  30.20  and  30.50,  a 
northerly  wind  springs  up,  and  3  days  of  tine  clear  weather  with  hoar- 
frost generally  follow.  After  the  third  day  the  barometer  slowly  falls, 
and  again  the  gale  with  rain  springs  up,  to  be  succeeded  after  a  few  days 
by  a  rising  barometer  and  frosty  weather,  which, as  the  season  advances, 
occasionally  becomes  intense,  and  is  accompanied  by  hail  and  snow  ; 
the  latter  seldom  lasts  for  any  length  of  time.  The  summer  is  dry,  with 
a  most  scorching  sun.  Little  or  no  rain  lalls  from  the  middle  of  April 
until  the  equinox.  liie  i)revailing  winds  during  these  summer  mouths 
are  from  SW.  to  NW.,  blowing  freslily  uuriug  the  day,  the  nights  are 
calm  and  clear.  Northerly  winds  occasionally  prevail,  and  iu  the 
southern  iiarts  of  the  island  are  hot  and  dry. 

Natives. — Tlu^  west  coast  of  the  island  is  very  thinly  i>opulated,  the 
liighest  estimate  of  the  natives  not  exceeding  4,000,  divided  into  a  num- 
ber of  very  small  tribes.  As  a  rule  they  are  liarndess  and  inoffensive, 
t'uMigh  in  a  few  cases  the  crews  of  vessels  wrecked  on  their  coasts  have 
l»een  i»lundered  and  ill  treated.  They  are  addicted  to  ]>ilfering,  espe- 
cially in  the  vicinity  of  Xootka  Sound,  and  ought  to  be  carefully 
watched. 

The  tribes  speak  different  dialects,  and  the  Chinook  jargon,  which  is 
nse<l  at  Victoria  in  transactions  with  the  settlers  and  natives,  will  not 
tie  generally  understood  on  the  west  coast. 

Supplies. — The  natives  live  principally  on  tish,  i)otatoes,  and  berries. 
Tisli,  salmon,  halibut,  rock  cod,  I'erring,  and  hoolican,  the  latter  some- 
what resembling  a  sardine,  are  found  in  great  abundance.     Deer,  grouse, 


244 


THE    WEST   COAST    OF   VANCOUVER    ISLAND, 


and  wild  fowl  ixre  also  to  be  bad,  but  they  are  not  by  any  niear  s  so  plen- 
tiful as  alonff  the  northeastern  coast  of  the  island. 

Trade. — Furs  and  tish  oil  are  the  only  articles  of  trade  wi,  h  the  na- 
tives, and  the  quantity  small. 

At  the  Alberni  Inlet  in  Barclay  Sound  a  large  sawmill  was  estab. 
lislied  in  18G0  by  an  I^lnglish  company,  and  a  considerable  lumborlrade 
was  carried  on. 

At  Forward  Inlet  and  Coal  Harbor,  in  Qnatsino  Sound,  seams  of  coal 
of  considerable  thickness  have  been  seen,  and  there  is  no  doubt  that  a 
quantity  of  that  valuable  article  is  to  be  met  with  in  the  northwestern 
part  of  the  island. 

Indications  of  copper  and  iron  are  also  plentiful,  especially  in  Barclay 
Sound.  In  Port  San  Juan,  and  in  the  Muchalat  or  Guaguiua  ,irui  of 
Nootka  Sound,  some  traces  of  gold  have  been  met  with. 

The  Coast  from  Port  San  Juan  trends  in  miles  in  a  westerly  direction 
to  Bonilla  L'oint,  rising  gradually  to  elevations  from  1,000  to  2,000  feet. 
Bonilla  Point  slopes  gradually  to  the  sea,  is  not  in  anyway  remarkable, 
and  may  be  approached  within  one  mile ;  to  the  westward  of  it  the  coast 
becomes  more  broken,  still  keeping  a  westerly  direction,  being  high  a 
short  distance  inland. 

Nitinat  Lake,  the  entrance  to  which  is  narrow  and  shoal,  is  of  con- 
siderable size,  extending  to  the  northward.  There  are  only  one  to  2 
fathoms  in  the  entrance,  and  the  sea  generally  breaks  heavily  across  it 
in  bad  weather.  Four  miles  to  the  westward  of  the  entrance  is  a 
remarkable  waterfall,  called  by  the  natives  Tsusiat,  which  may  be  seen 
at  a  good  distance,  even  in  thick  weather,  when  it  would  help  to  identify 
a  vessel's  position,  being  the  only  waterfall  on  this  part  of  the  coast. 

Pachena  Bay  is  nearlj-  2  miles  deep  and  i  mile  wide,  with  from  5  to 
6  fathoms  water,  but  as  it  is  open  to  the  southwestward,  and  there 
is  usually  a  heavy  swell  setting  into  it,  no  vessel  should  anchor  there. 
At  its  head,  on  the  west  side,  is  a  stream  where  boats  can  get  in  and  (ind 
shelter  in  bad  weather. 

Sea-Bird  Islet,  off'  the  entrance  of  the  baj',  is  bare,  about  10  feet 
above  water,  and  of  small  extent. 

A  rock  which  does  not  uncover  lies  t}  mile  S.  68°  W.  of  Sea-Bird 
Islet,  also  at  J  mile  S.  50^  B.  of  the  islet  there  is  a  similar  rock  that 
breaks  at  very  low  tides.  Sea-Bird  Islet  should  not  be  approached 
within  1^  miles. 

The  coast  between  Pachena  Bay  and  the  SE.  point  of  entrance  of 
Barclay  Sound,  a  distance  of  3  miles,  is  rocky,  forming  an  open  bay  that 
aftbrds  no  shelter. 

The  soundings  between  Poit  bi»n  Juan  and  Barclay  Sound,  at  a  dis- 
tance of  2  miles  offshore,  vary  froi  i  50  to  18  fathoms,  shoaling  when  to 
the  westward  of  Nitinat  Lake,  iO  aJ'ej  to  the  southward  of  which  will 
be  found  less  than  50  fathoms. 


BARCLAY    SOUND — KELP    BAY. 


245 


feet 


ice  of 
that 


Barclay  Sound  is  upwards  of  14  miles  wide  at  its  entrance,  and 

'.1th  for 
lets  or 
je,  and 
slands, 
)e  used 
in  the 
}d,  and 
mountainous. 

Soundings. — A  bankof  sand  and  gravel,  with  depths  from  25  to  45 
fathoms,  extends  40  or  45  miles  to  the  southward  and  westward  of  the 
entrance  of  Barclay  Sound.  In  the  mid<llc  of  this  bank  is  a  deep  hole 
the  east  i)art  of  which  is  5  miles  SW.  of  the  entrance ;  from  thence  the 
hole  extends  19  miles  in  a  westerly  directicn,  with  depths  varying  from 
60  to  100  fathoms,  so  that  if  steering  for  Barclay  Sound  from  the  SW., 
and  the  weather  be  thick,  by  attention  to  soundings  a  vessel  might 
ascertain  her  position  within  a  few  miles.  To  the  SK.  of  the  entrance 
the  water  becomes  deeper,  and  at  a  distance  of  10  miles  offshore  there 
are  (50  to  70  fathoms,  sand  and  mud. 

The  Eastern  Channel  is  ou  the  southeastern  side  of  the  sound,  be- 
tween the  main  shore  and  Deer  Islands.  Its  shores  are  low  and  r  igged, 
except  ill  the  norther-  part,  where  they  become  high.  There  a;r  sev- 
eral dangers  within  it,  viz,  the  rocks  off"  Cape  Beale  and  Channel 
Rocks  at  the  southern  part,  and  the  Fog  Itock  off"  Tzaartoos  Island. 

Cape  Beale,  the  southeastern  entrance  point  of  Barclay  Sound  and 
of  the  Eastern  Channel,  is  a  bold  rocky  point,  120  feet  high  (the  tops 
of  the  trees  being  300  feet  above  high  water),  and  some  rocks  extend 
off  It  from  400  to  800  yards. 

Light. — On  a  small  islet  at  the  extremity  of  Cape  Beale  is  a  square 
light-iiouse. 

Caution. — The  light-house  should  not  be  brought  to  bear  eastward 
of  S.  73°  ^'.  so  as  to  avoid  the  foul  ground  which  extends  off"  the  entrances 
to  Barclay  .''ound. 

Bamfield  Creek. — At  4  miles  from  Cape  Beale,  on  the  east  side  of 
"le  channel,  is  the  entrance  to  two  creeks,  the  southern  of  which  is 
Bamtield.  There  is  room  for  a  vessel  to  moor  at  a  short  distance  from 
its  head  in  (J  fathoms.  A  narrow  passage,  30  yards  wide,  with  G  feet 
at  low  water,  runs  from  the  head  to  an  inner  basin,  which  is  one  mile 
long,  and  has  from  2  to  4  lathoms. 

Q-rappler  Creek,  the  northern  arm,  extends  if  mile  to  the  southeast- 
ward; it  is  about  40  yards  wide,  with  from  8  to  10  fathoms;  it  then  takes 
a  northerly  direction  ami  becomes  very  shoal.  Both  these  creeks  afford 
good  sheltered  anchorage  to  small  craft. 

Kelp  Bay,  SiJ  miles  from  Cape  Beale,  affords  a  fairly-sheltered  an- 
chorage in  from  0  to  14  fathoms.  Its  shores  are  low,  and  a  rock  which 
covers  at  one-third  Hood  lies  200  yards  north  of  its  southern  entrance 


244 


THK    WEST    COAST    OP    VANCOUVER    ISLAND. 


and  wild  fowl  arc  also  to  be  had,  but  they  are  not  by  any  weans  so  plen- 

(2000)  BRITISH  COLUIIIBIA    Vancouver  Island-South  coast 
Clo-oose  village  -Information.  -Tiie  village  and  Methodist  mission 
of  Clo-oose  is  sitnated  in  the  small  cove  between  the  mouth  of  Chnck- 
wear  river  .ind  the  outlet  of  Nitinafc  lake,  in  (approximately)  lati- 
tude 48°  40'  22"  N.,  longitude  124°  50'  00"  W. 

The  village  is  connected  with  the  Goveiiiment  telegraph  line  to 
Victoria  and  by  telephone  with  Carmanah  lighthouse.  Shipwrecked 
mariners  can  get  shelter  and  assistance  here.  (N.  M.  49, 1905  ) 

of  considerable  thickness  have  been  seen,  and  there  is  lio  iioiiuc  tiiai  a 

quantity  of  that  valuable  article  is  to  be  met  with  in  the  northwestern 
part  of  the  island. 

Indications  of  copper  and  iron  are  also  plentiful,  especially  in  Barclay 
Sound.  In  Port  San  Juan,  and  in  the  Muchalat  or  Guaguina  arm  of 
Nootka  Sound,  some  traces  of  gold  have  been  met  with. 

The  Coast  from  Port  San  Juan  trends  10  miles  in  a  westerly  direction 
to  IJouilla  Point,  rising  gradually  to  elevations  from  1,000  to  2,000  feet. 
Bonilla  Point  slopes  gradually  to  the  sea,  is  not  in  anyway  remarkable, 
and  may  be  approached  within  one  mile ;  to  the  westward  of  it  the  coast 
becomes  more  broken,  still  keeping  a  westerly  direction,  being  high  a 
short  distance  inland. 

Nitiuat  Lake,  the  entrance  to  which  is  narrow  and  shoal,  is  of  cou- 
siderable  size,  extending  to  the  northward.  There  are  only  one  to  2 
fathoms  in  the  entrance,  and  the  sea  generally  breaks  heavily  across  it 
in  bad  weather.  Four  miles  to  the  westward  of  the  entrance  is  a 
remarkable  waterfall,  called  by  the  natives  Tsusiat,  which  may  be  seen 
at  a  good  distance,  even  in  thick  weather,  when  it  would  help  to  identify 
a  vessel's  position,  being  the  only  waterfall  on  this  part  of  the  coast. 

Fachena  Bay  is  nearly  2  miles  deep  and  J  mile  wide,  with  from  5  to 
6  fathoms  water,  but  as  it  is  open  to  the  southwestward,  aTul  there 
is  usually  a  heavy  swell  setting  into  it,  no  vessel  should  anchor  there. 
At  its  head,  on  the  west  side,  is  a  stream  where  boats  can  get  in  and  find 
shelter  in  bad  weather. 

Sea-Bird  Islet,  off  the  entrance  of  the  bay,  is  bare,  about  10  feet 
above  water,  and  of  small  extent. 

A  rock  which  does  not  uncover  lies  J  mile  S.  68'^  W.  of  Sea-Bird 
Islet,  also  at  ^  mile  S.  50°  E.  of  the  islet  there  is  a  similar  rock  that 
breaks  at  very  low  tides.  Sea-Bird  Islet  should  not  be  approached 
within  IJ  miles. 

The  coast  between  Pachena  Bay  and  the  SE.  point  of  entrance  of 
Barclay  Sound,  a  distance  of  3  miles,  is  rocky,  forming  an  open  bay  that 
affords  no  shelter. 

The  soundings  between  Port  San  Juan  and  Barclay  Sound,  at  a  dis- 
tance of  2  miles  offshore,  vary  from  50  to  18  fathoms,  shoaling  when  to 
the  westward  of  Nitinat  Lake,  10  miles  to  tUe  southward  of  which  will 
be  found  less  than  50  fathoms. 


1 


lUKCLAY    SOUND — KELP    BAY. 


245 


a  dis- 
rhen  to 
ub  will 


Barclay  Sound  is  upwards  of  14  miles  wide  at  ita  eiitrauce,  aud 
tliousli  encumbered  by  uumorous  islands  it  maintains  this  breadth  for 
nearly  12  miles  inland,  when  it  separates  into  several  narrow  inlets  or 
canals,  the  principal  of  which  is  Alberni  Inlet.  Off  the  entrance,  aud 
in  the  southern  parts  of  the  sound,  are  innumerable  rocks  and  islands, 
with  several  navigable  channels  between  them,  which  ought  to  be  used 
with  great  caution  by  strangers.  The  shores  are  low,  except  in  the 
northern  part  among  the  canals,  where  thej*  become  high,  rugged,  and 
mountainous. 

Soundings. — A  banlcof  sand  and  gravel,  witii  depths  from  25  to  45 
fathoms,  extends  40  or  45  miles  to  the  southward  and  westward  of  the 
entrance  of  Barclay  Sound.  lu  the  middle  of  this  bank  is  a  deep  hole 
the  east  i)art  of  whi(!h  is  5  miles  SW.  of  the  entrance  ;  from  thence  the 
hole  extends  19  miles  in  a  westerly  direction,  with  depths  varying  from 
60  to  100  fathoms,  so  that  if  steering  for  Barclay  Sound  from  the  SVV., 
and  the  weather  be  thick,  by  attention  to  soundings  a  vessel  might 
ascertain  her  position  within  a  few  miles.  To  the  SK.  of  the  entrance 
the  water  becomes  deeper,  and  at  a  distance  of  10  miles  offshore  there 
are  (iO  to  70  fathoms,  sand  and  mud. 

The  Eastern  Channel  is  on  the  southeasteru  side  of  the  sound,  be- 
tween the  main  shore  and  Deer  Islands.  Its  shores  are  low  and  rugged, 
except  in  the  northern  part,  where  they  become  high.  There  are  sev- 
eral dangers  within  it,  viz,  the  rocks  off  Cape  Beale  and  Channel 
Eocks  at  the  southern  part,  and  the  Fog  Kock  oft"  Tzaartoos  Island. 

Cape  Beale,  the  southeastern  entrance  point  of  Barclay  Sound  aud 
of  the  Eastern  Channel,  is  a  bold  rocky  point,  120  feet  high  (the  tops 
of  the  trees  being  300  feet  above  high  water),  and  some  rocks  extend 
oft"  It  from  40;>  to  800  yards. 

Light. — On  a  small  islet  at  the  extremity  of  Cape  Beale  is  a  square 
light-house. 

Caution. — The  light-house  should  not  be  brought  to  bear  eastward 
of  S.  73°  E.  80  as  to  avoid  the  foul  ground  which  extends  off  the  entrances 
to  Barclay  Sound. 

Bamfield  Creek. — At  4  miles  from  Cape  Beale,  on  the  east  side  of 
the  channel,  is  the  entrance  to  two  creeks,  the  southern  of  which  is 
Bamlield.  There  is  room  for  a  vessel  to  moor  at  a  short  distance  from 
its  head  in  0  fathoms.  A  narrow  passage,  30  yards  wide,  with  G  feet 
at  low  water,  ruirs  from  the  head  to  an  inner  basin,  which  is  one  mile 
long,  and  has  from  2  to  4  fathoms. 

Grappler  Creek,  the  northern  arm,  extends  §  mile  to  the  southeast- 
ward ;  it  is  about  40  yards  wide,  with  from  8  to  10  fathoms ;  it  then  takes 
H  northerly  direction  and  becomes  very  shoal.  Both  these  creeks  afford 
good  sheltered  anchorage  to  small  craft. 

Kelp  Bay,  Sjf  miles  from  Cape  Beale,  affords  a  fairly-sheltered  an- 
chorage in  from  6  to  14  fathoms.  Its  shores  are  low,  and  a  rock  which 
covers  at  one-third  liood  lies  200  yards  north  of  its  southern  eutrauco 


246 


Tt!E    WEST   COAST    OF    VANCOUVER    ISLAND. 


point,  and  tlierc  is  a  small  islet  at  its  north  point,  wliioh  shows  a  con- 
spicuous white  mark;  foul  ground,  marked  by  kelp,  exists  in  the  north- 
ern pdi't  of  the  bay. 

If  inteiuling  to  anchor  in  this  bay  give  the  entrance  points  a  berth  of 
400  yard'j,  and  anchor  in  its  southern  part  in  G  to  li  fathoms,  with  tiie 
entr.ince  points  bearing  8.  79°  W.  and  N.  34°  B.  This  anchorage  Is  easy 
of  access,  but  the  bottom  is  irregular. 

Mark  Islet,  8  miles  from  Cape  Beale,  and  200  yards  off  the  eastern 
side  of  the  channel,  is  small  and  wooded,  sind  cons*  'cuous  from  the  en- 
trance of  the  Middle  Channel;  the  shore  between  it  and  Kelp  Bay  runs 
nearly  straight,  and  may  be  approached  to  within  a  distance  of  400 
yards. 

Numukamie  Bay,  in  the  northeastern  part  of  the  Eastern  Channel, 
is  of  an  oblong  shape  ;  its  shores  rise  gradually  to  mountains.  From  the 
center  of  its  head  the  Sarita  Valley  extends  away  to  the  eastward,  a 
stream  ot  considerable  size  (lowing  from  it  into  the  buy.  In  the  center 
of  the  b.ay  are  the  San  Josti  and  Reef  .slets,  of  snr  a  extent,  and  low  ; 
from  the  south  point  of  the  latter  islet  a  reef  extends  200  yards. 

The  depths  in  Numukamis  Bay  are  great,  and  there  is  no  anchorage 
except  in  Christie  Bay.  The  shores  are  steep-to,  except  off  Sarita  Val- 
ley, where  a  sand-bank  extends  out  i  mile. 

Poett  Nook,  in  the  southern  part  of  this  bay,  is  a  landlocked  basin. 
The  entrance  to  it  is  nearly  straight,  200  yards  long  and  150  feet  wide, 
with  7  fathoms  in  the  shoalest  part ;  it  is  difficult  for  large  vessels  to 
enter  unless  they  warp  in. 

There  are  three  small  creeks  on  the  north  side  of  Nnmukamis  Bay,  but 
the  water  is  too  deep  for  anchorage. 

Turn  Island,  at  the  northeastern  point  of  the  Eastern  Channel,  is 
small  and  wooded,  and  separated  by  a  narrow  boat  pass  from  the  east 
shore.  At  If  mile  south  of  it  is  a  narrow  creek,  with  from  9  to  12  fath- 
oms, available  for  small  craft. 

Ship  Islet,  at  the  southwestern  point  of  the  Eastern  Channel,  is 
rocky,  with  a  few  remarkable  trees  on  its  northern  part,  which  at  some 
distance  seaward  give  the  islet  the  appearance  of  a  ship  under  sail, 
forming  a  good  mark  for  identifying  the  channel  ;  there  are  depths  of 
from  23  to  24  fathoms  at  400  yards  from  it. 

Deer  Islands  extend  in  a  NE.  and  SW.  direction  for  10  miles.  They 
are  low,  and  of  inconsiderable  size,  except  Tzaartoos  Island.  There  is 
only  one  navigable  passage  through  them,  the  Satellite  Pass,  between 
Helby  and  Hill  Islands. 

King  Island,  the  southernmost,  is  rugged  and  broken,  witli  rocks 
extending  from  200  to  400  yards  off.  This  island  is  separated  from  Ship 
Islet  by  a  passage  i^  mile  wide,  but  there  is  a  rock  in  the  middle  of  it, 
which  is  awash  at  high  water. 

Channel  Rocks,  on  the  western  side  of  the  channel,  GOO  yards  oast 
of  King  Island,  are  about  200  yards  in  extent,  and  cover  at  half  tlood  j 


DIANA    ISLAND — FOG    ROCK. 


247 


there  are  It)  to  12  fathoms  200  yards  to  tlie  eastward  of  tliem,  and  upon 
them  the  sea  generally  breaks. 

Leading  Mark. — Turn  Island,  at  tiin  nortlieastern  point  of  the  East- 
ern Channel,  shut  in  by  Leading  Bluff  of  Tzaartoos  Island  bearing  N. 
43°  E.,  leads  east  of  the  Channel  Uocks,  and  west  of  the  rocks  oft'  Cape 
Beale. 

Diana  Island,  separated  from  King  Island  by  a  passage  full  of  ro(!ks, 
is  of  triai'gnlar  shape ;  its  shores  are  rocky.  Taylor  Islet  lies  (iOO  yards 
S.oio  W.  of  its  SB.  point. 

Todd  Rock  lies  lOO  yards  from  the  eastern  side  of  Diana  Island. 
The  roek  is  awash  at  high  water,  with  10  fathoms  close  to  it. 

Helby  Island,  Entrance  Anchorage.  The  ne.xt  island  northward 
of  Diana,  has  oft"  its  northern  side  a  small  but  well-sheltered  anchorage 
in  from  0  to  ',)  fathoms,  easy  of  access  from  either  the  Eastern  or  Mid- 
dle Channels,  and  very  convenient  as  a  stopping  place  for  vessels  enter- 
ing or  leaving  Barclay  Sound. 

Wizard  Islet,  northeastward  of  the  ai  horage,  is  small,  about  8  feet 
high  and  bare.  It  is  about  800  yards  from  Helby  Island,  and  vessels 
intending  to  anchor  should  do  so  about  200  yards  SW.  of  the  islet  in  6 
fathoms. 

Hill  Island,  separated  from  Helby  Island  by  the  Satellite  Pass,  is 
small,  with  a  summit  of  moderate  height  at  its  southern  end.  At  \ 
mile  southward  of  it  is  a  patch  of  3i  fathoms,  marked  by  kelp,  and 
there  are  several  small  islets  and  rocks  oft'  its  eastern  and  western 
sides. 

Robbers  Island,  separated  from  Hill  Island  by  a  passage  full  of 
rocks,  is  one  mile  broad  at  its  widest  part.  It  is  low,  and  steep-to  on 
tlie  eastern  side,  and  between  it  and  Tzaartoos  Island  is  a  small  land- 
locked basin  of  5  to  7  fathoms  water,  but  almost  ina(!cessiblo  in  conse- 
quence of  the  many  rocks  at  its  entrance. 

Tzaartoos  or  Copper  Island  is  higher  than  the  other  islands;  its 
eastern  side,  except  in  the  vicinity  of  Sproat  Bay,  is  steep-to,  and  may 
be  approached  to  within  a  distance  of  400  yards.  Limestone  of  a  tine 
quality  is  to  be  fourid  in  its  northern  part,  and  there  are  several  indi- 
cations of  copi)erand  iron  ores. 

Sproat  Bay,  on  the  southeastera  side  of  Tzaartoos  Island,  is  about 
i  mile  wide  and  400  yards  deei).     In  its  center  are  two  small  islets,  and 
between  them  and  the  southern  side  of  the  bay  a  vessel  may  anchor  in  ' 
from  11  to  15  fathoms. 

Leading  Bluff,  just  south  of  the  bay,  is  a  steep  point  and  conspicu- 
ous from  the  entrance  of  the  Eastern  Channel. 

Fog  Rock,  lying  about  400  yards  east  of  Sproat  Bay,  is  of  small  ex- 
tent, with  only  0  feet  over  it,  and  steep-to  all  round.  This  danger  is  in 
the  track  of  vessels  using  Sproat  Bay,  and  requires  caution  to  avoid  it, 
not  being  marked  by  kelp  in  the  spring. 

The  east  side  of  Bobbers  Island  open  of  Leading  Blurt'  bearing  S. 


248 


THE    WEST   COAST   OF    VANCOUVER    ISLAND. 


62°  W.  leads  SK.  of  Vog  Rock,  and  tlie  west  side  of  Knob  Point  well 
open  east  of  Limestone  Point  N.  li(P  E.  leads  east  of  it. 

Knob  Point,  the  soutliwestern  entrance  jtoiiit  of  Alberni  Iidet,  is 
about  J  mde  to  the  northward  of  T/aartoos  Island.  It  ia  a  remarkably 
cliffy  projectinj,'  i)oint,  steei)t(i  on  its  southern  and  eastern  sides. 

Alberni  Inlet  runs  in  a  winding  northerly  direction  for  lili  miles,  with 
a  breadth  \aryin{j  from  400  yards  to  one  mile,  and  terminates  in  a  tine 
capacious  anchorage  at  its  head;  the  shores  on  either  side  are,  rocky 
and  ruj^rged,  rising  al)ruptly  from  the  sea  to  mountains  L',00()  and  3,000 
feet  high :  at  the  head,  however,  the  land  becomes  low  and  fertile,  a 
large  extent  being  fit  for  cultivation.  A  settlement  and  large  sawmills 
are  established  there,  and  quantities  of  timber  exported.  There  is  also 
a  salmon  fishery. 

The  depths  to  within  one  mile  of  the  head  vary  from  KiO  to  40  fath- 
oms, and  the  shoves  of  the  inlet  are  everywhere  free  from  danger. 

San  Maeto  Bay  is  on  the  east  side  of  the  inlet,  just  within  the  en- 
trance ;  its  shores  are  high,  and  it  is  too  deep  for  ancdiorage. 

Mutine  Point,  nndway  between  this  bay  and  Turn  Island,  is  rocky, 
ciud  as  at  a  short  distance  oli'  it  a  rock  is  said  to  exist,  a  berth  of  400 
yards  should  be  given  in  pa.ssing.  Just  south  of  this  point  is  a  small 
bay  with  irregular  soundings. 

tTchucklesit  Harbor,  on  the  west  side  of  Alberni  Inlet,  .'5  miles 
within  Knob  Point,  is  3  miles  long  in  a  northwesterly  direction,  and  its 
average  breadth  is  about  J  mile;  the  north  shore  is  high,  rising  grad- 
ually to  mountains,  but  the  south  shores  and  head  are  low ;  all  are  free 
from  danger  at  a  distance  of  '200  yards.  There  are  two  secure  anchor- 
ages. Green  Cove  at  the  entrance,  and  Snug  Basin  at  the  head.  Lime- 
stone of  a  very  line  quality  is  to  be  procured  at  the  head  of  the  harbor. 

Green  Cove,  just  within  the  entrance,  aflbrds  a  snag,  well-sheltered 
anchorage.  Harbor  Island,  oif  its  south  side,  and  completely  landlock- 
ing  the  anchorage  in  that  direction,  is  of  small  exte.it,  with  a  clear  deep 
pa.ssage  on  each  side  into  the  anchorage;  a  rock  lies  100  yards  oft'  its 
southeastern  jjoint. 

This  anchor.age  is  convenient  as  a  stopping  place  fur  vessels  bound 
to  or  from  Stamp  Harbor  at  the  head  of  Alberni  Inlet,  and  the  entrances 
to  it,  on  either  side  of  Harbor  Island,  make  it  available  for  sailing  ves- 
sels or  steamers. 

Steamer  Passage,  on  the  east  side  df  Harbo''  Island,  is  400  yards 
long  and  about  150  yards  wide  in  the  narrowest  iiart,  with  not  less  than 
0  fathoms,  but  it  should  only  be  used  by  steam  vessels,  or  sailing  ships 
Avith  a  fair  wind. 

Ship  Passage,  north  of  Harbor  Island,  is  800  yards  long,  and  400 
yards  wide,  and  is  clear  of  danger. 

Snug  Basin,  at  the  head  of  Uchucklesit  Harbor,  is  A  mile  long  and 
about  400  yards  broad,  is  well  adaiited  for  I'efltting  or  repairing  a  ship, 
and  aflbrds  anchorage  in  12  to  14  fathoms;  but  the  entrance,  though 
deep,  is  only  150  feet  wide. 


STAMP    IIAKHOK — HARC'LAY    SOUND    DIRElTIONS. 


249 


Water. —  >ii  tin-  norlh  whoiv,  oim  mile  I'loni  (Iret'ii  (Jove,  is  a  liir>,'c 
stii'inii  (it  tn'sii  \vt\t»'r\  with  a  liiiiik  ('\t«'ii(liii'^  m  slimt  tlistaiuM-  dtl'  it. 

Nahmint  Bay,  on  tlii>,  west  side  of  AllnTiii  Inlet,  10  miU's  witliiii  its 
eiitniiiL'e,  is  iilioiit  A  iiiilc  in  cxtoiit  and  ik'cp. 

The  First  Narrows  im-  (idO  yanls  wide  nl  l<i\v  water  and  arc  .stc-t'p- 
to  on  tlie  wi'siinn  side.  If  passinji  tlirontrli  tlieni  at  lii<;li  water,  keep 
well  over  to  tlie  western  sliore. 

The  Second  Narrows  are  K>()  .v.irds  wide  at  low  water,  steep-to  on 
the  eastern  side;  tlie  western  side  ilriesoiit  liOO  yards  at  low  water.  In 
fioiiiy  tliront'li  tlieni  a  vessel  siionld  keep  sv«»ll  over  on  the  eastern  side. 

Stamp  Harbor,  at  the  head  of  tiie  iidet,  is  a  large  and  secure  aiichor- 
aj^e.  Its  western  sliore  is  liiujli  and  rocky,  but  the  eastern  side  and 
head  are  low  and  fertile,  with  a  (inantity  of  clear  level  land.  The  So- 
mass  Jliver,  a  stream  of  considerable  size,  flows  into  the  bead  of  the  har- 
bor and  is  navigable  for  canoes  several  miles;  it  has  its  source  in  a 
chain  of  extensive  lakes  in  the  interior  of  Vancouver  Island,  and  the 
quantity  of  water  discharged  from  it  is  so  great  that  there  i.s  a  constant 
current  out  of  the  inlet,  often  exceeding  one  knot  in  strength.  There  is 
.1  settlment  about  1^  miles  up  the  river,  which  is  increajiing. 

Groat  quantities  of  the  finest  timber  in  the  world  for  spars  are  ex- 
ported from  this  place,  and  vessels  of  considerable  size  may  lie  close  to 
the  sawmill. 

A  steam  tug  is  attached  to  the  sawmill  establishmeu.'"  for  the  purpose 
of  towing  vessels  through  the  K  istern  (Jaaiiuel ;  when  a  vessel  is  ex- 
pected the  tug  generally  lies  in  Dodger  Cove,  at  the  entrance  of  Middle 
Channel,  where  a  good  lookout  can  be  kept.  If  is  believed  that  this 
establishment  has  since  been  abandoned. 

Observatory  Islet,  in  the  center  of  the  harbor,  is  a  small  biuv  rock 
about  6  feet  above  high  water;  .soiue  rocks  extend  lOU  yards  north  of 
it,  but  it  may  be  approa(!hed  within  300  yards. 

Sheep  Islet,  in  the  northwestern  part  of  harbor,  is  wooded,  and  con- 
nected to  the  head  of  the  harbor  at  low  water  by  a  sand  bank. 

Anchorage. — The  anchorage  in  the  harbor  is  in  S  to  12  fathoms,  at 
the  distance  of  'i  mile  from  the  head,  with  Ob.servatory  Lslet  S.  08°  W. 

Supplies. — Game  is  plentiful,  and  there  is  excellent  ti.shing  in  the 
river  and  lakes.  Fresh  beef,  vegetables,  and  fruit  are  plentiful  and 
iiheap. 

Directions  for  Barclay  Sound.— Entering  Barclay  Sound  through 
the  Eastern  Channel.  Capo  lieale  may  be  easily  recognized  from  the 
SE.  by  the  lighthouse  and  by  the  islands  west  of  it,  Shii)  Islet  being 
also  very  consi)i'juous  from  the  trees  on  its  north  part.  When  ap- 
proaching or  rounding  vae  cape,  do  not  come  nearer  that  ^  mile,  to  avoid 
the  rocks  otf  it,  until  Turn  Island,  at  the  northeastern  part  of  Eastern 
Channel  is  well  shut  in  l)y  Leading  Blutl,  bearing  N.  13=^  E.,  when  steer 
up  the  Eastern  Chauiiel  -vith  that  mark  on,  which  will  lead  clear  of  the 
rocks  off  the  western  side  of  Cape  Bealc  and  east  of  Channel  Kocks. 


250 


THE    WEST   COAST   OF   VANCOUVF.R    ISLAND. 


On  tiearlng  Leading  Bluff  keep  the  east  side  of  Robbers  Island  open 
south  of  it,  bearings.  iY2°  W,,  to  pass  east  of  the  Fog  Kock,  until  the 
west  side  of  Knob  Point  comes  open  east  of  Limestone  Point,  bearing  N. 
20°  E.,  when  steer  uj)  within  400  yards  of  either  shore,  or  in  mid  channel. 
If  bound  to  Stamp  Harbor,  after  entering  Alberni  Iidet  keep  in  mid- 
channel,  except  when  passing  tiirongh  the  First  and  Second  Narrows, 
ai'd  anchor  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  harbor  with  the  bearings  already 
given. 

After  entering  Alberni  Inlet  a  strong  southerly  wind  will  generally 
be  experienced,  blowing  hon)e  to  the  head ;  it,  however,  usually  falls  a 
little  during  the  night. 

If  beating  into  the  Eastern  Channel  (wliich  should  oidy  be  done  by 
small  or  quick-working  vessels),  when  standing  towards  Ciipe  Beale, 
tack  before  the  passage  between  Turn  Isiaiul  and  the  main  comes  open 
of  Leading  Bluff,  bearing  N.  45^  K.  Ship  Islet  may  be  approached  to 
within  l[  mile;  when  nearing  King  Island,  or  the  Channel  Itocks,  taclf 
when  Turn  Island  becomes  shut  in  with  Leading  Bluff.  As  a  rule,  in 
standing  towards  the  east  shore,  do  not  approach  within  400  yards,  and 
after  p.icsingthe  Channel  Kocks  keep  outside  of  the  liiu;s  of  Deer  Is- 
laudf  On  nearing  Leading  Bluff  use  above-mentioned  precautions  for 
f-Iearing  Fog  Rock  ;  when  standing  into  Numukamis  Bay  give  Reef  and 
San  .Ios6  Islatuls  a  bertij  of  about  400  yards,  after  which  the  shore  on 
either  side  nuij  be  approached  to  about  200  yards,  except  near  the  cen- 
ter of  Numukamis  Bay,  which  should  not  be  approached  closer  than  i 
mile. 

Anchorages. — If  necessary  to  anchor.  Entrance  Anchorage,in  the 
Deer  group,  just  north  of  Helby  Island,  is  recommended,  being  secure 
and  easy  of  access  from  either  Eastern  or  Mi<ldle  Channels.  Kelp, 
Sproat,  Christie  and  Nahmint  Bays,  also  Creen  Cove,  are  easy  of  access, 
and  may  be  used  as  stopping  places. 

Middle  Channel,  the  largest  passage  into  Barclay  Sound,  is  adjacent 
to  the  Eastern  Cliannel,  and  separated  from  it  bv  the  Deer  Islands.  On 
either  side  are  numerous  small  islands  and  rocks.  Off  its  entrance  are 
three  dan;L;ers,  viz:  Danger  Rock,  Channel  Beef  and  Western  Reef, 
which  only  break  in  heavy  weather  and  require  great  caution  to  avoid. 
In  southerly  or  soutiiwesterly  gales  there  is  generally  a  very  heavy  sea 
in  this  channel. 

Danger  Rock,  in  tlie  southeastern  part  of  entrance  to  Middle  (Uiau- 
nel,  .'U  miles  X.  02°  \V.  of  Cape  Beale,  is  of  small  extent,  and  the  sea 
oidy  breaks  on  it  in  heavy  weather.  There  are  from  22  to  40  fathoms 
around  it  at  a  distance  of  400  yards. 

Leading  Marks. — Swiss  Boy  Island  just  open  west  of  Entrance 
Island,  bearing  N.  45°  E.  (northerly),  leads  east  of  Danger  Rock  ;  Mark 
Islet  t)i)en  north  of  Bagged  Islet,  bearing  N.  08^  E.,  leads  west  of  it  and 
east  of  Cliannel  Reef;  and  Sail  Roijk  in  sight  west  of  Storm  Island,  bear- 
ing N.  39°  W.,  leads  south  of  it  an<l  Channel  Reef. 


CHANNEL   KEEF — SATELLITE    PASS. 


251 


Channel  Reef  lies  near  the  center  of  the  entrance  to  Middle  Channel. 
It  is  about  200  yards  in  extent,  uncovers  at  low  water,  and  has  27  fath- 
oms close  to  on  the  eastern  side ;  there  are  from  19  to  50  fathoms  in  the 
channel  between  it  aud  Danger  Rock,  and  the  same  marks  clear  both 
of  them. 

Western  Reef  lies  in  the  southwestern  part  of  entrance  to  Middle 
Channel,  and  one  mile  south  of  the  Broken  group.  It  is  about  200  yards 
in  extent,  awash  at  low  water,  and  shouhl  not  be  aitproached  within  ^ 
mile. 

In  bad  weather  the  sea  breaks  heavily  over  all  these  reefs. 

Entrance  Island,  at  the  southeastern  point  of  Middle  Channel,  and 
nearly  one  mde  N\V.  of  Ship  Islet,  is  of  small  extent,  and  wooded  ;  the 
tops  of  the  trees  being  ;ioO  feet  above  high  water.  It  is  steepto  and 
cliffy  on  the  southern  and  western  sides  ;  4  'nile  NE.  of  it  is  a  small  islet 
aud  some  off-lying  rocks. 

Hecate  Passage,  leading  into  the  middle  chainiel  between  Entrance 
Island  and  Danger  Rock,  is  2  miles  wide,  and  is  the  best  way  to  enter 
Middle  Channel  in  thick  weather,  or  from  the  southward  or  eastward. 

Shark  Pass,  between  Entrance  aud  Ship  Islands,  is  rj  mile  wide,  and 
may  be  used  by  steamers,  or  sail'ng  vessels  with  a  fair  wind. 

Dodger  Cove. — Between  Diana  and  King  Islands  are  two  small 
islands  (Uains  and  Bepplngs)  conneciod  to  each  other  by  a  reef.  Dodger 
Cove  is  between  these  ishinds  ami  Diana  Island,  aud  is  a  narrow 
creek  alwut  jl  mile  long  and  200  yards  wide,  with  several  rocks  and 
small  islets  off'  its  entrance.  It  affords  good  shelter  to  coasters  or  small 
craft  at  its  head,  where  there  are  from  2i  to  3  fathoms  water,  but  it 
should  not  be  attempted  by  strangers,  as  the  entrance  along  the  .south 
side  of  Diana  Island  is  rather  intricate. 

Ragged  Islet,  \  mile  west  of  Ilelby  Island,  is  rocky  and  of  small 
extent,  with  a  lew  trees  on  its  summit;  the  western  side  nniy  be  ap- 
proached to  within  a  distance  of  about  WO  yards,  but  it  is  connected  to 
Helby  Island  by  a  ridge  of  rocks,  and  no  vessel  should  attempt  to  go 
between  tliem. 

Satellite  Pass,  between  Helby  and  IJill  Inlands,  is  about  one  mile 
long  and  h  mile  wide;  the  southern  side  is  clear  of  danger;  but  600 
yards  southward  of  Hill  Island,  on  tiie  north  side  of  the  pass,  is  aslioal 
patch  of  3A  fatlK)ma,  nmrked  by  kelp  ;  Leading  Bliitf  open  of  east  side 
of  Hill  Island,  bearing  N.  Cu'^  E.,  lea<ls  to  the  SE.  of  this  shoal. 

Vessels  bound  toAlberni  Inlet,  after  having  entered  Middle  Cliauuei, 
shouhl  proceed  through  this  i)ass  into  the  Eastern  Channel  and  on  to 
the  inlet  throngii  the  latter,  keeping  about  <100  yards  north  of  Ragged, 
Helby,  and  Wizard  Islands. 

Village  Rocks,  lying  ^  mile  from  the  northwestern  point  of  Robbers 
Island,  are  nearly  awash  at  low  water,  and  the  sea  usually  breaks  on 
tliem  in  heavy  weather;  the.v  should  not  be  approached  within  ^  mile- 
Between  Robbers  and  Tzaartoos  Islands  is  a  small  landlocked  basiu 


252 


THE    WE-ST    COAST    OP    VANCOUVER    ISLAND. 


■with  from  5  to  7  fatboms,  but  the  entrance  to  it  from  the  Middle  Clianuel, 
tbough  dee|>,  is  very  iutricate. 

Chain  Islands,  on  tiie  east  side  of  Middle  Channel,  are  a  chain  of 
small  islets  and  rocks  nearlj'  4  miles  long  in  a  northeasterly  direction. 
They  lie  parallel  to  the  western  side  of  Tziuutoos  Island,  being  sepa- 
rated from  it  by  a  passage  !f  mile  wide,  filled  with  rocks,  and  through 
M-hicli  vessels  should  not  attempt  to  i)ass. 

S'wiss  Boy  Island,  the  southernmost  of  this  group,  is  small  and  cliffy. 
Bull  Kock,  400  yards  \.  18°  W.  of  its  southern  end,  is  of  small  extent, 
jund  has  less  than  2  fathoms  water  on  it,  which  breaks  in  bad  weather. 

Caution. — Vessels  should  not  approach  the  weatern  side  of  these 
islands  within  A  mile,  except  when  rounding  their  north  part. 

Junction  Passage  connects  Middle  Channel  with  Alberni  lulet  and 
Eastern  Channel ;  it  is  north  of  the  Chain  and  Tzuartoos  Ishmds,  and 
between  them  and  the  main.  Its  shores  are  clear  of  danger.  On  the 
northern  side  of  the  passage  is  Rainy  Bay,  about  1  i  miles  in  extent ;  but 
there  are  several  rocks  and  small  islets  within  it;  the  shores  are  rugged 
and  broken,  and  the  water  too  deep  for  anchorage.  Northward  of  this 
bay,  ami  connected  to  it  by  a  very  narrow  boat  pass,  is  Useless  Arm,  a 
large  sheet  of  water  not  accessible  to  vessels. 

Broken  group,  which  forms  the  boundary  of  Middle  Channel  along 
the  west  side,  is  composed  of  a  number  of  small  islands  and  rocks,  cov- 
ering a  space  upwards  of  (5  miles  long  and  4  wide.  They  are  low  and 
the  principal  ones  wooded,  the  largest  being  about  one  mile  in  extent; 
there  are  several  passages  through  them,  and  a  good  anchorage  (Island 
Harbor-)  in  ti)eir  northeastern  part,  but  .strangers  should  not  venture 
among  them  or  approach  them  Mithin  i  mile,  as  the  depths  are  irregu- 
lar, and  other  rock«  besides  those  known  may  exist. 

Redonda  Island  lies  at  tlie  southwestern  entrance  point  of  Middle 
Channel.  It  is  small,  wooded,  and  of  a  round  shape;  some  rocks  ex- 
tend (500  yards  off  its  southeastern  point,  and  ^  mile  east  of  it  is  a  reef 
which  covers  at  half-tlood.  Between  Kedonda  Ishuid  and  Channel 
Reef  is  a  passage  one  mile  wide,  but  it  should  not  be  attempted  by 
strangers. 

Village  Island,  the  largest  of  the  group,  is  upwards  of  one  mile  in 
extent ;  the  eastern  side  is  bold  and  clilfy,  with  24  fathoms  at  200  yards 
distance.  On  its  northern  side  is  a  village  of  considerable  size,  where 
landing  may  be  etlected  in  almost  ail  weather.  Off  its  western  side  are 
several  rocks  and  a  small  bay,  where  a  vessel  may  anclior  in  from  7  to 
10  fathoms,  but  it  is  dillicnlt  of  access. 

Coaster  Channel,  which  runsiu  a  westerly  direction  through  Broken 
Group,  iiortii  of  Village  Island,  is  about  4  miles  long  and  from  i  mile  to 
one  mile  wide,  but  as  there  are  several  rocks  in  it,  this  channel  should 
not  be  attemi)ted  by  strangers. 

A  sunken  rock  lies  GOO  yards  N.  10°  W.  of  the  north  end  of  Grassy 
Island. 


„ 


ISLAND    HARBOR — DIRECTIONR. 


25i$ 


III 

ards 

here 

are 

7  to 


■UHHy 


Village  Reef,  in  the  eastern  part  of  Coaster  Channel,  i  mile  north 
of  Vilhige  Ishiiid,  is  small  and  4  feet  above  high  water;  there  is  a  depth 
of  M  fatlioms  ;it  (500  yards  east  of  it. 

Island  Harbor,  formed  by  several  rocks  and  islands,  in  the  north- 
eastern part  of  Broken  Group,  viz,  Protection  Island  on  the  east,  Puz- 
zle and  Gibraltar  Islands  on  the  north,  and  Mullins  and  Keith  Islands 
on  the  west,  is  5  miles  from  the  entrance  to  Middle  Channel;  it  is  a 
good,  well-sheltered  anchorage,  about  .^  mile  in  extent,  with  from  10  to 
It  fathoms  water,  ami  there  are  two  good  passages  into  it  from  iMiddle 
Channel. 

Protection  Island,  off  its  eastern  side,  protecting  it  in  that  direc- 
tion, is  '^  mile  long,  narrow,  and  its  shore  is  rugged  and  broken,  but  it 
may  be  approaciied  to  within  1300  yards.  There  are  two  small,  bare 
islets  200  yards  from  its  southern  shore  and  almost  connected  to  it  at 
low  water. 

Observation  Islet,  30  feet  high,  and  another  small  islet  to  the  south 
of  it,  lie  100  yards  from  the  middle  of  the  southern  side  of  Protection 
Island. 

Elbow  Island,  GOO  yards  S.  4o°  W.  of  Protection  Islands,  is  smalt 
and  rugged,  with  a  notch  in  the  center ;  there  area  few  trees  on  it,  and 
the  island  is  conspicuous  Irom  the  southward. 

Elbows  Rocks,  which  v^over  at  two-thirds  flood,  lie  300  yards  N.  45^ 
E.  of  Elbow  Island,  and  are  steepto  on  ail  sides. 

Several  small  islets  and  reefs,  some  above  water  and  some  covering 
at  one-third  flood,  lie  in  almost  a  straight  line  between  Elbow  Island 
and  the  northeastern  point  of  Keith  Island;  these,  with  Elbow  Kocks, 
form  the  western  limit  of  the  South  Entrance  Channel  to  the  harbor. 

Pinnace  Rock,  000  yards  east  of  Elbow  Island,  almost  in  the  fair- 
way of  the  south  entrance,  only  breaks  in  heavy  weather,  and  is  dan- 
gerous to  vessels  entering  the  harbor  by  that  passage. 

Channel  Rock,  in  the  middle  of  harbor  entrance,  800  yards  from  its 
eastern  end,  is  of  small  extent,  with  only  0  feet  on  it  at  low  water. 

Directions. — Island  Harbor  ma^-  be  entered  either  by  the  south  or 
by  the  harbor  entrance.  The  south  entrance,  between  the  Elbow  Rocks 
and  Protection  Island,  is  300  yards  wide  at  its  southern  jiart,  with  from 
8  to  14  fatlioms  water.  Harbor  entrance,  along  the  north  aide  of  Pro- 
tection Island,  between  it  and  Gibraltar  Island,  is  nearly  one  milelong^ 
with  an  averagCj breadth  of  about 400 yards;  the  depths  within  it  vary 
from  16  to  18  fathoms. 

Entering  the  harbor  by  the  south  entrance,  steer  for  the  southeastern 
l)oiiit  of  Protection  Island  on  a  N.  55^  W.  bearing,  to  avoid  Pinnace 
Hock;  if  the  Eli>ow  Kocks  are  covered,  keep  along  tiie  southern  side  of 
Protection  Island,  about  100  yards  distant,  till  past  theiii,  when  steer 
for  the  anchorage,  passing  about  '_'00  yards  .south  of  the  islet.s  oil  Pro- 
tection Island.  Coming  in  ihroiigh  Harbor  euvrance,  after  entering  it 
in  mi<l-channel  keep  about  10(t  yards  from  the  north  side  of  Protection 
Island  till  clear  of  Channel  Kock. 


254 


THE   WEST   COAST    OF    VANCOlfVEK    ISLAND. 


Nooiiosboiild  attempt  to  enter  tbis  harbor  without  the  chart,  unless 
thoroughly  acquainted  with  the  place;  and  it  should  ouly  be  entered  by 
sailing  vessels  with  a  fair  wind. 

Anchorage. — The  best  anchorage  is  near  the  center  of  the  harbor, 
about  400  yards  NW.  of  the  NW.  end  of  Protection  Island,  in  from  10 
to  I'J  fathoms,  protected  from  the  northward  and  from  the  westward  by 
Puzzle,  Keith  and  MuUins  Islands, 

Nettle  Island,  the  Nlil.  island  of  Broken  Group,  is  nearly  one  mile 
in  extent,  steepto  ofl"  its  northern  side,  but  cast  and  west  of  it  islets  and 
rocks  extend  out  i  mile. 

Swale  Rock,  at  ^  mile  east  of  the  east  point  of  Nettle  Island,  is  a 
small  bare  rock  8  feet  above  high  water,  which  is  very  conspicuous  from 
the  Middle  Channel,  and  marks  the  east  entrance  of  tStchart  Channel. 

Sechart  Channel,  nortb.  of  Broken  Group,  between  li;  and  the  main, 
connects  the  Western  and  Middle  Channels.  Itisa  wiudii'g  channel,  5 
miles  long  in  >■.  w;>sterly  direction  and  about  A  mile  wide;  a  mid-cbau- 
oel  course  through  is  free  of  danger. 

A  lock  that  only  uncovers  at  low-water  spring  Udealies  500  yards  !S. 
<)0o  W.  of  Sechart  Village,  and  300  yards  X.  14°  W.  of  the  wesiorumost 
of  the  Hundred  Islands. 

Capstan  Island,  nearly  iu  the  middle  of  tbis  channel,  is  small,  and 
the  southernmost  of  a  number  of  small  islands  extending  nearly  one 
mile  from  ;be  northern  shore  ;  a  rocu  lies  100  yards  south  of  it,  but  the 
ishuid  may  be  rounded  at  t  niiie.  w  esLwaru  vi  tnese  isiets  is  tut.-  cs 
tensive  village  ol"  Sechart,  ofl"  which  a  vessel  may  anchor  ^  mile  from  the 
shore  in  14  fathoms,  open  however  fo  the  S\V. 

Northward  of  Sechart  Channel  tlie  western  side  of  Middle  Channel  is 
bounded  by  two  narrow  islands  about  'J  miles  iu  length,  and  separated 
from  the  mainland  by  a  narrow  boat  pass;  they  should  not  be  ap- 
proached nean>r  than  \  mile. 

Bir^i  Islets,  two  small,  bare,  conspicuous  I'ocks,  lie  almost  in  the 
centt .'  of  i'i<  nortiiern  jtart  of  Middle  Channel ;  some  rocks  which  cover 
extent'  fl.»i>  >.,  '1  .  north  and  east  of  them. 

EQlngham  Inlet,  the  entrance  to  which  is  in  the  NW.  ])art  of  Middle 
Channel,  is  narrow,  and  about  S  miles  long  in  a  curved  direction  to  the 
northwestward,  terminating  in  a  low  swamj) ;  its  shores  on  both  sides 
are  high  ami  rocky,  the  western  being  indented  by  sever.d  bays.  The, 
depths  in  it  vary  Irom  8.5  to  more  than  70  fathoms,  and  there  is  no  an- 
chorage; otf  its  south  entrance  point  are  sonu'  small  islets  and  rocks 
<.'xtendiiig  one  mile  to  the  eastward.  Twin  Islets,  George  Islet,  and 
several  sunken  rocks  lie  off  the  entrance  to  the  inlet. 

A  sunken  rock  lies  700  yards  N.  70^  E.  of  the  north  end  of  Webster 
Island,  and  nearly  liOO  yards  distant  from  the  eastern  shore  of  Eiling- 
bam   Inlet. 

Vernon  Bay,  one  mile  east  of  Eflingbam  Inlet,  is  upwar;:»  of  one 
mile  in  extent,  o))en  to  the  southward,  and  too  deep  to  allord  anchorage; 
i!8  shores  are  high  and  rocky. 


BARCLAY    SOUND — MIDDLE    CHANNfiL    DIRECTIONS. 


2r)5 


Edward  Rock.— At  GOO  y^rds  S.  22°  E.  cf  Palmer  Point,  tlie  SW. 
extreme  of  Veruou  J3iiy,  is  Edward  l{o(!k,  3  fjet  above  liigii  water;  just 
witliiii  the  eiitrauce  is  a  reef  awash  at  high  a  ater. 

The  northern  shore  of  Middle  Channel  is  rocky  and  bold,  rising  in 
some  places  to  mountains  upwards  of  3,000  feet  high  ;  ii  is  steep-to  and 
clear  of  danger ;  in  southerly  winds  the  sea  breaks  violently  along  it. 

Directions. — Entering  Barclay  Sound  b.s  the  Middle  Oliannel  with  a 
fair  wind,  and  coming  from  the  west  or  S \V.,  keep  well  clear  of  the  west- 
ern part  of  the  sound  and  3  miles  south  of  IJroken  Grou)).  Steer  to- 
wards Ship  Lslet  on  an  east  bearing  until  Mark  Islet  comes  open  north 
of  Ragged  Lslet  bearing N.  08°  E.,  when  haul  into  the  Middle  Channel  with 
that  mark  on,  which  will  lead  midway  between  Channel  Keef  and  Dan- 
ger Rock  ;  when  Shii)  Islet  bears  S.  (iV^  E.  the  vessel  will  be  north  of 
the.se  reefs,  and  may  then  steer  n\>  in  mid-channel.  If  bound  to  Alberui 
Inlet,  a  sailing  vessel  should  proceed  through  Satellite  Pass  into  the 
FJastern  Channel.  Should  it  be  necessary  to  go  through  Junction  Pas- 
sage, give  the  Chain  Islands  a  berth  of  nearly  ^  mile  to  avoid  tiie  rocks 
off  them,  and  proceed  in  mid-channel  through  the  passage  into  Alberui 
Inlet. 

LTnless  intending  to  go  through  Satellite  Pass,  do  not  approach  the 
Deer  Islands  witliin  .i  mile. 

If  entering  Middle  Channel  from  the  eastward  or  in  thick  weather, 
and  not  aide  to  see  the  marks  for  dealing  the  reefs,  keep  well  out  until 
Entrance  Island  bears  >'.23-'  E.,  when  steer  through  Hecate  Passage 
.so  as  to  pass  \  issile  west  of  the  island,  which  will  lead  well  eastward  of 
all  danger,  then  proceed  as  aUovc  directed. 

Beating  into  Middle  Channel,  when  sontti  i;f  Danger  Bock  and  Chan- 
nel Keef,  keeji  Sail  Bock  open  south  of  Storm  Island,  the  southernmost 
of  the  group,  bearing  N.  40'^  W,  until  Mark  Lslet  comes  nearly  in  line 
with  the  SE.  point  of  ilill  Island  X.  70^  E.,  when,  if  standing  to  the 
westward,  tack  ;  in  standing  to  the  eastward  avoid  shutting  in  the 
pas.sage  between  Hill  Island  and  Bagged  Islet,  which  .should  hv  kept 
well  open  ;  tacking  when  thes<'.  latter  marks  are  on  will  lead  between 
Danger  and  Channel  Beefs,  and  clear  of  them  ;  when  Ship  Islet  bears 
S.  07°  E.  vessels  will  be  northward  of  them,  and  may  stand  over  to 
wiiiiin  about  \  mile  of  the  Deer  Islands  and  one  milevtf  J'loken  Grunii. 
•If  bounil  to  Alberui  Inlet,  when  able  to  lay  through  the  Satellite  Pass 
rer  to  its  southern  .shore,  ami  b» 


keeping 


•P 


through  the  Eastern  Ciuinnel.  Vessels  should  not  attempt  to  beat 
through  Middle  Channel  unless  the  weather  be  clear  and  the  marks 
well  made  out. 

Ve.ssels  may  go  between  Entrance  Island  and  Danger  Bock,  to  the 
northward  of  the  latter  and  Cliaiuiel  Beef,  by  kee|)ing  Sea  bird  Islet  at 
the  entrance  of  I'achena  Bay  well  shut  in  by  Cape  Beale,  bearing  S. 


256 


THE    WEST   COAST    OF    VANCOUVER    ISLAND. 


Western  Channel  is  westward  of  the  Broken  Group,  between  it  and 
Great  Bank,  ami  except  in  the  vicinity  of  15roken  Group  it  is  clear  of 
ilang:er. 

Sail  Rock,  1  vinj?  ofl'  the  southwestern  part  of  Broken  Group,  is  a  bare 
nx'k  like  a  sail,  rising-  100  feet  tvbove  tlio  sea  ami  very  coiispicuous; 
to  tlie  northward  of  it  are  some  If  w  islets  and  rocks  extending  from  the 
S \V.  island  of  the  group,  and  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  Western  Chan- 
nel foul  ground  projects  in  some  places  as  far  as  ^  mile  oft"  the  western 
side  of  the  group. 

Black  Rock,  at  the  southwestern  entrance  point  of  the  Western 
Channel,  is  lOfeet  above  high  water  and  small;  some  rocks  which  break 
extend  400  yards  east  of  it. 

Great  Bear  Islet  lies  IJ  miles  X.  45°  E.  of  Black  Rock;  about  100 
yards  off  its  east  end  there  is  a  rock  awash. 

Channel  Rock,  at  the  soutiieastern  extreme  of  the  Great  Baidc,  is 
bare  and  steep-to  on  its  eastern  side. 

Great  Bank  is,  within  the  10-fathom  edge,  2^  miles  long,  and  its 
greatest  breadth  is  1h  miles;  on  the  shoalest  parts, near  the  north  and 
SW.  ends,  are  from  3  to  4  fathoms,  marked  by  kelp,  over  which  in 
heavy  gales  the  sea  breaks. 

Shag  Rock,  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  channel,  2'}  miles  N.  15°  E.  of 
Sail  Kock  and  ^  mile  west  of  the  Broken  Group,  is  small  and  bare,  and 
foul  ground  exists  200  yards  from  it. 

Round  Island,  near  the  middle  of  the  northern  part  of  the  channel, 
is  small  and  but  200  feet  high. 

Beacon. — A  beacon  has  been  erected  near  the  summit  of  Round  Is- 
land. Tiie  structure  is  conical  in  shape,  40  feet  high,  and  whitewashed, 
and  is  surmounted  by  a  mast  and  spire  15  feet  high  and  155  feet  above 
high-water  mark. 

Gowlland,  Table,  and  Castle  Islets,  at  the  northern  termination 
of  Western  Channel,  are  small,  but  steep-to  on  their  southern  sides.  At 
400  yards  2^  W.  of  Table  Islet  is  a  rock,  awash  at  high  water,  and  i  mile 
ENE,  of  it  is  a  patch  GOO  yards  in  extent,  with  from  4  to  7  fathoms ; 
the  best  passage  into  Toquart  Harbor  appears  to  be  to  the  eastward  of 
these  islets.  A  rock  whicii  dries  9  feet  lies  about  150  yards  eastward 
of  Gowlland  Islet,  and  another,  awash  at  low  water,  lies  400  yards  north 
of  the  islet. 

Beacon. — A  beacon  consisting  of  a  whitewashed  wooden  conical- 
shaped  structure  40  feet  high,  surmounted  by  a  mast  and  triangle  10 
feet  high,  stands  on  the  summit  of  Castle  Islet.  Tlie  beacon  is  94  feet 
above  liigh-wator  mark. 

Directions. — The  Western  Channel,  though  clear  of  danger  and  wide, 
slionid  oidy  be  used  by  steamers,  or  sailing-vessels  with  a  fair  wind, 
and  not  then  unless  bound  to  Toipuirt  Harbor,  in  the  northwestern 
l)art  of  Barclay  Sound.  When  entering,  give  tlie  Sail  and  Black  Rocks 
a  berth  of  .1  mile,  ami  steer  up  in  mid-channel,  passing  i  mile  west  of 
Round  Islam!. 


PEACOCK   CHANNEL — TOQUART    HARUOR. 


257 


Leading  mark. — Keep  the  beacon  on  Castle  Islet  well  open  to  west- 
uanl  of  that  on  llonn<l  Island,  bearing  N.  23°  E.,  which  will  lead  be- 
tween the  reefs,  •{  mile  clear  of  all  danger. 

Peacock  Channel  lies  tiirough  the  northwestern  part  of  Broken 
gronp  in  a  NE,  direction  from  the  Western  to  Sechart  Channel. 

iV  rock  lies  nearly  in  the  center  of  the  channel  midway  between  Dodd 
and  Pender  Islands.  It  has  4  feet  water  on  it,  and  lies  1)00  yards  IS.  43^ 
\V.  of  south  end  of  Pender  Island. 

Galley  Rock,  on  the  eastern  side  of  Peacock  Channel,  lij  miles 
within  tiie  west  entrance,  uncovers  at  low  water,  and  has  liJ  fathoms 
200  yards  SW.  of  it.  Peacock  Channel  is  lit  for  steamers,  or  sail- 
ing vessels  with  a  fair  wind;  Uio  only  caution  required  in  navigating 
it  is  to  keei)  the  northern  shore  aboard  till  past  Galley  Rock. 

Hand  Island,  the  northwestern  island  of  the  Broken  group,  is  small 
and  rugged ;  foul  ground  exists  off  its  eastern  and  western  sides,  which 
should  not  be  approached  within  GOO  yards. 

Lyall  Point,  at  the  northwestern  extreme  of  Sechart  Channel  on  the 
nmiidand,  is  a  low,  sharp  i)oint,  with  a  sandy  beach  round  it;  there  is  a 
dei)th  of  18  fathoms  within  200  yards  of  it. 

Mayne  Bay,  northward  of  Lyall  Point,  is  of  an  oblong  shape.  Its 
shores,  except  near  the  northern  part,  are  low  and  steep  to;  there  is  no 
anchorage  except  in  its  southeastern  corner,  where  there  is  a  limited 
area  with  14  fathoms  at  about  400  yards  otfshore. 

The  Sisters,  a  group  of  small  islets  extending  ^  miles  soutliwa'-dof 
the  N\V.  point  of  Mayne  Bay,  may  be  approached  to  200  yards. 

Stopper  Islands,  lying  olf  Mayne  Bay,  are  woodeil,  and  200  feet 
iiigh ;  the  rocks  extend  from  400  to  000  yards  off  their  eastern  and 
western  sides. 

Larkins  Island  lies  close  off  their  west  side;  a  reef  awash  at  high 
water  extends  500  yards  north  from  its  uorlheru  end. 

St.  Innes  Island  lies  to  the  southward  of  Stopper  Islands,  1)^  miles 
west  of  Lyall  Point. 

David  Channel  leads  into  Toqmirt  Harbor. 

Richard  Rock,  on  its  western  side,  800  yards  from  the  Sto[)per 
Islands,  is  steep  to  on  the  east  side,  and  may  be  approached  to  within 
2(i(t  yards;  vessels  should  not  pass  between  this  rock  and  the  isliiiuls. 

Hermit  Islet,  north  of  tne  Stopper  Islands,  is  low,  with  20  fathoms 
ciosi'-to  ;  at  400  yards  X.  ;i3^  W.  of  it  is  a  small  rock,  2  feet  above  high 
water. 

Toquart  Harbor  is  about  LA  miles  in  extent,  and  well  sheltered  from 
all  winds  by  the  Stopper  Islands.  Its  shores  are  low  and  steep-to, 
(■xcei>t  at  the  head,  where  Black  Patch,  a  shoal  with  0  feet  on  its  outer 
part,  extends  out  nearly  ^  mile. 

Image  Island  is  small,  and  may  be  approached  pretty  close;  to  the 
northwestward  of  it  is  an  excellent  anchorage  in  from  11  to  12  fathoms. 
A  rock  lies  close  to  its  N  W.  end,  and  a  reef  near  its  southern  point. 
14205— No.  96 17 


258 


THE    WEST    COAST    OF    VANCOUVER    ISLAND. 


Village  Passage  loctds  into  the  liarbor  westward  of  Stopper  Islands  ; 
it  is  upwards  o ,  oue  mile  loiij^,  and  600  jards  wide  in  its  narrowest  part, 
and  is  clear  in  niid-ohaniiel ;  some  rocks  awash  at  high  water  lie  on  its 
eastern  side,  extending;  from  the  north  end  of  Larkins  Island. 

Fipestem  Inlet,  a  long  narrow  inlet  extends  nearly  straight  in  a 
ENE.  direction  from  Tocjuart  Harbor,  but  affords  no  anciiorage;  its 
shores  are  rocky  and  rise  abruptly  ;  at  its  head  is  a  small  patch  of 
swampy  ground,  some  fresh-water  streams  flowing  tiirough  it. 

Directions. — I'^nteriug  Toquart  Harbor  by  David  Channel,  after 
passing  Lyall  Point  steer  well  into  Mayne  Bay  to  avoid  Richard  Rock  ; 
when  Hermit  Islet  comes  open  of  the  Stopper  Islands  bearing  N.  2S'^ 
W.  vessels  will  be  clear  eastward  of  it,  and  may  stepr  for  the  harbor, 
passing  midway  between  the  Sisters  and  Stopper  Islands  and  eastward 
of  Hermit  Islet;  anchor  in  14  fathoms,  with  Imago  Island  bearing  N. 
57°  E.  and  Hermit  Islet  S.  22°  E.,  or  proceed  farther  north,  keeping 
200  yards  off  the  west  side  of  Image  Island,  and  anchor  NW.  of  it  in 
11  or  12  fathoms.  Entering  by  Village  Passage,  keep  in  mid-channel, 
or  well  over  to  the  west  shore,  to  avoid  the  rocks  off  the  Stopper  Islands. 

Anchorage. — The  anchorage  is  of  considerble  extent,  in  from  12  to 
14  fathoms,  muddy  bottom. 

The  west  coast  of  Barclay  Sound  from  Toquart  Harbor  to  Ucluelet 
Arm  trends  nearly  straight  to  the  SW.  aud  rises  gradually  to  high  laud 
2,000  feet  above  the  sea. 

Forbes  Island. — For  2i  miles  from  the  Stopper  Islands  a  chain  of 
small  islands  He  parallel  to  the  coast  at  a  distance  of  about  :|  mile, 
with  from  5  to  11  fathoms  between  them  and  the  shore.  Forbes  Island, 
the  southernmost  of  them,  is  moderately  high,  steep-to  on  its  southern 
side;  nearly  one  mile  SW.  of  it,  and  extending  from  the  opposite 
shore,  are  a  number  of  rocks  above  high  water. 

Ship  Channel  is  between  the  Vancouver  Shore  aud  the  Great  Bank. 
It  is  4  miles  long  NE.  and  SW.,  ^  mile  broad  in  its  narrowest  part. 

Double  Island,  at  its  southeastern  poiut  is  of  small  extent,  steep-to 
on  the  western  side,  but  from  the  southern  and  eastern  sides  foul 
ground  extends  upwards  ot  J  mile. 

Kelp  Islet,  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  channel,  is  low  and  bare ;  kelp 
extends  400  yards  south  from  it. 

Ugly  Channel,  connects  Ship  Channel  with  the  ocean.  It  is  bounded 
on  both  sides  by  roolis  aud  reefs,  and  though  probably  deep,  it  has  not 
been  suflBciently  examined  to  recommend  its  being  used  bj' strangers. 

Starlight  Reefs,  at  its  southeastern  part,  are  a  cluster  of  rocks 
about  -f  mile  in  extent,  some  above  high  water;  in  bad  weather  the 
sea  breaks  heavily  over  them. 

Heddington,  and  Sykes  Reefs  lie  between  Starlight  Reefs  and 
Double  Islands. 

Look-out  Island,  on  the  west  side  of  Ugly  Channel,  is  well  wooded 
and  of  small  extent;  at  (500  yards  southward  of  it  is  Humphries  Reef,  a 


UCLUELKT    ARM — STEWART    BAY. 


•259 


ile.l 


patch  of  rocks  400  yards  in  extent,  and  1,200  yards  nortliward  of  it  lies 
a  bare  rock  6  feet  above  liigh  water. 

Ucluelet  Arm,  just  witliin  tiic  SW.  entrance  point  of  Barclay 
Sound,  is  a  narrow  inlet  parallel  to  the  onter  coast,  and  separated  from 
it  only  by  a  narrow  peninsula.  Its  western  shore  is  low,  and  indented 
by  several  small  creeks  and  bays;  the  eastern  shore  is  nearly  straight, 
<aii(l,  at  a  short  distance  inland,  rises  gradually  to  a  flattop  range  of 
considerable  height,  the  SE.  shoulder  of  which,  Mount  Ozzard,  is  con- 
spicuous from  the  southeastward. 

The  depths  in  this  arm  vary  from  4  to  8  fathoms,  and  there  is  secure 
and  well-sheltered  anchorage  from  one  mile  inside  the  entrance  to  the 
head. 

Shelter  Islands,  ujiwards  of  i  mile  SE.  of  the  entrance  of  the 
Ucluelet  Arm,  are  an  irregular  cluster  of  small  islets  and  rocks,  about 
one  mile  long  in  a  northwesterly  direction  and  GOO  yards  wide,  and 
completely  shelter  the  arm  from  the  sea. 

Center  Reef,  COO  yards  westward  of  their  northern  part,  is  of  small 
extent,  and  about  3  feet  above  high  water. 

Alpha  Passage,  between  Center  Reef  and  Shelter  Islands,  is  400 
yards  wide  in  its  narrowest  part.  There  is,  however,  said  to  be  a 
sunken  rock  in  this  passage,  and  it  should  therefore  not  be  used  by 

(1189)   BRITISH  OOLUHBIA  —  Vanconwflr   l«ian!i        nT  i  i 
sonnd  -  Carolina  channel -AmDhItr?tenolJt      Whi.Mi^*'?^®^ 
established -The  Canadian   GoSSt7,  s"gi;;7S"i?t"°!; 
automatic  whistling  buoy,  on  the  Courtenay  principle  lu^  iJen  est-ib 

an  uiioroKen  ime  oi  sun.  '  """S-  '^^o    .w   z,}     yy. 

Round  Island,  at  the  north  part  of  this  channel,  is  luc  ovll..'.^???'^ 
trance  point  to  the  Ucluelet  Arm ;  it  is  high  and  is  connected  by  a 
sandy  beach  at  low  water  to  the  mainland  ;  the  eastern  side  is  steepto, 
and  may  be  approached  to  within  200  yards ;  on  the  opposite  side  of  the 
entrance  rocks  awash  at  high  water  extend  200  yards  off  the  eastern 
shore. 

Leading  Point,  on  the  western  side  of  Ucluelet  Arm,  is  bold,  steep- 
to,  and  may  be  approached  to  within  a  distance  of  50  yards ;  between 
it  and  Round  Island  is  a  narrow  creek,  with  2  fathoms  water,  but  the 
entrance  is  blocked  up  by  kelp.  At  Leading  Point  the  breadth  of  the 
inlet  contracts  to  200  yards. 

Stewart  Bay,  ^  mile  within  the  entrance,  is  400  yards  deep  and  J 
mile  wide.  In  its  center  is  a  rock  awash  at  high  water,  and  the  bay  is 
too  shallow  to  attbrd  anchorage  except  to  coasters;  there  is  a  native 
village  of  considerable  size  in  its  western  part,  off  which  some  small 
rocks  extend  about  100  yards. 


258 


THE    WEST   COAST   OF   VANCOUVER    ISLAND. 


Village  FasBage  U'lids  into  tlic  harbor  westwanl  of  Stopper  Islands  ; 
it  is  upwards  o.  one  mile  iony,  and  GOO  yards  wide  in  its  narrowest  part, 
and  is  clear  in  inid-oliannol ;  some  rockaawasli  at  high  water  lie  on  its 
eastern  side,  extending'  from  the  north  end  of  Larkins  Island. 

Fipestem  Inlet,  a  long  narrow  inlet  extends  nearlj-  straight  in  a 
ENE.  direction  from  To<iuart  Harbor,  but  atlbrds  no  anchorage;  its 
shores  are  rocky  and  rise  abruptly  ;  at  its  head  is  a  small  i)atch  of 
swamjjy  ground,  some  fresh-water  streams  flowing  through  it. 

Directions. — Entering  Toquart  Harbor  by  David  Channel,  after 
passing  Lyall  I'oint  steer  well  into  Mayue  Bay  to  avoid  Kichard  Uock  ; 
when  Hermit  Islet  comes  open  of  the  Stopper  Islands  bearing  N.  L'8° 
\V.  vessels  will  he  clear  eastward  of  it,  and  may  steer  for  the  harbor, 
passing  midway  between  the  Sisters  and  Stopper  Islands  and  eastward 
of  Hermit  Islet;  anchor  in  14  fathoms,  with  Image  Island  bearing  N. 
57^  E.  and  Hermit  Islet  S.  22^  B.,  or  proceed  farther  north,  keeping 
200  yards  otf  the  west  side  of  Image  Island,  and  anchor  NW.  of  it  in 
11  or  12  fathoms.  Entering  by  Village  Passage,  keep  in  mid-channel, 
or  well  over  to  the  west  shore,  to  avoid  the  rocks  off  the  Stopper  Islands. 

Anchort  '"'  ~  ■'•"•'mrace  is  of  considerble  extent,  in  from  12  to 

14  fathoms 

The  wesi  '     '~* 

Arm  trend 
2,000  feet  . 

Forbes 
small  islan 
with  from 

the  southernmiiau  wi  _ ,  iS  raocieirtivv  -  „ 

side;   nearly  one  mile  SW.  of  It,  and  extending  from   im^  oj., 
shore,  are  a  number  of  rocks  above  high  water. 

Ship  Channel  is  between  the  Vancouver  Shore  and  the  Great  Bank. 
It  is  4  miles  long  NE.  and  SW.,  ^  mile  broad  in  its  narrowest  part. 

Double  Island,  at  its  southeastern  point  is  of  small  extent,  steep-to 
on  the  western  side,  but  from  the  southern  and  eastern  sides  foul 
ground  extends  upwards  ot  J  mile. 

Kelp  Islet,  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  channel,  is  low  and  bare ;  kelp 
extends  400  yards  south  from  it. 

Ugly  Channel,  connects  Ship  Channel  with  the  ocean.  It  is  bounded 
on  both  sides  by  roolis  and  reefs,  and  though  i)robably  deep,  it  has  not 
been  sufficiently  examined  to  recommend  its  being  used  by  strangers. 

Starlight  Reefs,  at  its  southeastern  part,  are  a  cluster  of  rocks 
about  ^  mile  in  extent,  some  above  high  water ;  in  bad  weather  the 
sea  breaks  heavily  over  them. 

Heddington,  and  Sykes  Reefs  lie  between  Starlight  Keefs  and 
Double  Islands. 

Look-out  Island,  on  the  west  side  of  Ugly  Channel,  is  well  wooded 
and  of  small  extent;  at  600  j'ards  southward  of  it  is  Humphries  lieef,  a 


UCLIIELKT    ARM — STEWART    BAY. 


259 


sip 

led 

lot 


ind 
led 


patch  of  rocks  400  yards  in  extent,  aud  1,200  yards  northward  of  it  lies 
a  bare  rocli  (J  feet  above  higli  water. 

Ucluelet  Arm,  just  witliin  ti.e  SW.  entrance  point  of  Barclay 
Sound,  is  a  narrow  inh^t  parallel  to  the  outer  coast,  and  seji  rated  from 
it  only  by  a  narrow  peninsula.  Its  western  sliore  is  low,  and  indented 
by  several  small  creeks  !>'>d  bays;  the  eastern  shore  is  nearly  straifjht, 
and,  at  a  short  distance  ini.Mid,  rises  t,'radually  to  a  iiaitop  range  of 
considerable  height,  the  SK.  shoulder  of  which,  Monnt  Ozzard,  is  con- 
spieiions  from  the  southeastward. 

The  depths  ii  this  arm  vary  from  4  to  8  fathoms,  and  there  is  secure 
and  well-sheltered  anchorage  from  one  mile  inside  the  entrance  to  the 
head. 

Shelter  Islands,  ujiwiirds  of  i  mile  SE.  of  the  entrance  of  the 
Ucluelet  Arm,  are  an  irregular  cluster  of  small  islets  and  rocks,  about 
one  mile  long  in  a  northwesterly  direction  and  GOO  yards  wide,  and 
completely  shelter  the  arm  from  the  sea. 

Center  Reef,  GOO  yards  westward  of  their  northern  part,  i-  >f  small 
extent,  and  about  3  feet  above  high  water. 

Alpha  Passage,  between  Center  Reef  and  Shelter  Islands,  is  400 
yards  wide  in  its  narrowest  part.  There  is,  however,  said  to  be  a 
sunken  rock  in  this  passage,  and  it  should  therefore  not  be  used  by 
steamers  or  coasting  vessels  bound  to  the  Ucluelet  Arm,  except  from 
necessity. 

Carolina  Channel  is  west  of  Center  Keef,  between  it  and  Amphitrite 
Point.  It  is  nearly  straight,  and  \  mile  wide  in  its  narrowest  part. 
This  channel  ai)pear8  to  be  the  best  for  strangers  to  use  if  entering  the 
Ucluelet  Arm  from  seaward,  but  iu  heavy  weather,  when  there  is  a 
long  swell  from  seaward  rolling  in,  the  entrance  often  appears  to  be 
an  unbroken  line  of  surf. 

Round  Island,  at  the  north  part  of  this  channel,  is  the  soBth  en- 
trance point  to  the  Ucluelet  Arm ;  it  is  high  and  is  connected  by  a 
sandy  beach  at  low  water  to  the  mainland  ;  the  eastern  side  is  steepto, 
aud  may  be  approached  to  within  200  yards ;  on  the  opposite  side  of  the 
entrance  rocks  awash  at  high  water  extend  200  yards  off  the  eastern 
shore. 

Leading  Point,  on  the  western  side  of  Ucluelet  Arm,  is  bold,  steep 
to,  and  may  be  approached  to  within  a  distance  of  50  yards ;  between 
it  and  Round  Island  is  a  narrow  creek,  with  2  fathoms  water,  but  the 
entrance  is  blocked  up  by  kelp.    At  Leading  Point  the  breadth  of  the 
inlet  contracts  to  200  yards. 

Stewart  Bay,  ^  mile  witliin  the  entrance,  is  400  yards  deep  mikI  .J 
mile  wide.  In  its  center  is  a  rock  awash  at  high  water,  and  the  bay  is 
too  shallow  to  afford  anchorage  except  to  coasters ;  there  is  a  native 
village  of  considerable  size  in  its  western  part,  ofl'  which  some  small 
rocks  extend  about  100  yards. 


2G0 


THE    WEST    COAST    OF    VANCOUVER    I8LAND. 


Channel  Islet,  in  the  middle  of  the  arm  about  li  mileH  within  theeu- 
traiice,  is  small.  TIkto  is  a  clear  passage  oast  of  the  islet  with  0  (iitlioms 
water,  hut  only  '2  fiitlioms  on  its  western  side;  at  400  yards  N.  3;P  W. 
of  the  islet  lies  a  snnvll  rock  above  high  water,  steep-to  on  all  sides, 
except  the  southeastern,  from  which  a  shoal  with  2.^  fathoms  water  ex- 
tends for  L'OO  yards 

Anchorage. — To  the  northwestward  of  Channel  Islet  the  arm  be- 
comes wider,  atl'drdiiig  good  anchorage  in  4  to  7  fathoms,  over  a  space 
one  mile  long  and  S  mile  wide. 

Staples  Island,  ^  mile  from  the  head  on  the  southern  side  of  the 
arm,  and  connected  to  the  latter  at  low  water,  is  about  one  mile  in  cir- 
cumference, and  low. 

A  sandy  beach  borders  the  eastern  shore  of  Ucluelet  Arm  from  its 
head  to  Stewart  IJay. 

Directions. — Several  channels  lead  into  Ucluelet  Arm,  with  appar- 
ently <leep  water  through  them,  but  there  are  .so  nmny  rocks  and 
dangers  in  their  vicinity  that  great  vigilance  is  recommended,  and  it 
would  hardly  be  advi.sable  toenter  without  a  pilot;  should  it,  however, 
be  necessary  to  do  so,  a  vessel  should  steer  for  Amphitrite  Point,  and 
when  about  400  yards  from  it,  proceed  to  the  eastward  through  the 
Carolina  Channel,  keeping  about  400  yards  olf  its  western  shore  to  avoid 
Center  Ueef.  Pa.ss  Hound  Island  at  the  distance  of  liOO  yards,  and 
rounding  it  sharply  steer  about  NNV,  up  the  arm,  keeping  well  over  to 
the  western  shore;  pass  Leading  Point  within  100  yards  to  avoid  the 
rocks  abreast  of  it  on  the  eastern  side,  and  anchor  midway  between  it 
and  Channel  I. slot,  in  (i  to  9  fathoms;  or  proceed  farther  to  the  west- 
ward, where  a  more  extended  anchorage  will  be  found,  taking  care  to 
pass  east  of  Channel  Islet. 

Channel  Islet  kept  open  between  the  sides  of  the  inlet  bearing  N. 42° 
^V.  lea(ls  to  the  entrance  of  Ucluelet  Arm  from  off  the  entrance  of  the 
Western  Channel,  to  the  northward  of  the  Shelter  Islands,  and  between 
the  (ireat  Bear  and  Sykes  l^eef  to  the  eastward  and  Hlack  Kocks,  Star- 
light and  Ileddihgton  lieefs  to  the  westward  ;  but  as  this  channel  has 
not  been  clo.sely  examined,  it  should  be  used  with  great  caution. 

Entering  the  arm  from  the  northward  tlirough  Ship  Channel,  keep 
about  i  mile  oft"  the  western  .shore,  and  passing  about  400  yards  north 
of  Shelter  Islands,  steer  up  Ihe  arm  as  before  directed. 

The  Coast  from  Amphitrite  Point  takes  a  NW.  by  W.  direction  to 
Point  Cox  ;  it  is  low  and  indented  by  two  large  .sandy  bays,  which  atford 
no  shelter;  at  a  distance  of  4  ujilcs  froni  it  are  deptiis  of  from  20  to  27 
fathoms. 

Wreck  Bay  is  nearly  3  miles  wide  and  one  nnle  deep,  with  a  small 
islet  in  the  center;  there  are  several  rocks  in  the  bay,  and  it  is  totally 
unlit  for  anchorage. 


Long  Bay  is  7  miles  wide,  an< 


,  ards  of  one  mile  deep,  with  from 


8  to  11  fathoms  between  the  cut     •  '.'.e  points ;  there  are  several  rocks  in 


CLAYOQUOT    SOUND — TKMI'LAll    CHANNEL. 


201 


i  to 


it,  anil  vesst'Is  slioiild  not  anchor  Iktc  ;  iit  itn  SE.  point,  jusi  witliin  tlio 
reefs,  {jood  siiclter  for  boats  will  bt*  foiinil  in  all  weatlier. 

Schooner  Cove,  in  the  northwestern  part  of  the  bay,  is  of  small  ex- 
tent, withli  fathoms  water  inside;  it  wonld  atlbrd  good  shelter  to  smnll 
vessels. 

Portland  Point,  the  northwestern  e.\treme  of  Long  Bay,  is  high  and 
altrnpt,  with  some  small  rocks  antl  islets  around  it,  at  a  distance  of  ^ 
mile. 

GowUand  Rocks,  lA  miles  west  of  Portland  I'oint,  are  of  small 
,^■,■^.,„^  1,..,..^  .,„,?  frnri)  10  ti>  1  ."i  fi'i't  above  lii^ili  water;  tliev  should  not 

aCRH)  BRITISH  GOLUnSIA  —  Vancouver  island  ~  Olayoquot 
sound— Templar  channel— Lennard  Island  Light  established.— A 
lighthonw^  established  by  tlu^  (iovernmcnt  of  Canada  on  .  Lennard 
island  at  the  entrance  to  Templar  channel,  the  .sonthernmost  ai»proach 
to  (;iayoquot,  on  the  I'aeific  coiml  of  Vancouver  island,  will  be  put  in 
operation  on  November  1,  1!»04. 

The  lighthouse  stands  on  tlu!  summit  of  the  southwest  point  of  the 
island,  where  the  rock  lisi^s about  i^o  f»'et  above  high  watermark.  It 
is  an  octagonal  wooden  building  with  sloping  sides,  jtainted  whit«, 
surmounted  by  a  metal  lantern,  circular  in  plan,  painted  red,  and  is 
SO  feet  high  from  it«  bas(!  to  the  vane  on  tlie  lantern.  A  white  wooden 
light  keei»er's  dwelling  and  outbuildings  have  also  been  erected  on 
the  island. 

The  light  is  a  JluHhhuj  ichiic  light,  giving  1  Jiush  rvcry  11\  secomU. 
It  is  elevated  115  feet  above  high  watermark  and  shonld  be  visible 
16  miles  tVom  all  points  of  api)roach,  excei)t  wheie  obscured  by  trees 
on  Lennard  island.  The  illuminating  apparatus  is  dioptric,  of  the 
first  order,  and  the  illumiiiant  petroleum  vapor  burned  under  an 
incandescent  mantle. 

Approx.  position:  Lat.  41)°  0(5'  40"  N.,  Long.  125°  55'  45"  W. 
mile;  Vargas  Cone,  a  remarkable  summit,  rises  just  wu..fN.  M. 47, 1904.) 
and  is  very  consj)icnou3  from  the  westward. 

Templar  Channel,  the  eastern  entrance  to  the  sound,  is  a  winding  . 
l)assage  about  4  miles  long  in  a  northerly  direction,  with  an  average 
breadth  of  .J  mile.  The  soundings  vary  from  8  to  10  fathoms  in  its 
entrance  to  3|  fathoms  in  its  shoalest  part  near  the  northern  end,  and 
a  shoal  bank  lies  in  the  middle  abreast  Wakennenisb  Island  ;  in  heavy 
weather  the  sea  breaks  right  across  the  channel.  Vessels  drawing  more 
than  12  feet  water  should  not  attempt  to  enter  the  scmnd  by  this  chan- 
nel, and  never  without  a  pilot,  as  it  is  very  intricate,  and  no  directions 
can  be  given;  coasters,  however,  generally  use  it. 

False  Bay,  jusc  northward  of  Cox  Point,  is  about  h  mile  in  extent, 
with  from  3  to  4  fathoms  water,  but  open  to  the  SW.,  and  unfit  for 
anchorage;  its  shores  are  low  and  sandy. 

Lennard  Island,  lA  miles  N.  55°  W.  of  Cox  Point,  is  of  small  extent 
and  wooded,  steep-to  on  the  eastern  side,  but  west  of  it  are  some  rocks 
and  small  islets. 

Wakennenish  Island,  on  the  western  side  of  the  channel,  ha,  on  its 
southern  point  I'k'haehets,  a  large  Indian  village,  generally  occupied  by 
the  natives  during  the  summer  season  when  fishing. 


200 


THE    WKST   COAST    OF    VANCOUVER    ISLAND. 


Channel  Islet,  in  the  inicliUe  of  the  arm  about  -'  miles  within  the  en- 
trance, is  .small.  There  is  a  clear  passage  east  of  the  islet  with  G  fathoms 
water,  but  only  2  fathoms  on  its  western  side;  at  400  yards  X.  3.'5'^  W. 
of  the  islet  lies  a  small  rock  above  high  water,  steep-to  on  all  sides, 
excei)t  the  southeastern,  from  which  a  shoal  with  2.^  fathoms  water  ex- 
tends for  200  yards. 

Anchorage. — To  the  northwestward  of  (Jhanuel  Islet  the  arm  be- 
eoiiies  wider,  affording  good  anchorage  in  4  to  7  fathoiius,  over  a  space 
one  mile  long  and  A  mile  wide. 

Staples  Island,  A  mile  from  the  head  on  the  southern  side  of  the 
arm,  and  connected  totiio  l-tttm-'it  !..«  ^-.f....  ;  ■  .-i  - -^ 
cumferen' 

A  sand, 
head  to  S 

Direct] 
ently  dee 
dangers  ii 
would  hai 
be  uecessi 
when  abf. 
Carolina  C 
Center  R. 
rounding 
the  weste 
rocks  al)r( 
and  Chan 
ward,  wIh 
pass  cast  ■ 

Chainie  .      .     .  oet ween  the  sides  of  the  inlet  bearing  y.42'^ 

\V.  leatbi  to  the  entrance  of  Ucluelet  xVrni  from  off  the  entrance  of  the 
Western  Channel,  to  the  northward  of  the  .Shelter  Islands,  and  between 
the  (iieat  iJcar  and  Sykes  IJeef  to  the  eastward  and  Black  Rocks,  Star- 
light and  Hcddington  Keefs  to  the  westward  ;  but  .as  this  channel  has 
not  licen  closely  examined,  it  should  be  used  with  great  caution. 

Entering  the  arm  from  the  northward  through  Ship  Channel,  keep 
about  A  mile  off  the  western  shore,  and  passing  about  400  yards  north 
of  .Shelter  Islands,  steer  u\t  the  arm  as  before  directed. 

The  Coast  from  Amphitrite  i'oiiit  takes  a  InW,  by  \V.  direction  to 
I'onit  Cox  :  it  is  low  aiid  iiulented  by  two  large  sandy  bays,  which  afford 
no  shelter;  at  a  distance  of  4  miles  from  it  are  depths  of  from  20  to  27 
fathoms. 

Wreck  Bay  is  nearly  li  miles  wide  and  one  mih'  deep,  with  a  small 
islet  in  the  (tenter  ;  there  are  .several  rocks  iu  tlu-  bay,  and  it  is  totally 
unlit  tor  anchorage. 

Long  Bay  is  7  miles  wide,  and  upwards  of  one  uiile  deep,  with  from 
8  to  11  fathoms  between  the  entrance  points;  there  ire  several  rocks  in 


1 


CLAYOQUOT   SOUND — TEMPLAR    CHANNEL. 


2<il 


it,  and  vessels  should  not  a::chnr  here  ;  at  its  SE.  point,  jiisi  nitliin  tiie 
reefs,  good  shelter  for  l)oats  will  be  found  in  all  weather. 

Schooner  Cove,  in  the  northwestern  part  of  the  bay,  is  of  small  ex- 
tent, witiil!  fathoms  water  inside;  it  w.iild  afl'ord  good  shelter  to  "imall 
vessels. 

Portland  Point,  the  northwestern  extreme  of  Long  Bay,  is  high  and 
al)rni)t,  with  some  small  roeks  and  islets  around  it,  at  a  distance  of  i 
mile. 

GowUand  Rocks,  lA  miles  wi-st  of  Portland  Point,  are  of  small 
extent,  hare,  and  from  10  to  IT)  feet  above  high  water;  they  should  not 
be  approached  nearer  than  one  mile. 

Caution. — When  navigating  between  Barclay  and  Clayoquot  Sounds 
do  not  apijroach  the  shore  within  2  miles,  nor  stand  within  one  mile  of 
the  entrance  to  Wreck  and  Long  Bays. 

Clayoquot  Sound  eompri.ses  a  number  of  inlets,  i.slauds  aiul  rocks, 
covering  an  area  30  miles  long  in  a  westerly  direction  and  Ki  broad. 
The  entrance  to  it  is  fringed  by  numerous  <langerou8  rocks,  which  re- 
quire due  caution  ty  avoid. 

Inhere  are  .several  channels  into  the  inner  waters  of  tiiis  sound,  but 
with  the  exception  of  Ship  (Jhannel  they  should  not  be  attempted  by 
strangers. 

The  soundings  at  a  distance  of  one  mile  outside  the  outer  rocks  vary 
from  20  to  30  fathoms,  but  in  the  channels  and  inside  the  bottom  is 
irregular. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  ai.d  change,  in  Clayoquot  Sound  at  12 
hours,  the  ri.se  and  fall  being  about  12  feet. 

Point,  Cox  is  rocky,  aud  nniy  be  a[)proached  to  within  a  distance  of  J 
mile;  Vargas  Cone,  a  remarkable  summit,  rises  just  within  the  point, 
and  is  very  conspicuous  from  the  westward. 

Templar  Channel,  the  eastern  entran(!e  to  the  sound,  is  a  winding 
pa.ssage  al)out  t  miles  long  in  a  northerly  direction,  with  an  average 
breadth  of  .\  mile.  The  soundings  vary  from  .S  to  10  fathoms  in  its 
entrance  to  3|  fathoms  in  its  shoalest  part  near  the  northern  end,  and 
a  shoal  bank  lies  in  the  midille  abreast  Wakennenish  Island;  iii  heavy 
weather  the  sea  breaks  right  across  the  chann<*l.  \'essels  drawing  more 
than  12  feet  water  should  not  attempt  to  enter  the  sinuid  by  this  chan- 
nel, antl  never  without  a  pilot,  as  it  is  very  intricate,  and  no  directions 
can  bo  given;  coasters,  however,  generally  use  it. 

False  Bay,  just  northward  of  Cox  Point,  is  about  A  mile  in  extent, 
with  from  3  to  1  fathoms  water,  but  open  to  the  SW.,  and  unlit  for 
anchorage;  its  shores  are  low  and  sandy. 

Lennard  Island,  I]  miles  N.  .55-  W.  of  Cox  Point,  is  of  small  extent 
and  wooded,  steei)-to  on  the  eastern  side,  but  west  of  it  are  some  rocks 
and  small  islets. 

Wakennenish  Island,  on  the  western  side  of  tl'c  channel,  has  on  its 
souMiern  point  Hchacliets,  a  large  Indian  \illage,  generally  occupied  by 
the  natives  during  the  summer  .sea.son  when  fishing. 


262 


THE    WEST   COAST   OF    VANCOUVER    ISLAND. 


Round  Island,  at  the  iioi'therii  part  of  the  chaunel,  i.s  small,  but  with 
a  clear  l)iit  uanow  pas-sage  on  either  side  of  it ;  a  bank,  dry  at  low 
water,  extends  ','  iiiile  northward  from  it. 

Stubbs  Island,  west  of  Round  Island,  has  a  sand  bank,  whicli  driea 
at  low  water,  e.xteiiding  oue  mile  north  from  it. 

Broken  Channel,  l)et\veen  Wakennenish  and  ^'arJ;as  Islands,  is  .i  mile 
wide  in  its  narrowest  part,  with  from  (J  to  15  fathoms  water;  .several 
rocks  lie  off  its  entrance  and  on  both  sides;  the  tide  runs  through 
from  L*  to  5  knot.s,  and  ves.sels  .should  not  attempt  it  witiiont  a  pilot. 

McKay  Reef,  lying  off  the  entrance,  is  of  small  extent,  5  to  10  feet 
above  higii  water,  and  the  sea  generally  breaks  heavily  over  it. 

Passage  Rock,  which  covers  at  high  water,  lies  '^  mile  X.  23°  E. 
of  McKay  Keef. 

Vargas  Island,  on  the  western  side  of  Broken  ('hannel,  is  4A  miles 
long,  and  i\  miles  wide  at  its  broadest  part,  and  its  surface  is  low  and 
nnduhiting;  on  the  eastern  side  near  the  middle  is  Kelsemart,  a  native 
village. 

The  Rugged  Group,  at  i  mile  from  the  southern  shore,  running 
parallel  to  it,  is  a  chain  of  small  i.slets  and  rocks. 

Open  Bay^ou  the  western  side  of  Vargas,  is  aI)out  on?  mile  in  e.^- 
tent,  and  has  apparently  a  clear  passage  into  it  from  the  NW.,  but  it 
has  not  Leer  examined. 

Blunden  and  Bare  Islands,  to  the  westward  of  Open  Bay,  are  of 
small  size;  numerous  reefs  are  scattered  about  this  locality. 

Ship  Channel,  to  the  westward  of  Vargas  Island,  between  it  and  a 
number  of  small  islands  and  rocks,  is  the  only  passage  into  Clayoquot 
Souiul  which  should  be  attempted  by  strangers.  The  dei-tlis  m  the 
south  part  vary  from  20  to  22  fathoms,  decreasing  to  .j.i  fithoms  in  the 
shoalest  part  near  the  northern  end:  the  tide  sets  thro.igh  it  at  from 
one  to  2  knots. 

Bare  Island,  at  the  .southeastern  entrance  point  of  "^he  channel,  is 
small,  and  forms  a  good  mark  for  identifying  Ship  Chaunol ;  a  rock  on 
which  the  sea  breaks  lies  i  mile  S.  5G-'  l'].of  it,  and  there  are  2:)  fathoms 
within  .A  mile  of  its  .southwestern  side. 

Plover  Reefs,  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  channel,  are  of  eonsider- 
able  extent,  stretching  one  mile  from  the  w>st  side  of  Blunden  Istaud  ; 
some,  parts  are  0  feet  above  high  water,  aiul  there  are  .5  fathoms  at 
400  yards  west  of  them. 

Hobbs  and  Burgess  Islets  lie  ioit  yards  from  the  northwesteru 
side  of  Vargas  Island,  and  ne  irly  connected  with  it  at  low  water;  they 
are  small,  and  may  l»c  approached  to  within  a  distance  of  400  yards. 

Sea  Otter  Rock  lies  at  the  southwestern  entrance  ])oiiit  of  Ship 
Cliaune!;  it  is  very  small,  oidy  (i  feet  above  high  water,  and  there  are 
5  fathoms  close  to. 

Shark  Reefs,  some  of  which  liover,  others  <J  and  W  feet  above  high 
water,  lie  on  the  western  side  ;  they  are  about  000  yards  iu  extent,  aud 


HKCATid    PASSAGt: CVPKKSS    UAV 


2G3 


should  not  be  iii)i)roacbeil  nearer  than  400  yards  on  their  southeiii  and 
eastern  sides. 

Lavrtence  Islands,  on  tlie  wasteru  side,  are  small,  low  and  wooded, 
!)at  sleep-to  on  the  eastern  side, 

Bartlett  Island,  A  mile  to  the  westward  of  the  Lawrence  I^hiuds.  is 

( 1853 )  BAlTISE  OOLUBIBIA  -Vancouver  island  -West  ccast— 
Olayoquotsound— Hecate  passage -Buoys  established.— A  platform 

buoy  carrying  a  wooden  slatwork  pyramid  surmounted  by  a  drum,  the 
whole  painted  black,  has  been  established  olf  the  south  extreme  of 
.North  bank,  Hecate  passage,  Clayoquot  sound.  The  buoy  is  moored 
in  5  fathoms  of  water. 

Approx.  position:  Lat.  49°  13'  22"  N.,  Long.  126°  00'  00"  W. 
A  platform  buoy  carrying  a  wooden  slatwork  pyramid  surmounted 
by  a  ball,  the  whole  painted  red,  has  been  established  -^t  the  eastern 
entrance  of  Hecate  passage  to  nvark  the  rock  that  dries.  The  buoy 
is  moored  h.  5  fathoms  of  watei-.  The  rock  dries  about  1  foot  at  an 
extreme  bw  vuter  and  is  marked  by  kelp. 

Approx,  portion:  J,at.  49"  i2'  65"  N,,  Long.  125°  57'  20"  W. 

vu»ci.-.  .11  iian  iiuui.     tiuu  m.v^    oc    ai.i,i.^..o^v,  .    ..  fN.  M.  52,  1904  1 

side,  llob'js  Islet  open  west  of  Burgess  Islet,  bearing  S,  '6i  ^  w  ,J  leaiis 
west  of  it;  and  the  Twins,  in  line  with  the  N\V.  Whaler  Island  bearing 
X.  773  \V  ,  leads  i  jrth  of  it  and  south  of  North  Bank. 

North  Bank,  lying  in  the  center  of  the  passage,  is  of  considerable 
extent,  composed  of  sand,  and  has  5  feet  water  on  its  shoalest  part; 
there  are  4  to  5  fathoms  north  of  it,  bat  the  passage  south  is  the 
better. 

White  Islet,  to  the  NVV.  of  the  North  Bank,  is  sma'.l,bare,  and  con- 
spicuous from  the  entrance  of  fjhip  Channel;  there  are  several  rocks 
between  it  and  the  northern  shore. 

The  Cat  Face  Mountains,  rising  on  the  main  shore  of  Vaucou\er 
Island,  and  fronting  Shiii  Channel,  are  a  remarkable  flat- top  range 
nearly  3,000  feet  high,  with  some  patches  of  cliS'  and  white  bare  rock 
in  about  the  rnuldle  of  their  south  side.  They  are  very  conspicuous 
from  seaward. 

Deep  Pass,  between  two  islands  at  the  northeastern  part  of  ilecato 
Passage,  is  about  GOO  yards  long  and  'MiQ  yards  wide,  with  9  fathoms 
water,  and  is  the  best  channel  leading  from  Hecate  Passage  into  the 
inner  waters.    The  tide  sets  'it  the  rate  of  from  2  to  3  knots  through  it. 

Hecate  Bay,  2  miles  norchwardof  Deep  Pass,  on  the  western  shorcj 
isclear  of  danger,  and  one  of  the  best  anchorages  within  the  sound,  being 
easy  of  access  and  well  sheltered.  There  is  a  stream  of  fresh  water  iu 
the  middle  of  the  bay,  very  convenient  for  watering. 

(Jliservalury  Islet,  at  its  north  j)oint,  is  30  feet  high  and  bare;  400 
yards  NE,  of  it  is  a  small  rock  2  feet  above  high  water. 

Cypress  Bay,  I  mil's  nortli  from  Deep  Pass,  is  nearly  2  miles  in  ex- 
tent. On  the  i'a.st(  rn  and  western  .sides  the  shores  are  low,  but  are  high 
on  the  north.  There  is  a  large  stream,  wi>h  some  swampy  land,  on  its 
western  side;  on  the  east  is  Calm  Creek  with  a  narrow  entrance,  to  the 
southward  of  which  are  some  oft'lying  rocks  and  small  islands. 


2G2 


THE    WEST    COAST    OF    VANCOUVER    ISLAND. 


Round  Island,  at  the  uoitheru  part  of  the  cliauiiel,  is  small,  but  with 
a  clear  but  uanow  passage  on  eitiier  side  of  it ;  a  bank,  dry  at  low 
wattT,  extends  '}  mile  northward  from  it. 

.Stubbs  Island,  west  of  Round  I.sland,  has  a  sand  bank,  which  <lrie8 
at  low  water  "       ~ ••i- ..,...(i,  a.,,,,,  jf 

Broken  C] 

wide  in  its 
rocks  lie  of! 
from  2  to  o  k 

McKay  I 
above  hij^h  ' 

Passage 
of  -McKay  I 

Vargas  I 
Ion;;',  and  4;' 
undulating 
village. 

The  Rugged  Group,  at  i  mile  from  the  southern  shore,  running 
paralk'l  to  it,  is  a  chain  of  small  i-slets  and  rock.s. 

Open  Bay>  on  the  western  side  of  Vargas,  is  about  one  mile  in  ex- 
tent, and  has  apparently  a  clear  passage  into  it  fio'.i  the  N\V.,  but  it 
has  not  been  examined. 

Blunden  and  Bare  Islands,  to  the  westward  of  Ooen  Bay,  are  of 
small  size;  numerous  reefs  are  scattered  about  this  locality. 

Ship  Channel,  to  the  westward  of  Vargas  Island,  between  it  and  a 
number  of  small  islands  and  rocks,  is  the  oidy  passage  into  Clayoquot 
Sound  wiiich  should  be  attemi>ted  by  strangers.  The  depths  in  the 
south  part  vary  from  20  to  22  fathoms,  decreasing  to  .">,^  fathouis  in  the 
shoalest  part  near  the  northern  end;  the  tide  sets  through  it  at  from 
one  to  2  knots. 

Bare  Island,  at  tlie  southeastern  entrance  point  of  the  channel,  is 
small,  and  furms  a  good  mark  for  identifying  Siiip  Channel ;  a  rock  on 
which  the  sea  breaks  lies  f,  mile  S.  oG"^  E.of  it,  and  there  are  20  fatlioms 
within  S  mile  of  its  southwestern  si<le. 

Plover  Reefs,  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  channel,  are  of  consider- 
aide  extent,  stretching  one  nnle  from  the  west  side  of  IJlundcn  Island  ; 
some,  parts  are  (i  feet  above  high  water,  and  tliere  are  .">  fathoms  at 
400  yards  west  of  them. 

Hobbs  and  Burgess  Islets  lie  ion  yards  from  liie  n  >rthwe»tern 
side  of  Vargas  Island,  and  neirly  connected  with  it  at  low  water;  they 
are  small,  and  may  iic  approached  to  within  a  distance  of  1.0(1  j-ards. 

Sea  Otter  Rock  lies  at  the  southwestern  entrauci  point  of  Ship 
(Jhannel;  it  is  very  small,  only  (J  feet  above  high  water,  and  there  are 
0  fathoms  clo.'^c  to. 

Shark  Reefs,  some  of  which  cover,  others  (>  and  10  feet  above  Ingli 
water,  lie  on  the  western  .side  ;  they  are  about  flOO  yards  iu  extent,  and 


J 


FECA.TE    PASSAGE — CYPKKSS    BAY 


2  03 


i 


shoulil  iiut  be  approiicbed  nearer  tliau  400  yards  on  their  soutlieru  and 
eastern  sides. 

Lawtence  Islftnds,  on  tiie  western  side,  are  small,  low  aud  wooded, 
but  stt-ep-to  on  tlie  eastern  side. 

Bartlett  Island,  i  mile  to  tl  e  westward  of  the  Lawrence  Islands,  is 
low  and  wooded  ;  its  shores  are  mueh  broken,  and  a  nnmber  ol  rocks 
extend  from  ^  to  i  miles  on  all  sides  of  it ;  the  island  should  not  be  ap- 
proached within  the  latter  distance. 

Twin  Islets,  4  miles  from  Sea  Otter  Kock,  are  low,  but  wooded,  and 
connected  at  low  water  ;  kelp  extends  200  yards  south  of  them. 

Hecate  Passage  connects  Ship  Channel  with  the  inner  waters  of 
(Jlayoquot  Sound ;  there  are  several  rocks  ou  both  its  shores  and  a 
sand  bank  in  its  center,  but  to  the  southward  of  the  bank,  aloujr  the 
northern  shore  of  Varjjas,  is  a  clear  passajje  with  not  less  than  5^  fath- 
oms. 

Half-tide  Rock,  100  yards  from  Vargas  Island,  is  of  small  extent, 
covers  at  half  flood,  and  may  be  approacheil  to  200  yards  on  the  out- 
side. Ilobbs  Islet  o[»en  west  of  Hurgess  Islet,  bearing  S.  37°  W.,  leads 
west  of  it;  and  the  Twins,  in  line  with  the  NVV.  Whaler  Island  bearing 
N.  77^  \y  .  leads  north  of  it  and  south  of  North  Bank. 

North  Bank,  lying  in  the  center  of  the  passage,  is  of  considerable 
extent,  composed  of  sand,  aud  has  5  feet  WiUer  on  its  shoalest  part ; 
there  are  4  to  5  fathoms  north  of  it,  but  the  passage  south  is  the 
btttor. 

White  Islet,  to  the  NW.  of  tiie  North  Bank,  is  small,  bare,  and  con- 
spicuous from  the  entrance  of  Ship  Channel;  there  are  several  rocks 
between  it  and  the  northeiu  shore. 

The  Cat  Face  Mountains,  rising  on  the  niaiu  shore  of  Vancouver 
Isla.iiJ,  anil  fronting  Shi|)  Channel,  are  a  remarkai)le  tlat  top  range 
nearly  .J,000  feet  high,  with  so  ne  patches  ot  clilf  and  white  bare  rock 
in  about  the  nnddle  of  their  south  si«le.  They  are  very  conspicuous 
from  seawaid. 

Deep  Pass,  between  two  islands  at  the  northeastern  part  of  Hecate 
Passage,  is  about  (MMl  yards  long  and  300  yards  wide,  with  9  fathoms 
wat»-r,  and  is  the  best  channel  leading  from  Hecate  Passage  into  the 
ii)ii»-r  waters.     The  tide  se^s  at  the  rate  of  from  2  to  3  knots  through  it. 

Hecate  Bay,  2  miles  northward  of  Deej)  Pass,  on  the  western  shore, 
isclciir  of  dan^r,  and  one  of  tlie  best  ancliorages  within  the  sound,  being 
easy  of  access  and  well  sheltered.  There  is  a  stream  of  fresh  water  in 
the  middle  ot  tiie  bay,  very  convenient  for  watering. 

Observatory  Islet,  at  its  north  point,  is  35  feet  high  and  bare;  400 
vards  NK.  of  it  is  a  small  rock  2  leet  above  high  water. 

Cypi <M  >«y ,  I  miles  north  from  Deep  Pass,  is  nearly  2  miles  in  ex- 
tent. Cte  tli«'  eastern  and  western  sitles  the  shores  are  low,  but  are  high 
on  tht-  r^n-tii.  There  is  a  largo  stii-nni,  witli  some  swamjty  land,  on  its 
wesi.rn  side;  ou  the  east  S  Calm  Creek  wiib  a  narrow  entrance,  to  tho 
soathwanl  of  which  are  mtnw  ofllyiug  rocks  ami  small  islands. 


2G4 


THE    WEST    COAST    OF    VANCOUVER    ISLAND. 


Mussel  Rock  lies  800  yards  oft'  the  eastern  shore  of  the  bay  and  J 
mile  X.  8^  W.  of  the  east  extreme.  It  is  of  small  extent,  and  covers  at 
half  flood. 

Calm  Creek  is  in  the  northeastern  part  of  Cypress  Bay;  the  entrance 
to  it  is  narrow,  with  only  2  fathoms  water,  it  is  useless  for  anchorage, 
except  to  small  craft. 

Anchorage. — There  is  good  anchorage  in  Cypress  IJay  in  12  fathoms 
near  its  northern  part  at  i  mile  from  the  shore;  and  though  it  is  open 
to  the  southward,  no  .sea  ri.ses. 

Meares  Island,  adjacent  to  and  east  of  Vargas  Lsland,  is  6  miles  in 
extent  in  a  northerly  and  7  miles  in  an  ca.sterly  direction.  Its  shores, 
exce|)t  on  tlie  northern  side,  are  high  and  rngged,nnd  there  are  several 
summits  on  tlie  east  and  west  sides  upwards  of  2,000  feet  above  the 
sea.  An  extensive  inlet  (Disappointment  Inlet)  runs  nearly  through 
the  island  from  the  south  side  to  north,  and  there  are  several  other 
bights  and  bays. 

Deception  Channel  is  a  continuation  of  Broken  Channel  to  the 
northward,  between  Meares  and  Vargas  Islands.  Tliere  are  several 
rocks  in  its  northwestern  part,  and  a  large  sand  bank,  which  partly 
dries  at  low  water,  extends  from  Vargas  Island  along  its  western  side 
for  nearly  2  iriles,  reducing  the  deei>  part  of  the  passage  to  about  600 
yard.}.  The  tiuv?  sets  at  from  2  to  .5  knots  through  this  channel,  and 
strangers  should  not  attempt  its  navigation. 

Ritchie  Bay,  on  the  northwestern  side  of  Meares  Island,  altbrds 
anchorage  in  o.k  to  10  fathoms  at  400  yards  oft"  its  eastern  shore.  The 
shores  of  the  bay  are  rocky,  but  have  no  outlying  dangers ;  Kobert 
Point,  its  southwestern  extreme,  slopes  gradually  to  the  sea,  and  may 
be  approached  to  within  a  distance  of  200  yards. 

Yellow  Bank,  which  lies  ilmo>it  athwart  the  entrance  of  Hitchie 
Bay,  is  about  f  mile  in  extent  and  has  3  feet  on  the  shoalest  part ; 
there  is  deep  water  around  it,  and  the  channel  between  it  and  llobert 
Point  is  100  yards  wide,  witii  from  0  to  10  fathoms. 

Saranac  Island,  near  the  north  part  of  Hitchit^  Bay,  is  wooded, 
steep  to  on  the  eastern  side  ;  some  suiall  i-slets  extend  000  yards  oft'  its 
western  side  and  there  is  a  narrow  but  deep  passatte  iu'tween  it  and 
Yellow  Bank. 

Directions. — If  wishing  to  anchor  in  Hitchie  Bay,  and  coming  from 
Deej)  Pass,  proceed  to  the  eastward  so  as  to  i)ass  about  200  yards  north 
of  Kobert  Point,  and  keeping  the  .same  distance  off  the  south  shore, 
steer  into  the  bay,  anchoring  in  5  or  7  fathoms  about  400  yards  frf»m  its 
eastern  side,  with  the  extremes  bearing  N.  2.'3^  E.  and  S.  7<r  W ;  enter- 
ing from  the  northward,  steer  midway  between  Haranac  Island  and  the 
north  point  of  the  bay. 

Tlie  north  shore  of  Meares  Island  is  low,  neiirly  straight,  and  steep-to 
for  nearly  1  miles,  and  then  turns  sharply  to  the  south. 


BEDWELL    SOUND MOSQUITO    HARBOR    DIRECTIONS.        265 


II  to 


Bedwell  Sound  is  one  mile  broad  till  witliiii  2  miles  of  its  lieiul,  wiien 
it  contracts  to  fiOO  yards ;  the  shores  are  high  and  ruy:ged,  rising  on  tlie 
east  side  to  sliarj)  jagged  peaks.  At  its  head  is  a  small  patch  of  low- 
swampy  land  ;vid  a  valley  from  which  the  Bear  IJiver,  a  stream  of  con- 
siderable size,  flows  into  tiie  sonnd.     There  is  no  anchorage. 

Race  Narrows,  between  the  northern  side  of  Meares  Island  and  the 
main,  are  U  miles  long,  and  abont  400  y:  rds  wide  in  tlie  narrowest  part;, 
the  tides  set  throngh  them  at  the  rate  of  from  ;{  to  t  knots,  the  flood 
from  the  westward,  and  there  are  10  fathoms  in  the  shoalest  part  of  mid- 
channel. 

Ripple  Islets,  off  the  eastern  entrance  to  Race  Narrows,  are  small 
and  covered  with  I)ashes  ;  there  are  some  strong  tide  rips  around  them, 
but  they  may  be  ai)i)roachcd  to  within  about  1;()0  yards. 

Warn  Bay  is  one  mile  from  the  northeastern  part  of  Meares  Island. 
The  shores  on  both  sides  are  high,  but  low  at  the  head,  from  wlience 
issue  several  streams,  and  a  sand  bank  dries  out  upwards  of  L'OO  yards. 
The  depths  in  the  bay  are  irregular,  but  vessels  may  anchor  about  000 
yards  off  shore  near  the  western  side  of  the  head  of  the  bay  in  14  to  ](> 
fathoms. 

Fortune  Channel,  between  tl»o  east  side  of  Meares  Island  and  the 
main,  varies  in  breailth  tri>m  (iOO  yards  to  1\  miles:  its  shores  are  high^ 
and  there  are  several  ott"  lying  rocks  on  its  western  side  near  the  middle. 

The  eastern  shore  of  the  channel  from  Warn  Bay  to  Deception  Pass  iS' 
rocky  and  ii.deiu'ed  by  several  small  bays  which  afl'ord  no  anchorage. 

Mosquito  Harbor,  on  the  northeastern  side  of  Meares  Island,  i» 
narrow,  and  about  L'  miles  long  in  a  northwesterly  direction;  there  are 
several  rocks  and  small  islets  oti' its  entrance,  but  it  attbrds  good  anchor- 
age inside  in  from  4  to  7  fathoms;  the  entrance  is  300  yards  wide,  with 
11  fathoms,  and  the  harbor  may  easily  be  entered  by  steamers. 

Plover  Poiat,  at  the  SE.  side  of  the  entrance  to  Mosquito  Harbor,  is 
rocky,  with  some  s-inall  islets  a  short  distance  oft'  it. 

Rankia  Rock  lies  500  yanls  S\\\  of  Plo\^r  I'oint,  and  in  the  track 
of  veHsc-  entiM'ing  Mo8(iuito  Harbor;  it  i<  marked  by  kelp,  and  there 
are  '^'^  r;itli(iiii>  midway  between  it  and  the  ^»oint. 

Wood  Islands,  in  ;lie  iiidUife*  of  the  entrance,  nearly  ^  mile  west  of 
Plover  Point,  are  ^)ii;ill  and  --^vrend  in  a  nt)rtherly  direction  for  A  mile; 
some  rocks  lie  a  shori  disr,u:K-e  off  their  south  part,  but  there  is  a  clear 
passage  intt)  tiie  harbor  on  i')«th  sides  of  them. 

Blackberry  Islets,  m  rlie  center  of  the  harbor  and  J  mile  from  the 
entrance,  are  small  but  steep-to,  there  being  4  fathoms  within  200  yards 
of  them. 

Directions  -^ When  entering  Mosquito  Harbor,  round  Plover  Point 
at  L'Oil  yards'  distance  to  avoid  the  Ilankin  Hock,  and  keej)  midway 
between  Wood  Islands  and  the  eastern  shore,  anchoring  in  about  7 
fathoms  .\  uiile  south  of  the  Blacki)erry  Islets;  a  vessel  may  enter  west- 
ward of  the  Wood  Island.s  by  keei)ing  midway  between  them  and  tho 
shore. 


266 


THE    WEST    COAST    OF    VANCOUVER    ISLAND. 


Anchorage. — The  beat  aiichomge  is  a  short  distance  to  tlie  south- 
ward of  tlie  IMackberry  Islets,  in  from  5  to  7  fathoms;  iiortuward  of 
tliem  are  from  .'5  to  4  fathoms. 

Dark  Island,  l,4i)(>  yards  soutii  of  rh)ver  Point,  is  small ;  some  rocks 
extend  a  short  distance  ott'  its  west  side,  bat  there  is  a  clear  passage 
lietweeu  it  and  the  western  shore. 

Double  Island,  south  of  Dark  Island,  is  small  and  steepto. 

Deception  Pass,  at  the  southern  extren)e  of  Fortune  Channel  and 
tronnecting  it  with  Totino  Inlet  and  Browning  Pa.ssage,  is  a  winding 
passage  to  the  soutiiward;  it  is  free  from  danger  in  mid-channel,  and 
the  tide  sets  with  considerable  strength  through  it.  On  its  western 
side  is  a  narrow  creek  .J  mile  long  with  fron\  8  to  9  fathoms,  and  in  the 
middle  of  the  pass  is  a  small  islet. 

Tofino  Inlet  is  in  the  eastern  part  of  Clayoquot  Sound;  its -shores 
are  high  and  rocky,  indeuted  on  the  western  side  by  some  large  creeks  ; 
there  are  several  islands  in  the  inlet  and  along  both  shores,  but  none  of 
any  considerable  size.  There  is  no  anchorage,  except  near  the  entrance 
on  the  western  side. 

Indian  Island,  in  the  entrance,  is  about  one  mile  in  extent,  and  steep- 
to  on  tlie  northern  side;  a  bank  extends  400  yards  from  its  western 
lioint,  with  3|  fathoms  close  to  the  edge. 

Warn  Island,  north  of  Indian  Island,  just  within  the  entrance,  is 
upMards  of  J  mile  in  extent,  and  steep  to  on  all  sides. 

Island  Cove,  west  of  Warn  Island,  is  of  small  extent,  with  from  8 
to  10  fathoms  in  the  middle,  and  completely  landlocked  ;  a  small  island 
lies  oil  the  entrance,  with  a  clear  passage  200  yards  wide  on  either  side 
of  it  into  the  cove. 

G-unner  Harbor,  just  north  of  Warn  Island,  is  narrow  ;  a  small  islet 
lies  in  its  center,  about  ^  mile  north  of  the  entrance,  and  between  them 
&  vessel  may  lind  good  anchorage  in  about  10  lathoms;  the  harbor  be- 
comes shoal  towards  the  head. 

Tranquil  Creek,  on  the  west  side  of  the  inlet  is  narrow,  and  up- 
wardsof  one  mile  long;  its  shores  are  high  and  rocky,  and  the  creek  is 
too  deej)  for  anchorage. 

Between  Tranquil  Creek  and  Warn  Island,  along  the  west  shore,  are 
several  small  rocky  islets,  extending  otf  from  400  to  GOO  yards. 

Flat  Top  Islets,  5  miles  from  the  entrance  of  the  inlet,  are  steep-to 
on  the  eastern  side.  Northward  of  these  islets  Totino  Iidet  takes  a 
winding  direction  to  the  northward,  narrowing  gradually  towards  the 
head,  and  terminating  in  Deer  Creek,  one  mile  long  and  \  mile  broad, 
bat  it  is  too  deep  for  anchorage. 

On  the  east  side  of  Totino  Fidet,  4  miles  from  the  entrance,  is  a  stream 
of  considerable  size,  said  to  com'municate  with  an  extensive  lake. 

Browning  Passage,  on  tlie  southern  sideof  Meares  Island,  connects 
Totino  Inlet  with  Templar  Channel.  Its  east  end  is  only  300  yards 
wide,  and  oil  the  west  entrance  there  are  several  rocks,  and  strangers 


NOKTM    CIIA.NNKL — SHU'    CHANNEL    blKlXTIONS. 


2G7 


are 


earn 


J 


slionM  ii(»t  iitt;iiii)t   it.     Tlic  tide  seta  tlinm^li  at  ;i  r.in-  of  2  to  4  knots, 
till'  Hood  stream  iVoin  tlic  wcstwiird. 

North  Channel,  to  tlie  westward  of  yiiip  Channel,  and  separated 
from  it  Uy  a  number  of  small  islands  and  rocks,  lies  aloiijj;  the  south- 
eastern side  of  Flores  Island.  IJotli  aides  of  theeliannel  are  bordered 
by  innumerable  rocks;  strauf-era  sJiould  not  use  it,  as  it  has  not  beou 
closely  examined  ;  the  sea  generally  breaks  heavily  along  both  sides  of 
its  outer  part. 

North  Arm,  between  the  east  aide  of  Flores  Island  and  the  main,  is 
neaiiy  one  mile,  broad.  Its  western  .shores  are  iiigh,  but  decrease  gradu- 
ally to  the  southward  ;  the  depths  are  very  great  in  the  north  part, 
but  they  shoal  rapidly  to  the  .southward,  where  vessels  may  anchor  in 
from  a  to  8  fathoms  abreast  Ha.se  Point. 

Matilda  Creek,  on  the  western  side  of  North  Arm,  abreast  the 
entrance  to  Herbert  Arm,  is  very  narrow  and  u.seless  as  an  anchorage. 

Base  Point,  the  south  ivestern  entrance  to  North  Arm,islowand 
sandy,  and  there  are  from  2  to  .3  fathoms  at  200  yards  distance  from  it. 
Vessels  may  anchor  in  from  ')  to  8  fathoms  midway  between  this  \»oiut 
and  the  eastern  sluue. 

Herbert  Arm,  the  entrance  to  which  is  on  the  east  side  of  North 
Arm,  about  2  miles  from  the  .south  entrance  of  the  latter,  has  an  aver- 
age breadth  of  about  one  mile.  The  shores  are  high,  mountainous  and 
much  broken ;  and  there  is  uo  anchorage  except  at  the  southern  part 
of  its  entrance. 

Cone  Island,  lying  at  the  entrance  of  this  arm,  is  steep-to  on  the 
southern  and  western  .sides,  but  the  i)assageinto  Herbert  Arm,  north  of 
it,  is  blocked  up  by  rocks  and  small  i.slets. 

Bawden  Bay,  on  the  .southeastern  side  of  entrance  to  Herbert  Arm, 
is  of  small  extent  and  affords  anchorage  in  15  fathoms  near  the  center ; 
enter  it  iu  mid  channel. 

White  Pine  Cove,  on  the  eastern  side  of  Herbert  Arm,  is  small, 
with  a  bank  extending  from  the  head  ;  small  vessels  may  anchor  close 
to  the  edge  of  this  bank  in  about  10  fathoms;  care,  however,  should  be 
taken  to  avoid  a  .shoal  of  3  fathoms  lying  almost  in  mid  channel. 

Directions. — F^niering  (Jlayoquot  Sound  by  Shii>  Channel,  round 
either  Bare  Island  or  Sea  Otter  Rock  at  the  distance  of  h  mile,  and 
steer  up  the chMiiiii.i  "in.  *' ■•  I  i\xq 

tains 
,  ■  bin  J 

west 
f  600 
clear 
ig  S. 
)ear- 
rern, 
v.  v^i  j_i,iii-uae  uocii  ana  south  of  the  North  Bank. 


266 


TIIK    WEST    COAST    OF    VANCOUVKK    ISLAND. 


Anchorage. — Tlie  host  aiidiorafii'  is  a  short  distaiici-  u>  tlii^  south- 
^vnrd  of  tlie  Hhickhcrry  Islets,  in  from  o  to  7  fathoms;  nortliward  of 
them  arc  from  .'5  to  4  fathom.- 

Dark  Island,  1,1(MI  yards  so  ith  of  JMover  Point,  is  small ;  some  rocks 
exti'iid  a  short  distance  ott'  its  west  Hide,  but  there  is  a  clear  passajje 
between  it  and  the  western  shore. 

Double  Island,  south  of  Dark  Island,  is  small  and  steepto. 

Deception  Pass,  at  the  southern  extreme  of  Fortune  (.'haniiel  and 
eonneeting  it  with  Tolino  Inlet  and  Browninj;'  Tassage,  is  a  winding 
passage  to  the  southward;  it  is  free  fiom  danger  in  midchannel,  ami 
the  tide  sets  with  considerable  strength  through  it.  On  its  western 
side  is  a  narrow  creek  fs  mile  long  with  from  8  to  9  fathoms,  and  in  the 
middle  of  the  pass  is  a  small  islet. 

Tofino  Inlet  is  in  the  eastern  part  of  Clayoijuot  Sound;  its  shores 
are  high  aud  rocky,  indented  on  the  western  side  by  some  large  creeks  ; 
there  are  several  islands  in  the  inlet  and  along  both  shores,  but  none  of 
any  considerable  size.  There  is  no  anchorage,  excei»t  near  the  entrance 
on  the  western  side. 

Indian  Island,  in  the  entrance,  is  about  one  mile  in  extent,  and  steep- 
to  on  the  northern  side ;  a  bank  extends  400  yards  from  its  western 
point,  with  3.j  fathoms  close  to  the  edge. 

Warn  Island,  north  of  Indian  Island,  Just  within  the  e:!trance,  is 
upwards  of  A  mile  in  extent,  and  steej)  to  on  all  sides. 

Island  Cove,  west  of  Warn  Island,  is  of  snuill  extent,  with  from  8 
to  10  fathoms  in  the  middle,  and  completely  landlocked  ;  a  small  island 
lies  olf  the  entrance,  with  a  clear  passage  200  yards  wide  '  .i  either  side 
of  it  into  the  cove. 

Gunner  Harbor,  just  north  of  Warn  Island,  is  naii-ow  ;  a  small  islet 
lies  in  its  center,  about  i  mile  north  of  the  entrance,  and  between  them 
a  vessel  may  tind  good  anchorage  in  about  10  fathoms;  the  harbor  be- 
comes shoal  towards  the  hetad. 

Tranquil  Creek,  on  the  west  side  of  the  inlet  is  narrow,  aud  up- 
wards of  one  nule  long;  its  shores  are  high  and  rocky,  and  the  creek  is 
too  deej)  for  anchorage. 

Bet  w(ien  Tranquil  Creek  and  Warn  Island,  along  the  west  shore,  are 
several  small  rocky  islets,  extending  otVfrom  400  to  GOO  yards. 

Flat  Top  Islets,  T)  miles  Irom  the  entrance  of  the  inlet,  are  steen-to 
(1852)  BRITISH  COLUMBIA- Vancouver  island-West  coast- 
Olayoquot  sound  -  Browning  passage -Buoys  established. -A  back 
spa?bJoy  has  been  established  on  the  north  side  of  Browning  passage 
to  show  the  extent  of  the  shoal  ground.     The  buoy  is  moored  in  5 

fathoms  of  water.  -.^^a  m  ^  tn  -wt 

Approx.  position:  Lat.  49°  08'  05"  K,  Long,  las;'  51'  14'  W. 
A  red  spar  buoy  has  been  established  on  the  south  side  of  Browning 
passage,  to  show  the  northerly  extent  of  the  shoal  referred  to  in  Notice 
to  Mariners  No.  40  (1480)  of  1902.     It  is  moored  in  5  fathoms. 
Approx.  position:  Lat.  49°  07'  50"  N.,  Long.  ^'^'^° ^^'^^    ^ 


NOKTIl    CHANNEL — HIIH'    ClIANNKL    l.IKhCTIONS. 


'2  (J  7 


1 


«li(iiilil  iKit  iiltfiiipl  it.  Till'  tiili'  sets  tliniiijili  at  a  rate  of  L'  to  t  knots, 
tilt'  llooil  slrcaiii  tVoiii  tlic  \vfsl\viir<l. 

North  Channel,  to  the  westward  of  81iip  C'liamiel,  and  sfparalcd 
I'roiii  it  l),v  a  iiiiiiilxa' of. small  islands  and  rociv.s,  lifs  aion^  tlii'  south- 
eastern  side  of  Floivs  Island.  IJotli  nidus  ot  tlie  clianiad  are  bordered 
by  inminierabl«  rocks;  Htraiifft'is  HJiould  not  use  it,  as  it  lias  not  boon 
clos(dy  exaIllinl^d  ;  Mii'  sea  generally  break.s  heavily  along  botli  sides  of 
its  outer  pait. 

North  Arm,  between  the  east  side  of  Klores  Island  and  the  main,  is 
neatly  oik^  mile  broad.  Its  western  .sliores  are  high,  bntdt^creast^  gradu- 
ally to  the  southward  ;  tlu^  depths  are  very  great  in  the  north  part, 
bnt  they  shoal  rapidly  to  the  southward,  where  vessels  may  antdior  iu 
from  J  to  S  fathoms  abreast  I5a.se  I'oint. 

Matilda  Creek,  on  the  western  side  of  North  Arm,  abreast  the 
entrance  to  IIeil>ert  Arm,  is  very  narrow  and  u.seless  as  an  anchorage. 

Base  Point:  the  southwestern  entrance  to  North  Arm,  is  low  and 
sainly,  and  there  are  from  L*  to  .3  fathoms  at  L'OO  yards  distance  from  it. 
Ves.sels  may  anchoi'  in  from  5  to  8  fathoms  midway  between  thi.s  point 
and  the  eastern  shore. 

Herbert  Arm,  the  entrance  tf)  which  is  on  the  east  side  of  North 
Arm,  about  li  miles  fnun  the  south  entrance  of  the  latter,  has  an  aver- 
age breadth  of  about  one-nule.  The  shores  are  high,  mountainous  and 
much  broken ;  and  there  is  no  anchorage  except  at  the  southern  part 
of  its  entrance. 

Cone  Island,  lying  at  the  entrance  of  this  arm,  is  steeit-to  on  the 
southern  and  western  sides,  but  the  i)a.ssage  into  Herbert  Arm,  north  of 
it,  is  blocked  up  by  rocks  and  small  islets. 

Bawden  Bay,  on  the  southeastern  side  of  entrance  to  lJerl)ert  Arm, 
is  of  small  extent  and  atl'ords  anchorage  in  15  fathoms  near  the  center ; 
enter  it  in  mid  channel. 

White  Pine  Cove,  on  the  eastern  side  of  Herbert  Arm,  is  small, 
with  a  bank  extending  from  the  head ;  small  vessels  may  anchor  close 
to  the  edge  of  this  bank  in  about  10  fathoms ;  care,  however,  should  be 
taken  to  avoid  a  shoal  of  ;J  fathoms  lying  almost  in  uiidchannel. 

Directions. — Entering  Clayoquot  Sound  by  Ship  Channel,  round 
either  Bare  Island  or  Sea  Otter  Rock  at  the  distance  of  h  mile,  and 
steer  up  the  channel  with  the  .south  point  of  Lawrence  Lsland  and  the 
Twins  Lslets  in  line  with  the  north  summit  of  the  Cat  Face  Mountains 
bearing  N.  48^  I'j.  Keep  the  abo\e-nientioned  mark  on  till  within  J 
mile  of  the  Shark  Heefs,  when  haul  more  to  the  eastward  for  the  west 
extreme  of  Vargas  Lsland,  which  may  be  rounded  at  a  tlistance  of  GOO 
yard.s.  If  going  on  through  Hecate  Passage  into  Hecate  I5ay,  to  clear 
HaU'tide  Hock  keep  Hobbs  Islet  open  west  of  Kurgess  Islet,  bearing  S. 
37'^  W.  until  the  Twins  come  in  line  with  the  west  Whaler  island  bear- 
ing N.  77°  \y.,  when  steer  up  the  passage  with  that  mark  on  astern, 
which  will  lead  north  of  Half-tide  Rock  and  south  of  the  North  Bank. 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


/. 


^ 


I.,       Mr,    ^ 


.V^ 


/WJ> 


1.0 


I.I 


l^|2B     |2.5 

Mi     U4 


2.2 


6" 


2.0 


1.8 


1-25  111  1.4   i  1.6 


^^ 


^ 


/A 


^l^ 


7: 


^  j>" 


> 


'V' 


7 


/^ 


Photographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


2G8 


THE    WK8T    COAST    OF    VANCOUVKR    ISLAND. 


When  pa«t  the  latter,  steer  tliroiigli  Deep  Pass  and  anchor  in  Hecate 
Bay  niitlwaj'  between  its  entrance  points  in  0  or  10  fathoms. 

Dnring  heavy  southwesterly  gales  the  sea  is  said  to  break  right  across 
Ship  Cliaiinel,  between  Lawrence  and  Ilobbs  Islands. 

Although  there  are  .several  apparently  deep  channels  into  Clayoquot 
Sound,  they  are,  with  the  exception  of  Ship  Channel,  so  tortuous  and 
filled  with  rocks  that  strangers  .should  not  attenipt  to  enter  by  any 
except  the  latter,  and  not  by  it  nidess  iiaving  tiie  latest  chart  of  the 
sound.  If  the  weather  be  clear  it  will  be  easy  to  recognize  Ship  Chan- 
nel, but  if  in  doubt  there  will  he  little  difliculty  found  in  i)rocuring  a 
native  otttlie  entrance  of  sullicient  intelligence  to  pilot  a  vessel  in. 

Intending  to  navigate  the  inner  waters  of  the  sound,  which  can  only 
be  done  by  steamers  or  small  craft,  the  chart  will  be  found  the  best 
guide. 

Flores  Island,  in  the  western  part  of  (Jlayocjuot  Sound,  is  nearly  7 
miles  in  extent  and  of  a  square  shape ;  it  is  low  on  the  southern  and 
eastern  sides,  but  high  on  the  north  and  west;  the  shores  are  rugged 
and  broken,  and  there  are  .several  off-lying  rocks  along  its  southern  and 
western  sides;  as  a  rule  its  southern  side  should  not  be  approached 
nearer  than  2  miles. 

Rafael  Point,  the  southwestern  extreme  of  Flores,  is  cliffy  and  of 
moderate  height ;  some  rocks  extend  400  yards  from  it,  and  the  point 
should  not  be  rounded  within  i  udle.  From  thence  the  west  coast  of 
the  island  turns  suddenly  to  the  north,  and  continues  in  that  direction 
for  7  miles,  being  indented  bj'  several  small  bays;  some  rocks  and  small 
islets  extend  400  or  GOO  yards  offin  many  parts. 

Sydney  Inlet,  at  the  west  eiul  of  Clayoquot  Sound,  varies  in  breadth 
from  i  to  one  mile.  Four  miles  from  the  head  are  two  small  branches 
about  2  miles  in  length,  one  extending  north  the  other  SW.;  the  shores 
are  high  and  rugged,  rmng  abruptly  from  the  sea.  The  depth  is  great 
and  there  is  no  anchorage. 

Sharp  Point,  the  SW.  extreme  of  Clayociuot  Sound,  is  low  and  rocky, 
but  may  be  api)roached  to  200  yards. 

Refuge  Cove,  just  west  of  Sharp  Point,  is  from  200  to  400  yards 
wi«le,  and  affords  good  anchorage  in  4  to  5  fathoms  at  ^  mile  within  the 
entrance,  well  sheltered  and  secure  from  all  winds. 

Sunken  Rock. — The  entrance  is  narrow,  and  at  400  yards  inside 
Sharp  Point  and  about  200  yards  from  the  eastern  shore  is  a  rock  having 
only  0  feet  on  it  at  low  water.  This  rock  lies  .slightly  eastward  of  the 
fairway,  and  a  good  lookout  is  necessary,  as  it  is  not  always  marked  by 
kel|>. 

Canoe  Reef,  lying  just  SW.  of  the  entrance,  is  2  feet  above  high 
water,  but  steep-to  on  the  southern  and  western  sides. 

Directions. — Entering  Refuge  Cove  from  .seaward,  bring  the  entrance 
or  Sharp  Point  to  bear  N.  'i'^  W.,  and  steer  for  it,  so  as  to  pa.ss  200  yards 
west  of  the  point ;  then  keep  in  mid-channel,  or  rather  nearer  the  west- 


Iht 


SHELTKK    AKM — MESQUUT    HAUbOIi    DIKECTION'S. 


269 


lis  inside 

Ik  having 

1(1  of  the 

iiirked  hy 


love 


high 


. entrance 

boo  yards 

tlie  west- 


ern shore,  to  avoid  the  Dfoot  rock,  having  passed  whicli  keep  close  to 
the  eastern  shore  and  anchor  in  4.J  or  5  fathoms,  abont  ':{  uiile  within 
the  entrance. 

Shelter  Arm  brancdies  ofl'  from  the  eastern  side  of  Sydney  Inlet, 
along  the  northern  side  of  Flort-s  Ishiiid,  and  then  indents  the  mainland 
and  terminates  in  a  narrow  creek  at  the  head.  It  is  upward  of  ^  mile 
wide,  10  miles  long,  am'  the  depths  vary  from  40  to  90  fathoms  in  the 
southern  part. 

The  shores  of  Shelter  Arm  are  high,  precipitous,  and  steep  to;  the 
tide  runs  from  one  to  2  knots  through  it,  the  tlood  stream  from  the 
westward. 

Steamer  Cove  is  the  only  anchorage  (indifferent)  in  it,  just  2  miles 
within  the  entrance  on  the  northern  side  of  Flores  Island  ;  it  is  a  small 
liigiit  where  a  vessel  may  anchor  in  17  to  11)  fathoms,  passing  on  either 
side  of  the  islet  at  its  entrance. 

Obstruction  Island  is  on  the  eastern  side  of  Shelter  Arm  and  sep- 
arated from  the  north  point  of  Flores  Island  by  a  narrow  pass.  Its 
shores  are  rocky  and  broken,  and  the  pas.sages  along  its  southern  ami 
eastern  sides  are  blocked  up  with  rocks. 

Rocky  Pass,  on  its  southern  side,  is  narrow  and  Hlled  with  rocks,  so 
that  no  vessel  could  get  through  it;  the  tide  runs  irregularly  through, 
but  seldom  exceeds  4  knots. 

Hesquiat  Harbor,  S  miles  northwestward  of  ('layoquot  Sound,  is 
lormed  at  the  bottom  of  the  bay  on  the  eastern  side  of  Mstevan  Point. 
It  is  4  miles  long  in  a  northerly  direction,  and  upwards  of  2  miles  wide 
at  the  entrance,  opening  out  a  little  inside,  but  on  nearing  the  head  it 
contracts  to  less  than  one  mile. 

The  Bar. — Across  the  entrance,  between  Hesquiat  Blulf  and  Estevan 
l'oint,isa  bar  or  ledge,  with  from  3  to  't  fathoms  water  over  it,  which  in  a 
;;reat  measure  i»revents  the  sea  from  setting  home  into  the  harbor. 
Kelp  grows  more  or  less  all  over  the  anchorage  in  a  depth  of  5  fath<tms. 

Hesquiat  Bluff  is  a  remarkable  low,  wooded  point,  with  a  shingle 
beach  around  it;  a  reef,  which  covers  at  a  quarter  Hood,  lies  h  mile 
southwest  of  it. 

Boat  Basin  is  a  small  cove  at  the  head  of  the  harbor;  there  is  a  large 
Iresh-water  stream  here,  and  vessels  may  obtain  wood  and  water  with 
great  facility. 

The  shores  of  the  harbor  are  mostly  low  and  wooded,  and  within  the 
entrance,  at  a  distance  of  400  yards,  clear  of  danger.  On  the  western 
side  of  the  bay,  near  Kstevan  I'oint,  are  several  indications  of  coal,  and 
I  lie  laml  is  apparently  fertile. 

Tides. — It  is  lii{,'h  water,  full  and  change,  in  Hesquiat  Harbor  at  12Ii. 
Oiii.;   springs  rise  ll!  teet. 

Directions. —  lles(|uiat  Harbor  is  easy  of  access  to  sailing  vessels, 
even  witii  a  foul  wind.  The  notch  of  Leading  Mountain  in  line  with  the 
cast  entrance  imint,  bearing  north,  leads  over  the  bar  in  44  fathoms  at 


■'    l.'^W  ■- 


270 


THE    WEST    COAST   OF    VANCOUVER    ISLAND. 


low  water.  En  tori  iig  either  from  the  east  or  west,  give  the  outer  shores 
ot'tlie  liarbor  a  i)erlh  of  more  tiiaii  i  mile,  till  past  the  bar,  after  which 
they  may  bo  approached  to  400  yards;  anchor  in  7  or  8  fathoms  near 
the  center  of  the  harbor,  about  J  mile  from  its  head. 

In  strong  south  or  southwesterly  gales  the  sea  breaks  heavily  over 
the  bar,  but  the  anchorage  is  always  safe,  and  lauding  is  at  all  times 
pra(!ti('able  iu  Boat  Basin. 

Thenativos,  though  friendl3',are  much  inclined  to  pilfering,  and  should 
bo  carefully  watched. 

Estevan  Point  is  a  low,  wooded,  and  projecting  point,  bordered  by 
a  saudy  beach,  strewed  with  huge  bowlders.  A  ledge  a  mile  wide  ex- 
tends lu'arly  one  mile  off  its  southwestern  side.  Hole  in  the  Wall,  the 
snuihwesteru  part  of  the  point,  may  be  easily  known  by  a  remarkable 
ga|>  in  the  trees  at  its  extreme,  which  is  conspicuous  from  the  SW. 

Sunday  Rock  lies  nearly  3  miles  N.  64°  \V.  of  Hole  in  the  Wall ; 
within  the  ledge  good  shelter  will  be  found  for  boats  iu  all  weathers. 

In  rounding  the  western  part  of  Estevan  Point,  it  would  not  be  pru- 
dent to  approach  the  shore  within  2  miles. 

From  this  point  the  coast  takes  a  northerly  direction  to  Escalante 
Point  at  the  entrance  of  Nootka  Sound,  and  is  low,  foul  ground  existing 
off  it  for  some  distance. 

Nootka  Sound  is  a  large  sheet  of  water  upwards  of  6  miles  in  ex- 
tent, containing  several  islands,  and  from  its  northern  side  three  long, 
narrow  arms  penetrate  the  land  for  distances  of  18,  7,  and  14  miles,  re- 
spectively. Its  entrance  is  4J  miles  wide  between  MiU]uinna  and 
Escalante  Points.  At  the  entrance  the  shores  are  low,  and  have  several 
off-lying  dangers,  but  inside  the  sound  they  become  high,  rugged,  and 
precipitous,  and  are  everywhere  free  from  danger. 

In  fine  weather  the  natives  will  be  met  with  in  canoes  in  consider- 
able numbers  lishiug  for  halibut,  which  are  very  plentiful  along  this 
'  coast. 

There  are  four  anchorages  in  the  sound,  two  of  which,  Friendly  Cove 
and  Plumper  Harbor,  on  the  eastern  side  of  Nootka  Island,  are  small, 
though  easy  of  access  to  steamers ;  the  for'uer  is  one  and  the  latter  7 
miles  within  the  entrance ;  the  others  are  in  the  Tlupana  Arm. 

Aspect — From  seaward  the  appearance  of  the  land  near  the  en- 
trance of  the  sound  offers  to  the  navigator  many  striking  features 
which  in  Hue  weather  render  it  almost  Impossible  to  be  mistaken;  the 
low  land  of  Kstevan  and  Maquinua  Points  at  the  entrance,  with  the 
breakers  off  them  ;  the  Nootka  Cone  at  the  eastern  point  of  Nootka 
Island,  and  if  coming  from  the  south  or  8SW.,  Couiima  Peak,  a  re- 
markable steeple-8hai)ed  mountain  4,889  feet  high,  is  a  most  conspicu- 
ous feature. 

Tides. — The  tidal  streams  are  everywhere  inconsiderable. 

Escalante  Point  is  low  and  rocky;  some  small  islets,  and  rocks 
generally  above  high  water,  extend  oti  it  in  a  westerly  direction  for  up- 


MAQUINfNA    POINT — MARVINAS    BAY. 


271 


the  en- 
eatures 
m;  tlie 
ith  the 
Nootkft 
k,  a  re- 
fuspicii- 


|l   rocks 
for  up- 


wards of  one  mile,  but  thej*  are  steep-to  on  tlieir  outer  edge.     At  their 
outer  eiul  is  a  rock  only  uncovering  at  low  water. 

From  Esi;a)ante  Point  to  liurdwood  Point,  at  the  narrowest  part  of 
entrance  on  the  east  side,  the  co.iat,  is  bordered  by  several  oft-iving 
rocks,  and  should  not  be  approached  within  one  mile  until  close  to  the 
latter  point,  which  is  steep  to,  and  may  be  approached  to  within  2()0 
yards. 

Maquinna  JL^oint  is  low  and  wooded,  and  at  its  extreme  is  a  remark- 
able bare-topped  coiucal  rock  about  (iO  or  70  feet  high  ;  some  rocks  ex- 
tend 000  yards  oft"  it  in  a  southeasterly  direction,  also  along  the  coast 
from  it  to  the  eastward  nearly  as  far  as  the  entrance  of  Friendly  Oove, 
and  the  shore  sliould  not  be  approached  nearer  than  =f  mile  till  near  the 
latter  place. 

B^jo  Reef,  6  nnles  S.  SC^  W.  of  Maquinna  Point,  is  abont  400  yard* 
iu  extent,  and  the  sea  only  breaks  on  it  in  heavy  weather.  This  reef  is 
the  only  hidden  danger  outside  the  sound,  and  is  dangerous  to  vessel* 
entering  it  from  the  westward.  Yucpiot  Point,  kept  open  east  of  Ma- 
quinna Point,  bearing  N.  72°  E.,  leads  SE.  of  it ;  and  Bight  Cone  (a 
remarkable  summit  on  the  southern  side  of  Nootka  Island)  kept  well 
open  west  of  Bajo  Point,  bearing  N.  12°  E.,  leads  west  of  the  reef. 

Friendly  Cove,  just  within  the  narrowest  part  of  the  entrance  ta 
the  sound,  is  about  400  yards  in  extent  and  sheltered  from  the  sea  by 
several  small  rocky  islets  on  its  southeastern  side.  The  entrance,  20O 
yards  wide,  is  from  the  NE.  The  shores  on  both  sides  of  the  cove  are 
rocky,  and  about  GO  feet  high  on  the  north  side,  but  at  the  head,  is 
a  small  space  of  clear  cultivated  flat  land,  around  which  in  the  summer 
the  natives  build  an  extensive  village. 

Anchorage  in  Friendly  Cove  is  of  small  extent,  affording  only  room 
for  one  vessel  of  moderate  size  to  lie  moored  in  the  middle,  though  sev- 
eral small  ones  would  find  shelter. 

Directions. — If  desiring  to  anchor  in  Friendly  Cove,  round  Observa- 
tory Islet,  the  east  entrance  point,  close  to,  and  if  in  a  large  vessel, 
moor  with  anchors  S\V.  and  NE.,  letting  go  the  first  immediately  ou 
entering  the  cove.  Sailing  vessels,  unless  with  a  fair  wind,  would  find 
some  difficulty  in  entering;  and  if  uiuible  to  shoot  iu,  it  would  be  pref- 
erable to  warp  or  proceed  farther  up  the  sound  to  Plumper  Harbor. 

Supplies. — No  fresh  water  in  any  quantity  can  be  procured  at 
Friendly  (Jove  or  nearer  than  Marvinas  Hay ;  but  fish  ami  deer  may 
fienerally  be  obtained  in  Inrt^e  quantities  from  the  natives. 

Marvinas  Bay. — The  west  shore  of  Nootka  Sound  from  F'riendly 
<'ove  is  rocky,  and  near  the  southern  part  some  islets  lie  parallel  to  it, 
extending  for  nearly  2  miles,  distant  about  600  yards  from  the  shore. 
There  are  two  small  creeks  with  entrances  too  narrow  for  vessels  to 
iMiter;  the  northernmosb  of  them,  named  by  the  Si)aniards  Boca  del 
infieruo,  lies  abreast  the  northern  part  of  the  above-mentioned  islands. 
Marvinas  Bay,  4  miles  north  of  Friendly  cove,  is  of  small  extent  and 
Dpen  to  the  southward;  it  only  aflFords  anchorage  to  coasters. 


272 


THE    WEST    COAST    OF    VANCOUVER    ISLANIJ. 


Water. — There  are  large  fresh -water  streams  at  tlie  head  of  Marviuas 
Bay,  and  just  south  of  it,  convenient  for  watering. 

Kendrick  Ann,  between  Nootka  and  Narrow  Ishtnds,  is  about  5 
miles  long  and  ^  mile  wide,  connected  at  the  northern  juirt  by  a  nar- 
row boat  pass  to  the  Talisis  'anal;  on  the  western  side,  2  miles  from 
its  entrance,  is  Plnmper  Harbor,  easy  of  access  and  well  sheltered. 
Northward  of  this  harbor  the  shores  of  the  arm  on  both  sides  are  rocky, 
terminating  in  two  narrow  creeks  at  the  head,  useless  for  purposes  of 
navigation. 

Plumper  Harbor  is  a  small  bay  indenting  the  eastern  side  of  Nootka 
Island,  about  000  yards  in  extent,  and  affords  good  anchorage  in  12 
fatlioais.  It  is  protected  on  the  eastern  side  by  two  small  wooded  islets 
from  30  to  40  feet  high ;  on  (he  western  side  the  shore  is  rather  swampy, 
and  th^re  are  several  fresh-water  streams. 

Anchorage. — There  is  a  clear  passage  into  the  harbor  between  the 
two  islets,  or  to  the  northward  of  the  north  one,  which  may  be  rounded 
at  the  distance  of  200  yards,  and  there  is  room  for  a  vessel  to  lie  at  sin- 
gle anchor  inside  ;  it  is  the  best  anchorage  in  the  souinl,  the  only  draw- 
back being  its  distance  from  the  entrance. 

Tahsis  Canal,  the  entrance  to  which  is  about  U  miles  from  Friendly 
Cove,  is  a  long  iKirrow  arm  of  the  sea,  nearly  straight,  and  14  miles 
long;  the  shores  are  monntainous,  rocky  and  steep-to,  and  there  is  no 
anchorage  in  it.  In  many  parts  this  canal  is  only  400  yards  wide,  but 
it  becomes  gradually  broader  at  the  head,  where  is  a  large  stream,  and 
also  a  considerable  village,  to  which  the  natives  resort  during  the  season 
for  salmon,  which  are  caught  here  in  gri-nt  plenty. 

At  lOA  miles  from  the  entrance  of  the  canal  on  the  we.stern  side,  and 
sejtarating  the  north  point  of  Nootka  Island  from  the  main  of  Vancouver 
Island,  are  tho  Tahsis  Narrows,  200  yards  wide,  with  28  fathoms  in  the 
center;  they  connect  Ksperanza  Inlet  with  th'.i  Tahsis  Cainil ;  the  tide 
runs  weakly  through  them,  the  tiood  from  the  westward. 

At  the  entrance  of  Tahsis  Canal  is  a  snmll  island  with  a  clear  pas- 
sage about  200  yards  wide  on  both  sides  of  it. 

Bligh  Island,  lying  in  the  center  of  Nootka  bsound,  is  the  largest 
islaml  ill  it,  being  about  4.J  miles  long  in  a  northerly  direction  and  2 
miles  wide  in  the  northern  part;  its  shores  are  rock.\,  and  indented  by 
creeks  on  the  southern  si»le.  Its  southern  extreme  is  a  long,  narrow 
point,  and  otf  its  southern  and  western  sides  are  a  number  of  islands 
extending  upwards  of  one  mile  from  it, all  steep-to  on  their  outer  edges, 
but  among  which  no  vessel  should  venture.  The  south  part  of  the  is- 
land is  rather  low,  but  it  rises  in  the  northern  and  western  parts  to  1,030 
ami  1,200  feet. 

Ucsolutioii  Cove,  at  the  SE.  point  of  this  island,  "  v  it  within  the  en- 
traii«.'e  of  the  Zuciarte  Channel,  is  only  a  slight  bend  iii  the  coast,  with 
a  deep  and  rocky  bottom,  and  inconvenient  for  an  anchorage,  being  also 
*.i>r».  to  the  SW. 


vb  *. . »  i  ■  v_ 


.Il'NCTION    ISLAND — bESERTKU    CKEKK. 


273 


iUgOSt 

luul  2 

llillTOW 

islands 
edges, 
the  is- 

;o  1,030 

the  en- 
it,  with 
ngals" 


Junction  Island,  lying  about  midway  between  the  SE.  point  of  Nar- 
row Island  and  west  side  of  Bligh  Island,  is  about  h  mile  long;  a  small 
islet  lies  close  off  its  NW.  side  and  another  on  the  opposite  side.  The 
channel  lies  to  the  west  and  north  of  Junction  Island,  and  vessels  should 
not  pass  between  the  latter  ami  Bligii  Island. 

Zuciarte  Channel  is  between  the  eastern  shore  of  Nootka  Hound  and 
Bligli  Island ;  its  shores  are  high  and  clear  of  danger ;  the  depths  within 
the  channel  are  great. 

Quaquina,  or  Muchalat  Arm,  extends  in  an  easterly  direction  from 
the  eastern  part  of  Xootka  Sound,  and  varies  in  breadth  from  \  to  up- 
wards of  one  mile.  It  is  bounded  on  both  sides  by  mountains,  and 
presents  similar  features  to  the  inlets  before  described  ah»ng  this  coast, 
terminating  in  low  lan«l  at  the  head,  through  which  a  small  stream  flows 
into  the  inlet;  there  is  no  anchorage  whatever  within  this  arm  except 
for  coasters. 

One  and  a  half  miles  within  the  entrance  is  Gore  Island;  there  is  a 
clear  deep  passage  on  either  side  of  it,  the  southern  one  being  less  than 
200  yards  wide  at  the  eastern  part.  The  island  rises  in  the  center  to 
1,200  feet,  sloping  gradually  to  each  end;  its  shores  are  rocky. 

On  the  northern  side  of  this  arm,  14  miles  within  the  entrance,  is  an 
extensive  valley,  through  which  flows  a  large  stream,  named  the  Gold 
River,  indications  of  that  metal  having  been  discovered  there. 

The  Muciialat  Indians  have  a  village  a.  the  mouth  of  Gold  Uiver. 

T'upana  Arm,  the  entrance  to  which  is  in  the  northern  part  of 
Nootka  Sound,  branches  off  at  the  head  in  two  smaller  arms  extending 
to  th.e  N\V.  and  NE.,  each  terminating  in  low  land.  Its  shores  are 
high  and  rocky;  there  are  two  anchorages,  one  at  Deserted  Creek,  on 
the  western  side,  and  the  other  at  Head  Bay,  the  termination  of  the 
northwestern  branch. 

The  mountains  at  the  northern  part  of  tliis  arm  are  the  highest  in  the 
sound;  Conuma  Peak,  rising  7  miles  XE.  of  the  head,  is  4,88!)  feet  high, 
and  of  a  steeple  shape. 

Deserted  Creek.  3  miles  within  the  entrance,  is  2  miles  long  in  a 
northwesterly  ilirectioii  and  about  \  mile  wide;  vessels  may  anchor  in 
12  to  14  fathoms  at  i\  mile  from  its  head.  Island  Bay,  a  small  cove  on 
its  northeastern  side.  Just  within  the  entrance,  lias  an  islet  in  tli:'  cen- 
ter, to  the  westward  of  which  is  room  for  a  vessel  to  anchor  in  12 
fatiioms. 

At  the  southern  extreme  of  the  promontory  separating  the  two 
branches  at  the  head  of  Tlupaiia  Arm  is  Perpendicular  Blntf,  a  reniark- 
:\l)le  precipice  of  considerable  height. 

Head  Bay,  the  termination  of  the  western  branch  of  the  Tlujtana 
Ann,  affords  anchorage  in  from  14  to  IG  fathoms  at  the  distance  of  (500 
or  .SOO  yanls  from  its  head.  At  the  entrance  on  the  north  side,  are  thiee 
small  islets  about  .'5  or  4  feet  above  high  water,  the  inner  one  con- 
nected to  the  shore  by  a  beach  at  low  water ;  between  these  islauda 


14205— No.  96- 


■18 


74 


THE    WEST    COAST    OF    VANCOUVER    ISLAXD, 


and  Perpendicular  lilntl'is  a  small  bay,  where  a  vessel  may  anchor  iu 
from  Ifl  to  18  fathoms. 

Directions. —  KntiM-ing  Nootka  sound  from  the  southward,  after 
rounding  Estevan  I'oint  steer  about  north  for  the  entrance,  which  will 
be  easily  made  out  by  tiie  rocks  oft"  Bscalante  and  .Ma(iniiina  Points; 
keep  abont  2  miles  off  the  eastern  shore  till  past  liscalante  Point,  when 
steer  up  mid-channel  into  the  sound.  If  bouml  to  Friendly  Cove,  haul 
over  to  the  we.itern  side  of  entrance  for  Yuquot  Point,  which  may  be 
approached  within  a  distance  of  200  yards,  and  rounding  it  sharply, 
anchor  or  moor,  as  most  convenient,  in  Friendly  Cove. 

If  bound  to  Plumper  Harbor,  after  passing  Yuquot  Point  keep  about 
J  mile  from  the  eastern  side  of  Xootka  Island  to  the  entrance  Of  the 
Kendrick  Arm,  when  steer  uj)  the  latter  in  mid-cliannel  till  abreast 
Plumper  Harbor,  which  may  be  entered  by  passing  between  Hold  and 
Pass  Islets  on  its  east  side,  or  going  to  the  northward  of  the  former. 

Should  it  be  desired  to  anchor  in  any  of  the  anchorages  within  the 
Tlupaua  Arm,  steer  as  before  directed  till  within  ^  mile  of  the  entrance 
to  the  Kendrick  arm,  when  haul  to  the  NH.,  pass  to  the  westward  of 
Junction  and  Bligh  Islands,  and  steer  up  tiie  Tlui>ana  Arm  in  mid-chan- 
nel, or  close  to  on  either  shore.  Deserted  Creek  and  Head  Bay  are  clear 
of  danger  and  may  be  entered  without  dilliculty. 

Entering  Nootka  Sound  from  the  v/estward,  on  nearing  liajo  Point 
do  not  ai)proach  the  south  shore  of  Jfootka  Island  within  4  miles,  or 
shut  in  Bight  Cone  with  Bajo  Point  bearing  N.  12°  E.  until  Yuquot 
point  opens  east  of  Maquinna  Point  bearing  N.  72°  E.,  which  will  clear 
the  Bajo  Keef ;  a  vessel  may  then  steer  for  the  entrance  of  the  sounds 
about  N.  80°  E.,  not  approaching  the  shore  between  Maquinna  and 
Yuquot  Points  nearer  than  one  mile  until  abreast  the  latter,  which  may 
be  ronnded  close  to;  after  which  proceetl  up  the  sound  as  before  di- 
rected. 

If  beating  into  Nootka  Sound,  when  standing  to  the  westward,  keei> 
Y^uquot  Point  open  east  of  Maquinna  Point  bearing  N.  72°  E.,  which 
will  keep  a  vessel  well  clear  to  the  eastward  of  Bajo  Keef;  in  standing 
to  the  eastward  do  not  approach  Escalante  Point  within  IJ  miles,  nor 
bring  Burdwood  Point  to  bear  northward  of  N.  35°  E.  until  abreast  it, 
when  the  shore  may  be  approached  close  to;  when  standing  towards 
Maquinna  and  Yuquot  Points  on  the  western  side  avoid  bringing  the 
latter  to  bear  to  the  eastward  of  N.  4G°  E.  until  abreast  it,  when  it  may 
be  approached  close  to. 

Nootka  Sound  is  easic.'  of  access  than  any  other  place  on  the  whole 
of  the  westeru  coast  of  Vancouver  Island,  the  entrance  being  nearly 
2  miles  wide  in  tiie  narrowest  part,  and  by  attending  to  the  above 
directions  any  sailing  vessel  may  beat  in  or  out  of  the  sound.  If  the 
night  be  clear,  and  provided  with  a  chart,  it  may  be  entered  without 
risk  by  bringing  the  entrance  to  bear  N.  40°  E.,  and  in  a  steamer  but 
little  diftlculty  would  be  experienced  in  picking  up  the  anchorages  of 
Friendly  Cove  and  Plumper  Flarbor. 


NOOTKA    I8I.ANU — N'ICIIATLITZ    INLKT    AND    KEEF. 


275 


Nootka  Island  is  of  consideriiblo  extent,  beiii^  15  miles  luii^  in  a 
northerly  aiul  L'O  miles  in  a  westerly  direction.  Its  sonthern  or  onter 
shore  is  low,  risint;  gradnally  inland,  and  it  has  a  beautitnl  and  fertile 
a|»|»earance  ;  it  is  bordered  by  a  sandy  iteach  nearly  the  whole  distance, 
and  the  sea  breaiis  heavily  along  it. 

Be^o  Point  is  low  and  rocky.  A  ledge  named  the  Inner  Bajo  Heef 
extends  1.^  miles  from  it  in  a  southerly  direction,  and  the  15a jo  Heef 
liesL'ij  miles  south  of  it. 

Westward  of  Bajo  I'oint  the  cioast  takes  a  NW.  direction  and  is 
slightly  indented.  Bight  Cone,  a  rema'-kable  summit,  olO  feet  high, 
rises  3  miles  N.  4"^  \V.  of  Bajo  I'oint,  and  is  about  one  mile  inland. 

When  navigating  along  the  south  .side  of  Nootka  Island  west  of  tlie 
Bajo  Heef  it  wouhl  not  be  prudent  to  approach  the  s'tore  within  2 
miles,  until  near  Ferrer  Toint,  though  there  are  no  known  outlying 
dangers. 

Nuchatlitz  Inlet,  on  the  northwestern  side  of  Nootka  Island,  is  0 
miles  long  in  a  northeasterly  direction  and  .3  miles  wide  at  entranco, 
narrowing  towards  the  head  ;  its  shores  are  high  and  rocky,  and  nxuch 
broken  into  creeks  and  small  bays ;  oflf  the  entrance  and  within  are 
several  dangers.  There  are  two  good  anchorages.  Port  Laiigford  on 
the  northern  side  and  Mary  Hasiu  at  the  head  ;  but  owing  to  the  dan- 
gers off  the  entrance  of  the  inlet  they  are  botli  ratiier  lUHicult  of 
access. 

Ferrer  Point,  the  southern  entrance  point  of  the  inlet,  is  low  and 
rocky;  thare  is  a  depth  of  14  fathoms  at  a  distance  of  400  yards  from 
It,  and  J  mile  eastward  of  the  point  is  Northwest  Cone,  a  very  remarka- 
ble conical  summit  350  feet  high,  which  proves  a  very  useful  guide  to 
this  locality  from  the  westward. 

Danger  Rock,  about  one  mile  N.  27^  W.  of  Ferrer  Point,  is  the  worst 
danger  in  entering,  as  it  is  of  very  small  extent,  and  the  sea  only  breaks 
on  it  in  heavy  weather;  it  is  steep-to  on  all  sides,  there  being  11  fath 
oms  close  to  it.    The  best  passage  into  the  inlet  is  between  this  rock 
and  Ferrer  Point. 

Leading  Mark. — Mark  Flill,  at  the  head  of  inlet,  in  line  with  the 
north  part  of  Fiiz  Island  bearing  N.  74°  E.,  leads  south  of  this  rock 
midway  between  it  and  Ferrer  Point,  and  through  the  fairway  into  the 
inlet  north  of  South  Heef. 

Nuchatlitz  Reef,  in  the  center  of  the  entrance  and  j^  mile  northward 
of  Danger  Rock,  is  about  i^  mile  long  in  an  east  and  west  direction  and 
200  yards  wide.  The  sea  generally  breaks  on  this  reef,  and  at  its  east- 
ern extremity  is  a  small  rock  awash  at  high  water  ;  there  is  a  clear  deep 
passage  between  it  and  Danger  Hock,  and  also  apparently  to  the  north- 
ward of  it,  but  neither  should  be  attempted  by  strangers,  as  no  leading 
marks  can  be  given  for  going  through  them. 

South  Reef,  nearly  400  yards  in  extent  ami  covering  at  three-cpiar- 
ters  dood,  lies  just  within  the  entrance  on  the  south  side,  one  mile  N. 
58°  E.  of  Ferrer  Point,  and  about  GOO  yards  from  the  shore. 


276 


TFfE    WKST    COAST    OF    VANCOUVER    ISLAND. 


Louie  Creek,  just  inside  Soiitli  Ucef,  is  dUoal  and  nearly  a  mile  iu 
extent;  tliere  aro  scvoral  looiis  oH"  itsentniuce  and  vessels  sbould  not 
enter  it;  to  tiie  eastward  of  the  creek  the  south  shore  of  Nuchatlitz 
Inlet  is  rocky,  but  appears  to  be  clear  ofdantjer  at  the  distance  of  200 
yards. 

Fitz  Island,  in  the  center  of  the  inlet,  is  of  small  extent,  low,  rugged, 
and  covered  with  a  few  stunted  pine  trees,  the  tops  of  which  are  about 
100  feet  above  the  sea.  At  A  mile  WNW.  of  it  is  a  small  bare  island  HO 
feet  hifrh,  and  steepto  on  the  western  side,  but  between  the  rock  and 
Fit};  Island  foul  ground  exists. 

Bare  Rock,  of  small  extent,  lies  ■{  mile  to  the  HW.  of  Fitz  Inland, 
and  there  is  a  dear  passage  between  them. 

Mary  Basin,  the  termination  of  the  inlet,  is  of  considerable  extent, 
and  completely  landlocked  by  Lord  Island,  which  lies  across  the  inlet 
at  the  southwestern  part  of  the  basin.  The  depths  inside  the  basin 
vary  from  ry  to  9  fathoms,  ami  the  entrance  on  the  north  side  of  Lord 
Island  ai)pears  clear  of  danger,  but  it  has  not  been  sufficiently  examined 
to  recommeml  its  use  by  strangers. 

To  the  eastward  of  Mary  Basin  and  connected  to  it  by  a  narrow  pass 
50  jards  wide,  with  from  7  to  9  fathoms,  is  Inner  Basin,  a  shi. ^t  of 
water  upwards  of  .'}  miles  long  in  an  easterly  direction,  with  fronj  20  to 
39  fathoms,  and  ai»parently  useless  as  an  anchorage. 

Port  Langford,  on  the  northern  side  of  the  inlet,  is  about  1;^  miles 
long  in  a  northwesterly  direction,  and  varies  in  breadth  from  ^  to  J 
mile.  The  dejtths  in  it  vary  from  5  to  8  fathoms,  iuid  it  affords  a  secure 
and  well-sheltered  autdiorage  in  about  (5  fathoms,  muddy  bottom,  at 
the  distance  of  J  mile  from  the  head.  The  eastern  shore  of  the  port  is 
high,  rising  to  a  .summit,  .Mount  Hosa,  but  the  western  shore  is  much 
lower;  both  are  rocky,  but  within  the  entrance  clear  of  danger. 

Colwood  Islet,  at  the  southwestern  extreme  of  the  entrance,  is 
small  and  bare,  and  nearly  .^  mile  offshore;  it  may  be  approached  to 
within  iiOO  yards  on  the  east  side,  but  inside  it  and  to  the  westward 
round  the  western  entrance  point  of  Nuchatlitz  lidet  are  innumerable 
rocks  and  small  islets,  among-which  vessels  should  not  venture. 

Belmont  Point,  the  eastern  entrance  point  into  Port  Langford,  is 
low,  and  a  rock  uncovers  200  yards  west  of  it. 

Directions. — Entering  Nuchatlitz  Inlet  from  the  southward,  bring 
Ferrer  Point  on  a  N.  13^  E.  bearing,  and  steer  to  pass  i  mile  west  of  it; 
and  when  Mark  Ilill  comes  in  line  with  the  north  part  of  Fitz  Island 
N.  74°  E.,  haul  in  for  the  entrance  on  that  mark,  whic^h  will  lead  in  clear 
of  Danger  Uock  and  South  Reef.  When  Ferrer  Point  bears  S.  24=^  W.. 
vessels  will  be  inside  the  rock  and  may  steer  for  the  entrance  to  Port 
Langlbrd,  pass  midway  between  Cohvood  Islet  and  Belmont  Point,  and 
proceed  np  the  i)ort  in  mid-channel,  anchoring  in  5  or  (i  fathoms  at  a 
distance  of  J  mile  from  the  head. 

Api)roaching  the  port  from  the  westward,  keep  an  otliug  of  4  or  5 


'm^^. 


NUCHATLITZ    INLET    DIRKCTIONS — KSPKUAN/-A    INLET.      277 


i^fonl,  is 

id,  bring 
est  of  ir ; 
z  Jslaiid 
[1  ill  clear 

24.^  W.. 

to  Port 
oint,  and 
lOuiH  at  a 

of  4  or  o 


miles  till  Ferrer  5'oint  bears  S.  <)(P  K.,  when  steer  for  it  on  that  bearing 
till  the  leading  nuirk  fjr  the  channel  comes  on,  wlien  proceed  as  before 
directed  to  the  anchorage  in  Port  Langford. 

Intending  to  enter  Mary  Basin,  not  recoiiimeiuled,  when  past  Ferrer 
I'oint  keep  the  leading  nuirk  on  till  abre.ist  Lonie  Creek,  then  steer  a 
little  to  the  eastward.  Massing  about  L'Od  yards  south  of  Fitz  Island  and 
Bare  Kock ;  when  pawt  the  former  steer  X.  86^  E.  until  the  western 
point  of  Lord  Island  bears  N.  .15^  K,,  wiiich  will  clear  the  shoal  extend- 
ing J  mile  to  the  southward  from  Benson  I'oint,  and  then,  on  approach- 
ing Lord  Island,  bor'ow  a  little  towards  the  northern  siiore,  and  enter 
Mary  Basin  to  the  WAStwaid  of  the  island  and  tlie  small  islet  NW,  of  it; 
when  abreast  the  l^attor  haul  more  to  the  eastward,  and  anchor  in  from 
5  to  0  fathoms  near  the  middle  of  the  basin. 

Vessels  of  any  size  should  not  attempt  to  beat  into  this  inlet,  as  there 
is  generally  a  heavy  sea  at  the  entrance,  and  strangers  should  not  at- 
tempt to  enter  unless  the  leading  mark  is  easily  ilistinguished. 

Esperanza  Inlet,  the  entrance  to  which  lies  between  the  northwest- 
ern side  of  Nootka  Island  and  the  mainland  of  Vancouver  Island,  is 
about  10  miles  long  in  a  winding  northeasterly  direction,  with  an  aver- 
age breadth  of  about  one  mile,  narrowing  at  the  head,  and  connected  by 
a  narrow  pass  (Tahsis  Narrows)  to  the  Tahsis  Canal,  in  Nootka  Sound. 

The  entrance,  though  wide,  contains  several  dangers!  but  inside  the 
shores  are  nearly  everywhere  steep-to,  rising  on  both  sides  to  moun- 
tains of  considerable  height.  The  southern  shore  is  indented  by  three 
bays  of  moderate  extent,  which  artbrd  no  anchorage;  and  from  the 
northern  one  three  arms  of  considerable  length  penetrate  the  Vancouver 
shore  for  several  miles.  Port  Eliza,  in  the  western  arm,  is  the  only  an- 
chorage in  the  inlet. 

Middle  Channel,  the  widest  and  best  into  Esiieranza  Iidet,  lies  3 
miles  N\V.  of  Ferrer  Point,  between  Blind  lieef.  Needle  Kock,  and  a 
number  of  small  islets  extending  off  the  northwestern  point  of  Nootka 
Island  on  the  east,  and  Middle  Iteef  and  Black  Kock  on  the  west;  a 
part  of  the  former  is  always  above  water. 

Blind  Reef,  at  the  southeastern  extreme  of  the  channel,  3  miles  N. 
27^  W.  of  Ferrer  Point,  is  about  400  yards  in  extent,  and  the  sea  only 
breaks  on  it  in  bad  weather;  200  yards  northward  of  it  is  a  small  rock, 
and  at  a  distance  of  400  yards  from  its  south  and  west  sides  are  depths 
of  13  to  19  fathoms. 

Pin  Rock,  of  small  extent,  awash  at  low  water,  lies  '^  mile  S.  00°  E. 
of  Blind  Reef. 

Needle  Rock,  of  small  extent,  lies  if  mile  northward  of  the  Blind 
Reef,  and  has  from  14  to  15  fathoms  at  a  distance  of  400  yards  west 
of  it. 

Middle  Reef,  at  the  southwestern  entrance  point  of  ^liddle  Channel 
and  separating  it  from  the  North  Channel,  is  about  000  yards  long  in  a 
northeasterly  direction  and  200  yards  wide.    The  sea  generally  breaks 


27H 


Tine    WKST   COAST    Ol'    VANCOrVER    ISLAND. 


on  tliis  n^ef.  and  at  itH  southern  I'xtn-nic  is  a  nniall  rock  4  fi>(^t  above 
bi),'li  \vat«'r;  tluTe  are  from  r>  to  20  ratlioiuMat  ttiu  tliNtaiicu  of  2(H)  yards 
on  all  sjilt's  of  it. 

Leading  Mark. — Leadini^'  Hill,  in  line  with  lUack  Uock,  hearing  N. 
li'jo  E.,  leads  tlironjili  the  fairway  of  Middle  Channel  went  of  Hlind 
Keef  and  Needle  Koek,  and  eaut  ol  Middle  Keef. 

North  Channel  lead.s  into  the  in'et  west  of  Middle  Keef,  between  it 
and  the  danfjers  olV  the  Hontheasteni  point  of  Catala  Island.  It  is  about 
^  mile  wide,  nier^Mn);  at  the  north  part  into  Middle  Channel.  The  depths 
in  it  vary  from  17  to  22  fathoms,  and  the  danj;er8  on  its  western  side 
are  all  above  water. 

Leading  Mark. — IMack  l!ock,  in  line  with  Double  Lsland,  bearing 
U.  4.'<'^  li.,  leads  in  through  the  fairway  of  North  Channel  clear  of  all 
danger. 

Catala  Island,  on  the  western  side  of  the  entrance  to  Ksperanza 
Inlet,  is  wooded;  its  shores  are  rocky,  and  several  danger.*  •  xist  at  a 
considerable  distance  otf  it  on  all  sides;  its  northern  side  is  separated 
from  the  Vancouver  shore  by  a  passage  A  mile  wide,  named  Uolling 
Uoadstead,  a!!!i  vessels  may  lind  a  t<»lerably  secure  anchorage  there  iu 
from  4  to  0  fathoms,  though  generally  a  swell  prevails.  ■ 

The  Twins,  two  small  islets  connected  with  each  other  at  low  water, 
lie  on'  the  soulh  point  of  Catala  Island,  and  foul  ground  extends  nearly 
1^  miles  south  from  them,  terminating  in  Low  liock,  which  forms  the 
southwestern  entrance  point  to  the  North  Channel. 

Black  Rock,  which  lies  800  yards  S.  21°  K.  of  the  east  point  of 
Catala,  is  a  small,  bare  rock.  Foni  ground  exists  between  it  and  Catala, 
and  also  200  yards  south  of  it.  Vessels  should  not  approach  its  eastern 
side  nearer  than  400  yards,  nor  attempt  to  pass  west  of  it. 

Rolling  Roadstead. — Entrance  Reef,  about  000  yards  north  of  the 
east  point  of  Catala  Island  at  the  eastern  part  of  ItoUing  Roadstead,  is 
ot  small  extent,  and  covers  at  half  tiood. 

Arnold  Rock,  ^  mile  from  flntrance  Keef,  and  about  400  yards  from 
the  op|)08ite  shore,  is  awash  at  high  water;  midway  between  these 
rocks  are  Gi  fathoms,  and  in  the  roadstead  Irom  4  to  0  fathoms.  The 
outer  rocks  oft'  the  NW.  i)art  of  Catala  Islaud,  open  north  of  the 
low  grassj'  point  at  the  north  side  of  the  latter,  bearing  N.  71'^  W., 
leads  into  Rolling  Roadstead,  midway  between  the  Arnold  Rock  and 
Entrance  Keef 

Half  a  mile  inshore,  and  overlooking  the  NB.  part  of  Rolling  Road- 
stead, is  Leading  Hill.  It  is  of  conical  8hai)e,  and  conspicuous  from 
the  entrance  to  the  Middle  Channel. 

Double  Island  lies  A  mile  from  the  western  shore  at  the  inner  and 
narrowest  part  of  the  entrance  to  Esperanza  Inlet.  It  is  of  small  ex- 
tent, and  wooded.  A  number  of  rocks  exist  between  it  and  the  shore, 
but  400  yards  from  its  east  side  are  depths  of  25  to  45  fathoms. 


FLOWEK    INLKT — QUKKN's    COVE. 


279 


Flower  Islet,  *>ii  tlie  opposite  Hliort>,  ^  mile  Croiii  tlu<  NW.  point 
of  Noolliii  Island,  is  small  ami  haro.  At  •!()(>  vanls  SW.  of  it  is  a 
HinaU  rock  2  fVet  above  lii>,'li  water. 

KaslwurtI  of  Flower  Islet  llie  southern  shore  of  Ksperanza  Inlet 
takes  a  winding;  inejjular  outline  to  the  eastward.  It  is  everywhere 
steej)  to,  and  rises  (jnuhially  to  snminitH  l,',()0()  and  .'{,0(10  feet  high. 
There  are  thioe  ba.VH,  all  too  deep  for  anchorage.  In  the  western  one, 
which  is  ju8(.  within  the  entrance,  are  several  small  islets. 

Center  Island,  i^  mile  oil  i  .r  outhern  shore,  is  about  ■{  mile  \cng  in 
an  east  and  west  <lireetion,  an  \  >f  moderate  height;  its  shores  are 
rocky,  and  may  be  approached  to  '-'00  yards. 

Hecate  Channel,  near  t'  '  iiead  of  the  inic. ,  is  4')'  miles  long  and  has 
un  average  breadth  of  ab  l,lit)Oyard,«  The  eastern  end,  Tahsis  Nar- 
rows, is  about  UOO  yards  wide ;  the  shores  are  high  and  rocky,  and  may 
be  approached  close  to. 

Port  Elixa,  the  entrance  to  which  is  one  mile  KE,  of  Double  Island, 
is  a  narn)\v  arm  ;  its  breadth  varying  from  400  to  8(m»  ^>  ards ;  the  shores 
are  high,  and  there  are  some  rocks  and  small  islands  in  the  entrance, 
and  along  the  eastern  shore.  There  is  good  anciiorii^'c  in  from  14  to  13 
fathoms  at  A  nule  from  the  head,  and  also  in  (^Hieen's  (Jove,  which  is 
upwards  of  one  mile  within  the  entrance  on  the  east  side. 

The  head  terminates  in  a  small  patch  of  low  swampy  land,  through 
which  Mow  two  fresh-water  streams,  and  ofl'  it  a  bank  dries  200  yards  at 
low  water. 

Harbor  Island,  in  the  center  of  the  entrance,  is  wooded  and  of  mod- 
erate height.  The  passage  into  Port  Eliza  on  its  east  side,  through 
Birthday  Channel,  is  400  yards  wide  in  the  narrowest  part,  and  dear 
of  danger.  Between  Harbor  Island  and  the  western  shore  lies  False 
Channel,  which  has  irregular  soundings,  and  in  its  southern  part  are  two 
rocks  which  cover  at  half  tlood. 

Fairway  Island,  on  the  east  side  of  Birthday  Channel,  is  of  small 
extent,  and  covered  with  a  few  stunted  trees;  some  rocks  extend  a  short 
distance  off  around  it,  the  eastern  ones  being  about  6  feet  above  high 
water. 

Channel  Reef,  i  mile  north  of  Harbor  Island,  in  the  middle  of  Port 
Eliza,  is  about  200  yards  in  extent,  and  covers  at  three-quarters  flood; 
at  200  yards  from  its  eastern  side,  are  from  16  to  2(5  fathoms ;  beyond 
this  reef  there  are  no  dangers  in  the  port  at  more  than  200  yards  from 
the  shore. 

Queen's  Cove,  on  the  ep.ntern  side  of  the  port,  about  li  miles  from 
the  entrance,  is  ^  mile  long  •  nd  400  yards  wide,  but  at  the  entrance 
the  width  is  contracted  to  100  yards  by  a  sniall  island,  which  at  low 
water,  is  connected  to  the  eastern  side  of  the  cove. 

The  cove  affords  room  for  a  large  vessel  to  lie  moored  in  the  center. 
Its  shores  are  high  and  rocky,  and  it  is  completely  land-locked,  but  it 
is  easy  of  access  for  steamers ;  most  likely  large  sailing  vessels  would 


2  so 


THE    WEST    COAST    OF    VANCOUVER   ISLAND. 


be  obliged  to  warp  iu  ;  there  is  a  fresh- water  stream  of  considerable  size 
on  the  west  side  of  its  head,  very  convenient  for  watering. 

Espinoza  Arm,  the  entrance  to  which  is  2  miles  NE.  of  port  Eliza, 
is  8  miles  long  in  a  northerly  direction,  and  its  average  breadth  is  4  mile. 
The  soundings  within  it  are  deep,  and  it  affords  no  anchorage;  at  the 
entrance,  on  the  west  side,  are  some  small  islets,  and  a  rock  which  un- 
covers. This  inlet  is  bounded  by  high,  rocky,  rugged  shores,  and 
terminates  in  low  land  at  the  head.  At  the  distance  of  4  miles  within 
the  entrance,  on  the  eastern  side,  is  a  narrow  branch  or  fork  extending 
to  the  NE.  Its  head  is  separated  by  a  narrow  neck  from  the  Zeballos 
Arm.    The  entrance  to  this  narrow  branch  is  choked  up  with  rocks. 

Zeballos  Arm,  at  the  west  end  of  Hecate  channel,  is  about  G  miles 
long  in  a  winding  direction  to  the  NW.,  and  about  j;  mile  wide ;  similar 
to  Espinoza  Arm,  it  offers  no  anchorage  whatevei:,  and  is  of  no  use  to 
the  navigator. 

Directions.— A  stranger  entering  Esi)eranza  Inlet  from  the  south- 
ward tlirough  the  Middle  Channel,  and  intending  to  anchor  in  Port 
Eliza,  should  pass  Ferrer  Point  at  a  distance  of  about  3  miles,  and  keep 
on  a  northerly  course  till  neariug  the  entrance  to  Middle  Channel, 
when  steer  to  bring  Leading  Hill  in  line  with  lilack  Hock  bearing  N. 
13^  E,,  which  will  lead  through  ihe  fairway,  and  clear  of  the  dangers 
on  both  sides  of  the  channel.  When  the  southern  point  of  Catala  Island 
bears  N.  44°  W.,  vessels  will  be  inside  the  dangers  at  entrance  and 
should  steer  about  N.  45^  E.  for  the  entrance  to  Port  Eliza,  pass- 
ing \  mile  east  of  Double  Island.  When  entering  the  port  steer 
through  Birthday  Channel,  passing  "00  yards  east  of  Harbor  Island ; 
when  past  the  east  point  of  the  latter,  keep  about  N.  10°  W.  for  the  en- 
trance to  Queen's  Cove,  or  further  over  to  the  eastern  shore,  to  avoid 
Channel  Keef ;  in  entering  the  cove,  pass  to  the  west  of  the  island  at 
its  entrance,  and  moor  immediately  the  vessel  is  inside,  anchors  NNB. 
and  SSW. 

If  going  to  the  head  of  Port  Eliza,  keep  on  as  before  directed  till 
within  200  yards  of  Queen's  Cove,  when  haul  sharply  to  the  westward, 
keeping  about  200  .yards  from  the  eastern  shore  till  Fairway  Island 
comes  in  line  with  the  eastern  point  of  Harbor  Island  bearing  S.  32°  E., 
when  the  vessel  will  be  west  of  Charnel  Reef,  and  may  steer  up  the 
port  m  mid-channel,  anchoring  near  the  center,  about' J  mile  from  the 
bead,  in  15  or  Hi  fathoms. 

Sailing  vessels  of  any  size  should  not  attempt  to  enter  Port  liliza 
unless  with  a  steady  fair  wind. 

If  bound  to  Koiling  Roadstead,  enter  the  Middle  Channel  as  before 
directed,  but  Instviad  of  steering  for  the  entrance  of  I'ort  Kliza,  keep  on 
a  N.  12'^  E.  course  (passing  about  \  milt  east  of  Black  Rock)  until  the 
outer  extreme  of  the  islets  off  the  northwestern  part  of  Cataia  Island 
come  open  north  of  the  low  grassy  point  o"  its  northern  side  bearing 
U.  77°  W.,  when  haul  in  for  the  roadstead  on  that  mark,  which  will 


E8PERANZA    INLET    DIRECTIONS — KYUQUOT   SOUND. 


281 


lOliza 


lead  midway  between  Arnold  and  Entrance  Reef's ;  anchor  in  0  fathoms, 
witl"  the  extremes  of  Catala  Island  bearing  west  and  S.  10°  E. 

Entering  Esperanza  Inlet  from  the  westward,  keep  an  ottiug  of  2.J  or 
3  miles  from  C.itala  Island  till  Doable  Island  comes  in  line  with  Black 
Rock  bearing  N.  -13°  E.,  and  enter  the  inlet  through  the  Nortli  Channel 
with  this  mark  on,  which  will  lead  in  clear  of  danger.  When  the  Twins 
Islets  bear  N.  32°  VV.  haul  more  to  the  eastward,  passing  |  mile  out- 
side the  Mid  and  Black  Rocks,  and  steer  for  Rolling  Roadstead  or  Port 
Eliza  as  before  directed. 

If  the  weather  be  clear  and  the  marks  can  be  made  out,  both  North 
and  Middle  Channels  are  equally  gooil,  the  latter  being  wide  enough 
for  a  vessel  to  boat  throngh,  though  it  would  De  liazardons  for  strangers 
to  attempt,  as  no  turning  marks  can  be  given. 

Cenerally  a  heavy  swell  prevails  off  the  entrance  to  Nuchatlitz  and 
Esperanza  Inlets,  and  sailing  vessels  should  not  attempt  to  enter  or 
leave  either  of  them  unless  with  a  steady  fair  or  leading  wind. 

The  Coast,  westward  of  Catala  Island  to  Tatchu  I'oint,  takes  a 
westerly  direction  for  ujtwards  of  3  miles,  is  ^indented  by  two  small 
sandy  bays,  and  bordered  by  a  number  of  rocks,  some  of  which  extend 
nearly  2  miles  ott'shore.  Tatchn  Point  is  cliffy;  some  rocks  lie  a  short 
distance  to  the  southward  of  it,  and  there  is  a  native  village  of  consid- 
trable  size  at  i  mile  east  of  it.  Eliza  Dome,  a  remarkable  summit, 
rises  IJ  miles  north  of  the  point,  and  is  very  conspicuous  from  seaward. 

From  Tatchu  Point  the  coast  turns  to  the  NVV.  to  the  entrance  of 
Kyuquot  Sound,  and  is  indented  by  several  small  bays,  in  some  parts 
of  which  boats  may  find  shelter. 

BarrieiT  Islands. — At  2  miles  northwestward  of  Tatchn  Point  is  the 
commencement  of  a  chain  of  small  islands  and  reefs  bordering  the  coast 
of  Vanftouver  Island  for  nearly  20  miles  in  a  westerly  direction  to  the 
entrance  Ouonkinsh  Inlet.  They  extend  in  some  parts  as  far  as  5  miles 
oflshore,  and  through  them  are  two  known  navigable  channels,  the 
Kyuquot  and  Halibut,  leading  to  anchorages;  the  former  chanuel  leads 
into  Kyuquot  Souiul,  and  the  latter  into  Clanninick  Harbor,  but  as  a 
rule  strangers  should  not  venture  in  the  channels  among  these  islands, 
unless  the  weather  be  clear,  or  without  a  pilot. 

Highest  Island,  one  of  the  Barrier  Group,  lying  2  miles  southwest- 
ward  of  Union  Island,  is  a  rennirkable  bare  rock  98  feet  high,  and  use- 
ful in  identifying  the  Kyu(inot  Channel. 

In  thick  weather  vessels  siiould  stand  no  nearer  the  Barrier  Islands- 
than  into  a  depth  of  40  fathoms. 

Kyuquot  Sound  is  a  large  broken  sheet  of  water  penetratii'g  from 
the  coast  to  a  distance  of  14  or  15  miles  inland  in  two  large  arms  and 
several  smaller  ones.  Union  Island,  a  large  island  lying  at  the  entrance, 
forms  on  either  side  of  it  a  channel  into  the  sound,  the  eastern  one  only 
being  fit  for  large  vessels  ;  there  are  also  several  islands  within,  mostly 
small. 


282 


THE    WEST    COAST    OF    VANCOUVER    ISLAND. 


Tbere  are  tluee  anchorages,  Narrowgnt  and  Easy  Creeks  and  Fair 
Harbor,  tlie  two  latter  being  of  considerable  size,  but  at  a  distance  of  13 
and  10  miles  from  the  entrance;  the  former,  though  very  small,  is  only 
5  miles  within  the  sound. 

Kyuquot  Channel  leads  into  llic  sound  through  the  Darrier  Islands 
and  to  tlie  eastward  of  Union  Island.  It  is  nearly  straight,  about  5  miles 
long  in  a  NE.  direction  and  about  'i  mile  wide;  a  mid-channel  course 
through  is  clear  of  danger. 

East  Entrance  Reef,  one  of  the  Barrier  groui>  lying  at  the  south- 
eastern extreme  of  the  channel,  is  about  400  yards  in  extent  and  i  feet 
above  high  water;  vessels  should  not  stand  inside  it,  nor,  when  enter- 
ing the  channel,  round  the  reef  nearer  than  ^  mile. 

Rugged  Point,  the  southeastern  entrance  point  to  Kyuquot  Sound,  is 
rugged  and  rocky,  but  steep-to  on  the  western  side;  between  it  and 
East  Entrance  Ueef  are  a  number  of  rocks,  among  which  vessels  should 
not  venture.  The  eastern  side  of  the  channel  to  the  northward  of  this 
point  is  formed  by  the  Vancouver  shore,  and  is  slightly  indented  and 
steep-to,  to  the  termination  of  the  channel. 

West  Rocks,  at  the  southwestern  extreme  of  Kyuciuot  channel,  are 
two  in  number;  some  rocks  which  cover  at  a  quarter  flood  extend  J 
mile  SE.  from  them,  with  20  fathoms  close  to  their  outer  edge.  When 
navigating  the  channel  do  not  api)roach  West  Rocks  within  g  mile. 

White  Cliff  Head,  the  sontiiern  extreme  of  Union  Island,  is  about 
70  feet  high,  faced  to  the  southward  by  a  remarkable  white  clift";  there 
are  35  fathoms  within  200  yards  of  it.  Ualf  a  mile  north  of  the  head  is 
Kyuquot  Hill,  a  remarkable  summit  740  feet  high,  bare  of  trees  on  its 
eastern  side,  and  very  conspicuous  from  seaward. 

Northward  of  White  Clift"  Head,  the  east  coast  of  Union  Island  trends 
in  an  irregular  outline  to  Chat  Channel  Point;  it  is  geuerallj  rockj',  and 
rises  gradually. 

Chat  Channel  Point,  the  eastern  point  of  Union  Island,  is  a  low 
rocky  point  with  a  remarkable  knob  Just  inside  it;  a  rock  which  covers 
at  a  quarter  Hood  lies  400  yards  east  of  it,  and  the  point  should  not  be 
rounded  nearer  than  ^  mile. 

Leading  Island,  just  northward  of  Kyuquot  Channel,  is  about  1^ 
miles  long  in  an  east  and  west  direction,  and  h  mile  wide:  its  shores  are 
steep  to,  and  the  island  rises  near  the  center  to  a  summit  481)  feet  high* 
which,  wlien  kept  midway  between  White  Clift"  Head  and  U'lgged  Point* 
leads  into  the  sound  through  the  fairway  of  Ivyufjuot  Channel. 

TTnion  Island,  at  tiie  entrance  to  the  sound,  and  protecting  it  from 
the  ocean,  is  of  s(]Uiire  shape;  the  shores  are  rocky  and  much  broken 
on  the  southern  and  western  sides. 

Blind  Entrance  leails  into  Kyuquot  Souml  westward  of  Union  Island, 
it  is  a  narrow  tortuous  channel  with  some  rocks  in  the  outer  part  and 
should  not  be  entered  by  strangers;  coasters  often  enter  the  sound  by 
this  channel,  but  no  directions  can  be  given  for  navigating  it. 


NARKOWGl'T    CREKK — FAIR    HARBOR. 


283 


Narrowgut  Creek,  in  the  Hoiitlieiisteni  part  of  tlio  sound  is  one  milu 
Ion;;  in  uu  e.isterly  direction,  but  is  less  than  200 yards  wide  just  inside 
the  entrance.  The  deptlis  in  it  vary  from  Hi  to  8  fatiioins,  and  tiiere  is 
onlyj'ist  room  for  a  vessel  to  moor;  the  shores  are  iiigli,  the  entrauee 
is  vW,ir  of  dan;r«'',  sintl  the  ereek  ea.iy  of  access  to  steamers.  A  stream 
of  eonsideralde  size  empties  at  the  liead  of  the  creek,  from  which  a 
bank  extends  ottOOO  yards. 

Shlii;,de  Point,  at  the  entrance  to  the  creek  on  the  north  side,  is  bor- 
dered by  a  sandy  beach,  and  has  1)  fathoms  close  to. 

Deep  Inlet,  northward  of  Narrow^jut  Creek,  is  about  3  miles  lony  in 
a  easterly  dire<-,tion,  but  affords  no  anchorajje  ;  on  its  northern  side,  at 
the  entrance,  is  a  remarkable  lii^h  precipice. 

Hohoae  Island  is  nearly  in  the  center  of  the  sound,  J  mile  north  of 
Union  Island  ;  its  shores  are  rocky  and  stee[)to.  On  its  eastern  side 
is  Dixie  ("ove,  where  a  small  craft  may  anchor  in  C  fathoms  completely 
landlocked. 

Pinnace  Channel,  between  liohoae  Island  and  the  eastern  shore  of 
the  sound  is  clear  of  danger. 

Tahsish  Arm  is  in  the  northern  part  of  the  sound.  It  is  0  miles  long 
in  a  winding  direction  to  the  northward,  and  its  shores,  except  at  the 
bead,  are  high,  ruggeil,  and  uiostly  steep-to;  the  head  terminates  in 
low  swampy  land,  through  which  Hows  a  considerable  stream  oft' which 
a  bank  dries  L'OO  yards ;  there  is  a  small  village  at  the  mouth  of  the 
stream ;  on  the  eastern  side,  2  miles  below  the  head,  is  a  similar  stream, 
off  which  a  bank  extends  about  100  yards. 

Fair  Harbor,  on  the  east  side  of  Tahsish  Arm,  is  of  au  oblong  shape, 
and  attbrds  anchorage  near  either  end  in  from  l.'i  toll  fathoms;  its 
shores,  generally,  are  high  and  steep  ;  at  its  head  a  bank  dries  off  for 
200  yards.  The  western  end  of  the  harbor  is  formed  by  a  low,  narrow 
neck,  about  200  yards  wide  at  low  water,  connecting  an  island  to  the 
mainland  of  Vancouver,  and  separating  the  harbor  from  Pinnace  Chan- 
nel. The  entrance  lies  on  the  northernsideof  this  island,  and  has  some 
small  islets  on  its  northern  side;  when  entering  keep  the  southern 
shore  pretty  close  aboard,  but  take  care  to  avoid  a  rock  which  lies  ou 
that  shore  about  halfway  in.  A  patch  of  9  feet  lies  abreast  it,  and 
therefore  considerable  caution  must  bo  observed.  This  harbor  can  be 
entered  by  steamers,  or  sailing  vessels  with  a  fair  wind. 

Some  rocks,  the  outer  one  of  which  covers,  lie  600  yards  west  of  the 
entrance  to  Fair  Harbor,  about  200  yards  from  the  shore. 

Moketas  Island,  in  the  northern  jiart  of  the  sound,  is  rocky,  its 
eastern  anil  western  sides  being  steep-to.  At  200  yards  from  its  north- 
ern shore,  near  the  center,  is  a  sunken  rock,  and  on  its  southeastern  side 
lie  the  Channel  liocks,  a  small  patch,  about  3  feet  above  high  water  ; 
they,  however,  are  steei)-to. 

The  passage  between  Moketas  Island  and  the  northern  shore  of  the 
souiul  is  COO  yards  wide  in  the  narrowest  part :  if  using  it,  vessels  ought 
to  keep  well  over  to  the  northern  side. 


284 


THE    WEST   COAST   OF    VANCOUVER   ISLiND. 


Kokshittle  Arm,  tbe  eutrance  of  which  is  in  the  northwestern  part 
of  the  sonnd,  is  upwards  of  8  miles  long  and  about  one  mile  wide  at 
the  eutrance,  narrowing  gradually  towards  the  head';  its  shores  are 
rocky,  and  of  a  broken  outline,  witii  several  small  islets  off  them.  It 
shoals  gradually  towards  the  head,  and  there  are  no  dangers  ;  a  very 
good  anchorage,  the  best  in  the  sound,  is  on  its  western  side  at  4  miles 
from  the  entrance.  The  head  of  the  arm  terminates  in  low,  swampy 
lan<l,  through  which  Hows  a  small  stream,  and  a  bank  extends  oil"  for 
the  distance  of  about  400  yards. 

Just  within  the  entrance,  on  the  eastern  side,  is  a  small  cove  with  4 
fathoms  in  the  center,  available  for  small  craft. 

Easy  Creek,  the  anchorage  before  referred  to  on  the  western  side  of 
Kokshittle  Arm,  is  about  2  miles  long  in  a  soutlieasterly  direction, 
turning  sharply  round  from  its  entrance  and  running  in  this  direction 
parallel  to  the  inlet,  being  separated  from  it  by  a  narrow  rocky  penin- 
sula. It  is  800  yards  wide  at  the  entrance,  narrowing  gradually  to  the 
head ;  the  depths  in  it  vary  from  12  to  liO  fatiioms,  and  there  is  good 
anchorage  from  ^  mile  within  the  entrance  to  the  head.  The  shores 
are  rocky,  of  moderate  height,  steep-to  on  the  eastern  side,  but  from 
the  western  a  sand-bank  dries  ort'  in  some  parts  for  the  distance  of 
nearly  200  yards.  The  best  anchorage  is  one  mile  within  the  entrance, 
in  from  13  to  10  fathoms,  about  200  or  400  yards  from  the  .astern  shore  ; 
when  entering  keep  near  the  east  shore. 

On  the  opposite  side  of  the  arm,  abreast  Easy  Cri  :,  is  a  village 
and  a  stn^am  of  considerable  size,  off  which  a  bank  dries  out  about  400 
yards. 

Chamiss  Bay,  on  the  western  side  of  Kyuqnot  Sound,  about  one 
mile  from  the  north  part  of  Blind  Eutrance,  is  nearly  J  mile  in  extent, 
but  affords  no  anchorage. 

Directions. — Sailing  vessels  should  not  attempt  to  enter  Kynquot 
Sound,  unless  with  a  steady,  fair,  or  leading  wind,  as  generally  a  heavy 
swell  prevails  outside,  which  in  a  light  wind  would  render  t'  ""  posi- 
tion critical ;  and  strangers  should  not  attempt  to  venture  m  unless 
the  weather  is  clear  and  the  leading  mark  for  the  channel  can  be  easily 
made  out. 

Entering  the  sound  by  the  Kyuqnot  Channel,  which  is  the  only  one 
strangers  should  use,  keep  a  good  oHing  till  the  entrance  of  the  channel 
is  made  out,  when  bring  the  summit  of  Leading  Island  midway  between 
Chat  Channel  and  Rugged  Points  bearing  N.  42°  E.  and  steer  up  the 
channel  with  that  mark  on;  when  noaring  Chat  Chamiel  Point,  give  it 
a  berth  of  at  least  800  yards  to  avoid  the  rock  which  lies  oDf  it.  If 
bound  to  Narrowgut  Creek  pass  eastward  of  Leading  Island,  and  keep- 
ing ab  lut  200  yards  from  the  southern  shore,  enter  the  creek  in  mid- 
channel,  and  moor,  if  ilia  large  vessel,  when  inside. 

If  bound  to  Fair  Harbor,  keep  as  l)efore  directed  till  near  Leading 
Island;  pass  to  the  westward  of  this  islaml,  and  proceed  up  to  the  north- 


KYUQUOT    SOUND    DIRECTIONS — VILLAGE    ISLAND. 


285 


inid- 


ward  tliroiigli  Pinnace  Cluvmiel,  keeping  about  201)  j'ards  or  so  from 
either  shore,  on  to  the  entrance  of  Tahsisii  arm.  On  n  ;aring  Fair 
Harbor  keej)  from  400  to  600  yards  from  the  eastern  side  of  uie  arm  till 
the  entrance  bears  SE.,  when  steer  for  it  on  that  bearing,  keejjing  close 
over  to  the  southern  shore  till  inside,  and  anchor  in  the  middle,  about 
i  mile  from  the  east  end,  in  11  fathoms. 

Bound  to  Easy  Creek,  pass  to  the  westward  of  Leading,  IJohoae  and 
Moketas  Islands ;  enter  the  Kokshitcle  arm  in  mid-channel,  and  pro- 
ceeding up  it  for  a  distance  of  4  miles  will  bring  a  vessel  abreast  the 
creek,  which  maybe  entered  in  mid-chanuel;  anchor  in  from  13  to 
16  fathoms,  about  one  mile  witliin  the  entrance  and  from  liOO  to  400 
yards  from  the  shore. 

Clanninick  Harbor,  on  the  Vancouver  shore,  3  miles  to  the  west- 
ward of  Kyuquot  Sound,  is  about  one  mile  long  in  a  westerly  direction, 
i  mile  wide,  and  aflbrds  good  anchorage  in  from  7  to  10  fathoms,  at 
the  distance  of  ^  mile  from  the  head,  from  which  a  sandbank  extends 
400  yards ;  its  shores  are  mostly'  low,  and  there  are  some  rocks  on  either 
side  of  the  entrance. 

The  harbor  :s  jjrotected  by  V^illage,  Table,  and  other  islands  of  the 
Barrier  group,  Irom  the  ocean,  and  there  is  only  one  channel,  the  Hali- 
but, into  it  through  them,  which,  though  clear  of  danger,  should  not, 
except  under  unavoidable  circumstances,  be  attempted  by  strangers. 

Halibut  Channel,  through  tiie  Barrier  group  from  the  ocean  to  the 
entrance  of  Clanninick  Harbor,  lies  westward  of  Table  and  Village 
Islands  and  east  of  Look-out  Island.  It  is  about  3  miles  long  in  a 
northerly  direction,  and  A  mile  wide  in  the  narrowest  part;  the  depths 
in  are  somewhat  irregul.ar,  but  a  mid-channel  course  through,  exce|)t  in 
the  northern  jtart,  is  clear  of  danger. 

Table  Island,  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  channel,  is  the  largest  of  the 
Barrier  gr(»u|»,  being  nearly  i  mile  in  extent;  some  rocks,  mostly  above 
water,  extend  h  mile  from  its  southern  side,  the  outer  one  being 50  feet 
high,  with  15lathoms  400  yards  west  of  it.  Trap  Ulufton  the  western 
side  of  the  island  is  conspicuous. 

Anchorage. — Half  a  mile  eastward  of  Table  Island  is  an  anchorage 
with  from  4  to  6  fatiioms,  toleraltly  sheltered  by  some  islands  from  sea- 
ward, and  much  used  by  coasters  in  summer  months;  the  entrance  to 
it  is  rather  intricate,  and  strangers  or  any  except  in  a  snnill  vessel 
should  not  attempt  to  enter. 

Village  Tsland,  on  the  east  side  of  Halibut  Channel,  .just  north  of 
Table  Islan,l,  is  small ;  on  its  eastern  side  is  a  large  native  village, 
much  fretpientetl  in  summer;  ottit  a  l»ank  dries  nearly  tiOO  yards.  To 
tlu'  eastward  of  this  island  among  the  Barrier  Islands  is  a  small  cove, 
(Barter  Cove),  with  from  one  to  3  fathoms;  it  is  well  sheltered  in  all 
wi'ather,  and  mucli  frequented  by  coasters  when  fur  trading ;  the  en- 
trance to  it  is  very  narrow,  and  almost  choked  ui>  with  rocks. 


286 


71IE    WEST    COAST    OF    VANCOUVER    ISLAND. 


Rock. — Xoi'tb  of  Village  I.shmd  400  yards  is  a  rock  amisli  at  higb 
w.iter  springs,  hut  there  is  a  deptli  of  j  to  G  fathoms  at  a  distance  of 
200  yards  from  the  western  side. 

Lookout  Island,  at  the  southern  entrance  point  of  Halibut  Chan- 
nel, is  small,  coven  d  with  a  few  trees,  and  about  150  feet  high ;  its 
eastern  side  may  be  approached  to  400  yards,  but  ^  mile  SVV.  of  it  are 
some  rocks,  on  which  the  sea  always  breaks. 

Granite  Island,  which  forms  the  southern  side  of  Clanninick  Har- 
bor, is  about  ^  mile  in  extent,  and  joined  by  a  sandy  beach  at  low  water 
to  the  Vancouver  shore. 

Chief  Rock,  000  yards  from  its  eastern  point,  is  a  very  dangerous 
rock,  which  lies  at  the  termination  of  the  Halibut  Channel,  and  only 
uncovers  at  low- water  springs. 

A  sunken  rock  is  said  to  exist  nearly  midway  in  the  entrance  to  the 
harbor,  400  yards  north  of  Chief  Rock. 

Directions. — Bound  into  Clanninick  Harbor  by  the  Halibut  Channel, 
keep  about  2  miles  ofl'  the  Barrier  Islands  till  Lookout  Island  bears  N. 
10°  W.,  when  steer  for  the  entrance  of  the  channel,  passing  about  400 
yards  east  of  Lookout  Island.  When  the  NW.  end  of  Table  Island 
bears  N.  09^  E,  steer  about  N.  40^  E.,  or  more  easterly,  so  as  to  pass 
about  rj  mile  NW.  of  Trap  Bluft'on  its  western  side;  on  nearing  Gran- 
ite Island,  bring  Trap  Bluff  In  line  with  the  east  high-water  part  of 
Lookout  Island  S.  52°  W.,  and  steer  N.  52°  E.  for  the  entrance  of 
the  harbor,  with  the  above-mentioned  mark  on  astern,  till  the  northern 
side  of  Granite  Island  bears  N.  52^  W.,  or  the  harbor  comes  well 
open,  when  a  vessel  will  be  clear  of  the  Chief  Rock,  and  may  haul  into 
the  northwestward  for  the  anchorage,  passing  about  200  yards  to  the 
southward  of  a  small  rock  2  feet  above  water  lying  on  the  northern  side 
of  the  harbor  300  yards  witliiu  the  entrance. 

As  before  mentioned,  strangers  should  not  attempt  to  enter  this  har- 
bor without  a  pilot,  unless  from  absolute  necessity,  and  if  in  a  sailing 
vessel,  only  with  a  steady  fair  wind. 

Anchorage. — Anchor  in  from  7  to  10  fathoms,  with  the  extremes  of 
the  harbor  bearing  S.  GCP  E.  and  S.  20°  E. 

Ououkinsh  Inlet  is  7  miles  long  in  a  northeasterly  direction,  and 
l,6tl0  yards  wide  at  the  entrance,  narrowing  gradually  towards  the 
head  ;  the  shores  within  are  high. 

There  is  only  one  inditt'erent  anchorage.  Battle  Bay,  just  within  the  en- 
trance on  the  western  side. 

Clara  Islet,  at  the  southeastern  extreme  of  the  entrance,  is  small 
and  bare  ;  vessels  should  not  go  eastward  of,  or  approach  it  within  J 
»nile.  This  island  is  the  westernmost  of  the  Barrier  Islands,  and  lies  21 J 
miles  X.  55°  W.  of  Tatcliu  Point,  where  they  may  be  almost  said  to 
commence. 

Rock. — A  rock,  awash  at  low  water  and  not  indicated  on  the  charts 
has  been  reported  as  situated  off  tiie  mouth  of  Ououkinsh  Inlet,  and 


BUNSBY    ISLANDS — OUOUKINSH    INLET    DIRECTIONS. 


287 


les  of 


small 
liiu  ^ 

«8'JU 

lid  to 

charts 
t,  ami 


uear  the  fairway  of  vessels  entering  that  inlet.  The  rock  lies  on  the 
foUov/iug  bearings:  Clara  Islet  N.  GQo  E.  Outermost  of  the  Barrier 
Islands  8.  't'i°  E. 

Bunsby  Islands  are  on  the  eastern  side  of  entrance,  close  in  shore; 
the  passages  between  them  and  the  shore  are  choked  up  with  rocks,  but 
their  western  side  is  steep-to;  Pinnacle  Point  and  Green  Head  at  their 
southwestern  extreme  are  remarkable.  To  the  northeastward  of  these 
islands  is  .Vlalksope  Inlet,  4  miles  long  in  a  northeasterly  direction,  but 
the  entrance  is  intricate,  and  there  is  no  anchorage  within  it. 

Cuttle  G-roup,  lying  at  the  southwestern  entrance  jioint  of  Ouou- 
kinsh  Inlet,  comprises  a  number  of  small  islets  and  rocks,  some  of  the 
former  being  wooded  ;  nearly  one  mile  SW.  of  them  is  a  rock  on  which 
the  sea  breaks  in  fine  weather.  On  the  Vancouver  shore,  just  N  W.  of 
them,  is  Low  Cone,  a  remarkable  summit,  and  useful  in  identifying  the 
entrance. 

Vessels  should  not  go  to  the  westward  of  these  islets,  or  approach 
their  east  side  nearer  than  400  yards. 

Sulivan  Reefs  are  a  very  dangerous  patch  of  rocks  lying  nearly  3 
miles  outside  the  entrance  of  Ououkinsh  Inlet,  2i  miles  N.  77°  \V.  Clara 
Islet ;  they  are  about  ^  mile  in  extent,  and  the  sea  only  breaks  occasion- 
ally on  them. 

The  entrance  of  Ououkinsh  Inlet  open  X.  46°  E.  leads  east  of  these 
reefs  ;  Solander  Island,  off  Cape  Cook,  just  open  or  shut  in  by  the  land 
east  of  the  cape,  bearing  X.  68°  W.,  leads  south  ;  Hat  Island,  in  the  en- 
trance of  ifasparti  Inlet,  in  line  with  a  summit  on  the  west  shore  of  the 
inlet,  bearing  N.  24°  E.,  leads  west;  and  Hat  Island  seen  between  the 
Haystacks,  bearing  N.  13°  W.,  leads  NE.  ot  them. 

Battle  Bay,  just  within  the  entrance  of  Ououkinsh  Inlet  on  the 
western  side,  is  upwards  of  a  mile  wide,  and  A  mile  deep,  with  several 
islets  ant'  sunken  rocks  inside  it,  near  the  middle ;  near  the  northern 
part  there  is  tauchorage  in  from  6  to  9  fathoms,  which  may  be  used  ii» 
fine  weather. 

Directions. — A  vessel  intending  to  enter  Ououkinsh  Inlet,  and  anchor 
in  Battle  Bay,  should  keep  an  offing  of  4  or  5  miles  from  the  main,  till 
Clara  Islet  at  the  western  extreme  of  the  Barrier  Islands  is  made  out, 
when  steer  for  it  on  a  N.  58°  E.  bearing,  passing  about  ^  mile  west  of 
the  islet  to  avoid  the  rock  previously  mentioaed  oft'  Clara  Island.  When 
abreast  the  islet  steer  for  the  center  of  the  entrance  about  N.  4G°  E.,. 
round  the  Skirmish  Islets,  which  lie  in  the  middle  of  Battle  Bay,  at  a 
distance  of  400  yards,  and  anchor  in  7  fathoms,  midway  between  them 
and  the  north  side  of  the  bay. 

It  is  not  recommended  to  use  this  anchorage,  unless  embayed,  as  it 
aft'ords  but  indifferent  shelter  in  southerly  gales,  and  sailing  vessels, 
should  not  attempt  to  enter  unless  with  a  steady  fair  wind. 

Nasparti  Inlet,  west  of  Ououkinsh  Inlet,  is  about  4  miles  long,  in  a 
northerly  direction,  and  about  |  mile  wide  at  the  entrance,  decreasing 


288 


THK    WEST    COAST    OF    VANCOUVER    ISLAND. 


in  some  places  to  less  than  GOO  yards.  Its  shores  are  lii^h  and  rockj', 
indented  by  some  slight  bays ;  there  is  a  fresh-water  stream  at  the  head, 
from  which  a  bank  extends  abont  000  yards.  There  is  a  secnre  though 
rather  limited  anchorage,  in  from  13  to  IG  fathoms,  at  the  distance  of  J 
mile  from  the  he.ad.  Outside  the  entrance  are  several  dangers,  but  none 
within,  and  the  projecting  points  may  be  a]iproached  to  a  distance  of 
200  yards. 

Haystpcks,  oft'  the  eastern  side  of  the  entrance,  and  ISj  miles  north- 
ward of  the  Snli  ,'an  iteefs,  are  two  bare,  sharp-tojtped,  clitt'y  rocks, 
about  GOO  yards  apart;  there  is  a  clear,  deep  i)assage between  them  and 
the  Snlivan  Keefs;  northward  of  them,  rocks  and  foul  ground  exist. 

East  Rock,  GOO  yards  from  the  eastern  entrance  point,  is  of  small 
extent,  has  17  fathoms  at  a  distance  of  200  yards  to  the  westward  of  it, 
<aiid  covers  at  half  Hood  ;  the  Haystacks  open  south  of  Yule  Islet  bear- 
ing S.  32°  E.,  lead  west  of  it. 

Yule  Islet  lies  midway  between  the  Haystacks  and  Kast  Rock. 

Mile  Rock  Breaker  lies  2  miles  N.  49^  \V.  of  Sulivan  Ueefs.  It  is 
very  dangerous  to  vessels  entering  the  inlet,  as  it  is  of  small  extent  and 
the  sea  oidy  breaks  on  it  in  heavy  weather;  the  depths  around  it  are 
irregular,  there  being  from  13  to  32  fathoms  at  400  yards  from  it. 

Hat  Island,  in  the  entrance  of  inlet,  in  line  with  a  summit  on  the  west 
side  bearing  X.  24°  E.,  leads  east  of  it,  and  well  clear  of  the  Sulivan 
Reefs,  into  the  inlet.  Vessels  should  not  stand  to  the  westward  of  this 
<langer. 

Mile  Rock,  nearly  one  mile  northward  of  the  above-mentioned 
danger,  is  a  small  bare  rock,  12  feet  above  high  water;  there  are  29 
fathoais  200  yards  east  of  it,  and  a  deep  clear  passage  between  it  and 
the  western  shore.  A  ledge,  however,  extends  fully  200  yards  from  its 
northern  side. 

Hat  Island,  lying  in  the  center  of  the  inlet  just  within  the  entrance, 
is  small,  and  has  a  few  stunted  trees  on  the  summit ;  from  the  south- 
ward it  is  \'ery  conspicuous,  and  appears  somewhat  like  a  hat.  It  is 
steep-to  on  the  eastern  side,  but  nearly  midway  between  it  and  the 
western  shore  is  a  shoal  patch  of  2A  fathoms,  marked  by  kelp.  When 
entering  Nasparti  Inlet  pass  eastward  of  the  island. 

Directions. — Nasparti  Inlet  should  not  be  used  by  strangers  unless 
from  necessity,  as  in  thick  or  cloudy  weather  it  might  bo  difficult  to 
make  out  the  leading  marks,  and  no  one  should  attempt  to  enter  uidess 
they  are  well  made  out,  especially  as  the  sea  only  breaks  on  the  out- 
lying dangers  in  heavy  weather,  and  they  are  seldom  seen.  Sailing 
vessels  should,  in  passing  the  entrance  of  this  and  Ououkinsh  Inlet, 
keep  Solander  Island  open  south  of  the  land  east  of  Oape  Oook,  bear- 
ing N.  GGo  W. 

If  entering  Nasparti  Inlet,  keej)  Solander  Island  (off  (Jape  Cook)  in 
line  with  the  land  eastward  of  it  bearing  N.  09°  W.,  until  Hat  Island 
comes  in  line  with  a  summit  on  the  west  side  of  the  inlet  bearing  N.  24° 


CAl'E    COOK — KLA8KISH    INLET. 


289 


•ance, 
south- 
It  is 
ml  the 

When 

unless 
cult  to 

unless 
he  out- 
Sailing 
Inlet, 

,  bear- 
look)  in 

Island 
N.  24a 


E.,  when  steer  in  for  the  entrance  on  that  bearing,  which  will  lead  east 
of  the  Mile  Rock  Breaker,  well  clear  of  the  Sulivan  Ueefa,  and  west  of 
East  Hock;  pass  20Q  or  400  yards  east  of  Hat  Island  and  steer  up  the 
inlet  in  mid-chanuel,  anchoring  in  13  fatLonis,  about  J  uiile  from  the 
head. 

Brooks  Peninsula. — To  the  westward  of  Nasparti  Inlet  is  a  peuinsula 
of  an  oblong  sliape,  projecting  into  the  ocean  in  a  SW.  direction;  its 
shores  are  for  the  most  part  ver^'  rocky,  and  rise  almost  abruptly  from 
tlieseato  upwards  of  2,000  feet;  there  are  several  off-lying  dangers 
around  it,  some  of  which  extend  upwards  of  one  mile  fro  n  tiie  sliore. 

Cape  Cook  or  Woody  Point,  the  soutii  western  extreme  of  this  penin- 
sula, is  the  most  projecting  point  of  the  outer  coast  of  Vancouver  Island. 
The  cape  rises  abruptly  fiom  the  sea  to  a  summit  1,200  feet  high. 

At  a  distance  of  2  miles  from  Cape  Cook  and  the  soucliern  side  of  the 
peninsula  the  depths  are  from  20  to  90  fathoms,  and  as  a  rule  vessels 
should  not  approach  nearer. 

Banks  Reef,  which  covers  at  three-quarters  flood,  and  on  which  the 
sea  breaks  heavily,  lies  3  miles  S.  44'^  E.  of  Cape  Cook,  and  §  mile  distant 
from  the  soutli  shore  of  the  peninsula. 

Solander  Island,  nearly  one  mile  off  Cape  Cook,  is  bare,  and  has  two 
sharp  summits ;  between  it  and  the  cape  the  passage  is  choked  up  with 
rocks,  and  vessels  or  boats  should  not  go  inside  the  island. 

Brooks  Bay,  on  the  western  side  of  Brooks  Peninsula,  is  a  large 
open  bay  about  12  miles  wide,  and  6  miles  deep  ;  there  are  several  dan- 
gers within  it,  and  two  inlets,  Klaskish  and  Klaskiuo,  which  afford  an- 
chorage but  are  very  difficult  of  access,  and  vessels  should  not  attempt 
to  enter  either  unless  embayed  and  unable  to  get  out  of  Brooks  Bay. 

Clerke  Reefs  lie  in  tlie  southeastern  part  of  the  bay,  5  miles  north- 
ward of  Cape  Cook,  their  outer  extreme  being  2J  miles  off  the  eastern 
shore  of  the  bay.  They  cover  an  extent  of  upwards  of  2  miles,  some  are 
under  water,  others  uncover  and  vessels  should  not  venture  among 
them. 

Cape  Cook  kept  on  8.  4^  E.  bearing  leads  2  miles  west  of  these  reefs ; 
and  Small  Islet,  at  the  entrance  of  Klaskish  Inlet,  in  the  line  with  Lead- 
ing Cone  at  its  head,  bearing  N.  84^  E.,  leads  1^  miles  north. 

Klaskish  Inlet  is  about  3  miles  long  in  a  easterly  direction,  and  one 
mile  wide  at  entrance;  at  its  head  ia  a  long  narrow  basin,  the  entrance 
of  whicli  is  too  contracted  for  vessels  to  enter.  Tiiere  is  an  anchorage 
just  witliin  the  entrance  to  the  inlet  on  the  southern  side  to  the  eastward 
ot  Shelter  Island,  but  it  is  difficult  of  access  to  sailing  vessels. 

Surge  Islets,  on  the  southern  side  of  the  entrance,  about  ^  mile  from 
tiie  shore,  are  small  and  rocky;  foul  ground  exists  among  them,  and  in 
entering  the  iidet  vessels  should  not  approach  their  western  side  nearer 
than  800  yards. 

Shelter  Island,  just  within  the  entrance  of  the  inlet,  has  a  summit  at 
t'achend  covered  with  a  few  stunted  trees;  some  rocks  extend  a  short 
14205— No.  00 -19 


.JO 


THE    WEST    COAST    OF    VANCOUVER    ISLAND. 


distance  from  its  tastern  and  western  sides,  but  tiio  iiortliern  sliorc  is 
steepto.  Tlie  anchorage  on  its  eastern  side  is  about  A  '>'ilo  in  extent, 
with  from  10  to  13  fatlionis,  well  shelter'  d,  but  tlie  bottom  is  irregular; 
the  entrance  to  it,  round  the  northeastern  side  of  the  island,  is  less  than 
200  yards  wide  in  the  narrowest  part.  About  liOO  yards  from  the  north- 
eastern point  of  Shelter  is  Hare  Islet,  which  on  entering  the  anchorage 
should  bn  passed  close  to  on  its  east  side. 

Between  Shelter  Island  and  the  north  entrance  point  of  the  inlet  isa 
heavy  confused  sea,  which  is  dangerous  for  sailing  vessels,  as  the  wind 
generally  fails  there. 

Directions. — Entering  Klaskish  Inlet  from  the  eastward  and  intend- 
ing to  anchor  in  the  anchorage  on  the  east  side  of  Shelter  I-iland,do 
not  bring  cape  Cook  to  the  southward  of  S.  4^  E.,  till  Leadiu";  Cone 
comes  in  line  with  Small  Islet,  which  mark  will  lead  into  the  inlet  well 
north  of  the  Gierke  Ueefs  and  Surge  Islets-  when  abreast  the  latter 
haul  a  little  to  the  eastward,  so  as  to  enter  midway  between  Small  Islet 
and  Shelter  Island;  pass  within  200  yards  east  of  Hare  Islet,  and  an- 
chor in  13  fathoms  with  the  extremes  of  Shelter  bearing  N.  .38^  W.  and 
S.  740  w. 

Caution. — The  entrance  to  this  anchorage  is  intricate  and  narrow; 
and  unless  necessary  vessels  larger  than  coasters  should  not  attempt 
it,  as  a  heavy  sea  rages  all  around  the  outer  parts. 

Ship  Rock,  lying  7i  miles  N.  13°  E.  of  capo  Cook,  in  the  center  of 
Brooks  Bay,  and  midway  between  Klaskish  and  Klaskino  Inlets,  is  of 
small  extent,  and  has  from  17  to  20  fathoms  close  on  its  south  and  east 
sides;  the  sea  generally  breaks  very  heavily  over  it. 

Leading  Mark. — Small  Islet,  in  line  with  Leading  Cone,  N.  84°  E., 
leads  south  of  it;  and  Twenty-foot  Kock,  at  the  entrance  of  Klaskino 
Inlet,  in  line  with  lower  part  of  the  stripe  on  Red  Stripe  Mountain  on 
the  north  shore  of  that  inlet,  bearing  N.  54°  E.,  leads  NVV.  of  it. 

Klaskino  Inlet,  the  entrance  to  which  is  in  the  northern  part  of 
Brooks  Bay,  is  nearly  (i  miles  long  in  a  winding  direction  to  the  east- 
ward. Numerous  rocks  lie  oft'  the  entrance,  but  th.ro  is  a  safe  though 
intricate  passage  through  them  ;  and  there  is  also  a  good  anchorage 
on  the  southern  side  2  miles  within  the  inlet.  The  inlet  becomes  nar- 
row towards  the  head,  with  high  and  rocky  shores,  terminating  in  low 
land  at  the  head. 

Knob  Point,  the  sonthern  entrance  point  of  the  inlet,  is  rocky,  and 
covered  with  a  few  stunted  trees,  and  close  to  its  outer  part  is  a  rocky 
knob  about  100  feet  high.  From  Knob  Point  a  line  of  reefs  above  and 
below  water,  with  deep  water  between  them,  extends  fully  li  miles  in  a 
NW.  direction. 

Twenty-foot  Rock,  SOO  yards  JJ.  44^*  W.  of  Knob  Point,  is  bare.  It 
is  conspicuous  from  the  outside,  and  there  are  1!)  fathoms  close  to  its 
north  and  west  sides,  but  between  it  and  Knob  Point  the  passage  is 
choked  up  with  rocks;  the  only  channel  into  the  inlet  being  to  the  west- 
ward of  the  rock,  between  it  and  tlie  Channel  Ueefs. 


.. 


ANCHORAOi:    ISLAND KLASKIXO    INLET    DIRECTIONS.        291 


Two  rocks  on  wliieli  the  sea  breaks  at  low  water  lie  to  the  southward 
of  the  Channel  Reefs  and  one  mile  distant  from  Knob  Point.  The  south- 
ernmost lies  1  mile  8.  71°  W.  of  Twenty-foot  Kock. 

Channel  Reefs,  tiie  soutiieastern  part  of  whicii  is  700  yards  N.  77° 
W.  of  Twenty-foot  Hock,  are  an  irrejfuiar  cluster  of  rocks,  mostly  under 
water,  extending  in  a  northwesterly  direction  to  the  northwestern  shore 
of  Brooks  Bay.  There  is  deep  water  between  them  in  many  i)laces,  but 
the  only  safe  passage  into  Klaskiiio  Inlet,  upwards  of  r»00  yards  wide, 
witii  (leei)  water,  is  between  tlicir  sniulicastern  part  and  Twenty-foot 
Rock. 

Anchorage  Island,  in  the  middle  of  the  inlet,  about  2  miles  within 
the  entrance,  is  of  small  extent  and  rocky;  some  small  islets  extend 
200  yards  from  its  northwestern  and  southeastern  points.  The  anchor- 
age between  the  eastern  side  of  this  island  and  the  sliore  is  from  fiOO  to 
800  yards  in  extent  and  well  sheltered.  Tiie  entrance  to  it,  round  Ihe 
southeastern  point  of  Anchorage  Islaml,  is  about  200  yards  wide  in  the 
narrowest  part. 

Between  Twenty-foot  Rock  and  the  entrance  to  the  anchorage  are 
several  dangers;  a  rock  3  feet  high,  and  another  2  feet  high,  lie  in  the 
southern  part  of  the  inlet  S\V.  of  Anchorage  Island,  and  there  is  a  reef 
whicli  covers  200  yards,  N.  83°  W.  of  the  latter  rock. 

Above  Anchorage  Island  some  rocks  extend  nearly  across  the  inlet, 
rendering  it  almost  impossible  for  a  vessel  to  go  beyond  them. 

Red  Stripe  Mountain,  rising  on  the  northern  side  of  entrance, 
abreast  Anchorage  Island,  is  a  remarkable  conical-shaped  summit  2,200 
feet  high,  with  a  valley  on  either  side  of  it ;  on  its  south  part  facing 
seaward  is  a  conspicuous  red  cliffy  stripe  or  laudslii),  easily  distinguished 
from  the  outside. 

Directions. — Bound  for  Klaskino  Inlet,  when  outside  Ship  Rock, 
bring  Twenty-foot  Rock  in  line  with  the  lower  part  of  the  red  stripe  on 
Red  Stripe  Mountain  bearing  N.  5'P  E.,  and  run  boldly  for  the  entrancje 
with  that  mark  on,  which  will  lead  east  of  the  eastern  patches  of  the 
Channel  Reefs;  keep  on  this  course  till  within  400  yards  of  Twenty- 
foot  Rock,  when  haul  a  little  to  the  northward,  and  pass  it  on  its  north 
side  at  200  yards  distance,  after  which  steer  about  N.  85°  E.  for  the 
center  or  southern  part  of  Anchorage  Island,  passing  200  yards  north 
of  the  rocks  oft"  the  southern  side  of  the  iidet;  when  abreast  the  south- 
western point  of  the  island,  haul  quickly  to  the  southward  and  east- 
ward, round  the  rocks  off  its  southeastern  point  within  100  yards,  and 
anchor  in  from  9  to  10  fathoms  midway  between  the  eastern  side  of  the 
island  and  the  main,  with  the  extremes  of  the  former  bearing  X.  21°  W. 
and  S.  80°  W. ;  a  large  vessel  should  moor. 

The  entrance  to  Klaskino  Anchorage  is  even  more  intricate  than  that 
of  Klaskish,  and  should  not  be  attempted  by  strangers  unless  absolutely 
necessary  for  safety. 

Water. — Fresh  water  may  be  procured  at  both  these  anchorages. 


292 


THK    WKST  COAST   OF   VANCOUVER   ISLAND. 


Three  miles  from  Klaskiiio,  in  the  iiorthwesterii  part  of  Brooks  Bay, 
is  a  larfje  rivnlel  wliero  Ixtats  may  enter  and  lliitl  shelter  in  had  weather. 

Lawn  Fointi  the  northwestern  extreme  of  Brooks  Bay  is  low,  and 
some  rocks  extend  more  than  ^  mile  in  an  easterly  direction  from  it, 
inside  of  which  a  boat  may  tlnil  shelter.  The  sea  breaks  violently  about 
this  i»oint,  and  everywhere  along  the  shores  of  Brooks  Bay. 

The  land  in  the  vicinity  of  Lawn  Point  appears  very  fertile,  and 
lifjhtly  timbered ;  it  rises  yradnaliy  from  the  sea  to  a  height  of  1,900 
feet.  A.t  a  distance  of  3  miles  from  the  point  are  from  24  to  30  fathoms, 
and  a  vessel  should  keep  'i  good  ofling. 

Boat  Shelter. — Between  the  entrance  to  Klaskino  Inlet  and  Lawu 
PoitJt  is  a  deep  bay,  in  which  are  several  islets  and  reefs ;  it  is  unfit  for 
anchorage,  being  open  to  seaward,  but  at  its  head,  uorth  of  May-day 
Island,  there  is  good  shelter  for  boats. 

Quatsino  Sound,  the  northwcs  inmost  of  the  deep  inlets  on  the 
outer  coast  of  Vancouver  Island,  letrates  the  island  in  a  uortheast- 
erly  direction  for  upwards  of  25  ii  .es.  At  the  entrance  it  is  nearly  6 
miles  wide,  imrrowing  to  less  than  one  mile  at  a  distance  of  5  miles 
within;  the  sound  then  takes  a  northeasterly  direction  for  13  mi  ea, 
when  it  branches  ofi"  in  t\ro  arms,  one  exteuding  to  the  3E.  for  12 
miles,  and  terminating  in  low  land.  The  other  lies  to  the  northward, 
and  is  connected  with  the  sound  by  a  straight  narrow  pass  ''out  2  miles 
long ;  it  is  2:i  miles  long,  and  the  eastern  extreme,  Rupert  arm,  is  only 
6  miles  distant  from  Ilardy  Bay  on  the  noi  liieastern  side  of  Vancouver 
Island.  Just  within  the  entrance  of  the  sound  on  the  northern  side  is 
Forward  Inlet,  a  much  smaller  arm,  about  6  miles  long  in  a  northerly 
direction,  in  which  are  the  best  anchorages  in  the  sound. 

The  shores  of  Quatsino  Sound  are  mostly  high,  and  near  the  entrance 
very  much  broken ;  there  are  several  small  islands  within  and  along  its 
shores. 

There  are  several  dangers  along  the  southern  shore  at  the  entrance; 
in  the  fairway  are  two  very  dangerous  rocks,  on  which  the  sea  only 
breaks  in  heavy  weather,  and  it  requires  great  caution  on  the  part  of 
the  navigator  to  avoid  them. 

Reef  Point,  the  southeastern  entrance  point  of  the  sound  is  low 
and  rocky,  but  rises  gradually  to  a  well-defined  summit ;  the  coast  be- 
tweon  it  and  Lawn  Point  forms  a  slight  bay  filled  with  a  number  of  rocks 
extending  a  considerable  distance  from  the  shore. 

Boat  Cove,  into  which  flows  a  small  stream  (Culleet  Kiver)  in  which  a 
boat  can  enter,  and  find  shelter  in  bad  weatlier,  is  a  small  bight  on  the 
eastern  shore  of  the  sound,  5i  miles  north  of  Reef  Point;  the  coast  be- 
tween the  two  places  is  indented  by  several  bays,  and  fringed  by  a  bar- 
rier of  reefs,  which  extend  in  many  places  nearly  one  mile  from  the 
shore,  and  over  which  the  sea  usually  breaks  very  heavily. 

Bold  Bluff,  a  bold,  rocky,  salient  blutf  rising  suddenly  to  upwards  of 
200  feet,  when  it  slopes  gradually  to  a  summit  1,609  feet  high ;  it  may 


SURF    ISLANDS — FORWARD    INLKT. 


293 


licb  a 

n  the 

5t  be- 

bar- 

i  the 

'dsof 
may 


bo  safely  approadieil  to  within  a  distance  of  -00  yards.  At  tliis  spot 
tile  sound  contracts  to  less  tlian  one  mile  in  1)readtli. 

The  sliore  between  lloat  Cove  and  Hold  Hlntt'is  rocky,  l)ut  iippiuently 
Hteep-to,  and  clear  of  danger. 

Surf  Islands,  lA  miles  8.  40°  W.  of  Bold  Hluif,  are  a  ciiain  of  snnill 
islands,  nearly  one  mile  long  in  a  NNW.  and  8SK.  direction,  some  of 
which  are  covered  with  a  lew  stunted  trees,  and  are  about  10  feet  above 
high  water;  a  short  distance  from  them  are  a  luimber  of  rocUs  on  which 
the  sea  breaks,  but  Oo(»  yards  fron.  their  south  and  west  sides  there  are 
from  10  to  M)  fathoms.  Altliongh  there  appears  to  be  di-ep  water  be- 
tween these  islanils  and  the  eastern  sule  of  tlie  sound,  ii:  is  not  advisable 
to  use  thiit  passage,  as  it  has  not  been  sutllciently  exanuned. 

Entrance  Island,  at  the  northwestern  entrance  pt>int  of  the  sound, 
is  small  and  rocky,  and  covered  with  a  few  stunted  trees.  It  is  sleep  to 
on  its  southeastern  side,  which  May  be  apjiroached  to  400  yards;  to  the 
northward  of  it  is  a  narrow  boat  pass  into  the  sound,  about  200  yanls 
wide,  but  fllled  with  rocks. 

Danger  Rocks,  nearly  in  the  fairway,  are  two  very  dangerous  pin- 
nacle rocks,  of  small  extent,  steep-to  on  all  sides.  The  south  Danger 
Hock  is  awash  at  low  water,  and  lies  one  mile  S.  00^  E.  of  the  southern 
extreme  of  Entrance  Island;  the  north  Danger  Itock  is  1,400  yards 
distant  from  the  same  island. and  breaks  at  low  water;  there  is  deep 
water  between  the  rocks.  The  sea  very  seldom  breaks  on  these  rocks ; 
great  caution  is  therefore  reqiured,  when  entering  or  leaving  the  sound, 
to  avoid  them. 

Leading  Marks. — Pinnacle  Islet  in  line  with  the  east  point  of  Low 
Islets,  ii  Forward  Inlet,  bearing  N.  7^  W.,  leads  west  of  Danger  Kocks, 
and  niiilway  between  the  north,  rock  and  Entrance  Island. 

Kobson  Island,  in  Forward  Iidet,  open  north  of  Entrance  Mount  Point 
bearing  N.  38^  W.,  leads  east  of  Danger  RocUs;  and  Village  Islet,  on 
the  east  siile  of  Forward  Iidet,  Just  touching  Brown  Point  bearing  N. 
L'T^  W.  leads  about  J  mile  east  of  them,  and  midway  between  them  and 
the  Surf  Islainls. 

Bold  Bluff  in  line  with  the  gap  in  the  center  of  Surf  Islands,  bearing 
N.  44°  E.,  leads  SE.  of  the  south  Danger. 

Between  the  Danger  Kocks  and  Surf  Islands,  the  passage  is  IJ  miles 
wide ;  and  clear  of  danger. 

Forward  Inlet  becomes  shoal  at  the  head,  and  terminates  in  large 
salt  water  lagoons;  in  the  npper  part  it  contracts  to  less  than  \  niile  in 
wi<lth  in  some  places.  There  are  two  anchorages  within  it,  Xorth  ami 
Winter  Harbors,  the  former  easy  of  access  to  sailing  vessels,  and  both 
are  very  secure -tind  well  sheltered. 

Entrance  and  Flattop  Jlountains,  on  the  west  side  of  Forward  Inlet, 
near  the  entrance,  are  very  conspicuous  objects  from  seaward. 

Pinnacle  Islet,  !J  mile  north  of  Entrance  Island,  is  a  small.  Jagged 
rock  about  40  feet  high,  with  a  few  trees  on  its  summit.  Tteere  are  15 
fat'toms  at  200  yards  from  its  eastern  side. 


294 


TllK    WEST    COAST    OF    VANCOUVER    ISLAND. 


A  slioal  patch  of  S  fatlioui.s  lies  in  the  fairwiiy  to  the  inlet,  1,2U0  yards 
east  of  IMiinacle  Islet. 

Robson  Island,  U  miles  from  Piiiiiacle  Islet,  is  about  J  mile  in  ex- 
tenc;  its  shores  are  rocky,  but,  at  a  distance  of  I'UO  yards,  free  from 
danger  on  its  northern  and  eastern  sides.  Between  it  and  the  west 
shore  is  a  narrow  passage  of  2  to  5  fathoms  water. 

LoTV  Islets,  HVj.  of  Robson  Island,  are  small  wooded  islands  which 
are  steep-to  on  all  sides. 

Village  Islet. — .\  small  village  is  situated  on  the  eastern  side  of  For- 
•ward  Ink't,  abreast  Kobson  Island, and  closeott'it  is  Village  I.slet,  a  small, 
bixre  islet  about  40  feet  high,  which  is  rather  conspicuous. 

North  Harbor,  N\V.  of  Robson  Island,  is  a  snug  and  secure  anchor- 
age. The  entrance  is  COO  yards  wide,  rendering  the  harbor  easy  of 
access  to  sailing  vessels ;  it  is  perlnips  the  best  anchorage  within  the 
sound,  and  from  being  only  4  miles  within  the  entrance,  is  very  conven- 
ient. Browning  Croek,  in  its  western  part,  extends  1:^^  miles  to  the 
westward,  and  is  very  narrow,  with  from  2  to  .5  fathoms  water  in  it,  ter- 
minating in  a  slnillow  basin,  dry  at  low  water. 

Observatory  Rock,  which  lies  on  the  norliiein  side  of  the  entrance 
to  North  IJarbiir,  is  a  small,  bare  rock,  connected  at  htw  water  to  the 
mainland. 

Winter  Harbor  comprises  that  part  of  Forward  Inlet  which  runs  in 
a  NE.  direction,  and  is  a  capacious  anchorage.  Its  shores  are  low,  and 
bordered  by  a  sainly  beach,  and  the  harbor  becomes  shoal  at  a  dist''.nce 
of  one  mile  from  the  head. 

Log  Point,  just  outside  the  entrance  to  this  harbor  on  the  eastern 
side,  is  low,  and  bordered  by  a  sandy  beach  ;  to  the  southward  of  it, 
and  extending  800  yards  from  the  shore,  is  the  New  Bank,  with  3i  fath- 
oms on  the  shoalest  part,  and  contracting  the  breadth  of  the  entrance 
passage  to  the  harbor  to  less  than  200  yards  between  it  ami  a  shoal  -spit 
extending  from  the  opimsite  shore;  but  by  lceei)ing  a  little  over  to  the 
western  side  when  al)reast  North  Harbor,  vessels  may  avoid  this  bank 
and  enter  Winter  Harbor  without  danger. 

At  the  narrowest  part  of  the  entrance  to  Winter  Ilarbm,  above  Log 
Point,  on  the  western  side,  is  a  low,  grassy  piiint,  bordered  by  a  sandy 
beach,  which  is  steejito,  there  being  10  fathoms  within  1(H)  yards  of  it. 

Burnt  Hill,  jusi  over  Brown's  Point,  the  northeastern  entrance  point 
of  Forward  lulet,  is  remarkable  from  tiie  southward,  being  l)are  of  trees 
and  clilVy  on  its  soutiierii  side;  one  mile  NF.  of  it  is  Nose  Peak,  another 
conspicuous  summit,  wilii  a  bare,  rocky  top. 

Bare  Islet,  lying  oil' the  northeastern  entrance  \miit  to  Forward  Inlet, 
is  about  12  feet  high,  and  steep-to  on  the  outside;  it  is  30(1  yards  from 
the  shore,  but  the  |)assage  insivl-^  is  oidy  fit  for  a  ooac. 

Pilley  Shoal  of  3  fathoms,  on  the  ncthern  side  of  Quatsiii)  Sound. 
is  of  small  extent,  stee])-to  on  the  outside,  aim  iii..;l:"d  by  kelp.  It  lies 
300  yards  from  the  shore  and  one  mile  westward  of  Bold  Bluff. 


r 


KOPKINU    HAUUOU — I'RIDEAUX    i'OlM'. 


295 


Boat  Cove,  on  tho  nortlieru  side  of  the  sonml,  is  of  small  extent, 
with  r>  fathoius  inside  ;  it  would  alt'ord  good  shelter  for  a  small  craft ; 
the  noitheiii  shore  of  Quatsiuo  Sound  between  *it  and  Bare  Islet  is 
roiky  and  very  much  broken. 

Bedwell  Islets,  lying  5^  miles  within  the  entrance,  ott'a  projecting 
point  on  the  northern  side  of  the  sound,  are  of  small  extent,  wooded, 
anil  separated  from  the  shore  by  a  very  narrow  boat  pass,  which  is  con- 
spicuous from  the  entrance. 

Monday  J3hoal,  at  GOO  yards  NE.  of  them,  has  4  fathoms  on  it,  is 
marked  liy  kelp,  and  steep-to  on  the  outside  ;  eastward  of  Bedwell  Islets 
no  sea  is  ever  experienced  in  the  sound. 

Koprino  Harbor,  in  the  center  of  a  bay  on  the  northern  side  of  Quat- 
sino  .Sounil,  is  a  i  erf'ectly  landlocked  but  small  anchorage,  attbrding 
room  for  one  or  two  ships  to  lie  moored  within.  It  lies  to  the  north- 
ward of  lMumi)er  Island,  which  is  about  i  mile  in  extent,  low,  wooded, 
and  steep  to  on  all  sides,  there  being  a  good  passage  on  either  side  of 
it  into  the  harbor. 

Dockyard  Island,  in  the  western  part  of  the  harbor,  midway  be- 
tMeen  Plumper  Island  and  the  northern  shore,  is  small,  but  may  be 
approached  close  to;  a  ledge,  the  greatest  depth  on  which  is  4  fathoms, 
connects  it  with  IMumper  Island. 

Mud  Bank,  about  300  yards  east  of  Dockyard  Islaml,  in  the  middle 
of  the  harbor,  is  a  snmll  patch  of  15  feet;  there  is  good  anchorage  L'OO 
yards  SW.  of  Dockyard  Island,  in  14  fathoms. 

Wedge  Island  lies  at  the  eastern  limit  of  the  anchorage,  about  200 
yards  from  Plumper  Island;  it  is  ver\  small,  and  covered  with  a  few 
bushes;  a  ledge  extends  a  short  distance  from  it  to  the  westward  ;  there 
is  a  deep  i)assage  close  to  on  either  side  of  it  into  the  harbor. 

Obsevatory  Islet,  at  the  northeastern  extreme  of  the  harbor,  is  bare 
about  lli  feet  high  and  GOO  yards  from  the  northern  shore,  connected  to 
the  latter  by  a  baidi  which  dries  at  low  water. 

East  Passage,  leading  into  Koprino  Harbor,  eastwanl  of  Plumper 
Island,  is  f,  mile  wide  at  entrance,  narrowing  to  400  yards  at  its  termi- 
nation, is  clear  of  danger. 

East  Cove,  the  head  ot  the  bight  between  Observatory  Islet  and 
Prideanx  Point,  in  the  northeastern  part  of  East  Passage,  aj)pears  to 
aftbrd  a  good  anchorage  in  G  to  10  fathoms  ;  but  the  entrance  to  it  has 
hardly  been  sullieiently  examined  to  recommend  its  being  used  by  a  large 
vessel. 

Prideaux  Point  is  low,  bordered  by  a  sandy  beach,  and  may  be  ap- 
proached to  a  distance  of  L'OO  ,vards.  The  northern  shore  of  the  sound 
from  Prideanx  Point  takes  a  general  northeasterly  direction  for!)  miles 
to  Collin  Islet,  at  the  entrance  of  Hecate  ("ove.  It  is  bordered  by  a 
sandy  beach,  ii  nd  is  clear  of  danger  at  the  distance  of  L'OO  yards,  except 
in  the  vicinity  of  the  Percy  Ledge,  which  lies  (i  miles  from  Pri<leaux 
Point,  is  400  yards  from  the  shore,  and  has  4  fathoms  on  its  outer  edge. 


■-■■   •^.■■■-  \--''^:--' 


296 


THE    WEST    COAST    OF    VANCOUVER    ISLAND. 


From  Bold  Bliitt'  il!<?  southern  sLore  of  the  soiuul  runs  nearly  parallel 
to  the  northiTii  for  13  i.'iiles.  It  is  high  and  indented  by  two  bays  of 
considerable  size  aiid'so:i:e  small  creeks,  none  of  which  aft'ord  anchorage. 
In  Koskeemo  Bay,  at  2  miles  within  Bold  Bluff,  is  a  native  village  of 
considerable  size. 

Village  Islands,  at  the  east  extreme  of  Koskeemo  Bay,  are  of  small 
exten'  and  low;  their  outer  part  is  steep  to. 

Brockton  Island,  lying  400  yards  from  a  projecting  point  on  the 
southern  side  of  the  sound,  is  nearly  i  mile  long,  but  narrow  ;  its  western 
side  is  8teei)to. 

Limestone  Island,  in  the  center  of  the  sound,  is  the  largest  island 
in  the  sound  and  shaped  somewhat  like  a  crescent.  Its  shores  are  rocky, 
but  clear  of  danger,  and  the  island  is  of  moilerate  height;  Quiet  Cove, 
on  its  northwestern  side,  is  small,  and  affords  anchorage  for  small  craft. 

Foul  Islets,  lying  midway  between  Uolloway  Toint,  the  southwest- 
ern extreme  of  Limestone  Island  and  the  southern  shore  of  the  sound, 
are  small,  and  about  OOO  yards  in  extent  in  an  east  and  west  direcHou* 
There  is  a  clear  deep  passage  about  400  yards  wide  on  either  side  of 
them  ;  the  southern  passage  is  to  be  preferred. 

Single  Islet,  J  mile  eastward  of  Uolloway  Point,  is  low  and  bare,  but 
may  be  a[)proached  to  the  distance  of  200  yards. 

Kultus  Cove,  abreast  Limestone  Island,  on  the  southern  side  of 
the  sound,  is  about  A  mile  in  extent,  with  irregular  soundings,  of  from  12 
to  25  fathoms ;  it  affords  no  anchorage  except  for  small  craft. 

Southeast  Arm  varies  in  breadth  from  (iOO  yards  to  one  mile.  Its 
shores  are  generally  high  and  rugged,  but  terminate  in  low  land  at  the 
head;  the  depths  are  great,  and  there  is  no  anchorage,  except  for 
small  craft ;  a  bank  dries  off  400  yards  from  the  head,  and  close  to  its 
edge  is  15  fathoms. 

Mist  Rock,  5  miles  within  the  entrance,  ami  800  yards  from  the  east- 
ern shore,  is  of  small  extent,  and  covers  at  half  tlood  ;  it  is  theonlj' 
danger  in  the  Southeast  Arm,  but  by  iveei)ing  in  mi<l-channel  or  well 
over  to  the  western  shore  vessels  will  clear  it. 

Atkins  Cove,  on  the  eastern  sidy  of  entrance  to  the  Southeast  Arm, 
is  200  yards  wide,  with  from  5  to  7  fathoms  ;  there  is  room  for  a  small 
vessel  to  anchor  in  it,  but  tlie  (;ove  is  open  to  the  southeastward. 

Whitestone  Point,  at  the  8ei)aration  of  the  two  arms  at  tiie  head  of 
Quatsino  Sound,  is  a  rocky  point  of  moderate  height.  Bull  Kock, 
which  covers,  and  is  marketl  by  kelp,  lies  OOO  yardsoff  Whitestone  Point, 
and  400  yards  from  the  shore.  Between  Atkins  (Jove  and  Whitestone 
Point  the  coast  is  rocky,  and  should  not  be  approached  nearer  than 
600  yards. 

Hecate  Cove,  on  the  northern  shore,  imlents  the  shore  about  !^  mile 
in  a  northerly  direction,  is  from  400  to  GOO  yards  wide,  and  affords  good 
anchorage  near  the  center  in  9  to  11  fathoms.  The  entrance  is  clear 
of  danger,  but  in  the  inner  part  of  the  cove,  near  the  northern  side,  are 


QUATSINO    NARROWS — WEST    AKM. 


297 


mile 


some  sboal  patches  marked  by  kelp,  with  only  11  feet  water  in  some 
'•arts;  the  shores  of  the  cove  are  moderately  high,  aud  bordered  by  a 
saudy  beach. 

This  cove  is  convenient  for  steamers  or  small  craft,  and  vessels  ought 
to  anchor  in  about  11  fathoms,  with  the  entrance  points  bearing  S.  24° 
W.  and  S.  21'^  E. ;  large  vessels  should  moor. 

Kitten  Island,  at  the  eastern  side  of  entrance,  is  .steep-to  :>n  the 
outside. 

Round  Island  (Quatishe,)  nearly  in  mid  channel,  just  soutli  of  Quat- 
sino  Narrows,  is  small,  and  of  moilerate  height;  tliere  is  a  cli-ar  pas- 
sage between  it  and  the  northern  shore,  but  the  one  south  of  it  is  tilled 
with  rocks.  At  GOO  yards  SE.  of  it  is  Hight  Cove,  of  moderate  extent^ 
with  from  8  to  10  fathoms  iusitle,  but  as  the  tide  runs  strong  otf  the  en- 
trance, and  there  are  also  some  rocks,  it  is  only  recommended  for  small 
craft. 

Quatsino  Narrows  connects  the  sound  with  the  Rupert  iiiid  West 
Arms.  They  are  300  yards  wide  in  the  narrowest  pan  ;  the  depths  in 
it  vary  from  12  to  20  fathoms,  its  shores  are  high  and  rocky,  bur  at  100 
yards  diitance  are  clear  of  danger.  Turn  Point,  at  the  southwestern 
extreme  of  the  narrows,  is  bold  and  cliffy,  the  coast  turning  sharply 
round  it  to  the  northward;  a  short  disti'iice  oif  it  are  some  strung  tide 
rips.  Helween  this  point  and  lieca'o  Cove  the  coast  is  broken,  but 
clear  of  danger  at  the  distance  of  20(  yards. 

Tides. — The  tide  runs  through  these  narrows  at  a  rate  of  from  4  to  6 
knots,  and  the  streams  turn  shortly  after  iiigli  and  low  water. 

Philip  and  James  Points,  at  the  nortiiern  extre  ne  of  the  narrows, 
are  bold  and  steep  to ;  off  the  latter,  which  lies  on  the  east  side,  is  a 
small  island. 

Rupert  Arm. — The  shores  are  high  and  clear  of  danger;  iis  head 
terminates  in  low  laud,  and  a  bank  dries  oft"  it  for  400  yards.  The 
depths  in  this  arm  vary  from  80  to  ;50  fathoms,  shoaling  graiiually  to 
the  head,  off'  which  a  vessel  may  anchor,  in  14  to  17  fathoms,  a  short 
distance  from  the  edge  of  the  bank. 

Marble  Creek,  whicii  lies  at  the  entrance  of  Rupert  Arm,  is  of  small 
extent,  and  affords  anchorage  in  from  5  to  0  fathoms;  off'  its  head  a 
sand  bank  extends  SOO  yards,  and  midway  up  the  creek  are  some  small 
ish't-s  on  either  side  ;  if  intending  to  anchor,  pass  between  and  go  just 
inside  then). 

/yankin  Point,  abreast  Quatsino  Narrows  on  tl'.„  northern  side,  is 
bold  and  rocky;  it  separates  the  Rupert  from  the  West  Arm. 

West  Arm  trends  in  a  westerly  direction,  and  varies  in  breadth 
from  400  yards  to  one  mile.  Its  shores  are  mostly  high  and  rocky  ^ 
the  northern  one  is  in<lented  by  .several  small  bays,  and  off'  it  arc  .some 
rocks  and  small  islands.  It  shoals  gradually  to  the  head,  and  there 
are  two  anchorages,  one  at  Ooal  Harbor  on  the  uortiiern  side,  and  the 
other  at  the  edge  of  the  baidv  entending  from  the  head ;  the  former  is 
of  moderate  extent,  and  the  best  anchorage  northward  of  the  narrows. 


298 


THE    WEST    COAST    OV    VANCOUVER    ISLAND. 


Coal  Harbor,  2  miles  from  the  narrows,  is  of  square  shape,  and  af- 
fords fiood  iinciiorage  near  tlie  middle  in  from  lli  to  14  fatlionis.  The 
«hore  is  bordered  by  a  sandy  beacii,  and  at  the  head  are  some  fresh- 
water streams.  Tliis  anchorage  is  easy  of  access  for  any  vessel.  Indi- 
cations of  coal  have  been  met  witli  in  this  vicinity;  it  was  at  one  time 
worked  to  a  small  extent. 

Pot  Rocks,  li  miles  west  of  Coal  Harbor,  are  of  small  extent,  and 
cover  at  three-quarters  Hood. 

Straggling  Islands,  about  5  miles  from  the  narrows,  are  an  irregular 
gronj)  of  small  islands  and  rocks  extending  upwards  of  i  mile  from  the 
uortliern  shore  ;  the  depths  among  them  and  to  the  northward  are  irreg- 
ular, and  a  vessel  in  i)assing  should  not  approach  their  southern  side 
nearer  than  400  yards ;  just  west  of  them  on  the  northern  shore  is  a 
small  patch  of  swampy  ground,  through  which  Uow  some  fresh-water 
streams,  and  a  bank  extends  200  yards  from  it. 

The  West  Arm  gradually  decreases  in  breadth  to  the  westward  of  the 
Straggling  Islands,  and  the  shores  on  both  sides  at  the  distance  of  200 
yards  are  clear  of  danger.  The  head  terminates  in  low  land,  and  a 
bank  extends  upwards  of  400  yards  from  it.  Close  to  the  outer  edge  of 
the  latter  are  from  12  to  14  fathoms,  where  a  vessel  may  anchor. 

Directions. — Entering  Quatsino  Sound  from  the  southward,  give 
lieef  Point  an  ofling  ofal)out  2  miles,  and  steer  N.  24'^  E.  till  Bold  Bluff 
comes  in  line  with  the  gap  in  the  center  of  the  Surf  Islands,  bearing  i^^. 
44°  E.  Keep  this  course  until  the  western  side  of  Hobsou  Island  comes 
open  north  of  Entrance  Mount  Point,  bearing  N.  38^  W.,  or  Village 
Islet,  on  the  east  side  of  that  inlet,  is  just  touching  Brown  Point,  bear- 
ing N.  21°  W,  Vessels  will  be  well  east  of  Danger  Kocks.  If  bound 
up  the  sound,  round  the  north  end  of  Surf  Islands  at  a  distance  of  about 
J  mile,  or  if  going  to  Forward  Inlet,  st«er  about  N.  32^  W.,  taking  care 
not  to  shut  in  the  south  side  of  Kobson  Islai'd  with  Entrance  .Mount 
Point,  until  Bedwell  Islets  come  o]>eti  north  of  Bold  Bluff,  bearing  N. 
69^  E  ,  when  she  will  be  well  north  of  the  Danger  Kocks.  Pass  from  tlOO 
to  400  yards  oft'  the  eastern  sides  of  the  Low  Islets  and  Kobson  Island, 
and  rounding  the  northern  point  of  the  latter,  at  the  same  distance, 
enter  North  Harbor,  ami  anchor  in  from  4  to  0  fathoms  near  its  center. 

If  intending  to  anchor  in  Winter  Harbor,  when  abreast  the  north  i)art 
of  Ivobson  Island,  steer  north,  keeping  well  over  to  the  western  shore 
to  avoid  the  New  Bank,  and  when  past  it  enter  the  harbor  in  mid- 
channel,  anchoring  ill  11  fathoms  about  i  mile  north  of  Grass  Point. 
Winter  and  North  Harbors  are  easily  available  for  sailing  vessels,  and 
they  could  beat  into  the  latter. 

Bound  to  Koprino  Harbor,  which  can  only  be  entered  by  steamers  or 
sailing  vessels  with  a  fair  wind,  round  the  NW.  point  of  Surf  Islands 
at  about  i  mile  distance,  and  steer  up  the  sound  in  mill  <rliannel  until 
abreast  the  haibor.  If  in  a  large  vessel,  go  through  the  East  passage, 
keeping  from  200  to  400  yards  from  Plumper  Island ;  enter  the  anchor- 


QUATSINO    .SOUND DIRECTIONS. 


299 


age  close  to  on  either  side  of  Wedge  Island,  and  moor  immediately  tlie 
vessel  is  west  of  it  (witli  anchors  north  and  sontlij;  vessels  may  also 
enter  by  West  Passage,  and  anclior  in  It  tathoms  sontli  of  Dockyard 
Island. 

When  navigating  the  sound  to  the  eastward  of  Koi)rino  Harbor  the 
chart  is  iinlispensable,  but  a  inidcliannel  course  is  everywhere  free  of 
danger;  sailing  vessels  of  any  size  should  not,  however,  go  eastwanl  of 
that  harbor,  as  the  anciiorages  beyond  are  rather  diliicult  of  access  for 
them.  If  wisliing  to  anclior  in  Llecate  Cove,  enter  it  in  mid-channel, 
passing  north  of  Limestone  Island,  and  moor  immediately  the  vessel  is 
inside  the  entiance  i)oints;  the  tide  runs  from  one  to  3  knots  ahreast 
the  entrance,  and  should  be  guarded  against. 

Going  through  the  Qnatsino  Narrows,  keej)  well  over  to  the  northern 
shore,  pass  north  of  Hound  Island,  round  Turn  Point  close  to,  and 
guarding  against  tide,  steer  up  tlie  narrows  in  mid  channel ;  these  nar- 
rows should  only  be  attempted  at  slack  water  or  with  a  favorable  tide, 
unless  in  a  full-powered  steamer.  The  best  anchorage  north  of  tlie  nar- 
rows is  Coal  Harbor  ;  vessels  may  anchor  near  the  center  in  IVom  12  to 
II  fathoms.  In  navigating  the  West  Arm  keep  well  over  to  the  south- 
ern shore,  when  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Pot  Hock  and  Straggling  Islands. 

From  Westward. — Entering  Quatsino  Sound  from  the  westward, 
keep  an  otting  of  about  2  miles,  till  Entrance  Island  bears  N.  09°  E., 
when  steer  to  pass  about  4()()  yards  east  of  it,  but  not  further  off. 
When  abreat  it  haul  to  the  northward,  bringing  Pinnacle  I.^U^t  in  line 
with  the  east  side  of  Low  Islets,  bearing  N.  7^  \V.,  and  steer  up  with 
that  mark  on  till  Bedwell  Islets  come  well  open  north  of  IJold  liluli', 
bearing  N.  01)^  E.,  when  enter  Forward  Inlet,  or  proceed  further  up  the 
sound,  as  before  directed. 

If,  when  coming  from  the  southward,  Pinnacle  and  Low  Islets  can  be 
well  made  out,  vessels  by  keeping  the  former  in  line  with  the  east  part 
of  the  latter,  bearing  N.  7^  W.,  will  pass  west  of  the  D.inger  Rocks; 
but  as  a  rule  it  would  be  more  prudent  to  i)ass  eastward  of  them. 

If  the  weather  be  so  thick  that  the  marks  for  clearing  the  Danger 
Rocks  can  not  be  distinguished,  a  ves.sel,  if  able  todistingnish  Entrance 
Island,  may  enter  the  souml  by  steering  for  it  on  a  N.  3(P  E.  bearing; 
pa.ss  close  to  its  eastern  side,  and  haul  to  the  northward  when  abreast 
it ;  by  keeping  J  mile  on  that  course,  she  will  be  well  clear  NW.  of  the 
Danger  llocks,  and  may  i>roceed  anywhere  up  the  sound.  On  a  clear 
night  in  tine  weather  a  vessel  nniy  also  enter  in  the  above  nnuiner. 

There  is  room,  wirli  a  steady  bree/.o,  forsnnirt  working  vessels  to  beat 
into  the  sound  to  the  southwaid  and  eastward  of  Danger  Hocks,  though 
without  i)revious  knowledge  of  the  pla<',e  it  wouhl  be  rather  hazardous 
to  attempt  it.  If  obliged  to  do  so,  when  standing  to  the  northward 
towards  the  Danger  Hocks,  tiwk  when  Hold  Bluff  comes  in  line  with 
the  center  of  the  northernmost  (wo' ded)  Surf  Island,  bearing  ^.52° 
E.;  and  in  standing  to  the  southern  shore,  tack  when  Bold  BlutV comes 


300 


THE    WEST    COAST    OF   VANCOUVEE    ISLAND. 


ill  line  with  the  SE.  extreme  of  the  Surf  Islands  bearing  N.  35^  E. 
When  the  south  stile  of  Robsou  Ishind  oomes  open  north  of  Entrance 
Mount  Point,  X.  38^  W.,  she  will  biieustwartl  of  the  Danger  llouks,  and 
may  stand  further  to  the  northward. 

Beating  between  Surf  Islands  and  Dangor  Kocks,  tack  at  about  000 
yards  of  the  former ;  and  in  standing  towards  the  latter  keep  Kobson 
Isl.and  open  as  before  directed,  till  Hi>flwell  Islets  co:ues  open  north  of 
Bold  Bluft",  N.  09^  E. ;  if  going  to  Xorth  Harbor,  when  inside  Forward 
Inlet,  guard  against  the  New  Bank. 

The  Coast  of  Vancouver  Island  from  (Juatsino  Sound  to  Gape  Scott, 
the  NW.  extreme  of  the  island,  takes  a  general  N\V,  direction;  it  is 
mostly  rocky  and  iron  bound,  indented  by  several  bays,  most  of  which 
are  small,  and  from  the  projecting  points  some  rocks  extend  in  some 
places  nearly  one  niile  from  the  shore. 

Caution. — When  navigating  between Ca[)e  Scott  and  Qnatsino  Sound 
do  not  api)roach  the  shore  nearer  than  2  miles. 

Rugged  Point,  3  miles  from  the  northern  entrance  point  of  Quatsino 
Sound,  is  a  rocky,  rugged  point,  of  moderate  height,  with  12  fivthoms  at 
J  mile  outside  it.  Open  bay,  which  lies  just  inside  it,  affords  landing 
for  boats  in  tine  weather  on  its  east  side. 

The  coast  between  Open  Bay  and  the  entrance  to  Quatsino  Sound  is 
high  and  cliffy;  some  rocks  extend  nearly  one  mile  from  it. 

Top-kno'^  Point,  5  miles  from  Rngged  Point,  is  low,  with  a  summit 
300  feet  high,  siiaped  like  a  topkno"^,  just  within  it;  some  rocks  extend 
i  mile  to  the  southward  from  it. 

Raft  Cove,  S*  miles  from  Rugged  Point,  is  an  open  bight  about  OL^e 
mile  in  extent,  and  .irfo?''s  no  shelter  whatever. 

Cape  Palmerstcni^  a  bold  rocky  point  rising  to  a  summit  1,4'J2  feet 
high;  some  rocks  extend  ^  mile  from  it, 

San  Josef  Bay  is  an  extensive  open  bay,  3  miles  deep  in  a  north- 
easti'rly  direction;  the  breadth  at  the  entrance  is  nearly  2  miles,  nar- 
rowing gradually  towards  the  head.  Its  shores  are  high,  and  off' the 
southern  side  are  several  otflying  rocks;  the  depths  vary  from  11  to  4 
fathoms,  but  the  bay  affords  no  shelter  except  with  northerly  winds, 
and  should  oidy  be  used  as  a  stoi)ping  place  in  tine  weather;  generally 
a  heavy  sea  sets  into  it,  and  a  vessel  caught  there  with  a  southwesterly 
gale  would  inevitably  go  on  shore.  At  the  head  of  the  bay  is  a  fresh- 
water stream  of  considerable  size,  which  boats  can  enter  at  high  water 
and  tind  shelter  in. 

Directions. — Intending  to  anchor  in  the  bay,  bring  the  entrance  to 
bear  N.  01)^  E.,  and  steer  for  it,  anchoring  in  7  or  0  fathoms  near  the 
middle,  with  the  entrance  points  bearing  S.  24^  W.  and  N.  06^  W. 

Sea  Otter  Cove,  just  west  of  San  Josef  Bay,  is  about  one  mile  long 
in  a  northerly  direction,  and  from  400  to  GOO  yards  wide.  There  are  5 
fathoms  in  the  entrance,  and  from  one  to  3  fathoms  inside  it ;  the  shelter 
Avithin  is  very  indifferent,  there  are  several  rocks,  and  the  place  is  only 


til 

cJ 
III 
hi 

aQ 
bj 
tl) 
ca 


CAPE    RUSSELL. 


301 


Cape  Russell,  irmueiliately  westnard  of  Sea  Otter  Cove  is  a  rmnu-l- 

tbe  sea  tt"  ks  vl  T     ' ,'"''"  ""''  ""'''■  ''  '''  ^o^--rocl.s,  on  w S 

cape  '     '"''''''  '^''''''  "^^'■''^  ^"'^  •"•'«  «o"tl.  frou.  the 

Between  Cape  Kussell  aud  Cape  Scott  tbe  coast  is  iudente.l  by  three 

^.ve'sla^^T^  '""'^' ""  ™''^  ^^^^^''  '^"^  ««-^'  -  ^helt.  w     t^;; 
wape  Scott  — (See  page  239.)  ^<^ » ti . 


C  H  A  P  T  E  R  V 1 1 1. 


INNER  CHANNELS  OF  BRITISH  COLUMBIA.— QUEEN  CHARLOTTE  SOUND 

TO   5IILBANK   SOUND. 

The  Inner  Channels,  herein  described,  of  the  seaboard  of  British 
Columbia  all'ord  smooth  water,  together  with  anchorages  at  suitable 
distances,  for  vessels  of  moderate  length. 

These  channels  offer  facilities  to  steam  vessels  for  avoiding  thestrong 
gales  and  thick  weather  so  frequently  met  with  in  Hecat?  Strait.  They 
are  also  available  for  fore-and-aft  schooners,  when  navigating  between 
Vancouver  Island  and  Alaska. 

Unless  directed  to  the  contrary,  the  mid-channel  course  is  recom- 
mended to  be  kept  when  navigating  these  inner  waters. 

Proceeding  northward  from  Capo  Calvert,  pass  through  Fitzhugh 
Sound,  Lama  Channel,  Seaforth  Channel,  Milbank  Sound,  Finlayson 
Chaunel,  and  Grenville  Channel,  to  Chatham  Sound.  These  channels, 
which  are  fairly  well  charted,  with  the  anchorages  ou  a  large  scale,  offer 
no  difficulties  for  the  largest  ships  with  an  experienced  pilot. 

The  usual  track  of  steam  vesselr  *hrough  the  inner  channels  of  Alaska 
is  from  Chatham  Sound,  British  Columbia,  to  westward  of  Cape  Fox, 
then  through  Tongass  Narrows,  Clarence  Strait,  Stikine  Strait,  and 
Sumner  Strait,  to  Cape  Decision. 

Tongass  Narrows  is  a  perfectly  safe  passage  for  the  largest  steamers 
with  a  competent  pilot. 

Sumner  Strait,  the  best  channel  for  large  vessels,  has  some  hidden 
dangers,  notably  McArthur's  Ledge,  the  Eye  Opener,  and  Helen  Rock, 
(off  Point  Baker). 

Wrangel  Narrows  is  the  passage  commonly  used  by  mail  steamers  of 
1,000  tons  burden,  or  220  feet  in  length,  but  is  not  a  safe  channel  for 
larger  vessels  or  those  exceeding  17  feet  draft  of  water,  and  its  pas- 
sage should  only  be  attempted  at  high  water  slack. 

From  Cape  Decision  to  Juneau,  through  Chatham  Straits,  Frederick 
Sound,  and  Stephens  Passage,  is  open,  clear  navigation,  for  which  the 
charts  are  sufficiently  reliable,  and  with  an  experienced  pilot  offers  no 
difficulty. 

Large  steam  vessels  bound  to  Sitka  should  take  the  sea  passage  via 
Cape  Ommaney,  but  if  required  to  touch  at  Juneau,  may  proceed  to  sea 
from  there  by  way  of  Cross  Sound. 

3CW  - 


CAPE  CAUTION — CHANNEL  REEF. 


303 


re  via 
to  aea 


Cross  Sound  presents  no  (liJllculties  to  navigation,  except  at  times 
great  (lUiintities  of  ice  Hoes,  drifting  witii  the  strong  currents,  render 
the  passage  somewhat  dangerous,  and  only  to  be  nndertaiien  in  clear 
weather  or  dajMiglit.  Anchorages  may  be  found  at  Ilooniali,  Wil- 
loughby  Cove,  liartlett  Bay,  and  along  the  SI-),  shore  of  Gnstavus 
Point,  towards  Pleasant  Island.  The  passage  insiile  Pleasant  Island, 
to  the  northward,  also  atibrds  fair  anchorage,  but  in  the  absence  of  sur- 
veys, should  not  be  attempted  without  a  local  pilot. 

Cape  Caution  (Kakleesla),  the  northern  enliance  i>oint  of  Queen 
Charlotte  Sound,  is  of  moderate  height  and  level,  the  tops  of  the  trees 
being  about  200  feet  above  the  sea;  the  shore  is  white,  and  ot  granite 
formation,  with  a  few  rocks  olf  it;  the  land  NE.  of  the  cape  rises  gradu- 
ally in  a  distance  of  5  miles  to  Coast  Nipple,  1,350  feet  high. 

Sea  Otter  Group,  consisting  of  several  dangerous  rocks,  i.slets,  and 
shoals  which  cover  a  space  of  about  12  miles  in  extent  north  and  south 
and  10  miles  in  an  east  and  west  direction,  lies  at  a  distance  of  6  or  7 
miles  from  the  seaboard  of  British  Conmbia,  fronting  the  coast  between 
Capes  Caution  and  Calvert. 

Danger  Shoals,  on  which  the  sea  is  reported  to  break  iu  heavy 
weather,  is  the  southernmost  outlying  danger  of  Sea  Otter  Group,  and 
lies  N.  8J0  W.,  lO.J  miles  from  Cape  Caution;  near  the  center  ot  this 
shoal  a  depth  of  9  fathoms,  rocks  and  stones,  was  obtained,  with  22 
fathoms  close  around.    Shoaler  water  probably  exists. 

Virgin  Rocks,  near  the  western  limit  of  the  group,  consists  of  three 
white  rocks,  the  largest  of  which  lies  N.  37^  W.,  7^  miles  from  Danger 
Shoal.  Uonnding  the  rocks  a  vessel  should  not  stand  into  less  than  30 
fathoms. 

Watch  Rock,  74  feec  high  and  black,  lies  near  the  northern  limit  of 
the  group,  7:^  miles  N.  33^  F].  of  Virgin  Kocks.    The  rock  is  steep-to. 

Pearl  Rocks  comi)rise  several  rocks  above  and  below  water,  ex- 
tending IJ  miles  in  a  NW.  and  SE.  direction;  the  largest  rock  (15  feet 
high)  lies  S.  76°  E.,  3  miles  from  Watch  Rock,  and  the  southeastern 
rock,  on  which  the  sea  alwaj'S  breaks,  lies  one  mile  S.  31°  E.  of  the 
largest  rock. 

Devil  Rock,  the  NE.  outlying  danger,  lies  IJ  miles  N.  76°  E.  of  the 
largest  Pearl  Rock,  and  nearly  3  miles  S.  51°  W.  of  Sorrow  Islands. 
The  sea  seldom  breaks  on  Devil  Rock,  and  there  is  ai)parently  deep 
water  close  around.  There  are  from  80  to  40  fathoms  between  the  rock 
and  Cape  Calvert. 

New  Patch,  on  which  the  sea  generally  breaks,  is  nearly  2  miles  in 
extent,  and  lies  4J  miles  S.  14°  W.  of  the  largest  Pearl  Kick. 

Channel  Reef,  the  easternmost  danger  of  Sea  Ot-er  Group,  has 
about  6  feet  over  it  at  low  water;  from  the  center  of  this  reef  Table 
Island,  at  the  entrance  of  Smith  Sound,  bears  S.  82°  E.,  4'^  miles  dis- 
tant. The  sea  seldom  breaks  on  Channel  Reef,  and  there  are  60  fath- 
oms close  eastward  of  it. 


^'.w;,' 


304    INNER  CHANNELS — QUEEN  CIIAULOTTE  TO  MILBANK  80UNU. 

Hannah  Rock,  tlie  soutlicasteriiiuost  outlying  clanger,  on  wliiil)  the 
sea  nearly  alwsiys  breaks,  is  situated  about  lijf  miles  S.  2'P  VV.  of  (Jlian- 
iiel  Reef;  tlie  rock  is  awash  at  higii  water,  and  fiom  its  center  Cape 
Caution  l)ears  S.  59°  E.,  distant  8  miles. 

Clearing  mark. — Tlio  south  extremes  of  Egg  ami  Table  Islands  in 
line,  bearing  N.  G2°  E.,  leads  clear  to  the  southeastward  of  Danger 
Shoal  and  all  other  dangers  on  the  southeastern  side  of  Sea  Otter 
Group. 

Caution. — Dangerous  rocks  have  been  reported  as  lying  in  a  S.  59° 
W.  direction,  5  miles  from  Danger  Shoal,  and  occupying  a  space  of  2^ 
miles  in  diameter;  but  their  existence  is  doubtful. 

South  Passage,  leading  to  Siuith  and  Fitzhugh  Sounds  from  the 
southward,  lies  between  Cape  Caution  and  the  southeastern  limit  of 
Sea  Otter  Group,  where  it  is  about  7  miles  broad,  with  irregular  depths. 
False  Egg  Island,  its  own  breadth  opeu  west  of  Egg  island,  bearing 
N.  19^  E.,  leads  through  South  Passage,  nearly  in  mid-chanuel. 

Blunden  Bay,  a  slight  bend  iu  the  coast  between  Cape  Caution  and 
Neck  Point,  is  about  one  mile  wide  at  its  entrance,  and  nearly  one  mile 
deep.  Indian  Cove,  which  lies  in  the  northern  part  of  this  bay,  affords 
good  shelter  for  boats;  it  is  the  rendezvous  for  Indians  on  their  cauoe 
voyages. 

Hoop  Reef. — Midway  between  Neck  Point  and  Good  Shelter  Cove 
is  Hooj)  Reef,  about  ^  mile  from  the  shore;  this  reef  is  ^  mile  in  extent 
NNW.  and  SSB.,  and  J  mile  broad. 

South  Iron  Rock,  ou  which  the  sea  seldom  breaks,  lies  f  mile  to  the 
westward  of  Hoop  Reef;  there  are  35  fathoms  close  to,  on  the  northern 
side  of  the  rock,  and  25  fathoms  in  the  channel  between  it  and  Hoop 
Reef. 

North  Iron  Rock,  which  dries  7  feet,  lies  nearly  in  the  fairway  of 
Alexandra  Passage,  J  mile  north  of  South  Iron  Rock ;  there  are  7  to  9 
fathoms  close  to,  and  no  bottpm  at  40  fathoms  within  J  mile  of  North 
Iron  Rock. 

Clearing  marks. — False  Egg  Island  in  line  with  West  Rock  oil 
Table  Island,  bearing  N.  10°  E.,  leads  west  of  South  aiul  North  Iron 
Rocks. 

Egg  Island,  immediately  fronting  Smith  Sound,  and  standing  boldly 
out  from  the  coast,  is  the  prominent  landmark  between  Goletas  Chan- 
nel and  Fitzhugh  Sound.  The  island  is  covered  with  trees,  and  is 
remarkable  for  its  egg-like  shape.  From  the  southwestern  side  of  the 
island  rocks  extend  about  200  yards,  and  on  the  eastern  side  is  a  small 
island,  which  is  separated  from  Egg  Island  by  a  narrow  gully,  giving 
the  appearance  of  a  split  iu  the  island  itself,  when  seen  from  north  or 
south. 

Egg  Rocks,  on  the  westeruside  of  Alexandra  Passage,  are  a  cluster 
of  rocks  lying  nearly  ^  mile  NW.  of  North  Itotv  ilock,  and  about  400 
yards  south  of  Egg  Island  ;  these  rocks  extend  about  J  mile  north  and 
south,  the  northernmost  being  30  feet  high. 


oil 
Iron 

oldly 
Cbau- 
md  is 
tbe 
small 
iviug 
rtU  or 

lister 
Lit  400 
:b  and 


SMITH  SOUND — BEAVER  PASSAGE. 


305 


Denny  Rock,  a  sunkon  danger  on  wliiub  the  sea  seldom  breaks,  and 
a  source  of  danger  in  thick  weather,  lies  \  mile  west  of  the  southern- 
most Egg  Rock.  The  west  extreme  of  Ann  Island  o^en  west  of  ligg 
Island  bearing  N.  .'J(P  B.  leads  west  of  Denny  Kock. 

Smith  Sound  is  about  8  miles  long  ENK.  and  WSVV.,  with  an  aver- 
age breadth  of  ;U  miles;  the  entrance  between  Jones  and  Long  Points 
is  li  miles  across.  At  0  miles  within  the  entrance,  on  either  side  of 
a  cluster  of  islands,  is  a  channel  leading  into  Smitii  Inlet.  In  almost 
every  part  of  the  souii.l  the  depths  are  over  K(  fathoms,  and  there  is 
generally  a  licavy  swell. 

The  southern  shore  of  Smith  Sound,  for  a  distance  of  4  or  '>  miles 
from  the  entrance,  is  skirted  by  several  small  islands  and  rocks  having 
deep  water  dose  to;  good  t^^helter  for  boats  will  be  obtained  in  a  small 
cove  about  \  mile  NK.  of  Jones  Point;  also  in  a  cove  one  mile  south  of 
Jones  Point,  abreast  Egg  Uocks. 

Tiie  entrance  to  the  sound  is  protecto»l  by  a  rocky  platean  (Cluster 
Reefs)  and  several  islands,  islets,  and  rocks;  some  al)ove,  and  many 
under  water,  prominent  amongst  tliem  being  Egg  and  Table  Islands. 
Access  to  Smith  Sound  may  be  had  on  either  side  of  these  islands. 

Alexandra  Passage  lies  between  Egg  Island  and  the  southeastern 
point  of  entrance,  the  narrowest  part,  between  Egg  Rocks  and  North 
Iron  Rock  being  1,200  yards;  here  as  elsewhere,  the  dangers  are  so  steep- 
to  that  the  quickest  use  of  the  lead  is  enjoined.  A  general-leading  mark 
through  Alexamlra  Passage  (making  allowance  for  iieave  of  swell  and 
tide)  is  the  west  extreme  of  Snrf  Islet  in  line  with  the  islets  near  the 
south  point  of  Shower  Island  bearing  X.  59°  E. 

Beaver  Passage. — The  northern  channel  into  Smith  Sound  lies  be- 
tween the  Islands  skirting  the  northern  point  of  the  sound  and  Wood 
and  White  Rocks.  In  Beaver  Passage  the  bottom  is  irregular,  20 
fathoms  being  the  least  depth  obtained.  The  course  through  the  pas- 
sage is  S.  61°  E. ;  the  east  extreme  of  Search  Islands  just  open  of  the 
west  end  of  Surf  Islet  on  that  bearing,  leads  in  midway  between  John 
Reef  and  False  Egg  Island,  where  the  width  is  1,200  yards.  The  west- 
ern entrance  to  this  passage  is  the  narrowest  part;  with  the  usual 
amount  of  sea  or  swell,  good  steerage  and  vigilant  attention  are  re- 
quired. 

White  Rocks,  very  conspicuous,  lie  in  the  western  entrance  of 
Beaver  Passage,  nearly  one  mile  NW.  of  Cluster  Reefs. 

John  Reef  is  GOO  yards  north  of  White  Rocks  ;  it  dries  3  feet  at  low 
water,  with  9  to  20  fathoms  close  around,  lorming  the  northwestern 
danger  on  the  southern  side  of  Beaver  Passage. 

False  Egg  Island,  resembling  Egg  Island  in  shape,  but  smaller,  lies 
on  the  northern  side  of  Beaver  Passage  and  is  the  outlying  landmark 
for  the  northern  entrance  to  Smith  Sound. 

James  Rock.— At  about  COO  yards  N.  02°  W.  of  False  Egg  Island 
lies  James  Rock,  the  exact  position  of  which  is  somewhat  doubtful ;  the 
14205— No.  90 20 


Ut'iSli'.i,: 


30f)    INNEK  CHANNKLH — QCEKN  CHAKLOTTK  TO  MILHANK  SOUND. 


Ht'ii  lircaks  on  this  nick  at  low  wiiter,  ami  between  it  ami  False  Ejfjj 
IslaiDl  tlie  l)ottom  Ih  foul. 

Clearing  Mark.— The  west  part  of  tlie  largo  Canoe  Uock  bearing 
N.  2'>^  E.,  or  in  line  witli  (^noin  Hill  (on  I'ciiroso  Island)  passes  '{  mile 
westward  of  James  and  John  Uocks,  ami  leads  clear  (westward)  of  all 
dangers  at  the  entrance  of  Umith  Hound. 

Table  Island,  the  largest  of  the  group  of  islands  oct;ui).ving  the 
entrance  to  Smith  8ound,  is  about  one  mile  long  north  and  south  and  ^ 
mile  broad,  with  the  tops  of  the  trees  12(t  feet  above  the  sea,  nearly 
flat.  Table  Island,  when  seen  from  abreast  (Jape  (Jantion,  aitpears  to 
have  two  summits. 

A  cluster  of  rocks,  several  of  which  are  covered  at  low  water,  extend 
i  mile  from  the  western  side  of  Table  Island,  having  21  fathoms  close 
to  the  outir  rock. 

Ann  Island,  about  ^  mile  in  extent,  is  separ.ited  from  the  north  end 
of  Table  Island  by  a  channel  (200  yards  wide  in  some  parts)  in  which 
shelter  will  be  found  for  boats. 

Cluster  Reefs,  consisting  of  several  rocky  heads  and  shoal  patches, 
extend  from  Table  Island  in  a  northerly  and  northeasterly  direction 
into  the  entrance  of  Smith  Sound. 

George  Rock,  on  which  the  sea  breaks  at  low  water,  is  the  north- 
westernmost  of  the  reefs,  and  lies  one  mile  N.  5*3  E.  of  Ann  Island. 

Edward  Reef  dries  7  feet,  and  lies  east  nearly  '^  mile  from  George 
Kock. 

Wood  Rocks,  which  are  awash  at  low  water,  are  nearly  J  mile  S. 
70°  E.  of  Edward  Reef,  consist  of  three  rocky  heads,  and  are  the  north- 
easternmost  of  Cluster  Iteefs. 

Be..  U*^  Rock,  witli  3i  fathoms  water  on  it,  lies  near  the  eastern  edge 
of  Chisie  •  lieefs;  from  the  center  of  this  rock  the  northwestern  ex- 
tren.ft  of  Ann  Islan<l  bears  S.  02'^  W.  (listant  nearly  ^^  mile. 

Loaiing  Marks. — The  west  extreme  of  False  Egg  Island  in  line 
with  Kelp  Mead,  bearing  N.  16°  E.,  leads  to  the  westward;  and  Limit 
Point,  midway  between  Long  and  Shower  Islands,  bearing  S.  85°  E. 
leads  to  the  northward  of  Cluster  Iteefs. 

Long  Point  is  the  northwestern  point  of  Smith  Sound.  Tie  Island, 
which  is  nearly  ^  mile  in  extent,  lies  close  westward  of  Long  Point, 
and  is  separated  from  it  by  a  boat  [)as.sage,  in  which  there  is  a  depth  of 

4  fathoms.  Ada  Ho(!k,  winch  is  awash  at  low  water,  lies  400  yards 
south  of  Tie  Island. 

Brown  Island  lies  ^  mile  S.  15^  E.  of  Long  Point;  the  island  is 
nearly  i  mile  long  and  ^  mile  broad,  with  17  to  23  fathoms  close  to  its 
southern  point. 

Surprise  Patch,  on  the  northern  side  of  Smith  Sound,  has  a  depth  of 

5  fathoms,  and  7  to  17  fathoms  close  around,  with  no  bottom  at  40 
fathoms  400  yards  to  the  uorthward. 


TAKU8H    HARIiOU — DIRKCTIONS. 


307 


Judd  Rock,  with  less  tliaii  U  feet  witter  on  it,  lies  ij  mile  eiiHtward 
of  Surprise  I'atcli.  There  is  no  bottom  at  40  fathoms  in  tiie  vicinity  of 
this  rock. 

Barrier  Islands,  at  the  head  of  Hmith  Sound,  consists  of  two  large 
and  several  stnall  islands,  covering  a  space  of  about  5  miles  in  extent. 
Hlakeney  Passage  on  the  north  and  JJrowning  Passage  on  the  south 
side  of  tiieso  islands,  leading  to  Smith  inlet,  are  each  about  one  mile 
wide,  with  no  bottom  at  a  «leptli  of  40  fathoms. 

Takush  Harbor,  on  the  southern  shore  ol  Smith  Sound,  0  miles 
within  the  entrance,  is  the  only  anchorage  to  which  a  ship  can  resort 
for  shelter  when  crossing  Queen  Charlotte  Sound.  Vessels  of  large  size 
can  lie  secure  here. 

Petrel  Shoal,  on  which  there  is  a  depth  of  only  15  feet,  lies  200  yards 
S.  (P  E.  Iroin  the  easternmost  Gnarled  Island,  and  is  the  principal 
danger  in  rounding  into  Anchor  Hight. 

Fly  Basin,  at  the  head  of  Takush  Harbor,  perfectly  laiul-locked,  is 
about  one  mile  long  east  aiul  west,  with  2^  to  3  fathoms  in  the  western 
and  0  to  8  fathoms  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  basin.  Tlie  entrance  to 
Fly  Basin,  which  is  about  200  yards  wide,  is  contracted  .'»0  yards  l)y  a 
shoal  extending  from  the  eastern  entrance  point,  with  a  rock  (dry  2  feet 
at  low  water)  and  a  patch  of  0  feet  on  its  western  edge.  Between  this 
shoal  and  the  western  entrance  point  there  is  a  depth  of  0  fathoms. 
If  required,  small  vessels  could  be  taken  into  Fly  Basin. 

Anchorage  in  Takush  Harbor  will  be  found  in  10  or  11  fathoms  mud, 
i/i  Anchor  Bight,  midway  between  Ship  Kock  and  Steep  Point,  with 
the  north  extreme  of  Bull  Point  in  line  with  Anchor  Islands,  bearing 
y.  87°  E.,  and' east  extreme  of  Bloxham  Point  N.  42^  E. 

Directions. — When  bound  to  Takush  Harbor,  it  is  recomme'ided  to 
pass  through  Browning  Passage,  and,  after  passing  North  Point,  keep 
tlie  north  extreme  of  Bright  Island  a  little  open  north  of  that  point 
bearing  N.  7!)3  \V.,  until  Berry  Point  (south  sid'^of  Fly  Basin)  appears 
midway  between  the  entrance  points  of  Fly  Basin,  S.  20^  E.,  which  will 
lead  thiongli  Sliip  Passage;  aiu'  when  Steep  Point  is  well  open  of  the 
southernmost  Gnarled  Island  bearing  wst,  a  course  may  be  steered  for 
tlie  anchorage  in  Anchor  Bight,  taking  care  to  avoid  the  shoal  ground 
south  of  Gnarled  Islaiul,  passing  midway  between  Anchor  and  Gnarled 
Islands.  Good  steerage  is  required  here,  speed  sliould  be  propoition- 
ately  slow,  the  leads  kept  (piickly  going,  and  the  water  not  shoaled  to 
less  than  7  fathoms. 

Smith  Inlet  (Quascillah),  the  continuation  of  Smith  Soui;  i,  is  about 
.'i  miles  wide  at  its  entrance,  between  eastern  part  of  Takush  Harbor 
and  Dsoolish  Bay;  it  is  said  to  extend  nearly  25  miles  m  an  easterly 
direction,  and  at  about  0  miles  from  its  entrance  contracts  to  a  general 
width  of  A  mile,  the  s'aores  being  formed  of  high,  rocky  precipices  cov- 
ered with  wooil.    The  inlet  has  not  been  surveyed. 

A  good  sized  stream  flows  into  Smith  Inlet  up  which  the  salmon  run 


308    INNER  CHANNELS — QUEEN  CHARLOTTE  TO  MILBANK  SOUND. 


in  large  miinbers,  and  several  canneries  have  been  establ'  ihed  in  the 
neighborhood. 

Fitzhugh  Sound  is  39  miles  long  in  a  general  north  an ;I south  direc- 
tion, having  an  average  breadth  of  3  miles,  with  no  known  hidden 
dangers  throughout.  The  shores  are  mostly  bold  nm\  rocky,  the  slopes 
are  wooded  and  steep,  and  the  elevation  of  the  peaks  f.'oni  1,000  to  3,400 
feet.  The  flood  tide  ransto  the  northward.  The  sortherii  entrance  to 
Fitzhugh  Sound  lies  between  Oranstown  Point  and  Cape  Calvert,  the 
southern  extremity  of  Calvert  Island. 

The  sound  at  4  miles  north  of  Safety  Cove  is  contracted  to  IJ  miles 
in  width  by  Addenbrooke  and  adjacent  islands,  whic^  lie  on  the  east- 
ern side ;  the  shores  on  both  sid^s  are  steep-to  and  the  depths  in  the 
channel  great. 

Canoe,  Spur,  and  Paddle  Rocks  He  about  one  mile  of;'  Kelp  Flead, 
and  occupy  a  space  of  li  miles  in  a  north  and  south  'ilirectlon,  the 
space  thus  inclosed  being  foul,  and  more  or  less  covered  with  growing- 
kelp.  Canoe  Rock,  the  center  and  most  nroiuiiient  >)f  these  rocks,  is 
bare,  25  feet  high,  and  stands  boldly  outfroin  the  coast,  making  a  good 
point  for  identittcation. 

Open  Bay,  on  the  northeastern  side  of  Cranstowu  Point,  aftbrds 
anchorage  in  7  fathoms,  about  400  yards  froui  the  shore  during  sum- 
mer or  with  offshore  winds,  but  there  is  generally  a  swell  in  the  liay, 
and  it  is  only  used  by  local  craft  as  a  temporary  anchorage. 

Cape  Calvert  is  the  southern  termination  of  Cape  Itanfje ;  it  presents 
a  broad  face  of  rocky  shore  extending  in  a  EXE.  and  WSW.  direction, 
about  350  feet  high,  and  covered  with  a  thick  growth  of  hemlock  and 
pine  trees.  At  2  miles  north  of  the  cape  is  Entry  Cone,  which  is  con- 
spicuous, and  forms  a  good  mark  for  recognizing  Fitzhugh  Sound  from 
the  southward  and  westwranl ;  Cape  Calvert  is  fronted  by  the  Sorrow 
Islands,  which  are  steep-to,  of  granite  formation,  and  covered  with 
gnarled  and  stunted  trees ;  between  these  islands  and  the  cape,  fair 
shelter  may  be  fouml  for  boats  in  Grief  Bay  (Telakwas),  but  during 
BE.  or  S\V.  gales,  a  swell  is  more  or  less  experienced,  rendering  land- 
ing difficult  and  sometimes  dangerous. 

Directions  for  Fitzhugh  Sound  from  the  Southward. — After 
passing  Cape  James  (Shad well  Passag  ',  a  N.  0-  Vr'.  course  should  be 
Steered  (or  for  Entry  Cone)  until  past  the  Storai  Islands ;  when,  Ad- 
denbrooke Island  open  of,  and  the  east  shore  of  Fitzhugh  Sound  (be- 
yond) shut  in  by,  Cape  Calvert  bearing  north.,  will  lead  midway  between 
Channel  Reef  and  Egg  Island,  and  up  to  the  entrance  of  Fitzhtfgh 
Sound.  Allowance  should  be  made  for  tidal  streams ;  tlie  flood  sets  to 
the  ea.stward  into  Queen  Charlotte  and  Smith  Sounds  with  a  velocity 
at  spring  of  nearly  2  knots. 

From  the  Westward.— Vessels  from  the  westward  bound  for  Fitz. 
lingh  Sound,  should  use  North  Passage,  between  Sea  Otter  group  and 
Calvert  Island ,  this  passage  is  about  3  miles  wide.     Iledley  Patch, 


SCHOONER    RETHEAT — FRIGATE    BAY. 


309 


witli  9  f'atliom.s  water  (possibly  less)  lies  in  tiie  westeru  eutniiice   to 
North  Passage,  at  U  miles  X,  22°  B.  of  Watch  Rock. 

Schooner  Retreat  (Kapilish),  on  the  eastern  side  of  FitzlmgU 
Sonnd,  is  the  name  given  to  the  anchorages  among  a  cluster  of  islands 
at  the  sontinvestern  end  of  Penrose  Island,  which  here  separates  Fitz- 
hugh  Sound  from  Kivers  Inlet.  The  Retreat  affords  a  secure  stopping 
place,  and  with  care  may  be  safely  entei'ed  by  steam  vessels.  Karslake 
Point  (Joachim  Island)  is  its  southeastern  entrance  point.  The  entrance 
to  Schooner  Retreat  trends  in  a  NE.  direction  from  Karslake  Poiut,where 
it  is  about  ^  mile  wide,  contracting  to  200  yards  between  Soa  Bluff'  and 
Grey  Islets;  inside  the  narrows  to  the  eastward  it  expands  into  Frig- 
ate Bay. 

Penrose  Island,  which  forms  the  northern  protection  to  Schooner 
Retreat,  lies  in  the  mouth  of  Rivers  Inlet,  a  branch  of  the  inlet  passing 
on  either  side  of  it.  Quoin  Hill  is  situated  near  its  southern  end 
about  jj  mile  inland. 

Joachim  Island,  the  southeasterumost  and  largest  of  the  cluster 
of  islands  at  the  SW.  end  of  Penrose  Island,  is  40<'  feet  high,  IJ 
miles  long  north  and  south,  with  an  average  breadth  of  |  mile ;  the 
northern  extreme  of  this  island  is  separated  from  Penrose  Island  by  a 
boat  passage. 

Ironside  Island  is  the  next  in  size  and  is  separated  from  SeaBluft', 
the  northwestern  point  of  Joachim  Island,  l)y  the  channel  into  Schooner 
Retreat.  Grey  Islets  on  the  westeru  side  of  the  channel  into  Schooner 
Retreat,  lie  close  off' the  southeastern  extreme  of  Ironside  Island. 

Safe  Entrance,  between  Joachim  iind  Ironside  Islands,  is  :i  mile  wide. 
Oa  till-  west  side  of  Safe  Entrance,  about  50  yards  from  Grey  Islets,  Ilea 
a  rock  awash ;  from  it  shoal  ground  extends  300  yards  in  a  northerly 
direction,  with  2  to  3  fathoms  on  it  and  4  to  10  fathoms  close-to. 

Comber  Rock,  on  which  the  sea  often  breaks,  is  at  the  northern 
side  of  Safe  Entrance ;  the  rock  covers  at  three-quarters  ffood,  and  lies 
150  yards  S.  36^  W.  of  Surf  Point,  the  .southwestern  extreme  of  Iron- 
side Island. 

Frigate  Bay,  the  southernmost  anchorage  in  Schooner  Retreat,  is 
formed  by  the  Junction  of  Joachim  and  Penrose  Islands  on  th  south, 
east  and  north,  and  is  protected  on  the  west  by  Ironside  and  Maze 
Islands.  Center  Islet  in  the  northern  part  of  the  bay  is  of  small  extent; 
a  shoal  with  from  2  to  3  fathoms  on  it  extends  for  more  than  200  yards 
from  its  eastern  end  in  a  northeasterly  direction  toward  Penrose  Is- 
land. There  are  several  other  islets  and  rooks  in  the  eastern  part  of  the 
l)ay,  from  whica  a  boat  passag(>  leads  into  Rivers  Inlet. 

The  best  anchorage  in  Frigate  Bay  will  be  found  just  within  Safe 
Entrance,  off'  a  clean  sandy  beach,  in  13  fatlioms  water,  with  the  north- 
eastern extreme  of  Ironside  Island  bearing  N.  71^  W.  and  the  north- 
western extreme  of  ^Sea  Bluff  S.  28^  W.     Vessels  should  moor. 


310    INNER  CHANNELS — QUEEN  CHARLOTTE  TO  MILBANK  SOUND. 


Maze  Islands  are  a  cluster  of  small  islands  on  an  extensive  slioa) 
projecting  in  a  northerly  direction  from  the  northeastern  end  of  Iron- 
side Island;  tlio  NE.  prong  of  this  shoal  extends  nearly  across  to 
Penrose  Island,  leaving  a  narrow  channel  wi*^h  5.J  ♦•^  9  fathoms  water, 
which  leads  from  Frigate  Bay  to  Secure  Anchorage. 

Secure  Anchorage,  N  W.  of  Frigate  Bay,  is  protected  from  seaward 
by  Ironside,  Bird  and  Highway  Islands.  Veriiey  Passage,  leading  to 
Secure  Anchorage  from  the  westward,  between  Ironside  and  Bird  Is- 
lands, is  nearly  100  yards  wide  with  7  fathoms  water  in  mid-channel, 
but  it  is  contracted  to  about  30  yards  by  th<  ih  ■)'«  ou  either  side,  and 
is  only  suitable  for  small  coasting  vesseb'.  '^i:  Hock,  at  the  entrance 
between  Folly  and  Stunted  Islands,  voiaI  '     ;,;      ,  isaago  dangerous. 

Q-ales. — During  SE.  and  SW.  gales,  tisi.-  ga«  «  are  furious  but  with 
gooil  ground  tackle  and  care  there  is  no  danger  in  Schooner  Retreat. 

Directions. — Vessels  bound  to  Schooner  Retreat  should  at  all  times 
use  Safe  Entrance ;  from  the  southward.  Quoin  Hill  at  the  south  part  of 
Penrose  Island,  should  be  brought  in  line  witii  the  hill  'JOO  feet  high,  on 
the  east  end  of  Ironside  Island  bearing  X.  47°  E.,  this  will  lead  to 
abreast  Karslake  Point,  when  Safe  Entrance  will  be  open.  After  pass- 
ing Karslake  Point  steer  very  carefully  and  proceed  at  a  moderate 
speed  towards  Bluff  Point  until  Quoin  Hill  is  in  line  with  Center  Island 
bearing  N.  32°  E.,  which  will  lead  through  Safe  Entrance  in  mid-chan- 
nel, ami  to  the  anchorage  in  Frigate  Bay. 

Rivers  Inlet,  the  shores  of  which  have  not  been  surveyed,  has  an  en- 
trance ou  either  side  of  Penrose  Island,  but  it  is  not  knoiu  whether 
they  are  clear  of  danger.  The  inlet  takes  a  northerly  ■:<<;(. on  for 
aboiiC  8  miles,  and  then  suddenly  turns  to  the  eastwf"'^  rnii)  ^'ain  to 
the  northward  for  nearly  4  miles,  terminatingin  three  -n;  ,  *  'c'i  bout  5 
miles  long. 

At  the  head  of  Rivers  Inlet  is  a  settlement  of  Pellr.  U:  >>  Ii' liana 
numbering  about  150,  and  a  canning  establisl.iuent  named  O\>ii.ino. 

Addenbrooke  Island. — At  about  8  miles  NNW.  of  Karslake  Point 
lies  a  group  of  islaiuls  off  the  eastern  shore  of  the  sound  abreast  an  un- 
explored opening.  Addenbrooke,  the  most  western  of  these  islands, 
extends  westward  into  the  sound  narrowing  the  width  of  the  passage 
between  it  and  Calvert  Island  to  about  1]  miles. 

Safety  Cove  (Oatsoalis),  on  the  western  shore  of  FItzhugh  Sound, 
7  miles  to  the  northward  <.f  Cai)e  Calvert,  is  about  .  '^  mile  long  west 
and  east  and  nearly  h  mile  wide  at  its  entrance,  .  *!;  •  westward  ot 
•wliioii  the  shores  of  the  cove  extend  parallel  to  each  i^;;-  ".'  a  distance 
of  400  yards  aj)art;  there  are  depths  of  9  to  17  fathoms -v, thin  HiOyjirds 
of  its  shores,  and  14  to  11)  fathoms,  soft  m';>i,in  the  niiildle  of  the  cove; 
a  bank  of  sand  and  mud  v.  hid.  ilrifs.  c-xtends  000  yanln  from  the  head 
with  7  fathoms  cIom-  to  (,:  '  J.ge.  T'".'  shores,  except  near  the  head,  are 
high,  rocky,  and  steep-t".  There  :<  a  <oni(!al  peak  at  the  head  of  the 
cove  which  bears  N.  71-  W.  trom  the  middle  of  the  entrance.    The  north 


SAFKTY   COVE    ANX'HORAGE — NAMIJ    HARBOR. 


311 


I 


entrance  poiut  of  Safety  Cove  has  two  small  islets  lying  ott'  it  wiiicb 
are  useful  in  identifying  the  entrance,  especially  when  coming  from  the 
northward. 

Anchorage. — Good  anchorage  will  be  obtained  in  13  fathoms,  mud 
bottom,  id  the  middle  of  Safety  Cove  abreast  a  waterfall  on  the  north- 
ern shore.  Entering  at  night,  a  vessel  should  keep  in  the  midiUe  of 
the  cove  and  keeping  the  levd  going,  anchor  as  soon  as  17  fathoms  are 
struck.  During  SK.  or  SW.  gale.s,  strong  gusts  blow  across  the  valley 
at  the  head  of  this  cove. 

Fresh  Water. — The  stream  which  flows  into  the  head  of  Safety  Cove 
alfords  excellent  water  but  is  difficult  to  obtain  by  boats.  The  water- 
fall on  the  northern  shore,  unless  in  exceptionally  dry  weather  (August 
and  September),  will  afford  a  good  supply. 

Kwakshua  Passage,  between  Calvert  and  Hecate  Islands,  leads  to 
the  sea;  this  passage  is  only  partially  examined  ;  it  has  been  used  by 
coasting  vessels. 

Hakai  Channel,  between  Uecate  Island  and  the  smaller  islands  lying 
off  the  souMiern  side  of  Hunter  Island,  is  an  unex[>lored  channel  leading 
to  sea. 

Q-oldstream  Harbor,  at  the  southeastern  entrance  point  of  Hakai 
Cliannei,  affords  good  accommodation  for  small  vessels;  it  is  about  100 
yards  long  and  400  yards  broad,  with  depths  of  0  to  l.i  fathoms,  sand 
and  mud.  The  entrance  to  this  harbor  Irom  Pitzhugh  Sound  is  through 
an  intricate  passage  little  over  100  yards  wide,  between  the  northern 
extreme  of  Hecate  Island  which  forms  the  southern  shore,  and  an  island 
about  one  mile  in  extent  wliich  forms  the  northern  side  of  the  harbor. 
Foul  ground  marked  by  kelp,  extends  200  yards  from  Kelp  Point,  the 
northern  entrance  point  of  the  harbor.  Evening  Rock,  which  dries  3  feet 
at  low  water  springs,  lies  near  the  middle  of  the  passage  about  400 
yards  within  the  entrance  on  tiie  northern  side  of  the  channel ;  it  would 
be  advisable,  in  the  absence  of  good  local  knowledge,  to  place  a  boat 
near  this  rock  (when  covered)  before  entering  or  leaving  tiie  hiirbor, 
and  proceeding  at  slow  speed,  keep  in  mid-channel,  where  there  is  a 
general  depth  of  0  fathoms. 

Nalau  Island  lies  between  Hunter  and  Hecate  Islands. 

Nalau  Passage,  4  miles  northwestward  of  Hakai,  is  an  unexplored 
channel  leading  to  sea. 

Namu  Harbor  is  at  the  southern  entrance  of  Burke  Cliunnel  and  one 
mile  south  of  Kdnuind  Point.  This  harbor  is  inchuled  between  Cliff  and 
Kiwasli  Islands  to  the  west,  and  Plover  Island  and  the  mainland  in 
other  directions.  At  its  entrance  lies  Kiwash,  a  round  island,  ^  mile 
in  diameter,  and  covered  with  trees.  South  Passage,  between  Kiwash 
and  Plover  Islands,  is  nearly  i  mile  wide;  North  Passage,  between 
Kiwash  and  Cliff'  Islands,  is  000  yards  wide.  Namu  Harbor  may  be 
entered  by  either  passage. 

From  the  eastern  side  of  Namu  Harbor  two  inlets  indent  the  land  for 


312    INNER  CHANNELS — QUEEN  CHARLOTTE  TO  MILBANK  SOUND. 

the  disrauce  of  about  one  mile;  the  more  iiortheiu  is  named  Harlequia 
Basiu ;  the  other,  which  is  choljed  with  roclcs,  is  called  Rock  Creek.  At 
the  month  of  the  latter  is  Whirlwind  Bay,  its  entrance  being  marked  by 
two  small  islands,  Sunday  Island  to  the  northward  and  Olaiu  Island  to 
the  southward,  J  mile  apart.  Two  o;-  3  miles  to  the  ea'tward  of  the 
harbor  a  chain  of  mountains  extends  in  a  Jf E.  and  SW.  airection  for  6 
miles. 

Anchorage. — Large  vessels  should  anchor  in  L'O  fathoms,  in  the  cen- 
ter of  Namu  Harbor,  with  the  northern  extreme  of  Kiwash  Island  bear- 
ing N.  05°  W.,  and  the  western  extreme  of  Plover  Island  S.  14°  W. 
Small  vessels  may  anchor  in  Whirlwind  Bay  in  12  fathoms,  clay,  with 
the  noilheru  extreme  of  Kiwash  Island  bearing  N.  7G^  W.,  and  the  cen- 
ter of  Clam  Island  (a  small  island  south  of  the  bay)  S.  25°  W.  During 
the  autumn  and  winter  months  the  anchorage  in  Whirlwind  Bay  is  not 
recommended,  as  furious  gusts  blow  over  the  mountains  in  its  vicinity- 
This  anchorage  is  moreover  confined  by  Loo  Rock,  on  which  there  is 
only  3  feet  water,  lying  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  l)ay,  S.  79°  E.,  400 
yards  from  the  southern  extreme  of  Sunday  Island.  It  is  recommended 
not  to  bring  Sunday  Island  to  bear  to  the  westward  of  NW.  wh<^u  enter- 
ing Whirlwind  Bay. 

There  is  a  large  stream  and  an  old  Indian  camp  in  Whirlwind  Bay. 

Burke  Channel,  an  inlet  on  the  eastern  side  of  Fitzhugh  Sound,  leads 
to  Belakula  anchorage  at  the  head  of  North  Bentiuck  Arm,  a  distance 
of  55  miles  in  a  general  northeasterly  direction  from  its  junction  with 
Fitzhugh  Sound.  Burke  Channel  lies  between  high,  precipitous  rocky 
mountains,  the  sides  of  which  are  covered  with  stunted  pine  trees,  and 
mostly  snowcapped,  becoming  more  lofty  as  the  head  of  the  inlet  is 
ap[troached.  Burke  Channel  and  Bentiuck  Arm,  though  not  surveyed 
in  detail,  have  been  frequently  traversed  both  by  day  and  night  and 
may  be  safely  navigated. 

Edmund  Point,  the  southern  entrance  point  of  Burke  Channel,  is 
low  and  wooded,  and  has  several  small  islands  south  of  it,  lying  off 
an  indentation,  which  has  the  appearance  of  affording  sheltered  anchor- 
age. Some  small  islets  also  lie  in  the  channel  eastward  of  Edmund 
Point. 

Walker  Point,  the  northern  entrance  point  to  the  channel,  is 
formed  by  an  island  'J  miles  NW.  of  Edmund  Point;  this  island  is 
Bteep-to,  but  at  a  distance  of  400  yards  the  water  is  not  deeper  than  26 
fatlioms,  mud  bottom,  deepening  quickly  a  short  distance  further. 
This  position  might  be  used  in  a  fog  for  anchoring. 

Temporary  anchorage  north  of  Walker  Poii't  might,  in  an  emergencyt 
with  care  and  sending  a  boat  ahead,  be  taken  up,  but  there  are  many 
covering  reefs. 

Tile  first  reach  of  Burke  Channel  takes  a  N.  ti'.i^  E.  direction  for  5 
miles,  and  thence  N.  78^  E.  for  :ih  miles,  the  first  part  being  a  little  over 
one  mile  wide,  but  the  latter  part  only  '^  mile  across.    The  tides  are 


I 


RESTOKATION  COVE — BELAKULA, 


313 


luel,  is 

iug  off 

inclior- 

muiul 


geiicyi 
luauj' 


fitroiijj  ill  tliis  loacli,  ami  several  Ueavy  tide  ri|>s  are  met  witli,  Iml  lor 
tlie  reinaiinler  of  tlie  distaiiee  to  Beialiula  tlin  tid.il  streams  are  not 
much  felt,  immediately  facing  the  eastern  end  of  this  reach  is  a  bay 
which  mifjht  possibly  afford  anchorage.    The  water  here  is  brackish. 

Restoration  Cove,  at  4  miles  from  the  NE.  point  of  the  lirst  reach, 
is  immediately  under  a  high,  conical  mountain,  and  has  a  sandy  beach 
at  its  heail,  off  which,  at  h  mile,  is  a  depth  of  40  fathoms  shoaling  grad- 
.lally  to  3  fathoms  close  to  the  shore.  Several  small  streams  enter  the 
cove. 

Anchorage  may  be  taken  u|)  in  16  fathoms  at  about  300  yards  from 
low  water  mark;  the  shore  should  be  ap[»roached  very  slowly  wheu 
coming  to  au  anchor,  as  the  bank  is  extremely  steepto  and  the  water 
shoals  very  suddenly. 

The  second  reach  of  Burke  Channel  trends  X.  14°  E.  for  lUi  miles, 
ending  abreast  a  low,  wooded  point  at  the  foot  of  a  high  mountain; 
thence  the  channel  takes  a  N.  50°  E.  direction  for  12  miles,  another 
arm  (Kwatna)  branching  oft'  to  the  SB.  At  200  yards  from  the  SW. 
point  of  entrance  to  this  arm  is  a  rock  which  uucov-ers  at  low  water;  it 
is  the  only  known  danger  in  Burke  (Jhauuel,  and  may  be  avoided  by 
keeping  the  northern  shore  altoard. 

Hence  the  channel  takes  a  X.  07°  B.  direction  for  4  miles  along  the 
base  of  a  remarkably  bare,  stony  mountain  on  the  southern  shore,  which 
is  almost  entirely  devoid  of  vegetation.  Thence  the  channel  trends 
north  for  0  miles,  at  which  distance  Dean  Channel  (or  canal)  branches 
oft"  to  the  NVV.,  Burke  Channel  continuing  for  7  miles  east  to  Menzies 
Point,  in  latitude  52^  IS'  30"  N.,  where  it  divides  into  the  north  and 
south  Bentinck  Arms,  the  former  taking  au  ENE.  and  the  latter  au 
ESB.  direction. 

North  Bentinck  Arm  is  8  miles  loug,  and  just  within  the  entrance 
ou  the  northern  shore  is  a  small  bay,  aftbrdiug  anchorage  for  small 
craft.  The  head  terminates  in  a  sand  and  mud  flat  fronting  low 
swampy  ground  covered  with  grass,  which  is  submerged  at  high  water. 
The  inlet  is  here  1  .^'.r  miles  wide. 

Belakula,  at  the  head  of  North  Bentinck  Arm,  aftbrds  indifferent 
anchorage  to  vessels  close  to  the  mud  flat  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  east 
of  Sutlej  Point.  In  taking  up  a  berth  great  care  is  required  against 
getting  too  near  the  edge  of  the  flat,  which  is  quite  steep-to.  Large 
vessels  should  tnoc;  in  4.")  to  50  fathoms,  as  the  bank  is  very  steepto, 
deepening  from  one  to  18  fiithoms  in  a  distance  of  200  feet ;  a  stern 
anchor  may  also  be  required,  or  a  hawser  laid  out  to  the  shore  will  be 
useful  for  keeping  the  hawse  clear.  Small  vessels  mfiy  find  shelter  dur- 
ing summer  on  the  northern  shore  uiuler  Customhouse  I'oint.  The 
country  abounds  in  fur-bearing  animals. 

Belakula  or  Nookhalk  Uiver  is  a  stream  of  considerable  size  and 
velocity,  the  deposit  from  which  has  formed  the  steep  bantc  at  the  head 
of  the  iulet.    The  water  at  Belakula  is  quite  fresh  alongside,  and  if 


■»dii^'- 


314    INNER  CHANNELS — QUEEN  CHARLOTTE  TO  MILBANK  SOUND. 


pninped  in  at  low  water  is  fit  for  (Iriiikiii".  There  are  alao  aeveral  good 
places  for  watering  on  the  northern  shore,  opposite  the  anchorage,  a 
boat  being  able  to  go  right  underneath  the  waterfalls. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  cliange,  at  12  hrs. ;  springs  rise 
13  feet. 

Winds. — Tlie  prevailing  wind  in  Bentinck  Arm  in  summer  is  from 
3W. ;  the  westerlj'  winds  of  the  ocean  blowing  across  Fitzhugh  Sound 
being  led  up  the  inlet  as  through  a  funnel,  following  the  direction  of  the 
different  bends.  The  breeze  generally  sets  in  about  10  o'clock  in  the 
forenoon  and  blows  fresh  until  sunset,  when  it  usualh'  falls  calm. 

South  Bentinck  Arm.— From  Menzies  Point  the  South  Bentinck 
Arm  branches  oft' the  southeastward  about  a  mile  in  breadth,  with  high 
land  on  both  sides,  for  about  20  miles.  At  9  miles  from  Menzies  Point 
an  island  lies  on  the  eastern  shore.  The  head  of  the  arm  is  reported  to 
be  shallow,  5  and  12  fathoms,  but  it  has  not  been  surveyed,  and  is  sel- 
dom visited. 

Kiltik. — From  Nalau  Passage  the  coast  of  Hunter  Island  extends 
12  miles  in  a  northerly  direction  with  only  two  openings,  the  northern- 
most of  these,  named  Kiltik,  opposite  Edmund  Point,  is  a  narrow  creek 
extending  nearly  a  mile  in  a  westerly  direction,  with  an  average  depth 
of  20  fathoms  in  the  center,  but  shoal  for  )f  mile  from  its  bead.  This 
creek  might  be  used  by  moderate-sized  vessels,  but  has  not  been  exam- 
ined indetail. 

The  Trap,  13  miles  from  the  southeastern  point  of  Hunter  Island  a 
small  islet  lies  off  an  indentation  of  tlie  coast,  forming  what  has  been 
termed  the  Trap.  Strangers  might  be  tempted  to  enter  this  opening;  it 
is  extremely  contracted,  not  affording  room  for  a  steamer  to  turn,  and 
dangers  are  supposed  to  exist  in  the  passage  round  the  island. 

Fisher  Channel,  the  continuation  of  Fitzhugh  Sound  northward, 
leads  to  Lama  and  (runboat  Passages  on  the  west,  and  to  Port  John  and 
Evans  Arm  on  the  east.  It  is  a  clear  navigable  chatiuel,  possessing, 
with  the  exception  of  the  Fog  Rocks,  no  known  danger.  At  15  miles  from 
Walker  Point  the  channel  divides  into  two,  Johnson  Channel  taking  a 
NNW.  and  Cousins  Inlet  a  NNE.  direction  ;  the  former  at  a  distance 
of '.>  miles  splitting  into  several  arms  (Itoscoe  and  Sisters  Inlets  on 
either  side  of  Florence  Peninsula,  and  Bullock  and  Ellerslie  Channels  on 
eithersideofYeo  Island).  Bullock  and  Ellerslie  Channels  communicate 
with  Seaforth  Channel,  and  from  the  north  point  of  Yeo  Island,  at  their 
northern  junction,  the  main  inlet  continues  northward  for  a  further  dis- 
tance of  10  miles  to  about  lat.  52°  37'  N.  These  channels  northward  of 
Gunboat  Passage  have  not  been  surveyed  in  detail,  and  should  therefore 
be  navigated  with  caution. 

Fog  Rocks,  lying  rather  on  the  east  side  of  Fisher  Channel  and  3 
miles  north  of  Walker  Point,  consist  of  six  rocks  above  water,  flat  and  of 
a  whitish  color,  the  highest  of  which  is  25  feet  high,  with  a  few  shrubs  on 
it ;  close  to  the  southernmost  rock,  several  small  black  rocks  uncover  at 


«9 


PORT   JOHN — LAMA   PASSAGE. 


315 


and  a 
been 

=  ,it 
and 


». 


low  water.  These  rocks  (which  appear  nearly  in  mid  channel  from  the 
sonthward)  may  be  passed  on  either  side,  but  the  main  route  lies  to  the 
■westward  of  them,  passing  them  at  about  ^  mile.  There  is  a  depth  of 
103  fathoms,  m;id,  between  Fog  Rocks  and  the  eastern  shore  of  Fitz- 
bugh  Sound. 

Port  John  is  in  the  northern  part  of  an  indentation,  9  miles  "'orth- 
Avard  of  Fog  Rocks,  and  immediately  under  Remarkable  Cone,  a  m  )un- 
tain  2,302  feet  high.  Southward  of  Port  John  is  Evans  Arm,  into  which 
there  are  two  passages  on  either  side  of  Matthew  Island,  which  lies  at 
the  entrance  to  the  arm.  The  south  passage  is  J  mile  wide,  and  clear 
of  danger.  The  north  passage  is  only  i^  mile  wide,  and  this  near  the 
east  end  is  contracted  to  300  yards  by  a  rock  lying  in  the  center. 

Port  John  affords  anchorage  in  20  fathoms,  but  is  much  confined  by 
Mark  Rock  nearly  in  the  middle,  covering  at  half  flood,  and  by  a  flat 
extending  off'  the  stream  at  its  head.  There  is  also  anchorage  at  the 
head  of  Evans  Arm  in  20  fathoms,  which  may  be  reached  through 
South  Passage,  but  the  immediate  ai)proach  to  it  north  of  Boot  Island 
is  foul,  and  a  vessel  of  size  should  be  preceded  by  a  boat.  North  Pas- 
sage should  only  be  used  after  temporarily  buoying  Peril  Rock,  which 
has  only  12  feet  water  on  it,  and  lies  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  east 
entrance  to  the  passage. 

Dean  Canal  leads  out  of  Cousins  Inlet  to  tlie  NG.,  in  which  direction 
it  extends  for  about  12  miles,  and  there  divides  into  three  branches; 
one  (Cascade  Inlet)  taking  a  northwestern  direction;  another  (Labou- 
chere  Channel)  to  the  SE.  and  communicating  with  Burke  Channel ; 
the  other,  main  inlet,  extending  in  a  north  and  NE.  direction,  with  au 
average  width  of  one  mile,  for  a  distance  of  18  miles,  when  it  turns  to 
the  NNW.  for  9  miles,  terminating  in  low  marshy  land  in  about  latitude 
Ron  r.o/  V    infn  wliip.li  the  Kimswit  River  discharges  itself.     Anchorage 

aear  the 

:tends  in 
f  ^  mile, 
not  been 
•eci  pices, 

auu  ov/. ^  '  ains  that 

overlook  it. 

Lama  Passage,  between  Hunter  and  Denny  Islands,  is  the  main 
passage  connecting  Fisher  Channel  with  Seaforth  Channel  and  Milbank 
Sound;  its  eastern  entrance,  on  the  west  side  of  Fisher  Channel,  may 
be  recognized  by  a  conical  mountain  1,000  feet  high,  on  the  northeast- 
ern point  of  Hunter  Island,  and  by  Pointer  Island,  on  the  southern  side 
of  this  entrance,  where  it  is  nearly  one  mile  wide. 

The  entrance  to  Plumper  Channel,  which  is  one  mile  wide,  lies  oppo- 
site Twilight  Point,  from  which  Lama  Passage  turns  to  the  northward 
between  Denny  and  Campbell  Islands,  for  4  miles  to  Grave  Point,  which 


314    INNER  CHANNELS — QUEEN  CHARLOTTE  TO  MILBANK  SOUND, 


piiinpeil  ill  at  low  water  is  fit  for  drinkiiifj.  There  are  also  several  good 
places  for  watering  ou  the  northern  shore,  opposite  the  anchorage,  a 
boat  being  able  to  go  right  underneath  the  waterfalls. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  12  hrs. ;  springs  rise 
13  feet. 

Winds. — The  prevailing  wind  in  Beutinck  Ann  in  summer  is  from 
3W. ;  the  westerly  winds  of  the  ocean  blo\7ing  across  Fitzhugh  Sound 
being  led  up  the  inlet  as  through  a  funnel,  following  the  direction  of  the 
ditferent  bends.  The  breeze  generally  sets  in  about  10  o'clock  in  the 
forenoon  and  blows  fresh  until  sunset,  when  it  usually  falls  calm. 

South  Bentinck  Arm.— From  Menzies  Point  the  South  Beutinck 
A.rm  branches  oft' the  southeastward  about  a  mile  in  breadth,  with  high 
land  on  both  sides,  for  about  20  miles.  At  9  miles  from  Menzies  Point 
an  island  lies  on  the  eastern  shore.  The  head  of  the  arm  is  rei)ortcd  to 
be  shallow,  5  and  12  fathoms,  but  it  has  not  been  surveyed,  and  is  sel- 
dom visited. 

Kiltik. — From  Nalau  Passage  the  coast  of  Hunter  Island  extends 
12  miles  in  a  northerly  direction  with  only  two  openings,  the  northern- 
most of  these,  named  Kiltik,  opposite  Edmuiul  Point,  is  a  narrow  creek 
extending  nearly  a  mile  in  a  westerly'  direction,  with  an  average  depth 
of  20  fathoms  in  the  center,  but  shoal  for  ^  mile  from  its  head.  This 
creek  might  be  used  by  moderate-sized  vessels,  but  has  not  been  exam- 
ined indotail. 

The  Trap,  13  miles  from  the  southeastern  point  of  Iluater  Island  a 
small  islet  lies  off  an  indentation  of  the  coast,  forming  what  has  been 
termed  the  Trap.  Strangers  might  be  tempted  to  enter  this  opening;  it 
is  extremely  contracted,  not  affording  room  for  a  steamer  to  turn,  and 
dangers  are  supposed  to  exist  in  the  passage  round  the  island. 

p./'^'^\^?w''J!^f  OOI-UMBIA -Fisher  channel -Walbran  rock-        ' 
f*"°y  e8ta,» "shed.— A  wooden  spar  buoy,  painted  red,  has  been  estab- 
lished oil  Walbian  rock,  Fi.sher  channel. 

Approx.  position:  Lat.  .52°  O'.V  28"  N.,  Long    127°  57'  .30"  E 
The  buoy  is  moored  in  ,5  fathoms  of  wafer. 
/M^rxTV.'^  t lie  buoy   Pointer   Island   lighthouse   bears  N.  48°  W.  true 

i^t^i-^K^  -  ';x'f,-^!/|f^''"*  <'*^'^  -V'"''"'  '^'"l  <»'«'  i'^l^'t  off  Nob  point 
.N.  80    K  true  (Mi   i  E.  mag.).  (n.M.U.  iL.) 

either  side  or  luorence  Peninsula, anu  uuiiock  aiui  iiiiiersiie  vjiianneison 
eithersideof  Yeo  Island).  Bullock  and  Ellerslie  Channels  communicate 
with  Seaforth  (]hannel,and  from  the  north  point  of  Yeo  Island,  at  their 
northern  Junction,  the  main  inlet  continues  northward  for  a  further  dis- 
tance of  10  miles  to  about  lat.  52°  37'  N.  These  channels  northward  of 
Gunboat  Passage  have  not  been  surveyed  in  detail,  and  should  therefore 
be  navigated  with  caution. 

Fog  Rocks,  lying  rather  on  the  east  side  of  Fisher  Channel  and  3 
miles  north  of  Walker  Point,  consist  of  six  rocks  above  water,  flat  and  of 
a  whitish  color,  the  highest  of  which  is  25  feet  high,  with  a  few  shrubs  on 
it'  close  to  the  southernmost  rock,  several  small  black  rocks  uncover  at 


PORT    JOHN — LAMA    PASSAGE. 


315 


low  water.  These  rocks  (which  appear  nearly  in  niid-channol  from  the 
southward)  may  be  passed  on  either  side,  but  the  main  route  lies  to  the 
westward  of  them,  passing  them  at  about  ^  mile.  There  is  a  depth  of 
103  fathoms,  mad,  between  Fog  Rocks  and  the  eastern  shore  of  Fitz- 
bugh  Sound. 

Fort  John  is  in  the  northern  part  of  an  indentation,  9  miles  north- 
ward of  Fog  Rocks,  and  immediately  under  Itemarkable  Cone,  a  moun- 
tain 2,302  feet  high.  Southward  of  Port  John  is  Evans  Arm,  into  which 
there  are  two  passages  on  either  side  of  Matthew  Island,  which  lies  at 
the  entrance  to  the  arm.  The  south  passage  is  J  mile  wide,  and  clear 
of  danger.  The  north  passage  is  only  ^  mile  wide,  and  this  near  the 
east  end  is  contracted  to  300  yards  by  a  rock  lying  in  the  center. 

Port  John  aftbrds  anchorage  in  20  fathoms,  but  is  much  confined  by 
Mark  Rock  nearly  in  the  middle,  covering  at  half  Hood,  and  by  a  flat 
extending  off  the  stream  at  its  head.  There  is  also  anchorage  at  the 
head  of  Evans  Arm  in  20  fathoms,  which  may  be  reached  through 
South  Passage,  but  the  immediate  ai)proach  to  it  north  of  Boot  Island 
is  foul,  and  a  vessel  of  size  should  be  preceded  by  a  boat.  North  Pas- 
sage should  only  be  used  after  temporarily  buoying  Peril  Rock,  which 
has  only  12  feet  water  on  it,  and  lies  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  east 
entrance  to  the  passage. 

Dean  Canal  leads  out  of  Cousins  Inlet  to  tiie  NB.,  in  which  direction 
it  extends  for  about  12  miles,  and  there  divides  into  three  branches; 
one  (Cascade  Inlet)  taking  a  northwestern  direction;  another  (Labou- 
chere  Channel)  to  the  SE.  and  communicating  with  Burke  Channel; 
the  other,  main  iidet,  extending  in  a  north  and  NE.  direction,  with  an 
average  width  of  one  mile,  for  a  distance  of  18  miles,  when  it  tnrus  to 
the  NN  W.  for  9  miles,  terminating  in  low  marshy  land  in  about  latitude 
520  52'  N.,  into  which  the  Kimswit  River  discharges  itself.  Anchorage 
is  reported  on  a  spit,  off  a  small  stream  on  the  west  shore,  near  the 
bead. 

Cascade  Inlet,  so  named  from  the  number  of  water-falls,  extends  in 
a  NW.  direction  for  about  11  miles,  with  an  average  width  of  ^  mile. 
It,  in  CO  nmon  with  the  other  branches  of  Dean  Channel,  has  not  been 
survfyed  in  detail ;  its  shores  are  composed  of  perpendicular  precipices, 
and  several  large  cascades  come  down  from  the  high  mountains  that 
overlook  it. 

Lama  Passage,  between  Hunter  and  Denny  Islands,  is  the  main 
passage  connecting  Fisher  Channel  with  Seaforth  Channel  and  Milbauk 
Sound;  its  eastern  entrance,  on  the  west  side  of  Fisher  Channel,  may 
be  recognized  by  a  conical  mountain  1,000  feet  high,  on  the  northeast- 
ern point  of  Hunter  Island,  and  by  Pointer  Island,  on  the  southern  side 
of  this  entrance,  where  it  is  nearly  one  mile  wide. 

The  entrance  to  Plumper  Channel,  which  is  one  mile  wide,  lies  oppo- 
site Twilight  Point,  from  which  Lama  Passage  turns  to  the  northward 
between  Denny  and  Campbell  Islands,  for  4  miles  to  Grave  Point,  which 


L'S 


316    INNKB  CHANNELS — QUEEN  CIIAKLOTTE  TO  MILBANK  SOUND. 

has  several  Iiulian  },'ravt>s  ou  it ;  tVoiu  2J  miles  uortli  of  Twiliylit  Point 
to  Grave  I'oint  tlio  passajje  is  contracted  to  400  yards,  with  uniform 
depths  of  25  to  'M  fathoms. 

Tlie  northern  shore  of  Lama  Passage  is  bold  and  but  slightly  indented, 
but  the  southern,  after  tlie  first  3  miles,  is  penetrated  by  a  number  of 
indentations,  some  of  which  aft'ord  slielter. 

Tides. — About  midw,iy  between  Fog  liocks  and  Laina.Passage  the 
flood  tide  from  the  northward  meets  that  from  the  southward. 

Cooper  Inlet,  on  the  southern  sliore  of  Lama  Passage,  5  miles  from 
the  eastern  entrance,  is  deep,  and  contains  several  small  creeks,  the 
indentations  already  mentioned,  off  whicli  lie  a  number  of  islets  and 
rocks.  In  line  weather  anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  14  fathoms  water 
under  Westminster  Point,  the  northwestern  point  o*"  the  inlet,  by  bring- 
ing it  to  bear  N\V.,  and  Ilarbonnaster  Point,  the  northeastern  point  of 
the  inlet,  just  open  of  the  reefs  oft'  Charles  Point  bearing  east. 

Jane  Creek,  in  the  southeastern  corner  of  Cooper  Inlet,  may  be  used 
by  small  vestscls.  Charles  Point,  its  nortii  point,  has  two  reefs  extend- 
ing 200  yards  from  it  in  a  northwesterly  direction,  the  outer  of  which 
dries  9  feet. 

Anchorage. — Good  anchorage  may  be  had  in  this  creek  in  9  fathoms 
water,  with  Charles  Point  in  line  with  the  east  point  of  Canoe  Bight 
(on  the  opposite  shore  of  the  passage)  bearing  X,  23°  W.,  and  George 
Point,  the  southern  entrance  point  of  Jane  Creek,  bearing  8.  81°  W. 
Large  vessels  may  anchor  in  about  IS  fathoms,  midway  between  Charles 
and  George  Points;  the  bottom  ii.  this  creek  is  mostly  rocky. 

Camp  Island,  lying  close  to  the  southwestern  extremity  of  Denny 
Island,  and  the  turning  point  into  the  northern  part  of  Lama  Passage, 
should  not  be  rounded  nearer  than  J  mile,  as  the  bottom  is  foul  for  a 
distance  of  (iOO  yards  in  a  southeasterly  direction  from  it,  with  patches 
that  uncover  2  feet  at  low  wAter  springs. 

McLaughlin  Bay,  on  the  western  shore  of  Lama  Passage,  |  mile 
south  of  Grave  Point,  is  a  good  stopping  place;  it  is  about  800  yards 
wide  and  300  yards  deep,  with  8  to  14  fathoms  water.  Tlie  south  point 
of  the  bay  has  a  bare  summit  150  feet  high,  which  in  thick  weather  is  a 
useful  guide  to  strangers.  The  anchorage  is  in  11  fathoms  off  the  cen- 
ter of  the  beach  about  200  yards  from  the  shore,  with  Grave  Point 
open  east  of  S\V.  point  of  Narrows  Island  bearing  N.  22°  E.  A  spit 
runs  off  with  Bare  Hill  bearing  N.  (ijo  W.  Anchorage  should  be  taken 
up  well  to  the  southward  of  the  church. 

In  this  bay  is  the  site  of  an  old  Hudson  Bay  trading  post ;  there  is  a 
small  quantity  of  cleared  ground  at  the  foot  of  a  rocky  hill  200  feet 
hjgh,  i  mile  from  the  l^each,  on  the  west  side  of  which  there  is  a  lake. 
This  is  the  only  Indian  winter  residence  between  Queen  Charlotte 
iSound  and  Seaforth  Channel. 

The  Bella  Bella  natives  migrated  here  from  Bella  Bella  Islands  in 
18G8;  an  American  nii>-,sionary  now  resides  in  the  bay,  and  a  small 
church  and  schoolhouse  have  been  recently  erected.  :, 


■e  IS  a 
►0  feet 
lake, 
irlotte 

ids  ia 
small 


BELLA    BELLA    ISLANDS — STEAMER    PASSAGE. 


317 


A  rock  is  sjiid,  IVoin  ludiati  re|)i)rt,  to  exist  in  Lain  i  l^assage  abreast 
McLaugiilin  H  ly,  and  to  lie  lOO  yards  from  the  eastern  shore,  with 
Na|)ior  Point  Uearinjj  south  distant  nearly  l,liOO  yards.  This  roek  has 
been  searched  for  witiioiit  success.  The  passage  was  frequcMitly  nsed 
during  the  survey,  and  though  not  then  found  the  rock  may  exist,  and 
consequently  the  western  shore  sliouM  be  favored. 

Bella  Bella  Islands,  northward  of  (Irave  Point,  are  bare  and  about 
15  feet  higii ;  these  islands  were  i'onnerly  inliabited  iluriiig  the  sumtuer 
montlis  by  the  Indians  of  the  once  powerful  Bella  Hella  tribe.  In  1S84 
there  was  an  Indian  nopidation  of  250.  Temporary  anchorage  may  be 
had  to  the  eastwani  of  Bella  Bella  Islands  ott"  a  green  bushy  flat,  the 
old  winter  residence  of  these  natives. 

Klicktsoatli  Harbor,  on  the  northern  side  of  Denny  Island,  is  about 
one  nnle  in  extent,  with  depths  of!)  to  13  fathoms,  and  affords  excellent 
shelter  for  vessels  of  any  size.  Ilarbor  Island,  off  the  northwestern 
point  of  Klicktsoatli,  has  a  reef  extending  200  yards  from  its  eastern 
end. 

Steamer  Passage. — The  channel  south  of  Harbor  Island  is  200  yard» 
wide,  with  a  depth  of  7  fathoms,  and  is  suitable  for  small  vessels;  large 
vessels  are  recommended  to  pass  north  of  Harbor  Island  and  through 
Wheelock  Pass,  which  lies  between  a  3  fathom  patch  near  the  center  of 
the  channel  and  Noble  Point,  the  northeastern  entrance  point  of  the 
harbor,  from  which  a  3  fiithom  shoal  extends  150  yards  in  a  south- 
westerly direction. 

The  west  extreme  of  Cypress  Island  in  line  with  the  oast  extreme  of 
Meadow  Islaud  bearing  N.  6^  W.  leads  through  Wheelock  Pass  in  11  to 
19  fathoms  water,  and  when  Harbor  Island  bears  N.  65°  W,  vessels  may 
anchor  in  12  fathoms. 

Large  vessels  not  wishing  to  enter  Klicktsoatli  Harbor  may  obtain 
secure  anchorage  in  15  fathoms,  with  Harbor  Islaud  bearing  south, 
distan  t  600  yards. 

Kakooshdish  Creek,  just  north  of  N  '•  Ij  Point,  and  extending  1^ 
miles  in  an  easterly  direction,  is  suitable  for  small  craft,  but  is  barred 
across  by  kelp,  having  3^  fathoms. 

There  is  an  Indian  fishing  station  at  the  head  of  this  creek. 

Main  Passage,  leading  from  Lama  Passage  to  Seaforth  Channel, 
between  the  northeastern  extreme  of  Campbell  and  Narrows  Islands,  is 
5  mile  long  and  about  J  mile  wide,  with  depths  of  20  to  30  fathoms  in 
it.  Care  should  be  taken  to  maintain  a  mid  channel  course,  and  in  thick 
weather  much  caution  must  bo  observed,  as  the  tides  are  very  strong. 

Narrows  Island  is  if  mile  long  and  nearly  ^  mile  broad ;  at  200^ 
yards  from  the  southern  side  of  Narrows  Island  there  is  a  ledge  of  rocks 
awash  at  high  water,  with  5  fathoms  close  to. 

Pole  and  Tree  Islets,  east  of  Nairows  Island,  are  two  small  islet* 
400  yards  apart;  Tree  Islet,  the  northernmost  is  120  feet  high,  with  a 
detached  rock  close  to  its  northeastern  side.  There  are  two  rocky 
ledges  between  these  islets  and  Narrows  Island. 


318    INiNER  CHANNELS — QUEEN  CIIAKLOTTE  TO  MILHANK  SOUND. 

Hodges  Reef,  wliioli  dries  li  tVu't  at  low-water  sprin^is,  witli  (i  and  7 
fathoms  close  to,  lies  nearly  in  mid-channel  between  between  Tree  Islet 
and  Deer  Island.  From  this  reef  the  center  of  Tree  Islet  bears  N.  03° 
W.,  400  yards,  and  the  east  extreme  of  Pole  Islet  S.  02^  W.,  fiOO  yards. 

Meadow  Island,  lies  400  yards  SK.  of  Pole  Islet.  In  the  channel 
between  them  are  depths  of  5  to  15  lathoms,  and  a  reef  lies  100  yards 
off  the  north  point  of  Meadow  Island. 

Deer  and  Cypress  Islands  lie  to  the  eastward  of  the  above  islands, 
and  are  joined  at  low  water. 

Gunboat  Passage,  between  Denny  and  Cunningham  Islands,  is 
narrow  and  intricate,  containing  many  rocks  anil  kelp  patches ;  in  some 
places  the  channel  is  not  more  tiian  100  yards  wide.  From  its  western 
entrance  it  trends  about  easterly  for  0  miles,  thence  northerly  2  miles 
to  its  eastern  entrance,  which  is  at  the  junction  of  Fisher  and  Dean. 
Channels, 

(Junboat  Passage  should  not  bo  attempte'  unless  in  small  handy 
steam-coasting  vessels  and  with  good  local  ledge. 

Seaforth  Channel,  the  main  channel  coi  g  Lama  Passage  with 

Milb.ink  Sound,  is  It  miles  long,  with  an  average  breadth  of  one  mile; 
the  land  on  both  sides  is  much  broken  by  islands  with  channels  between 
leading  north  and  south;  the  water  is  generally  deep,  and  with  the  charts 
there  should  be  no  ditliculty  in  navigating,  in  ordinary  weather. 

<Jn  the  northern  side  three  arms  branch  off  to  the  northward:  Deer 
Passage,  the  eastern,  between  Cunningham  and  Chatlield  islands,  is 
about  7  miles  long,  and  coinmunicatos  with  Johnson  Channel ;  Return 
Channel,  the  middle  one,  between  Chatlield  and  Veo  Islands,  is  about 
3  miles  in  length  and  joins  Bullock  daiinel;  and  Spiller  Channel,  the 
west  rn,  between  Yeo  anl  Don  Ishmds,  extends  4  miles  and  connects 
with  Ellerslie.  These  channels  have  not  been  more  than  casually  ex- 
amined, and  their  entrances  are  fronteil  by  innumerable  small  islands, 
rocks  and  reefs.  On  the  southern  si  le  of  Seaforth  Ciiannel,  at  OA  miles 
to  the  eastward  of  Sound  Point,  is  the  entrance  to  Hecate  Channel. 
This  jiassage  is  about  10  miles  long  in  a  general  southerly  direction, 
with  an  average  width  of  one  mile,  and  leads  into  Queen's  Sound. 

Ormidale  Harbor,  at  the  northeri'  extreme  of  Campbell  Island,  is 
about  one  mile  deep,  and  is  protectee  from  the  NK.  bj  Thorburne  and 
Xevoy  Islands,  which  lie  across  i's  cMrance.  The  channel  in  lies  west- 
ward of  Nevoy  Island;  it  is  about  '-OO  yards  wide,  with  from  14  to  10 
fatlionis  «ate»",  and  is  clear  of  danger  it  a  mid-channel  course  is  steered. 
Inside  the  wat  '■  is  deep,  tiie  depth  over  the  greater  part  being  from  15 
to  20  fathoms.  Anchorage  may  be  hail  in  17  fathoms  about  400  yards 
south  of  Nevoy  Island. 

The  passage  in  is  longer,  but  tiie  berth  is  more  convenient  than  in 
Kynumpt  Harbor,  directly  west  of  it. 

Kynumpt  Harbor,  immediately  west  of  Ormidale  Harbor,  may  be 
recognized  by  Grassy  Islet,  20  feet  high,  ami   Regatta  Reefs,  both  of 


KYNl'MPT    HARHOU— DUXblVAN    INLET. 


3\\) 


wliicli  are  coiiHpicuous,  lying  in  tlie  niiddlit  of  tliecliannel,  ]\  miles  east- 
ward of  tlio  liarbor,  and  also  by  Wliite  Stone,  a  conspicuous  l»are  rocic 
12  feet  iiigli,  lying  400  yards  west  of  tlic  entrance. 

The  harbor,  the  entrance  to  wiiich  is  between  Shelf  Point  and  Low 
Island,  is  800  yards  long  and  averages  100  yards  in  breadth,  with  0  to 
m  fathoms,  mud  bottom  ;  the  best  anchorage  is  in  7  to  9  fathoms,  with 
the  north  extreme  of  Berry  Point  bearing  east  and  the  weste.\trei;ie  of 
Low  Island  N.  Ho  K.  A  shoal  patch  with  1|  fathoms  on  it  lies  on  the 
western  side  of  the  harbor,  450  yards  S.  3°  E.  of  Shelf  Point,  distant 
200  yards  from  the  shore. 

A  rock  with  10  feet  water  over  it  has  been  reimrted  to  lie  400  yards 
S.  70°  W.  of  Low  Island,  jut  though  searched  lor  in  188.3,  it  was  not 
fouiMl. 

Hecate  Channel  leads  into  Queen  Sound;  its  southern  entrance  ia 
obstru«;ted  by  rocks. 

Grassy  Islet,  small,  20  feet  high,  covered  with  long  grass  and 
bushes,  and  with  only  two  trees  on  it,  lies  nearly  one  mile  N.  59^  E.  of 
the  entrance  to  Ormidale  liarbor. 

Regatta  Rock,  awash  at  high  water,  200  yards  in  extent,  lies  A  mile 
N.  tse  W.  of  (Jrassy  Island. 

Dall  Patch,  a  shoal  with  less  than  (5  feet  water  on  it,  lies  J  mile  N. 
48°  E.  of  the  entrance  to  Kynumpt  Harbor;  from  the  center  of  the  patch 
Defeat  Point  bears  S.  .'iOo  W.,  distant  800  yards,  and  White  Stone  S. 
840  W.,  1,.'}00  yards;  a  shoal  of  3  fathoms  extends  250  ya)(ls  to  the 
westward  of  Dall  Patch. 

Caution.— To  avoid  Dall  Patch,  it  is  recommended  to  keep  the  south- 
ern shore  aboard,  which  in  this  vicinity  may  be  approached  to  within 
300  yards ;  or  if  wishing  to  go  northward  of  the  patch;  (ira«sy  Islet, 
in  line  with  the  south  extreme  of  Handyside  Island  bearing  S.  74°  E., 
leads  nearly  midway  between  Dall  Patch  and  Regatta  Rock. 

Dundivan  Inlet,  on  the  northern  shore  of  Duiferiii  Island,  about  3 
miles  westward  of  Kynuiupt  Harbor,  indents  the  coast  about  1^  miles 
in  a  southerly  direction.  It  branches  oil  into  several  creeks,  of  which 
Lofikhart  and  Rait  are  the  largest,  and  there  are  several  small  islets 
Just  within  the  entrance.  The  water  is  too  deep  to  alford  convenient 
anchorage.  The  southern  shore  of  Seaforth  Ciiannel,  westward  of  Dun- 
divan Inlet,  trends  in  nearly  a  straight  line  to  Sound  Point,  the  south 
l»oint  of  entrance.  At  2i  miles  eastward  of  Sound  Point,  Gale  Creek 
branches  oil' in  ii  southerly  direction,  and  is  8np])osed  to  connect  with 
lioddy  (Jreek  from  the  SE.  thus  separating  Duflerin  Island  from  the 
remainder  of  the  Bardswell  groui). 

Edge  Reef,  on  which  there  is  a  depth  of  44  fathoms,  lies  nearly  SCO 
yards  distant  from  the  southern  shore,  at  2  miles  eastward  of  Sound 
Point.     Several  i)atches  lie  between  it  and  the  shore. 

Cod  Bank,  on  which  the  least  depth  found  was  27  fathoms,  sand,  lies 
in  the  middle  of  the  western  entrance  to  Seatbrth  Channel ;  there  are 


520    INNER  CHANNELS — QUEEN  CHARLOTTE  TO  MILBANK  SOUND. 


58  fcithoins  on  the  .southern  aide,  ami  163  fathoms,  rock,  close  to  on  the 
nortiiern  sido  of  the  bank. 

Anchorage. — Tivo  and  one-half  miles  to  the  eastward  of  Sound  Point, 
a  bank  extends  about  ^  mile  from  the  south  shore  of  Seaforth  Channel  j 
on  its  cuter  edge,  whicii  is  steepto,  there  are  depths  of  D8  and  30  fath- 
oms, de;!reasing  to  18  and  10  fathon)s  close  to  the  shore,  for  a  distance 
of  one  mile  east  of  Sound  Point.  During  foggy  weather,  temporary 
anchorage  may,  with  careful  use  of  lead,  be  obtained  on  this  bank. 

Hyndman  Reefs,  the  outer  of  several  islets  and  reefs  lying  on  the 
western  shore  at  tlie  entrance  to  Spiller  Channel,  is  nearly  in  the  mid- 
dle of  that  channel,  and  has  a  small  rock  only  3  feet  above  water  on  its 
south  end. 

Midge  Reefs,  on  the  northern  side  of  Seaforth  Channel,  cover  at  10 
teet  rise,  and  extend  800  yards  in  a  southerly  direction  from  Bush  Point 
(Don  Island),  and  are  3J  miles  within  the  western  entrance  to  the 
channel.  The  Mark  Rock  lies  200  yards  distant  from  the  SE.  point  of 
Don  Island,  and  one  mile  east  of  Midge  Reefs ;  between  them  is  Sunk 
Reef  with  4  fathoms  water  on  it.  Bare  Rock,  black  and  low,  kept  just 
open  to  the  southward  of  Surf  Islet,  bearing  N.  08'^  W.,  leads  J  mile  to 
the  southward  of  Midge  Reefs ;  the  northern  shore  of  Seaforth  Channel 
should  not  be  approached  within  this  distance. 

Berry  Creek. — The  southern  shore  of  Don  island  is  broken  and 
rocky,  and  has  numerous  islets  and  rocks  skirting  it.  Berry  Creek  is 
nearly  2  miles  long  and  has  its  entrance  blocked  by  small  islets;  it  is 
useless  as  an  anchorage. 

Blair  Inlet,  3  miles  westward  of  Berry  Creek,  is  another  indentation 
useless  as  an  anchorage  on  account  of  the  numerous  rocks  with  which 
it  is  studded.     Ivory  and  Watch  Islands  form  its  south  side. 

Mouse  Rock,  on  which  the  sea  sometimes  breaks,  lies  k  mile  west  of 
Ivory  Island  off  the  entrance  to  Blair  Inlet.  Idol  Point  kept  open  of 
Surf  Islet,  bearing  S.  71^  E.  leads  south  of  Mouse  Rock. 


CHAPTER  IX. 


MILBANK    SOUND    TO    CHATHAM    SOUND— INNEK     AND    OUTER    CHAN- 
NELS. 


west  of 
open  of 


Milbank  Sound  is  the  inai!i  opening  from  seaward  leading  to  Sea- 
fortii,  Finlayso'i,  and  MathJeson  Channels. 

At  its  entrance,  between  Gape  Swain  and  Day  Point,  the  sound  is 
nearly  9  miles  wide,  which  breadth  it  maintains  in  a  northeasterly  di- 
rection for  5  miles,  thence  it  trends  more  northerly,  and  takes  a  north 
direction  for  10  miles,  leading  in  that  direction  into  Finlaj'son  Channel. 

Landmarks. — Approaching  Milbanlc  Sound  from  the  southwestward, 
Helmet  Peak  on  Lake  Island,  at  the  eastern  shore  of  the  sound,  is  con- 
spicuous. This  remarkable  peak  is  l,03:i  feet  high,  and  bears  a  striking 
resemblance  to  a  helmet,  with  the  sloping  side  towards  the  west. 

Stripe  Mountain,  on  the  north  side  of  Dowager  Island,  at  the  entrance 
of  Finlayson  Channel,  is  2,020  feet  high,  pyramidal  in  shape,  with  a 
remarkable  landsli[)  <lown  its  southwestern  side,  destitute  of  timber 
and  soil,  but  otherwise  wooded  to  its  summit;  at  its  base  is  a  compara- 
tively level  space  8C  mtily  covered  with  vegetation,  which  is  remark- 
able in  such  a  thickly  timbered  country. 

Nearing  the  sound  the  low  wooded  shores  of  Cape  Swain,  in  the 
SW.  entrance  point  to  the  sound,  will  be  recognized.  The  shore  norih- 
ward  of  it  is  much  broken,  and  the  tops  of  tiie  trees  are  about  120  feet 
high. 

Fogs. — Vessels  uieetin;;  with  a  fog  in  this  portion  of  Milbank  Sound 
would  Unil  Beaver  Bank  of  service,  not  only  as  indicating  ber  position, 
but  as  ad'ording  tempos    ly  anchorage. 

Soundings. — A  run  of  dee|t  water  8  miles  broad,  with  depths  of  over 
101)  fathoms,  mud,  extends  southwestward  of  3Iilbank  Sound.  North- 
westward of  tills  (jliiinnt'i  the  depths  decrease  to  oO  fathoms,  c.nd  less, 
oflfthe  entrance  to  Liiredo  Sound,  with  a  bottom  of  tine  sand.  South- 
eastward the  depths  are  70  and  80  fathoms,  with  a  bottom  consisting 
of  sand,  mud,  and  rock  at  intervals. 

In  tiiick  weather,  therefore,  or  if  overtaken  by  fog,  when  apjiroach- 
ing  Milbank  Sound  from  tiie  southwestward,  with  average  precautions, 
a  vessel's  potation  (!an  be  indicated  by  the  deep  sea  lead. 

Kelp  grows  i»:>  nearly  every  danger  with  a  bottom  of  rock  oi  stones 
and  is  generally  seen  on  the  surface  of  the  water  during  the  summer 
and  autumn  months. 

1420O— No.  00 21  •  :f2i 


322 


MILBANK    SOUND    TO    CHATHAM    SOUND. 


Day  Point,  the  southern  point  of  Price  Island,  hns  ii  group  of  wooded 
islets,  and  rocks  awash  at  high  water,  and  sunken  rocks  extending  2 
miles  SW.  from  it;  the  western  island  of  the  group  (Outer  Island)  being 
round,  wooded,  and  conspicuous.  The  outer  edye  of  these  dangers  lies 
2,^  miles  SW.  of  Day  Point  and  1,(100  yards  S.  14^  !•:.  of  Outer  Island. 

White  Rock  (Kamasik),  lying  about  5  miles  within  the  sound,  is 
50  leet  high,  and  i  mile  N.  .'17°  K.  of  it  is  a  sniiiller  rook  (Bare  Rock)  6 
feet  above  high  water.  Both  rocks  are  conspicuous,  as,  lying  well  out 
in  the  sound,  they  show  out  against  the  dark  background  of  pine  and 
cedar,  which  line  the  shores  of  Milbank  Sound. 

From  White  liouk,  a  rocky  riilge(on  which  the  sea  sometimes  breaks) 
extends  J  mile  to  the  south  westward,  and  a  patch  of  2  fathoms  lies  500 
yards  eastward  of  the  same  rock. 

There  are  depths  of  50  fathoms,  rock,  at  one  mile  eastward,  and  34 
fathoms  dose-to,  westward  of  tliis  rock. 

The  south  extreme  of  Glitf  Island,  seen  just  open  of  Bowlder  Head, 
bearing  N.  2'^  W.,  leads  eastward  of  this  rock. 

Discovery  Rocks,  off  Cape  Swain,  are  two  dangerous  rocks  lying 
1,000  yards  N.  .{4"  K.  and  vS.  .'iio  W.  of  each  other.  The  .southern 
danger,  over  wliich  the  sea  seldom  breaks,  lies  one  mile  Iv.  71^  W.  of 
Cape  Swain.  The  northern  rock,  which  is  usually  indicated  by  break- 
ers, lies  N.  23°  W.  distant  1  ,V  miles  from  Cape  Swain, 

West  Rock,  on  the  eastern  shore  of  the  sound,  is  of  small  extent,  8 
feet  above  high  water,  and  lies  ^  mile  S.  08"^  W.  of  Sound  Point. 

Several  patches  whicli  uncover  at  low  water  lie  between  Sound  Point 
and  West  Hock. 

Mouse  Rock  is  a  dangerous  sunken  rock  on  which  the  sea  generally 
breaks,  lying  at  the  northwestern  entrance  to  Seaforth  Ciiannel, 

Bush  Point  (north  side  of  Seaforth  Channel)  seen  just  open  south  of 
Surf  Islet,  bearing  S.  81  ^  E.,  leads  soutiiward  ;  and  Helmet  Peak,  seen 
just  open  of  the  west  extreme  nt  Mary  Island,  bearing  N.  '-W-'  E.,  leads 
westward  of  Mouse  Itock. 

Vancouver  Rock,  a  dangerous  rock  wliicii  uncovers  12  feet  at  low 
water  ami  is  steep  to  on  all  sides  (tliere  being  deptiis  of  13  iind  14  fath- 
oms within  200  yards  of  the  rock),  lies  U  miles  N.  'M°  W.  of  Bowlder 
Head.  When  visible  tiiis  rock  presents  the  appearance  of  a  huge 
whale,  and  is  conspictnons. 

Cross  J'oint  (southeastern  extreme  of  Lady  Island),  in  line  with  Bowl- 
der Head,  bearing  S.  5(P  E.,  leads  southward  ;  and  Low  Point  seen  just 
open  westward  of  the  North  Island  Oronp,  bearing  N.  2(P  E.,  leads 
westward  of  N'ancouver  Poctk. 

Cross  Ledge  extends  1,000  yards  to  the  southward  and  westward  of 
Cross  Point,  and  jjartially  uncovers.  There  is  a  depth  of  20  fathoms 
close  southwaril  of  Cross  Ledge. 

Surf  Islet,  beiifing  S.  53*^  E.,  leads  southward  of  Cross  Ledge,  in 
mid-channel  between  Cross  I'oint  and  White  Hock. 


at  low 

4  fiith- 

>o\vi(li!r 

large 

P,o\vl- 
'I'll  j nut 
loads 


II) 


MHi 


BOWLDER   LEDGE — LOW   POINT. 


323 


Bowlder  Ledge,  of  sunken  rocks  with  depths  of  1^  and  5  fatlioms, 
extends  about  one  mile  in  a  southeasterly  direction  from  Bowlder  Head. 

Bowlder  Bank,  with  IS  fathoms,  rock,  lies  ,^  mile  S.  48°  W.  of  Bowl- 
der Head. 

!3urf  Islet,  bearing  S.  ;">3°  E.,  leads  southward  of  the  dangers  off 
Bowlder  Head. 

North  Ledges,  which  uncover  at  low  water,  lie  northward  of  the 
Xorth  Island  (Iroup.  The  north  extreme  of  these  ledges  lies  1,200 
yards  N.  9°  E.  of  North  Island,  and  the  south  extreme  400  yards  N". 
71°  E.  of  that  island. 

Beaver  Bank  has  27  fathoms  water  (least  depth  found)  on  it,  over  a 
bottom  of  sand  and  shells.  The  center  of  this  bank  lies  2-1^0-  miles  N. 
o3^'  W.  of  Low  I»oint. 

Sandstone  Reef,  situated  close  to  the  shore  in  the  northwestern 
portion  of  Milbank  Sound,  is  a  conspicuous  narrow  ridge,  of  sandstone 
formation,  about  one  mile  long  in  nearly  an  east  and  west  direction. 
The  highest  portion  of  this  ridge  is  4  feet  above  high  water. 

The  western  extreme  of  Sandstone  lleef  lies  A  mile  from  the  shore  of 
Swindle  Island,  and  IJ  miles  from  the  eastern  side  of  Price  Island. 

The  Coast — Between  Cape  Swain  and  Sound  Point  the  land  is  low, 
woodeii  and  broken  into  creeks  and  bays. 

Price  Island,  fori  iig  the  western  shore  of  Milbank  Sound,  has  a 
conspicuous  ridge  of  lulls  (Jod'lyn  Range)  along  its  eastern  shore.  The 
cluster  of  islets  off  J)a.v  Point  arc  wooded  and  conspicuous;  and  from 
Day  Point  the  eastern  shore  of  Price  Island  to  Aldrich  Point  is  much 
broken  into  small  exposed  bays. 

Boat  Cove,  which  alfords  shelter  to  boats,  is  situated  i  mile  north- 
ward of  Aidrich  Point.  With  this  cikception  the  coast  nC  Price  Island, 
north  of  Aidrich  Point,  is  almost  straight  ami  unbroken  for  Smiles,  to 
the  entraiKH^  of  St^liooner  I'assage. 

The  Eastern  Shorec  of  Milbank  Sound  are  comparatively  low  and 

wooded,   with   Tiin<»  ■iiwl  luwl'ir   ti'.>i>«    i-»roi1iimii):i tMii'-.       In    tlisit  iifit'tjon  of 

Moss 
uorth- 
ooded 
w  and 

..neastern  extreme  of  an  island  contiguous  to  Lady  Island 
terminates  in  a  high  bold  cliff  (Bowlder  Head).  Cliff  Island  which  lies 
olf  the  S\V.  side  of  Dowager  Island  at  the  entrance  to  Moss  Passage  is 
small,  225  feet  high  and  its  SK.  extreme  terminates  in  high,  conspicu- 
ous white  cliffs. 

North  Island  is  rocky,  about  150  feet  high,  with  some  stunted  trees 
growing  en  its  summit. 

Low  Point,  the  western  extreme  of  Dowager  Island,  and  the  south- 
eastern entrance  point  of  Fiulayson  Channel,  is  low  and  wooded. 


322 


MILBANK    SOUND   TO   CHATHAM    SOUND. 


.Day  Point,  the  southern  point  of  Price  Island,  has  a  group  of  wooded 
islets,  and  rocks  awash  at  high  water,  and  sunkeu  rocks  extendiug  2 
miles  SW.  from  it ;  the  western  island  of  the  group  (Outer  Island)  being 
round,  wooded,  and  conspicuous.  The  outer  edge  of  these  dangers  lies 
2-iV  niiles  SW.  of  Day  Point  and  1,G00  yards  S.  U°  E.  of  Outer  Island. 

White  Rock  (Kamasik),  lymg  about  5  miles  within  the  sound,  is 
50  feet  high,  and  i  mile  N.  .'37°  E.  of  it  is  a  smaller  rock  (Bare  Rock)  6 
feet  above  high  water.  Both  rocks  are  conspicuous,  as,  lying  well  out 
iu  the  sound,  they  show  out  agaiust  the  dark  background  of  pine  and 
cedar,  which  line  the  shores  of  Milbank  Sound. 

From  White  Kouk,  a  rocky  ridge  (on  which  the  sea  sometimes  breaks) 
extends  J  mile  to  the  south  westward,  aud  a  patch  of  2  fathoms  lies  500 
yards  eastward  of  the  same  rock. 

There  are  depths  of  50  fathoms,  rock,  at  one  mile  eastward,  aud  34 
fathoms  close-to,  westward  of  this  rock. 

The  south  extreme  of  Glitf  Island,  seen  just  open  of  Bowlder  Ilead, 
bearing  N.  2°  W.,  leads  eastward  of  this  rock. 

Discovery  Rocks,  oft'  Cape  Swain,  are  two  dangerous  rocks  lying 
1,600  yards  N.  '.'A^  E.  and  S.  .'Uo  W.  of  each  other.  The  southern 
danger,  over  which  the  sea  seldom  breaks,  lies  one  mile  N.  71°  W.  of 
Cape  Swain.  The  northern  rock,  which  is  usually  indicated  by  break- 
ers, lies  N.  23°  W.  distant  1  j^,  miles  from  Cape  Swain. 

TVest  Rock,  on  the  eastern  shore  of  the  sound,  is  of  small  extent,  8 
feet  above  high  water,  and  lies  A  mile  S.  68'^  W.  oi  Sound  Point. 

Several  patches  which  uncover  at  low  water  lie  between  Sound  Point 
and  West  Rock. 

Mouse  Rock  is  a  dangerous  sunken  rock  on  which  the  sen  generally 
breaks,  lying  at  the  northwestern  entrance  to  Seaforth  Channel. 

Bush  Point  (north  side  of  Seafortli  Channel)  seen  just  open  south  of 
Surf  Islet.  beaiingS.  81°  E.,  leads  southward;  and  Helmet  Peak,  seen 
just  open  of  the  west  extreme  of  Mary  Islantl,  bearing  N.  M^  E.,  leads 
westward  of  Mouse  Rock. 

( i;U7)  BRITisHOOLUfflBIA  -Milbank  sound— Vancouver  rock- 
Whistling  buoy  established.— The  Canadian  Government  gives  notice 
that  an  automatic  whistling  buoy,  on  the  Courtenay  principle,  has 
been  established  off  Vancouver  rock,  Milbank  sound,  in  (approxi- 
mately) latitude  52°  2r  18"  N.,  longitude  128°  .-^1'  20"  W. 

The  buoy  is  painted  red  and  is  moored  in  about  .38  fathoms  of  water. 

der  Head,  bearing  S.  .1(5°  E.,  leads  southward  ;  arniuoH  i'v,...J',v.v.^ ., 

open  westward  of  tli>  North  Island  Grouj),  bearing  N.  20^  E.,  leads 
westwanl  of  Vancouver  Rock. 

Cross  Ledge  extends  1,600  yards  to  the  southward  and  westward  of 
Cross  Point,  and  i)!irtially  uncovers.  There  is  a  depth  of  20  fathoms 
close  southward  ol  (Jross  Ledge. 

Surf  Islet,  bearing  S.  53°  E.,  leads  southward  of  Cross  Ledge,  in 
mid-channel  between  Cross  Point  and  White  Rock. 


BOWLDER    LEDGE — LOW   POINT. 


323 


,,  k'iids 


Bowlder  Ledge,  of  sunken  rocks  with  depths  of  1^  and  5  fathoms, 
extends  about  one  mile  in  a  southeasterly  direction  from  Bowlder  Head. 

Bowlder  Bank,  with  18  fathoms,  rock,  lies  :|  mile  S.  48°  W.  of  Bowl- 
der Head. 

Surf  Islet,  bearing  S.  53^  E.,  leads  southward  of  the  dangers  off 
Bowlder  Head. 

North  Ledges,  which  uncover  at  low  water,  lie  northward  of  the 
North  Island  Group.  The  north  extreme  of  these  ledges  lies  1,200 
yards  N.  9°  E.  of  North  Island,  and  the  south  extreme  400  yards  N. 
71°  E.  of  that  island. 

Beaver  Bank  has  27  fathoms  water  (least  depth  found)  on  it,  over  a 
bottom  of  sand  and  shells.  The  center  of  this  bank  lies  2-f„  miles  N. 
53°  W.  of  Low  Point. 

Sandstone  Reef,  situated  close  to  the  shore  in  the  northwestern 
portion  of  Milbank  Sound,  is  a  conspicuous  narrow  ridge,  of  sandstone 
formation,  about  one  mile  long  in  nearly  an  east  and  west  direction. 
The  highest  portion  of  this  ridge  is  4  feet  above  high  water. 

The  western  extreme  of  Sandstone  Reef  lies  i  mile  from  the  shore  of 
Swindle  Island,  and  1 J  miles  from  the  eastern  side  of  Price  Island. 

The  Coast — Between  Cape  Swain  and  Sound  Point  the  land  is  low, 
wooded  and  broken  into  creeks  and  bays. 

Price  Island,  forming  the  western  shore  of  Milbank  Sound,  has  a 
conspicuous  ridge  of  hills  (Jocelyif  Range)  along  ils  eastern  shore.  The 
cluster  of  islets  off"  Day  Point  are  wooded  and  conspicuous;  and  from 
Day  Point  the  eastern  shore  of  Price  Island  to  Aldrich  Point  is  much 
broken  into  small  exposed  bays. 

Boat  Cove,  which  affords  shelter  to  boats,  is  situiited  ^  mile  north- 
ward of  Aldrich  Point.  With  this  exception  the  coast  of  Price  Island, 
north  of  Aldrich  Point,  is  almost  straight  and  unbroken  for  Smiles,  to 
the  entrance  ;>f  Scliooner  Passage. 

The  Eastern  Shores  of  Milbank  Sound  are  comparatively  low  and 
wooded,  with  ])ine  and  cedar  trees  predominating.  In  that  portion  of 
the  sound  lie  two  extensive  channels  (Mathieson  (31iannel  and  Moss 
Passage),  which  branch  off  from  Milbank  Sound  eastward  and  north- 
ward of  Lady  Island,  respectively.  Lady  Island  is  low  and  wooded 
throughout.  The  western  shores  of  Dowager  Island  are  also  low  and 
ivooded,  but  are  Hanked  by  high  mountains. 

The  southeastern  extreme  of  an  island  contiguous  to  Lady  Island 
terminates  in  a  high  bold  cliff  (Bowlder  Head),  Cliff  Island  which  lies 
off  the  S\V.  side  of  Dowager  Island  at  the  entrance  to  Moss  Passage  is 
small,  225  feet  high  and  its  SE.  extreme  terminates  in  high,  conspicu- 
ous white  cliffs. 

North  Island  is  roiiky,  about  150  feet  high,  with  some  stunted  trees 
growing  on  its  summit. 

Low  Point,  the  western  extreme  of  Dowager  Island,  niul  the  south- 
eastern entrance  point  of  Finlayson  Channel,  is  low  and  wooded. 


324 


MILBANK    SOUND    TO    CHATHAM    SOUND. 


The  Northern  Shore  of  M  ilbai  k  Sound  (Swindle  Island)  is  high  and 
bold,  with  mountains  rising  immediately  over  it. 

Directions. — Approaching  Mill  ank  Sound  from  the  southwestward 
in  clear  weather,  Helmet  Peak  should  be  kept  in  line  with  White  Kock, 
bearing  N.  56°  E.,  which  mark  will  lead  nearly  in  mid-channel  up  the 
sound.  When  within  2.^  miles  of  White  Rock,  on  that  line,  a  vessel 
bound  eastward  may  steer  S.  81°  E,  towards  Seaforth  Channel,  with 
Day  Point  astern  bearing  N.  84<^  W.,  or  if  bound  to  the  northward  a 
N.  15'^  E.  course  may  be  steered  towards  Finlayson  Channel. 

In  thick  weather,  as  before  mentioned,  with  average  precautions  and 
attention  to  the  deep-sea  lead,  the  soundings  will  indicate  the  vessel's 
position. 

Hound  from  Seaforth  Channel  into  Finlayson  Channel,  keep  Idol 
Point  well  open  to  the  southward  of  Surf  Islet,  bearing  S.  70°  B.,  until 
Helmet  Peak  comes  open  of  the  west  extreme  of  Mary  Island  bearing 
N.  34°  E.,  and  then  Surf  Islet  should  be  kept  astern  bearing  S.  53°  E. 
for  3  miles,  which  will  lead  in  mid-channel,  li  miles  northward  of  White 
Kock.  From  this  jiosition  Cliff'  Island  should  be  seen  open  westward 
of  Bowlder  Head,  bearing  N.  2°  W.,  and  a  vessel  may  steer  N.  36°  W.  for 
3  miles,  or  until  Low  Point  is  seen  open  westward  of  the  North  Island 
group  bearing  X.  26°  E. ;  thence  steer  N.  4°  E.  for  3  miles,  or  until 
Stripe  Mountain  bears  N.  60°  E.,  when  it  may  be  steered  for  on  that 
bearing,  aud  the  course  gradually  altered  northward  into  Fiulayson 
Channel. 

Mathieson  Channel  is  an  extensive  arm  of  the  sea,  leading  many 
miles  nortiiward  from  Milbank  Souiul,  eastward  of  Lady  and  Dowager 
Islands.  At  the  distance  of  2|  miles  within  its  southern  entrance  this 
channel  is  obstructed  by  islands,  islets  and  rocks,  and  strangers  should 
not  i)roceed  farther.  From  the  eastern  entrance  of  Oscar  Passage,  by 
which  it  communicates  with  Finlayson  Channel,  Mathieson  Channel 
extends  in  a  northerly  direction  along  the  east  side  of  Roderick  Island 
for  over  25  miles  to  its  junction  with  Mussel  Inlet;  one  arm,  about  5 
miles  long,  branching  off  to  the  eastward  at  about  5  miles  south  of  the 
junction. 

Northward  of  Oscar  Pass,  Mathieson  Channel  has  not  bi^"  i  surveyed 
in  detail. 

Tides. — The  Hood  stream  sets  to  the  northward  and  divides  near  the 
middle  of  Milbank  Sound,  one  •  )ortiou  running  towards  Finlayson  Chan- 
nel, another  towards  Mathieson  Channel,  and  another  towards  Seaforth 
Channel.    The  reverse  takes  place  on  the  ebb. 

The  strengtli  of  tide  is  variable,  but  it  seldom  exceeds  one  knot  an 
hour  m  Milbank  Sound,  but  increases  within  the  channels  to  2  and  3 
knots  ai.  hour. 

St.  or'oun  laarVor  (Cheeksquintz)  lies  nearly  midway  between  Oape 
Swain  and  Sourd  Point,  and,  though  somewhat  confined,  affords  good 
anchorage  for  ivaiall  vessels. 


ST.  JOHN  HARBOR — PORT  BLAKENEY. 


n25 


irveyed 


The  liarbor  is  protected  at  its  entrance  by  a  reef  of  rocks  awash  and 
sunken  rocks,  wliicli  form  a  natural  breakwater,  and  breaks  the  ocean 
swell.  Eastward  of  this  reef  at  tlie  entrance  there  is  a  clear  channel, 
400  yards  wide,  with  depths  of  10  to  30  fathoms. 

At  ^  mile  within  the  entrance  are  two  small  islands,  the  eastern  and 
smaller  one  (Wood  Island)  being  round,  wooded,  and  conspicuous.  The 
channel  eastward  of  these  islands  is  barely  200  yards  wide  abreast  Wood 
Island,  and  leads  into  Anchor  Bay,  which  is  the  usual  ancliorage  for 
small  vessels.  Westward  of  these  islands  the  channel  is  wider  and 
leads  into  l>eei)  IJay,  which  forms  the  SW.  arm  of  St.  John  Harbor. 

There  are  depths  of  0  to  20  fathoms  in  Deep  Bay,  and  11  to  14  fath- 
oms in  Anchor  Bay. 

Rage  Reef  extends  !f  mile  northward  from  the  western  point  of  St. 
John  Harbor,  and  is  about400  yards  wiiie.  This  dangerous  reef  consists 
of  ledges  which  uncover,  and  rocks  awash  at  high  water;  the  nortlieru 
extrene  uncovering  4  feet  at  low  water. 

Mark  Islet,  6  feet  above  high  water,  lies  about  midway  on  the  east- 
ern side  of  iiage  lieef. 

Ledges,  which  uncover,  extend  200  yards  from  the  pastern  shore  of 
the  channel  leading  into  St.  John  llorbor. 

Directions. — Approaching  St.  John  Harbor,  Cape  Swain  should  be 
kept  well  open  of  the  consi)icuous  qu  nn-shaped  point  situated  2  miles 
northward  of  the  cape,  bearing  S.  32°  \V.  On  no  account  should  Rage 
Reef  be  api)r()ached  inside  that  line,  until  Wood  Island  is  distinctly 
seen,  and  North  roint  bears  S.  64°  E.  When  Wood  Island  is  recog- 
nized, it  should  be  brought  to  bear  south  and  steered  for.  Wood  Island 
on  that  bearing  should  be  seen  in  line  with  a  bliick  high-water  rock  ou 
the  southern  shore  of  Anchor  Bay,  with  a  sandy  bay  immediately  east 
of  the  rock. 

Anchorage. — Pass  100  yards  eastward  of  Wood  Islaml  and  anchor 
in  10  to  11  fathoms,  sandy  bottom,  in  Anchor  Bay,  with  th'»  eastern 
side  of  Wood  Island  seen  in  line  with  the  north  extreme  of  Rage  Reef, 
bearing  N.  25°  W.,  distant  COO  yards. 

Caution. — At  high  water,  when  Rage  Reef  is  nearly  covered,  it  is 
difficult  to  distinguish  the  entrance  into  St.  John  Harbor.  xVt  half 
tide  and  at  low  water,  the  northern  end  of  that  reef  i'nd  also  the  dan- 
gers on  the  eastern  side  of  the  channel  are  visible,  and  a  vessel  can  be 
guided  clear  of  them  by  the  eye. 

Fort  Blakeney,  formed  between  Mary  and  Don  Islands,  on  the 
southern  side  of  Mathieson  Channel,  about  3  miles  within  ;he  eniir:»!ice, 
is  easy  of  access,  and,  lying  immediately  at  the  headwf  Milbai.k  Sound, 
may  be  approached  from  the  southwestward  with  the  swell  astern. 

At  its  entrance,  between  Promise  and  Rain  Points,  the  port  is  .100 
yards  wide  ;  thence  it  takes  a  southerly  direction  for  about  one  mile, 
terminating  in  a  small  creek  leading  into  Seaforth  Channel. 


32n 


MILBANK    SOUND    TO    CHATHAM    SOUND, 


Cod  Reefs  are  a  cluster  of  rocks  awash,  and  sunken  rocks,  at  the 
entrance  to  Port  Blakeney.  The  southern  rock  of  this  cluster  is  4  feet 
above  iiigh  water,  anil  the  northern  rock,  with  24  feet  water  over  it,  lies 
GOO  yards  N.  48^  E,  of  Promise  Point,  with  a  clear  channel  northward 
of  it  300  yards  wide. 

Oke  Reefs,  about  400  yards  northward  of  Cod  Reefs,  extend  400 
yards  from  the  southern  side  of  Oko  Island.  The  outer  detached  rock 
is  3  feet  above  high  water,  and  between  it  and  Oke  Island  several 
pat(;hes  of  rock  uncover  at  high  water. 

Clearing  marks. — White  Rocks,  off  the  south  end  of  Lake  Island, 
seen  in  line  (astern)  with  the  north  end  of  Passage  Island  (between 
Lake  and  Lady  Islands)  bearing  N.  SS"^  W.  will  lead  between  Oke  and 
Cod  Reefs.  Mark  Islet,  seen  in  line  with  Oke  Island,  bearing  X.  8°  VV., 
will  lead  eastward  of  those  dangers. 

Sand  Patch,  with  24  feet  of  water  upon  it,  is  of  small  extent,  and 
lies  nearly  in  inidchaniiel  about  J  mile  within  Port  Blakeney.  Helmet 
Peak,  seen  in  lino  with  Promise  Point,  bearing  N.  9°  E.,  will  lead  west- 
ward of  Sand  Patch. 

Anchorage  in  10  to  12  fathoms,  sandy  bottom,  will  be  found  about 
^  mile  within  Port  Blakeney,  with  Helmet  Peak  seen  just  open  of 
Promise  I'oiut  bearing  X.  9°  E.,  and  Observation  Point  on  the  north 
shore  of  East  Bay  bearing  S.  81°  E. 

Supplies. — Wood  and  water  may  be  obtained  in  Port  Blakeney. 
Rock  cod  and  other  tish  may  be  caught  in  abundance  on  Cod  Reefs,  and 
clams  and  cockles  in  the  sandy  bays.  They  are  readilj  obtained  at  low 
water  by  digging  in  the  mud  and  sandy  ground,  especially  in  those 
places  over  which  a  fresh-water  stream  runs.  Wild  fowl  are  also  plen- 
tiful in  the  season. 

Directions. — Approaching  Port  Blakeney  from  the  southward,  Hel- 
met Peak  should  be  kept  just  open  of  the  eastern  point  of  Lady  Island 
(Long  Point)  bearing  N.43"3  E.,  and  when  within  ^  mile  of  the  latter  a  N. 
65°  E.  course  siiould  be  steered  towards  Oke  Island.  The  clearing  mark 
before  mentioned  for  leading  between  the  Oke  and  Cod  Reefs  should  be 
brought  on  astern,  and  when  Mark  and  Oke  Islands  are  seen  in  line 
bearing  N.  8°  W.,  a  vessel  will  be  eastward  of  Cod  Reefs,  and  may  then 
haul  into  the  harbor  with  tiie  south  extreme  of  William  Island  astern, 
bearing  N.  20^  E.,  and  anchor  in  the  depth  and  position  before  men- 
tioned. 

Moss  Passage  (Toowitl)  leads  northward  of  Lady  Island  into 
Mathieson  Channel.  At  its  western  entrance  this  passage  is  over  one 
mile  wide  ;  but  at  3  miles  within  this  entranoe,  and  one  mile  from  its 
junction  with  Matineson  Channel,  it  is  contracted  by  Squnw  Island  to 
barely  200  yards,  Beyond  that  position,  therefore,  it  should  not  be  at- 
tempted by  strangers. 

Bird  Rock,  at  the  western  entrance  of  Moss  Passage,  is  3  feet  above 
high  water,  with  foul  ground  extending  from  it  400  yards  to  the  east- 


MORRIS    BAY — SCHOONER    PA8SAGK. 


327 


ward.  The  south  extreme  of  the  North  Isliuul  Group  seen  just  open 
southward  of  the  south  extreme  of  Cliff  Islaud,  bearing  N.  47°  VV.,  leads 
southward  of  Bird  Rock. 

Morris  Bay,  ou  tlie  southern  side  of  Moss  Passage,  about  one  mile 
within  its  western  entrance,  is.^  mile  wide  and  extends  in  a  southerly  di- 
rection, terminating  in  a  cul-de-sac  which  dries  at  low  water.  Westerly 
winds  send  a  swell  into  the  anchorage ;  but  the  bay  possesses  the  great 
advantage  of  permitting  the  state  of  the  weather  in  Milbaiik  Sound  be 
ing  ascertained  when  at  anchor,  and  if  fog  be  prevalent  (as  is  often  the 
case)  it  can  be  seen  from  Morris  Bay. 

Kitty  Patch  lies  at  tiie  eastern  entrance  to  Morris  Hay,  200  yards 
from  the  eastern  shore.  This  bank  is  liOl)  yards  in  extent  north  and 
south,  with  dei)ths  of  4  and  5  fathoms,  sand. 

Directions. — Ai)proaching  Morris  Jicay,  a  mid-channel  course  should 
be  kept  between  Bird  Rock  and  fSalal  I'oint ;  and  if  Vancouver  Rock  be 
uncovered,  it  should  be  kept  astern  bearing  S.  82°  VV.  (westerly).  When 
the  southern  extreme  of  Cliff  Island  is  seen  open  northward  of  Bird 
Rock  bearing  N.  .'jS^  W.,  that  mark  kept  on  astern  will  lead  to  the  en- 
trance to  Morris  Bay. 

Anchorage  will  be  found  in  12  to  14  fathoms,  sandy  bottom,  at  200 
yards  from  the  western  shore,  with  Salal  I'oint  shut  in  by  the  western 
entrance  point  of  Morris  Bay,  bearing  N.  81°  W.,  and  Detached  Island 
(north  side  of  Moss  Passage)  bearing  N.  4°  E. 

Supplies. — Good  water  may  be  obtained  in  Morris  Bay.  Clams  and 
cockles  can  be  gathered  in  abundance.  Plover  and  other  birds  frequent 
Bird  Uock.    Berries  grow  in  abundance  on  Salal  Point. 

Alexandra  Passage  lies  eastward  of  Vancouver  Rock  and  the  North 
Island  Group.  Small  steam  vessels,  possessing  local  knowledge,  make 
use  of  Alexandra  Passage,  esi)ecially  when  coming  from  the  northward 
and  wishing  to  anchor  in  Morris  Bay;  but  this  passage  is  only  1,200 
yards  wide  in  its  narrowest  part,  and  in  the  event  of  an  accident  to  the 
machinery  a  vessel  using  it  would  be  in  a  divugerons  position. 

Cliflf  Island  is  nearly  steepto,  but  the  small  islet  close  north  waid  of 
it  has  foul  ground  extending  from  it  200  yards  to  the  westward. 

Soundings. — The  depths  in  Alexandra  Passage  are  14  to  42  fathoms, 
rocky  at  the  former,  and  mud  at  the  latter  depth. 

Directions. — A  vessel  (iompelled  by  circumstances  to  make  use  of 
Alexandra  Passage  should  keep  the  western  shore  of  Finlayson  Chan- 
nel north  of  Jorkins  Point  in  line  with  Low  Point,  bearing  N.  C<^  E. 
which  is  the  general  leading  mark  through  this  passage.  It  is,  how- 
ever, recommended  alterifately  to  open  and  close  those  points,  especially 
when  Hearing  North  Island  Grouf),  so  as  to  keep  in  mid  channel. 

Schooner  Passage,  leading  from  Laredo  Sound  into  the  northwest- 
ern corner  of  Milbank  Sound,  is  obstructed  by  islands,  islets,  rocks, 
and  sunken  dangers,  and  no  specific  directions  can  be  given  for  it.  It 
is  occasionally  made  use  of  by  small  coasting  craft. 


328 


MILBANK    SOUND   TO    CHATHAM    SOUND. 


Finlayson  Channel,  the  entrance  to  which  is  between  Jorkins  iind 
Low  Points,  extends  from  Milbiink  Sound  in  a  jjeneral  northerly  direc- 
tion to  the  head  of  Carter  liay,  with  an  average  width  of  one  to  2  miles. 
The  land  on  both  sides  is  hij^h,  tiie  peaks  closely  approaching  the 
shores  and  rising  in  a  precipitous  tnanner  from  the  water's  edge.  Unless 
where  the  vegetation  has  been  denuded  from  the  mountain  sides  by 
landslips,  both  shores  are  thickly  wooded,  the  pine  and  cedar  predom- 
inating; occasionally  their  dark  green  foliage  is  relieved  by  tiie  bright 
light  green  leaf  of  the  maple. 

Leindmarks. — Str'ue  Mountain  lies  at  the  southeastern  entrance  to 
Finlayson  Channel.  Tiie  summit  of  Cone  Island  (Bell  Peak),  together 
with  two  high  waterfalls  which  fall  into  the  sea  on  the  SE.  side  of  Sarah 
Island,  are  the  principal  landmarks  of  importance. 

Oscar  Passage,  i\  miles  north  of  Low  Point,  leads  eastward  out  of 
Finlayson  Channel,  between  Dowager  and  Hoderick  Islands,  and  is 
about  one  mile  wide  and  G  miles  long  to  its  junction  with  Mathiesou 
Channel. 

BuUey  13ay,  on  tiie  southern  shore  of  Oscar  Passage,  though  small, 
affords  temporary  anchorage  in  15  fathoms,  at  200  yards  from  the  shore, 
and  is  occasionally  used  by  coasting  vessels. 

The  Sisters,  two  small  islets,  lying  400  yards  from  the  eastern  shore 
of  Finlayson  Channel,  3^  miles  northward  of  Oscar  Passage,  are 
wooded  and  about  90  feet  high.  Tliey  lie  800  yards  from  each  other, 
and  are  Joined  by  ledges  whicii  uncover  at  low  water. 

Nowish  (Otter  Cove)  is  A  mile  from  the  Sisters  Islets,  between 
Indian  and  Susan  Islands.  The  entrance,  northward  of  Indian  Island, 
is  400  yards  wide;  the  cove  then  extends  in  a  SE.  direction,  narrowing 
near  its  head  to  2il0  yards,  ami  liaving  on  its  northern  shore,  about 
800  yards  within  the  cove,  a  small  bay,  which  affords  anchorage  for 
small  vessels  in  10  to  14  fathoms,  sandy  bottom,  in  the  middle  of  the 
bay. 

Jackson  Passage,  an  unexplored  arm  on  the  eastern  shore  of  the 
channel,  is  400  yards  wide,  and  extends  in  an  easterly  direction  from 
its  entrance. 

Mary  Cove,  on  the  eastern  shore,  5^  miles  northward  of  the  Sisters 
Islets,  is  barely  200  yards  wide  at  its  entrance,  and  extends  in  a  north- 
erly direction  for  ^  mile,  terminating  in  a  sandy  beach.  There  are 
depths  of  24  and  7  fathoms  in  mid-channel  within  this  cove. 

Cone  Island,  on  the  western  shore  of  Finlayson  Channel,  is  3i  miles 
long  and  about  i  mile  broad.  The  summit  of  this  island,  situated  about 
one  mile  from  its  south  extreme,  is  conical  in  sjiapt  1,280  feet  high;  the 
eastern  and  western  sides  are  abrupt  and  precipitous,  bub  the  land 
slopes  gently  to  the  northward,  terminating  in  Wedge  Point. 

Klemtoo  Passage,  between  Cone  and  Swindle  Islands,  is  about  3^ 
miles  long  in  a  NNVV.  and  SSE.  direction,  and  in  some  parts  barely 
200  yards  wide.    The  depths  in  midclianuel  are  10  and  30  fathoms>, 


KLEMTOO    AND    SOUTH    PASSAGES. 


829 


sand  and  shells,  with  rock  at  intervals.  Though  narrow,  thi.s  passage 
is  sate  (provided  a  mid-channel  course  bo  kept),  and  affords  anchorage 
almost  throughout. 

Anchorage,  suitable  to  vessels  of  moderate  leiigtii,  will  be  found 
north  of  Star  Islet,  nearly  in  mid  channel,  2tlO  yards  from  the  shore  of 
Cone  Island. 

Tides.  — 'I  he  tidal  streams  are  comparatively  weak.  Tiie  Hood  stream 
is  but  little  felt,  the  great  body  of  water  passing  into  Finlayson  (Jhau- 
nel.     The  ehb  seldom  exceeds  the  rate  of  one  mile  nn  hour. 

South  Passage,  between  Coiuiand  .laui'  Islands,  is  i  mile  wide,  with 
depths  of  18  and  .57  fathoms,  rock. 

Kelp  Patch,  with  only  .1  to  lli  feet  over  it,  lies  L'OO  yards  to  the  south- 
ward and  westward  of  Jane  Island,  and  is  about  L'OO  yards  in  rxtent. 

Berry  Point  (Swindle  Island),  seen  just  open  of  Legge  Point  (Cone 
Island)  bearing  S.  5°  K.,  will  lead  westward  of  Kelp  Pat(!h. 

Wedge  Rock  uncovers  at  lov,  water,  and  lies  iiU  yards  from  the 
northern  extreme  of  Cone  Island. 

Ripple  Bank,  with  11  fathoms  rocky  bottom,  lies  nearly  in  mid- 
channel  of  South  Passage. 

North  Passage,  between  Jane  and  Sarah  Islands,  is  ^  mile  wide. 

Danger  Patch,  with  one  to  ^  iathoms  water  over  it,  lies  200  yards 
northward  of  Jane  Island. 

Directions. — When  proceeding  throngh  South  Passage,  the  southeru 
shore  should  be  kept  aboard,  passing  4(10  yards  northward  of  Cone 
Island.  North  Passage  is  to  be  i)referre(l  to  South  Passage  when  com- 
municating between  Finlayson  and  Tolmie  Channels.  Keep  nearer  the 
northern  shore,  and  pass  400  yards  south  of  Sarah  Island. 

Jane  Island,  i  mile  north  of  Cone  Island,  is  about  one  mile  long  and 
^  mile  broad.  It  is  low  and  wooded,  the  tops  of  trees  being  liOO  feet 
high. 

Sarah  Island,  the  south  point  of  which  is  1,1.'00  yards  northward  of 
Jane  Island,  is  15  miles  long  in  a  north  and  south  direction,  and  from 
one  to  2^  miles  broad.  This  island  reaches  its  greatest  elevation  of  2,000 
feet  at  4  miles  from  its  southern  extreme.  On  the  eastern  side  of 
the  island,  at  7  miles  from  the  southern  extreme,  an  unexplored  bay 
faces  southward,  and  at  3^  nii!e>^  from  the  southern  extreme,  on  its 
eastern  shore,  there  are  two  high  waterfalls. 

Watson  Bay  lies  on  the  eastern  side  of  Finlayson  Channel,  0  miles 
northward  of  Sisters  Islets.  This  unexplored  bay  is  one  •■•ile  wide  at 
its  entrance,  and  extends  in  an  easterly  direction. 

Wallace  Bight  lies  2.^  miles  northward  of  Watson  Bay.  It  is  one 
mile  wide  at  its  entrance,  and  takes  a  northerly  direction  for  one  mile. 
There  is  no  bottom  at  106  fathoms,  between  its  entrance  points. 

Goat  Cove,  4  miles  northward  of  Wallace  Bight,  is  4  mile  wide,  and 
extends  in  an  easterly  direction  for  4  mile,  terminating  in  a  sandy  beach* 


330 


MILHANK    SOUND    TO    OlfATHAM    SOUND. 


Tlioro  are  doptliH  of  23  to  .'3 1  fatlioins  witliiii  this  cove,  the  former  being 
close  to  the  head. 

Sheep  Passage  is  nearly  one  mile  wide,  and  leads  eastward  from 
Fiidayson  Channel,  just  south  of  Carter  Hay.  At  li  miles  within  its 
western  entrance  it  trends  nortliward  until  its  junction  with  Mussel 
Inlet. 

Mussel  Inlet  takes  a  northerly  direction  for  about  5  miles,  when  it 
Buddenly  turns  to  the  eastward  for  about  the  same  di.'M.ice,  terminat- 
ing in  I'oison  Cove.  It  is  stated  to  have  the  same  general  character- 
istics as  the  other  inlets. 

Carter  Bay. — This  excellent  stopping  i))ace  lies  at  the  head  of  Fin- 
layson  Chaiuiel,  2G  miles  within  its  entrance,  and  is  easily  recognized 
by  the  high  cliit's  on  its  western  shore.  The  bay  ih  80(1  yards  wide  at 
its  entrance,  abreast  the  anchorage  ground,  and  about  1,20"  yards  deep 
in  a  northerly  direction,  the  head  terminatiiig  in  a  large  stream,  fronted 
by  an  extensive  tlat.  Thiii  stream  takes  a  northeasttrly  direction  for 
about  one  mile  to  the  foot  of  a  waterfall  at  the  entrance  <'.  a  lake. 

Anchorage  will  be  found  in  11  to  !"»  fathoms,  mii  '  l>""om,  at  .'}00 
yards  from  the  eastern  shore  ami  400  yards  from  the  suiid  tlat  at  the 
bead  of  the  bay,  with  the  entrance  points  of  the  bay  bearing  S.  11°  E. 
and  S.  54°  W.,  respectively. 

Supplies. — Water  can  be  obtaine.l  from  the  large  stream  at  the  head 
of  the  bay,  which  is  probably  one  of  the  best  watering  places  along  the 
coast.  Trout  abound  in  the  fresh-water  stream.  Wild  fowl  frequent 
Carter  Bay.    Shell  fish,  of  whatever  kind,  should  not  be  eaten. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Carter  Hay  at  noon; 
springs  rise  13  feet. 

Hiekish  Narro'ws  lie  northward  of  Sarah  Island,  and  lead  from 
Finlayson  Channel  into  (xraham  Reach.  They  are  about  54  nules  long, 
and  from  J  to  one  mile  wide.  The  dej)ths  in  the  narrows  are  31  and  73 
fathoms  in  mid-channel,  with  a  bottom  of  sand  and  shells. 

Heivitt  Rock,  a  dangerous  sunken  rock  with  only  10  feet  over  it, 
and  deep  water  close-to,  lies  at  the  northern  entrance  of  the  narrows 
nearly  in  mid-channel. 

The  eastern  shore  of  the  channel  should  be  kept  aboard  when  navi- 
gating the  northern  portion  of  the  narrows. 

Tolmie  Channel,  between  Princess  Hoyal  and  Sarah  Islands,  is  about 
15  miles  long  in  a  general  north  and  south  direction,  and  from  i  to 
one  mile  wide. 

On  the  west  shore,  2J  miles  northward  of  southern  point  of  Sarah 
Island,  an  extensive  arm  takes  a  southerly  direction,  and  is  reported  to 
communicate  with  Laredo  Sound.  Abreast  the  northeastern  point  of 
this  inlet,  a  small  islet  lies  close  to  the  shore  of  Sarah  Island.  Al)out 
^  mile  NNW.  of  this  island  is  a  sunken  rock. 

Caution. — The  northern  reach  of  Tolmie  Channel  looks  directly  into 
this  arm,  care  is  therefore  necessary  when  approaching  from  the  north- 


TOLMIE  CHANNEL — SWANSON  RAY. 


881 


ward  not  to  inistulcu  this  unexplored  arm  for  the  roach  leading  to  Kleni- 
too  I'assage. 

At  2  mil«'.s  iiortliward  of  tlie  above-mentioned  inlet,  on  the  west  shore 
of  Tolmie  Ciiannel,  lies  another  unexplored  passage,  facing  tiie  south- 
east. 

Tolmie  Rock,  on  whieh  is  only  4  feet  water,  lies  100  yarda  from  the 
shore  of  Saraii  lisland,  at  A  mile  within  the  northern  entrance  of  the 
Tolmie  Ciiannel. 

Directions. — Tolmie  Ohanncl,  though  not  so  wide  as  Finlayson 
Channel,  is  preferable  in  some  resjiects,  especially  if  compelled  to  be 
under  way  at  night.  A  mid-channel  course  should  be  steered  through- 
out except  when  navigiiting  the  northern  part  of  the  channel,  when  the 
western  shore  should  bo  neared  to  avoid  Tolmie  Itock.  Avoid  the  rock 
near  the  small  island  towards  the  southern  entrance. 

Tides. — The  Hood  stream  sets  to  the  northward,  and  is  stronger  iu 
Finlay.son  than  in  Tolmie  Channel.  The  ebb,  however,  is  stronger  iu 
Tolmie  Channel,  and  runs  for  l/t  hours  after  the  ebb  has  ceased  in  Fin- 
layson  Channel.  In  the  narrow  parts  of  these  channels  both  Hood  and 
ebb  streams  attain  a  velocity  of  J?  knots  an  hour  at  springs. 

Graham  Reach,  northward  of  the  junction  of  Tolmie  Channel  with 
Hiekish  Narrows,  is  about  17  miles  long,  and  from  i  to  one  mile  liroad, 
with  depths  of  3S  fathoms,  rock,  and  130  fathoms,  sand  and  shells.  In 
general  features  this  reach  resembles  Finlayson  Channel. 

Green  Inlet  lies  on  the  eastern  shore,  2  miles  northward  of  Sarah 
Island.    This  unexplored  arm  takes  an  easterly  direction  at  its  entrance. 

Flat  Point  lies  on  the  western  shore,  3  miles  westward  of  Green 
Inlet.  This  point  is  wooded,  flat,  and  comparatively  low.  Abreast 
Plat  Point  on  the  south  shore  of  the  channel  is  a  remarkable  large 
bowlder  rock. 

Dangers. — There  are  no  known  dangers  at  -00  yards  from  the  shore 
in  this  reach. 

Swranson  Bay  lies  on  the  eastern  shore,  7  miles  from  Sarah  Island. 
There  is  a  conspicuous  waterfall  on  the  western  shore  of  the  channel 
abreast  Swanson  Bay.  In  very  dry  weather  this  fall  is  small  and  some- 
times ceases  altogether. 

Anchorage  may  bo  obtained  in  19  fathoms,  sandy  bottom,  in  the 
northern  part  of  Swanson  Bay,  with  the  conspicuous  waterfall  shut  in 
with  tiie  northern  entrance  point,  and  Flat  Point  shut  in  with  the 
southern  entrance  point  of  the  bay. 

Khutze  is  an  unexiilored  arm,  on  the  north  shore,  6  miles  northward 
of  Swanson  Bay. 

Anchorage  is  reported  by  Indians  at  the  head  of  this  inlet. 

Aaltanhash  is  another  inlet  on  the  eastern  shore,  unexamined,  ?' 
miles  northward  of  Khutze.  In  size  and  direction  it  is  similar  to 
Khutze,  and  is  reiiorted  by  Indians  to  attbrd  anchorage. 

Tides. — The  tides  meet  abreast  Aaltanhash  Inlet. 


332 


MILBAXK    SOUND    TO    CHATHAM    SOUND. 


Red  Cliff  Point,  the  turiiing  point  into  Fraser  Reach,  lies  on  the 
western  shore,  174  miles  from  Sarah  Island.  This  point  terminates  in 
a  consi)icHons  clitt'of  a  reiUlish  brown  color;  and  is  a  good  landmark. 

Fraser  Reach,  the  channel  northwestward  of  (iraliam  Keacli,  is  12J 
miles  long  and  from  A  to  li  miles  wide,  with  dei»ths  of  (i'l  fathoms,  rock, 
to  no  bottom  at  115  fathoms.  In  features  it  resembles  Finlayson  chan- 
nel. 

Warke  Island  is  Ih  miles  long  and  A  mile  broad.  The  channel  on 
both  sides  of  the  island  is  deep,  but  that  to  the  south  is  slightly'  the 
wider.  There  is  a  bay  ow  the  southtrn  shore  of  the  channel,  abreast 
Warke  Island,  at  the  head  of  which  is  a  fine  trout  stream,  communicat- 
ing witii  a  large  lake. 

Klekane,  an  unexamined  arm  on  the  northern  shore,  abreast  Warke 
Island,  is  i  mile  wide,  and  takes  a  XNW.  direction  from  its  entrance. 
Approaching  from  the  southeastward  this  arm  appears  as  the  continua- 
tion of  Graham  Ueach. 

Anchorage  may,  from  Indian  report,  be  obtained  at  the  head  of  Kle- 
kane Inlet. 

LandiF>lip  Point  lies  on  the  northern  shore,  1  miles  from  Warke  Island. 
Over  this  point  is  a  remarkable  landslip. 

Kingcombe  Point,  the  turning  point  into  McKay  Keach,  lies  on  the 
southern  ..liore  12  miles  from  lied  Clitl'  Point.  This  point  is  long,  sharp 
and  conspicuous. 

McKay  Reach  leads  westwr.rd  from  Fraser  Bt-acli  into  Wright 
Sound,  there  is  no  bottom  in  mid-channel  at  131)  and  225  fathoms,  the 
latter  depth  being  found  at  400  yards  southward  of  Cnniming  Point. 

From  mid  channel  abreast  Kingconibe  Point,  the  reach  takes  a  west- 
erly direction  for  1  miles  to  abreast  Trivett  Point;  thence  a  W.  by  S. 
direction  for  4  miles  to  abreast  (Jumming  Point.  Westward  of  King- 
combe Point,  a  deep  bay  lies  on  the  southern  shore,  between  Kingcombe 
and  Trivett  Points. 

The  land  on  the  northern  shore  of  the  channel  is  high  and  bold,  with 
mountains  3,000  teet  higii.  The  land  on  the  southern  shore  is  not  so 
high  ;  and  near  the  summits  of  the  mountains  are  some  extensive  bare 
patches  of  slate  color. 

Gribbell  Island,  the  shores  of  which  have  not  been  surveyed  in  de- 
tail, is  of  somewliat  rectangular  form,  about  11  miles  long  (north  and 
south),  and  7  miles  wide. 

Ursula  Channel. — Between  Pilot  Point,  tiie  southeastern  point  of 
Gribbell  Island,  and  Fisherman  Cove,  on  the  opposite  shore,  is  the  en- 
trance to  Ursula  Channel  which  skirts  the  eastern  side  of  (inbbell 
Island  for  about  7  u.iles.  Its  shores  are  com|)08ed  of  steep, lofty  moun- 
tains rising  abruptly  froui  the  sea,  and  covered  with  piues  and  forest 
trees. 

Fisherman  Cove,  on  the  eastern  shore  at  the  entrance  to  Ursula 
Channel,  affords  a  very  imiitl'erent  anchorage  with  barely  room  for  the 


UR8DLA  CHANNEL — GARDNER  CANAL. 


333 


ship  to  swing  in  30  fathoms,  witli  the  south  point  of  the  bay  (a  chiuip 
which  is  connected  to  the  sliore  by  a  sandy  necu  covered  at  higli  water) 
bearing  S.  29°  W.  Vessels  anchoring  here  mnst  feel  their  way  with 
the  deep  sea  lead  as  the  water  shoals  very  suddenly  from  30  fathoms  to 
12  fathoms,  the  latter  depth  being  at  about  25  yards  from  the  shore.  A 
small  stream  flows  into  the  head  of  the  cove,  oft  which  a  shoal  extends 
some  distance,  its  edge  being  very  steej). 

Boxer  Reach,  the  continuation  of  Ursula  Channel  in  a  N\V.  direc- 
tion along  the  northeastern  side  of  Gribbell  Ishuui,  is  about  0  miles 
long.  On  its  northern  shore  good  anchorage  may  be  found  in  the  north- 
western part  of  Bishop  Oove  in  from  15  to  20  fathoms. 

Bishop  Cove  is  a  very  good  anchorage,  and  is  formed  by  a  narrow 
ueck  of  sand  running  out  from  the  land  terminated  by  a  clump  covered 
with  trees,  similar  to  that  at  Fisherman's  Cove.  The  water  shoals 
gradually  up  to  the  sandy  neck  and  a  vessel  might  go  into  15  fathoms. 

There  api)ears  to  be  anchorage  on  the  southeastern  side  of  the  sandy 
ueck,  but  the  beach  runs  out  shoal  a  long  way  on  that  side. 

Verney  Passage,  along  the  western  shore  of  Gribbell  Island,  com- 
municates with  Boxer  Reach ;  its  shores  have  not  been  surveyed. 

Devastation  Channel. — From  the  junction  of  Verney  Passage  and 
Boxer  Reach  at  the  northern  point  of  (Jribbell  Island,  the  ciiannel  con- 
tinues northward  along  the  eastern  side  of  Hawkesbury  Island  for  a 
distance  of  20  miles,  and  is  known  as  Devastation  Channel ;  its  shores 
have  not  been  surveyed. 

Gardner  Canal,  the  entrance  to  which  is  on  the  eastern  side  of  Dev- 
astation Ciiannel,  about  midway  along  it,  turns  oft'  at  Staniforth  Point 
to  the  eastward,  in  which  direction  it  continues,  vitli  many  bends,  for 
upwards  of  45  miles.  The  laud  is  an  entirely  barren  waste,  nearly  des- 
titute of  wood  and  verdure,  aj)pearing  as  a  ma.vs  of  almost  naked  rocks 
rising  to  rugged  mountains.  Its  shores  have  not  been  surveyed  in  de- 
tail, but  there  is  reported  to  be  anchorage  on  either  side  of  Richardson 
Point,  on  the  southern  shore,  about  0  miles  from  the  entrance,  in  from 
IS  to  5  fathoms;  and  also  at  Keinano  Bay  on  tie  northern  shore,  20 
miles  farther  up,  but  here  the  anchorage  is  said  to  be  indifterent,  as  the 
water  is  deep  and  shoals  very  rapidly  from  no  bottom  at  25  fathoms,  to 
.'5  fathoms.  A  vessel  may  anchor  in  Kennino  Bay  in  15  fathoms  with 
Green  Point  bearing  8.  38^  W.  and  Entrance  Blurt'  S.  ICP  K.,  but  great 
caution  is  required  in  picking  up  a  berth,  and  when  entering  vessels 
should  keep  over  towards  the  eastern  entrance  point  (Entrance  Bluft'), 
as  shoal  water  extsnds  for  some  distance  from  the  opjmsite  point. 

The  Kemauo  River  Hows  through  an  extensive  valley  into  the  head  of 
Kemano  Bay,  and  is  a  stream  of  some  size,  navigable  in  the  summer 
by  canoes  for  a  distance  of  S  miles  from  its  mouth.  Kemano  Bay  is 
frecpieuted  by  the  Kitlup  Indians  during  the  houlican  fishing  season  ; 
their  village,  however,  is  at  the  head  of  the  inlet.  Firewood  can  be 
obtained  from  the  Indians  at  a  moderate  price. 


334 


MILBANK   SOUND    TO    CHATHAM    SOUND. 


In  tlie  winter  uiotitlis  ice  forms  at  25  miles  from  the  head  of  Gardner 
Canal. 

Tides. — It  is  said  t(j  be  high  water,  at  full  and  change,  in  Kemano 
Bay  at  I  h.  p.  in.  (Jniie);  springs  rise  abont  9  feet. 

Kitimat  Arm. — From  the  north  end  of  Hawkesbnry  Island,  Devasta- 
tion Channel  continues  in  to  a  northerly  direction  for  a  further  distance 
of  about  17  miles  to  about  latitude  54°  2'  N.,  where  it  is  terminated  by 
a  border  of  low  land  with  a  shallow  flat  extending  from  side  to  side, 
through  which  a  small  rivulet  discharges  itself  at  the  eastern  corner, 
navigable  only  for  canoes.  This  termination  ditt'crs  in  some  resj)ect8 
from  many  of  the  others ;  its  shores  are  not  very  abrupt,  hut  are 
bounded  on  each  side  by  a  range  of  lofty  mountains,  which  continue 
apparently  in  a  direction  parallel  to  each  other.  The  valley  between 
them,  which  is  3  or  4  miles  wide,  being  covered  with  trees,  mostly  of 
the  pine  tribe.  Two  Indian  viTiges  of  the  Kitimat  tribe  are  situated 
near  the  head  of  this  arm. 

Clio  Bay,  on  the  viastern  shore  of  the  Kitimat  Arm,  afford?  anchor- 
age in  17  fathoms. 

Kildala  Arm  extends  ill  an  easterly  direction  for  about  10  miles, 
branching  olf  from  the  east  side  of  Kitimat  Arm  at  about  11  miles 
from  its  head. 

Douglas  Channel,  which  extends  along  the  western  shore  of  Hawkes- 
bnry Island,  leads  into  the  Kitimat  Arm  at  its  junction  with  Devasta- 
tion Channel ;  it  has  not  been  surveyed.  "It  is  about  3  miles  broad 
ami  the  shores  are  very  high.''  Kitkiatah,  an  unexplored  inlet,  branches 
ott'  from  the  western  side  of  Douglas  Channel  in  a  southwesterly  di- 
rection at  0  miles  from  Money  Point,  its  SE.  entrance  point.  Small 
vessels  may  anchor  in  ')  fathoms  A  mile  within  Kitkiatah  Inlet. 

Wright  Sound  lies  between  Gribbell  and  Cil  Islands,  with  no  bot- 
torn  at  II!)  and  2-'0  fathoms. 

It  communicates  eastward  with  McKay  lieach  and  westward  with 
Grenvilie  (31iuniiel.  Whale  Channel  and  Ticwia  l»assage  lead  south- 
ward, ami  Dongias  Clianiiel  and  Veriiey  Possage  lead  northward  from 
Wright  Sound. 

Landmarks. — Gil  Island  on  the  southern  side  of  the  sound  culmi- 
nates in  a  well  defined  snow-clad  peak  3.000  feet  high. 

The  mountains  northeastward  of  Holmes  liay  have  bare  patches  down 
their  sides. 

Directions. — In  thick  weather,  when  the  shores  are  almost  obscured 
to  the  water's  edge,  Wright  Sound,  with  its  ditl'erent  openings,  north 
and  south,  makes  a  very  perplexing  picture  to  strangers.  Under  such 
circumstances  it  is  well  to  remember  that  a  N.  Ol^'J  W.coiirse  leads  across 
the  sound  from  McKay  Reach  to  Grenvilie  Channel ;  the  distance  from 
Point  Cummiiig  to  Yolk  Point  being  just  7A  miles. 

Holmes  Bay,  on  the  eastern  shore  of  Wright  Sound  at  the  entrance 
of  Whale  Cha;  nel,  is  1,000  yards  wide  at  its  entrance,  and  termiuates 
In  »  sand  fiat,  which  extends  200  yards  from  the  head  of  the  bay. 


ofl 


nil 


HOLMES  BAY — COGHLAN  ANCHORAGE. 


335 


TLe  nortberii  entrance  point  is  high  and  bold,  and  a  small  islet  lies 
off  the  sontlieni  entrance  point  of  the  bay. 

Anchorage  will  be  found  in  14  fathoms,  sand,  with  the  soutliera 
extreme  of  Promise  Island  in  line  with  the  north  point  of  the  bay,  bear- 
ing X.  47^  VV. ;  and  GilMonntaiu  in  line  with  the  south  entrance  point, 
S.  8.'}c  W. 

Fisherman  Cove  is  the  name  of  an  ancliorage  one  mile  eastward 
of  Turtle  Point,  close  to  the  shore  of  Gil  Island.  The  water  is  deep, 
and  tliK  anchorage  reported  indifferent. 

Promise  Island,  at  the  soutliern  end  of  Douglas  Channel,  is  cov- 
ered with  pine  and  ce(hir,  and  culminates  in  two  peaks  of  dome-shape. 
Cape  Farewell,  the  southeastern  extreme  of  the  island,  terminates  in  a 
high,  bold  cliff.  A  conspicuous  white  cliff  lies  ou  the  southern  shore, 
midway  between  Cai)0  Farewell  and  Thorn  Point. 

The  eastern  shore  of  the  island  is  high,  with  an  occasional  bay  with 
a  sandy  beach  at  its  liead.  Da'vson  Point,  the  northern  extreme,  is  low 
and  wooded. 

Fare'wrell  Ledge  uncovers  at  low  water,  and  extends  400  yards  from 
Cape  Farewell.  This  ledge  is  nearly  steepto,  there  being  no  bottom  at 
•10  fathoms  at  .'50  yards  from  it.  Ledges  exteild  200  yards  from  the  east- 
ern shore  of  Promise  Island. 

Dawson  Ledge  extends  400  yards  northward  from  Dawson  Point, 

ito 


%^VOWA     «    iwk«fw_ 


......   ^  ion 

Point. 

Harbor  Rock  is  a  dangerous  rock  of  small  extent,  which  uncovers 
(i  feet  at  low  water,  and  lies  nearly  in  mid-channel  near  the  head  of  the 
harbor.  This  rock  is  nearly  steep-to,  there  being  depths  of  10  and  18 
fathoms  at  100  feet  from  the  rock. 

Gil  Muiiiitaiti  seen  in  line  with  Thorn  Point,  bearing  .S.  22-^  F.,  will 
lead  NE. ;  and  Camp  Point,  seen  just  open  of  Observation  Point,  bear- 
ing S.  \('P  Vj.,  will  lead  weslward  of  Harbor  Kock. 

Otter  Shoal  extends  100  yards  from  the  western  .shore  at  the  head 
of  the  anchorage,  with  dei»tiis  of  .'i  fathoms  and  less  ui)on  it. 

Soundings. — Southward  of  Observation  Point  there  are  depths  of 
24  to  40  lat horns ;  northwiiid  of  th'.U  point  19  to  7  fathoms,  sand. 

Anchorage  in  0  to  7  fathom.^  sand,  will  l»e  found  near  the  In^ad  of 
Ooghlivu  Ancliorage,  with  Gil  Mountain  Just  shut  in  with  Thr)m  Point, 
bearing  S.  P)'  F,,  and  Stephens  Pointjust  o[ten  of  Letitia  Point  (Stew- 
art Narrows)  bearing  X.  00^  E,    Or,  for  a  long  vessel,  not  ivishing  to  go 


334 


MILBANK   SOUND    TO    CHATHAM    SOUND. 


In  the  winter  months  ice  forms  at  25  miles  from  the  head  of  Gardner 
Canal. 

Tides. — It  is  said  to  be  high  water,  at  full  and  change,  in  Kemnno 
Bay  at  1  h.  p.  in.  (June);  springs  rise  about  9  feet. 

Kitimat  Arm. — From  the  north  end  of  Hawkesbury  Island,  Devasta- 
tion Channel  continues  in  to  a  northerly  direction  for  a  further  distance 
of  about  17  miles  to  about  latitude  54°  2'  N.,  where  it  is  terminated  by 
a  border  of  low  land  with  a  shallow  flat  extending  from  side  to  aide, 
through  which  a  small  rivulet  discharges  itself  at  the  eastern  corner, 
navigable  only  for  cauoes.  This  termination  differs  in  some  respects 
from  many  of  tiie  others :  its  shores  are  not  very  abrupt,  but  are 
bounded  on  eaii'i  side  by  a  range  of  lofty  mountains,  which  continue 
apparently  in  a  direction  parallel  to  each  other.  The  valley  between 
them,  which  is  3  or  4  mile;  wide,  being  covered  with  trees,  mostly  of 
the  pine  tribe.  Two  Indian  ^illages  of  the  Kitimat  tribe  are  situated 
near  the  head  of  this  arm. 

Clio  Bay,  on  the  eiistern  shore  of  the  Kitimat  Arm,  affords  anchor- 
age in  17  fathoms. 

Kildala  Arm  extends  iii  an  easterly  direction  for  about  10  miles, 
branching  olf  from  tiie  east  side  of  Kitimat  Ann  at  about  11  miles 
from  its  hei'd. 


off 


Douglas  Channel,  which  extends  alone  th(^  wpafpr"  "ii"'";.':^  !^",~ 
I  n  B  R  i T I S  H  0  0  L  U  ffllB  I A  -Douglas  chinnel  -Uncharted 

-Captain   Hughes,    master  of   the  steamer  1  nncm  Be.ru^ 
ve^J-i  the  existence  of  two  uncharted  rocks  in  L>or.gla.s  channel   the 
r  i-SneSiliSS^west  of  a  line  d,.vwn  between  Halsey^pou;^  and  t^ 
extreme  west  tangent  of    JJav^^'^^IT^^^Wjj;^^  -  1;;^£^,^^^^ 

lis  rock  andthe  shore  on  a  l)earing  N.24°W . 
The  latter  dries  at  extreme  low  water. 


00"  N'Tlo"ngrtudel2!.°  W  30"  W..  i  mile  offshore,  marked  l»y  keUj; 
t^he  other  halfway  between  this  rock  andthe  ^^orenu^^ug^.^^- 


(N.M.22,1905.) 


true  (NW.   |  W.   mag.). 
I'ositions  are  apjn-oximate.^^ 

It  comrnunieates  eastward  with  McKay  Reach  and  westward  with 
Grenville  Ciianncl.  Wlialc  Cliannel  and  Lewis  Passage  lead  south- 
ward, and  D(Migias  Cliannel  and  Verney  Passage  load  northward  from 
Wright  Hound. 

Landmarks. — Gil  Island  on  the  southern  side  of  the  .sound  culmi- 
nates in  a  well  delined  snow-dad  i)eak  3.000  feet  high. 

Tlie  inoniitains  northeastward  of  Holmes  Bay  have  bare  patches  down 
their  sides. 

Directions. — In  thick  weather,  when  the  shores  are  almost  obscured 
to  the  water's  edge,  Wright  Sound,  with  its  ditVerent  openings,  nortii 
.lud  south,  makes  a  very  perplexing  i)icture  to  strangers.  Under  such 
circumstances  it  is  well  to  remeinlier  that  a  N,  (JI°  W. course  leads  across 
the  sound  from  McKay  Keach  to  Grenville  Channel;  the  distance  from 
Point  Cumining  to  Yolk  Point  bei:'<r  iust  7A  miles. 

Holmes  Bay,  on  the  eastern  shore  of  Wright  tSoiind  at  the  entrance 
of  Wliiile  (Channel,  is  1,000  yards  wide  at  its  tntrance,  and  terminates 
in  a  sand  flat,  which  extends  200  yards  from  the  head  of  the  bay. 


HOLMES  BAY — COGHLAN  ANCHORAGE. 


335 


The  northern  entrance  point  is  high  and  bold,  and  a  small  islet  lies 
off  the  southern  er  trance  point  of  the  baj*. 

Anchorage  wilJ  be  found  in  H  fathoms,  sand,  with  the  southern 
extreme  of  Promise  Isl.jnd  in  line  witii  the  north  point  of  the  bay,  bear- 
ing N.  473  W. ;  and  Gil  Mountain  in  line  with  the  south  entrance  point, 
S.  830  w\ 

Fisherman  Cove  is  the  name  of  an  anchorage  one  mile  eastward 
of  Turtle  Point,  close  to  the  shore  of  Gil  Island.  The  water  is  deep, 
and  tliB  anchorage  reported  indifferent. 

Promise  Island,  at  the  soutiieru  end  of  Douglas  Channel,  is  cov- 
ered with  pine  and  cedar,  and  culminates  in  two  peaks  of  dome-shape. 
Cape  Farewell,  the  southeastern  extreme  of  the  island,  terminates  in  a 
higii,  bold  cliff.  A  conspicuous  white  cliff  lies  on  the  southern  shore, 
midway  between  Cape  Farewell  and  Thom  Point. 

The  eastern  shore  of  the  island  is  high,  with  an  occasional  bay  with 
a  sandy  beach  at  its  head.  Dawson  Point,  the  northern  extreme,  is  low 
and  wi»oded. 

Fare'^well  Ledge  uncovers  at  low  water,  and  extends  400  yards  from 
Cape  Farewell.  Tiiis  ledge  is  nearly  steepto,  there  being  no  bottom  at 
40  fathoms  at  .'50  yards  from  it.  Ledges  extend  200  yards  from  the  east- 
ern shore  of  Promise  Islainl. 

Dawson  Ledge  extends  400  yards  nortiiward  from  Dawson  Point, 
and  uncovers  at  iialf  ebb. 

Coghlan  Anchorage,  between  the  mainland  and  Promise  Island,  is 
GOO  yards  wide  at  its  entrance  between  Camp  and  Thom  Points,  aid. 
extends  in  a  ^'\V.  direction  for  L*  miles,  widening  within  theentranc  to 
800  yards. 

Thom  Ledge  extends  100  yards  SW.  of  Thom  Point. 

Promise  Ledge  extends  ."iO  yards  from  Promise  Point. 

Observatory  Ledge  extends  100  yards  eastward  of  C-bservatiou 
Point. 

Harbor  Rock  is  a  dangerous  rocli  of  small  extent,  '/iiich  uncovers 
6  feet  at  low  water,  and  lies  nearly  in  mid-channel  nea  the  head  of  the 
harbor.  This  rock  is  nearly  steep-to,  there  being  d'  pths  of  10  and  18 
fathoms  at  100  feet  from  ijie  rock. 

Gil  Mountain  seen  iu  lino  witli  Thom  Point,  bi  aring  S.  22°  E.,  will 
lead  NE. ;  and  Camp  Point,  seen  just  open  of  Obs  drvation  Point,  bear- 
ing S.  l(>o  E.,  will  lead  westward  of  Harbor  Kock. 

Otter  Shoal  extends  100  yards  fiom  tiie  western  shore  at  the  head 
of  the  anchorage,  with  depths  of  3  fathoms  and  less  upon  it. 

Soundings. — Southward  of  Observatiini  Point  there  are  depths  of 
24  to  40  fathoms  ;  noitliward  of  tiiat  point  10  to  7  fatiioms,  sand. 

Anchorage  in  0  t(»  7  fathoms,  sand,  will  be  found  near  the  head  of 
Coghlan  Anchonige,  with  (iil  Mountain  Just  shut  in  with  Thom  Point, 
bearing  8.  19"  H.,  and  Stephens  Point  just  open  of  Letitia  Point  (Stew- 
art Narrows)  bearing  N.  OO'^  E.    Or,  for  a  long  vessel,  not  wishing  to  go 


86 


MILHANK    «OUND    TO    CHATHAM    SOUND. 


beyond  TIarbor  Rock,  a  berth,  in  2-1  fathoms,  inid-chaunel,  at  ^  mile  oif 
Observation  I'oiut,  may  be  found. 

Directions. — Wlien  entering  keep  in  mid-channel,  to  avoid  the  ledge 
which  uncovers  ott' Thorn  Point,  and  proceed  to  the  anchorage  with  the 
leading  mark  above  given  for  clearing  Harbor  Rock  on  p.stern ;  and 
andioi  as  before  directed. 

Stewart  Narrows  lead  northward  of  Promise  Island  into  Douglas 
Channel.  The  tides  in  this  passage  are  strong,  and  the  channel  contiued; 
it  is  therefore  not  recommended. 

Tidal  Streams. — The  flood  stream  which  enters  Campania  Sound 
from  the  southward  divides  oii"  Passage  Ishmd,  and  the  main  body  of 
water  passes  up  Squally  Channel.  The  lesser  body,  passing  into  Whale 
Channel,  skirts  the  north  shore  of  Gil  Island,  and  unites,  at  one  mile 
northward  of  Turtle  Point,  with  the  main  body  of  water  which  has 
entered  Wright  Sound  bj^  Lewis  Passage.  The  Hood  stream  from  that 
position  sets  directly  across  Wright  Sound,  and  impinging  on  Camp 
Point  causes  very  strong  eddies  off  that  point,  and  is  then  deflected  to- 
wards Grenvillo  Channel. 

A  portion  of  the  flood  stream  by  Whale  Channel  turns  into  McKay 
Reach  and  meets,  abreast  of  Aaltanhash  Inlet,  the  flood  stream  from 
the  Finlayson  Channel.  Another  portion  proceeds  into  Douglas  Chan- 
nel and  Verney  Passage.  On  the  ebb  tiie  reverse  takes  place,  the 
main  body  of  water  from  Wright  Sound  obtaining  an  exit  by  Whale 
Channel. 

The  ebb  streams  from  Wriglit  Sound,  Douglas  Channel,  and  McKay 
Reach  unite  nearly  midway  batween  Maple  Point  and  Holmes  Bay, 
setting  directly  towards  the  latter,  i)rodacing  strong  eddies  at  the 
month  of  Holmes  Day,  Thence  the  stream  sets  fairly  through  Whale 
Channel,  and  i)assing  north  and  south  of  Passage  Island  unites  with 
the  stream  of  Squally  Channel,  and  united  they  pass  out  into  Campania 
Sound. 

Both  flood  and  ebb  streams  attain  the  velocity  of  3  knots  an  hour,  at 
8i)rings,  in  tlie  contracted  portions  of  the  channels. 

Grenville  Channel  leads  northwestward  out  of  Wright  Sound,  and 
is  tlie  usual  channel  taken  by  steam  vessels  when  proceeding  to  the 
nortiiern  waters  of  British  Columbia. 

At  its  southeastern  end  Grenville  Channel  abreast  Yolk  Point  is 
1,()(>0  yards  wide;  thence  it  extends  in  a  NW.  direction  for  4  miles  to 
abreast  Davenport  Point,  with  an  average  width  of  one  mile.  From 
this  point  the  channel  continues  in  about  the  same  direction  for  11 
miles,  and  narrows  to  (iOO  yards  as  Lowe  Inlet  is  approached,  seldom 
exceeding  800  yards  in  width  until  northwestward  of  Evening  Point 
(Klewnuggit) ;  thence  it  widens  out  to  one  and  3  miles,  and  extends 
tor  23  miles  to  abreast  Ogden  Channel.  The  depths  in  Grenville  Chan- 
nel are  48  to  133  fathoms,  rock. 

The  land  on  both  sides  is  high,  reaching  an  elevation  of  3,500  feet  on 


GUENVILLE    CHANNEL — WHITING    BANK. 


337 


the  nortlierii  and  from  1,000  to  2,000  feet  on  the  southern  shore  ;  and 
for  the  most  part  is  densely  wooded  with  pine  and  cedar. 

The  channel  is  comparatively  free  from  danger  at  100  yards  from 
either  shore,  with  the  following  exception  : 

Morning  Reefs  extend  for  nearly  one  mile  oil"  Evening  Point.  The 
western  shore  of  Grenville  Channel  must  be  kept  on  board  when  passing 
Morning  Ueefs. 

Bare  Islet  (north  side  of  Klewnuggit  Inlet)  kept  open  of  Camp  Point 
(south  side  of  that  inlel),  bearing  N.  80°  E.  will  lead  northward  of  Morn- 
ing Reefs. 

Tides. — The  tides  in  Grenville  Channel  are  weak,  in  most  parts  not 
exceeding  one  knot;  the  titwd  stream  from  the  northward  meeting  that 
from  the  southward  abreast  Nabanhah  Bay. 

Directions. — The  only  directions  necessary  for  navigating  Grenville 
Channel  are  to  keep  in  mid-channel,  except  when  passing  Nabanhah 
Bay,  and  then  the  west,  oc  Pitt  Island,  shore  should  be  kept  aboard. 

Loive  Inlet  is  a  little  over  ^  mile  wide  at  its  entrance  between  James 
and  Hepburn  Points. 

Nettle  Basin  is  nearly  circular  in  shape,  and  is  J  mile  across,  but 
between  its  entrance  i)oints  the  basin  is  l)arely  200  yards  wide. 

In  the  XB.  corner  of  Nettle  Basin  is  a  large  stream,  with  a  waterfall 
close  to  its  mouth,  and  several  others  within  (Verney  Falls).     This 
stream  is  reported  to  be  connected  by  a  chain  of  lakes  with  Douglas ' 
Channel. 

Landmarks. — On  the  west  shore,  at  2  miles  southward  of  Lowe  In- 
let, there  is  a  remarkable  bare  hill  400  feet  high. 

Tom  Islet,  a  small  and  wooded  islet,  lies  close  to  the  eastern  shore  of 
the  channel  at  400  yards  westward  of  Lowe  Inlet. 

On  the  east  side  of  the  inlet  a  remarkable  mountain,  with  a  conical 
summit  (Anchor  Cone),  rises  to  the  hiMglit  of  2,010  feet.  From  its  sum- 
mit the  land  slopes  northward  and  southwestward.  The  latter  spur 
terminates  in  the  eastern  entrance  point  of  Lowe  Inlet;  and  when  seen 
from  the  eastward  appears  as  a  long,  low,  wooded  projection.  Over 
the  nortliwestern  shore  of  the  inlet  mountains  with  bare  summits  rise 
to  the  heiglit  of  2,000  feet. 

High-water  Rocks,  200  yards  from  the  western  shore,  at  800  yards 
within  Lowe  Inlet,  are  awash  at  high  water,  and  lie  close  to  each  other 
in  a  nortii  and  south  direction.  There  is  a  deptli  of  2.'J  fathoms  at  100 
feet  eastward  of  tlie  roclis. 

Don  Flat,  with  (iei»tlis  of  3  fathoms  and  less  upon  it,  extends  200 
yards  from  the  head  of  tlie  bay  sont!;  tA'  Don  Point. 

Whiting  Bank,  at  iiiO  yards  within  the  mouth  of  Lowe  Inlet,  has 
deptlis  of  1(»  fatlioms  and  less  on  it  extending  across  the  entrance. 
Northward  of  that  position  tlie  water  deepens  to  10  and  20  fathoms, 
mud.  Witiiin  Nettle  Hasin  the  general  depths  are  15  to  17  fatlioms, 
mud. 

1420J— No.  00 22 


338 


MILBANK    SOUND    TO    CHATHAM    SOUND. 


Anchorage  tor  vessels  of  moderate  length  will  be  foiiiul,  in  mid- 
ciiannel,  on  Whiting  Bank,  in  8  and  lU  fatiionis,  sand  and  shells.  In 
this  position.  Anchor  Cone  Monntain  should  bear  S.  75^  E.  and  Hepburn 
Point  S.  8°  E.  For  a  long  vessel  more  convenient  anchorage  will  bo 
found  higher  up,  in  niid-channel,  in  20  fathoms,  mud  bottom,  with  An- 
chor Cone  Mountain  bearing  S.  'M)°  E. 

Supplies. — Good  water  can  be  procured  in  Lowe  Inlet,  from  the 
stream  in  Nettle  Basin.  Trout  may  be  caught  in  tlie  stream.  Whiting, 
in  abundance,  may  be  caught  on  Whiting  Bank. 

Edible  nettles  grow  on  the  shores  of  the  basin,  and  are  useful  when 
cooked  as  an  antis(!orbutic. 

Klevrnuggit  Inlet  has  its  entrance  between  Camp  Point  and  Leading 
Island;  it  is  800  yards  wide,  and  thence  the  inlet  takes  an  easterly  direc- 
tion for  800  yards,  and  there  divides;  the  longer  arm  (Exposed  Arm) 
extends  in  a  southeasterly  direction  for  3  miles,  and  terminates  in  a 
swamj)  fronted  by  a  sand  Hat.  The  shorter  arm  takes  a  northwesterly 
direction  for  l[  miles,  passing  eastward  of  Leading  Island,  and  is  ^ 
mile  wide. 

With  the  exception  of  Morning  Reefs,  Klewnnggit  Inlet  has  no  dan- 
gers beyond  200  yards  from  the  shore. 

Anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  the  NW.  arm  (Ship  Anchorage)  in 
l.">  to  liO  fathoms,  mud  bottom,  in  mid-channel,  at  -'00  yards  from  either 
shore. 

Directions.— Entering  Klewuuggit  Inlet,  having  cleared  Morning 
Reefs,  keep  in  mid  channel  between  Camp  Point  and  Leading  Island. 
Pass  400  yanls  SI"],  of  the  latter,  and  anchor  on  its  eastern  side  in 
Ship  Anchorage.  In  this  position  tlie  southeastern  extreme  of  Lead- 
ing Island  should  be  seen  iu  line  with  a  cousiuciious  cliti'of  purple  color, 
on  the  south  oWore  of  Exposed  Arm,  bearing  S.  26°  W. 

iCxngeal,  an  unexplored  inlet  on  the  eastern  shore,  i  mile  north- 
westward of  Evening  Point,  is  A  mile  wide  at  its  entrance,  and  takes  a 
northwesterly  direction. 

A  rock  which  uncovers  lies  400  yards  SE.  of  the  northwestern 
entraiKie  point  of  Kxngeal  Inlet. 

At  the  distance  of  6  miles  NW.  of  Kxngeal  is  Baker  Inlet  with  a  nar- 
row opening,  but  apparently  quite  extensive  within,  and  in  an  easterly 
direction;  a  small  islet' or  rock  lies  in  the  entrance.  From  this,  in  a 
westerly  direction  nearly  3  miles,  is  a  narrow  but  deep  opening,  which 
from  Grenville  Ciiannebappears  to  cut  I'itt  Island  in  two,  and  may  join 
the  east«'rn  arm  of  Petrel  Channel. 

Kumealon,  an  unexplored  inlet  on  the  eastern  shore,  abreast  of  False 
Stuart  Anciiorage,  has  an  entrance  400  yards  wide,  and  takes  a  north- 
erly (liivction.  Some  small  islets  lie  near  the  northern  shore  of  Gren- 
ville Ciiannel  westward  of  Kumealon  Inlet. 

Stuart  Anchorage,  on  the  western  shore  of  Grenville  Channel  just 
within  its  western  entrance,  is  J  mile  westward  of  a  long,  low,  woodetl 
pi'ojection,  which  serves  to  distinguish  it. 


KLEVVNUGGIT    INLKT — FALSK    STUAKT    ANCIIOKAGE. 


339 


Stag  Rock  uncovers  13  feet  at  low  water,  ami  lies  800  yards  N.  40'^ 
W.  of  tlie  above  nieiitioiied  jmiiit.  This  rock  has  foul  ground  extending 
from  it  800  yards  in  a  N.  41°  W.  direction,  and  a  small  patch,  whicii  un- 
covers at  low  water,  lies  200yanls  S.  '21°  W.  of  tiie  rock. 

The  whole  of  this  foul  ground  is  indicated  by  kelp  during  summer  and 
autumn. 

Anchorage  will  be  found  in  10  to  15  fatiioms,  rock,  N.  72°  VV'.,  400 
yards  from  Stag  Rock,  with  the  .soutli  extreme  of  Gibson  Island  seen 
touching  Calvert  Point  bearing  N.  41°  W.  northerly. 

Directions. — Proceeding  for  this  anchorage,  especially  at  high  water, 
care  is  necessary.  Pass  400  yards  westward  of  the  foul  ground  extend- 
ing from  the  Stag  Rock,  and  anchor  when  at  200  yards  to  the  south- 
ward. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Stuart  Anchorage  at  Oh. 
30m.;  springs  rise  17  feet. 

The  tidal  streams  meet  abreast  Evening  Point;  eastward  of  that  point 
the  flood  approaches  from  the  eastward,  ami  westward  of  the  point 
from  the  westward. 

At  springs  the  flood  stream  in  the  narrow  portions  of  Grenville  Chan- 
nel attains  the  velocity  of  2  knots,  and  tfie  ebb  4  knots  an  hour.  The 
latter  stream  continues  to  run  for  li  hours  after  low  water  by  the  shore. 
Abreast  Lowe  Inlet,  strong  eddies  will  be  felt  on  the  ebb. 

False  Stuart  Anchorage  lies  on  the  southern  shore  3  miles  south- 
eastward of  Stuart  Anchorage.  On  its  northwestern  side  there  is  a 
high,  bold  projection.  This  point  should  serve  to  distinguish  False 
Stuart  Anchorage  from  Stuart  Anchorage,  as  the  latter  has  a  long,  low, 
projectiou  on  its  southeastern  side.  The  water  is  deep  close  to  the 
shore. 

Gibson  Islands,  a  group  in  the  western  portion  of  Grenville  Chan- 
nel, at  its  junction  witli  Ogden  Channel,  consists  of  one  large  island  KiO 
feet  high,  about  one  mile  in  extent  and  wooded,  and  several  smaller  islets 
and  rocks;  the  shores  of  the  larger  island  are  broken  into  several  bays. 
On  the  eastern  side  of  the  large  island  is  Bloxham  Island,  of  small  ex- 
tent, ami  Lamb  Islet  lies  200  yards  from  the  northeastern  shore. 

TVatson  Rock  uncovers  18  feet  at  low-water  springs,  and  lies  400 
yards  from  the  southwestern  shore  of  the  large  Gibson  Island.  There 
is  a  dei)tli  of  47  fathoms,  rock,  at  200  yards  south  of  Watson  Rock. 

^loxham  Shoal  extends  1,200  yards  eastward  irom  the  southeastern 
extreme  of  IJloxham  Island,  and  passes  eastward  of  Gibson  Islands  at 
tliat  distance,  with  depths  of  one  to  3  fathoms  water  over  it. 

Grunboat  Harbor,  between  (ribson  and  IJloxham  Islands,  is  a  small 
harbor  which  faces  the  SE,,  aftording  temi)orary  anchorage  to  snuUl 
vessels,  in  4  to  10  fathoms,  200  yards  within  the  entrance,  in  mid- 
chani.i'1. 

Bedford  Island,  of  small  extent,  lies  4  mile  north  of  the  larger  Gib- 
son Island. 


340 


MILHANK   SOUND   TO    CHATHAM    SOUND. 


Bedford  Spit  cxttMids  GOO  yards  westward  from  Bedford  iHland.  Tlie 
clianiiel  between  IV'dford  and  (libsoii  Inlands  lias  depths  of  4  fatlioins 
arid  less  in  it;  tliis  i)assa{,'e  is  not  reeoniniended. 

Marrack  Island  lies  h  mile  north  uf  Bedford  Island  and  is  one  mile 
in  exlfiit. 

Marrack  Rock,  which  uncovers,  lies  nearly  in  mid-cliunnel  between 
Bedford  and  Marrack  Islands. 

Port  Fleming,  between  Marracik,  Bedford,  and  Gibson  Islands  and 
the  maiidand  eastward  of  them  is  a  {?ood,  well-sheltered  harbor,  of  even 
soundings,  from  3  to  7  fathoms,  with  muddy  bottom,  and  very  little 
current  or  tide. 

The  approach  to  Port  Fleming  from  the  north  is  by  Arthur  Passage. 

Kennedy  Island  is  wooded,  rising  gradually,  and  culminates  near 
the  middle  in  two  conspicuous  peaks.  The  western  and  southern  shores 
of  Keiuiedy  Island  are  bold  and  little  broken;  the  northern  shores  have 
not  been  examined  in  detail. 

Cardena  Bay  is  an  open  bay  on  the  southern  side  of  Kennedy 
Island,  and  is  skirted  by  a  mud  bank,  which  extends  over  ^  mile  from 
the  shore,  with  depths  of  5  to  10  fathoms  upon  it. 

In  May,  1880,  there  were  three  houses,  a  wharf,  and  an  Indian  summer 
village,  and  also  a  sui)ply  of  wood  for  steamers  at  this  place,  which  is 
called  Inverness  or  Aberdeen  fishery. 

It  is  a  good  temporary  stopping  place  in  case  of  fogs  or  darkness  on 
reaching  Chatham  Sound. 

Anchorage  may  be  iound  on  the  bank,  in  7  to  8  fathoms  good  hold- 
ing-ground at  (iOO  yards  from  the  shore  of  Kennedy  Islaiul;  and  it  is 
the  best  anchorage  in  the  vicinity  of  Skeena  River,  sheltered  from  north 
and  SE. 

Lewis  Island,  one  mile  westward  of  Kennedy  Island,  is  low,  wooded, 
narrow,  and  L*^  miles  long. 

Arthur  Passage,  between  Kennedy  and  Lewis  Islands,  is  about  5 
miles  long,  in  a  general  NNW.  and  SSE.  direction,  and  about  oiui  mile 
wide,  with  depths  of  18  to  C3  fathoms,  mud, 

Herbert  Reefs  lie  on  the  western  side  of  Arthur  Passage,  about  800 
yards  from  the  northeastern  extreme  of  Lewis  Island,  and  l,'-'00  yards 
from  Kennedy  Island.  This  dangerous  reef  consists  of  two  rocks  which 
un(;o\  er  at  low  water,  with  depths  of  7  and  9  fathoms  between  them 
lying  NNW.  and  SSE.,  distant  ^  mile  from  each  other.  There  are 
depths  of  .■J7  fathoms  and  over,  at  200  yards  northward,  and  of  20  fath- 
oms at  200  yards  southward  of  Ilerbert  Reefs. 

The  eastern  and  smaller  Genu  Island  seen  in  line  with  the  west  ex. 
treme  of  White  Cliff  Island,  bearing  N.  24°  W.,  leads  eastward  of  Her- 
bert Keel's. 

Lawson  Harbor,  on  the  northwestern  side  of  Lewis  Island,  is  about 
A  mile  long  and  h  mile  wide. 

Anchorage  for  small  vessels  may  bo  found  in  4  fathoms  water,  in 
mid  channel,  about  200  yards  within  Lawson  Harbor, 


CHI8MURE    PASSAOK BRIBKRY    ISLAM). 


'Ml 


Elliott  Island,  NW.  of  Lewis  Lshiiul,  ia  low  and  wooded,  with  a 
greatest  breiultli  of  :{  mile. 

Blozam  Passage,  l)etween  Lewis  and  KUiott  Islands,  and  connect- 
ing  Arthur  and  Chismore  Passa;,.s.s,  is  about  400  yards  wide,  with  a 
depth  of  21  fathoms  in  mid-channel. 

Elizabeth  Island  is  nearly  3  miles  long  in  a  NW.  ind'SK.  direction, 
With  an  average  breadth  of 'I  mile.  With  the  <'X(!eption  ofa  hill,  •VM 
feet  high,  near  its  southeastern  end,  this  island  is  low  and  wooded. 

Bamfield  Islands,  a  group  of  small  islets,  lie  about  ^  mile  from  the 
northeasttru  shore  of  I'Jii/abetli  Island:  (J(H)  yards  eastward  of  these 
islands  are  some  reefs.  A  deep  Imt  narrow  passage  exists  between 
Bamfield  Islands  and  the  reefs. 

Chismore  Passage,  between  Porcher  Island  and  Lewis,  Elliott  and 
Elizabeth  Islands,  is  about  4  miles  long  in  a  NW,  and  SE.  direction, 
and  from  400  t6  1,000  yards  wide,  with  depths  of  4  to  21  fathoms,  mud. 
It  is  obstructed  by  foul  ground  at  its  southeastern  end,  and  is  only  ac- 
cessible for  ships  by  Bloxham  Pass;   ;e. 

Kelp  Passage,  between  Lewis  and  Porcher  Islands,  is  available 
only  for  boats. 

Elizabeth  Rock,  which  uncovers  at  low  water,  lies  200  yards  from 
the  western  shore  of  Elizabeth  Island,  at  one  mile  within  the  northern 
entrance  of  Chismore  Passage. 

Anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  mid-channel,  in  7  to  10  fathoms,  400 
yards  distant  irom  the  western  shore  of  Elliott  Island ;  with  Genu  Is- 
lands seen  midway  between  Elliott  and  Elizabeth  Islands,  bearing  N. 
4°  W.     Good  holding-ground  and  excellent  shelter. 

Chalmers  Anchorage  on  the  northern  side  of  Elliott  Island  is 
formed  at  the  junction  of  that  island  with  Elizabeth  Island. 

Anchorage  may  be  found  in  13  to  14  fathoms,  at  400  yards  from  the 
northwestern  extreme  of  Elliott  Island;  with  that  extreme  seen  in  line 
with  south  extreme  of  White  Glitf  Island,  bearing  N.  55°  E. 

White  ClifiF  Island,  200  feet  high,  is  about  ^  mile  long  in  a  north 
and  south  direction;  its  southern  extreme  terminating  in  high,  bold, 
white  cliffs.  A  ledge  extends  400  yards  southward  from  White  Cliff 
Island.  There  is  a  depth  of  30  fathoms,  mud  and  shell,  at  200  yards 
southward  of  this  ledge. 

Cecil  Patch,  seldom  marked  by  keli),  has  4  fathoms  upon  it,  and  lies 
one  mile  west  of  White  Cliff  Lsland.  There  are  dei)th8  of  7  and  18 
fathoms  at  100  yards  from  the  patch. 

The  summit  of  Kennedy  Island  (Elizabeth  Peak),  seen  iu  line  with 
the  southern  extreme  of  White  Clitf  Island,  bearing  S.  52°  E.,  will 
lead  northward  of  Cecil  Patch. 

Genn  Islands  consist  of  two  small  wooded  islands,  lying  close  to- 
gether. The  eastern  and  smaller  island  lies  2i  miles  X.  24°  W.  of  the 
west  extreme  of  White  Cliff  Island. 

Bribery  Island,  small  and  wooded,  lies  1,600  yards  N.  74°  W.  of  the 
western  Genu  Island.     It  consists  of  rocks  very  little  above  high-water. 


342 


MILllANK    HOUND    TO    CHATHAM    SOUND. 


Lawyer  Group  con.si.st  of  two  |)riiici|)iil  islands  and  nevoral  Hiruller 
ones,  iiltoul  oim^  niilo  in  extent. 

Cruice  Rock,  M'  Hniail  extent,  covers  at  tiiree-ciiiarters  Hood,  and 
lies  4.">i»  yards  N.  'u'^  W.  of  tlie  western  liaw.ver  Island. 

Hunt  Point,  tlie  noithern  extreme  of  I'oniiier  Island,  is  about  3  miles 
northwestward  of  Cliisinore  Passage  Temporary  :in(!lioraf,'e  in  ott'-sliore 
winds  may  be  bad  under  the  point  in  about  10  fathoms. 

Malacca  Passage,  between  rorcher  Island  and  the  Genu  and  Law- 
j-er  (i roups,  is  about  0  miles  lonjjf,  and  about  1'f  miles  wide,  with  depths 
of  L'l  to  SI  fatiionis,  nuid,  the  latter  depth  beiuf;?  founil  in  tlie  western 
jiortion  of  the  channel. 

Directions. — The  summit  of  Keniu'dy  Island,  Elizabeth  Peak  (bare 
]tate)ies  on  the  northwestern  sidO,  st'<^'i  i'l  line  with  the  south  extreme 
of  VVbire  OUff  Island,  bearinjj  S.  52°  K.,  will  lead  through  Malacca 
Passage. 

Skeena  River,  the  largest  river  on  the  (^oast  of  British  Columbia, 
northward  of  Kiaser  Hiver,  takes  its  rise  in  Lake  Habine,  near  the  vil- 
lage of  Naas  (ilee, about  UOb  miles  beyond  PortK,ssington.  At  120  miles 
from  Port  Essington  the  river  divides  into  three  branches,  known  aa 
the  Forks  of  the  Skeena,  the  principal  itranch  taking  a  northerly  <lirec- 
tion,  the  others  a  NVV.  a;ul  SE.  direction,  respectively.  For  about 
20  mile.s  above  Port  Essington  the  Skeena  .liver  is  available  for  ves- 
sels drawing  4  feet  water;  beyond  that  distance  it  is  only  navigable 
far  canoes.  The  head  of  navigation  for  vessels  drawing  over  6  feet 
may  be  said  to  terminate  0  miles  beyoiul  Port  Essington,  and  21  miles 
from  the  mouth  of  Skeena  Itiver. 

The  river  is  navigable  for  light-draught  steamers  as  far  as  Mumford 
Landing,  GO  miles  inlaml,  and  200  miles  further  for  canoes.  There  are 
two  missionary  stations  on  the  river. 

The  water,  as  far  as  Port  Essington,  is  stated  to  be  of  light  blue  color, 
similar  to  that  of  Eraser  Kiver.  The  shores  of  the  Skeena  are  said  to 
be  low,  and  covered  with  small  hard  wood  and  cotton  trees;  aLso  good 
sized  white  oak,  similar  to  those  found  on  the  banks  of  the  Eraser  River. 
The  shores  at  the  entrance  are  densely  wooded,  chiefly  cedar  and  hem- 
lock, and  bear  evidence  of  a  remarkably  wet  climate.  The  Skeena  is 
stated  to  freeze  over  during  the  wintt'r  months  at  6  miles  below  Port 
E.ssington. 

The  entrance  to  the  Ske.Mia  River  is  divided  into  three  channels  by 
Smith  and  Kennedy  ]s!a!i<ls.  They  are  designated  North,  iMiddle,  and 
Telegraj)!!  Channels  or  Passages.  North  Channel  is  suitable  only  for 
small  craft.  Middle  Channel  is  obstructed  by  shifting  sandbanks,  and 
is  in  some  places  very  nairow.  Steamers  coming  from  the  north  often 
take  this  channel  in  order  to  touch  at  Port  Essington.  It  is  dangerous 
for  sailitt^  vessels,  or  without  a  i>ilot.  Telegrajdj  Channel  is  the  maiu 
passu,    .     The  north  channel  of  the  Skeena  River  is  blocked  with  ice 


HKKENA    RIVKR — ANCHORAGE. 


343 


iit'iirly  nil  the  winter,  but  it  seldom  leaclics  down  as  far  as  Kennedy  Is. 
land.     Port  Kleniinj^  is  free  from  ice. 

'Tlie  head  of  tide  water  in  SUeona  inlet  and  where  the  river  proper 
ai)pear8  to  commenco  is  about  18  nules  above  port  Kssinjiton.  The 
river  is  navifjable  with  ditlieulty  for  small  sternwheeiers  about  .'5S  miles 
above  ti<le  water  to  Kitsuin{,Mliiiin,  where  tiiere  is  a  trail  ni)  the  valley 
of  the  Kitsumfiallum  Uiver,  to  the  head  waters  of  Nass  Itiver. 

Supplies. — Potatoes  of  large  size  and  j^'ood  quality  arc  plentiful ; 
also  berries,  wliiiih  are  dried  by  the  Indians  lor  their  winter  Ibod.  The 
Skeena  is  a  prolific!  salmon  stream,  and  Hsh  of  the  finest  (piality  are 
procured  here,  (rood  tind)er  is  plentiful  and  of  laryfe  size,  especially 
Hprtice  and  yellow  Alaska  cedar. 

Telegraph  Passage,  the  southern  and  j)rincipal  (;hannel  of  the 
Skeena  Uiver,  is  about  .S  miles  long,  with  an  averajje  width  of  1.]  miles. 

The  western  side  of  the  channel  is  rendered  dangerous  by  sand  Hats, 

(160.)  BRITISH  OOLUMBIA.— Skeena  river.— Sunken  rocks  in 
port  Essington. — North  Skeena  passage  entrance.— Shoal  ground 
southeast  of  Kitson  island. — Information  has  been  received  from  Mr. 
J.  T.  Walbran,  Commanding  the  Canadian  Pacific  Navigation  Com- 
pany's S.  S.  Danube,  of  the  existence  of  the  three  under-mentioned 
sunken  rocks  lying  in  and  near  the  fairway  in  port  Essington,  and  which 
are  described  as  dangerous,  being  sharp  and  jagged  : 

(1)  The  northern  sunken  rock  in  port  Essington,  which  dries  2  feet  at 
ordinary  low  water,  lies  with  Veitoii  point  bearing  S.  61°  W.  true, 
(SW.  by  S.  mag.),  distant  2j^  miles,  and  the  north  extreme  of  a  small 
island  (Village  island)  at  the  entrance  to  Ecstall  river  S.  26°  E.  true, 
(SE.  f  E.  mag.). 

(2)  The  center  sunken  rock  in  jiort  Essington,  which  is  the  most 
dangerous  as  it  so  seldom  shows,  dries  1  foot  at  low  water  spring  tides, 
and  lies  with  Veitch  point  bearing  S.  6S°  W.  true,  (SVV.  ^  S.  mag.),  dis- 
tant 2^  miles,  and  the  north  extreme  of  Village  island  S.  10°  W.  true, 
(S.  by  E.  1  E.  mag.). 

(3)  The  southern  sunken  rock  in  port  Essington,  awash  at  ordinary 
low  water,  lies  with  Veitch  point  In-ariug  S.  72°  W.  true,  (SW.  mag.), 
distant  2y^  miles,  and  the  north  extreme  of  Village  island  S.  26°  E  true, 
(SE.  I  E.  mag.),  distant  50  yards. 

Also,  that  shoal  ground,  with  6  to  8  feet  on  it  at  ordinary  low  water, 
extends  about  1,200  yards  in  a  southeasterly  direction  from  the  south 
end  of  Kitson  island,  at  the  entrance  to  North  Skeena  passige.     Near 
the  outer  end  of  this  shoal  ground  the  water  deepens  to  3  fathoms. 
...•       Approx.  position :  Lat.,  54°  10'  30"  N.;  Long.,  130°  18'  W. 

Note. — The  passage  between  Kitson  island  and  Leer  point  is  only 
navigable  for  boats. 


342 


MILHANK  .SOUND  TO  CHATHAM  SOUN'!). 


Lavryer  Group  (loiisist  of  two  principal  islands  and  several  smaller 
ones,  about  one  mile  in  extent. 

Cruice  Rock,  of  small  extent,  covers  at  tliree-qnarters  flood,  and 
lies  4.">t)  yards  X.  ^u'^  W.  of  tlu^  western  Lawyer  Island. 

Hunt  Point,  the  northern  extreme  of  Torclier  Island,  is  about  3  miles 
northwestward  of  Cln'smore  Passajje.  Temporary  anchorage  in  off-shore 
winds  may  be  had  nnder  the  ]toint  in  about  10  fathoms. 

Malacca  Passage,  between  Porcher  island  and  the  Genu  and  Law- 
yer (Jronps,  is  about  (i  miles  lon^,  and  about  l'{  miles  wjde,  with  depths 
of  21  to  81  fathoms,  mud,  the  latter  depth  being  found  in  the  western 
portion  of  the  channel. 

Directions. — The  summit  of  Kennedy  Island,  Elizabeth  Peak  (bare 
]tatcbes()n  the  northwestern  sid<f),  seen  in  line  with  the  south  extreme 
of  White  ('liff  Island,  bearing  S.  'jL^o  E.,  will  lead  through  Malacca 
Passage. 

Skeena  Rivftr.  tim  lurrrocaf  ,.;,-.^"  ■-  ■" 


SKEENA    RIVER — ANCHORAGE. 


343 


smaller 

0(1,  and 

;3  miles 
iff-sliore 

n\  La\r- 
I  (leptlis 
nosteru 

ik  (bare 
extreme 
tialacca 


iH'arly  all  tlio  winter,  but  it  seldom  readies  down  as  far  asKL-iinedy  Is- 
land.     Port  I'lcminfy  is  tree  from  ice. 

The  liea<l  of  tide  water  in  Skeena  inlet  and  where  the  river  proper 
appears  to  eonmence  in  about  18  miles  ai)ove  port  li)ssin<iton.  The 
river  is  iiavi};.  i-'_  witli  ditTiculty  for  small  stern-wlieelers about  .'{Smiles 
aliove  ti<le  water  to  Kilsumgalltim,  where  there  is  a  trail  up  the  vallej- 
of  the  Kitsumpallum  River,  to  the  head  waters  of  Naas  Kiver. 

Supplies. — Potatoes  of  large  size  and  jiood  quality  arc  plentiful ; 
also  berries,  whieli  are  dried  by  the  Indians  tor  their  winter  food.  The 
Skeena  is  a  prolific  salmon  stream,  and  lisii  of  the  finest  cpiality  are 
l)rocured  here.  Good  timber  is  jjK  iitiful  and  of  larire  sixe,  especially 
spruce  and  yellow  Alaska  cedar. 

Telegraph  Passage,  the  southern  and  princii)al  channi'l  of  the 
Skeena  Ki\er,  is  about  S  miles  long,  with  an  average  width  of  U  miles. 

The  western  side  of  the  channel  is  rendered  dangerous  by  siiiid  Hats, 
some  of  which  dry,  extending  from  the  eastern  side  of  Kennedy  Island, 
but  the  eastern  side  has  depths  of  4i  to  17  fathoms, 

Caution. — Unless  under  the  guidance  of  a  pilot,  as  the  clmnnels  of 
the  Skeena  are  subject  to  [)eiiodi('al  changes,  it  is  recommended,  be- 
fore attempting  them,  to  buoy  the  channel  by  boats  or  other  means. 

North  Passage,  between  Tsiinpsean  Peninsula  and  Smith  and  Dc 
Horsey  Islands,  has  a  depth  of  about  .'5  fathoms  in  some  parts,  and  is  not 
recommended.  Mount  McGrath  on  Smith  Island  is  conspicuous,  2,2()(» 
feet  high.  At  the  entrance  to  this  passage  several  dangers  lie  nearly 
in  mid-channel;  the  navigable  channel  lies  on  the  .southern  shore,  and 
is  barely  200  yards  wide  in  some  parts. 

Near  the  entrance  of  North  Skeena  Pas.sagt;  there  is  a  considerable 
mining  camp  called  Willaclagh. 

From  Wood(!ock  landing,  on  the  northern  shore  of  North  Skeena 
Passage,  a  narrow  inlet  extends  to  the  westward  of  in  rtli,  (Mitting  oft' 
Tree  Point  from  the  mainland,  .sending  a  branch  to  join  the  sea,  near 
Coast  Islet,  the  inlet  it.self  continuing  northwesterly  joins  the  large 
basin  in  which  Ohiiield  I.slai.d  (containing  Mount  Oldtield  L'.:{(iO  feet 
high)  is  situated.  This  basin  enters  Ma'acca  Passage  between  Lima 
Point  and  ('oa.st  Islet,  .iiid  connec'ts  witl-  -Metlah  ('athili  Hay  through 
Venn  Creek  at  its  NW.  angle.  The  large  mass  of  land  west  of  Old- 
field  Basin,  SH.  of  Metlali  Catlah,  iind  of  which  Lima  Point  appears  to 
be  the  SE.  entrance,  has  been  named  Digby  Island. 

Anchorage  will  be  fonntl  at  one  mile  within  the  passage,  oft' Wood - 
C0(!k  Landing  on  the  northern  shore,  nearly  in  mid  channel,  in  8  to  10 
fathoms,  but  the  ancihoriige  is  limited  though  it  is  more  sheltered  than 
Port  Essington.  Ves.sels  should  moor.  Anchorage  is  also  reported  oft' 
the  wesvern  side  of  Smith  Island  under  Mount  Mcirrarli. 

Soundings. — The  depths  in  liie  navigable  channels  of  the  Skeena, 
from  the  entrances  to  abr'ast  Port  Essington,  are  from  4  to  20  fathoms. 


%^:, 


344 


MILBANK    SOUND    TO    CHATHAM    SOUND. 


TideB. — The  nislit  tides  rise  higher  than  those  of  the  day.  It  is  high 
water  at  full  and  chaiifje  in  Port  Essingtoii  at  1  h.  Oin.;  springs  rise 
24  feet,  neaps  15  feet.  The  Hood  stream  at  the  entrance  attains  the 
velocity  of  1,  and  tlie  ebb  5  knots  an  hour  at  springs. 

Winds. — During  September  easterly  and  so\itlieaaterly  winds,  ac- 
companied by  almost  conti?iuous  rain,  with  frequent  squalls,  have  been 
experienced. 

Port  Essington  (Spuksut)  lies  on  the  southern  shore  of  the  Skecua 
River,  about  11  miles  from  its  mouth,  and  affords  extensive  anchorage 
for  vessels  of  any  size.  The  village  is  situated  on  the  western  side  of 
a  point  formiug  the  angle  between  the  Skeena  and  Ecstall  Inlet.  The 
latter  is  a  long  channel  extending  in  a  southeasterly  direction  from  iti* 
junction  with  the  Hkeena.  From  this  channel  come  the  greater  part 
of  the  ice-Hoes  which  encumber  the  Skeena  in  th(  •  •  ;!  season.  Behind 
the  flat  on  which  the  village  stands  is  a  ridge  wl:i»  ij  vises  in  one  i)lace 
to  a  rather  remarkable  conical  mountain.  Strong  >JE.  gales  In  winter 
interrupt  con)munication  with  the  shore,  and  though  not  frozen  over 
there  is  uiuch  loose  ice,  as  also  quantities  of  heavy  driftwood.  Ships 
could  not  renniin  at  Port  Es.sington  during  the  months  of  December, 
January,  February,  and  March,  and  well  into  April.  The  snowfall  has 
been  about  0  feet  on  the  level. 

Three  canneries  have  been  established  in  the  vicinity  of  Port  Essing- 
ton, and  a  temporary  churrh  has  been  elected. 

Anchorage  with  good  holding  ground  will  be  found  in  mid-channel 
abreast  Port  Essington,  in  4  to  7  fathoms,  mud. 

A  heavy  cross  sea  is  caused  by  strong  winds  from  NW.  to  SE.,  and 
vessels  riding  at  anchor  in  the  ( I'ireiit  during  a  gale  of  wind  would  be 
very  liable  to  foul  iiiid  trip  their  anchors. 

Raspberry  Islands,  eastward  of  Port  Essington,  consist  of  three 
wooded  islets,  lying  close  to  the  eastern  shore. 

De  Horsey  Island  lies  alMut  one  mile  northward  of  Kennedy  Island, 
leaving  a  pa.ssage  iM-tween  choked  with  .sandbanks,  anti  only  available 
for  boats. 

Middle  Passage,  situated  between  Kennedy  and  De  Uonsey  Islands, 
is  obstructed  at  its  western  entrance  by  saud-tlats,  some  of  wiiich  un- 
cover.    It  should  not  be  attempted  by  a  stranger. 


i 


N 

P< 
er 


LAREDO   SOUND,  OCJDKN   CHANNEL,  TO   (IKKNVILLE   CHANNEL. 

Laredo  Sound,  between  Price  and  Arista/able  Islands,  and  con- 
7iecting  Hecate  Strait  with  Laredo  Channel,  is  nearly  20  miles  long  in 
a  general  nortii  and  south  direction  ami  from  3  to  14  miles  wide. 

Landmarks. — Kititstu  Hill,  on  the  northefistcrn  shore  of  the  sound, 
is  of  trinngiilar  shiijte,  with  a  well  defined  summit  760  feet  high.  Over 
the  north  shore  of  the  sound  rise  three  i-emarkable  mountains,  the 
summits  of  the  two  northern  having  sharp  piuinicles,  North  and  South 


--ST'- 


LAREDO    SOUND. 


345 


three 


Needle  Peaks.  The  aiimmit  of  the  southern  and  lowest  of  the  three 
peaks,  Cone  Monntain,  is  of  conical  shape.  At  4  miles  from  the  south- 
ern extreme  of  Ariatazable  Island,  two  conspicnons  hills,  forming  a 
saddle,  lise  to  the  height  of  (540  feet. 

Coast. — The  eastern  shore  of  Laredo  Sound  is  low,  wooded,  much 
broken  into  bays  and  creeks,  and  frin^'ed  by  numerous  islets,  rocks 
awash,  and  sunken  rocks  to  the  distance  of  2  miles  from  the  west  coast 
of  Price  Island.  Outer  Island,  which  lies  off  Day  Point,  when  seen 
from  Laredo  Sound,  appears  round  and  well  defined. 

At  the  western  entrance  of  the  sound  a  group  of  islarids  and  islets 
extend  from  Aristazable  Island  for  a  distance  of  more  than  5  miles  in  a 
southerly  direction. 

Entrance  Island,  '■{  mile  long  in  a  north  and  south  direction,  is  the 
outer  of  a  chain  of  islands  iyingoff  the  southern  extreme  of  Aristazable 
island. 

Nab  Rock,  a  dangerous  sunken  rock,  over  which  the  sea  only  breaks 
at  long  inforvals,  lies  Spr  miles  S.  30<^  E.  of  the  summit  of  Entrance 
Island. 

The  ground  is  foul  to  the  distance  of  one  mile  SE.  from  the  rock, 
and  several  ledges  uncover  at  low  water  between  Nab  Rock  and 
Entrance  Island. 

Don  Point,  situated  on  the  western  shore  of  Laredo  Sound,  is  a 
peninsula  \'>(i  feet  hiiih,  and  when  first  seen  appears  as  an  island.  Close 
northwiird  of  Don  Point  is  a  small  cove,  which  affords  shelter  to  boats. 

DouT>le  Island,  on  tin'  eastern  shore  of  the  sound,  abreast  of  Don 
Point,  IS  wooded,  about  100  feet  high,  and  divided  near  the  center  by 
a  cleft,  which  causes  it  to  api)ear  as  two  islands,  when  seen  (rom  the 
south vvanl  and  nortiiward. 

Low  Point,  wooded  and  flat,  lies  2J  miles  north  of  the  summit  of 
Double  Island. 

T  <«<nRrtnk.  which  uncovers  at  low  water,  lies  800 yards  north  of  JiOW 


and  lies 
Island, 

Is  north- 

ul  (it  La- 
h. 

,  of  small 
miles  N. 


!ind, 


uce  itoiut 


ing  across 
souiul,  iu 


-"^^^ 


344 


MILBANK    SOUND    TO    CHATHAM    SOIIKD. 


Tides. — The  night  tides  rise  higher  than  those  of  tlie  day.  It  is  high 
water  at  full  and  change  in  Port  Essington  at  1  h.  Oin. ;  springs  rise 
24  feet,  neaps  15  feet.  The  Hood  stream  at  the  entrance  attains  the 
velocity  of  4,  and  the  ebb  o  knots  an  hour  at  springs. 

Winds. — During  Sei)teniber  easterly  and  southeasterly  winds,  ac- 
companied by  almost  continuous  rain,  with  frequent  squalls,  have  been 
experienced. 

Port  Essington  (Spuksut)  lies  on  the  southern  shore  of  the  Skeeua 
River,  about  11  miles  from  its  mouth,  and  affords  extensive  anchorage 
for  vessels  of  any  size.  The  village  is  situated  on  the  western  side  of 
a  point  forming  the  angle  between  the  Skeena  and  Ecstall  Inlet.  The 
latter  is  a  long  channel  extending  in  a  southeasterly  direction  from  it» 
junction  with  the  Skeena.  From  this  channel  come  the  greater  part 
of  the  ice  Hoes  which  encumber  the  Skeena  in  the  cold  season.  Behind 
the  flat  on  which  the  village  stands  is  a  ridge  which  rises  in  one  i)lace 
to  a  rather  remarkable  conical  mountain.  Strong  ME.  gales  in  winter 
interrupt  communication  with  the  shore,  and  tliough  not  frozen  over 
there  is  much  loose  ice,  as  also  quantities  of  heavy  driftwood.  Ships 
could  not  remain  at  Port  Essington  during  the  mouths  of  December, 
January,  February,  and  March,  and  well  into  April.  The  snowfall  has 
been  about  Ct  feet  on  the  level. 

Three  canneries  have  been  established  in  the  vicinity  of  Port  Essing- 
ton, and  a  temporary  church  has  been  erected. 

Anchorage  with  good  holding  ground  will  be  found  in  mid-channel 
abreast  Port  Essington,  in  4  to  7  fathoms,  mud. 

A  heavy  crosssea  is  caused  l»y  strong  winds  from  NW.  to  SE.,  and 
vessels  riding  at  anchor  in  the  current  during  a  gale  of  wind  would  be 
very  liable  to  foul  aiul  trip  their  anchors. 

Raspberry  Islands,  eastward  of  Port  Essington,  consist  of  three 
wooded  islets,  lying  close  to  the  eastern  shore. 

C83«n  BRTtYs  H'^COLUnBI  A  -Laredo  chainer-  UnchaVted  ' 
rocks  — Directions. -Captain  Holmes   Newcomb,    master  ol  1).<j. 
steamer   Kr>*(rel,  reports  ''.le  existence  of  an  unchait.-d   rock   in  the 
middle  of  Laredo  channel,  between  Aristazable  and  1  rinc«ss  Koyal 
islands.     The  rock  carries  8  feet  and  is  cover»'d  with  keli). 

Approx.  position:  Lat.  52°  47'  10"  N.,  Long.  129°  05  :{7"  \V . 

V  reef  is  also  reported  extending  1  mile  due  east  from  (  hauKcl  rock 
iu'the  same  channel,  covered  with  kelp  and  drying  in  patclie.s.  wheiv 
the  chart  shows  40  fathoms,  no  bottom. 

Captain  Huglies,  master  of  int  steamer  Prhu-em  Ihvinc;  reports 
the  existence  of  a  sunken  rock,  covered  with  kelp,  bet  we^-u  Spray 
point  and  Surf  inlet.  I'roni  the  rock  Spray  point  bears  S.  S  h.  true 
(SE.  by  S.  mag.),  and  the  westernmost  Surf  islutul  N.  42°  W.  true 
(WNW.  mag.).  ,  ,         ,  ,   .     , 

Mariners  navigating  this  cnannei  from  the  southward  are  ;.(l\  ised, 
after  pa.ssiiig  Sciiooner  point,  to  imniediately  haul  ovit  to  the  north- 
east shore  and  kci'p  it  close  aboard  until  Sjnay  point  is  pas.s»'d.  -.m 
»he  middle  am 


dan 


g« 


i-s. 


I  ^southwest  side  of  Laredo  chaiiml  art   reported  full  oj 

(N  M.  aa,  l»05.) 


LAREDO    SOUND. 


346 


Needle  Peaks.  The  summit  of  the  southern  aud  lowest  of  the  three 
peaks,  Cone  Mountain,  is  of  conical  shape.  At  4  miles  from  tlie  south- 
ern extreme  of  Aristazable  Island,  two  conspicuous  hills,  forming  a 
saddle,  rise  to  the  height  of  010  feet. 

Cos  it — The  eastern  shore  of  Laredo  Sound  is  low,  wooded,  much 
broktMi  into  bays  and  creeks,  and  fringed  by  numerous  islets,  rocks 
awash,  and  sunken  rocks  to  the  distance  of  2  miles  from  the  west  coast 
of  Price  Island.  Outer  Island,  which  lies  off  Day  Point,  when  seen 
from  Laredo  Souud,  appears  round  and  well  defined. 

At  the  western  entrance  of  the  sound  a  group  of  islands  and  isli't8 
extend  from  Aristazable  Island  for  u  distance  of  more  than  5  miles  in  a 
southerly  direction. 

Entrance  Island,  1  mile  long  in  a  north  and  south  direction,  is  the 
outer  of  a  chain  of  islands  lying  off  the  southern  extreme  of  Aristazable 
Island. 

Nab  Rock,  a  dtangerous  sunken  rock,  over  which  the  sea  only  breaks 
at  long  intervals,  lies  3{*u  niiles  8.  30^  E.  of  the  summit  of  Entrance 
Island. 

The  ground  is  foul  to  the  distance  of  one  mile  SE.  from  ihe  rock, 
and  several  ledges  uncover  at  low  water  between  Nab  Rock  and 
Entrance  Island. 

Don  Point,  situated  on  the  western  shore  of  Laredo  Sound,  is  a 
peninsula  laO  feet  hi'.{h,  and  when  tirstseen  appears  as  an  island,  (/lose 
northward  of  Don  Point  \h  a  small  cove,  which  affords  shelter  to  boats. 

Double  Island,  on  the  eastern  shore  of  the  sound,  abreast  of  Don 
Point,  is  wooded,  about  100  feet  high,  and  divided  near  the  center  by 
a  cleft,  which  ranses  it  to  appear  as  two  islands,  when  seen  from  the 
southward  and  nortfcwanl. 

Low  Point,  wooded  and  Hat,  lies  2^  miles  north  «  >  the  summit  of 
Doul'le  Island. 

Low  Rock,  which  uncovers  at  low  water,  lies  800  yanls  north  oi  Low 
Point. 

Schooner  Point  is  the  turning  point  into  Laredo  Ch  liiUL'l,  and  lies 
7  miles  N.  l,j-  E.  of  Don  I'oint.  The  coast  of  Aristazable  Island, 
between  Schooner  ami  Don  Points,  is  bold  and  rocky. 

Schooaer  Ledge,  whitdi  uncovers  at  low  water,  lies  (500 yards  north- 
wai'd  t»f  S<'lMii((iei'  Toint. 

South  Bay  Islands,  a  group  of  small  extent,  lie  at  the  head  of  La- 
redo Sound.     The  larger  islands  are  wooded,  and  250  feet  high. 

North  Bay  Islands  <'i»nsist  of  three  principal  wooded  islets,  i)f  small 
t«xtcnt,  2.")0  feet  high.  Tiie  center  island  of  th  group  lies  lA  miles  N. 
190  \v.  from  the  center  island  of  the  South  Bay  group. 

Steep  Point,  high  and  bol4,  forms  the  northeastern  entrance  point 
of  Laredo  Channel. 

Soundings. — The  bankof  comparatively  shoal  water  stretching  across 
the  moiuli  of  Lar^ih)  Souud,  should  .serve  to  distinguish  that  souud,  iu 


UG 


MILUANK    SOUND    TO    CHATHAM    SOUND. 


thick  or  t'oggj'  weatlier,  from  Mill)iink  Sound,  there  beiutj  deptlis  of  over 
120  ffithoms  at  flie  entrance  of  tlie  latter. 

Directions. — Small  sailing  coasting  vessels,  to  avoid  the  light  wind.s 
and  calms  which  frtMinently  prevail  in  the  inmost  channels,  make  use  of 
Laredo  Sound  and  the  channels  leading  northward  from  it,  as  the  wind 
seldom  fails  them  there. 

In  clear  weather,  if  Outer  Island  be  not  brought  to  bear  southward 
of  S.  (Uo  ]^,^  ji  vessel  will  i)ass  south  of  Nab  Hock.  Kitifstu  Hill  steered 
for  on  a  N.  'A'2°  K.  bearing  will  lead  eastward,  and  Schooner  Point  bear- 
ing N.  -to  E.  leads  northward  of  Nab  Kock.  Tass  one  mile  ott"  ScOioouer 
Point  and  ])rocoed  through  Laredo  Channel  as  herein-after  directed. 

Laredo  Channel,  between  Princess  Koyal  and  Aristazable  Islands, 
is  about  20  miles  long,  and  from  2  to  '>  miles  wide. 

At  6  miles  within  the  eastern  entrances  Laredo  (channel  is  ob-structed 
by  a  group  of  islands  and  islets,  which  contra<!ts  tlie  navigable  thannel 
to  barely  1,400  yurds.  Westward  of  that  group  the  channel  again 
widens  out,  and  attains  a  width  of  .5  miles  at  its  Testern  end. 

Fury  Point  on  the  western  shore,  termiinites  in  l>Ia(k,  smooth  rocks. 
A  small  bay,  with  a  sandy  beach  at  its  head,  and  an  islet  at  its  entrance, 
lies  close  southward  of  Fury  Point. 

Beaver  Ledge  uncovers  at  low  water,  and  lies  A  mile  from  the  west- 
ern shore,  at  1 ,-,,  miles  northward  of  Schooner  Point.  There  is  deep 
water  close  northward  of  this  ledge. 

Islet  Rock  lies  close  southward  of  a  small  islet  on  the  eastern  shore, 
at  lA  miles  north-westward  of  Steep  Point. 

South  Channel  Islands,  consisting  of  live  jmncipal  wooded  islands, 
150  feet  high,  ai\d  about  one  mile  in  extent,  lie  nearly  in  mid-channel, 
6  miles  from  Schooner  Point. 

North  Channel  Islands  consist  of  two  i)i'incipal  wooded  islands  of 
small  extent.  The  eastern  island  of  the  group  lies  1.^  miles  N.  .'50°  W. 
of  tho  western  island  of  the  South  (Jhanuel  Group. 

Channel  Rock  is  a  dangerous  sunken  rock,  lying  nearly  in  mid-chan 
nel,  1,200  yards  S.  IW^  E.  of  the  eastern  islet  of  the  South   Chamiei 
Group. 

Bluff  Point,  on  the  western  shore,  is  high  and  bold,  with  a  hill  400 
feet  high  rising  immediately  over  it.  On  the  eastern  shore  of  Laredo 
Channel,  abreast  Hlulf  Point,  is  an  islet  at  the  njonth  of  a  creek. 

Seal  Rocks,  which  cover  at  high  water,  and  are  of  small  extent,  lie 
J  mile  from  the  south  shore,  2  miles  NW.  of  Bltitt'  Point.  There  is  deep 
water  at  400  yards  northward  of  Seal  Kocks. 

Sandspit  Point,  on  the  western  shore,  is  white  and  conspicuous,  with 
a  ridge  of  Itare  Inlls,  701)  to  0.")0  feet  high.,  immediately  over  it. 

Sandspit  Shoal  extends  ^  niile  oil'  Iroifi  Sandspil  Point. 

Devil's  Point  is  the  western  entriince  point  of  Laredo  Channel. 
Over  this  point  is  a  bare  hill  with  a  conspicuous  Imwlder  or  knob  on  its 
summit. 


LAUEDO    CHANNEL CAMPANIA    SOUND, 


3.(7 


Spray  Point,  the  iiort'i  ^astern  entrance  point  of  Laredo  Cliannel,  is 
bold  and  higii.  At  one  mile  southward  of  Spray  Point  a  small  islet 
lies  close  to  the  eastern  shore. 

Tides.— The  flood  stream  which  approaches  from  Laredo  Sound  in- 
creases in  strength  as  the  Channel  Island  Group  is  approached,  attain- 
ing a  velocity  of  0  knots  an  hour  at  springs,  in  the  channel  east  of  that 
group  (Surge  .'farrows). 

In  the  wider  portions  of  Laredo  Channel  both  streams  attain  a  veloc- 
ity of  ■'{  Icnots  ail  hour  at  springs.  ? 

Midway  between  Devil's  and  Spray  Points,  the  flood  stream  by  Laredo 
Channel  is  met  by  the  stream  passing  round  the  northwestern  end  of 
Aristascable  Island,  causing  at  springs  dangerous  tidal  races  in  that 
locality. 

The  ebb  stream  having  divided  in  mid-channel  oft'  Devil's  Point,  one 
portion  sets  round  the  northwestern  end  of  Aristazable  Island.  The 
other  .sets  fairly  down  Laredo  Channel,  and  attains  a  velocity  of  (i  knots 
an  hour,  at  springs,  in  Surge  Narrows.  From  Surge  Narrows  the  ebb 
stream  sets  directly  towards  Fury  Point,  and  thence  sweei>s  along  the 
southern  shore  of  the  channel,  jiassing  across  Laredo  Sound  to  Low 
Point,  wheihje  it  is  deflected  and  .sets  fairly  to  the  southward. 

It  IS  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Surge  Narrows  at  (J  h.  0  m.; 
springs  rise  lli  feet. 

Directions. — Having  rounded  Schooner  Point  at  a  distance  ot  one 
mile,  i*  N.  .Ji)-  \V.  course  for  0  miles  should  lead  into  Suige  Narroivs, 
taking  care,  esi)ecially  if  the  ebb  stream  be  running,  to  avoid  Channel 
Kock. 

Northward  of  Surge  Narrows,  a  general  course  of  N.  .'50°  W.  will  lead 
through  Laretlo  Cliannel  to  the  entrance  of  Estevan  Sound. 

Campania  Sound,  between  Princess  Koyal  and  Campania  Islands, 
is  5  miles  long  in  a  general  north  and  south  direction,  and  3  miles  wide. 

On  the  eastern  shore  of  the  sound,  a  conspicuous  ridge  of  hills,  with 
rounded  summits,  rise  to  the  height  of  000  feet,  and  the  coast  is  .slightly 
brt»ken  into  by  a  Spw  useless  bays  and  creeks. 

On  rhe  western  shore,  the  coast  off  Campania  Island  is  indented  with 
a  tic-*  rocky  bays.  At  the  southwestern  entrance  of  the  sound,  600 
ya»'«)s  from  the  southeastern  extreme  of  Campania  Island,  lies  Eclipse 
IsiMud,  a  small  wooded  islet,  100  feet  high. 

The  western  shore  of  the  sound,  for  one  mile  northward  of  Eclipse 
Island,  has  ledges  which  uncover  to  the  distance  of  i  mile.  Northward 
of  that  position,  the  western  shore  has  no  known  danger  beyond  400 
j'ards  trom  it. 

The  eastern  shore  of  t:he  sound  has  ledges  extending  from  it  to  a 
distance  of  .1  mile. 

South  Surf  Islands,  at  the  southeastern  entrance  of  (!ampania 
Sound,  consist  of  three  wooded  islands  250  feet  high,  with  .several  small 
rocky  islets  close  to. 


3t8 


MILBANK    SOUND   TO    CHATHAM    SOUND. 


North  Surf  Islands,  250  feet  high,  lying  'i  mile  N.  40°  W.  of  South 
Surf  Isiaiids,  consist  of  tiuee  wooded  islands  one  mile  in  extent  north  and 
south. 

Squally  Channel,  between  Gil  and  Campania  Islands,  is  10  miles 
long  and  from  2^  to  4i  miles  wide. 

Gil  Island,  which  forms  the  eastern  side  of  Sciually  Channel,  is  15 
miles  long  and  0  miles  broad.  Turtle  Point,  the  northern  extreme  of 
the  island,  is  a  peninsula,  with  small  bays  east  and  vest  of  it.  The 
eastern  shore  has  a  few  indentations  along  it,  scarcely  deej)  enough  to 
be  called  bays. 

Mount  (lil  is  situated  near  the  northeastern  end  of  the  island,  the 
summit  being  well  defined,  and  always  clad  with  snow  on  the  north 
side;  from  Mount  Gil  the  land  slopes  gradually  towards  the  northern 
extreme  of  the  island. 

A  ridge  of  mountains  extends  in  a  southerly  direction  from  Mount 
Gil,  curving  gradually  to  the  southeastward,  and  terminating  at  about 
3  miles  from  the  south  end  of  the  island. 

The  southeastern  extreme  of  Gil  Island  is  wooded,  flat  and  low. 

Channel  Reef  uncovers  at  low  water,  and  extends  h  mile  from  the 
SW.  extreme  of  Gil  Island  (Ledge  Point),  and  fringes  the  shore  of  that 
island,  at  the  same  distance,  for  IJ  miles  northwestward  of  Ledge 
P(»in(. 

Windy  Islets  are  a  group  of  three  islets,  the  outer  of  which  lies  J 
mile  from  the  southwestern  shore  of  Gil  Island. 

Windy  Rock  uncovers  at  low  water,  and  lies  J  mile  S.  40°  E.  of  the 
outer  or  south  Windy  Islet.  There  is  a  depth  of  20  fathoms  at  200  yards 
south  of  the  rock. 

Black  Rock,  400  yards  from  the  western  extreme  of  Gil  Island 
(Blackrock  Point),  the  turning  point  into  Lewis  Passage,  covers  at 
high  water,  is  small,  and  nearly  steep-to. 

Soundings. — Tiie  depths  in  Scpially  Channel  are  from  15  fathoms  to 
no  bottom  at  40  fathoms.  The  southern  side  of  S(]ually  Channel  has 
no  known  danger  beyond  200  yards  from  the  shore. 

Weather. — Violent  squalls  will  often  be  experienced  in  Squally  Chan- 
nel, descending  from  the  high  land  of  Cami)ania  Island,  when  calms  or 
light  winds  and  smooth  water  will  be  found  in  Whale  Channel. 

Lewis  Passage  is  between  Gil  and  Fin  Islands,  and  leads  into  Wright 
Sound. 

The  eastern  shore  of  Lewis  Passage  has  no  known  danger  beyond  100 
yards  from  the  shore. 

Fin  Island  is  westward  of  Gil  Island.  Plover  Point,  the  northern 
extreme  of  Fin  Island,  has  a  deep  bay  close  southward  of  it,  with  sev- 
eral islets  lying  ott"  the  entrance  to  the  bay,  which  dries  throughout  at 
low  water.  Four  bare  roaky  islets  fringe  the  northern  shore  of  Fin 
Island,  at  the  distance  of  200  yards. 


SQUALLY  CHANNEL WHALE  CHANNEL. 


349 


Fin  Rock,  iiw'iish  iit  lii;;li  wuUm',  lii's  on  tlie  we.steri)  sliore  of  tho 
channel,  KH)  yards  from  tlift  .southern  extreme  of  Fin  Ishind. 

Cridge  Passage,  l)et\veen  Fin  and  Farrant  Islands,  is  3  miles  long 
and  one  mile  wide.  There  is  no  bottom  at  40  fathoms  in  midehannel  in 
Cridge  Passage. 

Farrant  Island  lies  at  the  southeastern  entrance  of  (Jrenville  Chan- 
nel. Tiie  hmd  on  the  southwestern  side  of  Farrant  Island  reaches  an 
elevation  of  1,700  feet. 

Blossom  Point,  the  southern  extremeof  thei.sland,has  asmall  islet 
lying  clo.se  to,  with  a  ledge  extending  200  yards  westward  from  it. 

Block  Head,  terminates  in  a  high,  bold,  white  cliff.  The  coast  be- 
tween Block  Head  and  Yolk  Point  is  broken  into  several  bays;  the 
largest  lies  close  under  the  latter  point,  and  has  two  patches  of  rock 
which  uncover,  lying  400  yards  offshore. 

Yolk  Point  is  smooth,  bart^  and  rocky,  and  is  nearly  steep-to. 

Davenport  Point,  the  northern  extreme  of  Farrant  Island,  is  bold, 
and  lies  3  miles  NW.  of  Yolk  Point. 

Union  Passage  (Matliksimtas),  betvveen  Farrant  and  Pitt  Islands, 
enters  Grenville  Channel  j.bout  4  miles  westward  of  Yolk  Point.  This 
passage  has  not  been  exploi"d. 

Whale  Channel,  between  Princess  Royal  and  Gil  Islands,  is  I'J  miles 
long  in  a  general  north  and  .south  direction,  and  from  2  to  3  miles 
wide  There  is  no  known  danger  in  this  channel  beyond  400  yards 
from  the  shore.     There  i.s  no  bottom  at  40  fathoms  in  Whale  Channel. 

Leading  Point,  on  the  eastern  shore,  5  miles  southward  of  Holmes 
Bay,  has  immediately  over  it  a  conspicuous  hill,  of  triangular  shape, 
700  feet  high. 

River  Bight,  between  Holmes  Bay  and  Leading  Point,  is  a  deep  in- 
dentation with  a  large  rivor  at  its  head. 

Maple  Point,  on  the  western  shore,  abreast  of  Holmes  Bay,  is  com- 
paratively low,  and  wooded,  with  many  maple  trees  growing. 

At  one  mile  south  of  Maple  Point  is  a  sandy  bay,  with  a  conspicuous 
sandy  beach  at  its  head. 

Shrub  Point,  on  the  western  shore,  .)  miles  southward  of  Maple 
Point,  is  comi)arativelj'  low.  Hat,  and  wooded. 

Camp  Islet,  a  small,  consi)icnons,  wooded  i.slet,  lying  400  yards  from 
the  western  shore,  at  0  miles  southward  of  Mai>le  Point,  is  connected 
with  the  eastern  shore  of  Gil  Island  at  low  water. 

South  ofC^amp  Islet  there  isa  compiinitively  deep  bay,  one  mile  wide 
at  its  entrance;  but  which  at  low  water  is  blocked  by  a  ledge  of  rocks 
which  uncover. 

Molly  Point,  on  the  western  shore,  is  the  turning  ])oint  of  Whale 
Channel  into  Campania  .Sound. 

Trouble  Island,  a  small,  narrow,  low  i.sland.  lies  200  yards  from  the 
eastern  shore,  at  the  .southern  entrance  to  Whale  Chaiinel. 


;)60 


MILBANK    SOUND    TO    CHATHAM    SOUND. 


Barnard  Cove,  SE.  of  Troiiblo  Islaiul,  nflonlH  Nlielt«r  to  boats  uiul 
sniiill  cratt.  Pass  in  mid  cliamml  bi'tweeii  Trouble  Island  i»nd  tho 
eust(M'n  shore  of  Whale  Channel,  an<l  aixdior  in  20  lathoins,  uuid,  in  the 
oas.ern  iiaitof  the  cove,  at  l(t((  yards  IVoin  the  eastern  shore. 

Passage  Island,  at  tiie  Jnnction  of  Whale  Channel  and  Canipaniti 
Sound,  is  "J  miles  lonj;'  in  a  north  and  south  direction,  and  one  mile 
broad.  It  is  wooded,  the  tops  of  tiie  trees  beinj^  about  -.jO  feet  above 
high  water.  Otf  the  southeastern  side  of  I'asaage  Ixlaud,  a  group  of 
islets,  rocks,  and  sunken  dangers  e.\ten<l  A  mile  in  a  southeasterly  direc. 
tiou. 

The  passage  east  and  west  of  Passage  Island  are  deep  and  1,200 
yards  wide.  On  the  eastern  shore  of  the  eastern  channel,  several  rocky 
islands  extend  fioni  200  to  400  yards  from  the  shore,  otf  the  entrance 
to  a  bay. 

Campania  Island  has  at  one  mile  from  its  suulheastern  extreme  an 
elevation  of  I,(l(t0  feet,  increasing  westward  until  it  culnunates  in  two 
bare  mountains,  with  dome-shaped  summits,  2,000  feet  high.  These 
mountains  are  of  granite  formation,  and  furnish  an  excellent  landmark 
when  seen  from  seaward,  from  their  summits  the  land  slopes  to  the 
westward,  the  western  end  of  Camjtania  Island  being  comparatively 
low  and  wooded. 

The  northern  shore  of  the  island  is  bold, with  a  few  ro(!ky  bays  along 
it.     The  northeastern  extreme  terminates  in  a  high,  bold,  white  ditf. 

The  western  shore  is  low,  wooded,  and  broken  into  bays  and  creeks, 
fringed  by  islets,  rocks  awash  at  higli  water,  ami  at  low  water,  to  the 
distance  of  one  mile. 

The  northwestern  shore  is  bohl,  and  little  broken.  Marble  rock,  a 
small,  white  rock,  (]  feet  above  high  water,  lies  ^  mile  from  it. 

Ustevan  Sound,  between  Es'evan  and  Campania  Islands,  is  about 
15  miles  long  in  a  general  NW.  and  SE.  direction,  and  from  '2h  to  5 
miles  wide.  At  the  southeastern  entrance  of  the  sound  there  arc  sev- 
eral islets,  rocks,  and  sunken  rocks,  nearly  in  mid-channel.  Estevau 
Sound  is  not  recommended  to  strangers. 

If,  however,  circumstances  should  necessitate  its  being  made  use  of, 
a  course  should  be  steered  to  pass  ■*  mile  northward  of  South  Watcher 
Islet.  TlieiKu;  a  general  course  of  XW.,  cautiously,  for  15  miles,  should 
take  a  vessel  into  X»>pean  Sound,  keeping  nearer  the  western  shore  of 
the  channel  to  avoid  the  dangerous  ledges  which  extend  to  the  distance 
of  one  mile  from  the  western  side  of  (^'ampania  Island. 

G-uano  Rocks,  on  the  eastern  shore  of  Estevau  Sound,  consist  of  a 
cluster  of  three  white  rocks,  lying  one  mile  distant  from  the  western 
side  of  Campania  Island  at  0  miles  northwestward  of  Eclipse  Island. 
The  highest  rock  is  30  feet  above  high  water,  and  the  group  is  sur- 
rounded by  rocks  awash  and  sunken  rocks  to  the  ilistance  of  from  A  to 
3  mile. 

Between  Guano  Kocks  and  Eclipse  Islantl  ledges,  which  uncover  at 
low  water,  extend  from  1,000  to  1,200  yards  from  the  shore. 


E8TEVAN    SOUND — OTTER    CHANNEL. 


351 


Marble  Rock,  i  mile  north  ward  of  the  western  extreme  of  Cum- 
pallia  IshiiMl,  is  a  bare  rock  6  feet  abuvo  lii^h  water,  small,  white,  and 
conspicuous;  it  is  nearly  steep-to  on  all  sides,  and  may  be  a|>proacliC(} 
to  1 00  yards. 

South  Watcher  is  a  small  wooded  islet,  100  feet  lii«jh,  lyint^  nearly 
in  niid-ctliannel  at  the  eastern  entrance  of  ICstevan  Sound. 

The  South  Watcher  has  ledges  whicli  uncr-ver  at  low  water,  extend- 
in;;  from  it  WV.  and  SE.  to  the  distance  of  A  mile. 

North  Watcher  Islet,  00  feet  liiKh,  is  small,  wooded  and  conspicu- 
ous ;  it  lies  1 1„  miles  N.  rup  \V.  ol' South  Watcher  falet. 

The  North  Watcher  has  le<l;j;es  wliicii  uncover,  an«l  sunken  dangers 
surroundiufj:  it  to  the  distance  of  nearly  a  nule. 

Blinder  Rock,  over  whi(!h  the  sea  breaks  o(!casionally,  lies  one  nule 
S.  8.'J^  W.  (if  the  summit  of  South  Watcher  Islet,  and  a  little  more  thau 
one  mile  S.  IS'^  K.  of  North  Watcher  Islet. 

Estevan  Ledge,  which  uncovers  at  low  water,  is  200  yards  in  ex- 
tent, and  lies  1,000  yards  N.  OiJ^  W.  of  the  summit  of  North  Watcher 
Islet. 

Breaker  Point,  tlie  southeastern  extreme  of  Estevan  Island,  is  low 
and  woodetl ;  from  this  jioint  the  coast  trends  porthward  for  about  i 
miles,  and  is  broken  into  bays  and  creeks,  with  several  islets  and  rocks 
lyiiifi;  close  to  the  shore.  Thence  it  trends  NW.  for  about  5  miles,  at 
which  i)oint  lie  two  consi)icuoiis  small  islets  L'OO  yards  from  the  shore, 
and  then  takes  a  westerly  direction  for  about  6  miles,  with  a  deep  curve 
to  the  southward,  until  terminating^  at  the  mouth  of  Otter  Passage. 

Don  Ledge,  \\  hich  unc(jvers  at  low  water,  extends  1,200  yards  east 
from  Breaker  I'oint. 

Breaker  Reef  consists  of  three  rocks  awayh,  surrounded  by  sunken 
rocks  over  which  the  sea  nearly  always  i>reaks;  the  outer  rock  lies  2J 
miles  S.  72^  W.  of  Breaker  I'oint,  au'l  nearly  lA  miles  from  the  nearest 
part  of  Estevan  Island. 

Trap  Rocks,  some  of  whicli  are  awash  at  high  water,  extends  l,G0O 
yards  northward  from  the  northern  ])oinLof  Estevan  Island,  and  thence 
front  the  northern  side  of  the  island  at  the  distance  of  from  400  to  1,200 
yards. 

Soundings. — The  depth  of  40  fatlioms.  was  obtained  in  Estevan 
Sound,  at  400  yards  from  the  clangers  fronting  the  shore  of  Campania 
Island  ;  depths  of  7  and  20  fathoms  were  found  close  alongside  of  the 
rocks. 

Nepean  Sound  connects  Estevan  Sound  and  Princiite  Channel. 

Otter  Channel,  bi'tween  Pitt  Island  and  Campania  Island,  connects 
Nepean  Sound  with  Sipially  Channel.  There  is  no  known  danger  be- 
yond 200  yards  from  the  shores.  The  water  in  Otter  Channel  is  deep, 
there  being  no  bottom  at  40  fathoms  at  A  mile  from  the  shore  on  both 
sides. 

Steep  Point,  the  northeastern  entrance  point  of  Otter  Channel, 
terminates  in  a  high,  bold,  white  clitl". 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  {MT-3) 


// 


{/      /^^, 


'J. 


•it 
% 


1.0 


I.I 


•^  U^    12.2 
•0    12.0 


1.8 


1.25      1.4 

Ii4 

■• 6"     — 

► 

vQ 


V] 


y 


/>< 


V^' 


PhotograpiiJc 

Sciences 

Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


.,\^ 


V 


[v 


•%' 


J 


7j 


^ 


\\ 


wk\ 


352 


MILBANK    SOl'ND    TO    CHATHAM    SOUND. 


Otter  x'assage  lea<ls  southwe.stwanl  from  Nepeau  Sound,  between 
Estevan  air'l  Uaiikn  Islands.  Tliis  passage,  though  nearly  U  miles 
wide,  is  obstructed  on  its  northwestern  shore  by  a  group  of  islands, 
islets,  and  rocks  (Block  islets),  which  contract  the  navigable  channel  to 
f  mile. 

The  narrow  channel  is  rendered  more  dangerous  by  the  strong  tides 
experienced  in  it,  the  greater  portion  of  the  ebb  stream  finding  its  way 
out  of  Nepean  Sound  by  Otter  Passage,  at  the  rate  of  more  than  6 
knots  an  hour  at  springs,  which  meeting  the  ocean  swell  at  the  western 
entrance  of  Otter  Passage  produces  a  most  turbulent  breaking  sea, 
dangerous  to  small  vessels. 

Otter  Passage  should  not  be  attempted,  except  at  slack  water  and 
with  local  knowledge. 

Principe  Channel,  between  Pitt  and  Banks  Islands,  is  about  42 
miles  long,  and  from  li  to  7  miles  wide. 

The  western  shore  of  the  channel  is  bold,  with  mountains  from  1,200 
to  1,700  feet  rising  over  it. 

The  eastern  shore  is  much  broken  into  bays,  especially  about  midway, 
in  two  of  which  ports  Stephens  and  Canaveral,  anchorage  may  be 
found. 

The  mountains  on  Pitt  Island,  at  about  3  miles  from  the  shore,  ris;-  to 
a  height  of  1,000  to  3,000  feet. 

Deer  Point,  at  4  miles  westward  of  Block  Islets,  is  a  small  peninsula 
on  the  western  shore,  which  when  first  seen  appears  to  be  an  islet. 

Gale  Point  is  prominent,  bold  and  high.  A  remarkable  bare  moun- 
tain, 1,250  feet  high,  is  situated  close  to  the  shore  at  4  miles  northwest- 
ward of  Oale  I'oint.  The  coast  immediately  under  this  mountain  is 
broken  into  several  narrow  creeks,  with  some  small  rocky  islets  at  their 
mouths.  With  the  exception  of  these  bays  the  western  shore  of  Prin- 
cipe Channel  is  unbroken. 

Despair  Point,  at  11  miles  northwestward  of  GalePoint,  is  bold,  and 
pearly  steei)-to. 

Headwind  Point  lies  't^  miles  northwestward  of  Despair  Point; 
thence  the  coast  is  bold  and  unbroken. 

Deadman  Islet,  a  small  wooded  islet,  lies  close  to  the  shore  oft'  the 
nortiieastern  extreme  of  Banks  Island. 

Kiid  hill,  an  oval-shaped  hill  4.">0  feet  high,  lies  close  to  the  west  shore 
of  l'rin(!ipe  (,'liannel  at  '2  miles  southeastward  of  Deadman  Islet. 

Wolf  Point,  the  southeastern  entrance  point  of  Princi[»e  Channel, 
and  the  south  i)oint  of  Pitt  Island,  is  high,  bold  and  con8i)icuous,  with 
several  small  islets  close-to. 

Brodie  Rock,  a  dangerous  sunken  rock,  lies  one  mile  west  of  Wolf 
Point.  Between  Brodie  Rock  and  the  shore  the  ground  is  foul  to  2 
miles  northwestward  of  Wolf  Point.  A  depth  of  GO  fathoms  was  found 
at  400  yards  south  of  Brodie  Rock. 

Port  Stephens,  on  the  eastern  shore,  at  about  8  miles  within  the 


GUIDE    ISLET — M'OAULEY    ISLAND. 


353 


aoiitherii  end  of  Principe  Channel,  is  800  yards  wide  at  its  entrance, 
and  extends  in  a  general  nortlieasterlr  direction,  terniinatin{»  in  two 
bays,  witii  a  largo  stream  at  the  head  of  the  southern  bay. 

Guide  Islet,  a  small  bare  islet,  lies  one  mile  southeastward  of  the 
port,  with  two  small  islets  (the  8isters)  lying  nearly  midway  between  it 
and  Port  iStei)hens. 

Directions. — Keep  midway  between  the  entrance  points  (Blutr  and 
Center  Points),  and  steer  N.  38o  K.  for  i  mile;  thence  N.  72°  E.  for 
i  mile,  keeping  mid  channel.  Haul  gradually  to  tiie  eastward  as  the 
harbor  opens  out,  and  anchor  in  mid-channel  in  about  12  fathoms,  with 
BlutV  Point  shut  in  with  the  south  shore,  the  larter  distant  400  yards. 

Bluff  Point  forms  the  western  entrance  p(»int  of  Port  Stephens,  and 
terminates  in  a  high,  white  clitt'. 

Oar  Point  lies  NVV.  of  Blutt"  Point,  the  coast  between  those  points 
being  bold  and  unbroken.  Immediately  northward  of  Oar  Point  the 
coast  recedes,  terminating  in  two  narrow  arms  (Mink  Trap  Hay). 

Canoe  Islet,  a  small  bare  islet,  not  unlike  a  canoe  in  appearance 
when  tirst  seen,  lies  ott'  the  mouth  of  Mink  Trap  Hay. 

Green  Top  Islet,  :f  mile  N.  35°  VV.  of  Canoe  Islet,  is  small,  with  a 
patch  of  grass  and  shrub  on  its  summit. 

Mink  Trap  Bay  consists  of  two  long  narrow  creeks,  separated  by  a 
peninsula ;  this  bay  has  deep  water  in  it,  but  it  is  useless  as  an  anchor- 
age tor  other  than  snuill  vessels  and  boats. 

At  the  head  of  the  eastern  arm  is  an  Indian  village,  to  which  a  tribe 
of  the  Kitkatlah  Indians  resort  in  summer  for  salmon  tishing. 

Anger  Island,  on  the  eastern  shore,  is  about  4  miles  long  and  12  miles 
broad,  with  shoals  extending  from  its  south  and  east  sides  from  i  to  >^ 
'oile. 

Trade  and  Storm  Islands  are  clusters  of  islets  which  extend  from 
il  mile  to  H  miles  from  the  .south  and  eastern  shores  of  Anger  Island. 

Petrel  Channel  is  an  unexamined  passage  between  Pitt  and  Mc- 
Cauley  Islands;  its  southern  entrance  is  about  3  miles  wide;  thence 
the  channel  takes  a  northwesterly  direction  for  nearly  8  miles,  when  it 
divides,  one  passage  going  northward,  the  other  southward  of  Lofty 
Island,  and  again  joining  at  2 miles  eastward  of  Ogden  Channel. 

Lofty  Island  in  Petrel  Channel  has  not  been  surveyed  in  detail,  but 
it  is  about  8  miles  long  and  2j{  miles  wide  near  its  SE,  end,  gradually 
narrowing  to  the  northwestwanl ;  near  the  south  shore  Noble  Mountain 
rises  to  a  height  of  L',874  feet. 

Wheeler  Islet  is  a  small  wooded  islet,  distant  5  miles  N.  57°  W.  of 
I^)ul  Point,  the  western  extreme  of  Anger  Island. 

Cliff  Islets  extend  east  of  Wheeler  Islet  to  the  entrance  of  Petrel 
Channel.  These  islets  are  bare  and  rocky,  with  foul  ground  between 
them  and  the  shore  of  McCauley  Island. 

McCauley  Island,  on  the  northern  shore,  is  wooded  nearly  through- 
out.   The  island  near  its  center  rises  to  the  height  of  1,100  feet.     Al- 
14l>0r>— No.  0(i 23 


354 


MILBANK    SOUND    TO    CHATHAM    SOUND. 


most  midway,  on  its  noutb  Hide,  a  bare  hill  (Tabic  Bill)  with  a  flat 
toj),  4U»»  r«et  hijjh,  lies  cloat)  to  the  shore. 

Fort  Canaveral,  near  the  southeastern  extreme  of  McCauley  Island, 
is  an  inlet  trending  to  the  eastward  for  about  ij  mile  with  an  average 
brea«lth  of  about  000  yards,  and  depths  of  (5  to  18  fathoms  over  it. 

Dizon  Island  lies  on  the  western  side  of  the  port,  with  several  isl- 
ands and  islets  lying  off  its  south  and  eastern  sides  to  the  distance  of 
400  yards. 

Squall  Point,  the  southeastern  entrance  point  of  Port  Canaveral,  is 
the  termination  of  the  spur  from  Hat  Hill,  and  is  bold  and  conspicuous. 

Red  Point,  on  the  northern  shore,  opposite  Squall  Point,  has  a  cliff 
of  redbrown  color  over  it. 

Alarm  Rock,  with  8  and  10  fathoms  close-to,  is  a  dangerous  sunken 
rock  lying  nearly  in  mid-channel  at  the  entrance  to  Port  Canaveral,  at 
300  yards  N.  41  =  VV.  of  Squall  Point, 

Harbor  Bank,  with  0  fathoms  over  it  (probably  less),  lies  ,'iOO  yards 
eastward  of  Alarm  Uock,  and  midway  between  S<iuall  ami  Hed  Points. 

Clown  Rock  is  the  outer  danger  extending  SK.  of  Dixon  Island. 
This  rock,  which  dries  '.i  feet,  lies  .'550  yards  S.  29^  K.  of  Tonkin  Pointy 
the  south  extreme  of  Dixon  Island,  with  foul  ground  between  it  and 
the  shore. 

Stephen  Rock,  3  feet  above  high  water,  lies  on  the  western  shore 
at  300  yards  from  Dixon  Island.  The  outer  jmrtion  of  Stephen  rock, 
which  uncovers  at  low  water,  lies  400  yards  S.  24°  E.  of  Dimple  Point. 

Directions. — Entering  Port  Canaveral,  Dimple  Point  may  bo  steered 
for  when  in  line  with  Stephen  liock,  bearing  N,  10°  W.,  until  Bush 
Islet  (off  SW.  extreme  of  Dixon  Island)  is  just  shut  in  with  Tonkin 
Point  bearing  N.  85°  W.  The  latter  nnirk  kept  on  astern  will  lead  to 
the  anchorage  ground,  when  anchor  in  14  to  15  fathoms,  sandy  bottom, 
at  300  yards  SE.  of  Red  Point. 

Bush  and  Dark  Islets  are  small,  wooded  islets,  which  lie  close  to 
the  shore  of  McCauley  Island,  off  the  entrance  to  Port  Canaveral. 

Hankin  Ledges  consist  of  rocks  awash,  and  sunken  dangers,  which 
extend  nearly  one  mile  from  Hankin  Point  (western  extremeof  McCauley 
Island). 

Directions. — A  mid-channel  course  should  be  kept  when  navigating 
Principe  Ciiannel,  until  nearing  Anger  Island,  when  the  western  shore 
should  be  closetl  to  avoid  the  dangers  which  extend  off  that  island, 

Tides.— The  Mood  tide  setting  to  the  N  W.  approaches  principally  by 
EstevaJi  Sound,  being  joined  in  Nepean  Sound  by  the  stream  which 
enters  through  Otter  Passage.  At  the  western  end  of  Principe  Channel 
this  stream  is  met  by  the  Hood  which  has  passed  up  outside  Banks 
Island.  The  ebb  stream  runs  out  principally  by  the  Otter  Passage. 
Both  streams  attain  a  velocity  of  3  knots  an  hour  at  springs. 

Browning  Entrance  is  the  common  approach  to  Ogden  and  Principe 
Channels.     It  is  included  between  the  SW.  side  of  Goschen  Island  and 


OGDBN  CHANNEL — CHANNEL  GROUP. 


355 


the  north  western  extreme  of  Banks  Ishmd,  and  between  Cape  (ieorge 
and  Wliite  Itocks  is  14  miles  wide. 

Ogden  Channel,  between  Pitt  and  Porcher  Islands,  is  abont  10  miles 
long  and  from  8U()  yards  to  1^  .niles  wide,  and  affords  the  shortest 
means  of  commnnication  between  Qneen  Charlotte  Islant'.s  (Skidegate) 
and  the  inner  waters.  At  its  southern  end  Ugden  Channel  is  divided 
by  Spicer  Island  into  two  passages  (Schooner  and  Beaver),  and  at  one 
mile  northward  of  Spicer  Island  tht  channel  is  obstructed  by  a  group 
of  islands  (Channel  Islands)  which  letluce  the  navigable  channel  to  bOO 
yards. 

The  water  in  Ogden  Channel  is  deep,  and  the  dangers,  with  one  ex- 
ception, are  visible,  except  at  high  water. 

Landmarks. — On  Dolphin  Islaiul  a  mountain  with  an  irregular 
broken  summit  rises  to  the  height  of  1,400  feet.  Southeast  of  that  moun- 
tain, and  close  to  tlw*  shore,  is  False  Cone  Hill — a  Kill  with  a  conical  sum- 
mit. Oil'  the  southern  shore  of  Dolphin  Island,  in  the  vicinity  of  False 
Cone  Hill,  are  two  small  islets,  the  western  of  which  lies  close  to  the  shore 
and  is  bare.  Sentinel  Island,  the  eastern  islet,  lies  about  one  mile  dis- 
tant from  the  shore,  is  wooded,  and  about  100  feet  high. 

On  the  eastern  side  of  Dolphin  Island,  close  to  the  shore.  Passage 
Cone,  a  hill  with  a  conical  summit,  rises  to  the  height  of  454  feet,  aiul 
is  a  useful  mark  for  iiulicating  Schooner  Passage.  On  the  NW.  side  of 
Spicer  Island  a  saddle-shai)ed  hill  rises  to  the  height  of  800  feet. 

Northwani  of  the  Channel  Group  of  island<(  the  land  becomes 
higher. 

On  the  eastern  shore,  close  northward  of  ^Mpha  Bay,  is  Anchor 
Mountain.  At  one  mile  south  of  Alpha  Bay  there  is  a  remarkable  white 
patch  on  the  rocky  eastern  shore. 

On  the  western  shore,  abreafl  of  Alpha  Bay,  an  extensive  valley 
extends  inland.  At  3  miles  northward  of  the  valley  is  a  mountain 
1,645  feet  high,  on  the  sides  of  Mhich  are  several  landslips. 

Long  Island  consists  ol  two  low  wooded  islets,  lying  close  together 
at  1^  miles  soutliwestward  of  Spicer  Island. 

Channel  Island  is  a  small  wooded  islet,  lying  nearly  midway  be- 
tween Long  and  Spicer  Islands. 

Spicer  Island  is  of  a  triangular  shapL^,  the  base  being  to  the  north, 
and  24  miles  long.  The  island  near  its  center  attains  an  elevation  of 
8U7  feet.  On  its  southeastern  side  two  small  narrow  bays  indent  the 
shore  in  a  northwesterly  direction  ;  and  off  its  southwestern  side,  at  i 
mile  from  the  shore,  are  Christie  Islands,  a  cluster  of  islets  and  rocks, 
some  wooded  and  others  bare. 

Channel  Group  lies  northward  of  Spicer  Island.  The  large  islands 
are  wooded,  and  the  eastern  islet  of  the  group  is  small,  bare,  and  con- 
spicuous. Haifa  mile  northward  of  the  Channel  Group  are  some  small 
islets,  one  bare  (White  Kock),  and  another  covered  with  vegetation 
(False  Grassy  Islet). 


356 


MILIUNK    .SOUND    TO    CHATHAM    SOUND. 


South  Twin  I»let  is  a  »iiiall  wooiltnl  islet  ou  the  eaatern  »hore,  ^ 
milt)  trom  tlieeastoni  islet  of  tlic  channel  groiii)  an<l  one  mile  irom  Spicer 
Islaml.  This  islet,  and  the  eastern  bare  islet  of  the  Chaunel  Group, 
indicate  the  navigable  cliannel,  which  lies  between  them. 

North  Twin  Islet  lesembles  South  Twin  Islet  from  which  it  lies  X. 
4^  K.  distant  A  mile.  The  tops  of  the  trees  on  North  Twin  Islet  are 
ab(/Ut  130  feet  high.  Several  small  islets  lie  between  the  North  and 
South  Twins  and  McCauley  Island. 

Beaver  Passage,  between  McCauley  and  Spicer  Islauds,  is  the 
witlcr  and  better  of  the  two  passages  leading  into  Ogden  Cliannel. 

At  its  western  entrance  Beaver  Passage  is  about  i  mile  wide,  ami 
takes  a  noitheasterly  direcition  for  about  4^  miles,  thence  turning 
sharply  to  the  N\V.,  towards  the  Channel  Group,  for  2^  miles. 

North  Rock  is  always  visible  and  lies  nearly  in  mid-channel  a^  the 
southern  entrance  of  Beaver  Passage,  i  mile  SB.  of  Long  Island. 

Connis  Rocks  lie  on  the  western  shore  (marked  by  kelp  in  the 
season)  600  yards  from  the  east  extreme  of  Spicer  Island.  The  outer 
of  these  rocks  only  covers  at  high  water. 

On  the  eastern  shore,  abreast  Connis  Rocks,  is  a  small  bare  islet  oft' 
a  sandy  bay. 

Directions. — Having  i)assed  through  in  mid-channel  between  Long 
Island  and  North  Kock,  steer  N.  58°  E.  for  about  4  miles;  thence 
N.  20°  W.  for  about  IJ  miles,  and  pass  midway  between  South  Twin 
Lsletand  the  Kasteru  (bare)  Islet  of  the  Channel  Group;  taking  care 
uot  to  shut  in  the  western  point  of  Channel  Island  with  the  southeast- 
ern extreme  of  Spicer  Island  until  the  Bare  Islet  (Channel  Group)  bears 
N.  29°  W.  to  clear  Connis  Rock.  The  east  side  of  Long  Island  touch- 
ing the  west  side  of  Chaunel  Island  bearing  S.  58"^  W.  also  leads  east- 
ward of  Connis  Rock. 

Northward  of  the  Channel  Group,  Ogden  Channel  widens  to  nearly 
2  miles.  The  shore  on  both  sides  has  no  known  danger  beyond  40( 
yards  from  it. 

Schooner  Passage,  between  Spicer  and  Dolphin  Islands,  is  barel.i 
400  yards  wide  in  its  narrowest  part,  and  is  about  3  miles  long  in 
general  north  and  south  direction. 

Boys  Rock,  a  dangerous  sunken  rock,  lies  at  the  southern  end 
Schooner  Passage,  400  yards  from  the  southeastern  extreme  of  Dolphi] 
Island.     There  is  a  dei)th  of  49  fathouis,  rock,  at  400  yards  south  of  Bo, 
Rock. 

Sentinel  Island,  bearing  N.  74°  W,,  will  lead  southward,  and  Passage 
Cone  Hill,  bearing  N.  10°  E.,  will  lead  eastward  of  Boys  Rock. 

Directions. — Having  brought  tiie  clearing  marks  on  for  Boys  Rock, 
pass  200  yards  westward  of  the  two  small  rocky  islets  which  lie  i  mile 
NH  of  that  rock,  Thonco  mid(;hannel  should  be  kept,  and  when 
abreast  of  the  northern  end  of  Spicer  Island  steer  to  pass  midway  be- 
tween that  island  and  the  .south  islet  of  the  Channel  Group.    Pass 


I 


OGUEN    CHANNEL    TIDES — PENINSULA    POINT. 


357 


I 


eastward  of  tlie  latter  at  a  distance  of  400  yards,  ami  prococd  as  bo- 
fore  directed  for  lieaver  Passage. 

Tides. — The  Hood  stream  sots  to  the  northward,  and  near  the  north 
end  of  Ogden  Channel  divides,  one  part  turning  to  the  eastward  into 
Grenville  Channel,  the  other  continuing  northward  towards  Skcena 
River.  The  ebb  stream  from  (Jrenville  Channel,  Chatham  Sound,  and 
Skeena  River  unite  off  the  north  end  of  Ogden  Channel  and  pass  out 
by  it.  The  muddy  water  of  Skeena  River  is  usually  clearly  defined 
against  the  blue  water  of  Ogden  Channel. 

Hoth  Hood  and  ebb  streams,  in  the  narrow  portions  of  Ogden  Chan- 
nel, attain  a  velocity  of  4  knots  an  hour  at  springs. 

An  unexplored  canoe  i)assage  lies  l)etweeu  (loschen  and  Porclier 
Islands;  it  is  about  15  miles  long,  and  leads  from  Ouilen  Channel  into 
Edye  Passage. 

Alpha  Bay,  on  the  eastern  shore,  4  miles  within  the  northern  en- 
trance of  Ogden  Channel,  faces  the  west,  and  is  nearly  one  mile  wide, 
but  only  600  yards  deep.  Near  its  northern  end  a  deej)  valley  extends 
inland,  and  through  it  flows  a  fine  trout  stream.  From  the  south  en- 
trance point  of  this  stream  a  sandspit  extends  400  yards  towards  the 
north  point  of  Alpha  Bay. 

Anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  10  and  11  fathoms,  at  300  yards  from 
the  nearest  shore  (Fijli  Point),  with  the  south  entrance  point  of  the 
trout  stream  bearing  N.  72°  E.  distant  {  mile  and  Anchor  Mountain 
over  the  nortii  shore  of  the  bay  N.  08°  E. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Alpha  Bay  at  noon  ; 
springs  rise  IS  to  19  feet. 

Peninsula  Point,  the  northwestern  entrance  point  of  Ogden  Chan- 
nel, is  prominent,  with  a  hill  near  its  eastern  extreme.  Northward  of 
the  point,  at  tlie  mouth  of  the  River  Oona,  is  Oona  Bay,  about  J  mile 
wide,  and  one  mile  deep  in  a  westerly  direction.  In  this  vicinity  the 
surface  water  has  a  dirty  white  appearance. 

""    "'^  '■«  said  to  be  anchorage  in  8  or  10  fathoms  water  on  the  nortb- 

<•  "Qiir  the  mouth  of  the  river  Oona. 


aoG 


MILUANK    SOUND    TO    CHATHAM    SOUND. 


South  Twin  Islet  is  a  .siiiiill  woodt-tl  islet  on  tlio  eiisterii  shore,  ^ 
mile  troiii  tliu  eastern  islet  of  tiie  cliaiiiiol  gioii))  aiitl  one  mile  from  Spicer 
Island.  This  i.slet,  and  the  eastern  bare  islet  of  the  Channel  Group, 
indi(:ate  the  na\  ij^able  channel,  which  lies  between  them. 

North  Twin  Islet  resembles  South  Twin  Islet  from  which  it  lies  X. 
'l'^  K.  distant  h  mile.  The  tops  of  the  trees  on  North  Twin  IsleC  are 
about  130  feet  liiKh.  Several  small  islets  lie  between  the  Xorth  and 
South  Twins  and  McCanley  Island. 

Beaver  Passage,  between  McCauley  and  Spicer  Islands,  is  the 
witler  and  better  of  the  two  passages  leatling  into  O/jden  Channel. 

At  its  western  entrance  Heaver  Passajje  is  about  A  mile  wide,  and 
takes  a  northeasterly  direction  for  about  4.^  miles,  thence  turning 
sharply  to  the  N\V.,  towards  tlie  Channel  Group,  for  2^  miles. 

North  Rock  is  ahvaj-s  visible,  and  lies  nearly  in  mid-channel  at  the 
southern  entrance  of  Beaver  Passage,  <|  mile  SK.  of  Long  Island. 

Connis  Rocks  lie  on  the  western  shore  (marked  by  kelp  in  the 
season)  GOO  yards  from  the  east  extreme  of  Spicer  Island.  The  outer 
of  tiiese  rocks  only  covers  at  liigh  water. 

On  the  eastern  shore,  abreast  Connis  Rocks,  is  a  small  bare  islet  off 
a  sandy  bay. 

Directions. — Having  passed  through  in  mid-channel  between  Long 
Island  and  Xorth  Uock,  steer  N.  .58'^  E.  for  about  4  miles;  thence 
N.  20O  W.  for  about  IJ  miles,  and  pass  midway  between  South  Twin 
Islet  and  the  Hasteru  (bare)  Islet  of  the  Channel  Group;  inking  care 
not  to  shut  in  the  western  |>oint  of  Channel  Island  with  the  southeast;- 
ern  extreme  of  Spicer  Island  until  the  Bare  Islet  (Channel  Group)  bears 
N.  2!)o  W.  to  clear  Connis  Uock.  The  east  side  of  Long  Island  touch- 
ing the  west  side  of  Channel  Island  bearing  S.  58°  VV.  also  leads  east- 
ward of  Connis  UocK. 

Northward  of  the  Channel  Group,  Ogdon  Channel  widens  to  nearlj* 

(842)  BRITISH  OOLUfflBI  A- Schooner  passage— Uncharted' 

rock. —  Captain  Hughes,  niiistei'  of  the  steanun-  I'rinnnti  liminve, 
report*<  having  struck  a  pinnacle  rock  in  Schooner  passsige  between 
Dolphin  and  Spicer  islands  whtire  the  chart  shows  29  fathoms. 
Api)rox.  position:  Lat.  .').3°  45'  52"  N.,  Long.  iM)°  2.3'  5.S"  W. 
This  rock  carries  12  feet  and  fiom  it  tlie  extreme  south  end  of  Dol- 
phin island  bears  S.  <)1°  W.  true  (SW.  by  8.  nnig. )  and  the  south  end 
of  Spic«r  island  in  line  with  small  island  bearaS.  l.'{°  E.  true  (SK.  A  8. 
"lilg-)-  (N.  M,  22.  1906.) 

Hock. 

Sentinel  Island,  bearing  N.  74^  W.,  will  lead  southward,  and  Passage 
Cone  Hill,  bearing  N.  1G<3  B.,  will  lead  eastward  of  Boys  Kock. 

Directions.— Uaving  brought  the  clearing  marks  on  for  Boys  Kock, 
pass  200  yards  westward  of  the  two  small  rocky  islets  which  lie  i  mile 
NI3  of  that  rock.  Thonco  mid-(!hannel  should  be  kept,  and  when 
abreast  of  the  northern  end  of  Spicer  Island  steer  to  pass  midway  be- 
tween that  island  and  the  south  islet  of  the  Channel  Group.    Pass 


OdDEN    CHANNEL    TIUKS — PENINSULA    j'OIXT, 


357 


eaHtwartl  of  the  latter  at  a  diHtance  of  400  yards,  and  procoud  as  be- 
fore directed  for  Heaver  I'assage. 

Tides. — TIte  flood  8treaiii  sets  to  tlie  northward,  and  near  tlie  north 
end  of  Opdon  Channel  divides,  one  part  turning  to  the  eastward  into 
Grcnville  Channel,  the  other  continuing  northward  towards  Skeeiia 
River.  The  ebb  stream  from  (Irenville  Channel,  Chatham  Sound,  and 
Skeena  Kiver  unite  otV  the  north  end  of  Ogden  Channel  and  pass  out 
by  it.  The  i.  nddy  water  of  Skeena  River  is  usually  clearly  defined 
against  the  blue  water  of  Ogden  Channel. 

lioth  Hood  and  ebb  streams,  in  the  narrow  portions  of  Ogden  ('han- 
nel,  attain  a  velocity  of  4  knots  an  hour  at  springs. 

An  unexplored  canoe  passage  lies  between  (loschen  aiul  Porelier 
Islands  ;  it  is  bout  15  miles  long,  and  leads  from  Ogden  Channel  into 
Edye  Passage. 

Alpha  Bay,  on  the  eastern  shore,  4  miles  within  the  northern  en- 
trance of  Ogden  Channel,  faces  the  west,  and  is  nearly  one  mile  wide, 
but  only  600  yards  deep.  Near  its  northern  end  a  deep  valley  exteiuls 
inland,  and  through  it  Hows  a  fine  trout  stream.  From  the  south  en- 
trance point  of  this  stream  a  sandsi>it  extends  400  yards  towards  the 
north  point  of  Alpha  Bay. 

Anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  10  and  11  fiithoms,  at  300  yards  from 
the  nearest  shore  (Fish  Point),  with  the  south  entrance  point  of  the 
trout  stream  bearing  N.  72°  E.  distant  \  mile  and  Anchor  Mountain 
over  the  north  shore  of  the  bay  N.  08°  E. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Alpha  Hay  at  noon ; 
springs  rise  IS  to  19  feet. 

Peninsula  Point,  the  northwestern  entrance  point  of  Ogden  Chan- 
nel, is  prominent,  with  a  hill  near  its  eastern  extreme.  Northward  of 
the  point,  at  the  mouth  of  the  River  Oona,  is  Oona  Hay,  about  i  mile 
wide,  and  one  mile  deep  in  a  westerly  direction.  In  this  vicinity  the 
surface  wsiter  has  a  dirty  white  api)earance. 

There  is  said  to  be  anchorage  in  <S  or  10  fathoms  wutei'  on  the  north- 
ern side  of  Peninsula  Point,  near  the  mouth  of  the  river  Oona. 


>••»■ 


C  11  A  PTE  K    X. 

urXEB  OOA.ST.— CAPE  CALVKIIT  TO  OOUEN  CHANNEL. 

Calvert  Island,  the  Noiitluu'ii  island  at  the  entrance  to  Fitzhugh 
Hound,  is  l.'i  miles  long  and  8  miles  across  at  its  broadest  part.  The 
Bontiiern  and  western  sliores  of  Calvert  Ishmd  are  but  little  broken, 
comparatively  low,  and  thickly  wooded. 

Sorrow  Island  lies  at  the  pitch  of  Cape  Calvert ;  is  conspicuoua 
and  an  excellent  thick weather  mark,  from  its  cliffy  formation  and  by 
being  covered  with  stunted,  weather-l)eaten  trees. 

Mark  Nipple,  an  isolated  hill,  3o()  feet  high,  at  the  sonthwesferu 
extreme  of  (,'alvert  Island,  is  a  very  useful  landmark  when  approaching 
Fitzhugh  Sound. 

Landing,  with  tine  weather  and  off-shore  winds,  may  be  effected  in 
Grief  liay  (north  of  Sorrow  Island)  and  in  other  bights  westward  to 
Herbert  Point. 

Hedley  Patch,  with  0  fathoms  on  it,  and  probably  shoaler,  is  of 
small  extent,  and  lies  3.^  miles  S.  26<^  E.  of  Blakeney  Island;  at  nearly 
J  mile  NE.  of  it  there  is  a  depth  of  19  fathoms. 

Blakeney  Islet,  irttt  feet  high,  J  mile  from  the  SW.  extreme  of  Cal- 
vert Island,  is  small,  wooded  and  about  ^  mile  long. 

Fitz  Roy  Reef,  the  most  outlying  danger  off  the  western  shore  of 
Calvert  Island,  uncovers  at  low  water,  dries  one  foot,  and  is  about  J 
mile  in  extent  in  an  east  and  west  direction.  Its  outer  or  western  edge 
lies  li  miles  X.  .">43  W.  of  Blakeney  Island,  and  li  miles  from  the  nearest 
shore  of  Calvert  Island. 

Carrington  Reefs  are  a  cluster  of  sunken  rocks,  the  outer  edge  of 
which  lies  A  mile  from  the  western  shore  of  Calvert  Island. 

Tht^  coast  of  Calvert  Island,  northward  of  the  Carrington  Reefs,  is 
fonl  to  the  distance  of  i  mile. 

Kvrakshua  is  an  unexamined  channel  lying  between  Calvert  and 
Hecate  Islands.  At  its  western  entrance  this  passage  is  i  mile  wide? 
and  takes  a  northeasterly  direction. 

Kwakshua  Rock  lies  nearly  in  mid-channel,  at  the  western  entrance 
of  Kwaksiiua  Channel.  The  sea  only  breaks  at  intervals  over  this  dan- 
gerous sunken  rock. 

Hecate  Reefs  fringe  the  western  shore  of  Hecate  Island  for  nearly 
a  mile. 
358 


'tf  .*   ;  P-, 


HAKAI  CHANNEL — WELCOME  HARBOR. 


359 


Hakai  Channel  between  ilecate  aud  Nalau  IslaiKlH,  in  about  7  iiiik'H 
loijji  in  a  general  ntirtlieasterly  diroction,  and  from  one  to  U  miles  wide. 

Sugar  Loaf  Hill,  on  the  weHtern  side  of  Ilecate  Inland,  is  .jOO  feet 
biRli. 

Leading  Peak,  about  Ih  miles  southward  of  Sugar  Loaf  Hill,  is  of 
triangular  siuipe,  with  a  sharp,  well  deiined  summit. 

South  Pointers  are  a  cluster  of  bare  black  rocks,  of  small  extent,  2 
feot  al»ove  high  water,  surrounded  by  sunken  dangers  for  \  mile;  they 
lie  on  the  southern  shore,  at  the  western  entrance  of  Hakai  Channel, 
1^  miles  westward  of  the  Starfish  (iroup. 

North  Pointers  are  a  cluster  of  bare  rocks,  of  light  color,  lying  on 
the  northern  shore  at  the  western  entrance  of  Hakai  Channel. 

Starfish  Group,  wooded,  from  7U  to  15U  feei  high,  lie  on  the  southern 
shore,  and  extend  about  li  miles  in  a  NE.  and  SW.  direction.  The 
group  consists  of  three  principal  islands,  much  broken  into  long  rocky, 
narrow  creeks  with  shores  of  white  clilfs. 

Starfish  Ledge,  over  which  the  sea  usually  breaks,  lies  400  yards 
from  the  NW.  shore  of  Long  Island,  the  northernmost  of  the  Starfish 
Grouj). 

Braaker  G-roup,  on  the  northern  shore  in  the  middle  of  Hakai  Chan- 
nel, 18  about  one  mile  in  extent,  the  larger  islands  being  wooded,  about 
250  feet  high,  and  the  smaller  bare. 

Breaker  Ledge  uncovers  at  half  ebb,  and  lies  i  mile  SE.  of  the  cen- 
ter island  of  the  Breaker  Group. 

East  Rock,  on  the  southern  shore,  off  the  entrance  to  Welcome  Har- 
bor, is  awash  at  low  water,  aud  lies  ^  mile  off  shore. 

There  are  depths  of  23  and  2.5  fathoms  close  to  East  Uock,  and  30 
fathoms  between  that  rock  and  Port  Reef. 

Port  Reef,  awash  at  high  water,  lies  400  yarda  S.  OOo  E.  of  East 
Rock. 

Clearing  Marks. — Leading  Peak  (head  of  Welcome  Harbor)  seen  in 
line  with  Blntt'  Point  (north  side  of  W^elcome  Harbor)  bearing  S.  CP  W. 
will  lead  westward ;  and  South  Pointers  rocks  bearing  S.  49°  W.  will 
lead  northward  of  these  rocks. 

Choked  Passage  lies  southward  of  the  Starfish  Group;  it  is  ob- 
structed by  rocks  awash,  reefs,  and  sandbanks. 

Welcome  Harbor,  near  the  western  end  of  Hakai  Channel,  is  600 
yards  wide  at  its  entrance,  and  14  miles  long  in  a  southerly  direction. 
Though  somewhat  confined,  it  affords  good  shelter  to  small  vessels,  and 
within  the  harbor,  on  the  eastern  shore,  there  is  a  sandy  beach  where 
a  \'essel  might  be  beached.  Strong  westerly  winds  send  a  swell  into 
this  harbor. 

Fairway  Rock,  with  24  feet  water  over  it,  lies  nearly  in  mid-channel 
at  the  entrance  to  Welcome  Harbor.  There  is  a  dei)th  of  20  fathoms 
close  westward,  and  of  9  fathoms  close  eastward  of  the  rock.  The  rock 
is  marked  by  kelp  in  summer. 


:i 


360 


CAPK   CALVERT   TO    OODBN    (IIANNKL. 


Li'juliiiK  IVmiU  Hct'ii  just  iiortliwiird  of  UlulV  Point  bciiriiif,'  S.  0^  W. 
will  Usid  tsistwanl ;  iiiiil  Siiuur  Loiit'  Hill,  hoi'ii  in  line  with  Luadinj^ 
Lslaiid  (a  small,  round,  wooded  island  within  tlii^  hai-hor),  will  lead  clt)ao 
w««8tward  of  Fairway  Uo«!k. 

Harbor  Ledge,  situattMl  2(>(>  yards  from  th«  wi'st«rn  Hhore  of  Harbor 
Island,  is  of  small  uxtunt,  and  drias  3  fvtii  at  low  wat(U'. 

Codfish  Rock,  witii  I'J  f«ot  wat«r  over  it,  lius  1(K)  yards  off  the 
southern  shore  of  Harbor  Island. 

Wolf  Rock,  awash  at  hi^h  water,  lies  close  to  the  eastern  shore,  at 
nearly  400  yards  northward  of  8ands])it  I'oint. 

Banspit  Point  has  a  sandspit  extending;  l."H)  ya.-ds  from  it. 

Directions. — Having;  pas.sed  not  less  than  A  mile  northward  of  iStar- 
tish  (Jroup,  the  leading  mark  before  given  for  clearing  Kast  Uock  Hlionld 
be  brought  on  and  steered  for.  Especial  care  will  be  necessary  if  the 
flood  stream  be  making. 

Having  cleared  East  F.ock,  pass  east  or  west  of  Fairway  Uock  aa 
requisite,  and  anchor  ii;  7  to  9  fathoms  in  mid-chaunel  between  Lead- 
ing Island  and  Wolf  Hock,  with  the  fornter  bearing  N.  41°  W.  distant 
200  yards. 

Exposed  Bay,  Just  eastward  of  Welcome  Harbor,  has  a  dangeroua 
cluster  of  sunken  rocks  near  the  middle  of  the  bay. 

Tides. — The  Hood  sets  to  the  northeastward.  Both  streams  attain  a 
Telocity  of  4  knots  an  hour  at  Hprings. 

Directions. — Hakai  Channel  is  not  recommended  to  strangers,  if 
using  It,  steer  midway  bet»veen  North  and  South  Pointers  Hocks,  and 
thence  a  mid-channel  course  towards  a  conspicuous  mountain  on  the 
eastern  shore  of  I"'itzhugh  Sound,  which  will  lead  tUrougn  into  that 
sound. 

Nalau  Passage,  between  the  Nalau  Group  ami  Hunter  island,  is 
obstructed  by  islands,  islets,  rocks  awash,  ami  sunken  dangers,  and  is 
useless  for  navigation. 

White  Cliff  Island,  situated  4  miles  N.  4(5°  W.  of  the  western  or 
North  Pointer  Kock,  isof  snuill  extent,  bare,  and  250  feet  in  height;  its 
shores,  consisting  of  high  white  cliffs,  render  it  conspicuous  when  seen 
from  the  south  and  west. 

A  reef,  on  which  the  sea  breaks  at  low  water,  lies  midway  between 
White  Cliff  island  and  the  North  Pointers. 

Queen's  Sound  is  between  Goose  and  Hunter  Islands.  At  its  north- 
ern end  is  a  mass  of  islands  and  islets,  which  render  that  portion  of 
the  sound  intricate  and  dangerous, 

Spider  Island,  250  feet  high,  on  the  eastern  shore,  at  the  entrance 
to  Queen's  Sound,  Smiles  northward  of  White  Cliff  Island,  is  connected 
with  Hunter  Island  by  a  ledge  of  rocks  awash,  through  which  there  are 
boat  piissapes,  and  its  north  extreme  termiuates  in  higl;,  bold,  white 
cliffs.  The  shores  of  Spider  Island  are  broken  into  numerous  narrow 
rocky  creeks. 


81'1'KRHTITION    POINT — MIDDLK    K()(;K. 


;{fii 


Superstition  Point,  on  tlie  eiiHtvrn  Hliore  of  Qii«(mi'h  Bound,  '2  miles 
nortlnviiril  of  S|>i<l«<r  IhIiukI,  is  tiif  sontliwcMturn  uxtrenio  of  a  Hniiill 
iHliintl,  \vlii<!h  iH  connected  with  Utuiter  iHJiind  by  a  narrow  neok,nwa.Hii 
iit  lii^ii  water. 

Superstition  Ledge  eouHiHtH  of  lii);li  rockH,  connected  l>y  rockH  awash 
and  sunken  dangers,  liic  outer  extreme  of  wiiictii  lies  H.  72"^  W,,  dJHtant 
1)  miles  from  HciperHtition  Point.  Strong  tide  raecH  will  be  met  with  ill 
tile  vicinity  of  this  led^e,  and  the  sea  lireaks  upon  it  heavily  at  times. 

Purple  Bluff,  the  sonthweHteni  extreme  of  a  ^'roiipof  ishinds,  on  the 
eastern  shore  of  (Queen's  Souiiil,  at  the  eiitran<re  to  i  l.iiipcr  Ohannei, 
terminates  in  iii^hi  b(dd,  basaltic  clitl's  of  a  purple  tint.  '1  ne  (;roup(;oii- 
biHtH  of  unmeruus  islamls,  islets  (wooded  and  bare),  rocKs  awasli,  and 
sunken  rocks,  extending  over  a  space  of  nearly  5  r    Ich. 

Goose  Islands,  on  the  western  shore  of  (()ueeir  juiid,conHist  of  four 
princiual  '.lands,  connected  at  low  water,  the  largest  and  iioi'liiernmost 
beiuK  altoiit  200  feet  hifih,  and  wooded  ;  its  northeast  -rn  extreme  ter- 
Miinates  in  (;onspiciious,  liiKJi,  white  clilt's. 

Yellocki,  an  Indian  tlshin^r  villa<re,  is  on  the  eastern  side  of  tlie 
westernmost  (loose  Ishmd. 

Q-osling  Rocks  consist  of  numerous  rocks,  awasii  at  hi<;h  water,  ami 
Biinkeii  ilanjjers,  the  outer  extreme  of  which  lies  nearly  4  miles  S.  4''  W. 
of  the  southernmost  (loose  Island. 

West  Rook,  awash  at  hi^jii  water,  lies  one  mile  westward  of  the 
westernmost  (louse  Island. 

Plumper  Channel,  between  Hunter  and  (Jampbell  Islands,  leads 
from  (Queen's  Sound  into  Lama  Passage  ;  its  southern  end  is  oitstructed 
by  numerous  islets  and  rocks,  and  no  specific  directions  can  l»e  ;iiven 
for  entering  it. 

Hecate  Channel,  between  Campbell  Island  and  the  Hardswell  (Iroup, 
leads  from  (Queen's  Sound  into  Seaforth  Channel.  It  is  also  obstructed 
at  its  southern  end  by  numerous  islets  and  rocks.  The  two  principal 
j)assages  are  Codfish  Passage  and  Brown  Narrows  ;  no  directions,  how- 
ever, (ran  b"  given  for  entering  them. 

Broken  Group  (Qualaqute),  2  miles  northward  of  the  Goose  Island 
(Iroup,  extend  2  miles  in  a  north  and  south  direction,  and  consist  of 
several  islets  and  rocks,  connected  throughout  by  ledges  which  un- 
cover at  low  water. 

Fingal  Island  is  a  small,  wooded  island,  lying  one  mile  N.  51°  W.  of 
the  northernmost  island  of  the  Broken  (Iroup. 

Fingal  Ledges  extend  one  mile  in  a  ..j'.itherly  direction  from  Fingal 
Island,  and  consist  of  rock  awash,  and  ledges  which  uncover  at  low 
water. 

Feveril  Rock  lies  li  miles  N.  49'^  E.of  the  northernmost  Goose  Island, 
and  is  awash  at  high  water. 

Middle  Rock,  6  feet  high,  lies  2^  miles  N.  74°  W.  of  the  south  island 
of  the  Broken  Group.  There  is  a  depth  of  29  fathoiQs,  rock,  at  J  milo 
southward  of  the  rock. 


362 


CAPE    CALVERT    TO    OGDEN    CHANNEL. 


North  Breaker,  a  dan^rerons  sunken  rock,  lies  one  mile  N.  4°  E.  of 
Middle  Uock.  There  is  a  depth  of  27  fathoms,  rock,  at  one  mile  west- 
ward of  the  North  Breaker. 

Limit  Island  is  a  small  wooded  island,  with  foul  ground  extending 
^  mile  SW.  from  it. 

Rempstone  Rocks  consist  of  two  i)atclies  awash  at  high  water,  one 
mile  apart.  The  western  or  outer  rock  lies  1,^„  miles  south  of  Cape 
Swain. 

Bardsivell  Group,  forming  the  eastern  side  of  Milbank  Sound,  con- 
sist of  low,  wooded  islands,  extending  over  a  space  of  7  miles  square, 
the  largest  of  which,  Dufferin  Island,  forms  the  western  shore  of  Hecate 
Ohannel.  Among  the  group  are  several  boat  channels,  communicating 
between  Milbank  Sound  and  Seaforth  and  Hecate  Channels. 

Milbauk  Sound.— (See  page  .'J21.) 

Laredo  Sound.— (See  i)age  ^44.) 

Aristazable  Island  forms  the  western  shore  of  Laredo  Sound.  At 
about  8  miles  from  its  southeastern  extreme  there  i^  a  conspicuous, 
saddle-shaped  hill  G40  feet  high.  Xear  the  northern  end  of  ihe  island  a 
bare  ridge  of  hills,  with  four  conspicuous  peaks,  rises  to  the  height  of 
950  feet. 

Over  the  southwestern  extreme  of  the  island  there  are  some  bare 
hills  350  feet  high,  and  at  the  extreme  western  end  of  the  island  there 
is  a  remarkable  bowlder  or  knob  lying  on  the  summit  of  a  bare  hill. 
The  western  shores  are  broken  into  bays  and  creeks,  obstructed  by 
islets  and  sunken  rocks ;  and  there  are  several  ofi'-lying  groups  of  is- 
lands. 

Entrance  Island,  1^  miles  from  the  southern  extreme  of  Aristazable 
Island,  has  a  small  islet  lying  close  south  of  it,  and  is  the  outer  island 
of  a  group  which  extends  from  tho  SE.  point  of  ArisI  azable  Island.  The 
larger  islets  of  the  grouj)  are  wooded,  the  smaller  bare. 

White  Rock,  100  feet  high,  bare  and  conspicuous,  is  5  miles  N.  39° 
"VV.  of  Entrance  Island  and  is  the  outer  rock  of  a  group  extending  2 
miles  from  the  shore  of  Aristazable  Island. 

Sentinel  Island,  250  feet  high,  small,  round  wooded,  arul  conspicu 
ous,  lies  olf  the  southwestern  i)oint  of  Aristazable  Island,  at  14  miles 
from  the  shore.     Between  Sentinel  Isla;id  and  the  nearest  island  of  the 
grou]>  east  of  it,  distant  ^   mile,  there  is  no  bottom  at  a  depth  of  40 
fathoms. 

Several  rocks  awash  and  sunken  rocks  lie  northward  of  Sentinel 
Island,  fringing  the  western  siiore  of  Aristazable  Island. 

The  two  most  outlying  rocks,  which  are  from  one  to  2  feet  above  high 
water,  lie  respectively  one  mile  N.  52°  W.  and  4^  miles  N.  41°  W.  of 
Sentinel  Island. 

Q-ander  Islands  (Chachekwas)  arc  a  group  of  islands,  fslets  and 
rocks,  extending  over  a  space  11  miles  long  in  a  north  and  south  direc- 
tion,  and  4  miles  broad,  at  about  C  luiles  from  the  western  shore  of 


GANDER    ISLANDS — HAYCOCK    ROCKS, 


868 


I 


Aristazable  Island.  The  larger  islands  of  the  ^Toup  are  wooded,  the 
smaller  ones  bare,  and  the  tops  of  the  trees  are  from  70  to  150  feet  above 
high  water. 

Large  Gander  Island  is  the  northernmost  and  largest  of  the  group. 

Middle  G-ander  Islands  are  two  small,  wooded  islands,  lying  close 
together,  the  northern  island  5  miles  sonth  of  the  south  extreme  of  the 
Large  Gander  Island.  A  bare  rock,  with  sunken  rocks  surrounding  it, 
lies  N.  7°  W,  distant  2  miles  from  the  Middle  Gander  Islands. 

South  Gander  Island,  one  mile  south  of  the  Middle  Gander  Islands, 
is  70  feet  high,  and  wooded. 

Southeast  Gander  Islands  arc  two  small  wooded  islands  100  feet 
high,  lying  close  together,  3  miles  S.  30°  E.  of  South  Gander  Island. 
Two  small,  bare,  rocky  islets  lie  IJ  miles  northward  of  Southeast 
Gander  Islands. 

Goose  Ledge,  which  uncovers  at  low  water,  lies  3  miles  S.  43°  W. 
of  Southeast  Gander  Islands. 

Sparrowhawk  Breakers  lie,  respectively,  4  and  6A  miles  S.  15°  W. 
of  Southeast  Gander  lalands.  There  is  a  depth  of  21  fathoms  between 
these  dangers. 

Tide  Rip  Islands  consist  of  two  groups  lying  north  and  south,  distant 
2  miles  from  each  other;  the  southern  group  lying  2  miles  north  of  the 
Gander  Groui).  These  islands,  which  extend  over  a  space  of  about  12 
miles,  are  wooded,  and  about  200  feet  high ;  the  northern  and  largest 
island  terminating  at  its  NW.  extreme  in  high,  white  conspicuous  cliffs, 
2i  miles  to  the  northwestward  of  Devils  Point. 

Tides. — Thf  flood  sets  to  the  northward,  both  flood  and  obb  streams 
attaining  at  springs,  among  these  islands,  a  rate  of  4  knots  an  hour. 

Soundings. — Westward  of  Laredo  Sound  no  soundings  have  been 
taken  beyond  the  distance  of  one  mile  from  the  western  shore  of  Ari- 
stazable Island.  The  depths  obtained  at  that  distance  were  23  fathoms, 
and  no  bottom  at  40  fathoms. 

Caution. — As  an  extended  examitnition  has  not  been  made  of  the 
Gander  aiid  Tide  Kip  Groups  and  their  vicinity,  and  the  tides  being 
strong,  the  channels  between  them,  though  deep,  should  not  be  at- 
tempted jy  strangers.  When  approaching  these  groups  of  islands  the 
lead  and  lookout  aliouhl  be  attended  to. 

EstevittJL  Island  is  <>  miles  jiorthwestward  of  the  Tide  Kip  Grouj); 
the  western  shores  being  comparatively  low,  wooded,  and  much  broken 
into  hays  aiul  creeks.  Near  the  center,  the  land  attains  an  elevation 
of  1,500  to  1,700  feet,  forming  a  saddle-shaped  mountain  with  the  high- 
est part  to  the  westward. 

Haycock  Island,  snuill,  bare,  and  00  feet  high,  lies  4^  miles  S.  25° 
E.  of  Curtis  Point. 

Haycock  Rocks  are  three  rocks  awash,  which  lie  about  one  mile 
from  Haycock  Ishaid. 

The  passage  between  Haycock  Island  and  Estevan  Island  should  not 
be  attempted. 


364 


CAPE  CALVERT  TO  OQDEN  CHANNEL. 


Curtis  Point,  ou  the  western  shore  of  Estevuu  Island,  is  low  and 
wooded,  with  some  rocky  islets  close  to. 

Curtis  Rock,  a  daiifjerous  suuken  rock,  over  which  the  sea  breaks 
occasionally,  lies  one  mile  S.  41)°  W.  of  Curtis  Point. 

Cox  Point  is  the  north  western  extreme  of  Este  van  Island.  With  the 
exception  of  a  small  bay  at  one  mile  northward  of  Curtis  Point,  the  shore 
between  Curtis  and  Cox  Points  is  but  little  bioken. 

Marchant  Rock,  over  which  the  sea  breaks  at  low  water,  lies  2  miles 
S.  20°  VV.  of  Cox  Point,  and  1 J  miles  from  the  nearest  shore  of  Estevan 
Island. 

Cone  Islet,  small,  wooded,  250  feet  high,  and  conical,  is  the  southern- 
most of  the  iilock  Islets,  and  lies  at  the  southern  entrance  of  Otter 
Passage,  and  on  the  western  side  of  that  channel,  at  2  miles  from  the 
shore  of  Banks  Island. 

Breaker  Islets,  one  mile  westward  of  Cone  Islet,  consist  of  a  group 
of  islets  and  rocks  awash,  the  highest  islet  being  about  7U  feet  high 
and  wooded. 

Banks  Island  is  about  41  miles  long,  and  from  5  to  10  miles  broad. 
The  western  shore  is  wooded  and  comparatively  low,  seldom  exceeding 
150  feet  in  height,  and  is  broken  into  bays  and  creeks,  rendered  useless 
as  anchorages  by  numerous  rocks  awash,  and  sunken  dangers. 

The  eastern  shore  is  high  and  bold,  with  a  mountain  range  of  1,000 
to  1,760  feet  over  it,  the  latter  elevation  being  attained  about  midway 
between  the  north  and  south  extremes  of  the  island.  At  about  10  miles 
from  the  northwestern  end  of  Banks  Island  the  land  becomes  low  and 
flat,  and  is  intersected  by  many  creeks. 

Calamity  Bay,  at  the  southern  extreme  of  Banks  Island,  is  li  miles 
wide'  at  its  entrance,  and  extends  3  miles  in  a  northerly  direction ;  it 
consists  of  iron-bound  shores,  with  rocky  islets  and  suuken  dangers 
occupying  the  bay  nearly  throughout. 

Terror  Point,  the  southwestern  extreme  of  Banks  Island,  is  high  and 
bold,  200  feet  above  high  water.  From  its  outer  extreme  this  point 
slopes  inland,  and  wheu  first  seen  appears  as  an  island. 

Terror  Rocks  consist  of  rocks  awash  and  sunken  rocks,  over  which 
the  sea  breaks  heavily,  extending  one  mile  southward  from  Terror  Point. 

Shrub  Islet,  of  small  extent,  80  feet  high,  with  a  conspicuous  patch 
of  bush  upon  its  summit,  lies  3  miles  S.  77°  VV.  of  Terror  Point,  and  has 
sunken  rocks  surrounding  it  to  the  distance  of  600  yards. 

Grief  Point,  >S  miles  from  Terror  Point,  is  low  and  wooded.  A  ledget 
consisting  of  rocks  awash  and  suuken  dangers,  extends  IJ  miles  south- 
westward  from  Grief  Point. 

The  coast  between  Terror  and  Grief  Points  has  foul  ground  extend- 
ing off  it  to  the  distance  of  one  mile. 

Foul  Bay,  between  Grief  and  Wreck  Points,  is  5  miles  wide,  and  2 
miles  deep ;  it  is,  however,  useless  as  an  anchorage,  being  obstructed 
by  islets,  rocks  and  sunken  dangers. 


NORTH    DANGER    ROCKS — BONILA    ISLAND. 


365 


Wreck  Point,  a  conspicuous  projection,  is  low  unci  wooded. 

Junk  Ledge,  consisting  of  rocks  awash,  and  ledges  wliicli  uncover 
at  low  water,  exteuils  nearly  2  miles  southeastward  from  Wreck  l*oint. 

North  Danger  Rocks,  7  miles  southwestward  of  Wreck  Point,  are 
a  dangerous  cluster  of  five  bare  rocks  of  small  extent,  10  feet  above 
high  water,  and  surrounded  by  rocks  awash  and  sunken  rocks  to  the 
distance  of  i  mile. 

The  center  of  the  cluster  lies  18  miles  S.  30^  E.  of  the  summit  of 
Bonila  Island.  Vessels  should  keep  southward  of  the  line  Joining 
Shrub  Islet  and  North  Danger  Rocks,  and  not  pass  between  those  dan- 
gers and  r>anks  Island. 

Kelp  Point  lies  8  miles  from  Wreck  Point. 

Kelp  Ledge  extends  1^  miles  southeastward  from  Kelp  Point.  Be- 
tween Wreck  and  Kelp  Points  the  shore  of  Banks  Island  is  foul  to  the 
distance  of  one  mile. 

Halibut  Rocks  consist  of  two  dangerous  clusters  (covered  at  high 
water)  altout  A  mUe  each  in  extent,  lying  N  W.  and  SK.,  distant  li  miles 
from  each  other.  The  center  of  the  eastern  duster  lies  8  miles  S.  44o 
E.  of  the  summit  of  Bonila  Island. 

Cliff  Point  terminates  in  high,  bold  white  clitt's.  Three  small  rocky 
islets  lie  near  the  shore  close  eastward  of  the  point. 

South  Rocks,  lying  to  the  southward  of  Bonila  Island,  consist  of 
two  clusters  of  rocks  awash  at  high  water,  of  small  extent,  lying  north 
and  south,  distant  one  mile  from  each  other.  The  south  or  outer  group, 
over  which  the  sea  usually  breaks  heavily,  lies  3,'u  miles  S.  4^  W.  of  the 
summit  of  Bonila  Island. 

High  Water  Rocks,  lying  nearly  midway  between  Bonila  Island 
and  Clitf  Point,  consist  of  six  rocks,  awash  at  high  water,  about  400 
yards  in  extent. 

Bonila  Island,  0  miles  south  of  the  northwestern  point  of  Banks  Isl- 
and, and  4  miles  from  the  south  shore  of  the  island,  forms  an  excellent 
landmark.  The  island  is  about  2  miles  long  and  one  mile  broad,  having 
on  its  southeastern  shore  two  small  bays,  with  some  rockj  islets  lying 
off  them  at  400  yards  from  the  shore.  Near  the  center  the  island  reaches 
an  elevation  of  550  feet,  the  summit  being  dome-shaped,  falling  almost 
perpendicularly  on  its  north  and  sonth  sides,  but  sloping  gradually  to 
the  westward.  During  the  summer  months,  the  sides  of  Bonila  Peak 
are  clothed  with  purple-tinted  heather. 

Landing  may  be  effected  at  the  head  of  the  southern  small  bay  on  the 
southeastern  side  of  Bonila  Island. 

North  West  Rocks  are  a  cluster,  A  mile  in  extent,  lying  2  miles  N. 
30O  W.  of  the  summit  of  Bonila  Island  ;  the  highest  rock  is  3  feet  above 
high  water. 

North  Rocks,  a  cluster  about  A  mile  in  extent,  and  awash  at  high 
water,  are  '-'  miles  northward  of  the  Summit  of  Honila  Island. 

Middle  Rocks,  (wo  clusters,  awash  at  low  water,  lieres|H'ctively  1^ 
miles  X.  41^  W.  and  2  miles  N.  49°  E.  of  the  summit  of  Bonila  Island. 


366 


CAPE    CALVERT   TO    OQDEN   CHANNEL. 


White  Rocks  He  close  to  the  shore  at  the  northwestern  extreme  of 
Banks  Ishmd ;  the  two  largest  rocks  are  about  30  feet  above  high 
water,  bare  anil  conspicuous,  with  several  smaller  rocks  surrounding 
them,  and  they  form  an  excellent  landmark  when  making  Ogden  Chan- 
nel from  Hecate  Strait. 

Tlie  coast  between  White  Rocks  and  Cliff'  Point,  and  between  those 
rocks  atid  Dead  man  Islet,  is  much  broken,  with  several  creeks  running 
inland. 

Anchorage  for  small  craft  in  fine  weather  is  stated  to  be  obtainable 
close  northward  of  White  Rocks  at  the  mouth  of  a  creek. 

Supplies. — (iame  abounds  on  all  the  off'-lying  islands.  Notwith- 
standing the  presence  of  wolves,  deer  are  in  great  numbers,  especially 
on  the  southern  shores,  which  appear  to  bo  their  favorite  resort.  Water 
is  plentiful  at  all  seasons,  the  source  apparently  being  springs.  Trout 
may  be  procured  in  the  streams. 

Berries,  especially  the  whortleberry,  cranberry,  and  wild  raspberry? 
■were  found  in  abundance  during  July  and  August  (18G9). 

Cedar  and  pitch  pine  are  the  principal  woods  met  with. 

Browning  Entrance,  between  Banks  and  Goshen  Islands,  leads  into 
Principe  and  Ogden  Channels.  It  is  1-4  miles  wide  between  White 
Rocks  and  Cape  Geoiye. 


CHAPTER    XI. 


,0 


cnATHAJI    SOUND,    EDYE    AND    BROWN    PASSAGES,    AND    DTXON    EN- 

TKANCE. 

Chatham  Sound  is  an  extensive  sheet  of  water  about  38  miles  long, 
and  from  7  to  14  miles  wide,  lying  between  the  Tsimpsean  Peninsula 
and  Stei)hens  and  Dundas  Islands,  the  northwestern  portion  of  the 
sound  washing  the  southern  shores  of  Alaska. 

In  the  middle  of  the  southern  portion  are  the  Rachel  and  laicy  Isl . 
auds,  together  with  other  detached  islets  and  rocks. 

At  the  northern  end  of  Chatham  Sound,  nearly  abreast  Port  Simp- 
sou,  there  are  some  clnstcrs  of  low  rocky  islets  (Gonnis  and  Pointers 
Bocks),  which  render  that  i)ortion  of  the  sound  dangerous  to  navigation 
under  certain  conditions,  and  divide  the  sound  into  two  navigable  chan- 
nels (Main  and  Oriflamme  Passages). 

Chatham  Sound  communicates  with  Hecate  Strait  by  three  channels, 
Edye  Passage,  in  the  southwestern  corner  of  the  sound,  being  the  chan- 
nel  usually  taken.  Brown  Passage,  south  of  Dundas  Islands,  though 
compfiratively  wide,  has  strong  and  irregular  tides  near  its  western  end; 
and  a  patch  of  rocks  awash  at  high  water  lies  nearly  in  mid-channel. 

Dixon  Entrance,  the  i)rincipal  channel  north  of  Dundas  Islands,  is 
about  5  miles  wide,  and  is  the  channel  usually  taken  by  vessels  pro- 
ceeding northward  along  the  coast  of  Alaska. 

Landmarks. — On  the  eastern  shore,  in  the  southeastern  portion  of 
Chatham  Sound,  Mount  Oldlield  and  Mount  McGrath  are  conspicuous. 

With  the  exception  of  a  cluster  of  bare  rocks  (Gull  Rocks)  off  the 
mouth  of  Edye  Passage,  the  islets  in  that  portion  of  the  sound  are 
wooded,  and  of  a  conspicuous  dark  color. 

On  the  South  Dundas  Island  there  are  four  conspicuous  peaks,  the 
eastern  and  highest  of  which  is  1,400  feet  high.  Northward  of  Metlah 
Gatlah,  Mission  Mountain  and  Deer  Mound  of  rounded  form,  will  be 
seen  rising  from  comparatively  low  land  to  the  height  of  1.310  and  2,230 
feet  respectively. 

At  2  miles  southward  of  Port  Sin.pson,  Mount  Griffin  ( Waverly  Peak), 
a  mountain  of  triangular  shape  with  a  sharp  summit,  rises  to  1,410  feet. 
Southeast  of  Mount  Griffin,  the  ridge  has  several  conspicuous  peaks, 
amongst  which  are  Leading  Peak  and  Basil  Lump. 

Mount  McNeil,  on  the  northern  side  of  Work  Channel,  has  a  snow- 
clad  summit,  of  conical  shape,  4,300  feet  high. 

367 


368 


CHATHAM    SOUND. 


Oil  the  western  shore  of  the  soiiud  Coast  Mound,  a  conspicuous  hill 
of  oval  shape,  750  feet  high,  will  be  seen  on  Middle  Dundas  Island, 
with  a  chain  of  wooded  islets,  of  a  peculiarly  dark  color,  fringing  the 
shore. 

Near  the  northeastern  extreme  of  North  Dundas  Island,  Table  Hill 
with  a  flat  summit  rises  to  the  height  of  700  feet,  and  is  conspicuous. 
Southward  of  Table  Hill,  Thumb  Peak  rises  to  the  height  of  2,500  feet. 
With  the  exceptlou  of  one  small  islet  (Grassy  Islet),  the  islets  and  rocks 
in  the  northern  portion  of  Chatham  Sound  are  bare  and  conspicuous. 

Dangers. — The  southern  portion  of  Chatham  Sound  is  comparatively 
free  from  danger,  the  rocky  clusters  being  of  considerable  elevation 
above  high  water  and  moderately  steep-to.  Northward  of  Metlah  Cat- 
lah  Bay,  however,  ledges  which  uncover  at  low  water  extend  in  many 
places  to  the  distance  of  2  miles  from  the  ei^-itern  shore.  On  the  west- 
ern side  of  the  sound,  also,  there  are  several  oflflyiug  detached  sunken 
rocks,  with  deep  water  close  to  them.  Abreast  Port  Simpson  two  clus- 
ters of  rocks  lie  in  the  fairway  of  the  sound ;  and  being  but  little  ele- 
vated above  high  water,  render  that  portion  of  the  sound  dangerous  by 
night  or  in  thick  weather. 

Caution. — Northward  of  Metlah  Catlah  Bay,  during  a  fog,  or  if  un- 
certain of  the  position,  the  eastern  shores  of  Chatham  Sound  should 
not  be  approached  under  70  fathoms ;  nor  the  western  shores  under  40 
fathoms. 

Soundings. — The  general  depths  in  the  southern  portion  of  Chatham 
Sound  are  from  10  to  6f»  fathoms,  tiie  former  depth  being  obtained  upon 
Alexandra  Bank  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  sound,  northward  of  Rachel 
Islands.  Northward  of  Metlah  Catlah  Bay  the  water  deepens.  The 
deep  water  commences  near  the  southern  extreme  of  South  Dundas 
Island,  and  extends  towards  the  mouth  of  Big  Bay,  skirting  the  dan- 
gerous ledges  which  front  the  eastern  shores  of  the  sound. 

From  abreast  of  Big  Bay  the  deep  water  extends  toward  the  northern 
extreme  of  North  Dundas  Island  and  widens  in  extent,  occupying 
nearly  the  whole  of  the  northern  portion  of  the  sound,  with  depths  from 
68  to  214  fathoms,  mud  bottom,  with  occasional  patches  of  rock. 

Anchorages. — Anchorage  will  be  found  oil'  the  northern  entrance  of 
Skeena  River,  in  Metlah  Catlah  Bay,  Duncan  Bay,  Big  Bay,  Pearl 
Harbor,  and  Port  Simpson,  on  the  eastern  side  of  Chatham  Sound. 
Also  in  Refuge  Pay,  at  mouth  of  Bdye  Passage,  and  in  Qlawdzeet,  north 
end  of  Stephen  Island,  on  the  western  side  of  the  sound. 

Gull  Rocks,  consisting  of  three  principal  bare  rocks,  about  ^  mile  in 
extent,  the  highest  rock  being  about  30  feet  above  high  water,  lie  off 
the  eastern  entrance  of  Edye  Passage. 

Ettrick  Rock,  a  dangerous  patch  of  small  extent,  which  uncovers  3 
feet  at  low  water,  lies  U  miles  S.  2i)o  E.  of  the  center  of  the  Gull  Rocks. 

Ha'^  jlock  Rock,  of  small  extent  and  uncoveringO  feet  at  low  ^v  ater, 
lies  2^  miles  S.  29°  E.  of  the  center  of  Gull  Rocks.  Both  Ettrick  and 
Havelock  Rocks  have  deep  water  close  to. 


GHKKN    TOP    ISLAND METLAH    CATLAII    UAY. 


369 


Green  Top  Island,  15  feet  high,  is  small  with  a  piitch  of  shrub  ou 
its  summit,  and  lies  4^  miles  N.  32°  W.  of  the  western  island  of  the 
Lawyer  Grouj). 

Holland  Island,  small,  wooded,  and  10  feet  high,  lies  1^  miles  S.  83^ 
E.  of  Green  Top  Islet. 

Kitson  Island,  off  the  mouth  of  North  Skeena  Passage,  is  about  400 
yards  in  extent. 

Kinnahan  Islands,  two  in  number,  and  about  J  mile  long,  lie  close 
••    " *^'"  aiinrp  nf  Tsimusean  Peninsula;  they 

in 
en 
Be 
oie 


3in 
ns, 

the 
,  at 

arge 
fthe 
at  in 
king 
from 
rhen 
,  80° 


;  tiie 
>ard8 
lorth- 
slaiul 

of  the  grouj),  i.iid  is  marked  by  kelp. 

Metlah  Catlah  Bay  is  formed  between  the  shore  of  the  Tsimpseau 
Peninsula  and  the  ISW.  coast  of  Digby  Island,  and  is  protected  from 
the  westward  by  Tugwell  Island  and  the  reefs  which  join  that  island 
to  the  shore  of  the  peniusiila.  The  bay  from  its  entrance  takes  a 
general  northeasterly  direction,  gradually  narrowing  as  the  settlement 
is  approached ;  it  then  turns  sharply  to  the  east  and  SE.,  the  latter 
part  being  known  as  Venn  Creek. 

Metlah  Catlah  Village,  an  Indian  settlement,  founded  as  a  mission- 
ary station,  is  situated  upon  Mission  Point.  The  houses  forming  the 
mission  are  b  -ilt  upon  an  elevated  bank,  about  100  feet  above  high- 
water  mark,  and  are  mostly  whitewashed.  The  most  conspicuous  build- 
ings being  the  church,  achoolhouse  and  mission  house.  Patches  of 
14205— No.  96 24 


368 


CHATHAM    SOUND. 


Ou  the  western  shore  of  the  souiul  Coast  ^loiind,  a  conspicuous  hill 
of  oval  shape,  750  feet  high,  will  be  seen  on  Middle  Dundaa  Island, 
with  a  chain  of  wooded  islets,  of  a  peculiarly  dark  color,  frin}j[ing  the 
shore. 

Near  the  northeastern  extreme  of  '■forth  Dundas  Island,  Table  Hill 
with  a  flat  auinmit  rises  to  the  height  of  700  feet,  and  is  conspicuous. 
Southward  of  Table  Hill,  Thumb  Peak  rises  to  the  height  of  2,500  feet. 
With  the  excention  of  one  small  islet  (tirass.v  Islet),  the  islets  and  rocks 

(254)  BRITISH  OOLUBIBIA— Ohatham  sound  -Rocks  located.— 

Captain  H.  Newcomb,  master  D.  G.  S.  Kestrel,  reports  the  existence 
of  the  following  uncharted  dangers  in  Chatham  sound: 

A  shoal  200  yards  in  extent,  marked  by  kelp  in  summer,  carrying 
18  feet,  with  7  to  9  fathoms  all  around  it  and  9  fathoms  between  it 
and  the  rock  GOO  yards  northwestward  from  Green  Top  rock. 

Prom  the  shoal  the  summit  of  Green  Top  rock  bears  S.  27°  E.  true 
(SE.  I  E.  B'ly  mag.),  distant  600  yards,  the  north  tangent  of  Rachel 
islands  N.  70°  W.  true  (W.  f  N.  mag.),  and  the  summit  of  Coast 
island  N.  57°  E.  true  (NNE.  f  E.  mag. ). 

Two  shoals  west  of  Holland  island,  each  200  yards  in  extent,  marked 
by  kelp  in  summer,  carrying  9  feet,  with  5  to  7  fathoms  all  around 
them  and  8^  fathoms  between  them  and  Holland  island.  From  the 
more  easterly  shoal  the  summit  of  Holland  island  bears  S.  64°  E.  true 
'  (E.  ^  N.  mag.;,  distant  966  yards,  the  east  tangent  of  Kinnahan 
islands  N.  15°  W.  true  (NW.  ^  N.  mag.),  and  the  summit  of  Coast 
island  N.  31°  E.  true  (N.  f  E.  mag.),  distant  2.6  miles.  From  the 
middle  of  the  more  westerly  shoal  Lsiwyer  Island  lighthouse  bears 
8.  18°  E.  true  (SB.  mag. ),  distant  4yV  miles,  the  west  tangent  of 
Kienahan  islands  N.  .H7°  W.  true  (NW.  by  W.  |  W.  W'ly  mag.),  and 
the  summit  of  Coast  island  N.  .38°  E.  true  (N.  by  E.  mag.),  distant 

2.7  miles. 

A  pinnacle  rock  off  Island  point,  Porcher  island,  which  carries  6 

feet,  and  is  marked  by  kelp. 

Prom  the  rock   Island  point  bears  S.  32°  E.  true  (SE.  by  E.  J  E. 
mag.),   distant  900  yards,   and  the  north  tangent  of  Creak  point 
S.  42°  W.  true  (S.  by  W.  f  W.  mag.).    This  position  must  be  con- 
sidered as  approximate  only,  until  it  can  be  checked. 
...^uii,,   vuo  >vuoio  ui  ii:'3  iiui  turn II  {>ui iiui,  uv  -^ (N.  M.  7, 1906.) 

58  to  214  fiithoms,  mud  bottom,  with  occasional  patches  of  rock. 

Anchorages. — Anchorage  will  be  found  oif  the  northern  entrance  of 
Skeena  River,  in  Metlah  Catlah  Bay,  Duncan  Bay,  Big  Bay,  Pearl 
Harbor,  and  Port  Simpson,  on  the  eastern  side  of  Chatham  Sound. 
Also  in  Refuge  Bay,  at  mouth  of  Edye  Passage,  and  in  Qlawdzeet,  north 
end  of  Stephen  Island,  on  the  western  side  of  the  sound. 

Gi-uU  Rocks,  consisting  of  three  principal  bare  rocks,  about  ^  mile  in 
extent,  the  highest  rock  being  about  30  feet  above  high  water,  lie  oft" 
the  eastern  entrance  of  Edye  Passage. 

Ettrick  Rock,  a  dangerous  patch  of  small  extent,  which  uncovers  3 
feet  at  low  water,  lies  1^  miles  S.  29°  E.  of  the  center  of  the  Gull  Rocks. 

Havelock  Rock,  of  small  extent  and  uncoveringG  feet  at  low  water, 
lies  2h  miles  S.  20°  B.  of  the  center  of  Gull  Rocks.  Both  Ettrick  and 
Havelock  Rocks  have  deep  water  close  to. 


CJKEEN    TOP    IfeLANU METI.AH    CATLAH    HAY. 


369 


Green  Top  Island,  lo  feet  high,  is  small  with  a  patch  of  Hhrub  on 
its  summit,  and  lies  4,^  miles  N.  32^  W.  of  the  western  island  of  the 
Lawyer  Group. 

Holland  Island,  small,  wooded,  and  10  feet  high,  lies  1^  miles  8.83° 
E,  of  Green  Top  Islet. 

Kitson  Island,  off  the  mouth  of  North  Skeena  Passage,  is  about  400 
yards  in  extent. 

Kinnahan  Islands,  two  in  number,  and  about  ^  mile  long,  lie  close 
together  about  one  mile  from  the  shore  of  Tsimpsean  Peninsula;  they 
are  wooded,  about  200  feet  high. 

Rachel  Islands  (Lakdhwitz),  two  in  number,  about  one  mile  in 
extent,  wooded  and  about  200  feet  high,  lie  nearly  midway  between 
Tsimpsean  Peninsula  and  Stephen  Island.  The  southeastern  extreme 
of  the  SE.  Rachel  Island  lies  5.^  miles  S.  80°  W.  of  the  south  extreme 
of  south  Kiniuihan  Island. 

Alexandra  Patch  is  nearly  circular,  one  mile  in  diameter,  within 
the  depth  of  20  fathoms.  This  bank  has  depths  of  10  to  17  fathoms, 
over  a  bottom  of  mud  and  sand. 

The  eastern  edge  of  Alexandra  Patch  lies  one  mile  N.  27°  E.  of  the 
North  Rachel  Island.  There  are  depths  of  46  and 50  fathoms,  mud,  at 
J  mile  eastward  and  northward  of  Alexandra  Patch. 

Lucy  Islands,  a  group  of  islands  and  high-water  rocks,  the  large 
islands  being  wooded  and  the  small  bare,  lie  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the 
sound  abreast  Metlali  Catlah  Bay,  and  are  about  one  mile  in  extent  in 
an  east  iind  west  direction.  This  group  is  of  great  use  when  making 
Metlah  Catlah  during  thick  weather,  as  being  comparatively  free  from 
danger  it  may  be  approached  (except  on  the  soiitliern  side),  and,  when 
niiide,  the  easternmost  island  of  the  group  kept  astern  bearing  S.  80° 
W.  will  lead  to  the  entrance  of  Metlah  Gatlah  Bay. 

A  Ledge  of  Rocks,  which  partially  uncover,  extends  along  the 
southwestern  side  of  the  Lucy  Group;  the  outer  rock  lying  1,800 yards 
S.  27°  W.  of  the  summit  of  the  eastern  island  of  the  group.  The  north- 
western rock  dries  3  feet  and  lies  \  mile  S.  77°  VV.  of  the  nearest  island 
of  the  group,  and  is  marked  by  kelp. 

Metlah  Catlah  Bay  is  formed  between  the  shore  of  the  Tsimpsean 
Peninsula  and  the  NW.  coast  of  Digby  Island,  and  is  protected  from 
the  westward  by  Tugwell  Island  and  the  reefs  which  join  that  island 
to  the  shore  of  the  peninsula.  The  bay  from  its  entrance  takes  a 
general  northeasterly  direction,  gradually  narrowing  as  the  settlement 
is  approached ;  it  then  turns  sharply  to  the  east  and  SE.,  the  latter 
part  being  known  as  Venn  Creek. 

Metlah  Catlah  Village,  an  Indian  settlement,  founded  as  a  mission- 
ary station,  is  situated  upon  Mission  Point.  The  houses  foi-ming  the 
mission  are  built  upon  an  elevated  bank,  about  100  feet  above  high- 
water  mark,  and  are  mostly  wbitt washed.  The  most  conspicuous  build- 
ings being  the  church,  schoolhouse  and  mission  house.  Patches  of 
14205— No.  96 24 


370 


CHATHAM    SOUND. 


ground  are  cultivated,  and  potatoes  of  large  size  and  good  (luality 
grown. 

Tugwell  Island  lies  soutiiwestward  of  Metlali  Catlali  Village,  and 
vesiiels  desirous  of  coiiimuiiicating  with  that  place  usually  anchor  off 
the  eastern  side  of  the  island,  or  ott'  its  northern  side  in  Duncan  Bay, 
according  to  circumstances.  The  island  is  fringed  by  dangerous  rocky 
ground,  marked  by  kelp,  especiallj'  on  its  southeastern  side.  It  is 
wooded  and  connected  at  low  water  with  .Mission  Point  upon  which 
Metlah  Catlah  Village  stands. 

Davres  Rock,  awasii  at  low  water,  lies  800  yards  S.  5'i'^  W.  of 
Dawes  Point.'  JJetween  Dawes  Rock  and  Dawes  Point,  large  bowlder 
rocks  uncover  at  low  water,  and  extend  along  the  westJ'rn  side  of  Tug- 
well  Island,  generally  marked  by  kelp, 

Enfield  Rock  has  ~)  fathoms  water  upon  it,  and  lies  one  mile  B.  55^ 
W.  of  the  same  point  with  foul  ground  between. 

Caution. — Vessels  .-inonld  pass  westward  of  FOnfield  Uock,  in  not  less 
than  10  fathoms,  at  low  water. 

Leading  Marks. — To  enter.  Knight  Island  kept  midway  between 
Shrub  and  Pike  Islands  bearing  X.  52°  E.  leads  safely  in  to  the  bay, 
between  Tugwell  Island  and  Alford  Reefs,  in  25  fathoms. 

Carr  Islet,  just  shut  in  with  the  western  extreme  of  Devastation  Isl- 
and bearing  N.  38°  E.  northerly,  will  lead  eastward  of  the  foul  ground 
off  the  southeastern  part  of  Tugwell  Island.  The  south  extreme  of  the 
large  Gridge  Island  seen  in  line  with  Quartermaster  Rock,  and  touch- 
ing the  north  extreme  of  the  small  Cridge  Island  bearing  S.  74°  E.,  will 
lead  southward  of  Alford  Reefs  and  the  dangers  off  Tngwell  Island. 
The  flagstaff  on  Mission  Point  (Metlah  Catlah  Village)  in  line  with  the 
western  extreme  of  Pike  Island  bearing  N.  38°  E.,  will  lead  eastward  of 
Altord  Reefs. 

Alford  Reefs  are  a  dangerous  cluster  of  rocks,  about  GOO  yards, 
lying  at  the  entrance  of  Metlah  Catlah  Bay.  The  northern  rock,  which 
uncovers  2  feet  at  low  water,  lies  1,200  yards  N.  29°  W.  of  Quarter- 
master Rock. 

Quartermaster  Rock,  a  small  black  rock,  2  feet  above  high  water, 
lies  800  yards  N.  74°  W.  of  the  southern  extreme  of  the  large  Cridge 
Island,  and  300  yards  from  the  small  Cridge  Island,  on  the  same  bearing. 

A  Rock,  which  uncovers  one  foot  at  low  water,  lies  300  yards  S.  27° 
W.  of  Quartermaster  Rock. 

Cridge  Islands  are  two  in  number.  The  eastern  and  larger  island 
lies  400  yards  off  the  eastern  shore  of  Digby  Islands.  The  western 
island  is  small.    Both  islands  are  wooded. 

Midge  Rock,  a  patch  of  small  extent,  which  uncovers  at  low  water, 
lies  i  mile  north  of  the  Small  Bridge  Island,  and  about  the  same  dis- 
tance eastward  of  the  nearest  part  of  Alford  Reefs. 

Devastation  Island  lies  almost  in  the  center  of  the  bay  ^  mile  east- 
ward of  Tugwell  Island.  The  island  is  wooded,  and  two  rocky  islets 
lie  close  to  its  southern  extreme. 


CARh    I8LKT — VKNN    CKKKK. 


371 


Tlie  western  shore  of  Devastiitioii  Island  has  no  (huiffer  ott  it  beyond 
100  yards,  but  from  tlie  northern  extreme  of  this  ishmd  a  siioal,  portions 
of  whicii  uncover  at  low  water,  exten<l.s  h  mile  towards  Pike  Tsland. 

Carr  Islet,  small,  lies  J  mile  N.  38'^  E.  of  the  northern  extreme  of 
Devastation  Island.  A  small  islet  lies  100  yards  N.  IS^  W.  of  (Jarr 
Islet,  (^arr  Islet  is  connected  at  low  water  with  the  spit  which  joins 
Tufjwell  Island  and  Observation  Point. 

Knight  Island,  barely  10  feet  hip:h,  small,  with  stunted  scrub  upon 
it,  lies  800  yards  S.  55'^  K.  of  the  northern  extreme  of  Devastation  Island. 

Armour  Rock,  with  9  feet  water  over  it,  lies  S.  7^  E.,  distant  200 
yards  from  Knight  Island. 

Pike  Island,  100  feet  high,  is  wooded. 

Shrub  Islet  lies  300  yards  north  of  Pike  Island,  and  is  of  small  ex- 
tent, low,  and  easily  recognizable  from  its  having  three  i)eculiar  trees 
on  it,  the  oidy  ones  on  the  island. 

Pike,  Carr,  and  Shrub  Islands  are  not  easily  distinguished  by  strang- 
ers making  for  Metlah  Catlah  ;  and  Carr  Islet  amtears  .as  part  of  De- 
vastation Island. 

A  Shoal,  the  outer  portion  of  which  uncovers  at  low  water,  extends 
nearly  400  yards  from  the  northern  side  of  Shrub  Islet,  and  is  the  outer 
portion  of  a  bank  of  sand  with  patches  of  rock  u[»on  it,  whi(!h  connects 
Pike  Island,  Shrub  Islet,  Gribbell  and  Isabel  lalands  at  low  water. 

A  Ledge  of  Rocks,  which  uncovers  at  low  water,  extends  300  yards 
southward  from  Observation  Point. 

Kelp  Rock,  a  dangerous  sunken  rock,  lies  nearly  midway  between 
Shrub  Islet  and  Observation  Point.  The  navigable  channel  between 
Shrub  Islet  and  Observation  Point  is  contracted  by  Keli)  Kock  to 
barely  100  yards  in  width  at  low  water.  Another  rock  lies  250  yards 
N.  72°  E.  of  Keli)  Kock. 

A  small  iron  buoy  is  moored  on  Kelp  Ilock  ;  but  this  buoy  is  often 
wa.*hed  away,  therefore  its  being  in  position  can  not  be  depended  on. 

Gribbell  Island,  on  the  southern  side  of  the  channej  leading  into 
Venn  Creek,  is  about  the  same  size  as  Shrub  Islet,  from  which  it  is  dis- 
tant i  mile  in  a  northeasterly  direction.  A  small  rocky  islet  lies  about 
100  yards  off  the  north  side  of  Gribbell  Island. 

Isabel  Island  lies  300  yards  NE.  of  the  summit  of  Gribbell  Island. 

A  dangerous  sunken  rock  lies  100  yards  westward  of  Isabel  Island, 
and  reduces  the  navigable  channel  at  low  water  to  barely  GO  yanls  in 
width. 

Venn  Creek  takes  a  southeasterly  direction  from  Mission  Point,  but 
is  only  suitable  for  small  vessels.  There  are  several  fishing  stations 
upon  the  shores  of  this  creek,  in  which  the  Indians  obtain  salmon.  The 
creek  at  its  head  connects  with  the  unexplored  Oldfield  Basin,  east  of 
Digby  Island,  which  extends  southward  and  eastward,  connecting 
with  Malacca  and  North  Skeena  Passages.  The  best  time  tor  entering 
Venn  Creek  for  a  ship  of  moderate  draft  is  at  half  tide,  or  between  that 
and  low  water. 


872 


CHATHAM    Sf)t  Nl). 


Anchorage  will  he  fouiMl  in  II  to  I'J  fatlionis,  hukI  bottom,  (iUO.vanla 
oft' the  woHtt'iri  side  of  Devastation  Isiiind,  with  the  soiitlieiii  extreme 
of  ]>ovastatioii  Island  seen  in  line  witli  tiie  smaller  Crid^e  Island,  and 
the  southei'ii  extreme  of  Carr  Islet  beaiinf;  N.  0!P  K,  Snmll  veHselsoe- 
caBionall^'  proceed  into  Venn  I'reek  and  anelior  o(V  Metlah  (Jatlali  Vil- 
lage, in  10  to  IJ  fathoms,  with  the  tlagstatt'  on  .Mission  I'oint  bearing 
N.  740  W.,  distant  <>()(»  to  800  .yards. 

The  channel  into  this  anchorage  is  barely  00  yards  wide  at  low  water, 
when  the  dangers  on  either  side  indicate  themselves,  bnt  the  pa8.sage 
should  only  be  attempted  by  short  vessels,  of  light  draft;  and  at  all 
times  it  wouhl  be  well  to  i)laco  boat.s  upon  the  outer  edge  of  the  shoal 
off  Shrub  Islet,  and  also  upon  the  rock  which  lies  westward  of  Isabel 
Island,  and  likewise  on  Kelp  Kock,  should  the  buoy  marking  that  dan- 
ger be  not  in  position. 

Auriol  Point,  just  open  north  of  Shrub  Islet  bearing  N.  78^  E.,  leads 
between  the  foul  grouiul  southward  of  Carr  Island  and  the  edge  ex- 
tending from  the  north  extreme  of  Devastation  Island,  ami  leu  Uyan 
Point  comes  open  eist  of  Carr  Island  bearing  N.  12°  W.  a  irse  may 
be  steered  to  round  the  boat  moored  upon  the  outer  edge  of  the  .shoal 
oft'  Shrub  Lslet. 

Kor  all  ordinary  i>urposes,  however,  the  anchorage  oft"  Devastation 
Island  is  within  easy  distance  for  communicating  by  boat  with  Metlah 
Catlah  Mission. 

Duncan  Bay  aft'ords  anchorage  when  desirous  of  communicating 
with  Metlah  Catlah  during  the  prevalence  of  .southeasterly  winds. 

The  entrance  to  this  bay  is  about  l?f  miles  wide,  and  takes  a  .south- 
easterly direction  for  about  lA  miles,  terminating  in  the  sandspit  which 
connects  Tugwell  Island  and  Tsimpseau  Peninsula. 

Dangers. — A  shoal  w  ith  3  fathoms  (and  probably  less^  water  upon  it 
extends  A  mile  northward  of  Tugwell  Islaiul.  Ledges,  which  uncover, 
and  sunken  rocks  extend  nearly  '^  mile  from  the  northern  shore  of  Dun- 
can Bay. 

Hecate  Rock,  with  only  10  feet  water  on  it,  lies  near  the  head  of 
Duiu'an  Hay,  i  mile  N.  52°  W.  of  Observation  Point. 

Directions. — If  desirous  of  anchoring  in  Duncan  Bay,  pass  one  mile 
uorthwestwardof  Tugwell  Island,  and  when  the  south  extreme  of  (J  ribbell 
Island  is  seen  just  open  of  Observation  Point,  bearing  S.  57°  W.  that 
mark  should  be  steered  for;  a  berth  should  be  taken  up  on  that  bear- 
ing, in  8  to  10  fathoms,  mud,  with  Chapman  Point,  the  NW.  extreme  of 
Tugwell  I.sland,  bearing  S.  83°  W. 

Approaching  Metlah  Catlah  from  the  southeastward,  if  the  Lawyer 
Group  of  islands  be  kept  in  line  with  Green  Top  Island  bearing  S.  35° 
E.,  that  mark  astern  will  lead  directly  to  the  entrance  of  Metlah  Cat- 
lah Bay;  and  having  brought  Carr  Islet  in  line  with  the  western  side 
of  Devastation  Island  bearing  N.  38°  E.  northerly,  a  vessel  may  steer  in 
on  that  mark,  and  proceed  as  before  directed  to  the  anchorage  off"  the 


MKTLAM    CATLAII    IUKKC  IIONS — SOUTH    131,.  ND. 


M3 


NW.  Hide  of  Dovastiition  Islainl.  Or,  if  l»ouinl  into  Diiiicaii  IJii.v,  i»ass 
Olio  inil«  wostward  of  Tiijjwcll  Kslaiid,  ainl  procoi'd  im  liolbre  dirccttMl. 
DiiriiiL'  afd^oriii  tliick  woatlit-r,  when  approaching -Mctlali  Catlah  iVom 
the  .southcaslwat'd,  do  not  slioai  to  less  tiian  tO  lathoniH,  and  on  sin-li 
(xu-atiiniiH  tlio  Lncy  IshindH  slioiild  lu-cantionMly  .steered  lor  and  .si^^hted, 
taking  care  to  avoid  the  leetM  wjiieii  exfeml  from  the  S.  and  !S\V.  .side 
of  the  {jr*'"'!*'  T'"'  lar;,'e  or  eastern  Lucy  Ishmd  siiould  lie  bntiif^lit  to 
bear  8.  8(P  W.  astern,  and  a  X.  fSOO  M.  cour,se  shoidd  take  a  vessel  to 
the  entrance  of  .Mctiah  Caliah  Hay.  Tiie  hank  of  10  fallioms  (and  ies.s 
water)  extends  nearly  one  mile  to  tiie  southward  of  Tuywell  Island,  and 
the  hand  lead,  if  proceediii},'  slowly,  should  iinlicate  the  jiosition.  Dur- 
ing; sntnnier  and  autiiinii  lari^e  quantities  of  kelp  mark  this  bank. 

Tree  Bluff,  the  Nonthern  entrance  point  of  Uiff  Hay,  ,ie.s  5  miles 
nortli  of  Uyan  I'oint.  The  shore  northward  of  Kyan  Point  is  low  and 
wooded  to  the  distance  of  3  mile.s  back  from  tiie  coast,  where  it  rises 
into  hifjh  land  ;  the  two  most  conspicuous  mountains  being  Mission 
Mountain  and  Deer  Mound.  Two  streams  enter  the  iound  on  this  part 
of  the  coast,  and  there  are  two  islets  lying  close  to  the  shore,  respect- 
ivelv  one  and  2  miles  northward  of  Uyan  Point.  The  former  (Swamp 
Isli  r)  is  covered  with  low  grass,  and  lies  about  A  nule  from  the  shore. 
The  latter  islet  is  bare  (Slippery  Kock),  about  800  yards  from  the  shore. 

Immediately  eastward  of  Tree  Hlull'  there  is  a  wooded  hill,  close  to 
the  shor<>,  L'.")Ofeet  high. 

Dangers. — Between  Metlah  Catlah  and  Hig  Hays,  dangerous  ledges 
extend  ott"  shore  in  many  places  to  the  distance  of  2  miles.  These 
edges  uncover  at  low  water,  ami  are  steep-to. 

Hodgson  Reefs,  a  dangerous  cluster,  lie  northward  of  Duncan  Bay; 
their  south  part  covers  at  half  llood,  and  lies  13  unles  N.  18°  \V.  of  the 
NW.  extreme  of  Tugwell  Island.  From  that  position  dangerous 
sunken  rocks  extend  in  a  northerly  direction  for  '2  miles. 

Abreast  Tree  Bluff  the  edge  of  the  bank,  which  dries  at  low  water, 
lies  lA  miles  from  the  shore. 

Leading  Marks.— The  southern  side  of  Kinnahan  Islands,  just  show- 
ing clear  of  the  south  end  of  Tugwell  Lsland,  bearing  S.  2(P  E  ,  leads, 
westward  of  Hodgson  Keefs;  and  the  eastern  island  of  the  Lucy  Group 
should  not  be  brought  to  bear  south  of  S.  16°  W.  (astern)  until  Mount 
Grifiin  (over  Port  Simp.son)  is  seen  in  line  with  the  north  end  of  Burnt- 
cliff"  Island  N.  42^  E. ;  this  mark  leads  westward  of  all  dangers  ofl"  the 
entrance  of  Hig  Bay. 

Big  Bay  (Lakhou),  the  entrance  to  which  between  Tree  Bluff'  and 
South  Island  is  2.A  miles  wide.  At  its  head,  which  is  skirted  by  a  sand 
tlat,  which  dries  one  mile  from  the  shore  at  low  water,  several  streams 
flow  into  the  bay ;  this  part  being  known  as  S.alnion  River  Bight. 

South  Island  is  small  and  wooded,  with  a  sharp  summit  1.^0  feet 
high,  and  connected  with  the  mainland  by  a  spa(!e  of  foul  grquiul,  dry 
at  low  water,  and  one  mile  in  width. 


374 


CHATHAM    SOUND. 


A  Ledge  of  Sunken  Rocks,  with  deptlis  of  6  and  12  feet,  cxteiuls  J 
mile  S.  33°  W.  from  the  southwestern  side  of  South  Island. 

Haycock  Island  lies  GOO  yards  S.  G3°  E.  of  the  summit  of  South 
Islaiiil. 

White  ClifiF  Island  lies  about  a  mile  S.  37°  E.  of  Haycock  Island ;  it 
is  small,  and  terminates  in  hifrh,  white,  cons])icuouB  cliii's. 

Shattock  Point,  000  yards  east  of  Wiiite  Cliff  Island,  is  the  north- 
western entrance  point  of  Salmon  River  Bight. 

Swallow  Island  lies  one  mile  S.  55°  E.  of  White  Cliff  Island,  and 
200  yards  oil'  the  north  shore. 

Curlevr  Rock  is  small,  about  2  foet  above  high  water,  and  lies  J 
mile  S.  27^  W.  of  Swallow  Island. 

Ripple  Bank,  at  the  entrance  to  Big  Hay,  is  about  400  yards  in  ex- 
tent in  ;<n  ESP>.  and  WIS  W.  direction  ;  the  shoalest  spot  near  the  ea-st- 
ern  end,  having  12  feet  water  over  it,  samly  bottom,  lies  1,1  miles  8.47° 
W.  of  the  summit  of  South  Island.  This  bank  usually  indicates  itself 
by  a  tide  rij)  but  no  kelp. 

A  Sandbank,  about  200  yards  in  extent,  with  3  fathoms  water,  lies 
S.  21 '5  W.  (iOO  yards  from  Haycock  Island. 

Escape  Reefs  are  a  dangerou.s  cluster  at  the  entrance  to  Big  Bay, 
SE.  of  Kipi)le  Hank.  Thc^  outer  or  western  reef  has  4  feet  water  over 
it,  and  lies  1,^,,  miles  8.35°  W.  of  the  summit  of  South  Islimd.  The  east- 
ern reef  has  5  feet  water  over  it,  and  lies  ),  mile  east  of  the  western  one. 
There  are  dei)tlia  of  10  and  1 7  fathoms  between  these  reefs.  During  the 
season  of  kelp  growth,  that  weed  is  Ibujid  in  great  (piantities  upon  Es- 
cape Reefs,  and  near  the  head  of  Big  Bay.  Both  reefs  have  small 
lumps  dry  at  low  water. 

Anchorage  will  be  found  in  Big  J>ay,  in  11  and  12  fathoms,  mud, 
with  Haycock  Island  in  line  with  the  north  extreme  of  South  Island, 
and  White  Cliff  Island  in  line  with  Blount  Grillin. 

Directions. — Api)r()aching  Big  Bay  from  the  southward,  Mount  Grif- 
fin sliould  l)e  kept  in  line  with  the  north  extreme  of  Burnt-cliff  Island 
N.  42°  E.  until  Sharjt  Peak  on  the  ridge  SE.  of  Mount  (iriiliu  is  inline 
with  the  south  end  of  Swallow  I.sland  bearing  S.  75°  K. :  the  latter  mark 
will  lead  directly  into  Big  Bay;  anchor  with  Slimp  Peak  open  south  of 
Swall!)w  Island,  in  the  position  and  rfejith  above  given. 

Burnt-cliff  Island,  northward  of  South  Island,  is  wooded,  its  highest 
point  near  its  north  end  being  200  feet  high.  The  in)rtliern  extreine  of 
this  island  terminates  in  high  red-brown  (iliffs;  the  northeastern  ex- 
treme is  cultivated,  and  from  that  point  a  long  bank  of  shingle,  awash 
at  high  water,  extends  GOO  yards  in  an  easterly  direction.  The  whole 
si)ace  inshore  oi  South  and  Burnt  cliff  Islands  uncovers  at  low  water. 

A  Ledge,  which  uncovers  at  low  water,  extends  GOO  yards  in  a  north- 
erly direction  from  the  NW.  extreme  of  Burntclitt  Island.  The  chan- 
nel between  Purutcliff  and  One  Tree  Islands  is  available  only  for  boats- 


ONE    TREK    ISLAND WOOD-CUTTING    ESTABLISHMENT. 


;i75 


One  Tree  Island  is  of  small  extent,  witli  a  sliai'ii  wooded  summit 
A  low  grassy  point  extends  100  yards  in  a  northerly  direction  from  tlio 
northern  extreme  of  One  Tree  Island.  One  Tree  Island  forms  the  south- 
ern point  of  entrance  to  Cunningham  Passage,  and  the  western  shelter 
of  Pearl  Harbor. 

A  Ledge,  which  uncovers  at  low  water,  surrounds  One  Tree  Island  ; 
its  greatt'st  distance  from  the  shore  being  ]  mile. 

Flat-top  Islands,  northward  of  Pearl  Harbor,  consist  of  three 
wooded  islands.  The  middle  and  longest  island  of  the  group  is  cou- 
ne(;ted  by  a  narrow  grassy  neck  with  the  northern  island,  and  the  lat- 
ter has  a  Hat  summit,  covered  in  July  with  long  grass. 

Ledges,  which  uncover  at  low  water,  and  foul  ground  surround  the 
Flat-to))  Group  to  the  distance  of  300  yards. 

Finlayson  Island,  the  largest  in  this  locality,  is  2^  miles  long  in  a 
north  and  south  direction,  one  mile  broad,  and  is  wooded.  The  souths 
eru  extreme  of  the  island  terminates  in  clitfs;  but  the  northern  ex- 
treme (Gordon  Point)  is  long  and  comparatively  low,  with  ledges  which 
uncover  extending  400  yards  to  the  northwiird  ;  and  on  tiie  N\V.  side 
of  the  island,  about  A  mile  from  the  northwestern  extreme,  is  a  large 
stream. 

Red  Cliff  Point,  on  the  eastern  side  of  Cunningham  Passage,  is 
rendered  conspicuous  by  the  iiigh  red-brow!»  cliffs  over  it,  and  the  small 
islet  close  to.  Immediately  SE.  of  the  jwint  there  is  a  bay,  with  a 
sandy  beach,  and  stream  at  its  head. 

j?earl  Haxbor,  eastward  of  One  Tree  Island,  is  nearly  circular  iu 
shape  and  i  mile  across,  its  eastern  side  being  (brmed  by  a  bay,  which 
dries  nearly  Uiroughout  at  low  water.  On  its  srutlieastern  side  the  high 
bank  of  shin„'le  which  extends  from  the  nortlieasterii  point  of  Burnt- 
clitf  Island  eO'ectually  shelters  the  harbor  from  southeasterly  winds. 

Anchorage. — Good  anchorage  will  be  found  iu  9  to  10  fathoms,  mud 
botiom,  near  the  middle  of  Pearl  Harbor. 

Otter  Anchorage,  at  the  south  end  of  Cunningham  Passage  near 
the  eastern  shore,  northward  of  Flat-to])  Islands,  is  useful  if  communi- 
catiig  with  the  wood-cutting  establishment  abreast  it. 

Anchorage  in  15  to  17  fathoms,  sand,  will  be  found  with  the  center  of 
the  Wood-cutti'ig  liStablishment  in  line  with  Leading  Peak,  bearing  S. 
770  B.,  and  the  northernmost  Flat-top  Island  (Green  Mound)  S.  10^  W., 
distant  .'500  yards. 

Wood-cutting  Establishment,  from  which  the  principal  sujjplies  for 
PortSimi)son  areobtained,  is  near  the  middle  of  a  sandy  bay,  thenorthern 
point  of  the  bay  terminating  in  clitt's.  The  bay  dries  nearly  throughout 
at  low  water. 

From  Ot^er  Anchorage  there  is  a  passage  eastward  of  Flat-top  Is- 
lands into  Pearl  Harbor,  but  this  is  not  recommended  to  strangers. 

Sparrowhawk  Rock,  a  dangero  is,  sunken,  pinnacle  rock,  on  which 
is  only  5  feet  water,  lies  nearly  i  nule  N,  12''  W.  of  One  Tree  Island 


376 


CHATHAM    SOUND. 


J 


and  nearly  in  inidcliaiinel  between  One  Tree  and  Finlayson  Islands; 
it  is  steep  to,  there  being  depths  of  10  and  lli  t'athoins  at  a  distance  of  50 
foct  from  it. 

Leading  Peak,  a  well  defined  i)eak  of  triangular  shape,  in  line  with 
iiortliorn  extreme  of  the  northernmost  islet  of  Uie  Fhit-top  Group,  hear- 
ing S.  80°  E.,  or  that  peak  seen  just  open  southward  of  the  Woodimtting 
Establishment  abreast  Otter  Anchorage,  S.  V7^  E.,  will  lead  northward 
of  Sparrowhawk  Kock  and  southward  of  Dodd  Kock. 

Dodd  Rock  is  the  nu)st  outlying  danger  extending  from  the  southern 
side  of  Eiulayson  Island,  and  lies  a  little  o\xr  400  yards  S.  27^  W.  of 
Fortune  Point;  ledges  which  dry  connect  it  with  that  i>oint.  Dodd 
Kock  only  covers  at  the  highest  equinoctial  tides,  and  is  therefore  a 
useful  mark  when  enteriug  Cunningham  Passage,  as  there  is  deep  water 
a  short  distance  southward  of  the  rock. 

Directions. — Ai)proaching  Cunningham  Passage,  Red  Clifi'  Point 
should  be  steered  for  in  line  with  Fortune  Point,  bearing  N.  72^  E.,  until 
Leiiding  Peak  is  seen  in  line  with  the  north  Flattoi)  Island  (Green 
Mound),  bearing  S.  80^  E.,  when  the  latter  mark  should  be  steered  for. 
When  the  western  side  of  Burnt-clift'  Island  is  seen  open  eastward  of 
One  Tree  Islet,  bearing  south,  vessels  will  be  eastward  of  Sparrow- 
hawk  Rock ;  and  if  bound  to  Port  Simpson,  may  haul  to  the  north- 
ward into  Cunningham  Passage. 

If  bound  into  Pearl  Harbor,  a  midchannel  (,ourse  from  the  above- 
mentioned  position  should  be  shaped  between  One  Tree  Islet  and  the 
southernmost  Flat-top  Island.  Belletti  and  Shattock  Points,  two  con- 
spicuous wooded  points  on  the  eastern  shore,  should  be  kept  in  line, 
bearing  S.  29°  E.,  when  entering  Pearl  Harbor. 

Caaningham  Passage  is  eastward  of  Finlayson  Island,  between  it 
and  the  Tsimpsean  Peninsula,  The  southern  portion  of  this  channel  is 
barely  700  yards  wide;  but  northward  of  Sarah  Point  the  passage 
widens,  attaining,  between  One  Tree  Islet  ami  Gordon  Point,  a  width 
of  1;^  miles.  The  depths  in  midchannel  are  from  10  to  30  fathoms,  with 
no  danger  beyond  200  yards  from  the  shore,  until  Hearing  Village  Island. 

Village  Island,  at  the  southwestern  entrauce  of  jiort  Simpson,  at 
about  200  yards  from  the  shore,  with  which  it  is  connected  at  half  tide, 
is  about  i  mile  long  in  a  NW.  'ind  SE.  direction  ;  its  southern  siile  forms 
a  bay.  Village  Island  near  its  NW.  extreme  is  about  50  feet  high,  hav- 
ing on  it  a  high  jiole. 

One  Tree  Islet,  covered  with  stunted  trees,  lies  close  to  the  north- 
western extreme  of  Village  Island.  Xear  the  western  end  stands  a 
conspicuous  decayed  tree  from  which  the  name  of  the  islet  is  given. 

Birnie  Island  lies  at  the  northern  entrance  of  Port  Simpson.  Tiie 
shores  this  island  are  coiui)aratively  bold  and  unbroken.  Knox 
Point  is  the  southern  extreme.  Ledges  which  uncover  at  low  water  ex- 
tend 200  yards  from  Knox  Point. 


PORT    SIMPSOX. 


377 


'••"viinr  on  tbis  part  of  tlie  coast, 

'    aster ly 

I  is  ap  ■ 

.11  Bay> 

i,  where 

with  a 

1(1.     The 

ch  dry  at 

ffh- water 


'"«tl 


.4  to  20 
free  from 
no  strong 

tidal  curreiua,  ■». .'st,  which 

here  seldom  blows.     The  prevailing  wiim.-,  ....  TW.,  from 

whicli  the  harbor  is  perfectly  protected. 

Supplies. — Wood,  water,  poultry,  potatoes,  and  crabs  may  be  ob- 
tained. 

Landmark.— The  villages  on  Villagelslan  1,  the  decayed  tree  on  One 
Tree  Islet,  Fort  Simpson,  and  Mount  Griflin,  with  its  triangular  sum- 
mit, are  jvll  conspicuous  objects  at  the  SW.  entrance  of  Port  Simp- 
son. On  the  northern  shore  (leorge  and  Lizzie  Hills,  of  nearly  the 
same  height,  are  wooded  and  easily  recognized.  The  mouth  of  .t  lagoon, 
on  that  shore,  is  also  conspicuous.  Hen  Hill,  c/verthe  southeri  entrance 
lH)int  of  Stumaun  Bay,  is  wooded,  130  feet  high,  and  conspicuous  amid 
the  adjacent  lowland. 

Fort  Simpson. — The  trading  post  or  fort  stands  near  the  southwest- 
ern entrance  point  of  the  bay,  close  to  the  beach,  and  consists  of  a  stock- 
ade of  oblong  shape,  L'5(>  feet  long  and  100  feet  deep,  with  high  bas- 
tions. A  largeentry  gate  faces  thebeach  with  alandingjetty  of  stoiiesin 
frontofit.  Excellent  potatoes,  lettuces,  and  radishes  are  grown.  Kasp- 
berries  and  strawberries  grow  in  abundance. 

The  village  contains  a  population  of  about  800  Indians. 

Good  wood  ready  cut  for  steaming  puri)oses  may  be  obtained  at  $3  a 
cord. 

The  land  at  the  back  of  the  fort  is  about  130  feet  high,  and  has  been 
cleared  to  the  distance  of  about  one  mile. 

The  Hudson  nay  Cuini>aiiy's  trading  steam-vessel  calls  jieriodically 
at  Port  Simpson,  bringing  supplies  and  returning  with  the  furs.  There 
is  a  good  pier  with  a  depth  of  over  4  fathoms  alongside  it  at  low  water. 

Temperature. — From  observations  taken  in  18G8  the  maximum  and 
mininiuni  registrations  of  temperature  were  as  follows:  June,  G5°,  50°; 
July,  74°,  48°;  August,  70°,  54°;    September,  64°,  44°. 

Anchorage. — The  usual  anchorage  is  off  the  tort,  in  about  10  fath- 
oms, mud  bottom;  a  good  berth  being  with  Parkin  Island,  seen  just 
open  northward  of  Birnie  Island,  bearing  N.  18^  W.  (westerly),  and 
Gordon  Point  in  line  with  the  decayed  tree  on  One  Tree  Islet.  N.  85°  W. 


(255)  BRITISH  GOLUMBIA— Chatham  sound— Insklp  passage — 
Fort  Simpson  entrance    Blrnie  Island  light— Corrections.— Kefer- 

riiig  to  Notice  to  Mariners  No.  53  (1878)  of  1904,  describing  the  new 
beacon  liglit  on  Birnie  island,  lat«r  information  received  from  British 
Columbia  corrects  the  particulars  therein  contained  sis  follows: 

The  light  is  situated  on  a  blntt'  between  the  south  and  southwest 
points  of  the  island. 

Approx.  position:  Lat.  54°  35'  30"  N.,  Long.  130°  27'  20"  W. 

The  following  sextant  angles  fix  its  position: 

End  of  Port  Simpson  wharf,  0°. 

East  tangent,  Finlayson  island,  27°. 

Pointer  rocks,  middle  rock,  87°. 

The  Wigham  lamp  stands  ou  a  small  white  enclosed  wooden  tower 
and  the  light  should  be  visible  over  an  arc  of  172°  from  N.  37°  W. 
true  (NW.  by  W.  |  W.  mag.),  through  north  and  east,  to  S.  45°  E. 
true  (E8E.  ^  E.  E'ly  mag.).  (N.  M.7, 1906.) 

.- ^^^^    ..<.»L  .b      II    11%.  11    V^iri  Vt  I  llg    OltUlllIl^linill     L    (lOOfV^T    ,   (»0    Vll\^t  V      lO   \.tl-\    ^/     II  i..!^^- 

a  short  distance  southward  of  the  rock. 

Directions. — Ai)proacliiug  Cunningham  Passage,  lied  Cliff  Point 
should  be  steered  for  in  line  with  Fortune  Point,  bearing  N.  72°  E.,  until 
Leading  Peak  is  seen  in  line  with  the  north  Flat-top  Island  (Green 
Mound),  bearing  S.  80^  E.,  when  the  latter  mark  should  be  steered  for. 
When  the  western  side  of  Burnt-cliff  Island  is  seen  open  eastward  of 
One  Tree  Islet,  bearing  south,  vessels  will  be  eastward  of  Sparrow- 
hawk  Rock ;  and  if  bound  to  Port  Simpson,  may  haul  to  the  north- 
ward into  Cunningham  Passage. 

If  bound  into  Pearl  Harbor,  a  midchannel  course  from  the  above- 
mentioned  position  sliould  be  shaped  between  One  Tree  Islet  aiul  the 
southernmost  Flat- top  Island.  Belletti  and  Shattock  Points,  two  con- 
spicuous wooded  points  ou  the  eastern  shore,  should  be  kept  in  line, 
bearing  S,  29°  E.,  when  entering  Pearl  Harbor. 

Cunningham  Passage  is  eastward  of  Finlayson  Island,  between  it 
and  the  Tsimpsean  Peninsula.  The  southern  portion  of  this  channel  is 
barely  700  yards  wide;  but  northward  of  Sarah  Point  the  passage 
widens,  attaining,  between  One  Tree  Islet  and  Gordon  Point,  a  wulth 
of  IJ  miles.  The  depths  in  midchannel  are  from  1(5  to  3ti  fathoms,  with 
no  danger  beyond  200  yards  from  the  shore,  until  nearing  Village  Island. 

Village  Island,  at  the  southwestern  entrance  of  port  Simpson,  at 
about  200  yards  from  the  shore,  with  which  it  is  connected  at  half  tide, 
is  about  ^  mile  long  in  a  NW.  and  SE.  direction  ;  its  southern  side  forms 
a  bay.  Village  Island  near  itsNW.  extreme  is  about50  feet  high,  hav- 
ing on  it  a  high  i)ole. 

One  Tree  Islet,  covered  with  stunted  trees,  lies  close  to  the  north- 
western extreme  of  Village  Island.  Near  the  western  end  stands  a 
conspicuous  decayed  tree  from  which  the  name  of  the  islet  is  given. 

Birnie  Island  lies  at  the  northern  entrance  of  Port  Simi)son.  The 
shores  of  this  island  are  comparatively  bold  and  unbroken.  Knox 
Point  is  the  southern  extreme.  Ledges  which  uncover  at  low  water  ex- 
tend 200  yards  from  Knox  Point. 


PORT    SIMPSON. 


377 


Port  Simpson,  the  most  spacious  liarbor  on  tliis  jtait  oi'  tlie  coast, 
is  nearly  1.4  miles  wide  at  its  eiitranci- ;  thence  it  takes  a  southeasterly 
direction  for  about  34  miles,  (tontrai^ting  ij;radually  as  the  head  is  aj)- 
proached,  and  terminating  in  a  narrow  bight  named  Stumaun  Bay» 
which  dries  across  at  low  water.  At  its  head  arc  several  streams,  where 
salmon  are  caught.  The  uortliern  shore  of  the  i)ort  is  fringed  with  a 
rocky  beach,  compact  and  backed  by  rapidly  rising  high  land.  The 
southern  shore  is  not  so  regular  nor  so  steep-to,  the  rocks  which  dry  at 
low  water  near  the  eastern  part  of  the  bay  extc^nding  from  high-water 
mark  in  some  ]>lncey  for  the  distance  of  nearly  i\  mile. 

Port  Simpson  embraces  over  4  square  miles  of  water,  from  4  to  2Q 
fathoms  deep,  with  muddy  bottom,  good  holding  ground,  and  free  from 
rocks  and  shoals.  It  is  easy  of  access  from  the  sea,  having  no  strong 
tidal  currents,  and  well  sheltered  from  all  winds  except  the  west,  which 
here  .seldom  blows.  The  prevailing  winds  are  SW.  and  XW.,  from 
whicli  the  harbor  is  perfectly'  protected. 

Supplies. — Wood,  water,  poultry,  potatoes,  and  crabs  may  be  ob- 
tained. 

Landmark.— The  villages  on  Village  Island,  the  decayed  tree  on  One 
Tree  Islet,  Fort  Simpson,  and  Mount  Griffin,  with  its  triangular  sum- 
mit, are  all  conspicuous  objects  at  the  SW.  entrance  of  Port  Simp- 
sou.  On  the  uortbern  shore  (leorge  and  Lizzie  Hills,  of  nearly  the 
same  height,  are  wooded  and  easily  recognized.  Tiie  motUh  of  a  lagoon, 
on  that  shore,  is  also  conspicuous.  Hen  llill,  overthe  southern  entrance 
point  of  Stumaun  Bay,  is  wooded,  130  feet  high,  and  conspicuous  amid 
the  adjacent  lowland. 

Fort  Simpson. — The  trading  poster  fort  stands  near  the  southwest- 
ern entrance  point  of  the  bay,  close  to  the  beach,  and  consists  of  a  stock- 
ade of  oblong  shape,  L'50  feet  long  and  100  feet  deep,  witii  high  bas- 
tions. A  largeentry  gate  faces  thebeach  with  alanding  jetty  of  stonesin 
front  of  it.  Excellent  potatoes,  lettuces,  and  radishes  are  grown.  Rasp- 
berries and  strawberries  grow  in  abundance. 

The  village  contains  a  population  of  about  800  Indians. 

Good  wood  ready  cut  for  steaming  purposes  may  be  obtained  at  $3  a 
cord. 

The  land  at  the  back  of  the  fort  is  about  130  feet  high,  ami  has  been 
cleared  to  the  distance  of  about  one  mile. 

The  Hudson  Hay  Company's  trading  steam-vessel  calls  i)eriodically 
at  Port  Simpson,  bringing  supplies  and  returning  with  the  furs.  There 
is  a  good  pier  with  a  depth  of  over  4  fathoms  alongside  it  at  low  water. 

Temperature. — From  observations  taken  in  18(58  the  maximum  and 
minimum  registrations  of  temperature  were  as  follows:  June,  G5°,  ."JOO; 
July,  740,  48°;  August,  70o,  54^;    September,  04°,  44°. 

Anchorage. — The  usual  anchorage  is  off'  the  fort,  in  about  10  fath- 
oms, mud  bottom;  a  good  berth  being  with  Parkin  Island,  .seen  just 
open  northward  of  Birnie  Island,  bearing  N.  18^  W^.  (westerly),  and 
Gordon  Point  in  line  with  the  decayed  tree  on  One  Tree  Isle'  N.  85°  W. 


378 


CHATHAM    SOUND. 


Hankin  Reefs  are  a  daiigerons  cluster  of  reefs  whicb  partially  un- 
cover, situated  SW.  of  N'illage  Island.  The  sou tli western  extreme  of 
these  reefs  uncovers  (5  feet  at  low  water,  and  lies  a  little  over  000  yards 
S.  01°  W.  of  the  northwestern  extreme  of  Village  Island.  There  is  deep 
water  between  these  reefs  and  Village  Island. 

Fortune  Point,  just  shut  in  with  Sarah  Point  bearing  S.  10°  \V.,  leads 
westward  of  the  reefs. 

Harbor  Reefs  are  an  extensive  i)lateau  of  rocks,  awash  at  high 
water,  forming  a  natural  breakwater  at  the  entrance  to  Port  Simjjson, 
protecting  the  anchorage  ironi  NW.  winds.  This  sunken  i)lateau  is 
nearly  square  in  shai)e,  and  about  one  mile  in  extent,  within  the  depth 
of5fatiioms.  The  southeastern  portion  of  these  reefs  on Ij' covers  at 
the  highest  tides. 

Dodd  Passage  lies  between  One-Tree  Islet  and  Harbor  Keeis,  and 
is  400  ^  ards  wide,  with  depths  of  (i  and  8  fathoms  in  it.  This  is  availa- 
ble for  steam  vessels,  but  local  knowledge  is  neccftsary. 

Anchorage  Patch,  with  18  feet  water,  sandy  bottom,  lies  in  the 
western  portion  of  the  anchorage  ground  ott'  Fort  Simpson,  with  the 
fort  gate  bearing  S.  '2i°  E.,  and  the  pole  on  the  NW.  extreme  of  Village 
Island,  S.  72°  W.,  distant  300  yards. 

Choked  Passage,  northward  of  liirnie  Island,  has  several  ledges 
which  uncover,  and  sunken  dangers  with  deep  water  between  them. 
This  passage  should  not  be  attempted  except  in  boats,  and  when  using 
it  keep  near  the  eastern  shore. 

Directions. — Api)roachiug  Port  Simpson  from  the  southward  by 
Cunningham  Passage,  the  clift's  on  the  NW.  extreme  of  Burnt-cliff 
Island  kei)t  in  line  with  the  southernmost  Flat-top  Island,  bearing  S. 
13°  W.  (astern)  will  lead  through  until  abreast  Sarah  Point.  Thence 
the  mark  for  leading  westward  of  Hankin  Reefs  should  be  brought  on 
astern,  and  when  the  lagoon  mouth  on  north  shore  of  Port  Simpson 
opens  westward  of  the  decayed  tree  on  One-Tree  Islet,  bearing  N.  72° 
E.,  a  course  should  be  steered  to  i)a8s  200  yards  northwestward  of  One- 
Tree  Islet,  and  anchor  in  the  position  before  mentioned. 

Vessels  not  wishing  to  enter  by  Doild  Passage,  should,  when  abreast 
Sarah  Point,  bring  that  point  in  line  with  the  south  point  of  a  bay  on  the 
eastern  shore  of  Cunningham  Passage,  bearing  S.  21°  F.  (astern),  which 
mark  will  lead  southward  of  the  Harbor  Reefs,  midwaj'  between  that 
danger  and  Finlayscm  Island. 

Inskip  Passage,  the  northern  and  principal  entrance  into  Port 
Simpson,  is  a  little  over  J  mile  wide,  and  should  invariably  be  used  by 
strangers. 

Entering  Port  Simpson  by  Inskip  Passage,  Lizzie  Hill  (on  the  north 
shore)  well  open  southward  of  Birnie  Island,  bearing  N.  72'-  B.,  will  lead 
400  yards  south  of  that  island  and  600  yards  north  of  the  Harbor  Reefs. 
When  Ben  Hill  comes  open  of  Bath  Point,  bearing  S.  52°  E.,  a  8.  74°  E. 
•course  may  be  steered,  until  Parkin  Island  is  seen  just  open  northward 


WKST    COAST. 


379 


of  Jiiriiit^  Isliiiul,  bearing  N.  18°  W.  (wt'stoilj),  that  iiiarU  l<t'i)t  on  astt'iii 
will  lead  up  to  tlie  anclioiaRe,  in  tlic  depth  and  position  before  men- 
tioned. 

Repairs. — Tlie  great  rise  anil  fall  of  tide  at  Tort  Sini])son  permits  a 
vessel  to  be  beached.  A  good  site  will  be  found  for  this  purpose  just 
westward  of  the  fort.  The  bottom  consists  of  hard  sand,  with  a  cover- 
ing of  weeds. 

Tides.— Chatham  Sound  lias  veiy  little  current,  not  more  than  one 
knot,  as  far  as  tlie  Pointers.  A  strong  current  sets  out  of  Nass  and 
Work  Cliannels  in  Chatham  Sound  and  then  Hows  out  through  Dixon 
Entrance  between  Dundas  Islands  and  Alaska,  at  the  rate  of  about  2J 
knots  an  hour. 

Deviation. — For  swinging  to  ascertain  the  deviation  of  the  comjiass 
in  Port  Simpson,  Table  Hill  on  Dundas  Island,  12  miles  distant,  is  con- 
spicuous. Tiie  bearing  of  the  knob  at  the  north  end  of  Table  Hill,  from 
the  anchorage  in  Port  Simi)8on,  is  N.  70°  00'  W. 

Parkin  Islands  consist  of  two  islands  l.ving  close  together,  about 
200  yards  in  extent ;  though  small,  they  are  250  feet  high,  wooded  and 
conspicuous.  The  south  extreme  of  Parkin  Islands  lies  about  1.^  miles 
N.  15°  W.  of  ilie  northern  extreme  of  liirnie  Island,  and  1,200  yards 
from  the  nearest  shore  (Black  Point). 

Maskelyne  Point  is  the  southwestern  entrance  point  of  Portland 
Inlet,  and  the  northwestern  entrance  iioint  of  Work  Channel.  Deep 
water  was  found  within  200  yards  of  that  point. 

Work  Channel,  the  entrance  to  which  lies  close  northward  of  Point 
Masi.elyne,  takes  a  southeasterly  direction  for  about  33  miles;  near 
its  ternination  it  divides  into  two  arms,  one  l»rancliing  oft  to  the  NW, 
for  5  miles,  and  then  turning  suddenly  to  the  NE.  for  the  same  dis- 
tance;  the  other  arm  continuing  to  the  SE.,  and  apiiroaciiing  within 
one  mile  of  the  Skeena  river ;  this  channel  has  not  been  examiiii'il  in 
detail.  At  its  entrance  Work  Channel  is  barely  800 yards  wide,  which 
width  it  jireserves  for  about  7  miles,  when  it  widens  to  H  miles,  and 
afterw'ards  to  2  miles;  its  shores  are  stated  to  be  "  straight  and  com- 
pact." A  rock  Just  visible  at  low  water  is  reported  to  lie  in  the  middle 
of  this  channel  just  abreast  of  Mount  IMcNeil.  It  is  describo<l  as  hav- 
ing a  very  small  top  with  a  depth  of  130  fathoms  close  to  it. 

WKST  COAST  OF  CHATHAM  SOUND. 


Prescott  and  Stephens  Islands  lie  in  the  sonthwesterii  jiart  of 
Chatham  Sound,  and  are  separated  by  a  narrow  passage  available  only 
for  boats.  These  islands  together  are  about  12  miles  long,  of  triangu- 
lar shape;  the  base  of  the  triangle,  the  northwestern  side  of  Stej)hen8 
Island,  is  4  miles  long. 

Stephens  Island  attains  an  elevation  of  1,310  feet  near  its  east  end  ; 
its  southern  shores  are  comparatively  low,  with  some  white  clift's  near 
the  center. 


380 


CHATHAM    SOUND. 


Tree  Knob  Groups  are  a  mass  of  islands,  islets,  and  rocks  awash 
at  low  water,  wliieli  extend  G  miles  in  a  northwesterly  direction  from 
the  2SW.  sideol  ytei)heiis  Island.  The  larger  islets  are  wooded  and 
the  sn)aller  hare. 

Edye  Passage  lies  on  tiie  sonthern  side  of  Trescott  and  Steidiens 
Islands,  and  is  tlie  channel  nsually  taken  wiien  communicatinj;'  between 
Chatham  iSonnd  and  Hecate  Strait,  as,  by  usinjj  it,  vessels  avoid  the 
strong  and  irregular  tides  met  with  in  Brown  Passage.  It  is  compara- 
tively free  from  danger,  and  at  its  eastern  end  possesses  an  excellent 
anchorage  (Kefnge  Bay),  in  which  a  vessel  may  await  a  favorable  op- 
portunity for  proceeding. 

Goschen  Island. — Approaching  Kdye  Passage  from  ihe  southward, 
the  oval-shaped  hill,  630  feet  high,  near  the  western  extreme  of  Gos- 
chen Island  is  conspicuous,  and  at  2  miles  northward  of  that  hill  lies 
another,  with  a  Hat  summit,  170  feet  high.  At  3  miles  soutliward  of 
the  latter,  the  western  shore  of  Goschen  Island  terminates  in  high 
white  clitVs. 

The  western  side  of  Goschen  Island  has  several  rocks  awash,  and 
sunken  rocks  extending  one  mile  off  it  in  a  westerly  direction. 

Bass  Rock,  30  feet  high,  close  to  the  shore  of  Go.schen  Island  under 
Oval  Hill  is  small  and  bare. 

A  Rocky  Ledge,  with  depths  of  4  to  S  fathoms  upon  it,  extends 
westward  nearlv  4  miles  from  Goschen  Island,  in  the  vicinity  of  the 
Bass  Rock. 

Clearing  Mark. — The  conspicuous  white  cliffs  on  the  south  side  of 
Stephens  Island  should  not  be  brought  to  bear  westward  of  N.  27°  E. 
approaching  the  western  shore  of  Goschen  Island. 

Seal  Rocks,  a  cluster  of  bare  rocks  of  small  extent,  lO  feet  above 
high  water,  the  center  of  which  lies  5  miles  N.  38°  W.  of  the  summit  of 
Oval  Hill,  have  depths  of  12  to  31  fathoms  at  400  yards  from  them. 

Warrior  Rocks,  two  bare  rocks  30  feet  above  high  water,  lie  SE. 
and  N\V.  distant  1,600  yards  from  each  other.  The  eastern  rock  lies 
3jJ  miles  N.  24°  W.  of  the  center  of  the  Seal  Rock  Cluster. 

Deep  Patch,  at  the  western  entrance  of  Edye  Passage,  is  stated  to 
have  19  fathoms  upon  it;  there  is,  however,  probably  less  water  on 
this  patch,  as  kelp  was  observed  growing  upon  it  in  August. 

The  i)atch  is  of  small  extent,  and  lies  one  mile  N.  49°  E.  of  Cape 
Ibbetson. 

Clearing  Mark. — The  south  extreme  of  Arthur  Island  (View  Point) 
seen  in  line  with  the  SE.  extreme  of  that  island,  bearing  S.  83°  E.,  will 
lead  northward  of  Deep  Patch. 

Truscott  Patch,  with  10  feet  water  upon  it,  lies  1.^  miles  S.  86°  E. 
of  Cape  Ibbetson,  and  1,200  yards  from  the  nearest  shore  of  Henry 
Island. 

Foul  Ground  extends  o£f  the  southeastern  side  of  Arthur  Island  to 
the  distance  of  600  yards. 


KDYK    PASSAGE    DIRECTIONS — UROWN    PASSAGE. 


381 


Tides. — The  Hood  approaches  from  the  westward,  iind  botli  streains 
set  fairly  through  Edyo  Passage,  with  an  average  rate  of  2  knots  au 
hour. 

Directions. — Approacliing  Edye  Pa.ssage  from  the  soutliwestward, 
the  eastern  portion  of  the  high  white  clilfs  on  the  south  side  of  Stephens 
Ishmd  sliould  not  be  brought  to  bear  westward  of  N.  27^  E.  until  Oval 
Hill,  on  Gosehen  Island,  is  seen  iu  line  with  Seal  Rocks  bearing  H.  138° 
E.  Thence  a  N.  60^  E.  course  may  be  steered  for  the  entrance  to  Edye 
Passage,  taking  care  not  to  shut  in  Oval  Flill  with  Cape  Ibbetson  until 
the  south  and  SE.  points  of  Arthur  Island  are  seen  in  line.  The  latter 
mark  may  then  be  steered  for,  bearing  S.  83°  E.,  until  Seal  Hocks  are 
seen  in  line  with  Cape  Ibbetson  bearing  S.  -17°  W.,  when  a  more  .south- 
erly course  may  be  steered  to  pass  A  mile  southward  of  the  south  ex- 
treme of  Arthur  Island.  When  the  entrance  points  of  Refuge  Bay  are 
seen  in  line,  that  mark  may  be  steered  for,  bearing  N.  61°  E.,  taking 
care  to  avoid  the  small  i)atch,  which  uncovers  at  low  water,  (iOO  yards 
from  the  south  poiiit  of  Useless  Bay.  Pass  ^  mile  westward  of  the  .south 
entrance  point  of  Refuge  Bay  (Pearee  Point),  and  if  not  desirous  of 
anchoring  in  that  bay,  a  X.  7^  W.  course  should  be  steered  towards 
Rachel  Islands,  passing  midway  between  that  group  and  Gull  Rocks, 
whence  steer  as  requisite  for  destination. 

Refuge  Bay,  at  the  northwestern  extreme  of  Porcher  Lsland,  is  an 
excellent  .stoi)ping  jjlace  during  southeasterly  winds,  or  if  desirous  of 
proceeding  to  sea  from  Ciiatham  Sound  by  the  Edye  Passage,  the  ."tate 
of  the  weather  in  Ilecate  Strait  can  be  ascertained.  The  bay  is  1,400 
yards  wide  between  its  entrance  points,  and  takes  a  southeasterly  direc- 
tion for  about  one  mile,  terminating  in  a  sand-tiat  which  extends  nearly 
J  mile  from  its  head. 

The  depths  in  the  middle  of  the  bay  are  from  II  to  2.'5  fathoms,  sand, 
shoaling  gradually  towards  cither  .shore. 

Anchorage  will  be  found  in  12  to  14  fathoms,  sand  and  mud,  near 
the  middle  of  tiie  bay,  about  400  yards  from  the  north  and  south  shores, 
with  the  nortii  entrance  point  (Table  loint)  bearing  N.  4'^  E.,  and  Pearee 
Point  bearing  N.  80°  W. 

Bro^vn  Passage,  between  Tree  Knob  Islands  and  South  Dundas 
Islands,  is  about  5  miles  long  and  5  miles  wide. 

Nearly  in  mid-channel,  however,  lies  a  cluster  of  rocks,  awash  at  high 
water,  which  divides  Brown  Passage  into  two  channels. 

Butterworth  Rocks,  are  a  dangerous  cluster  of  rocks,  the  southern- 
most of  which  is  10  feet  above  high  water,  with  several  patches  which 
uncover  at  low  water  extending  from  it  in  a  northerly  direction  for  ^ 
mile.  This  rock  lies  3^  miles  S.  52°  W.  of  Bare  Island,  the  south- 
western island  of  the  Tree  Knob  Group,  with  that  island  in  line  with 
some  wooded  islands  forming  the  N.W.  cluster  of  Tree  Knob  Group 
(Osborne  Islands). 


382 


CHATHAM   SOUND. 


There  is  deep  water  between  Biitterwortli  ivocks  luid  Tree  Knob  lal- 
mills. 

Stenhouse  Shoal,  a  (laiifjerons  patch,  with  7  feet  least  water  upon 
it,  and  reported  to  bo  50  yards  in  extent,  lies  at  the  western  entrance  of 
Urown  Tassajxe,  OA  miles  S.  8()o  \V.  of  Cape  Islet,  the  southern  extreme 
of  tjoiith  Dundas  Island,  and  5  miles  N.  UP  W.  of  the  outer  Osborne 
Island. 

North  Breaker,  over  which  the  sea  usually  breaks,  is  the  outer 
known  dan;;er  extending  NW.  from  the  Tree  Knob  Group,  and  lies  one 
mile  N.  40^  W.  of  the  outer  Osborne  Island. 

Hanmer  Rock,  a  dangerous  rock,  nearly  in  mid-channel,  2i  miles 
N.  380  K.  of  tile  outer  Osborne  Islaiul,  iii.,{  2i  miles  S.  35°  W.  of  Cape 
Islet,  is  awash  at  high  water,  with  depths  of  12  and  32  fathoms-close  toj 
there  are  several  patches  which  uncover,  extending  from  flanmer  rock 
in  a  NW.  direction  to  the  distance  of  '{  mile. 

Simpson  Rock  lies  on  the  northern  side  of  Brown  Passage  ^  mile  S. 
38°  W.  of  Cai)e  Islet;  this  rock  is  6  feet  above  high  water,  with  rocks 
awash  extending  h  mile  nortiiward  and  westward,  and  a  depth  of  17 
fathoms  at  800  yards  .southward  of  it;  there  is  a  patch  which  uncovers 
3  feet  at  low  water,  at  COO  yards  S.  18°  E.  of  Simpson  Kock. 

Beaver  Rock,  with  12  feet  water  on  it,  lies  1:^  miles  S.  4°  \V.  of  the 
SE.  extreme  of  South  Dundas  Island ;  several  patches  of  rock  lie  be- 
tween Beaver  Kock  and  the  shore  of  South  Dundas  Island.  There  are 
depths  of  13  and  17  fatlioms  at  800  yards  southward  of  Beaver  Kock. 

Tides. — In  Brown  Passage  the  tides  set  fairly  through  at  an  average 
rate  of  2  knots  an  hour.  The  Hood  stream  sets  to  the  eastward,  and  off 
the  western  entrance  to  this  passage  the  tides  are  strong  and  compli- 
cated. 

Directions. — Brown  Passage  is  not  recommended  to  strangers,  but 
should  circumstances  compel,  the  eastern  peak  of  the  four-peak  range, 
on  South  Dundas  Islands,  should  be  steered  for,  bearing  N.  6P  E., 
until  the  eastern  and  highest  Lucy  Island  bears  S.  85^  E.,  which  will 
lead  tlirough  Brown  Passage  south  of  Haiuuer  Kock,  or  bearing  S.  71° 
E,  will  lead  tiirougii,  northward  of  this  rock. 

Qlavrdzeet  Anchorage  lies  on  the  northern  side  of  Stephens  Island. 
It  is  '^  mile  wide  at  its  entrance,  and  one  mile  deep  in  a  southerly  direc- 
tion. 

Entrance  Reef,  awash  at  high  water,  lies  400  yards  N.  18°  W.  of  the 
eastern  entrance  point  of  Qlawdzeet  Bay. 

Directions. — The  entrance  to  Qlawdzeet  Bay  will  be  made  if  the 
north  extreme  of  Tugwell  Island  is  kept  in  line  (astern)  with  the  east- 
ern island  of  the  Lucy  Group,  bearing  N.  55°  E. 

Keep  in  mid  channel  when  entering,  and  anchor  at  600  yards  within 
the  bay  and  300  yards  off  the  south  shore,  in  12  to  14  fathoms,  mud  bot- 
tom, with  the  eastern  entrance  point  of  the  bay  bearing  N.  66°  B.,  dis- 
tant 800  yards  and  the  western  entrance  point  bearing  N.  49°  W.,  distant 
1,200  yards. 


po 


BAY    ISLANDS — DUNDAS    ISLANDS. 


383 


Bay  Islands,  on  tlie  southern  side  of  South  Duiidns  InIuihI,  are  re- 
poitfd  to  atl'onl  aiKilioruRe  off  their  iiorthwcstcrii  wide. 

The  exiiiniiiatioa  of  tliis  locality  has  shown  the  exusteiiee  of  many 
sunken  rocks,  the  anchorajje  uiider  Hay  Islands  shouhl  therefore  not 
be  attempted. 

Dundas  Islands  consist  of  three  islands,  tiie  norliiernmost  being 
thelar<{est  and  hij^hest.  A  number  of  smaller  islands  (Molfat  Islands) 
lie  close  to  the  eastern  shores  of  S<mtli  and  .Middle  Dundas  Islands. 
The  western  shores  of  the  jjroup  have  not  been  thorbufjlily  examined, 
but  they  are  much  broken  into  bays  and  inlets,  with  several  small  off- 
lyin;,'  islets. 

South  Dundas  Island  is  about  •'(  miles  long  and  r>  nules  broa<1,  its 
shores  being  (iomparatively  low,  wooded,  and  broken  into  bays  on  the 
south  and  western  sides.  Near  the  middle  of  the  island  a  mountain 
range  rises  to  the  height  of  1,400  feet,  with  four  conspicuous  peaks. 
The  eastern  and  highest  peak  of  this  range  is  1,400  feet  high,  the  west- 
ern and  lo^vest  1,100  feet  high. 

Middle  Dundas  Island  lies  about  'J  miles  from  South  Dumlas  Isl- 
and, the  passage  between  being  obstructed  by  numerous  low,  wooded 
islets,  ami  sunken  dangers.  The  island  is  nearly  5  miles  long,  with  a 
greatest  breadth  of  5  miles;  it  is  mostly  low  and  wooded,  with  numer- 
ous creeks  and  bays  on  its  shores.  Near  the  southern  end  of  the  isl- 
and the  land  suddenly  rises  in  an  oval  shaped  hill  (Coast  Mound)  7o0 
feet  high,  which  is  a  useful  land-mark. 

Connel  Islands,  a  groui*  of  small  wooded  islands,  lie  otV  the  west- 
ern side  of  Middle  Dundas  Island.  The  outer  or  southwestern  island 
of  the  group  lies  oil  the  eiitrance  to  the  passage  between  South  and 
Middle  Dundas  Islands,  about  2  miles  from  the  western  shores  of  the 
latter. 

North  Dundas  Island  is  about  12  miles  long  and  about  7  miles 
broad  near  its  north  eml.  This  island,  the  highest  and  largest  of  the 
group,  culminates  in  a  mountain  with  a  thumb-shaped  summit,  l.',oOO 
feet  high,  about  4  miles  from  the  southern  end  of  the  island.  Near  the 
northern  extreme  of  North  Dundas  Island  there  is  a  hill  700  feet  high, 
with  a  tiat  toj),  aiul  a  knob  near  its  north  end  (Table  Hill),  a  most  con- 
spicuous and  useful  mark.  The  eastern  shore  of  North  Dutulas  Island 
is  but  little  broken;  bold,  with  a  range  of  coast  hills  rising  immedi. 
ately  above  it.  On  the  northern  side,  nearly  midway  between  Whitley 
Point  and  White  Islands,  there  is  a  deep  bay,  though  useless  as  an  an- 
chorage, at  the  entrance  to  which  lies  a  group  of  small,  wooded  islets 
(Gnarled  Islands).  Utf  the  northwestern  extreme  of  the  island,  close 
to  the  shore,  are  two  conspicuous  rocks  (White  Rocks). 

The  western  shore  of  North  Dundas  Island  has  not  been  examined 
in  detail.    Several  islands  lie  off  that  shore  to  the  distance  of  2  miles. 

Zayas  Island  is  the  largest  of  the  islands  which  lie  off'  the  western 
shore  of  North  Dundas  Island.    The  extent  of  this  island  has  not  been 


384 


CHATHAM    SOl'M). 


aHcoitiiiiicd.  A  ledge  of  rocks,  wliiuli  iiiic^over  at  low  water,  was 
observed  to  extend  nearly  one  mile  from  tlie  NW.  extreme  of  Znyas 
lalnnd.  From  the  west  side  of  the  island  rocks  are  said  to  extend  ',i 
miles. 

Zayas  Island  appeared  Mat  and  heavily  timbered  and  probably  3  or 
4  miles  in  extent.  The  following  (bmgers  have  been  reported  in  the 
neighborhood  of  Zayas  Island:  An  nneovering  rock  in  mid-channel 
between  Zayas  and  North  Dnndas  Islands;  two  rocks  close  in  on  the 
north  side  of  the  island;  three  small  islets  less  than  a  mile  from  its 
NW.  extreme.  Besides  these,  dangers  are  shown  as  lying .'{  miles  west 
of  the  NW.  point  of  North  Dundas  and  2  nulos  north  of  the  NW. 
extreme  of  Zayas. 

Channel  Islands  are  a  group  of  wooded  islands,  about  100  feet  high, 
extending  across  the  channel  between  Middle  and  North  Dundas  Is- 
lands. This  group  renders  that  channel  useless  for  any  but  he  smallest 
class  of  sailing  vessels. 

Moffat  Islands  consist  of  six  principal  wooded  islands  and  several 
lesser  ones,  the  highest  being  about  250  feet  in  height.  This  group, 
which  lies  close  to  the  eastern  shore  of  the  Dundas  Islands,  extends 
over  a  distance  of  0  miles.  When  abreast  these  islands  show  out  well, 
being  covered  with  pine  trees  of  a  peculiar  deep-green  foliage. 

Ducie  Island  is  a  small,  wooded  islet,  .'{HO  feet  higli,  lying  one  mile 
northward  of  the  Moffat  (Jroup.  Two  conspicuous  white  rocks,  30  feet 
high,  lie  000  yards  from  Ducie  Island. 

■Whitesand  Islet,  a  small,  sandy  islet,  about  10  feet  above  high 
water,  lies  eastward  of  Ducie  Island.  A  ledge  of  rocks,  whi(!h  uncover, 
extends  north  and  south  from  Whitesand  Islet,  to  the  distance  of  800 
yards. 

Hammond  Rock,  of  smnll  extent,  Mitii  0  feet  water  over  it,  lies 
nearly  a  mile  eastward  of  the  -outheastern  extreme  of  the  SE.  Mott'at 
Island.    Tliis  rock  has  lU  ladiiiHis  close  northward  of  it. 

Coghlan  Rock,  with  3  f-^'l  water  and  0  and  7  fathoms  close  around ^ 
lies  2  miles  N.  15°  W.  oi  ihi.iimond  Kock.  There  are  depths  of  43  and 
40  fathoms,  mud  bottom,  at  one  mile  northward  of  this  rock. 

Brodie  Rock  lies  3-|  miles  N.  18o  W.  of  C^oghlan  Hock.  This  dan- 
gerous pinnacle  rock  has  oidy  3  feet  water  over  it  at  low  water,  with 
dei>ths  of  20  and  33  fathoms  at  a  distance  of  100  feet. 

The  Ilacliel  Group  of  islands,  kept  open  of  tiie  Lucy  Group,  bearing 
S.  12°  E.,  will  lead  eastward  of  the  above  mentioned  dangers ;  but  dur- 
ing a  fog,  or  in  thick  weather,  the  western  shore  of  Chatham  Sound 
must  not  be  approached  under  the  depth  of  40  fathoms. 

Pointers  Rocks  are  a  dangerous  cluster  of  bare  rocks,  3  feet  above 
high  water,  about  400  yards  in  extent.  The  southernmost  and  highest 
rock  lies  3  miles  N.  41°  W.  of  the  northern  extreme  of  Finlayson  Island. 
There  are  depths  of  40  fathoms,  no  bottom,  at  100  yards  westward ;  and 
12  fathoms,  rocky  bottom,  at  200  yards  eastward  of  Pointers  Rocks. 


C0NNI8    HOCKS — DIXON    ENTRANCE. 


385 


ConnlB  Rooks  coiisiat  of  one  large  and  aevcral  Hinull  rook^,  nearly 
in  thu  middle  uf  Main  I'auHage  into  (Jhatliam  Sound,  abroast  Port  Simp* 
son. 

The  Houthernmost  and  higheHt  rock,  15  feet  above  higli  water,  ia  bare, 
and  from  it  rocka  extend  400  3'arda  in  a  nortlierly  direction.  Tlie  Hum- 
mit  of  tiiis  rock  lies  o  mile.s  N.  80°  W.  of  the  north  extreme  of  Finlay- 
son  Inland. 

Oreen  Islet,  on  the  western  shoreof  Chatham  Sound,  about  1^  miles 
from  North  Dundas  Island,  is  covered  with  long  grass  during  the  sum- 
mer. It  is  small,  40  feet  above  high  water,  and  has  a  small  bare  rock 
lying  close  northward,  and  another  close  southward. 

Q-rey  Islet  is  a  small  bare  rock  of  a  greyish  color,  30  feet  above  high 
water,  1,800  yards  N.  21°  E.  of  Green  Islet. 

A  Sunken  Rock  •vith  6  feet  water  ui)on  it,  lies  one  mile  N.  41°  W. 
of  Grey  Islet.  There  are  depths  of  19  ami  27  fathoms  at  200  yards 
from  this  rock. 

A  Sunken  Rock,  with  4  feet  water  upon  it,  lies  between  Grey  and 
Green  Islets. 

Main  Passage  is  between  Pointers  and  Connis  Rocks,  and  is  3^  miles 
wide.  Both  Connis  and  Pointers  Kocks  may  be  approached  to  within 
a  distance  of  ^  mile. 

Oriflamme  Passage  lies  westward  of  Connis  Kocks,  between  that 
cluster  and  Green  and  Grey  Islets.    It  is  uearly  3  miles  wide. 

The  passage  between  Dundas  Island  and  the  Green  and  Grey  Islets 
is  nearly  H  miles  wide.  The  tides  in  this  passage  are  strong,  and  the 
channel  is  not  recommended  to  strangers. 

Gnarled  Islands,  a  group  of  wooded  islauds,  about  one  mile  in  ex- 
lent,  lying  oft"  the  northern  side  of  the  North  Dundas  Island,  are  from 
150  to  260  feet  in  height. 

The  ciiannel  between  Dundas  and  Gnarled  Islands  is  obstructed  by 
ledges  which  uncover,  and  sunken  rocks. 

White  Islands  are  two  bare  rocks,  about  30  feet  high,  lying  ^  mile 
from  the  northwestern  extreme  of  North  Dundas  Island. 

Dixon  Entrance  is  the  channel  between  Prince  of  WalciS  and  Queen 
Charlotte  Islands,  jtassing  northward  of  Dundas  Islands.  Several 
sunken  rocks,  of  doubtful  i»o>iition,  are  reported  to  lie  in  the  western 
l)art  of  this  passage,  on  or  near  a  line  joining  tiie  north  end  of  the  Dun- 
das Group  aiul  the  south  end  of  the  Prince  of  Wales  Group. 

Various  iiositions  have  been  assigned  to  the  East  Devil  Rock  (one  of 
the  dangers  lying  in  Dixon  Entrance) ;  it  is  situated  .about  4  miles 
northwestward  of  Zayas  Island,  in  latitude  54°  40'  N.,  longitude  131°  6' 
W.  According  to  the  report  of  the  commander  of  the  Hudson  Bay 
Company's  steamer  Otter,  Devil  Rock  is  marked  by  a  breaker,  and  ip 
awash  at  low  water.  West  Devil  Rock  is  jlpproximately  18i  miles  S. 
84°  W.  of  East  Devil  Rock  ;  a  breaker  (Chacon)  is  reported  as  lying  7 
miles  S.  27°  E.  of  Cape  Chacon  and  Nftnez  Reef  as  lying  G  miles  8.  13° 
W.  of  the  same  cape. 

14205— No.  9G So 


386 


DIXON    ENTKANCE. 


>[(!Ciilloagli  Uock,  oil  wliicli  the  sea  breaks,  is  said  to  have  been  (lis- 
covi'ied  by  Ca|itaiii  .Mc(Jiilioiij;li.  From  it  the  NW.  end  of  Zayas  Is- 
land bears  X.  78^  li.,  whilst  the  western  sliore  of  Zayas  Island  is  dis- 
tant about  3  miles  in  a  SK.  direction. 

Cape  Fox  lies  about  7  miles  northward  of  the(rnaried  Island  group, 
and  terminates  in  remarkable  h'gli,  white  clitt's,  with  a  conspicuous 
saddle-shaped  iiiountain  2,(Ki(J  feet  high,  immediately  over  it. 

Lord  Islands,  a  grouj)  of  about  one  mile  in  extent,  lying  2^  miles 
southeastward  of  Cai)e  Fox,  are  wooded  and  about  250  feet  high. 

Lord  Rock,  which  uncovers  3  feet  at  low  water,  lies  l,(iOO  yards  S. 
61°  VV.  of  the  S\V.  island  of  the  Lord  Group. 

Nakat  Inlet  has  its  entrance  between  Capo  Fox  and  T'ugass  Inland, 
and  extends  about  11  miles  in  a  northerly  direction,  lue  entrance 
has  several  dangers.  In  the  inlet,  in  the  farther  bight  inside  the  group 
of  islands,  is  a  well-sheltered  anchorage  in  less  than  15  fathorun. 

Tougass  Island  is  about  3  miles  east.vard  of  Cape  Fox.  The  set- 
tlement is  dreary,  and  the  almost  constant  rain  and  soft  soil  produce 
mud  of  a  most  ten.ioious  nature. 

Anchorage. — The  approaches  to  Tongass  settlement  are  intricate 
and  require  local  knowledge ;  the  anchorage  abreast  the  fort  is  bad, 
with  deep  water  and  limited  accommodation  even  for  a  ve.ssel  of  mod- 
erate length. 

Tlekhonsiti  Harbor  is  one  of  the  southeastern  ai)proaclies  to  Tou- 
gass from  Chatham  Sound.    This  passage  is  intricate  and  contracted. 

Boston  Islands,  lying  off  Wales  Island,  at  the  southeastern  ap- 
proach to  Tongass,  are  about  one  mile  in  extent.  The  larger  islands  are 
wooded,  about  l.")0  feet  high ;  the  smaller  ones  are  bare,  50  feet  high. 
The  western  island  is  450  feet  high,  round,  wooded  and  conspicuous. 

A  Ledge,  which  uncovers  at  low  water,  lies  one  mile  SE.  of  the  east- 
ernmost of  the  Boston  Islands,  and  one  mile  from  the  nearest  shore  of 
Wales  Island. 

Wales  Island,  on  the  northwestern  side  of  the  entrance  to  Portland 
Iidet,isabout  7  miles  long  in  an  east  and  west  direction,  its  northeastern 
side  being  about  i  miles  long.  The  northeastern  shore  is  bold,  with 
some  conspicuous  clitts  of  red-brown  color,  nearly  midway  between  the 
north  and  .south  extremes  of  the  island.  A  small  islet  lies  cloi  to  the 
shore  arm  at  the  north  extreme.  On  the  southern  side,  a  deep  bay 
faces  south,  and  within  it  are  some  patches  which  uncovor,  and  rocks 
awash.  A  wooded  islet,  about  J  mile  long,  lies  otf  the  entrance  to  this 
bay.     A  smaller  islet  lies  one  mile  sonthwestward  of  the  larger  one. 

Entry  Peak,  about  A  mile  NW.  of  Wales  Point,  is  of  triangular  shape, 
with  a  sharp  conspicuous  summit.  A  mountain,  with  a  Hat  summit, 
is  .-i*^uated  near  the  middle  of  Wales  Island. 

Cod  Bank,  with  <lepths  of  33  and  17  fathoms,  mud  and  shells,  lies 
between  I'oiutors  Rocks  and  Parkiu  Island,  extending  from  the  latter 
within  the  oOfatliom  line,  to  the  distance  of  IJ  miles. 


99 
art 

in 

Th 

me 

lot 

bet 

Tr< 

str 

we 

as 

wh 

En 


TIDES. 


387 


There  is  a  depth  of  !()!>  fathoms,  mud  bottom,  at  A  mile  south,  and 
99  fiithoms,  rock,  at  ^  mile  north  of  Cod  Uank.  Oodtish  of  large  size 
are  ci'.ujjht  upon  this  bank. 

Tides.— The  Hdes  in  ])ixon  Entrance  and  Brown  Passage,  especially 
in  the  western  part'  of  those  channels,  are  variable  and  complicated. 
The  flood  stream  approaching  from  the  southward  up  xlecate  Strait  is 
met  by  the  stream  passing  westward  and  northward  of  Queen  Char- 
lotte Islands  at  about  15  miles  eastwardofllose  Point,  or  about  midway 
between  the  northeastern  extreme  of  (Jueen  Charlotte  Islands  and  the 
Tree  nob  Group.  Northward  of  that  position  this  meeting  of  the 
streams  produces  tidal  irregularities,  and  at  spring  tides  or  during  bad 
weather  the  turmoil  caused  by  the  meeting  of  the  streams  is  so  great 
as  to  convey  an  appearance  of  broken  waters  to  that  portion  of  them 
which  lies  between  Queen  Charlotte  Islands,  Brown  Passage,  and  Dixou 
Entrance.    In  Chatham  Sound  the  tides  set  fiiirly  through. 


CHAPTER   XII. 


QUEEN  CHARLOTTE   ISLANDS. 


Queen  Charlotte  Islands  consists  of  three  principal  is).','  ■',  ^a 
getlier  with  several  smaller  islands  and  form  a  compact  »rchiji'.Iag<). 

The  general  character  of  these  islands  is  mountainons  and  heavily- 
timbered,  and  the  mining  resources  are  very  extensive.  The  only  in- 
dustry at  present  is  the  manufacture  of  oil  from  the  dogfish.  The  chief 
item  of  trade  is  in  the  fur  seals,  value  of  which  is  about  $10,000  an- 
nually. 

Climate. — The  climate  of  these  islands  and  of  the  ott'-lyiug  islands 
of  the  coast  is  influenced  by  the  warm  body  of  water  which  washes  their 
shores.  The  climate  is  milder  aud  tlie  winters  less  severe  tlian  in  the 
inlets.  The  vapor  arising  from  this  body  of  warm  water  is  condensed 
u^on  the  mountains  forming  the  shores  of  the  mainland  and  causes  an 
almost  constant  drizzling  rain. 

Winds. — Southeast  winds  are  prevalent  and  are  generally  accom- 
panied with  thick  rain.  Winds  from  the  opposite  quarter  bring  fine 
weather.  Xo  dependence  c '.n  be  placed  on  the  weather  for  U4  hours  at 
a  time. 

The  heaviest  rainfall  takes  place  on  the  western  mountains  and  often 
while  it  is  raining  heavily  on  the  mountains,  it  is  clear  over  the  strait 
to  the  eastward.    Snow  occasionally  lalls  in  winter. 

Prevost  Island  is  tiie  southernmost  island  of  the  groui).  The  land 
gradually  rises  northward  from  Cape  St.  James  (its  southern  point)  till 
near  Houston  Stewart  Channel,  where  it  has  in  places  an  elevation  of 
about  l.',000  leet,  whicli  heights,  if  tlie  weather  is  clear,  will  be  the  first 
land  seen  on  apj)roachi[ig  Queen  Charlotte  Islands  from  the  southward. 

The  east  coast  of  Prevost  Island  is  bold,  and  in  many  places  bordered 
by  steep  clitl's.  This  part  of  the  coast,  batween  Cape  St.  James  aud  the 
East  Point,  a  distance  of  12  miles,  is  indentetl  by  two  bays  or  inlets,  the 
southern  apparently  inconsiderable,  while  Luxaua  Bay,  the  northern,  is 
probably  3or  4miles  in  depth.  From  East  Point  the  shore  trends  north- 
westward 0  or  7  miles  to  Moore  Head,  the  southeastern  entrance  point  of 
Houston  Stewart  Channel.  The  shore  is  much  broken,  boii'jj  penetrated 
by  inlets  which  extend  back  among  the  ;.igh  'I'lls.     Seve.'al  small  is- 


lands lie  off  it,  one  of  which  is  bold,  densely  cov  neu  witJj  '. 
a  height  of  150  feet. 


,,  aud  has 


I 


I 


•if>* 


CAPE    ST.    JAMES — HOUSTON    STEWART   CHANNEL. 


389 


i-t'-Iagi). 
heavily 
:)nly  in- 
le  chief 
BOO  .T,n- 

islauds 
as  their 
I  in  the 
deused 
ses  an 

accom- 
ig  line 
lurs  at 

[  ofteu 
strait 

e  hind 
It)  till 
ion  of  I 
B  first 
ward, 
tiered  I 
[id  the 
ts,  the 
jrn, is 
lorth- 
>i'itof 
rated 
all  is- 
(1  has 


I 


I  ——">•**» 


f 


The  western  side  of  Prevost  Island,  between  Cape  St.  James  and  the 
western  entrance  of  Houston  Stewart  Channel,  for  about  12  miles  is  ap- 
parently bold,  but  it  is  less  known  than  the  opposite  side.  The  land  ne.tr 
Cape  St.  James  is  not  as  thickly  wooded  as  that  to  the  northward. 

Cape  St  James  appears  to  be  the  southern  extremity  of  an  island 
one  mile  in  diameter.  The  southern  point  of  Cape  St.  James  is  a  verti- 
cal cliff  about  the  same  height  as  the  larger  of  the  islets  lying  off  it. 
The  cape  slopes  gradually  from  a  summit  1,000  feei.  high  to  the  sea, 
low  at  its  extreme,  with  the  Hummock  Islets  lyinT  off  it  (two  apparently 
detached  hummock  islets),  about  180  feet  high ;  outside  these  again  lie 
three  others,  nearly  100  feet  high,  bare  and  whitish  ;  the  western  side 
of  the  cape  is  also  whitish. 

Kerouart  Islets  consist  of  a  chain  of  rocky  islets  and  rocks  which 
run  off  'rom  Cape  St.  James  3^  miles  in  a  southeasterly  direction.  A 
sunken  ledge  is  reported  to  extend  IJ  miles  further  in  the  same  direc- 
tion. As  seen  at  a  dis«-annfi  of  some  miles  to  the  northeast,  Kerouart 
islets  appear  to  form  three  groups,  the  first  lying  close  to  Cape  St.  James, 
consisting  of  two  large  rocks  (Hummock  Islets),  the  second  of  one 
large  and  several  smaller  rocks,  aud  the  third  and  furthest  southward, 
of  two  or  three  rocks  of  some  size  and  a  number  of  lesser  ones.  These 
islets  are  remarkable,  standing  boldly  up  with  rounded  tops,  and  verti- 
oa}  nliffa  on  all  sidcs ;  thesmaller  rocks  having  the  same  pillar-like  form 

U^noe'^^ToTJS'-l'^^'''    °!:«?7"'«  chaniif-VeTte?n U- 
!y.«<,    r    w?"  rock-Beacon  rebullt.-A  new  bea.on    Inus  b....n 

t::tl:::^'sr'' '"  "«'^"^^'«  ^^«  ^--»  -»-»>  -« •i-^-ied 

The  new  beacon  is  placed  on  a  stone  foundation  12  feet  S(,uare  and 
^nnou;;;)dbv"Hn"-     ^l■^'H»•-»'"=^'  «tnu.ture  p=U,"Kh   ' 

Approx.  position:   Lat.  5.'^  55'  ir,"  N.,  Long.  VM^  10'  40"  W 

(Set!  Notice  to  Manners  No.  :i  (91)  of  l<m-i  ^ 
-fcocf*!^  iiuii.  I..V/  ^..„.„,  ?  ^'"-  -J  K-'^)  oi  1J04. ;  (N.M.MS,- 1904.) 

stunted  and  show  much  dead  wood,  the  roots  holding  to  the  almost 
naked  rock. 

'  -  "^ootward. — This  entrance  may  be  known  by  its 

.-,  '    '  • -lot      ,\t  about  4  miles 

..^j  I  gradual!  V 

■'      '  nee  off,  the 

,;.,,._....'■;■         ..     -.  ver  a  series 

••t  ,,•    -j,^  ,ce,  which  is 

abour,  ouo  m..v,  "'  Point  there 

are  20  fathoms  water,  with  a  rocky  uuti,^^..         _  lies  close  off 

Moore  Head. 

Raspberry  Cove. — Within  Forsyth  Point,  on  the  northern  side,  is  it 
snug  bay,  bordered  by  a  sandy  beach,  in  which,  at  about  jj  mile  from 
Forsyth  Point,  and  at  i\  mile  from  the  bea(!li,is  a  secure  and  cotivenieiit 
anchorage  in  l(i  fathoms.  In  the  northwestern  i)art  of  the  bay  is  Rasp- 
berry Cove,  into  which  a  stream  of  wat«r  Hows. 


CHAPTER   XII. 

QUEEN  CHARLOTTE  ISLANDS. 

Queen  Cliarlotte  Islands  consists  of  three  principal  islands,  to- 
gether with  several  smaller  islands  and  form  a  compact  archipelago. 

The  general  character  of  these  islands  is  mountainous  and  heavily 
timbered,  and  the  mining  resources  are  very  extensive.  The  only  in- 
dustry at  present  is  the  manufacture  of  oil  from  the  dogfish.  The  chief 
item  of  trade  is  iu  the  fur  seals,  value  of  which  is  about  $10,000  an- 
nually. 

Climate. — The  climate  of  these  islands  and  of  the  ofl'-lying  islands 
of  the  coast  is  intiuenced  by  the  warm  body  of  water  which  washes  their 
shores.    The  climate  is  milder  and  the  winters  less  severe  than  in  the 
inli 
upi 
aln 

pai 
we 
at 


wh 


lit?     It     IQ     ICtllllLl^      LA\>c«  t    11^       Wt&      L'LIV.'      UAU14L&bt«Ki^vj«     A  L 


to  the  eastward.    Snow  occasionally  falls  in  winter. 
Prevost  Island  is  the  southernmost  island  of  the  group.    The  land 

(1877)  BRITISH  OOLUnBIA— Queen  Oharlotte  Islands -Name 
of  southernmost  island  (Prevost  Island)  changed  to  Konghit 
island.  -To  prevent  coufusiou,  the  Geographic  Board  of  Canada  has 
decided  to  change  the  name  of  the  southernmost  large  island  of  the 
Queen  Oharlotte  group  from  Prevost  island  to  Kunghit  island,  the 
former  lame  being  better  known  as  that  of  an  island  off  the  east  coast 
of  Vancouver  island.  (N.  M.  68, 1904.) 

i^ivsi  roMit,  aoistanceot  lU  miles,  is  indented  by  two  bays  or  inlets,  tho 

southern  apparently  inconsiderable,  while  Luxaua  Bay,  tho  iiortliern,  is 
probably  3  or  4  miles  in  depth.  From  East  Point  the  shore  trends  north- 
westward G  or  7  miles  to  Moore  Head,  the  southeastern  entrance  point  of 
Houston  Stewart  Channel.  The  shore  is  much  broken,  being  penetrated 
by  inlets  which  extend  back  among  the  high  hills.  Several  small  is- 
lands lie  otl'  it,  one  of  which  is  bold,  densely  covered  with  trees,  aud  has 
a  height  of  150  feet. 
888 


CAPE   ST.   JAMES — HOUSTON   STEWART   CHANNEL. 


389 


ids,  to- 
pelago. 
jeavily 
)nly  in- 
le  chief 
)00  an- 

islauds 

!s  their 

iu  the 


e  land 


ts,  tho 

M'll,  is 

lorth- 
•int  of 
rated 
all  is- 
d  has 


The  western  side  of  Prevost  Island,  between  Gape  St.  James  and  the 
western  entrance  of  Houston  Stewart  Ohannel,  for  about  12  miles  is  ap- 
parently bold,  but  it  is  less  known  than  the  opposite  side.  The  land  near 
Cape  St.  James  is  not  as  thickly  wooded  as  that  to  the  northward. 

Cape  St  James  appears  to  be  the  southern  extremity  of  an  island 
one  mile  in  diameter.  The  southern  point  of  (jape  St.  James  is  a  verti- 
cal cliff  about  the  same  height  as  the  larger  of  the  islets  lying  off  it. 
The  cape  slopes  gradually  from  a  summit  1,000  feet  high  to  the  sea, 
low  at  its  extreme,  with  lie  Hummock  Islets  lying  off  it  (two  apparently 
detached  hummock  islets),  about  180  feet  high ;  outside  these  again  lie 
three  others,  nearly  100  feet  high,  bare  and  whitish  ;  the  western  side 
of  the  cape  is  also  whitish. 

Kerouart  Islets  consist  of  a  chain  of  rocky  islets  and  rocks  which 
run  off  from  Cape  St.  James  3^  miles  in  a  southeasterly  direction.  A 
sunken  ledge  is  reported  to  extend  IJ  miles  further  in  the  same  direc- 
tion. As  seen  at  a  distance  of  some  miles  to  the  northeast,  Kerouart 
islets  appear  to  form  three  groups,  the  first  lying  close  to  Cape  St.  James, 
consisting  of  two  large  rocks  (Hummock  Islets),  the  second  of  one 
large  and  several  smaller  rocks,  and  the  third  and  furthest  southward, 
of  two  or  three  rocks  of  some  size  and  a  number  of  lesser  ones.  These 
islets  are  remarkable,  standing  boldly  up  with  rounded  tops,  and  verti- 
cal cliffs  on  all  sides;  the  smaller  rocks  having  the  same  pillar-like  form 
so  frequently  found  where  a  rocky  coast  is  exposed  to  the  full  sweep  of 
a  great  ocean. 

Houston  Stewart  Channel  trends  from  Moore  Head  westerly  2J 
miles  to  Hornby  Point,  thence  SW.  3  miles  to  the  entrance  from  the 
Pacific  Ocean.  Opposite  the  bend  formed  by  Hornby  Point  is  Rose 
Harbor.  Lonscoone,  at  the  west  entrance  of  the  channel  and  just 
within  Anthony  Island,  is  said  to  be  a  good  harbor  similar  to  Rose 
Harbor.  The  country  round  this  locality  is  mountainous,  mostly  rising 
steeply  from  the  shore,  and  thicklj-  wooded ;  the  trees,  however,  are 
stunted  and  show  much  dead  wood,  the  roots  holding  to  the  almost 
naked  rock. 

Entering  from  the  Eastward. — This  entrance  may  be  known  by  its 
bold  south  point,  and  the  round,  thickly  wooded  islet.  At  about  4  miles 
from  the  entrance  there  are  90  fathoms  water,  and  the  depths  gradually 
shoals  to  20  fathoms  to  within  one  mile  of  it ;  from  this  distance  off,  the 
soundings  are  very  irregular,  varying  from  30  to  7  fathoms  over  a  series 
of  ridges  or  bars  of  rocu,  sand,  shell,  and  mud.  In  the  entrance,  which  is 
about  one  mile  wide,  between  Moore  Head  and  Langford  Point  there 
are  20  fathoms  water,  with  a  rocky  bottom.  Haydon  Rock  lies  close  off 
Moore  Head. 

Raspberry  Cove. — Within  Forsyth  Point,  on  the  northern  side,  is  a 
snug  bay,  bordered  by  a  sandy  beach,  in  which,  at  about  a'  mile  from 
Forsyth  Point,  and  at  :^  mile  from  thebeacli,i8  a  secure  and  convenient 
anchorage  in  l(i  fathoms.  In  tlie  northwestern  part  of  the  ba}-  is  Rasp- 
berry Cove,  into  which  a  stream  of  water  flows. 


390 


QUEEN    CHARLOTTE    ISLANDS. 


Rock. — At  ^  niilo  inside  Forsyth  Point,  and  a  little  to  the  northward 
of  the  line  of  the  direction  of  tlie  channel,  is  a  rocky  patch  with  icelp  on 
it  which  dries  at  low-water  springs ;  vessels  should  not  haul  to  the 
uorthward  too  soon  after  entering. 

On  the  southern  side  of  the  channel  are  some  small  wooded  islands, 
here  and  there  fringed  with  outlyingpatches  of  kelp,  which  latter  should 
always  bo  avoided. 

Trevan  Rock,  1^  miles,  nearly  west  of  Forsytli  Point,  lies  almost  in 
mid-channel,  and  contracts  the  passage  on  its  northern  side  to  rather 
less  than  -\  mile;  i)atclies  of  kelp  and  Ellen  Island,  the  largest  of  the 
islands  before  mentioned,  reduce  the  channel  on  the  southern  side  of  it 
to  about  200  yards  in  width.  Trevan  Itock  is  covered  at  high  water; 
close  to  the  north  side  of  it  the  depth  is  7  fathoms. 

Anchorage. — Tiiere  is  a  good  anchorage  to  the  eastward  of  Ellen 
Island,  in  a  bay  (brmed  by  the  island  and  a  rocky  patch  which  covers 
at  half  tide,  at  nearly  i  mile  to  the  eastward  of  the  island.  The  an- 
chorage is  in  14  fathoms,  mud,  and  the  tide  is  not  felt. 

Rose  Harbor. — This  secure  and  capacious  harbor  takes  a  northerly 
direction  between  Catherine  Point  on  the  west  and  Koss  Island  on  the 
east,  for  3  miles  from  its  junction  with  the  channel,  and  is  a  continua- 
tion in  nearly  a  straight  line  with  the  western  ])ortion  of  it.  For  the 
first  2  miles  the  average  breadth  of  the  harbor  is  'f  mile,  the  western 
shore  rising  boldly  with  deej)  water  clo.se-to;  the  eastern  shore,  although 
high,  has  kei|i  along  it,  with  shoal  water,  extending  for  a  distance  of 
from  200  to  .500  yards.  The  harbor  then  contracts  to  ^  mile  in  width 
between  two  low  points  forming  its  head,  beyond  which  is  a  basin, 
about  2  miles  in  circumference,  filled  with  rocks  and  wooded  islets,  hav- 
ing on  its  western  side  Sedmond  Kiver,  a  small  stream  abounding  in 
the  season  with  geese  and  ducks.  The  land  on  its  northern  and  west- 
ern sides  is  high  and  mountainous,  whilst  that  on  its  eastern  side  is 
low.  Pincher  Rocks  lie  nearlj'  400  yards  S.  15°  W.  of  the  east  entrance 
point  of  the  basin. 

Danger  Rocks. — About  3  miles  to  the  uorthward  of  the  eastern  en- 
trance to  Houston  Stewart  Channel,  and  nt  about  2  miles  oft"  the  low 
and  den.sely  wooded  point  between  the  eastern  entrance  of  Houston 
Stewart  Channel  and  Car|)enter  Hay,  is  a  ledge  of  rooks,  lying  a  little 
above  water,  on  which  the  sea  breaks  violently,  and  for  a  considerable 
distance  around ;  other  rocks  encircle  these,  but  they  are  under  water. 
Approaching  Houston  Stewart  Channel  from  the  northward,  these  rocks 
should  be  given  a  wide  berth.  On  the  northern  side  of  the  low  wooded 
point  is  a  little  <^ove  full  of  keli)  and  i)rotecte(l  by  rocks. 

Entering  from  Westward. — Vessels  from  the  southward  bound  in 
by  this  entrance,  when  abreast  Cape  St.  James,  should  close  the  land 
to  lA  miles,  and  after  coasting  it  foi  about  12  miles,  the  entrance  will 
open  out.  Two  remarkable  white  strii)es  down  the  mountains,  0  or  7 
miles  to  the  northwestward,  are  excellent  landmarks.    After  passing  at 


a 
ail 

(o 
h 


Hi 

bt 


MORESBY    ISLAND — SKINCUTTLE    INLET. 


391 


a  convenient  distance  to  the  soiithwanl  of  Anthony  Island,  the  largest 
and  outer  island  at  the  entrance,  which  is  200  feet  higii,  with  white  cliffs 
(off  the  southern  end  of  which  an  extensive  ledge  of  rocks  ))rojects 
i  mile  in  a  SW.  direction),  the  channel  will  show  itself.  Flat  liock, 
50  feet  high,  bare  and  resembling  a  haystack,  lies  much  nearer  the 
western  than  the  eastern  side,  and  which  should  be  kept  on  the  ])()rt 
hand,  will  be  a  good  guide.  There  is  an  Indian  village  known  as  Nin- 
stints,  of  the  Shangoi  tribe,  on  the  inner  side  of  Anthony  Island  ;  the 
natives  are  very  wild,  and  i)ersons  visiting  or  trading  with  them  should 
be  on  their  guard. 

Moresby  Ibland,  the  center  of  tiie  three  i)rincii)al  islands  of  the 
Queen  Charlotte  Group,  is  72  miles  long,  but  explorations  on  its  east 
coast  have  resulted  (by  tracing  out  of  the  channels)  in  leaving  it  a  mere 
skeleton,  in  places  varying  from  only  1^  to  2  miles  in  breadth.  The 
highest  and  most  rugged  part  of  the  island  is  probably  in  about  latitude 
52°  .'W,  where  many  peaks  bear  patches  of  perennial  snow.  Also  on 
Louise  Island,  and  about  the  head  of  Cninshewa,  the  land  is  very  ruggeil, 
with  many  summits  of  over  3,000  and  4,000  ieet  in  height. 

Carpenter  Bay,  the  southernmost  bay  on  the  east  side  of  Moresby 
Island,  is  between  Iron  and  Islet  Points,  a  little  over  2  miles  wide,  ex- 
tending westward  about  5  miles.  It  is  not  quite  landlocked,  but  is 
sheltered  from  the  only  direction  otherwise  ex[)osed,  by  a  little  rocky 
reef  which  extends  out  from  its  east  side.  On  its  southern  side  are  two 
small  bays,  the  western  of  which,  South  Gove,  approaches  near  to  the 
head  of  Kose  Harbor.  At  its  head  is  good  anchorage  for  a  small  vessel 
in  from  (i  to  10  fathoms. 

Carpenter  Bay  ends  westward  in  a  nanow  arm,  which  receives  two 
streams  of  some  size.  It  resembles  the  head  of  Kose  Harbor  in  being 
filled  with  small  rocky  islands  and  rocks,  making  it  unsafe  for  even  a 
small  craft. 

CoUison  Bay,  between  Cari)enter  Bay  and  Skincuttle  Inlet,  is 
about  I'l  miles  wide  between  Bluff  Point  and  the  northwest  i)oint,  and 
has  a  probable  depth  of  2  miles.  It  runs  up  into  a  narrow  arm,  which 
has  not  been  examined.  Several  small  islands  and  rocks  lie  off"  its  en- 
trance, and  it  does  rot  appear  to  be  serviceable  as  a  harbor. 

Gull  Rock,  10  ft  et  high,  bears  N.  82°  E,  l.\  miles  from  Deluge  Point, 
and  is  '^  mile  off' Moresby  Island,  between  Collison  Bay  and  Skincuttle 
Inlet.  Inner  Low  Uock  lies  S.  4°  W.  of  Gull  Rock,  and  midway  be- 
tween it  and  the  shore. 

Skincuttle  Inlet  is5i  miles  deep  in  a  southwesterly  direction,  with 
a  width  of  4  miles  between  Deluge  and  Granite  Points.  The  northern 
side  of  the  inlet  is  formed  by  Burnaby  Island,  antl  from  the  northwestern 
angle  Burnaby  Strait  runs  northward  to  Juan  Perez  Sound,  and  sepa- 
rates Burnaby  Island  from  theeast  shore  of  Moresby  Island.  The  shores 
of  Skincuttle  Inlet  resemble  those  of  other  parts  of  the  islands  already 
described.  Near  the  northwestern  angle  of  the  iidet  the  mountains  rise 
steeply  to  a  height  of  3,000  feet  or  more. 


892 


QUEEN   CHARLOTTE   ISLANDS. 


The  entrance  to  Skincuttle  Inlet  is  aouth  of  a  chain  of  islands  called 
the  Copper  Islands.  It  is  1^  miles  wide,  but  should  be  used  with  cau- 
tion as  there  is  reason  to  believe  that  a  rock,  sometimes  bare,  lies  in  it. 
The  passage  to  the  north  of  the  Copper  Islands  is  contracted,  and  with 
one  or  more  rocks  in  its  narrowest  part. 

Oraniie  Point  is  a  rather  remarkable  whitish  crag,  separated  from 
the  main  shore  by  a  narrow  neck  of  low  land. 

The  BolkuB  Islands,  five  in  uumber,  with  many  small  rocks  and 
reefs,  form  a  chain  about  2  miles  long,  lying  east  and  west  in  the  center 
of  Skincuttle  Inlet.  The  land  is  low,  and  on  the  western  and  largest  of 
the  islands  the  soil  appears  to  be  good,  though  covered  with  dense 
forest. 

A  rock  awash  at  high  water  lies  midway  between  the  Bolkus  Islands 
and  the  southern  shore,  and  at  equal  distances  from  theentrances  to  Har- 
riet Harbor  and  Huston  Inlet.  Bush  Bock  lies  at  the  distance  of  200 
yards  northwest  of  the  eastern  entrance  point  of  Huston  Inlet,  and  1,600 
yards  N.  67°  W.  of  it  is  Low  Black  Rock. 

Harriet  Harbor  is  the  first  opening  on  the  southern  shore  of  Skin- 
cuttle Inlet.  It  should  be  entered  by  the  channel  on  the  western 
side  of  Harriet  Island,  which  lies  at  its  entrance,  and  a  vessel  should 
be  kept  near  the  western  side  of  the  channel  (as  several  small  rocks  cov- 
ered at  high  water  lie  along  Harriet  Island),  and  run  some  distance 
beyond  the  inner  end  of  the  island  before  anchoring,  to  avoid  the  shoal 
bank  which  lies  oft' its  point.  The  depth  is  about  8  fathoms,  with  good 
holding  ground,  and  the  harbor  is  well  sheltered  from  most  directions, 
though  subject  to  heavy  squalls  from  the  valley  at  its  bead  when  a 
southerly  gale  is  blowing. 

Huston  Inlet,  1^  miles  west  of  Harriet  Harbor,  is  a  wide  inlet  which 
runs  southeastward  about  4  miles,  and  then  turns  to  the  west,  in  which 
direction  its  extremity  was  not  visited,  but  it  approaches  the  western 
side  of  Moresby  Island  to  within  about  IJ  miles. 

Tangle  Cove. — At  the  western  end  of  Skincuttle  Inlet  are  three  in- 
dentations of  the  coast,  of  which  the  southern  is  George  Harbor.  Tha 
northern,  lying  at  the  entrance  of  Burnaby  Strait,  is  Tangle  Cove,  a 
well  sheltereil  anchorage  for  a  small  vessel,  but  a  shoal,  the  extent  of 
which  is  unknown,  lies  off  its  entrance.  The  entrance  is  between  a 
small  island,  at  its  southern  side,  and  two  other  little  islets  to  the  north, 
and  in  it  is  a  rock  which  uncovers  at  low  water.  The  mountains  at  the 
head  of  Tangle  Cove  are  steep,  and  probably  reach  3,000  feet  in  height ; 
part  of  their  upper  slopes  are  bare  of  trees,  but  ai)parently  covered  with 
moss,  where  not  composed  of  rock. 

North  Side. — On  the  south  shore  of  Burnaby  Island  is  a  bay,  with 
several  small  islands  across  the  mouth  of  it,  whicli  may  be  a  good  har- 
bor, but  it  has  not  been  examined.  Farther  east,  in  the  vicinity  of  an 
abandoned  copper  mine,  are  Blue  Jay  and  Kingfisher  Coves. 


Ju 
be 
mi 
tio 
at 


BURNABY  STRAIT — SKAAT  HARBOR. 


393 


from 


Burnaby  Strait  is  ft  miles  ia  length  between  SkiQuuttle  Inlet  and 
Juan  Perez  Sound,  the  soutlieru  portion  for  a  distance  of  about  4  miles 
being  narrow,  but  gaining  at  the  northern  end  an  average  width  of  1^ 
miles.  All  parts  of  Burnaby  Strait  must  be  navigated  with  great  cau- 
tion, as  there  are  many  rocks,  and  a  large  portion  of  them  are  covered 
at  high  water. 

Dolomite  Narrows,  at  2i  miles  north  of  Skincuttle  Inlet,  are  not 
more  than  ^  mile  wide,  and  here  the  channel  is  crooked,  and  obstructed 
by  rocks  and  shoals,  having  from  6  to  8  feet  at  low  water.  The  tides, 
however,  are  not  .strong,  but  it  can  not  be  recommended  as  a  passage 
for  any  craft  larger  than  a  boat  or  canoe.  Just  south  of  Dolomite  Nar- 
rows, from  the  west  side  of  the  strait,  opens  Bag  Harbor,  expanding 
within  to  a  basin  nearly  one  mile  in  diameter. 

The  Twins. — Nearly  abreast  of  Dolomite  Narrows,  on  Burnaby  Isl- 
and, are  2  conspicuous  mountains  estimated  at  1,500  feet  in  height. 

Island  Bay,  at  1^  miles  north  of  the  narrows,  extends  westward,  and 
ia  2  miles  deep.  It  was  so  named  from  the  number  of  small  islands  in 
it,  about  17,  and  is  probably  too  rocky  for  a  safe  harbor. 

Skaat  Harbor,  at  the  north  end  of  Burnaby  Strait,  is  a  bay  2^  miles 
wide,  with  a  depth  of  about  3  miles.  Wanderer  Island  and  several 
smaller  islets  lie  off  the  entrance.  The  harbor  turns  into  a  narrow  in- 
let in  its  upper  part,  and  terminates  among  high  mountains.  Skaat 
Harbor  has  not  been  carefully  examined,  but  from  the  character  of  its 
shores  it  would  be  likely  to  afford  good  anchorage,  especially  westward 
of  Wanderer  Island,  and  if  so,  it  is  the  best  for  large  vessels  in  this 
vicinity.  The  harbor  will  probably  be  found  deepest  on  the  Wanderer 
Island  side,  as  there  is  an  extensive  iield  of  kelp  off' the  opposite  shore. 
AH  Alone  Stone  and  Monument  llock  form  good  marks  to  the  northern 
entrance  of  Burnaby  Strait,  near  which  lies  the  entrance  to  the  har- 
bor. The  entrance  to  Skaat  Harbor  on  the  southern  side  of  Wanderer 
Island  is  very  narrow ;  at  the  angle  formed  between  it  and  the  shore 
of  Burnaby  Strait  are  two  small  coves  affording  anchorage  for  a  small 
vessel,  but  with  wide  tidal  Hats  at  their  head,  which  a  short  distance 
beyond  low-water  mark  fall  away  rapidly  into  deep  water. 

Limestone  Rock  is  a  dangerous  reef,  dry  only  at  low  water,  but 
not  extensive,  though  a  second  rock,  also  only  dry  at  low  water,  lies  a 
short  distance  southeast  of  it.  The  eastern  point  of  Wanderer  Island, 
in  line  with  that  of  Center  Island,  leads  clear  of  Limestone  Rock,  one 
mile  to  the  southward  of  the  second  rock. 

Huxley  Island,  at  tiie  northern  entrance  of  Burnaby  Strait,  is 
nearly  2  miles  long  north  and  south,  and  about  1:1  miles  broad ;  it  is 
bold  and  remarkable,  rising  rapidly  from  the  beach  to  a  height  of  1,500 
feet.  Abreast  the  NW.  point  of  the  island,  in  mid-channel,  a  cast  of 
70  fathoms  was  obtained,  with  a  fine  sandy  bottom. 

Burnaby  Island. — The  north  shore  of  Burnaby  Island,  5'<^  miles  in 
length,  is  nearly  straight,  though  it  has  a  few  shallow  bays,  one  of 
which  is  called  Section  Cove. 


394 


QUEEN    CHARLOTTE    ISLANDS. 


Alder  Island  lies  about  the  center  of  this  stretch  of  coast;  it  is  about 
r\  iiiile  ill  (liamt'ter,  nearly  tlat,  with  probably  a  jjood  anchorage  beliind 
it,  wliieli  siioultl  be  appioai;he«l  from  the  north,  as  Saw  Keef  runs  out 
from  the  shore  of  Burnaby  Island  to  the  eastward,  and  this  part  of  the 
coast  is  broken   and  rocky,  with  larf,'e  lields  of  kelp  extendinj;  from  it. 

Scudder  Point. — From  Scudder  Point,  the  nortlieastern  point  of  liur- 
iiaby  Island,  the  eastern  side  of  the  island  trends  southwestward,  allow- 
ing the  outtT  of  tlie  Copper  Islands  to  be  seen.  A  considerable  width 
of  low  land  stretciies  back  from  Scudder  I'oint,  covered  with  an  open 
growth  of  large  but  gnarled  spruces.  Little  beaches  of  coarse  gravel 
fill  the  spaces  between  tlie  low  shattered  rock  masses,  apparently  caused 
by  the  action  of  a  heavy  surf  In  a  cove  on  tlie  north  side  is  a  strongly 
built  but  abandoned  Indian  house.  North  of  (rranite  Point  is  a  deep 
bay  with  a  high  island  lying  in  the  mouth  of  it. 

Juan  Perez  Sound  has  at  its  entrance  between  the  north  of  Burna- 
by Island  and  Kamsay  Island,  a  width  of  8  miles.  The  sound  extends 
westward,  a  number  of  smaller  inlets  and  bays  branching  olf  from  it, 
and  is  continued  in  a  more  northerly  direction  by  Darwin  Sound,  by 
which  it  communicates  with  the  upper  ends  of  the  long  inlets  which 
extend  westward  from  Laskeek  Bay. 

On  its  southwestern  side  are  Werner  Bay,  ITutton  Inlet,  and  De  la 
Beche  Inlet,  which  terminate  in  narrow  channels  or  liords,  extending 
among  the  mountains,  and  which  have  not  been  examined  to  their  heads. 
From  Werner  Bay  two  small  inlets  branch.  Huttou  Inlet  a])i»ears  to 
be  about ;{  miles  long;  :)e  la  Beche  nearly  G  miles,  with  a  low  valley, 
hemmed  in  bj-  hills  on  euher  side  running  northwestward  from  its  ex- 
tremity. None  of  these  openings  seem  to  be  well  adapted  for  harbors, 
as  the  shores  are  bold  and  rocky,  seldom  showing  beaches,  and  the 
water  to  all  appearances  too  deep  for  anchorage. 

Bischoff  Islands,  lyingin  the  northwestern  i)art  of  Juan  Perez  Sound 
off  the  southern  side  of  Lyell  Island,  are  low,  but  densely  wooded. 
There  is  sheltered  anchorage  for  small  craft  between  the  two  larger 
islands,  but  it  must  be  entered  from  the  westward,  and  with  much 
caution,  owing  to  the  number  of  rocks  and  sunken  reefs  which  sur- 
round it. 

Sedg'wick  Bay,  about  3  miles  deep,  on  the  southern  shore  of  Lyell 
Island,  is  too  much  exposed  for  a  harbor,  as  southerly  winds  draw  di- 
rectly up  Juan  Perez  Sound. 

Ramsay,  Murchison,  and  Faraday  Islands  are  the  largest  of  a 
group  of  islands  Ibrming  the  northeastern  side  of  Juan  Perez  Sound. 

Kamsay  Island  is  2-J  miles  in  length  east  and  west,  has  bold  hills 
rising  in  the  center,  and  is  densely  wooded.  Its  southern  shore  is  high, 
with  some  rocky  cliffs;  two  small  islets  lie  oft  the  northeastern  side, 
which  is  rugged  and  composed  of  solid  rock.  The  NW.  shore  has  sev- 
eral coves,  but  none  suited  for  anchorage. 


TAR    ISLANDS — DARWIN    SOUND. 


395 


Mnrchison  Island  i-s  2A  niilcH  long;  uiul  Faraday  Island  nearly  2  miles; 
both  are  low. 

Between  Ramsay  and  Mnniliison  Islands  is  a  small  gronp  composed 
of  Hot  Si)ring,  House,  and  a  few  smaller  islets  and  rocks.  On  the 
southern  side  of  Hot  Spring  Island  is  the  spring  from  which  it  has  its 
name.  Its  situation  is  easily  recognized  by  a  ]»atch  of  green,  mossy, 
sward  which  can  be  seen  from  a  considerable  distance  ;  steam  also  gen- 
erally hovers  over  it.  The  temperature  is  so  high  that  the  hand  cau 
scarcely  bear  it  with  comfort.  The  water  has  a  slight  smell  of  sul- 
phuretted hydrogen,  and  a  barely  i)erceptible  saline  taste.  The  Indians 
bathe  in  a  natural  i)ool  in  which  the  waters  of  one  of  the  streams  col- 
lect. 

Anchorage. — Between  Hot  Spring  and  House  islands  is  a  good 
anchorage  for  small  craft,  sheltered  on  all  sides  but  the  north. 

Tar  Islands. — Extending  northward  from  the  end  of  Jlurchison  Is- 
land is  a  chain  of  small  islands  about  4  miles  long,  named  the  Tar  Is- 
hands,  as  the  Indians  report  that  on  one  of  them  bituminous  matter  is 
found,  oozing  out  among  the  stones  on  the  beach.  Agglomerate  Island, 
the  .southernmost,  has  apparently  been  burnt  over,  and  is  covered  with 
standing  dead  trees.  These  islands  are  only  approximately  i)laced  on 
the  chart.  Northward  of  them  lies  a  single  low  island  with  a  i'ow 
trees  on  it,  named  Tuft  Island. 

Hocks  dry  at  low  water  lie  between  Faraday  and  Murchison  Islands, 
and  there  are  several  small  rocky  islets  and  low- water  rocks  in  the  vi- 
cinity of  Hot  Spring  and  House  Islands. 

Entering  Juan  Perez  Sound.- -Vessels  entering  the  .sound  had 
best  do  so  to  the  southward  of  Hamsay  Island.  Xo  bottom  was  reached 
with  94  fathoms  of  line  in  the  center  of  the  sound  south  of  Ramsay 
Island,  nor  at  about  one  mile  SK.  of  the  extremity  of  Bischolf  Island. 
The  water  is  apparently  deep  throughout,  but  it  has  not  been  sounded. 

Lyell  Island,  about  15  miles  in  diameter  east  and  west,  and  !t  miles 
north  and  south,  is  separated  from  Moresby  Island  by  Darwin  Sound. 
The  island  is  composed  of  hilly  land.  It  is  densely  wooded,  and  on  the 
low  land  has  some  line  timber.  The  east  coast  has  not  been  sic  <  >>  'd. 
Atli  Inlet,  on  the  northern  side  of  Lyell  Island,  has  not  been  exaniwicd  : 
it  is  about  3  miles  deej),  with  two  main  arras,  and  does  not  api)ear  to  be 
a  good  harbor. 

Halibut  Bank. — About  3  to  -4  miles  east  of  the  NE.  i)oint  of  Lyell 
Island  is  Halibut  Bank,  with  23  fathoms  water  on  it. 

Darwin  Sound  lies  between  Lyell  and  .Moresby  Islands,  iind  from  its 
southern  entrance  to  White  Point  is  12  miles  in  length  ;  in  width  it  is 
irregular,  but  it  is  a  fine  navigable  channel.  In  the  south  entrance  no 
bottom  was  found  at  04  fathoms.  When  entering  from  the  southward, 
Shuttle  Island  appears  to  be  nearly  round.  The  channel  on  its  eastern 
side  should  be  followed,  as  this  seems  to  be  quite  free  from  impedi- 
ments.   Abreast  the  northern  end  of  Shuttle  Island  in  this  channel  a 


396 


QUEEN   CHARLOTTE   ISLANDS. 


<>.a8t  of  18  fathoms  waa  obtained.  A  mile  beyond  tliis  point,  and  in  mid- 
cliannel,  is  a  low  roclc  which  is  not  readily  seen,  with  a  second,  uncov- 
ered only  at  low  water,  a  short  distance  to  the  north  of  it. 

Tides.— The  flood  sets  up  Darwin  Sound  from  the  southward  into  the 
various  inlets,  and  then  eastward  to  the  open  sea  again  by  Bichardsoa 
and  Logan  Inlets.  The  ebb  in  like  manner  draws  through  from  end  to 
end  in  the  opposite  direction.  The  tidal  stream  runs  at  the  rate  of  2 
knots  at  the  strongest. 

Bigsby  Inlet — The  southwestern  side  of  Darwin  Sound  for  5  miles 
from  the  south  entrance  is  rocky  ajid  broken,  with  several  coves  and 
inlets.  At  that  distance  is  Bigsby  Inlet,  extending  2^  miles  in  a  west- 
erly direction.  It  is  a  gloomy  chasm,  scarcely  J  mile  in  width,  and  sur- 
rounded by  mountains  probably  as  high  as  any  in  the  islands.  The 
inlet  is  almost  void  of  anything  like  a  beach. 

Shuttle  Island,  though  low,  is  rocky.  The  channel  to  the  west  of 
it  is  probably  deep  enough  for  vessels  of  any  class,  but  should  not  be 
used  until  surveyed.  There  is  a  rock,  covered  at  high  water,  on  t'"^ 
west  side  of  its  northern  entrance. 

Echo  Harbor. — At  l^milesnorthward  of  Shuttle  Island,  and  oppc 
the  inner  end  of  Richardson  Inlet,  is  Echo  Harbor.  The  passage  lUku 
the  harbor  runs  southward  about  one  mile,  and  is  surrounded  by  high 
hills,  which,  toward  its  head,  rise  to  rugged  mountains.  The  outer 
part  of  the  entrance  has  a  depth  of  10  fathoms  in  it,  the  sides  then  ap- 
proach, leaving  a  channel  scarcely  300  yards  wide  between  abrupt  rocky 
shores. 

In  the  harbor  proper  the  depth  is  everywhere  about  15  fathoms,  de- 
creasing gradually  toward  the  head  for  a  short  distance,  and  then  run- 
ning steeply  up  to  a  flat  which  is  partly  dry  at  low  water,  and  above 
high-water  mark  forms  a  narrow,  grassy  beach.  The  bottom  is  soft 
mud,  and  excellent  holding  ground.  A  very  narrow  passage  leads  west- 
ward from  the  bottom  of  the  harbor  into  a  secluded  basin,  scarcely  J 
mile  in  diameter,  which,  with  the  exception  of  a  channel  in  the  middle, 
is  nearly  dry  at  low  water.  Into  its  head  flows  a  large  brock,  coming 
from  the  mountains  to  the  southwestward. 

Klunkwoi  Bay. — At  2  miles  west  of  the  entrance  to  Eel  o  Harbor, 
the  shore  line  falls  back  in  Klunkwoi  Bay.  The  bay  runs  up  .n  several 
arms,  which  have  not  been  carefully  examined,  among  the  bases  of 
rugged  snow-clad  mountains,  which  rise  steeply  from  the  shrres.  The 
mountains  of  Moresby  Island  appear  to  culminate  here,  and  a.e  not  such 
a  prominent  feature  further  southward. 

Crescent  Inlet  may  be  considered  y-i  forming  the  extension  of  Dar- 
win Sound  northward.  It  turns  gradually  through  nearly  half  a  circle 
from  a  northwest  bearing  to  a  direction  nearly  southwest,  and  is  over 
4  miles  in  length.  It  is  a  ttord,  with  steep  mountains  and  wooded  sides, 
but  probably  not  so  deep  as  most  similar  inlets,  as  there  are  stretches 
of  beach  of  some  length.    Red  top  mountain,  partly  bare,  is  the  most 


RICHARDSON  INLET — LOGAN  INLET. 


397 


conspicuous  peak  in  the  vicinity,  rising  on  tbe  aortliern  side  of  the  in- 
let, Ht  ttiH  angle  of  the  bend. 

Laskeek  Bay  is  the  name  given  to  the  wide  indentation  of  the  coast 
between  the  northeastern  extreme  of  Ljell  Island  and  Vertical  Point, the 
southeast  point  of  Louise  Island,  and  10  miles  apart.  Prom  Laskeek  Bay 
4  large  inlets  extend  westward  ;  of  these  the  2  southern,  Richardson  and 
Logan  Inlets,  open  into  the  head  of  Darwin  Sound. 

The  two  northern  inlets,  Dana  and  Helwyn,  communicate  at  their  heads 
with  the  head  of  Cumshewa  Inlet  to  the  northward. 

Richardson  Inlet  is  about  11  miles  in  length  in  an  east  and  west  direc- 
tion, with  an  average  breadth  of  lA  miles,  and  is  straight,  witli  moder- 
ately bold  shores.  Atli  Iidet  is  just  within  the  entrance,  and  Dog 
Island  about  5  miles  within  it;  Kunga,  Tanoo,  ;  nd  Inner  Islands,  from 
east  to  west,  form  the  northern  side.  Kunga  Island  is  about  1,50U  feet 
high,  and  forms  a  good  mark  for  the  entrance;  (liere  Is  a  low,  rocky 
reef  some  distan".e  eastward  of  the  outer  i>oint  ot  iCunga,  and  a  second 
off  the  south  shore  of  the  same  island.  Near  Dog  Island  there  are  sev- 
eral small  islets  and  rocks;  and  at  about  3^  miles  west  of  it,  on  the 
southern  side  of  the  inlet,  is  a  cove,  where  a  small  vessel  can  find  a 
convenient  anchorage,  probably  the  nearest  stopping  place  to  Laskeek 
village.  The  channels  between  Kunga  and  Tanoo  and  the  latter  and 
Inner  Islands  are  probably  deep,  though  the  tirst  should  be  navigated 
with  caution,  and  care  taken  to  avoid  the  east  end  of  Tanoo  Island,  as 
several  rocks  and  patches  of  kelp  lie  off  it. 

Laskeek  or  Klue  Indian  village  ia  on  the  eastern  extremity  of  Tanoo 
Island.  It  is  one  of  the  most  populous  still  remaining  in  the  Queen 
Charlotte  Islands.  The  village,  extending  round  a  rocky  point,  faces 
two  ways,  which  prevents  its  being  wholly  seen  from  any  one  point  of 
view.  The  western  end  of  Richardson  Inlet  is  contracted  to  a  width 
of  about  \  mile,  and  obstructed  by  a  small  island  and  several  rocks. 

Anchorage  has  been  obtained  in  II  fathoms,  about  400  yards  east 
of  the  village.  This  anchorage  is  not  a  good  one,  being  exjjosed  to  NW. 
and  SE.  winds,  and  is  steep  close-to.  Ou  ancLoring  the  houses  should 
not  be  brought  to  bear  south  of  N.  04^  W.,  as  patches  of  rock  stretch 
out  two-thirds  the  distance  across  to  the  opposite  shore  from  Laskeek 
Point,  so  that  going  or  coming  from  the  north  the  east  shore  should  be 
kept  well  on  aboard,  it  being  steep-to  and  quite  safe.  In  the  season, 
kelp  marks  the  patches. 

The  Tide  runs  tiirongh  this  passage  with  considerable  strength,  and 
it  is  unsuited  as  an  approach  to  Echo  Harbor,  though  the  most  direct 
way  in  from  the  sea. 

Logan  Inlet  is  nearly  parallel  to  Richardson  Inlet,  with  Flower  Pot 
Island,  a  small  bold  rock  covered  with  trees,  oft"  its  mouth.  One  other 
small  island  lies  close  to  the  shore  on  its  southern  side,  but  it  is  other- 
wise free  from  obstructions,  and  constitutes  a  fine  navigable  channel, 
the  best  approach  to  Echo  Harbor. 


398 


QUEi:X    CHARLOTTE    ISLANI'S. 


Vessels  should  enter  to  the  uoith  of  Flower  Pot  Isliind  and  keep  iu 
the  center  of  the  (thiuinel.  Kiinga  Island,  as  already  mentioned,  is 
high.  Titnl  Island,  small  and  with  low  limestone  clilfs,  lies  northward 
of  it.  Tanoo  and  Inner  Islands  are  also  bold,  rising  to  rounded  hills  of 
nearly  uniform  lieight  of  about  800  feet.  They  have  some  good  gravelly 
beaches,  though  mostly  rocky. 

Dana  lulet,  with  bold  shores,  has  at  its  entrance  Helmet  Island, 
small,  rocky,  high,  and  of  rounded  form.  A  second  small  island  is  near 
't,  and  from  most  points  of  view  the  channel  between  the  two  is  not 
seen,  and  care  is  necessary  not  to  mistake  this  island  for  Flower  Pot 
Island,  at  the  entrance  to  Logan  Inlet.  At  its  western  extremity  Dana 
Inlet  turns  northward,  communicating  b,-  a  narrow  but  apparently 
deep  ;  assage  with  Selwyn  Inlet. 

Talunkixran  Island  is  8  miles  long,  and  2  miles  broad ;  the  hills  are 
routxled  '.i  foru:,  and  from  800  to  900  feet  high. 

Selvryn  Inlet  is  nearly  parallel  to  Dana  Inlet,  and  near  its  head 
turns  northward,  fornung  at  high  water  a  passage  for  canoes  into  the 
upper  part  of  Ouinshewa  Inlet.  The  passage  is  narrow  and  walled  in 
on  both  sides  by  mountains  which  rise  very  steeply  from  it.  Entrance 
Island  is  small  and  lies  oil'  the  northern  entrance  point  with  a  low  rock 
about  one  mile  eastward  of  it.  With  the  exception  of  a  small  rock 
about  the  middle  of  Talunkwan  Island  and  near  thi;  southern  shore, 
the  inlet  appears  to  be  free  from  dangers. 

After  giving  the  islets  off  the  north  entrance  a  wide  berth,  a  vessel 
should  keep  the  northern  shore  for  a  distance  of  5  miles  until  the  en- 
trance of  Rock-tish  Harbor  is  reached. 

Rock-fish  Harbor  is  formed  by  a  boot-shaped  projection  of  low  laud 
at  the  angle  of  Selwyn  Inlt't,  and  extends  in  a  westerly  direction  for 
about  li  miles,  with  a  width  of  .^  mile,  and  an  average  depth  of  l."!*  fath- 
oms. It  is  a  secure  and  well  sheltered  anchorage,  more  easily  entered 
than  Cumshewa. 

At  about  o  miles  from  the  entrance  of  the  passage  leading  to  Cum- 
shewa is  the  opening  to  an  inlet  about  3  miles  deep  in  a  southwesterly 
direction,  approaching  to  within  4A  miles  of  Mitchell  Harbor.  These 
upper  arms  of  Selwyn  Inlet  are  environed  by  high  and  rugged  moun- 
tains. 

Reef  and  Lovr  Islands  lie  in  the  outer  part  of  Laskeek  Bay.  The 
southern  and  lirst  named  is  steep  along  the  water's  edge,  and  a  reef 
runs  off  about  half  a  nule  to  the  southward  from  it.  Tleir  exact  posi- 
tion is  not  known. 

Louise  Island  is  about  15  nules  long  east  and  we^-'^,  and  8  miles 
broad,  with  high  mountains,  and  doubtless  the  snow  on  them  lasts 
throughout  the  summer.  From  Selwyn  Inlet  the  east  coast  of  the 
island  trends  northeastward  8  miles,  with  several  small  bays,  fully 
oi)en  to  tlio  sea,  and  mostly  rocky. 


ant 
it 

po 
so 


VERTICAL  POINT CUMSHEWA  INLET. 


399 


Vertical  Point  projects  at  about  lialf-way  alonj?  this  stretch  of  sbore, 
and  is  remarkable  Iroiii  tbe  shape  of  the  beds  of  gray  limestone  of  which 
it  is  ooitiposi'd,  aj^grej^ating  at  least  400  feet  in  tliicivness.  Xortli  of  the 
point  are  two  small  lime&tone  islands,  behind  wliicli  the  tide,  running 
southward  along  the  coast,  forms  a  race  on  the  ebb. 

Skedans  Bay,  about  2  miles  from  the  entrance  to  Canishewa,  is 
strewn  with  sunken  rocks  and  fully  open,  and  should  not  be  entered  by 
vessels.  A  large  stream  enters  its  head,  which  caii  be  seen  at  some 
distance  inland  forming  a  high  waterfall,  and  which,  according  to  the 
Indians,  Hows  out  of  a  lake  of  some  size,  high  among  the  mountains. 
Skedans  Village  forms  a  semi-circle  round  the  head  of  a  small  bay  or 
cove,  very  rocky,  which  indents  the  south  side  of  a  narrow  isthmus,  con- 
necting two  remarkable  aipple-shaped  hills  with  th"^  main  shore.  This 
peninsula  is  situated  at  the  southern  entrance  ])oint  toCiimshewa  Inlet, 
and  between  it  and  thi?  Skedans  Islands  the  thie  forms  a  race.  Skedans 
Islands,  distant  3i  miles  from  the  shore,  are  low  and  covered  with  trees. 

Cumshevra  Inlet  is  a  long  inlet  extending  about  15  miles  westward, 
with  a  prolongation  southward  connecting  it  with  Selwyn  Inlet.  It 
differs  in  the  low  character  of  the  land  on  its  northern  shore  from  the 
inlets  to  the  south,  and  marks  the  Junction,  on  the  east  coast  of  the  is- 
lands, of  the  mountain  region  and  liat  country.  There  is  more  beach 
along  the  shores  than  in  the  southern  inlets,  and  wide  tide-flats,  indi- 
cating shoaler  water,  which  is  'Ujt  only  found  in  the  iidet  itself,  but  ex- 
tends off  the  coast.  Towards  the  head  of  the  inlet,  the  shores  are  quite 
bold  in  some  places,  and  the  water  i)robably  deep. 

In  theentranceofCumshewa  Inlet,  to  the  north  of  Skedans  Islands,  are 
depths  of  20  fathoms,  with  a  shell  and  gravel  bottom.  Otf  the  north  point 
of  entraiice,  t/um8hewalslan<l,  a  small  barren  rock,  and  the  Cumahewa 
Eocks,  extend  iu  a  southeasterly  direction  nearly  li  miles.  Vessels 
coming  from  the  north  should  keep  well  oft'  the  shore  till  the  rocks  are 
passed,  and  then  stand  iu  to  the  entrance  in  a  northwesterly  direction. 
On  the  outer  point,  near  Cumshewa  Island,  ai»  the  ruins  of  an  aban- 
doned village. 

Kingui  Island,  just  within  the  north  entrvace  point,  on  the  northern 
side  of  the  inlet,  is  covered  with  dead  trees,  aiul  can  be  recognized 
easily.  At  about  one  mile  within  the  entrance,  an  extensive  shoal,  ou 
which  the  sea  breaks  heavily,  runs  off  froai  the  south  shore,  leaving  a 
channel  about  4  mile  wide  between  it  and  the  north  shore  of  the  inlet. 
The  passage  in  is  through  this  channel,  in  which  it  is  reported  there  are 
depths  of  7  and  8  fathoms.  The  southern  point  of  a  peninsula  which 
projects  from  the  northern  shore  of  the  inlet,  bearing  N.  6tio  W.,  just 
clears  the  northern  edge  of  the  shoal.  A  few  patches  of  the  shoal  dry 
at  low  water,  but  the  greater  part  is  indicated  oidy  by  the  kelp  which 
grows  thickly  on  it  during  the  summer.  The  tides  run  strongly  iu  the 
mouth  of  the  iidet. 


400 


QUEEN    CHARLOTTE    ISLANDS. 


McKay  Cove. — Withiu  the  narrows,  on  the  northern  shore,  is  a  cove, 
where  a  small  house  for  the  purpose  of  trade  was  built,  but  is  now  aban- 
doned. The  shore  dries  out  for  some  distance  at  low  water,  but  ofl'  it 
a  small  vessel  may  find  a  pretty  secure  anchorage,  though  the  tide 
svreeps  round  the  cove. 

Cumshewa  Village  is  also  on  the  northern  side  of  the  inlet,  about 
one  mile  westward  of  .McKay  Cove,  the  houses  being  built  along  the 
shore  of  a  bay  facing  southeastward,  3;V  miles  within  the  entrance.  A 
small  rocky  islet,  connected  with  the  main  at  low  water,  lies  off  it. 

Anchorage. — The  best  anchorage  for  a  large  vessel  is  probably  to  be 
found  on  the  southern  side,  nearly  opposite  the  peninsula  before  alluded 
to,  and  abreast  a  stretch  of  low  land,  eastward  of  a  stream. 

The  Coast. — From  the  entrance  to  Cumshewa  Inlet,  the  coast  runs 
northwestward  to  Spit  Point,  the  south  i)oint  of  Skidegate  Inlet,  a  dis- 
tance of  17  miles.  It  is  indented  by  two  considerable  bays.  Copper 
Bay — the  northern — about  5  miles  from  Spit  Point,  received  its  name 
from  some  copper  works  which  were  carried  on  there  at  one  time.  The 
land  is  low,  and  very  different  in  appearance  from  that  of  the  coast 
southward.  The  projecting  points  are  mostly  low  and  flat,  and  formed 
of  gravel  deposits.  With  the  change  in  the  character  of  the  land,  the 
beach  becomes  flat,  and  shoal  water  extends  far  oft"  shore,  the  depth 
shoaling  from  10  fathoms  at  .1  miles  off  Cumshewa  Island,  to  G  and  7 
fathoms  at  7  miles  off  Spit  Poiut.  Near  Cumshewa  the  beaches  are 
almost  entirely  composed  of  bowlders,  but  show  more  gravel  and  sand 
toward  Skidegate.  The  surface  of  the  country  is  densely  wooded  with 
trees  of  large  size. 

Cape  Chroustcheff,  -  miles  to  the  southward  of  Spit  Point,  should 
not  be  passed  nearer  than  5  miles ;  the  cape  is  low  and  dark-looking. 
Coming  from  the  southward,  it  shows  very  conspicuous  ;  when  abreast 
of  it,  Spit  Pi  iut,  the  low  southern  point  of  Skidegate,  becomes  visible. 

Skidegate  Inlet,  separating  Moresby  from  Graham  Island,  forms  a 
spacious  harbor  communicating  with  the  Pacific  iit  Hack  I'oint,  south 
of  Cart  Wright  Sound,  by  an  intricate  channel,  only  navigaMe  for  cauoes 
a  jKtrtion  of  the  way.  Skidegate  Inlet  from  its  entrance  extends  in  a 
southwesterly  direi^cion  for  about  9  miles  from  the  Bar  llocks,  where  it 
contracts  to  a  width  of  \{  miles  between  Image  Point  and  Flowery 
Islet.  Within  these  points  it  ojjens  again,  fbrniing  two  exi)ansions, 
separated  by  Maude  Island.  That  part  of  the  northern  expansion  east- 
ward of  Lina  Island  forms  lieai'  Skin  Uay  ;  the  part  westward  of  the 
island  has  several  islands  iii  it,  with  Anchor  Cove  in  the  western  end. 
Beyond  Anchor  Cove  it  turns  northwestward,  forming  Long  Arm.  The 
southern  expansion  forms  South  Bay,  in  which  is  South  Island,  its  west- 
ern side  passing  into  Skidegate  Cliannel  and  thence  to  the  I'aciflc. 

The  shores  of  Skidegate  Inlet  are  not  so  bold  as  those  of  the  fiords  to 
the  south,  and  are  mostly  fringed  w)  .h  a  beach  of  greater  or  less 
width.  The  surrounding  country  is  densely  wooded,  and  where  the 
land  is  flat,  timber  of  magnificent  growth  is  found. 


SPIT    POINT — ANCHOR   COVE. 


401 


Spit  Point  is  low  and  wooded  and  composed  of  sand  deposits,  which, 
extending  northward,  form  the  bar  which  stretches  across  the  entrance 
to  Skidegiite  Inlet. 

The  Bar  or  spit,  with  from  one  to  3  fathoms  water  on  it,  extends  in 
a  northwesterly  direction  lor  about  9.^  miles  to  within  nearly  li  miles 
of  Lawn  Point,  the  northern  point  of  entrance.  The  Si)it  slopes  ofl" 
very  gradually  seaward,  wiiile  toward  the  inlet  it  rapidly  deepens  to  20 
or  30  fathoms. 

Bar  Rocks,  on  the  outer  edge  of  the  Spit,  2^  miles  from  its  extrem- 
ity, are  two  in  number;  the  western  one  dries  o  feet,  aM<l  lies  G;J  miles 
X.  12°  W.  of  Spit  Point;  the  outer  or  eastern  rock  dries  one  foot  at  low 
water  and  bears  N.  9°  VV.  the  same  distance  from  Spit  Point;  800  yards 
N.  .S20  B.  of  tlie  inner  rock  ;  and  3  miles  X.  77o  E.  of  Dead  Tree  Point. 
The  sea  does  not  always  break  on  these  rocks.  Lawn  Point,  bearing 
X.  50°  W.,  leads  to  the  norihward  of  Bar  Kocks. 

La'wn  Point  is  generally  green,  with  a  small  sand  clitf  and  a  large 
bowhler  in  front  of  it  ;  a  hill  oOO  feet  high  rises  immediately  to  the 
westward  of  the  point.  The  coast  southward  of  Lawn  Point  is  flat  for 
10  miles  to  V^ilhige  Bay,  and  is  covered  with  standing  dead  trees.  Tiie 
point  is  not  easily  distinguished  when  the  grass  is  dried  up. 

Dead  Tree  Point,  3^  miles  to  the  southward  of  Lawn  Point,  is  a 
projecting  part  of  the  coast,  but  otherwise  is  not  consiMcuous.  It  can 
only  be  seen  ac  -i  tangent  when  on  a  north      d  south  bearing. 

Village  Islands,  in  front  of  Village  liay,  lurm  good  marks  for  Skide- 
gate  Inlet;  the  northern  one  (Bare  Islet)  is  almost  bare,  and  the  other 
(Tree  Islet),  has  trees  ui)on  it. 

The  village  of  Skidegate,  nearly  A  mile  in  length,  is  in  the  bay,  oft" 
which  are  the  Village  Islands,  and  consists  of  many  houses,  with  tlie 
usual  carved  jtosts,  fronting  the  beach. 

Village  Bay  is  a  good  stopj)iug  ])hu'e;  anchorage  may  be  taken  up 
between  liare  Islet  and  the  beach  in  14  fathoms.  It  is  exposed  to  SI', 
winds.  Should  one  of  these  gales  spring  up,  good  shelter  will  be  found 
in  Alliford  Bay. 

Image  Point. — In  the  cove  at  Image  Point  some  rude  buildings 
have  been  erecjted  in  e<inne"ti<)n  with  the  dogfish  fishery. 

Alliford  r^iy  is  an  ex(*ellent  anchorage,  with  good  lioldiiig  groumi, 
jii  about  9  fiiih jms.  The  passage  between  Flowery  Islet  and  the  north- 
ern point  of  the  bay,  should  not  be  use<l.  Wood  and  water  nuiy  be  ob- 
tained. 

Anchor  Cove,  in  the  western  part  of  the  iidet,  affords  anchorage  in 
5  fathoms.  This  is  the  place  of  export  for  the  anthracite  coal,  fouutl 
on  botii  shores  of  tlie  inlet,  but  principally  on  the  sides  of  mount  Sey- 
mour, one  mile  to  the  northward  of  the  cove.  The  coal  has  been  mined, 
a  sniii'.l  railway  being  laid  to  Anchor  Cove. 

Slatfl  Chunk  Brook  is  t!ic  lai  gest  stieam  hi  Skiilegato   Inlet,  its 
mouth  being  about  one  mile  north  of  Anchor  Cove.     The  brook  receives 
14205— No.  9(J 26 


402 


QUEKN   CHARLOTTE    ISLANDS. 


its  imme  from  a  quarry  a  few  miles  up  its  course,  where  the  Indians 
obtain  the  dark  slialy  material  from  wliich  they  make  carvintjs. 

Leading  Island  forms  the  western  part  of  Alliford  Bay,  is  400  feet 
hifili,  and  apju-ars  round. 

Maude  Island  is  nesirly  4  miles  long,  WSW.  and  ENE.,  U  miles 
broad,  and  1,'J()0  feet  high.  On  the  western  end  of  the  island  the  In- 
dians belonging  to  Gold  Harbor  (on  the  west  coast)  have  established  a 
village. 

Skidegate  Channel  extends  from  South  Hay  for  15  miles  to  the  Pacific. 
From  South  15ay  to  Log  Point,  a  distance  of  8i  miles,  the  channel  is 
contracted,  particularly  in  the  East  and  West  Narrows,  the  former  in 
one  part  being  only  200  feet  wide,  and  the  latter  400  yards.  The  tides 
from  east  and  west  meet  about  the  P^ast  Narrows,  running  through  the 
channel  with  great  strength,  probably  5  knots  in  several  places.  The 
narrows  must  be  passed  at  slack  water  of  high  tide,  which  lasts  for  a 
very  short  time,  so  that  both  narrows  can  not  be  got  through  in  one 
tide. 

Directions.— From  the  northeastward  Lawn  Point  makes  like  a  bluflf 
sloping  towards  the  north.  Large  ships  should  bring  Lawn  Point  to 
bear  S.  71°  W.  and  steer  for  it ;  the  water  will  gradually  shoal  from  10 
and  1 2  fathoms  at  4  miles  ott',  to  5  and  4i  fathoms  at  about  one  mile  from 
the  point,  when  it  suddenly  deepens  to  12  and  20  fathoms.  From  this 
position.  Welcome  Point,  which  appears  as  a  low  and  grassy  patch 
under  Table  Mountain  (but  is  difficult  to  distinguish),  should  bear  B. 
6°  W.  If  it  does  not,  bring  it  on  that  bearing  and  exactly  in  line  with 
the  left  tangent  of  the  highest  i)artof  Table  Mountain.  This  will  lead 
in  between  the  Bar  Rock  spit  and  the  shoal  extending  from  Lawn  Point 
to  Dead  Tree  I'oint,  and  up  to  the  leading  marks.  This  course  will 
lead  very  close  to  the  northwestern  point  of  the  Bar  Kock  Spit,  if  not  over 
the  extremitj'  of  it  in  3  fathoms  at  low  water.  The  deep  portion  of  the 
channel  from  opposite  Lawn  Point  till  past  the  northwestern  point  of 
Bar  Hock  Spit  (or  until  the  bowlder  at  Lawn  Point  bears  N.  53°  W.)  is 
only  )f  mile  wide;  attention  to  the  lead  and  steering,  with  a  sharp  look 
out,  is  therefore  necessary,  for,  as  previously  remarked,  Welcome  Point 
is  not  readily  distinguished. 

The  west  side  of  Leading  Island,  in  line  with  the  east  side  of  Bare 
Ich'nd  bearii'g  S.  2(5°  W.,  leads  over  the  Bar  Rock  Spit,  to  the  north- 
ward of  the  rocks,  in  15  feet  at  low  water,  from  whence  the  depth  is 
from  20  to  30  fatlioms  to  Village  Island;  passing  to  the  southward  of 
these  Islands  anchorage  may  be  found  in  the  northeastern  side  of  Bear 
Skin  Bay  in  12  fathoms,  or,  to  gain  shelter  from  a  SE.  gale,  Alliford 
Bay  is  recommended. 

Coasting  vessels  with  local  knowledge  use  a  passage  with  3.J  fathoms 
over  the  spit,  about  one  mile  south  of  the  Bar  Rocks  (when  they  are 
visible),  by  keeping  Dead  Tree  Point  bearing  N.  88"^  W.  until  the  leatl- 
ing  mark  comes  on. 


TLELL    RIVER — CAPE    BALL. 


403 


Approaobiiig  Skide{,fate  Inlet  the  water  should  not  be  shoaled  under 
6  fathoms  at  low  water  niitil  Lawn  Point  bears  8.  71°  W.  or  the  lead- 
ing marks  are  on. 

The  Coast. — From  Lawn  Hill,  near  Lawn  Point  at  tiie  entrance  of 
Skidegate,  to  Kose  Point,  the  northeastern  extreme  of  Graham  Island, 
the  distance  is  about  48  miles.  The  coast  line  is  straight  and  open, 
with  no  iiarbor,  and  scarcely  a  creek  or  protected  cove  for  canoes  or 
boats  for  long  distances.  The  beach  is  gravelly  and  sometimes  stony 
to  the  Tlell  River,  beyond  this  it  is  mostly  sandy  to  Rose  Point.  lor 
many  miles  northward  ditts  of  clay  and  sand  are  found  alongshore, 
and  for  about  17  miles  northward  of  Tlell  River  these  frequently  rise 
into  clift's  50  to  lOO  feet  in  height.  North  of  the  range  of  cliffs  the 
shore  is  almosc  everywhere  bordered  by  sand  hills,  which  are  covered 
with  coarse  grass,  beach  pea,  etc.  Behind  these  are  woods,  in  some 
places  burnt,  and  the  trees  generally  scrubby.  This  part  of  the  coast 
is  also  characterized  l)y  lagoons,  and  is  evidently  extending  seaward, 
by  the  banking  up  of  the  saiul  under  the  action  of  the  sea.  The  largest 
lagoon  opens  out  at  Cape  Fife  about  0  miles  to  the  southward  of  Rose 
Point,  extending  southward  for  some  miles,  and  is  reported  by  the 
Indians  to  communicate  with  a  second  further  inland.  The  mouth  of 
this  lagoon  forms  a  safe  harbor  for  boats  or  canoes  at  high  water,  but 
is  nearly  dry  at  low  water. 

The  coaiit  between  Skidegate  and  Rose  Point  having  dangerous  Hats 
extending  off  it,  which  have  not  been  examined,  should  be  given  a  berth 
of  fl  or  7  miles,  and  the  lead  kept  constantly  going  whilst  running  along 
it,  the  depths  varying  from  9  to  11  fathoms. 

Tlell  River  enters  the  sea  at  lOi  miles  north  of  Lawn  Point,  and  ia 
a  stream  of  some  size.  For  about  .J  miles  above  its  mouth  it  runs  nearly 
parallel  to  the  shore,  separated  from  the  sea  by  a  low  swampy  strip  of 
land  only  about  half  a  mile  in  breadth.  A  ruined  liulian  house  stands 
about  3  miles  south  of  the  mouMi  of  the  river.  The  water  of  the 
river  is  of  a  dark  coffee  or  amber  color. 

Cape  Ball  (Kultowsis)  is  very  cons|)icuous,  having  a  remarkable 
white  cliff"  on  it,  with  lower  cliffs  on  bothsules;  it  can  not  be  mistaken. 
The  Indians  report  that  at  very  low  tides  patches  of  clay  dry  a  long 
way  off'  from  the  cape.  In  the  bay  north  of  Cape  Ball  are  the  remains 
of  an  Indian  village. 

Rock. — A  rock  with  2  fathoms  on  it,  lies  about  G  miles  ESE.  of 
Ca|)e  Ball. 

Cape  Fife. — Near  this  cape  on  some  parts  of  the  shore  magnetic  iron 
sand  is  abundant,  with  numerous  colors  of  gold  in  it.  There  is  anchor- 
age off"  the  cajie  with  offshore  winds;  in  this  neighboriiood  the  lead 
must  be  most  carefully  attended  to. 

Rose  Point  is  known  to  the  Ilaida  Indians  as  Naikoon,or  long  nose. 
It  is  a  remarkable  low  promontory,  apparently  formed  by  the  meeting 
of  the  currents  and  waves  from  tht)  southward  and  westward  round  this 


404 


QUEEN    CHARLOTTE    ISLANUb. 


corner  of  the  island.  The  inner  part  of  Rose  Point,  near  Cape  Fife, 
does  not  differ  from  tlie  low  wooded  coast  to  the  soui  <  ;  the  Indians 
say  there  are  many  lakes  and  swamps  inland.  Further  out,  where  the 
point  is  narrower  and  more  exposed,  it  is  clothed  with  small  stunted 
wood,  which  in  turn  give  place  to  waving  grass-covered  sand  hills. 
Beyond  this  the  narrow  gravelly  point  is  covered  above  high-water  mark 
with  heaps  of  drifting  sand,  and  great  quantities  of  bleaolied  timber, 
logs,  and  stumps  piled  promiscuously  together.  The  apex  of  the  point 
is  a  narrow,  steep  sided,  gravelly  bank,  which  extends  for  a  long  dis- 
tance at  low  water. 

A  dangerous  spit  extends  off"  Kose  Point  in  a  northeasterly  direction, 
for,  it  is  said,  a  distance  of  nearly  5  miles,  but  its  exact  extent  has  not 
been  ascertained.  The  point  should,  therefore,  especially  in  dark  or 
thick  weather,  be  given  a  wide  berth.  Several  vessels  have  been  lost 
on  Kose  Point,  which  is  a  dangerous  and  treacherous  point  to  round  at 
any  time,  except  in  fine  clear  weather. 

Hecate  Strait,  is  75  miles  wide  at  its  southern  entrance,  gradually 
narrowing  to  25  miles  between  Kose  Spit  (Graham  Island),  and  the 
Butterworth  liocks  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  strait.  In  the  fairway  of 
the  southeastern  part  of  Hecate  Strait  the  water  is  dee]).  From  Skide- 
gate  across  to  within  10  miles  of  the  mainland,  in  a  NE.  direction,  the 
depths  are  from  8  to  li6  fathoms ;  in  some  cases,  growing  kelp  has  been 
seen  in  8  and  13  fathoms. 

With  the  center  of  Zayas  Island  bearing  N.  9°  E.,  and  ttie  north  ex- 
treme of  Stephens  Island  N.  Si°  E.,  the  lepth  is  15  fathoms.  This  bank 
of  soundings  may  be  found  useful  in  thick  weather  for  temporary  anch- 
orage. 

From  the  vicinity  of  Masset  a  bank  of  sand  not  exceeding  20  fathoms 
extends  to  the  north  and  east,  trending  with  Kose  Spit,  and  on  the  east 
side  of  the  island  exiending  towards  Cumshewa,  its  eastern  margin 
reaching  the  middle  i)art  of  Hecate  Strait.  The  average  depth  of  water 
is  from  7  to  10  fatlioms,  but  there  are  much  shoaler  parts.  This  bank 
was  named  Dogfish  Bank  by  Ingraham  in  1701.  Near  its  eastern  edge 
he  places,  in  latitude  53^  50'  and  about  30  miles  SE.  of  Invisible  Point, 
a  rock  or  shoal  on  which  the  ship  Margarvc  struck  in  1702  drawing  13 
feet.  Near  the  si)ot  he  notes  3  fathoms,  deepening  to  5,  7,  and  12  fath- 
oms eastward. 

Shoal.— In  latitude  53^26'  N.,  long.  131° (5'  W.,  approxiiimte,a shoal 
has  been  reported,  but  its  jiosition  is  doubtful. 

Tides. — In  Hecate  Strait,  tne  flood  tide  sets  to  the  northward.  In 
Dixon  Entrance,  the  fioodcomingfrom  the  westward  roun«l  North  Island, 
sets  along  the  Masset  shore,  across  Ilectate  Strait  for  Brown  Passage, 
spreading  for  about  15  iriiles  round  Kose  Point,  towards  Cape  Ibbetson 
(Edye  Passage),  where  it  meets  the  Hood  from  the  southward;  conse- 
quently between  Kose  I'oiiit,  *J;i|)e  Bidl,  Cape  Ibbetson,  and  thence 
southeastward  15  or  20  miles,  the  Mdes  are  irregular. 


ROSE    POINT — MASSET   HARBOR. 


405 


Tlie  direction  and  rate  of  the  tidal  streams  are  not  regular,  being 
greatly  influenued  by  the  winds.  At  full  and  change  they  run  with  great 
strength.  Time  of  high  water  over  the  strait  generally  is  about  Oh. 
30m. 

Between  Cape  Murray,  Percy  Point,  and  Zayas  Island  the  tides  are 
the  strongest  and  most  irregular,  causing  a  heavy  and  confused  sea,  so 
much  so,  that  in  bad  weather  it  has  the  appearance  of  breakers. 

RosePointto  Masset  Sound. — The  shore  between  these  two  places 
forms  a  bay  22  miles  in  width.  With  tlieexception  of  a  few  small  rocky 
])oints,  the  beach  is  smooth  and  regular,  and  almost  altogether  composed 
of  sand  with  gravel  in  some  i)laces,  sloping  steeply  above  the  ordinary 
higli-water  mark.  Low  sand  hills  generally  form  a  border  to  the  woods 
which  densely  cover  the  land.  The  water  is  shoal  far  off  the  shore,  es- 
pecially at  15  miles  from  Rose  Point,  and  on  ai)proachingiMasset  Sound, 
where  kelp  forms  wide  fields  at  a  great  distance  from  the  beach.  In  the 
northeastern  part  of  the  bay  there  is  anchorage  with  offshore  winds. 

Hiellen  River,  at  i)  miles  southwestward  of  Rose  point,  is  a  stream 
of  some  size,  which  is  frequented  by  great  numbers  of  salmon  in  the 
autumn.  Its  "mouth  forms  a  good  boat  harbor.  On  its  east  bank  are  the 
ruins  of  an  Indian  village,  and  on  its  west.  Tow  Hill,  an  eminence  re- 
markable in  this  low  country,  facing  the  sea  with  a  steep  cliff"  200  feet 
high. 

Masset  Harl*  ix  should  be  approached  with  caution  ;  the  ,  ntrance  is 
between  a  low  point  with  a  ledge  of  rocks  covered  with  kelp,  extending 
J  mile  from  it  on  the  western  side,  and  the  point  of  a  long  spit  partly 
dry  (the  surf  usually  breaking  the  whole  length  of  it)  on  the  eastern, 
the  passage  between  having  an  extensive  bar. 

.lust  inside  and  around  the  eastern  point  of  inner  entrance  is  a  pretty 
bay,  with  a  beach,  containing  the  principal  village  (ITttewas),  off"  the 
center  of  which  there  is  anchorage  in  10  fathoms.  At  this  part  the 
widtli  of  tiie  harbor  is  nftarly  2  miles,  a  large  sand  bank  tilling  up  its 
western  side.  Tiie  ebb  tide  runs  very  strong,  making  this  by  no  means 
a  gold  anchorage. 

In  1.  78  the  Hudson  Bay  Company  had  a  post  at  Uttewas,  the  only  one 
on  the  islands;  the  Chnrch  Missionary  Society  also  had  a  station  here 
which  had  been  establislied  2  years.  About  one  mile  sonth  of  tliis 
place,  also  on  tiio  east  siiore,  is  a  second  village,  and  on  the  opposite 
side  a  tliird.  They  are  all  decaying,  and  have  comparatively  few  in- 
habitants. 

Directions. — \A'ith  the  outer  western  point  bearing  N.  .")3'^  W.  one 
mile,  the  depth  is  o  fathoms  at  low  water;  from  this  position  the  course 
in  is  about  8.  9°  W.,  the  deptlis  over  tlic  bar  varying  from  5  to  3  fath- 
oms, for  about  3  miles,  to  abreast  a  village  on  the  western  sliore  a  little 
more  than  one  mile  from  what  maj'  be  termed  the  inner  or  proper  en- 
trance to  the  harl)or;  the  water  then  suddenly  deepens  to  9  and  11 
fathoms,  the  channel  lying  in  the  direction  of  the  eastern  point  of  what 


406 


qup:en  charlotte  islands. 


has  been  called  the  inner  entrance,  and  the  depth,  at  about  400  yards 
from  the  beach  that  fonns  it,  being  from  10  to  13  fatlioms.  A  safe  mark 
for  ffoiug  in  to  the  outer  anchorage  is  a  small  islet  inside  the  channel 
in  line  with  the  outer  eastern  point  bearing  S.  25°  E.,  or  if  the  islet  can 
not  be  seen,  a  point  will  be  seen  open  on  that  bearing.  With  winds 
from  seaward  the  outer  anchorage  is  uncomfortable  owing  to  the  tide 
keeping  the  ship  swung  across  the  swell.  The  plan  of  this  harbor  has 
been  rejiorted  defective  and  should  be  used  with  caution. 

Masset  Sound,  from  its  seaward  entrance  to  the  point  at  which 
itexpaudstoMassetlnletjis  10  miles  long,  and  about  one  mile  in  average 
width,  and,  though  slightly  tortuous,  preserves  nearly  the  parallelism 
of  its  sides.  The  depth,  ascertained  in  a  few  places,  varies  from  10  to 
12  fathoms.  A  number  of  small  streams  How  into  it,  most  of  which, 
according  to  Indian  reports,  have  their  sources  in  small  lakes.  At  3 
miles  up  the  sound  a  lagoon  or  arm  runs  off  on  tlieeastern  side.  Nearly 
opposite  this  place,  on  the  west  side  is  Maast  Island.  It  lies  across  a 
bay  which  seems  at  first  sight  to  offer  better  anchorage  than  that  already 
referred  to.  The  island  is  low  and  samly,  and  a  great  part  of  the  bay 
or  passage  behind  it  is  dry  at  low  water.  On  the  eastern  side  at  4J 
miles  froui  the  southern  or  inner  end  of  the  sound,  where  its  treud  is 
nearly  SW,  and  NK..  a  narrow  passage  runs  ofl' southward,  joining  the 
expamled  ])ortion  of  Masset  Inlet,  and  forming  a  large  island,  which 
is  mostly  lower  than  the  surrounding  country.  This  passage  is  partly 
dry  at  low  water,  and  is  occasionally  used  by  the  Indians  in  canoes. 

At  its  southern  end,  the  narrow  part  of  the  inlet,  which  has  been  called 
the  sound,  expands  suddenly  to  a  large  sheet  of  inland  water.  The 
western  half  of  the  inlet  is  studded  with  islands,  and  it  is  rather  irreg- 
ular in  outline,  foruiing  four  large  bays  or  inlets,  witn  intervening 
mountainous  i)oints.  The  sliores  are  steep,  with  narrow  bowlder 
beaches  sloping  down  at  once  into  deep  water  About  the  heads  of  the 
inlets  and  near  the  ir.outlis  of  streams  only  arr  small  areas  of  flat 
jground  found.  Of  these  inlets,  that  which  reaches  furthest  southward 
is  called  by  the  Indians  Tininowe. 

Tsooskatli.— On  the  southern  side  of  the  inlet  is  a  narrow  passage, 
the  mouth  of  which  is  partly  blocked  by  islands,  but  which  leads  into 
a  second  great  iidet  known  l)y  the  Indians  as  Tsooskatli,  or  "  the  belly 
of  the  rapid."  The  largest  of  the  islands  in  this  passage  is  named 
Slipatia.  Keli)  grows  abundantly  in  the  channel  on  both  sides  of  the 
islands,  which,  tberefore,  can  not  be  very  deep.  The  tide  runs  through 
them  with  great  velocity,  especially  at  ebb,  when  in  the  western  chan- 
nel it  forms  a  true  rapid,  with  much  broken  water. 

Its  eastern  side  is  formed  of  low  land,  while  its  southwestern  ex- 
tremity is  a  long,  fiord-like  inlet.  lu  this  inle'  are  many  islands;  the 
largest,  Haskeious,  is  nearly  one  mile  in  diameter  and  about  200  feet 
high.  The  eastern  portion  of  the  southei'u  shore  is  rocky,  with  many 
small  islets  ofi"  it.    On  the  eastern  side  of  Tsooskatli,  2J  miles  fr„ai  its 


YAKOUN    RIVKB MASSET    SOUND    TIDKS. 


407 


extremity,  is  Towustasiii,  a  reuiarkable  hill,  with  a  steep  clil!'  on  one 
hide.  The  uoitheastern  part  of  Tsooskatli  Las  a  deiith  of  from  10  to  16 
fathoms.  The  depth  of  the  northwestern  part,  about  the  center  be- 
tween the  large  island  and  tlie  mainland,  was  23  fathoms  in  one  ])lace. 

Takoun  River. — Many  streams  How  into  these  inlets;  the  largest  i.s 
probably  that  which  is  known  as  Yakonn,  and  enters  the  .southeastern 
comer  of  Masset  Inlet,  in  the  bottom  of  a  shoal  bay.  About  the  mouth 
of  the  Yakoun  are  large  sandy  Hats,  dry  at  low  water.  It  was  formerly 
navigable  for  small  canoes  a  long  way  W]),  and  is  reported  to  head  in  a 
large  lake.  On  the  western  side  of  the  hay  at  the  mouth  of  this  river 
are  a  few  small  houKes,  u.sed  during  the  salmon  season. 

The  Mamin  River  Joins  the  Tsooskatli  Iidet  at  its  eastern  end,  and 
has  a  wide  delta  flat  about  its  mouth.  It  is  navigable  by  small  canoes 
for  several  miles,  but  is  much  obstructed  by  logs. 

The  A\7un  River,  west  of  the  entrance  to  Tsooskatli,  is  said  to  rise 
in  a  lake. 

Ain  River,  entering  Masset  Inlet  from  the  northwestward,  is  an  imi)or- 
tant  stream.  There  are  several  Indian  houses  which  are  occupied  in 
the  summer  above  its  mouth.  It  is  said  to  flow  out  of  a  very  large 
fresh-water  lake  of  the  same  name,  the  river  itself  being  short.  The 
lake  is  filled  with  islands,  and  in  the  winter  is  frozen  completely  over. 

Tides. — The  rise  of  a  sjning  tide  at  the  entrance  of  .Ma.sset  Sound 
was  estimated  at  about  14  feet,  but,  owing  to  the  length  of  the  narrow 
sound,  Masset  Iidet  has  a  tide  of  from  8  to  10  feet  only ;  and  the  second 
or  Tsooskatli  still  less,  about  0  feet.  On  one  occasion,  it  was  high  water 
at  the  entrance  of  Masset  Sound  at  Ih.  l.lin.  p.  m.,  while  in  the  narrow 
entrance  to  Tsooskatli,  23^  miles  distant,  the  flood  had  just  caused  a 
reversal  of  the  current  at  Oh.  20in.  Owing  to  the  great  expansion  of 
the  upper  part  of  Masset  Inlet  the  tide  continues  to  run  up  opposite 
Masset  for  about  2J  hours  after  it  is  falling  by  the  shore,  whilst  the  ebb 
runs  out  for  about  3  hours  after  the  water  has  begun  to  rise  on  the 
beach. 

Masset  to  Virago  Sound. — The  coast  between  these  two  places  is 
everywhere  low  and  wooded,  with  occasional  open  grassy  spaces,  differ- 
ing from  the  coast  east  of  Masset  in  being  rocky  or  covered  with  bowl- 
ders. No  wide  sandy  bays  occur,  and  the  points  are  mostly  of  dark 
low  rocks.  The  trees  along  the  shore  are  not  of  great  size  and  are  in- 
ter8i»ersed  with  occasional  grassy  spaces. 

The  water  is  shoal  far  offshore,  with  wide  fields  of  kelp.  The  shore 
should  be  approached  with  caution,  with  the  lead  constantly  going. 

In  a  N..">J:0  E.  direction  from  the  eastern  point  of  Virago  Sound  there 
are  soundings  for  several  miles ;  at  8  miles  the  depth  was  52  fathoms, 
sand;  at  o  miles  off",  the  depths  were  about  the  same;  at  2  miles  there 
were  28  fathoms,  sand,  and  the  water  then  gradually  shoaled  in  to  the 
shore.    Great  quantities  of  drift  kelp  have  been  seen. 


408 


QUEEN    CHARLOTTE    ISLANDS. 


Anchorages. — Between  Masset  Harbor  and  Virago  Sound  there  are 
some  fjood  ancliorages,  in  which  a  vessel  miglit  remain  a  night  instead 
of  ket'ping  under  way  or  cruising  about  with  a  8E.  wind  and  thick 
weatlier. 

Virago  Sound,  constituting  tiie  entrance  to  Naden  Harbor,  is  3^  miles 
wii'e  between  its  outer  points,  Capes  Edensaw  and  Naden ;  and  2J 
uries  deep  to  the  narrow  passage  leading  into  the  harbor. 

To  the  northward  of  the  narrows  the  westerly  shore  between  Marj- 
Point  and  Jorey  Point  is  bordered  by  a  flat  extending  to  a  distance  of 
about  i  mile,  and  on  the  opposite  shore  from  Cape  Edensaw  to  Inskip 
Point,  a  shoal  alsoextends  about  thesamr  d:>»tance ;  frojn  the  latter  point 
a  spit  runs  off  to  the  westward  for  f  mile,  with  a  depth  of  lii  fathoms, 
contracting  the  channel,  in  which  the  least  water  is  3^  fathoms,  to  a 
width  of  800  yards.  From  Inskip  Point  to  Creorge  Point,  the  eastern 
shore  is  clear  of  danger. 

With  two  small  wooded  islets  on  the  west  side  of  the  entrance,  bear- 
ing west  one  mile,  Cape  Edensaw  east  2  miles,  and  the  opening  to  the 
inner  harbor  S.  32=^  W.  about  2i  "uiles,  the  de*  ch  is  o.J  fathoms  water, 
sand  and  shells  ;  the  shores  are  low  and  fringed  with  kelp,  but  the  lead 
will  be  a  safe  guide,  as  the  water  shoals  gradually  towards  the  land. 

Vessels  can  always  get  a  pilot  by  tiring  a  gun  and  anchoring  for  a 
short  time.  The  Indian  fishermen  will  come  off  and  point  out  any  dan- 
ger that  may  be  in  the  way  for  a  small  recompense. 

The  inner  anchorage,  oi)posite  Kung  village  on  the  western  side,  Just 
within  the  narrows,  is  in  10  fathoms,  at  about  J  mile  from  shore.  This 
village  has  been  nearly  abandoned  for  the  new  Yatza  village  on  the 
coast  at  about  4  J  miles  NW.  of  Virago  Sound.  There  is  a  rather  promi- 
nent hill  behind  Klaskwun  I'oint.  Above  Kung  village  a  bank  ex- 
tends off  the  eastern  side  of  the  narrows  nearly  half-way  across,  leaving 
a  channel  along  the  western  shore,  with  7  to  10  fathoms  water  in  it. 

Naden  Harbor  is  about  4  miles  in  greatest  length  nortii  and  south, 
and  2  miles  in  width,  with  dei)th8  of  8  to  12  fathoms  in  it.  Low  land, 
densely  wooded  with  spruce  and  hemlock  of  fine  growth,  borders  the 
whole  harbor.  Rock  appears  on  the  siiore  only  near  the  bottom  of  the 
harbor,  and  at  Kunj;  village  in  the  nar*  jws.  The  southeastern  shore 
of  the  harbor  is  low,  with  wide  tide-fiats;  the  northwestern  comjiara- 
tively  bold. 

Naden  River  enters  the  harbor  at  its  southeastern  corner,  and  is 
probably  the  largest  river  on  Queen  Charlotte  Islands.  It  flows  from 
a  large  lake,  which,  according  to  Indiati  .account,  must  be  10  miles  or 
more  in  diameter,  but  is  much  encumbered  by  fallen  trees,  and  its 
banks,  excej)!  in  a  few  swampy  flats,  are  densely  wooded.  At  high 
water  a  boat  can  jjroceed  about  2  miles  up.  Stanley  (Teka)  River,  in 
the  southwestern  corner  of  the  harbor,  is  reported  to  be  navigable  for 
boats  ;  and  several  smaller  streams  al.so  enter  the  harbor. 

Tides. — The  rise  and  fall  is  about  13  feet. 


JALUN    RIVER — PARKY    PA8HAOE. 


40!) 


IQ 


Virago  Sound  to  Cape  Knox. — From  Cape  Niidoii  the  (general  treiu) 
of  the  shore  is  westward  for  about  17  miles  to  Cape  Kuox,  the  north- 
western extreme  of  Graham  Island.  The  shore  and  conntry  behind  it 
are  mostly  low,  though  with  some  rocky  cliffs  of  no  great  height,  and 
the  points  are  rocky,  but  wide  gravelly  or  sandy  bays  intervene.  Some 
rocks  occur  at  a  little  distance  oftshore,  but  there  is  no  apjjearance  of 
a  wide  shoal  belt  like  that  found  eastward  of  Masset.  Klaskwun  Point, 
4J  miles  from  Cape  Naden,  is  a  remarkable  i)roniontory,  rising  in  the 
center  to  a  hill  about  200  feet  in  height,  which,  owing  to  the  Hat  char- 
acter of  other  parts  of  the  shore,  is  visible  for  a  long  distance.  In  a 
rocky  bay  to  the  east  of  the  point,  and  open  to  the  northeastward,  is 
Yatza  village  before  described. 

Jalun  River.— "Half  way  from  Klaskwun  Point  to  the  eastern 
entrance  of  Parry  Passage  is  Jalun  Kiver.  This  stream  is  of  no  great 
size,  but  its  mouth,  in  the  bottom  of  a  small  bay,  forms  an  excellent 
canoe  or  boat  harbor  at  high  water,  and  appears  to  be  a  favorite  stop- 
ping place  for  traveling  Indians.  At  3  miles  further  westward  is  a 
small  promontory,  on  the  east  side  of  which  is  another  excellent  boat 
harbor. 

Pillar  Bay  is  so  called  from  a  very  remarkable  columnar  mass  of 
sandstone  and  conglomerate  rock  which  stands  near  the  eastern  side, 
ftbout  25  feet  in  diameter  and  95  feet  high.  The  summit  is  sloping  and 
covered  with  some  small  bushes.  It  is  separated  at  high  water  from 
the  main  shore,  but  rises  from  a  sandy  and  stony  fiat  at  low  water. 

Parry  Passage  separates  North  Island  from  Graham  Island.  The 
western  entrance  at  the  SB.  angle  of  Cloak  Bay  is  ^  mile  wide,  but  is 
contracted  to  less  than  600  yards  by  foul  ground  which  extends  in  a 
northerly  direction  from  a  point  on  the  southern  side  of  the  entrance. 
The  passage  proper  is  about  2  miles  in  length,  with  an  average  width 
of  :|  mile.  This  channel,  between  the  ledges  of  rock  which  extend 
off  the  southern  side  for  ubout  one  mile  and  North  Island,  is  clear,  but 
the  tide  rushes  through  it,  forming  a  race.  The  flood  runs  eastward, 
leaving  the  east  end  of  the  passage  with  a  northeasterly  direction. 
Two  deserted  Indian  villages  (Kakoli  and  Kioosta)  are  situated  on  the 
southern  side  of  the  i)assage,  near  its  western  entrance. 

Parry  Passage  towards  its  eastern  end  is  sei)arated  into  two  arms 
by  Lucy  Island,  somewhat  less  than  jj  mile  long  and  .i,  mile  broad.  The 
northern  arm  is  not  much  over  200  yards  wide  ;  the  southern  or  main 
channel  is  more  than  i  mile  wide.  The  soundings  in  the  main  passage 
are  30  fathoms,  with  a  rocky  bottom.  The  shores,  except  in  the  narrow 
we-tern  entrance,  seem  to  be  clear  of  dangers.  The  Tiorthern  arm, 
while  exti  jmely  narrow,  is  still  farther  obstructed  by  foul  ground  ex- 
tending oft"  to  the  northeastward  from  the  eastern  shore  of  Lncy  Island 
less  than  A  mile,  and  a  similar  bank  from  the  oitjxtsite  shore  of  North 
Island.  There  is  a  narrow  channel  having  from  4  to  G  fathoms,  hard 
bottom,  at  the  eastern  eud,  and  this  increases  to  15  fathoms  in  the 
western  part  of  the  arm. 


410 


QUEEN    CHARLOTTE    ISLANDS. 


A  small  ialet  lies  ubout  one  milo  to  tlie  oiiHtward  from  tlio  eaatern 
entrance  to  tliis  aim,  ami  a  rock  awasli  is  roportud  '2\  miles  N.  7P  E. 
of  the  same  locality,  and  about  1)  miles  from  the  southern  siiore  of 
North  Isliind. 

Bruin  Bay. — Just  without  the  eastern  entrance  of  furry  I'assa^fe, 
and  ou  the  southern  side,  abreast  of  Lucy  Island,  is  a  bay  afl'ording an- 
chorage in  from  IL'  to  14  fathoms,  sand.  A  line  of  kelp  fringes  the  shore 
which  is  studded  with  rocky  patches  and  stones.  Tiiis  is  not  a  good  un- 
cliorago  except  for  a  temporary  8toi)ping  place  during  thick  weather,  as 
the  flood  sets  into  it  from  the  passage,  forming  a  number  of  eddies,  and 
rendering  it  dillicult  to  lie  at  a  single  ancJior  without  fouling  it.  The 
country  at  the  back  is  low  and  covered  with  trees,  with  here  and  there 
grassy  spots. 

North  Island  is  about  5  miles  in  length,  between  North  Point  and 
its  southern  extreme,  and  composed  of  I'-.w  land.  It  is  densely  wooded. 
On  the  eastern  side  of  North  Island  there  is  said  to  be  a  good  anchor- 
age in  a  bay  which  was  formerly  often  used  by  the  vessels  belonging  to 
the  old  Northwest  Company.  A  small  round  high  island  situated  close 
to  Point  North,  a  prominent  object  in  ai)proaching,  is  named  Thrumb 
Cai)e. 

Cloak  Bay  forms  the  western  entrance  to  Parry  Passage.  It  is  about 
2i  miles  wide,  and  the  same  deep  ;  the  dej)ths  in  the  middle  of  the  buy 
vary  from  30  to  17  fathoms,  sand,  gravel  ami  shells.  Some  rocks,  on 
which  the  sea  breaks  only  in  heavy  weather,  lie  some  distar.ce  from  the 
North  Islaml  shore,  and  there  are  also  a  couple  of  remarkable  pointed 
islands  on  this  side. 

Henslung. — On  the  southern  si<le  of  North  Island,  in  Parry  Passage^ 
is  a  snug  cove  named  Henslung,  in  which  whalers  used  occasionally  to 
anchor.  At  the  head  of  the  cove  is  a  sandy  beach,  with  a  stream  of 
water  running  through  it. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water  at  full  and  change  at  ITenslung,  at  Oh  20m., 
and  the  rise  10  feet.     The  night  tides  are  2  feet  higher  than  the  day. 

Lucy  Island  is  separated  from  the  south  side  of  North  Island  by  a 
narrow  channel,  on  the  northern  shore  of  which  is  a,  small  Indian  vil- 
lage,  called  Tartanne.  A  reef  runs  off  the  eastern  end  of  Lucy  Island,  and 
a  wide  shoal  with  kelp  stretches  eastward  from  the  shore  of  the  southern 
extremity  of  North  Isl.and.  Between  these  lies  the  (diannel  with  8  to  11 
fathoms  water.  Abreast  the  Indian  village  the  depth  in  the  channel  is 
0  fathoms. 

Cape  Knox  is  a  long  narrow  tongue  of  land,  on  which  are  a  few  low 
hills.  Its  southern  side  is  bold,  and  oft"  it  lie  several  rocks  in  a  westerly 
direction,  the  farthest  out  at  a  distance  of  about  3i  miles  from  the  cape. 
On  these  the  swell  of  the  Pacific  f^eldom  ceases  to  break  with  great 
violence. 

Directions. — On  leaving  Bruin  Bay  or  Henslung  Cove  for  the  west- 
ward, a  vessel  may  pass  close  to  tbeclift's  forming  the  southern  side  of 


i'redp;rick  island — skidkoate  channkl. 


411 


Nortli  IhIiukI,  and  keeping  at  about  A  mile  outHidc  tlie  leefH  tliatoxttMid 
otV  tho  HOUtluTii  slioro  ((Iraliaiii  Island),  q.-t  apoodolllnfj  before  liaiilinj; 
to  the  Noutliward,  to  (ilear  the  rocks  oil"  ('ape  Knox.  When  well  out, 
tlu'  proje(!tiii{j  ]»oint  of  Frederi(!k  Island  will  be  seen  about  IS  miles  to 
tbo  southeastward.  At  li  or  3  miles  to  the  southward  ot  I'arry  Pas- 
sago  is  an  indentation  of  the  shore, which  ini;;ht  be  taken  as  its  entrance 
by  a  vessel  coniinfj  from  the  southward — a  mistake  that  might  lead  to 
serious  con8e(|uences,  as  the  wliole  coast  as  far  as  Frederick  Island  ap- 
lu-ars  to  contain  several  open  bays,  with  outlying  rocks  otf  each  of  them. 
Tiie  Indians,  in  their  sketches  of  this  part  of  the  coast,  do  not  draw  any 
harbors,  l)ut  nierely  exi)osed  bays. 

Frederick  Island  is  stated  to  liave  behind  it  a  (commodious  harbor. 
Tlie  northern  entranct^  is  formed  by  two  high  blutfs  with  some  small 
islets  between  them.  Northward  of  the  entrance  on  the  coast  is  a  large 
reef  of  rocks,  and  westward  and  southward  of  the  southern  point  of 
entrance  along  the  shore  of  Frederick  Ishunl  is  a  large  number  of 
sunken  rocks.  The  port  extends  about  (i  miles  from  the  entrance  in  an 
easterly  direction  j  is  about  2  miles  wide,  with  four  small  islets  near  the 
head.  In  tbe  vicinity  of  the  islets  is  some  kelp.  At  the  head  is  a  beach 
and  9  or  10  fathoms  water.  Towards  the  head  the  i)ort  (!urves  niorc^  to 
the  eastward.  The  jiassage  eastward  of  Frederick  Island  has  several 
islets  in  it  and  (>  fathoms  water.     Some  kelp  Is  found  in  the  channel. 

Hippa  Island  appears,  from  a  position  li  miles  seaward  of  Frederick 
Island,  as  high  and  bold ;  but  from  the  south,  its  outer  end  ai)pears  as 
a  low  point,  and  the  inner  end  bold.  This  portion  of  the  coast  ia  higher 
and  more  broken  tiian  the  former,  the  openings  api)earing  dee])er, 
neither  does  it  seem  to  have  so  many  rocks  lying  olf  it.  The  Indians 
show  some  good  harbors  towards  Ilippa. 

Buck  Point,  on  the  northern  side  of  Skidegate  Channel,  is  rather 
low  and  rugged,  jutting  out  from  the  high  land  at  the  back.  It  has  a 
large  high  island  just  to  the  northward  of  it,  and  there  is  another,  much 
smaller  and  peaked,  standing  out  clear  of  the  land  at  about  .'i  or  4  miles 
farther  to  the  nortiiward,  and  lying  in  the  entrance  of  Cartwright 
Sound. 

Skidegate  Channel  is  a  little  more  than  one  mile  in  width,  extends  in 
an  easterly  direction  for  6  or  7  miles  to  Log  Point,  where  it  is  one  mile 
wide.  This  part  of  the  channel  affords  no  sheltered  anchorage.  At 
Log  Point  the  West  Narrows  commence,  which  lead  to  Skidegate  Itdet. 
Abont  one  mile  west  of  Log  Point  a  branch  turns  off  to  the  southward 
for  one  mile,  and  then  westward  to  the  Pacific,  which  it  enters  at  about 
3  miles  to  the  southward  of  the  main  channel,  formingan  island. 

This  Jiassage  is  only  adapted  for  canoes  or  boats,  as  it  is  blocked  by 
a  bank  at  its  eu.. tern  end,  with  not  more  than  4  feet  on  it  at  high  water. 

A  vessel  entering  the  main  channel  from  the  west  might  find  anchor- 
age in  the  entrance  of  this  passage  where  it  unites  with  the  nniin 
channel. 


412 


QUEEN    CHARLOTTE    ISLANDS. 


Inskip  Channel,  leading  round  the  north  .side  of  Kuper  Island,  is 
about  8J  miles  long,  and  ^  mile  wide.  A  short  distance  outside  it, 
there  are  some  small  islands  on  both  sides,  but  there  will  be  no  diffl- 
<julty  in  discovering  the  passage  in.  At  a  short  distance  inside  the 
islands  on  the  northern  side  of  the  entrance,  is  a  village  belonging  to 
the  Kilkite  tribes.  Farther  in,  on  tiie  same  side,  and  about  3J  miles 
up,  is  a  deep  opening,  and  where  this  and  Moore  Channel  mert  are  two 
other  openings  to  harbors  with  some  small  islands  lying  near  tUem. 

Moore  Channel,  on  the  southern  side  of  Kuper  Island,  is  5  miles 
long  in  an  east  and  west  direction,  and  i  nnle  wide,  the  shore  on  each  side 
being  bold  of  approach,  high,  and  covered  with  trees  nearly  down  to 
the  water's  edge.  On  tlie  northern  side,  just  without  the  entrance,  are 
some  small  rocky  islets,  named  Moresby  Islands,  and  on  the  southern 
side,  a  few  rocks  close  in  shore. 

Mitchell  or  Gold  Harbor,  about  2A  miles  deep  and  J  mile  wide,  is 
surrounded  by  i»reci[)itoHs  and  densely  wooded  hills,  from  700  to  800 
feet  in  height,  and  at  its  head  in  Thetis  Cove  is  a  sandy  beach  and  a 
stream  of  water.  At  1^  miles  up  the  harbor  is  Sausum  Island,  a  small 
spot  covered  with  trees,  and  the  ruins  of  a  number  of  huts.  The  an- 
ch(.rage  lies  i  mile  further  on,  in  Thetis  Cove,  keeping  Sausum  Island 
ov  .ne  port  hand,  the  passage  being  200  y.ards  wide,  with  deep  water. 
I'his  cove  is  completely  landlocked,  but  scjualls,  frequently  accompa- 
nied by  rain,  come  over  the  hills  with  considerable  violence. 

Thorn  Rock  lies  a  good  ^  mile  from  the  mouth  of  the  harbor  on  the 
starboard  hand  going  in,  and  has  only  3  feet  on  it  at  low  water  ;  it  lies 
about  200  yards  from  the  shore;  and  on  the  ojjposite  side,  at  not  quite 
so  great  a  distance  from  the  land,  buta  little  further  out,  is  another  rock. 

Douglas  Harbor. — At  oue  mile  to  the  westward  of  Mitchell  Harbor, 
is  the  entrance  to  Douglas  llaibor,  apparently  very  similar  to  the 
former,  trom  which  it  is  separated  by  .losling  Peninsula. 

Directions. — The  land  being  very  high  o:i  l>oth  sides  of  the  channels 
leading  into  the  above  harbors,  influences  the  direction  of  the  wind 
which  is  either  right  in  or  out.  Winds  with  any  westing  blow  in,  and 
those  with  easting  the  contrary.  A  sailing  vessel  leaving  Moore  Channel 
with  ii  UK.  wind  should  kcej)  well  over  towards  Hewlett  liay,  to  enable 
hev  to  fetch  clear  of  the  Moresby  Islands,  as  the  wind  will  be  very 
unsteady  until  well  clear  of  the  high  land  to  windward. 

Tasoo  Harbor — Cape  Henry,  lying  3  miles  iVom  the  entrance  to  Moore 
Channel,  terminates  in  a  steep  slope  with  aliuinnKUik  at  the  extremity; 
17  miles  to  the  southward  of  this  is  the  entrance  to  Tasoo  Harbor,  the 
intermediate  coast  being  high,  and  rising  abruptly  from  the  sea.  The 
entrance  is  short  ami  narrow,  l>ut  the  liiubor  it.self  is  extensive,  with 
ileep  water  in  many  jdaces,  the  anchorage  being  near  some  small  islands 
on  the  i»()rt  hand  going  in;  it  has  only  been  visited  by  a  few  of  the 
Hudson  Bay  Company's  ollicers. 

Between  Tasoo  Harbor  and  Cape  St.  James  are  other  openings,  which, 


NATIVES — SUPPLIES. 


413 


according  t>^  Ituliau  report,  lead  into  good  barbors,the  southernmost  of 
which  is  that  leading  into  Houston  Stewart  Channel  and  Rose  Harbor. 
Inside  Anthony  Island,  and  close  to  Houston  Stewart  Channel,  is  .a 
opening  called  by  the  natives  Louscoone,  and  reported  to  be  a  good 
harbor,  not  unlike  Itose  Harbor.  This  coast,  excepting  off  Anthony 
Island,  is  also  apparently  bold.  The  land  near  Cape  St.  Jiimes  has 
fewer  trees  on  it  than  that  to  the  northward. 

The  Natives  (Haida  Indians)  of  the  Queen  Charlotte  Islands  are 
fond  of  traveling,  and  make  voyages  of  several  hundred  miles  in  their 
canoes,  visiting  Sitka  on  the  north,  Port  Simpson  to  the  northeastward^ 
and  Victoria  Harbor  on  the  south.  They  excel  in  the  construction  of 
their  canoes. 

Supplies. — The  banks  in  and  near  Hecate  Strait,  swept  by  strong 
currents,  with  the  shore  line  of  inlets  and  tiords,  constitute  the  feeding 
grounds  of  the  halibut  and  other  fish,  which  abound  in  the  vicinity  of 
the  islands.  The  halibut  is  the  most  important,  and  is  largely  con- 
sumed by  the  natives ;  the  dog-fish  is  also  very  abundant,  and  is  takeu 
for  the  manufacture  of  oil;  salmon  run  up  most  of  the  streams  in  large 
numbers,  especially  in  the  autumn  ;  herring  are  plentiful  in  some  j)laces, 
especially  about  Skidegate,  at  certain  seasons;  pollock  or  coal  fish  are 
caught  on  the  northern  and  western  coast,  and  supplies  an  edible  oil  j 
flounders  and  plaice  abound  in  some  localities;  cod  and  mackerel  are 
also  caught,  and  probably  are  abundant  on  certain  banks  at  some  sea- 
sons; while  smaller  fish  and  shell  fish,  oysters  excepted,  form  an  im- 
portant item  in  the  native  dietary.  From  April  to  October  the  shell 
fish  are  said  by  the  natives  to  be  poisonous.  Immense  flocks  of  wild 
geese  and  duck  visit  the  northern  shores  of  the  islands  in  the  autumn. 
Potatoes  grow  in  abundance  in  most  parts,  and  thrive  exceedingly  well, 
forming  an  important  article  of  food.  These  are  all  to  be  bought  either 
for  money,  strong  cotton  shirts,  cotton  dresses,  plain  cotton,  kn'ves, 
tobacco,  motliorof-i)earl  jacket  buttons  for  ornamenting  their  blankets, 
or  any  of  the  articles  commonly  biirtered  among  aborigines.  The 
blanket  is  now,  however,  a  recognized  currency. 

Bears  are  numerous,  also  martens,  sea  and  land  otters,  which  anj 
caught  for  their  furs,  and  mostly  taken  to  the  Hudson  Bay  Company'!;\ 
establishment  at  Fort  Simpson. 


C  H  A  P  '1^  E  R  XIII 


PORTLAND  AND  OBSEEVATOEY  IXLKTS  AND  PORTLAND  CANAL. 


Portland  Inlet  extends  from  the  northeastern  part  of  Chatham  Sound 
in  a  general  northeasterly  direction  for  20  miles,  thence  it  diviiles, 
one  arm  continuing  to  the  head  of  Observatory  Inlet  and  the  other  tak- 
ing a  northerly  direction  to  the  head  of  Portland  Canal.  At  its  south- 
ern entrance,  between  Wales  and  Maskelyne  Pointf,  "he  inlet  is  about 
3  miles  wide,  and  its  shores  are  comparatively  iVco  from  danger  be- 
yond the  distance  of  400  yards. 

Landmarks. — The  shores  of  Portland  Inlet  are  high  and  bold,  espe- 
cially the  eastern.  Needle  Peak,  on  the  SB.  side  of  Nasoga  Gulf,  is  a 
remarkable  mountain  terminating  in  a  sharp  snow-clad  pinnacle.  North- 
ward of  Nasoga  (lUlf  tiie  shores  of  Mylor  Peninsula  are  high,  bold,  and 
I)reci|)itous,  rising  almost  perpendicularly  from  the  sea.  On  tlie  western 
shore  Entry  Peak  on  Wales  Island  has  been  already  described.  The 
mountains  on  Pearse  Island  lie  in  ridges  nearly  parallel  to  the  shore, 
and  the  land  is  lower  than  on  the  eastern  shore  of  the  inlet.  North- 
ward of  Lizard  Point  the  western  shore  becomes  low  and  wooded, 
flanked  by  mountain.?. 

York  Island  lies  nearly  in  niidchannel,  between  Wales  and  Pearse 
Ishunls;  it  is  suiall,  wooded,  and  100  feet  high. 

Abreast  York  Island  a  narrow  channel  leads  westward  communicat- 
ing with  Pearse  Channel  and  Portland  Caiuil,  but  it  is  obstructed  l»y 
several  islands  and  islets,  which  render  the  passage  intricate. 

Compton  Island,  at  the  north  entrance  of  Work  Channel,  is-  of  tri- 
angular shape,  with  a  base  2  miles  long  to  the  southward,  the  northern 
extreme  of  the  island  terminating  in  a  long,  low  point.  There  is  a  boat 
passage  into  Work  Channel  eastward  of  Compton  Island. 

Emma  Passage,  northw.ird  of  Compton  Island,  is  A  mile  wide,  and 
takes  a  SE.  direction  for  3  miles,  thence  NE  ,3  miles,  and  terminat- 
ing in  a  sandy  bay.  The  depths  throughout  the  latter  arm  are  from  23 
to  3(5  fathoms. 

Union  Bay,  at  the  head  of  the  SE.  arm,  affords  anchorage  for  small 
vessels  in  L'O  fathoms  atL'OO  yards  from  either  shore. 

Somerville  Island,  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  inlet,  is  A^  miles  long 

and  3  miles  broad.    The  shores  of  this  island  are  wooded  ami  bold,  the 

land  on  its  western  side  rising  almost  peri»endii'nlarly  from  the  sea.  The 

.  island  is  but  little  broken,  except  on  its  northern  side,  where  there  is  a 

414 


ELLIOTT    rOINT NASOOA    r;ULF. 


415 


bay,  with  deep  water  in  it,  i  mile  wide  and  one  mile  in   extent,  in  a 
soutlierly  direction. 

Elliott  Point  is  the  southern  extreme  of  Somorville  Island. 
Truro  Island,  otf  the  SW.  side  of  Somerville  Island,  is  wooded  with 
bold  isliores,  and  culminates  in  two  hills  SOU  feet  high. 

Anchorage  has  been  found  off  a  small  bay  on  the  west  side  of  Truro 
Island,  iv.  ".'{."»  fathoms,  soft  bottom." 

Knob  Islet  is  a  small,  round,  wooded  i?.let,  30  feet  high,  lying  close 
to  the  western  shore  of  Somerville  Island.  There  is  a  remarkable  white 
cliff. '.1st  soufinvard  of  Knob  islet. 

Start  Point,  the  north  extreme  of  Somerville  Island,  lies  abreast 
Lizard  Point ;  it  is  high  and  bold,  with  a  deep  bay  c'ose  eastward  of  it. 
Cliff  Point,  on  the  western  shore,  terminates  in  high  clitts.     Imme- 
diately south  of  the  point  is   a   narrow  creek,  which  extends  some 
distance  inland  in  a  NW.  uirection. 

Lizard  Point  is  a  prominent  point  on  the  western  shore.  There  are 
sandy  bays  close  north  and  south  of  this  point,  extending  back  a  con- 
siderable distance,  giving  to  Lizard  Point  Uie  shape  of  a  peninsula,  and 
when  lirst  seen  from  the  westward  it  appears  to  be  an  island.  At  2J 
miles  northward  of  Lizard  Point  there  are  some  conspicuous  red-brown 
earthy  clitl's. 

Fiat  Point  lies  •> I  miles  from  Lizard  Point.  The  sliore  between  these 
points  is  wooded  and  comparatively  low,  and  a  similar  conformation 
exists  lA  miles  northward  of  Flat  Point. 

Portland  Point,  lies  .'i  miles  from  Flat  Point.    This  point,  which 
forms  the  turning  j)oint  into  the  SE.  arm  of  Portland  Canal,  is  high,  bold 
and  nearly  hteep-to. 
Raui&der.  Point  divides  Observatory  Inlet  from  Portland  Canal. 
A  <langer')us  cluster  of  rocks  (awash  and  sunken)  extend  800  yards 
southward  Irom  Ilamsden  Point. 

Steamer  Passage,  eastward  of  Somerville  Island,  has  an  average 
width  of  A  mile,  and  is  deep, 

Khutzeymateen  Inlet  is  an  unexamined  arm,  5  miles  withiu  Steamer 
Passage.  It  is  i  mile  wide  at  its  entrance,  and  takes  an  easterly  direc- 
tion. 

Quinamass  Bay,  abreast  the  northern  end  of  Somerville  Island,  is 
i  mile  wide  at  its  entrance,  and  takes  an  easterly  direction.  At  low 
water  it  is  almost  completely  tilled  by  a  sand  flat,  rendering  the  bay 
useless  as  an  anchorage. 

Nasoga  Gulf,  eastward  of  Mylor  Peninsula,  extends  in  a  northeast- 
erly direct  ion  for  5  miles,  is  one  mil'.'  wide,  and  terminates  in  compara- 
tively high  land.  There  is  no  bottom  at  'Jy  fathoms  in  this  gulf,  except 
near  the  head. 

Anchorage  will  be  found  near  the  head  of  Na.soga  (Jnif,  in  10  to  IJ 
fathoms,  sand,  in  midchannel,  at  400  yards  from  the  north  shore. 


416 


PORTLAND    INLET. 


Mylor  Peninsula  is  a  high  and  comparatively  narrow  strij)  of  land 
on  the  eastern  side  of  Portland  Inlet.  A  small  islet  (Ranger  Islet)  lies 
off  its  southern  extreme  and  there  the  land  iscomparately  low  (450  feet) ; 
but  it  rises  quickly  to  the  height  of  2,900  fet!t,  and  forms  high,  bold, 
precipitous  shores.  About  one  mile  from  the  north  extreme  of  the 
peninsula  tiie  land  again  begins  to  fall,  and  terminates  in  Low  I'oiut, 
the  low  wooded  point  which  forms  the  southwestern  entrance  of  Nass 
Bay. 

Trefusis  Point,  the  southern  extremeof  the  peninsula,  terminates  in 
high  white  cliffis. 

Nass  Bay  is  2  miles  wide  at  it.s  entrance,  and  the  bay  preserves  this 
width  in  an  easterly  direction  for  .'5  miles,  where  it  divides,  one  branch 
taking  a  northeasterly  direction  to  t'je  mouth  of  Nass  River,  and  the 
other  a  southwesterly  direction,  forming  Icebeig  Bay. 

An  extensive  sand  (hit  occupies  nearly-  the  wiii;lc  of  the  eastern  por- 
tion of  the  bay  at  low  water.  And  the  entrance  into  Nass  River  is  ob- 
structec  by  a  bar  upon  which  there  is  only  0  feet  at  Ionv  water. 

The  western  portion  of  Nass  Bay  isde"!,,  brit  as  the  r.orthern  shore  is 
approached,  it  shoals  suddenly  from  io  ti'  i5  and  the'.  2  fathoms  water. 

North  Point,  the  northern  entrance  point  of  the  bay,  terminates  ia 
a  bold  clilt.  and  one  mil' eastward  is  Mission  Valley,  a  deep  valley  ex- 
tending to  the  northward,  on  the  western  side  of  which,  one  mile  bjick 
from  the  coast,  is  Mount  Tomlinson,  a  conspicuous  mountain.  Through 
the  valley  a  large  stream  runs,  dividing  near  its  month  into  two  branc  lies. 
Fort  Point,  the  northwestern  entrance  point  of  Nass  liiver,  termuuitei 
in  white  cliffs.  Mud  Islands,  low  and  dark,  will  be  seen  on  the  eastern 
side  of  the  bay. 

Kiucolith,  a  mission  station  situated  east  of  the  stream  at  the  mouth 
of  the  valley,  is  fronted  by  a  sand  flat  (Canoe  Flat;,  which  renders  com- 
munication by  boat,  except  at  high  water,  almost  impossible.  There 
are  two  sawmills  here,  one  owneil  and  worked  by  Indians.  (Jold  ia 
found  here  in  small  quantities,  and  also  coal.  The  temperature  is  very 
severe,  the  thermometer  in  some  winters  falling  to  from  40°  to  50<^  be- 
low zero  for  weeks  in  succession. 

Observation  Spot,  at  the  east  side  of  Mission  Valley,  is  in  latitude 
543  59/  '>{)'■  N.,  longitude  12!)<3  57'  3(J"  W. 

Canoe  Flat. — An  extensive  sand  flat  commences  at  Fort  Point,  and 
taking  a  soutiiwesterly  direction  forms  a  triangle,  tlie  apex  of  which 
lies  1,200  yards  ott  shore  south  of  the  mission  station,  thence  it  takes  a 
northwesterly  (Jirection,  and  meets  the  shore  ^  mile  westward  of  Kin- 
eolith. 

Anchorage  in  Sine  weather  may  bo  had  off  Kincolith,  nearly  in  tlie 
middle  of  Nass  Bay  on  the  line  adjoining  the  mission  station  and  Land- 
slip Mountaina,  in  10  fathoms  mud  bottom,  at  about  1,(J00  yards  from 
the  northern  uliore ;  with  the  mission  flagstaff  seen  in  hue  'vith  the  cen- 
ter of  Mission  Valley,  bearing  N.  30^  B.,  and  Leading  Point  (south  side 
of  Nass  Hiver)  seen  just  oiien  of  Fort  Poiiit,  bearing  east. 


ICEBERG    WAV NASS    RIVER    AND    VJ^LAGES. 


417 


Caution. — A  strongr  ebb  tide  will  be  felt  in  this  position,  and  care 
must  be  exercised  in  taking  up  a  berth,  as  Canoe  Flat  is  very  steep-to 
and  it  is  recommended  to  use  the  deep-sea  lead  in  approaching  it. 

Iceberg  Bay  terminates  in  a  low,  swa:npy  Hat,  fronted  by  a  sand 
flat. 

At  the  entrance  of  Iceberg  Bay  the  depth  of  10  fathoms  and  less  will 
be  found,  but  as  the  head  of  the  bay  is  approached  the  water  will  deepen 
to  over  40  fathoms. 

Anchorage  may  be  obtained  at  the  entrance  to  Iceberg  Bay,  in  7  to 
8  fathoms,  n)ud,  with  North  Point  seen  in  line  with  Double  Islet  Point 
bearing  N.  31°  W. ;  distant  1,200  yards  from  the  latter. 

Directions. — If  taking  up  this  anchorage,  having  rounded  Low  Point 
at  a  distance  of  COO  yards,  keep  the  southern  shore  of  the  bay  aboard; 
pass  200  yards  northward  of  Double  Islet  Point,  and  anchor  as  above 
directed. 

Mud  Islands  consist  of  two  small  islands  parallel  to  the  eastern 
shore,  at  1,'JOO  yards  from  it, 

Nass  River. — The  mouth  of  the  river  is  obstructed  by  a  sand  flat, 
which  dries  at  low  water,  and  extends  towards  Iceberg  Bay.  Ripple 
Tongue,  the  SW.  extreme  of  this  extensive  fiat,  lies  J  mile  N.  28^  E.  of 
Double  Islet  Point. 

Within  the  river  the  navigation  Is  diflicult  and  dangerous,  the  chan- 
nel at  low  water  being  barely  available  for  large  canoes ;  local  steamers, 
however,  from  Victoria,  drawing  G  feet  water,  venture  up,  though  they 
fre(|uently  run  aground. 

Two  salmon  canneries,  a  sawmill,  store,  two  missionary  stations,  and 
several  Indian  villages  are  situated  along  the  stream.  The  climate  is 
favorable  to  the  growth  of  fruit,  cereals,  and  root  crops  near  the  coast. 

Nass  Villages. — The  lower  Xass  vilhiges,  three  in  number,  are  situ- 
ated U)  miles  from  the  entrance,  the  north  and  south  villages  being 
situated  on  Islands,  and  separated  from  the  middle  village  at  high  water. 
The  soutli,  middle,  and  north  villages  are  known,  respectively,  by  the 
names  of  Kitminiook,  Kitlahkumkadah,  and  Kitakauze.  The  popuhi- 
ti<»n  of  the  three  villages  amounted  in  1S(»8  to  about  500. 

Tides. — The  time  of  high  water  at  the  lower  Nass  villages  is  uncer- 
tain, depending  apparently  upon  the  freshets  down  the  river.  Then 
was  no  slack  at  high  water,  the  water  beginning  to  fall  immediately  i, 
bad  ceased  to  rise  (August,  1808).  At  low  water  there  was  slack  for 
one  hour  and  a  half.  In  the  month  of  August  the  flood  stream  was  not 
felt  above  the  Middle  Bank,  and  from  Indian  report  this  is  the  case  at 
all  seasons. 

Ice — The  river  is  reported  to  freeze  over  down  to  its  mouth  during 
severe  winters. 

Fish. — The  Houlican,  from  which  the  nutritious  oil  is  obtained,  the 
principal  sustenance  of  the  Indians,  are  caught  in  great  numbers  during 
thespring.as  also  are  salmon.     For  this  purpose, numerous  Ashing  weirs 
14205— No.  90 27 


418 


OBSERVATORY    INLET. 


are  erected  along  the  banks  of  the  river,  especially  ou  the  southern  shore ; 
and  about  l.'i  miles  up,  near  Stony  Point,  there  is  au  establishmeut 
where  the  fish  are  salted  down  and  shipped  off  to  Victoria. 

Directions. — The  Nass  River  is  used  by  small  coasting  vessels  after 
half  Hood.  The  navigable  channel  is  tortuous,  and  it  is  recommended 
not  to  attempt  the  river  until  the  strength  of  the  flood  tide  has  slack- 
ened.    The  channel  is  liable  after  freshets  to  change. 

Observatory  Inlet,  northward  of  Nass  Bay,  and  called  by  the  In- 
dians Kitsahwatl,  is,  generally  speaking,  similar  to  the  other  inlets  ;  in 
some  parts,  however,  the  shores  are  low  and  wooded,  the  land  rising  at 
a  few  miles  back  to  4,000  and  5,000  feet  high.  The  low,  wooded  shore 
lias  an  ur.dergrowth  of  thick  moss,  overlying  rock,  and  saturated  with 
moisture,  which  renders  traveling  difticult. 

Abreast  the  NW.  entrance  i)oint  of  Nass  Bay,  Observatory  Inlet  is 
1:^  miles  wide,  having  a  general  northerly  direction  for  about  10  miles, 
and  widening  to  3  miles  abreast  Salmon  Cove.  Northward  of  Salmon 
Cove  the  inlet  widens  to  4  miles,  and  at  6  miles  from  the  cove  is  ob- 
structed by  several  islands,  islets  and  rocks.  At  10  miles  from  Salmon 
Cove  the  inlet  divides  into  two  arms,  one  taking  a  northeasterly  direc- 
tion for  12  miles,  the  othtir  a  northwesterly  direction  for  1.5  miles,  both 
arms  terminating  in  low,  wooded  swamps,  fronted  by  mud  flats. 

Salmon  Cove  lies  on  the  western  shore. 

Richard  Point,  the  northern  point  of  Salmon  Cove,  is  a  long,  wooded, 
conspicuous  projection.  From  its  NE.  extreme  the  land  trends  in  a 
southwesterly  direction,  for  1  '■{  miles,  to  the  head  of  Salmon  Cove,  which 
is  barely  GOO  yards  wide  in  that  position. 

A  sand-flat  extends  400  yards  from  the  southern  shore  at  the  entrance 
to  Salmon  Cove. 

Anchorage  has  been  obtained  in  Salmon  Cove  "in  31  and  35  fath- 
oms water,  muddy  and  small  stony  bottom." 

Anchorage  was  also  obtained  in  30  fathoms,  on  the  eastern  shore, 
one  mile  northward  of  Salmon  Cove. 

Soundings. — The  water  in  the  reach  south  of  Salmon  Cove  is  deep, 
there  l)eing  over  100  fathoms  in  mid-channel.  The  shores  are  compact 
and  steej),  with  no  known  danger  beyond  400  yards  from  the  shore. 

Brooke  Island,  '2'}  miles  long  and  J  mile  broad  at  its  northern  end, 
is  low  and  wooded.  Several  patches  of  rock,  which  uncover  at  low 
water,  extend  .k  mile  northward  from  Brooke  Island. 

Paddy  Passage  is  i  mile  wide,  between  Brooke  Island  and  the  east- 
ern shore,  but  near  its  northern  end  it  is  barely  400  yards  wide,  the 
navigable  channel  being  reducied  to  thiit  width  by  the  ledges  which 
extend  northward  from  Brooke  Island. 

Frank  Point,  northward  of  Richard  Point,  is  low  and  wooded;  be- 
tween it  and  Richard  Point  the  land  trends  considerably  to  the  west- 
ward, and  forms  near  the  latter  point  a  bight  nearly  2  miles  deep. 
Northward  of  Frank  Point  the  western  shores  are  much  broken,  with 
several  deep  bays,  which  take  a  southerly  direction. 


X8CHWAN — PEKRY    HAY. 


419 


Xschwan  is  the  name  of  a  aalinon  fishery  which  lies  at  the  liead  of 
a  small  bay  on  the  western  shore,  4  miles  northward  of  Frank  Point. 

Larcom  Island,  situated  nearly  in  mid-channel,  at  the  mouth  of 
Hastings  Arm,  is  about  5  miles  long,  in  a  north  and  south  direction, 
with  an  average  breadth  of  J  mile.    The  island  is  flat,  wooded,  and 


lorth 
e  for 

gen- 


rmi- 

.    .'..••...%^A 1«    tT\i\MlCVI.    il.remn*    IX^/llldl    IJ.>     <l    IllUU    llUt. 

^ixoubions. — The  water  in  Hastings  Arm  is  dee]),  with  no  known 
anchorage  ground.  If  proceeding  into  this  channel  pass  between 
Brooke  and  Larcom  Islands,  taking  care  to  avoid  the  foul  ground  which 
extends  A  mile  northward  from  the  former;  a  n)id-channel  course  is 
cleai'  of  danger. 

Alice  Ann,  the  eastern  branch  of  Observatory  Inlet,  from  its  junc- 
tion with  Hastings  Arm,  runs  in  a  iiortlieasterly  direction  for  13  miles 
and  terminates  in  the  usual  manner.  This  arm  is  obstructed  at  its  en- 
trance by  a  small  wooded  island  (Liddle  Island),  which  divides  it  into 
two  channels  000  yards  wide.  Tliero  is  a  depth  of  23  fathoms  in 
mid-channel  in  the  southern  and  10  fathoms  in  the  northern  of  these 
passages. 

Alice  Arm  varies  in  width  from  ^  mile  to  2  miles,  the  latter  being  ac 
the  head  of  the  inlet.  The  Hat  at  the  head  is  extensive,  and  through  it 
a  large  stream  Hows,  Hanked  on  its  eastern  side  by  mountains  over  5,000 
feet  high. 

Perry  Bay,  situated  on  the  eastern  shore,  at  the  entrance  to  Alice 
Ana,  is  1  mile  wide,  and.  takes  a  southerly  direction  for  nearly  one 
mile,  with  depths  of  14  and  18  fathoms,  mud  bottom,  in  mid  channel. 

Otf  irs  western  entrance  jtoint  lies  a  small  islet  (Sopliy  Islet).  At  the 
head  of  the  bay  there  is  a  salmon  fishery  (Muckshwanue). 

Tides. — The  strength  of  tide  in  Ol)aervatory  Inlet  depends  upon  the 
freshets  caused  by  the  melting  snow.  Abreast  Xass  Hay  the  ebb  runs 
with  great  strength,  the  blue  water  being  clearly  defined  when  meeting 
the  mntldy  waters  of  the  Xass  I'iver. 

It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Observatory  Inlet  at  Ih.  5m. ; 
springs  rise  23  feet,  neai)s  12  feet. 

Portland  Canal. — At  about  20  miles  from  Wales  Point  an  arm 
brau<!hes  off  NW.  6  miles,  with  an  average  l)readth  of  li  miles.  Here 
a  channel  (now  nanuMl  Pearse  Channel)  stretches  to  the  S\V.,  which 
was  not  examined  in  the  survey  of  1808.  From  this  the  canal  trends 
in  a   general  northerly  direction  for  about  55   miles.     Throughout 


■■ 


418 


0B8ERVAT0KY    INLET. 


are  erected  along  the  banks  of  tbe  river, especiallj' on  the  southern  shore ; 
and  about  13  miles  up,  near  Stony  Point,  there  is  au  establishment 
where  the  fish  are  salted  down  and  shipped  otl'  to  Victoria. 

Directions. — The  Nass  River  is  used  by  small  coasting  vessels  after 
half  dood.    The  navigable  channel  is  tortuous,  and  it  is  recommended 

(1760)  BRITISH  OOLUBIBIA— Northern  mainland— Observatory 
inlet  —  Rock  reported  —  Note.  —  Captain  Hughes,  master  of  the 
steamer  Tees,  reports  the  existence  of  a  dangerous  rock  in  mid- 
chanuel  between  the  islet  north  of  Frank  point  and  Larcom  island, 
Observatory  inlet. 

Approx.  position:  Lat.  r)0°  22'  48"  N.,  Long.  129°  45'  55"  W. 

The  rock  luis  about  5  feet  over  it  at  low  water  and  is  not  marked 
by  kelp. 

In  the  bay  north  of  this,  marked  Xschwan  fishery  and  locally 
known  as  Goose  bay,  there  is  a  mining  establishment. 

1^  miles  wide,  having  a  general  northerly  direi.u.(N.  M.60, 1904.)  _, 

and  widening  to  .'5  miles  abreast  Salmon  Cove.  Northward  of  Salmon 
Cove  the  inlet  widens  to  4  miles,  and  at  (i  miles  from  tiie  cove  is  ob- 
structed by  several  islands,  islets  and  rocks.  At  10  miles  from  Salmon 
Cove  the  inlet  divides  into  two  arms,  one  taking  a  northeasterly  direc- 
tion for  1^  miles,  the  other  a  northwesterly  direction  for  1.5  n)iles,  both 
arms  terminating  in  low,  wooded  swamps,  fronted  by  mud  Hats. 

Salmon  Cove  lies  on  the  western  shore. 

Richard  Point,  the  northern  point  of  Salmon  Cove,  is  a  long,  wooded, 
conspicuous  projection.  From  its  NE.  extreme  the  land  trends  in  a 
southwesterly  direction,  for  1  -f  miles,  to  the  head  of  Salmon  Cove,  which 
is  barely  000  yards  wide  in  that  position. 

A  sand-tlat  extends  400  yards  from  the  southern  shore  at  the  entrance 
to  Salmon  Cove. 

Anchorage  has  been  obtJiined  in  Salmon  Cove  "in  31  and  35  fath- 
oms water,  muddy  and  small  stony  bottom." 

Anchorage  was  also  obtained  in  30  fathoms,  on  the  eastern  shore, 
one  mile  northward  of  Salmon  Cove. 

Soundings. — The  water  in  tlu^  reach  south  of  Salmon  Cove  is  deej), 
there  being  over  100  fathoms  in  mid-channel.  The  shores  are  comi)act 
and  steej),  with  no  known  danger  beyond  400  yards  from  the  shore. 

Brooke  Island,  li'|  miles  long  and  J  mile  broad  at  its  northern  end, 
is  low  and  wooded.  Several  patches  of  rock,  which  uncover  at  low 
water,  extend  ^  mile  northward  from  Brooke  Island. 

Paddy  Passage  is  A  mile  wide,  between  Brooke  Island  and  the  east- 
ern shore,  but  near  its  northern  end  it  is  barely  400  yards  wide,  the 
navigable  channel  being  reduced  to  that  width  by  the  ledges  which 
extend  northward  from  Brooke  Island. 

Frank  Point,  northward  of  Richard  Point,  is  low  and  wooded;  be- 
tween it  and  Jtichard  Point  the  land  trends  considerably  to  the  west- 
ward, and  forms  near  the  latter  point  a  bight  nearly  2  miles  deep. 
Northward  of  Frank  Point  the  western  shores  are  much  broken,  with 
several  deep  bays,  which  take  a  southerly  direction. 


XSCHWAN — PKKRY    HAY. 


419 


•iliore; 
iiineut 


Xschwan  is  tlie  name  of  a  aalinou  fishery  which  lies  at  the  head  of 
a  small  bay  on  the  western  shore,  4  niilt's  northward  of  Frank  I'oiiit. 

Larcom  Island,  situated  nearly  in  inid-channel,  at  the  mouth  of 
Hastings  Arm,  is  about  .j  miles  louff,  in  a  north  and  south  direction, 
with  an  average  breadth  of  A  mile.  The  Island  is  Hat,  wooded,  and 
comparatively  low.  At  its  southwestern  end  there  is  an  extensive 
lagoon. 

Tiie  cliannel  westward  of  Larcom  Island  is  obstructed  near  the  north 
eiul  of  that  island  by  several  islets  ami  rocks,  and  is  only  available  lor 
boats. 

Hastings  Arm  passes  eastward  of  Larcom  Island  and  takes  a  gen- 
eral northerly  direction  for  13  miles. 

This  branch  of  Observatory  Inlet  is  from  A  to  one  mile  wide,  termi- 
nating in  the  usual  manner — a  wooded  swamp  fronted  by  a  mud  Hat. 

Directions. — The  water  in  Hastings  Arm  is  deep,  with  no  known 
anchorage  ground.  If  proceeding  into  this  channel  pass  between 
Brooke  aiul  Larcom  Islands,  taking  care  to  avoid  the  foul  ground  which 
extends  A  mile  northward  from  the  former;  a  midchannel  course  is 
clear  of  danger. 

Alice  Arm,  the  eastern  branch  of  Observat<jry  Inlet,  from  its  junc- 
tion with  Hastings  Arm,  runs  in  a  northeasterly  direction  for  I'.i  miles 
and  terminates  in  the  usual  manner.  This  arm  is  obstructed  at  its  en- 
trance by  a  small  wooded  island  (Liddle  Island),  which  divides  it  into 
two  channels  (500  yards  wide.  There  is  a  depth  of  2,3  fathoms  in 
mid-channel  in  the  southern  and  10  fathoms  in  the  northern  of  these 
passages. 

Alice  Arm  varies  in  width  from  J  mile  to  2  miles,  the  latter  being  at 
the  head  of  the  inlet.  The  Hat  at  the  head  is  extensive,  ami  through  it 
a  large  stream  Hows,  Hanked  on  its  eastern  side  by  mountains  over  5,000 
feet  high. 

Perry  Bay,  situated  on  the  eastern  shore,  at  the  entrance  to  Alice 
Arm,  is  I  mile  wide,  and.  takes  a  southerly  direction  for  nearly  one 
mile,  with  depths  of  14  and  18  fathoms,  mud  bottom,  in  mid  channel. 

Otf  irs  western  entrance  i)()int  lies  a  small  islet  (Sophy  Islet).  At  the 
head  of  the  bay  there  is  a  salmon  Hshery  (.Muckshwanne). 

Tides. — The  strength  of  tide  in  Observatory  Inlet  dei)ends  upon  the 
freshets  caused  by  the  melting  snow.  Abreast  Xass  Hay  the  ebb  runs 
with  great  strength,  the  blue  water  being  clearly  deHned  when  meeting 
the  muddy  waters  of  the  Nass  Kiver. 

It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  in  Observatory  Inlet  at  Ih.  5m. ; 
sprincs  rise  23  feet,  neaps  12  feet. 

Portland  Canal. — At  about  20  miles  from  Wales  Point  an  arm 
branches  off  NVV.  6  miles,  with  an  average  breadth  of  U  miles.  Here 
a  channel  (now  named  Tear.se  Channel)  stretches  to  the  S\V.,  which 
was  not  examined  in  the  survey  of  18(j.S.  From  this  the  canal  trends 
in   a   general   northerly   direction   for  about  55    miles.     Throughout 


420 


PORTLAND  CANAL. 


tbp  canal  no  soiindinjjs  were  obtained  at  40  fathoms.  It  possesses  the 
general  eharanteristies  of  the  other  fiords  on  the  coast  of  Hritisii  Co- 
lumbia, viz,  liijyh  land  on  both  shores,  terminating  in  low,  swam])^  land 
at  the  head,  and  deep  water,  with  few  and  indifferent  anchorivges. 

The  head  of  Portland  Canal  terminates  in  low,  wood}',  swampy  land, 
through  which  two  rivers  flow  into  it. 

The  two  rivers  (Bear  and  Salmon)  at  the  head  of  Portland  Canal  are 
separated  by  a  high  ridge  of  bare  mountains.  On  the  east  side  of  the 
valley  of  Bear  River  a  mountain  range  extends  in  an  east  and  west 
direction ;  Mount  Disraeli,  the  highest  peak  of  the  range,  being  a  snow- 
clad  pinnacle  7,000  feet  high.  The  delta  of  the  Bear  and  Salmon 
Kivers  consists  of  a  mud  flat,  which  covers  at  high  water,  and  extends 
over  one  mile  from  the  mouth  of  the  former  river.  This  deposit  of  mud 
is  nearly  steep-to,  breaking  down  suddenly  to  no  bottom  at  40  fathoms. 

Current. — During  the  month  of  August,  1868,  a  current  of  about  IJ 
knots  an  hour  was  observed  setting  down  Portland  Canal,  to  the  dis- 
tance of  25  miles  below  the  mouth  of  Bear  River. 

Climate. — The  sun's  rays  in  August,  between  9  a.  m.  and  3  p.  m., 
were  very  })owerful,  and,  reflected  from  the  snow,  caused  occasionally 
intense  heat.  When  the  sun  was  obscured  by  the  mountains  the  atmos- 
phere at  once  conveyed  a  sensation  of  chilliness.  During  that  month, 
just  before  sunrise,  the  thermometer  registered  .32^  F.,  water  left  in 
basins  within  the  tent  being  frozen  during  the  night.  The  vapor  de- 
veloped by  the  heat  of  the  sun  during  the  early  portion  of  the  day,  be- 
coming condensed  on  the  mountainous  shores  of  the  inlet,  usually  foil 
as  a  drizzling  rain  from  3  p.  in.  to  about  midnight. 

Temperature  of  the  surface  water,  within  liO  miles  of  the  head  of 
the  canal,  was  33°.  At  that  distance  from  the  mouth  of  the  Bear  River 
the  water  on  the  surface  was  fresh. 

Supplies. — Salmon,  mountain  sheep,  bears,  and  berries  abound  at 
the  head  of  Portland  Canal. 

Natives.— A  party  consisting  of  about  200  natives  were  met  with  fish- 
ing at  the  mouth  of  Salmon  River;  they  annually  visit  the  head  of  the 
Portland  Canal. 

Dogfish  Bay,  on  the  eastern  shore,  about  3J  miles  northwestward  of 
Ramsden  Point,  is  about  14  miles  wide,  J  mile  deep,  and  faces  the  SW.; 
it  is,  however,  filled  by  a  sand  flat  at  low  water,  rendering  it  useless  as 
an  anchorage. 

Windy  Islet  is  small,  and  lies  close  to  the  shore  at  the  northern  en- 
trance point  of  Dogfish  Bay. 

Tree  Point,  on  the  western  shore,  4J  miles  from  Portland  Point  is 
low,  wooded,  and  conspicuous,  with  high  land  at  about  one  mile  south 
of  it. 

Tree  Point  Reef  extends  i  mile  in  a  northerly  direction  from  Tree 
Point,  and  is  nearly  steep-to. 


8P1  r    POINT — CENTER    ISLAND. 


421 


Spit  Poi  t,  on  the  eastern  shore,  is  the  turnin}(  luiii.t  into  tlie  north, 
ern  reacli.  iietween  Si»it  Point  and  Dollish  Bay  several  small  wooded 
islets  lie  close  to  the  eastern  shore,  and  are  connected  with  it  at  low- 
water.  A  tongue  of  sand,  which  uncovers  at  low  water,  extends  (iUO 
yarda  HVV.  from  Spit  Point. 

Reef  Island  is  a  small  island  lying  on  the  western  shore  abreast  Spit 
Point. 

Two  small  bays,  with  landy  bRaches,  lie  under  Keel  Island,  in  which 
a  boat  may  tind  shelter.  A  reef  with  rocks  awash  at  high  water,  and 
sunken  rocks,  extends  400  yards  SK.  from  Keef  Island. 

Leading  T  oint,  a  high  bold  point,  on  the  western  shore,  lies  2^  miles 
north  of  h'eef  Island. 

Dickens  Point  is  on  the  eastern  shore,  I  miles  from  Spit  Point,  the 
coast  between  them  having  a  considerable  curve  to  the  eastward. 

A  small  black  rock,  8  feet  above  high  water,  lies  close  south  of  Dickens 
I'oiut,  and  a  ledge  of  rooks  which  uncover,  extends  400 yards  from  the 
point. 

Sandfly  Bay,  on  the  western  shore,  sibreast  Dickens  Point,  is  ^mile 
wide,  and  '^  nnle  deep  in  a  northwesterly  diret^tion,  tenmnating  in  a 
swamp  with  streams  in  the  NW.  and  NE.  corners.  At  the  north  point 
of  the  bay,  2  small  islets  lie  close  to  the  shore. 

Sandfly  Bay  is  nearly  tilled  up  at  h>w  water  by  a  sand  tiat,  with  deep 
water  close-to,  and  is  therefore  useless  as  an  anchorage. 

Stopford  Point,  bold  and  conspicnous,  lies  on  the  eastern  shore. 

Halibut  Bay,  on  tlie  western  shore,  4  miles  from  Sandfly  Baj',  is  J 
mile  wi<le  at  its  entrance,  and  extends  back  li  miles,  having  an  exten- 
sive swamp  at  its  bead,  through  which  three  large  streams  flow.  Off 
the  southern  point  of  this  biiy  lie  a  cluster  of  small,  black,  rocky  islets. 

Anchorage. — The  only  known  anchorage  in  Portland  Canal  is  in 
Halibut  Bay,  in  mid  channel,  at  600  yards  within  the  entrance,  iu  6  to 
10  fathoms,  mud  bottom. 

Cross  Islet,  a  small  wooded  islet,  connected  at  low  water  with  the 
shore,  lies  close  northward  of  Halibut  Bay. 

Logan  Point  lies  on  the  eastern  shore.  At  3  miles  SK.  of  Logan 
Point,  is  a  conspicuous  saddle-shaped  n)ountain  .5,057  feet  high. 

Camp  Point,  on  the  western  shore,  is  the  turning  point  of  the  north- 
ern arm  ;  it  is  wooded,  bold,  and  precipitous. 

Center  Island,  nearly  iu  mid-channel,  abreast  Gamp  Point,  is  400 
yards  long  in  a  north  and  south  direction,  with  some  stunted  brush 
growing  upon  it. 

A  ledge  of  rocks  awash,  and  sunken  rocks,  extend  400  yards  north- 
ward from  Center  Island.  The  water  is  deep  on  either  side  of  the  island, 
beyond  the  distance  of  400  yards,  but  the  channel  westward  of  the 
island  is  recommended. 

Barclay  valley  lies  on  the  eastern  shore,  abreast  Center  Island  ;  a 
large  stream  flows  through  it,  and  the  neck  of  laud  separating  Port- 


422 


I'OUTLANl)    CANAL, 


laiwl  (.'iiiuil  anil  Salmon  Cove  (Observatory  liilet)  is  here  about  4  niiloa 
across. 

Landslip  Point  lios  on  the  eastern  sliore,  15  miles  nortliwiutl  of  Cen- 
ter Island,  Three  eouspicnous  landslips  are  seen  on  the  mountains 
south  of  Landslip  Point. 

Bluff  Point  teriniinites  in  a  lii^li  bold  elid',  and  lies  on  the  eastern 
Hhore,  -'  miles  Irom  Landsli]*  Point.  The  channel  abreast  UhilV  Point 
is  one  mile  wide. 

Breezy  Point,  on  the  western  sliore,  ."U  miles  from  Camjt  Point,  is 
conspicuous,  and  the  land  recedes  to  the  soutlnvard  between  Camitand 
Breezy  Points. 

Tombstone  Bay  lies  on  the  western  shore.  At  its  entrance  tlie  bay 
is  ()()(»  yards  wide,  ami  takes  a  southerly  dire<;tion,  narrowinfj  rapidly, 
until  it  terminatesone  mile  within  the  entrance  at  the  mouth  of  a  ii\-er, 

An  extensive  w<'ll-w()oded  valley  lies  .at  the  head  of  the  liay,  and  on 
the  northern  side  of  the  valley  a  remarkable  mountain,  with  a  snow- 
clad  summit  of  dome  shape,  rises  to  the  liei},dit  of  (>,.50t)  feet.  Trout  are 
l)lentifnl  in  the  river,  llowinfi  into  this  bay.  Herries  are  found  in  abun- 
dance, especially  salmon  berries  and  the  wild  raspberry. 

Maple  Point  lies  on  the  eastern  shore.  .Majde  trees  ;;row  upon  this 
ltoint,and  when  in  leaf  render  it  conspicuous.  Immediately  norihward 
of  ]\Iaple  Point  is  a  bay,  with  a  larse  stream  HowiiiK  into  it,  fronted  by 
a  sand-tlat. 

Swamp  Point,  alow,  marshy,  wooded  poirit,  throiij>h  which  a  river 
tlows,  lies  northward  of  Maple  Point.  A  .sandspit  extends  .J  mile  to  the 
southward  from  Swamj)  Point. 

Pirie  Point  is  hifih,  bold,  and  conspicuous.  A  samlspit  extends  400 
yards  from  the  eastern  shore  midway  between  Swamp  and  Pirie  Points. 

White  Point  lies  on  the  eastern  shore,  4  miles  from  Piiie  Point. 

Turn  Point  lies  on  the  western  shore,  1^  miles  from  Toml)stoiieBay, 
and  is  high,  l)old,  and  conspicuous. 

Steep  Point,  on  the  western  shore,  is  bold  and  steep-to.  Two  large 
streams  tlow  into  the  sea,  midway  between  Turn  and  Stee])  Points. 

Foggy  Point  lies  on  the  western  shore,  G  miles  from  Steep  Point. 
The  coast  bet\ieen  Steep  and  Foj^ffy  Points  trends  (!onsiderabIy  to  the 
southward  in  a  deep  curve,  an<l  at  2i  miles  southward  of  the  point  isan 
extensive  v  tlley  lying  in  a  southerly  direction,  t)etween  mountains 
from  3,.500  and  4,000  feet  high.  The  valley  is  thickly  wooded,  and  a 
large  stream  Hows  through  it. 

Bay  Islet,  on  the  eastern  shore  abreast  of  K.)ggy  Point,  is  small  and 
wooded,  and  lies  200  yards  otf  a  i)oint  which  divides  two  sandy  bays, 
being  connected  with  the  point  at  low  water. 

Q-re en  Islets  are  two  small,  wooded  islets,  on  the  ea.stern  shore,  2 
miles  from  Bay  Islet.  Close  northward  of  these  islets  there,  is  a  con- 
siderable tract  of  comparativ'.lv  low  land,  thickly  wooded,  through 
which  a  large  stream  tlows 


HLAI»    I'OINT HKAU    UIVKU 


423 


ilaiiiy 


Slab  Point,  tt'riiiiiiatiii^i;  in  a  liigli,  Hiiiootli,slatO'Coloi'0(l  (;litl',  lies  on 
till'  w«st(U'ii  HJioic,  '2  miles  from  FoKK\  ''oiiit. 

Blue  Point,  on  tlie  castiTn  slioiv,  o.h  miles  I'mm  Green  Lsiet,  and  l}[ 
miles  Irom  Clill' Point  (on  the  western  shore),  terminates  in  high,  bold 
elills.  of  purple  blue  color,  and  basaltie,  formation.  Close  south  of  tho 
point,  ail  extensive  wooded  valley  extends  tothe  northeastward,  throuj^h 
whieh  two  largo  streams  tlow.  A  sandspit  extends  oil' their  mouths  to 
the  distance  of  400  yards. 

Cliff  Point  termiuates  in  high  white  ditVs,  and  is  fiteei)-to. 

Verdure  Point,  on  the  western  shore,  is  4  miles  from  (Miff  I'oint, 
The  maple  trees  growing  upon  this  point,  when  in  leaf,  render  it  con- 
si)ienous. 

Midway  between  (Jlilf  and  Verdure  Points  there  is  an  extensive 
wooded  valley,  through  wlii(!h  a  largo  stream  flows  in  a  southwesterly 
direction.  Close  northward  of  Verdure  Point  is  a  bay,  with  a  conspic- 
uous sandy  beaiili  at  its  head. 

Landslip  Point,  one  mile  from  Verdure  Point,  is  conspicuous,  it 
having  higli  landslip  over  it. 

Round  Point  is  the  turning  point,  on  the  eastern  shore,  into  tho 
northern  and  last  reach  of  Portland  (,'aiial.  With  the  exception  of  a 
small  bay,  which  dries  throughout  at  low  water,  the  eastern  shore 
northward  of  Blue  Point,  for  0  miles,  is  high,  bold,  and  almost  inacces- 
.sible.  The  northern  extreme  of  Hound  Point  lies  (i  miles  from  Blue 
Point. 

Seal  Rocks,  on  the  western  shore,  at  the  entrance  of  the  north  reach 
of  the  canal,  are  of  small  extent,  and  lie  K)0  yards  from  the  western 
shore.  The  highest  rock  is  6  feet  above  high  water.  Between  Ver- 
dure Point  and  the  jioint  off  which  Seal  Kocks  lie,  the  coast  curves 
considerably  to  the  westward.  At  one  mile  to  the  southward  of  the  lat- 
ter point  an  extensive  wooded  valley  takes  a  westerly  direction,  between 
high  mountains,  and  a  large  stream  Hows  through  it. 

Marmot  River,  on  the  easteiii  shore,  2-1  miles  from  the  mouth  of 
Bear  Itiver,  flows  through  an  extensive  valley  which  lies  in  an  easterly 
direction.  A  saiidsi)it  extends  GOO  yards  otf  the  mouth  of  Marmot 
Itiver,  and  is  steep-to.  At  the  head  of  the  valley  is  a  mountain  range 
with  three  conspicuous  peaks. 

Salmon  River,  on  the  western  shore,  is  a  stream  of  considerable 
size,  and  the  valley  through  which  it  flows  is  )s  mile  wide  at  its  mouth; 
the  river  then  takes  a  northwesterly  direction,  widening  to  one  and  2 
miles,  and  is  flanked  by  high  mountains. 

Bear  River  flows  through  an  extensive  wooded  flat,  at  the  head  of 
tho  Portland  Canal,  and  divides  near  its  mouth  into  several  streams, 
from  which,  during  the  summer  months,  when  tho  snow  is  melting,  a 
considerable  body  of  water  passes  out  into  the  inlet.  The  valley 
through  which  this  river  flows  extends  10  miles  from  tho  mouth  of 
Bear  river,  and  is  thickly  wooded,  and  flanked  by  the  Gladstone  Moun- 


424 


PORTLAN'D  CANAL. 


tains ;  it  termiiiiites  at  tbu  foot  of  the  Disraeli  Mountains,  a  range 
wliieli  extends  in  an  east  and  west  direction.  Tlie  Hear  and  Salmon 
liivers  have  a  mud  flat  extending  across  their  mouths,  rendering  com- 
muuication,  even  by  canoes,  difficult  at  low  water.  Commeucin'j;  at 
about  GOO  yards  south  of  Salmon  Jiiver  Valley,  this  deposit  of  mud  ex- 
tends a(!ross  the  canal  in  a  northeasterly  direction,  passing  over  one 
mile  from  the  mouth  of  Bear  River.  The  edge  of  the  bank  is  steep, 
breaking  down  almost  suddenly  to  no  bottom  at  40  fathoms. 

Anchorage  was  unsuccessfully  searched  for  off  the  above-mentioned 
delta  of  the  Salmon  and  Bear  Rivers.  The  depth  of  24  fathoms  was 
found  alongside  the  edge  of  the  mud  at  low  water  ;  and  at  the  distance 
of  50  yards  from   it  no  bottom  could  be  obtained   at  40  liithoms. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  the  head  of  Portland 
Canal  at  Ih.  30m  ;  springs  rise  from  23  to  27  feet,  and  occasionally  30 
feet;  neaps  15  to  20  feet.  In  August,  ]8(]8,  it  was  noticed  that  the 
night  tides  rose  considerably  higher  than  the  day  tides. 

Observation  Spot,  at  the  wooded  high-water  mark  of  the  point 
near  the  center  of  the  mouth  of  Bear  Rver,  was  found,  by  observations 
taken  iu  August,  1868,  to  be  situated  in  latitude  55=^  5(5'  03"  X.,  longi- 
tude 130°  03'  27"  W.,  depending  on  Duntze  Head,  Esquimalt  Harbor 
being  in  longitude  123°  26'  45"  W. 


LIST    OF    LIGHTS. 


425 


range 
ilinou 
cum- 
11 '^^  at 
1(1  ex- 
r  one 
Hteep, 

ioiicil 
8  was 
taiice 

tland 
lly  30 
It  the 

point 
tions 
)ngi- 

arbor 


9  i: 


•=^«5         2 


o 

H 

a 
is 

a 


:  i 


H 
H 

71 

H 


*  ?  S  ■y  «  _ ;  ■— 

5s=  ^:s!=« 


iJ*'^^   ^ 


i-  *  •'  X  =  '^  ^  • 

«  g  c ,_  .-0^3 
i5  =  2-531; 


-t'-r 


BE 


'x  O    K 


I 

1 


is 


is 


ao 


c 

■Sli 

■C  'C  ~  ji 


rt  fl  a 


■=  o  2 


<c 


?  £  t  is  oj 
is 


••IS 

=3  fl  *  *  *j 

■=.S  c  ;  a  J     .:*        .5 


3 


s 

ID 


426 


LIST    OF   LIGHTS. 


His 


tf     « 


P  I  £      £ 
?  Z  c      J: 


^  o 

5  .1 

:£  -J 

^  7. 


-  c  s 
if      JH 


=  ft  i.2 


.S     ■]      S2 


K  *'  -  — 

rtS  5'= 

a'""  '^  5  * 

3    9 


*-        T  Tt." 


g.£f 


IK 


l£ 


^ll 


=r| 


^     2  '■ 


^  *  : 


-s 

=  'd  ? 

i:  r. 

i;-= 

(^^ 

-•:  -*—*-- 

^"s 

~-  .1 

el 

.-a  -   - 

.- ^ 

—  ^  « 

V. 

£.-:=  = 

:  s. 

1 

11 

tISi 

1-  «,i  c 

?i 

^ 

"C"  £ 

SB'S 

S 

S" 

a  -  a  e 

r^ 

^ 

C 

C 

O 

— 


a. 


S  b 


-a 
it 


■s     'SS& 

•:  .•  .s  £i  *     ^  fr  -. 


.1      It    !:iJ?|S. 


4.    C    M 

^  «j  2 

5*g 


i  ."(a 


S^ 


If 


LIST   OF    LIGHTS. 


427 


1    .=  'r-=i 
•r  ;H  C- rt  i  i 


-i-^ 
^-**" 

ii 

.=•3 

s* 

■=•«  t 

•/■=2, 

*-  «  "  I.  r. 

1?^ 

1 

•f  o 
*  c 

?l 

> 

111 

a  5  CVS 

?i   4^   '"- 

'^i   -^  '^-3 

II   is    i)^ 


! 

03 


s 


3 


5 


s  =  ■<■• 


u  S  i:  —  : 


iil^- 


4! 


.s 


f 


LIST    OF    LIfJHTP. 


429 


1 11--  ? 

B  2  =^J 


el 


'*  =  *  ■^•r 

3  =^  ;■* 

I      a  a  2 
«  a  !■  —  ^ 

1  =  1-32? 

-  3  t  r,  s  * 

_  =  T  i  V 

ji  a—  y- 

5  =  J' c  *  = 


:  y-x2 


■A 


■;  is  r 

j;  ■:•- 

S-i^t^      a 


'   c  ::  a  i 

X  *c  ■£    --^ 


ii,  i  1  = 


i  ^'-^ 


1r^ 


■«|  .^ 


I  £.2 


^     C     3; 


5  i-^ 
.-'  i  ^ 


1=^ 


es-=  =  3  = 
■-  ci  7i = 3 

a  £'"'2  "I' 

SaSa? £ 
5  «  =  •-  i  s 

.5  i"  3t  •/  a.'r 


S  r. 


'a  «.- 
•".=  —  _; 

I|=  = 
x'z  ^  Z 

_ 


•a 
a 

w 

a 

s 


^ 

•^ 

-< 

u 

c 

•; 

SI 

= 

V 

X 


E  3 


-r 

*-  bl 

w  — 

'-i 

^1 

is_ 

r 

'-'. 

s 

-3 

? 

c    . 

£ 

-  c 

fo 

a 'A 

§« 

as" 

* 

K 

J 


■S    -a 
i    ^ 

P        £ 


& 

e 
« 

•J 


bs|i  =  aj:g_if  if  a 
^  =  i  "  »  —  >  «  Z  -  a  "■  S 


i-l 

t-r. 

!«fe 

s5 

£c 

*? 

* 

ar 

Pi 

i? 

a  rt 

T:M 

«a 

•r2 

^- 

•^  ^ 

111 

s| 

:fi 

03 

o 


a 


St, 


430 


LIST    OK    LIGHTS. 


5  ■=  *  §  ^£ 

^n  t-  s  5  S 


,  s-p. 


^ 

^ 


X 

£ 

- 

-i 

rt 

tt 

S 

1 

o 

t 

a 

c 

r. 

;*•     k~- 


g  i.s 

«     —  -  ' 

*  i  a 

1  =  * 

sac 


u  - 


-a 


e 
O 


^      ■'? 


-2S 

i 


2 


o 


a 


i    S 


a.*i 


'"''  a  tS 


5  = 


-       «  ;,  ^  «.; 


2~  =  a 
a**  .5  3 


S5  u  S 


a;  ^ 

IS 
5  = 


■iS 


S  B 
« 


"S5 

IS 


•; 

;( 
J 


s 

■=1 

s. 

gs 

s 

S  V 

u 

•< 

•A 


a 

es 
!2i 


COALING    AND    UEPAIUINO   FACILITIES. 


431 


S  «  5 

H*3 

»  « 

ni 

>  3 
-  £ 

5^  c 

■5^2 

a  3 
i:  3 

1* 

r.  a  a. 

X  a 

3 

U 

>»3t^ 

*  S  j:  ~  >.  a 

Ur' 

5=   5   »> 

l^f  ^sl  1 

N 

!i^ 

5   ••  =  — oo^iS 

sl 

—  '-~  — 

d 

^, 

^-^:2-i>--2 

^'i 

|S* 

- 

—     ^      ii 

<1 


■a 


.1 


~  *  *  . 


-.  .S  .:<  ^ 


S    S  5  g  §  S  S  g 

s"     to    ©    o'    — '    ■=>   >6   c^ 


e 
a. 


2. 


•1 


a.  *r 


2.1 


^i 


«  5 


it:: 

5    ^'  '  — 


^a    - 


t»  a  ? 
e  JT  S 
S,     O     H 


432 


COALING    AND    REPAIRING    FACILITIES. 


rs-a 


V 


o 
O 


O 


J 

5 


■a  » 
e  a  E 

J=.S  g 

a* 


•a 


*3  a! 

''I 

I 

s 


00  (-■ 

S  be 

a  a 


B 


a      a 


IK   O 

S5 


S  u 

3  a 


M  a  « 


3 


5        S        O        O 

a    a   o   (5 


"I 


p 

J 

.^ 

11 

o 

s 

^ 

.JJ 

ft 

c! 

5 

bl, 

c    . 

eS  I- 

0) 

.c 

o  tt 

tef 

fc= 

■cs 

•ss 

>> 

«  ? 

§1 

^ 

tlf 

•a      _-     "?, 


ES 


o  < 


C  J2 


a        a 


5  « 

.5  2 

I  I 

a  i 


&5 

93 

C* 

3  a 


a  u 

Is 


X  ^- 


J  ---  -^ 


3         I-     "S 


ct      ^ 


a 
3 


Sw       i 


I  :^  33  E  X. 


A. 

Page. 

Aaltauhash  lulet 331 

Aaltanbash  Inlet,  titles 331 

Aberdeen  fisbery 340 

Acland  Islands 98 

Actroon  Sound 223 

Active  Cove 119 

Active  Pass 100 

Active  Puss,  caution 101 

Active  Pass,  directions 100 

Active  Paas,  lijjht 489 

Active  Pass,  tides 101 

Active  Point 9(3 

Ada  Islands 153 

Ada  Rock 306 

Adams  Mount 230 

Addenbrooke  Island 310 

Admiral  Island 97 

Admiralty  Bay 26 

Admiralty  Head 25 

Admiralty  Head,  liglit 420 

Admiralty  Inlet 24 

Admiralty  Inlet,  directions 25 

Admiralty  Inlet,  general  descrip- 
tion   24 

Admiralty  Inlet,  ligbt  426 

Adze  Head 60 

Agamemnon  Cliaunel 170 

Agate  Passage 33 

Agglomerate  Island 395 

Ain  Kiver 407 

Alarm  Rock,  Canaveral  Port 3")4 

Alarm  Rock,  Stuart  Cbanuel  ....  95 

Alaska,  Inner  Passage  to 240 

Alaska,  Inner  Passage,  supplies. .  241 

Alberni  Inlet 248 

Alberni  Inlet,  First  Narrows 249 

Alberni  Inlet,  Second  Narrows  ..  249 

Albert  Head 62 

Alden  Bank 138 

Alden  Point 77 

Alder  Island 394 

Aldricb  Point 323 

14205— No.  !»G 28 


Pa([ft 

Alert  Hay 202 

Alert  Bay  Mission 202 

Alexander  Point,  Jorvis  Inlet 172 

Allen  Point 58 

Alexander  Port 233 

Alexandra     Passage,      Milbank 

Sound 387 

Alexandra     Passage.     Milbank 

Sound,  direct  ions 

Alexandra      Passage,      Milbauk 

Sound,  soundings 387 

Alexandra  Passage,  Smith  Sound  305 

Alexandra  Patch 369 

Alford  Keefs 370 

Alice  Arm 419 

All  Alone  Stone 393 

Allan  Island 133 

Allen  Bank 39 

AllifjrdBay 401 

Alliford,  water 401 

Allison  Sound 231 

Alpha  Bay 357 

Alpha  Bay,  anchorage 357 

Alpha  Bay,  tides 357 

Alpha  Islet 72 

Alpha  Passage 2."? 

Alton  Island 178 

American  Lake 47 

Aniphitrite  Point 259 

Anchor  Bay 325 

Anchor  Bight 307 

Anchor  Cone 337 

Anchor  Cove 401 

Anchor  Islands,  Taknsh  Harbor  .  307 

Anchor  Islands,  Tread  well  Bay..  229 

Anchor  Mountain  355 

Anchorage  Island 291 

Anchorage  Patch 378 

Anderson  Island 46 

Anderson  Island,  caution 47 

Angeles  Point 18 

Angeles  Port 18 

Angeles  Port,  directions 19 

433 


434 


INDEX. 


Psge. 

Angcleg  Port,  water 1!) 

Ant;er  Isluud \\'<i 

Aun  I^tland 306 

Annas  Hay f>7 

Aiinetto  Crook 99 

Aiiiiio  Kocks 227 

Anthony  Island 413 

Anvil   Island 165 

Anvil  Poak 145 

Apples  Island 207 

Applo  Tree  Cove 32 

Araclino  Reef 90 

Arl)utu»  Island 124 

Arbutns  Islet 91 

Arbutus  Point 130 

Aristazable  Island 344, 362 

Armour  Rock 371 

Arnold  Rook 278 

Arran  Rapids 1H6 

Arrow  Passage 214 

Arthur  Island 380 

Arthur  Island,  foul  gronr.d  off.. .  380 

Arthur  Passage 340 

Ashe  Head 65 

Atkins  Cove 296 

Atkins  Reef 102 

Atkinson  Island 220 

Atkinson  Point 146,164 

Atkinson  Point,  light 430 

Atli  Inlet 395 

Augusta  Port 159 

Angnsta  Port,  directions 160 

Augusta  Port,  supplies 160 

Augusta  Port,  tides 160 

Auriol  Point 372 

Awun  River 407 

Axe  Point 212 

Ay  era  Point 55 

B. 

Babine  Lake 342 

Bag  Harbor 393 

Bainbridge  Island 33 

Bajo  Point 275 

BajoReef 271 

Bajo  Reef,  Inner 275 

Baker  Inlet 338 

Baker  Island 216 

Baker  Passage  175 

Ball  Cape  (Kultowsis) 403 

Ball  Capo,  rock  near 403 

Balaklava  Island 2.33 

Ballinac  Channel 154 

Ballinac  Islands 154 


Page. 

Bamber  Point 218 

Banifield  Creek 245 

Ilanitield  Islands 341 

Banks  Island 352,364 

Banks  Reef 289 

liar.  The,  Skidegato 401 

Bar  Rocks,  .Skidogate 401 

BarRocksSpit 402 

Barclay  Sound 245 

Barclay  Sound,  anchorages 2ii0 

Barclay  .Sound,  directions 249,255,256 

Barclay  Sound,  Eastern  Channel  245 

Barclay  Sound,  Middle  Channel.  2.50 

Barclay  Sound,  soundings 245 

Barclay  Sound,  Western  Channel  256 

Barclay  Valley 421 

Bardswcll  Group 319,362 

Bare  Hill 218 

Bare  Hill,  McLaughlin  Bay 316 

B.ire  Hill  Point 219 

Bare  Island,  Clayoquot  Sound  ..  262 

Bare  Island,  Miners  Channel....  87 

Bare  Island,  Tree  Knob  Group  ..  381 

Bare  Islands 163 

Bare  Islet,  Beaver  Passage 356 

Bare  Islet,  Forward  Inlet 294 

Bare  Islet,  Harwood  Island 174 

Bare  Islet,  Klaskish  Inlet 290 

Bare  Islet,  Klewnuggit  Inlet 337 

Bare  Islet,  Skidegate 401 

Bare  Islet,  Spieden  Channel 82 

Bare  Point 94 

Bare  Rock,  Milbank  Sound 320 

Bare  Rock,  Nuchalitz  Inlet 276 

Bare  Rock,  Swanson  Island 207 

BarfleuT  Passage 165 

Bargain  Harbor 170 

Barlands  Bay 178 

Barnard  Cove 350 

Barnes  Island 138 

Baronet  Passage  206 

Barren  Rock 225 

Barrier  Island,  Smith  Sound 307 

Barrier   Islands,    Vanoonver 

Island 281 

Barry  Islet 226 

Barter  Cove 285 

Bartlott  Island 263 

Bartlett  Point 225 

BasaltPoint 28 

Basa  Flat 156 

Base  Point 207 

Basil  Lump 367 

Bass  Rock 380 


INDEX. 


435 


P«ge. 

IlasH  Kock,  rocky  ledge :W0 

IJiiHs  Uock,  clonring  murk ^t-^O 

itato  PnxHajro 3!{5 

liath  Point a?-* 

Uattcry  Point 38 

ItattloHay 2»7 

llaii/n  Cove 194 

liawdeuUay W7 

l!ay  Islands '■i'^'.i 

Bay  Islet U2 

Hay nes  C'liannol,  Haro  Strait 72 

Baynes  Channel,  directions 73 

Bayncs  Mount 97 

Bay noH  Sound 155 

Baynes  Sound,  anchorage 157 

Baynua  Sound,  buoys  and  bea- 
cons    156 

Baynes  Sound,  directions 157 

Baynes  Sound,  leading  marks...  156 

Beacon  Uill 09 

Beacon  Rock,  Nanaimo 110 

Beacon  Kock,  Saanich  Inlet 02 

Beak  Point 158 

BealeCape 'Mb 

Beale  Cape,  caution 245 

Beale  Cape,  light  245, 429 

Beals  Point 40 

Bear  River,  Clayoquot  Sound....  265 

Bear  River,  Portland  Canal 423 

Beaver  River,  Portland  Canal,  an- 
chorage    24 

Beaver  River,  Portland  Canal,ob- 

servatiou  spot 24 

Bearskin  Bay 400 

Beaver  Bank 323 

Beaver  Cove 201 

Beaver  Creek 188 

Beaver  Creek,  tides 168  ' 

Beaver  Creek,  water 168 

Beaver  Harbor 204 

Beaver  Harbor,  anchorage 205 

Beaver  Harbor,  directions 205 

Beaver  Ledge 340 

Beaver  Passage,  Ogden  Channel .  356 
Beaver  Passage,  Ogden  Channel, 

directions 356 

Beaver  Passage,  Smith  Sound  .. .  305 

Beaver  Point 89 

Beaver  Rock,  Brown  Passage  .. .  382 

Beaver  Rock,  Chatham  Point...  193 

Becher  Bay 01 

Becher  Bay,  anchorage 61 

Bedford  Island 339 

Bedford  Islands 61  ; 


P»ge. 

BedfordSpit 340 

Bedwell  Bay 151 

Bed« ell  Harbor 85 

Bedwell  Harbor,  anchorage 85 

Bedwell  Islets 396 

Bedwell  Sound 260 

Beelslets 181 

Beecher  Mount 160 

Bfcchey  Head 01 

Belaknla 3'i3 

Belakula,  anchorage 313 

Belakula,  tides 314 

Belaknla,  water 314 

Belakula,  winds 314 

Belakula,  or  Nooklialk  River  ...  313 

Belize  Inlet 230 

Bell  Peak 328 

Bella  Bella  Indians 317 

Bella  Bella  Islands 317 

Belle  Rock 134 

Belle  Rock,  buoy 134 

Belleisle  Sound 222 

Belletti  Point 376 

BellinghamBay 135 

Bellinghani  Bay,  passages 1.35 

Bel'inghaui  Channel 134 

Belmont  Point 276 

BenHill 377 

Benjamin  Group 217 

Benson  Point 277 

Bentinck  Arms 313,314 

Bentinck  Arms,  tides,  winds  ....  314 

Bentinck  luland 02 

Bentinck  Island,  caution 62 

Berens  Island,  fog-signal 429 

Berens  Island,  light 429 

Berkeley  Mount 196 

Berry  Cove 221 

Berry  Cove,  anchorage,  water...  221 

Berry  Creek 320 

Berry  Island 207 

Berry  Point,  Gabriola Island....  107 

Berry  Point,  Seaforth  Channel..  319 

Berry  Point,  Swindle  Island 329 

Berry  Point,  Takush  Harbor 307 

Bertie  Rock 306 

Bessborough  Bay 196 

Beware  Passage 208 

Bickley  Bay 187 

Bellingham  Bay,  rocks  and  shoals  135 

Big  Bay .' 373 

Big  Bay, anchorage 374 

Big  Bay,  directions 374 

Big  River 54 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


V- 


// 


.v 


.v^ 


/. 


^ 


1.0 


I.I 


1.25 


|21    12.5 


■: 


2.2 


1^  1^ 

I  ^  IIIIM 


1.4 


1.8 


1.6 


6" 


V] 


<^ 


/A 


^ 


?> 


> 


A/ 


'/ 


Photographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


^> 


V 


,v 


33  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  873-4503 


^ 


L17 


N> 


'"is 


<«^  "<».  '^o^ 


'^>* 


ji 


I 


^Z^' 

^  #<?^ 

'  /y^ 


^ 


w 


N> 


vV 


436 


INDEX. 


Page. 

Bight  Cone...  275 

Bight  Cove 297 

Bigsby  Inlet 396 

BillofOrcas 118 

Birch  Bay 139 

Birch  Point 139 

Bird  Cove 184 

Bird  Island 310 

Bird  Islet 8fl 

Bird  Islets 254 

Bird  Reef 94 

Bird  Rock,  Moss  Passage  3'J6 

Bird  Rock,  Rosario  Strait 134 

Bird  Rock,  buoy 134 

Bird  Rook,  Wasp  Group 126 

Bird's  Eye  Cove 93 

Birnie  Island 376 

Birthday  Channel 279 

Bischoff  Mands 394 

Bishop  Cove 333 

Black  Bluff 203 

Black  Island  and  buoy 112 

Black  Islets 124 

Black  Patch 257 

Black  Point 379 

Black  Rock,  Barclay  Sound 250 

Black  Rock,  Esperanza  lulet 278 

BlackRock,  Porticr  Pass 104 

Black    Rock,    Queen    Charioite 

Sound 2-25 

Black  Rock,  Rosario  Strai  t 134 

Black  Rock,  Squally  Channel....  348 

Black  Rock  Point 348 

Blackberry  Islets 265 

Blackfish  Sound 207 

Blair  Inlet 320 

Blair  Mount 212 

Blalte  Island 39 

Blakely  Island 124 

BlnkelyPort 35 

Blakely  Rock 35 

Blakeney  Islet 358 

BInkenoy     Passage,     Johnstone 

Strait 202 

Blakeney  Passage,  Smith  Inlet..  307 

Blakeney  Port 325 

Blakeney  Port,  anchorage    326 

Blakeney  Port,  directions 326 

Blakeney  Port,  supplies ...  32C 

Hligh  Island 272 

Blind  Bay,  Harney  Channel 129 

Blind  Bay,  Harney  Anchorage  ..  129 

Blind  Bay,  Jorvis  Inlet 172 

Blind  Creek 176 


Psg*. 

Blind  Entrance,  Kyuquot  Sound.  282 

Blind  Reef,  Esperanza  Inlet  ....  277 

Blind  Reef,  Sealed  Passage 238 

Blinder  Rock 351 

Blinkinsop  Bay 197 

Blinkiusop  Bay,  anchorage 197 

Bliukinsnp  Bay,  shoal 197 

Block  Hca<l 349 

Blocklslot 211 

Block  Islets 351: 

Blount  Rock 223 

Blossom  Point 349 

Bloxham  Island 339 

Bloxham  Passage 341 

Bloxham  Point 307 

Bloxham  Shoal 339 

Blue  Point 423 

Blue  Jay  Cove 392 

Bluff  Point,  Collison  Bay 391 

Bluff  Point,  Laredo  Channel ....  346 

Bluff  Point,  Portland  Canal  ....  422 

Bluff  Point,  Schooner  Retreat...  310 

Bluff  Point,  Stephens  Port 353 

Bluff  Point,  Welcome  Harbor  ...  359 

Blunden  Bay 304 

Blunden  Harbor 225 

Blunden  Harbor,  anchorage  ....  225 

Blunden  Harbor,  directions 235 

Blunden  I'<land,Clayoquot  Sound  262 

Blunden  Island,  Plumper  Sound.  83 

Blunden  Passage 215 

Blunden  Point 153 

Blunt  or  Smith  Island 74 

Blunt  or  Smith  Island,  anchorage  74 

Blunt  or  Smith  Island,  beacon  ..  74 

Blunt  or  Smith  Island,  light ....  425 

Blythe  Island 233 

Boat  Basin 209 

Boat  Cove,  Price  Island 323 

Boat  Cove,  Qaatsiuo  Sound 292, 295 

Boat  Harbor,  Johnstone  Strait..  200 
Boat  Shelter,    Vancouver,  west 

coast 292 

Boatswain  Bank 91 

Boca  del  Inlicrno 271 

Bodd>  Creek 319 

Bold  Bluff,  Qnatslno  Sound 292 

Bold  Bluff,  Sansum  Narrows....  93 

Bold  Bluff,  Southgate  Group,...  827 

Bold  Head 179 

Bold  Islet 274 

Bolin  Point 34 

Bolkns  Islands 392 

Bond  Sound 218 


Pus*, 
d.  282 

277 
238 
351 
197 
197 
197 
349 
211 
351: 
223 
349 
339 
341 
307 
339 
423 
392 
391 
346 
422 
310 
353 
359 
304 
225 
225 
225 
I  262 

83 
215 
153 
74 
>  74 

74 
425 
233 
209 
323 
292, 295 
200 

292 

91 

271 

319 

292 

93 

227 

179 

274 

34 

392 

318 


INDEX. 


437 


Page. 

Bod  i  la  Island  and  Peak 3(i5 

Bunila  Island,  lauding 365 

Bouilla  Point 59,244 

Bonwick  Island 214 

Bon  wick  Islands 225 

Booker  Lagoon 21G 

BootCovo 84 

Boot  Island 315 

Boston  Island 38U 

Boston  Islands,  ledge 386 

Boughey  Bay 198 

Bowlder  Bank 323 

Bowlder  Head 322 

Bowlder  Ledge 323 

Bowlder  Point,  Departure  Bay..  Ill 

Bowlder  Point,  Malcolm  Island.  203 

Bowlder  Point,  Maple  Bay 93 

Bowlder  Point,  Neville  Port 197 

Bowlder  Point,  Squirrel  Cove. ..  176 

Bowlder  (Panama)  Rocf 137 

Bowlder  Reef,  Mary  Island 182 

Boundary  Bay 140 

Boundary  Mark 140 

Boundary  Rock 178 

Bowen  Island 146, 164 

Bowlder,  The,  Puget  Sound 43 

Bowyer  Island 164 

Boxer  Point 233 

Boxer  Reacli 333 

Boyle  Island 237 

Boyle  Point 157 

Boyies  Point 224 

Boys  Rock 35() 

Brace  Point 38 

Branbiim  Islaud 227 

Breaker  Group    :W 

Breaker  Islets 3(i4 

Breaker  Ledge 359 

Breaker  Point 351 

Breaker  Reef,  Estevau  iHland.. .  351 

Breaker  Reef,  Shadwoll  Passage.  234 

Breezy  Point 422 

Breiuner  Islet 231 

Breton  Islets Ir3 

Bril)ery  Island..   341 

Bridge  Island 370 

Bridge  River 143 

Bright  Islaud,  Swanson  Channel  101 

Bright  Island,  Takush  Harbor.. .  3ii7 

Bright  Islet 238 

Brisco  Point 48 

British  Columbia 1 

British  Columbia,  barometer....  3 

British  Columbia,  buoyage 6 


i  Fog*- 

British  Columbia,  climate 2 

British  Columbia,  coal 1 

,  British  Columbia, current   and 

tides 10 

British  Columbia,  fogs  and  smoke  5 

British  Columbia,  ice 4 

British  Culumbia,  meteorology..  5 

British  Columbia,  population  ...  1 

British  Columbia,  products 1 

British  Columbia,  railways 2 

British  Columbia,  rainfall 4 

British  Columbia,  telegraphs 2 

British  Columbia,  thermometer  .  3 

British  Columbia,  winds 5 

Brockton  Island 296 

Brockton  Point 148 

Brodle  Rock,  Inner  Chanuels....  70 
Brodie  Rock,  Chatham  Sound..  384 
Brodie    Rock,    Principe    Chan- 
nel   352 

Broken  Channel 262 

Broken  Group,  Barclay  Sound . . .  252 

Broken  Group,  BarUswell  Group.  361 

Broken  lHlnudN,Desolatiou  Sound  179 

Broken  Islands,  Harvey  Port....  198 

Broken  Islands,  Knight  lulet....  213 

Broken  Point 126 

Brooke  Island 418 

Brooks  Bay 289 

Brooks  Peninsula 289 

Brotchy  Ledge 67 

Brotchy  Lodge,  buoy 67 

Brothers,   The 61 

Brothers'  Island 68 

Broughtou  Islaud 219 

Hrougbton  Strait 200 

Broughtou  Strait, anchorage  ....  201 

Broughtou  Strait,  directions 203 

Broughton  Strait. tides 201 

Hrown  Islaud,  Beaver  Passage  ..  306 

Brown  Island,  Friday  Harbor.. .  117 

Brown  Island,  Gorge  Harbor 181 

Brown  Island,  Wasp  Group 126 

Brown  Narrows 361 

Brown  Passage 381 

Hrown  I'assiige,  directions 382 

Brown  Passage,  tides   382 

Brown  Point,  Admiralty  Inlet. ..  41 

Brown  Point,  Quatslno  Sound. ..  293 

Browning  Creek 294 

Browning  Entrance 354,366 

llrow.iiug  Islands 225 

Bron  ning    Passage,    Clayoqnot 

Sound  260 


438 


INDEX. 


r»gp. 
Browuing  Passage, Ooletas  Chan- 
nel   233 

Browuing  Passage,  Smith  Inlet  .  307 

Browning  Port H4 

Browuing  Port,  water 84 

Browning  Rock 198 

Bruce  Point 193 

Bruin  Bay 410 

Buccaneer  Bay 169 

Buccaneer  Bay,  rock 169 

Buccleuch  Point 226 

Buck  Point 411 

Buckingham  Island 224 

Buckland  Point 149 

Budslnlet 49 

Bnlkeley  Island 195 

Bull  Harbor 235 

Bull  Harbor,  anchorage 235 

Bull  Harbor,  directions 235 

Bull  Passage 169 

Bull  Point 307 

Bull  Rock,  Barclay  Sound 252 

Bull  Ruck,  Qiiatsiuo  Sound 296 

BuUey  Bay 328 

Bullock  Bluii' 182 

Bullock  Channel 314 

Bunsby  Islands 287 

Buoyage,  uniform  system  of 6 

Burdwood  Bay 184 

Burdwood  Group 217 

Burdwood  Point 271 

Burges  Island,  Uluuden  Harbor  .  225 

Barges  Islet,  Clayoquot  Sound..  262 

Burgess  Passage 193 

Burgoy ne  Bay 93 

Burial  Islet 93 

Burke  Channel 312 

Burnaby  Island 393 

Burnaby  Shoal 149 

Burnaby  Shoal,  buoy 14!! 

Burnaby  Strait 393 

Burnt  Hill 294 

Burnt-cliff  Island 374 

Burnt-cliff  Island,  ledge 374 

Bnrrard  Inlet 146 

Bnrrard  Inlet  anchorage 147 

Burrard  Inlet,  beacons 148 

Burrard   Inlet,  communication 

with 147 

Burrard  Inlet,  directions 148 

Bnrrard  Inlet,  Narrows,  first 148 

Burrard  lulet.  Narrows,  second  .  150 

Burrard  Inlet,  North  Arm 151 

Burrard  Inlet,  shoal 148 


Burrard  Inlet,  submarine  cable..  147 

;  Burrard  Inlet,  tides 148, 149 

'  linrrnrd  Inlet,  trade 149 

Hurrard  Inlet,  tug 150 

Burrard  Inlet,  water 151 

Burrows  Bay 133 

Burrows  Bay,  anchorage 133 

Burrows  Bay,  directions 133 

Burrows  Bay,  tides 133 

Burrows  Island 125, 133 

Bush  Islet 354 

Bush  Islets 210 

Bush  Point,  Admiralty  Inlet 28 

Bush  Point,  Don  Island 320 

Bkish  Point,  Sunday  Harbor 215 

Bush  Rook 392 

Bute  Inlot 185 

Bute  Inlet,  caution 187 

Bute  Inlet,  directions 186 

Bute  Inlet,  tides 186 

Butterworth  Rocks 381 

Buttress  Island 829 

Butler's  Cove 49 

C. 

Cactus  Islands 81 

Cadboro  Bay 70 

Cudboro  Point 72 

Calamity  Bay 364 

CallCreek 198 

Call  Creek,  anchorage 199 

Calm  Channel 185 

Calm  Creek 264 

Calvert  Cape 62 

Calvert  Capo,  Calvert  Island 308 

Calvert  Island 308,358 

Colvert  Point 339 

Caraano  Head 57 

Caniano  Islands 56 

Cameleou  Harbor 193 

Cameleon  Harbor,  anchorage  .. .  193 

Camp  Bay,  Haro  Strait 85 

Camp  Bay,  Retreat  Passage 213 

Camp  Cove 129 

Camp  Island,  Cortes  Island 182 

Camp  Island,  Lama  Paraage  ....  316 

Camp  Islet 349 

Camp  Point,  Coghlan  Anchorage.  335 

Camp  Point,  Johnstone  Strait.. .  195 

Camp  Point,  Klcwnuggit  Inlet..  338 

Camp  Point,  Portland  Canal....  421 

Camp  Point  Peak  195 

Campania  Island 350 

Campania  Sound 347 


Paan. 
147 
148, 149 
I4<J 
150 
151 
133 
133 
133 
133 
125, 133 
354 
210 
28 
320 
215 
392 
185 
187 
186 
186 
381 
229 
49 


81 
70 
72 
364 
198 
199 
185 
264 
62 
308 
308,  a58 
339 
57 
56 
193 
193 
85 
213 
129 
182 
316 
349 
335 
195 
338 
421 
195 
350 
347 


INDEX. 


439 


Page, 

Campbull  Island 315, 301 

Campbell  River 190 

Canaveral  Port 354 

Canavural  Port,  directions 354 

Canoe  Hlght 316 

Couoo  Flat 416 

Canoe  Island,  Upright  Channel.  122 

Canoe  'aland,  Queen  Charlotte..  212 

Cnnov,  i.ilet,  Portier  Pass 105 

Canoe  Islet,  Principe  Channel  ..  353 

Canoe  Passage 208 

Canoe  Reef 268 

Canoe  Rock 308 

Canoe  Kocks 89 

Canoe  Rocks,  beacon 89 

Cape  Islet 382 

Cape  Range 308 

Capstan  Island 254 

Captain  Island 172 

Captain  PaNsago 99 

Carberry  Bay 178 

Cardcna  Bay 340 

Cardena  Bay,  anchorage 340 

Canlero  Channel 186 

Cardero  Channel,  anchorages  . . .  1^7 

Cardero  Channel,  caution 187 

Carderu  Channel,  tides 187 

Cardigan  Rocks 233 

Careen  Creek 122 

Carey  Group 208 

Carolina  Channel 259 

Caroline  Reef 71 

Carpenter  Bay 391 

Carpenter  Bay,  anchorage 391 

Carr  Islet 371 

Carrldei)  Bay 223 

Carrington  Bay 182 

Carriugton  Reefs j- 358 

Carro  Inlet 51 

Carter  Bay,  Pinlayson  Channel..  330 
Carter  Bay,   Finlayson,  anchor- 
age    330 

Carter  Bay,  Finlayson,  supplies..  330 

Carter  Bay,  Finlayson,  tides 330 

Carter  Bay,  Finlayson ,  water 330 

Carter  Bay,  Wells  Pass 219 

Carter  Point 136 

Cartnright  Sound 411 

CascadeBay 130 

Cascade  Inlet 315 

Cases  Bank 54 

Cases  Inlet 51 

Castle  Island 132 

Castle  Islet  and  Beacon 256 


Page, 

Castle  Point 237 

Catala  Island 278 

Cat  Face  Mountains 263 

Catherine  Point 390 

Cattle  Islands 205 

Cattle  I'oint 74,115 

Caution  Cape 303 

Caution  Point 117 

Caution  Rock 229, 303 

Cavendish  Rock 177 

Cecil  Islet, Greeuway  Sound  ....  221 

Cecil  Islet,  Native  Anchorage  ...  208 

Cecil  Patch 341 

Cecil  Rock,  Fulford  Harbor 97 

CeliaReef 88 

Center  Island,  Burnaby  Strait  ..  393 

Center  Island,  Esperanza  Inlet ..  279 

Center  Island,  HoweSound 164 

Center  Island,  Portlanil  Canal ...  421 

Center  Island,  Shadwull  Passage.  234 

Center  Islet,  Schooner  Retreat  . .  309 

Center  Islet,  Siitil  Channel 182 

Center  Point 353 

Center  Reef,  Clam  Bay 106 

Center  Reef,  Spicdcn  Channel.. .  82 

Center  Retf,  L'oluelet  Arm 259 

Center  Rock,  Cortes  Island 176 

Center  Rock,  Drury  Inlet 223 

Center  Rock,  Inner  Channel....  72 

Cbachekwas 362 

Chacon  Cape 385 

Chacon  Cape,  breaker 385 

Chads  Island 89 

Chain  Islands,  Ganges  Harbor.. .  93 

Chain  Islands,  Barclay  Sound...  252 

Chain  Islands,  caution 252 

Chain  Islets 71 

Chain  Islet,  Great 71 

Chalmers  Anchorage 341 

Chalmers  Anchorngo,  anchorage.  341 

Chambers  Creek 46 

ChamissBay 284 

Chance  Rock 310 

Chancellor  Channel 195 

Channel  Group 355 

Channel  Island,  Baronet  Passage  206 

Channel  Island,  Ogden Channel.  3.55 

Channel  Island,  Toba  Inlet 180 

Channel  Islands 384 

Channel  Islet,  Ucluelet  arm 260 

Channel  Islets,    Agamemnon 

Channel 171 

Channel  Islets,  Ganges  Harbor..  98 

Channel  Point 7) 


440 


INDEX. 


Fa|{«.   : 

Channel  Reef,  Barclay  Sound ...  251 

Cbannel  Reef,  leading  marks 350 

Channel  Reef,  Esperanza  Inlet..  '279 

Channel  Reef,  Seaotter  'troup..  305 

Channel  Reef, Sfjually  Channel..  348 

Channel  Reefs,  Klaskino  Inlet ..  391 

Channel  Rock,  Great  Bank 356 

Channel  Rock,  Island  Harbor. . .  353 

Channel  Rock,  Laredo  Channel.  346 

Channel  Rock,  Neville  Port 197 

Channel  Rock,  Victoria  Harbor.  67 

Channel  Rocks,  Barclay  Sound..  346 

Channel  Rocks,  Leading  Mark..  347 

Channel  Rocks,  Kyuquot  Sound.  3i?3 

Chapman  Point 373 

Charles  Island,  Lopez  Island 116 

Charles  Island,  Montague  Harbor  103  ' 

Charles  Island,  Pender  Harbor. .  171 

Charles  Point,  Blundeu  Harbor.  335 

Charles  Point,  Cooper  Inlet 316 

Charles  Point,  Farewell  Harbor  307 

Charles  Point,  Piovost  Harbor..  80 

Charles  Rocks 100 

Charlie  Islets. 204 

Charlotte  Bay 330 

Chart  Islet 'i08 

Chat  Channel  Point 383 

Chatfleld  Island 318 

Chatham  Channel 199, 311 

Chatham  Islands 71 

Chatham  Point 193 

Chatham  Sound 367 

Chatham  Sound,  anchorages  ....  368 

Chatham  Sound,  caution 368 

Chatham  Sound,  dangers 368 

Chatham  Sound,  landmarks 367 

Chatham  Sound,  soundings 368 

Chatham  Sound,  tides 379, 387 

Chatham  Sound,  west  coast 379 

Cheeksquintz 324 

Chemainos  Bay 94 

Chemainos  Bay,  anchorage 94 

Cherry  Point, 91 

Cheslakee  Village 301 

Chick  Reef 307 

Chief  Rock 386 

Chimiklm  Creek 37 

Chisniore  Passage 341 

Chismore  Passage,  anchorage  ...  341 
Choked  Passage,  Hakai  Channel         359 

Choked  Passage,  Simpson  Port . .  378 

Chop  Bay 310 

Christie  Bay 346 

Christie  Islands 355 


Christie  Passage 233 

ChroustcheffCape 400 

ChuckauutRook 135 

ChnichCape 61 

Claamen 174 

Clahoose  Indians 180 

Clallam  Bay 17 

Clallam  Indians 30 

Clallam  Point 32 

Clam  Bay 105 

Clam  Bay,  anchorage l06 

Clam  Day,  direutions 106 

Clam  Island 312 

C'lanninick   Harbor 385 

Clanniuick  Harbor,  anchorage..  286 

Clanninick  Harbor,  directions.. .  386 

Clapp  Passage 211 

Clara  Islet 386 

Clark  Island 130,138 

Clarke  Rocks 113 

Clarke  Rocks,  buoy 112 

Clark's  Point 135 

Claydon  Bay 334 

Clay oquot  Sound 361 

Clayoquot  Sound,  caution 361 

Clayoquot  Sound,  directions  ....  367 

Clayoquot  Sound,  tides 361 

Clement's  Reef 120 

Clerke  Reefs 289 

Clirt' Island,  Milbank  Sound 337 

Clitf  Island,  Namu  Harbor 311 

Cliff  Island,  Wasp  Group 136 

Clililslet^ 353 

Cliff  Point,  Banks  Island 365 

Cliff  Point,  Portland  Canal 433 

Cliff  P')iut,  Portland  Inlet 415 

Clitton 55 

Clio  Bay 334 

Clio  Cbanuel 206 

Cloak  Bay 410 

Clock  Rock 310 

Clock  Rock,  leading  mark 210 

Clover  Point 69 

Clown  Rock 354 

Cluster  Reefs 306 

Cluster  Reefs,  leading  mark 306 

Coach  Islands 215 

Coaling  Stations 431,432 

Coal,  Anchor  Cove 401 

Coal,^       istaPort 432 

Coal,  Clu.ence  Port 432 

Coal,  Cook's  Inlet 432 

Coal,Coo8Bay  431 

Coal,  Departure  Bay 432 


Pagft 
233 
400 
135 
CI 
174 
180 
17 
30 
32 
105 
106 
106 
312 
2»5 
286 
286 
311 
266 
130, 138 
113 
112 
135 
224 
261 
261 
367 
261 
120 
289 
327 
311 
126 
353 
365 
423 
415 
65 
SM 
808 
410 
810 
810 
00 
851 
806 
306 
315 
431,432 
401 
432 
439 
433 
431 
432 


INDEX. 


441 


r»)jp. 

Coal,  Esqniiualt 431 

Coal,  Lisburne  Cape 432 

Coal,  Mare  Island 431 

Coal,  Nanairao 431 

Coal,  New  Westminster 146 

Coal,  Olympia 431 

Coal,  Onualaska 433 

Coal.  Portland 431 

Coal,  Sabine  Capo 432 

Coal,  San  Francisco 431 

Coal,  Seattle 431 

Coal,  Sitka 433 

Coal,  Suquasb  Anchorage 303 

Coal,  Tacoma 431 

Coal,  Townsend  Port 431 

Coal,  Unga  Island 433 

Coal,  Vancouver  Harbor 149 

Coal,  Victoria 431 

Coal  Cone 210 

Coal  Harbor,  Vancouver 398 

Coal  Island «8 

Coal  Island,  reef  near  to 88 

Coal  Islet 343 

Coal  Peninsula 147 

Coal  Point 91 

Coast  Mound 368 

Coast  Nipple 303 

Coaster  Channel 3')2 

Cochrane  Islands 178 

Cockatiice  Bay. 219 

Cockbnrn,  Cape 172 

Cod  Hank,  Chatham  Sound 386 

Cod  Bank,  Soaforth  Channel....  319 

Cod  Reefs,  Blakeney,  Port 326 

Cod  Reefs,  clearing  marks 326 

Cod  Reefs,  North  and  South,  Shute 

Passage ,  88 

Codlish  Passage 361 

Codfish  Rock 360 

CofBn  Islet,  Hecate  Cove 395 

Colli  n  Islet,  Oyster  Harbor 94 

Coghlan  Anchorage 335 

Coghlan  Anchornge,  anchorage . .  -S'i't 

Coghlan  Anciioragc, directions..  336 

Coghlan  Anchorage, soundings..  335 

Coghlan  Rock,  (Chatham  Sound.  284 

Coghlan  Rook,  Royal  Bay 63  | 

Colbourne  Passage 75 

Cole  Bay 91 

Collingwood  Channel 165 

Collison  Bay 391 

Colvos  Passage. 42 

Colvos  Rocks 31 

Colville  Cape  (Watmough  Head)  133,132 


P«(te. 

Colville  (Southwest)  Island 132 

Col  wood  Islet 376 

Comber  Rock 309 

Comet  Island  88 

Commencement  Bay 41 

Commerell  Cape 232 

Corao!t  Settlement 15!> 

Compton  Island,  Portland  Inlet.  414 
Compton  Island,  Queen  Charlotte 

Sound 207 

Conconi  Reef 84 

Cone  Island.  Clayoquot  Sound..  264 

Cone  Island,  Finlayson  Channel.  338 

Cone  Islet,  Block  Islets 364 

Cone  Islet 135 

Cone  Mountain 345 

Connel  Islanaa 3J3 

Connis  Rocks,  Beaver  Passage  . .  356 

Connis  Rocks,  Chatham  Sound. .  385 

Constance  Bank 73 

Constance  Cove 64 

Constance  Cove,  anchorage 65 

Constance  Mount 51 

Constitution  Mount 127 

Conunia  Peak tj73 

Coode  Peninsula 177 

Cook  Cape  or  Woody  Point 389 

Cooper  Inlet,  Lama  Passage  ....  316 

Cooper  Island 247 

Cooper  Island,  San  Juan  Port...  59 

Cooper  Point 48 

CooperReef 90 

Copper  Bay 400 

Copper  Islands 392 

Cordova  Channel  86 

Cordova  Channel,  directions 86 

Cormorant  Bay 73 

Cormorant  Bay,  anchorage /8 

Cormorant  Bay,  directions 78 

Cormorant  Island 202 

Cormorant  Pass 46 

Cormorant  Rock 305 

Cortes  Island 176,181 

Cosby  Point 188 

Cottam  Reef 154 

Cotton  Point 165 

Courtenny  Ri  ver 160 

Cousins  Inlet 314 

Cove  Island 314 

Cowitchin  District., 86 

Cowitchin  Harbor 87 

Cowitchin  Harbor,  anchorage...  87 

Cowitchin  Head '        78 

Cowlitz  Bay 82 


442 


INDKX. 


Cox  Island 240 

Cox  Point,  Cluyoquot  Soiinil  ....  iitil 

Cox  Point,  E8tevnn  IslaQil 364 

Crucroft  Isliiiid aOO 

Craggy  Mountains 179 

Cruninr  PaxHago 213 

Crano  Island X'Hi 

Crano  Islets 2:i7 

Cranstown  Point 309 

Craven  Rock 28 

Crawfonl  Anchorage lc!7 

Crescent  Bay 17 

Crescent  Inlet 39(> 

Crescent  Point Ut! 

Crib  Island 215 

Cridge  Inlands 370 

Cridge  Passage 349 

Crispin  Rock S-' 

Crocker  Lake 54 

Croker  Island 151 

Croker  Point 83 

Croker  Rock 233 

Cross  Islet,  Malaspina  Inlet 177 

Cross  Islet,  Portland  Canal 421 

Cross  Lodge 322 

Cross  Point 322 

Crown  Islet 124 

Crnice  Rock 342 

Culleet  River 292 

Cullen  Harbor 216 

Cullen  Harbor,  anchorage 217 

Cullen  Harbor,  tides 217 

Cnltus  Bay   30 

Cuniming  Point 334 

Camshowa  Anchorage 400 

Cuuishuwa  Inlet 399 

Cumshewa  Island 399 

Cumshewa  Rocks 39^» 

Cumshewa  Village 400 

Cumshewa  to  Spit  Point 400 

Cunningham  Island 318 

Cunningham  Passage 376 

Cnnningham  Passage,  directions  376 

Curlew  Rock 374 

Current  Passage 195 

Current  Point 229 

Curtis  Point,  Kstevan  Island 364 

Curtis  Point,  Simoom  Sound 217 

Curtis  Rock 364 

Custom  HousePoint 313 

Cutter  Creek 211 

Cuttle  Group 287 

Cypres&Bay 263 

Cypress  Bay,  anchorage 264 


P»g«. 

Cypress  Cone 125 

Cypress  Harlior 221 

Cypress  Island,  Lama  Passage  ..  318 
Cypress  Island,  Rosario  Strait  ..  125,136 

Cypress  Reef 137 

D. 

Daliop  Bay .54 

Diedalns  Passage 205 

Dalco  Passage 43 

Dalco  Point 43 

Dalkeith  Point 228 

Dall  Patch 319 

Dall  Patch,  caution n9 

Dallas  Bank 22 

Dallas  Mount 79 

Dana  Inlet 398 

Dana  Passage 48 

Danger  Patch 329 

Danger  Reef 9^,108 

Danger  Rock,  Barclay  Sound  . . .  250 

Danger  Rock,  leading  marks  ....  250 

Danger  Rock,  Cowlitz  Bay 83 

Danger     Rock,     Cowlitz    Bay, 

caution 83 

Danger  Rock,  Nnchalitz  Inlet.. .  275 

Danger  Rock,  leading  mark 275 

Danger  Rooks,  Houston  Stewart 

Channel 390 

Danger  Rocks,  Quatsino  Sonnd  .  293 

Danger  Rocks,  leading  marks. . .  293 

Danger  Shoal,  Sea  Otter  Group . .  303 

Danger  Shoal,  Spieden  Channel..  82 

Darcy  Island 76 

Dark  Cove 172 

Dark  Island 266 

Dark  Islet 354 

Darwin  Sound 39o 

Darwin  Sound,  tides 396 

Dash  Point 41 

Davenport  Point 349 

David  Channel 257 

David  Rock 226 

Davidson  Island 317 

Davidson  Rock 138 

Davis  Bay,  anchorage 132 

Davis  Bay  (Shoal  Bight) 132 

DavlsSlough 67 

Dawes  Point 370 

Dawes  Rock 370 

Dawson  Lodge 335 

Dawson  Point 335 

Day  Islaud,  anchorage 44 

DayPoint 389 


INDEX. 


448 


Pbk<'. 
125 
281 
318 
125, 136 
137 


.54 

205 

43 

43 

22« 

31U 

■•19 

22 

7'J 

39d 

48 

329 

J^.IOS 

250 

250 

83 

83 
275 
275 

390 

293 

293 

303 
82 
76 

172 

266 

354 

395 

396 
41 

349 

357 

226 

317 

138 

132 

132 
57 

370 

370 

335 
335 

44 

322 


P»ge. 

Dayman  Island 97 

Dnadinan  Islet 352 

Dfa<ITroe  Point 401 

Dt-an  Canal 315 

Docatnr  Island 123 

Decatur  Reof 35 

Di-coption  Clianuol 264 

Ducoption  Island 13:i 

Deception  Pass,  Clayoqnot  .Sound  261! 

Deception  Pass,  Fuca  Strait 24,56,  i:i3 

De  Courcy  Islands I0(i 

Deep  Hay,  Bay nes  Sound 157 

Deep  Bay,  Desolation  Sound 179 

Deep  Bay,  Milhank  Sound 325 

Deep  Cove,  Howe  Sound I(i4 

Deep  Cove,  Saanich  Inlet 91 

Deep  Harbor 217 

Deep  Inlet 28;» 

Deep  Pass 263 

Dci'p  Patcli    380 

Deep  Patch,  clearing  mark 380 

Deep-sea  Bluff 217 

Deep-water  Bay 192 

Deer  Creek 2()6 

Deer  Harbor 128 

Deer  I  larbor,  anchorage 128 

Deer  Island,  Beaver  Harbor 204 

Doer  Island,  Lama  Passage 318 

Deer  Islands 246 

Deer  Lagoon 29 

Deer  Mound 367 

Deer  Passage,  Calm  Channel 185 

Deer  Passage,  Lama  Passage  . . .  318 

Deer  Point,  Chemainog  Bay 95 

Deer  Point,  Principe  Channel . . .  3.52 

Defeat  Point 319 

Defiance  Point 44 

De  Horsey  Island 344 

De  la  Beche  Inlet 394 

Deluge  Point 391 

Deniock  Point 59 

Denman  Island l.')5 

Denman  Island,  caution 163 

Denis  Rook 134 

Denny  Island 315 

Denny  Rook :K)6 

Dent  Island 187 

Departure  Bay Ill 

Departure  Bay,  buoy 1 12 

Departure  Bay,  coal 112 

Departure  Bay,  directions 112 

Departure  Bay,  reef 112 

Derby  or  New  Langley 146 

Derby  Point 170  1 


Pag*. 

Des  Chutes  River 49 

Deserted  Bay 173 

Deserted  Creek 273 

Deserters  Islands 226 

Desolation  Sound 179 

Despair  Point 352 

Detached  Island 327 

Devastation  Channel 333 

Devastation  Island 370 

Devil  Rock 303 

Devil  Rocks,  Dixon  Entrance...  385 

Devil's  Head 47 

Devil's  Point 346 

Diamond  Point 130 

Diana  Island 247 

Dick  Mount 168 

Dickens  Point 421 

Dickenson  Islet 227 

Dickenson  Point 202 

Dickerson's  Point 48 

Dickson  Island 219 

Digby  Island 343,369 

Dillon  Point 205 

Dillon  Rock 232 

Dimple  Point 354 

Dinner  Island 116 

Dinner  Islet 92 

Disappointment  Inlet 264 

Discovery  Island 71 

Discovery  Island,  light 428 

Discovery  Passage 189 

Discovery  Passage,  directions  . ..  193 

Discovery  Passage,  soundings  . ..  189 

Discovery  Passage,  tid(  s 189 

Discovery  Point 22 

Discovery  Port 22 

Discovery  Rocks 322 

Disney  Point 83,119 

Disraeli  Mount 420 

DixieCove 283 

Dixon  Entrance 385 

Dixon  Entrance,  dangers 385 

Dixon  Entrance,  tides 387 

Dixon  Island 354 

Dobbin  Bay 219 

Dockyard  Island 295 

Dodd  Island 257 

Dodd  Narrows 108 

Do4ld  Narrows,  anchorages 108 

Dodd  Narrows,  directions 103 

Dodd  Narrows,  tides 109 

Dodd  Narrows,  False 106 

Dotld  Passage 378 

Dodd  Rook 378 


444 


INDEX. 


Dodjfcr  Cove AM 

UolUemyir  Point 48 

Dog  iBland ;«t7 

Dog.llsth  Ilniik 404 

Dog  n-th  Bay 34 

Dog-llsh  IJny,  Portland  Canal ...  4'iO 

Dolniiiito  Xurrows '.VXi 

Dolpliin  Island '.\t>i> 

Dolphin  Point 40 

Domvillo  Island 88 

Don  Flat :137 

Don  Island ;J18 

Don  Ledge 'XA 

Don  Point ;i4ri 

Donold  Head ^31 

Donegal  Head W2 

Donble  Bluff 29 

Double  Island.  Borcloy  Sound  ..  S'lK 

Double  Island,  Clayoijuot  Sound  206 

Double  Island,  Esperanza  Inlet  .  '/<8 

Double  Island,  Laredo  Sound  ...  'M't 

Double  Island,  Tobn  Inlet IHO 

Donble  Islands,  Clio  Channel  ...  20C 

Double  Islands,  Orcas  Sound 1*28 

Double  Islands,  anchorage 128 

Double  Islet  Point 417 

Double  Islets 175 

Doughty  Point,  Bill  of  Orcas 118 

Douglas  Bay 196 

Douglas  (President)  Channel ...  118 

Douglas  Channel 334 

Douglas  Harlior 4P2 

Douglas  Harbor,  directions 412 

Douglas  Mount 78 

Douglas  Rook 193 

Downger  Island 323 

Doyle  Island 23t! 

Drayton  Harbor 139 

Drayton  Harbor,  anchorage  ....  140 

Drayton  Harbor,  directions 139 

Drayton  Passage .")() 

Drew  Harbor. 183 

Drew  Harbor,  anchorage 183 

Drew  Harbor,  directions 183 

Drew  Pass 185 

Drew  Rock 85 

Druniniond  Mount 196 

Drury  Inlet 222 

DsoolishBay 307 

Ducie  Island,  Chatham  Sound  . .  384 

Duck  Cove 211 

Duckabus  River 55 

Duff  Island 316 

Dufferin  Island 319,3f.2 


Duncan  Day,  British  Columbia..  191 

Duncan  Bay,  anchorage 191 

Duncan  Bay,  Chatham  Sound.. .  373 

Duncan  Bay,  vlangers 373 

Duncan  Bay,  directions 373 

Duncan  Bay,  Discovery  Passage.  191 
Duncan  Bay,  Discovery  Passage, 

anchorage 191 

Duncan  Bay,  Wliidbey  Island. ..  59 

Duncan  Island 333 

1  )uncan  Rock 15 

Dundas  Islands 383 

Dundivau  Inlet  319 

Dungencss  River 20 

Dunlop  Point 161 

Dnnsany  Passage 234 

Duntzo  Head 64 

DuntzeRock 15 

DuHfwallips  River 64 

Dusky  Cove 214 

Duval  Point 233 

Duwauiish  Bay 36 

Duwuniish  Head  and  Rivi. 37 

Dyke  Beacon 65 

Dykj  Point 66 

Dye's  Inlet    34 

B. 

Eagle  Creek 22 

Kaglo  Harbor 34 

Eagle  Island,  Beaver  Harbor....  304 

Eagle  Island,  Puget  Sound 50 

Eagle  Point 133 

Earl  Ledge liHJ 

East  Bay 326 

East  Cove 395 

East  Entrance  Reef 282 

East  Haycock 240 

East  Passage 295 

East  Passage,  Bellingham  Bay..  135 

East  Point,  Port  Gamble 53 

East  Point,  Prcvost  Island 388 

East  Point,  Saratoga  Passage. ..  58 

East  Poin^,  Saturna  Island 77 

East  Point,  Saturna  Island,  light  439 

East  Rock,  Hakai  Channel 359 

East  RocH,  Nasparti  Inlet 388 

East  Sound 129 

Easy  Creek 284 

Echachets  Villoge 361 

Echo  Haibor 396 

Echo  Island 170 

Echo  Islets 326 

Eclipse  Island 350 


INDEX. 


445 


im 

lUl 
.■172 
372 
;i72 
IKl 

191 

59 

2:12 

ir> 

38J 

WJ 

20 

un 

224 

64 

15 

54 
214 
232 

36 

37 

C5 

65 

34 


82 
34 
204 
50 
132 
196 
326 
305 


MO 


56 

W 

m 

3S» 

288 
129 
2H4 
261 
396 
170 
226 
350 


EolipBO  Narrows 230 

EoRtall  Inln'. 344 

Kdeii  Island 215 

Edon  I'oint 195 

Eden  Point,  rock  o(V 195 

Edoiisaw  Cape 40tJ 

Edge  Rnof 319 

Edith  Point 142 

Editli  Point,  rocl.    ff 142 

Ediz  Hook 18 

Kdiz  Hook,  fog  Hignnl 425 

EdizHook.liglit 18,425 

Edniond  Islan-ls 222 

Edmund  I'oii)    3-' 

Edmund  Point,  Burko  Channel..  312 

Edward  Roof,  Clnstor  Hoofs 3(Hi 

Edward  Rook,  liarkloy  Sound.. .  255 

Edye  PasHUge 380 

E<lye  Passage,  dlroctiouf; 381 

Edyo  Pnxsago,  tidaa 381 

EolRoof 201 

Eftlnghain  Inlot 254 

Egg  Island 3)4 

Kgg  iHlaiid,  False 305 

Egg  Rocks 304 

Elbow  Island 253 

Elbow  Point 92 

Elbow  Rooks 253 

Eldlnlot 48 

Eldon  Mount 194 

Eleanor  Point 98 

Eliza  Dome 281 

Eliza  Island,  Bollingbam  Day.. .  135 
Eliza    Island,   Queen    Charlotte 

Sound 227 

ElizaPort 279 

Elizabeth    Island,   Arthur    Pas- 
sage    341 

Elizabeth  Peak 341 

Elizabeth  Port 211 

Elizabeth  Port, anchorage  ......  211 

Elizabeth  Rook 341 

Elizabeth  Rooks 227 

Elk  Hay 192 

Elk  Bay,  rook 192 

Ellon  Bay 99 

Ellen  Island 390 

Ellorslie  Channel 314 

Ellinor  Mount 51 

Elliot  Passage 210 

Elliott  Bluff 83 

Elliott  Island '. 341 

Elliott  Point 32 

Elliott  Point,  Portland  Inlet  ....  414 


Ptgt. 

Ellis  Bay 230 

Ehvho  Rivor 18 

Emily  Group 297 

Emily  Islet 70 

Emma  Passage 414 

End  Hill 352 

Euliold  Rook 370 

Enfield  Rook,  caution 370 

English  Bay 147 

English  Bay,  anchorage 147 

English  Bay,  directions 148 

English  Bay,  tides 148 

Enterprise  Channel  69 

Enterprise  Channels,  directions  .  69 

Enterprise  Reef 85 

Enterprise  Reet,  beacons 85 

Entrance  Anchorage 247 

Entrance  Bank 190 

Enfrance  Bluff 333 

Entrance  Island,  Barclay  Sound .  251 
Entrance  Island,  Laredo  Sound..  3'15,  3ti2 

Entrance  Island,  Nanaiino 113 

Entrance  Island,  Nanaimo,  light  429 

Entrance  Island,  Qnatsino  Sound  293 

Entrance  Island,  Secret  Cove  .. .  170 

Entrance  Island,  Selwyn  Inlet ..  398 

Entrance  Mountain 293 

Entrance  Mount  Point 293 

Entrance  Point .  93 

Entrance  Reof,  Qlawdzoet  Bay..  382 
Entrance    Reef,    Rolling    Road- 
stead    278 

Entrance  Rock 153 

Entrance  Shoal 123 

EntryCono 308 

Entry  Ledge (50 

Entry  Peak 3-<6,414 

Erasmus  Islands 187 

Eric  Mount 115, 133 

Escalaute  Point 270 

Escape  Island 212 

Escape  Reef,  Johnstone  Strait  ..  199 

Escape  Reef,  caution 199 

Escape  Roof,  Stuart  Channel 95 

Escape  Reef,  leading  mark 95 

Escape  Reefs 374 

Esperanza  Inlet 277 

Esperanza  Inlet,  directions 280 

Espinoza  Arm 280 

Esquimalt,  directions  from  Race 

Islands 63 

Esquimalt,  directions  from  Race 

Islands  by  night 63 

Esquimalt  Harbor 04 


446 


INDEX. 


ERqiiimnlt  Harbor,  anchorngcs..  tiO 

EMi|iiiniiilt  Kurbor,  coal 0-1 

EM(|iiiiiialt  Harbor,  directions  ...  V>:> 

E8i|iiiiiiiklt  I  (arbor,  dock (J4 

ENi|iiitiiitlt  ilitrbor,  pilotage 65 

EHi|iiiiiiiilt  llnrbor,  popnlatiou  ..  65 

ENi|iiiiiiiilt  lliirbor,  Hupplies 64 

Ei«|iiiiiiiilt  Harbor,  tidcH 66 

EHi|iiiiiiult  lliirbor,  water 64 

EH(|iiiiiiiilt  Hurbur,  wiiidH 64 

ENHiiiKtoii  I'ort 344 

EttHlnKtoii  I'  irt,  ancbornge 344 

EHNingtoii  I'ort,  tides 344 

EHNingtoii  Port,  wituls 344 

Estero  IJftsin 187 

Estevan  Island 350,363 

Esto  'an  Ledge 351 

Estovnn  Point 270 

E»tev.\n  Sound SfiO 

Estevan  Hound,  soundings 350 

Eltrick  Rock 368 

Evnns  Arm ji5 

Eva'io  iJny 184 

Evans  Point 43 

Evnns  Rock 4? 

E veleigh  Island 17U 

Evening  Point 336 

Evening  Rock 311 

Evening  Rocks S14 

Ewing  Island 120 

Exposed  Arm 338 

Exposed  Bay 360 

F. 

Fair  Harbor 283 

Fairfax  Point 00 

Fairway  Cbaunel 113 

Fairway  Island 279 

Fairway  Rock 359 

False  Boy,  Cloyoqnot  Sound....  261 

False  Bay,  Lasqueti  Island 163, 168 

False  Bay,  Lopez  Island 123 

False  Channel 279 

False  Cone  Hill 355 

False  Creek 147 

False  Dodd  Narrows 106 

False  Egg  Island 305 

False  Grassy  Islet 355 

FalseReef 96 

False  Scatchet 29 

False  Stuart  Ancboraice 339 

Fane  Island 83 

Fanny  Bay 158 

Fanny  Bay,  anchorage 158 


]>B||«. 

Fanny  Reef 196 

Farudny  Island  394 

Farewell  Cape 335 

Farewell  Harbor 207 

Farewell  Harbor,  directions 207 

Farewell  Harbor,  West  Passage.  207 

Farewell  Ledge 335 

Farrant  Island 349 

Fauntleroy  Cove 38 

Fauntleroy  i'oint 124 

Fawn  Islet 128 

Fcarnoy  Point 171 

Fern  Cove 42 

Ferrer  Point 275 

Fidalgo  Island 115 

FiddleReel 71 

Fiddle  Reef  lioacou 71 

Fife  Cape 403 

Fife  Cape,  anohorago 403 

Fife  Sound 216 

Fife  Sound,  directions 218 

Fiulsland 348 

Fin  Rock 349 

Fingal  Island 301 

Fiugal  Ledges 361 

Finlaysou  Ann 92 

Finlayson  Channel 328 

Finlayson  Channel,  landmarks..  328 

Finlayson  Channel,  tides 329, 336 

Finlayson  Island 375 

Finlaysou  Mount 79 

Fire  Islands 212 

First  Narrows,  Burrard  Inlet 148 

First    Narrows,    Burrard    lulet, 

shoal  148 

Fisgard  Island (^5 

Fisgard  Island,  light 63,429 

Fish  Point 357 

Fisher  Cbannel 314 

Fisherman's  Bay 54 

Finheruian  Cove,  Gil  Island 335 

Fisherman  Cove,  Ursula  Channel  333 

Fishing  Bay 130 

Fitz  Island 276 

Fitzhugh  Sound 308 

Fitzhugh  Sound,  directions 308 

Fitz  Roy  Reef 358 

Five-fathom  Shoal 72 

Five-finger  Island 113 

Flat  Islands,  Georgia  Strait 169 

Flat  Islets 170 

Flat  Point,  Graham  Reach 331 

Flat  Point,  Portland  Inlet 415 

Flat  Point,  Upright  Channel....  122 


INDEX. 


447 


I'M 
3IM 
335 
a07 

ao7 

207 
335 
349 
38 
124 

1!» 
171 
4i 
275 
115 
71 
71 
403 
403 
216 
218 
348 
349 
301 
361 
92 
328 
328 
329,336 
375 
79 
S12 
148 

148 

(K> 

63,429 

357 

314 

84 

886 

sss 

130 
276 
308 
308 
358 
72 
113 
169 
170 
331 
415 
122 


FInt  Uock,  Rosx  Harbor 391 

Flat  Rock  Ulaud 231 

Flattery  Cnpe 14 

Flat  Top  Island,  Sun  Juan  Chan- 

mbI IH 

Flat  Top  lalnudH,  Chatham  8iiimil  375 
Flat  Top  l8laii(lH,  (ieorgia  Strait.  107, 1(')3 

Flat  Top  Inletii 2ti(i 

Flat  Top  Mouutttiii 203 

Flat  Top  I'oiut 108 

Fleming  fort 340 

Flora  Hid({o 212 

Floronvd  I'uuluHula 314 

Floreg  Uland STiH 

Flowerlslet 279 

Flower-pot  Island 397 

Flowery  Islet lui 

Fly  Basin 307 

Fog  Islands 214 

Fog  Kock,  Barclay  Sonrd 247 

Fog  Rooks,  Lama  Passage 314 

t'oRSy  I^"'"* 422 

Folly  Island 310 

Fonte  Bank 74 

Forbes  Island 258 

Forbes  Point 59 

Forks  of  the  Skcena  River ;M2 

Forsyth  Point 390 

Forsyth  Point,  rock  near 3;»0 

Fort  Point 416 

Fortune  Channel ,..  265 

Fortune  Point 37f> 

Forward  Bay 199 

Forward  Bay,  anchorage 199 

Forward  Hay,  caution 199 

Forward  Harbor 196 

Forward  Harbor,  anchorage  ....  19(5 

Forward  Inlet 293 

For  wood  Channel 113 

Fosdick  Point 44 

Foster  Island 216 

Foster  Pier 65 

Foster  Point 129 

Foul  Bay,  Banks  Island 364 

Foul  Bay,  Vancouver  Island....  69 

Foul  Islets 297 

FoulPoi   ' 69 

Foul  Point,  Anger  Island 353 

Foul  Point,  Vancouver  Island  ..  70 

Foul  Weather  Bluff 31 

Fonl  Weather  Bluff,  rock  and 

buoy 32 

Four-Mile  Rock 37 

Fox  Cape 386 


I'ane. 

Fox  Island,  Paget  SoiukI 45 

Fox    Islands,   (juevn  Charlotte 

Sound 313 

Fox  iHlnnds,  Slingsby  Channel..  228 

Fox   Hock 221 

Fraiii'os  Point 136 

FranciM  Point '70 

Frank  Point 418 

FroHiT  Hay ...  188 

Friistr  Reach 338 

Fraser  River 143 

FriiMcr  River,  directions 145 

Fraser  River,  New  Cliaii'iel 145 

Fraser  River,  New  Channel,  direc- 
tions    146 

I'laser  River,  North  Fork 146 

Frnscr  River,  Sand  Heads 145 

Fraser  River,  Sand  Heads,  buoys.  145 
Fraser  River,  Sand  Heads,  fog 

bell 429 

Fraser  Ri'-r,  Sand  Heads,  light.  429 

Fraser  River,  tides 144 

Fi  a  /or  Island 81 

Frederic  P.iiut 184 

Frederick  Arm lf"7 

Frederick  Island 411 

Frederick  Islet 227 

Frederick  Sound 230 

Freke  Anchorage 177 

Freshwater  Bay,  Fuca  Strait 18 

Freshwater  Bay,  Swanson  Island.  207 

Fresh  water  Cove 220 

Friday  Harbor 117 

Friday  Harbor,  anchorage 117 

Friendly  Cove 271 

Friendly  Cove,  anchorage 271 

Friendly  Cove,  directions 271 

Friendly  Cove,  supplies 271 

Frigate  Bay 309 

Frost  Wand 124 

FucaPillar 15 

Fulford  Harbor 97 

Fulford    Harbor,  Northern   En- 
trance    98 

Fulford   Harbor,   Southern    En- 
trance    97 

Fulford  Reef 72 

Fury  Point 346 

O. 

Oabriola  Island 106 

Gabriola  Island,  caution 108 

Gabriola  Pass 102,107 

Gabriola  Pass,  directions 107 


448 


INDEX. 


Fago. 

Gabriola  Puss,  telegraph 107 

Oabriola  Pass,  tides 107 

Gabriola  Reefs 107 

Oabriola  Reefs,  beacou 107 

Gabriola  Reefs,  buoy 108 

Gale  Point 353 

Galiano  Island,  Georgia  Strait  . .  103 

Galiano  Island,  Goletas  Channel  233 

Galley  Rock 257 

Gallows  Point 109 

Gambler  Island 167 

Gamble  Port „ 52 

Gamble  Port,  directions 52 

Gander  Islands 363 

Gander  Islands,  caution 363 

Gnndor  Islands,  tides 363 

GnnRes  Harbor 98 

Ganges  Harbor,  anchorage 99 

Ganges  Harbor,  directions 98 

Garden  Bay 172 

Gardner  Canal 333 

Gardner  Mount 146 

Gardner  Port 56 

Gari'y  Bnsh  (leading  tree) 145 

Garry  Point 145 

Geduoy  Island 57 

Gcnn  Islands 341 

Geoffrey  Mount 155 

George  Cape,  Goschen  Island...  355 

George  Cape,  Washington 22 

George  Harbor 392 

George  Hill 377 

George  Island 233 

George  Islet 254 

George  Passage 216 

George  Point,  Jane  Creek 316 

George  Point,  Secret  Cove 170 

George  Point,  Virago  Sound 408 

George  Reef 226 

George  Rock 306 

Georgia  Strait 141,152 

Georgia  Strait,  caution 142 

Georgia  Strait,  dangers 142 

Georgia  Strait,  directions 163 

Georgia  Strait,  general  remarks.  141, 152 

Georgia  Strait,  Northern  Shore..  103 

Georgia  Strait,  tdes 143,152 

Georgia  Strait,  winds  152 

Ocorgina  Point,  Malaspina  Inlet.  178 

Goorgina  Point,  Mayne  Island. ..  101 

Georgina  Point,  fog  signal 429 

Goorgina  Point,  light 429 

Gerald  Island J.,  154 

Gerraus  Bay 171 


Gibraltar  Island 253 

Gibson  Islands 339 

Gibson  Point 45 

Giftbrd  Peninsula  178 

Gig  Harbor 44 

Gil  Island 348 

Gil  Mountain  348 

Gilford  Island 218 

Gilford  Island,  rook  off 210 

Gillies  Bay 163,168 

GillotRook  224 

Glacier  Knight  Inlet 212 

Glacier  Peak 212 

Gladstone  Mountains 423 

GlendaleCove 212 

Gleudale  Cove,  anchorage 212 

Glenthorne  Creek 99 

Glimpse  Reefs 69 

Gnarled  Islands,  Chatham  Sound  335 

Gnarled  Islands,  Takush  Harbor,  307 

GoatCove 329 

Goat  Islands 188 

Gold  Harbor 412 

Gold  River 273 

Goldstream  Harbor 311 

Goletas  Channel 231 

Goletas  Channel,  directions 23G 

Goletas  Channel,  tides 231 

Gonzales  Hill  69 

Gonzales  Point 70 

Goooh  Island 88 

Good  Shelter  Cove 304 

Goose  Island 116 

Goose  Islands 361 

Goose  Ledge 363 

Goose  Sf  it 159 

Gordon  Group 232 

Gordon  Head 78 

Gordon  Point,  Cormorant  Islnnd  202 

Gordon  Point,  Cullen  Harbor...  216 

Gordon  Point,  Fiulaysou  Island  .  375 

Gordon  River 59 

Gore  Island ...  273 

GoreRock  2?6 

Gorge  Harbor 181 

Gorge  Harbor,  anchorage 181 

Gorge  Harbor,  directions 181 

Gorges  Islands 180 

Gosohon  Island 354,380 

Gosling  Rocks 361 

Gossip  Island,  Active  Pass  ......  101 

Gossip  Island,  Reid  Harbor 80 

Governor  Rock 104 

Oower  Point 166 


253 

339 

45 

na 

44 

348 
348 
218 
210 
163, 168 
224 
212 
212 
423 
212 
212 
99 
69 
385 
307 
329 
188 
412 
273 
311 
231 
23G 
231 
09 
70 
88 
304 
116 
361 
S63 
159 
232 
7d 
1    202 
216 
375 
59 
273 
2^6 
181 
181 
181 
180 
.  354,380 
361 
101 
80 
104 
166 


INDEX. 


449 


Paue. 

Gowlland  Harbor 190 

Oowllaud  Harbor,  anchorage.. ..  190 

Gowlland  Harbor,  directions 190 

Gowlland  Island lltO 

Gowlland  Islet 256 

Gowlland  Rooks 261 

Grace  Harbor 178 

Grace  Harbor,  anchorage 179 

Grace  Harbor,  diicctions 178 

Grace  Harbor,  tides 179 

Grahan:  Island - 411 

Graham  Reach 331 

Graham  Reach,  dangers 331 

Granite  Island 286 

Granite  Point,  Discovery  Passage  192 

Granite  Point,  Skincuttle  Inlet. .  393 

Grappler  Creek 245 

Grappler  Reef 96 

Grappler  Sonnd 223 

Grass  Point 298 

Grassy  Island 252 

Grassy  Islet,  Chatham  Sonnd  . . .  368 

Grassy  Islet,  Seaforth  Channel..  319 

Grassy  Point 159 

Grassy  Point,  beacon 156 

Grave  Point,  Lama  Passage 315 

Grave  Point,  Sansura  Narrows  ..  93 

Gravel  Spit 124 

Graves  Port 167 

Grave  Port,  directions 164,167 

Groat  nank 256 

Groat  Bear  Islet 25G 

Great  Cliain  Islet 71 

Great  Hace  Island 61 

Grebe  Cove    213 

Green  Bank 130 

Green  Cove 248 

Green  Cove,  water 249 

Green  Head 287 

Green  Inlet 331 

Green  Islet,  Chatham  Sound  ....  385 

Green  Islet,  sunken  rock  near.. .  385 

(4roou  iNlet,  Nimpkish  River....  201 

Green  Islets,  Bargain  Harbor  ...  170 

Green  Islets,  Portland  Canal....  422 

Green-mound  island 375 

Green  Point,  Keniano  Bay 333 

Green  Point,  Spieden  Island....     81,118 

Green  Point,  Strait  of  Fnca 19 

Green  Roi'k 212 

Green-top  Island 369 

(JreiMi-top  Islet 353 

Greenway  Sound 221 

Gren  viUe  Channel 336 

14205— No.  96 29 


Qrenville  Channel  directions  . . .  337 

Grenville  Channel,  tides 336,337 

Grey  Islet,  Chatham  Sound 385 

Grey    Islet,   Chatham    Sound, 

sunken  rocka  near 38.-> 

Grey  Islet,  Desolation  Soand..  179 

Grey  Islets 309 

Grey  Point 146 

Grey  Rock,  New  Channel 237 

Grey  Rock,  Winchelsea  Group..  154 

Gribbell  Island,  IHetlah  Catlah..  371 

Gribbell  Island,  Wright  Sonnd..  332 

Grief  Bay 308 

Grief  Point,  Banks  Island 364 

Grief  Point,  British  Columbia.. .  174 

Griffin  Bay 116 

Griffin  Bay,  anchorage 116 

Griffin  Bay,  directions 116 

Griffin  Bay,  tides 116 

Griffin  Mount 367 

Grismond  Point 188 

Grouse  Island 189 

Grouse  Island,  anchorage 190 

Growler  Cove 200 

Guano  Rocks 350 

Guaqnina  or  Muchalat  Arm 273 

Gueuies  Channel 135 

Guenies  Island 135 

Guide  Islet 353 

Guide  Islets 181 

Gull  Roof 81 

Gull  Rock 368 

Gull  Rock,  Carpenter  Bay 391 

Gull  Rock,  Fife  Sound 217 

Gunboat  Bay 172 

Gunboat  Harbor 339 

Gunboat  Passage 318 

Gunner  Harbor 266 

II. 

Haddington  Island 202 

Haida  Indians 413 

Haidu  Point 128 

Hall  Islands 20^ 

llains  Island 251 

Hakai  Channel 311,350 

Hakai  Channel,  directions 360 

Hale's  Passage 45,138 

Half-tide  Rock,Clnyoquot  Sonnd.  263 

Half-tide  Rock.  Griffin  Bay 116 

Half-tide  Rook,  Lopez  sound....  124 

Halibut  Bank 395 

Halibut  Bay 421 

Halibut  Bay,  anchorage 421 


450 


INDEX. 


Pag.'. 

Halibut  Channel 285 

Halibut  Rocks 365 

Halllsland 103 

HallPoint 187 

Halstead  Island 2:{2 

Hamabama  River 55 

Haramersley  Island 224 

Hauimond  Rock ..•  3^4 

Hammond  Rocks 59 

Hanbury  Island 224 

Hand  Island 257 

Handysldo  Island 319 

Hankin  Lodges 354 

Hankin  PoiutjHarney  Channel..  129 

Hankin  Point,  Principe  Channel.  354 

Hankin  Point,  Quatsino Sound..  297 

Hankin  Reefs 378 

Hankin  Rook 265 

Haumei'  Rook 382 

Hannah  Rock 304 

Hannon  Point 52 

Hanson  Island 200 

Harbledo wn  Island 2i!6 

Harbor  Bank 354 

Harbor  Island,  Eliza  Port 279 

Harbor  Island,  Klic'ctsoatli  Har- 
bor    317 

Harbor  Island,  Uchucklesit  Har- 
bor    248 

Harbor  Island,  Welcome  Harbor.  36<) 

Harbor  Ledge :160 

Harbor  Reefs 378 

Harbor  Rock ,  Coghlan  Anchorage  335 

Harbor  Rock,  Griffin  Bay 116 

Harbor  Rock,  Massacre  Bay 128 

Harbormaster  Point 316 

Ilardinge  Island 193 

Hardwicke  Island 196 

Hardy  Bay 207 

Hardy  Ihliind Hi 

Har1e(|uiii  Basin 313 

Harnoy  Channel 129 

Haro  Archipelago 9 

Haro  Strait 75 

Haro  Strait,  anchorages 78 

Haro  Strait,  directions 76 

Har.i  Strait,  tides 77 

Haro  Strait,  Western  Channels  of  86 

Harriet  Harbor 392 

Harriet  Island 392 

Harris  Island 70 

Harris  Islet 227 

Harrison  River 143 

Harry  Point 91 


Page. 

Hartstene  Island 48 

Harvell  Point 230 

Harvey  Port 196 

Harvey  Port,  directions 199 

Harwood  Island 173 

Haskeious  Island 406 

Ilassler  Bank 74 

Hastings  Arm 419 

Hastings  Arm,  directions 419 

Hastings  Mir 149 

Hastings  Village 150 

Hat  Hill 354 

Hat  Island  288 

Hatch  Point 91 

Havauuah  Channe.'  198 

Havelock  Rock 363 

Hawkesbury  Island 33:< 

Hawkins  Island 100 

Hay  Point,  Bed  well  Harbor 85 

HaydonRock 389 

Hayes  Point  222 

Haycock  Island,  Big  Bay 374 

Haycock  Island,  sand  bank 374 

Haycock  Island,  Estevau  Island.  363 

Haycock  Islets 240 

Haycock  Rocks 363 

Haystacks  Rocks 288 

Hazel  Point 54 

Head  Bay 273 

Headwind  Point 352 

Health  Bay 213 

Heath  Point 234 

HecateBay 263 

Hecate  Bay,  watf^r 263 

Hecate  Channel,  Esperanza  Inlet  379 
Hecate  Channel,  Seaforth  Chan- 
nel   319,361 

HecateCove 296 

Hecate  Island 311 

Hecate  Passage,  Barclay  Sound..  251 

Hecate  Passage,  Clayorjuol  Sound  263 

Hecate  Passage,  Inner  Channels.  72 

Hecate  Passage,  directions 73 

Hecate  Passage,  tides 73 

Hecate  Reefs 358 

Hecate  Rock,  Uuncan  Bay 372 

Hecate  Rock,  Goletas  Chanuel. .  239 

HecnteStrait 404 

Hecate  Strait,  Fishing  Banks  ...  413 

Hecate  St  rait,  shoal 404 

Hecate  Strait,  tides. 404 

Hcddington  Reef 258 

llodley  Islands 237 

Hedley  Patch 308,358 


Page. 

.  . 

48 

... 

230 

196 

IIK) 

... 

173 

406 

74 

a  •  > 

419 

•  •  • 

419 

■  •* 

149 

■  ■  . 

150 

>  •  • 

354 

■  ■  ■ 

288 

... 

91 

■  •  • 

198 

•  •  • 

363 

■  •  > 

33:t 

... 

100 

■  ■  • 

85 

... 

389 

•  •  • 

232 

... 

374 

.  B  ■  > 

374 

ud. 

363 

240 



363 

•  •  ■  • 

288 

..a  . 

54 

■  >  •  ■ 

273 

■  •  ■  • 

352 

■  ■•• 

213 

•  >  a  • 

234 

■  ■  ■  • 

263 

■  «  •  • 

2C3 

Diet 

279 

lan- 

■  >•> 

319, 361 

■  •  •  • 

296 

•  ■  ■  ■ 

311 

3(1.. 

251 

)UDd 

263 

lels. 

72 

.  •  ■  ■ 

73 

•  ■  •  a 

73 

•  ■  •  • 

358 

.... 

372 

el.. 

230 

.  ••* 

404 

s ... 

413 

.... 

404 

404 

.... 

258 

. . .  • 

237 

.... 

308,358 

INDEX. 


461 


PaK& 

Hein  Bank... 74  ' 

Helby  Island 247 

Helen  Point 85,100 

Helen  Point,  beacons 85 

Holmcken  Island 195 

Helmet  Island 398 

Helmet  Peak 321 

Henry  Bay 158 

Henry  Bay,  anchorage 158 

Houry  Capo 412 

Henry  Island,  Edyo  Passage 380 

Henry  Island,  Ilaro  Strait 79 

Henry  Point 171 

Heneluug  Cove 4lu 

Henslung  Cove,  anchorage 410 

Hensluug  Cove,  tides 410 

Hepburn  Point 337 

Herbert  Arm 267 

Herbert  Island 238 

Herbert  Point 358 

Herbert  Reefs 340 

Heriot  Islet 183 

Hermit  Islet 257 

Hernando  Island 175 

Hesquiat  Bluff 809 

Hesquiat  Harl)or 26D 

Hesquiat  Harbor,  bar 269 

Hesquiat  Harbor,  directions 269 

Hesquiat  Harbor,  tides 269 

Hesquiat  Harbor,  water 269 

Hewitt  Rock 330 

Hewlett  Bay 412 

Heyer  Point 41 

Hiekish  Narrows 330 

llielleu  River 405 

High  Island 212 

Highest  Island  281 

I  iigli  Water  Rock 129 

High  Water  Rocks,  Banks  Island  365 

High  Water  Rocks,  Lowe  Inlet..  337 

Highway  Island 310 

Hll!  Island,  Barclay  Sound 247 

Hill  Island,  Shute  Passage 88 

Hill  Island,  Sutil  Channel 184 

Hillingdon  Point 177 

Hippii  Island 411 

Ilobbs  Islet 262 

Hodges  Reef ;}1S 

I  lodgson  Reefs 373 

Hodgson  Reefs,  leadingmark....  373 

Hoeya  Sound 211 

Hohoae  Island 283 

Holds  worth  Mount 201 

Hole  in  the  Wall 270 


Page. 

Holford  Islands 215 

Holland  Island 369 

Holland  Point,  Malaspina  Inlet..  178 

Holland  Point,  Vancouver  Island  68 

HoUoway  Point 296 

Holmes  Bay 334 

Holmes  Bay,  anchorage 334 

Holmes  Bay,  tides 336 

Holmes  Harbor 58 

Ilomaiko  Kiver 186 

Home  Island 166 

Homfray  Channel 180 

Hood's  Canal 24,31,51 

Hood's  Canal,  The  Great  Bend  of  55 

Hood'sIIead 51 

Hood's  Point 164 

Hoop  Reef 304 

Hooper  Island 224 

Hope  Island 235 

Hope  Point 164 

Hope,  town  of 143 

Hopetown  Passage 224 

Horace  Point,  Forward  Harbor  .  196 
Horace  Point,  Waddington  Chan- 
nel    180 

Hornby  Island 155 

Hornby  Point 389 

Hornet  Passage 217 

Horse  Rock 214 

Horseshoe  Bay 94 

Horseshoe  Bay,  anchorage 94 

Hnrswell  Bluff  and  Buoy 112 

Hoskyu  Inlet 183 

Hotham  Sound 172 

Hot  Spring  Island 395 

House  Island,  Juan  Perez  Sound  395 

House  Island,  anchorage 395 

House    Island,  Queen  Charlotte 

Sound 212 

Houston  Island 123 

Houston  Possage 96,104 

Houston  Passage,  anchorage 96 

Hourtton  Stewart  Channel 339 

Houston    Stewart    Channel,  an- 
chorage    390 

Houston  Stewart  Channel,  from 

the  eastward 389 

Houston  Stewart  Channel,  from 

the  west  ward 390 

Howe  Sound 163 

Hudson  Island,  Arrow  Passage..  215 
Hudson  Island,  Telegraph   Har- 
bor    96 

Hudson  Point 26 


452 


INDEX. 


Page. 

HiilaU  (Kellett)  Ledge 132 

Hull  Island 198 

Hull  Island,  caution 198 

Hummock  Islets 389 

Humphrey  Rock 218 

Humphries  Reef 258 

Hundred  Islands 253 

HuntPoint 342 

Hunter  Island 311,361 

Hurst  Island 237 

Hurtado  Point 174 

Huston  Inlet 392 

Huston  Island 215 

Hutt  Island 167 

Hutton  Inlet 394 

Huxley  Island 393 

Hyacinthe  Bay 183 

Hyndman  Reefs 320 

I. 

Ibbetson  Cape 380 

Iceberg  Bay 417 

Iceberi;  Ba;, ,  anchorage 417 

Iceberg  Bay,  directions 417 

Iceberg  Point 122 

Idollslet 96 

Idol  Point 320 

Image  Island 257 

Image  Point 401 

InatiBay 136 

Indian  Cove,  Blunden  Bay 304 

Indian  Cove,  Upright  Channel..  122 

Indian  Island,  Bull  Harbor 235 

Indian  Island,  Clayoquot  Sound.  266 

Indian  Island,  Nowish  Cove 328 

Indian  Island,  Trincomalie  Chan- 
nel   106 

Indian  Islands 210 

Indian  Passage 216 

Indian  Point 29 

Indian  Point,  Massacre  Bay 12V 

luman  Point 80 

Inner  Bajo  Reef 275 

Inner  Basin,  Mary  Basin 276  ' 

Inner  Channel,  Nanaimo 112 

Inner  Channels,  British  Colum- 
bia   302 

Inner  Channels,  Vancouver  Isl- 
and   69 

Inner  Channels,  Vancouver  Isl- 
and, directions 73 

Inner  Channels,  Vancouver  Isl- 
and, tides  73 

Inner  Island 397 


Pncf* 

Inner  Waters,  Cape  Mudge  to  the 

Pacific 240 

Inner  Waters,  navigation 240 

Inner  Waters,  supplies 241 

Inner  Waters,  water 241 

Inner  Low  Rock 391 

Insect  Island 215 

Inskip  Bank 47 

Inskip  Channel 412 

Inskip  Islands,  rooks 65 

Inskip  Passage 378 

Inskip  Point 408 

Inverness  Fishery 340 

Invisible  Point 404 

Iron  Point 391 

Iron  Rocks  304 

Iron  Rocks,  clearing  marks 304 

Ironside  Island 309 

Isabel  Bay 178 

Isabel  Island 371 

Isabel  Island,  rock  off 371 

Isabella  Point 97 

Island  Bay,  Burnaby  Strait 392 

Island  Bay,  Xootka  Sound 273 

Islan''  Cove 366 

Islani    ilarbor 253 

Isl        Harbor,  anchorage 254 

Islai      larbor,  directions 253 

Islan    Harbor,  Harbor  Entrance.  253 

Island  Harbor,  South  Entrance..  253 

Island  Point 215 

Islet  Point,  Carpenter  Bay 391 

Islet  Point,  Cramer  Passage 213 

Islet  Rook 346 

Itsanii   Shoal 48 

Ivory  Island 320 

J. 

Jackson  Ba> 196 

Jackson  Passage 328 

Jalun  River 409 

James  Bay 100 

James  Cape 234 

James  Island,  Ilaro  Strait 86 

James  Island,  Prevost  Harbor. . .  80 

James  Island,  Rosnrio  Strait  ....  131 

James  Point,  Lowe  Inlet 337 

James  Point,  Quatsino  Narrows  .  297 

James  Point, Saanich  Peuinsala.  91 

James  Point,  Wells  Pass 220 

James  Rock 30.', 

James  Rock,  clearing  mark 30(i 

Jane  Creek 310 

Jane  Creek,  anchorage 31(i 


INDEX. 


453 


240 
240 
241 
241 
391 
215 

47 
412 

65 
378 
408 
340 
404 
391 
304 
304 
309 
178 
371 
371 

97 
392 
273 
966 
253 
254 
253 
253 
253 
215 
391 
213 
346 

48 
320 


196 
328 
409 
100 
231 
86 
80 
131 
337 
297 
91 
2iO 
30.'. 
30r. 
310 
316 


P»go. 

Jane  Island 329 

Jane  Island,  kelp  patch 329 

Jeals  Point iS 

Jeuunette  Island 225 

Jeftcrson  Point 33 

Jemmy  Jones  Islet 73 

Jenkins  Island 169 

Jeuuis  Bay 223 

Jennis  (Iceberg)  Point 122 

Jer vis  Inlet 170 

Jervis  Inlet,  tides 173 

Jorvis  Inlet,  Nortliern  Entrance.  172 

Jcs»o  Island,  Departure  Bay....  112 

Jesse  Island,  reef  and  buoy 112 

Jesse  Island,  Johnstone  Strait.. .  197 

Joachim  Island 309 

Jocelyn  Ranf(e 323 

Joe  Cove 215 

Joe  Brown's  Cove 58 

John  Port 315 

John  Reef 305 

John  Reef,  leading  mark 306 

Johns  Island 81 

Johnson  Channel 314 

Johnson's  Point 48 

Johnstone  Reef 78 

Johnstone  Strait 194 

Johnjtone  Strait,  anchorages...  194 

Johnstone  Strait,  directions 200 

Johnstone  Strait,  tides 194 

Joues  Island,  Haro  Strai  t 88 

Jones  Island,  San  Juan  Channel.  118 

Joues  Point 305 

Jordan  River 60 

Jorey  Point 408 

Jorkins  Point 327 

Josephine  Islands 177 

Josliug  Peninsula 412 

Josling  Point 95 

Juan  de  Fuca  Strait 9 

Juan  de  Fuca  Strait,  anchorages  9 

Juan  de  Fuca  Strait,  currents.. .  11 

Juiin  de  Fuca  Strait,  directions..  15 

Juan  de  Fnoa  Strait,  fogs 13 

Juan  de  Fuca  Strait,  lights 425 

Juan  de  Fuca  Strait,  North  Shore  59 

Jua.    e  Fuca  Strait,  pilot  laws.  13 

Juan  de  Fuca  Strait,  soundings.  9 

Juan  de  Fuca  Strait,  tides 10 

Juan  do  Fnoa  Strait,  winds 12 

Juan  Perez  Sound 394 

Juan  Perez  Sound,  anchorage...  395 

Juan  Perez  Sound,  directions...  395 

Judd  Rock 307 


Page, 

Julia  Island 102 

Jumble  Island 210 

Juniper  Island 217 

J  uuct  ion  Island 273 

Junction  Passage 252 

Junction  Point ■  177 

Junk  Ledge 365 

Jupiter  Hills 51 

K. 

Kahtsisilla 228 

Kakaekao  Village 179 

Kakleeska 303 

Kakoh  Village 409 

Kakooshdish  Creek 317 

Kakweiken  River 218 

Kala  Point 27 

Kamasik 322 

Kauiux  Island 208 

Kapilish 309 

Karluk wees  Village 208 

Karslake  Point 309 

Kate  Island 215 

Keatslsland 165 

Keith  Island,  Drury  Inlet   223 

Keith  Island,  Island  Harbor 253 

Kellett  Bluff 79 

Kellett  Island 132 

Kellett  or  Hulah  Ledge 132 

Kelp  Bar,  Bayne's  Sound 159 

Kelp  Bar,  buoys 158 

Kelp  Bar,  leading  marks 156 

Kelp  Bay 245 

Kelp  Head 306 

Kelp  Islet 258 

Kelp  Ledge 365 

Kelp  Passage 341 

Kelp  Patch 329 

Kelp  Point,  Banks  Island 365 

Kelp  Point,  Ooldstream  Harbor.  311 

Kelp  Point,  Sausum  Narrows  ...  93 

Kelp  Reef,  Bayne's  Sound 157 

Kelp  Reefs 76 

Kelp  Reefs,  buoy 76 

Kelp  Rock 371 

Kolp  Rocks 206 

Kolsemart  Village 262 

KomauoBay 333 

Keuiano  Bay,  tides 334 

Keniano  River 333 

Kemano  Valley 334 

Kendrick  Arm 873 

Kennedy  Island 340 

Kenneth  Passage 224 


I 


454 


INDEX. 


Page. 

Kent  Island 237 

Keppel  Cape 1K2 

Kerouart  Islets 389 

Ketron  Island 46 

Khutze  Arm 331 

Kbutze  Arm,  anoborage 331 

Kbutzeyniateen  Inlet 415 

KildalaArm 334 

Kilisutlnlet 27 

Kilkite  Tribe 412 

Kiltik 314 

Kimswit  River 315 

Eincolitb,  mission  station 410 

Kingl8l<"jd 246 

King  Islets 84 

Kingcorabe  Point 332 

Kingcome  Inlet 2^1 

Kingcome  Inlet,  anchorage 222 

Kingcome  Mountains 221 

Kingfisher  Cove 392 

Kingborn  Island 1 79 

Kingui  Island 399 

Kinnahan  Islands 369 

Kinnaird  Island 220 

Kiokh 212 

Kluosta  Village 409 

Kitakauze  Village 417 

Kitimat  Arm 334 

Ki  t  i  mat  Indians,  language 334 

Kitimat  Village 334 

Kititstu  Hill 314 

Kitkatlab  Village.... 353 

Kitkiatab  Inlet 334 

Kiikiatah  Inlet,  <;ncborage 334 

Kitlahkumkadah  Village 417 

Kitlup  Indians 333 

Kitniiniook  Village 417 

Kitsahwatl 418 

Kitson  Island 369 

KitBunigalluni  River  and  trail.. .  343 

Kitten  Island  297 

Kitty  Islet 69 

Kitty  Patch 327 

Kiwasb  Island 311 

Klttbosloh  Rock 17 

KlasRock 28 

Klaskino  Inlet 29J 

Klaskino  Inlet,  directions 291 

KlaHkino  Inlet,  water 291 

Klaskish  Inlet 289 

Klnskisb  Inlet,  anchorage,  cau- 
tion   290 

KlaHhkisb  Inlet,  directions 29U 

Klaskwun  Point 409 


KlekaneArm 332 

Klekaue  Arm,  anoborage 332 

Kleintoo  Passage 328 

Klemtoo  Passage,  anchorage  ...  32) 

Klemtoo  Passage,  directions  ....  3J9 

Klemtoo  Passage,  tides 329 

Klewnuggit  lulet 338 

Klewnnggit  Inlet,  anchorage....  338 

Klewnuggit  Inlet,  directions....  336 

Klicktsoatli  Harbor 317 

Klue  Village 397 

Klunkwoi  Bay  396 

Kuapp  Island  69 

Knight  Island 371 

Knigbtlulet 208 

Knight  Inlet,  tides 209 

Knob  Islet 126 

Knob  Islet,  Portland  Inlet 415 

Knob  Point,  Alberni  Inlet 248 

Knob  Point,  Klaskino  lulet 290 

Knox  Bay 194 

Knox  Cape 410 

Knox  Point 376 

KoitlaPoiut  16 

Kokshittle  Arm 284 

Komas  Blurt' 161 

Koprino  Harbor 295 

Koskeemo  Bay 296 

Kubushan  Point 162 

KulaKalaPoint 21 

Kultowsis 403 

Kultus  Cove 296 

Kumealon  Inlet 33S 

Kung  Village 408 

Kuuga  Island 397 

Kuper  Island,   Queen  Charlotte 

lands 412 

Kuper  Island,  Stuart  Channel. ..  95 

Kwnkshua  Passage 311,358 

Kwaksbun  Rock 358 

K watna  Arm 313 

Kwatsi  Bay 218 

Kwomais  Point 139 

K.xngi>al  Inlet 338 

Kynunipt  Harbor 318 

Kynquot  Channel 282 

KyuquotHill 282 

Kyuqont  Sound 281 

Kyuqout  Sound,  directions 284 

L.. 

Lauusobere  Channel, Dean  Canal  315 
Labouohere     Channel,    Queen 

Charlotte  Sound  224 


338 
332 
328 
32 » 
329 
329 
338 
338 
338 
317 
397 
396 
89 
371 
208 
209 
126 
415 
248 
290 
194 
410 
376 
16 
284 
161 
295 
296 
162 
21 
403 
296 
33S 
408 
397 


lotto 


1.. 


412 
95 
311,358 
358 
313 
218 
139 
338 
318 
282 
282 
281 
284 


INDEX. 


455 


nal 
0  n 


315 
224 


Lady  Island 323 

Lady  Islands 210 

Lagoon  Cove 206 

La  Conner 59 

Lake  Island 321 

Lake  Island,  white  rocks  off  south 

end 326 

Lakhou 373 

Lakohwitz 369 

Lama  Passage 315 

Lama  Passage,  tides 316 

Lamb  Islet 339 

Lambert  Channel ICO 

Lambert  Channel,  anchorage  ...  161 

Lambert  Channel,  caution 163 

Lambert  Island 220 

Lancelot  Arm 178 

Landslip  Monntain 416 

Landslip  Point,  Frazer  Reach.. .  332 

Landslip  Point,  Portland  Canal.  422 

Langford  Point 389 

LangfordPort 276 

Langley  Fort 146 

Langley,  town  of 146 

Lanz  Island 240 

Larcomb  Island 419 

Laredo  Channel 345 

Laredo  Channel,  directions 348 

Laredo  Channel,  soundings 344 

Laredo  Sound 344 

Laredo  Sound,  coast 346 

Laredo  Sound,  directions 345 

Laredo  Sound,  landmarks 344 

Laredo  Sound,  soundings 344 

L&redo  Sound,  tides 347 

Large  Gander  Island 363 

Larkins  Island 257 

Lascelles  Point 228 

Laskeek  Bay 397 

Laskoek  or  Klue  Village 397 

Lastiueti  Island 163, 168 

Lassiter  Bay 230 

Latoua  Passage 167 

Laura  Point 100 

LawnHill 403 

Lawn  Point,  Brooks  Bay 292 

Lawu  Point,  Skidegate 401 

Lawn  Point  to  Kose  Point 403 

Lawrence  Islands 263 

Lawrence  Point 127, 137 

Lawrence  Point,  tides 137 

Lawson  Bluff 120 

La wson  Harbor 340 

Lawson  Harbor,  anchorage 340 


Lawson  Reef 133 

Lawson  Rock 124 

Lawyer  Group 342 

Lazo  Cape 162 

Leading  Bluff 247 

Leading  Cone 289 

Lending  Hill,  British  Columbia  .  225 
Leading  Hill,  Esperanza  Inlet ..  278 
Leading  Island,  Dnsky  Cove  ....  214 
Leading  Island,  Klowuuggit  In- 
let    338 

Leading  Island,  Kyuquot  Sound.  282 

Leading  Island,  Skidegate 402 

Leading  Island,  Welcome  Harbor  360 

Leading  Mountain 269 

Leading  Peak,  Chatham  Sound..  367 

Leading  Peak,  Howe  Sound 165 

Leading  Peak,  Welcome  Harbor.  359 

Leading  Point,  Chatham  Islands-  72 

Leading  Point,  Knight  Inlet 210 

Leading  Point,  Nass  River .416 

Leading  Point,  Portland  Canal..  421 

Lending  Point,  Ucluelet  Arm  . ..  259 

Lending  Point,  Whale  Channel..  349 

Lccbo  Island 222 

Ledge  Point,  Gil  Island 348 

Ledge  Point,  McNeill  Port 201 

Ledge  Rook 214 

Lee  Rock 70 

Leech  Island 106 

Logge  Point 329 

Lemon  Mount 236 

Lemon  Point 236 

Lennard  Island 261 

Leonard  Point 202 

Letitia  Point 335 

Lr wiii  Channel 176 

Lfwife  Channel,  tides 176 

Lewis  Island,  Arthur  Passage...  340 
Lewis  Island,    Queen   Charlotte 

Sound 207 

Lewis  Passage 348 

Lewis  Reef 71 

Lewis  Reef,  beacon 71 

Lewis  Rucks 224 

Liddell  Point 98 

Liddlo  Island 419 

Lignr  Island 224 

Light  List  425-430 

Light,  Admiralty  Head 426 

Light,  Atkinson  Point 430 

Light,  Battery  Point 428 

Light,  BealeCape 429 

Light,  Berens  Island 429 


456 


INDEX. 


Pago. 

Light,  Brockton  Point 430 

Light,  Browu  Point 428 

Light,  Burrows  Bay 425 

Light,  Carinannh 429 

Light,  Cattle  Point 42r) 

Light,  Cranille  Spit,  Fidalsa  B'»y  426 

Light,  Deception  PasB 425 

Light,  DiHCOvery  Island 438 

Light,  Doftlemeyer's  Point 428 

Light,  Eagle  Island 428 

Light,  East  Point,  Ijatnrna  Isl- 
and   429 

Light,  Ediz  Hook  or  False  Dunge- 

uesa 425 

Light,  Entrance  Island,   Naua- 

imo 429 

Light,  Fidalgo  Bay 42ti 

Light,  Fisgard  Island 429 

Light,  Eraser  River,  Sand  Heads,  429 

Light,  Galliher  Point 42(5 

Light,  Georgina  Point 429 

Light,  Hole  in  the  Wall 42(5 

Light,  Hudson  Point 427 

Light,  Johnson's  Point 428 

Light,  La  Conner 426 

Light,  Marrowstone  Point 427 

Light,  Munroe  Point 427 

Light,  New  Dungeness 425 

Light,  Oak  Harbor 426 

Light,  Olynipia 428 

Light,  Olympia,  West 428 

Light,  Peavine  Pass 425 

Light,  Pleasant  Point 426 

Light,  Point  No  Point 427 

Light,  Pole  Pass 426 

Light,  Race  Islands 428 

Light,  Robinson  Point 438 

Light,  Sandy  Point 427 

Light,  Skagit  River 427 

Light,  Smith  or  Blunt  Island  . . .  425 

Light,  Stan  wood 427 

Light,  Susan  Port 427 

Light,  Tatoosh,  Capo  Flattery..  425 

Light,  Taylor's  Spit 427 

Light,  West  Point 427 

Light,  William  Point 426 

Light,  Wilson  Point 427 

Light,  Yellow  Island 429 

Lighthouse  Island 113 

Lighthouse  Island  Ledge 113 

Lighthouse  Island  Ledge,  buoy  .  113 

Lightville 55 

LimaPoint 343 

Limestone  Island,  Otter  Cove...  192 


Page. 
Limestone  Island,    Quatsino 

Sound  396 

Limestone  Islands 399 

Liuipstone  Point 348 

Limestone  Rock 393 

Limit  Island 362 

Limit  Point,  Smith  Sound 306 

Limit  Point,  Victoria  Harbor  ...  66 

Linu  Island 400 

Linlithgow  Point 324 

Lion  Rock 178 

Little  Group 88 

Littleton  Point 211 

Lizard  Islet 83 

Lizard  Poiut,  Portland  Inlet 415 

Lizzie  Hill 377 

Lockhart  Creek 319 

Lofty  Island 353 

Log  Point,  Queen  Charlotte  Isl- 
ands   402,411 

Log  Point,  Winter  Harbor 294 

Logan  lulet 397 

Logan  Point 421 

Long  Arm 400 

Long  Buy 260 

Long  Hay,  caution 361 

Long  Harbor 37 

Long  Harbor,  Ganges  Harbor.. .  99 

Long  Island,  Cullen  Harbor 216 

Long  Island,  Lopez  Island 122 

Long  Island,  Ogden  Channel 355 

Long  Island,  Starfish  Group  ....  .359 

Long  Island,  Stuart  Channel 94 

Long  Poiut,  Lady  Island 326 

Long  Point,  Smith  Sound 306 

Loo  Rock 312 

Lookout  Island,  Barclay  Sound  .  258 
Lookout  Island,  Clanuinick  Har- 
bor    286 

Lopez  Island 121 

Lopez  (Maury)  Pass 124 

Lopez  Sound 123 

Lopez  Sound,  tides 133 

Lord  Island 276 

Lord  Islands 386 

Lord  Rock 386 

Loughborough  Inlet 187 

Loughborough  Inlet,  tides 188 

Louie  Creek 276 

Louisa  Islet .  317 

Louisa  Point 196 

Louisa  Rock 98 

Louise  Island 398 

Louscoone  Harbor 389 


INDEX. 


457 


Page. 

aoc 

399 
248 
393 
3U2 
306 
66 
400 
224 
178 
8a 
211 
83 
415 
377 
319 
353 

402,411 

294 

397 

421 

400 

260 

261 

27 

99 
216 
122 
355 
309 

94 
»M 
S06 
318 
858 

286 
121 

124 

123 

123 

276 

386 

386 

187 
188 
276 
217 
196 

98 
398 
389 


Page. 

Low  Cone 287 

Low  Island,  Kyuumpt  Harbor. ..  319 

Low  Island,  Laskoek  Day 398 

Low  Island, Miner's  Cbauuel....  87 

Low  Island,  Wasp  Cliuuiitil Vi7 

Low  Islets 294 

Low  Point,  Dowager  Island 323 

Low  Point,  GriflQn  Bay lUi 

Low  Point,  Laredo  Sound 345 

Low  Point,  Nass  Bay 416 

Low  Point,  Strait  of  Fiica 17 

Low  Kock,  Esperanza  Inlet 278 

Low  Rock,  Laredo  Sound 345 

Low  Black  Rock 392 

Lowe  Inlet 337 

Lowe  Inlet,  anohorago 338 

Lowe  Inlet,  landmarks 337 

Lowe  Inlet,  supplies 338 

Lowell  Point 58 

Lucan  Islands 233 

Lucy  Island 410 

Lucy  Island,  village  (Tartanne).  410 

Lucy  Islands 369 

Lucy  Islands,  ledge  of  rocks  ....  369 

Lucy  Rook 177 

Ludlow  Port 30 

Ludlow  Port,  directions 31 

Lummi  Bay 138 

Lunirai  Channel 131 

Luninii  Island 138 

Luninii  Island,  rock,  near 138 

Luuimi  River 138 

LuxannBay 388 

Lyall  Harbor 84 

Lyall  Harbor,  anchorage 84 

Lyall  Harbor,  water 84 

Lyall  Point 257 

Lyell  Island 395 

Lyle  Point 47 

Lyre  River 17 

Maast  Island 406 

Mocaulay,  Point 66 

Macdonald  Point 212 

Macdonald  Ridge 212 

Mackaye  Harbor 122 

Mackaye  Harbor,  directions 122 

Mackenzie  Sound 224 

Madison  Port 33 

Maggy  Point 207 

Magin  Islands 221 

Magin  Saddle 234 

Magnolia  Bluflf 36 


Page. 

Main  passage,  Chatham  Sound..  385 

Main  passage,  Lama  Passage ....  317 

Malacca  Passage    342 

Malacca  Passage,  directions  ....  342 

Malaspina  Inlet 177 

Malispiuu  Strait 169 

Malcolm  Island 202 

Malcolm  Island,  kelp  patch 203 

Malksope  Inlet 287 

MamalilacuUa  village 208 

Mamin  River 407 

Maple  Bay 93 

Maple  Point,  Bayue's  Sound 156 

Maple  Point,  bank 156 

Maple  Point,  Oil  Island 349 

Mapld Point,  Portland  Canal....  422 

Maquinna  Point 271 

MarbleCreek 297 

Marble  Creek,  rock 351 

Marchant  Rock 364 

Margaret  Point 230 

Mark  Hill 275 

Mark  Islet,  Barclay  Sound 246 

Murk  Islet,  St.  John  Harbor 335 

Mark  Nipple 358 

Mark  Rock,  John  Port 315 

Mark  Rock,  Seaforth  Channel.. .  320 

Marmot  River 423 

Marrack  Island 340 

Marrack  Rock ?,40 

Marrowstone  Island 28 

Marrowstone  Point 28 

Mars  Island 215 

Marsden  Islands 215 

Marsha  I  Point 168 

Martin  Island 171 

Marviuas  Bay 271 

Marvinas  Bay,  water 272 

Mary  Basin 276 

Mary  Cove 328 

Mary  Island,  Desolation  Suuud  .  179 

Mary  Island,  Georgia  Strait  ....  182 

Mary  Island,  Malaspina  Inlet.. .  178 

Mary  Island,  Milbank  Sound 322 

Mary  Island,  Pender  Harbor 171 

Mary  Island,  Sutil Channel 182 

Mary  Poiuo 408 

Mary  Rock 226 

Marylebone  Point 180 

Mary  Todd  Islet 70 

Maskely ne  Point 379 

Massacre  Bay 128 

Masset  Harbor 405 

Masset  Harbor,  directions 405 


468 


INDEX. 


Puge. 
MaHBet  Harbor,  missionaTy  sta- 

tiou 405 

Massetlnlet 406 

Masset  Sound 40)i 

MaHset  Sound,  tides 40'. 

Masset  to  Virngo  Sound 407 

Masset  to  Virago  Sound,  aucbor- 

age 408 

Mastermau's  Islands '^^05 

Matliit'gou  Channel 'A'ii 

Matia  Island 121,i:t8 

Matilda  Creek 2C7 

Matliksimtas 341) 

Mattbew  Island 31.') 

Maudlsland lUO 

Maude  Island,  Georgia  Strait  . . .  l.")3 

Mande  Island,  Skidegate 40*^ 

Maude  Islet '^^1 

Maunsell  Bay 230 

Maury  Island 40 

Maury  ( Lopez )  Pass 1 23 

Mauve  Islet 220 

Maycock  Rock 193 

Mayday  Island 21>2 

Mayne  Bay 257 

Mayne  Island 142 

Mayne  Passage 187 

Mayor  Channel 70 

Mayor  Channel,  directions 73 

Mayor  Island 228 

Maze  Islands 310 

McBrideBay 188 

McCauley  Island 3.53 

McCullough  Rock 38<i 

McGratb  Mount 343 

McKay  Cove 400 

McKay  Reach 332 

McKay  Reef 262 

McLaughlin  Bay 316 

McLnnghlin  Bay,  mission 316 

McLaughlin  Point 66 

McLcod  Island 226 

McNeil  Bay 6!) 

McNeil  Farm 69 

McNeil  Mount 367 

McNeil  Island 46 

McNeill  Port 201 

McNeill  Port,  directions 201 

Meadow  Island 318 

Meadow  Point 36 

Meares  Island 264 

Melanie  Cove 180 

Melville  Island 179 

Menzies  Bay 191 


Page. 

Menzies  Point 313 

Mereworth  Sound 230 

Metlab  Catlah  Day 369 

Mi'tlub  Catlah  Bay,  anchorage  . .  372 
Metlab  Catlah  Bay,  directions  ..  370,372 

Metlab  Catlah  Bay,  villages 369 

Mexicaiia  Point 2.34 

Mid  Rock 281 

Middle  Bank,  Haro  Strait 74 

Middle  Bank,  Lopez  Sound 123 

Middle  Bank,  Nanaimo 110 

Middle  Bank,  Nanainio, buoy  ...  110 

Middle  Bank,  Nass  River 417 

Middle  Channel,  Barclay  Sound.  250 
Middle  Channel,  Barclay  Sound, 

directions 255 

Middle  Chanuel,  Esporanza  Inlet  277 

Middle  Channel,  Nanaimo 113 

Middle  Channel,  San  Juan  Chan- 
nel   115 

Middle  Dundas  Island 383 

Middle  Gander  Island  363 

Middle  Passage,  Skeona  River  . .  344 

Middle  Point 22 

Middle  Point,  current 22 

Middle  Point,  rock  and  buoy 23 

Middle  Reef 177 

Middle  Reef,  leading  mark 278 

Middle  Rock,  Broken  Group  ....  361 
Middle    Rock,   Queeu  Charlotte 

Sound 238 

Middle  Rocks 365 

Midge  Reefs 320 

Midge  Rock 370 

Midsummer  Island 210 

Migley  Point 138 

MIgnon  Point 230 

Milbank  Sound 321 

Mllhank  Sound,  directions 324 

Milbank  Sound,  fogs 321 

.Milbank  Sound,  kelp 321 

Milbank  Sound,  landmarks 321 

Milbank  Sound,  Northern  Shore.  324 

Milbank  .Sound,  soundings 321 

Milbank  Sound,  tides 324 

Mile  Rook 288 

MileRock,  breaker 288 

Miles  Cone 232 

MillCreekBay 92 

Mill  Stream 110 

Mill  Stream,  buoy 110 

Millar  Group 226 

Miller  Point 59 

Mills  Point 196 


INDEX. 


459 


.'(13 
230 
36» 
372 
370, 372 
3G» 
234 
2S1 
74 
123 

no 

110 
417 
250 

255 
277 
113 

115 

3«3 

363 

344 
22 

22 

23 
177 
278 
361 

23fl 
365 
320 
370 
210 
138 
880 
891 
884 
881 
881 
321 
324 
321 
324 
288 
288 
232 
92 
110 
110 
226 
59 
196 


Ptge.   I 

Milly  Island 197 

Miners  Bay 100 

Miners  Channel 87 

Miners  Cliannel,  nnoborage 87 

Miners  Chanuol,  reef  in 87  j 

Mink  Island 179  I 

MinkPoint 214 

Mink  Trap  Boy 353 

Minor  Island,  beacon 74 

Minstrel  Island 211 

Misery  Point 51,54 

Mission  Mountain 307 

MissionPoint 369 

Mission  Station,  Nass  Bay,  Kinco- 

lith , 416 

Mission  Valley 416 

MissionValley,  observation  spot.  416 

Mist  Islands 198 

Mist  Rock 296  ' 

Mistaken  Island 154 

Misty  Passage.. 215 

Mitcliell  Bay 202 

Mitchell  or  Gold  Harbor 412 

Mitchell  or  Gold  Harbor,  direc- 
tion   412 

Mitlenatch  Island 175 

Moffat  Islands 384  ' 

Moffat  Rock 204 

Moketas  I  slaud 283  j 

Molly  Point  349 

Monarch  Head 83 

Monday  Anchorage 216  , 

Monday  Shoal 295 

Money  Point 334 

Monroe  Point  and  Baoy 33 

Montagu  Channel 165 

Montagu  Channel,  anchorage...  165 

^Inntague  Harbor 

Monument  Rock 393 

Moody  Point 48 

Moody  Port 150 

Moody  Port,  anchorage 151 

Moodyville 150 

Moore  Head 38H 

Moore  Channel 412 

Moore  Channel,  directions 412 

Moresby  Island,  Prevost  Passage  89  I 

Moresby  Island,  Queen  Charlotte  ! 

Island 391 

Moresby  Islands 412 

Moresby  Passage 89 

Moresby  Passage,  directions  ....  89 

Moresby  Passage,  leading  marks.  90 

Morgan  Island 179  ^ 


P»Re. 

MorningReefs 337 

Morphy  Rook 298 

Morris  Bay 327 

Morris  Bay,  anchorage 327 

Morris  Bay,  directions 327 

Morris  Bay,  supplies 327 

Morris  Bay,  water 327 

Morris  Island 222 

Morse  Island  79 

Mosquito  Harbor 265 

Mosquito  Harbor,  anchorage 266 

Mosquito  Harbor,  directions  ....  265 

Mosquito  Piissage 79 

Moss  Passage 326 

Moss  Point 178 

MouatRock 233 

MouRtt  Channel 71 

Monatt  Channel,  directions 73 

Mouatt  Islets 163 

Monatt  Point 100 

Monatt  Reef,  Cowlitz  Bay 83 

Mouatt  Reef,  Enterprise  Channel  69 

Mouse  Island 214 

Mouse  Rook 320,322 

MuchalatorGnaquina  Arm 273 

Muchalat  Indians 273 

Muckilteo 56 

Muckshwanne  fishery 419 

MudBank 295 

Mud  Islands 417 

MudgeCape 162 

Mudge  Island 108 

Muirhcad  Islands 223 

Mulchalat  Arm 273 

Mullins  Island 253 

Muinford  Landing 342 

Mnrchison  Island 394 

Murray  Cape 405 

Murray  Labyrinth 227 

Mussel  Inlet 330 

Mussel  Rock 264 

Mntine  Point 248 

Mutiny  Bay 29 

Mylor  Peninsula 416 

Mystery  Rock 174 

Murdeu's  Cove 34 

1¥. 

Naasglee  Village 342 

Nab  Rock 345 

Nabaiihah  Bay 337 

Naden  Cape 408 

Nadeu  Harbor 408 

Naden  River 408 


460 


INDEX. 


Pkgo. 

Nftdon  River,  tides 4(W 

Niiliiniiit  liny 24!) 

Nabwhitti  Bar a:»r) 

Naliwliitti  iiar,  directions 23(i 

Niiliwbitti  liar,  leading  marl<  .. .  ZW 

Naiad  Islet 2;W 

Naiknon 403 

Naknt  Inlot 38i) 

Nak wakto  Rapids '•iriH 

Nakwakto  Rapids, directions....  928 

Nak  wakto  Rapids,  tides 22H 

Nalau  Island 311 

Nalau  Passage 311, 3t)U 

Naniii  Harbor 311 

Namii  Harbor,  nucborage 311 

Nanaiino  Harbor lO'J 

Nanaimo  Harbor,  anchorage  ....  Ill 
Nanaimo  Harbor,  buoys  and  i' 

rectious 110,114 

Nauaiino  Harbor,  coal Ill 

Nanaimo  Harbor,  commuuicatiou  110 

Nanaimo  Harbor,  pilots Ill 

Nanaimo  Harbor,  supplies Ill 

Nanaimo  Harbor,  tides 112 

Nanaimo  Harbor,  trade....    ....  Ill 

Nauoose  Uarl>or 152 

Nanoose  Harbor,  anuborage 153 

Nanoose  Harbor,  directions 153 

Nanoose  Harbor,  supplies 154 

Nanoose  or  Notch  Hill 107,152 

Napier  Bay 220 

Napier  Point 317 

Narrow  Island,  Nootka  Sound.. .  272 
Narrow  Island,  T  r  i  n  c  o  m  a  1  i  e 

Channel 104 

Nari'owgnt  Creek 2t*3 

Narrows  Arm 173 

Narrows  Island,  Lama  Passage,.  317 

Narrows  Island,  Sunday  Harbor.  215 

Nash  Bank 161 

Nasoga  Gulf 415 

NosogaOuIf,  anchorage 415 

Nasparti  Inlot 287 

Nttsparti  In  let,  directions 2tf8 

Nass  Bay 416 

Nass  Boy,  anchorage 416 

Nass  Bay,  caution 417 

Nass  Indians 417 

Nass  River 417 

Nass  River,  directions 418 

Nass  River,  fish 417 

Nass  River,  ice 417 

Nass  River,  tides 417 

Nass  Villages 417 


TttKe. 

Native  Anchorage 

208 

Native  Point 

104 

Nftvv  (Mtnnnel   .....  •...>■  ...••• 

84 

Narrows,  Tli«,  Puget  Sound 

43 

NftrrowH  Thu  niiToiLta....  ...... 

43 

Navy  Channel,  directions 

85 

Navy  Channel,  tides 

85 

Neck  Islet,  Gorge  Harbor 

181 

Neck  Point,  British  Columbia... 

304 

Neok  Point,  Shaw  Island 

127 

Xe^ah  Ba V ......  . 

16 

Nedah  Bay,  anchorage 

17 

Nedah  Bay,  directions 

17 

Needle  Peak,  Portland  Inlet 

114 

Needle  Peaks,  Laredo  Sound 

344 

277 

Negro  Rock 

206 

Neill  Point  

43 

Nelly  Ifllfind ...,. 

216 

NcImoii  IslniKi  .... .... ....  ...«•• 

172 

171 

351 

Nettle  Basin 

337 

Nettle  Island 

254 

Neville  Islet 

178 

Neville  Port 

197 

Neville  Port,  anchorage 

197 

Neville  Port,  directions 

198 

318 

New  Bank 

294 

Newcastle  Island 

109 

New  Channel,  Haro  Archipelago 

82 

New  Channel,   Queen   Charlotte 

Sound, 

236 

New  Channel,   Queen  Charlotte 

238 

New  Dungoness  Bay 

19 

New  Dungenoss  Bay,  anchorage. 

20 

New  Duugeness,  fog  signal 

425 

New  Duugeness,  light 

2, 425 

New  Duugeness  Rivor 

20 

New  Langley 

146 

New  Patch 

303 

New  Rock 

181 

New  Westminister 

145 

New  Westminister,  supplies  and 

146 

New  Westminister,  pilots 

146 

Newton  Mount 

91 

NichoUs  Island 

222 

218 

NickoU  Passage 

211 

Nicol  Rock 

110 

Nicolas  Islands 

234 

Page. 
208 
104 
H4 
43 
43 
85 
85 
181 
304 
Vi7 
16 
17 
17 
114 
344 
277 

aotj 

43 

216 

172 

171 

351 

337 

254 

178 
1U7 
197 
198 
318 
294 
109 

82 

236 

238 
19 
20 
425 
2, 425 
20 
146 
303 
181 
145 


INDEX. 


461 


NiKht  Islet 210 

Nil«  (Nelson)  Rock 171 

Niin])kiHh  liivvr 201 

NiuaHill 22» 

Ninn-piii  Knck 147 

NinstintH  VilliiKe 31)1 

NigquiiUy 47 

Nisfiually  Flats 47 

Nisfumlly   Laiuling 47 

Nisqually  Narrows 47 

Nisqually  Kcacb   47 

Nitinat  Lake 244 

Noble  Islets 233 

Noble  Mountain 353 

Noblo  Point 317 

Nodnles  Channel Iii3 

Nodule  Point 28 

Nooklialk  Kiver 313 

Nootka  Coup •270 

Nootka  Island 275 

Nootka  Sound 270 

Nootka  Sound,  aspect 270 

Nootka   Sound,  directions 274 

Nootka  Sound,  tides 270 

No  Point,  point 32 

No  Point,  foj^' sign  111 427 

No   Point, light 427 

Norman  Point,  Lambert  Channel  160 

Norman  Point,  PendiT   Harbor..  171 

Norman's  Creek IS) 

Norris  Hock,  Lambert  Channel..  100 

Norris  Rock,  Saanich  Inlet 91 

North  Arm,  Burrard  Inlet 151 

North  Arm,  Clayociunt  Sound....  267 

North  Bank 263 

North  Bay,  San  Juau  Channel..  116 

North  Bay,  anchorage 116 

North  Bay,  Waldron  Island 83 

North  Bay  Islands 345 

North  Bontinck  Arm 313 

North  Blntt',  Kwoiaais  Point 139 

North  Breaker,  Broken  Group  .. .  362 

North  Breaker,  Brown  Passage..  382 

North  Channel,  Clayoquot  Sonnd  267 

North  Channel,  Esperauza  Inlet.  278 

North  Channel,  lending  mark...  278 
North  Channel,  Queen  Charlotte 

Sonnd 226 

North   Channel,  Nanaimo 110 

North  Channel  Islands.. ..   346 

North  Danger  Rock 293 

North  Danger  Rocks 365 

North  Dundrts  Island 383 

North  Fork ,  Frazer  River 146 


I'aKe. 

North  Harbor 294 

North  Iron  Rock 304 

North  Iron  Rock,  clearing  mark  .  ,304 
North  Island  aiid Group,  Milbank 

Sound  323,324 

North   liland,  Queen    Charlotte 

Islands 410 

North  Island,  ai>choragp 410 

North  Ledges 323 

North  Needle  Peak 344 

North  Obstruction  Pass 125 

North  Passage,  Farewell   Harbor  207 

North  Passage,  Fitzhngh  Sound  .  308 

North  Passage,  Klemtoo  Passage  329 
North  Passage,  Klemtoo  Passage, 

directions 329 

North  Pttssnge,  Namn  Hurbor 311 

North  I'assagf,  Ramsay  Arm....  185 

North  Passage,  SkeenaRiver 343 

North  Passage,  anchorage 343 

.North  Passage,  Wasp  Passages  .  127 

North  (Granite)  Point 394 

North  Point,  .Milbank  Sound....  325 

North  Point,  Nass  Bay   416 

North    Point,   Queon    Charlotte 

Islands 410 

North  Point,  Taknsh  Harbor    ..  307 

North  Pointers 359 

North  Reef 95 

North  Rock,  Beaver  Passage 356 

North  Rock,  Fulford  Harbor 98 

North  Rock,  Nanoose  Harbor....  153 
North  Rock,     Queen     Charlotte 

Sound 238 

North  Rocks 365 

North  Side  Bay  392 

North  Surf  Islands 348 

North  Twin  Islet 356 

North  Watcher  Islet   351 

Northumberland  Channel 109 

Northwest  Bay 154 

North  west  Cone 275 

Northwest  Rocks 305 

Nose  Peak 294 

Notch  Hill 107 

Nowisli  Cove 328 

Nuchalitz  Inlet 275 

Nnchalitz  Inlet,  directions 276 

Nuchalitz  Reef 275 

Nngent  Sound ^30 

Nuuias  Islands 224 

Numukamis  Bay 246 

Nunez  Reef. 385 

Nye  Rock 237 


462 


INDEX. 


O. 

Page. 

Oak  Bay , 28 

Oak  Bay, Vancouver  Island 70 

OftkCove 27 

OakHarbor 59 

Oakhead 54 

Oakland 55 

Oar  Point ^3 

Oatsoalis 310 

O'Brien  Bay 217 

Observation  Islet 253 

Observation  Point,Blakeney  Port  326 
Observation  Point,  Coghlau  An- 

choragj 335 

Observation      Point,      Glendale 

Cove 212 

Observation  Point,  Metlah  Cat- 

lah 371 

Observation  Point,  ledge 371 

Observation  Point,  Shoal  Chan- 
nel    166 

Observatory  Inlet 418 

Observatory  Inlet,  anchorage.. .  418 

Observatory  Inlet,  soundings  ...  418 

Observatory  Inlet,  tides 419 

Observatory     Islet,     Clayoquot 

Sound 263 

Observatory  Islet,  Friendly  Cove.  271 
Observatory  Islet,  Koprino  Har- 
bor    295 

Observatory  Islet,  Stamp  Harbor.  249 

Observatory  Ledgo 335 

Observatory  Point  18 

Observatory  Point,  ledgo  of  rocks.  371 

Observatory  Rock 294 

Observatory  Kocks 59 

Obsiruction    Island,     Clayoquot 

Sound 269 

Obstruction  Island,  Orcas 125 

Obstruction  Islet 231 

Obstruction  Passes 125 

Obstruction  Pai^os,  tides 125 

Obstruction  Pass,  North 125 

Obstruction  Pass,  South 125 

O'Connor 38 

Ogden  Channel 355 

Ogden  Channel,  directions 3r6 

Ogden  Cliannol,  landmarks 355 

Ogden  Cliannel,  tides 3,57 

Ogden  Point 66 

Oke  iB;.-.nd 326 

Oko  Reefs 326 

Okeover  Arm 177 

Old  Passage 215 


Paxe. 

Oldtleld  Basin 343 

Oldfleld  Island 343 

Oldtield  Mount 343 

Olympus  Mountains 51 

Olympia 49 

Olympia,  directions  49 

Olympia  Wharf 49 

Ommaney  Islet 220 

O'Neal  Island  117 

One-tree  Island :}75 

One-tree  Island,  ledgo 375 

One-tree  Islet,  Jervis  Inlet 172 

One-tree  Islet,  Shadwell  Passage  234 

One-tree  Islet,  .Simpson  Port....  376 

Oona  Bay 357 

Oona  River 357 

Open  Bay,  Clayoquot  Sound 262 

Open  Bay,  Fitzhugh  Sound 303 

Opeji  Bay,  Henry  Island 79 

Open  Bay,  Valdes  Island 183 

Open  Bay,  Vancouver,  NW.  Coast  300 

Orange  Point  190 

Orcas  Island 127 

Orcas  Island,  Eastern  Side 137 

Orcas  Knob 127 

Orcas  Sound,  East 129 

Orcas  Sound,  East,  anchorage  ..  129 

Orc.is  Sound,  West 123 

Orcas  Sound,  West,  auchorage  ..  123 

Orchard  Point 36 

Orchard  Port   ."4 

Orford  Bay J86 

OrielRocks 180 

Oriflammo  Passage 385 

Oritlamme  Passage,  tides 385 

Ormidale  lUrbor 318 

Osborn  Bay 93 

Osborn  Bay,  auchorage 94 

Osborne  Islands 382 

Oscar  Patiago 328 

Otter  Anchorage .'175 

Otter  Bay 100 

Otter  Channel 351 

Otter  Cove,  Discovery  Passage..  192 

Ottor  Cove,  Finlayson  Channel.  328 

Otter  Island 179 

Otter  Mountains 97 

Otter  Passage 352 

Otter  Point,  Discovery  Passage. .  192 
Otter   Point,   Vancouver,  South 

Const 60 

Otter  f>hoal 335 

Otter  Wood-cutting    Establish- 
ment   375 


INDEX. 


4fi3 


343 
343 
343 
51 
49 
49 
49 
220 
117 
375 
375 
172 
234 
376 
357 
357 
a62 

3oa 

79 
183 
300 
190 
127 
137 
127 
129 
129 
128 
128 
36 

34 

xm 

180 
385 
385 
313 

93 

94 
382 
328 
375 
100 
351 
192 
328 
179 
97 
352 
192 

60 
335 

375 


Page. 

Ououkinsh  Inlet 2'i6 

Uuoukinsh  Inlet,  directions 287 

Ououkinsh  Inlet,  rook  off  of 286 

Outer  Island 346 

OvalHill 380 

Owen  Island 59 

Owen  Point 59 

Owikino  Canning  Establishment  310 

Owl  Island 210 

Oybter  Bay 162 

Oyster  Bay,  anchorage 162 

Oyster  Harbor 94 

Oyster  Harbor,  anchorage 94 

Oyster  Harbor,  reef  in 94 

Ozzard,  Mount 259 

P. 

Pachcna  Bay 244 

Padilla  Hay 56,135 

Paddle  Rock 308 

Paddy  Passage 418 

Palmer  Point 255 

PalmerstoDiCape 300 

Pan  Point 188 

Panama  (Bowlder)  reef 137 

Pandora  Head 2i3 

Pandora  Peak 60 

Park  Hill 116 

Park  Point 50 

Parke  Mount 102 

Parker  Island 102 

Parker  Reef 121 

Parkin  Islands 379 

Parry  Bay 62 

Parry  Bay,  anchorage 62 

Parry  Passage 409 

Parry  Passage,  directions 410 

Parry  Passage,  tides 4 10 

Parson  Bay 206 

Parson  Bay,  anchorage 206 

Partridge  Bank 74 

Partridge  Point t.'3 

Partridge  Point,  ledge,  buoy  ....  24 

Pasley  Island 165 

Paslcy  Passage 320 

Pass  Islet 274 

Passage,  Cone 355 

Passage  Island,  Mo  we  Sound....  145,164 
Passage  Island,  Mathieson  Chan- 
nel   326 

Passage  Island,  Wasp  Passage..  126 

Paisago  Island,  Whale  Channel.  350 

Pastage  Islet 210 

Pasi.ago  Rook,  Clayoquot  Sound.  262 


Paeo, 

Passage  Rock,  Howe  Sound 165 

Passage  Rock,  Wasp  Passage...  126 

Patoy  Rock 91 

Patey  Rock, clearing  marks...  .  91 

Patoslslaud 119 

Patrick  Passage 220 

Peacock  Channel 257 

Peale's  Passage 48 

Peapods » 137 

Pearce  Point 381 

Pearl  Harbor 375 

Pearl  Harbor,  anchorage 375 

Pearl  Harbor,  directions 376 

Pearl  Island 79 

Pearl  Rocks 308 

Pearse  Chuunel 419 

Pearse  Island 414 

Pearse  Island,  mountains 414 

Pearse  Islands 202 

Pearse  Peninsula 217 

Pearson  Island 171 

Pedder  Bay 62 

Pedder  Bay,  anchorage 62 

Pedder  Bay,  tides 62 

Peel  Island 204 

Peile  Point 99 

Pelly  Island 67 

Pelorus  Point 100 

Pender  Harbor 171 

Pender  Harbor,  anchorage 172 

Pender  Island,  Barclay  Sound.. .  257 

Peuder  Island,  Haro  Strait 83 

Pender  Islands 194 

Pendril  Sound   180 

Penfold  Island 216 

Penguin  Bluft" 14S 

Penguin  Island 119 

Peninsula  Point 357 

Peninsula  Point,  anchorage 357 

Penn  Islands 184 

Penn  Islands,  rock  near 184 

Pcnn's  Cove 58 

Penphraso  Passage 222 

Penrose  Bay 178 

Penrose  Island 309 

Percy  Anchorage 108 

Percy  Islanil 219 

Percy  Island,  caution 219 

Percy  Ledge 295 

Percy  Point 405 

Peril  Rock 315 

Perpendicular  BlutF 273 

Perpendicular  Mountain 230 

Perry  Bay 419 


464 


INDEX. 


Page, 

Perry  Rock   83 

Potor  Point A2 

Petrel  Channe' 35a 

Petrel  Shoal 307 

Peveril  Rock 361 

Philip  Poiut 297 

Philips  Passage 215 

Philipps  Arm  187 

Pbillimore  Point 102 

Piers  Island 87 

Pike  Island  371 

Pilkey  Poiut 96 

Pilllslet 181 

Pillar  Bay 409 

Pillar  Point 17 

Pilley  Shoal 294 

Pilot  Poiut,  Admiralty  Inlet  ....  32 

Pilot  Point,  Gribbell  Island  ....  332 

PinRock 277 

Pincher  Rocks 390 

Pine  Island 238 

Piuer  Point 41 

Pinnace  Channel 283 

Pinnace  Rock 253 

Pinnacle  Islet 293 

Pinnacle  Poiut 287 

Pipestem  Inlet 258 

Pirie  Paint 422 

Pitt  Island 337 

Pitt  Passage 50 

Pitt  River 146 

Plover  Island 311 

Plover  Poiut,  Fin  Island 348 

Plover  Point, Mosquito  Harbor..  265 

Plover  Reefs 262 

Plumper  Bay,  Discovery  Passage  192 

Plumper  Bay,  Esquimau  Harbor  64 

Plumper  Channel '.,15,36! 

Plumper  Cove 166 

Plumper  Cove,  anchorage 167 

Plumper  Harbor 272 

Plumper  Harbor,  anchorage  —  272 

Plumper  Harbor,  directions 274 

Plumper  Island 295 

Pluuiper  Passage 72 

Plumper  I'assago,  directions  ...  73 

Plumper  Passage,  leading  nirtrk  .  72 

PliiuipeiReof 120 

Plumper  Sound 83 

Plumper  Sound,  water 84 

Plunger  Pass 182 

Pocttuook 246 

Pointer  Island 315 

Pointer's  Rocks 3h1 


Page, 

Point  No  Point 32 

Poison  Cove 330 

Polelslet 317 

Polkinghorne  Islands 219 

Polnell  Point 59 

Pollard  Point 217 

Polly  Island 178 

Popham  Island 165 

Popham  Island,  rock  near 166 

Poppleweli  Point 220 

Porcher  Island 342 

Port  Reef 359 

Portage  Cove 178 

I'ortier  Pass 102,104 

PortierPass,  directions 105 

Porticr  Pass,  tides 105 

Portland  Canal 419 

Portland  Canal,  climate 4,420 

Portland  Canal,  currents 420 

Portland  Canal,  natives 420 

Portland  Canal,  supplies 420 

Portland  Canal,  temperature 420 

Portland  Canal,  temperature  of 

water 4 

Portland  Canal,  tides 424 

Portland  Island 87 

Portland  Inlet 414 

Portland  Inlet,  landmarks 414 

Portlanil  Point,  Portland  Inlet..  415 
Portland  Point,  Vancouver,  West 

Coast 261 

Possession      Point,      Admiralty 

Inlet 29 

Possession  Point,  Kuca  Strait  ...  61 

Possession  Sound 30, 56 

Pot  Rocks 298 

Pow.ll  Islets 175 

Powell  point,  rock  oflf 213 

Poyntz  Island 196 

Preedy  Harbor 97 

Preedy  Harbor,  anchorage    i*7 

President  (Uonglas)  Channel 116 

President  (Douglas)  Directions..  118 

President  (Douglas)  Tides 119 

President  Point 33 

Prcseott  Island 379 

Prevost  Harbor 80 

Prcvost   Island,  Queen  Charlotte 

Island 388 

Prevosl  I.sland,Swaii80U  Channel,  99 

Prevost  Passage 90 

Price  Island 323 

I'rideaux  Haven 180 

Prideanx  Point 295 


INDEX. 


465 


Page. 

38 

330 

317 

219 

59 

217 

178 

165 

166 

220 

342 

359 

178 

102, 104 

105 

105 

419 

4,420 

420 

420 

420 

420 

4 
424 
87 
414 
414 
415 

261 

29 

61 

30,56 

298 

175 

213 

196 

97 

in- 
ns 

118 

119 

33 

379 

80 

388 

99 

90 
38S 


Page. 

Prince  of  Wales  Group 385 

Prince  ofWales  Reach 172 

Priucess  Louiaa  Inlet 173 

!Prince88  Royal  Island 330 

Princess  Royal  Reach 173 

Principe  Channel 352 

Principe  Channel,  direotiona....  354 

Princip5  Channel,  tides 354 

Prominent  Point 'iVi 

Promise  Island 335 

Promise  Ledge 335 

Promise  Point,  Blakeney  Port. ..  325 
Promise     Point,    Coghlaa     An- 
chorage    335 

Prosser  Rocl£ 8:!8 

Protection  Island, Barclay  Sound.  253 

Protection  Island,  Discovery  Port.  21 

Protection  Island,  Nanaimo 109 

Protection  Island,  Squirrel  Cove.  17U 

Protection  Point 211 

Providence  Cove 60 

Providence  Passaf.e 210 

Piy.!e  Channel 180 

Puffin  Islet 122,138 

Puget  Sound 24,44 

Puget  Sound,  general  description.  2''. 

Puget  Sound,  romarlts oO 

Pully  Point 39 

Pulteuey  Point 203 

Pumish 211 

Punt  Rocli 207 

Purple  Bluff 301 

Puyalliip  Rivor 41 

Puzzle  Island 253 

Pylades  Channel 106 

Pyni  Island 89 

Pym  Rock 217 

Q. 

Qlawdzeet  Anchorage 382 

Qlawdzeet  Anchorage,  directions.  382 

Quadra  Hill 103 

Qunlaiiuto  361 

Qualiciim  Bay ir)5 

(jualicum  River 155 

Qualicnra  River,  buoy  off 155 

Quaruitchau  Valley  and  River  ..  ',»2 

Quartermaster's  Harbor 40 

Qnarteruiaster  Rock 370 

Quarteriuastcr  Roi'k,  rook  near..  370 

Quascillah  Villiigo 307 

Quatsap  Point 55 

QiiatliiiiskiCovo lei) 

Quathiaski  Cove,  anchorage  ....  U)0 

1420.5— No,  9G 30 


Page. 

Quatishe 297 

Qiiatsino  Narrows 297 

Quatsino  Narrows,  tides 297 

Quatsiuo  Sound 292 

Quatsino  Sound,  directions 298,299 

Queen  Charlotte  Channel 164 

Queen  Charlotte  Channel,  direc- 
tions     164 

Queen  Charlotte  Islands 388 

Queen  Charlotte  Islands,  climate  4, 388 

Queen  Charlotte  Islands,  natives.  413 

Queen  Charlotte  Islands,  supplies  413 

Queen  Charlotte  Islands,  winds  .  388 

Queen  Charlotte  Sound 203 

Queen  Charlotte  Sound,  Eastern 

Shoresof  206 

Queen's  Cove 279 

Queen's  Cove,  water 280 

Queen's  Cove,  Jervis  Inlet 173 

Qneon's  Sound 318,360 

Quiet  Cove 296 

Quilceue  54 

Quilcene  Bay 54 

Quiniper  Peninsula 23 

Quinamass  Bay 415 

Quoin  Hill 309 

Quoin  Islet 234 

R. 

Race  L^lands ^ 61 

Racelslands,  fog  signal 428 

Race  Islands,  light 428 

Race  Islands  to  Esquimalt 63 

Race  Islands  to  Esquimalt,  cau- 
tion   63 

Race  Narrows 265 

Race  Passage 61 

Race  Passage,  Broughton  Strait.  202 

Race  Passage,  Johnstone  Strait.  195 

Race  Point,  Discovery  Passage  ..  191 

Race  Point,  Portier  Pass 104 

Race  Point,  Tumbo  Island 142 

Race  Point,  Tumbo  Island,  rock 

off 142 

Rachel  Islands 369 

Rafael  Point 268 

Raft  Covo 300 

Rage  Reef 325 

Ragged  Island,  Howe  Sound....  164 

Ragged  Island, Stuart  Channel..  96 

Ragged  I.«lands 175 

Ragged  Islet 251 

Ragg(Ml  Reef 237 

Raglan  Point 233 


466 


INDEX. 


Rain  Point :V25 

Kainier  Mount ii 

Rainy  Bay 252 

Rait  Creek 319 

Raleigh  Passage 'il7 

Ramsay  Arm 185 

Ramsay  Island 394 

Raiusden  Point 415 

Ranger  Cape 30  J 

Ranger  Islet 416 

Ransom  Point 197 

Rftl.id  Hill 212 

Raspberry  Cove 389 

Raspberry  Islands 344 

Ray uer  Group 224 

Raza  Island 185 

Razor  Poiut 83 

Read  Island 184 

Read  Mount 219 

Rebecca  Islet 174 

Rebecca  Spit 183 

Red  Island 101 

Red  Poiut 354 

Red    CliiT  Point,    Cunningham 

Passage 375 

Red  Cliff  Point,  Graham  Reach..  332 

Redfern  Island 237 

Redonda  Island,  Broken  Group..  252 
Redonda  Islands,  Desolation 

Sound 179 

Red  Stripe  Mountain 291 

Red  Top  Mountain 396 

Reef  Bluflf,  buoy 156 

Reef  Island,  Laskeek  Day 'ids 

Reef  Island,  Laskeol  Bay,  Port- 
laud  Caual 421 

Reef  Island,  Wasp  Group 126 

Reef  Islet 246 

Reef  Point,  Cortes  Island 181 

Reef  Point,  Cypress  Island 136 

Reef  Point,  Moresby  Island 89 

Reef  Point,  Quatsiuo  Sound 292 

Reef  Point,  Thetis  Island 94 

llefuge  Bay,  Edye  Passage 381 

Refuge  Bay,  anchorage 381 

Refuge  Cove,  Chatham  Island. ..  72 

Refuge  Cove,  Vancouver  Island.  268 

Refuge  Cove,  directions 208 

Refuge  Cove,  rook  in 208 

Regatta  Rock 319 

Reginald  Hill , 98 

Reid  Harbor 80 

Reid  Island 106 

Roid  Island,  Storm  Islands 238 


Paga. 

Reid  Rock 117 

Remarkable  Cone  Mountain  ....  315 

Renipstone  Rocks 362 

Rendezvous  Islands 185 

Resolution  Cove 272 

Restoration  Cove 313 

Restoration  Cove,  anchorage....  313 

Restoration  Point ,  35 

Retreat  Cove 102 

Retreat  Passage 213 

Return  Clianuel 31S 

Richard  Islet. 226 

Richard  Point 418 

Richard  Rock 257 

Richardsou  Inlet 397 

Richardson  Inlet,  anchorage....  397 

Richardsou  Inlet,  tides 397 

Richardson  Point  333 

Richmond  Bay 222 

Richmond  Settlement 151 

Rich's  Passage 34 

Ridge  Islands 210 

Ring  Islaud 181 

Ripple  Bank,  Big  Bay 374 

Ripple  Bauk,  Klemtoo  Passage . .  329 

Ripple  Blutf,  tide-rip 210 

Ripple  Islets 265 

Ripple  Passage 226 

Ripple  Poiut 195 

Ripple  Rock 191 

Ripple  Shoal 194 

Ripple  Tongue 417 

Ritchie  Bay 264 

Ritchie  Bay,  directions 264 

River  Bight 349 

Rivers  Inlet 310 

Robbers  Island 247 

Robbers  Knob 197 

Robert  Point 264 

Roberts  Bank  141 

Roberts  Point 120,140 

Roberts  Point,  anchorage 140 

Roberts  Poiut,  anchorage,  direc- 
tions   14L 

Roberts  Spit 140 

Roberts  Town 140 

Robertson  Island 225 

Robinson  Island 225 

Robinson  Point 40 

Robson  Island 294 

Robsou  Reef 70 

Roche  Harbor 79 

Roche  Harbor,  anchorage 60 

Roche  Harbor,  direction^ 79 


INDEX. 


467 


Paga. 
117 
315 
362 
185 
272 
313 
313 

35 
102 
213 
318 
226 
418 
257 
397 
397 
397 
333 
222 
151 

34 
210 
181 
374 
329 
210 
265 
226 
195 
191 
194 
417 
264 
264 
349 
310 
247 
197 
264 
141 
120, 140 
140 

141 

140 

140 

225 

225 

40 

994 

70 

79 

80 

79 


Pftge.  i 

Roche  Harbor  to  Port  To  wnsend  .  79  i 

n— »-Mii">M— — ■iii^aai— »ji  — w  ■iii*«Mi         I  I'll  J  jni*T»~i- 

ock  Creek 312  j 

Rock  Islet  136  i 

Rocket  Shoal IOG", 

Rock-fish  Harbor 398  , 

Rockj'  Bay 117 

Rocky  Pass 269 

Rocky  Patch 170 

Rooky  Point,  Gabriola  Ishind...  113 

Rocky  Point,  Saratoga  Passage . .  58 

Rocky  Point,  Strait  of  Fuca 23 

Rodd  Poi ut 65 

Roderick  Island 324 

Roffey  Point 221 

Rogers  Islet 227 

Roller  Bay 239 

Rolling  Roadstead 278 

Root  Point 199 

Rosa  Mount 276 

Rosario  Strait 131 

Rosario  Strait,  anchorages 131 

Rosario  Strait,  directions 131 

Rosario  Strait,  tides 131 

Roscoe  Inlet 314 

RosedaleRock 61 

Rose  Harbor 390 

Rose  Islets 106 

Rose  Point  (Naikoon) 403 

Rose  Point,  coast  from  Lawn  Hill  403 
Rose    Point,    coast   to    Massett 

Sound  405 

Rose  Spit 404 

Rosetta  Rock 177 

Ross  Bay 09 

Ross  Island 390 

Rough  Bay 69 

Rough  Bay,  Malcolm  Island 202 

Round  Island  and  Beacon,  Bar- 
clay Sound 256 

Round  Island,  Heaver  Harbor.. .  204 

Round  Island.  Carolina  Channel.  259 

Round  Island,  Mereworth  Sound.  231 

Round  Island,  Quatsiuo  Sound..  297 
Round  Island,  Queen  Charlotte 

Sound 225 

Round  Island,  Stuart  Channel  ..  95 

Round  Island,  anchorage 95 

Round  Island,  Templar  Channel.  262 

Round  Poiht 423 

Rowo  Stream ()5 

Royal  Bay  or  Roads 62 

Royal  Bay,  anc'iorage 63 

RiddcrRcof 154 

Rudlin  Bay 71 


Pago. 

Rugged  Group 268 

Rugged  Point 300 

Rugged  Point,  Kyuquot  Sound..  282 

Rupert  Arm 297 

Rupert  Fort 204 

Russell  Cape 301 

Russell  Island 97 

Ruxtou  Passage 106 

Ryan  Point 372 

S. 

Saanich  District 86 

Saauich  Inlet 91 

Saanich  Peninsula 91 

Sabine  Channel 169 

Sabine  Channel,  tides 169 

Sackville  Island 818 

Safe  Entrance 303 

Safety  Cove 310 

Safety  Cove,  anchorage 311 

Safety  Cove,  fresh  water 311 

Sail  Island 213 

SailRock 256 

Salal  Point 327 

Salmon  Arm,  Jervis  Inlet 173 

Salmon  Arm,  Seymour  Inlet 230 

Salmon  Bank 115 

SalmonBay 36 

Salmon  Bay,  Johnstone  Strait  ..  195 

Salmon  Channel 216 

Salmon  Cove 418 

Salmon  Cove,  anoliorage 418 

Salmon  River 423 

Salmon  River,  anchorage 424 

Salmon  River,  bight 374 

Salmon  River,  Port  Discovery. ..  22 

Salmon  River,  valley 424 

Snlsbury  Point 52 

Saltspring  Settlement  and  Dis- 
trict    104 

Sambo  Head 206 

Samuiamtsh  Lake 37 

Samuel  Island 84 

SandllyBay 421 

Sand  Heads 145 

Suiid  Patch 320 

Saudspit  Point,  haredo Channel.  346 

Sandspit  Point,  Welcome  Harbor.  360 

Sandspit  Shoal 346 

Sandstone  Reef 323 

Sandy  Island 158 

Sandy  Point,  Lummi  Bay 138 

Sandy  Point,  Waldron  Island  ...  82, 118 

Sandy  Point,  Whidbey  Island. ..  58 


468 


INDEX. 


Page. 
San  Francisco  to  Vancouver  Isl- 
and   6 

Saugster  Island 163,169 

San  Jos6  Inlet 246 

San  Josef  Bay 300 

San  Josef  Bay,  directions 300 

San  Juan  Cbanuel  (Middle  Chan- 
nel)    115 

San  Juan  Channel,  caution 118 

San  Juan  Channel,  directions  . ..  115 

San  Juan  Channel,  tides 116 

San  Juan  Island 80 

San  Juan  Port 59, '244 

San  Juan  Port,  anchorage 60 

San  Mateo  Bay 248 

Sansum  Island..., 412 

Sansum  Narrows 93 

Saratoga  Passage 57 

Sarah  Island 329 

Sarah  Point,  British  Colninbia  ..  175 

Sarah  Point,  Finhiysou  Island  ..  370 

Saranac  Island 264 

Sarita  Valley 246 

Satellite  Channel 90 

Satellite  Pass 251 

Satellite  Reef 110 

Satellite  Reef,  buoy 110 

Saturna  Island 76,142 

Savary  Island 174 

Saw  Reef 394 

Sawmill  Point,  Port  Ludlow 30 

Scarlett  Point 233 

ScatchetHead 29 

Schooner    Cove,    Nanoose    Har- 
bor    153 

Schooner  Cove,  Wreck  Bay 261 

Schooner  Ledge 345 

Schooner  Passage,  Milbauk  Sound  327 
Schooner  Passage,  Ogden  Chan- 
nel    356 

Schooner  Passage,   Ogden,  direc- 
tions   356 

Schooner  Pa8sage,Slingsby  Chan- 
nel   228 

Schooner    Passage,    North    En- 
trance    229 

Schooner  Passage,  Walker  Group  237 

Schooner  Point 345 

Schooner  Retreat 309 

Schooner  Retreat,  directions....  310 

Schooner  Retreat,  gales 310 

Schwartzonherg  Gorge 230 

Scotch  Fir  Point 170 

Scott  Cape 239,301 


Paga 

Scott  Cape,  shelter 239 

Scott  Channel 239 

Scott  Island 95 

Scottlslands 239 

Scott  Point 177 

Scout  Patch 80 

Scrogg  Rocks 65 

Scrub  Island 215 

Scmlder  Point 394 

Seabeck  Bay 54 

Seabeck  Harbor 51 

Seabeck  Point 54 

Sea  Bird  Islet 244 

Sea  Blutf 309 

Seabreeze  Island 213 

Sea  Egg  Rocks 169 

Seaforth  Channel 318 

Seaforth  Channel,  anchorage  ...  320 

Seal  Rock,  Strait  of  Fuca ,  17 

Seal  Rocks,  Edye  Passage 380 

Seal  Rocks,  Laredo  Channel  ....  340 

Seal  Rocks,  Lasiiiieti 163,169 

Seal  Rocks,  Portland  Canal 423 

Sealed  Passage 238 

Sea  OtterCovo  ..  300 

Sea  Otter  Group 303 

Sea  Otter  Group,  caution 304 

Sea  Otter  Group,  clearing-mark.  304 

Sea  Otter  Rock 262 

Search  Island 305 

Seattle 37 

Seattle,  directions 37 

Sebastian  Point 178 

Sechart  Channel 254 

Sechart  Village 254 

Seoholt  Arm 173 

Sechelt  Arm,  rapids 173 

Sechelt  Arm,  tides 173 

Sechelt  Indians 168 

Second  Narrows,  Alberui  Inlet  . .  249 

Second  Narrows,  Burrard  Inlet..  150 

Second  Narrows,  telegraph 150 

Section  Cove 393 

Sec-et  Cove 170 

Seen  t  Cove,  auchorago 170 

Secretary  Island,  Fuca  Strait ...  01 
Se'cretary  Island,  Houston  Pas- 
sago  96,104 

Secure  anchorage 310 

Sedge  Lsland 212 

Scdwick  Bay 394 

Sedmond  River 390 

Selione  village 135 

Selina  Point V^ 


ark. 


3t  .. 
et.. 


Paga 

239 

239 

95 

939 

177 

80 

65 

215 

394 

54 

51 

54 

244 

309 

213 

169 

318 

320 

17 

380 

346 

163, 169 

423 

238 

300 

303 

304 

304 

262 

305 

37 

37 

178 

254 

254 

173 

173 

173 

168 

249 

150 

150 

393 

170 

170 

61 


Pas- 


96, 


104 
310 
212 
394 
390 
135 


INDEX. 


469 


Page. 

Selwyn  Inlet 398 

Semiahmoo  Bay 139 

Seniiahinoo,  town 139 

Scuiiatimoo,  towu,  supplies 139 

Senanus  Islaud 91 

Seutiiiol  IslaDd,  Aristazablo  Is- 
land    362 

Sentinel  Island,  Ogden  Cliannol.  356 

Sentinel  Islaud,  Spieden  Channel  81 

Sentinel  Rock 82 

Separation  Head 192 

Separation  Point,  Lopez  Sound  .  124 
Separation   Point,  Sanaum  Nar- 
rows    93 

Soppings  Island 251 

Sergeaunt  Passage,  anchorage  . .  21 1 

Sergeannt  Passage,  tides 211 

Seymour  Inlet 230 

Seymour  Island 196 

Seymour  Mount 401 

Seymour  Narrows 191 

Seymour  Narrows,  directions  ...  192 

Seymour  Narrows,  tides 191 

Seymour  Point 89 

Shad  well  Passage 234 

Shad  well  Passage,  anchorage  ...  235 

Shadwoll  Passage,  directions 235 

Shadwell  Passage,  tides 234 

Shag  Rock 256 

Sbangoi  Tribe 391 

Shark  Cove 84 

Shark  Pass 251 

Shark  Reef 122 

Shark  Reefs 262 

Sharp  Passage 220 

Sharp  Peak 374 

Sharp     Point,    Northumberland 

Channel 109 

Sharp  Point,  Sydney  Inlet 268 

SharpSpit 182 

Shattock  Point 374 

Shaw  Island 125 

Shawl  Hay , 217 

Sheep  Islet,  Otcas  Sound 128 

Sheep  Islet,  Stamp  Harbor 249 

Sheep  Passage 330 

Shelf  Point,  Blundeu  Harbor....  225 

Shelf  Point,  Kyuunipt  Harbor.. .  319 

Shell  Islet 205 

Shelter  Arm 269 

Shelter  Bay 227  i 

Shelter  Island 289  i 

Shelter  Islands,  Barclay  Sound..  259  : 

Shelter  Islands,  Shoal  Channel..  106 


Shelter  Pass 228 

,  Shelter  Point 168 

Shepherd  Mount 163 

Sherringham  Point 60 

Shewell  Island 211 

;  Shilshole  Bay  and  Creek 36 

Shingle  Point,  Goletas  Channel  .  232 

Shingle  Point,  Narrowgut  Creek.  283 

Shingle  Point,  Valdes  Island 106 

ShingleSpit 160 

Ship  Auchora<;e 338 

Ship  Bay,  Guemes  Channel  ...: .  131 

Ship  Bay,  Orcas  Sound 130 

Ship  Channel,  Barclay  Sound. ..  258 

Ship  Channel,  Clayoquot  Sound  263 

Ship  Harbor 135 

Ship  Islet 246 

Ship  Passage,  Takush  Harbor.. .  307 

Ship  Passage,  Uchucklesit 248 

Ship  Point 157 

Ship  Rock,  Brooks  Bay 290 

Ship  Rock,  Brooks  Bay,  leading 

marks 290 

Ship  Rock,  Takush  Harbor 307 

Shoal  Bay 123 

ShoalBay,  anchorage 123 

Shoal  Bight,  Davis  Bay 132 

Shoal  Channel 166 

Shoal  Creek. 197 

Shoal  Harbor,  Cramer  Passage..  213 
Shoal  Harbor,  Cramer  Passage, 

tides 214 

Shoal  Harbor,  Shute  Passage a8 

Shoal  Islands 93 

Shoal  Point 66 

Shower  Island 305 

Shrub  Islet,  Banks  Island 364 

Shrub  Islet,  Metlah  Catlah 371 

Shrub  Islet  Ledge 371 

Shrub  Point 349 

Shushartie  Bay 238 

Shushartie  Bay,  anchorage 238 

Shushartie  Bay,  directions 238 

Shushartie  Saddle 232 

Shute  Passage 87 

Shute  Reef 91 

Shuttle  Island 396 

Sidney  Bay 188 

Sidney  Channel 86 

Sidney  Channel,  directions 87 

Sidney  Island 86 

SidneySpit  86 

Sidney  Spit,  beacon  86 

Signalilchew  Creek 47 


470 


INDEX. 


Page. 

Simoom  Sound 217 

Simpson  Fort 377 

Simpson  Port 3*7 

Simpson  Port,  anchorage 377 

Simpson  Port,  birds 3 

Simpson  Port,  climate 3 

Simpson  Port,  deviation 379 

Simpson  Port,  directions 378 

Simpson  Port,  landmarks 377 

Simpson  Port,  repairs 37i) 

Simpson  Port,  supplies 377 

Simpson  Port,  temperature 4,377 

Simpson  Port,  tides 379 

Simpson  Port,  Wood-cutting  Es- 
tablishment   375 

Simpson  Rock 382 

Sinclair  Island 137 

Single  Islet 296 

Sir  Ererard  Islands 223 

Sisters  Inlet 314 

Sisters  Islets,  Lasqueti 163 

Sisters  Islets,  Principe  Channel  .  353 

Sisters  Point 55 

Sisters,  The,  Barclay  sound 267 

Sisters,  The,  Pinlayson  Channel.  328 

Sisters,  The,  Hood's  Canal 53 

Sisters,  The,  Moresby  Passage.. .  89 

Sisters,  The,  Rosario  Strait 138 

Skaat  Harbor 393 

Skardon  Islands 17 1 

Skagit  Bay 5'J 

Skagit  River 59 

Skedans  Bay 399 

Skedans  Islands 399 

Skedans  Village 399 

Skeena  River 342 

Skeena  River,  anchorage 343 

Skeena  River,  caution 343 

Skeena  River,  channels 342 

Skeena  River,  forks  of 342 

Skeena  River,  ice 342 

Skeena  River,  missionary  stations  342 

Skeena  River,  soundings 343 

Skeena  River,  supplies 343 

Skeena  River,  tides 344 

Skeena  River,  winds 344 

Skidcgate  Channel 402,411 

Skidegate  Channel,  directions  . . .  402 
Skidegate  Channel, East  andWest 

Narrows 402 

Skidegate  Inlet 400 

Skidegate  Inlet,  bar 401 

Skidegate  Village 401 

Skidegate  to  Rose  Point 403 


Page. 

SkiffPoint 34 

Skincuttle  Inlet 391 

Skiucuttlo  Inlet, anchorages  ....  392 

Skincuttlo  Inlet,  North  Side 392 

Skipjack  Island 119 

Skirmish  Islets 287 

Skukomish  River 55 

Skull  Cove 228 

Skull  Reef 85 

Slab  Point 423 

Slate  Chuck  Brook 401 

Slave  Island 234 

Slimpson  Reef 198 

Slingsby  Chaunel 228 

Slingsby  Channel,  directions 229 

Slingsby  Chaunel,  Outer  Narrows  228 

Slingsby  Channel,  tides 228 

Slip  Point 17 

Slipatia  Island 406 

Slippery  Rock 373 

Slope  Point 209 

Smalllslet 289 

Smith  Inlet. 307 

Smith  Island ,  Chatham  Sound ..  -  343 

Smith  Island,  anchorage 343 

Smith    or    Blunt    Island,  Faca 

Strait 74 

Smith  or  Blunt  Island,  anchorage  74 

Smith  or  Blunt  Island,  beacon..  74 

Smith  or  Blunt  Island,  light  ....  425 

Smith  Sound 305 

Smith's  Cove 37 

Snag  Rock 192 

Snake  Rock 31 

Suakelaud  Point 58 

Snohomish  River 56 

Snug  Hnsin 248 

Snug  Cove 104 

Snug  Creek,  anchorage 92 

Solauder  Island 289 

Solitary  Island 213 

Soniass  River 249 

Sombrio  River 60 

Souierville  Island 414 

Songhics  Point 66 

Sooko  Bay 60 

Sooko  Inlet 60 

Sooke  Inlet,  anchorage 61 

Sophia  Islets 20O 

Sophy  Islet 419 

Sorrow  Islands 303, 358 

Sorrow  Islands,  landing 358 

Sound  Point 319 

South  Bay _.,  .  ,  40O 


Pnge. 

34 
391 
392 
392 
119 
267 

55 
228 

65 
423 
401 
234 
198 
228 
229 
228 
228 

17 
406 
373 
209 
289 
307 
343 
343 

74 

74 

74 

425 

305 

37 

192 

31 

58 

56 

248 

164 

92 

2g9 

213 

249 

60 

414 

66 

60 

60 

61 

200 

419 

303, 358 

358 

319 

400 


INDEX. 


471 


Page. 

South  Uay  Islands 345 

South  Bentiuck  Arm 314 

South  Bluft',  Birch  Point 139 

South  Channel,  Nanaimo 110 

South  Chnunol  Islands 346 

South  C'ovo 391 

South  Danger  Rock 293 

South  Dubdns  Island 3i?3 

South  Gander  Island 363 

South  Iron  Rock 304 

South  Iron  Rock,  clearing  mark.  304 

South  Island,  Big  Bay 373 

South  Island,  Dusky  Cove 214 

South  Island,  Skidegato 400 

South  Island  Ledgo 374 

South  Needle  Peak 341 

South  Obstruction  Pass 125 

South  Passage,  Fitzhugh  Sound.  304 

South  Passage,  NaiQU  Harbor  .. .  311 

South  Passage,  Klemtoo  Passage.  329 
South  Passage,  Klemtoo  Passage 

directions 329 

South  Point,  Shelter  Island 16i) 

South  Pointers 359 

South  Reef 275 

South  Rock,  New  Channel 238 

South  Rocks,  Banks  Island 365 

South  Sand  Head 145 

South  Surf  Islands 317 

South  Twin  Islet :i5(; 

South  Watcher  Islet 351 

Southeast  Arm,  Quatsino  Sound.  290 

Southeast  Arm,  Gander  Island  ..  363 

Southey  Island 153 

Southey  Point 94,104 

Soutbgafe  Group 227 

Soutbgate  River 1h6 

Southwest  (Coh-ille)  Island 132 

Soutbworth  Point 42 

Spanish  Bank 1 17 

Spanish  Bank,  buoy 147 

Sparrowbawk  Breakers 363 

Sparrowliuwk  Rock 375 

Speaker  Rock 195 

Spencer  Ledgo 71 

Spbm.'c  Island 102 

Spieer  Island 355 

Spider  Island 360 

Spicden  Blutl' 80 

Spieden  Channel 81 

Spieden  Channel,  directions 82 

Spieden  Island 81 

Spiller  Channel 318 

Spiller  Passage 215 


Pag*. 

Spit  Point,  Portland  Cannl 421 

Spit  Point,  Skidegate 401 

Spray  Point 347 

Spring  Passage,  Knight  Inlet....  213 
Spring    Passage    Rock,    Gilford 

Island  210 

Spring  Passage,  Sau  Juan  Chan- 

nel  118 

Sproat  Bay 247 

Spuksut 344 

Spur  Rock 308 

Squall  Point 354 

Squally  Channel 348 

Squally  Channel,  soundings 348 

Sciually  Channel,  tides 336 

Si|nally  Cbauuel,  weather 348 

Squally  Reach 92 

Square  Island 231 

S(iuaw  Island 326 

Siiuamish  Harbor 53 

Squamish  Rocks 54 

Squawmislit  River 164 

Squirrel  Cove 176 

St.  lunes  Island 257 

St.  James  Cape 383 

St.  John's  Harbor 324 

St.  John's  Harbor,  anchorage...  325 

St.  John's  Harbor,  caution 325 

St.  John's  Harbor,  directions  ...  325 

St.  John's  Harbor,  ledges 325 

St.  John's  Point 101 

St.  Mary  Cape 132 

Stackhouse  Island 221 

Stag  Bay 175 

Stag  Bay,  anchorage 175 

Stag  Rock,  Greuville  Channel  ..  339 

.Stamp  Harbor 249 

Stamp  Harbor,  anchorage  249 

Stamp  Harbor,  supplies 249 

Staniforth  Point 333 

Stanley  River 408 

Staples  Island,  Ucluolet  Arm 260 

Staples  Isl»t 224 

.Star  Islands 207 

Star  Islet 329 

Star  Rock 220 

Starfish  Group 359 

Starfish  Ledge 359 

Starllsh  Ledge,  clearing  mark...  3.'J9 

.Starlight  Re-fs 258 

Starr  Rock 135 

Start  Island 212 

Start  Point 415 

Statioi>  Island 179 


472 


INDEX. 


Vage. 

Btcatiici'  Covo 2C9 

Steiiiiier  Passage,   liarouct  Pas- 

Hugo a06 

Stoaiiicr  Passage,  Klicktsoatli 

Hnibor 317 

Btuaiiier  I'oHsage,  Purtlaiid  lulet.  415 

Steamer  Passage,  Uchucklesit . ..  248 

Steep  Clirt  Poiut 166 

Steep  Islaud,  Arrow  Passage  ....  ai3 

Steep  Islaud,  Discovery  Passage.  100 

Steep  Poiut,  Laredo  Souud 34") 

Steep  Poi  'It,  Orcas  Islaud Vi7 

Stee))  I'oiut,  Otter  CUaunel 351 

Steep  Poiut,  Portlaud  C'auul A'ii 

Steep  Poiut,  Takusli  Harbor 307 

Steilacoom 46 

Steilacooui  River 46 

Stoiiliouse  Shoal 38'2 

Stepbeu  Rock 354 

Stepliuus  Islaud 379 

Stephens  Mouut 230 

Stephens  Poiut 335 

Stephens  Port 353 

Stevens  Passage 169 

Stewart  Bay 259 

Stewart  Narrows 336 

Stillaguaniish  Slough 57 

Stockade  Bay 129 

Stockade  Poiut 129 

Stony  Poiut 418 

Stopford  Point 421 

Stopper  Islands 257 

Storm  Islaud 250 

Storm  Islands,  Principe  Chaunel  353 
Storm  Islands,  Queen  Charlotte 

Sound 238 

Stove  Islet 181 

Strachau  Bay 231 

Straggling  Islands 298 

Strawberry  Bay 136 

Strawberry  Bay,  anchorage 136 

Strawberry  Bay,  directions 136 

Strawberry  Bay,  water 136 

Strawberry  Islaud 136 

Stripe  Islaud 208 

Stripe  Mountain 321,  328 

Striped  Peak 17 

Strong  Tide  Islet 72 

Stuart  Anchorage 338 

Stuart  Anchorage,  directions 339 

Stuart  Anchorage,  tides 339 

Stuart  Channel 93 

Stuart  Channel,  directions 96 

Stuart  Island,  Haro  Archipelago .  80 


rage. 

Stuart  Islaud,  Calm  Chaunel —  185 

Stuart  Narrows 222 

Stuart  Point 225 

Stul.bs  Island 262 

Stuniaun  Bay 377 

Stunted  Island 310 

Sturgeon  Bank 141 

Styles  Point 187 

Sucia  Harbor 120 

Sucia  Harbor,  directions 120 

Sucia  Island 120 

Sugar  Loaf  Hill 359 

Sulivan  Reefs 287 

8un  Rock 226 

Sunday  Harbor 215 

Sunday  Harbor,  anchor.ige 215 

Sunday  "laud 312 

Sunday  Rock 270 

Suuderlaud  Channel 196 

Sunderland  Channel,  tides 196 

Sunk  Reef 320 

Sunken  Rock 233 

Superstition  Ledge 361 

Superstition  Point 361 

Sucjuash  Aucliorage 203 

Surf  Islands 293 

Surf  Islet,  Soaforth  Channel  ....  320 

Surf  Islet,  Smith  Sound 305 

Surf  Poiut 309 

Surge  Islets 289 

Surge  Narrows 347 

Surge  Narrows,  tides 347 

Surge  Rocks 209 

Surgeon  Islands 220 

Surprise  patch 306 

Surry  Islands 170 

Susau  Island 328 

Susan  Port 56 

Sutherland  Bay 223 

Sutil  Channel 180 

Sutil  Chaunel,  directions 184 

Sutil  Channel,  tides 180 

Sutil  Mouut 103 

Sutlej  Chaunel 220 

Sutlej  Chaunel,  tides 221 

^^utlej  Poiut 313 

Suwanee  Rock 234 

Swain  Cape 321 

Swale  Rock 254 

Swallow  Islaud  374 

Swamp  Islet 373 

Swamp  Point 422 

S wansou  Bay 331 

Swanson  Bay,  anchorage 331 


INDEX. 


473 


Page. 

1S5 

2-J5 

377 
310 
141 
1«7 
liiO 
180 
120 
359 
287 
826 
215 
215 
312 
270 
196 
196 
320 
233 
361 
361 
203 
293 
320 
305 
309 
289 
347 
347 
209 
220 
306 
170 
328 
56 

223 
130 
184 

180 

103 

220 

221 

313 

234 

391 

254 

374 

373 

422 

331 

331 


Page. 

Swausou  Chanucl 97 

8 wniison  Island 207 

Swindle  Island 324 

Swinoniish  Slough 59 

BwiHS  Boy  lulaud 852 

Swiss  Boy  Island,  caution 252 

Sydney  Inlet 263 

Sydney  Islet 172 

Sykes  Reef 258 

T. 

Tanltz  Village 230 

Table  Hill 354 

Table  Hill,  Dundas  Island 303,333 

Table  Island,  Barrier  Group 2'<5 

Table  Island,  anchorage 285 

Table  Island,  Smith  Sound 306 

Table  Islet 256 

Table  Mountain 402 

Table  Point 381 

Tacoma 42 

Tahsis  Canal 272 

Talisis  Narrows 272,279 

Tahsisb  Arm 233 

Takush  Harbor. 307 

Takush  Harbor,  anchorage 307 

Takusli  Harbor,  directions 307 

Tala  Point 31 

Talnnkwan  Island 398 

Tauoo  Island 397 

Tangle  Cove 392 

Tar  Islands 395 

Tartanue  Village 410 

Tasoo  Harbor 412 

Tatchu  Point 231 

Tatnall  Beefs 236 

Tatnall  Reefs,  leading  mark  ....  236 

Tatoosh  Island 15 

Taf  oosh  Island,  fog  signal 425 

Tatoosh  Island,  light 15,425 

Tnttenham  Lodge 169 

Taylor  Islet 247 

Taylor'sCreek 19 

Teakerne  Arm 179 

Teka  River 408 

Telakwas 308 

Telegraph  Harbor 96 

Telegraph  Harbor,  anchorage  . .  97 

Telegraph  Passage 343 

Telegraph  Passage,  directions  ..  343 

Templar  Channel 261 

Templar  Rocks 69 

Tent  Island 95 

Tent  Island,  rock  near  to 95 


Pacre. 

Termination  Point 03 

Terror  Point 364 

Terror  Rocks 864 

Toxada  Island 168 

Thames  Shoal 70 

Thatcher  Passage 124 

Tliatcher  Passage,  directions 124 

Tliatcher  Passage,  tides 124 

Thoodosia  Arm 178 

Theodosia  Arm,  anchorage 178 

Thetis  Cove 65 

Thetis  Cove,  Esquimault 64 

Thetis  Cove,  Mitchell  Harbor  . ..  412 

Thetis  Island,  Esquimalt 64 

Tlietis  Island,  Trincomalie  Chan- 
nel   102 

Thorn  Ledge 335 

Thorn  Point 335 

Thomas  Point 204 

Thompson  Cove 47 

Thompson  Point 127 

Thompson  Sound 218 

Thorburne  Island 318 

Thormanby  Islands 169 

Thorn  Rock 412 

Thornborough  Channel 167 

Thorp  Island 177 

ThorsCove 178 

Thresher  Rock 107 

Thrasher  Rock  and  Buoy 108 

Three  Islets 176 

Three  Shoal  Patches 78 

Thrumb  Cape 410 

Thumb  Peak 368 

Thunder  Bay 172 

Thurlow  Islands 194 

Thynnolslond 178 

Tide  Islet 181 

Tide  Point 134 

Tide  Rip  Islands 363 

Tide  Rip  Island,  caution 363 

Tide  Rip  Island,  tides 363 

Tie  Island 306 

Tininowe  Inlet 406 

Titnl  Island 398 

Titusi  Bay 50 

Tlekhonslti  Harbor 386 

Tlell  River 403 

Tlupana  Arm 273 

Toaudos  Peninsula 51 

Toba  Inlet 180 

Tod  Creek 91 

Todd  Rook,  Barclay  Sound 247 

Todd  Rock,  Oak  Bay 71 


474 


INDEX. 


TooPoiut 148 

Totluo  Inlet 2C(; 

Toliva  Shoal -15 

Toltnio  Cliaunel 3:!0 

Toliniu  Chaunol,  caiitioD 330 

Toliiiie  Cbaniiol,  «liroctious 331 

Toliiiio  Cbannel,  tides 331 

Tolniie  Rock 331 

Tomlslet 337 

Tom  Point UO 

Tom  Browne  Lake 'iVi 

Tomliatone  Bay 42ii 

Touiliuson  Mountain 41G 

Tongass  Isluml 386 

Tongass  Island,  anchorage 38ii 

TongaHB  Island,  settlement 38(J 

Tougne  Point,  Hernando  Island.  175 

Tongue  Point,  Portier  Pass  .....  105 

Tongue  Point,  Soniiahmoo  Bay..  139 

Tongue  Point,  Strait  of  Fuca....  17 

Tongue  Spit 139 

Tonkin  Point 354 

Toowitl 320 

Topaze  Harbor 190 

Topaze  Harbor,  anchorage 196 

Top-knot  Point 306 

Toiiuart  Harbor •.i57 

Toquart  Harbor,  anchorage  ....  258 

Toquart  Harbor,  directions 2.')8 

Tow  Hill 405 

Townsend  Port 26 

To wnsend  Port,  anchorage 27 

Townsend  Port,  directions 27 

Townsend  Port,  tides 28 

Towustasin  Hill 407 

Tracey  Harbor 220 

Traccy  Harbor,  anchorage 220 

Tracey  Island 215 

Trade  Islands 353 

TrnH'ord  Point 218 

Trail  Bay 168 

Trail  Hay,  anchorage 168 

Trail  Islets 168 

Trainer  Passage 215 

Tramp  Harbor 40 

Tranquil  Creek 266 

Transit  Point 199 

Trap,  The 314 

Trap  BlufY 285 

Trap  Island 214 

Trap  Rocks 351 

Treadwell  Bay 229 

Treadwcll  Bay,  anchorage 229 

Tread  well  Bay,  directions 229 


Pug*. 

Trcadwidl  Bay,  tides 229 

Tri'bhi  Point 50 

Trie  Blutl' 373 

Tree  Blulf,  dangers 373 

Tree  Island,  Haro  Archipelago..  88 
Tree  Island,  Trincomalie  Chan- 
nel    109 

Tree  Islet,  Cypress  Harbor 22 1 

Tree  Islet,  Lama  Passage 317 

Tree  Islet,  Skidogate 401 

Tree  Islets 238 

Tree  Point,  Portland  Canal 420 

Tree  Point,  Tsimpseau  Peninsula  343 

Tree  Point  Reef 420 

Tree  Knob  Group 38'". 

Trefusis  Point 41o 

Trcmoton  Mount 157 

Trevan  Rock 390 

Trjvenon  Bay 178 

Trial  Islands 69 

Triangle  Island,  Queen  Charlotte 

Sound 215 

Triangle  Island,  Scott  Islands  . .  240 

Tribune  Bay 161 

Tribune  Bay,  anchorage 162 

Tribune  Channel 211,218 

I'rincotnalie  Channel 101 

Trincomalie  Channel,  directions.  103 
Trincomalie     Channel,     tidal 

streams 105 

Trinity  Bay 203 

Trinity  Bay,  anchorage 203 

Trivptt  Island 222 

Trivett  Point 332 

Trouble  Island 349 

Truro  Island 415 

Truro  Island,  anchorage 415 

Triiscott  Patch 380 

Tsakonu  Cove 211 

Tsauwati  Village 212 

Tsinipsean  Peninsula 343 

Tskulsko  Point 54 

Tsooskatli 406 

Tsusiat  Waterfall 244 

Tnam  Mount 87 

Tucker  Bay 168 

Tucker  Bay,  anchorage 168 

Tuft  Island 395 

Tugwoll  Island 370 

Tngwell  Island,  leading  mark  ..  370 

Tulalip 57 

Tulalip  Bay 57 

Tumbo  Island 76. 142 

Tumwater 49 


INDEX. 


475 


I'ase. 

Tuna  Point,  shoal  oflf 11>7 

Turku  Point ,.  47 

Turn  iMland,  Unrclfty  Sound  ....  U4C 

Turn  Island,  Sun  Juan  Clianuel.  117 

Turn  Point,  Liiwis  Ciiannel 170 

Turn  Point,  Portland  Canal Vi-i 

Turn  Point,  Quatxino  Narrows..  ^117 

Turn  Point,  Shadwoll  Passago  ..  'J34 

Turn  Point,  Stuart  Channel 80 

Turn  Rock 117 

Turnagain  iHland 170 

Turnbnll  Cove 2^4 

TurubuUReef H'J 

Tumour  Island 208 

Turret  Islet 228 

Turtle  Point 348 

Turtle  Back  Mountain 127 

Twenty- foot  Rock 2y0 

Twilight  Point :!15 

Twilight  Reefs 210 

Twilight  Rock 207 

Twin  Island,  Oyster  Harbor ;>4 

Twin  Islands,  Baker  Passage 17i') 

Twin  Islands,  Trinconialie  Chan- 
nel   102 

Twin     Islet,     Queen    Charlotte 

Sound 21(i 

Twin  Islets,  Claydiuot  Sound  ..  2i);i 

Twin  Islets,  EQlnghnui  Inlet  —  254 

Twin  Islets,  Espcranza  Inlet....  278 

Twin  Islets,  Howe  Sound 107 

Twin  Rock,  Beaver  Harbor 204 

Twin  Rocks,  Ripple  Passage....  226 

Twins  Islands 102 

Twins  Mountains Sit:! 

Two- fathom  Patch 105 

Tzaartoos  Island 247 

V. 

Uchucklesit  Harbor 948 

Ucluelet  Arm 251) 

Ucluelet  Arm,  anchorage 2ti0 

Ucluelet  Arm,  directions 200 

Ugly  Channel 258 

Union  Bay,  Portland  Inlet 414 

Union  Bay,  Saanich  Inlet lU 

Union  City 55 

Union  Island 282 

Union  Lake 36 

Union  Passage 349 

Union  Spit  and  Beacon 156 

Unit  Rock 70 

Upright  Channel 122 

Upright  Channel,  anchorage 122 


Psgo. 

UprightCliff !»7 

Upright  Hill 124 

Upriglit  Point 123 

Upwood  Point lfl» 

Ursula  Channel 332 

Useless  Arm 258 

Useless  Bay 29 

Useless  Bay,  Edye  Passage 381 

Utsalady 59 

Uttewas  Village,  Masset  Harbor.  405 
Utti'was,  Hudson  Bay  Company's 

Post 405 

Uttewas  Missionary  Station 40'> 

V. 

Valdes  Island 104,183 

Vancouver  Bay 17^ 

Vancouver  Harbor,  Burrar.1  In- 
let   149 

Vancouver  Harbor,  anchorage  ..  149 

Vancouver  Harbor,  directions  ..  150 

Vancouver  Island ..  5,242 

Vancouver  Island  to  San  Fran- 

tisco <> 

Vancouver  Island,  climate 2,243 

Vancouver  Island,  Coast  North 

of,  winds ^ 

Vancouver  Island,  Coast  North 

of,  fogs <> 

Vancouver  Island, West  Coast  of.  242 
Vancouver  Island,  West  Coast  of, 

making  the  land 242 

Vancouver  Island, West  Coast  of,  ^ 

natives 24;t 

Vancouver  Island, West  Coast  of, 

soundings 243 

Vancouver  Island, West  Coast  of, 

supplies 243 

1  Vancouver  IsliUul,We8t  Coast  of, 

tides 242 

Vancouver  Island, West  Coast  of, 

trade 244 

Vancouver  Island, West  Coast  of, 

winds 245 

Vancouver  Rock 323 

Vancouver  Town,  Burrard  Inlet.  149 

Vancouver  Town,  supplies 150 

Vnnsittart  Ishi-.vl 234 

;  Vargas  Cone 261 

Vargas  Island 262 

Vashon  Island 39 

Vashon  Island,  anchorage 40 

Vashon  I'oint 40 

Veudovia  Island 135 


476 


INDEX. 


Page 

Venn  Creek 343,371 

Verduie  Point 4ii3 

Verney  Falls    337 

Verney    Passage,   Seboouer    Re- 
treat   310 

Verney  Passage,  Wright  Sound.  333 
Verney  Passage,  WrigUt  Sound, 

tides 336 

Vernon  Bay 254 

Vertijal  Point 399 

Vesuvius  Bay 96 

Victoria 66 

Victoria  Harbor 66 

Victoria  Harbor,  anchorage    ...  67 

Victoria  Harbor,  buoys 67 

Victori  a  Harbor,  coal 67 

Victoria  Harbor,  directions 68 

Victoria  Hr.rbor,  harbor  dues  ...  67 

Victoria  Harbor,  mails 66 

Victoria  Harbor,  passages 6^ 

Victoria  Harbor,  patent  slip  ....  66 

Victoria  Harbor,  pilots 67 

Victoria  Harbor,  supplies 67 

Victoria  Harbor,  tides 68 

Victoria  Mount 173 

View  Point 3fli> 

Vigilant  Point 190 

Vigis  Point 222 

Village  Bay,  Mereworth  Sound..  231 

Village  Bay,  Skidogato 401 

Village  Bay,  Valdes  Island 183 

Village  Island,  Halibut  Channel.  285 
Village  Island,  Halibut  Channel, 

rock  near 286 

Village  Island,  Broken  Group...  252 
Village  Island,  Queen  Charlotte 

Sound 208 

Village  Island,  Simpson  Port ....  376 

Village  Islands,  Koskeenio  Bay . .  296 

Village  Islands,  Skidegate 401 

Village  Islet 294 

Village  Passage,  Barclay  Sound.  %3 
Village  Passage,  Queen  Charlotte 

Sound 208 

Village  Point,  Baynes  Sound....  158 

Village  Point,  Burdwood  Group.  218 

Village  Reef 253 

Village  Rocks,  Barclay  Sound...  251 

Village  Rooks,  Esquimr.lt 65 

Village  Rocks,  Esquimau,  buoy.  65 

Vincent  Island 219 

Vincent  Island,  caution 219 

Viner  Point 184 

VinerSouud 217 


Page. 

Virago  Rook 104 

Virago  Sound 408 

Virago  Sound,  ancliorug" 408 

Virago  Souud,  tides 408 

Virago  Srund  to  Capo  Knox 4o;} 

Virgiu  Rocks 303 

A'iscouji*  Island 211 

VitiRojk 135 

Voak  Fock 229 

Von  D  mop  Creek  ....   182 

W. 

Waaddah  Island 16 

Wadditigton  Channel 180 

Wadding,;.on  Harbor 186 

Wahkana  Bay 218 

Wahshihlast'v 212 

Wakemau  Soi'.d 222 

Wakennerish  Island 261 

Walau  Foiut 27 

Waidron  Island 82 

Wales  Island 386,414 

Wales  Point 386,414 

Walker  Group 237 

Walker  Hook 102 

Walker  Hook,  anchorage 102 

WalkerPoint 312 

Walker  Point,  anchorage 312 

Walker  Rock 103 

Walker  Rock,  beacon 103 

Wall  Islands 120 

Wallace  Bight 329 

Wallace  Islands 227 

Walsh  Cove 180 

Wanderer  Island 39:^ 

Warke  Island 332 

Warn  Bay 265 

Warn  Island 2o6 

Warr  Bluff 209 

Warren  Islands 199 

AVarrior  Rocks 380 

Washington  Harbor 21 

Washiugvou  Mount 160 

Wasp  Islands... 117,126 

Wasp  Channels  and  Passages  .. .  126 
Wasp    Channels   ■ind    Passages, 

directions 126 

Wasp    Channels   and    Passages, 

tides 127 

Wasp  Channel,  North  Passage  ..  127 

Watch  Island 320 

Watch  Rock 303 

Watcher  Islands 351 

Watmougb  Head,  Cape  Colville.  122, 132 


INDEX. 


477 


Page. 

Wiitniougb  Hill 132 

Watsak  Point  iind  Buoy 58 

Watson  Bay • 329 

Watsou  Island 2S23 

Watsou  Rock 339 

Watts  Poiut 165 

WaverlyPeak 3(57 

Wawattle  Bay 230 

Wawattle  Indiaus 230 

Webster  Island 254 

Wedtje  Island,  Koprino  Harbor..  295 
Wedge  Island,  Queen  Charlotte 

Sound 209 

Wedge  Point 328 

Wedge  Kock 3v9 

Welcome  Harbor 359 

Welciinie  Harbor,  directions  ....  360 

Welcome  Harbor,  tides 3()0 

Welcome  Pass 109 

Welcome  Point 402 

Wellborc  Channel 195 

Wellbore  Channel,  tides 196 

Wellington  Village 112 

Wellington  Village,  coal 112 

Wells  Pas.s 219 

Wells  Point .,.  32 

Went  worth  Rock 227 

Wepusec  Inlet 49 

Werner  Bay 3':'4 

Weser  Islet 231 

West  Arm 297 

Weet  Haycock 240 

West  Point 30 

West  Point,  fog-signal 427 

West  Point,  light 36,427 

West  Rock,  Goose  Island  Group.  361 

West  Rock,  Milbank  Sound 322 

West  Rock. ,  Georgia  Strait 112 

West  Rocks,  Kyuquot  Channel  .  282 

West  Seattle 38 

West  Sound 128 

Westcott  Creek 79 

Weslerman  Bay 231 

Wesfern  Channels,  Haro  Strait .  86 

Western  Reef 251 

Westv'i'.istpr,  Nev.' 145 

Westminster  Point 316 

Weynfcon  Passage 202 

Wbalf  Channel 349 

V^^lialo  Channel,  tides 336 

Whale  Islet 87 

Whale   Rock  and  Buoy,  Esqui- 
mau    65 

Whiile  Rock,  Retreat  Passage. ..  813 


Page. 

Whale  Rocks 115 

Whaler  Island 263 

Wharoom  village 135 

Wheeler  Islet 353 

Wheolock  Puss 317 

Wbidboy  Island 23,50 

Whiffln  Spit 01 

Whirlwind  Bay 312 

White  Beach 150 

White  Beach,  anchorage 128 

White  Beach  Bay 128 

White  Beach  Passage 208 

White  BlutV 159 

White  Cliff 122 

White  Cliff  Head 282 

White  Cliff  Island,  Arthur  Pas- 
sage .  . 341 

White  Cliff  Island,  Big  Bay 374 

White  Cliff  Island,   Nalau  Pas- 
sage    360 

White  Cliff  Islands 209 

White  Cliff  Po'   t 164 

Whitehorn  P 139 

White  Island,  Howe  Sound 165 

White  Island,  north  channel 228 

White  Islands 385 

White  Islet,  Clayoquot  Sound.. .  263 

White  Islet,  Georgia  Strait 167 

White  Islet,  Hutado  Point,  near 

to 175 

White  Knob  Point 211 

White  Pine  Co vo 267 

White  Poiut,  Darwin  Sound  ....  395 

White  River 41 

White  River,  Portland  Canal ... .  422 

White  Rock,  Aristazable  Island  .  302 

White  Rock,  Cowlitz  Bay 83, 118 

White  Rock,  Cowlitz  Bay,  cau- 
tion   83 

White  Rock,  Howe  Sonud 164 

White  Rock,  Milbank  Sound 322 

White  Rock,  Ogden  Channel 355 

AVhite  Rock,  Rosurio    'trait 134 

White  Rock,  Secret  Cove 170 

White  Rock,  Stuart  Channel 96 

White  Rook,  Walker  Group 237 

White  Rocks,  Banks  Island 306 

White  Rocks,  anchorage 366 

White  Rocks,  Beaver  Passage. . .  ,305 

White  Rocks,  Cole  Kay 91 

White  Rocks,  Pundas  Island  ...  383 

White  Rocks,  Lady  Island 326 

Whitesand  l.slet  , 384 

White  Spit,  Bayneo  Sound 158 


478 


INDEX. 


Page. 

White  Spit,  Clam  Bay 105  ' 

White  Spit  Poiut 106 

WhitoStone  319 

Whitestone  Islands 170 

Whitestoue  Point 8D6 

Whiting  Bank,  Lowe  Inlet 337 

Wliiting  Bank,  Vancouver  Har- 
bor    149 

Whitley  Point 353 

Whollochct  Eay 45 

Wilfred  Point I'Jl 

Wilfred  Poiut  Bluff M 

Willaclagh  Mining  Camp lO 

Willes  Island S  ' 

AVilliam  Head <S 

William  Island 326 

Williams  Island 171 

Williams  Point 3S 

Williamson  Rocks 133 

Willis  Point 92 

Willow  Point 102,190 

AVilson  Island 225 

Wilson  Point 23 

Wilson  Point,  fog-signal 427 

Wilson  Point,  light 427 

AVinchelsea  Islands 153 

Winds,  Fuca  Strait 12 

Winds,  Georgia  Strait 152 

Winds,  Queen  Charlotte  Islands.  388 
Winds,    Vancouver,    Coast    of, 

North 5 

Windy  Islet 420 

Windy  Islets 348 

Windy  Rock 348 

Wing  Point 34 

Winter  Cove 84 

Winter  Harbor iai 

Wise  Island 102 

Wishart  Peninsula 210 

Wizardlslet 247 

WolfCove 220 

Wolf  Point,  Buccaneer  Bay 170 

Wolf  Point,  Pitt  Island 352 

Wolf  P   L'k 300 

Wolf  Island 61 

Wood  Island 325 

Wood  Islands 205 

Woods  Rock „..,  306 

Woodcock  Landing 343 

Woodcock  Landing,  anchorage . .  343 

Woods  Point .,    .  221 

Woody  I'uint  ■  ■  C  ipe  Co.'k 289 


Page. 

Woolridge  Island 167 

Woottcn  Bay 178 

Work  Channel » 379 

Worlcnibe  Island 165 

Wreck  Bay  200 

Wreck  Bay,  caution 261 

Wreck  Point 365 

Wright  Sound 334 

Wright  Sound,  directions 334 

Wright  Sound,  Inudmark.^ 331 

Wright  Sound,  tidal  streams....  336 

Vryuya;*!  Mount 224 

X. 

'Ischwan  Fishery 419 

Y. 

Yale,  town  of 143 

T'akoun  River 407 

Vatza  Village 408 

VellocUi  Village 361 

Yellow  Bank 264 

Yellow  Bluff 202 

Yellow  Cliff,  anchorage 106 

Yellow  Island,  Bayues  Sound  . ..  156 

Yellow  Island,  Wasp  Group 126 

Yellow  Islet,  Discovery  Passage  .  190 

Yellow  Islet,  Prevost Passage  ...  90 

Yellow  Point  95 

YellowRot-. 213 

Yemoalt  P       , 34 

Yec  Isi  ■ 314,318 

Yeo  T      n<^ 155 

Yew  P(j  :u  .    .    ., 65 

Yolk  Point    ..    349 

YoiK  iiland,  J..  (!•'    .eStrait...  196 

Yo.h  Island,  Portland  Inlet 414 

Young  Island 133 

Young  Pa.s8age 193 

Young  Poiut  109 

Ynle  Islet 288 

Ynqiiot  Point 271 

Yulkat  Bluff 54 

Z. 

Zr,-.^i,i.iTid 383 

Zehi)     ,.!-.• 280 

Zephii  .        i,i> ....  178 

Zero  Ro-k 75 

Zero  Rock,  beacon 75 

Zero  Rock,  rocky  patch  near....  75 

Zuclarte  Channel 273 


38 
42 

68 


BOOKS  FOR  THE  PURPOSE  OF  NAVIGATION  PUBLISHED  BY  THE  HYDRO- 
GRAPHir  OFFICE,  NAVY  DEPARTMENT. 


No. 


Price. 


38 
42 

Hi 


64 

88 

61 
70 
34 
35 

60 
23 
52 


25     ! 
37 


Atlantic  Ocean,  General  Examination  of.     1870 

Supplement.     1886. 
Atlantic  Oceau,  the  Navigation  of.    Second  edition. 
Newfoundland  and  Labrador.     1881 

Newfoundland  and  Labrador.     Supplement.     188ti . 
Caribbean  Sea  and  Gulf  of  Mexico.     Vol.  I.     The  West  India  Islands,  in- 
iudiug  the  Bahama  Bank.s  and  the  Bermuda  Islands.    Second  edi- 
tion.    1887 

Supplements.     1889  and  18'J0 .10 

Caribbean  Sea  and  Gulf  of  Mexico.  Vol,  II.  Coast  from  the  Rio  Grande 
del  Norto  to  Cape  Orange,  with  adjacent  islands  and  dangers.    Second 

edition.     1890 1.50 

Supplement.     1891 10 

South  America.  East  coast  of.  Coast  of,  from  Cape  Orange  to  Cape 
Virgins,  including  the  Falkland,  South  Georgia,  Sandwich,  and  South 

Shetland  Islands.     1889 1.00 

Supplement.     1891 ,      .10 

The  Rio  de  la  Plata.     1875 1.50 

Supplement.     1886 10 

Kattegat,  Sound,  and  the  Great  and  Little  Belts  to  the  Baltic  Sea.     1881.       .  75 

Supplement.     1886 10 

English  Channel.    Parti.    South  Coast  of  England,  1880 1.50 

Supplement.     Second  edition.    1889 10 

English  Channel.     Part  II.     North  Coast  of  France  and  Channel  Islands. 

1877 3.50 

Supplement.    Second  edition.    1889 10 

Biscay,  Bay  of,  coasts  and  jwrts  of.    1876 2.  50 

Supplement.     Second  edition.      1890 \      .10 

Cadiz,  Gulf  of.     The  Western  Coast  of  the   Spanish  Penins..la,  and  the 

Strait  of  Gibraltar,  Winds,  Currents,  and  Navigation  of.     1870 i     1.00 

Spain,  Northwest,  West  and  South  Coast  of,  and  the  Coast  of  Portugal,  i 

Point  Estaca  to  Capo  Trafalgar.     1874 1     1.50 

Supplement.     Second  edition.     1890 .10 

Mediterranean  Sea,  General  examination  of.     1870 |    2,00 

Mediterranean  Sea.     Part  I.     South  and  Southeast  Coasts  of  Spain  from  i 
MalaBahiato  Cape  Croux.     Balearic  Islands  and  the  Nortli  Coast  of  i 

Africafrom  Conta  to  La  Cala,    1875 2.50 

Supplement.     Second  edition.     1890 10 

Mediterranean  Sea.    Part  II.     Smith  Coast  of  France;   West  Coast  of 

Italy  ;  Tuscan  Archipelago ;  Corsica  and  Sardinia.     1878 2,50 

Supplement.     Second  edition.     1890 |       .10 

Mediterranean  Sea,  Part  III.  Coast  of  Tunis,  Sardinia,  Sicily,  and 
Malta  Channels ;    Lipari  Islands,  Sicily,  Strait  of  Messina;  Coast  of 

Tripoli;  Coast  of  Egypt,  Syria.     1879 2.35 

Supplement.     Second  edition.     1890 10 

Mediterranean  Sea.  Part  IV.  Gulf  of  Gioja  to  Capo  Santa  Maria  de 
Leuca:  South  Coast  of  Italy;  Adriatic  Sea;  Ionian  Islands;  the 
Coasts  of  Albania  and  Greece  to  Capo  Malea,  with  Cerigo  Island,  in- 
cluding the  Gulfs  of  Patras  and  Corinth.     188:) 2.35 

Supplement.     Second  edition.     1890 10 

479 


480 


PUBLICATION. 


No. 


53 
46 
47 


48 

16 

96 

5 

58 
20 

81 
89 


41 
416 

41a 


85 
24 
39 

30 

74 


76 
33 


32 


81 


Title. 


Price, 


ATLANTIC  OCEAN— continued. 

Azores,  Madeiras,  Canaries,  and  Capo  Verde  Islands.    1874 

Siipplemeut.    1886 

Africa,  ^^  est  Coast  of.    Parti.    Cape  Spartel  to  Sierra  Leone.     1873 

Supplement.    18^0 

Africa,  West  Coast  of.     Part  II.     From  Sierra  Leone  to  Cape  Lopez. 

1875 

Supplement.     1886 

Africa,  West  Coast  of.    Part  III.    From  Cape  Lopez  to  Cape  of  Good 
Hope,  including  the  Islands  in  the  Bif;ht  of  Biafra,  and  Ascension 

and  St.  Helena  Islands.    First  edition.    1877 

Supplement.     1886 

Atlantic,  North.    Memoir  of  the  Dangers  and  Ice.     1868 


PACIFIC  OCEAN. 

The  Coast  of  British  Columbia,  including  the  Strait  of  Jnan  de  Fuca 

Paget  Sound,  Vancouver,  and  Queen  Charlotte  Islands.    1891 

Pacific  Ocean,  General  examination  of.     1867 

Supplement.     1886 

Pacific  Ocean,  Navigation  of.    1874 

Alaska,  Coast  of,  and  Bering  Sea.    Directory  for.    1869 

Supplement.     1886 

Mexico  and  Central  America,  From  Panama  to  the  U.iited  States.     1887. 

South  America,  Coast  of.    West  coast  of.    Including  i'agellan  Strait, 

Tierra  del  Fuego,  and  outlying  islands.     1890 

Supplement.     1890 

Pacific,  North.    Reported  Dangers  to  Navigation  in,     1871 

Pacific,  North.    Supplement.     1880 

Supplement.     1887 

Pacific,  South.    Reported  Dangers  to  Navigation  in.     1879 

Supplement.    1887 


INDIAN  OCEAN. 

Indian  Oceau.    Including  the  Java  Sea,  Sulu  Sea,  Afuera  Sea,  and  the 

Philippine  Islands.    1887 ' 

Supplement.     1889,  and  No.  2,  1890 \ 

Indian  Oceau,  General  Examination  of,  with  directions  for  the  naviga-  | 

tion  of  Torres  Strait,  etc.    1870 | 

Supplement.     1886 

Red  Sob,  Physical  Geography  of.    1872 


LIGHT-LISTS. 

List  of  Lights  (No.  1)  of  North  and  South  America  (East  and  West 
Coasts),  including  the  West  Indies  and  Pacific  Islands.     Hydrographic 

Office 

Supplement.      1890 , 

List  of  Lights  (No.."))  of  the  North,  Baltic,  and  White  Seas,  including 
the  Coast  of  iJcninark,  Prussia,  Hu.ssia,  .Sweeden,  and  Norway.  8vo. 
Hydrographic  Office 

List  of  Lights  (No.  6)  of  the  British  Islands.     8vo.    Hydrographic  Office. 

List  of  Lights  (No.  4)  of  thj  Atlantic  Coast  of  Europe,  including  Spain, 
Portugal,  Franco,  Belginm,  and  Holland.    8vo.    Hydrographic  Office.. 
Supplement.     1890 

List  of  Lights  (No.  3)  of  the  West  Coast  of  Africa  and  the  Mediterranean 
Sea,  in''luding  the  West  and  North  Coasts  of  Africa,  tlie  Mediterra- 
nean   the  Adriatic,  the  Black  Sea,  audthe  Sea  of  Azof.     8vo.     Hydro- 

graphic  Office 

Supplement.     1890 

List  of  Lights  (No.  2)  of  South  and  ICast  Coasts  of  Africa,  and  tl'O  East 
Indies,  including  the  East  India  Islands,    China,  Japan,   Australia, 

Tasmania,  and  New  Zealand.    8vo.    Hydrographic  Office 

Supplement.     1890 


S2.00 
.10 

2.00 
.10 

2.00 
.10 

1.50 
.10 
.25 

1.50 

.10 

2.00 

1.00 

.10 

.50 

1.28 

.10 
1.00 
1.00 

.10 
1.00 

.10 


1.00 
.10 

2.00 
.10 
.25 


.25 
.15 


.25 
.25 

.25 
.15 


.25 
.15 


.25 
,15 


■Price. 

.... 

$2.00 

.10 

2.00 

.10 

iZ. 

■  •  •  > 

2.00 
.10 

1.50 
.10 
.25 


1.50 

.10 

2.00 

1.00 

.10 

.50 

1.28 
.10 

1.00 

1.00 
.10 

1.00 
.10 


1.00 
.10 

2.00 
.10 
.25 


.25 
.15 


.25 
.25 


PUBLICATIONS. 


481 


94 
92 
91 
90 
72 

9 
13 
17 

8 


8a 


71 

66 

62 
4 

57 

49 

87 
95 


Report  of  the  International  Meteorological  Congress  at  P.iris,  France, 
1889, 

Ice  and  Ice  Movements  in  the  North  Atlantic  Ocean.    1890 

Ice  and  Ice  Movements  iu  Bering  Sea  and  the  Arctic  Basin.     1890.... 

Table  of  Meridional  Parts  for  the  Terrestrial  Spheroid.     1889 

The  Development  of  Great  Circle  Sailing.     1889 

List  of  Geographical  Positions.     1883 

The  New  American  Practical  Navigator.    Edition  of  1890 

Bowditch's  Useful  Tables.    1890 

Projection  Tables.    18C9 

Magnetism  of  Ships  and  the  Deviations  of  the  Compass.  By  Pols- 
son,  Airy,  Smith,  Evans,  and  Randall,  with  other  papers  and  doc- 
uments.    Edited  by  B.  Franklin  Greene.     1867 

Magnetism  of  Ships  and  the  Deviations  of  the  Compass.  Comprising 
the  three  reports  of  the  Liverpool  Compass  Commission,  with  addi- 
tional papers  by  Mr.  Archibald  Smith,  F.  K.  S.,  etc.,  !uid  Staff- 
Captain  F.  J.  Evans,  R.  N.     18(i9 

Azimuth  Tables  for  parallels  of  latitude  between  61=  N.  and  61"  S. 
1883 

Arctic  Azimuth  Tables  for  parallels  of  latitude  between  70°  and  88°. 
1881 

Fiuding  the  Compatis  Error  on  board  Ship.     Greene.     1876 

The  Way  to  Avoid  the  Center  of  our  Violent  Gales.     IdO'^ 

Tables  for  tinding  the  Distance  of  an  Object  bv  two  Benringe.  (Pam- 
phlet.)    1874 '. 

Tlie  Route  of  Mail  Steamers  between  the  Engllsli  Channel  and  New 
York.     187.3.     (Pamphlet) 

International  Signal  Code.     Edition  of  1890 

The  Average  Form  of  Isolated  Submarine  Peaks.     1890 


$0.25 

.25 

.25 

1.28 

1.00 

.75 

2.25 

1.25 

1.50 


3.00 

3.00 

4.25 

.80 

2.75 

.15 

.20 

.20 

3.00 

.70 


14205—96 31 


.25 
,15 


.25 
.15 


,25 
,15 


AGENTS  FOR  THE  SALE  OF  HYDROGRAPHIC  OFFICE  CHARTS,  SAILING 

DIRECTIONS,  ETC. 

ITNITED  8TATE8. 

N.  C.  Wallace,  Millbridge,  Me. 

Albert  VV.  Bee,  Bar  Harbor,  Me. 

Spear,  May  &  Stover,  408  Main  street,  Rocklaud,  Me. 

George  Bliss,  Waldoborough,  Me. 

William  0.  McCobb,  Booth  Bay,  Me. 

Charles  F.  Hayden,  Bath,  Me. 

William  Senter»&  Co.,  No,  51  Exchange  street,  Portland,  Me. 

John  A.  Arthur,  custom-house,  Burlington,  Vt. 

P.  A.  Chisolm,  No.  161  Main  street,  Gloucester,  Mass. 

Henry  P.  Ives,  232  Essex  street,  Salem,  Mass. 

Chas.  C.  Hutchinson,  No.  126  Commercial  street,  Boston,  Mass. 

Samuel  Thaxter  &  Son,  No.  125  State  street,  Boston,  Mass. 

D.  W.  Stevens,  Vineyard  Haven,  Mass. 

C.  R.  Sherman  &  Son,  New  Bedford,  Mass. 

Geo.  A.  Stockwell,  Providence,  R.  I. 

J.  M.  K.  Sonthwick,  185  Thames  street,  Newport,  R.  I. 

C.  C.  Ball,  Block  Island. 

D.  B.  Hempstead,  25  Bank  street,  New  London,  Conn. 
Sergt.  P.  Daniels,  New  London,  Conn. 

Jas.  H.  Stivers,  72  Water  street,  Stonington,  Conn. 

R.  D  Stevens,  custom-house,  Hartford,  Conn. 

H.  H.  Babcock,  custom-house,  New  Haven,  Conn. 

A.  H.  Kellam,New  Haven,  Conn. 

T.  S.  &  J.  D.  Negus,  No.  140  Water  street.  New  York  City. 

R.  Merrill's  Sons,  179  Water  street,  New  York  City. 

Michael  Rupp  &  Co.,  No.  39  South  street,  New  York  City. 

A.  J.  Churchill,  No.  6i  South  street.  New  York  City. 

D.  Eggert's  Sous,  No.  74  Wall  street.  New  York  City. 
John  Bliss  &  Co.,  No.  128  Front  street,  New  York  City. 
Thomas  Manning,  No  45  Beaver  street,  New  York  City. 
Owain  L.  Hughes,  34  New  street.  New  York  City. 

E.  Steiger  &  Co.,  25  Park  Place,  New  York  City. 
Frank  M.  Porch,  custom-house,  Bridgoton,  N.J. 
Riggs  &  Bro.,  No.  221  Walnut  street,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

F.  J.  Sloaue  «&  Co.,  corner  Pratt  street  and  Speer's  Wharf,  Baltimore,  Md. 
M.  V.  O'Neal,  No.  502  East  Pratt  street,  Baltimore,  Md. 

T.  J.  Lapsley,  jr.,  S.  W.  corner  Gay  and  Lombard  streets,  Baltimore,  Md. 

J.  J.  Chapman,  No.  915  Pennsylvania  avenue,  Washington,  D.  C. 

W.  H.  Lowdermilk  &  Co.,  1424  F  street,  N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C. 

J.  H.  Hickcox,  90C  M  street,  N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C. 

R.  Bell's  Sons,  South  Fairfax  street,  Alexandria,  Va. 

C.  F.  Greenwood  &  Bro.,  1.58  Main  street,  Norfolk,  Va. 

Vickery  &  Co.,  124  Main  street,  Norfolk,  Va. 

Godfrey  Hart,  No.  24  South  Front  street,  Wilmington,  N.  C. 

W.  N.  Harriss  with  Geo.  Harriss  &  Co.,  North  Water  street,  Wilmington,  N.  C. 

W.  A.  '  Vilson,  No.  115  East  Bay  street,  Charleston,  8.  C. 

483 


484 


AGENTS. 


David  Porter,  'So.  122  Broiighton  street,  SavaDniih,  Ga. 

W.  S.  Cherry  &  Co.,  No.  69  Bay  street,  Savannah,  Oa. 

Horace  Drew,  Jacksonville,  Fla. 

Robert  Kanson,  Titusville,  Fla. 

Brelsfonl  Bros.,  Palm  Beaoh,  Fla. 

Alfted  Brost,  Office  of  Light-Honse  Inspector,  Key  West,  Fla. 

Babbitt  &,  Co.,  Franklin  street,  Tampa,  Fla. 

D.  W.  Snyder,  Tarpon  Springs,  Fla. 
J.  E.  Grady,  Apalaohicola,  Fla. 
Henry  Horsier  &  Co.,  Pensncula,  Fla. 
J.  R.  Edwards,  Mobile,  Ala. 

Jas.  I.  Friar,  Pascagoula,  Miss. 

L.  Frigerio,  No.  161  Canal  street.  New  Orleans,  La. 

Woodward,  Wight  &  Co.,  Nos.  38,  40,  42,  Canal  street.  New  Orleans,  La. 

Chas.  F.  Trube,  Galveston,  Tex. 

Rand,  McNally  &  Co.,  148-154  Monroe  street,  Chicago,  111. 

Dodge  &  Burbeok,  corner  Fifth  and  D,  streets,  San  Diego,  Cal. 

W.  L.  Banning,  San  Pedro,  Cal. 

StoU  &  Thayer,  47  South  Spring  street,  Los  Angeles,  Cal. 

H.  A.  C.  McPhail,  Santa  Barbara,  Cal. 

S.  S.  Arnheim,  No.  8  Stuart  street,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 

Dillon  &  Son,  No.  310  California  street,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 

Louis  Weiile,  No.  418  Battery  street,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 

GrilFen  &  Reed,  Astoria,  Oregon. 

J.  K.  Gill  &  Co.,  Nus.  28  and  30  First  street,  Portland,  Oregon. 

James  Jones,  Port  Townsend,  Wash, 

Waterman  &  Katz,  Port  Townsend,  Wash. 

E.  C.  Vaughan,  Tacoma,  Wash. 
Boeringer  &  Co.,  Tacoma,  Wash. 
G.  Davles  &  Co.,  Seattle,  Wash. 
W.  H.  Pumphrey,  Seattle,  Wash. 

FOKEION   PORTS. 

Garrett  Byrne,  St.  John's,  Newfoundland. 

Robert  11.  Cogswell,  Halifax,  N.  S. 

J.  &  A.  McMillan,  .St.  John,  N.  B. 

Hunter  &  Grant,  Hamilton,  Ontario. 

T.  Darlinj.;  &  Co.,  Nassau,  Bahamas. 

R.  D.  MohiMi,  Greytown,  Nicaragua. 

E.  J,  D.  Astwood,  Turk's  Islaad, 

Edwin  W.  Wilson,  41  and  4?.  Obispo  street,  Havana,  Cuba. 

Juan  B.  Carbo,  U.  S.  vice  consul,  Cieufuogos,  Cuba. 

J.  P.  Thorsen,  St.  Thomas,  W.  I. 

James  Gall,  Kingston,  Jamaica. 

G.  Anclaux,  United  States  consulate,  Barbados,  W.  I. 

John  A.  Donnatien,  Port  Spain,  Trinidad,  W.  I. 

V.  &  M.  Lopotit,  15  Rue  de  Paris,  Havre,  France. 

G.  W.  Lohraann,  Schlelfmuhle,  21,  Bremen,  Germany. 

Charles  Gaupp  &  Co.,  Hong  Kong,  China. 

Russell  L.  Webb,  Manilla,  Philippine  Islands. 

M.  W.  Waitt  &  Co.,  77  Government  street,  Victoria,  B.  C. 

Philip,  Son,  &  Nephew,  Liverpool,  England. 

John  Newton,  2  Calle  de  la  Constitucion,  Callao,  Peru. 

At  the  consulate.  Para,  Brazil. 


J 


\ 


